ptoe-qns pue qos|‘suiyg|“sny -&xedns pue yos‘ure“sny | *4oamyf PUD 99}81SU0/) yt Ae odiy uaai8 pure pat[10d| moyak‘uae1g pur pary| eotuog“ut‘av| a7eAQ[ewMg pat qIrMK paxeexys: TPA] punoy“pant pai pue uaais daa aqeaAQ adie'yT sods umoisg WGTM"]9A| USIpuncy|“pay pee pure jassny HeaAQ!“pay par yurg) yeorop“we-*peg usaxd aqed 2p pat daa{|*01“eT“QV uaaid yAep 2“SoyRyYy| jeIU0D“pay| - Moras pur pay| appnsuy| mn | ystppert pur waax9| ystpunoy|“pay uMoIq 29 Uaals ySry! punoy)‘paw pat YITA*4QS"Jah“ATH box pue moypjak aur.| Uda1F Te, - AoT]ak pue pay} joss YALL Joj09 ABS pur pay pet qiIM"vas“ak*“x - Moya pue pew| - per pur ploy)| - pet pur usaity| pat WIA payrays -«moyjas pue ES | par ugia“jyods"jas“11g -— moqyak pur pe) *par‘tag pur“Jak‘ary ayy pure pai daa[Tews 721] - ugei3 pur pay| | - uac18 pure pay| uaaid pur pet aury|*Tu0d+3qQ - pad pue Molyax| | pert pur pod daaq dag por yim‘yedorrea oa +Krexqiqae Io‘feso]‘aaqueorput‘aagduosep Jaye are Yor SouleU GIT S}10S— yeoruo0)| 3. AVT "3s“uatS Oley ystpunoy“tu-qy Teoru0p|“pall yeoru0n| asieT Il"3e]q| adrer 3384Q|“pelt punoy| Tews sae“pew Teag“Wa-‘qy nol adiey ako| “perl Pla asi] ‘20°! punoyy| haere ZOL-iT qysiam |“a1 UI Or EET arweaQ)“pay peuayey| peoiq zy punoy Fe 07 ¢ jeoru0g TAL | jsuoy“ur £ 4D uaai8-YstMorjaA|“qit Tuog) asxe'T| : uooad--usniy AA “ uaei3 aed‘d| “4009| ee “qu“109 Trews Teopuo)|"on Toe Ana | { T Syrksx0q IT‘ujAsx0y gt“yIAsIOy # SYASIO at: Sur ks10d “qqASIO “yy AsIog *yyks10.7 “yVAsi0 J 6‘yys1og “pe“URAsI0g "se“UIMsIO,T! “OB “ZT Suhs10 IL“yy ds10,q| “908“HN120} PL AL OH OL FAL 39H OL YALL HOH aTdd Vv “og SuAsIOg |gle“WeW“Teo *poqriosaq, “yyhsi0 | “un ksi0,q| “yy dsr0,| "16“Ushs10,F| AMOR NOHO.LIS = 90° ung . ’ | “PULL* anv painsif a4ay Vv We -“yma ie AUWIOg y | Heol ie kes2= a— a Se@ie 3 WwW cS Nes, Sno z=> ss== S&S a S&S ens Se So oso 8s BSB S—<2 re=== Ss= a 42238<= too a co& BisG VS se PS EB SS wa S-a SS=P peed ES== 5 gSaeeE 2 Bass 2 SUAS) ts) Seed Se Sr aE as eV= eee) 4 Se e2ZRi5 SES gS ahs= See:= = 36 Bese s wee ease Sse saus SS ase Ss Se See seta= Yas S32 SS gat Fees} F=4 oF se-SSeSessetB aS Sa SSeS ES OSBsea= S2S=sez a S8 sees fei[gape Z Soe oS= So eee Sas ee SSS Se eae ees SB S3se= SS se2 ess 3 is= 2se82 Sao 88 3-4 ee SSeS Zs se S38 B55 st PsSss2 a Be 2a SS eta Au SS st Sel 5 eee 3 aan 2 SBS.8& z S53 Soo B33> e: SSS See Se 3 FSS SZ S2S oS oS SSSEEBS EH== ae Ss 22525 Sa a Oe= SS BS SSS Sete 38 728 SS est SSS ESES EAS= Beis z z= 5 = 2225 Bae) Sap aider ey be Tian)=| Sl iS ee SBEGErSa Sst Se SESE SaSs= E 33585= mRSSSSe2e. Ssiak S58 Sea ale= SEE SS= 2! = eee s33e2 SE-BSSserss 283 245 522. S238 a== eee<> oe sBceesesesesas Rena pen St See) a cd== 3s= SSSR ESBSECS SY“ S2EBSS5 See eseBszass a% BABSaRs ts= } inh —— 7 v)-|| Fqsuy 2.{| fq Sureutivad$ uvoy pue| “Egor‘aornt Fo Aplavsis||||]|| ti oS 5 aqIg ALO a| eee eee 7 nT COC|*s KIA|"COLT AL“Uy-~(GOST) qeto uviiaqIg ay} Woy URIIOqIS Il? A| THe Dbytoads‘sajdde azapro ysaq£194 ued 2 wm ure} Moyes AiaA}— punoyy, A L, e| ¥ t 31[} JO auo‘aax3‘spuey 9ysudQ qeaIH| pe eae ey“ues A.o]]ak puv par xIe_]|’)-aur-qe“EOL SUVASIOT or 4-79" wod| al oe eae SEAM yak aes 3 Z ae 3043 qqstadn -ouryoq| 99 Ksaoq|*¢+9*t9 wed) ae“piojatayy= pauise}sa uy)+= S SciSer||“OLG, 30n poavoy-[Teuis ysudg| yrar9| qae} pur UX Sey] ues ANO19| TeoyUoD aur yaq 9“Yt HH’: 08 701‘gorn{ Jo Ayravig| wang) yorey|-ure|:- AOTIIA punoy} yeu CITA Us|- Oe a Surypaas orrysprojarayy WV)>:-| Surpass s,(piergq r axajsne pue UTy Orv] 4 y t S ELT AL US pitoads utntea aera ti Boe)|; E||| rn=|| ex uy!)-=- a Sutppees OuUEDA 399H Vi 2==| Patlusess uojUT. oIg\* pee Poo tide Haaow-oeu v| pom]. fomfpue wnt] Wee) Sue]+ Rexpuy ACTA) giesgl meme] quran ed] 2 oS Win oneal ae *e aaat P 2ys pue WITy‘Yead|*aon|- 2 MOTTA; 2AQ)|[eUrS 5 YIASx0, aaa} pasain3- yystadn uy] poor divys pue watt||: | 5 2 3 Jas aarTYysSpIojoIayR VW]= 2 JoUtay S,pedz¢ Savas oyroads fa. AND oon) arajsne pue ange yore rca Syods yossnx 29 MoTT9 PURO EEEPSTAL% At pba ost E sis PSs te:---- PesueseH| ca oytoads faa y$ b z| 5 eur- a1 daa| 2UUG“LL“YPASIO S 7 rs rs r : 90a) awospury Gysd yeart)| 212 jS08 Bee SEL ip WAT“s eal eae ustpanext| ee"ELT AL“USL--= SOLT| Ur‘spAoyata FT JO“uLqTy- urc cro nf-avad-oads£394) ayvoraq wipe ysaey Aran pur Ut"gad|*swy)) LASERS E Tears ae 2: AL“sou ou Aq Surpass vy)---= nV a 3 Ih cmmorsazed apron posers) x é Ss lian go kes bai} paavay- ws 3ystudn Guesarq avar5)| axoysne pue wag)|rsar9 usel3 pue par WSU punoy| Trews} 6633 F°17.40 H| /ost|, Greaney iarce Wise, 4 al foaxeyy eel gysud komf pur ur| your iss sug}- par pur asuesg| ystpunoy)|+s f194} LET XT,‘uy=== ay qysrUs Aq aplnen VAle= S| earddrdl os weeralt dank par£ Aorn? pue|. o Seer cet ae: nae f 2=- 1|Z08 kes Qustuyy fq‘Tpaes|-= 2 wg gpa aestora pete pre‘somf‘way! ad] 300]- pax pue aoyax| ystpunoy] qjeurg|-62g“TL“OH[GOB Ti me cenatie hes ien cial acess| 2|> re Ri qinay Japro& se-7yN9 ur AyLaUT qWStuyyT| exo aqdde Sraaa ysourye«pasoxa ureutread suvo'y 29 qe1o| qritdere veer: AB. ad= 4"ay eu--- 3[| URIAqIg Woy Sulpoas y]--© ulddtd ueleaq!s|"667 ens Roe ae 19 qwaiy somf pur wang! yoreyy|sury9|-. AMOTIAA OGIO"LL YT] TTeUS*OLT AL*UST NS ee oie i‘|| *popnyour aq osye Keun‘sagddy woyrzty pup 2.12ssaq ay} Suouie y, YSTIojse UL YIIA payiwul sou,—*SATddV UAdIO| 94} passtaj-rapuoys Inq Kprepy| poon Na)|X-qaxt stung] Olan uaand yy 51"|(deme‘pare“COT“Y tage 3 2: fe: ae 3 a a z rortice fat aN ae' 301} podSta\4-12& r 5: ty pha§ ae Bae ait“SET“Upss10g|+ o---- at paaval-peoag‘ pelea poor) ploe pue wi ue‘)| ITO] eee hese a3 ee Teouog| ase 1 G61“Ud Gf| anes ee eran 9 ‘ aera hee CTE a Sac ovexiy"3 xfs104|--= rile kes_= s z.“1| as u0}AOWUL| Cz F: s 2, Apre") arajsne pue uty| aune ure pad IVIM Tas Ystuaaayy|—-ystq3t cg pan|“SST y ee a m 3 Sloe_ PS~ E ee IIAUL,T|°SZz any‘jenn eee ee ea prov pue wit“92H|*SO1U| Pex eD3H& pue| eorued) ese OS Ua sero|uredg wroxy{y7eurs110.0q 03| eel A Z|| rm|“qa 6810.4 liege S©-|pres ing fajdae-musi0og vy}---= PAU eS| En.C >‘.° fomf pur ut Wwady}‘9aq ACTISA IST UooLE)| Su0]qQ‘aur qr} pu At qrfsi0,J| i ae es: ae ats& TySpAOjato 7\:aysparysproyarep{|-= FBAASPOU|“LZ? Bee SantenoconeG“ae daeys Le Judy} cure jPaz ura: years‘use14| eel pan ST sea T°}“49H UO FAY SITYSpAQerV HT VW}°ySpar*ysprzoy|. sai) Surpesads€s pat divys pure ut dy}°300| pet FAeq| pesprx AT ae=‘s ny aarysxaysaonoty VW]- SurusanG»|"267 21S ur] wee re ean oes cal ie=|||-zemndoxt| acer] OFT(ua S20|*gord-ynq|- x z ode uvissnyy VW aydde sooseHt| qe queredsuexy,|"1? kge Ws POeats: anor prow-qns 9jzog} reqoi09) 3dag por juareds suey,| punoyy|*s£19 4 TST SUds10g ces. fy 2 ae= is uesaeg; ee a oe aye seas ae Ay poo daeys pur uinyy| sey soa| moqak ystuaeiy| voto)‘aurjaq|—*9eT SURASXON“ST pad eel- és fe=.- ysnul pet PIO x. 3043 A: aut aut"9;: on 219 pur por ye| pr“COT UBASAOG|~.;‘: aravy|eae) oee ed H10}20} AT} PArLI]-prozq aoe WIL aiajsue pue ha ys ny| ues ued PuE pox sac| CE PD Sor 4 i)-ION ut ajdde REE NA 3 a aaa ney S8TIZUNOD JapIo 9y} UT paussd}| wa013 pur pot aye U| 3Syer“C“yy ks10.7--- O-- a 2 pur ULX‘qaq| 99) 9013 pur pat avg pu wea ase] GIL -sa yon£903“Surpeoids ApAVH| F9IH) Deed beatenas: ail| Heaths WA| 5 shake Sie-| aydde-syzox pur“Suyj0N]- o) 5- Peysur ly 22. ag apuars‘pre 900.“qa I] soa} pat yysi41q pue usar} au0In0) as1V'T“OOT Astrea s 2 aS: i ort ss dedi a 2 5 ysnyq sUepre]\; Seren eH|| e0|[200] esol aoct spunea) ema) soranssiog)>==| rogwoueagy| 2-2| Spuiuye ped puree Ue PAE ie|\ al Avy|‘suryg} por y> acc 1 sf 0« 1» 2 July; finally remove the glass in August; and in October transplant to nursery rows, or in pots, according to future intention. With the burknott tribe, all that is necessary is to plant the cuttings in a shady border, and treat them like those of the gooseberry or currant 4385. By layers. The success of this'mode of propagation may be considered as certain; as it hz nothing peculiar in its application to the apple, we need only refer to general directions(1993 yf av ans forming the operation. The after treatment of the plants is the same with that for those Guicisted ey the foregoing or following modes. sey 4386. By suckers. This mode is generally confined to the paradise and creeping apple for stocks 4387. By grafting and inoculation.‘This may be said to be the universal practice in pro Ya atin x tl apple.‘The first consideration is the choice of stocks; of these, there are five sorts in Gonna ne Seedling apples, used for full standards, and riders or wall standards; seedling crabs for st ida ae and half standards; codling apples, from layers or’ cuttings, for dwarfs and espaliers; See- es or doucins, from layers or cuttings, for low dwarfs and trained; and creeper apples from la fers Get i tings, for the best dwarfs or bushes. Dubreuil, gardener at Rouen, recommends the Abie for ane and light soils, and a free stock for such as are chalky and siliceous.(Hort. Trans. iv. 566.) A 4388. Stocks of seedling apples. The seeds should be selected from the fruit of vigorous growing young or middle-aged healthy trees; but when wanted in large quantities, they are procured from cider makers; private propagators will adopt the first mode. The sowing and after treatment is the same as for seedling crabs. 4389. Seedling crabs. sc A preference,” Knight observes,“has generally and justly been given to ap- ple-stocks raised from the seeds of the native kind, or crab, as being more hardy and durable than those produced from the apple. The offspring of some varieties of the crab, particularly of those introduced from Siberia, vegetate much earlier in the spring than the other trees of the same species; and thence the inexperienced planter will probably be led to suppose, that such stocks would accelerate the veget- ation of other varieties in the spring, and tend to produce an early maturity of the fruit in autumn In this, however, he will be disappointed. The office of the stock is, in every seuse of the word subser- vient; and it acts only in obedience to the impulse it receives from the branches: the only qualities therefore, which are wanting to form a perfect stock, are vigor and hardiness.” 4390. Seeds, sowing, and culture. In recollecting the seeds to sow, it must be remembered, that the liabits as well as the diseases of plants are often hereditary, and attention should be paid to the state of the tree from which the seeds are taken; it should be large and of free growth, and rather in a growing state than one of maturity or decay. The crab-trees, which stand in cultivated grounds, generally grow more freely and attain a larger stature than those in the woods, and therefore appear to claim a prefer- ence. The seeds should be taken from the fruit before it is ground for vinegar, and sown in beds of good mould an inch deep. From these the plants should be removed in the following autumn to the nursery, and planted in rows at three feet distance from each other, and eighteen inches between each plant. Being here properly protected from cattle and hares, they may remain till they become large enough te be planted out; the ground being regularly worked and kept free from weeds. 5 4391. Codling stocks are raised chiefly from layers, which, at the end of the season, are taken off, and planted in nursery rows two feet between the rows, and one foot plant from plant. 4392. Paradise, or as they are called by the French, doucin stocks, are raised either from layers or suck- ers; and stocks from creeping apples(so named from their aptitude to throw up suckers), or the Dutch paradise, chiefly from the latter mode.‘They may be planted in nursery rows somewhat closer than the codling stocks. 4393. All stocks require to stand in the nursery till they are from half an inch to an inch thick, at the height at which they are to be grafted; such as are intended for full standards or riders will, in general, require to grow three or four years before being fit for this operation; those for half standards two years, and those for dwarfs one year. The ground between them must be kept clear of weeds, and stirred every winter; the side shoots of the plants, at least to the height at which they are intended to be grafted, rubbed off as they appear, and all suckers carefully removed. Where budding is adopted, the stocks may be worked at nearly half the diameter of stem requisite for grafting; and stocks for dwarfs planted in autumn or spring may be inoculated the succeeding summer. No great advantage, however, is gained by this practice, as such plants require to stand at Jeast another year, before they have produced their bud-shoots. 4394. Soil and situation of the nursery.“ A difference of opinion appears always to have prevailed respecting the quality of the soil proper for a nursery; some haye pre- ferred a very poor, and others a very rich soil; and both perhaps are almost equally The advocates for a poor soil appear to me to have been misled by transferring ants, and inferring that a change from want to abundance o both. But plants in a very poor soil become stunted acquire habits of vigorous growth, when removed from wrong. the feelings of animals to pl must be agreeable and beneficial t and unhealthy, and do not readily it. Ina soil which has been highly manured, the growth of young apple-trees is ex- tremely rapid; and their appearance, during. two or three years, generally indicates the utmost exuberance of health and vigor. These are, however, usually the forerunners of disease, and the‘ canker’s desolating tooth’ blasts the hopes of the planter. In choosing the situation for a nursery, too much shelter, or exposure, should be equally avoided; and a soil, nearly similar to that in which the trees are afterwards to grow, should be se~ lected, where it can be obtained. Pasture ground, or unmanured meadow, should be preferred to old tillage, and a loam of moderate strength and of considerable depth to all other soils.”(Tr. on App. and Pear.); 4395. Grafting. The first business is to select the scions, the principles of which have been already noticed(2048). At whatever season scions are to be inserted, Knight ob- serves,‘the branches, which are to form them, should be taken from the parent stock during the winter, and not later than the end of the preceding year: for if the buds have begun to vegetate in the smallest degree, and they begin with the increasing influence ot should and to cleave Jarge for§ the principal stem Dy 0098), or the nen he end of ciple is 4300, The comm performing ta 4400, Transpl the nursery, Ul practice 00!) eligi alvays found the disposition to bloss the trees, whic copped that many sont of the tree, ty branch (ages af more erden ord A401, The chou perieneel desirable;= ‘ 4402, For su Codlings, while not ful 4403, For sw 4406, Por Minier’s dump Boox I. APPLE. 699 at the longa! thy th firmly. eration igen, et, tll tbe hit lnn tt hard by transplant ty n mies Tm 4396. Stocks destined to form standard trees, may either be grafted at the usual height at which the Uribe, all that Re lateral branches are allowed to diverge, which is commonly six feet, or they may be grafted near the ofthe oonsshery ground, and a single shoot trained from the graft, so as to form the stem of the tree. The propriety of seth grafting near the ground, or at the height of six or seven feet, will depend on the kind of fruit to be propagated, whether it be quite new and just beginning to bear, or a middle-aged variety. In new and luxuriant varieties, and these only should be propagated, it will be advantageous to graft when the stocks are three years old, as the growth of such will be more rapid, smooth, and upright than that of the crab, and there will be no danger of these being injured by beginning to bear too early. Middle-aged varieties will be most successfully propagated by planting stocks of six or seven foot high, and letting them remain ungrafted till they become firmly rooted in the places in which the trees are to stand. One graft only should be inserted in each stock; for when more are used, they are apt to divide when loaded with fruit, and to cleave the stock, having no natural bond or connection with each other. When the stocks are too large for a single scion, I would recommend that the grafts be inserted in the branches, and not in the principal stem. This practice is not uncommon in various parts of England; and is general in Germany, with free stocks, where, however, they often neglect to graft the trees; and thus, as Neill ob- serves, produce an endless variety of sorts, some good, but most of them little better than crabs. 4307. Stocks, intended to form half standards, are grafted at three or four feet from the ground; and those for dwarfs at eight or ten inches, or lower. Miller and Knight agree in recommending to graft near the ground where lasting and vigorous trees are wanted; but the practice of the continental gar- deners, and the opinions of some in this country, are in favor of leaving a stem below the graft of not less than a foot in length. 4398. The kind of grafting generally adopted for moderate-sized stocks is the whip or tongue method (2038.), or the new mode of saddle-grafting(2033.) adopted by Knight; and the general time for the ap- ple is the end of February and greater part of March. Much depends on the season and situation; the guiding principle is, to make choice of the time when the sap of the stock is in full motion; while that of the scions, from having been previously cut off and placed in the shade, is less so. 4399. The common season for budding the apple is July; as there is nothing peculiar to this tree in performing that operation, we refer to the general directions.(2050.) the sun, the vigor of the: shoots, during the first season, will be diminished, and the grafts will not succeed with equal certainty; though a graft of the apple-tree very rarely fails, unless by accidental injury, or great want of skill in the operator. The amputated branches must be kept alive till wanted, by having the end of each planted in the ground, a few inches deep in a shady situation.” 4400. Transplanting grafted trees in the nursery.‘“ It has been recommended,” Knight observes,“ to remove grafted trees once or twice during the time they remain in the nursery, under the idea of increasing the number of their roots; but I think this practice only eligible with trees which do not readily grow when transplanted. I have always found the growth of young apple-trees to be much retarded, and a premature disposition to blossom to be brought on by it; and I could not afterwards observe that those trees, which had been twice removed, grew better than others. It has also been supposed that many small roots, proceeding immediately from the trunk, are, inthe future growth of the tree, to be preferred to a few which are large; but as the large roots of necessity branch into small, which consequently extend to a greater distance, the advan- tages of more transplantations than from the seed-bed to the nursery, and thence to the garden or orchard, may reasonably be questioned.”’ 4401. The choice of sorts depends on the object in view. The first thing an inex- perienced gardener has to do is to consider the various domestic uses of the apple, and then determine what is wanted, according to the family or market to be supplied; the next thing is to consider how those wants may be supplied in his given soil, situation, and circumstances; and the last thing is to study the catalogue of sorts, and select ac- cordingly. In every garden and private orchard, apples for ten different purposes are desirable:— Jo great 4402. For summer culinary use, as the year, beld Codlings, while not fully grown or imperfectly ripe, which are fit for using in June, July, and August. 4403. For swmmer eating or table use, as the Jennetting, pomroy,&c. which ripen Margaret summer pearmain,&c. which Kentish fill-basket, Hawthorndean,&c. in the end of June or in July ripen in July which ripen in August. nce of opinion for a nurse” oth perlas a ha rg 4404. For autumn baking, as the At of; mie change from! Codlings and Burknott’s, red streaks,| Piles’s russet, Carlisle codling, cat's| Wormsley Rippas euias Harvey, queen- be ttl Eve apple, courtpendu, nonsuch,&c. head, embroidered,&c. which ripen ing, golden russet, which ripen in 1a very po which ripen in September in October November. h, Wee rn. ‘ous growth f 4405. For autumn table use, as the wth of youl, Kirton and Dalmahoy pippins, Loan’s Orange and ribstone pippins, grey Franklin's golden, and Borsdorf Pippins, _ geset yearmain, colville, Kent, godolphin, rennet, fameuse, violet,&c. which Dredge’s russet, margil,&c. whix ee yeals;> i&c. which ripen in September ripen in October ripen in November. ‘i ally Be... vevely we 4406. For winter culinary use, as the Pho nde: i c bs- A yes ol the?| Minier’s dumpling, Burknott, John Hall-door, royal pearmain, Dutch queen- Brindgwood pippin, cockagee, tanker-~ hou apple, Mansfield tart,&c. which are ing, Aclam’s russet, which are fit to ton, box-apple,&c. which are fit to sure,> fit to use in December use in January use in February. » avails= 7: ferwatd 4407. For winter table use, as the anu! x ere ante A rn Gt as rs ynmanul Lal Golden and Kentish pippins, golden and| The Norfolk storing, Hubbard’s, Syke-| Dredge’s Queen( harlotte, Fearns,Skerm’s 1 of conse Canadian rennets, brandy,&c. which house, white courtpendu,&c. which kernel, and Dalmahoy pippins, royal | ane are fit to eat in December are fit to eat in January pearmain,&c. which are fit to eat in ' February. ons, tle prs 4408. For spring culinary use, as the to he! Quince, white colville, Lord Camden’s Spencer pippin, Trevoider rennet, Mac- Norfolk paradise, Loan’s pearmain, s art fi rennet, winter pearmain, which keep donald’s Scotch nonpareil, Spaniard, English rennet,&c. which keep till , take till the end of March&c. which keep till the end of April the end of May. | be t I i ‘ vat i ding apt) with ther 700 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. PAG ues 4409. For spring table use, as the Hollow-eyed, Cornwall rennet, Hughes's Cockle and Whitmore pippins, golden Stone and spencer pippins val G new golden pippin,&c. which keep till and Piles’s russet, Wheeler’s extreme, Ward, sets cea scat the end of March&c. which keep till the end of April May.: a nas, =:: 4410. For swmmer culinary use, till the apple season returns, as the Lord Cheney's green, Baxter’s pearmain, stoup. codling,&ce Norfolk beaufin, Norfolk storing, French i: which keep till the end of June;; Q the end of July. 2 ch'crab, which‘ keep till 4411. For summer table use, till the apple season returns, as the~ Dredge’s fame, oaken peg, carnation&c. which keep till the Nonpareil, Yorkshire greening, Norfolk col thi> end of June.;; till the end of July.= ce co man, wnichykeep 4412. Qther sources of choice. Another source of choice, under each of the above heads, may respect the soil, situation, and climate of the garden, or orchard, in which they are to be planted, or the character whether of dwarfs, espaliers, or wall-trees, which they are to assume there. The winter and spring table apples may require a south wall in one district, while in another they may attain equal maturity as standards or espaliers. Where there is ample room, a selection of large sorts, as the Alexander and Baltimore apples or of such as are the'most beautifully colored, as the violet, carnation,&c. may be made to gratify the eye: where room is wanting, useful sorts and great bearers are to be preferred, as the golden and ribstone pippin, summer pearmain, codlings, grey russet, summer.and winter colvilles,&c. In general, small-sized fruit, as the Harveys and Granges, are to be preferred for standards, as less likely to break down the branches of the trees, or be shaken down by winds; middling sorts for walls and dwarfs, and the largest of all for espaliers. In respect to a soil liable to produce canker, sorts raised from cuttings may be desirable, as the Burknott and codling tribe; and where an occupier of a garden has only a short interest therein, such as come into immediate bearing, as the Burknotts, and others from cuttings, and the Hawthorndean, Apius’s apple, and other short-lived dwarf-sorts on Paradise or creeping stocks, may deserve the preference. On the contrary, where a plantation is made on freehold property, or with a view to posterity, new varieties on crab or free stocks, should always be chosen, as the Grange, Ingestrie, Harvey,&c. Some excellent sorts will grow and produce crops every where, as the Hawthorndean, codling, and Ribston pippin; the Jatter of which, Nicol says, will grow at John o’Groat’s house, and may be planted in Cornwall; others are shy bearers in cold situations, as the Newtown pippin of America, and most of the newly imported French sorts. 4413. Choice of plants and planting.‘This depends in some degree on the object in view, the richness of the soil, and the shelter; young trees are more likely to succeed in exposed sites and poor soils, but the apple will bear transplanting at a greater age than any other fruit-tree. It may be planted in any open weather from November till February. 4414. Soil and site for permanent planting. Any common soil, neither extremely sandy, gravelly, nor clayey, on a dry sub-soil, and with a free exposure, will suit this -.-.'*,- o tree. On wet, hilly sub-soils, it will do no good, but after being planted a few years will become cankered, and get covered with moss. Where fruit-trees must be planted on such soils, they should first be rendered as dry as possible by under-draining; next, provision made for carrying off the rain-water by surface gutters; and, lastly, the ground should not be trenched above a foot deep, and the trees planted rather in hillocks of earth, above the surface, than in pits dug into it. There is no point of more importance than shallow trenching and shallow planting in cold wet soils, in which deep pits and deep pulverisation only serve to aggravate their natural evils of moisture and cold.|(Sang, in Caled. Hort. Mem. iv. 140.) 4415. Knight observes, that“the apple-tree attains its largest stature in a deep strong loam or marly clay; but it will thrive in all rich soils, which are neither very sandy nor wet at bottom. It succeeds best,” he adds,‘¢ in situations which are neither high nor remarkably low. In the former its blossoms are fre- quently injured by cold winds, and in the latter by spring frosts, particularly when the trees are planted in the lowest part of a confined valley. A south, or south-east aspect is generally preferred, on account of the turbulence of the west, and the coldness of north winds; but orchards succeed well in all aspects; and where the violence of the west wind is broken by an intervening rise of ground, a south-west aspect will be found equal to any.” 4416. Abercrombie says,‘all the sorts of apple-tree may be planted in any good common soi], with a free exposure, whether that of a garden, orchard, or field; so that the ground be neither very low nor ex- cessively wet, nor subject to inundation in winter. Avoid, as far as possible, very strong clayey and gra- velly soils.” 4417. Mode of bearing.‘In all the varieties of the common apple, the mode of bearing is upon small terminal and lateral spurs, or short robust shoots, from half an inch to two inches long, which spring from the younger branches of two or more years’ growth, appearing first at the extremity, and extending gra- dually down the side: the same bearing-branches and fruit-spurs continue many years fruitful”’(Aber- crombie.) 4418. Pruning.“ As, from the mode of bearing, apple-trees do not admit of short- ening in the general bearers, it should only be practised occasionally: first, where any extend out of limits, or grow irregular and deformed; and secondly, a good shoot con- tiguous to a vacant space is shortened to a few eyes, to obtain an additional supply of young wood from the lower buds of the shoot for filling up the vacancy. But to shorten ‘without such a motive, is not merely the cutting away of the first and the principal bear- ing part of the branches, but also occasions their putting forth many strong useless wood- shoots where fruit-spurs would otherwise arise; and both effects greatly tend to retard the trees in bearing; whereas the fertile branches being cultivated to their natural length, shoot moderately, and have fruit-spurs quite to the extremity.”(Abercrombie.) 4419. Espaliers and wall-trees require a summer and winter pruning. 4420. The summer pruning. Train in the young shoots of the same year, which are likely to be wanted in the figure, and retrench them where ill placed or too numerous; for as the trees continue bearing many years on the same branches, they only require occasional supplies of young wood; therefore, begin 1m May or June to pinch off or cut out close all fore-right, ill placed, and superfluous shoots; retaining only some of the promising laterals in the more vacant parts, with a leader to each branch; train in these between the mother branches, at their full length, all summer; or, where any vacancy occurs, some strong conti- tee reach 0 tt and thene \ y one \ It 9) ob Droces| 17, e eS A—= a eer ty Boox I. ALPE 701 guous shoot may be shortened in June to a few eyes, to furnish several laterals the same season. Keep the shoots in all parts closely trained, both to preserve the regularity of the espalier, and to admit the air and sun to the advancing fruit. 4421. The winter pruning may be performed from November till the beginning of April. This compre- hends the regulation of the wood-branches, the bearers, and of the young shoots. First, examine the new shoots trained in the preceding summer; and if too abundant, retain only a competency of well placed and promising laterals, to furnish vacant parts, with a leading shoot to each parent branch. Continue these mostly at full length, as far as there is room. Cut out close the superabundant and irregular young shoots; and where any of the elder branches appear unfruitful, cankery, or decayed, cut them either clean out, or prune short to some good lateral, as may seem expedient. Also prune into order any branches which are very irregular, or too extended. Carefully preserve all the eligible natural fruit-spurs; but re- move all unfruitful stumps and snags, and large projecting rugged spurs; cutting close to the old wood. As each espalier is pruned, let the old and new branches be laid in at convenient distances, according to the size of the fruit, four, five, or six inches asunder, and neatly tied or nailed to the wall or trellis. ( Abercrombie.) 4422. Training espaliers. The following mode, as described by Mearns, is the most general, and by using stakes, which do not answer so well for any other species of espalier-tree as for apples, is also the most eco- nomical:—In the first stage of training, the stakes require to stand as close together as twelve or fourteen inches, and to be arranged in regular order to the full height of five feet, with a rail slightly fastened on the top of them for neatness sake, as well as to steady them. If stakes of smallash, Spanish chestnut, or the like, from coppices or thinnings of young plantations, be used, they will last for three or four years, provided they are from one inch and a half to two inches in diameter, at a foot from the bottom. They need not be extended further in the first instance than the distance to be considered probable the trees may reach in three years’ growth; at that period, or the following season, they will all require to be renewed, and the new ones may be placed on each side, to the extent that the trees may be thought to require while these stakes last, finishing the top as before, with a rail. As the trees extend their horizontal branches, and acquire substance, the two stakes on each side of the one that supports the centre leader of the tree, can be spared, and removed to any of the extremities where wanted. And as the tree extends further, and ac- quires more substance, every other stake will be found sufficient; and the centre stake can be spared also, after the leader has reached its destined height, and is of a sufficient substance to support itself erect. When such a form of training is completed, and the branches of sufficient magnitude, about six, eight, or twelve stakes will be sufficient for the support of the horizontal branches, even when they have the burden of a full crop of fruit. At any other time, about six stakes to each tree will be all that are necessary, penne orea 4423. In selecting trees for the usual horizontal training, look out for those which have three fine shoots. n some ee Or it is better to plant them one year where they are to remain to get their roots well established, and then ees are More ier to head them down to within eight or nine inches of the ground, and to encourage three shoots from the top of each stool’(fig. 483. a), so that the first and lowermost horizontal shocts may be tied down within ten inches of the ground. ansplanting ag ver from Novea! ommon soll, we 1a free expos ‘after being nia\|; There fruit-tres a! ly eet cssible by unde: ie——e e gutters;# 4494. In the pruning season cut down the middle shoot of the three, reserving what is left as an upright : leader, its length being about twelve inches from the base of the other two, and train these in a horizontal position(4), fixing the middle shoot, which was cut down perpendicularly to the stake it is planted against. But if it is against a wall or pales, it may be better to zigzag the upright leader, for the more regular dis- tribution of the sap, and when that is intended, the leader should be left a little longer, to allow of its being bent. In espalier training this zigzagging is not so readily done, nor is it necessary where the trees are not intended to rise high. It is always necessary, in the course of training the young wood across the stakes, in summer, to have large osier, or similar rods, to tie them to, in order to guide the shoots of the year in a proper direction. The proper ties are small osier twigs. ls of moisture allt ature in 2 deep aa 3 j Z Z Ie“ath 4425. The following summer encourage three other shoots in the same way as the season before(c), then nor welt cut off the middle shoot at ten, twelve, or fifteen inches above the base of the other two, and train these last as in the former season(d); and so continue training, year after year, till the trees have reached their destined height.(Mearns, in Hort. Trans. v.46.) Animprovement on this mode consists in cutting down the leading shoot during summer, in the manner practised by Harrison, of Wortley Hall, as described in the succeeding paragraphs. 4426. Training against a wall. The horizontal mode is unquestionably to be preferred vy, Jn the fi srticularly whe ot is generally i + orchards sue jing rise o! gr snted in any cou for so vigorous a growing tree as the apple; and Harrison’s mode of conducting the the ground process(T'r. on Fruit-Trees, 1823. ch. xx.) appears to us much the best. The pe- as posible culiarity of his method is, that instead of training the leading shoot in a serpentine or zigzag manner with Hitt or Mearns, to make it send out side shoots, he adopts the h toto i 4 much more simple and effectual mode of cutting down the current year’s shoots in June; at atthe ee ye by which means he gains annually a year, as side shoots are produced on the young wood pple, the mod ooptinue! f i # of that year, as well as on last year’s wood which it sprang from. Fer apple-trets aon? 4427. The tree being a maiden plant is the first year headed down to seven buds. Every bud pushing, ae conally:3 two of the shoots, the third and fourth, counting upwards, must be rubbed off when they are three inches d occasle! in length; the uppermost shoot must be trained straight up the wall for a leading stem, and the remaining and seconllys*s four horizontally along the wall. Theleading shoot having attained about fifteen inches in length, cut it ) p gp aul down to eleven inches. From the shoots that will thus be producéd select three, one to be trained as a o obtain vi leader, and twoasside branches. Proceeding in this way for seven years, the tree will have reached the top of a wall twelve feet high. With weak trees, or trees in very cold late situations, this practice will not yacs! + up the:! I:: Sia. be advisable, as the wood produced would be too weak, or would not ripen; but in all ordinary situations, 0 pest ale if the frst‘nn it is obviously a superior mode to any that has been hitherto described in books. In pruning the spurs of » forth mal)" apple and other trees, Harrison differs from many gardeners in keeping them short, never allowing one ° ffects reall spur to have more than three or four fruit-buds, and in cutting off the spurs entirely, or cutting them down h effects 5 for renewal every fourth or fifth year. Every practical gardener, desirous of excelling in the training sultivated t0 ie and spurring of fruit-trees, ought to possess Harrison’s treatise. y” emity“ 4428, Heading down apple-trees that are much cankered, is strongly recommended by Ws Forsyth, who gives an example of one(fig. 484.), after it had been headed down four years, which bore plenty of fine fruit. The point at which it was headed down(a) was within eighteen inches of the soil; and under it, on the stump, were two large wounds(6) winter pr r 702 PAC oe made by cutti TICE OF GARDENING sition were ng out the‘ to trees so Aaah a) eilad oy ie kery part, and which bei Bue reek petagencvardaia: eee sound wood. Ve: being covered wi pe kes saen as have borne Pe neeulse succession of oe little pruning ae the com- cut off, ate cut off, and aieeseded four years. ee wood ae a first given placed by a third(e), mis another(f), ma“a branch(a), as by re- Ss on en that is ed‘ ich has also, it is 4429, G. 29. Grafting provement. In‘ GENEL dew. Inthisc e-trees of di jects,: his cas differe 5 wi i ie us MORE commonly ee dane tree isa Figen with superior vari _ 4430. Tafurtes Bee eras only are ae OR peuba dee is an opvious and 1 injure trees i ies, insects,&¢. ay er within a foot own to standard hei ong-tried im- opens s in orchards, and di he mistletoe(Vi or two of the trunk pete oneerves, appears to, and different speci iscum album) i nk, and then g Dele : ton b constitut species of é 2) is frequ erates wens ya dam ea sympt of mosses and li quently, thr SS ataty SAH ae unculti ptomatic, r lichens those i ough negligenc to which i y planted u ivated soi, rather than: ose In g gelice, uae Aiport© suo canes inane, Me Koh ting of th hts. Whatey:, ese cases it an y of fruit, and-trees: it is oft in ete Nae on See i an only be des, and by the want often ex osas(Ot Heat or colds general ges and destroy pstroyed by renews he cane tree has b eat or cold, dr al termed a bligl ys the organisati ia Tae s been visited f ought, or moi ight; whett ation of the b i woolly aphi ed for the 1 2 moisture. O ther produced 2 lossom, and called an is, apple-bu ast twenty year One of the most inj arts rasiti BT Rene ‘ properl g, or Americe years, is the Aphi st injurious inse parasitical plants as caused by tt y galls on thes ican blight.“1 phis lanige 1s insects wi hate Be : y the efforts ne stalks ght.‘ The eri igera, L.; with which the ee sects whose b forts of natur s of trees é eriosomata,” Lea the Erio eens >: ature, to repair the near their joi ata,” Leach soma mali of Ene sonia(fig. 485. eae SE EEO Ficuuazetlo joints and k ach observes,* dct Leach» branche g. 485.) as he f d with down.” age done to tl nobs, which are i mE REE: : S(6) Z avian AG al 4(Sam E he old trees are in fact ex at are winged(d), as well as asti ppear under- Ent.) Salish pe) Uy ene near f thoectti . The latt a still more hi a magnifyin SY has given perforation of those i 2 er he considers fete ne thea: ie when Meesne ae Bue of the cee e the male insect.“Th of the bugs as a) er the ° oroughly cleani wings(c aning with ab oe rush and iy oathert fk J topctiet with amt steve this W\ sets ot putter Ph ' » itis aiticu! under the tte s yegimels\ Other po" ng and S arabes cal ye§ ppterials isio0,} f) 4490. Pew and B 4493. Them midal| SypsECT ds to the py spra) hang down; Jose corymbss formed 00 that| choots called, te antly 10 France ¢ 4g fat north as\ pr the apple, not° apt to send out eighteel yeats) pear-stock, of| still keep its| squast first§p ascertained; bu isted at least a8 y h f poses than the appl 4434, Us. a8 te apple, Itisal ihe oven, the frut country; and what a i: Bose(1) and to make 10 duce a yellow d Jule with the or of a firm@ pears should be the austere tha Dut the more au Trom the wild p 4486, Tor Parkinson en Mile tas see Varieties of the catalogue df tl Tusery list a itmay be obse ss, In the p; h take a a dull lll arrange the Te a———= x Ps Boox I. PEAR. 703 fe Cyt ttle pry water, together with amputation when it has been some time at work, is the only means of destroying this insect; but even this will not do, unless resorted to at an early stage of its progress. The caterpillars of many species of butterfly and moth, and the larve of various other genera of the hemiptera and lepidop- tera,&c. as Scarabeus, Curculi,&c. attack the apple-tree in common with other fruit-trees; and on a large scale it is difficult, if not impracticable, to avoid their injurious effects. Burning straw or other materials under the trees has been long recommended; but the principal thing to be relied on, in our opinion, is regimen; that is, judicious sub-soil and surface soil, culture, and pruning. 4432, Other points of culture have been already given. See Chap. I]. and III. and for gathering and storing the crops, see Chap. IV. Sect. X. and Chap. V. Sect. III. When tt Sunsecr. 2 Pear.— Pyrus Communis, L.(Eng. Bot. 1784.) Icos. Di-Pentag. L. and Rosacee, J. Poirier, Fr.; Birnbaum, Ger; and Pero, Ital. 4433. The pear-tree, in its wild state, is a thorny tree, with upright branches, tending to the pyramidal form, in which it differs materially from the apple-tree. The twigs or spray hang down; the leaves are elliptical, obtuse, serrate; the flowers in terminating vil- lose corymbs, produced from wood of the preceding year, or from buds gradually formed on that of several years’ growth, on the extremities of very short protruding shoots called, technically, spurs. It is found in a wild state in England, and abund- antly in France and Germany, as well as other parts of Europe, not excepting Russia, as far north as lat. 51. It grows in almost any soil. The cultivated tree differs from the apple, not only in having a tendency to the pyramidal form, but also in being more apt to send out tap-roots’; in being, as a seedling plant, longer(generally from fifteen to eighteen years) of coming into bearing; and when on its own root, or grafted on a wild pear-stock, of being much longer lived. In a dry soil it will exist for centuries, and still keep its health, productiveness, and vigor.‘“ The period at which the teinton squash first sprang from the seed, Knight observes, probably, cannot now be at all ascertained; but I suspect, from its present diseased and worn-out state, that it ex- isted at least as early as the beginning of the sixteenth century: for another kind, the barland, which was much cultivated in the early part of the seventeenth century, still re- tains a large share of health and vigor; and the identical trees which supplied the inhabitants of Herefordshire in the seventeenth century with liquor, are likely to do the same good office to those of the nineteenth.” Our remarks on the history of the apple will apply almost without exception to the pear. The Romans, in Pliny’s time, possessed thirty-six varieties, and the fruit is still more valued, both in Italy and France, than the apple. 2 4434. Use. Asa dessert fruit the pear is much esteemed, and generally preferred to the apple. It is also used for baking, compotes, marmalade,&c. Pared and dried in the oven, the fruit will keep several years, either with or without sugar.‘This mode of preparing the pear is about as common in France as the making of apple-pies is in this thes, 1s all OO down to stand r two of the ently, tough country; and what is favorable to the practice is, that bad eating sorts answer best for those 1n gt drying. Bose(Nouveaw Cours d’ Agric. in loco) describes two methods of drying pears ary, disease y of fruit, an y be destroy for preservation; and adds, that he has tried them after three years’ keeping, and found them still very good. Perry, the poiré of the French, is made from the fermented juice, in the manner of cider, and the best sorts are said by Withering to be little inferior to wine. The wood of the pear-tree is light, smooth, and compact, and is used by turners, and to make joiners’ tools, picture-frames to be dyed black,&c. The leaves will pro- duce a yellow dye, and may be used to give a green to blue cloths. 4435. Criterion of a good pear. Dessert pears are characterised by a sugary aromatic juice, with the pulp soft and sub-liquid, or melting, as in the beurrés, or butter-pears; or of a firm and crisp consistence, or breaking, as in the winter bergamots. Kitchen pears should be of large size, with the flesh firm, neither breaking nor melting, and ra- ther austere than sweet, as the wardens. Perry pears may be either large or small; but the more austere the taste, the better will be the. liquor. Excellent perry is made from the wild pear. 4436. Varieties. Tusser, in 1573, in his list of fruits, mentions“ peeres of all sorts.” Parkinson enumerates sixty-four varieties; Mortimer, in 1708, has many sorts; and Miller has selected eighty sorts, and described them from Tournefort. In France, the varieties of the pear are much more numerous than even the varieties of the apple.‘The catalogue of the Luxemburg nursery at Paris contains 189 select sorts. The British nursery lists at the present time contain from two to three hundred names, among which, it may be observed, the number of good sorts are fewer in proportion than in the apple lists. In the present very imperfect state of the nomenclature of fruits, all we can do is to make a selection from names which have some descriptive particulars attached. We shall arrange them into dessert, kitchen, and perry pears, and each tribe shall be set down in the order of their ripening. g nobs, which a! trees by the tgoxy DABUSO CAPLOEE ag(Oe? me SxEOA* Se ours ass eores paums uo 1, RUT ay xvod x05 dos 7P* 32040 Joreaq wad£9913 Apreyy} SPALYIAO LOZ FY‘9013 ApreH uMougy yaf+uns 3saq 9Y3 JO 8UO qrmy pauiacyso{9013 aPOT1A(T| 3d1}*pURIS 1UaT]AIXS UL SWOT "48 aaa B UO“7ye.15 Aq pa Aordury qin poos V ymay pood V 301} piepurys ApaeH vl 39.13 ayy u0 sSuvy 3 Jr Keats savois mI purj}s uo 3saq£3973 sno1031 A adtx st 41 19}je{jaye| sTpourtur Ay;poul SMOLS 3m| ajjauosiee pue IOSpurA\A jays“amaz pue‘sjooys‘SOAPo] ul sajquiased£3913 sno10st A | spxepury}s 103 34 ase] saax| | | 301} Sutdoorp“preyzy| aor} Apreyy auo Savas ve ur sdo19 043 saonp| -oid uarjo 99.4{yy[Ny NeI_: 991} prepurys[NT NvAaq B SALT aa1y KTHRAAK| ext AIAE2 AK) P 9a33 aoa “pina f ay} fo uornndas D4 -2uadt pun£943 243 fo eed ! | yearn poor) yearty | eax)| pooy)| | Bel BPUT yearn) poor) Kysnut 29 Japue} Ysey 4: Poor) JIAMS 2p SUTITOUT YSIT, all quasayIpuy years) poos)| ie poxsnut 29+3 | surngaad£4. U my d kxp‘ AxWINS 2 SIT Aysnur[es au yea suimitad-2y*3ns sTyory| aot pouingiad yory, Soint pawingiac a52 As‘Sap‘pre yy] oI 9 ue FUTye: y sup{e te Somf pue xapuay,| Jaoms‘SnoLlorped xxx| Se ux oder| 3° a> -srvaid HO oe AAS“pua, L| ' ) Bunn| | pce g 0 aumyiod aparTe| ho: am Axedns 29 Aysnut pue Yor sysnut pue yory Suesns pur | kavSns YoU 2p Aysnur pur Jepual, yor‘K AYSnyAL Sort pue qoams pue Sunvaig Sunjel SuUrlza TAL suneye| mmf ¢ YOS pue Arq*idag:“DHE ‘Sny pug!wa0I8 anal v 29 aU 4a| soppy 3deg pur | | +ydeg“Hog: Aysnur pue Suryeargy"yas“Saq | AYSNUL YOL 2p your pur fomnf pur Bowe sae AysnUut pur Axsnu pue 4atDagq ieee pup aouagsisuog| 1 Bunya“SUV“PIAL wiesyTpUT| Sunpeyl| 50 V“PUL Sunjel| 80-PUAL sulfa euve Bag =“BO Sune*Saq supe Hl!" ny Sod 'SUINUT AUUTIG puv‘NAHOLTY‘LUAss le |1adag fog | |: yradags* dag 1147$3807| | padrais ap“pax SMOTIAA|~ Suoiqo motos puv uaait)| oko yerqey uo'T usa1t) ICO) 3dag“oq xq°A\- autads paxdaod +ydasg Sod dag Sag par zy Uae YSTMOTIA A AvoTjad us *ydas aa yjooms UTAS uaaId|} USTUA OI, 3135 Faq) day“Seq | *ydag syoods yy uses=" g=- "SET dl Sup ksx0q "TPL od SupAs10,5 “LT“d St ksx0 “pet yews fe e *Sutuadr1 11ay} JO 2ep1O 9Y} UT Ts Qnag wenny—"SAUVAd LUASSAd Lae TWi843Xe ayy UMOI pue Psy 3B Ie‘21840 ors pur por| -| punox Ay1vaNy pai pue Aol x! MOTs pur pdt ng aqdand pure ystuaarn| AOTIPA| AOTIAA| ystppeat dog Saq ‘sny pug suv pug - has ur kA upys yjoous A194 z= usoiF aed--- u0a18 a[eq MOTIOA ueai8 97k| “sny pug} “sn Vv pug) “snV‘PIAL| “SnV‘PIAL yjoours urys uals ystmo]]a x| “By PUAL| UOTE Pue u9ai9 yassny| uTYS yOOW “sny DIL EEN ase= ESE) Ve urys Ult,y, a paTeqsta | aXe ye ye - atorta& pur poy) S7e3s 310US guy“oer= uaety|- punoy gny‘Sog|-: a Tso 2 “Sny‘Seq kur pud| Aiae pug syne pud par WIA payea.ys iA) usa| | part YITM payesys*]9/ x} pet‘Aq pue MOTTA A Aine puad|-= ee: eae= fing pud|- AI- - Ang uaa13 YstAoyya. Ay-rodey 2 UNoY | | \ ur adiy*40709 yous ULYS | | | | | | | -Sutuadit Ita} JO Japrz0 amy| ut paced Sprig ssuaung— -*Bz 1“YI KSIO,T= 2 ade]+1“u SUQAsIO"“19°‘u’ una]-|: -"0g u‘YypASAOT‘gg"ueynd|-| S =*6T°u“ya ks104 eae\tare =“ST cu SyyAsi0g*6r ul ae Sill= yreurg}+27 7a fuphsi0F“PP urynd)|= \289T| ur pa: | | ||| “pel asaey‘TP-d“ay Ks10 qj|-=- - Gas-d tpSs104|-=:| 2 |- -| egy cu“y3Asx0, a|“gz"ur4nd)-= "OT Ul SYZASIO SAAMI CO- yewg pr‘usypkstog)-“osu und)--- =|“op u“yp asiog|*eg-u-ynd|-- | -| or°u a ksx0.q|* eG ye' gy mna|-|- *s AIBA)“TL°U“Uy£810,|*g[T ue yund|-|: TewUg) Oru“ypAsr07|*9S"9"FSM WU”| If 2 -|+g*u Sy As10,]|"oZ:°uyuNndg|-|= asiey|+g eu‘qpsiog)*19‘3°d ssuey|~ 2 aSueq|-yeu‘yssr0q|+19°}*a Suey)~= adiwyT|*g°u‘yiXstIoq}*19°3'd|-- yes*¢+u SyVASIOY|*G9*3° dL 70 910d- S asiey“OPT*d“ypsr0F eaieqi OFT*d Syahs10q Tews“opt-d‘ya hs104 =(opt ed“yg Asr0,F | qm yo | ataye PUL UVAd LUASsAd any youary® parep{suog| ymaz YIOOS WV ase y arepsePsTc) ¥| sud.£ SUS]| &q paepusuwiuos dat U0} 1q ye Surmoird aUtpeos) Vv jFarepsepstO petisa}sa uy| ying YOuIAT W | aead yssuq uy ymyg youey ¥} ying apepsepsTQ W 09g paulsazsa UY et“pu ypAsSAOT og:u'ynd)-==- 5 "pen;“e°u pie) fs10q| 39°F aA“BURT!-.== *s AIDA zu SuQAsIOq|--------- 2‘opt*d“yAstOq]-----= peas OF T‘d“upsiog|---=-- ymyyo}00g FY 2‘Tu“up ASi0,*T:3't-and|~- o=- na“pL cu SYQASIO*peuryqnqd)-= o a a —|=== J | be Et) *az1S| spagrtosad paansyf atay AA 40 org|*¢ -. wre| yoourey{jae|*y ~)= 2|= soupy’ iva d|°C - auiaidng|- ysnyAl A193!T|"z - uaepse yy sawarg sap Wo0azO|*T | smAuouhy*QULDNT mq se posuere‘SNACUVY) AUYFSUN NT HSIJIUG 4soul ur poyesedo.d SUVAd HO ANVOIVILVIO AAILLAINOSaad V"LEP t sprepueys uo 489q seg| avad pood f1aa ¥} uosvas 9} JO S}INAZ ySaq Py Joauo 7INLy JUa][e9Xe ue paUiaa}sy suosvas}s0ul ur suodiyy keids Sutdooxrp‘ax4 Apreyy uoseas ay} JO sivad ysaq ay.T, [ros Arp e soamba{ 4ymuy aur uoseas ay} Jo Awad ysaq A194 i os Auivo] pu yoadse ysva uo 3saq spasoons f1evad aury 1e9+309 10x poryy“noad Spray Feotuo9‘sno10S1a v 6aa13 Apae yy Zuo] daay you saop‘avad oury Sutuediu ur asuvyo you soop MOTIAS BY} Jt“FINA Pood B 4ON 91} Surdoorp‘zapualg yInjj JUaT[IOXe UY 310} Tenba may{*3J*]90X9 SOP sxvad 19}3Nq JO 310s ysaq£I9A pu} jo auo‘patayjed ysary qj*Wuae3se f9a13-"purjs‘Apreyy 90.13-prepuejs‘prey “4g*Jaoxe(9933 FYSLAIdN‘Kpreyy ptr}s uo[JAM Sxeaq f ayjau0d -1ef 29 rvad AosputA, Bpeaoong ymaf ay) fo uounindas ps -ausd pup aa4} 047 fo 4a7;2vADYD ‘guuos ‘oad*deqT;- 2 yessnyy| ‘aq‘Saq.|= 2 yassny ‘00d Pug)---| a BAN. 5 FOSSA | | | dag PHL sulaoaqy|=-- ‘oad pug}--;- ‘oaq“daq|- 2 2 oaq pug|--= isupaedes Alay} JO Tap10 G ur nena png epig—*SUVAd LYASSaAad | zaqo399! | 2390390)) IsqojIO}- plos pue Saal udea3 ajed pure poy UAMO.Lq-YsIppoy *UIAAON|-= MOTTA| || 3990 pu)= 220 PUA sjods oa“1ppax doc “UDA. per we| “UIA!= 2 990 Pua]- z= 390 PUG)==- yOQ's0gq|-==- ‘0'S9d|- 3= eal 390‘Seq)-: Fe: 00 seq)-=-- ‘dag pugy}-=- ‘dag pug}-- a *dag puq]|-- ‘dag puq}|- uNorg “das“ft a usHrdst pue*T]04* pe} uaai4y| pet Jules pure Arora? 4ydag} JeSsn4 pue usard ayeg ur adiyy| 40902 | | Yysnox urysS payeurqain y, qsnoxr unig - su0lqo jeprurerkg “ANTI = “GP‘a“yy Xs10,7| |*T¢*u*yyhs10,7| -|"09°u sui "Sp cu*yRAs10,7| *Lpeu*yyksi0 Tewg"spr ed‘yzAsaoyq]- 2 Tews| SPL d“YIKs10q|- ||*oZ°u Sqyksx0q)]- | ‘PP“OLS°F"AL,“40H| ey,‘u*ysfs10.7 -|“Lh*u“yp As10,7 ‘Op su“yyAs10q|- -*6o*u“yr ks1054| >“go eu“yy fs10,q| "OL 3°d *G‘3d*HOOH| “194-q Suey 89°3*q Sue OL‘3d‘Sueq) 99‘3*d*dueT *19 4 oi suey “61 3*d“OOH *16uyndg K*L9*uyNdg “YIASIOST|*99T+3“SM UO |-dur'T ‘19°17°q‘Suey| *Ge*3°d*HOOH| | WALL PAL‘OH lk - ymaz yo}02g WF uIsrI10. youarg jo any ene][EES UNE | 5| | Paco lesa *bsa usruyy“Wy, Aq he ie ocranad) oh 2 sO= oe *O1T“a-und =“Le-u SyyAsx07|*GL°3ISNYWOg|=-== E x ms"C9‘3°d*. sueq|--= a a =+4“Surry|-|= z= ©“FS*u SY} Ksx0 4]|£93"q suey]-|--»= |‘ oe"eo*u Syyfsi0,q|°£9‘3°*sueT|---- o || fe“serum Syks10T)"$9°F°d“Saeq|---- 5 "Te a“Yys10,.q Teas"08 su yp As10,7|“Spun =| su Syyksi0g]*69°3*asSueqT|- 2|*8%*U SYyZASIOT"SIT°uynd!]- asieT|*1g6°u“yy Asr0,4 an su-yund o."69 3*d"suey e“LT-d-yng *PeH|} Fe su“q"1g“uy “PPM|*GPT“d sABASION° asiey|‘SEL dd SysAst0q|- "IQ 047% ‘OT OFS | 3| | "oy su“yy Ks10,7| "Im*pagrsosaq } aloe "69‘a°q‘Suey 096"HAL OH *pastnSif a4 AA -|4mayz apIsp9em J, ay110ARy W | S6LL| WTYSyIO_ Woy Jut~peas V | sonou Oout“Iq*l1eA plo OY ayony,p“quiasayy|- - estnoy poor;- JOUTM JO TapuoA,)- umaeyy Arpayqy|- - w10yj zazuT AA| - purgdneg| a Axauvap‘eurrq| - qead s, PACTS uyor*suoyy ci] “TUM. A*SUOTAy uyor Matsuoy]|*£O uaa. Halwa=-azia A|'eg -& ZOWeD19q SSIMG Fae) TAKS C “eueld“YOTAL“3S gimeag 931yM 9IST] -1eQ‘avad s,uvaq}- xead 1333nq pay]- =--“urRdieq uUININY|-ep *330q S,uepdureyzy|“Wies1aq zauIUINS|;% -----|: ---|TaZeMAYINOUIywaIt) - 919.P loz|JeTassnor TOUTS - yesorzoyregQ}- = ueyoer saqur Ad|“OL A9ATH Pp ourday : plIneq"plod any, | yeosnut paraaorgy Tlo1oez4)| Uatjgryou0g “Sr9q“Suvs0 pesoy|*OF -uoq S, coments M62 atrasseyosq’T|"92 ayeiqury|"oZ asnaynos.arA - xeujog}"¢L auUogasmo’y|*Z l ysnq reg TL - jopeury): ‘Oas UAB A ureuiias 4S}° ovsue'y ouurseiyn prinaq mePIoD"29 guua sop pa)‘19 ssouoroie yy - geUTISesnOyy auua fog odnoxr aLmag|*9¢. “UNS|"GH 19712 M-ISOY -— yerayes ares uavat4) uaneayo | —— pe Surpunoqn 40“paans Sead‘pagmurF110 cay pup Sua"uo *whuouks } "QUOD NT dq ATay} JO Jap10 ayy ur paced Gin wungnpy—-SUVAd“assaa LO GANSOIVLVO AAILdIUOSad V ~ ROR OOTK tog M230: yea) Futur yy >$3\- atures par) T J hes din fa Fi Ne 1 g] In Propagat ysis Fr eed ks, tha raisin, ver are those nd and flavor. ent acidity 0S» (ting From s CON } rejects cs ung size anid 4440, I prop he s sty seeds of nev hr cu hen thes T-tree WW ye f I Ing out d be let for 8¢ bran OW Inside of thos Spurs gre tree must tree,” 0; ee) SS SS Sr 2S SES ey => iS SJ Sy iebetel Seay. SF Se F 2x 558 2s Sepp IS aes EE Ss Ss-o TS SS} SS Sl PP Se 8 oe Se Sha tao ihe fer= fae| AS ES SMMeimes be foun 04} euraote ou ApaeH Sutusdtz tay} JO Japrzo0 aa 1yS1adn‘Surmord-08l,T aly ay WIosy 10JOO par auy Pe Surye}‘aarasard 0} JuaT[eoxy IsuU01}S{301} yyStadn‘owmospueyy TTeA\ 10*pue}s UO[J9A\ STOMSUW eeited se zs A SIvaq 9a} ADxEH spre Mp LO sprepurys se rayite [jaa sieeq pue‘e044 AyI[eaH poumyrad ptr VPN 382. was«Kx o39n4q pg ig ah ie wv——sT ning an ) ee ae uw 4 F a 9 ae— =. ae for Oe rN le Fe= I ee“==n a Sm__q-.™ 2 4 Yh/— et- em e a — ee .) x Foe, v—— ae a 4 SS 4454. Harrison, and various other gardeners, adopt the mode of keeping only short spurs, by which much larger fruit is produced. According to this plan, each spur (fig. 487. a) bears only once, when it is cut out, and succeeded by an embryo-bud(d) at its base. This bud at the end of the first season, is no more than a leaf-bud@)s but at the end of the se- cond summer, it has be- come a blossom-bud(8), and bears the third sum- mer(a). Some useful ob- servations on the manage- ment of pear-trees, in correspondence with Har- rison’s_ practice, will be found in different parts of the Caledonian Hort. Me- moirs, Vol. i. 4455. Forsyth says,‘ The constant practice has been to leave great spurs as big as a man’s arm, stand- ing out from the walls, from one foot to eighteen inches and upwards.. The constant pruning of these brings on the canker; and by the spurs standing out so far from fhe wall, the blossom and fruit are liable to be much injured by the frost and blighting winds, and thus the sap will not have a free circu- lation all over the tree. The sap will always find its way first to the extremities of the shoots; and the pus ir ad receive it in a small proportion, as it returns from the ends of the branches.”(77. on Fruit Te€ES, 10/1. 4456. Setting the fruit. Ina very curious paper on this subject, by the Rev. G. Swayne, he informs us of a pear-tree, which had for twenty years never borne fruit, but which he induced to bear by cutting off all the blossoms of each corymbus of flowers, excepting the lower three, on the same principle as gardeners top beans. This succeeded to a certain extent on one tree, but not on another; the selected blos- soms of the other he rendered fruitful by cross-impregnation. He says,‘‘ I fancied likewise that the pointal was fit for impregnation before the anthers were ripe, and even before the petals expanded; and frum the peculiarly slender and delicate make of the latter, as it struck me, I supposed, that it ceased to be in a proper state as soon as it became exposed to the sun and air; I therefore concluded, that there might possibly be a chance of obtaining fruit, by depriving the blossoms of their petals before they ex- panded, and enclosing with each floret in this state, within a paper envelope(as is my mode of effecting artificial impregnation), a riper blossom, viz. one that had just began to diffuse its farina, either one of its own, or, preferably, of some other variety of pear.”(Hort. Trans. v. 210.) He tied up twenty-seven envelopes on the 27th of March, and took off the papers on the 15th of April; a number succeeded, and produced ripe fruit, specimens of which were sent to the Horticultural Society, and found unusually large and handsome.‘The Rev. Experimenter concludes his paper, by observing,“‘ whether the result of the above-detailed experiments be such as to authorise an expectation that artificial assistance in vegetable fecundation, will hereafter become of so much importance to gardeners, in the instance just alluded to, as in those at present recognised, of the cucumber, the melon, the early bean, and the hautbois straw- berry, must be left to futurity to ascertain.”(Hort. Trans. v. 212.) 4457. Harrison appears to have adopted a similar practice, he says,“‘ It is very general to see healthy pear-trees, which produce an abundance of bloom but set a very small proportion of fruit; this is more particularly the case with the tenderest kinds. The reason of such barrenness is in some cases from the stamina being destitute of farina, and in others from the farina having been dispersed before the pistil- lum had arrived at a proper state for its reception. To remedy such defects, I adopt the following prac- tice. As soon as the florets have expanded and the pistillum is in a proper state of maturity, I impreg- nate six upon each corymb of blossom. The florets which I choose for this operation are those situated nearest the origin of the spur, for when pears set naturally, it is very generally such florets. The time I choose for this operation is calm dry days, and if possible when the sun is not very hot upon the trees. Immediately after performance, I give each tree about eighteen gallons of manure water, or soft pond water, at the roots. The trees should never be washed over the tops for a considerable time after this impregnation has been effected.”(Tr. on Fruit Trees.) 4458. Insects, diseases,&c. The pear-tree is liable to the attacks of the same insects 1h vs 710 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Patri as the apple-tree; and the fruit of the summer kinds, when ripe, is liable to be eaten by birds, wasps,&c. which must be kept off by shooting, hanging bottles of water, and other usual preventives. For other points of culture, and gathering and storing, see Chap. II., Chap. IV. Sect. IX., and Chap. V. Sect. III. Sunsecr. 3. Quince.— Pyrus Cydonia, L.; Cydonia Vulgaris, W. en.. Di-Pen- tag. L. and Rosacea, J. Coignassier, Fr.; Quittenbawm, Ger.; and Cotogno, Ital. 4459. The quince-tree is of low growth, much branched, and generally crooked and distorted. The leaves are roundish or ovate, entire, above dusky-green, underneath whitish, on short petioles. The flowers are large, white, or pale-red, and appear in May and June; the fruit, a pome, varying in shape in the different varieties, globular, ob- long, or ovate; it has a peculiar and rather disagreeable smell and austere taste. It is a native of Austria and other parts of Europe; is mentioned by Tusser, in 1753; but has never been very generally cultivated. 4460. Use.‘The fruit is not eaten raw; but stewed, or in pies or tarts, along with apples, ismuch esteemed. In confectionary, it forms an excellent marmalade and syrup. When apples are flat, and have lost their flavor, Forsyth observes, a quince or two, in a pie or pudding, will adda quickness to them. In medicine, the expressed juice, repeat- edly taken in small quantities, is said to be cooling, astringent, and stomachic,&c. A mucilage prepared from the seeds was formerly much in use, but is now supplanted by the simple gums. In nursery-gardening, the plants are much used as stocks for the pear. 4461. Varieties. Miller enumerates— The oblong, or pear-quince; with oblong with obovate leaves, and an ob- for marmalade, as the pulp has the ovate leaves, and an oblong fruit long fruit, which is more juicy and property of assuming a fine purple lengthened at the base. less harsh than the others, and there- tint in the course of being prepared. The apple-quince; with ovate leaves and fore the most valuable. It is rather The mild or eatable quince; less austere a rounder fruit. ashy bearer, but is highly esteemed and astringent than the others. The Portugal quince(Lang. Pom. t. 73.);| 4462. Propagation. Generally by layers, but also by cuttings, and approved sorts may be perpetuated by grafting. In propagating for stocks, nothing more is necessary than removing the lower shoots from the larger, so as to preserve a clean stem as high as the graft; but for fruit-bearing trees, it is necessary to train the stem to a rod, till it has attained four or five feet in height, and can support itself upright. 4453. Soil and site. The quince prefers a soft moist soil, and rather shady, or, at least, sheltered situ- pits It is seldom planted but as a standard in the orchard, and a very few trees are sufficient for any family. 4464. The time of planting, the mode of bearing, and all the other particulars of culture, are the same as for the apple and pear. Sussecr. 4. Medlar.—Mespilus Germanica, L.(Eng. Bot. 1523.). Di-Pentag. L. and Rosacea, J. Neflier, Fr.; Mispelbaum, Ger.; and Nespolo, Ital. 4465. The medlar is a small or middle-sized branching tree; the branches woolly, and covered with an ash-colored bark, and, in a wild state, armed with stiff spines. Leaves oval-lanceolate, serrate, towards the point somewhat woolly, on very short channelled petioles. Flowers produced on small natural spurs, at the ends and sides of the branches. Bracte as long as the corolla; calyxes terminating, fleshy; petals, white; fruit, a tur- binated berry, crowned with five calycine leaflets; pulp thick, mixed with callose gra- nules, and containing five gibbous wrinkled stones. The tree flowers in June and July, and the fruit is ripe in November. It is a native of the south of Europe; but appears to be naturalised in some parts of England, where it has been sown in copses by binds. 4466. Use. The fruit is eaten raw in a state of incipient decay; its taste and flavor are peculiar, and by some much esteemed. 4467. Varieties. Those in common cultivation are— The Dutch medlar(Pom. Franc. 2. latter approaching to the shape of an|The wild medlar; a smaller tree, with 45. t.2,3.); a crooked, deformed, apple. smaller leaves, flowers, and fruit than low tree with very large leaves, entire,| The Nottingham medlar; with fruit ofa any of the former sorts, and the fruit and downy on the under side. The quicker and more poignant taste. is pear-shaped. flowers.and fruit are very large; the 4468. Propagation. By seeds, by layers, and cuttings, or by grafting on seedlings of their own species, or on any other species of mespilus, or of cydonia, or crategus. Miller observes, that if the stones are taken out of the fruit as soon as it is ripe, and immediately planted, they will come up next spring, and make good plants in two years. He prefers raising from seed to grafting on the crategus. Forsyth says, «© Those who wish to keep the sorts true, should propagate them by grafting on their own stocks.” The plant is rather difficult to strike by cuttings. f 4469. Soil. The soil in which the medlar thrives best is a loamy rich earth, rather moist than dry; but not on a wet bottom.; 4470. Final planting. The medlar, like the quince, is usually grown as a standard or espalier; the former may be planted from twenty to thirty, and the latter from fifteen to twenty feet apart. 4471. Mode of bearing. On small spurs at the ends and sides of the branches._ 4472. Pruning. Forsyth recommends the same sort of treatment as for the quince. Cut out all the dead and cankery wood, and keep the tree thin of branches when it is desired to have large fruit. Care is requisite to train standards with tall stems. Espaliers will require a summer and winter pruning, as in the apple-tree. For other details of cullure, see the Apple and Pear. also heen fi and Hertfors i to London 1‘ says) There Tratlescant, of which product shaped lke P in the garten smith, produ these mally t London, but! of Trades trees gro wl the seeds of W raed 3 great} Iisa very com aye, where itis 4rd, Uv that of the 1 Genoa in Septet wich is Very hard raysingsticks ay, wil become malo 4480, Of st the tees natie and early appe mer fruits, B are comprehen Noten|] calyces, and b 3 roundish dn or succulent, acid juice, sto and not of Jon bet, Sickler deemed unwh Sdlubrious, te Roman em sen ftom th Par Baacwl: STONE-FRUITS. 711 is lay th be big ey = NH and Sunsecr. 5. True-Service.— Sorbus Domestica, L.(Pyrus Domestica, Eng. Bot. Ln 350.) Icosan. Di-Pentag. L. and Rosacee, J. Alisier, Fr.; Elsbeerbawm, Ger.; and “) Uy,| Q°> OE Ae, Loto, or Bagolaro, Ital.(fig. 488.) 4473. The true-service-tree is of the middle size, not unlike the mountain-ash, of a very low growth, and not flowering till it arrives at a very great age. The leaves are com- pound, alternate, with ovate or oval leaflets. The flowers are produced on terminating panicles issuing from spurs of two or more years’ growth; the petals are cream-colored; ta the fruit, according to Gertner, is a pome, pear-shaped, reddish, and spotted, extremely austere, and not eatable till it is quite mellowed by frost or time, when it becomes brown and very soft. It flowers in May, and the fruit ripens in November; the tree, according to Krocker, does not come into full bearing before it is sixty years old. It is a native of the warmer parts of Europe, and has also been found wild in Cornwall, Worcestershire, and Hertfordshire, from whence the fruit is brought to London in autumn in large quantities. Miller away says,‘¢ There was one tree in the garden of John 2 que otro, na Tradescant, of South Lambeth, near forty feet high, TPs which produced a great quantity of fruit annually, 5 al st shaped like pears. Some trees of middling growth, JU 1S NOW supplan in the garden of Henry Marsh, Esq. at Hammer- used 4s stocks fr smith, produced fruit of the apple-shape. From these many trees were raised in the nurseries near London, but the fruit was small compared with that of Tradescant.”” Great numbers of large service- trees grow wild about Aubigny in France; from the seeds of which one of the dukes of Richmond raised a great many trees at Goodwood in Sussex. It is a very common fruit-tree at St. Germains en Laye, where it is cultivated along with Pyrus Americana. s, iti 4474, Use. The fruit has a peculiar acid flavor, and is eaten, when mellowed, like (cee that of the medlar, to which it is deemed inferior. It is common in Italy, and ripens at are suficient fora Genoa in September, where it is esteemed good in dysentery and fluxes. The wood, which is very hard, is held in repute for making mathematical rulers, and excisemen’s gauging-sticks. 4475. Varieties. In Italy they have many varieties obtained from seeds; but those generally known Benerall ey br-ateon y Tees, it is neo ulture, are the same ot, Di-Pentas, 1, here are only three: the pear-shaped, apple-shaped, and berry-shaped.; I Ttal i 4476. Propagation. By seeds, cuttings, or layers; or, which is preferable for plants intended to form 0, Aa, good-sized and early-bearing trees, by grafting on seedlings of their own species. It may also be grafted Abs aut on the pyrus, mespilus, or crategus. niches wos, 4477. Soil. The best is a strong clayey loam. i spines. Lear 4478. Culture. The tree is recommended by Forsyth and Abercrombie to be grown as a standard at y short channel twenty or thirty feet distance, and to be pruned and otherwise treated like the apple and pear. Choice gs i sorts, Abercrombie observes, are sometimes trained as dwarf standards, or espaliers. des of the brancts 4479. Gathering the crop. It is late in autumn before this operation can be performed. Wipe the fruit shite; fruit, alt dry, and lay it on dry wheat-straw, spread on the open shelves of the fruit-room. In about a month it i‘h calos will become mellow and fit for use. See Chap. IV. Sect. X. and Chap. V. Sect. HI. eq, WIM Call 5” rs in June and i Secr. I]. Stone-Fruits. + hutappeasl ¢ C,: rope; butap 4480. Of stone-fruits the most esteemed is the peach tribe, and next the apricot; both cops ae the trees natives of Persia, but acclimated in Britain, and remarkable for the lively colors + backs On(° In 620 5 r+ its tase a and early appearance of their blossoms. The peach is one of the most delicious of sum- mer fruits. Besides the peach, nectarine, and apricot; the almond, plum, and cherry, are comprehended in this section. Sunsect. 1. Peach.— Amygdalus Persica, L.(Black. t. 101.) Icos. Monog. L. and Rosacee, J. Malus Persica of the Romans. Pécher, Fr.; Pfirschbaum, Ger.; and Persico, Ital. 4481. The peach-tree in its natural state is under the middle size, with spreading branches, lanceolate, smooth, and serrated leaves. The flowers are sessile, with reddish calyces, and bell-shaped, pale or dark-red corollas, often bordered with purple; the fruit a roundish drupe, generally pointed, and with a longitudinal groove; pulp, large, fleshy or succulent, white or yellowish, sometimes reddish, abounding with a grateful, sweet, acid juice; stone, hard, irregularly furrowed; kernel, bitter. The tree of quick growth, and not of long duration; blossoms in April, and ripens its fruit in August and Septem- ber. Sickler considers Persia as the original country of the peach, which, in Media, is deemed unwholesome; but, when planted in Egypt, becomes pulpy, delicious, and salubrious. The peach also, according to Columella, when first brought from Persia into the Roman empire, possessed deleterious qualities; which Knight concludes to have arisen from those peaches being only swollen almonds(the twberes of Pliny), or im- Zz 4 712 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. perfect peaches; and which are known to contain the Prussic acid which Operates unfa- vorably in many constitutions. The tree has been cultivated time immemorial in most parts of Asia; when it was introduced into Greece is uncertain: the Romans seem to have brought it direct from Persia, during the reign of the emperor Claudius. It is first mentioned by Columella, and afterwards described by Pliny. The best peaches in Eu- rope are at present grown in Italy on standards; and next may be cited those of Mon- treuil, near Paris, trained on lime-whited walls.(Mozard, sur I’ Education des arbres a Fruits, et principalement du Pécher,&c. 1814.) We visited these gardens in May, 1819, and examined more particularly those of Jean Pierre Savard, the principal propriétaire cultivateur. His trees were that season covered with aphides, and the principal part of treatment in which he seemed expert was that of varying the position of the branches of the tree every year, by elevating to a greater angle the weak, depressing the strong, and cutting out the old, naked, or twigless shoots; thus presenting at all times a well balanced tree. The stems of these trees, when first planted, and for one or two years afterwards, are hooked to the wall, to prevent their being stolen! Mozard’s garden was visited by the Caledonian Horticultural deputation in 1817, who found wholesome management, but nothing new. In England, there are but few sorts of peaches that come to tolerable perfection in the open air, in ordinary seasons. The best adapted for this purpose are the free stones; but all the sorts ripen well by the aid of a hot-wall or glass, and may be forced so as to ripen in May or June. The tree is generally an abundant bearer; one of the noblesse kind, at Yoxfield, in Suffolk, which covers above six hundred square feet of trellis under a glass case, without flues, ripens annually from sixty to seventy dozen of peaches.(Hort. Trans. iii. 17.) 4482. Use. It is a dessert fruit, of the first order, and makes a delicious preserve. In Maryland and Virginia a brandy is made from this fruit.“ The manufacture of this liquor, and the feeding of pigs, being,” as Braddick observes(Hort. Tr. ti. 205.),“ the principal uses to which the peach is applied in those countries.” The leaves, steeped in gin or whiskey, communicate a flavor resembling that of noyeau. 4483. Criterion of a good peach. A good peach, Miller observes, possesses these qual- ities; the flesh is firm; the skin is thin, of a deep or bright red color next the sun, and of a yellowish-green next the wall; the pulp is of a yellowish color, full of high-flavored juice; the fleshy part thick, and the stone small. 4484. Varieties. Linneus divides the 4. Persica into two varieties; that with downy fruit or the peach, and that with smooth fruit or the nectarine. There are various in- stances on record(Hort. Trans. vol. i. p. 103.) of both fruits growing on the same tree, even on the same branch; and one case has occurred of a single fruit partaking of the nature of both. The French consider them as one fruit, arranging them in four divi- sions: the péches, or free stone peaches, the flesh of whose fruit separates readily from the skin and the stone; the péches lisse, or free stone nectarines, or free stone smooth peaches; the pavies, or cling-stone peaches, whose flesh is firm and adheres both to the skin and stone; and the brugnons, or nectarines, or cling-stone smooth peaches. Knight(Hort. Tr. iii. 1.), Robertson(Hort. T'r. iii.$82.), and various botanists, consider the peach and almond as one species. 4485. The flat peach of China(Hort. Trans. vol. iv. pl. 19.) isa curious flattened fruit(fig. 489.), sweet and juicy, and with a little noyeau flavor. Knight has fruited it, and considers that from the early habits of the tree it will prove a valuable acqui- sition..‘He has“found excitability of habit to be hereditary in the seedling offspring of plants, and to he transferable by the pollen;” and, therefore, ima- gines‘ there will be no difficulty in obtaining from the flat peach other varieties of similar habits, free from the deformity which has recommended it to the Chinese.”(Hort. Trans. v. 272.) 4486. There are many fine varieties of the peach: Tusser, in 1573, mentions peaches, white and red; Parkinson, in 1629, enumerates twenty-one; and Mil- ler, in 1750, thirty-one varieties. In the garden of the Luxemburg, at Paris, are seventy varieties; and above double that number of names are to be found in the catalogues of our nurseries. Three distinguished and ingenious attempts have been made to class the va~ rieties of peaches and nectarines, by the leaf and tlower as well as the fruit: the first is by Poiteau, in the Bon Jardinier; the next by Count Lelieur, in his Pomone Frangaise; and the third by Robertson, nurseryman, of Kilkenny, whose arrangement is founded on the glands of the leaves. Butas these systems are not yet sufficiently perfectedto render them available for this work, all we can do is to submit the following table:— < ana ;> 5 eS angedad as Erer Sron S> arransg Sfedan ars NWursERiz= CATALOGUE OF PESCRIPTIVE ing the 8F \ eng Ehty ‘ yay our ymy pood{aaa W Ly ouy V ymayz aul y qu ouy A194 yeay Peroyrze sarnbay ao1M3 pappnq Ayjersuasd{ sy9o3s “W109 UO pagoons 4OU[]IA‘apua,y,| | | | | | | aMUy POOH | | 4903s yooyAde 10 yovad v uo Synyesd aimnbat 0} sv Jopuaz os pue‘sayorad 3saq ey} Jo aug FMA PUST[IOXI uy} | ASurys aq 03 4de ymax) | jradag aug 419 4|-3dag* Moja aye|"3dag- sunyeur‘ourg-ydag supypeur‘oul 4dag snoura*qorLL| {9u0}s ye pax daap‘aorya x|+3dag snouta*Aiedns| {au0}s 32 pax daap‘moja x|-ydag queseayd‘Kysnur| pooy fauojs ye par daap fairy AA| 3dag | snouta pue you| fau0js ye par davp az AA | quaT[aoxe pue Yort| > 6 shee ze[ees daap“OFT dag ydag =| ysry 4y30A4d£90380} a3TY AA | yorr Ajaqrs |-Inbxa‘€re3ns: auoys ayy Ayan‘ayy Sua you‘somf“Buyyjaut 6 OT AA, | yors‘kaedns poo -$dunjeur pure yy ding)-sny pug|:- pat auly AOARTZ SNOurTA YStY| fauojs je par‘aya dmg}*sny pug)-- OAR} poos| Ayjaad v Jo{au0js ye par Azan“tuay pur azrya ding}“sny- par oury kxeSns pue| poo yorx aornt AxeSus‘snouts fauojs Je par‘ayy ding paroary -=|-qsrq‘Kress fourm ding)“Sn y"pr'-usaas pue paiojoo asoxy 9u0js ye pad‘aztyM ding)“dny"pry- por daap aur snourta pur yort som - fauojs ye paz zy ding}‘any: PIAL]-- por daap our euy M19 AQ)-SNW pil)>--- auy et“any $ysnur‘your£ auojs Ayunjeur{prea st 10: pene,| yearny|ayy ye par‘azryK ding’“dsny ‘any puq|- ‘suy puq|--- ‘any pug)= -Ystmoyak v Jo pur‘pax ‘sny Pum) WITH pedujys Ayes “sny pug- 2 par out par “any pug ou pue par-ysyding ! morjak ding, sdny ulayy |‘any | uldagq)=~.» urdogq= S ulgag, Pet qztat parqxeur ¥I0} A ‘ulsagT)> ‘ulgegq)- 2 ‘uLsogq 4,0]]a4 pue pax daaq oak pue par daaqy usaid daap ‘ulseg pue pai-payqieur auty *uldog| vate== par xreq sursagq|--— ajdand daaq | ayy | v| Ao][ak pur pay | ‘PE| Avoy[as ayed pur pas yar, AvoT]aA-Yst *urso¢ cd-- paw per-yst moras G urseq| pue uolytutea YsLIg pup 9243 ay3 fo sousuapnipyD adtx 310s ys1y ay} Zutaq 10y pauisaysa ATUQ)} Aysnur pue fredns aorng| ke pug)-=- OTA °|= a | ty spinal ayy fo uorjpjnde. posaussd|§ soanyf pun ding susdry“410109 & g *sdu0jg-3uT[O uey? uTezg jo szred ysour eae a —— ee innit<—-t aee a ~~=< Ws E | | | yng yously W UISIIO YouaAy JO| of: 8 |‘saxory, ap aiqnop wr Spe| apueed auuy fyreq}*Z atdand See 9 atdand Ayre:"9 yefor qaadng = que. Ave T Sawyznu pay ik Sauynu ay At|*f O-_ adxey) go-d‘yifsx0q|: a ade] a9 A a3 "2%“UMsI0g!—°13“4+“Surry ystsuoTy unr 9 Sunks|°o-ue Sar TPIT 8 4 eH o4°g su yng qsoupy}|=-“LE‘yy As10,5‘ope: d-ourry wo punoy}-= ICL UB ASION ESOT<3 EEO punoy) axe]{194 a tA ade'T|*68%“UlorOIaqy| Y-- aFre'T|*68%“Wlo1D.10q V|-- a--“ge‘uyAsiog|-: punoy asaey sae y°6“yVAs10,7"9°32°uU“YUNG | | punoy}- asx]“FL“Urs10g)+L 3“OT“U-UN| = wunIpayl‘ot Urstog|“859+g“Huey! >#40 uIntpayl*0%“UIAsI0.g“6“u-ynq| punoy}- ad1eT"GG“YIASAIOT“6G“Ucyng a wuNIpaTAl“GT“UdAs10g 6“u-yng du0lqo uInIpeyy"CL“yy ks10,7|“EL 3°LT-u-yng punoy winpeyy"IL“ya fs10,4/"by ou yung punoy|- adiey“TT“uads10g|-OT 3“PL-uynqg punoy canipayy“¢“YVXs1og LG°3°q‘Bury "62“UIASIOT)—-“£F*4.““HOO punoy})-“OL“MAs1Og) BT*9+g-U-yNg ss- asiey“Le“YASIO-- .- ode]*g yyhstoq|-- punoy}- adiey*%“YVAsIO,T"€-3-°E su yNG punoy|- Treurg*T“uphsi0,7 SF°T u-yng =|= “ULLOT"az1g*paqiiosap eval nif" atay Ad ipunogo AO 204d Spaynursi410 *s20UD]TULASI.L pup such “OULD AT == ut ATpury aroun uadr1 sau0yg sey ey,‘Suruadrs say} Jo sapx0 ay} ur pasuveary—'SaANOLS Ada “SINOLG-ONITQ puv SANOLG AdUy se pasuvue‘saruasunyy HSILIUG ul poyesedoid ATuouwo0s‘GAHOIVAd AO GANOSOTIVLIVO HAILMIYNOSAUd V“°L8tP = 3-83:33=| = eS.& 2s Ss Bes a ee Ea = pe aS ae ss = wae ay he=| =o 3 S:a& 2 ‘ SE aro Sb = ee oe: 22 ry SS) apy z E-A Sse = SB 2 5 B= 53 Se Cue! = Some oS = Ss) 2) 1) Sa -20 ES ASS — Y== Sa> 2 i= + gs 2S See S Ss a= =o= a S&S& 0 \y Ss Ss 23 Sa wal Ee S| 2S FS) = 3 eS=. Bos-S——@ SB Aa8 ee SS =@“SYD ,, = er eo met 4s aay YA"Hh =: AR a AATLY 9}2[0LA fe| ~ =<4: Spores Per| oh ea es= beet Le: BS Ses oo SS 5S Ae Sees ee eae At coaant71.=: See eee Se ee= ES a=) Se ata§ Sas SF eS 2S =s Aa S yale: on =e ey a S086. 4 cS S SV S=\e= 2 S28 588828 ees=e 2 Be ee st> a a S B26 = see 26 ae A=- aN BS el a Se = Pease al s— = c 2 S|: S2AB=35 84 eS. aN== 3 AU. Add Son and ip Inches or eyed\| fox‘auuoduiod| od snomsuopy|"s¢ |||- Pe asnox ararg‘| ataed snoi}: | Py: TADYILD|S |||="Te“ysAs10,7| gc su and) igre;:: lee ns| é PUTA|~ Ino IR]*psvoxG=|:: a | nie Be rt aI| en ae r“| ETA! ee"4°‘Suey 7:| Pens Best Boe 390 PUGL)"UA UST oy,- aSiey| ze z x= I PIO}"0¢ | Jaap‘surnjaur TAA| ae| re ia| oo| Oe ele oul ns ae B ty an oo‘useag?)-* E| odie’"L]“UVAsIO,T|| E=|| 05)|"6P yy supa plo OO)|: BU0ZS JB pax“OITA wah at):| ds pue pax nyyneeg- cE ee. 4 re| i er ah ee ea” hax oa ee gd2s bud /PetiousE-}= odzery“61“UsAs10,q| ae-:| ajaearupe atl& STIPE|"8h 2 at||:|,, Petcare| La TAN| ydag pug i nee| a| pew qv]"066-xoxo204y||| oi KI41A BP 21194.| AMOLING 4> ap fayIt Ss KC ee; see| ne i :|. a“ ee| wee ll 3 a AL|‘9G ELEY Pe‘uyNd|| zs ayqeaTurpe 33e'T|* LF | TA Tp?. ze UOSsUILIO eee narra Z par aeg| punoy uMnIpsy||| | punters aimM! ydeag:pyy-||::| jaomf fauo}s 7 snouts| punoyy!+xey zayzey!“06%“wOIO| has ele | ax| qew ys E. ONITO anaes lees| [ee ee eaters 3919) adag“pay! pax para ayy ut paduety—‘SANOLS- i, yor| exo|-o | eee| Che dane tt ¢ aksx0,|"Og-u*uNndg zd ast1a0-ayoad| yovad A119|"¢ .y||;!;| || a;; Kpoorsl|*FF ad; JuRe- pool || Joaeyy pue-|- mOTak Use|| es ce sneeon|"TZ“a yNng 5:. gjoundurs| centa| e pue‘Moy|_ corde ayy aXxry|| aemqoip|- yyeurg g ae ae‘,°-|-oury saorpperg| Bion oa ee uy)-|xojoo ur 4 3+399‘wiaq|-oo xed YSTTIM pur peu nq es fod eas.; a> be mide b pormed Serco a[qexa[0} pue Furze]: i I daaq is|"CL‘2°M AL WOH]- ¥ 0}2,L|"GF tir du qui sar Ging[nyneaq nv pat daaq 3dag pugq|- Le| asogors| aFw’T|°G0B TAL“40H|“ST N arene t;>( cyUO ST a_ S: aor?| 3: ee UCN acaba esr Sh} 6| E| aduevio pue ysyding| AeTe I*exaanjo1d| hes itil- i- anbisx9d| It POSE M191]“vay[PIOYTA 03 SuOS Aysnun‘Suny+ydag pug)|| seca 3“i, Gtr,|;| one a ont souraboy peoy)| ss wy pues||| 2 je Uyia Pe 8%|- O" z- ajdind aye|* BOS“ALJ 2p Wea Y| Axedns Sy|“dag pum|-joo-mens pure‘pox rare| ee ee oe;||| u‘3©| 5 lee|; a" kus gota) per: ia iW|: pax rae zero 62 cap ceios|‘eT‘a-und|| Seema ee | quesre Caaee mca A|: see, ee| i|:| qe por faz“ bs 7 DUNO’|.| | ley ara ap*ais fOU0}S Ie Pat| Ge puis| moras pue par xed)= E|||: |# ces se| 1/8) FAL 20H) ystuyy/ Z= 300g UID’)"RE us][99 9 ue par xed punoyy abate§ a| kee og 3“CHO>:: mene 2 Shits‘| nt: |©) niu ang wang) ydag“pry‘1e4 qyS14q P se TAL HOH) OTF ELL aah aia a‘ aarlantA 08 aa0ong) poor-xa jo£ uunrpayl' Neer 3d oH:: oo)|| Tag“PTA ayIy s19a pue ee Po asivy A139 A ST“UyAsa| 6:: x I 2 Kort us, commonly propagatea; PL CATALOGUE OF SCRIPTIVE a Wap| a OE ix ~ Brrrisun NurksER!I i} pES a fr ARIF IO+3S-OUN] U0 4saq£103 Suv|| tosMoid fatosatd 1OJ*1Z*Ja0x9 UV! yaInD--- | API UayRa SuryLg Aoy yuayjaoxq| yrary) aq 07 dieys oo, suryeq x0y qUaTIOX A|=e io-- qyuout e jo spxeadn Surroyyed ut DuB*Atasaid 10*yRq IOJ pood yma }s IO slayONs WOIZ pastet oaLJ,| WwaID| ymaz Suryeq yuayjaoxa uy}=| Spay ur[jaa sivaq 29‘doad yunoo|| Pur Aq pasn ay ayy£9913 Kur0y} W qeainy- Surkxp roy quaTaox Ty|- qmay- T S}LOUIZBOMS TOF JUTTIOX A| IOARY Yor poor 980}-[TaMapUNT WeaIp- some WAI Ysey*rysasxeog 9953 SuTMoxS-s035 Apreyy| JaquIa0a(q JO apprur ay}[119 sdaayy suinyd 3s93R] ay Jo au, “nyd“As 4saq ayy Jo au0 payunosoyv, JUST]IIXA a1qQraad y Poofy JING sysnur yor| JOOMS YOry ory ysry A104 psed-use19 ay Sureq“naz*[90x0 uy O-] FUTIVA 2p*399}U09 Oy ySaq aU joaug! pooyn | Jeon IMI poos W, Year 24 07[enba‘nid-Jaoxq sus | et| JeIUI-J99 M8 B AUS axI]$}ea ey+bxay || Wore| STW) sjaoxa unyd Aue{[preyzq! ory umyd 4]1¥va Aotzadns Ww som’ yor| ysty 478A JOON pses-us01d es v ysurede-yuvjd kq paaordurr [pure“un|d y2assap ysaq ay} paurseysq poor) f[ea suIOssoTq pur‘Kur0yy aaL, JLOUI-JOIMS UL IO MvA“AZ+J90K9 UY IMAZ-[[BAL Paii9a}sa UMOUF-TTaa Yyort£048 0} Vey, way- S[eayy “290 jo‘Sogqr "390 Jo‘dog *ydag jo pug| *3dag Jo pug| adag jo-Sogr f ‘ydagjo-sogq- *490 Jo ydag 3 qequiajdag!- qaquiazydag ‘SN jo‘dog Ane jo pug 7990300}|“9% cise i “9 casero,“Tp uu yng “OL“UdKsIOT|"L241“Taq sUlOg dTquio1oIag y= 2 "6L‘d“yy As10,q “6L d YIAsx0q|- YSTAOTIAA YSTMoT[ax su0iqo, Teso adiey odie'yT *6T‘Uyng - Hor UNO Psy uolqo ‘uaoIp| puny AIIM|*yurtod“FT} adie'yT adieT| Trews Tews “Lb“unks10.q)- *6“YUIKsI0,7 2‘ecu yng - aiquioxoraq| sIqUIOIOIBG ¥|-- AOTIA4 ayeq| Te4Q] umnipayy|"12“UIhs10,4|“Lu yung aoquiy|| Tews“06“UsKsx0,7| 66“U“Yag “‘Buyuadia Ty Jo ropx0 ayy ut peFuemy—-swaATa NaHOLIS jorapure Aorq fe oe|‘PLFA“OOH adr]£19 A | || AoT1a%)— punoy! punoy) eal punoy “RYUAL° “soy USTUM Bog ayy pue Moras aed) “soq UdeI-YSIMOT[A A| jo pug,°-| :-— anyq xAeq} -- MOTIAX Un YS. UIE pay |©= MOTIOA “OT“YIXs10,F "ee“YyrAsIOT “OT SyIhs10q "GT“ysksr0,7 “IT“UVsx07 | BYE HLT,“WOH “PL SqyAs10g* | WeUS)—-*BT“yzAsi0,q* |“9“YVAsIOg “9S TED,“L0H, "GS“UIAsI0.7 “61“UyAs10,7 ews TRAQ” Su0iqo} -[RAO*Lhy Wo g yooH | uW9919-YsTMOTIA A pod pure MoyjeA YSTY AA -- par yieq |- atdind yaeq : pay : 3 pew Per IIA MOTI‘ ateg Fe= peu 2=-40Rlg ny| Mo7]a4 pure par-ysinig ynsny|- c prmoy punoy asiery =| asre'y Punoy yeuis 1a 4 mo Teo punoy le | | /doamf pun ysop7 | pn f ayy fo uoynmndas PAMdF Pp Gat} 747 f) 4apnavyg | 19(DOE ssuadry | PLVNTALIA0H 80ST} yMAz oATYSyIOR W YITOAIUA AA NUOg*SeULazIY AA winuog“seul pay : enysursg=- =-- ysew ae| uetuopareg| Jaderp aor, a| sounidio“uedg iq)- sings,punupa-3g= d eornjersdut ong- ---| ~ o5e3 ourydneg erpn PIOF Jo y0]9) E ; alte: | ur jourrT AA Aq Surppaas W Lee - epnrip suey oases | --[p eur!- ry-- See eS- ussyg- your AA Aq poss wor]--- =° Sila Jaderp pay ae BAIFISLAVI*q| ees ajousiig : ysewep pay) uograpied ani; ee SAtlO;y, > voLeury*N JooaneNn a -- Oi+ OD0010 JT uerprourtad ayry Ay | smoy AMOS OUT AA|‘OF SANBISUOTY|"6E Terraduar a1 A4|" YIAOMAUA AA"LE assmg ounrg"9¢o ajosnyy"ee - wuosured"Eo Tetedurt payy ee > doen| oe eyjeunig|"t¢ THM adie'T Oe eTeqearyy 1ep 93 ap d0099Ig|+97 SUTIRIIANT wk 4 anyq‘xaderq.|+97, JOTOIA*Hseure(]|-oz, susoseure(T“hS O1p ueplod sa09|- he FPTOTA|°3 ‘TS 2 qoord F|-9z, 21D UvaN{) ywa1y|-GT SulIoyyey JUTLS"RT - 04S8YD|* ZT 1o,p deaqi+9 ayesor BT| oT YIOMIIST| PT | aded use1n)+e] useid Prpne[gusanG 919377|Z] wueysursey30g|+17 | SUBETIO SAOUNTTAA|-OT uogrOdaYOOY-G urreqorkyl+g odtzpaad ayry AA|Z suvayig 9 yseurep ¥ovlq apwy!-¢ VITA|*h ASeurep ywaiy+¢ yseuep Ayre q|+z, aaeyoune sl*T sadpys| ans‘pogesosaq§—|“paanaif’ toy Ad “Suryminogqn 40 ‘paanso.d je ones yall yariettes real Pegi ye end oF ible presely al i ing the e forcet thon petals besit to fa thermometer sh insects Wil ing of rotten 2 Tiberal supply 0! be freely aamitte gatherilg. diseases, and, 4 « remedy for th by the common| be eaten by wa Grasset, 6, Ch and Rosae 4574, The cher orate serrated lear red drupe, mith a rating, the latte tivated chemry Wa tonnin Po US] Bnitan| into B Richard Ha cherries were it; yet Warto 1415, that the manner as is both as a wall 4575. Us ing pies, tart Keeping ¢ exudes from{ hundred men sustenance ally to ds and cabinet. 4576, Va feshed, sma and black, eighteen sort leas deseri Whose of Our p bse Sorts of French divide Noy obelies, feans ; from one to five yeas ars’ growth,” i the distance of fourea hen all the shootsat little fruit; thereto sir branches at full leg nty-five, and twenty wenty, or twenty-five! and he prefers 4 wall : distance on twelve . small natural spy two, or three ye ethe spurs bear! ime which they ta for the honzont ar, Forsyth ss ae din summer, 8 7 torte bit ON 0 the pam il mu eta 1! Boox I. CHERRY. 725 4569. Taking the crop. The different sorts of the plum ripen in succession for about three months in summer and autumn. Some early sorts begin to ripen in July; the main varieties reach full maturity in August and September; late sorts continue ripen- ing till the end of October or beginning of November. Each kind should be brought to table presently after being gathered, as they will not keep long in a natural state. 4570. Forcing the plum. Plums may be forced in pots, or otherwise, like other fruit trees. Grange and Aiton, have forced them both ways: the latter thus deseribes his practice.‘* The sorts generally preferred for forcing are the following, Précoce de Tours, green gage, blue gage, white perdrigon, Orleans, Yew Orleans, and Morocco. Some others have been tried, as La Royale, simiennes, and blue perdrigon, but are found objectionable, the two first producing fruit void of flavor, and the latter has a tendency to crack and gum.’’ 4571. When an early crop is desired, plums are best forced in large pots or tubs, as this method ad- mits of their removal at pleasure into different degrees of temperature, as occasion may require; but for a general crop to ripen by the end of May, or beginning of June, it is preferable to have the trees planted in the forcing-house, and if they are intended to be forced in the first year, proper trees for the purpose fur- nished with well branching wood, should be selected and planted early in the autumn, that they may establish themselves before the winter sets in. The soil tobe preferred is a moderately rich loam, without mixture of manure. 4572. For a crop to ripen én the second week in May, the house must be covered in early in January commencing with a temperature of 42° of Fahrenheit, for the first fortnight, after which the heat may be gradually raised to 52°, at which it may continue until the flowers make their appearance; during this time frequent changes of air must be admitted, to strengthen the bloom, and the crop will be rendered more certain by keeping the trees in blossom as long as possible, by light shading, where necessary; and when the petals begin to fall, gentle dews may be raised from the suriace of the mould. As the fruit forms, the thermometer should be raised to 58°; this must be done gradually, as the consequence of a rapid rise may be a casting of the fruit; during the progress of stoning great care must be taken against sudden variations of the temperature, water very sparingly used, and every check by fumigation be given to the various insects which will be particularly active at this period. When the fruit is safely stoned, a moderate dress- ing of rotten manure may be spread on the surface of the mould; the heat increased to 68°, and a more liberal supply of water given. After the fruit has attained a full size, and approaches maturity, air may be freely admitted, and water should be given in less quantities, and finally discontinued, a few days before gathering. 4573. Insects, diseases,&-c. See Peach. The gum and canker are the most common diseases, and, as in almost every other case, the acarus is the most noxious insect. As a remedy for the former, Abercrombie directs to head down. The insects are destroyed by the common means.‘The gages, or reine Claudes, when nearly ripe, are very apt to be eaten by wasps. Suzgsect. 6. Cherry.— Prunus Cerasus, L.(Eng. Bot. 706.) Icos. Di-Pentag. L. and Rosacee, J. Cerisier, Fr.; Kirschenbaum, Ger.; and Ciriegio, Ital. 4574. The cherry is a middle-sized tree, with ash-colored, shining, roundish branches, ovate serrated leaves, and white flowers, produced in nodding umbels, and succeeded bya red drupe, with an acid pulp. The leaf and flowering buds are distinct, the former termi- nating, the latter produced from the sides of the two or more years’ branches. The cul- tivated cherry was brought to Italy by the Roman general Lucullus, in 73 A. C. from a town in Pontus in Asia, called Cerasus, whence its specific name, and was introduced to Britain 120 years afterwards. Many suppose that the cherries introduced by the Romans into Britain were lost, and that they were re-introduced in the time of Henry VIII. by Richard Haines, the fruiterer to that monarch. But though we have no proof that cherries were in England at the time of the Norman conquest, or for some centuries after it; yet Warton has proved, by a quotation from Lidgate, a poet who wrote about or before 1415, that the hawkers in London were wont to expose cherries for sale, in the same manner as is now done early in the season. The tree is now very generally cultivated both as a wall and standard fruit, and has been forced for upwards of two centuries, 4575. Use. Itisa refreshing summer fruit, highly grateful at the dessert, and afford- ing pies, tarts, and other useful and elegant preparations in cookery and confectionary. Steeping cherries in brandy qualifies and improves its strength and flavor; a fine wine is made from the juice, and a spirit distilled from the fermented pulp. The gum which exudes from the tree is equal to gum arabic; and Hasselquist relates that more than one hundred men, during a siege, were kept alive for nearly two months, witbout any other sustenance than a little of this gum taken sometimes into the mouth, and suffered gradu- ally to dissolve. Cherry-wood is hard and tough, and is used by the turner, flute-maker, and cabinet-maker. 4576. Varieties. The Romans had eight kinds; red, black, tender-fleshed, hard- fleshed, small bitter-flavored, and a dwarf sort. Tusser, in 1573, mentions cherries red and black. Parkinson mentions thirty-four sorts, Ray twenty-four, and Miller has eighteen sorts, to which he says others are continually adding, differing little from those he has described. The catalogue of the Luxemburg garden contains forty-two sorts, and those of our nurseries exceed that number of names. As usual, we have inserted only those sorts of which we could obtain some authenticated descriptive particulars. The French divide their cherries into griottes or tender-fleshed, digarreauw or hard-fleshed, and guignes, geans or small fruits, = Sere Bese==|= peering ate erly. Cie od He gees oy— SES— peli Se a= SEK oss 06CCD OS Oe, F FP SD = 3 28 SeSece Ze 2283S Sjaltes,(2! 4225) Sais= See aese 2 =e SEs ssa Seee St Sia SO Be SPlfbss Zs = Ge SSeee 233538 S828 8 235 ESSSES ye 5 x Be SSSBEeas Sp Calton Bae a5 25 3 a=~———— 7] Nl 7 Apuviq pur Suparasead zog jUaTTO9F9 alg eal 99a 4UST unoy| T1eUs‘or“upksiog|°*91 4°q‘Sueq----|-- uti)-+ O][PXOJAL|"9S| Hens 11 3doq uaya Grgeuy A194 VW ve.) EID BOB O8 oO, car] Cae eu UH 2"LO 4 JAvay requiry|’ a R pa a foal 3x are|||:|*bsa‘uojqnyy wf Aq| neared|| < gouarop,y 38 WU poutaazse KTYSIY VW) pooH Gooas forma“WaT! Toda" oS UERSEUE Oo ERC SYE[6G TEAL JOH| PL TAL‘WOH OSL|Souar0].g wor paonporyuy-1E oy serquueseyy)—- aouaropg|Te| Ay|| queseatd pur y2emS)-deg 7p-sny)- OV te Te4Q}“PPA"BI SUIKSIOT|= fine tee 5= 2 r. O©-| ystuedg mozjax| 02 || aes|| 99°d“ysASIOT|°%“HAE‘q’dueT)-|-=° Ss O-|e-— x03SNID|"6B | SNOFOTOC|| Sse Ista)||-suEAy PUY ped| Tews"0%“UAsIOg| SG Ho--:---- juvad juaxedsuvsy,|"9z |||| vepung xvau‘s,uvound,|| | WsIH|- ysndny)- qorid’|--“pay*6T Suphsiog|--(S8LT\PIOT 3e pageantno 4sANy)---- uved orpunT|"1z |“SNVJO PIAL)- STU MA|-"pet dIqUIOINIEgG WY}- Oe----|---|> SSEMS OFT| 92 Apueiq Surkpyenb Jo aurm Suryeur|||:||| lox guayjaoxe yay fadrey pue Aor aerJ,' Jee- ysrx9}31q SULIT|“Sn yjo*pryy)- PeU}- punoy) Teg aiqmioxo1eqy|-- 2 G= spoom ut puno| frxzayo ro uray)! pit pad TIPS) 6% PA 2p BUIM AQF Xo 3TMUy fe] 2p AIO] sa1,! FET- ystt9qz1q“UIT|“Sn yjo"pryAl)- a- punoy)[ews aIquIoINIeqGW|-:--: Spooa uy UOTUUIOD|_ AxIEYO AO URAL) PIES HORI[EUS| PG| krrayo az“Ws pue“UNOLOD HOvIq oyy|| 3||| pasted aie Spaas s3f Wor f*UIT} AOZ3Y EAT, POO) oars xermoad“many| sn Vyjo*prAl)= AVIA|- punoy) Weg) srquroroxeqy)- S: o 2-=>|sarxoyo pls Ae)* uvad Jr|"£z qmagauy V/ POOF)-=- quesea[d|‘Snyjo‘seg|-:: ces Botte oO noe|i= eya\es&-—-premayn’y|"zz Oo|||| qaxeouy| :|| HOV] ayy-wisser|} AZ IML UET[I0X9 UV; POOL)---|-Snyjo‘soq)- c---“eT“upksi0g|"Tmax+d Suey)-----| euoores‘tmoi0g|-- suoxog|"Tz S||“yng jo apiquie Zz| qe au0}s pus WATT|+3) Raval‘ eae aa uoTer| C 5) 2 IW|Sny 29 Ane,-:--“ot“ushsiog|-- Sales->|-xey{ Surquiesoy)= Wer|"06 a qINI UMOUA-]J9A oUy VW)---= eee=|-:: 5|: m ch ean"ST'd a‘suey)----- aoe!--|- 4avoy-HOeTA|‘61 ||: TUOSTI| 2 sdoxo poos xvaq‘suapred-u0ysuts|||| See ling| -UdS] UT plo sxead OOT e043 SFM sug Wy)--"- jany 2 sme}>= S=*g‘yys10q]-=- 6OLT\3SeH 94F ULOIy paonpossuy|-=. qaeay S,U0SLAeH|*ST <| ut aynp Aew pue oO a||| uoyjers Jo ajiquie ou}| ars velie xe UV4| sOOL) ysry Goons“WALT! Ame Jo pug)- per daaq’}- jeoruog ase| 102 NTT, OW|' 18 WAL“HOH QTST| wo 34st Aq payeursg}---- OopIaIe AA|"LT fx ymuyz AMOYS ¥ G| yeas KIA JOU JOS|{Tne Jo puq| sity pur psy= punoyy| asiey|“LT SypAsx0g|*¢ Tax*d“Sueq)- 3 2--.--- UOT eUIe)| OT | queseag|Ajne jopugq|)- par yar! EB Buoy|‘eI TSCON*2 Sypksx0.q| PAX-SueyT C os-~- S,AS100SeD) qxeay-surpertel| iT S yMAj-UOTSsadONS B searqenteA|=“pay SOUL ULY} TAU| K[Ne Jo pug| ip i 5:% NCveata| i|‘ 7 i.. yxeay go 10s ¥|- extyspI0j170H|-F1 | qreoy &£ R|| A| jayTyA pue uoyjers our= i| oO Spxey pue zuermmxny A19A 991} pooy|-orap‘somf-ams Qos]- 2 D 2= 4x9}T) asiaeq|+99‘d Syyfs10,7"Ld FOOH| PIST| Woy sys kqpayeursiug|----- u03[ 7]|"eT| —| ans-:-|=+99*d“yRAsr0,g|“TTX“d eae--- a-= 2 eqnp Shee aL &||*s‘nvouesia|: Ayn--==-+99‘d“y3hs10.9*9%‘q 00 c- E-----|Texeaes‘nvaarestg|* TT oO 3| Inf 99°d“qxks10,7 9F dH a ear < FMI Pood YW) svat}- prow AiqeaerSy}- cmp]- per suse-:“g‘yyksx0,q‘gx-ynq|-|---|-quomigeqod sory)-= UsTaUeST|"OT aynp Fs ¢ mny£|| keut pue uowers oy3| -— Apiey PUB JULITMXN] AT9A sa] POOH ysiy Gooms“UIT|<[Ne Jo PIAL]- pax qe|-oxspayyeq|- UST TEAL oH)°6 TEAL 3xOH| FIST| MIO sysruyy fq pazeurst1o|-- c= ies Areal *[290x-: 3. i 5“oy ¢ 2 a é és©----- aqtyay s,1asea ice 4s sued} 2p FTAA BI“urhs10g sbs-ouro[g‘ueursiesmu ueqIEyIe TL, TE a ages ASA| Aue Jo Bog)- yori)--| oBxet] zt‘upfsrog]->- oer|‘reserd Ad“essnyworT):; Umarerd| “Buy“3| F-PAT}]NO YIIOM[Jam{Furor0y PE| qeain|.--|smpyjo-Saq|-:- asie'yT“91“yASIO“1e'd HOOH|P6LT|- ur ersseomtg Wor]- uersseantg aSxry] S,preuoy|"9 PMLA auayeoxal| 5--|kmp yo Seg]-----“p Mksx0,.q|“Ey“TMAX‘Und.-@=:= o= S Baa G Pep OOs eto\-| qoams Soa‘pox“uty|aunpjo‘pryl|- peat ysryoe a 2-¢“yySsi0g|“oT*3“xX‘uNd]|- S-- 5::= Wup a3v'T|“F | awe: Da See eee nee£J° PHA par ysrqoe gy satu Yu Rina! aqnp Seu pue meee OPERAS scenes el = A[v9 VIOUL SUTaq se a[qenye-‘komt fzaa you*:*JO+s 5;: 11",°410 Bs P5 eS ayy wiory yystuyy Aq“SL ayy serquias:- 3 kyreq|'e Sees PAepuLys-jxVAp v Se IO“TTEAL A om A you“Jog|auny jo:seq yorlq| pue punoy PETAL|'S1S MHL“OH 91ST|ou J: Tese[Jam sieaq£<11eyo JuaT[IOXs 9 5132 4= S_ F omit Om+4*.7“YOO 5. a. s 2 E zw i aynp AeyAt|*z Bs oa ei aay DoeStea Cino Bee lee Oe rea nee wos ean ca oe peu punoy)“patil Z Upssx0q|“8%°3 A“AOOH AeF aFxv] v LOZ ZUBTOYNS$991} 0A\} 10 aU) qeain|- proe-qns pue yos|aunpyoSagq]- pey|- punoy! ews“1 Upksx0g|G"TAK a“Suey---- aynp Keur Apreq|- eul[]euls|*T ©“pn ay; fo Uoryndat See Ena te Smee Sale oe 3*Suapunogn 20“paynurS1.10 ieee 2; e pS mAquad pun{99.43 ayp ep erie Modpaq|—*toamyf pwn(sap ur odry*.40]09 nF‘gzig|"paquiosop a4ay Ad|“printf atay Be ts ma eaattas are ufiuouhis UD NT N ‘Suluadr way} Jo Japso oy} UI posuvlie‘SHIVaSUAN HSILIUG Ul poyeSedoid Ajuoww0s‘STTUUAHO AO ANYXOIVLVO AALLAMIWOSAd V“Lk SY Pan TH { 11 October;, ST wrandy rem kopt t x Book I. CHERRY. 4578. Selection of sorts. Forsyth recommends, for a small garden— Vhe may-duke The arch-duke The Harrison's heart| The‘Turkey heart The morello The black heart The grattion The Kensington duke cherry. 4579. Those in the Dalkeith garden are— The early may-duke, two sorts The black heart The amber heart The Harrison’s heart The white heart The morello; ali against walls. 4580. Miller says, the best sorts fer an orchard are the common red or Kentish, the duke, and the lukeward; all of which are plentiful bearers. 4581. Propagation. Varieties of the cherry are continued by grafting or budding on stocks of the black or wild red cherries, which are strong shooters, and of a longer duravion, than any of the garden kinds, The hearts, which are all ill bearers, are sometimes grafted on bird-cherry stocks, which are said to have the same effect on the cherry, that the paradise-stock has on the apple, that of dwarfing the tree and rendering it more prolific. Some graft on the morello for the same purpose, but the most effectual dwarf- ing stock is the mahaleb. Dubreuil of Rouen recommends the wild cherry for clayey and light soils, and the mahaleb for soils of a light, sandy, or chalky nature. The stones of the cultivated cherry are commonly, but improperly, substituted for those of the wild sort, as being more easily procured. New varieties are procured by propagating from seed, and some valuable fruits will be found in the table, so raised by Knight.‘* The cherry,” this gentleman observes(Hort. Trans. ii. 138.),“ sports more extensively in variety, when propagated from seeds, than any other fruit which I have hitherto subjected to experiment; and this species of fruit is therefore probably capable cf acquiring a higher state of perfection than it has ever yet attained. New varieties are also much wanted; for the trees of the best old kinds are every where in a state of decay in the cherry orchards; and I am quite confident, that neither healthy nor pro- ductive trees will ever be obtained from grafts or buds of the old and expended varieties of this or any other species of fruit-tree.” Cherry-stones, whether for stocks or new varieties, are sown in light sandy earth in autumn; or are preserved in sand till spring, and then sowed, They will come up the same season, and should not be removed till the second autumn after sowing. They may then be planted out in rows three feet apart, and the plants one foot asunder in the row. The succeeding summer they will be fit tc bud, if intended for dwarfs; but if for standards, they will require to stand one or more seasons, generally till four years old. They should be budded or grafted near six feet from the ground; the usual way is to bud in summer, and graft those which do not succeed the following spring. 4582, Soil. The cherry delights in a dry sandy soil and elevated situation; but some sorts, as the may- duke, will thrive in all soils and aspects, and all the varieties may be planted in any common mellow garden or orchard ground. In Kent, the tree prospers in adeep loam incumbent on rock. Miller says, the soil which cherries thrive best in, isa fresh hazel loam; if it be a dry gravel, they will not live many years, and will be perpetually blighted in the spring. 4583. Site. To obtain fruit early, some sorts, as the may-duke, are planted against walls; but all the varieties will do well as dwarfs or espaliers in general situations, and most of them as standards. The may-duke, Nicol observes, does well as a standard; but against a south wall the fruit becomes considerably larger, and contrary to what happens in other fruits, it seems to acquire a higher flavor. The morello is much improved in flavor when planted against a wall of good aspect. Abercrombie says,‘* Allot to the finest of the early kinds south walls for fruit in May and June; train others against west and east walls, for supplies in succession; and some on north walls for the latest ripeners, particularly the morello, which, so situated, will continue in perfection till September and October: but it is also proper to plant some trees of this sort on south walls, to have the fruit ripen earlier, with improved flavor.” 4584. Final planting.‘* Plant full standards from twenty to thirty feet apart; small standards, fifteen, eighteen, or twenty feet. The proper season for planting is from the middle or end of October, or any time in November or December, if open weather, till February or March.” Miller says, never plant standard or rider cherry-trees over other fruits; for there is no sort of fruit that will prosper well under the drip of cherries. He allows forty feet square for standards in orchards for the same reason, 4585. Mode of bearing.‘ Cherry-trees in general produce the fruit upon smali spurs or studs, from half an inch to two inches in length, which proceed from the sides and ends of the two-year, three-year, and older branches; and as new spurs continue shooting from the extreme parts, it is a maxim in pruning both standards and wall-trees, not to shorten the bearing branches where there is room for their regular extension, The morello is in some degree an exception.” 4586. Mode of training. Forsyth and Harrison train in the horizontal manner, and prac- tise shortening the leading shoots asin the plum, apple,&c. For the morello Harrison adopts the horizontal or half-fan method,“the horizontal method when the tree grows very vigorous, and the half-fan method when weaker.”(Tr. on Fr. Tr. ch. xxiii.) 4587. Pruning cherry-trees in general.— Standards. Give only occasional pruning, to reform or remove any casual irregularity from cross-placed or very crowded branches; and take away all cankery and decayed wood. A 4588. Wail-trees.‘* A summer pruning, to commence in May or June, is necessary to regulate the shoots of the same year. Disbud the superfluous and fore-right shoots; or if they have been suffered to spring, pinch or cut them off, with such as are disorderly. Retain a competent supply of some of the best well-placed side and terminal shoots, to remain for selection at the winter pruning. Nail or lay in the reserve close to the wall, at their full length, and so train them all summer. The winter pruning may be performed at the fall of the leaf, or at any time in moderate weather till February or March. It comprises a regulation both of the old and young wood. Carefully preserve the sound productive branches and bearers in their full expansion; and reauce or remove such only as are irregular in‘growth, too crowded, unfruitful, decayed, or cankery. Any branches extending out of bounds, prune in to some good lateral shoot or fruit-bud. According to the time the bearers have already lasted, look to some promising shoots, for successors to those which may first wear out. To fill immediate vacancies, retain select shoots of last year, and the year before, with uniformly a leader to the advancing branch where there is room, and with lateral shoots in any open or unproductive space near the origin of the branch, to be trained as bearers between the main branches. Some cut superfluous fruit-shoots clean away; others leave a sprinkling of short stubs, cut very short if fore-right. The new laterals and terminals are to be trained in at full length, as far as room will permit. They will come into bearing. the first and second pee In pruning cherry-trees in general, be careful to preserve the small clustering fruit-spurs, except Ww ere in wall-trees any old spurs project considerably, and assume a rugged disorderly appearance; cut such clean cut smoothly.”’ 4589. Pruning the morelio.‘* The morello cherry bears principally on th proceeding immediately from the eyes of the shoots; and bears but casually,‘ spurs formed on the two-year-old wood, and scarcely ever on wood of the third the suntmer and winter pruning, leave a supply of last year’s shoots, on all the Sea e shoots of last year, the fruit and in a small degree on close year. Therefore, both in branches, from the origin 728 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pia te to the extremity of the tree, for next year’s bearers; cutting out past bearers to make room. It is plain that the morello ought to have no stubs left with a view to spurs, and all fore-right shoots ou nt to b disbudded while young. To leave a convenient space for young wood, train the present bearers ee mich: apart; lay in between each of these one young shoot for bearing next year, which will make the pro is cuous distance three inches.’’ eae 4590. Underwood(Caled. Mem. i. 427.) has often observed, when the branches of cherry-trees are laid in too near to one another, or are crossed by branches of the same kind, or by plum-tree branches Sts sometimes the case, that although there be abundance of*blossom, yet there is no crop, even in ed seasons. On examining the blossom, produced on such crowded shoots, he found, that in fifty aGeen there were not above two styles, of course no fruit could be expected. By not laying in the branches so close, and by removing all superfluous summer shoots, more light and air was admitted, and he had, in consequence, plentiful crops.’ 4591. Renovating old or decayed trees. Proceed as in renovating the plum. 4592. Protection from birds.‘ As cherries, in a ripening state, are frequently attacked by birds, it is advisable to have choice wall-trees or espaliers defended with large nets in due time. Old‘fishing-nets may also be spread over the branches of dwarf standards. To protect other standard trees, let scarecrows and clap-boards be put up in terrorem.”’‘ 4593. Gatkering the fruit. Use the hand, taking hold of the fruit-stalk, in gathering from the wall, and the cherry-gatherer, in gathering, from distant branches of high standards.‘ 4594. Insects, diseases,&c. Wall cherry-trees are often infested with the red spider, but standards are generally not much injured by insects. Naismith says,** our cherry-trees, both in the open air, and on the natural walls, particularly the tops of the young shoots, are much attacked with a small black insect provincially called the black beetle. The remedy I have found most effectual for their destruction, is 2 mixture of pitch, with one sixteenth part of powdered orpiment, one sixteenth part cf sulphur dissolved over a slow fire in an earthen pipkin, until they be well incorporated; when cold, divide it into small pieces, about the size of a hen’s egg, and burn it under the trees with damp straw, directing the smoke as much as possible where the insects are most numerous. In an hour afterwards(if the state of the fruit will admit) give the trees a good washing with the garden-engine, which generally clears off the half- dead beetles, and prevents the spreading of the red spider.”’(Caled. Mem. ii. 90.) Secr. III. Berries. 4595. Of the cultivated berries the gooseberry is the most useful species in Britain, in which it is grown in far greater perfection than in any other country; next to the goose- berry is the currant, valuable as affording wine; besides these are included the mulberry, raspberry, strawberry, barberry, and elderberry. Sunsecr. I. Black, or Garden Mulberry.— Morus nigra, LL.(Blackw. t. 126.) Monecia Tetrandria, L. and Urticee, J. Miirier, Fr.; Maulbeerbaum, Ger.; and : Moro, Ital. 4596. The black mulberry is a middle-sized tree, with a whitish bark, and broad, sub- quinquelobate, bluntish, and rugged leaves, It has generally male flowers or catkins, on the same tree with the fruit, which is aturbinate berry. Young trees from seed, Professor Martyn and Knight observe, often show nothing but male flowers for several years, and yet afterwards produce also female flowers, and become fruitful. The fruit of seedling- trees, it is said, is the largest and best flavored. The black mulberry is a native of Persia, and it is supposed was brought to Europe by the Romans, as Pliny mentions two varie- ties. It will not live in the open air in several parts of Sweden, and is treated as a wall- tree in the north of Germany. It is mentioned by Tusser, in 1573, and was cultivated by Gerrard, in 1596. In some of the old kitchen-gardens near London, there are trees of a very great age, which are very healthy and fruitful. Bradley says, that most of these were planted in the time of James the First, who attempted unsuccessfully to set up a silk manufacture in England; but the species on the leaves of which silk-worms are fed, is the white mulberry(Morus alba), whose fruit is not of any value. Forsyth men- tions“four large mulberry-trees as still standing on the site of an old kitchen-garden, now'part of the pleasure-ground at Sion House, which the late Duke of Northumberland used to say were about three hundred years old.”” The mulberry is remarkable for putting out its leaves late, so that when they appear, which is generally in May, with the leaves of the common ash-tree, the gardener may take it for granted that all danger from frost is over. There is a curious tree formed by two stems proceeding from a fallen trunk on the site of the garden of the Abbey of St. Augustine at Canterbury, which must at least be 300 years old, probably much older.(Neill, in Hort. Tour,&c. p. 13.) 4597. Use. The fruit is brought to the dessert, and recommends itself by its highly aromatic flavor, and abundant subacid juice. It is very wholesome, cooling, and rather laxative. Like the strawberry, it does not undergo the acetous fermentation, and there- fore may be safely eaten by gouty and rheumatic persons. An agreeable wine is made from the juice; a syrup is obtained from the unripe berries, which is used as a gargle in cases of sore throat; and the bark of the tree is a vermifuge. 4598. Varieties. Only one variety of the black is mentioned by Miller, with palmate leaves and smaller B60, Propagation. By seed, layers, cuttings, or grafting.‘The first is the least advisable mode, unless for stocks to inarch upon, because, though seme affirm the fruit of seedlings to be the largest, yet the plants are very long of coming into bearing. 4600. By layers.‘* These will generally take root sufficiently the first year to bear separating from the parent tree, and should then be planted in a nursery, and trained up with single stems. In four years they will be fit to plant out where they are to remain.‘They should be planted at a proper distance to admit the yeats tings By cr eta hen pel mained YS" eon shortens se ing dud. The ba were| only té roduction of 101 tted, and 1 aced , and that 0 moul: emitted 100l8§9 {oll The mou sparingly pl bright wweather. 46()3, Jn Spat ing, thal have entire heal as epalers, dwar one full-grown 3 family, Miller vert nest winds, time to keep t iM aMlord large sta alter ten feet from othe ifteen fe 4918, Forsyth finest of the fru anti Teason teh SIX feet fr m tl Tecelve the s situations, a dl creased bulk g 4611, Mog Ute same Year hal. L Dott 4 O00 Slages {0 Pruning “TU OU ite ul 1 species in Br ry; next tothe goog included the multe, (Black, t.\s) eerbaum, Get.+ tl ark, and broad, sth lowers or catkins, from seed, Profess r several years, a ie fruit of seedling is anative of Pers mentions two vari ‘js treated as a We: 3, and was cultiva yndon, there are tet y says, that most nsuccessully tos wphich silk-worms a b men. value, Fos Hie un frosts ernk on te ab lease Boox I. BLACK, OR GARDEN MULBERRY. 729 sun and air, as the fruit, when the trees are too close, is very apt to turn mouldy; they should also be sheltered from the east, north, and west winds.” Knight lays parts of the bearing branches of old trees. in pots raised to these branches upon poles. Wood of any age willdo, and the plants afford fruit the second or third year. 4601. By cuttings. In raising mulberries from cuttings, choose the former year’s shoots, having one joint of the two years’ old wood. Plant them in autumn, if fine weather, or in the month of March, in rows nine inches apart, and at the distance of two inches in the rows, leaving only two or three buds above ground: mulch the ground with leaves or dung well rotted, to keep it moist, and the plants will require little water- ing. If they succeed well, they may, next season, be transplanted into a nursery, and treated as directed for layers.‘These young trees, while they remain in the nursery, should be transplanted every three or four years. Miller says, mulberry cuttings will also strike well if planted on a hot-bed in spring. 4602. Knight failed in raising cuttings on a hot-bed in spring, but was very successful! by the following process. He cut vigorous shoots from the trees in November, and formed them into cuttings of about five inches long, each consisting of about two parts of two years’ old wood, and one part of yearling wood. They were intended to be put in pots, and the bottom of each cutting was cut so much aslope, that its sur- face might be nearly parallel with that of the bottom of the pot in which it was to be placed.‘* The cuttings were then placed in the common ground, under a south wall, and so deeply immersed in it, that one bud only remained visible above its surface; and in this situation they remained till April. At this period the buds were much swollen, and the upper ends of the cuttings appeared similar to those of branches which had been shortened in the preceding autumn, and become incapable of transmitting any portion of the ascend- ing fluid. The bark at the lower ends had also begun to emit those processes, which usually precede the production of roots. The cuttings were now removed to the pots, to which they had been previously titted, and placed in a moderate hot-bed, a single bud only of each cutting remaining visible above the mould, and that being partially covered; and in this situation they vegetated with so much vigor, and emitted roots so abundantly, that I do not think one cutting in a hundred would fail with proper atten- tion. The mould I employed was the alluvial and somewhat sandy loam of a meadow, which was sparingly supplied with water; and the plants, till they had become sufficiently rooted, were shaded during bright weather.” 4603. In Spain and India, as Townsend and Tenant inform us, the white or silk-worm mulberry is al- ways propagated by cuttings, three or four being planted together, so as to grow up into a: bush. 4604. By suckers. Mulberry-trees, as well as most others so propagated, are longer of coming into bear- ing, than those raised in any other way but by seed. The plants of this tree, raised from bearing branches, have entire heart-shaped leaves, but those obtained from suckers or seeds present deeply divided or half- winged leaves. 4605. By grafting. Knight having planted some young mulberry-trees in pots, raised them to the bear- ing branches of old trees, and grafted them by approach.‘The young grafts bore fruit the third year, and continued annually productive. This tree succeeds very ill by the common mode of independent grafting. (Hort. Trans. i. 60.) 4606. Sod. The tree, Miller observes, delights in a rich light earth, and where there is depth of soil, as in most of the old kitchen-gardens about London. In a very stiff soil, or on shallow ground, whether of clay, chalk, or gravel; the trunk and branches are commonly covered with moss, and the little fruit pro- duced is small, ill tasted, and ripens late. Abercrombie says, the mulberry thrives well in a deep sandy loam, and will succeed in any fertile mellow ground, having a free situation in the full sun. 4607. Site. The mulberry is generally grown as a standard or half standard, sometimes as espaliers, dwarfs, or wall-trees. A single young plant does not afford much fruit; but one full-grown and healthy, will afford more than is sufficient for the supply of a large family. Miller recommends planting in a situation defended from the strong south and north-west winds, in order to preserve the fruit from being blown off; but at the same time to keep them at such a distance from trees or buildings, as not to keep off the sun, for where the fruit has not the benefit of his rays to dissipate the morning dews early, it will turn mouldy and rot upon the trees. The nurseries, and especially those at Paris, afford large standard trees of five or six years’ growth, which come into bearing the year after removal.‘Those are in general to be made choice of in preference to raising the tree from cuttings, or inarching. In orchards they may be planted thirty or thirty-five feet from other trees, and twenty feet apart on walls or espaliers; dwarfs may be planted fifteen feet apart, and in each case temporary fruit-trees may be introduced between. 4608. Forsyth recommends planting mulberries in grass orchards and pleasure-grounds, because as the finest of the fruit, when ripe, frequently drops, it can be picked up without receiving any injury. Another reason for planting these trees on lawns or in orchards is, that, when full-grown, they are too large for a kitchen-garden. Abercrombie adds,‘‘so nice is the criterion of perfect ripeness, that berries falling with- out damage are superior to those gathered. Besides, a grass surface harmonises best with trees of magni- tude, and increases the beauty of a rural scene.”: 4609. Williams experienced, that the fruit might be much improved in size and flavor by training the trees against a south or west wall.‘The standard mulberry,’ he says,‘‘ receives great injury by being planted on grass-plots with the view of preserving the fruit when it falls spontaneously. No tree perhaps receives more benefit from the spade and the dunghill than the mulberry; it ought, therefore, to be fre- quently dug about the roots, and occasionally assisted with manure. The ground under the tree should be kept free from weeds throughout the summer, particularly when the fruit is ripening, as the reflected light and heat from the bare surface of the soil is thus increased; more especially if the end branches are kept pruned, so as not to bower over too near to, and shade, the ground. The fruit is also very fine if the tree is trained as an espalier, within the reflection of a south wall or other building. If a wooden trellis were constructed with the same inclination as the roof of a forcing-house, fronting the south, and raised about six feet from the ground, leaving the soil with the same inclination as the trellis, a tree trained on it would receive the solar influence to great advantage, and would probably ripen its fruit much better than a standard.”(Hort. Trans, ii. 92.); 4610. Knight concurs with Williams as to the advantages of planting the tree against a south wall in cobd situations, adding, that‘it affords an exception to all, or almost all, other fruits, to which the wall gives increased bulk and beauty, at the expense of richness and flavor.”(Hort. Trans. iii. 66.) 4611. Mode of bearing.“ The mulberry produces its fruit chiefly on little shoots of the same year, which arise on last year’s wood, and on spurs from the two-year-old wood; in both stages, mostly at the end of the shoots and branches.” 4612. Pruning. Miller and Forsyth agree in saying there is no occasion to prune standards farther than to thin out irregular crossing branches, and never to shorten the young wood, on which the fruit is produeed. se ER ea Ta 730 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Panr UL. 4613. Prunimg wall-trees and espaliers.‘‘ Cut so as to bring in a partial succession of new wood every year, anda complete succession once in two years: taking the old barren wood out, as may be necessary. In the winter pruning, lay in the reserved branches and shoots at six or seven inches’ distance.”’ 4614. Williams observes, that the trained mulberry requires some nicety in pruning, otherwise it wi not bear fruit.‘ The following method has succeeded in my garden for several years past All Anil nual shoots, except the fore-right, are neatly trained to the wall, and these last must be left to a an towards midsummer, and then be shortened about one third of their growth to admit light to the 1 ie. beneath. By the end of August the fore-right shoots will have advanced again, so as to obstruct the fon and they must then be shortened nearer to the wall than before. In the month of March, or Renin: of April, the ends of the terminal shoots should be pruned away down to the first strong bud that does 4 stand fore-right, and the front shoots which were pruned in August, must also be shortened down to one or three eyes. If trained after this method, the tree will afford fruit the third year; when the manage ment of the fore-right shoots must be somewhat different.‘These should now be shortened at the‘end of the month of June or beginning of July, so as to leave one leaf only beyond the fruit, the terminal shoots being nailed to the wall as before, and left without any summer pruning; the fore-rights will mobaamenee any further, as their nutriment will go into the fruit, which, when quite ripe, becomes perfectly black very large, and highly saccharine.” y 2 4615. Knight remarks(Hort. Tr. iii. 63.), that the mode recommended by Williams may suit the ex tremely fertile soil and climate of Pitmaston.‘“‘ But in cold situations(and‘it is chiefly in such that the mulberry-tree will be found to deserve a place on the south wall,) little fruit will be produced and that will ripen butill, unless the bearing wood be brought closely into contact with the wall; and the great width of the leaves, and vigorous habit of the tree, present some difficulties to the cultivator when this mode of training and pruning is adopted. It willbe found necessary to diminish the luxuriant growth of the tree, and at the same time to increase its disposition to bear fruit. Such effects may, however, be readily produced by several different means; by destroying a small portion of the bark, in a line extending round the trunk or large branches, or ringing, by tight and long-continued ligatures, or by training the bearing branches almost perpendicularly downwards. I have adopted the last-mentioned method, because it greatly increases the disposition in the tree to bear fruit, without injuring its general health, and be- cause it occasions a proper degree of vigor to be every where almost equally distributed.” 4616. Season for pruning.‘ As the blossom-buds of the mulberry-tree cannot be readily distinguished from others in the winter, the best period for pruning is when the blossoms first become visible in the spring. Pinch off every barren shoot which is not wanted to cover the wall, and stop every bearing shoot, under similar circumstances, at the third or fourth leaf. Williams has correctly stated, that the bud immediately below the point,.at which a bearing or other branch is pinched off, usually affords fruit in the following year.”(Knight, in Hort. Trans. iii. 63.) The mulberry succeeds better than any other tree when trained downwards(fig. 494.), either horizontally and drooping(a), or in the stellate manner(bd). 494 4617. Renovating old mulberry-trees. Miller, Forsyth, and Knight, agree that this may be done with trees of almost any age, by removing part of the branches; or by completely heading down, and renewing the soil by fresh mould enriched by dung. 4618. Taking the crop.‘‘ The most forward berries attain maturity about the end of August; and there is a succession of ripening fruit on the same tree for about a month or six weeks; the ripening ber. ries gradually change from a reddish toa black color, and should be gathered accordingly for immediate use; this delicate fruit will not keep good off the tree above a day or two.” Coke and Knight have had leat ere wall and espalier trees in gathering from July to the end of October.(Hort. Trans. vol. iii. 394. 4619. Forcing the mulberry. Knight observes, that‘ the mulberry is a much finer fruit when ripened under glass, in the north of Herefordshire, than in the open air; and in the still colder parts of England it is probably the only means by which it can be ripened at all. The culture of this fruit, by me, under glass, has been confined to plants growing in pots; but I am not acquainted with any species of fruit-tree which, under such circumstances, produces more abundantly, or which requires less care. Its blossoms set equally well in different degrees of heat, and the same continued temperature which will ripen the earlier varieties of the grape in the end of July, will afford perfectly ripe mulberries early in June; anda tree of the latter species, when fully loaded with fruit, presents at least as agreeable an object to the eye as many plants which are cultivated as ornaments only. It is not‘subject, under common care, to any disease or injury, except the attacks of the red spider; and as the foliage and growing fruit of the mul- berry-tree are not at all injured by being wetted every evening with clear water, the red spider can never prove a very formidable enemy.”(Hort. Trans. ii.) Sussect. 2. Barberry.— Berberis vulgaris, L.(Eng. Bot. 49.) Hexan. Dig. L. and Berberidee, J. Epine Vinette, Fr.; Berberitzen, Ger.; and Berbero, Ital. 4620. The barberry is a branchy prickly shrub, rising to the height of eight or ten feet, with ash-colored bark, yellow inside. The flowers appear in pendulous racemes towards the ends of the branches; the corolla, yellow; the berries at first green, but of a fine red when ripe. The flowers appear in May with a cowslip odor; and the fruit, which is of an acid flavor, ripens in September. It is a native of the eastern countries, and also of most parts of Europe, and is found in woods, coppices, and hedges in England, especially in a chalky soil. It is generally supposed that the Puccinia, a fungus which closes up the epi- dermis of the leaves of corn crops, and appears on their surface like rust, is generated by the Aicidium berberides, an insect which inhabits the barberry.(Sir J. Banks on Blight,&e.) 4621. Use. The fruit is used for preserving, candying, and pickling, as well as‘for garnishing dishes; the plant is also an ornamental shrub, both when in flower and in fruit. wh. ate ort sn aco a to gk ld give oD yuna 4 up lows gragglens king 4996, 20"!; afford pecasiomla! wyanted fot dome Gygsect. fal 4gyt, The jpranched, 4 Jeaves are Ul ceeded by al the heres Hf we alt toll, 10 Burope and mes Int sometiie plantations, EXP 4528, Uv. te principal bh raaming, 40d el isa wiiole mag reoular ones, ako purge motes expect ral omens are Ted quadruped wal igh The wodd into skewers for 4699, Vor chiehy the W black, and ae fe bernies for ui 431, Propag and by seed in| ofone foot, and should remain, ground, accord year, Train tl plans ate to re Fina 1owed became pet banks or dite bottom: and leaving them 4633, Takin middle and en Susser, 4, 1299, 905 Oge rstrauc) 4634, The bat astringg trngen Loreberry, 0 IS bet sg ‘Netberry) Boox I. ELDER, GOOSEBERRY. on 4622. Varieties. Those most esteemed for their fruit are the following, viz. Red barberry without stones; which has| White barberry.(Pott. et Turp. Fr. Common red with stones.(Duham. i, p. an agreeable flavor when full ripe. It tools 152. et tab.) This is planted more‘ee is only found without stones when the| Black sweet; which is the tenderest of ornament than use, on account of its plant has attained considerable age, them, and should be planted ina warm beautiful red berries.| and is on a poor soil. situation. Purple-fruited.(Poit. et Turp. Fr. t.59. 4623. Propagation.‘* All the varieties are propagated commonly by suckers, also by cuttings and layers a| of the young branches, and occasionally by grafting; the common red sort is also raised by seed; each of A which methods of propagation may be performed in the spring; that by suckers and layers may be effected A also in autumn.”’ i;’ 4624. Soil and final planting.'The barberry prefers a light dry soil, One or two plants may be planted in acomplete orchard, and trained as standards; but where the shrubbery is the site, it may be allowed to grow as a bush or shrub.‘ According to the nature of the ground, plant either at any time from au- tumn to spring, or only in the spring; the plants may be already furnished with a head pretty well ad- vanced, if thought proper; allow them square distances of frem fifteen to thirty feet.”| 4625. Mode of bearing and pruning.‘* The barberry produces its fruit; at the sides of the branches al so in small loose bunches: it bears both on young and old wood, chiefly toward the extremities. The advanee branches should not be shortened, except the design be to force out new wood; permit the head to extend tty back, freely; and give only occasional pruning, to keep it in a pretty round form, open in the middle; cutting out weak, luxuriant, crossing, superfluous, and decayed branches; reduce also long ramblers, and trim up low stragglers, also lateral shoots on the stem, and eradicate all root-suckers.” 4626. Taking the crop.‘* Asa proportion of the berries ripen in the course of September, they will| afford occasional gatherings for present use; and as they will be wholly ripe in October, all that are wanted for domestic supply should be then pulled; always pick them in bunches.”(dAdercrombie.) Sussecr. 3. Elder.— Sambucus nigra, L.(Eng. Bot. 476.) Pent. Trig. L. and Capri- folea, J. Sureau, Fr.; Hollunderbaum, Ger.; and Sambuco, Ital. 4627. The common elder is a bushy tree of twelve or sixteen feet in height, much branched, and covered with a smooth grey bark, becoming rough on old stems. The leaves are unequally pinnate.‘The flowers appear in terminating cymes, and are suc- ceeded by globular blackish-purple berries, mawkishly sweet. It flowers in May, and the berries ripen in July. The whole plant has a narcotic smell, and it is not prudent, we are told, to sleep under its shade. It is a native of Britain, and many other parts of Europe, and of Africa, Japan,&c. It is common in damp woods and hedges, and is sometimes introduced in cottage gardens and plantations for the fruit, and in forest plantations, exposed to the sea air, as a nurse plant. 4628. Use. The fruit is in demand in many places, but especially in London and the principal English towns, for making elder wine of the expressed juice; a powerful, warming, and enlivening article for the cottager. The tree, professor Martyn observes, is a whole magazine of physic to rustic practitioners, nor is it quite neglected by more regular ones. An excellent healing ointment is made of the green inner bark, which is also purgative in moderate, and diuretic in small doses. A decoction of the flowers pro- motes expectoration and perspiration, and they give a peculiar flavor to vinegar. The flowers are reported to be fatal to turkeys, and the berries to poultry in general. No quadruped will eat the leaves of this tree; notwithstanding it has its own phalena and aphis. The wood is used by the turner and mathematical instrument maker; and is made into skewers for butchers, tops, angling rods, and needles for weaving nets. 4629. Varieties. Miller mentions several, but those cultivated for their fruit are chiefly the white and black. The scarlet and green berried may also be used like the black, and are very ornamental trees in the slirubbery. 4630. Site and soil.“ As the tree will grow any where, either in open or shady situations, it may be planted in any out-ground or waste spot, in single standards or in rows, to assist in forming boundary fences.‘Trees planted in the hedge order, if suffered to grow up untrimmed, will produce abundance of berries for use.”; i 4631. Propagation and rearing.“ The elder is raised by cuttings of the young shoots in the spring, and by seed in the autumn. Select for cuttings some strong young shoots of last summer, cut into lengths of one foot, and thence to three feet or more: these may be planted either where it is intended the plants should remain, or in a nursery for a year’s growth. Insert them from six to fifteen inches into the ground, according to their length; they will soon strike root; and will shoot strongly at top the same year.‘Train those designed for standards with a single stem from three to five feet high; and those for hedges, with branches out from the bottom.‘To raise this tree from seed: sow in autumn, October, or November, or later in mild weather, or soon in the spring, either for a hedge, in drills, where the plants are to remain; or ina bed or border for planting out when of one or two years’ growth.” 4632. Final planting.‘Standards may be planted from ten to twenty feet apart.‘They should be al- lowed to shoot out above to form a branchy head, nearly in their natural order: in which they will soon become plentiful bearers. For hedge-planting, insert cuttings or year-old plants into the sides or tops of banks or ditches, or other suitable boundary lines, a foot asunder. Permit them to branch out from the bottom; and where they are designed for full fruiting, merely cut in the sides a little regular below, leaving them to run up above in branchy growth, for producing large crops of berries.”; 4633. Taking the crop.“The berries ripen in perfection for the purpose of making wine, about the middle and end of September, and in October, and should then be gathered in bunches.’?(Abercrombie.) t this may be done wi ing down, and renew: he end of August; a weeks; the ripening le cordingly for immetit ke and Knight har October,(Hort I fy finer fruit wheo np Suzsrcr. 4. Gooseberry.— Ribes Grossularia, and R. Uva-crispa, L.( Eng. Bot. 1292. 2057.) Pent. Monog. L. and Cacti, J. Groseille@ maquereau, Fr.; Stachel- beerstrauch, Ger.; and Uva-spino, Ital. 4634. The gooseberry in Piedmont, where it is found wild, and the berries eatable, but astringent and neglected, is called griselle. Some derive our name gooseberry from 1 gorseberry, or the resemblance of the bush to gorse; others, as Professor Martyn, from sic tin its being used as a sauce with young or green geese. Gerrard says, it is called feaberry tog 5(feverberry) in Cheshire, and it has the same name in Lancashire and Yorkshire._ In era 732 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pane IIf, Norfolk this term is abbreviated to feabes, or, as they pronounce it, fapes. Carberry is another British name for this fruit. The gooseberry-bush is a low, branching co ans shrub, with trilobate sub-pubescent leaves, one-flowered nodding peduncles, aaa ed dulous berries, hairy or smooth. It is a native of several parts of Europe, and abounds in the Vallais in copsewoods, where it produces a small, green, hairy, high-flavored fruit. In England it is naturalised in various places on old walls, ruins, and in the woods and hedges about Darlington. It is cultivated in greater perfection in Lancashire than in any other part of Britain; and next to Lancashire, the climate and treatment of the Lothians seem to suit this fruit. In Spain and Italy the fruit is scarcely known. In France it is neglected and little esteemed. In some parts of Germany and Holland the moderate temperature and humidity of climate seems to suit the fruit; but in no country is its size and beauty to be compared with that produced in Lancashire, or from the Lancashire. varieties cultivated with care in the more temperate and humid districts of Britain. Neill observes, that when foreigners witness our Lancashire gooseberries, they are ready to consider them as forming quite a different kind of fruit. Happily this wholesome and useful fruit is to be found in almost every cottage garden in Britain: and it ought to be considered a part of every gardener’s duty to encourage the Renate tion of its most useful varieties in these humble enclosures. In Lancashire, and some parts of the adjoining counties, almost every cottager who has a garden, cultivates the gooseberry, with a view to prizes given at what are called gooseberry-prize meetings; of these there is annually published an account, with the names and weight of the success- ful sorts, sin what is called the Manchester Gooseberry-Book. The prizes vary from 10s. to£5 or£10. The second, third, to the sixth and tenth degrees of merit, receiying often proportionate prizes. There are meetings held in spring to“ make up,” as the term is, the sorts, the persons, and the conditions of exhibition; and in August to weigh and taste the fruit, and determine the prizes. In the gooseberry-book for 1819 is an account of 136 meetings; the largest berry produced was the top-sawyer seedling, a red fruit, weighing 26 dwts. 17 grs. Forty-six red, thirty-three yellow, forty-seven green, and forty-one white sorts were exhibited, and fourteen new-named seedlings, which had been distinguished at former meetings, stated as“ going out,” or about to be sold to propagators. 4635. Use.‘The fruit was formerly in little esteem; but it has received so much improvement, that it is now considered very valuable for tarts, pies, sauces, and creams, before being ripe, and when at maturity it forms a rich dessert fruit for three months; and is preserved in sugar for the same purpose, and in water for the kitchen. Unripe goose- berries can be preserved in bottles of water against winter; the bottles are filled’ with berries close corked and well sealed; they are then placed in a cool cellar till wanted. By plunging the bottles, after being corked, into boiling water for a few minutes, (heating them gradually to prevent cracking,) the berries are said to keep better.(Veill.) 4636. Varieties. The gooseberry is mentioned,by Turner in 1573, Parkinson enumerates eight va- rieties: the small, great, and long common, three red, one blue, and one green. Ray mentions only the pearl-gooseberry; but Rea has the blue, several sorts of yellow, the white Holland, and the green. Miller only says, there are several varieties obtained from seed, most of them named from the persons who raised them; but as there are frequently new ones obtained, it is needless to enumerate them. The present lists of London nurserymen contain from 80 to 100 names; but those of some of the Lancashire growers above 300. Forsyth, in 1800, mentions ten sorts as common; and adds a list of forty-three new sorts grown in Manchester. The following may be considered established varieties, and such as merit cultivation:— Red. Nutmeg Yellon.| Golden knap Old ironmonger Captain Great amber Royal sovereign Early black Wilmot’s early red. Globe amber Tawny. Damson, or dark red Great mogul Large rough red Green. Hairy globe White. Red walnut Green Gascoigne Golden drop, Large crystal Warrington Green walnut Honeycomb t White-veined Smooth red White Smith Sulphur Royal George Hairy red Green globe Conqueror| White Dutch Red champagne| Green gage. Yellow champagne| White walnut. 4637. Selection of sorts.‘‘ Jt must be admitted,’’ Neill observes,“‘ that although the large gooseberries make a fine appearance on the table, they are often deficient in flavor when compared with some of smaller size. Many of them have very thick strong skins, and are not eatable unless thoroughly ri- pened. Some of tne large sort, however, are of very good quality, such as the red cnampagne and the green walnut. Among these also Wilmot’s early red deserves further notice. It was raised by Wilmot, at Isleworth, in 1804, and has been cultivated by him very extensively on account of its valuable proper- ties; being early ripe, of excellent flavor, and extremely productive. It usually ripens from the middte to the end of June. For culinary use in the month of May it is larger and better than most others, the skin not being tough, but the whole berry melting to a fine consistence.” Forsyth very judiciously re- commends cultivating the early and late sorts, in order to prolong the season of this fruit. In Lancashire, the Warrington or Manchester red, which is an improved variety of the old ironmonger, is esteemed the best dessert fruit; and the shoots growing upright, the shrub occupies less horizontal space than most varieties. The walnut red they consider the best sort for preserving. The best mode to obtain a com- plete collection is to send to a Lancashire nurseryman, stating whether the object desired be an assort- ment of large showy sorts, a numerous variety, or a selection of the most useful sorts: but, all the sorts worth having as dessert or kitchen fruit, are in the London and Edinburgh nurseries. 4638. Propagation. The gooseberry may be propagated by all the modes applicable to trees or shubs; even by pieces of the roots; but the mode by cuttings is usually adopted for continuing varieties, and that by seeds for procuring them. giuation 0 the frult© ill: perties ghoul yeas Hayne 2 2>) 738 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pier 4699. Estimate of sorts.‘‘ With respect to the varieties of fruit: the first in the ist j fruit, but esteemed for its early Beatie. The second and third, the common large shore aa rad ag are cultivated in fuller crops, as plentiful bearers of larger berries. The two Antwerp sorts are still 7= rior in yielding fine large fruit, and deserve a wall or espalier. The cane-raspberry is a good sort for the main crop. The twice-bearers are esteemed for their singular property of producing two crops of fruit tl:. same year, of which the first commonly ripens in July, and the second in September or October; and ae fine dry seasons the plants will afford some production from the second crop till November.” cae 4700. Propagation.“ The varieties can be perpetuated by young sucker-shoots rising plenteously from the root in spring and summer: when these have completed one season’s growth, they are proper to detach with roots for planting, either in the autumn of the same year or the next spring, In February or March, but not later than the middle of April. These new plants will bear some fruit the first year, and furnish a succession of strong bottom shoots for full bearing the second season. New varieties are easily raised from seed; and they come into bearing the second year.” 4701. Soil and site.** All the varieties will succeed in any common mould trenched about two feet deep and sufficiently manured; but the soil in which the raspberry-bush most prospers and bears the es fruit, is a light rich loam. Allot the main crop a free exposure to the sun, that the berries may ripen in perfection. Be careful to favor the twice-bearers with a dry soil, anda sheltered sunny situation, to give the second crop every aid in coming to maturity. When raspberries are cultivated on a large scale, it is best to keep them in plantations by themselves. Set these in rows, from four to six feet asunder as the bushes are of the smaller or larger kinds, by three or four feet in each row. Scattered bushes may either occupy a single row lengthwise along the back part of a border, or stand in detached stools at ten or fifteen feet distance. Select sorts are frequently trained against walls, stakes, or espaliers, from the most sunny to the most shady aspect, for early and late fruit of improved growth and flavor.”’ Neill says,“the raspberry-bush grows freely in any good garden-soil; but it is the better for being slightly moist. Al- though the place be enclosed by trees, and even slightly shaded, the plant succeeds. In an enclosed and well sheltered compartment, with rather a damp soil, containing a proportion of peat-moss, we have seen very great crops of large and well flavored berries produced; for example, at Melville House, the seat of the Earl of Leven, in Fifeshire.’”” Haynes also recommends well manured bog-earth, and a situation naturally or artificially shaded. 4702. New plantation.‘* Raspberry-bushes are in their prime about the third and fourth year; and if well managed, continue in perfection five or six years; after which, they are apt to decline in growth, and the fruit to become small, so that a successive plantation should be provided in time. Select new plants from vigorous stools in full perfection as to bearing.” 4703. Summer culture.‘* Keep them clear from weeds during the summer by hoeing between the rows; at the same time, loosen the earth about the plants. Under this management the plants, if tole- rably strong, will both yield a moderate crop the first summer, and supply young stems for bearing in greater plenty and perfection the following season; and so, from year to year, the summer culture should be repeated. As the plants get established, let all straggling suckers between the rows, or from the ex- vene roots of single stools, be cleared out by hoeing, or twisted off, to admit the air and sun freely to the fruit.’ 4704. Pruning and winter dressing.“ It is requisite every winter or spring to cut out the dead stems, and to thin and regulate the successional young shoots. This annual pruning may be performed any time, during open weather, from November till the beginning of April. When kitchen-garden crops are cul- tivated between the rows, it is most convenient to do this as soon as the old bearers begin to decay. As to pruning indiscriminately in the open weather of winter, it sometimes happens that severe frosts im- mediately follow, and partially kill the plants; therefore it is safer to shorten the tender young stems early in spring; but let it not be deferred till the buds are making new shoots, as that would weaken the root. Cut out all the old dead stems clean to the bottom; and having selected from the strongest young shoots on each main stool, three, four, or five, to be preserved for a succession of bearers, cut away the superabundant close to the ground. Let each of the shoots retained be pruned at top, below the weak bending part; cutting them in the smaller plants, to about three or four feet in length, and in the large sorts, to the length of five or six feet. If any of the stems diverge irregularly, or straggle much asunder, they may be tied together at top, and thus the strong ones will support each other; or the taller varieties may have the support of stakes. Prune plants against a wall or trellis as above; and train the shoots to rise a little diagonally. After pruning, having cleared away the cuttings, dig the ground between and about the piants. To turn in a little mch compost every year will conduce to plentiful and fine returns; lay it at the extremities of the roots, and deeper as the plantation gets older. Eradicate all straggling suckers.” 4705. To obtain fruit of a very large size. The fruit of the raspberry may be obtained of a very large size, other circumstances being of the most favorable kind, by destroying all the suckers; but in this way, the plant being destroyed, a double plantation is wanted, one to grow only suckers, and the other fruit. In this way Kecht, at Berlin, produces plants ten and twelve feet high, with fruit larger than any we have seen in this country.(Versuch den Weinbau,&c. p. 46.) 4706. Taking the crop.‘ The fruit of the different varieties comes in from the end of June or July till October or later. As it ripens, it should be timely gathered for immediate use; because, when fully ripe, it will not keep above two or three days before it moulds, or becomes maggotty, and unfit to be used.” ( Abercrombie.) 4707. Raspberries may be forced equally well with gooseberries and currants, and like them either planted in pots or in the soil or floor of the house. In M. Hope's garden at Haarlem, the raspberry is planted outside along the north and south sides of a pit; the shoots of the preceding year are introduced under the glass and trained to a trellis, and forced while the suckers are left to grow upright in the open air. Sussect. 8. Cranberry.— Vaccinium, L.; Oxycoccus, P. S. Octan. Monog. L. and Ericee, J. Airelle, Fr. and Heidelbeere, Ger. 4708. The American cranberry(Oxycoccus macrocarpus, P. S.)(Hort. Kew. ii. t. 7.) +s a native of North America, and by the ingenuity of Sir Joseph Banks, it may be said to be now added to our cultivated fruits. The plant was known to Miller, who, of the cranberry tribe, in general, observes,“ they can only be cultivated for curiosity in gar- dens, for they will not thrive much, nor produce fruit out of their native swamps and bogs.” A very interesting account of the mode adopted by the illustrious horticulturist above mentioned is given by himself in the Hort. Trans. i. 71. and of the produce, which was large and uniform. In one year, viz. 1813, from three hundred and twenty-six square feet, or a bed about eighteen feet square, three and a half Winchester bushels of ef ere wiles© a(ylture produ ch sulicl in me 1 sill. The! jected to the| parshes and t and have mut cultivation.” or six weeks! foot) Sunset. 4719, Me femate leaves. others considee ft supposed to to be varieties On The fruit has rons, Which Kee or cold. climates comect hotanca 48, Uy. teemel, Ite nor when lad it Is very 10 aldition 01 ceptable in tutions with agree, Fu animal fram catalogue of They promo them very| he has know 4 Pian I OUNE su| >\o Ve cpl 4 trig the ant te Late than the mii d fumish a SUecesta Tales are eat ri 4.) bout tr fe den bears the ig ed bog-eart, and a stu third and four! ovided in time,§ by h agement the| oung st , the summer en the rows mit the air an tN ig to cut out the dels may be performe tchen-garder crops! pearers begin to dea pens that severe fr 1 the tender yours’ ag that would weal from the strongest| n of bearers, cut aw 4 at top, below the n length, and in th or straggle much a ther 5 or the taller 12 vex and train thes! jig the ground bei ) plentiful and fi er, Eradicate al vnly suckers, 2000" arper tl? W Ob nt i mop ‘(ilar Boox I. STRAWBERRY. 739 berries were produced, which, at five bottles to the gallon, gives one hundred and forty bottles, each sufficient for one cranberry-pie, from two and a half square feet. 4709. Culture in moist soil.‘‘ Wherever there is a pond,” Neill observes,‘‘ the margin may, at a trifling expense, be fitted for the culture of this plant, and it will continue productive for many years, All that is necessary is to drive in a few stakes, two or three feet within the margin of the pond, and to place some old boards within these, so as to prevent the soil of the cranberry-bed from falling into the water; then to lay a parcel of small stones or rubbish in the bottom, and over it peat or bog-earth, to the depth of about three inches above, and seven inches below the usual surface of the water. In such a situation the plants grow readily; and if a few be put in, they entirely cover the bed in the course of a year or two, by means of their long runners, which take root at different points. From a very small space a very large quantity of cranberries may be gathered; and they prove a remarkably regular crop, scarcely affected by the state of the weather, and not subject to the attacks of insects.” The cranberry will also succeed when planted as an edging to any pond, provided some bog-earth be placed for its roots to run in; or if a bed of bog-earth be sunk in any shady situation, so as its surface may be a few inches below the general level, for the sake of retaining water, the plant willthrive well, and being regularly watered in the driest weather, produce abundant crops. 4710. Culture on dry beds.‘*‘ The American cranberry,” Salisbury observes(Hort. Trans. ii. 96.),* may be cultivated very successfully in situations not positively wet, if only planted in bog-earth, which retains moisture longer than any other soil; for a few plants, even in pots, which had stood some time neglected under a hedge, so that their branches were matted together, produced a plentiful crop.” Hallet found the cranberry, and also the bilberry succeed perfectly in a dry bed of peat-earth, so that it may now be cultivated in any garden where that soil can be procured.(Hort. Trans. iv. 483.) Milne also found vigorous shoots and abundant crops produced on dry beds of peat-earth, even in the warm summer of 1822. He finds the American cranberry easier cultivated than the common; but some prefer the flavor of the latter. (Hort. Trans. v. 279.) 4711. The common cranberry(Oxycoccus palustris, P. S.)(Eng. Bot. 319.) may be sub- jected to the same treatment.‘* Great quantities of this berry are gathered in upland marshes and turf-bogs, both in England and Scotland. The berries are made into tarts, and have much the same flavor as the Russian imported cranberries, or those procured by cultivation.””(Veill.) Twenty or thirty pounds worth are sold each market-day for five or six weeks together in the town of Langtown, on the borders of Cumberland.(Light- foot.) Sussecr. 9. Strawberry.— Fragaria, L. Icos. Polyg. L. and Rosacea, J. Fraisier, Fr.; Erdbeerpflanze, Ger.; and Pianta di fragola, Ital. 4712. The strawberry is a small creeping plant, with a perennial root, and, in general, ternate leaves. There are numerous sorts by some botanists distinguished as species, by others considered as only varieties. Knight(Hort. Trans. vol. iii. 207.) considers the grandiflora or pine, the Chiloensis or Chili, and the Virginiana or common scarlet,(the first supposed to be a native of Surinam, the second of Chili, and the third of Virginia,) to be varieties only of one species; as all may be made to breed together indiscriminately. The fruit has received its name from the ancient practice of laying straw between the rows, which keeps the ground moist and the fruit clean. They are natives of temperate or cold climates, as of Europe an’ America.‘The fruit, though termed a berry, is, in correct botanical language, a fleshy receptacle, studded with seeds. 4713. Use. The fruit is fragrant(whence fragaria), delicious, and universally es- teemed. It consists almost entirely of matter soluble in the stomach, and neither there nor when laid in heaps and left to rot, does it undergo the acetous fermentation. Hence it is very nourishing, and may be safely eaten by gouty and rheumatic persons.«“ In addition to its grateful flavor, the subacid juice has a cooling quality,- particularly ac- ceptable in summer. Eaten either alone, or with sugar and cream, there are few consti- tutions with which strawberries, even when taken in large quantities, are found to dis- agree. Further, they have properties which render them, in most conditions of the animal frame, positively salutary; and physicians concur in placing them in their small catalogue of pleasant remedies. They dissolve the tartareous incrustations of the teeth. They promote perspiration. Persons afflicted with the gout have found relief from using them very largely; so have patients in cases of the stone; and Hoffman states, that he has known consumptive people cured by them. The bark of the root is astringent.” (Abercrombie.) 4714. The species and varieties are— The wood-strawberry(F. vesca)(Eng. Bot.1524.); with oval serrated leaves; the fruit round and small, red, white, and green. A native of Britain. The scarlet(F.virginiana)(Duh. arb. 1. t. 5.) with leaves like’ the preceding; the fruit roundish and scarlet-colored. A native of Virginia. Varieties. Early scarlet, Wilmot’s late, common late, Wilmot’s coxcomb scarlet.(Hort.Trans. v. 262.) The roseberry(F. virg.var.)(Hort. Trans. ii. pl. 27.); an Aberdeen seedling, intro- duced in 1810. The plants have few roundish leaves; larger fruit than the scarlet, and are very prolific. Continues bearing till August. The Downton(F. virg. var.)(Hort. Trans. ii. pl.15.) The fruit is large, irregular, and coxscomb-like; leaves large; plant hardy and prolific. The Carolina(F. caroliniensis); red, from North America. Bostock. The musky or hautboy(F. elatior)(Eng- Bot. 2177.); with oval rough javelin- edged leaves; the fruit large, of a pale red color. A native of Britain. The Chili(F. Chiloensis)(Duh. arb. 1. t.3.); with large, oval, thick, hairy leaves and large flowers; the fruit large and very firm. A native of South America, Keen's imperial, ox new Chili(F. Chil. var.)(Hort. Trans. ii. pl. 7.); a large showy fruit. Keen’s seedling.(Hort. Trans. v. pl. 12.) The pine(F. grandiflora)(Miller, icon. 2. t. 288.); the leaves small and delicate; there are two sorts, the red and the white, or greenish-tinted, of this most rich-flavored fruit. South America. Mathven castle. Princess Charlotte. The alpine or prolific(7. collina); which commonly lasts from June till Novem- ber, and in a mild season, till near Christmas; two sorts of the fruit, the red and the white. alps of Europe. The one-leaved(F. monuphylla)(Bot. Mag. 63.); the pulp of the fruit pink-colored. South America. 4715. Modes of propagation.‘ The plants multiply spontaneously every summer, as well by suckers from the parent stem as by the numerous runners; all of which, rooting and forming a plant at every Joint, require only removal to a bed where there is room for them to flourish. Each of these separately. 3318) — ' Se CEO Ee Parr IIT. Deer a fine fruit the following season, and will bear in full perfection the second summer. A plantation of the alpine yields fruit the same year that it is made.‘The woods and the alpine come regu lar from seed, and bring a finer fruit than from offsets. The other species are uniformly Beomaenea be offsets, except the intention be to try for new varieties.” Knight, in making experiments, with a view Af ascertaining whether most of the sorts would not breed together indiscriminately, raised above four hun dred varieties,“ some very bad, but the greater part tolerably good, and a few very excellent.” The fruit of above a dozen sorts was sent to the Horticultural Society in August, 1818, and found of various degrees of excellence. The seeds, if sown immediately after being gathered, will produce plants which will come into bearing the following year. 4716. Soil and site. Neill says,‘‘ Strawberries are generally placed in a compartment of the garde- :) a eaE Re ai; aC e garden by themselves, and it should be one which is freely exposed to sun and air. They are sometimes, however planted in single rows, as edgings to borders, and in this way they often produce great crops. In either case care must be taken to replant them every fourth or fifth year at the farthest. The alpine and wood species may be placed in situations rather cool and shady; perhaps as an edging in the shrubbery. In such places they produce their fruit perfectly well, and late in the season, which is desirable.” me:“re(ise oe ia:; i i 4717. General culture.“The following original and excellent instructions for culti- vating the strawberry, are given by Keen, of Isleworth; a most successful grower of this fruit.»He says,‘ I will commence with a general detail of my practice: this may be considered as applicable to all the varieties of the strawberry; and afterwards, in no- ticing each kind that I cultivate, I will specify such peculiarities of treatment as are exclusively applicable to each.” ; 4718. In preparing the soil for strawberries,“ if it be new, and, as is frequently the case, very stiff, it should be trenched; but if the bottom spit of soil, as sometimes happens, be of an inferior quality, I then recommended only a simple digging, placing dung at the bottom, underneath the mould so dug; on the contrary, should the land have been kept in a high state of cultivation, or be good to the full depth, it will be advisable for the bottom spit to be brought up to the top, placing the dung between the two spits. The best way to obtain new plants is, by planting out runners in a nursery, for the express purpose, in the previous season: for it is a very bad plan to supply a new plantation from old plants. With respect to the time of planting, I have always found the month of March better than any other. Sometimes, when my crops have failed, I have had runners planted in the autumn, for the following year, but these have alway: disappointed my expectations. I plant them in beds, containing three or four rows, and the plants, in each row, ata certain distance from each other, leaving an alley between each bed, the distance of the rows and of the plants in the rows, as wellas the width of the alleys, depending on the kind of strawberry planted. The width of the alleys, as it will afterwards be stated, may appear considerable; but, I am satis- fied, that allowing this space for the workmen to stand on, when they water the plants, or gather the fruit, is beneficial, because I have observed in other persons’ grounds, where less space is allotted for this purpose, that great damage is done to the plants and fruit by the trampling of the people.” 4719. General culture.‘ After the beds are planted, I always keep them as clear of weeds as possible, and on no account allow any crop to be planted between the rows. Upon the growing of the runners, I have them cut when necessary: this is usually three times in each season. Jn the autumn, I always have the rows dug between; for I find it refreshes the plants materially; and I recommend to those persons to whom it may be convenient, to scatter in the spring, very lightly, some loose straw or long dung, between the rows. It serves to keep the ground moist, enriches the strawberry, and forms a clean bed for the trusses of fruit to lie upon; and thus, by a little extra trouble and cost, a more abundant crop may be ob- tained, A short time before the fruit ripens, I always cut off the runners, to strengthen the root; and after the fruit is gathered, I have what fresh runners have been made taken off with a reaping-hook, to- gether with the outside leaves around the main plant, after which I rake the beds, then hoe them, and rake them again. In the autumn, unless the plants appear very strong, T have some dung dug in between the rows, but if they are very luxuriant the dung is not required; for in some rich soils it would cause the plants to turn nearly all to leaf. 1 also have to remark, that the dung used for manure should not be too far spent; fresh dung from the stable-door is preferable to spit-dung, which many persons are so fond of. The duration of the bed must be determined by the produce of the plants, which varies much ac- cording to the different sorts; it also varies with the same sort in different soils, so that the precise time of the renewal of the beds must be regulated by the observation of the gardener, in each particular case.” 4720. Sorts grown by Keen. The pine Keen grows in a light loam,“though no other kind of strawberry will bear a strong loam better than this. It is likewise to be noticed, that this is of all others the most difficult strawberry from which to procure a good crop. Particular care must be taken that they are planted in open ground: for in small gardens they grow very strong, but seldom bear fruit, in consequence of being so much shaded by standard trees; and I have observed the shade of the walnut-tree to be much more in- jurious to these than to others: for under it they seldom bear at all, but run entirely to leaf. In planting the beds of pines, I keep the rows two feet apart, and put the plants eighteen inches from each other in the row, leaving alleys of three feet wide between each bed: these large distances I find necessary, for the trusses of fruit in my garden- ground are frequently a foot long. The duration of this strawberry, with me, 1s three years: the first year it bears the best, the second year the crop is very good, and the third year it is less.”’ 4721. The imperial strawberry,“ which was raised by myself from seed, may be treated in a similar way, with respect to planting, distance,&c. as the pine; but I have to remark, that it requires rather a lighter and richer soil, and is not so liable to run to leaf, when planted under trees.”’: 4722, The scarlet strawberry must be treated also like the pine.‘¢ With respect to distance for planting the beds of scarlets, I put each row twenty-one inches apart, and each plant eighteen inches distant 1n the row, and make the alleys two feet six inches wide. The duration of this strawberry, with me, seldom exceeds three years.”.‘:;-: f sit] 4723. The hautboy“ 1 have always found to thrive best in a light soil: and it must be well supplied with dung, for excess of manure does not drive it into leaf like the pine-strawberry. In planting the beds, each row must be two feet apart, and from plant to plant, in the rows, must be eighteen inches, leaving the alleys between the beds three feet wide. There are many different sorts of hautboys: one has the male and female organs in the same blossom, and bears very freely; but that which I most approve, 1S the one which contains the male organs in one blossom, and the female in another; this bears fruit of the finest color, and of far superior flavor. In selecting these plants, care must be taken that there are not too many of the male plants among them; foras these bear no fruit, they are apt to make more ee than the females. I consider one male to ten females the proper proportion for an abundant crop. ina “ing the jottles pene ano srl ered The wyood:s + ately 104 ately"th gghere 1! the 4 fruit. 2? il fab, 2 yemnain in ME§ av t destroy all directed, to rec each Was. between t granite,| should ex the mason nN Keeping of stranbe aD 10 be hy in Hort, 7 Boo 1. STRAWBERRY. one learned the necessity of mixing the male plants with the others, by experience, in 1809; 1 had, before that period, selected female plants only for my beds, and was entirely disappointed in my hopes of a crop. In that year, suspecting my error, I obtained some male blossoms, which I placed in a bottle on the bed of female hautboys. In a few days, I perceived the fruit near the bottle to swell; on this observation, I procured more male blossoms, and in like manner placed them in bottles, in differents parts of the beds, removing the bottles to fresh places every morning, and by this means obtained a moderate crop where J had gathered no fruit the preceding year.‘The duration of the hautboy, with me, seldom exceeds three years.” ; 4724. The wood-strawberry is best raised from seed,‘* which I obtain from fruit just gathered, sowing it immediately in a bed of rich earth. When the plants are ofa proper size, I transplant them into other beds, where I let them continue till the March following. They are then planted in rather a moist soil, in beds, as the others, each row being two feet apart, and the plants in each row eighteen inches distant, the alley between each bed being three feet wide: in this way I produce abundant crops of very fine fruit. I have propagated this strawberry from runners, but never with such good success as from seeds, particularly if the runners were taken from old roots.‘The duration of this strawberry, with me, seldom ions fol exceeds two years. d; E; rhe elk ae. 4725. The alpine strawberry must always be raised from seed, which should be sown in a bed of rich gromer earth, in the spring.‘* When the plants are of a proper size, which will be in July or August, I plant them in rows at the back of hedges or walls, ina rich, or in a very moist soil: the rows should be two RYN feet apart, and the distance, from plant to plant, in the rows, twelve inches. My alpines, this year, thus » Watts; 10 10. managed, are bearing most abundantly, so much so, that in gathering them there is not room for the Oi ft women to set their feet, without destroying many. The alpines differ from all other strawberries in quickness of bearing; for no other sort, sown in the spring of the year, will produce fruit, under two years, whereas this yields a crop at the end of one year. Its duration, with me, seldom exceeds two years, Cae, Ye and frequently it lasts only one year.”(Hort. Trans. ii.) Williams considers that the fruit of plants raised an infer quit Tha from seed, comes in very well as a late autumn crop, but is certainly inferior in flavor to that produced from transplanted runners.(Hort. Trans, i. 247.) 4726. The Rev. T. Garnier, a successtul cultivator of strawberries, never suffers any of the varieties to remain in the ground more than one year.“ Early in August, or as soon as the gatherings are over, I destroy all my beds, and proceed immediately to trench, form, and manure them in the manner before directed, to receive the plants for the crop of the ensuing year, taking care to select for that purpose the strongest and best-rooted runners from the old rejected plants. If at this season the weather should be particularly hot, and the surface of the ground much parched, I defer the operation of preparing my beds and planting them till the ground is moistened by rain. Such is the simple mode of treatment which I have adopted for three successive years, and I have invariably obtained upon the same spot, a great pro- duce of beautiful fruit, superior to that of every other garden in the neighborhood. Depth of soil I have found absolutely necessary for the growth and production of fine strawberries, and when this is not to be obtained, it is useless, in my opinion, to plant many of the best varieties. It is not generally known, but: I have ascertained the fact, that most strawberries generate roots, and strike them into the ground, nearly two feet deep in the course of one season. The pine and roseberry succeed better than any other in stiff and shallow soils, but they should always be planted in an open situation, and not, as is too commonly the practice, in shady and neglected parts of the garden”(Hort. Trans. iv. 480.) 7 Young justly blames gardeners for cutting over the leaves of strawberries after they have borne ¢ crop, thereby preventing proper buds being formed for next year, and also depriving the roots of the plants of their natural protection from the frost. He is also adverse to the practice of digging between the rows in winter, which, he says, cuts off the fibrous roots, and prevents the plants from setting out in spring with that vigor which they otherwise would do. Instead of supplying manure in this way, he re- commends the appropriation of liquid manure; or what is better, never letting a crop remain above three years on the same piece of ground.(Caled. Hort. Soc. Mem. iii. 291.) UN practice; tis may with a reaping-Ns s, th hoe the nb 4728. Brick-beds for strawberries. These were observed in a small garden near Chatham, and are thus described:“ The beds(fig. 497. a) were upon flat ground, each about three feet wide, and between them were trenches about nine inches wide, and four-inch 1 r manure should h many persons ate walls of brick on each side of the trenches(5), to keep up the earth on the sides of the ich varies:;‘ 7 Ree eee eer ac n vanes 2 beds. These trenches were about the depth of two or three courses of bricks laid flat, without mortar, and were intended for the purpose of holding water, which was supplied from a pump whenever the ground was dry, while the plants were in fruit. By this r fo) 7 i Mi me th loam,*thoug Kewwise to best - nid 1 to procul a yd; foros much longer than in beds where there were no trenches for water. In Devohshire, straw- berry-beds are constructed against the side of a hill or bank, by building up beds in steps,° with rough granite at the front, to keep up the earth, each step being about two feet high and three feet wide.‘These steps were filled with good loam, and the surface of each was covered with rough pieces of granite bedded into the loam, leaving openings between the stones, just sufficient to put in the plants. The surface being covered with granite, kept the ground longer in a moist state, and the fruit always clean.<“ I should expect,’ observes the writer,‘“ that chippings of stone, such as may be had from the masons in London, might answer the same purpose. I have found a great advantage in keeping the fruit clean, by laying a row of common bricks on each side of the rows of strawberry-plants; I tried plain tiles, but found bricks answer better, as the tiles are apt to be broken in gathering the fruit, and will not do to use a second time.”(Atkinson, in Hort. Trans. v. 191.) UA with 1; 1s 4729. Taking the crop.‘The fruit ripens from June to August and September; but the main crop is usually over in July. Gather when the weather is dry, and the same day that the fruit is ta be.sent to table, otherwise it will soon lose its flavor. Pinch off the calyx and a quarter of an inch of the peduncle, along with the berry. 3} 53 3 = SS ee 742 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pax III, 4730. To have a regular succession of strawberries throughout the autumnal months. This is common} done by means of the wood and alpine species, and their varieties. Garnier thinks it may be accom chen by late planting; for example, of Wilmot’s late scarlet, or the common scarlet about May He has planted runners of the roseberry on the Ist of July, and gathered fruit on the 7th of September(Hort. Trans. iv. 482.) Williams cultivates the alpine for this purpose.“* Karly in the month of May ar they are in flower, he cuts away all the blossoms, preserving the Jeaves uninjured; this is again repeated at the end of the month. Towards the middle or end of June more biossoms appear, and the ines afford flowers and fruit, ali the latter part of the summer, and till cut off by the autumnal frosts. If the first blossoms were not removed,-the principal crop of alpines would be ripe at the time the larger strawberries are in season, and consequently of little worth; but by this mode of culture, they come into bearing in the latter part of the summer, just at the time the other kinds are over.”(Hort. Trans. v. 247.) 4731. For forcing the strawberry, sec Chap. VII. Sect. VIIT. Secr. LV. Nuts. 4732. Among nuts the most useful in this country is the walnut, both for the dessert and pickling; the filbert is also a very useful fruit; chestnuts are wholesome and nutri- tive, and form, in Spain and Italy, an important article of human food. Sunsecr. 1. Walnut.— Juglans regia, L.(Lam. ill. 781.) Monec. Polyan. L. and Terebintacea, J. Noyer, Fr.; Walnussbaum, Ger.; and Noci, Ital. 4733. The walnut is a large and lofty tree, with spreading boughs, and pinnate leaves, having a very strong aromatic odor. The male flowers come in subterminating aments; the females scattered two or three together in close sessile buds on the young wood near the extremities of the branches. The fruit is an ovate, coriaceous, smooth drupe, enclosing an irregularly grooved nut, which contains a four-lobed oily eatable kernel, with an irre- gular knobbed surface, and covered with a yellow skin. The flowers are produced in the end of April and beginning of May, and the fruit ripens in September and October. It is a native of Persia and the south side of Caucasus; but it is supposed to have been introduced here from France, and called gauwl-nut, before 1562. 4734. Use.‘The kernel, when ripe, is in esteem at the dessert; and the fruit whole, in a green state, before the stone hardens, is much used for pickling. An oil which supplies the place of that of almonds, is expressed from the kernel in France. In Spain they strew the gratings of old and hard nuts, first peeled, into their tarts and other meats. The leaves strewed on the ground and left there annoy worms; or macerated in warm water, afford a liquor which, from its bitterness, may effect their death. The unripe fruit is used in medicine for the same purpose. Pliny says,“ the more walnuts one eats, with the more ease will he drive worms out of his stomach.” The timber is used in this country for gun-stocks, being lighter in proportion to its strength and elasticity than any other. It is almost exclusively used in cabinet-work in most parts of the continent. The young timber is held to make the finest-colored work, but the old to be finer varie- gated for ornament. 4735. Varieties.‘Those commonly cultivated for their fruits are— The round early oval Highflyer of Thetford, the best variety known. Double large French(A. Trans. iv. 517.) Tender-shelled, and thick-shelled 4736. Propagation. Jt has generally been propagated from the nut; and this mode is recommended by Miller and Forsyth; probably from their not having known that the tree may be continued by inocu- lation as practised successfully by Knight. Inarching this tree was long ago recommended by Boutcher, who says,“ he found the fruit in this way produced in one third of the time necessary for plants raised from the nut.” 4737. Knight,‘* having planted, in the spring of 1799, some walnut-trees of two years old in garden- pots, raised ther up to the bearing branches of an old walnut-tree, and grafted them, by approach, with parts of the bearing branches of the old tree. An union took place during the summer, and in the autumn the grafts were detached from the parent stock.‘The plants thus obtained were planted in a nursery, and, without any peculiar care or management, produced both male and female blossoms in the third succeeding spring, and have since afforded blossoms every season.”(Hort. Trans. i. 61.) After numerous trials, he also succeeded in propagating the walnut-tree from budding.‘ The buds of trees,” he observes,‘‘ of almost every species, succeed with most certainty when inserted in the shoots of the same year’s growth; but the walnut-tree appears to afford an exception; possibly, in some measure, because its buds contain within themselves, in the spring, all the leaves which the tree bears in the fol- jowing summer; whence its annual shoots wholly cease to elongate soon after its buds unfold; all its buds of each season are also, consequently, very nearly of the same age: and long before any have acquired the proper degree of maturity for being removed, the annual branches have ceased to grow longer, or to produce new foliage. To obviate the disadvantages arising from the preceding circumstances, I adopted means of retarding the period of the vegetation of the stocks, comparatively with that of the bearing tree; and by these means I became partially successful. There are at the base of the annual shoots of the walnut and other trees, where those join the year-old wood, many minute buds, which are almost concealed in the bark, and which rarely or never vegetate, but in the event of the destruction of the large prominent buds which occupy the middle and opposite end of the annual wood._ By insert- ing in each stock one of these minute buds, and one of the large and prominent kind, I had the pleasure to find that the minute buds took freely, whilst the large all failed without a single exception. This experiment was repeated in the summer of 1815, upon two yearling stocks which grew in pots, and had been placed, during the spring and early part of the summer, in a shady situation under a north wall; whence they were removed late in July to a forcing-house, and instantly budded. These being suffered to remain in the house during the following summer, produced from the small buds, shoots nearly three feet long, terminating in large and perfect female blossoms, which necessarily proved abortive, as no male blossoms were procurable at the early period in which the female blossoms appeared: but the early formation of such blossoms sufficiently proves that the habits of a bearing branch of the walnut-tree may be transferred to a young tree by budding, as well as by grafting by approach. The most eligible situation for the insertion of buds of this species of tree(and probably of others of similar habits) is near the summit of the wood of the preceding year, and of course, very near the base of the annual shoot; and if buds of has room Dut; ncelate, serra lous at the ends strong sperm ‘he proportion TOWETS become ant conta in October Cea It consider it country. S Brydone 0 4746. U with salt a cakes, and| (Pomariu all other st with salt fi seneral Us wats ge fi), Va others, but avallableb 448, Py Devonshit deal in pra Trans, i, 6 usual ways succeeding weeting t bs fom them to be timber” 4199, Soi wb Vacant tra Out-bound: feng, 1L 1 j ble kernel, withanir, flowers are produ September and(th Ul s suppose to hare rts and the fr wh jekling, An lw lin France, r tarts and ol meat or maceratel nT ir death,‘The wy more walnuts out timber is useditl nd elasticity tay irts of the conti: old to be finer “ best variety known. (H. Tram 3h mode is recom be continued ecommended by necessaly for p i; li ¢ aly ba » hare cease Book I. CHESTNUT. 749 the small kind above mentioned be skilfully inserted in such parts of branches of rapid growth, they will be found to succeed with nearly as much certainty as those of other fruit-trees, provided such buds be in a more mature state than those of the stocks into which they are inserted.” 4738. Carlisle(Hort. Trans. ii.) mentions the case of a walnut-tree raised from the nut in the usual way on a light soil, on a sandy sub-soil, and in a warm sheltered situation, which produced fruit in six years; but the usual period is eighteen or twenty. j 4739. Abercrombie says, the walnut-tree is propagated, in general, by sowing well ripened nuts of the finest varieties: but as seedlings are apt to vary, new plants are occasionally raised by layers and inarch- ing, to continue particular sorts permanent. The nuts may be sown in autumn or spring, in drills, nine to twelve inches apart, and two or three inches deep; place the nuts two inches asunder, and having earthed them in, smooth the surface. They will come up in the spring. When of one year’s growth, set out the plants in nursery rows, a foot asunder by six inches in the rows, to remain two years, then to be transplanted(doubling the distance) into other nursery lines. Train each with a single stem of six or seven feet high: then to be permitted to branch out above, and form a spreading head. Layers may be made, in autumn or spring, of young shoots produced near the ground from proper stools formed for that purpose: they will be rooted in one season, to plant off in nursery rows for training as above. Inarching may be performed in February or March upon seedling walnut-stocks, advanced in proper stems, 4740. Soil ana site. The walnut-tree will succeed in any common fertile soil, a light or a clayey loam, so as the sub-soil be dry, and the site a little sheltered; but it thrives best where there is a good. depth of joam mixed with sand or gravel rather than clay. As this tree is long before it bears fruit, there is a particular inducement for procuring plants from the nursery, either inarched, budded, or in as advanced a stage as it will be safe to remove them at. This may be when they are from eight to twelve years old, according as they may have been prepared by repeated transplantations. Walnut-trees may be planted in orchards or small paddocks, in a row towards the boundaries; or in parallel double rows in a quincunx order, in extensive grounds, but detached from fruit-trees of more contracted growth. The line of walnut- trees, when fully grown, will serve as a screen to the fruit-trees occupying the interior ground, The plants should stand at twenty-five and the trees to fifty feet distance. 4741. Mode of bearing. On the extremities of the preceding year’s shoots. 4742. Pruning. Walnut-trees, when finally planted, may be permitted to branch out in their natural order, with the exception of a little occasional pruning, to regulate any casual disorderly growth, to re- duce over-extending branches, and to prune up the low stragglers. 4743. Ringing to induce bearing, is practised by the Baron de Tschoudi, near Metz, in Lorraine. A zone of bark two inches broad is taken out, and the part plastered over with cow-dung and loam; the consequence is that the trees prove more prolific, and the fruit ripens sooner. 4744. Taking the crep. Walnuts should be taken for pickling while the internal parts remain tender and fleshy, which may be ascertained by probing them with a pin or needle. The nuts are’ripe in Sep- tember and October, and should then be gathered so as not to injure the tree, and housed in the proper manner for winter use. Sussecr. 2. Chestnut.— Fagus Castanea, L.; Castanea Vesca, W.(Eng. Bot. 886.) Monec. Poly. L. and Amentacee, J. Chataigne, Fr.; Castanienbaum, Ger.; and Castagno, Ital. 4745. The chestnut isa large tree, spreading its branches finely on every side where it has room, but, planted closely, will shoot up straight to a great height. The leaves are lanceolate, serrated, and very large. The aments, or catkins, of male flowers are pendu- lous at the ends of the branches; very long, resembling those of the walnut. They have a strong spermatic smell; the flowers are collected in remote little balls, and are sessile. The proportion of male flowers to the females is prodigious. The calyx of the female flowers becomes an echinate capsule or four valves, of a silky smoothness in the inside, and containing two or three nuts or one only. It flowers in May, and ripens its fruit in October. It is supposed to have been originally brought from Sardis to Italy by'Tib. Cesar. It isso common as to be considered a native in France and Italy; and some consider it as naturalised in England, though it is not likely to propagate itself in this country. Some of the oldest trees in the world are of this species; as that mentioned by Brydone on Etna, and the great tree at Tortworth in Gloucestershire. 4746. Use.‘The fruit is a desirable nut for autumn and winter, and is eaten roasted, with salt, and sometimes raw. Abroad, it is not only boiled and roasted, but puddings, cakes, and bread are made of it.“* Chestnuts stewed with cream,” according to Phillips (Pomarium Brit. 95.),“ make a much admired dish, and many families prefer them to all other stuffings for turkeys.” He says,“I have had them stewed and brought to table with salt fish, when they have been much admired.” The timber was formerly in very general use in house-carpentry, though some, with every appearance of reason. consider what is generally called old chestnut as old oak. 4747. Varieties. There are none of any note. Some varieties ripen their fruit a few days earlier than others, but none of these have been fixed on and perpetuated by the nurserymen so as to be rendered available by purchasers. 4748. Propagation. Miller and most gardeners recommend propagation from nuts; but, for fruit, the Devonshire practice of grafting is decidedly preferable. Sir Joseph Banks says,‘‘ the nurserymen there deal in grafted chestnut-trees;” and we may add, that they are now to be had in the London nurseries.(Hort, Trans. i. 62.) Knight says,“ The Spanish chestnut succeeds readily when grafted in almost any of the usual ways, and when the grafts are taken from bearing branches, the young trees afford blossoms in the succeeding year; and Iam much inclined to think, from experiments I have made on this tree, that by selecting those varieties which ripen their fruit early in the autumn, and by propagating with grafts or buds from young and vigorous trees of that kind, which have just attained the age necessary to enable them to bear fruit, it might be cultivated with much advantage in this country, both for its fruit and timber.”(Hort. Trans. i. 62.) 4749. Soil and site. The tree prefers a sandy loam with a dry bottom; but will grow in any soil ona dry sub-soil. Distribute the plants towards the northern boundary of orchards; and in larger groups, over any vacant tracts in extensive pleasure-grounds or parks, and to form spacious avenues, or a row along any out-boundary. A great number should not be placed close to a residence, as the smell of the flowers is offensive. Plant them at not less than thirty feet, and thence to fifty feet distance. 3B 4 744 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Piveininr 4750, Subsequent culture,‘* Permit the trees to branch out freely above, mostly in their natural ord to advance in large regular heads. Give occasional pruning only to very irregular and cross te e= and low stragglers. After they have attained some tolerably branchy growth, they will come int her ie in moderate plenty; and when they have expanded into large full heads, they may be expect sd pe osaia considerable quantities of nuts.’’ 4 La eae 4751. Taking the crop.‘* The nuts ripen from the end of September to the end of October. Wher the outer capsule containing the nuts begins to divide, and the nuts appear of a brown color and pigs fall promiscuously from the tree, their full maturity is indicated. They may be gathered by hand, ort 2 t down by long poles.‘Selecting the finest and best-ripened, clear them from the husks; let them be‘ell dried,‘and deposited in the fruitery, upon shelves,&c,; and some packed in layers of very dry fine ie 1 for longer keeping.”(Abercrombie.) é ee Sussecr.§. Filbert.— Corylus thirty years ago, by Lod- orted under the the color is white, and the males or flies(7) not so large as those of the brown. 4789. The white mealy crimson-tinged bug(C. hesp. var.)(n and m) differs from the former in being larger and crimson-colored. and the former species are much the most pernicious. ing them, and also the other insects which attac Sunsect. 2. Monog. L. and Viticee, J. 4790. The grape-vine is a trailing, Grape-Vine.— Vitis Vinifera, L. (Gace ice rts 0.) Viene, Fr.; Weintrauben, Ger.; and Vigna, Ital. S1e, 5)? C Speeclily considers it as viviparous. This The various modes of destroy- k the pine, have been already detailed. Pentan. deciduous, hardy shrub, with a twisted irregular stem, and long flexible branches, decumbent, like those of the bramble, or supporting themselves when near other trees, by means of tendrils, like the pea. mooth; green in summer, but when ma- ng color is red, constantly change to, or Je of that color; and those of white, green, or yellow grapes, as Ilow, and are never in the least tinged either with purple, red, es from five to seven or ten inches, and the The flowers are produced on the ed from those of the year preceding: 1 J 7 ry” large, lobed, entire, or serrated and downy, ox s ture, those of varieties, in which the predominati are tinged with some shac constantly change to a ye or scarlet. The breadth of the leaves vari length of the foot-stalks from four to eight inches. shoots of the same year, which shoots gencrally proce The Jeaves are te weigtt sof the B ture ol a na(liNe} or muster” 1 sever PY ive{0 a pun 4 ood-sizee heen gO" ia weighing fron dw att gtandat ordinarlly P gardens 10} ofthe red prostuced 3 Valentine s 419i, T known. J sine whith lately dead), then aboy was{Hen at age, occuples try itis be It has b ralised in forms a bi from Sebi near Dre fruit for t in the y growing ages sp culture ¢ vineyard tment, at this perio understo part, bec uf the q Boox I. GRAPE-VINE. 749 they are in the form of a raceme, of a greenish-white color, and fragrant odor, appear- ing in the open air in this country in June; and the fruit, which is of the berry kind, at- tains such maturity as the season and situation admit, by the middle or end of Sep- tember. The berry or grape is generally globular, but often ovate, oval, oblong, or finger-shaped; the colors green, white, red, yellow, amber, and black, or a variegation of two or more of these colors. The skin is smooth, the pulp and juice of a dulcet, poignant, elevated, generous flavor. Every berry ought to enclose five small heart or pear shaped stones; though, as some generally fail, they have seldom more than three, and some varieties, as they attain a certain age, as the ascalon or sultana raisin, none. The weight of a berry depends not only on its size but on the thickness of its skin, and texture of the flesh, the lightest being the thin-skinned and juicy sorts, as the sweetwater or muscadine; and what are considered large berries of these varieties, will weigh from five to seven pennyweights, and measure from one to two thirds of an inch in girth. A good-sized bunch of the same sorts may weigh from two to six pounds; but bunches have been grown of the Syrian grape, in Syria, weighing forty pounds, and in England weighing from ten to nineteen pounds. A single vine in a large pot, or grown as< dwarf standard in the manner practised in the vineyards in the north of France, ordinarily produces from three to nine bunches; but by superior management in gardens in England, the number of bunches is prodigiously increased, and one plant, that of the red Hamburgh sort, in the vinery of the royal gardens at Hampton Court, has produced 2200 bunches, averaging one pound each, or in all nearlya ton. That at Valentine’s, in Essex, has produced 2000 bunches of nearly the same average weight. 4791. The age to which the vine will attain in warm climates is so great as not to be known. It is supposed to equal or even to surpass that of the oak. Pliny speaks of a vine which had existed six hundred years; and Bose says, there are vines in Burgundy upwards of four hundred years of age. In Italy there are vineyards which haye been in a flourishing state for upwards of three centuries; and Miller tells us, that a vineyard a hundred years old is reckoned young.‘The extent of the branches of the vine, in certain situations and circumstances, is commensurate with its produce and age. In the hedges of Italy and woods of America, they are found overtopping the highest elm and poplar trees; and in England, one plant trained against a row of houses in Northallerton (lately dead), covered a space, in 1585, of one hundred and thirty-seven square yards; it was then above one hundred years old.‘That at Hampton Court, nearly of the same age, occupies above one hundred and sixteen square yards; and that at Valentine’s, in Essex, above one hundred and forty-seven square yards. The size to which the trunk or stem sometimes attains in foreign countries, is so great as to have afforded planks fifteen inches broad, furniture, and statues; and even in this country, the Northallerton vine above mentioned, in 1785, measured four feet in circumference near the ground; and one branch of the Hampton Court vine measures one hundred and fourteen feet in length. Vine timber is of great durability. It may be remarked, that vines regu-~ larly pruned and dressed, can rarely attain similar magnitudes, nor is it desirable that they should. 4792. The native country of the vine, like most of our acclimated fruits, is generally considered to be Persia; and Dr. Sickler(Geschichte der Obst. Cult. vol. i.) has given a learned and curious account of its migration to Egypt, Greece, and Sicily. From Sicily it is supposed to have found its way to Italy, Spain, and France; and in the latter coun- try itis believed to have been cultivated in the time of the Antonines, in the second century. It has been found wild in America, and is now considered as a native, or natu- ralised in the temperate climates of both hemispheres. In the old world, its culture forms a branch of rural economy from the 21st to the 51st degree of north latitude, or from Schiraz in Persia to Coblentz on the Rhine. Some vineyards are to be found even near Dresden and in Moravia; and by means of garden-culture, it is made to produce fruit for the table still farther north; being grown to a considerable degree of perfection in the hot-houses of St. Petersburgh and Stockholm. 4793. The introduction of the vine to Britain is supposed by some to have taken place under the first Roman governors, though, from Tacitus, it appears to have been wanting in Agricola’s time. There is evidence, however, to prove that vineyards were planted here in the year 280, A. I.(see 312.); and Bede, writing in 731, says, there were vineyards growing in several piaces. Harte observes, that the religious fraternities of the dark ages spread out from Italy in all directions, carrying with them the knowledge of agri- culture and gardening; there is little doubt, Professor Martyn remarks, that orchards and vineyards were common appendages to abbeys and monasteries from their first establish- ment, at least in the southern parts of the island, to the time of the reformation. From this period they have disappeared, in part, perhaps, from the culture of the vine being little understood by those to whom the lands of religious houses were sold or granted; and in part, because a better article would be introduced from our French provinees in the time of the Henries, and continued to be imported when we lost these. 750 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. : 4794, Vineyards have also been planted in modern times, and wine produced, nearly, if not entirely equal, to that of France. In the Museum Rusticum, it is stated, that at Arundel Castle in Sussex, the Duke of Norfolk had a vineyard, of which there were in his Grace’s cellar, in 1763, above sixty pipes of excellent Burgundy. Bradley informs us, that Warner, a gentleman of Rotherhithe, made good wine from his own vineyards. Switzer mentions several instances, and among others, that of Rocque, of Walham Green, who made wine for thirty years from a vineyard he had planted in a common fietd- garden. Hanbury and Hales confirm these accounts, and cite others; and Barry, in his History of Wines, gives an account of a very productive vineyard, formed by the Hon. Charles Hamilton, at Painshill, in Miller’s time, which succeeded for many years, and produced excellent champagne. It is not yet twenty years since this vineyard was ne- glected or destroyed. There can be no hesitation, therefore, in agreeing with these authors, and with Miller, Martyn, and Speechly, that vineyards would succeed in various parts of England, and produce wine equal to much of that imported from France. But, in a national point of view, we may conclude with equal safety, that the culture of the vine, as a branch of rural economy, would not be a profitable concern here, on the broad general principle, that it cannot be long worth while to grow any thing at home which we can get cheaper from abroad. The high duties on imported wines may seem to bear against this opinion; but this is merely a temporary cause; for, in the progress of international commerce, governments gradually discover the advantage of leaving trade comparatively free; and in proportion as this becomes the case, each country will feel its advantage in pursuing those branches of industry in which nature or habit has ren- dered it pre-eminent. It may, however, afford much rational satisfaction for indi- viduals, in favorable situations, to form vineyards, and drink their own wine. 4795. Grapes for the table appear to have been in demand as early as the beginning of the 16th century; for Tusser includes“ grapes white and red,” in his list of fruits, pub- lished about the year 1560; but as far as appears from horticultural literature, the vine had only been grown as dwarf standards, or trained against walls or buildings, till the beginning of the 18th century. Stoves for preserving curious exotics had been in- troduced soon after the middle of the 17th century; but we find no mention of the ap- plication of artificial heat to the vine, till 1718, when Lawrence informs us, in his Fruit-Gardener, published that year,“ that the Duke of Rutland, at Belvoir Castle, has done so much justice to the vine as to have fires constantly burning behind his slope walls, from Lady-day to Michaelmas; whereby he is rewarded by the largest grapes, and even the best Frontignacs, in July.”” These sloped walls, we are informed, were afterwards covered with glass. Switzer(Pract. Fruit. G. 2 edit. 1763.) appears to be the first author who gives a regular plan of a vinery, with directions for forcing the grape. He advises making fires as early as the middle of December, so as to make the vines push by the middle of January. Since his time, the art of forcing has made such rapid progress that no kitchen-garden worth notice is now without a vinery: the fruit is produced in some vineries during every month of the year; and in the London markets is to be had in the highest degree of perfection from March to January. Vines are at the same time still grown on walls unaided by fire-heat, and in favorable seasons, the more hardy early sorts attain a tolerable degree of maturity. In the nursery-gardens of Joseph Kirke at Brompton, a wall upwards of two hundred and twenty yards long, and ten feet high, is covered with plants of the white muscadine, which have produced regu- lar crops for many years. On the border to this wall are standard vines of the same sort, trained to stakes about four feet high, which also bear in proportion, though the fruit does not ripen quite so early, nor attain an equal degree of flavor with that on the wall. In propitious seasons these grapes attain a tolerable degree of flavor; but even then they are of little value, compared to those grown in vineries and hot-houses. 4796. Use.‘The uses of the grape in Britain are well known; in the dessert it ranks next the pine, and is by some preferred to it. The berries, when green or not likely to ripen, may be used in tarts or pies; and the leaves form an elegant garnish to other table-fruits. Wine is sometimes made in England, by expressing and fermenting the juice, either alone or with that of other fruits; and it has even been made from decoc- ‘tions of the leaves of some sorts. In warmer climates, the grape is not only used in the dessert, but eaten with bread, either newly gathered or dried as raisins; and in these countries, from the fermented juice, a wine or liquor is made superior to all others for stimulating the stomach, and exhilarating the spirits of man. Some of the most 1m- portant consequences in the mythological history of man, are referred to its last-men- tioned qualities.(See the Histories of Lot, Noah, and Bacchus.) The medical products of the vine are verjuice, formerly used as the juice of lemons: tartar, a gentle cathartic: vinegar, used as a condiment; for extracting the virtues of other medicines; and for counteracting the effects of vegetable poisons. Even wine itself is given as a medicine, in typhus fevers; in nervous disorders; in putrid sore throats; and even in the plague. «In almost all cases of languor, and great prostration of strength,” Martyn observes, gigg, Them by owing the: wphich have 2° Ditton, ad, eet 40, 1 Pagland Bast, hose collected at ‘mun, que wee Matnd,‘Thi andberres,| section is am a common varieties, wh since Colum pellations the informa| and Forsyth agcompanier 4) ned, We Vines standard vine in. proportion e of flavor will Y Jooroe of fd degree 0! ld yw; 1 een dd vp nf lt greet 104 when re rele n, The Book I. GRAPE-VINE. 75) « “‘ wine is a more grateful and efficacious cordial than can be furnished from the whole class of aromatics.” 4797. Varieties. These are exceedingly numerous; partly from the antiquity of the vine, it having, as Professor Martyn remarks, been cultivated from the time of Noah; partly from the influence of soils and climates in changing the qualities of grapes, there being hardly two vineyards in France or Italy where the sorts, though originally the same, remain long precisely alike; but chiefly, as far as respects this country at least, from the facility with which new sorts are procured from seed. Tusser, in 1560, men- tions only‘“ white and red” grapes. Parkinson, who was more of a horticulturist, gives, in 1627, a list of twenty-three sorts, including the white muscadine,“ very great, sweet, and firm; some of the bunches have weighed six pounds, and some of the berries half an ounce.” Ray, in 1688, enumerates twelve sorts as then most in request. Rea, in 1702, gives most of those in Ray’s list, and adds five more sorts, recommending the red, white, and the d’ Arbois, or royal muscadine, the Frontignacs, and the blood-red, as the fittest sorts for England. The best vines, he says, were then on the walls of the physic-garden at Oxford. 4798. Switzer, in 1717, says,‘‘ It is to Lord Capel and Sir William Temple that we are owing that col- lection of good grapes now so plenty in England; the latter,’ he says,‘ brought over the Chasselas, parley and Frontignac; and also the Amboyna, Burgundy, black muscat, and grizzly Frontignac; all lighly approved, and distributed amongst the nurserymen, as well as the nobility and gentry. The best grapes,” he tells us,“‘ were grown at Twickenham, Isleworth, and Richmond.” Speechly, from 1760 to 1790, excelled in the culture of the vine at Welbeck. 4799. The most valuable modern additions to the varieties of grapes in this country have been procured by sowing the seeds of sorts ripened in this country.‘That excellent grape, the red Hamburgh, was raised from seed, about a century ago, by Warner, of Rotherhithe, already mentioned. Miller in the same way produced the variety of the black cluster, which bears his name. Speechly produced various new sorts, which have now a place in the catalogues of nurserymen. Williams of Pitmaston, Braddick of Thames Ditton, and, above all, the President of the Horticultural Society, have raised several excellent varieties of the sweetwater, Chasselas, and Hamburgh grapes. The great attention paid to natural history by such as go abroad, has also contributed to the number of grapes. New sorts have been sent from Spain, Italy, and the East Indies, and many from France; so that the lists of some British nurserymen exceed two hundred and fifty names. In France, during the consulship, in 1801, the celebrated chemist, Chaptal, when minister of the interior, ordered a specimen of every known variety of the grape to be collected from the different departments where the vine is grown, and planted in the nursery of the Luxemburg garden, with a view to ascertain their respective merits. Though this assortment was never completed, the number collected amounted to upwards of three hundred distinct varieties. 4800. A classification of the numerous varicties of the vine has not yet been made, either in France or England. Bosc, the inspector of government-nurseries in France, was employed to compare and class those collected at the Luxemburg; but in 1809 he had only succeeded in describing and figuring fifty dis- tinct sorts. The groundwork of his classification was, the color, form, and size of the fruit; the surface, margin, texture, color, and position of the leaves; and the redness, greenness, or variegation of the foot-stalks. From these eleven characteristics combined, he forms 156 classes, in which, he says, may be placed all the possible varieties of grapes. Bosc, aware of the great variety of considerations of another order, which augment the number of characteristics, such as grapes which are in other respects alike, yet differ in their time of ripening, in the time they will hang without alteration on the plant, in the quantity produced on a plant, quality of the pulp,&c. acknowledges, that, after four years’ labor, he could offer no useful result. In the catalogue of the Luxemburg collection, published by Hervey in 1802, the arrangement is, 1. vines with black oval fruits, 37 sorts;%. black round fruits, 98 sorts; 3. white oval fruits, 44 sorts; 4. white round fruits, 73 sorts; 5. grey or violet oval fruits, 5sorts; and 6. grey or violet round fruits, 10 sorts: in all, 267 sorts. The most elaborate descriptions of the varieties of the vine which have yet appeared are contained in a Spanish work, Ensayo sobre las variedades de la vid co- mun, que vegetan en Andalusia,&c. by D. Simon Roxas Clemente, librarian to the botanic garden at Madrid. This author founds his varieties on the character of the stem, shoots, leaves, flowers, bunches, and berries. He describes 120 varieties, comprising them in two sections, downy and smooth-leaved, Each section is arranged in tribes or clusters of subvarieties, bearing one common name, and distinguished by a common character in some of the parts of the fundamental characteristics above named, and into isolated varieties, which he describes singly. He enumerates thirty-six authors who have written on the vine, since Columella, by whose names he has distinguished many of his tribes; the others by their Jocal ap- pellations. The table of grape-vines here given is, we acknowledge, very imperfect, but it contains alk the information which we have been able toembody from the. best authors, and especially from Speechly and Forsyth. More than triple the names it contains might have been inserted; but, without being accompanied by any descriptive particulars, they could be of no real use., E 4801. Estimate of sorts. As it is generally a puzzling consideration for inexperienced persons to make a selection from the ample semi-descriptive catalogues of authors and long lists of names kept by nursery- men, we shall here submit a few selections suitable to common cases. Vines to plant against a common garden- wall of south exposure, or against the malls of a house.‘The July black, white muscadine, white and black sweetwater, small and large black and Damascus: and for early sorts, Sitwell’s sweetwater, royal muscadine, white Frontignac. To plant vines to run up the rafters of green-houses, or plant-stoves. Choose in which they will ripen. The foliage in autumn will be alternately tinged with red and yellow; and, supposing the muscadines to be placed next the end at which the flue enters, they will white cluster, black esperione,&c. To plant a vinery for early forcing. Take the preceding sorts. To plant a vinery for a full crop of good grapes of various flavors. Take white and red, or black muscadine, a white and red muscat, a white and ared Frontignac, a black or red mus- cadel, a white raisin-grape, a white and red Hamburgh, a Sitwell’s and red sweetwater, a white and red ice. There are here 26 grapes of 14 distinct flavors; an equal number of both co- lors; large showy bunches and berries, as those of the Nice; and small high- flavored ones, as those of the Fron- tignacs; the whole placed in the order -ripen nearly a month earlier than any of the others: the Muscats, Frontig- nacs, and Muscadels being hot-house grapes, will have a sufficient heat to ripen them; and the three last sorts, being somewhat more tardy, will come in succession. To plant a vinery for a late crop. Take the black Damascus, black Frontignac, black Hamburgh, red Syracuse, black and white raisin, black and white St. Peter’s, black prince,&c.; To plant a hot-house in which Pees are gromn: one plant under each rafter. Take the white and red muscat, black muscadel, red or black Hamburgh, red Syracuse, red and white raisin, black such sorts as have small leaves and short foot-stalks. Hardy small-leaved sorts for the rafters of a green-house. White andblack sweet- water, black cluster, black musca- dine, parsley-leaved muscadine, black morillon. Small-leaved sorts, requiring more heat, and fit for the rafters of a plant-stove. Black Morocco, blue Frontignac, blue tokay, claret, white Teneriffe, white morillon,&c. Small-fruited sorts for planting in pots or bores. Black and white Corinth, black and white cluster, red and grizzly Frontignac, white and red Burgundy, &e. ee pour JATUP[L9A¥,} exp ru F Pr a- 2z93uM Jooms O3rnTAA a rates(Bean Fey= way. 944677 AL ar F180 fo om\ Sie 1 ete ett a= ae a xt: 14 O17 L>= i tia hein alwuosaa v NIA THAW was o aaODS,O1TW -porruzquUo?—— su adead fx9uta| jee 5=; oSiey|“ZT‘x04|“yoga Suey!- 2 é,=:_oueyq vosnTy DeUTUOLT SITU AA|S pue esnoy-joy pauutaaysa-yon eG y|° aysmbxg| I Ls cl= 4 ouryq|(es SERN:. kiving}|+ umipal|> umrpay|-¢ 0g)“927 A“SULT OOOT UF opduray, AA ITS hq*porquy| sejasseu,“Ww SOAR, DEOS MINT Sa TILES US LCROD) MOUTLIOD B TOF ALY aa advAT ad a:|\| ete erate 1 sy li |\-?“pe Avay- Ka bs yma auy 3 a Flite Srer“0° A 6 Bi aouRI Woy AJatAvA plo UW ee 9 Sagnbsnur atstoaye yl autTpeosnyyy Sestuye Ay)*% pu jJuay Inyrnvod ve fxareaq eal“ae| Aysnur pur wre tuumrTpe TAL are(|£ ety| oogr ur@jdwiag, wena arg||-pe: osnyrl caqury‘Oued‘{ee| 90x9 pur a 7 lars or z°“°«|Sq paonpoajur uveq aavy 0} preg] sejasseyO aokoqry SUTpPeOSNYAL WAY} sader3 aqry“sp1eq ysaq 94} JO Bu|“ay|- snoura 5 TTEUS| A19q 95010 ap TUS|| 7G“tO 1p 3 d‘suvT AEE tO otto sane| 2 Apunsing, Fore Ao4s0}9 OPIS TLE| ST | Ab GS 7 ah ake 4 3-|Su fgaoqe ay} seTquiase j. 3 ysmquieyy odin| FI qytuz yxep f49A“rareaq poos v| racy| Bugups Pima etal ay eo aE ce mdaoxe‘eaoqe ayy S914 I i| aavy aa sadvid ysaq||| after iB aSiey|“1z 10g-- 5~ Marea plouy|- ysanquieyy plo ysinquey Arla| LT ‘arvaq TwyUaTd W}‘acy| SnourtA pue yuesea{d|+: ecre SAUTE gcse a j z é°- auIpeLosN yl AVA| GT SY? JO guO od rhe ea Ay oH| 3 aomnt juvseatd,- s aaieq|- S= 7] 6‘oq!- aouriy Wor AjelAVA plo UY tp W 49P1|}j || SHIUUAA MOVIA ONOT HLIM SaddVvuo|. | 1 4°|||;: ‘SUIOTIOD poup 2: spord urs||°::: reug|-‘6h“IO|‘Ob d“Sueq] aunsated Ul UOTPOSY U aroxa ext+9‘uoTvosY“|“ae- WUD HOV|*1T 4ALOS BY} SE*SAU0}S JOYITA pipet pee Bit se fi: PES ao:| a| xosput,4 3¥ Uapaesd pefor ay}=| HOvIq Apaey{“AOSPUTAA|, ysaq ay} JO SUO ZT SJ eae| ie es a-.&|"= a 5-|--|‘eg Ta,‘WOH ur suauitoads oytpord Ax0a auios| aniq Apaeyy‘aedsq Horr)- Apxey eee| OT| -u0d UdJTW*spx i||||||: ire uado uo yam suadia§ Kraut Bhs: E i ess a earee| aren imecoraor- ad a 4 2 iS: 2 aourtd orlq|"6 jpue asnorp}c I ur aovid B saarasagy|Merry)=|| 90}- Se sstaye ee sae| adie| asxe"€¢“104| hd“A0CH| si cee“ena|" uuiny UI PIUIDA SIAVII IS| aie_“ 2 Cres Oy q“7‘Suv|e pe Wo} aur| asoy“anaITeIO. a yareyo)* F*[09-9AL]9 at fy DET SOMO Ep Es| 7[;s0tee Ue asad assy:; We-=| tae rae- a r| m4 ee Seen aoe a eon*buyy.P“ste«mao 9°7| o Ood0XO FAL HOVTA|*L 2} SOTLIA: IUIIIIS 6= id&= ¥: is ies we oN snouya puv yory .- eoreees| - snouta ATysrY © som yueseatg SnlourTA pue‘fysnur‘yory| JING - sOnuy auy£19 A o snout, faders asivog aS1v] a adie]£194 punodz pure yjeurg < Trews = yews [eAo‘asiey L194 : umMIpayAl AOTOD MOT[AA pue pet ystumoiqg‘punoyy Ppato0joo-¥o11q pue‘jeao‘asieq 2 os1e'T 4 S= asre’y iG pouurys- UnyyT 2 ase] k19 A = asieq - Tews - uIntTpayy - Asie] AIBA Suo] pur ose %%"896‘TAL,“40H "Th log 62°3"gq*BueyT ‘Op*I0q|- “LE OT)-:= ‘OE“AON-: “Ig“A0q)- a PST 10g)=© 66“A0q)=: sz “ST“A0q].-= OF 20|=: i ‘OL tog}- o LAO"= SELT Noge AOTITAT Aq powwurs41O adeig peyuawieuLo youslg y “Hi See, 3° Ajarrea Mou W LT noqe‘aq ~T9Y}OY FO sou, AM&q payeutstiO|-uojzdureyy a0‘s,zauae AA OOD 0} se Sundsao ~X9“QuOSNTA JIT OY} saTquiesayy ‘SHIUUAT CAdIMLS WO‘HSIAGUD“ANTE‘AAUOTOO-ASOU 1 aaa HLIM Sad Vuo | .=e JOART oUTARY DORs TONY| - aomf yaamg) Ysoly prey pue urys yoy 7, ysey Way pueys yy 7, LORE TE a1qeI9OT, Sora snoura pue yoryy snouta pure‘Aysnur‘yory 2 fiesng == JIIMG yaaa\s pue Aomyp IOARTE afqvaaise fysag some aur |*Boue2e4stL09 Pup L00n,T &re3ng fA= Teas - asiey£9 A oh ahd asiey = S asl ©= asieT = S asieyT a© asieq - asaey 190A : untpa = asiey “LL W100 “dey T WAL 40H *9Cz“TIT*qey “OO“FLL*340H 0G“104 OL MIG "2h AOT|= ee "9G AO|!"Sh 3d“Suey SRERAOW| eS aka 2 "LQ‘10q|- PES ‘og-xoq|=- zs “g-x0q| ree *9“IO‘OT‘OI‘UNG ‘SGIVUAA ALIHA ONOT HLIM Sad VUD Tews umnrpayy fidtaq 213 fo 921g -= yews yews Treug} | aSieTq} = Trews asoyo UNTpay young aso], younq PePAMOII asoO! - ulnIpayL “young 2» azeg| 2 young ou; fo ozs|"2P a4ayM -:*‘suRLT,*IA0F] “6PG“TE “LL“JAOR]+g*3 HAL,“OH “TEM“AA Aq paas wosy poyeursi9 yyruusHZoR]q v Aq paas wW0IZ pasrey .>: ing in the hot-house at Welbeck, produces sixteen different sorts of grapes. But the most important advantage, Speechly considers to be,“ the improving the various kinds 3(O% -———=— I ——~ pantera~ ed og a 756 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IIT, of grapes, and particularly the small kinds, which generally make weak wood. By grafting the weak and delicate growing vines, as the blue Frontignac, upon robust and vigorous stocks, as the Syrian, it will produce well-sized handsome bunches, almost as large as those of the Hamburgh.” The Syrian vine, raised from seed, is greatly pre- ferable to all others for stocks. Ifthe seed degenerate to a kind of wildness, so much the greater will be the vigor of the plants, and the higher the flavor of, the sorts grafted on them. At the pruning season select cuttings for grafts from the best bearing branches, ; ese, in general preferring the bottom part of last year’s shoot; preserve them, by inserting them three parts of their length in pots, till wanted. The season for grafting in stoves is the beginning of January; in the open air, the middle of March. On small stocks not more than one inch in diameter, cleft-grafting will be found the most proper; but, upon larger stocks, whip-grafting is to be preferred. As vine-grafts do not take so freely as those of most other fruits, the operation must be performed with the greatest care. But the most eligible mode of grafting vines is that by approach, in which case either the stock or scion must be growing In a pot. Strong plants, two years potted, are to be preferred for the open air; but, for a vinery or hot-house, plants from the nursery may be potted, or shifted, if already in pots, and inarched the same season. In whip or cleft grafting, the clay may be taken off when the scion has made shoots five or six inches iong; but here both clay and bandage should remain two or three months after the graft has formed a union, lest the grafted part spring from the stock. 4814. Knight finds grafting most successful when the lower part of the scion consists of two-year-old wood, and when the graft is well covered with clay kept moist, or if the branch be on a horizontal trellis with a pot or saucer placed under the graft, and the point of junction kept well covered with earth occa- sionally watered.(Hort. Trans. iv. 105.) 4815. Braddick has made several experiments on grafting vines: he found the scion generally sodden by the bleeding of the stalk; but, at last, he contrived by a very close bandage round the graft to force the sap of the stock up through the vessels of the scion, when the latter grew. From these, and various other experiments, he says,“I feel confident in stating, that healthy vines may be successfully grafted with young wood of the preceding year’s growth, from the time that the shoots of the stocks which the grafts are to be put upon, have made four or five eyes, until midsummer, with every prospect of the graft’s growing, and without the least danger of the stocks suffering by bleeding. They may likewise be grafted with shoots of the same summer’s growth, worked into the rind of the young wood, from the time that the young bunches of grapes become visible on the stocks till July, out of doors; or tilla month later, under glass. The operation must not be performed later than the periods here specified, because time is envi) for the young shoots of the graft to become hard and ripen before winter.”(Hort. Trans. y. 204.) 4816. Culture. For the culture of the vine in the forcing department, see Chap. VII. Sect. II. What follows concerns chiefly the management of vines in the open air. 4817. Soil. The vine will thrive in any soil that has a dry bottom; in such as are rich and deep, it will grow luxuriantly and produce abundance of large fruit; in shallow, dry, chalky, gravelly, or schistous soils, it will produce less fruit, but of better flavor. The greater part of the vineyards of France, Bosc ob- serves(Cours complet@ Agriculture,&c. art. Vigne), are on a soil argil-calcareous: sometimes primitive, as those near Dijon; and sometimes secondary, as those at Bourdeaux. Argillaceous gravel is the next in frequency, as near Nismes and Montpelier, and that which produces the Vins des Graves of Bourdeaux. Both good and bad wines are produced from the débris of granites; among the former are the cdtes roties and hermitage on the Rhone. The excellent wines of Anjou are made from vines growing among schis- tous rocks. Wines which are made from vines planted in chalky soils, are weak, colorless, and do not keep well, as those of Champagne. Wines grown on the ashes discharged from volcanoes are excellent, as those of Vesuvius and Etna. Soils surcharged with oxide of iron, red or yellow, are not less proper for making good wine. Retentive clays are the worst soils for the vine; the flowers are in great part abor- tive; the fruit, if it sets, does not ripen; the shoots not ripening well are more easily affected by frosts; and the wine, if any can be made, is weak and flavorless. Such a soil, even when in a warm climate, is particularly obnoxious to the vine, as Bosc observed in the botanic garden established at Charlestown, in South Carolina, by Michaux. There vines brought from France produced for six months in the year, buds, leaves, and shoots; flowers, the greater part of which proved abortive, and green and ripe berries This circumstance, he considers, will prevent the successful culture of the vine in that part of America. 4818. Switzer observes, that the soil for the vine should be light, having a bottom of chalk or gravel, under a surface of about two feet deep and free from springs; it cannot be too hot nor too dry, provided it be not in its own nature so very barren that nothing will grow upon it. If given to brambles, it is a certain sign of fitness, as no plant whatever is so co-natural to the vine as this shrub. In chalky-bottomed lands, and in gravel, which is not springy or spewy, grapes are the largest and sweetest of any; and where these are most abundant, we dare challenge even Paris itself to excel us.(Pr. Fruit Gard. 149.) 4819. Hitt, having observed a vine at Belvoir Castle growing out of the stony foundation of a wall, with- out any other roots than what were fixed therein, producing better fruit, and earlier ripe, than any other in the open ground in these gardens, advises the mixture of lime-rubbish, brick-bats,&c. for a foot deep in the bottom of wall-borders destined for the vine.(Tr. on Fr. Tr. 12.) 4820. Lawrence says,“he cannot easily be brought to think that any soil or situation can be too dry for the roots of the vine, after having seen at Barnwall, near Oundle, a flourishing vine grow from between the joints of an old castle-wall, near twenty feet high from the ground, and which produced admirable crops of grapes when well managed.”(Fruit Gard.) i: 4821. Speechly says,‘the soil in which Ihave known the vine to prosper 1n the most superlative degree without artificial aid, was a kind of rich sandy loam, intermixed with beds of materials like jointed slate or stone, so very soft in its nature as almost to be capable of being crumbled between the fingers.” Strong and deep lands most suitable for tillage are the least so for vines, and hence the introduction of vineyards would have no bad effect respecting agriculture.”(Zr. on the Vine, 29.) i pay! 4822, Manures. Dung, Speechly observes, should not be permitted to approach the roots of vines till it be perfectly reduced to a kind of black mould. Soot, wood-ashes, pigeons’ and hens’ dung, he considers too hot for the root of the vine; pond-mud and moor-earth too cold. Stableyard-dung 1s too spirituous, hot, and fiery, when introduced before its heat is thoroughly abated. Some sorts of lime are bad; but others might be advantageous, if introduced into vine-compost.‘‘ Vines are rreatly injured in their roots by the common practice of laying lime-rubbish for the bottom floor in the preparation of the ground. Blood, the offal of animals or shambles’ manure, horn-shavings, old rags, hair, shavings of leather, bone- dust, dung of deer and sheep, and human ordure,” are admissible when duly meliorated by time, a win- wo its qyeat of t mont be c ate com cermot{oto& AIRE Pe\ Some ee int ji ol: Leg from the ey and Lek Jaterals wil| a +e now ripe a which 1520 coil of the porder, whic! al over one yea! edly tumed 1895. Fine-tvalls years, the hardier$0 inclined to the eas bigh; and it has be they do not exceed heat of the wall an the north of Engl of the practice stood, yet vines a way of vineyards, or“south-east, wile the north, nortb-es Speech concurs I Bnalish channel, bgt favorable for ations, would produ nen 4896, In prunang cable to forced, tn open att than whe 456,| Seem 10 dese 0) Wil cancies of Wis are certain| Ciulate,” $Y, Training th by Vispre Dissert at Chelsea, Where Vall, and well Tipe these vines are g Very large,& I {ult-trees in this p {or{ rteen Years; 10 Kireug Rin dbrigh { Graig th "Wal; but iti 8 When enjoy 8; 83 is now fr ve Cring th Lettensyg; an hh the for F: Phan IT, We Wood, y 5 1h hs and Md, anos, aS X grating in sys On small sks It rope; but, apm ot take so freely the greatest cae Wlch case ether th IS pote, ate to be the MINER tnay Invi or clef tS ve or inches mont afer the On, consists of two-year be ona hora covered with earth ov scion general und the graft d, from th winter.”(Hor. Tr ent, see Cup. Il the open alt e rich and deep, v= gravelly, or scsi ds of France, Bis sometimes prim us gravel is thes Graves of Bourtit ner are the cotesm growing amotig , colorless, and roleanoes are ex , are not less pipe nasily atiecte 0 awall, with. thanay let «gg fo a ok Boox I. GRAPE-VINE. 757 ter’s frost, and repeatedly turning over. The dust and dirt of roads, Speechly greatly esteems as a manure for vines; its fertile nature he attributes,“in part, to the dung, urine, and other rich materials of which it is composed; and in part to a kind of magnetic power impressed upon it by friction, and its perpetual pulverisation.”(Tr. on the Vine, p. 37.) Cow-dung is generally preferred for the vine in France; but the vine-growers take every sort they can get: the more careful, however, form composts of earths, leaves, weeds, cleanings of ditches, rivers, and ponds, which they turn over a year at least before using. In some places, littery dung is buried in trenches between the rows; but in general, the dung, of whatever kind, is spread on the surface, and regularly dug in. Green crops are sown and dug in in some places.(Cours, Complet,&c. art. Vigne.) Forsyth considers the best manure for vines to be a mixture of vegetable mould, rotten spit-dung, and fresh loam; these ingredients should be thrown into a heap, and frequently turned a year or two before it is used. The vine is allowed by all gardeners to be a gross feeder; the fertility of beth the Hampton Court and Valentine’s vines are attributed to their roots having found their way, the former into a large common sewer, and the latter into a pond of stagnated muddy water.(Hort. Trans. iil. 337.) Some vines in the hot-houses at Earl’s Court produced abundance of blossoms the second year from the eye, and the young wood of the same vines the third year is now June 1. 1820.) throwing out laterals with large bunches of flowers 3 so that these vines the third year are producing two crops, one of which is now ripe and the other in blossom. The cause of this extraordinary fertility appears to be the soil of the border, which is composed of equal parts of garden-earth and blood mixed together, and repeat- edly turned over one year before using.‘ 4823. Vine-walls. A south wall is always to be preferred for vines; though, in some years, the hardier sorts may attain a tolerable degree of perfection on a wall considerably inclined to the east or west. Vines, Speechly observes, do well on low walls six feet high; and it has been found that the plants grow stronger, and afford larger grapes when they do not exceed four or five feet in, height; they enjoy in this way both the reflected heat of the wall and of the earth. Flued walls have been tried for vines in some parts of the north of England; but Speechly, and English gardeners in general, do not approve of the practice. In Scotland, though flued walls are more common and better under- stood, yet vines are seldom planted in the open air. For standards or plantations in the way of vineyards, Switzer recommends,“that side or declivity of a hill lying to the south or south-east, which, if favored with other hills, somewhat higher, clothed with wood on the north, north-east, and north-west, will break the severity of those perishing quarters.” Speechly concurs in this opinion, adding, that the hills in the counties bordering on the English channel, have in general declivities tending to the south, and are, therefore, highly favorable for vineyards. Steeps of poor gravelly and rocky soils, in warm situ- ations, would produce more under vines than under any other crop. 4824. Sorts for the open air. Some of these have been already enumerated.(4801.) And an addition may be made from the hardy sorts described in the table. 4825, Planting. Where a wall is to be entirely covered with vines, three plants of a sort may be planted at the distance of three, or if a large-leaved kind, of four feet from each other; the two outer plants to be considered as temporary, to fill the wall and produce a supply of fruit; and the centre plant to be con« sidered as permanently to fill the space occupied by the other two. The temporary plants will, therefore, be trained chiefly on the upper part of the wall, and the permanent ones below; and in four or five years the latter will be in a state to cover the wall, when the former may be rooted out. When vines are only planted in the intervals between other fruit-trees, or on piers, to be trained within a narrow upright space, then one plant to each is sufficient. Some however, as Forsyth, place two against a pier, one on each side; but this is more to obtain a variety of sorts than to fill the space. 4826. In pruning and training in the open air, any of the modes described as appli- cable to forced vines(2965.) may be adopted. As they break more regularly in the open air than when forced, the spur-method(fig. 455.) and the fruit-tree method(fig. 456.) seem to deserve the preference. 4827. Williams, of Pitmaston,(Hort. Trans. iii. 250.) describes a mode of training so as to fill up the va- cancies of other fruit-trees, which seems well deserving attention.‘ A vine,” he says,“ might be trained horizontally under the coping of a wall to a great distance, and by inverting the bearing shoots, the spaces between the other fruit-trees and the top of the wall could readily be filled up, and if different vines were inarched to the horizontal branch, the south wall of a large garden might be furnished with a variety of sorts from the stem and root of a single plant, the roots of which would not encumber the border in which the other fruit-trees were growing. I have an experiment of this kind now in progress in my garden, Within a few years past, I have gradually trained bearing branches of a small black clus- ter-grape to the distance of nearly fifty feet from the root, and I find the bunches every year grow larger, and ripen earlier as the shoots continue to advance. According to Knight’s theory of the circulation of the sap, the ascending sap must necessarily become enriched by the nutritious particles it/meets with in its progress through the vessels of the alburnum; the wood at the top of tall trees, therefore, becomes short-jointed and full of blossom-buds, and the fruit there situated attains its greatest perfection. Hence we find pine and fir trees loaded with the finest cones on the top boughs, the largest acorns grow on the terminal branches of the oak, and the finest mast‘on the high boughs of the beech and chestnut; so like- wise apples, pears, cherries,&c. are always best flavored from the top of the tree. But I suppose there ate certain limits beyond which the sap would be so loaded with nutriment that it could not freely cir- culate.” 4828. Training the shoots of vines along the ground like those of melons and cucumbers has been proposed by Vispre(Déssert. on the Growth of Wine in Eng. Bath, 1786.), and was practised by him on a small scale at Chelsea, where“ the grapes were considerably larger than those of the same kind growing on a south wall, and well ripened.” Bacon had before suggested this mode, from a report that‘‘ in some places these vines are suffered to grow like herbs, spreading upon the ground, and the grapes of these vines are very large,&c.” It appears from Vispre, that the Rey. M. Le Brocq had taken out a patent for training fruit-trees in this manner. Speechly says,“* Fruit-trees of various sorts have been so trained at Welbeck for fourteen years;” and we have seen the practice adopted in the Earl of Selkirk’s garden at St. Mary’s Isle in Kircudbrightshire, above fifteen years ago. 5: 4829. Growing the vine on espaliers. This may be done, following the same directions in all respects as for walls; but it is evident that, under such treatment, the fruit will not come to the same degree of ma- turity as when enjoying the shelter and reflection of a compact screen. Where wine is made from green grapes, as is now frequently done, the practice may be preferable to growing the vine as dwarf standards. 4830. Growing the vine as standards. This practice may be adopted either in the borders of gardens, or in extensive plantations as vineyards, and the plants may be trained either like red currants or rasp- berries. In the former case no stakes are used; but about a foot from the ground, three or more shoots, Ss& Sl ai eiiesw ame “a Ppa 758 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Panr III. eightgen inches or two feet in length, diverge from the stem, and supply young wood annually for bear- g he summer pruning consists in removing shoots which have no fruit, or are not wanting for the succeeding season; in topping fruit-bearing shoots, and also those for the‘succeeding years Ten inc. veniently long and straggling. For as by this mode the shoots destined to bear are all cut into ee van four eyes at the winter season, no inconvenience arises from their throwing out laterals near the at= mities, which stopping will generally cause them todo. This mode is adopted in vineyards on atv tb ss situations where they do not run much to wood. In training standard vines, as raspberries, the an ah stem at bottom is not allowed to exceed six or eight inches in height, and from this two or three eae are trained or tied to a single stake of three or four feet in length.‘These shoots bear each two prices bunches within a foot or eighteen inches of the ground, and they are annually succeeded by others which spring from their base; that is, from the crown or top of the dwarf main stem.‘This is the mode practised in the north of France andin Germany; in the south of France and in Italy, the base or main stem is often higher, and furnished with side shoots, in order to afford a greater supply of bearing wood, which is tied to one or more poles of greater height. The summer pruning in this case is nearly the same as in the last. In the winter pruning, the wood that has borne is cut out, and the new wood shortened in cold si- tuations to three or four eyes, and in warmer places to six or eight eyes. 4831. Formation of vineyards. A vineyard is a collection of standard vines, planted in rows of a greater O1 less width, according to the height and mode of training proposed to be adopted; and according as the soil may be rich and deep, or poor and thin, or its surface flat or inclined. A square yard of surface to each plant, when they are kept low, may be considered as a desirable medium. 4882. Where plantations of vines are made on, the sides of very steep hills, it is sometimes customary to form the surface into terraces or horizontal beds rising one above another. The width of these beds or terraces depends on the regular or irregular declivity of the hill. When the declivity is regular and the hill steep, each terrace is narrow and supported by a wall, against which the vines are planted and trained as on low garden-walls or espaliers; but, in general, the irregularity of the declivity and surfaces of hills, causes a very great inequality in the breadth and height of the terraces, and in these cases the vines are planted as standards, according to the room afforded by the platforms of the terraces. The walls which support these platforms in vine-countries, are generally too rude to admit of training against them, and therefore one of the standard modes above described is almost always adopted. 4833. Sorts of grapes proper for u vineyard. On the continent the vines reckoned best for making wine are by no means the most agreeable to eat; and there is always a clear distinction made between fruits toeat, and fruits for the press, by the nurserymen, who, in general, have only plants of the former sort for sale. The names of vineyard-grapes vary in every district; so that were it desirous to procure sorts from France or Germany, only a general order could be given. In this country, however, it would probably, in the event of planting a vineyard, be found preferable to select from the sorts already acclimated, and rendered hardy by many years’ culture and propagating from seed, such as the clusters, sweetwaters, esperione, &c, The sorts planted in the vineyard at Painshill, were the Burgundy, or large black cluster, and the miller-grape, or small black cluster. The vineyard-grapes in France, Germany, and Italy, and we are informed, in Spain, Portugal, and every other wine-country, may be considered as varieties or subvarieties of the black cluster; and the vines which are grown to produce sweet wines, as the Constantia and Malm- sey Madeira, variations of the chasselas or muscadine. 4834. Making of wine from grapes. The making of wine is a part of domestic economy that can hardly be considered as included under gardening. We shall, therefore, merely suggest, that where grapes are to be pressed in any quantity, the management of the liquor should not, if possible, be left to mere empiric practitioners. Some knowledge of the general principles of fermentation will help to guard against acci- dents, and direct in doubtful cases. The assistance, therefore, of a person possessing some knowledge of chemistry, or one who has been concerned in the manufacture of British wines, will be found desirable on such occasions. An excellent paper“ On the Processes of Wine-making,” will be found in the second volume of the Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, by Dr. Macculloch, of Woolwich. Mat- thews(in the Hort, Trans, ii.), has given a receipt for making a very tolerable sort of red wine from the leaves of the claret grape; these leaves, it is suggested, might be employed to give color to wine pro- duced from certain sorts of white grapes, green gooseberries, or other fruits producing a colorless fermented liquor. 4835. Insects which infest the vine. The red spider, of which there are many sorts, at- tacks the leaves in spring, or early in summer; increases prodigiously in dry weather, and soon damages and destroys the foliage. Speechly says, red spiders“ generally reside and breed on the under side of the leaves, and the infested leaves are very distinguishable as soon as they are attacked by them, for the insect wounds the fine capillary vessels with its proboscis, and this causes the upper surface of the leaf to appear full of very small dots, or spots of a light color. When the acari are very numerous, they work a fine web over the whole under side of the leaf, as also round the edges thereof; and it 1s cu- rious enough to observe, that they commonly carry this web in a straight line, from one angular point of the leaf to another, on which boundary line, in a warm day, they pass and re-pass in very great numbers. Watering is the only effectual means of destroying this insect.”(T'r. on the Vine, i162.) The thrips (Thrips, L. Latr. and Leach.) is more in- jurious to vines in the forcing department on than to those in the open air. However, if> young shoots chance to receive any injury from late spring frosts, the tender part of the leaf will immediately curl up, and change to a dark-brown color 3, and in this state, the thrips generally attacks them with great greedi- ness, especially the white sweetwater and white muscadine kinds. The green fly some- times attacks vines; but seldom so as ma- terially to injure them. Smoking destroys a ant Retin Crpcpot oe- 2 Gyasecle and Urltcets 1g39,‘The fst { the gouth ot + soo th prance! jg-tree in I ae exceeds two yatt wood, porous and white dotss the three ot 2 ovate, iol and hollow ¥ ithit sils of thi in the as! fruits what 8© flowers are fer, fruits the female “yy nd especialy » south of Fr Leeavat notice We nave Or| brought over{Ol Fiohth, and ye white Marseules& nd forty ies were oveatly ihe ground; but th Profesor of Hebrew Pocock, in 1643; Te TRUITES a LOY be rene of the fg was new sorts from I this{rut and th Miller's time, th toa much hishe true, that a tast elsewhere, yet, 4840, Monel tate in our g Knowledge of it ftom London in Were 90 stnall a autumn from 9 checked in its very stuall size, $0 as to Supp extent than an be ringed, and T00t$0 as to b furnish any ola that the fig-tre Hort, Trans, 841, Uv, félen green or Meaty a§ food, thy od shortened ine } 4 ais lard Vines, planted fang proposed ot an thin, or is how ie ae kent lo, ACU , sweet economy that ¢ t, that where , be left to me Ip to guar’ sing some knowe 1] be found deste be found in thee® h, of Woolwich» rt of red wine Ine give color to web nga colorless feree# re are many samt i Wy in dry wate, 5 generally beth b very dS “Wary veses capillary » 1] af re sont De)” triste 4 ga they pa» g warm Boox I.-; both insects There are two or three kinds of cocci, or turtle insect, that sometimes infest the vine,(Coccus hesperidum and adonidwm,) but they rarely do much injury in the open air. 4836. The blue fly(Musca vomitoria, Latr.) attacks the fruit when nearly ripe, before the wasp or birds begin to devour it. Forsyth says,‘‘ As soon as it makes its appearance, you must provide betimes plenty of bottles, a little more than half filled with some sweet liquor, to entice them to enter and be drowned. Hang the bottles on the nails, at proper distances, all over the vines, and also place some of them at the bottom of the wall.” 4837. The wasp(Vespa vulgaris), and in some places the hornet(V. Crabro, fig. 506.), attacks the fruit like the blue fly, and is to be destroyed in a similar manner; or by tying up the bunches in gauze bags. 4838, Birds of various species, but chiefly the smaller kinds which may abound in the neighborhood, also attack grapes. A few of them may be shot and hung up as scares; or bagging may be adopted; or where there is a full regular crop over the wall, trellis, or standards, the trees may be protected by netting or bunting. The latter will protect them also from the fly and wasp. Sussecr. 3. Fig.— Ficus Carica, L.(Trew. Ehret. t. 73, 4.) Polygam. Ditec. L. and Urticee, J. Figuier, Fr.; Feigenbaum, Ger.; and Figo or Fico, Ital. 4839. The fig-tree is a low tree, a native of Asia and Barbary; naturalised in Italy and the south of France, and enduring the open air in the mildest parts of Britain. The fig-tree in France and Italy grows as large as our apple-trees, but in this country seldom exceeds two yards in height; the trunk is about the thickness of the human arm; the wood, porous and spongy; the bark, ash-colored; the branches smooth with oblong white dots; the leaves annual in Europe, but perennial within the tropics, cordate, ovate, three or five lobed, thick, and the size of the hand. The fruit is a berry, turbinate and hollow within; produced chiefly on the upper part of the shoots of the former year, in the axils of the leaves on small round peduncles. The flower is produced within the fruit; what is considered as the fruit being a common calyx or receptacle: the male flowers are few, and inserted near the opening in the extremity of the receptacle, or fruit; the female flowers are very numerous, and fill the rest of the hollow space within. The greater part prove abortive, both with and without the process of caprification. The fig forms an important article of culture in the isles and borders of the Mediterranean sea, and especially in Greece, Italy, and Spain. It is also much cultivated for drying in the south of France; and for the table, at Argenteuil, near Paris. The earliest notice we have of its culture in England is by Turner in 1562.‘The first trees were brought over from Italy by Cardinal Pole, in 1525, during the reign of Henry the Eighth, and yet exist in the gardens of the archbishop at Lambeth. They are of the white Marseilles kind, and still bear delicious fruit. They cover a space of fifty feet in height, and forty in breadth; the circumference of the trunk of two of the trees is twenty-eight, and of another twenty-one inches. In the severe winter of 1819-14, these trees were greatly injured, and in consequence their principal stems were cut over near to the ground; but they are fast recovering. At Oxford, in the garden of the Regius Professor of Hebrew, is a fig-tree, which was brought from Aleppo, and planted by Dr. Pocock, in 1643. Itis ina thriving condition, and bearsa black fig. Gerrard says,“the fig requires a hot-wall;” and Parkinson, that they are planted in great square tubs, to be removed into the sun in the summer time, and into the house in winter. The culture of the fig was little known here till the time of Miller, who introduced above a dozen new sorts from Italy. He observes, that the generality of Englishmen are not lovers of this fruit, and that, therefore, few trouble themselves with the culture of it. Since Miller’s time, the fig has been introduced to the forcing department, and there cultivated to a much higher degree of perfection than before on open walls; and though it be still true, that a taste for the fig in its green or fresh state is less prevalent in England than elsewhere, yet, by those who have been some time abroad, it is generally much esteemed. 4840. Monck“ believes the fig-tree to be of all the fruit-trees which we cul- tivate in our gardens, the least understood; but, to those who may have acquired a knowledge of its habits, the most tractable. No tree is propagated more easily. I sent from London in April last to Kelsay in Northumberland, two cuttings of figs. They were so small as to travel by the post in a common letter-cover. I have gathered this autumn from one of them three ripe figs, and two from the other. The fig-tree may be checked in its useless habit of luxuriant growth by ringing, so as to become fruitful at a very small size. It may be forced by heat and liquid manure, with copious irrigation, so as to support an abundant crop of fruit, and bring them to perfection, to a greater extent than any other tree. Spare branches of a large fig-tree growing out of doors may be ringed, and surrounded by a small pot of earth, into which they will speedily strike root, so as to bear being separated in autumn from the tree; and they may be used to furnish any glass houses with trees to bear fruit through the next summer. I believe, too, that the fig-tree may be easily propagated by inoculation, if that should be desired.” (Hort. Trans. v- 173.) 4841. Use. It is cultivated here entirely for the dessert; but in fig-countries it is eaten green or dried, fried or stewed, and in various ways, with or without bread. or meat, as food. Abroad the fig is introduced during dinner, as well as at the dessert. 3€ 4 Pe Baus 760 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part III. In common with the melon, it is presented after soup; and the person who cuts a fig holds it by the small end, takes a thin circular slice off the large end, and then seni down the thick skin of the fruit in flakes, making a single bonne bouche of the soft fe part. All the species of the genus Ficus have more or less the quality of intenerating animal fibre, like the pawpaw-tree(Carica papaw); the F. elasticus in the greatest Ae gree, and next, the common fig. The milky sap may be used as rennet, and for destroying warts.‘Philips says,“a gentleman who lately made the experiment, assured me that a haunch of venison, which had lately been killed, was hung up in a fig-tree when the leaves were on, at about ten o’clock in the evening, and was removed before sunrise in the morning, when it was found in a perfect state for cooking, and he adds, that in a few hours more, it would have been in a state of putrefaction.””(Pom. Brit. 169.) Burying in the soil for ten or twelve hours is a well known and effectual resource for intenerating recently killed fowls, or tough butcher-meat. 4842. Varieties. These, in fig-countries, are almost as numerous as those of the grape; new sorts being readily procured from seed, and continued by cuttings, layers, or grafting. Bosc says, that even in France new sorts are continually produced, and The varieties most esteemed in England are the fol- lowing: those marked thus(*) will ripen as standards under favorable circumstances. as quickly falling into neglect. *Brown chestnut-colored ischia(island of Ischia). This.is one of the largest that we have: it is of a brown or chestnut color on the outside, and purple within; the grains are large, and the pulp sweet and high-flavored. It ripens in August; and if planted against a hot-wall, two crops may be obtained annually. *Black Genoa fig. This is a long fruit of.a dark purple color, the inside being of a bright red, and the flesh very high-flavored. It ripens in the latter end of August. all white early fig.(Langley Pom. The skin of this fruit is of a pale yellow when ripe: the flesh is white and sweet. It is ripe about the latter end of August or beginning of September. *Large white Genoa fig.(Poit. et Turp. Fr. t.4.) This is a large fruit, the skin is thin and yellow when ripe, and red within. It is a good fruit, and is ripe about the latter end of August. This and the preceding bear two crops annually. Black ischia fig.‘This is a middle-sized fruit; the skin is almost black when | | ripe, and the inside of a deep red. The flesh is high-flavored, and the trees good bearers. Brown and black small Italian figs. These are cultivated in pots; the fruit is small, round, and very deli- cious. Forsyth gathered from one plant in a twenty-four pot, two dozen of figs at one gathering. Malta fig. This is a small brown fig; the skin of a pale brown, the inside of the same color; the flesh is sweet and high-flavored. It is ripe in August and September. Murrey; brown Naples fig. This is a pretty large fruit, of a light brown color, and the inside nearly of the same color; the flesh is well-flavored; and it ripens about the middle of September. Green ischia fig. This is an oblong fruit with a green skin; but being thin, is stained through of a brownish cast by the pulp when full ripe. The inside is purple, and the flesh high- flavored. It is ripe about the middle of September. Madonna, Brunswick, or Hanover fig. This is a large pyramidal fruit; the skin brown; the flesh a lighter brown, coarse, and has but little flavor. It ripens about the middle of Septera- er. Common blue or purple fig.(Duham. n. 2. tab. 2. f.1). This is a large oblong fruit, ripens in August, and is a good bearer. Long brown Naples fig. The skin of this fruit is of a dark brown when ripe; the flesh inclining tored. It has large grains and a good flavor, and ripens about the beginning of Oc- _ tober. Small brown ischia fig. This is a small pyramidal fruit; the skin of a light brown; the flesh of a purple cast, and of a high flavor. It ripens in October. Yellow ischia fig. This is a large fruit; the skin yellow; and the flesh purple and well flavored. It ripens in October. Gentile fig. This is of a middle size; roundish fruit; the skin yellow; and the flesh inclining to the same color. It has large grains, and a good flavor. ripens very late; and the trees are but indifferent bearers. 4843. According to Forsyth, the figs proper for a small garden are the Large white Genoa| Early white 4844, Sawyer recommends for a regula inclusive, the Brown ischia, Large white Genoa, Green ischia, Brown Naples, White | Murrey fig Marseilles, Black Province, Yellow ischia, and Gentile; which ripen in | Small brown ischia| Black ischia. r succession of figs from August to October, the order in which they are here placed, from the middle of August to the end of October. 4845. Propagation. Figs may be propagated from seed, cuttings, layers, suckers, roots, and by ingrafting; the most generally approved method is by layers or cuttings, which come into bearing the second, and even the first year. 4846. By seed. Here the same process this difference, that the young plants should not be cut down as that directed for raising seedling vines is to be followed, with on account of their mode of bearing. They will produce fruit in the sixth or seventh year. The process of crossing to obtain new varieties can here be performed only in the general way, of placing two or more sorts together; or of introducing with a small hair pencil the pollen from the father variety, to take effect in conjunction with that of the male blossoms in the plant destined to be: mode of cutting out the male blossoms without de father variety may be introduced to take effect alone. sorts from seed. 4847. By cuttings. These are formed of young wood fr an inch or two of old wood attached. They should be ta jointed boughs in autumn, and either preserved from the stroying the females; ar seed. Possibly, however, some curious horticulturist may find a in which case the pollen from the Lee, of Hammersmith, has raised several new om eight inches to twelve inches in length, with ken from the most fruitful, well ripened, short- frost till spring, or planted in pots or in a bed of earth from six to nine inches deep, without cutting off their tops. The soil should be a loam inclining to sand, and in a warm situation; it should be cove red with old bark, leaves, or ashes, to keep out the frost in spring, and the drought in summer. If the cuttings have been planted in autumn, then their tops will require the additional protection of h following autumn, weeds during summer, and by the rows; where they must be again m than what may be required to rear the second or third year they may 4848. By layers. This is the quickest mode o srowth, if laid down, will make abundant roots ulched at root, and prote aulm or litter during winter. Give water and keep clear of the plants will be fit to be transplanted into nursery cted at top. They require no pruning farther them with a single stem, and keep their heads of a regular shape; be removed to where they are finally to remain. Cuttings of roots readily make plants, but the process is too slow for general use, and the plants so produced are not likely to come so soon into bearing as by the layers or cuttings. f getting bearing trees, the first summer, and a as shoots of two or three years? dmit of being taken off and placed where they are finally to remain in the autumn. Miller says,“‘ young shoots or suckers produced from old stools should never be taken, as they are too soft and spongy, liable to be affected by frost, and not likely to prove good bearers.” C 849. By suckers. This is an easy, E g suekers are subject to send out great quantities of suckers ag but a bad method, for a common reason, that all trees raised from ain from their roots, which branches are A:..* gc J“ee is never compact and fruitful, because too luxurious to be ripened in our climate. Miller says,‘this vicious habit, contracted while the trees are young, may be afterwards corrected.” Per II MN cs fe A, 4 w : Xt ty Heels etter {eneating We matt if a TEE, ad fop Pete, sued 4 Up it a Tee is Temovel tele ig, and b aly, 0”(Pin, Br | effectual resOure Ml 8 8 those of the Dy cuttings, layers cain layer, lly produced, and gal ate the fole Ne circumstances, incuning ge grains, al y late; and the tres t bearers. the ok ischié. Lugust to Oct in which they 22 wm the middle of Aust ‘October. gs, layers sit layers or cutis ss ig to be fllore, m2 mode of beantg They 1 mew varieties Ca a or of 1 aig 4 n with thet of 2 mule horticultu pay fd 8 o fqn the new 1 Ci i fi has raid Sere , bast te a loam jnolining wd 0 ty keep vt e walet ant keep ) ransantel inton! squire 10 PU prod wn yeed a ope Boox I, FIG. mae 4850. By grafting. This mode can only be advantageously adopted in cases similar to those recom- mended for grafting the vine.(4813.) The process by any of the modes readily succeeds, and we have seen in Italy above a dozen sorts of figs on one tree. 4851. Culture. For the culture of the fig in the Forcing Department, see Chap. VII. Sect. V. In the open air, the plants are grown as standards, espaliers, and against walls; but, as already observed, the fruit produced in any of these situations is of very inferior flavor to that grown under glass. A crop of figs, Miller observes, is generally more uncertain than that of any other fruit: and Neill says, Britain is certainly not the country for figs. From the attention now paid to this fruit, however, by some eminent horticulturists, we may hope for improvement, and, at any rate, for a more general taste for the fruit. 4852. Soil. The fig-tree thrives in all soils not wet at bottom; but they produce a greater quantity of fruit upon a strong loamy soil than on dry sandy ground, a dry soil being apt to make them cast their fruit. Miller says,“1 have always observed those fig-trees to bear the greatest quantity of well flavored fruit which were growing upon chalky land, where there has been a foot or more of a gentle loamy soil on the top. They also love a free open air; for although they will shoot and thrive very well in close places, yet they seldom produce any fruit in such situations.” Smith(Caled. Hort. Mem. vol. ii.), after trying several soils, found the fig-tree thrive best in a rich friable loam, free from latent water at bottom. 4853. Growing the fig as standards. In fig-countries, this tree is always grown as a standard; and here dwarf standards, planted in very warm situations, will, in very favorable seasons, afford tolerable crops of fruit. Some of the best in England are at Arundel Castle; and there is a fig-orchard of 100 trees at Tarring, and another of 14 at Tompting, near Worthing.(Hort. Trans. vol. iv. 505.) Those at Arun- del are planted six or eight feet apart, and from a single stem allowed to continue branching into regular conical heads; pruning chiefly irregular and redundant growths, and cutting out decayed or injured wood. Miller says, standard fig-trees, when protected during winter, generally bear better than those against walls; which, however, may be considered as in great part owing to the mode of training and pruning figs in the latter situation not having then been generally understood. At Argenteuil, where the fig is culti- vated in immense quantities for the supply of the table, the plants are grown as dwarf standards; and the chief part of their culture, Bosc observes, consists in keeping their branches short, low, and spreading, to enjoy both the heat of the sun and reflection of the earth. The ground is manured occasionally, and stirred at least once a-year; and for protection from the frost during the winter, the circumferential low branches are buried six inches in the soil, and the central ones enveloped in litter. 4854. On espaliers. Where figs will succeed as standards, they will also thrive against espalier-rails; in which situation they admit of being more readily covered or protected during winter. The plants may be placed at ten or twelve feet distance, and trained in the fan or horizontal manner. 4855. On wails. This is unquestionably the best mode for our climate, as it admits of more readily pro- tecting the plants during winter, and is more likely to bring the fruit to maturity in the summer or autumn.‘The distances at which the plants are placed will depend on the height of the wall. In general, a low wall is to be preferred, both because the‘ig is naturally adapted for being kept low, and because, when low, it admits more readily of protection. The plants may be placed from fifteen to twenty feet apart, with temporary trees of the fig, peach, or any other fruit between. 4856. Mode of bearing.‘ The fig-tree,” the Hon. W. Wickham observes,‘is distinguished from most, if not from all, other trees, by this extraordinary property, that it bears, and, in warmer Climates, brings to maturity, in every year, two successive and distinct crops of fruit, each crop being produced on a dis- tinct set of shoots."The shoots, formed by the first or spring sap, put forth figs at every eye, as soon as the sap begins to flow again in July and August. These figs(which form the second crop of the year,) ripen, in their native climate, during the course of the autumn; but rarely, if ever, come to perfection in England, where, though they cover the branches in great abundance, at the end of that season, they perish, and fall off, with the first severe frosts of winter. The shoots, formed by the second flow of sap, commonly called midsummer shoots, put forth figs in like manner at every eye, but not until the first flow of sap in the following spring. These last mentioned figs, which form the first crop of each year, ripen, in warmer climates, during the months of June and July, but not in this country before September or October. In warmer climates, indeed, very little attention is given to this first crop, because the mid- summer shoots, on which it is borne, are commonly in the proportion only of one to six or eight in length, when compared with the shoots of the spring, which produce the second crop; and the crop itself is always small, in the same proportion. But in England, it isthe reverse. As no care or skill of the gar- dener can ever ensure a second crop of ripe figs in the open air.” 4857. Pruning and training. Most gardeners, Miller observes, imagine that fig-trees should never have much pruning; or, at least, that they should always be suffered to grow very rude from the wall to some distance. 4 pruned fig-tree never bears, is a common saying, nor, according to Wickham, can its truth be denied, when applied to the most common method of pruning these trees, z.e. by cutting away or shortening the last year’s shoots, instead of cutting away old wood, and training those shoots to the wall in its place.;} 4858. Wickham recommends a system of pruning which may increase the proportion which the midsummer shoots(the only ones, as stated above, which produce fruit that ripens in this country,) bear to the spring shoots, both in number and length, For this purpose, he breaks off the spring shoots as they nearly attain their full growth, and just as the spring sap in each begins to abate something of its full vigor. He breaks them at moderate distances(six to fifteen inches, according to the strength of each shoot), from the place whence they severally spring, taking care that enough of the shoot be left to admit of its being bent back, and nailed close to the wall at the ensuing winter pruning, and that one eye, at least, be left uninjured by the fracture, and always preserving a quantity unbroken, sufficient to keep up a future supply of branches and wood. The shoot may be either broken short off, or left suspended by a few ragged filaments, which may afterwards be separated with a knife, when the spring sap has ceased to flow. The former mode is less unsightly, and will therefore be generally preferred by the gardener; but the latter has been found more successful in practice. It is of consequence, however, to the full success of this sys- tem, that the shoots should be broken and not cut. If left to their natural growth, or shortened by a sharp smooth cut with a knife(instead of a fracture), they would produce, at their extremities, only one single midsummer shoot, being a simple prolongation of the wood, formed in the spring; but when the shoot is broken at the time, and in the manner above described, it generally happens that, on the second flow of sap in July, two or three more shoots(forming a kind of stag’s horn) are pushed from the fractured part instead of one; and it is hardly necessary to add, that each of these, according to its length, will produce several figs in the ensuing spring,(making the first crop of that fruit,) all of them capable of being ripened by our ordinary summer and autumn heats. A sufficient supply of midsummer shoots being thus procured during the summer, room must be made for them at the succeeding winter prun- ing, by cutting away so much of the old wood as will admit of thei r being all trained in, at full length, and nailed close to the wall, which should always be done before the first severe frosts. Keeping this object in view, the knife cannot well be used toa freely in cutting away the old wood, nor is there any reason to fear that its free use will either injure the future crops, or deprive the tree of its regular supply of branches. The midsummer shoots being trained in, each of them wil preduce, in the following 762 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. year, one spring shoot, at least, at its extremity, whilst another will rise from each eye of the remnants of the old spring shoots that had been preserved in the manner above described, when thes tice; were broken, in the preceding month of June. From this fresh supply, by pursuing the s see hy:— plained, either wood or fruit, or both, may be obtained for the succeeding year, at the discred ol ihe gardener. Where he wishes for wood, he must suffer these new shoots to grow to their full len cht at phe fruit, and not wood, is desired, he must break them in the month of June, in the manner 8 with fhe precautions that have been minutely explained.(Hort. Trans. vol. iii. 74. et seq.) B Sah) 4859. Knight disapproves highly of training the branches of fig-trees perpendicularly, as encouraging too much the prolongation of the shoots; he approves of Wickham’s mode in warm“situations read A high cold situations, he radiates his branches from the top, and parts near it, of a single stem‘He sa m “< Let the stems, if there be, as usual, many within a narrow space, be gradually reduced to one eR and from the top, and parts near it, of this, let lateral branches be trained horizontally and pendently u2 close contact with the wall. Under such treatment, all troublesome luxuriance of growth will Saati aig. appear; the pendent shoots will not annually extend more than a few inches, and few or no more aS will be produced than those which the buds contain before they unfold. The young wood consequently ceases to elongate very early in the season, and thence acquires perfect maturity; and by being feainel close to the wall, is placed secure, or nearly so, from injury by the severest frost. The quantity of mature and productive young wood thus necessarily become very great, relatively to the size of the tree: and the fruit being in contact with the wall, and not shaded by excess of foliage, acquires an early and perfect ma- turity.”(Hort. Trans. vol. iii. 307.) 4860. The Rev. G. Swayne, from the various papers on the culture of the fig-tree, published in the Horti cultural Transactions, but particularly from that of Wickham, infers,‘‘ that the principal defect requiring aremedy is a deficiency of fruitlings, or bloom, in the early spring, on the whole of the last year’s anGots, excepting on the few joints at their extremities,” and he describes a remedy which he has for a long time been in the habit of using, and which he“ considers as a specific.” It is simply to rub off, as soon as the can be discovered by the naked eye, all the figs which are produced after midsummer on the eves, shoots. The object is not only to prevent those figs which would never ripen without artificial heat to exhaust the tree, but to give it sufficient time to employ the strength which would have been employed in nourishing these“ sterilising incumbrances,”’ in the seasonable preparation of new embryo figs for the following year.‘“‘ If this operation,” he says,“be performed in due time, it will not fail to prepare on one, and often on both sides, of almost every fig so displaced, such embryos. For this purpose, the trees should be examined once a-week, from the beginning of August, at which time the figs of this second crop usually begin to show themselves, and this examination must be repeated as long as any of these make their appearance.” Most gardeners, he says, omit removing these late figs at all, or delay the practice till October or November, when no benefit is derived from it. He trains the trees horizontally and does not prune them till late in the spring, when he can plainly distinguish between a leaf anda fruit. bud, as well as appreciate the whole of the mischief occasioned by the frosts of the preceding winter.(Hort Trans. vol. iv. 430.) The above practice, in connection with the mode of training recommended by Knight, would, we think, effect an important improvement in the culture of this fruit. Wickham’s mode appears to excite too much the powers of the tree;sand the common mode of fan-training from three or four root-stems, which are in fact so many suckers, is only calculated to produce wood and leaves. Training the fig-tree on walls, as a rider, and in the stellate manner(fig. 386. c), and pinching off all the embryo fruit after midsummer, would probably effect every thing that can be desired in the culture of this tree on the open wall in this country. 4861. Protecting during winter. This is found necessary in many parts of France, and every where in Britain. Miller recommends tying together the branches of stand- ards, and applying pease-haulm, straw, or any other light covering; rolls of reeds to be placed on each side of espaliers, removing these coverings in mild weather, to prevent the figs from coming out too early. Forsyth covers fig-trees against walls with“ laurel, yew, fir, or spruce boughs,” and then“ tucks in short grass or moss among the branches.” Smith covers with spruce fir branches, from three to six feet long, fastening them to the wall by the middle rib of the branches, at two different places.“ To prevent any friction by the wind, the branches should be made to fit each other, that the covering may be of a regular thickness over every part of the trees. As the covering is generally put on the trees in the month of December, the branches remain green all the winter; and in the month of March, when the days get long, the leaves begin to drop from the branches, and continue falling through April; and by the beginning of May, when the covering is en- tirely removed, only the ribs of the branches are found remaining.‘Thus, the progress of the season reduces the coverings in a gradual manner, so as not to expose the trees to any sudden check, which might otherwise be the case, if they were all at once laid open to the weather.” 4862. Sawyer, in November, detaches the branches of his fig-trees from the walls, picks off all the autumnal fruit that are larger than a filbert, or not of a dark shining green: he then ties the branches of the tree together in bundles forming a sort of cones, filling the interstices with dry hay, and wrapping mats round the whole. After this he lowers the cones to the right and left, and makes them fast to the wall with rope- yarn. In this state they remain till March, when the whole is undone, and the branches replaced and covered first with treble, then double, and lastly single netting, which last is removed in May. 4863. Mean(Hort. Trans. vol. ii.) adopted the French mode of burying the branches in the soil, in 1789, and has practised it with success ever since. 4864. Wickham observes(Hort. Trans. iii. 80.), in respect to covering fig-trees, that“ much must be left to the care and skill of the gardener, whose precautions must be determined, as well as varied, by the situ- ation, aspect, and local shelter belonging to each particular tree, and by the varying temperature of each particular winter; it may, however, be laid down as a general rule, that the covering, where used, should be as thin and light as a due consideration of all the above circumstances will admit, and that it should generally be removed in the day-time, and always on the return of moderate weather.” 4865. Ripening the fruit. Williams suggests that the practice of taking off a circular ring of bark from the lower part of the branches of the fig, in the manner he has so successfully practised on the vine, might accelerate the maturity of the fruit. Monck tried ringing, and found that it may be practised on the fig-tree with‘‘as much safety, and more effect upon the age of its fruit than on the pear-tree.” (Hort. Trans. v. 172.) A very general French practice is to prick the fruit with a straw or quill dipped in olive-oil. In Italy, a wound with a knife is sometimes made on the broad end of the fig, or a very small part of the skin of the fruit removed for the same purpose. Brandy is also sometimes applied, either by a puncture on the side of the fruit with a bodkin dipped in the spirit, or by dropping a small quantity in the eye of the fruit.‘‘ Plums and pears,” Tournefort observes(Travels, letter viii.),“ pricked by insects, cipen the faster for it, and the flesh round such puncture is better tasted than the rest. It is not to be dis- rhe frult maturity att ae et of the cult a fine itiomma Bmpr i UY ies of te ected in pom Mm who wel fhatcapa 5, We bell {0 fecult ring of the necess®? aud ripel Agi Mone and observa led to conyed wgtuch contal state; Th only are Pe g, That you a fig, which sno in the in the squat robb most| der, cacculs§ ohrious. 22 Jouse, which a ooarse cloth Scasecn, 4s 4969, Them dessert and cult ant the native ¢ from Jamaica, 2 tobe grow t0 sage tits cul germinate ant in ordinary 4870, Var from seeds bi the Pope n¢ The genera Coat; neith esteem, are the plants ¢ in esteem, a The followi _ Cally setter, a Ahe netted can nei ks hi Tay sm ‘muay be cate Paap he Boox I. MELON._ CD erat bel te Tenants:: 2‘ 7 Net tha soy puted but that considerable change happens to the contexture of fruits so pricked, just the same as to parts " of animals pierced with any sharp instrument.”© Monck split a fig from the eye to the stalk, and found it ripen six weeks before others that were untouched.(Hort. Trans. v. 172.) 4866. The process of caprification of figs 1s performed in the Levant to hasten the maturity of the autumnal crop, and consists in placing on the fig-trees what are called figues-fleurs, or spring figs, in which a certain insect of the gnat species(Culex, L.) has deposited its eggs. From these eggs, in the spring figs proceed a multitude of gnats, which, in their turn, deposit their eggs in the autumn figs, or rather in their flowers, effecting in their passage the fecundation of these flowers, and, by consequence, hastening the maturity of the fruit. The most enlightened French naturalists are of opinion that this is a very unneces- sary part of the culture of the fig. Olivier, member of the Institute, and author of a Journey through the Ottoman Empire, considers it as‘‘a tribute which man pays to ignorance and prejudice.”‘In many countries of the Levant,” he says,‘‘it is not performed, nor is it done in France, Italy, or Spain; and it is now neglected in some of the isles of the Archipelago, where was it practised formerly.” Bosc says, “the larva of the Cynips, in eating the interior of the figs, can be no otherwise useful than the larva of the Pyrale pommonelle, Hubner,(Phalena, Linn.) or apple-worm, can be in hastening the maturity of the apple: and who would take it upon him to advise rendering apples worm-eaten in order to enjoy the ad- L i Y Fede ty italy.) Say aNd per Of growth JUNE WO0d. cons 5 and by bein Th P Te quant.: 2; ae 2;“ Ae of the tree vantage of eating them a fortnight sooner?” This observation, it may be observed, rather confirms al early and pe the idea that caprification hastens maturity, which, from what we haye seen in the neighborhood of Rome aan and Naples, we believe to be the case. Though we think with Olivier, that it is by no means absolutely necessary to fecundation; and even if it were, that fecundation is not essentially requisite to the swelling and ripening of the fig. 4867. Monck has made some curious experiments and observations on this subject, from which he is led to conjecture, 1. That fig-trees never bear figs which contain both kinds of florets in an efficient state; 2. That figs in which the anther-bearing florets only are perfect, never come to be eatable fruit; rithout artifii) Ould have been emg| “Tew embryo figs | not fail to prea aaa 3. That you may pronounce, from the external shape of de Che hgs of this seo. a: a:- S 1 as long as any of a fig, which kind of floret prevails— the stigma-bear- figs at all, or del is the trees horia Hween a leaf and a fru. receding winter,(H ining recomn ing in the pear-shaped( fig. 507. a), the anther-bearing in the squat figs(b); 4. That fig-trees, which put forth crops of figs, and cast them, most probably do so from defect of setting.(Hort. Trans. v. 168, 169.) 4868. Insects and diseases.‘The fig is subject to few of either of these in this country. In forcing-houses it is liable, in common with other plants, to the attacks of the red spi- der, coccus, and aphides, and occasionally also on garden-walls,|The remedies are obvious. In France they are attacked by a species of coccus, vulgarly called the fig- louse, which proves very injurious, and is only to be destroyed by rubbing them off with a coarse cloth. fan-training from the duce wood and leave nd pinching off alth sired in the culture ¢ r parts of France, branches of stand- olls of reeds to be ner, to prevent the ith“laurel, yew, ng the branches. ening them to tl event any fret ering may be oi enerally put'on te ‘winter; and ini Sunsecr. 4. Melon.— Cucumis Melo, L. Monecia Monadelphia, L. and Cucurbi- tacee, J. Melon, Fr.; Melone, Ger.; and Mellone, Ital. 4869. The melon is a tender annual, producing one of the richest fruits brought to the dessert, and cultivated in England since 1570; but the precise time of its introduction, and the native country of the plant, are both unknown.— It was originally brought here from Jamaica, and was, till within the last fifty years, called the musk-melon. The fruit, to be grown to perfection, requires the aid of artificial heat, and glass, throughout every stage of its culture. Its minimum temperature may be estimated at 65°, in which it will germinate and grow; but it requires a heat of from 75° to 80° to ripen its fruit, which, in ordinary cases, it does in four months from the time of sowing the seed. vn the branches a 4870. Varieties. There are numerous varieties, many of which, especially those raised 1 the covering i from seeds brought from Italy and Spain, are not worth cultivating. The best sorts are Thus, the prgessa included under the name of cantaleupes, an appellation bestowed on them from a seat of xpose the res tay the Pope near Rome, where this variety is supposed to have been originally produced. open tthe The general character of the cantaleupes is a roundish form, rough, warty, or netted outer coat; neither very large in fruit or leaves. The Romanas, the Italian sort, next in esteem, are generally oval-shaped, regularly netted; the fruit and leaves middle-sized, and the plants great bearers. Many varieties of both these sorts, however, that were formerly in esteem, are now lost, degenerated, or supplanted by others of Spanish or Persian origin. The following are among the best both of the old and new varieties:— once lad 0 n May. The early golden cantaleupe. It is deep- My J F I inthe sal, 2 furrowed, middle-sized, longish, golden colored; flesh not very high-colored most other kinds. The plant sets freely| kind bears pretty freely, and the large and is a good bearer.|_ sort less so. The silver cantaleupe. Round, of amid-| Lee’s rock cantaleupe. Rather long than dle size, shallow furrowed; and when yound, and more green than black. 18, nor high-flavored. The plant grows freely, shows early, sets its fruit well;' and is a very great bearer. The orange cantaleupe. Smaller than the above, round, and pale selon: The flesh, when just fit for cutting, is orange; but when riper, itis more red. As it swells and ripens, it be- comes partly netted. In respect to flavor, it is excelled by none of the melon kind; being juicy, sugary, and rich. The plant is a free grower, an early setter, and a great bearer. The netted cantaleupe. This is equally juicy and high-flavored as the last- mentioned; a good deal larger, round, solid, and very ponderous; having a very small vacuum for the seeds; and it may be eaten nearer to the rind than| full-grown, before it begins to color, is over mixed silver and green. A very good bearer. The black rock cantaleupe. This isa | very large-growing melon; round, black, or very dark green when full| grown, but yellow when ripe. It is juicy, but not so high-flavored as any of the above cantaleupes, except the first-named; nor is the plant so good abearer. Four or five fruit in a light is a medium crop. The carbuncled rock cantaleupe. Two varieties, a large and a small; both very similar to the black roc ks, as to color and flavor; but flat or cheese- shaped, and covered with large protu- berances or carbuncles. The small The flesh and flavor much the same as those of the last-mentioned variety. The Italian green-fleshed cantaleupe. Small, nearly globose; usually about four inches and a half in diameter- coat pale greenish-white, moderately thin; flesh opaque, soft, and melting; in flavor both rich and sweet.(Hort, Trans. iv. 319.) The smooth scarlet-fleshed cantaleupe. Roundish, inclining to oval; outside greenish-yellow, with fine white ver- micular reticulations; flesh nearly an inch and a half in thickness, of a uniform bright scarlet from the edge of the coat to the centre, and tolerably firm; it is particularly high flavored (Hort. Trans. iv. 520.) : uy A ma | 764 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. The montagu cantaleupe, is a variety pro- duced from the two last-named sorts; intermediate in size between them; greenish-white without; the flesh an inch and a half in thickness, not very high colored, but soft and juicy, com- pletly melting in the mouth, and with a very sweet and delicate flavor.(Hort. Trans. iv. 120. The green-fleshed Ionian cantaleupe. Le- mon-colored and lemon-shaped; large, thin-skinned, no great bearer, and does not readily mature seeds, but of excel- lent flavor.(Caled. Mem. iv. 210.) The green-fleshed Egyptian melon. Mid- dle-sized, round, netted; in habits and flavor resembling the last-named va- riety.(Caled. Mem. iv. 210.) yee’s romana. Middle-sized, longish; shallow-furrowed, solid, and ponder- ous. Rind hard, partly netted, and pale-yellow; flesh a full yellow, pretty high-flavored, but not very juicy. Plant a good bearer. The large netted romana. The largest of the romanas, regularly netted all over, shallow-furrowed, oval, solid, and very ponderous, often attains to nine or ten pounds in weight. Rind hard, pale-yellow when fit to cut; the flesh a full yellow but not very juicy; 4871. Choice of seed. Ir melon, Knight observes, it is a matter of much im- portance to procure proper seed. Some gardeners are so scrupulous on this point that they will not sow the seeds unless they have seen and tasted the fruit from which they were taken. It is proper at least not to trust to seeds which have not been collected by judi- cious persons. Some make it a rule to preserve always the seeds of those individual specimens which are first ripe, and even to take them from the ripest side of the fruit. A criterion of the goodness and probable ferti- lity is generally sought by throwing them into a vessel containing water; such as sink are considered as good=— and likely to prove fertile, those that float, as effete. very high-flavored, if eaten sharp-ripe. The plant is a better bearer than any other large sort. Fair’s romana. Small, oval, smooth, solid and ponderous; the rind hard, greenish-yellow when fit to cut; and the flesh a pale yellow, not very juicy; well-flavored and agreeable; may be pared very near totherind. The plant is a very great bearer. The polignac. A rich-flavored middle- sized oval fruit, in frequent cultivation. The small Portugal, or dormer, noted as a good bearer, and a very early variety. The black Portugal, or Galloway. A sub- variety of the former. The salonica. Nearly spherical, and without any depressions on its surface; color that of gold, pulp, pure white; improves in flavor and sane till it becomes quite soft; consistence of its pulp is nearly that of a water-melon, and it is very sweet A full-grown specimen of the fruit generally weighs about 7lb.(Knight, in Hort. Trans. ii.) The dampsha melon. A variety from Persia; nearly cylindrical and netted; color varying from pale and yellowish- green to dark-olive: flesh bright and Parr III. deep green near the skin; pale wards the centre, quite aes aa of excellent flavor; hung up by the stalk, or in nets in a dark room, it eeps until the winter months.(Old- mie ey an Hore. dans: iv. 212. 1e sweet melon of Ispahan. Fruit ovate. varies in length fren ake aie inches; nearly quite smooth, of a deep sulphur-color 5 skin very thin fles! white, extending about half way to the centre; crisp, sugary, and rich i)> (Hore Tee aio: Mine aoe The Levant melon. Oval, slightly lobed green-fleshed, milky, sweet and hi sh. _ flavored.(Hort. Trans. iv. 514.: The winter melon.( fig. 508.) Cultivated in various countries bordering on the Mediterranean sea, and particularly in the orange gardens at Hieres, in Toulon, whence its fruit is sent to Paris. Skin thin, flesh white, firm, saccharine, and juicy; not rich, but pleasant.” 7 shape oval; size, about a foot long, and eight inches broad; color adark green. This fruit is regularly imported, and may be had in the fruit-shops from September to January.(Hort. Trans. iii. p. 116.) The water-melon. Cucurbita.(See 4209.° the cultivation of the It is ren SSS—._ narked of seeds brought from the continent, that they must have more bottom heat, and the young plants less water, than are necessary for seeds ripened in this country, or young plants sprung from these. 4872. For the entire course of culture of the melon, see Chap. VII. Sect. VII. Sussect. 5. Cucumber.— Cucumis sativus, L. Monec. Monadelph. L. and Cucurbi- tacee, J. Concombre, Fr.; Gurke, Ger.; and Citriuolo, Ital. 4873. The cucumber is a tender annual, a native of the East Indies, and introduced in 1573. It is a trailing and climbing plant, with large roundish rough leaves, furnish- ed with tendrils, and if sown in the open air in May, produces flowers from July to August. The cucumber is of nearly as great antiquity as the vine, for Moses, the earliest Jewish author, ment ions it as abounding in Egypt, when the children of Israel were there, above three thousand years ago.(Numbers, chap. ii.) In England it is cul- tivated generally and extensively, in forcing-frames and i « Not only gentlemen,” as M‘Phail observes,“ but almost near large cities and towns. every tradesman iwho has a garden and fordshire, whole fields are annually seen c¢ n the open air, and especially dung, have their cucumber-frame.”’ In Hert- overed with cucumbers without the aid of dung or glass, and the produce of which is sent to the metropolis for pickling. In March. cucumbers fetch in the London market a guinea a dozen; in August and Sep- The village of Sandy, in Bedfordshire, has been known to furnish 10,000 bushels of pickling cucumbers in one week tember one penny a dozen. 4874. Use. The green fruit is used as a salad; it is also salted when half-grown; and preserved in vinegar when young and small. In Germany and Poland, barrels of half and also full grown cucumbers, are preserved from one year to the other, by immer- sion in deep we preserving agents. 4875. Varieties. The principal of these are— The early long prickly; from five to seven inches long, of a green color, with few prickles. The plant is a good| bearer; and upon the whole, this is accounted the best cucumber for the| general summer crop, the pulp being| very crisp and pleasant. Longest green prickly; from seven to ten inches in length; it has dark-green| skin, closely set with small prickles.| This is a hardy sort, but does not come| early. | Early short prickly; not more than four inches long; the skin green, ra- ther smooth, but with a few small black prickles. This is one of the hardiest and earliest sorts, and is often preferred for the first crop. Dutch, or white short prickly, though not much cultivated, is recommended by some, as preferable even to the early long prickly; it has fewer seeds; is evidently different in taste frona most lls, where the uniform temperature and exclusion of air seem to be the | other cucumbers, but of agreeable fla- yor. | Cluster cucumber; a very early sort, the | flowers appear in clusters of three or four aes; the fruit is seldom more | than five inches long; it is at first of a fine green color, but becomes yellowish as itripens.‘I'he stems of this variety are much inclined to climb by means of their tendrils upon sticks; the leaves | are small, and the plant altogether oc- cupies but little room. each hole. sat! and give them so Jeading runners: somnetimes€V ery. early na morn 4871, Gatherin before August! decline, Be catt tye quite young! tiful, table is not at| with uch eno frit of one’s 01 plendid than@ alo i) ment cult ould make to th Suasecn 1| 4879, OF the ¢ used: all natives: thestaddock, Tl evergreen trees,| arated trees are terminal and generally which, inthe or form of the fru and shaddock, inthe lin g tuberance att and lemon ha that itis very The trees in fruit and| cifferences in subject in the generally con amine the eat difficult to 1 tions, Tn} Sickler’s ygo 4880, Dp kinds and ey in 1815, Der ler The Cor Thich he des cra includ Cond, He thses, and and wubdivisi kate. dist Boox I. EXOTIC FRUITS. 765 Smooth green Roman; an early sort; the| Long green Turkey; sometimes sown for| and in length seventeen inches; flavor fruit becomes large and long, and is the i:ate crop. Late cucumbers, how-| pleasant and esteemed for stewing. quite smooth; the plants grow very ever, are much less cultivated than the!| Sent to the Horticultural Society from strong, and require a good deal of| early varieties; most gardeners being of| Calcutta by Dr. Wallick.(Hort. Trans. | opinion, that those kinds which are iv. 136.) White Turkey; the stalks and leaves are| best for the early crops are also best for| Flanagan's. Near two feet long and of larger than in the other varieties; the| the late. superior crispness and flavor.(Hort. fruit also is very long, sometimes from| Napal; fruit very large, usually weighs Trans. iy. 560.) ten to fifteen or even twenty inches; it upwards of twelve pounds’ weight,| Fluted cucumber. A Chinese variety. is quite straight, and has a smooth skin measures in girth twenty-four inches,(Hort. Trans. v. 56.) destitute of prickles; it is produced| sparingly, and late in the season.| 4876. Culture. The culture of the cucumber, as a table esculent, is chiefly carried on by artificial heat or protection, and is therefore treated of under the Forcing Department, Chap. VII. Sect. VII. For pickling, it is chiefly cultivated in the open ground, by what is termed drilling, and which forms the only branch of the culture of this vegetable reserved for this article. To havea crop in the natural ground, the seed is sown in warm compartments of rich earth, towards the end of May, or beginning of June, when the weather is settled, warm, and dry. The plants should mostly remain where sown, to produce late fruit, towards the end of July, or more generally in August and September, small for picklers, and in larger growth for ordinary consumption. Sow a portion in a warm border, and the main crop in an open com- partment. Dig the ground neatly even. Trace lines with intervals of five or six feet; and in the lines mark stations three and a half feet distant; then, with a trowel at each of these spots, form shallow cir- men, Import, and -shops from, T(Be Tra cular saucer-form cavities in the surface, ten or twelve inches wide, and about an inch deep in the middle. é Sow in the middle of each cavity eight or ten seeds, half an inch deep. When the plants are come up, wierd, Ree A) and begin to put forth the first rough leaves in the centre, thin them to three or four of the strongest in each hole. Earth these up a little, between and close round the stems, pressing them a little asunder; and give them some water, to settle the earth below and above. In their advancing growth, train out the leading runners. Supply them with requisite waterings, in dry weather, two or three times a week, or sometimes every day in very dry hot weather, in July, August, or September. At this season, water early in a morning, or late in the afternoon, towards evening. 4877. Gathering.‘‘ The crop comes in sometimes towards the end of July, but more generally not before August in full production; continuing till about the middle or end of September, when the plants decline. Be careful to gather the fruit in a prime state, both for pickling and other purposes. They must be quite young for pickling, not exceeding two or three inches in length.”(Abercrombie.) Secr. II. Evotic Fruits, well known, but neglected as such. 4878. Among neglected exotic fruits we include the orange tribe, one of the most beau- tiful, and also, a very useful class of fruits. The culture of oranges and lemons for the table is not at present common in England; but, in our opinion, it might be pursued with much enjoyment to the amateur, since, independently of the gratification of seeing fruit of one’s own growth at the dessert, no object of the fruit-tree kind can be more splendid than a large healthy orange-tree covered with fruit. The pomegranate seems of seeds brougit also to merit culture, both for its singular beauty while on the tree, and the addition it roung plants les would make to the dessert. ants sprung trom Sussrcr. 1. Orange Tribe.— Citrus, L. Polyadel. Polyan. L. and Aurantie, J. 4879. Of the genus citrus there are five species or leading sorts, of which the fruit are used; all natives of Asia, viz. the common orange, the lemon, the citron, the lime, and the shaddock. The common character of the plants bearing these fruits is that of low evergreen trees, with ovate or oval-lanceolate, entire or serrated, leaves. On the un- Sect, VII. L. and Cucurlt al, grafted trees are often axillary spines. The flowers appear in peduncles, axillary or and introduc! terminating, and one or many flowered. The fruits are large berries, round or oblong, th leaves, furs and generally of a yellow color. The species seem best distinguished by tbe petiole, vers from July to which, in the orange and shaddock, is winged; in the citron, lemon, and lime, naked. The o, Aor Most th form of the fruit, although not quite constant, may also serve for adistinction. In the orange | children of I! and shaddock, itis spheri cal, or rather an oblate spheroid, with a red or orange-colored rind; saci tisk in the lime, spherical, with a pale rind; in the lemon, oblong, rough, with a nipple-like pro- + and eel tuberance at the end; in the citron, oblong, with a very thick rind. The flowers of the citron alt, eae and lemon have ten stamens, and those of the orange more. Professor Martyn observes, sill; nt that it is very difficult to determine what is a variety, and what is a species in this genus. nae i if The trees in the eastern countries, where they are natives, vary in the size and shape of without d In the fruit and leaves; and many of those‘considered varieties in Europe, preserve their is for er differences in their native woods. He has no doubt that any one who would pursue this in Angst i subject in the native countries of these fruits, would detect varieties connecting all those has ben nowt generally considered as species. This opinion appears highly probable when we ex- Boer, amine the catalogues of the continental writers on this fruit; who, in general, finding it { whet hall-growls difficult to make botanical distinctions, are obliged to rest satisfied with popular descrip- | Poland, bates af tyne tions. In Nouveau Cours,&c. art. Oranger, those cultivated in France, and in Dr. oy. hy imme the other; y A Sickler’s work, and that of Gallesio, those of Italy, are so described. f air seem 4880. Dr. Sickler, who spent several years in Italy, and paid great attention to the kinds and culture of the orange, published Miers ot Rep Ne ars Se 4 sorts. : id="9 itrons in 1815; Der Vollkommen Orangerie- Gart-{ Round-shaped lemons...... 6 ditto. aan! Y BP= tawapak\. Pear-shaped ditto...... 11 ditto ner( The Complete Orange-Gardener), m Lemons....| Cylindrical ditto.. 1 ditto whic sceyThec ¢ 7a- santa P| Gourd-shaped.. 12 ditto. which he describes above seventy sorts of Lemons... lirasalernoneheeses a eaStEe citrus, including all the species above men- Cedrate lemons or cidronates /........, 6 ditto. : ¢,. iumies) OF fLUMIES.« Sec cceececsce cede 5 ditto. tioned. He arranges the whole in two peas fa! Magitsitanies: 3 ditto. classes, and these classes into divisions ieLiditles sas svise« odes SeaR STO eee 4 ditto, ~ TVICT.]"Acs“ PILECK. OLANLECS cele cjcedesceceledeis clea c as 6 ditto. and subdivisions, without regard to their oranges...) Sour oramees. 6 ditto. botanic distinctions or species, thus:— SNE AO ESE SS acnenocteacosna sen0stoo0 Me Gage == ats‘i Fa=» wal a~~ aa SEPT__ 2= >—£ ee— 1)| 766 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pieeenin The names and some descriptive traits of these seventy-four sorts of citrus will be found in A Short Delineation of Dr. Sickler’s Treatise, by Dr. Noehden, in the Hort Trans. vol. iii. App. 4881. Gallesio(Traité du Genus Citrus,&c. Savonna, 1818.) has given a synoptic tree(fig. 509.), in which he has introduced ramifications which display an arrangement cf the forty principal sorts cultivated in Italy.‘ 5) E A 5 3} 2 a z 6 cee ee °o % eect and % 3& e By v > By o ze$ fh%=& 2 P| S, z. a SC ee* lo a on Le o iy *s9% G a) ne 1h&& Sam Oat oe eee! Re Zoro AENSY RON WORS) SSS 2 we% 4 Ste S) %",% 3S a Z“8 AS %%.& At SS AY cy rp Coe Sur HEA og eae 2y,% a% Oy yore. 5 4p% e, AG A Leltieg~ Paty 7 f Qs, 0 2, Chie- Cos elica,.” 0, S” Baro ly fre _ op Z« 2 Te Se he 2, Specter, ITM€ 75 Fup A OSG = cand= “ULAS pj D"ee; Sm TOL UJTA! Stan cas,‘ NIQ oSupr S. i ke ) 4 b, Orage Citron a Citrus aurantium,\sinensis, nobilis et decumana, WT Citrus i j medica, limon et acida, liSS : Lemon; p12,? 8Pple of p mH“Emo Parag; DO mS n, Po Sse, yy Ley, cdl c oF O 2 Spa Lo, in 4, Soa Re %,"bh Wg De% a)‘ 1 ar Uy Zs G 7 4 3 8 Cx on ape%, oe, LOH a,@ x S ci 2. lo)\s% Y= a> Er ls e 4%& 5 3%&"SS Ss 5=] G) fo o> Bp@%. 2 ° S“‘e m Ey ZA% 5= oy) oR 3© o mi 2 Ep& g ° 4 = on & ¢ 4882. The most splendid work on oranges which has yet appeared is the Histoire Naturelle des Orangers, by Risso, of Nice, and Poiteau, of Versailles.(Parts, fol. 1818.) Here 169 sorts are described, and 105 of them figured, and their French and Italian culture given at great length. They are arranged as sweet oranges, of which they describe 43 sorts; bitter and sour oranges, 32 sorts; bergamots, 5 sorts; limes, 8 sorts; shaddocks, 6 sorts; lumes, 12 sorts; lemons, 46 sorts; citrons, 17 sorts. 4883. All the species of citrus endure the open air at Nice, Genoa, and Naples; but at Florence and Milan, and often at Rome, they require protection during the winter, and are generally placed in conservatories and sheds. The largest conservatory in Italy is that of Prince Antonio Borghese, at Rome, which contains seventy select sorts of agrumi.‘The largest trees are at Sorenta, Teracina, Gaeta, and Naples; but the most | regular and garden-like culture of the orange, is in the orange-orchards at Nervi, Mo- naco, and other places in the neighborhood of Genoa. At Nervi are also the orange- nurseries which may be said to supply all Europe with trees; they are, in general, wretchedly cultivated, and the stocks inoculated in the most unscientific manner; but the fine climate, strong clayey soil, and abundant manurings, supply in a great degree the nicer practices of gardening. There the names of varieties vary as much as those of gooseberries do in England; but from upwards of one hundred names, not above forty distinct sorts can be procured. Good plants of the Maltese and other varieties of orange may be procured from Malta; and some sorts also from Lisbon. From the nurseries eee Cs ee gu a Pats ghout thir amet ar place’ name is 00 4 Rove 8 4 af London pursel qeties 0 ggveral YA" are more© oul most seful fot the varietles wil 434. The comm orange p Ol the Fret fall houses| posed 10 jave DI tury, above 4 tho tree has been Cr time, 329. ith tending, When 0 any Jength of W 4985, The or! from Italy by 8 son's edit. Of England; they 4 moveable co" growing there were raised by Jand by Sit W readily borne 1 that they wert in Dr. Cullen and may pro redundaney 3 {0 form ya tilled, produ 4nd a8 a perf 92, Variet BD Vaviet Countries, and a cultivated Boox lI. ORANGE TRIBE. 767 at Paris about thirty sorts may be obtained, much smaller plants than those from the other places named, but more scientifically grafted or inoculated. At Vallet’s nursery at Rouen, is a collection of very large plants of the common kinds. The catalogues of London nurserymen enumerate above thirty varieties of orange, twelve of lemon, and several varieties of the other species; the plants are generally inoculated, and small, and are more calculated for pots than for planting in the soil for producing fruit. As being most useful for the British horticulturist, we shall place under each species the names of the varieties which may be procured in England. 4884. The common orange is the Citrus Aurantium, L.; the orange of the French; pomeranze of the Germans; and aran- cio of the Italians,( fig. 510.) It is a middle-sized evergreen tree, with a greenish-brown bark; and in its wild state, with prickly branches. The fruit is nearly round, from two to three inches in diameter, and of a gold color. It is a native of India and China, but now cultivated in most countries of Europe; in the open air in Italy and Spain; and in conservatories or green- houses in Britain and the north of Europe. The orange is sup- posed to have been introduced into Italy in the fourteenth cen- tury, above a thousand years after the citron. In England, the tree has been cultivated since 1629. Parkinson, writing at that time, says,“‘ it hath abiden with some extraordinary looking and tending, when neither citron nor lemon trees could be preserved any length of time.” 4885. The orange-trees of Beddington, in Survey, introduced from Italy by a knight of the noble family of the Carews(Gib- son's edit. of Camb. Brit.), were the first that were brought into England; they were planted in the open ground, placed under a moveable cover during the winter months, and they had been growing there before 1595. It has been said, that these trees were raised by Sir Francis Carew, from seeds brought to Eng- land by Sir Walter Raleigh: but as such trees would not have d readily borne fruit, Professor Martyn thinks it much more likely y that they were plants brought from Italy. Bradley says, they always bore fruit in great plenty and per- fection; that they grew on the outside of a wall, not nailed against it, but at full liberty to spread; they were fourteen feet high, the girt of the stem twenty-nine inches, and the spreading of the branches one way nine feet, and twelve feet another. These trees, Evelyn informs us, were neglected in his time dur- ing the minority of their owner, and finally entirely killed by the great frost in 1739-40. 4886. During the latter eid of the seventeenth and beginning of the eighteenth centuries, the orange-tree was a very fashionable article of growth in conservatories, when there were but few exotics of other sorts kept there. The plants were procured from Genoa, with stems generally from four to six feet in height; they were planted in large boxes, and were set out during summer to decorate the walks near the house in the manner still practised at Versailles andthe Tuilleries. About the middle of the eighteenth century, when a taste for botany and forcing exotic fruits became general, that for superb orange-trees began to decline; many of these large trees have decayed through neglect; and those which are now to be found in the greater number of green-houses, are generally dwarf plants bearing few fruit, and those of small size. In some places, however, are still to be found large and flourishing: trees. Those at Smorgony in Glamorganshire, are the largest in Britain; they are planted in the floor of an immense conservatory, and bear abundantly._ It is said that the plants were procured from a wreck on the coast in that quarter, in the time of Henry VII. 4887. At Nuneham, near Oxford, are some very fine trees, planted under a moveable case, sheltered by a north wall. In summer, the case is removed, and the ground turfed over, so that the whole resembles a native orange-grove. At Wormleybury, Hertfordshire, and Shipley Hall, in Derbyshire, are very fine large orange and lemon trees grown in borders and in boxes.(Hort. Trans. vol. ii, 295. and iv. 306.) 4888. At the Wilderness, Kent,(Marquis Camden’s,) are three trees in boxes, not surpassed by any trees so grown in Europe. C. Bingham, at Isleworth, possesses a very fine collection; and various others might be enumerated, 4889. At Woodhall, near Hamilton, trees of all the species of citrus are trained against the back wall of forcing-houses, in the manner of peaches, and produce large crops of fruit. 4890. In the south of Devonshire, and particularly at Saltcombe, one of the warmest spots in England, may be seen, in a few gardens, orange-trees that have withstood the winter in the open air upwards of a hundred years. The fruit is as large and fine as any from Portugal. Trees raised from seed, and inoculated on the spot, are found to bear the cold better than trees imported. 4891. Use. As a dessert-fruit, the orange is well known. The varieties imported, which are most esteemed for this purpose, are the China, Portugal, and Maltese. It is also used in confectionary, bothripe, and when green and not larger than a pea: it forms various liquors and conserves, either alone or with sugars, wines, or spirits; and either the pulp or skin, or both, are used for these purposes. In cook- ing, it is used to aromatise a number of dishes. The juice of the Seville orange is used in medicine, in febrile and in- flammatory disorders; and that of the other sorts possesses the same qualities in a lesser degree. The acid of oranges, Dr. Cullen says, unites with the bile, takes off its bitterness, and may prove useful in obviating disorders arising from its redundancy and acridity. In perfumery, the orange is used to form various perfumes and pomades: and the flower dis- tilled, produces orange-water, used in cooking, medicine, and as a perfume, 4892. Varieties. These are very numerous in the eastern countries, and even in Italy and France. About forty sorts are cultivated in the neighborhood of Paris, and about thirty in the London nurseries, of which we shall give a list. The two principal varieties are the sweet or China orange, the orange douce of the French, and porto-gallo or poma de sino of the Italians; and the bitter or Sevilie, the bisarade of the French, and arancio volgaro of the Italians.‘The Maltese orange, distinguised by its red pulp, is also 4 noted and much-esteemed sort. he box-leaved, willow-leaved, asd some others, are cultivated more as curious varieties than for their fruit, 768 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pier eT Striped silver curious form, and» by the Cone orange Monstrous oody-fruite* Myrtle-leaved large Striped tricolor sulp adheri Broad-leaved Myrtie small; Striped willow-leaved thee pee a soos ie Bergamot large Narrow-leaved Sweet-skinned from it by the sli pease Reale Bergamot small Oval-fruited Sweet China and leaving in Entest ettort, ee Dval-fruite Tenens s jeaving in many places y ale-leavec njierano a considerable opening be Curled-leaved Seville or bitter orange,| Thick-leaved tween them. It TS the ee Double-flowered(fig. 511.) chiefly used for Weeping delicate of the oran 5 fates Fine-leaved mnaking marmalade Willow-leaved whence its name b 7 a> Chi. Laurel-leaved Spike-flowerec Clove, or mandarin,(C.*No-| nese of Eee= ble Lisbon Striped common bilis, H. KK.)(Bot. Rep. 608.|’ orange.— Probably aul iva. Maltese Striped curled-leaved and 211.), distinguished from| riety, though named a: ee Bloody Maltese Striped gold the common orange by its| cies.: Soe 4893. The Citron is the C. Medica, L.(Ger. fru. 2. t. 121. f. 2.); the citron of the French; the citronier of the Germans; and cedrate of the Italians.(fig. 512.) In its wild state the tree grows to the height of about eight feet, erect and prickly, with long reclining branches. The leaves are ovate, oblong, alternate, subserrate, smooth, pale green. The fruit or berry is half a foot in length, ovate, with a protuberance at the tip. There are two vinds, the outer thin, with innumerable miliary glands, full of a most fragrant oil; the inner thick, white, and fungous.‘The citron was introduced into Europe from Media, under the name of malus medica, and was first cul- tivated in Italy by Palladius in the second century. The date of its introduction into England is not exactly known; it would probably be coeval with that of the lemon, which was cultivated in the botanic garden at Ox- ford in 1648. The fairest fruit, Miller states, was in the Duke of Argyle’s garden at Whitton, where the trees were trained against a south wall, through which there were flues for warming the air in winter, and glass covers put over them, when the weather began to be cold. Thus the fruit was as large and as perfectly ripe, as it isin Italy or Spain. In Italy citrons and lemons are generally trained on walls or espaliers, because, being considerably more tender than the orange, they require, at least in the north of Italy, some protection in winter; the fruit does not ripen regularly at one time, like that of the orange, but comes successionally to maturity almost every month in the year. 4894. Use. The fruitis seldom brought to the dessert in a raw state, but it forms excellent preserves and sweetmeats, to furnish the table when other fruits are scarce. The juice, with sugar and water, forms lemonade, a most refreshing, salubrious, and universally esteemed beverage. Its use in punch and negus is well known. It is much used in medicine, and also in perfumery and dyeing. 4895. Varieties. Dr. Sickler enumerates only about a dozen citrons and citronates as grown in Italy. The French nurseries have nearly twenty names in their lists. In England the six following are cultivated for sale:— | The grape-fruited Barbadoes The round-fruited The common citron The rough-fruited] v (Hort. Trans. vol. ili. p- 358.)| The thick-leaved. The flat-fruited The forbidden-fruited var. Limon, W.(Blackw. 362.); the démon of the French; Zimonier of the Germans; and Zimone of the Italians.(fig. 513.) The distinction between the lemon and citron is very trifling. The fruit is less knobbed at the extremities, is rather longer, and more irregular, and the skin is thinner than in the citron; the wood is more knotty, and the bark rougher. Cultivated in the Oxford garden in 1648. 4896. The lemon is the C. Medica, 4897. The uses of the lemon are the same as those of the citron.*: ea 4808. Varieties. Dr. Sickler enumerates twenty-eight as grown in Italy. The French, according to Ville Hervé, have eleven sorts; in the London nurseries are cultivated the twelve following:— Common Pear-shaped, or Lime(fig 514.) Striped silver Broad-leaved Rough-fruited Striped three-colored Chinese Smooth-leaved Upright. Striped gold Warted fruited. Imperial I 5002, The shad th. fi 2)5 th the arancio Ti above the middl leaves are ovat cordate, Winget spheroidal, fre and greenish acid rind, wii the fruit in Dr, Sickler stat ti Nouveau C raised, extract trees are to moderal rie “heeding yen IY, The} s for warn te ar gan to be old. Ths pain. being conte mt aly, some prfton m f the ore ns Boox I. ORANGE TRIBE. 769 4889. The limeis the Citrus Acida, Rox.(Brown's Jam. 308.) by some esteemed a variety of the C. Medica 3 the lime of the French, Italians, and Germans.(fig.515.) The sour lemon, or lime, grows to the height of about eight feet, with a crooked trunk, and many diffused branches, with prickles. The leaves are ovate, lanceolate, almost quite entire. Berry an inch and a half in diameter, almost glo- bular, with a protuberance at the top; the surface regular, shining, greenish-yellow, with a very odorous rind, en, closing a very acid juice. It isa native of Asia, but has long been common in the West Indies, where it is grown both for its fruit and for fences. 5900. The uses of the lime are the sameas those of the lemon, to which, in the West Indies, it is preferred; the Juice being reckoned more wholesome, and the acid more agreeable to the palate. 5901. Varieties. By the catalogue in Nouveau Cours,&c. the French have two sorts of lime; and according to Dr. Sickler, the Italians have four varieties. The following five kinds are grown in the London nurseries:— The common lime The broad-leaved The Chinese spreading. The weeping The West India 5902. The shaddock is the C. decumana, W.(Rump. am. 2, t. 24. f.2.); the orange pampelmouse of the French; and the arancio massimo of the Italians.(fig. 516.) The tree is above the middle size, with spreading prickly branches. The leaves are ovate, subacute, seldom obtuse; the petioles are cordate, winged; the wings as broad as the leaves. The berry spheroidal, frequently retuse at each end, of an even surface, and greenish-yellow color; pulp, red or white; juice, sweet or acid; rind, white, thick, fungous, and bitter. Thunberg says, the fruit in Japan grows to the size of a child’s head, and Dr. Sickler states its weight as fourteen pounds, and its diameter as from seven to eight inches. It isa native of China and Japan, and was brought to the West Indies by Captain Shaddock, from whom it has derived its name. From the West Indies it was sent to England, and cultivated by Miller in 1739. 5903. Use. The shaddock is certainly the least useful of the species enumerated, and is cultivated chiefly for show. It has the handsomest leaf of the whole tribe, and the fruit is larger than the orange. Where several sorts of oranges are pre- sented at the dessert, it makes a striking addition to the variety. The juice is of a subacid sweetness, and excellent for quench- ing thirst; and the fruit, from the thickness of its skin, will Keep longer in sea voyages than any of the other species of citrus. 590+. Varieties. The Italians, according to Dr. Sickler, have one; and the French, according to the Nouveau Cours,&¢. four sorts. The following four are grown in the English nurseries:— The common shaddock| The rough-fruited| The largest-fruited| The West India. 5905. Propagation of the citrus tribe. All the sorts may be propagated by seeds, cut- tings, layers, and grafting, or inoculation. 5906. By seed. The object of raising plants from seed is either to obtain new varieties or stocks for grafting. To attempt raising new varieties in Britain will in general be found a tedious process, as the trees do not even in Italy show fruit for six or eight years or more; and there is now in the botanic garden at Toulon, a large handsome tree, of twenty-five years’ growth, which had not in 1819 blossomed. However, if new varieties are attempted, select the largest and best-formed ripe fruit of the kind to be raised, extract the seeds, dry them, and sow and nurse as hereafter directed for raising stocks. Where trees are to be raised for stocks to bud oranges, Miller advises to procure citron-seeds, as stocks from these are preferable to any other for quickness of growth; and also that they will take buds of either orange, lemon, or citron. Next to these are the Seville orange seeds; and the best of either sort are to be had from rotten fruits. Prepare in spring a good hot-bed of dung or tan, and when it is in moderate temper sow the seeds in pots of light earth; plunge them, give water frequently, and raise the glasses in the heat of the day. In three weeks the seeds will come up, and in a month’s time be fit to transplant into single pots. Then renew the bed, and fill pots of five inches in diameter half full of good fresh earth, mixed with very rotten cow-dung: shake out the seedlings, and plant one in each pot, filling it up with the same earth, and replunge as before. Givea good watering at the roots, and repeat this often, as the orange tribe in a hot-bed require a good supply of water. Shade in the day-time, when the sun is power- ful, and give air so as not to draw the plants. By this method, with due care, the plants will be two feet high by July, when they must be hardened by degrees, by raising the glasses very high, and afterwards, in fine days, taking them entirely off, shading the plants from the sun with mats or other screens. To- wards the end of September, house them in a dry part of the green-house, near the glass, where they will not be liable to damp off: During winter refresh them with water, and in April now and then wash their stems and leaves, to clear them from any filth they may have contracted. Place them again in a moderate hot-bed, and harden them by the beginning of June, that they may be ina right order to bud in August. 5907. Budding. Make choice of cuttings from trees, that are healthy and fruitful, observing that the shoots are round; the buds of these being much better and easier to part from the wood than of such shoots as are flat or angular. After performing the operation, remove the plants into the green-house, or under glass frames, to defend them from wet, turning the buds from the sun; but let them have as much free air as possible, and refresh them often with water. In a month it will be observable which has taken, then untie them, and let them remain in the green-house all the winter. In spring cut off the stocks about three inches above the buds, and place them in a moderate hot-bed, giving air and water, and shading as before. By the end of July they will have made shoots of two feet or more; then harden them before the cold sets in, that they may the better stand the winter. In the first winter after their shooting, you must keep them very warm, for by forcing them in the bark-bed they will be somewhat tenderer; but it is very necessary to raise them to their height in one season, that their stems may be straight, for in trees which are two or more years growing to their heading height, the stems are always crooked. In the succeeding years their management will be the same as for full-grown trees. 5908. The Italian process of raising and budding. In the orange-nurseries at Nervi, 3D 770 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. the seeds of the citron or orange, as it may happen, are sown in beds in the open ground in February or March, and in September planted out in compartments, in rows generall about eighteen inches wide, and the plants six or eight inches in the row. They aa placed thus close to draw them up with clean straight stems. There they remain generally four years, and in April or May of the fifth year they are taken up, their roots cut within four or six inches of the tap-root, which is also shortened to six or eight inches, according to the size of the tree. The stem, if it has any side shoots, is pruned clean, and sawn off horizontally, at such a height as that the section is from half an inch to an inch in diameter.(fig. 517. a) The general heights are one foot, which forms the lowest-growing plants; eighteen inches for trees to be sold in Italy; from two to four feet for trees to be sent abroad; and five or six feet for extraordinary orders. These last are not so common; as the stocks require six or eight years’ growth, and some care to attain that height with clean stems, and a diameter of three quarters of an inch. The plants thus pruned are budded, sometimes when out of ground, and sometimes after planting. One bud is inserted on each side of the stock(a), within an inch of the section. In a month buds and roots begin to push, and in Decem-‘ ber or January following these plants are in fit state for taking up for exportation. After being taken up, the roots, now well furnished with fibres, are enveloped in a ball of stiff clay; this is covered with moss carefully tied on, and in this way they are laid in boxes, or in casks, and sent not only to most parts of Europe, but to North and South America. The chief defect in this system is the naked horizontal section at the top of the stem(a), which, not being smoothed with the knife and covered with clay or any other protection, to cause the bark to grow over it, indurates and cracks with the drought; retains moisture and decays, so that ia almost all trees that have been budded in this way, a dead stump or a rotten hole, may be observed during the whole period of their existence. This evil is often lessened by covering with a cap of lead or a patch of wax; but it might readily be obviated by peeling off a piece of bark from one side of the part of the stock to be sawn off(d), letting it remain attached to the lower part or stem; and after removing the head, bringing it down close over the section, inserting its end under the bark in the opposite side, somewhat in the man- ner of saddle-grafting; or the manner employed by surgeons in amputating a limb (e) might be adopted. A similar object might probably be effected by removing a wedge-shaped section from the top of the stock(f), and then compressing its sides, so as to present a wedge-shaped termination covered with bark(g). But the gardeners at Nervi are too indolent and obstinate to hear of any thing new, and will persist in their present plan till the credit of Genoa for orange-trees is gone, or till some strong necessity urges them to improvement. 5909. The Maltese, aware of the defects in Italian trees, make a sloping section(5), paring it clean, and budding on one side only; the consequence of which is, that the section becomes covered with bark, and, which it never does in the Italian method, as sound and healthy as any part of the stem. The French graft and inoculate in a very neat manner(c), and indeed their orange-trees, though small, are much handsomer than the Italian ones. 5910. By grafting. This mode is occasionally resorted to in Italy, and is that most generally adopted in the nurseries at Paris. The stocks, when of two years’ growth, and not much thicker than the scion, are cut over within six inches of the ground, and then grafted in the whip manner. The trees continue small, but have clean stems of from one to three feet, and generally make handsome plants, prolific in flowers and fruit, of a small size. Grafting, both by the whip manner and by approach, is frequently practised in England, in nearly the same circumstances of age, size, and effect, as practised in France. A variety of the whip-manner is described by Cushing, in which the top of the stock is left on, but the scion is cut off as in grafting.‘* Form the scion as for the common whip-graft, and then, without taking off the head of the stock, cut from the clearest part of its stem an equal splice as smoothly as possible; do not tongue the scion, but tie it on neatly and firmly with matting and clay, in the manner of a graft: plunge them in a hot-bed, and cover with a cap-glass till the scion begins to grow, and then cut away the top of the stock, and remove the matting by degrees.”(Exotic Gard. 103.) i; 5911. Whip-grafting in the common way has lately been successfully performed, even with fruit or flowers on the scion, by Nairn, who gives the following account of the process:*¢ Let the operator select as many range or lemon stocks as he wishes to work, and place them on a moderate hot-bed for a fort- night, by which time the sap will have risen sufficiently to move the bark; the stocks must then be cut off, about two inches above the surface of the pot, and an incision made with a sharp knife, similar to what is done for budding, sepayating the bark from the wood on each side. Let the scion be cut thin, in a sloping direction, and thrust between the bark and wood, and then bound tight with woollen yarn; but very great eare must be taken, in binding, to prevent the bark from slipping round the stock, which, without attention, it is very apt todo. After it is properly and neatly bound, put a little loam or clay a of the other sorts plant, if 4| oth curious all 019, Hendersol «Take tro-yeat- the graft(fig. length regulati thickness of We thebottom. 1 the graft, for the cut the graft rg Jeaf has beet ta receptacle mad! the ae end( above; always untouched on in the stock,# clay around it of the same{hi angles, neatly Keeping it equ lower end of t eye(a), and mith stock When th clayed set them peach. house the dues, a8 fi cover them with f = t be spared, 11 day, but take the shading til they be exposed to the li so talland thick hand.glass or frame it, set in any conver shadeit with mats; this ay, the grafts and, in five or six 1 or four young shoo these, with the lea when put on, form NS, By cuttings practised on the© WME Ct fh has become som prepared proper! dibber in pots of three inches of f They are then c and plunged in ¢ glasses are taken such cuttings eit Prepare and plar Where they rem, Tous exeresgenge low temperature they wll push fy Care to nlave the Which that se been noticed by OOM, Herd thirty. seven ye shoots, and aly eighteen inches Oving the leay aul Meision in lea pot, and f Ul ate taller in Lar II l he i vad ri Rely eh, Yy ate he rig ken Thin 0{0 gy x ah t; Ot, ua U1 ftom by ed with the knit y over it, indus ; almost all tres may be observe by covering wit ling off a ple it remain attacks down close orf ewhat in the nt mputating a i ed by remoriiy! ressing its sides 9 it the garde i wil persist te ome trong 2085!) an « opnerett Wil tan ae the a ie gal a ve then, WO oothly spo: 8 Yo re tite hep | i fat OF Ng ht f teh") ‘et d, pee Boox I. ORANGE TRIBE. rial close round the stock, to the surface of the pot, then, with a glass of a proper form(fig. 518.), to prevent the damp from dripping on the scion, cover the whole, and press it firmly: into the mould, to prevent the air or steam from getting to the plant; So the glass must not be taken off, unless you find any of the leaves damp- ing, and then only till this is remedied, when it must be immediately re- turned. The stocks must next be placed on a brisk hot-bed of dung, and in about six weeks, the glasses may be taken off, and the clay and binding removed; but it will be necessary to bind on a little damp moss, in lieu of the clay, and to keep the glasses on in the heat of the day, taking them off at night; when, in about three weeks or a month, they will be fit to= be put into the green-house, where they will be found to be one of the= greatest ornainents it can receive. I should recommend the mandarin\!= orange for the first trial, as the fruit is more fey fixed than that of any of the other sorts. I have, by the above method, had seven oranges on a se eth plant, in a pot, commonly called a small sixty, which I conceive to be Cae rr both curious and handsome.”(Hort. Trans. iii.)— 5912. Henderson's mode of grafting is well adapted for proving successful.: “ Take two-year-old wood, cut into lengths of about seven inches, If the stock is much thicker than the graft(jig. 519.@), cut a piece out of the stock of a triangular figure, about an inch and two eighths in length, regulating the depth according to the thickness of the graft, and keeping it square at the bottom. Displace two leaves at the bottom of the graft, for the convenience of getting it put on, cut the graft right across under one eye, where a leaf has been taken off: dress the graft to fit the receptacle made in the stock, observing to keep the lower end of the graft equal in thickness as above; always let three or four leaves remain untouched on the graft. After the graft is fitted in the stock, tie it up with bass matting, and put clay around it. If the grafts and stocks are nearly of the same thickness(4), cut the stock, at right angles, nearly half through. Cut off the piece, keeping it equal at top and bottom: cut the lower end of the graft right across under an eye(a), and witha knife prepare the graft to fit the stock. When the grafted plants are tied up and clayed, set them at the back of the vinery or peach-house, observing to keep them away trom the flues, as fire-heat is hurtful to them at first: cover them with hand-glasses, or, if a frame can be spared, it is still better. Shade them every day, but take the mats offat night; continue the shading till they begin to grow, when they may be exposed to the light. If any stock happens to be so talland thick that it cannot be placed under a hand-glass or frame, put two or three grafts on it, set in any convenient place in the house, and shade it with mats; it will succeed perfectly in this way, the grafts lose none of the old leaves; and, in five or six months, they will make three or four young shoots six or eight inches long; these, with the leaves that were on the grafts when put on, form a well-clothed little plant.” 5913. By cuttings. This method, though little practised on the continent, where the object is large trees and fine fruit, is frequently adopted by the British gardener, whose object is generally small handsome plants. Two methods are adopt- ed; the first is to take young succulent wood as soon as it has done growing, and the lower end has become somewhat mature.‘These cuttings, prepared properly(5914.) are inserted with a small dibber in pots of light sandy loam, with two or three inches of gravel or broken pots at bottom. They are then covered close with a crystal bell, and plunged in a gentle heat, and shaded. The glasses are taken off only to wipe them when damp, and to remove any decaying leaves. In two months such cuttings either Baile or rot off’ The second method is in spring to take the shoots of last year; to prepare and plant them as above 3 but after covering them with glasses to plunge them in a cold-frame, where they remain in a state of apparent inaction for three or four months, when they either form a cal- lous excrescence at the lower end of the cutting and push at top, or die off: After preserving them ina low temperature through the winter, they are placed the succeeding spring in a gentle hot bed, where they will push freely, and make tolerable plants. The success of either mode may be facilitated by taking care to place the cuttings so as their ends may touch the bottom of the pot, or the potsherd or gravel with which that is covered. The advantages of so placing cuttings is generally known to gardeners, and has been noticed by Hawkins in the Hort. Trans. vol. ii. p. 12. 5914. Henderson considers cuttings as the quickest mode of getting plants, and has practised it for thirty-seven years past on the orange tribe, and his directions are as follow:“‘ Take the strongest young shoots, and also a quantity of the two-year-old shoots; these may be cut into lengths from nine inches to eighteen inches.‘Take the leaves off the lower part of each cutting to the extent of about five inches, al- lowing the leaves above that to remain untouched: then cut right across, under an eye; and make a small incision in an angular direction on the bottom of the cutting. When the cuttings are thus prepared, take a pot, and fill it with sand; size the cuttings, so that the short ones may be all together, and those that are taller in a different pot. Then, with a small dibble, plant them about five inches deep in the sand, and give them a good watering overhead, to settle the sand about them. Let them stand a day or two in a shady place, and if a frame be ready with bottom heat, plunge the pots to the brim. Shade them well with a double mat, which may remain till they have struck root; when rooted, take the sand and cuttings out of the pot, and plant them into single pots, in the proper compost(see 5922.) Plunge the pots with the young plants again into a frame, and shade them for four or five weeks, or till they are taken with the pots; when they may be gradually exposed to the light. From various experiments, I found that pieces of two-year-old wood struck quite well; and in place, therefore, of putting in cuttings 51X or eight inches long, I have taken off cuttings from ten inches to two feet long, and struck them SED EZ 772 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr UI with equal success. Although I at first began to put in cuttings only in the month of A them in at any time of the year, except when the plants are pana young wood. Bye reed eo gentle bottom heat, and covering them with a hand-glass, they will generally strike root a arutleceess weeks or two months.‘The citron is most easily struck, and is the freest grower, I therefore f Err hoes strike pieces eighteen inches long; and as soon as they are putinto single pots, and taken sve Salat they are grafted with other sorts, which grow freely. I am not particular as to the time either of i epee cuttings or of grafting.”(Caled. Hort. Mem. iii. 308.) OS Seals 5915. By layers. This mode is occasionally practised both on the continent andin England. At M near Milan, there is a very fine collection of Temonitrees in boxes, trained as espaliers which wcier) raised. The trees are five feet high, and each box has a portion of trellis attached to it of that hei nt nd ten or twelve feet long, which is wholly covered with branches. Where laying is adopted, the snite ae either be laid down on their sides, and laid as stools, or pots may be raised and supported Fader the branches to be propagated from. These branches, or their shoots of one or two years’ growth, may th= be cut or ringed, and bent into the pot, or down through the hole in the bottom, and treated in che Usual manner, taking care to supply water with the greatest regularity. Shoots layered in March will be Att separate from the stools as mother plants in the September following. In general, it may be Gbecrved that the Gis tribe, Mike on pruicbearne plants raised from cuttings or layers, though they may prove very prolific trees, yet seldom grow with that vigor, and produce such large frui 5 aa paaaiae or grafting on— stocks. BoB E ge fruit, as those propagated by 5916, Soil. At Genoa an‘lorence they are grown in a stron ellow clay, which is ri: and this soil is considered by the first Italian Sardeners, as est Eiied to Te Ncaneas Nt None end Milan the natural soil is lighter; but a strong soil is adopted generally for all the agrumi, and particular] in the garden of his Holiness the Pope. At Naples, where the trees are always planted in the o i ground, the soil is lighter and of volcanic origin. A strong soil, in imitation of that of Nervi, is chee mended and adopted by the Dutch.(See Van Osten. Nied, Hesperides,&¢.); i 5917. The French gardeners, according to Bosc(in N. Cours a’ Ag. in loco.), in preparing a compost for the orange-tree, endeavor to compensate for quantity by quality; because the pots or boxes in which the plants are placed ought always to be as small as possible, relatively to the size of the tree. The fol- lowing is the composition recommended: To a fresh loam which contains a third of clay, a third of sand and a third of vegetable matter, and which has lain a long time in a heap, add an equal bulk of half-rotten cow-dung. The following year turn it over twice. The succeeding year mix it with nearly one half its bulk of decomposed horse-dung. Turn it over twice or three times, and the winter before using add a twelfth part 0 sheep-dung, a twentieth of pigeon-dung, and a twentieth of dried ordure.; 5918. Miller says, the best compost for orange-trees is two thirds of fresh earth from a good pasture, and one third part of neat’s dung. These should be mixed together at least twelve months before using, turning it over every month to mix it well and to rot the sward. Pass it through a rough screen before using. 5919. M‘Phail and Abercrombie recommend“three eighth parts of cow-dung, which has been kept three or four years; a fourth part of vegetable mould from tree-leaves; one sixth part of fine rich loam; and one twelfth part of road-grit; to this may be added one eighth part of sheep-dung.”(G. Rem. 249° Pr. Gard. 574.) i 5920. Mean has tried the following mixture(Hort. Trans. ii. 295.), and with which he has“‘ every rea- son to be satisfied. Well-prepared rotten leaves, two to three years old, one half; rotten cow-dung two, three, and four years old, one fourth; mellow loam, one fourth; with a small quantity of sand or road-grit added to the compost, which ought not to be sifted too fine.” 5921. Ayres, who grows excellent table fruit of the citrus, at Shipley, uses ten parts of strong turfloam, seven of pigeon-dung, seven of garbage from the dog-kennel or butcher’s yard, seven of sheep-dung, seven of good rotten horse-dung, and ten of old vegetable mould, mixed and prepared a twelvemont before using.(Hort. Trans. iv. 310.) 5922. Henderson, of Wood Hall, a most successful cultivator of the genus citrus, gives the following di- rections as to soil:“ Take one part of light-brown mould from a piece of ground that has not been cropped nor manured for many years, one ee of peat-earth, such as is used for growing heaths; two parts of river-sand, or pit-sand if it be free from mineral substances; and one part of rotted hot-bed dung; with one part of rotted leaves of trees. Mix them all well together, so as to form a compost-soil of uniform quality.”(Caled. Hort. Mem. iii. 302.) 5923. Temperature.‘The standard temperature for the citrus tribe is 48°; but in the growing season they require at least ten degrees of additional heat to force them to produce luxuriant shoots The air of the house in which the plants are kept, whether in boxes or in the ground, should never be allowed tc fall under 40°, for though the orange, like the pine-apple, will endure a severe degree of cold for a few hours without injury, yet, as Mean has observed, the leaves once injured the trees will require three years to recover their appearance. Ayres never suffers his orangery to be heated above 50° by fire-heat, until the end of February; when the trees show blossom, it is increased to 55°, but never allowed to exceed 60° by sun-heat, the excess of which he checks by the admission of air till the early part of June, when he “ begins to force the trees, by keeping the heat in the house up as near as possible to 75°. For I do not consider(he adds) that either citrons, oranges, lemons, or limes, can be grown fine and good with less heat.”(Hort. Trans. iv. 811.) The orange, Humboldt observes(De Distrib. Plant. 158.), which requires an average temperature of 64 degrees, will bear a very great degree of cold if continued only for a short time. This is proved by an observation of Dr. Sickler, who says,“ It is remarkable how much cold and snow the common lemons and oranges will bear at Rome, provided they are planted in a sheltered situ- ation, not much exposed to the sun. Thus I saw in the two winters of 1805 and 1806, under my windows, on Monte Pincio, three standard orange-trees in the open ground, heavily covered with snow for more than a week. The green leaves, but still more the golden fruits, nearly ripe, looked singular but beautiful amidst the snow; neither fruits nor trees had suffered, being in a sheltered place, while many branches and leaves of other trees of this kind, which were exposed to the sun, turned black and died, rendering the whole tree sickly.”(Volk. Oran. Gart. 9.) It appears that the snow had been thawed from off these trees gradually, and more by the temperature of the atmosphere than by the direct rays of the sun, or a current of heated air. This resulted from their sheltered and partially shaded situation; and, as Dr. Noehden has remarked(Hort. Trans. iii. 43.), it proves the truth of the observation of Knight, that it is more the sudden transition from cold to heat, and the contrary, than the degree of either, which destroys vegetables. Whenever orange-trees or any tender exotics have been touched during night by frost, they should either be immediately shaded by mats from the next day’s sun, or thawed by water at not more than 32 or 33 degrees of temperature. In the northern regions the same treatment is successfully applied to animals.(See Hort. Trans. iii. 42. and 144.) 5924 Water. Orange-trees, like other evergreens which delight in’a strong soil, are not naturally fond of water; but in this country those in boxes are often much injured for a want of a due supply of this ma- terial; for the earth becoming indurated, the water wets only the surface, and runs over and escapes by the sides of the pot or box; so that while the mass of earth below is dry, the surface has a sane moist ap- pearance. Mean says,« When I think from the appearance of a plant, that the water does not freely enter by the middle or sides of the box, a sharp iron rod, about three feet long, is made use of to penetrate to the bottom of the earth, and to forma channel for the water, too little or too much of which is equally injurious to orange-trees.” Knight(Hort. Trans. ii, 229.) watered an orange-tree with very strong liquid manure, and found it grow with equal comparative vigor to the vine and mulberry. Ayres, after the fruit is set, waters with water, in which, at the rate of three barrows of fresh cow-dung, without litter, two bar- rows of fresh sheep’s droppings, and two pecks of quick lime have been added to every hogshead; when ather 18£a¥0 eal ob 5006 exotics, during Ne clude light tol of inaction,™ uffer for thew off when set ou range in al} fronts and 100! highly desitab of each tree ¥ 5997. 1 moderate-s boxes; 4 planted al adapted 10 will never planted in sina lous crops of fru most certal be brought. and heat: th and they occu West Lothian in tis way. and Woodril Slat dstang Boox I. ORANGE TRIBE. 773 used, the water is about the consistence of cream.(Hort. Trans. v. 310.) The French water once after shifting with a very strong lessive; they also mulch with recent cow and horse droppings, renewing these once a-month or oftener during summer, that there may be always abundance of soluble matter for the water to convey to their roots.(Nouveau Cours,&c. art. Orange.) M‘Phail mentions a case in which very large orange-trees in the border of a conservatory looked sickly; when, on digging deep into the borders\ to examine the cause, he found the earth quite dry, and by afterwards continuing to water them regu- larly he recovered them.(G. Rem. 242.) 5925. Air. During the winter season, Miller observes, orange-trees require a large share of air when the weather is favorable; for nothing is more injurious to these trees than stifling them, The prevention of} damp, Mean observes, is as essential to the perfection of the plants as the exclusion of cold. Where these: trees are kept in old-fashioned opaque-roofed green-houses, these cautions as to air and damp deserve parti- cuiar attention. Ayres says, the more air orange-trees have during the blossoming season, the more cer- tain will they be of setting the fruit. 5926. Light. Many gardeners are of opinion that the orange tribe do not require so much light as other exotics, which may have arisen from the gloomy conservatories in which they used to be formerly kept during winter; for certainly to look at the orange-houses at Versailles and Kew, one would not con- clude light to be a very essential requisite. But though these trees, like other evergreens, when in a state of inaction, will live with less light than evergreens or deciduous plants in a growing state, they always: suffer for the want of it, which is indicated by the paleness of the leaves in spring, and by their falling| off when set out in the open air and fully exposed to the influence of day. Whoever intends to grow the orange in any degree of perfection, should adopt houses, if not with glass on all sides, at least with glass fronts and roofs. When the plants are placed in the naked ground as standards, glass on all sides is highly desirable; for otherwise their leaves and shoots will all be turned to the south, and the north side} of each tree will in a short time become naked and unsightly. 5927. Manner of growing the trees. All the species may either be grown as dwarfs in _ moderate-sized pots or boxes; as standards with stems from two to six feet high in large| boxes; as standards planted in the naked ground; and either as dwarfs or standards{ planted and trained against a wall or trellis under glass. The two first modes are more adapted for ornament than producing crops of large fruit; for all the art of the gardener will never make plants grow as vigorously in boxes as in the free ground. Standards planted in the free ground or floor of the conservatory, combine both elegance and utility; ; as ina house properly constructed, they will make handsome heads, and produce abundant crops of fruit. The last mode, or that of planting against walls or trellises, is much the most certain way of having large crops. Every part of the plant above ground can thus be brought near the glass and equally exposed to the sun’s influence and that of the air and heat: they can be more readily pruned, and correctly trained, watered, and washed; and they occupy less room in proportion to the produce. The trees at Wood Hall, in West Lothian, some of those at Shipley, and at some places in Devonshire, are trained 1 quantity of sand of strong tur. in this way. Ina very few favorable situations in the South of England, as at Gerston set Eine and Woodville, in Devonshire, they are trained against walls in the open garden.} art ss i rn‘:: nF F 5928. Plans for orange-houses. These must naturally depend on the mode of growing. For plants in/ ves the following d moderate-sized pots and boxes, a common green-house is the obvious habitation; for, being plants of orna- as not been croppe ment, they require merely the treatment of that department. The conservatories in Italy have generally reaths; two parts opaque roofs, but some of the more enlightened nobles of Lombardy have lately erected splendid construc- hot-bed dung; 2 tions with glass roofs, in which they combine the culture of the citron tribe with other, large-growing post-soil of unio exotics.(fig. 520.) n the growil nt shoots F cold fora require three ogooooc0 by fire-heat,| ; An noAnN NNN Tl n tH oi nl WOW a | NNW A AHH || Kil| Wt I Witt Ht il SSS ES=== ‘proportionably large and lofty house is requisite; it may be opaque on the north side with a glass roof, front, and ends, of any conyenient or desired length, width, and height. height at the back wall may be fifteen feet, at front ten feet, and the width of the house fifteen feet. The floor may be either perfectly level, and the boxes placed on it, the lar- gest behind, so as'their tops may form a slope to the front glass, as in the conservatory of Prince Borghese, —_ n ra): =tsr 11 eae a 2 aL} | PZ Z I v4\ teres Z! rt AN :=. Samoa!. x E f Lip aafapadavetalatntat Ee Creer E I 3 1 patel ts pao b fet woay§ way Tit Lt Ht PEt TL SS TELA ain= t 78 Oe Py ee be es I a Ea Ed SE|[ Ed PS SS|+ iT(ay co= a EE sie oR NR mea(pees ET Se at Rome; or if the trees are young, a stage may be erected for a few years, in order to raise the plants to the light: but if the trees are of a considerable size, the best way is to have square pits in the floor at re- gular distances, somewhat larger than each box, and in these to sink the boxes, covering them with DFS , 174 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pant, mould, sand, or moss nearly to the level of the pavement, so that each tree so placed 7 c pear as if planted in a smali compartment ence Such is the plan of ee peter orree bbe the royal gardens at Monza.‘The walk, unless where a stage is adopted, should be in the front of the tote ae corresponding doors in each end; but where the trees are young, and placed on a stage like gre saan plants, the walk should be in front, as in no other situation could the eye of the spectator mee the fi iio of the plants. Where the walk is in the middle, and a double row of trees on each side as at M camihe effect in winter is truly magnificent and gratifying. onza, the 5930. Where the trees are to be planted as standards in the borders or floor of the house, it is essentiall requisite to the health and beauty of the plants that the building be glazed on all sides(fie boL) Showers might be supplied in Loddige’s manner; heat by steam or flues(fig. 522. a) and in winks a beds(6) might be covered with turf, strewed with daisies, violets, and primroses; these would Seeley —_—————__ yee 0904 y CIE 6? Z2°20 e040 into flower, and if the turf were kept very short about the roots of the flowering plants, and the trees in excellent condition, only those who have seen the first-rate, regularly planted, standard orange-groves of Nervi could form an idea of the effect, which, by contrast with the external winter, would be felt as lux urious and as anticipating real spring. i 5931. Where orange-trees are to be trained against the back wall or a trellis, under the glass, the forms adopted for common peach-houses or vineries are perfectly suitable; but as by training close under the glass, as is done with vines, much of the beauty of the foliage would be lost, training on a trellis a few feet distant, with a path between it and the glass, is preferable. 5932. Plans for tubs, pots, and bores. Unglazed pots of earthenware are preferable to glazed stone ware or China pots; the form need not be different from that in common use, and the size must depend on that of the plants. At Florence, where the largest and best garden-pots in Europe are made, the rim and part of the outside of pots destined for oranges and ornamental plants, are often decorated with festoons of flowers or fruit, and lions’ heads, or other ornaments; which some potters near London have begun to imitate 5933. Tubs may be of any size, and in these and in boxes, trees thrive better than in pots. One advan- tage of tubs is, that by unhooping them, the staves are instantly removed, and the roots examined and dressed, and by having a cooper at hand they are immediately replaced; thus saving much of the trouble necessarily incurred in shifting plants in pots or boxes. 5934. Boxes. All boxes which are larger than the largest-sized pots, should be contrived to take to pieces, in order to examine the roots, or to shift into larger boxes. Square boxes held together by an iron hoop, and taking to pieces on the principle of tubs, are most convenient for trees which do not require more than five or ten cubic feet of earth; and such as are used at the Tuilleries and by Mean(jigs. 177 to 179.) answer very well for plants requiring from ten to sixty cubic feet. Those of Mean contain sixty-four cubic feet of compost. 5935. Proportioning the of small pots or boxes; and where the object is dwarf plants, or mer increasing their size or regarding their fruit, they are the most proper. But where the object is luxuriance of growth and fruit, it does appear to us that the pots or boxes cannot be too large; unless, as Van Osten observes, it is meant to be asserted that plants grow larger in pots than in the free ground. It is, however, expedient to plant at first in small boxes, and remove into larger ones by degrees. The largest boxes in use in Holland and France are four feet square, which serve for trees with stems from six to eight feet high, with globular heads of six feet in diameter, and above a century old. Henderson has‘‘ always found that the citrus tribe, and plants in general, grow best in pots or boxes, regarded as rather small in propor- tion to the size of the plants.”(Caled. Mem. iii. 303.) 5936. Choice of sorts. Where the object is more ornament than fruit for the dessert, a selection may be made from the varieties of each species at pleasure; where the object is fruit for the dessert, the following sorts are to be preferred; the common, bloody- fruited, Bergamot, Maltese, sweet China, Seville, and Mandarin oranges; the com- mon lemon, citron, and lime, and one or two plants of the shaddock. These include all the essential varieties of the orange tribe as far as respects fruit; variations in the leaves and mode of growth. 5937. Choice of plants. For moderate-sized trees to be treated like green-house plants, such as are raised in this country or in the Parisian nurseries are preferable; but where the object is large handsome trees in boxes, standards in the free soil, or trained trees, then plants from Genoa or Malta are decidedly preferable; indeed, no plants fitting for the purpose of standards could be elsewhere procured. Miller is of this opinion, observing, that“ by much the quicker way of furnishing a green-house with large trees, is to make choice of such as are brought over every year in chests from Italy; for those which are raised from seeds in England will not grow so large in their stems under eighteen or twenty years, as those are when brought over; and although their heads are small when we receive them, yet in three years, with good management, they will obtain large heads, and produce fruit.” When the plants are purchased in London, at the Italian warehouses, without names, the greater number will be found to be of the shaddock and citron kinds; as the Italian gardeners find these sorts make stronger shoots and more showy plants, and therefore send a less number of the less luxuriant but more useful varieties. But the best way is to send an order, through a British merchant who has a correspondent at Genoa, for named sorts, ordering so many of each class, either from the table of Dr. Sickler(4880.) or the synopsis of Gal- lesio.(fig. 4881.) 5938. Management in pots and boxes. sixe of boxes to that of the plants. The general opinion of gardeners is in favor ely to preserve the trees without much The management of dwarf English or French plants in moderate- sized pots or boxes, for the green-house stage, consists in common green-house treatment. Being potted in the proper soil, the roots are to be annually examined before the growing season in spring, and when matted or diseased, trimmed off and repotted, or shifted into larger pots at discretion. Henderson says, « The general management of the orange-trees from the middle of March till the 1st of October, may be discussed in-a few words. I give the trees a good watering all over the leaves once a-week with the en- gine, excepting when they are in flower.‘Till the end of May this watering is given about 11 o’clock in the forenoon. After the end of May, I give them a good dashing over the leaves twice a-week with the en- gine, and now I do it in the evening. In very hot weather I repeat the engine-watering thrice a-week: t only i fed the foren0® iN. 5939. Fu crops of fru zow0, The, moderate hot then put You! quite dried by| afternards Wil a quantity of never to pu first planting: their bark+ J peating the s have made they will ha ranches t0 house them against frost mulch, will Remove toa roots oud t strument, get jntoa large f then clean the taken ro0t, foul, The op ing boxes whic «ld from one bo free and ball mu oer a pully sus thors recomment inthe air, the la citetly below th and the sides fil bark of the stem " it comes easly March, from the ball 2 only one ite la Lat the pot of crockery 0 cover the bet made from p entrance of prevents the from the roo the compost; serving to set partly int longer succes there be any sreen-house| ay get am When they w Very frequent 543, R Taged, ant cutting of tubs, and mouldy 1 them in aC received fr SH, Mane ofplanting in aWet subsoil post, Most hose, that al * Slpported {He house, A wx OF eght fe Nance Wil} F Boox 1. ORANGE TRIBE. 775 I never set the orange-trees out of doors during summer; for, from thirty-eight years’ experience, I find it is much against them, in the climate of Scotland. In hot weather I Keep them in the back of the ‘vinery, under the shade of the vines, or behind the stage of the green-house. Orange-trees delight to be in the shade in sunny weather; they here grow freely, and keep a fine dark-green color. From the fre- quent waterings over the leaves in summer, the pots require less water, but they must be carefully attended to, and when the plants are making their young shoots, the pots or tubs require a good supply of water, From October to March, I give them a gentle sprinkling over the leaves once in two or three weeks, but only in fresh weather, taking the opportunity of a mild day, when there isa little sun, and always in the forenoon.”(Caled. Hort. Mem. iii. 303.) 5939. For the management for Italian plants, destined to grow large trees and produce crops of fruit in boxes or tubs, the treatment requires to be more particularly detailed. 5940. The following are Miller’s directions:— Having furnished yourself with a parcel of trees, prepare a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, in length and breadth according to the number of trees to be forced, then put your trees into a tub of water upright, about half way of the stems, leaving the head and upper part of the stem out of water, the better to draw and imbibe the moisture. In this situation they may re- main two or three days, according to their plumpness when you received them; then take them out and clean their roots from all filth, cutting off all broken or bruised roots, and all the small fibres which are quite dried by being so long out of the earth, and scrub the stems with a hard hair brush, cleaning them afterwards with a cloth; then cut off the branches about six inches from the stem, and having prepared a quantity of good fresh earth, mixed with very rotten neat’s dung, plant your trees therein, observing never to put them into large pots; for if they are but big enough to contain their roots it is sufficient at first planting. Wrap the stems round with hay-bands from bottom to top to prevent the sun from drying their bark: plunge the pots in the bark-bed, watering well to settle earth to their roots, frequently re- malig| plats, an be tein peating the same all over their heads and stems, being very careful not to over-water them before they anda oreo have made good roots, and shade from the sun in the middle of the day. Ifthey have grown kindly et wl bef asl they will have made strong shoots by the beginning of June; at which time stop them to obtain lateral ser ete branches to furnish their heads; harden them to admit their removal into the open ground in July; der the ly, the im house them about the end of September; and, during winter, water frequently but moderately, guarding es aaa against frost. In the following spring clean the stems and leaves of the plants, top-dress the earth, and mulch, with rotten cow-dung, round the edges of the pots, taking care that none touch the stems. Remove to a sheltered situation in the open air by the end of May. As the trees advance, stop strong irre- gular-growing shoots in the summer season, to force out lateral branches, to fill the head, and render it regular and free from weak trifling branches. The trees will require to be shifted and new-potted, every other year, in April. In performing the operation, having drawn the trees out of the pots, cut off all the roots round the outside of the ball of earth, and take away all mouldy roots; then with a sharp iron in- strument, get as much of the old earth from between the roots as possible; then set the root of the tree into a large tub of water, for about a quarter of an hour, to soak the under part of the ball of earth, then clean the stems. Repot the trees, and water, letting them remain in the house till they have taken root. ing on a trellis a fen fst able to glazed stone ize must depen nade, the rim and pt with festoons offonen have begun an in pots, Oneatra le roots eXamed al ng much of th tube 5941. The operation of shifting, when the plants become very large, is much facilitated by adopt- : ing boxes which admit of being taken to pieces, as already described; the balls of earth can thus be e contrived to take h slid from one box to the other instead of being lifted out of the box. Where the boxes do not separate, the eld together byanite tree and ball must be lifted out by fixing one end of a rope to the stem of the tree, and passing the other which do not reg over a pully suspended from a triangle. This mode is recommended by Van Osten, while some French au- nd by Mean(sigs. thors recommend a carriage-lever and rope. The tree and ball of earth are thus, by either mode, suspended ean contain sixty-toe in the air, the latter is examined, the roots pruned,&c.; and this done, the same or a larger box is placed directly below the ball, with a proper quantity of compost at the bottom, and into this the tree is lowered, gardenersis in favt and the sides filled with earth,&c. The worst thing attending this mode is the liability of injuring the e trees without muc bark of the stem by the noose of the suspending rope. e object is luxuriant 5942. Henderson shifts oranges only once in two years, and frequently after a longer interval.‘I never inless, as Van Oa shift any plant tillthe pot is very full of roots. In shifting the oranges, I always take as much of the und, Itis, howere, exhausted mould away as I can; and, on account of the light and free nature of the compost used, The largest boxe! it comes easily from among the roots. The, best season for this operation is about the beginning of rom six to eight fe March. Having turned the plants out of the pots or tubs, pick as much of the old exhausted mould on has“ always foal from the ball as you can, without injuring the roots. They should be shifted into. the pots or tubs -ather small in prvp only one size larger, and some of the plants will perhaps do better if replaced into the same pots again. Let the pots be all clean washed and dried before any plants be again put into them. Put a piece of crockery or broken pot over the hole in the bottom of the pit, with the convex side down; then uit for the dest, cover the bottom, above the piece laid over the hole, three quarters of an inch thick, with char » where the objet made from pit-coal, broken small, about the size of peas. This both forms a drain, and prevents the e; W 1 entrance of worms. On the top of the charred cinders place a layer of dried moss(hypnwm), which e common bl prevents the compost mould from getting down amongst the char, and lets the water pass off freely wes fe(ole from the roots of the plants. The bottoms of the pots being prepared in. this way, put in a little of Stee ste the compost; then introduce the roots of the plant into the pot, and fill it up with the compost, ob- ock, Thee serving to keep a little of the mould betwixt the side of the pot and the roots. The plants may be ts variations 12 une set partly into the peach-house or the vinery, and some into the green-house, which will give a ’ longer succession of their flowers. The orange-trees that are placed in the vinery or peach-house, if there be any fire-heat used at the time, must be watered as soon as put in; but those put into the green-house where there is little heat, may stand a day without getting any. After that space they may get a moderate watering; and this maybe repeated once a-week till the weather become warm, when they will require it oftener. Those placed in the vinery or peach-house will require watering very frequently, according to the degree of heat kept in the house.”(Caled. Hort. Mem. iii. 304.) te 5: s- rit it 5943. Renovating old trees in pots or boxes. Where orange-trees have been ill ma- meaty naged, and their heads become ragged and decayed, Miller directs to restore them by sa teat ie 0s gent cutting off the greatest part of their heads by March; drawing them out of the pots or het tee tubs, and shaking off the earth from their roots; then cutting away all small fibres and yl gi mouldy roots; and next soaking and cleaning their roots, stems, and branches, planting them in good earth, plunging them in a hot-bed, and treating them as directed for trees received from abroad. 5944. Management of the citron tribe-as standards. Prepare foreign plants as directed above, and instead of planting in pots, plant in the border or floor. This must have been laid dry by proper drains, and if on a wet sub-soil, floored, to prevent the roots from penetrating into it. On this, lay the sort of earth, or com- ost, most eeproved of, to the thickness of three or four feet; care having been taken in constructing the ouse, that all the walls(excepting the north wall, if the house be opaque on that side), flues, paths,&c. be supported on pillars or piers, so as the compost may extend under them, and ten or twelve feet without the house, according to circumstances. Plant the trees either in squares, or better in quincunx, allowing six or eight feet between the trees, which will give thirty-six or sixty-four square feet to each plant.‘This distance will suffice for several years, and afterwards every other tree can be taken out. After planting, 3D 4 vty 776 PRACTICE OF GARDENING.—e which should be finished in April, water at the root, and morning and evening sprinkle a li tops’ to assist in causing them to break freely. Apply fires, and keep the House diag Tight aide ee a moist heat of from 55° to 60° till the plants have made shoots of three or four inches; then begin t give a little air, gradually increasing it, but still keeping up the heat till the growth of the shoot: completed, when the sashes should be taken off to harden and color the shoots and leaves. It will be necessary to attend to the above directions annually, for three or four years, in the growing season‘a order to procure as much wood in a short time as possible. Keeping the heads open and regular with the common routine culture, is all that is necessary at other seasons. R 5945. On wails and espaliers. Prepare the plants and the border as before, and plant about ten or twelve feet distance, allowing a larger space for the citron, lemon, and shaddock, than for the common orange, as the former grow faster and more luxuriantly. In the growing season, observe the directions already given continiung them annually. The fan manner of training is that generally adopted.‘ 5946. Pruning. The French pay great attention to this part of the culture of the orange tribe; and, in- deed, display greater art in pruning every sort of tree, than the British. They have their winter taille"and their ébourgeonnement, or summer pruning, of the orange-tree, as of the peach and vine. Those at Ver- sailles and the Tuilleries are looked over every year, and receive a very elaborate pruning every sixth or eighth year. The object of this pruning is to keep the head proportioned to the capacity of the box con- taining the roots. The heads of these trees, notwithstanding the annual prunings, become too large and show indications of suffering for want of nourishment every sixth or eighth year. Theshoots are then shortened to within an inch or two of the old wood, and the tree, thus almost completely deprived of leaves, does not produce blossoms during the two next years: it pushes, however, vigorous shoots, which are trained to form a bushy well furnished bead of the same shape and size as before. Such has been the practice of the late M. Pethon, who was head gardener at Versailles for forty years. The form of the heads of the trees at Versailles is that of a cylinder, spreading out at top, of which the height is greater than the breadth; those in other places are ovate, globular, or mushroom-shaped, and some are even square and triangular. (See Van. Osten. c. xi.)‘The blossoms of the orange-trees in the royal gardens of France, and in most gardens of Holland and the Netherlands are carefully picked off as they appear; as well to prevent the tree from being exhausted by bearing fruit, as for the use of the flowers in perfumery. Those of the Tuilleries, Neill informs us(Hort. Tour.), are farmed at the rate of 200. a-year; and those of Versailles are let annually, in lots, and produce 125/. a-year, or upwards. In Holland the flowers are commonly the perquisite of the gardener. Thus the beauty of the continental orange--trees is far inferior to those of Italy or Britain, which are covered with fine large fruit. 5947. The pruning which orange-trees receive in England, does not differ, in general, from that given to any green-house tree or shrub; and the consequence is, handsome bushes or trees, with the blossoms and fruit on the surface of the foliage. But when the orange-tree is cultivated for fruit, whether as standards or against walls, the branches ought to be kept thin, like those of other fruit-trees, so as to admit the sun, air, and water, freely to every part, and thus have the blossoms and fruit regularly distributed from the centre to the extremities. This is readily effected where the trees are flat-trained, which, where fruit is the object, is a great argument in favor of that mode of culture. 5948. In pruning, with a view to fruit, it must be considered, that the most useful blossoms of most sorts of citrus are produced in the form of terminating peduncles, on the wood of the current year; and hence, the grand object of the pruner ought to be to encourage the production of young wood in every part of the tree; by cutting out naked wood, and shortening vigorous shoots where wood is wanting. A powerful co- operating measure is the exposition of all the parts of the tree to the light and air, which, as already observed, is only to be done in standards, by keeping the trees open, or by flat training. There are also blossoms produced by various sorts of citrus, in tufts, directly from the axille of the leaves of the wood of the preceding year: these expand earlier than the others, but generally drop off in plants kept under cover. Ayres cuts away the old and least-promising branches, in February, to make room for younger and more productive wood, and shortens very strong branches to keep the trees in proper shape. After the fruit is set, it ought to be thinned, seldom leaving more than one onapeduncle. In France they thin the flowers, which, by that means, they are enabled to use for distillation. The thinned fruit is used in con- fectionary. Mean observes,*‘ In regard to the necessity of thinning the fruit, lest the trees should exhaust themselves, it appears to me to depend on the state of the trees: if they are flourishing, I never observed that it was at all required, either here or at Bromley Hill, where the orange-trees belonging to the Right Honorable Charles Long are very fine, and loaded with peculiarly large fruit.” Ayres thins when the fruit are about the size of green-gage plums, and never leaves two fruit together. Will standard trees, pruned with a view to fruit, be equally beautiful with the compact geometrical-headed trees of Paris, and the old conservatories of this country? Those who prefer a full-bottomed periwig to a natural disposition of the hair will not think so. The two beauties, or effects, are of different kinds; the latter has utility to re- commend it; the former, associations of the pomp and formal grandeur of past times. Quintiney, and other French authors, direct the wounds or sections made in pruning orange-trees, to be covered with a composition to exclude the air; which deserves to be attended to, as the growth of the bark is otherwise very slow over wounds in these trees. 5049, Manure. About Genoa, the best cultivated orange-groves are manured annually. In France and this country, the best practitioners stir the surface and apply a top-dressing of rich compost when the trees begin to grow, generally in April or May. Ayres top-dresses in June. 5950. Gathering the fruit. In the Italian gardens, and those at Hieres in France, where the fruit of the orange is raised for sale, it is gathered every year, generally in May. If not then gathered, it will hang on the tree for one or two years longer; but when the young fruit is green and swelling, the old ripe be- comes somewhat shrivelled, and if then gathered is found almost void of juice. But as the new fruit begins to arrive at maturity, the juice begins to return to the old fruit; so that both old and new crops are in perfection together the following May. In this way, at Genoa, the orange is sometimes allowed to re- main on the tree three years, and being then gathered, has a peculiar subacid sweetness and flavor, and is sold at a very high price to connoisseurs at Milan, Turin, and other places. The lemon differs from the orange in that it ripens irregularly, and drops off when ripe. It is therefore gathered at almost every season. The orange-tree, kept in conservatories, generally requires fifteen months to ripen its fruit, and hence, both green and ripe fruit are together on the tree. Some authors assert, that the leaves remain on the same period with the fruit; put Quintiney says,“on a vigorous plant they will remain three or four years.” In Britain they often remain three years on moderately strong plants without fruit. In gather- ing for the table in this country, the fruit should not be pulled with the hand, but carefully cut off with a few leaves attached, and, thus garnished, sent to the dessert. By allowing them to hang two years, the trees will at all times have green and yellow fruit, which, in connexion with their shining green leaves and fragrant blossoms, forms, early in spring, in such a house as we have hinted at(5929. and fig. 521.), one of the most splendid of horticultural scenes. Serle.::§ 5951. Insects and diseases. The chief insects injurious to the citrus tribe, are the coccus and red spider; both to be removed or destroyed by water applied with the engine, brush, or sponge. Mean, early in March, when he top-dresses his plants, applies a copious washing with the engine; then shuts up the house close for three or four hours, which produces a strong heat, as high as 70°, which effects the destruction of the red spider; while the stems and leaves are wiped with a wet sponge to remove other insects and dirt.(Hort. Trans. ii. 296.) Henderson destroys the aphis by fumigation; the red spider by sprinkling and dashing with water; the coccus, by laying on the leaves with a brush some black soap dissolved in water, or by water- ing and dusting the leaves with sulphur; and the only remaining insect which infests the orange, the thrips, he destroys with water.(Caled. Hort. Mem. 315.) Ale cog.‘The 1” ihckly coathe \ong even alter Y ‘The fruit Teh or summer{0 In Languedo Bngland 1 1 ripens its fn poxes, and| Netherlands: ego inform 555. Us orange; Hs: Tt is used mi astringell thus(*) ma)| Tho wild, or very acid cut out, and the trees are trained The season for tl pruned, they sel ing off fore-right ation Miller obta f full ma ies, cultiva the same princi Ni BSECT, 3, 5958, The stiff, narrow, from wood 9 berried drup color, but tun butit is now n srely cultivat teeattains an phntation abo Hats mention teen cultivated pitti House pl ant ti rthe com directions thay ae, L ide] | le orange tite nj; thei Water fi vine, Those at Vp, *PULLDg every sixth City of the box gy, toolarpeand show Asate then shortened I Teares, does nt te, and ns 1; a8 well to prevent the The t flowers a ar inferior to those oft eneral, from that grab es, With the blo nuit, whether as tan es,$0 as to admit the larly distributed ad, which, where fut i ul blossoms of nut sorts raining, There a re leaves of the wou ff in plants kept we nake room for youl roper shape. After n France they thintt od fruit is used 10 ie trees should extas hing, I never obser pelonging to the fig res thins When thelfe standard trees, pu es of Parts, and thee stural disposition B® o latter has utility “times.(Quinte) es, to be covered id! of the ark is ote’ Jn Feweal sen te th annually. ch compost Wh sett ete + yl DDR {pe le if without a ft pul va! ii rf Boox I. POMEGRANATE, OLIVE."77 Sussecr. 2. Pomegranate.— Punica Granatum, L.(Bot. Mag. 634.) Icos. Monog. L. and Rosacee, J. Grenadier, Fr.; Granatenbaum, Ger.; and Melagrano, Ital. 5952. The pomegranate is a low deciduous tree, rising fifteen or twenty feet high, thickly cloathed with twiggy branches, some of which are armed with sharp thorns. The leaves are long and narrow, of a light shining green with red veins. The flowers are pro- duced at the ends of the branches, in the shoots of the same year, single or three or four together; frequently one of the largest terminates the branch, and immediately under that are two or three smaller buds, which continue a succession of flowers for some months, generally from June to September. The calyx is very thick and fleshy, and of a fine red color; the petals are scarlet. The fruit is a berry covered with a hard coriaceous rind, and beautifully crowned with the tube of the calyx, which is sharply toothed, and remains even after the fruit is ripe, contributing greatly to its singular and beautiful appearance. The fruit ripens in October, and, in a green-house, will hang on the trees till the spring or summer following. It is a native of most parts of the south of Europe and of China. In Languedoc, and some parts of Italy, it is used as a hedge plant. It was cultivated in England in 1596, by Gerrard; but though it grows very well in the open air, it seldom ripens its fruit so as to render them worth any thing. It used formerly to be kept in boxes, and housed like the orange-tree, which is still the practice near Paris and in the Netherlands. Some of the orange and pomegranate trees in the orangery at Versailles, Risso informs us, are believed to be between two and three hundred years old. 5953. Use. The fruit having an acid pulp is very refreshing, and is eaten like the orange; its singular and beautiful appearance contributes to the variety of the dessert. It is used medicinally in fevers and inflammatory disorders; being powerfully acid and astringent. 5954. Varieties. The Paris nurseries propagate the following sorts: those marked thus(*) may be had in the London nurseries. The wild, or very acid-fruited The semi-double, and double red and The proliferous; in which a shoot The subacid-fruited, or cultivated* whit proceeds from the middle of the The sweet-fruited The yellow-flowered* flower. Large-flowered single red and white The variegated-flowered 5955. Propagation.'The single-flowering sorts may be raised from seed, and all the varieties by cuttings, suckers, or layers, or by inoculation or grafting on the wild sort.‘The last is considered much the best mode where fruit is the object; and the next best is by layers, but the common mode is by suckers, which these plants send up abundantly. Inoculated plants, both of the single and double sorts, may be procured from Genoa; and this is the most desirable plan where the plant is to be cultivated for its fruit. 5956. Culture. The directions given for raising and cultivating the orange-tree may be considered as equally applicable to the pomegranate, which, with the olive, was formerly the common companion of these trees in conservatories. Miller has observed,“‘ that both the single and double pomegranate are hardy enough to resist our most severe winters in the open air; and that if planted against walls, the former will often produce fruit, which ripen tolerably well in warm seasons, but ripening late, are seldom well tasted.”” Where it is to be grown for fruit, therefore, either the standard or flat trained mode, under glass, as recommended for oranges, should be adopted. A few trees may be introduced along with those of the citrus tribe. Soil. Miller recommends a strong rich soil, in which he says,“‘ they flower much better, and produce more fruit than if planted on dry poor ground.” In regard both to soil and mode of growth, the pome- granate bears a close resemblance to the hawthorn. 5957. Pruning and training. As already mentioned, the flowers of this tree always proceed from the extremity of the branches produced the same year, hence all weak branches of the former year should be cut out, and the stronger shortened, in order to obtain new shoots in every part of the tree. When the trees are trained against a wall, the shoots having small leaves, may be laid in four or five inches asunder. The season for the winter pruning, Miller says, is about Michaelmas; for if left till spring before they are pruned, they seldom put out their shoots so early. In summer they require no other dressing than pinch- ing off fore-right and over vigorous shoots, as it is the middling only which are fruitful. In a warm situ- ation Miller obtained a great quantity of fruit from trained trees; which, though not very well flavored, were of full magnitude, and made a very handsome appearance on the trees. The double and other varieties, cultivated for the sake of their flowers, should be pruned, whether in boxes or against walls, on the same principle. Sunsecr. 3. Olive.— Olea Europea, L.(Fl. Grac. i. t. 3.) Diand. Monog. L. and Oleine, B. P. Olive, Fr.; Oehlbawm, Ger.; and Uliva, Ital. 5958. The olive is a low branchy evergreen tree, rising from twenty to thirty feet, with stiff, narrow, bluish-green leaves. The flowers are produced in small axillary bunches from wood of the former year, and appear in June, July, and August. The fruit is a berried drupe of an oblong spheroidal form, hardish thick flesh, of a yellowish-green color, but turning black when ripe. The tree is supposed to be originally from Greece; but it is now naturalised in the south of France, Italy, and Spain, where it has been exten- sively cultivated for an unknown length of time, for the oil expressed from its fruit. The tree attains an incredible age. Near Terni, in the vale of the cascade of Marmora, is a plantation above two miles in extent, of very old trees, and supposed to be the same plants mentioned by Pliny, as growing there in the first century. It appears to have been cultivated in the botanic garden of Oxford, in 1648, and is generally treated as a green-house plant. With protection from severe frost, Miller says,‘ it may be main- 718 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. tained against a wall in the latitude of London.” In Devonshire, some trees have stood the open air for many years; but the fruit does not arrive at maturity, Some trees planted against a warm wall at Camden House, near Kensington, succeeded so as in 1719 to produce fruit fit for pickling. 5959. Use. At the dessert, and frequently, also, during dinner, unripe olives appear as a pickle; which, though to those who taste it for the first time, it appears somewhat harsh, yet it soon becomes extremely grateful; and is said to promote digestion and create an appetite. Pickled olives are prepared by steeping in an alkaline lessive, to extract a part of their bitter; they are next washed in pure water, and afterwards pre- served in salt and water, to which an aromatic, as fennel,&c. is sometimes added. The ripe olive, pressed and washed with hot water, furnishes, when skimmed, the well known condiment and corrective, salad-oil, employed both in food and medicine. It may be considered as the butter of Italy and Spain. 5960. Varieties. In the olive-countries these are nearly as numerous as the sorts of the grape and fig. The French(N. Cours,&c. in loco) describe between thirty and forty sorts. The following are grown in English nurseries:— Thecommon|_ Large-leaved| Broad-leaved| Iron-colored| Twisted-leaved| Box-leaved. 5961. Propagation. By seeds, cuttings, layers, suckers, and inoculation. The last mode is adopted where the culture of the olive is conducted with care; but the olivettes, or olive-plantations, are generally furnished from suckers, which arise abundantly from the roots of old trees. In England, as a green-house plant, it is raised from cuttings; but where it is intended to grow a few trees in the forcing-department for the sake of their fruit, we would recommend procuring strong plants from Genoa; these will produce fruit in three or four years, but the others not for an unknown length of time. 5962. Culture. Some plants used formerly to be received by the Italian merchants along with their imports of orange-trees, and were planted, like them, in pots or boxes; but in order to grow the tree for fruit, the modes to be adopted are either planting as standards in the area, or training on a wall, as recom- mended for the orange and pomegranate. If a house is not devoted to this fruit, one might be appropri- ated for it and the pomegranate; giving each their respective soils, and recollecting that the olive will not bear a very high degree of heat. 5963. Soil.‘The olive will grow luxuriantly in a strong clayey richly manured soil, but will not prove nearly so prolific as in a dry, calcareous, schistous, sandy, or rocky situation; which ought to be imitated in some degree in the composition prepared for the area or border of the olive-house. 5964. Temperature. That suitable for the orange will agree with the olive; but it cannot bear so high a degree of heat as that plant, never being found in Africa south of Atlas, norin the East or West Indies, It is also easily affected by cold, but not more so than the orange. 5965. Pruning. The object here is to have a regular distribution of wood of the former year, from the axils of the leaves of which, the flowers spring out. When shoots of three or more years are shortened for this purpose, they do not produce blossoms; but wood of the preceding or current year may be short- ened, and the shoots proceeding from them will produce blossoms in due course. Ringing, to induce eR ae was practised on the olive so early as the seventeenth century.(Bosc, in N. Cours,&c. art. Olivier. Sunsecr. 4. Indian Fig, or Prickly Pear.— Cactus opuntia, L.(Knor. Thes, 1. Fa.) Icos. Monog. L. and Cacti, J. Raquette, Fr. 5966. The genus cactus consists of succulent plants, permanent in duration, singular and various in structure, generally without Jeaves, and having the stem or branches jointed, and for the most part armed with spines and bristles. The joints or branches of the C. opuntia are ovate, compressed, and have very small cadaverous leaves coming out in knots on their surface, and accompanied by four short bristly spines. The branches spread near to,.or trail on the ground.‘The flowers come out on the upper edges of the branches in June and July. The fruit is in the form of a fig or pear, with clusters of small spines on the skin, which encloses a fleshy pulp of a red or purple color, and agreeable subacid flavor. It is a native of Virginia and Barbary, but is now natural- ised in the south of Italy, being found on the rocks at Terracina and Gaeta. It was cultivated in England by Gerrard, in 1596, in the open air, but without bearing fruit. It was cultivated in the stove by Justice at Crichton near Edinburgh, in 1750, and ripened its fruit. Miller says,“ it will live abroad in England in a warm situation and dry soil; but in severe winters will be destroyed if not protected from frost.” 5967. Use.‘The fruit is sent to the dessert in the West Indies; and might add to the variety of exotic fruits in this country. Braddick observes(Hort. Trans. ii. 239.), that in countries where the fruit abounds, it is considered very wholesome, and though the taste of it is not agreeable to all persons till after they have eaten of it several times, yet they soon become very fond of it. 5968. Sorts.‘There are several species of that division of the genus cactus, called prickly pears or figs, which produce edible fruit in their native countries, as the great Indian fig, or upright prickly pear, (C. funa)(Plant. grass 138.); oblong Indian fig(C. ficus Indica)(Reich, vol. ii. 470.); Barbadoes goose- berry(C. pereskia)(Dill. elt. t. 997, f. 294.): the C. opuntia is deemed the most hardy, and by consequence the easiest to fruit in Britain; but there can be no doubt that the other sorts might also be brought to ma- ture their fruit with very little expense or trouble. They are at present kept in dry-stoves for the sake of variety. 5 5969. Propodaton and culture. All the above sorts may be propagated from seed or cuttings; the latter mode is most common. Cut off the branches at the joints, in July, or after the plants have done flowering, and let them dry for a fortnight, that the wounded part may be healed over; then plant in small pots, and plunge in the bark-bed, or in a moderate hot-bed, watering sparingly, giving air to avoid damps, an shading from the midday sun. 5970. Soil. Miller recommends the following: one third of light fresh earth from a pasture; a third M; ig, culture ls w96 es yirginia, WS ¢ in Vite!‘ among y SOL,& ‘ fs, 90 tal® ‘acts punta actus see a( a ings wil ast suffered to touch earth by placing Trans. 2) 5073. The: edible fruit, a may also be ct for the Indian Seon, IIL, 2 ord, The in rational and ent for gardening. habits, aged or in stimulus to such of torpid unenjoy have been cultivat Loquat, banana,&e of our stove or gre with, numerous be ike those of the white, on axillary cr yellow; about ‘grateful subacid very wholesome a and was introduce to this co Propagati 1 seeds, cuttin d prolong the latter produce but onier a few trees t Over in tubs these trees(0050), and submitted to a Jan glass, By such tres tree would in a fe orange, 5971. Me allio sed, L.(Pluk. Lauring, B, p, dies, grows to th a trunk 8 large 2 { le flowers are D Upgest pears, and and has a delicate {0 those who cant Of pungent si ice, but mo i Propagat “Ye brought ov Process of Ta H ots, the Us te fp its ra Book I. EXOTIC FRUITS LITTLE KNOWN. 779 part of sea-sand; and the other part, one half rotten tan, and half lime rubbish. These are to be mixed and laid ina heap, three or four months before using, turning it over once a month; then pass it through a rough screen, but do not sift it fine; reserving some of the small stones and rubbish to lay at the bottom of the pots, in order to keep an open passage for the moisture to drain off. The Barbadoes gooseberry ‘ requires less lime-rubbish and more of vegetable earth.: inner, Ute 5971. Temperature. All the sorts, excepting the prickly pear, require the temperature of a dry-stove . RO er in winter, and an increased degree of heat, say 80° or 90° in summer, when it is intended they should . produce fruit. They may either be planted in large boxes, filled with the soil above described, with a portion of vegetable mould added; or in borders, to be trained on a wall or trellis near the light. In eaten either case, by supplying them liberally in summer, whilst in a growing state, with heat at bottom and 5 M0 an alkalis| top, air, light, and some moisture, they will thrive abundantly, and produce fruit certainly not of exquisite t Water, al thera, flavor, but agreeable and singular, and worthy of being added to the British dessert.,; prea as eal 5972. Culture of the prickly pear in the open air. Braddick having eaten, with pleasure, of this fruit © Seles ade,\ in Virginia, was desirous of cultivating it here. He recollected that the plant in its wild state delighted 1 stimmed, the Tell kay in a dry soil, amongst rocks, near the skirts of the sunny sides of the forests; and having heard that it aad medi eh would stand the open air in this country, he planted it in the compost described below, placed in a shel- » Rae, I Tay tered situation open tothe sun.‘ The first plant that I turned out has lived in the open ground of this country for six or seven years, during which period it has endured one exceeding hard winter, and several trying springs; and in all, except the two first years, it has never failed to ripen its fruit and seeds, so that it may be now considered decidedly acclimated. The compost used by me for growing the Cactus opuntia is the following: one half is carbonate of lime, for which lime-rubbish from old buildings will answer; the remaining half consists of equal portions of London clay and peat-earth, hay- ing the acid neutralised by barilla: these are intimately blended and sifted. One square yard of this compost I conceive to be sutticient for one plant, which must be placed in the middle of a small artificial hillock, raised eighteen inches above the surface of the ground, which ground should be rendered per- fectly dry, if not naturally so, by under-draining. Neither the leaves, flowers, nor fruit should ever be suffered to touch the ground, but they should, as constantly as they are produced, be kept from the earth by placing stones, pebbles, flints, or bricks under them, in imitation of artificial rock-work.”(Hort. Trans. 238.) tte, ita 5973. The torch-thistle, or upright cereus, of which there are four species which bear edible fruit, and the strawberry-pear(C. triangularis), the poire de chardon of the French, may also be cultivated as fruit-bearing stove plants, in the same way as recommended for the Indian fig. Secr. III. Luxotic Fruits little known, some of which merit Cultivation for their Excellence or Rarity. 5974. The introduction and cultivation of new exotic fruits may be considered as a very rational and entertaining object, for such as have the means, the time, and a taste for gardening. It seems to deserve the particular attention of retired persons of solitary habits, aged or inactive, by presenting an end to be attained; it may serve as a gentle stimulus to such as, from indolence or bilious complaints, are apt to sink into a state of torpid unenjoyed existence. A few of the plants, which we shall here enumerate, have been cultivated so as to produce fruit in this country, as the granadilla, lee-chee, loquat, banana,&c.; most of the others have hitherto served only to increase the variety of our stove or green-house plants. -yanent in duration 2 5975. The akee-tree is the Blighia Sapida, H. K.(Ann. WS bts Bot, 2. t. 16, 17.) Oct. Monog. L. and Sapindi, J.( fig. 523.) aving the stem«ri It is a tree rising from twenty to twenty-five feet in height, es, The jun BO with numerous branches, and alternate pinnate leaves, ai er like those of the common ash. The flowers are small, I] cadaverous la white, on axillary racemes. The fruit is a pome, reddish pristly spines Tee or yellow; about the size of a goose’s egg, with a pulp of Weatp Areal a grateful subacid flavor; and in the West Indies esteemed ut on the Upper very wholesome and nourishing. It is a native of Guinea, fia or peat, mine and was introduced in Jamaica in 1778, and from thence brought to this country in 1793. 5976. Propagation and culture. It may be propagated from seeds, cuttings, or layers; but as the former mode a red of pul arbary, but! + an Ot would prolong the period of culture for fruit, and the two rracina a 1 ta latter produce but weak plants, the better plan would be to but witout ba order a few trees to be inoculated in Jamaica, and then sent i appre, 0! over in tubs; these might be treated as directed for orange- + Edits ry trees(5939.), and then planted in a border of rich earth, and ina rams submitted to a Jamaica climate, and flat-trained near the a from irs 3 glass. By such treatment, there can be no doubt the akee. es{ns tree would in a few years produce fruit as readily as the ' Indies; orange.(; “oe(ith Tr 5977. The alligator, or avocado pear, is the Laurus Per- To rn, iY sea, L.(Pluk, Alm. t. 267. f.1.) Ennean. Monog. L. and very WOle aT Laurine, B.P. Itis a stove tree which, in the West In- ayo piel ite dies, grows to the height of thirty feet or upwards, with ave a trunk as large as that of our common apple-tree. The leaves are like those of laurel, of a deep-green- ‘The flowers are produced towards the extremities of the branches.‘The fruit is the size of one of our biggest pears, and is held in great esteem in the West Indies; the pulp is of a pretty firm consistence, and has a delicate rich flavor; it gains upon the palate of most persons, and becomes soon agreeable even to those who cannot like it at first; but it is so rich and mild, that most people make use of some spice or pungent substance, to give it a poignancy; and for this purpose some make use of wine, some of ne ult but most of pepper and salt. Miller, from whom the above account is extracted, cultivated it in 1739, 5978. Propagation and culture. Miller gives directions for raising‘the tree from seeds, which, he says, may be brought over in dry sand from the countries where it is cultivated. There is nothing uncommon i in the process of raising, which is conducted in a hot-bed or pit; and when the plants have made their ca summer shoots, they are removed to the stove during winter. But where it is intended to cultivate ps this tree for its fruit, a better way would be to send to the Botanic Garden of St. Vincent’s, and request ci 780 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pigeai. a few stocks to be inoculated from bearin being properly cased and packed, a ouMGaeiee giver as orange-trees usually do; might be treated like them when unpacked; and planted ina border of strong rich soil, to be trained on a trellis or wall near thee lass After the plants were established, horizontal training and ringing, accompanied by a Jamaica temperature, would soon produce fruit. z 5979. The anchovy-pear is the Grias cauliflora, L,( Hist. 2. t. 217.£.1. 2.) Polyan. Monog. L. i ae (fig. 524.)_It is a stove tree, frequently growing to the height of fifty feet in the West Indies, where it is a na- tive.‘The leaves are oblong, and two or three feet long The flowers numerous on short peduncles, large and whitish. The drupe is ovate, and crowned with a calyx like the pomegranate, about the size and shape of an alli- gator’s egg: it is pickled, and eaten like the East Indian mango, which it greatly resembles in taste. It grows ge- 2 nerally in low moist bottoms, or shallow waters, and has amost elegant appearance. Introduced here from Ja- maica in 1768. 5980. Propagation and culiure. It is very readily pro- pagated from the stones, and the plants must be kept in a moist heat.‘To grow it for fruit, plant in a border, and train horizontally near the light, as directed for the avo- cado-pear.(5978.) 5981. The durion is the Durio Zibethina, L.(Rumph. Amb. p.99) Polyadelph. Polyan. L. and Capparides, J. (fig. 525). This is a lofty East Indian tree, with leaves re- sembling those of the cherry, and large bunches of flowers coming out below the leaves, of a pale-yellow color. The fruit is the size of a man’s head, roundish or oblong; resembling in some degree a rolled-up hedgehog, with a hard bark or rind; the fleshy part of the fruit is of a creamy substance, and of a delicate taste; but of an unpleasant heavy smell, somewhat resembling that of rotten onions; and the smell of the breath of those who eat it is infected also in a high degree; but when once a person has accus- tomed himself to eat thig fruit, he generally considers it the most excellent of all. Rumphius says, it is by much the most excellent fruit of India.‘The tree has not yet been introduced; but if a few fruit or plants were sent for from the Calcutta garden, and submitted to the general plan of culture for trees difficult to fruit, there can be no doubt of success. 5982. The white guava is the Psidium pyriferum, L. (Rumph. amb. 1. t.#7.) Icos. Monog. L. and Myrti, J. (fig. 526.) It isa West Indian tree, growing to the height > WATS \\\ WAN \\ AW \\ ‘| Wn Ny.~S VN" X y TN PWS AV yj if 526 with sugar. It has been grown here as a stove plant since other similar fruit-trees already mentioned. 5983. The red guava(P. pomiferum) has a beautiful fruit, crowned like a pomegranate; but is not so agreeable to eat as the other. 5984. Catiley’s guava, P. Cattleianum. A new species introduced from China by Messrs. Barr and Brooks, nur- serymen, and fruited by W. Cattley, F. H.S., in 1820. The plant resembles the other species in general habit and ap- pearance; but the fruit is larger, nearly spherical, of a fine deep claret color, growing in the axilla of the leaves; the skin has much the consistence of that of a ripe fig, but is S thinner; the interior is a soft fleshy pulp, purplish-red next the skin, but becoming paler towards the middle, and at the * centre it is quite white; it is juicy, and in consistence is © much like a strawberry, to which it bears some resemblance in flavor.(Hort. Trans. iv. pl. xi. 317.) 5985. The jamrosade, or rose-apple, is the Eugenia Jambos, L.(Bot. Mag. 1696.) Icos. Monog. L. and Myrti, J.(fig. 527.) It is a branchy tree, rising from twenty to thirty feet high, with long narrow leaves not unlike those of the peach. The flowers come out in terminal bunches in July, are of a greenish-yellow color, and succeeded by fruit about the size of a hen’s egg, white, red, or rose-scented, with the flavor of a ripe apricot, and ripening from September to December. It isa native of the East Indies, and was cultivated here by Miller, in 1768. There are several varieties of this tree differing in the size and color of the fruit. That with white fruit has been cultivated by Professor Thouin in the National Garden at Paris. This horticulturist endeavored to harden the tree by exposing it annually to the open air during the two hottest months of the year; but, after persisting in this mode of cultivation for several years, and finding the leaves and part of the shoots die off annually, in consequence of the cold while exposed, he at last had recourse to a hot and moist atmosphere, and was successful.(Hort. Trans. i. App.) Cattley has a plant which regularly yields him abundance of fruit.(Hort. Trans. v. 112.): 5986. The Malay apple is anotheg species of Eugenia(2. Malaccensis).(Bot. Rep. 458.) The noe resem- bles the former, but has broader leaves. The fruit is ovate, an inch anda half in diameter, fles y, very sweet-smelling, like the rose, agreeable to the taste, smell, and sight, and esteemed wholesome. It is com- mon in most of the islands in the South Sea, and was cultivated by Miller in 1768, ai 5987. The bastard guava(LL. Pseudo-Psidium) and the Cayenne cherry(E. cotonifolia) produce i) ty(Ol fit Mal or and wt ie Mill pnt.(pee” it ths"te ustard-OPP mri eetSOP jst) earned W Monog. 2. sal rien val, A Dimocarpus, and Sapindl, ¢- ‘il untikethose oft of a red color when 900, The long-¥ fruit is not$0 large with a tough, thin, a dark-brown seed( acid, and prt the sun orby me and reduced wit well presertel, stove, erected fort Gociety, in Seplene acquainted with ornear the tr sons, Propagation afterwards placed in 8 should never be under winter(out of doo and September, an place it ina very we Dowevér, I was obl TMomuent when I Wa Came covered with flowers posible| Whereit was, The Exception to the{ breaks into flower becomes ripe in} Was in fruit, Sir\ Ceylon, where he told me that he large quantities of ‘ad never tasted a thse produced in M6, The mang 15) Pen i 'p Monog Book I. EXOTIC FRUITS LITTLE KNOWN. 781 edible fruits, held in considerable esteem in the West Indies, and with the Malay apple appear to deserve culture in this country.(See Miéller’s Dict.) 5988. The custard-apple(Anona reticulata), alligator-apple (A. palustris), sweetsop(A. squamosa), and soursop(A. mu- ricata), are esteemed West Indian fruits; and the Chere- moyer(A. tripetala), the Cherimolia of some botanists, is the fruit most prized by the natives of Brazil and Peru. All these plants are already in our stoves, and might easily be cultivated as fruit-trees. 5989. The mammee-tree(Mammea americana, L.) Polyan. Monog. lL. and Guttifere, J. is a tall handsome tree, with oval, shining, leathery leaves, and one-flowered peduncles, producing sweet white flowers an inch and a half in diameter, succeeded by roundish fruit, about the size cf|/K xy an egg, and in pulp and taste not unlike the apricot. It is|i¥ eaten raw alone, or cut in slices with wine and sugar, or preserved in sugar. It is a native of the Caribbee Islands, and was cultivated in 1739 by Miller. 5990. Propagation and culture. It may be raised from y the stones or seeds, and treated like other stove fruit-trees. It has been cultivated by Knight, who found it rather im- patient of a very high temperature.(Hort. Trans. iii. 464) 5991. The lee-chee and long-yen. The lee-chee is the Dimocarpus Litchi, W.(Lam. ill. t. 306.) Octan. Monog. L. and Sapindi, J. It is a stove tree, with compound leaves, not unlike those of the common ash-tree; a native of China, and introduced in 1786. The fruit is a berry of a red color when ripe, except in one variety. which remains green: it is much esteemed by Europeans. 5992. The long-yen is the D. Longan, H. K:(Buch. Ic. t.99.) The tree resembles the former, but the fruit is not so large, and is of a light-brown color.‘In both species the pulp of the fruit is surrounded with a tough, thin, leathery coat; it is a colorless, semi-transparent substance; in the centre of which is a dark-brown seed of different sizes in the different varieties. The flavor of the pulp is slightly sweet, sub- acid, and particularly pleasant to the taste in a warm climate. The fruit of the lee-chee, dried either in the sun or by fire-heat, is frequently brought to England from China._In this state the pulp is shrivelled and reduced within the coat, or shell, to half its usual size, and has a rich and sweet taste, if it has been well preserved. The fruit of the long-yen has been ripened by John Knight, Esq. of Lee Castle, in a lofty stove, erected for the purpose of growing tropical fruits; and a bunch was presented by him to the Hort. Society, in September, 1816, supposed to be the only one ever produced in Europe, and which persons well acquainted with the long-yen in its native places of growth, pronounced quite as good as those grown within or near the tropics.”(Hort. Trans. ii. 408.) 5993. Propagation and culture. Both species may be raised from seeds or layers, and the plants may be afterwards placed in a bed or area of rich soil, and trained or spread out near the glass. The temperature should never be under that of the pine-apple. Sthe Gras 08, Mong a Shan, aa Mg, and tho ot sh 5994. The lo-quat is the Mespilus Japonica, L.(Vent. Malm. 19.and Hort. Trans. iii. tab. 11.); Ertobotrya japonica, Lam. Icos. Di-Pent. L. and Rosacee, J.(fig. 528.) Ina wild state it is a lofty tree with thick knobbed branches, and tomentose spray or branchlets; the leaves are narrow, a span long, bright-green and cinereous tomentose below. The flow- ers come in spikes at the end of the shoots in October and November.‘The fruit is a five-celled pome, about the size of a gooseberry, and in taste approaching to that of the apple. It ripens in May and June. It is a native of Japan, and was introduced in 1787 to Kew-gardens, where, as well as in some other places, it has produced fruit. 5995. Propagation and culture. It may be raised from seeds, or continued by cuttings or layers; but the best me- thod, when it is intended to produce fruit, is to graft it on oss any other species of mespilus. It is considered as a frame A wd): or half-hardy tree; but, to ripen its fruit with flavor, should lyfe Z have the temperature of the stove, in which, planted in a | S border of rich soil, it will add to the variety of the dessert. Sir Joseph Banks(Hort. Trans. i.) considers the fruit as equally good with that of the mango. Lord Bagot, who has raw in the des grown here 338? y seeds from Me “should be treat Jready mention P. pomiferim by egranate; but ism P. Cattleianm 4 1y Messrs, Barri Vv. Cattle, fruited the plant in a very superior manner for several years species it pene at Blithfield, gives the following outline of his practice: larger, ea:“ The plan I have usually followed has been to give it a g in the aX winter(out of doors) during the months of July, August, stence of that 0 and September, and about the middle of October to re- place it in a very warm situation in the tan. This summer, however, I was obliged to alter my mode; for, just at the moment when I was going to put it out for its winter, it be- came covered with at least twenty bunches of the finest flowers possible; I was therefore obliged to let it remain where it was. The present year’s treatment, therefore, is an exception to the former practice; under that, it usually breaks into flower about the end of December, and the fruit. becomes ripe in March or April. The last time my plant was in fruit, Sir William Coke, who had resided many years in Ceylon, where he is at present, was with me at Blithfield; he told me that he was in the constant habit of eating very large quantities of the fruit daily in that island, but that he had never tasted any so good, and with so much flavor, as those produced in my garden.” 5996. The mango-tree(Mangifera indica, L.(Bot. Rep. 425.) Pent. Monog. L. and Terebintacee, J.)\(fig. 529.) is a large spreading tree, like the walnut, with lanceolate shining green leaves, seven or eight inches long, having a sweet resinous smell; the flowers are white, growing in bunches at the extremity of the branches. The fruit a drupe, large, kidney-shaped, covered with a smooth, soft- ish, resinous pale-green, yellow, or half-red skin, and con- taining an ovate, woody, fibrous, compressed nut or stone, soft fleshy pu sjer towards the» i AU» 500, Joo cy tre| SS— RE_——_~ Ena= 782 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. ew within which is an ovate kernel, soft and pulpy, like a damascene plum.‘‘ When ripe, it is replete with a fine agreeable juice; it eats like an apple, but is more juicy, and some are as big as a man’s fist. It is esteemed a very wholesome fruit, and, excepting very fine pine-apples, is preferable to any fruit in India: gentlemen there eat little or other fruit in the hot months. In Europe we have only the unripe fruit brought over in pickle.”(Martyn, in Miller’s Dict.) It is a native of the East Indies, and was in- troduced in 1690; but has not yet been cultivated fer its fruit. According to Governor Raffles, forty vari- eties of mango are known in Java.. i 5997. Propagation and culture. It may be increased by cuttings like the gardenia, which it some- . what resembles in habit, or from nuts; but as the vegetative quality of these does not seem to admit of long preservation, they must be enveloped in wax, or otherwise managed(2312.), to preserve it. Miller says, the tree will not thrive in the tan-pit; and he recommends the dry stove, a temperate heat, and light kitchen-garden earth. This tree seems particularly deserving culture for its fruit, both on account of its quality, and the plants not requiring so much heat as most of the other untried In- dian fruits. Knight raised some mango-plants from seeds in October, 1818, which in the following March, shot very vigorously in a temperature of 60°; he is“‘ much inclined to believe that the mango might be raised in great abundance, and considerable perfection, in the stove, in this country; for it is a fruit which acquires maturity within a short period. It blossoms in Bengal in January, and ripens in the end of May.”(Hort. Trans. vol. iii. 463.) 5998. The mangostan, or mangustin.-- Gorcinia Mangos- tana, L.(Lam. il. t. 405.) Dodec. Monog. L. and Gutti- fere, J.(fig. 530.) It is a tree rising near twenty feet high, with a taper stem, sending out many branches, not unlike a fir-tree; with oval leaves, seven or eight inches long. The flower is like that of a single rose; the fruit round, the size of a middling orange; the shell is like that of the pomegranate, the inside of a rose-color, divided by thin par- titions as in oranges, in which the seeds are lodged, sur- rounded by a soft juicy pulp, of a delicious flavor, par- taking of the strawberry and the grape, and is esteemed one of the richest fruits in the world. It is a native of the Molucca islands, whence it has heen transplanted to Java and Malacca.‘The head of the tree is in the form of a pa- rabola, so fine and regular, and the leaves so beautiful, that it is looked upon in Batavia as the tree most proper for adorning a garden, and affording an agreeable shade. It was introduced to England in 1789. According to Dr, Garcin (Phil. Trans.), it is esteemed the most delicious of the East Indian fruits, and a great deal of it may be eaten without any inconvenience; it isthe only fruit which sick people are allowed to eat without scruple. It is given with safety in almost every disorder; and we are told that Dr. Solan- der in the last stage of a putrid fever in Batavia, found him- self insensibly recovering by sucking this delicious and re- freshing fruit. The pulp has a most happy mixture of the tart and sweet, and is no less salutary than pleasant.” 5999. Propagation and culture, It may be raised from seeds or cuttings; and in procuring the seeds from the East Indies, the same precautions must be taken as suggested for those of the mango.(5997.) Miller says,“* the surest way to obtain the plants, is to sow the seeds in tubs of earth in their native country, and when the plants have obtained strength, they may be brought to Europe; but there should be great care taken to screen them from salt water in their passage, as also not to give them too much water when in a cool or temperate climate. When the plants arrive in Europe, they should be carefuliy transplanted each into a pot filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged in the tan-bed, and shaded from the sun till they have taken new root. Then treat them as suggested for fruiting other stove lants.” - 6000. The pishamin, or European date-plum,(Diospyros Lotus, L.(Mill. Ic. t. 116.) Polyg. Dicec. L. and Ebenace@, B. P.) is a small tree, rising six feet high, with spreading branches, and large shining lan- ceolate leaves. The flowers are small, of a reddish-white; the fruit is a berry half an inch in diameter, yellow when ripe, sweet, and somewhat astringent: it is used like the medlar, in a state of incipient de- cay. It is a native of Italy and some parts of France; was introduced to this country in Gerrard’s time, and will grow in the open air, but not ripen its fruit freely. 6001. Propagation and culture. tmay be raised from seeds sown in a hot-bed, and afterwards hard- ened, or from layers; but when it is intended to fruit the plant, it may be procured from Genoa of a good size; and, planted in a temperate forcing-house, it will not, fail to mature its fruit. 6002. The granadilla, or little pomegranate. This name is applied to the edible fruit of five species of the Passiflora genus; Monadel. Pentan. L. and Passiflore, J. The common character of which is that of climbing herbaceous plants, woody at bottom, generally with lobed leaves, and all natives of warm climates. 6003. The granadilla, or granadilla-vine of the French, is the P. quadrangularis, L.(Bot. Reg. 14.) The leaves are oval and subcordate, five or six inches long and entire; the stem luxuriant and four-cornered. The flowers are odoriferous, red within and white on the outside, and appear in August and September, both fruit and flowers growing at the same time. The fruit, Sabine describes(Hort. Trans. iii. 100.) as very large, of an oblong shape, about six inches in diameter, from the stalk to the eye, and fifteen inches in circumference. It is externally of a greenish-yellow when ripe, soft and leathery to the touch, and quite smooth; the rind is very thick, and contains a succulent pulp of a purple color(which is the edible part), mixed with the seeds, in a sort of sack, from which it is readily separated. Wine and sugar are commonly added to it, when used. The flavor is sweet, and slightly acid, and it is very grateful to the taste, and cooling in a hot climate. It isa native of Jamaica, and other West India islands, where it grows in the woods, and was cultivated by Miller in 1768, as a stove plant. It has since been successfully cultivated for its fruit in a few places, as at Lord Harewood’s(Hort. Trans. iy. 60.), Farnley Hall,&c. 6004. The apple-fruited granadilla, or sweet calabash, is the P. maliformis, L.(Bot. Reg. 95.) It has a thick triangular stem, with leaves oblong, cordate, six inches long, and four broad, in the middle of a lively green. The flowers are sweet-scented, large, of a pale red and blue:“ the fruit round, smooth, about two inches in diameter, of a dingy yellow color when ripe; the coat is hard and stringy, nearly a quarter of an inch in thickness, full of a very agreeable gelatinous pale yellow pulp, in which many oblong black seeds are lodged,”(Hort. Trans. iil. 101.) and is eaten like that of the former species. It is a native of the West India islands, and was introduced here, and cultivated by Miller in 1731. It has borne fruit in the stove of the Bishop of Durham in Oxfordshire, and at Vere’s, Kensington Gore. 6005. The laurel-leaved granadilla, or water-lemon, the Pomme de Liane of the French, is the P. laurifolia, 1.(Bot. Reg. 13.) It has a suffrutescent stem, with divaricating filiform branches, oval smooth leaves, and very long tendrils. Flowers red and violet, sweet scented; the fruit about the size of a hen’s egg, but rather more elongated, and tapering equally at both ends; when ripe, it 1s yellow and dotted over with white spots; it contains a whitish watery pulp, which, in the West Indies, is usually sucked through a small hole made in the rind; the rind is tough, soft, and thin; the juice has a peculiar _ Je, and appeats fro is about the size ot cultivated in the of fruit. 6008. Propagat but layers come so de! to fruit in a bor fruit the second ye species will fruut es the bark-bed, W bic n of th alittle d and 10 partition mtd the pt I 1; but At the bo e thr re old tan in the bot require the full but they do not they mill gro al clined glass of t tember, the f bya places within the ti with leaves thirtee out round the top o enclosed in a spatha ‘ commonly ten or ti familiar, tH10, Propagati ed where they are ¢ beat transplanting heat they will push Uwate for fruit pla twenty five feet wid Tool, which wil ad in height, Yn this NO doubt this tree even if it did Tot, Magnificence of it ment, would com aor and expense In the shops:; i they have been anting in a Jan Wa bark.bed. ii: thecaly palm that om Plants, unless ri the female b {8 blevellow The 16), MD teeare Mite dye, aa i ule fits Of he ober wai i ich in hi hele ha te ma Ih county: ee tay, and ren ngs; and in p tne ofthe mal in tubs of earth i yp to Burge; so not fo give el Europe, they shows beat nd ated in the unt suggested for fungal N, Je. M6) Pol vranches, and iy » berry half a nt ‘Nar. ina state ot DOP nedlar, ina stale‘i to this county Geral a hota, andar ay be procure{fo mature is 0 the edible a dr , ommon Can ube Of -Jobed leant ald 1 py) he rangulont, j‘il ere, em IUXUHI elle, eal it 7 ati, EN prar) i lant,[18 i fh end; ich, 12 i and thi) Ite Book I. EXOTIC FRUITS LITTLE KNOWN."83 aromatic flavor, is delicately acid, and allays thirst agreeably. Itis a native of Martinique and Surinam, and was introduced here in 1690, It is grown in the stove, but has not yet been cultivated for its fruit, 6006. The purple-fruited granadilla(Hort. Trans. vol. iii., pl. iii.)(fig. 314 is by some botanists considered as a variety of P. incarnata, but by Sabine, who thus describes it(Hort. Trans. iii. 99.), as a distinct species.‘* The stem is thick and woody, the leaves three-lobed, and of considerable size; the flowers proceeding from the axilla of the leaves, fragrant, and of a white color, tinged with purple. The fruit when unripe, is green, but as it ripens changes to a dark livid purple, and much resembles the fruit of the purple egg-plant. The shape is eliptic, an inch and a half in diameter, and two inches from the stalk to the top; the pulp is orange-colored, and the seeds numerous; the taste acid, and the flavor somewhat like that of the orange. It is a native of the Brazils, was introduced from: Portugal by Boehm, in 1810, and has produced fruit abundantly in the stoves at Walton-on-Thames, at the royal gardens at Windsor, and other places. Such is the rapid growth of this species, that a single plant will in one season extend in a line over upwards of forty feet of glass, on which space it will produce from 400 to 500 fruit.” 6007. The flesh-colored granadilla, or May apple, is the P. incarnata, L.(Abb. in Geor. t. 12.) The root is perennial, send- ing up annually a number of herbaceous shoots, with three- lobed leaves, and sweet-scented flowers, variegated with pur- ple, and appears from July to September. The fruit when ripe.;; is about the size of an apple, orange-colored, with a sweetish yellow pulp. It is a native of Virginia, was cultivated in the open air by Parkinson in 1629, and afterwards by Miller in the stove, with whom it bore fruit. 6008. Propagation and culture. All the sorts may be propagated from seed, layers, and even cuttings} but layers come soonest into bearing. Having procured plants with good roots, plant such as are intended to fruit in a border in the stove, and train them to a trellis near the glass; they will in general produce fruit the second year. The seedlings of the purple-fruited sort will produce fruit the first year. All the species will fruit even in large pots; but Sabine says, the“* best method is, to plant them in an angle of the bark-bed, which has been parted off, either by boards or nine-inch brick-work, as low as the pit goes. At the bottom of the cavity, formed by this division, should be laid some brick-rubbish, over which may be thrown a little dead tan, and the whole be then filled with equal parts cf very old tan, and a compost of leaf-mould and rotten dung. Herein the roots will strike freely, and will even spread through the partition into the pit, growing into the fresh tan. Such roots may be trimmed and reduced whenever the tan is changed; but should the plant have been some time in its station, it will be as well to leave part of the old tan in the bottom of the pit, in which the protruded roots may remain undisturbed. They do not require the full heat of the pine-stove, for they flourish best in a temperature of from 65 to 70 degrees; but they do not bring their fruit to perfection if kept in a common green-house or conservatory, though they will grow and flower in it.‘The shoots as they advance must be trained near to, and under the in- clined glass of the stove: the first flowers will appear in May, and the blooming will continue until Sep- tember, the fruit setting the whcle time; but if it does not set well, it will be advisable to impregnate the stigmas, by applying the pollen with a feather. As they grow, the very strong shoots should be cut out from their origin, for these do not bear fruit so abundantly as those which are less vigorous; but the fruiting branches must not be shortened on any account. The temperature must be kept up equally, dur- ing the time of flowering and fruiting; the crop will begin to come in in August, and will continue until January; but the earlier produce is the best. When the crop is all oft, which will be early in January, the heat must be reduced to about 50°, so as to check or stop the growth; this being effected, the shoots must be well cut in. As little old wood as possible, besides the main stem, which rises from the pit to the glass, and a few pieces(about two or three feet of each) of the old branches should be retained: for all that is to be trained under the glass to bear in each year, ought to be the growth of the same season. It is found that the shoots break better, and in greater quantity, from the clder wood than from that of two years’ standing. In this dormant and reduced state it is to be kept during January and February, after which the necessary heat may be applied to cause it to resume its functions for the ensuing season.” 6009. The coco1-nut-tree is the Cocos nucifera, L.(Roxb.[ | 382 WE [= , L_— Cor. 1,t. 73.) Moneec. Hexan. L. and Palme, B. P.(fig. 532.) It is an East Indian palm; but cultivated in most places within the tropics. The trees grow to a great height, with leaves thirteen or fourteen feet long; the Howers come out round the top of the trunk of the tree in large clusters, enclosed in a spatha or sheath; and the nuts succeed them commonly ten or twelve together. Their form and use is tamiliar. 6010, Propagation and culture. The nuts are to be plant- ed where they are designed to remain, as the tree will not bear transplanting unless when very young. In a moist heat they will push in six weeks or two months. To cul- tivate for fruit, plant in the centre of the area of a house, twenty-five feet wide, and either lofty, or with a moveable roof, which will admit of being raised as the tree advances in height. In this way, with a strong heat, there can be no doubt this tree would produce fruit in England; but even if it did not, or did not for a great Many years, the magnificence of its appearance, under such a mode of treat- ment, would compensate a curious horticulturist for the labor and expense. Though the cocoa-nuts to be obtained in the shops are supposed to be gathered before being ripe, yet they have been found to grow with no other care than planting in a large pot or box of rich earth, and plunging in a bark-bed. It may be observed here, that this is almost the only palm that could be cultivated in this country for perfecting its fruit; for the others being dice- cious plants, unless a great number were grown together, there would be no legitimate means of impreg- nating the female blossoms. 6011. The plantain-tree(Musa paradisiaca, L. Hex. Monog. L. and Musacea, P. S.) rises with a soft, herbaceous, conical stalk, fifteen or twenty feet high, with leaves issuing from the top, often more than six feet long, and near two fect broad; the spike of male and female flowers appear from the centre of the leaves, and is succeeded by pudding-shaped fruits, eight or nine inches long, above an inch in diame- ter, pale-yellow when ripe, of a soft, sweet, luscious flavor; the spikes often so large as to weigh up- wards of forty pounds. It is a native of the East Indies, and other parts of Asia, and probably of Africa, \ \ 784 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Panr Tt and was cultivated at Hampton Court in 1690. Gerrard sa ing li ¢ 90. says, the pulp eats somethi kb melon; he calls the plant Adam’s apple-tree, from a notion that ewe the forbiddenerte ee‘ ae suppose it to have been the grape brought out of the promised land to Moses Dampier sz aH cues King of all fruit, not excepting the cocoa itself. There are numerous varictics(EMR URon eT oe 6012. The banana-tree(M. sapientum, L.)(fig. 533.) dif- AVF) hi)\ 683 fers from the plantain in having its stalks marked with dark-<<\\\\\: MIE ‘\\ NO purple stripes and spots, and the fruit is shorter and rounder. nera, and salsify. Spinage, orache, wild spinage, sorrel, fat hen, a fresh state; sea-belt preserved; and floating fucus pickled. erb-patience. Bulbed and young onions, ciboules, and Welsh onions; garlic, shallots, rocambole,&c. from the store and asparagus at the end of the month; hop-tops, campion-tops, C .Sea-kale| room. Apples, pears, services, 6049. Hardy fruits from the ope n garden, orchard, or fruit- rom the fruit-cellar. Some jried grapes from the fruit-room. Almonds, walnuts, chestnuts, and thistle-tops throughout the month. Lettuce, endive, celery, filberts, from the fruit-room or cellar. American and winter cress; burnet, water-cress, and other sal- 6050. Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart. ads. Parsley, purslane, tarragon from the garden; horse-radish ment. WKidneybeans, peas. Potatoes, carrots, radishes. Sea- and dried herbs, from the herb-room. Thyme, sage, mint, rose- kale, asparagus 7h ara mary, lavender, tansy, from the open Sade'The others of| slane, mint,& rb-stalks from covered| grapes, cherries, peaches, cucumbers, melons, strawberries. this class from the herb-room- Rhuba' plants; angelica, elecampane, and Small salads, lettuce, onions. Parsley, pur- Rhubarb. Mushrooms. A pine occasionally; histle-stalks from the| Oranges, lemons, limes, pomegranates. Loquats, pishamim-nuts t garden. Theseeds and dried herbs of this class from the stores.| and dried lee-chees, and long-yens. Yams and Spanish potatoes. Secr. V. May. 6051. Culinary vegetables from the open garden, or garden- from the herb-room. Samphire, and buds of marsh-marigold. stores. Early cabbages, cauliflowers, broccolis, and coleworts. Charlick, fat hen, chickweed, sea-orache, sea-belt,&c.as greens 5 Haricot. beans, and soup-peas from the seed-rcom, and some- ladies’-smock and orpine, as salads; speedwell and vernal grass, times, though rarely, young peas, towards the end of the month, as tea-plants. Morels from their native habitats; garden- from a warm border. Potatoes and Jerusalem artichokes from pits, or cold cellars; turmip, carrot, and red beet from cellars 1 1 38 mushrooms from covered ridges in the open garden. Dulse, tangle, and the other sorts of fuci, in a fresh state, and floating or the open ground, if not destroyed by the frost; young ra- fucus for pickling. dishes. Spinage, orache, wild spinage, sorrel, and herb-pa- tience in perfection. Housed onions, and winter leeks; young 6052. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or fruit- voom. Apples, pears, from the fruit-cellar. Dried grapes from onions, ciboules, and chives, garlic and shallot from cold| the fruit-room. Almonds, walnuts, chestnuts, filberts, from the yooms. Asparagus and sea-kale in eatin een Lettuce, endive,| fruit-cellar. celery, succory, young radishes, and all the salads in perfection; winter radish, lamb-lettuce- Parsley, purslane, horse-radish, tarragon, and all this class, either fresh or from the herb-room. Thyme, sage, mint, tansy, costmary,&c. from the open garden; the others from the herb-room. Rhubarb-stalks, blanched, or otherwise, from the earthed-up or uncovered plants, angelica- stalks, anise, and other seeds, and the dried herbs, as before, Sect. VI. 6054. Culinary vegetables from the open garden, or garden-stores« Cabbages and cauliflowers in perfection. WKidneybeans, peas, and common beans. Old potatoes from watered pits; new potatoes, turnips, carrots, and radishes. Spinage, orache, and sorrel, in pare ctions Young onions and chives; rocambole and garlic from the root-room. Asparagus and sea-kale in serfection till the middle of the month. Small salads, lettuce, Tamipslettuce’ radishes. Parsley, purslane, tarragon, horse- radish, fennel, dill, marygold,&c. Thyme, sage, mint, savory, basil,&c. from the garden, and the others from the herb-room. Rhubarb-stalks, angelica. Samphire, three sorts. Charlick, chickweed, fat hen, orache, an willow-herb, as pot-herbs; orpine, ladies’-smock,&c. as salads; sweet cicely as a garnish; 6053. Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart- ment. WKidneybeans, peas, beans. Potatoes, carrots, radishes- Sea-kale, asparagus. Small salads- Chervil, purslane,&c. Mushrooms. A pine oceasionally; grapes, peaches, melons, cicumbers, cherries, figs, apples, pears, gooseberries, and Sar laa Lemons, shaddocks, oranges, pomegranates. ams. June. sea-bindweed as a pickle, and butterwort as rennet; ficaria- roots as saloop. Morels from their native habitats; and the garden-mushroom from covered ridges. Dulse, tangle, and the other sorts of edible fuci. 6055. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or frutt- room. Apples, pears, from the fruit-cellar. Some cherries towards the middle of the month. Gooseberries, currants, strawberries, and raspberries, towards the end of the month. Almonds, walnuts, chestnuts, filberts from the fruit-cellar. Some snowberries and tree-currants- 6056. Culinary vegetables and fruits from the forcing depart- ment. Mushrooms. Pines, grapes, peaches, nectarines, figs, cherries,&c. melons, cucumbers. Shaddocks, oranges, lemons- Secr. VII. July. 6057. Culinary productions from the open garden, or garden- stores. Cabbages and cauliflowers in perfection. Peas, beans, sugar-pea, and kidneybeans. New potatoes, turnips, carrots, radishes. Spinage, orache, sorrel, and white beet. Onions bulbed and ciboules, for salading. Artichokes, alisanders, rampion. Small salads, lettuce, radishes. Parsley, purslane, Indian cress, marigold, borage, fennel,&c. Thyme, sage, mint, balm; and all the others from the open garden, and also from the herb-room. Angelica-stalks, gourds; the aromatic seeds from the seed-room, and the herbs either from the herb- room, or open garden. Caper, Indian cress, radish-pods, kidney- beans, and pickling cucumbers.‘The pot-herbs and salads as in June, the seeds of some sorts of vetches, as legumes; the cow-parsnep for its different uses, and butterwort; the roots of ficaria. Morels from their native habitats; garden-mushrooms from covered ridges. Dulse, tangle,&c. as in June. 6058. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or frui- room. Juneating, margaret, and codlin apples; James and other pears from the trees. Some peaches, nectarines, and apricots; also cherries. Gooseberries, currants, strawberries, raspberries. Almonds, walnuts, chestnuts, filberts, from the fruit-cellar. Bird-cherries, tree-currants. 6059. Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart- ment. Mushrooms, pines, grapes, peaches, nectarines, figs, cherries, apples, melons, cucumbers,&c. Lemons. Secr. VIII. August. 6060. Culinary vegetables from the open garden, or garden- stores. Cabbages, cauliflowers, broccoli. Peas, beans, sugar- pea, kidneybean. Potatoes, turnips, carrots, radishes, Jerusa- lem artichoke, red beet. Spinage, white beet-chard, orache, sorrel. Onions, bulb or small, shallots, garlic, and rocambole, from the garden. Artichoke, cardoon, ryampion.- Small salads; lettuce, endive, radishes,&c. Parsley, purslane, Indian cress, marigold, borage, fennel,&c. Thyme, sage, mint, balm, and all the others, green or dried. New seeds of caraway, anise, &c.; new hyssop, chamomile, and other herbs; gourds. Love- apple, egg-plant, capsicum, Indian cress, radish-tops, kidney- bean, and pickling cucumbers. Most of the pot-herbs and salads of June; the roots of arrow-head, silver-weed, ficaria, and earth-nut roots; heath-tops and cow-parsnep- Mush- Secr. IX. 6063. Culinary vegetables from the open garden, or garden-stores. Cauliflowers, cabbages, proccolis. Peas, beans, and kidney- beans. Potatoes, turnips, carrots, parsneps, skirret, and all the roots. Spinage, ceeatarls orache, and sorrel. Onions, shal- lots, ae rocambole, and leeks. Artichokes, cardoons, rampions- Small salads, endive, lettuce, celery, tarragon. Parsley, horse-radish, Indian cress, marigold, fennel, chervils, &c. Thyme, sage, mint, and all the class, dried or green. Gourds and pumpkins; the aromatic seeds from the seed- room; and the herbs from the garden or herb-room. Love- apple, capsicum, egg-plant, samphire, é bean,&c. pickling cucumbers. Sea-peas and various legumes of the vetch kind, dropwort, Solomon’s seal, saloop, and other roots; heath-tops aad cow-parsneps- Mushrooms and cham- Secr. X 6066 Oulinary vegetables from the open garden, or garden-stores. Cabbages, cauliflowers, proccolis. Peas and kidneybeans, if the weather is dry. Potatoes, turmips, carrots, radishes, Jerusalem artichokes, red beet, skirret, salsify, scorzonera. Spinage, beet rooms and champignons from pastures, and the open garden+ truffle from commons. All ihe sorts of fuci in thelr greatest perfection for the table or pickling. 6061. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, and fruit- room. Apples, pears. Peaches, nectarines, apricots, plums, cherries.(Gooseberries, currants, strawberries, raspberries. Nuts, if desired, from the fruit-cellar; almonds, and some w al- nuts and filberts from the trees towards the end of the month. Tree-currants, roan-berries. 6062. Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart- ment Mushrooms. Pines, grapes, peaches, figs, melons, cu- cumbers- Indian figs, strawberry-pears- Alligator, granadillas, guavas, pears. New yams and_ Spanish potatoes. September, yignons from their native habitats, or from the open garden. Julse, and all the sorts of edible fuci, in perfection. 6064. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or fruit- room, Apples, pears, quinces, medlars. Peaches, nectarines, apricots, plums, cherries. Grapes, gooseberries, currants, strawberries, raspberries. Almonds, walnuts, filberts. Wild services, cloudberries, bilberries, cranberries, brambles, hips, haws,&c. 6065. Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart- ment. Mushrooms. Pines, grapes, melons, cucumbers, figs. Pomegranates, Indian figs, torch-thistles, and strawberry,pears, Akees, alligator, and anchovy pears, guavas, and granadillas, some mangoes. Yams and Spanish potatoes- . October. chard, sorrel. Onions, leeks, garlic, shallots, and rocambole. Artichokes, cardoons, rampion, celery. Small salads, endive, succory, lettuce, winter-cress, burnet. Parsley, horse-radish, Indian cress, marigold, fennel. Thyme, sage, mint, and all of ws tt oo of ried Go PS gsi Septet f alba panes i peat fot ay fruits frome Wea pordy tall art) vee! ng, Cubinary one. Cu ioe prec! mat Fe tnops, Tap Cardoon ae, Te apd resell hace Thee another spec gr, Culinary* et val Strasburg cab proccalis) S# Fic, shallots, i tuce, winter ane al herbs. 1 pyme, S48 dried. belt, and ¥ e ff fuci; the wos” 6075, Plone smangement df Y or curiosity. Tt inthe borders of comected the cu mised style is st the space wihin ulilty, while the surabhery. small seats, ¢ being under t tng to this br glass and arti houses, or in. den, In con of ommamental the flower-gar both departme sion of skill, compared to| of mole formation, 9 and venet tural hot-ho lastly, the m 6, The te ear the he Book LI. this class green or dried. Gourds and pumpkins, aromatic seeds, and dried herbs, as in September. Love-apple, capsicum, egg- plant, red cabbage, kidneybean. Meadow-sweet, and the other edible roots, and heath for brewing. All the sorts of edible fuci. 6067. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or fruit-room. Apples, pears, quinces, medlars, services. Some peaches, nec- tarines, apricots, pluras, and protected or covered morello cher- ries, Grapes and strawbervies, raspberries, and protected or Secr. XI. 6069. Culinary vegetables frem the open garden, or garden-stores. Cabbages, cauliflowers, protected by frames; broccolis, Brussels sprouts, savoys, borecoles. Dried kidneybeans and peas, from the seed-room. Potatoes, turnips, carrots, winter radish, Jeru- salem artichoke, red beet, skirret, salsify, scorzonera. Spinage FLORICULTURE. 789 covered gooseberries and currants. Almonds from the fruit- room; and walnuts, chestnuts, and filberts from the trees. Wild services, cloudberries, bramble-berries, and cranberries. 6068. Culinary productions and fruits fromthe forcing depart- ment. Mushrooms. Pines, grapes, melons, cucumbers figs. Pomegranates, olives, Indian figs; torch-thistles and straw- berry-pears._Akees, alligator, and anchovy pears; guavas granadillas, durions, mangoes, and mangosteen. Yams and Spanish potatoes. November. 6070. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or fruit-room. Apples, pears, quinces, medlars. Some plums, and protected cherries from the trees. Grapes from the trees, and protected gooseberries, currants. Almonds from the fruit-room, and walnuts, chestnuts, filberts. Wild services, cloudberries, bilber- beet-chard, sorrel. Onions, ieeks, garlic, shallot, rocambole. ries, cranberries, hips, and haws.. Cardoons, rampions, celery. Endive, lettuce, winter cress, 6071, Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart- bumet. Parsley, horse-radish, fennel, and dried chervil,&c.| ment. Mushrooms. Pines, grapes, melons, cucumbers, figs. Thyme, sage, and rosemary, the others chiefly from the herb-| Oranges, lemons, pomegranates, olives. Akees, guavas, grana- room. Caraway, anise, and other aromatic seeds from the dillas, bananas, durions, goes, an Bost S‘ams, seed-room; the family herbs from the herb-room. Red cab-&c. bage. The edible roots, as in October. Sea-belt, badder-locks, and other species of fuci. ‘ Secr. XII. December. 6072. Culinary vegetables from the fi garden, or garden-stores. 6075. Hardy fruits from the open garden, orchard, or fruit- Strasburgh cabbages, cauliflowers,where preser ved or protected,| room. Apples, pears, quinces, medfars, services. Some pro- pbroccolis, savoys, Brussels sprouts, borecole. Dried kidney-| tected plums and cherries from branches hung in the fruit-room. beans for haricots; and soup-peas from the seed-room. Pota-| Grapes from the trees, or from branches hung in the fruit- toes, turnips, carrots, winter radish, Jerusalem artichokes, red| room. Almonds, walnuts, chestnuts, filberts, from the fruit- beet, skirret, salsify, and scorzonera, from the open garden or| room. Sloes, frem the bushes, wild services, hips, haws, cran- root-room. Beet-chard, where protected. Onions, leeks, gar- berries,and cloudberrvies. lic, shallots, and rocambole. Cardoons, celery. Endive, let- 6074. Culinary productions and fruits from the forcing depart- tuce, winter and American cress. Parsley, horse-radish, dried| ment. Widneybeans._ Potatoes. Sea-kale. Small salads. herbs. Thyme, sage, rosemary, lavender,&c. green, the other Chervil, fennel,&c. Rhubarb. Mushrooms. Pines, grapes, dried. The anise and other aromatic seeds from the seed-| melons,&c. winter melons, cucumbers, figs. Oranges, le- room; and the herbs of this class from the herb-room. Red| mons, pomegranates, olives. Akees, guavas, durions, mangoes, cabbage. Edible roots from the stores or pits. Preserved sea-| mangosteens, rose-apples, pishamins, lee-chees,&c. Yams and belt, and when the weather admits of gathering, other edible| sweet potatoes. fuci; the floating fueus in pickle. BOOK Il. FLORICULTURE. 6075. Floriculture we consider as comprehending whatever relates to the culture and arrangement of vegetables, grown chiefly on account of their flowers, or as objects of taste or curiosity. The culture of flowers was long carried on with that of culinary vegetables, in the borders of the kitchen-garden, or in parterres er groups of beds, which commonly connected the culinary compartments with the house. In places of moderate extent, this mixed style is still continued; but in residences which aim at any degree of distinction, the space within the walled garden is confined to the production of objects of domestic utility, while the culture of plants of ornament is displayed in the flower-garden and the shrubbery. These, under the general term of pleasure-ground, encircle the house in small seats, and on a larger scale embrace it in one or more sides; the remaining part being under the character of park-scenery. Many of the most interesting plants belong- ing to this branch of culture are natives of warm climates, and require the protection of glass and artificial heat. On a limited scale, such plants are grown in the culinary-forcing- houses, or in green-houses, or botanic stoves, connected with the others in the kitchen-gar- den. In complete residences, however, the culture of exotics forms a distinct department of ornamental horticulture, and the hot-houses requisite for this purpose are placed in the flower-garden, or variously arranged within the precincts of the pleasure-ground. In both departments, separation is attended with the usual advantages resulting from a divi- sion of skill, labor, and effect. Floriculture is obviously of limited interest and utility, compared to horticulture; much less has accordingly been written on it, and our view of modern practice will, therefore, be proportionately prief. The order adopted, is the formation, planting, and general culture of the flower-garden; the formation, planting, and general culture of the shrubbery; the design and general culture of the floricul- tural hot-houses; the catalogue of plants and trees used in ornamental horticulture; and, lastly, the monthly table of floricultural productions. —— Cuar. I. Of the Formation of the Flower-garden. 6076. The situation of the flower-garden, as of every department of floriculture, should be near the house, for ready access at all times, and especially during winter and spring, 1 ath 2 Jv i 9 Hh 790 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Presi when the beauties of this scene are felt with peculiar force.‘‘ The flower-garden,” Neill observes,“ should form an ornamental appendage to the mansion, and be easily accessible in all kinds of weather. There is no objection to its being seen from the windows of the house: on the contrary, this is sometimes considered as desirable.” Nicol, as we have seen(2382.), approves of having the various gardens of a place combined, and placing them at no great distance from the house; and Repton strongly recommends this practice. << While the kitchen-garden is concealed by buildings or plantations, the flower- garden and pleasure-ground should stand conspicuously attached to the family residence. When the horticultural establishment includes a conservatory, it is proper to have it in sight, and connected with the ornamented grounds; because the style of such a building, the plants within, and the scene without, under a tasteful arrangement, harmonise in character and effect. The botanic-garden, the range of stoves, and all the departments, a visit to which renders a walk about the grounds pleasing and inter- esting, should be at hand.” 6078. The author of the Florist’s Manual confines her observations to the‘* construction of that humble flower-garden,”’ which she calls“the commen or mingled flower-garden.”’‘* This,” she says,“* should be situated so as to form an ornamental appendage to the house, and where the plan of ground will admit, placed before windows exposed toa southern or south-east aspect; and although to this position there may appear the objection of the flowers turning their petals to the sun, and consequently from the win- dows, this predilection in the tribe of Flora for the rays of that bright luminary, will produce the same effect in whatever place our flowers may be situated, when in the vicinity of a building, as they invariably expose the front of their corols to the lights from which both the petals of flowers, and the leaves of plants are believed to derive matcrial essential to their existence.” She adds,“* when apart from the house, the mingled flower-garden may be introduced with great!advantage, if situated so as to form a portion of the pleasure-ground: in this case it should not be distinct from the house, but so contrived as to terminate one of the walks of the home shrubberies.”(Flor. Man. p. 10. 15.) 6079. To place the flower-garden south-east or south-west of the house, and between it and the kitchen- garden, is in general a desirable circumstance, In a design for a villa farm(fig. 539.), supposing the en- trance-front of the house(a), to face the north-west, then the farm-offices(6), horse-pond(c),&c. may be placed to the north-east; the kitchen-yard(d) and livery-stable-yard(e) to the south-west: against these may be placed the exotic hot-houses, looking to the flower-garden(f), and beyond this the American garden(g), and lastly, the kitchen-garden(f), and walk through the farm(i). If concealed approaches to the farm and stable-offices(c, m,) and from the kitchen-garden to the kitchen(A, e, d,) be contrived, such 6077. Abercrombie says, an arrangement will be found to combine both elegance and economy, and to admit of bringing the wire fence(m), which separates the mown from the fed lawn, near the house, without being unsightly: a de- sirable object in farm villas, as it saves mowing, and increases pasturage. seo CH ses> ge 539)\\ a 6080. In exposure and aspect, the flower-garden should be laid out as much as pos- sible on the same principles as the kitchen-garden(2390.), not only on account of the advantages to be derived from the full influence of the sun during winter on the hot- house department, but also for the better enjoyment of the open air scenes, in weather favorable for walking out of doors. It should not be naturally low in surface, nor of a wet retentive soil, nor rendered damp and gloomy by surrounding high trees, or lofty walls or buildings. If it happen that a house be nearly surrounded by a flower-garden, the variety of aspect thence afforded will be favorable to the continuance of the bloom of our flowers, far beyond what can be obtained if confined to a southern exposure. South, south-east, and east, are the aspects most advantageous to the growth of flowers; and, possessing these varieties of exposure, the bloom of a garden may be protracted some weeks beyond the time it could be preserved under a single aspect. 6081. The extent of the flower-garden depends jointly on the general scale of the re- sidence, and the particular taste of the owner. If any proportion may be mentioned, perhaps, a fifth part of the contents of the kitchen-garden will come near the general average; but there is no impropriety in having a large flower-garden to a small kitchen- garden or mansion, where the taste of the owner leads to such a deviation from common rules. As moderation, however, is generally found best in the end, we concur with the author of the Florist’s Manual, when she states, that“ the compass of ground appro- rs must vary according to the sizé of the place of which that ground priated to flowe and should in no case be of great extent. If the form of ground, where forms a part, 6082. Shelte raturally ywant on the gide 10% to the tees W tallest kinds the sceles eithe and shade 88 ties are highly pesides rene! Sometimes a composed of and compos rounded by 083, Si ommamental sir mellow, Neg gravel is very g texture, i andthe contrat sandy earth; t formed at leas coarse sereen,”” cording to the earth for Amer Taee.stratum is 6085, Sur Howers, or ot and uniform sive, and tu 80 by att, W eye, art ma compared t lov ground the view, an dearee of iy surface, pi] These hill lke Whole, UUresque shr Tika Dver-vardey PO, on the Rees aS stot“te and Strongly sar 0, 5) Rtuends 4) fa the Win. eae id ot 008 aut 0! the aye not onl} sf jun! wpe AeA b unde”) igi onbale at, hee jeg te s{eo at fia fg pro Bott ge ge he genet orion 1 eal i oo glo atl? ig 000 si I a ter ut! il Book II. FORMATION OF THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 791 a parterre is to be situated, is sloping, the size should be larger than when a flat surface, and the borders of various shapes, and on a bolder scale, and intermingled with grass; but such a flower-garden partakes more of the nature of pleasure-ground than of the common parterre, and will admit of a judicious introduction of flowering shrubs.”“* To cover twenty acres with mere flowering plants,” Abercrombie observes,‘“ producing nothing esculent in the root, leaves, or fruit, would be puerile and ridiculous, as it would exceed the moderation with which nature scatters her ornaments.”(Pract. Gard. 338.) 6082. Shelter is equally requisite for the flower as for the kitchen garden, and, where naturally wanting, is to be produced by the same means, viz. planting. The plantation on the side next the garden, should begin with the lowest shrubs, and rise in gradation to the trees, which, unless on the north, or very exposed points, should not be of the tallest kinds. A few elegant shrubs, and one or two trees may be scattered through the scene, either inthe dug compartments or in the turf-glades, for the purposes of shelter and shade as well as ornament; but in general, much of either of the two former quali- ties are highly injurious botb to the culture of flowers, and the thick closeness of turf; besides rendering the garden unfit to be resorted to in the winter and spring seasons. Sometimes an evergreen-hedge will produce all the shelter requisite, as in small gardens composed of earth and gravel only(fig. 541.); but where the scene is large( fig. 540.), and composed of dug compartments(a), placed on lawn() the whole may be sur- rounded by an irregular border(c) of flowers, shrubbery, and trees. y TER n EM aiee Havas Rai ay site aS eg« AY r eG SFOs ih MMRDA BS 6083. Soil. Most of the hardy herbaceous flowers, and the deciduous and evergreen ornamental shrubs, will succeed in a soil of common good qualities, moderately light and mellow. Negatively, the ground should not be excessively strong and clayey; and mere gravel is very intractable.(Abercrombie.) 6084, Nicol oberves, that flowers in general‘‘ will thrive very well incommon garden-earth of a mid- dling texture, if broke fine, to the depth of a foot. Some, no doubt, do better in light than in heavy soils; and the contrary: and others do best in rich humid earth. Bulbous flowers, in general, do best in light sandy earth; though some require a stronger and a richer soil. In general, the soil for these should be formed at least eighteen inches deep, and should be made very fine by the spade, or be put through a coarse screen.”’ In parterres where the finer flowers are cultivated, a variety of soils will be required ac- cording to the nature of the plants, as rich sandy loam for bulbs, loamy earth for the primula tribe, bog- earth for American plants; and hence it follows, that, provided the sub-soil be dry, the nature of the sur- face-stratum is of the less consquence. 6085. Surface. Where the extent is small, and the plants grown to be chiefly florists’ flowers, or other select kinds, in beds separated by gravelled paths, a level or gentle and uniform slope will be found most suitable; but where the limits are more exten- sive, and turf and shrubs are introduced, a wavy surface, either naturally or rendered so by art, will have much the best effect.“In recluse scenes immediately under the eye, art may create a sort of miniature of beautiful ground. Man is but a puny object compared to those of inanimate nature. He may overlook a distant hill, separated by low ground; but a mound of less than three yards in height, placed near the eye, confines the view, and all other objects being shut out, acquires, if apparently a work of nature, a degree of importance in his imagination: winding walks, four feet below the original surface, will supply earth for accompanying them by wavy hills or swells eight feet high. If these hills and swells are formed and contrived so as to produce a varied and natural- like whole, with every change of position, a very suitable basis will be raised for a pic- turesque shrubbery or flower-garden. It was to this sort of art that Pope’s garden, at Twickenham, was indebted for so great a variety of beauties in a small space; and the flower-garden at Lord Harcourt’s, at Nuneham, was laid out under the eye of Mason the poet, on the same principle.”(Ed. Ency. art. Landscape Gardening.} 3 E 4 792 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr Il. 6086. Water. This material, in some form or other, is as essential to the flower as to the kitchen-garden. Besides the use of the element in common culture, a pond or basin affords an opportunity of growing some of the more showy aquatics, while jets, dropping-fountains, and other forms of displaying water, serve to decorate and give in- terest to the scene. Besides choice aquatics, the ponds or basins of flower-gardens may be stocked with the gold-fish(Cyprinus auratus), and will serve as a hybernaculum for that elegant and interesting animal the tree-frog(Rana arborea), so amusing in the gar- dens of the south of Germany. 6087. The form of a small garden(fig. 541.) will oN be found most pleasing when some regular figure is,@ eaumasunes adopted, as a circle, oval, octagon, crescent,&ce abut Ww EPuapge| where the extent is so great as not readily to be wa(697!~ SRS caught by a single glance of the eye, an irregular shape> Fy I} oN ey g is generally more convenient, and it may be thrown into 3 BS} e 33 agreeable figures, or component scenes, by the intro- 4 duction of shrubs so as to subdivide the space. “«« Either asquare or an oblong ground-plan,” Aber- Si abst crombie observes,‘‘is eligible; andalthough the shape% must be often adapted to local circumstanees,. yet, 3 ...~ when a garden is so circumscribed that the eye at# once embraces the whole, it is desirable that it should be of some regular figure.” 6088. Nicol says,‘‘a variety of forms may be indulged in, without incurring censure; provided the figures be graceful, and not in any one place too complicated. An oval is a figure that generally pleases, on account of the continuity of its out- lines; next, if extensive, acircle. Next, perhaps, a segment in form of a half-moon, or the larger segment of an oval. But hearts, diamonds, triangles, or squares, if small, seldom please. A simple parallelogram, divided into beds running lengthwise, or the larger segment of an oval, with beds running parallel to its outer margin, will always please.” Neill concurs in this opinion.; 6089. The author of Hints on the Formation of Gardens,&c. says,“a symmetrical form is best adapted to such parterres as are small and may be comprehended in one view; and an irregular shape to’such as are of a considerable size, and contain trees, shrubs, statues, vases, seats, and buildings.” 6090. Boundary fence, or screen. Parterres on a small scale may be enclosed by an evergreen hedge of holly, box, laurel, privet, juniper, laurustinus, or Irish whin(Uler europeus, var..); but irregular figures, especially if of some extent, can only be sur- rounded by a shrubbery, such as we have already hinted at(6082.) as forming a proper shelter for flower-gardens. 6091. Abercrombie says,‘‘ for the enclosure, a wall or close paling is, on two accounts, to be preferred on the north side; both to serve as a screen, and to afford a warm internal face for training rare trees. When one of those is not adopted, recourse may be had to a fence of white thorn and holly,”&c.(Pract. Gard. 339.) 6092. Rustic fences formed of shoots of the oak, hazel, or larch, may often be intro- duced with good effect both as interior and surrounding barriers.(fig. 542.) lesan JES eh iS 1s) Sass |=)|aiiniinnnnl: 6098. Laying out the area.‘This is the most difficult part of the business, and is not De < to be excelled in without a considerable degree of taste and experience. In laying out Jos Il of the k guide re pavers an sates are ob|e i ate a frye culated t0 ag utility 8 in of flow er-gale( masses; placed! geonetC styl adding statues stone walls, ¥ of partertes in fat situatl puilding of 0 incongruous widely ditte shade, in sq) of roses aut el ND Chit fen kk ih arch, may© ) () i is i ahi yp Bf expert Book II. FORMATION OF THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 793 the area of the kitchen-garden, its destination being utility, affords in all cases a safe and fixed guide; but the flower-garden is a matter of fancy and taste, and where these are wavering and unsettled, the work will be found to goon at random. As flower- gardens are objects of pleasure, that principle which must serve as a guide in laying them out, must be taste. Now, in flower-gardens, as in other objects, there are different kinds of tastes; these embodied are called styles or characters; and the great art of the designer is, having fixed on a style, to follow it out unmixed with other styles, or with any de- viation which would interfere with the kind of taste or impression which that style is cal- culated to produce. Style, therefore, is the leading principle in laying out flower-gardens, as utility is in laying out the culinary-garden. As subjects of fancy and taste, the styles of flower-gardens are various. The modern style is a collection of irregular groups and masses, placed about the house as a medium, uniting it with the open lawn.‘The ancient geometric style, in place of irregular groups, employed symmetrical forms; in France, adding statues and fountains; in Holland, cut trees and grassy slopes; and in Italy, stone walls, walled terraces, and flights of steps. In some situations, these characteristics of parterres may with propriety be added to, or used instead of the modern sort, especially in flat situations, such as are enclosed by high walls in towns, or where the principal building or object is in a style of architecture which will not render these appendages incongruous.‘There are other characters of gardens, such as Chinese, which are not widely different from the modern; the Indian, which consists chiefly of walks under shade, in squares of grass,&c.; the Turkish, which abounds in shady retreats, boudoirs of roses and aromatic herbs; and the Spanish, which is distinguished by trellis-work and fountains: but these gardens are not generally adapted to this climate, though from con- templating and selecting what is beautiful or suitable in each, a style of decoration for the immediate vicinity of mansions might be composed, greatly preferable to any thing now in use. 6094. Abercrombie, Nicol, and most practical gardeners, seem not to understand the subject of style, and their rules amount to little more than that of subdividing the area by paths in different directions. The former author says,‘‘ If a piece of ground be set apart for the cultivation of flowers, in what style should it be laid out? This may vary with the quantity of surface, and the object of the cultivator. In the first place, carry a border round the garden, nowhere narrower than three or four feet, unless it may be proper to contract its breadth under the windows of the house; or unless there be a green hedge, on any side, rooted in the level of the garden, which might be expected either to draw the earth, or to encroach on the small plants, in which case flowering shrubs in little slips of mould would do better than dwarf-stemmed flowers. In contact with the surrounding border, may be either a grass-plot or a gravel-walk. The latter is most convenient for approach at all seasons. If the ground be at all dilated, handsome walks, crossing or leading to the centre, will be also requisite: let the principal walks be five or six feetin breadth.‘The interior of the garden is usually laid out in oblong beds, three or four feet wide, with intervening alleys, two feet wide, or from that down to twelve inches, when it 1s intended to abstract as little space as possible from the cultivation of the flowers; or, the same end may be obtained by circular or oval beds, with smaller compartments between, of such a form as will leave the alleys of one regular width.”(Pract. Gard. 340.) 6095. According to Nicol, the laying out of flower-gardens is a“‘matter very much of fancy. Too many gravelled alleys offend the eye, especially if they be much twisted, or run across; as it comprehends the whole at once. Their breadths should be proportioned to that of the beds; nor should they be much 5 5-5 Se LPL eee: YR BERG L807 8 \ cs ag i© BE. {= CSTR a|| IRS ps[acca ay: By; a 4 ase Ne ere REED EEE We| Se 9 ee Sao ie= 3 ie) ie mm@ESSy £ ¢]: wee ry/ Se 4 YI: RN e y© & x=| sia= He et trl= fe a» 3“lade (Ft\ 4 '‘Y \ 794 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pane Tit. sunk; seldom more than an inch; otherwise they have a bad effect, and look rather like furrows than alleys. They may be edged with box, with daises, with violets, gentianella, or thrift, according to fancy But the edging, whatever it be, should be kept low, thin, and neat. Tt should seldom be allowed to ree two inches high, or spread two inches wide. A linear box-edging always pleases, if kept quite close and connected.”(Kad. 458.) 6096. The author of the Florist’s Manual, though she confines her directions to one style, has much more correct ideas on the subject than our practicalauthors.“* It is more difficult,” she says,“ than may at first appear, to plan, even upon a small scale, sucha piece of ground, nor, perhaps, would any but an experienced scientific eye be aware of the difficulties to be encountered in thedisposal of a few shaped bor- ders interspersed with turf; the nicety consists in arranging the different parts so as to form a connected glow of color, to effect which it will be necessary to place the borders in such a manner that when viewed from the windows of the house, or from the principal entrance into the garden, one border shall not inter- cept the beauties of another, nor in avoiding that error, produce one still greater, that of vacancies be- twixt the borders forming small avenues, by which the whole is separated into broken parts, and the ge- neral effect lost. Another point to be attended to, is the just proportion of green turf, which, without nice observation, will be too much or too little for the color with which it is blended; and, lastly, the breadth of the flower-borders should not be greater than what will place the roots within reach of the gardener’s arm without the necessity of treading upon the soil, the mark of footsteps being a deformity wherever it appears amongst flowers.”(Flor. Man. lo. 6097. The materials which form the surface of flower-gardens(figs. 543, 544.) are gravel(a), turf(b), and dug borders(c), patches(d), or compartments(e), and water(f); but a variety of other objects and Tate: rials may be introduced as receptacles for plants, or on the surfaces of walks; as grotesque roots, rocks flints, spar, shel se in conglomerated ei 545; sand and gravel of different colors; besides works of: art introduced as decorations, or tonsile perform- SSS=S=s5£ ances, when the old French style(jig. 546.) is j imitated.: 6098. Rock-works. The author of the Forist’s that©‘ frag- = SS.) ETN BSS 0 a TA bs eal ance of artificial crags of rock and other stones in- terspersed with delicate plants, to the culture o which the fertile and sheltered border is evidently; necessary, being decided that nothing of the kind should be admitted into the simple parterre that is} not manifestly of use to the growth of some of the= species therein exhibited. In pleasure-grounds or flower-gardens on an ex tensive scale, where we meet with fountains and statuary, the greater kinds of ve getable rock-work might probably be well intro- duced; but to sucha magnificent display of art I feel my taste and knowledge wholly incompetent.”(Flor. Man. 15.)‘‘ Where neither expense nor trouble,” the same author adds,‘‘ oppose their prohibitory barrier, many of the vegetable tribe may be cultivated to greater perfection, if we appropriate different gar- dens to the growth of different species, as, although it is essential to the completion of our garden to intro- duce, on account of their scent and beauty, some of the more hardy species of the flowers termed annuals, in that situation room cannot be afforded them sufficient to their production in that full luxuriancy which they will exhibit when not crowded and overshadowed by herbaceous vegetables; and hence becomes de- sirable that which may be called the annual flower-garden, into which no other kind of flower is admitted besides that fugacious order, and under which is contained so great a variety of beauty and elegance, as one well calculated to form a garden, vying in brilliancy with the finest collection of hardy perennials. Also, the plants comprised under the bulbous division of vegetables, although equally essential to the perfection of the mingled flower-garden, lose much of their peculiar beauty when not cultivated by themselves, and will well repay the trouble of an assiduous care to give to each species the soil and aspect best suited to its nature. Two kinds of garden may be formed from the extensive and beautiful variety of bulbous-rooted flowers; the first, wherein they should be planted in distinct compartments, each kind having a border ap- propriated to itself, thus forming, in the Eastern taste, not only the‘garden of hyacinths,’ but a garden of each species of bulb which is capable of being brought to perfection without the fostering shelter of a con- servatory. The second bulbous garden might be formed from a collection of the almost infinite variety of this lovely tribe, the intermixture of which might produce the most beautiful effect, and a succession of bloom to continue throughout the early months of summer. A similar extension of pleasure might be derived from a similar division of all kinds of flowers, and here the taste for borders planted with distinct tribes may be properly exercised, and, as most of the kinds of bulbs best suited to this disposition have finished their bloom before the usual time at which annuals disclose their beauties, the annual and the bulbous gardens might be so united, that, at the period when the bloom of the latter has disappeared, the opening buds of the former might supply its place, and continue the gaiety of the borders.” ——4 a 6099. The green-house or conservatory is generally placed in the flower-garden, provided these structures are not appended to the house. In laying out the area, a fit situation must be allotted for this department of floriculture, and the principles of guidance laid down in treating of the situation of the culinary hot-houses(2475.) require here also to be applied. Some recommended the distribution of the botanic hot-houses throughout Book II pedo are ti prone my! iyi interna it appeats to they must be ed in sucees wpithout inte Xo arrangel he betters in pion, than t0 the vhole fani€ hot-hou the mansion é troductory SC¢ flower-garde was Repton mode, of whi other exalp Jeft that of Park,( fig to the oni and pleas (1), he 1 addition in style(21 walks the 1 interesting s¢ well(4); pu trees(7); 0 and garden fo rium and foun! walks(15). 6100, In particu may embrace the our practice Sg fu the cn standard peach Inthe court.ja womer-garden Tesque beauty» station it is OW, Accorgi letent parts Nalory, annexe "illytaduce at Wehruary ani lt Man, pd Boox II. FORMATION OF THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 795 the flower-garden or pleasure-ground; but we are decidedly of opinion, that much the best effect is produced when they are connected together in one scene. By the other mode they may form objects agreeable enough to look at externally; but to derive the full effect of their internal beauties, pee it appears to us that SQW: they must be examin- 546 RS ed in succession and nN Sak yee without interruption. Ih es No arrangement can= be better, in our opi-\ oS nion, than to connect NSO, SINS the whole of the bo- Sy tanic hot-houses with the mansion as an in- troductory scene to the flower-garden. This was Repton’s favorite mode, of which, among other examples, he has left that of Ashridge Park.(_fig.546.) Here, to the original lawn and pleasure-ground (1), he made an addition in the same style(2), uniting by walks the following. interesting scenes.‘The botanic stoves and paved terrace(3); broad-sanctuary and holy- well(4); pomarium and winter walk(5); the monk’s garden(6); arboretum of exotic trees(7); magnolia and American garden(8); embroidered parterre(9); grotto and garden for rock-plants(10); cabinet de verdure(11); mount garden(12); rosa- rium and fountain(13); connecting and interior walks(14); open terrace and exterior walks(15). 6100. In particular situations, as where the prospect and space are both confined, the plant hot-houses may embrace the house or the court-yard on two or more sides. In a case of this kind, which occurred in our practice(fig. 547.), a large conservatory(a) and aquarium(6) were connected with the library(k): SEs 4(547 gts O 10 20 too Feet, WP tet t- fi:= from the conservatory, a green-house(c) led to an aviary(d), and this was connected with a house for standard peach-trees, with vines as climbers(g), by two plant-stoves(e andy). The furnaces were placed in the court-yard(2), and attended from the stable-yard(h), without interfering with the house(é), or'the flower-garden(m). The elevation of such a range(fig. 548.) does not pretend to architectural or pictu- resque beauty; but it is such as is best suited for the culture of plants; and from the peculiarity of the situation it is seen from no point beyond the limits of a very moderate-sized flower-garden. 6101. According to Neill, a green-house, conservatory, and stove should form prominent obiects in the different parts of the flower-garden. The author of the Florist’s Manual recommends a spring-conser- vatory, annexed to the house, consisting of borders sheltered by glass, and heated only to the degree that will produce a temperature, under which all the flowers that would naturally bloom betwixt the months of February and May might be collected, and thence be enabled to expand their beauties with vigor. (Flor. Man. p. 23.) ee ae SE——————~ 796 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Phepsklly. mon | CANT AAHALATAU EAT ATH BAT AML MI Hh 6102. According to Nicol,“ the most proper situation for the green-house and conservatory, in an exte sive and well laid out place, is certainly in the shrubbery or flower-garden; and not Se ney ee vey generally to be found, in the kitchen-garden, combined with the forcing-houses. In smaller pla sath doubt, they must be situated so as to suit other conveniences; and we often find them Srareriod with Ae dwelling-house. In this latter way they may be very convenient, especially in the winter season, and r ay answer for keeping many of the hardy kinds of exotics; but it is seldom they can be so placed aad oe structed; on account of their connection with the building, as to suit the culture of the Rina sorts ai } 7 5= sy 5 LE>>‘ay> ¢ ac+. aS bene ot ering state. Such may rather be termed green-rooms, as being connected with the 6103. Abercrombie says,“ A green-house may be made a very ornamental object as a structure; its situation is, therefore, usually in a conspicuous part of the pleasure-ground, contiguous to the family on dence. The front of the building should stand directly to the south, and the ends have an open aspect to the east and west.”(Pract. Gard. 557.)= wi ABBR BOSS NY KAY 6104. Flower-nursery, and pits for forcing flowers. To every complete flower-garden and shrubbery, a piece of ground should be set apart in a convenient and concealed situ- ation, as a reserve-ground, or nursery of flowering plants and shrubs.‘The situation should, if practicable, be behind and near to the range of hot-houses, and it may at the game time include the pits for forcing flowers, and the hot-bed department of the flower-garden. Here plants may be originated from seed, cuttings, pipings, and a pro- per stock kept up, partly in beds and partly in pots, for more easy removal, to supply blanks, and in the more select scenes, to replace such as have done flowering. No flower-garden can be kept in complete order without a nursery of this description; nor could. the management of some sorts of florists’ flowers, as the auricula, during the latter part of summer and winter, the carnation,&c. be well carried on without it. Here they may . be grown, and, when in bloom, exhibited in proper stages in the main garden. 6105. Walks. In most styles of parterres these are formed of gravel; but in the mo- dern sort(fig: 549.), which consist of turf, varied by wavy dug beds(1 and 2), and surrounded by shrubbery, they 549 are sometimes dispensed with. mm. Such a flower-garden is recom- mended by the author of the Flor- ist?s Manual, as suitable for the << midst of pleasure-ground,” and the beds“ peculiarly adapted to the advantageous exhibition of flowers.” The general length of the beds she recommends to be from twenty-three to twenty-five feet, and the width in the broad- est part, about four feet; the grass to be five or six feet wide between the beds, that it may be conveniently mown and rolled; all the beds a good deal raised, and a tree(3) placed at the en- trance(4) of light and rather pendulous foliage, and pruned to form ahigh stem.“ If the space of grass between the borders appear too great, it may be lessened by baskets of ever-blowing roses, carnations, or any other plants; and these baskets may be formed by circular beds, surrounded by cast-iron, made to resemble the open edges of a basket, and painted of a very dark-green color.”’(p- 6.) 6106. In extensive and irregular parterres, one gravel-walk, accompanied by broad margins of turf, to serve as walks by such as prefer that material, should be so contrived as to form a tour for the display of the whole garden. There should also be other secondary interesting walks of the same width, of gravel and smaller walks for displaying particular details. The main walk, however, ought to be easily dis- tinguishable from the others by its broad margins of fine turf. In general the gravel is of uniform breadth throughout the whole length of the walk; but in that sort of French parterres which they call parterres of embroidery(fig. 550.), the preadth of the gravelled part(a) varies like that of the turf. Such figures, when correctly executed, carefully planted, judiciously intermixed with basket-work, shelis, party-colored gravels,&c. and kept in perfect order, are highly ornamental; but very few gardeners enter into the spirit of this department of their art. The French and Dutch have long greatly excelled us in the formation of small gardens, and the display of flowers; and whoever wishes a] food Ne in this d W ape 1000 neh ald frent! ja lout&.| gor. Bde r js not Us ut of which ihe grave off the dug gr0ul + gs ot 10WS 4 . the kitchen have bee! ust as Neil obser ase isthe da and{ree io says, Tht greed next 10 daisy, pink, violet, and| ed aS edit runners© will also bi strawberly yng shade bet een th work may running Ve neal Wha they should ng the grave 108, Bos near the eye orarel, may b a worked fen six inches t0 a dant edgings enhance the va being hing opened the be so mult to, of which 6110, 4 Detds ion Boox II. PLANTING THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 797 to succeed in this department ought to visit Amsterdam, Antwerp, Brussels, and Paris; and consult 4g the old French works of Mallet, Boyceau, Le Blond,&c. 6107. Edgings. In parterres where turf is not used as a ground or basis out of which to cut the beds and walks, \ the gravel of the latter is disparted from thy the dug ground of the former by edg- ings or rows of low-growing plants, as in the kitchen-garden. Various plants have been used for this purpose; but, as Neill observes, the best for extensive use is the dwarfish Dutch box, kept low and free from blanks.| Abercrombie says,‘* Thrift is the neatest small ever- green next to box. In other parts, the daisy, pink, London-pride, primrose, violet, and periwinkle, may be employ- ed as edgings. The strawberry, with the runners cut in close during summer, fee th will also have a good effect; the wood- y compl vega strawberry is suitable under the spread- // ni ing shade of trees. Lastly, the limits between the gravel-walks and the dug- work may sometimes be marked by hed. eprtetfb running verges of grass kept close and tings, pina ap neat. Whatever edgings are employed, | they should be formed previous to lay- ing the gravel.” 6108. Basket-edgings. Small groups f near the eye, and whether on grass or Fl hem gravel, may be very neatly enclosed by a worked fence of basket-willows from=== See six inches to a foot high. These wicker-work frames may or without ver- dant edgings; they give a finished and enriched appearance to highly polished scenery; enhance the value of what is within, and help to keep off small dogs, children,&c. Abercrombie scarcely approves of them. He says,‘ Where round or oval parterres stand on a ground of lawn, it is a prevailing fashion to surround them with what are termed baskets. These are commonly made either of wood or cast-iron; those of the latter material of course are durable; and the others, if painted, and removed under shelter in winter, will last ten or twelve years. Novelty is all attractive; and when men have walked as far as they can in the path of nature for principles of embellishment, for the sake of novelty they will walk back again. ¢ J) ae>< ee in this class is to mix the plants, as that every part of the garden may presenta gay assemblage of flowers of different colors during the whole season. The second class is the select flower-garden, in which the object is limited to the cultivation of particular kinds of plants; as, florists’ flowers, American plants, annuals, bulbs,&c. Sometimes two or more classes are included in one garden, as bulbs and annuals; but, in general, the best effect is produced by limiting the object to one class only. The third class is the changeable flower-garden, in which all the plants are kept in pots, and reared in a flower.-nursery or reserve-ground, As soon as they begin to flower, they are plunged in the borders of the flower-garden, and, whenever they show symptoms of decay, removed, to be replaced by others from the same source. This is obviously the most complete mode of any for a dis- play of flowers, as the beauties of both the general and particular gardens may be combined without presenting blanks, or losing the fine effect of assemblages of varieties of the same species; as of hyacinth, pink, dahlia, chrysanthemum,&c.‘The fourth class is the botanic flower-garden, which the plants are arranged with reference to botanical study, or at least not in any way that has for its main object a rich display of blossoms. On each of these gardens, or manners of arranging plants grown for their beauty or curiosity, we shall offer some remarks. 6111. The mingled flower-garden, or border, is by far the most common; it is what every gardener attempts at in planting his flower-borders, and the aim of the greater num- ber of such as form parterres, or separate scenes for the culture of flowers, seldom goes further. The object here is to display a gay assemblage of colors during the season of flowers, without much regard to variety of form or diversity of character in these flowers, or the plants that produce them. The great art, therefore, in this kind of flower-border, is to employ such plants as produce large heads, or masses of flowers; to plant an equal number of every color, and such a variety in regard to time of flowering as may afford some of every color in flower from February to October. This object does not require a great variety so much as a judicious selection; for, supposing the number four to include all the colors of flowers, and one sort to continue in bloom a month, then for nine months of the year, viz. from February to October inclusive, only thirty-six sorts will be requi- site to commence, as it were, the pattern of the border. Much more may be effected by a few sorts than by a great number, for the greater the number of sorts introduced in the pattern above thirty-six, supposing it correct that one sort continues in bloom a month, the greater the blank spaces that must remain between the plants in bloom. A moderate number of select sorts, or of what are called border-flowers, and that number selected equally from the different colors, and the sorts in bloom in the nine months of blooming season, is what demands the exclusive attention of whoever would plant a mingled bor- der, or flower-garden. It has been frequently observed that flower-gardens have been on the decline for the last half century; and the cause of this appears to have been the influx of new plants during that period, by which gardeners have been induced without due con- sideration to be more solicitous about rarity and variety, than well disposed colors and quantity. The same error, and from the same cause, has prevailed, during the above pe- riod, in the planting of shrubberies and tree-plantations. 6112. Abercrombie, Nicol, and other practical gardeners, seem to have no distinct ideas on the subject of arranging flowers in flower-gardens; but the authors of Hints on laying out Gardens, and of the Florist’s Manual, have viewed the subject in its proper light. Neill also has some judicious observations on the sub- ject. He says,“ the plants are arranged in mingled flower-borders, partly according to their size, and partly according to color. The tallest are planted in the back part, those of middling size occupy the centre, and those of humble growth are placed in front. The beauty of a flower-border, when in bloom, depends very much on the tasteful disposition of the plants in regard to color. By intermingling plants which flower in succession, the beauty of the border may be prolonged for some weeks. Ina botanic-garden the same plant cannot with propriety be repeated in the same border; but in the common flower-garden a plant, if deemed ornamental, may be often repeated with the best effect; nothing can be finer, for example, than to see many plants of double scarlet lychnis, double sweet-william, or double purple jacobea.”(Hd. Encyc? art. Hort.)% 6113. The author of Hints,&c. remarks“ that the beauty of parterres depends more on the materials with which they are planted than on their form; and that the prevailing error consists In crowding them with all sorts of trees and plants at random, or filling them entirely with rare species, which will ever want one principal source of beauty— health.” In the Florist’s Manual it is observed, that the fashionable novice, who has stored her borders from the catalogue of some celebrated name with variety of rare species; who has procured innumerable rose-trees, chiefly consisting of old and common sorts, brought into notice by new nomenclature; who has set apart a portion of ground for American plants, and duly placed them in bog soil, with their names painted on large-headed pegs, becomes disappointed when, instead of the brilliant glow of her more humble neighbor’s parterre, she finds her own distin- guished only by paucity of color, and fruitless expenditure. Variety of species, bog borders, and largely lettered pegs, are all good in their way, but they will not produce a gay flower-garden; and the simple cause of the general failure in this particular is the prevalent solicitude for rarity and variety, in prefer- ence to well blended quantity; as, without the frequent repetition of the same plant, it will be in vain to attempt a brilliant flower-garden, and, as in the judicious mixture of every common color, the art of procuring it consists. Hence, the foundation thus laid, the solicitude of those who wish to. on plete the superstructure must not be for rare species, but for new color, so that the commonest primuta which presents a fresh shade of red, blue, yellow,&c. ought to be esteemed more valuable than the most rare American plant which does not bring a similar advantage. In the formation of that assemblage of general jmitatiol have my bed of carnations dist cay nothing of tivating them and perfurme s? them, Mrs. 5! of contemplati Harrow-road. set with wnspa might with gf shrubs, were 0! vite, holly, om! G16, Ika do AWN,£0 be vie ad to Keep the onder of time, HeU oF plants Wy SM, Flowers a ce should id edlucing th uN wded, I nh Boox II. PLANTING THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 799 Tobe tna tt flowers, which may be distinguished by the term of* The Mingled Flower Garden,’ it is essential that ‘i Ud dis, the separate parts should, in their appearance, constitute a WHOLE; and this appearance is not incom- | DE iy h patible with any form into which the ground may be thrown, if attention be given to the manner of den ny My planting. In some gardens this appearance of a whole is entirely destroyed by the injudicious taste of nye setting apart distinct borders for pinks, hepaticas, primulas, or any other favorite kinds of flowers; also for different species of bulbs, as anemones, ranunculuses, hyacinths,&c.; these distinct borders, although Nf pati Hy, beautiful in themselves, break that whole which should always be presented to the eye by the mingled Sone‘Ukot flower-garden, as single beds, containing one species only, form a blank before that species produces its PUES to tng flowers, and a mass of decaying leaves when the glow of their petals is no more. The reverse of this Beneral the hast. mode of planting is essential to the perfection of the mingled flower-garden, in each border of which i ie i 4 A there should be, at least, two of every species; but the precise number must be regulated by the force of S18 He chngep color displayed by the plant, and the size and the relative position of the borders. It will be only neces- tore nue sary to observe that, to whatever view the garden presents itself, the eye should not be checked by the en the bode of i failure, in any part of it, of the prevalent colors of the season.”’(p. 5.): Seas j Nieeeeaicc Ue 6114 Hogg, who may be considered an unprejudiced observer of the different tastes in disposing of Oye to be replaced by flowers, has the following remarks:‘* We are apt to ridicule the Dutchman, as well as the imitators of te of any fr ie him here at home, who divide their gardens into small beds, or compartments, planting each with sepa- 1 aa. rate and distinct flowers: we ridicule the plan, because it exhibits too great a sameness and formality; e514} be combined like unto the nosegay that is composed of one sort of flowers only, however sweet and beautiful they may be, they lose the power to please, because they want variety. It must undoubtedly be acknowledged, that a parterre, no matter in what form, whether circular or square, elliptical or oblong, where all the shrubs, plants, and flowers in it, like the flowers of a tastefully arranged bouquet, are variously disposed in neat and regulated order, according to their height and color, is a delightful spectacle, and worthy of general imitation. Yet still in some particular cases I am disposed to copy the Dutchman, and I would have my bed of hyacinths distinct, my tulips distinct, my anemonies, my ranunculuses, my pinks, my carnations distinct, and even my beds of hollyhocks, double blue violets, and dwarf-larkspurs distinct, to say nothing of hedge-rows of different sorts of roses. Independent of the less trouble you have in cul- tivating them when kept separate, you have beauty in masses, and you have likewise their fragrance and perfume so concentrated, that they are not lost in air, but powerfully inhaled when you approach them. Mrs. Siddons, the celebrated tragic actress, is a great admirer of this mode of planting, and fond a: of contemplating this‘ beauty in masses.’ She adopted this style of gardening at her late residence on the Of flower, seldom ops Harrow-road. Her favorite flower was the viola amaena, the common purple heart’s-ease, and this she lors during the wasn set with unsparing profusion all around her garden. Her garden was remarkable in another respect, and ji OP eer tae might witn great propriety be styled a garden of evergreens, which, together with a few deciduous haracter in ts ver, shrubs, were of the most sombre, sable, and gloomy cast, such as box-trees, fir, privet, phillyrea, arbor is kind of fore vite, holly, cypress, the red cedar, laurel, Irish ivy, bay-tree, arbutus, spurge-laurel,&c. The only part ; of the year in which it could be viewed with any degree of satisfaction was the winter, as giving rise to a SO Yai fhe ame yrcet, ers pl al pleasing association of ideas in beholding these retain their green verdure and clothing, at a time when ‘flowerine as may afd the rest of the surrounding trees were stript naked and bare.”(Tr. on Flowers, 69.) 6115. To give an example of the manner of planting a bed or border in the mingled style, suppose the various colors of flowers-to be all included under the four common colors, red, white, blue, and yellow; that for the time of blowing, we allow February and March as one division, March and April as a second, May and June as a third, July as a fourth, August asa fifth, and September and October as the sixth and last. Then suppose the border, or bed admits of four rows in width; the lowest plants to be placed next the yesIX Sort walk, or the eye of the spectator, and the tallest at the back in regular gradation. Mark out the border <> maybe ta by in rows length-ways and across, so as each plant may stand in the angle of a square, whose side is, say more aa ea eighteen inches. Then begin at the first row(fig. 552. a), and fix on the order in which the plants are to of sorts intade be placed as respects their time of flowering.‘To distribute the plants in flower at one time as equally as possible over the border, the order of 1, 6, 3, 5, 2, 4, will, it is believed, be found the best. Next, fix as ; fe to the order of colors; and here it is of little consequence what order is fixed on, provided that order be s in bloom. Aol maintained throughout the border: say that we adopt the order of red_ white, blue, and yellow; then nd that number gett the first row to be of the lowest plants will stand thus: Ir. 6w. 3b. 5y. 2r. du.: that is, a red flower to gia‘ come into bloom in February and March; next to it, a white flower to come into bloom in September and October; next, a blue flower to come into bloom in May and June; then a yellow flower to come into bloom in August; then ared flower to come into bloom in April and May; and lastly, a white flower to come into bloom in July. The second, third, and fourth rows,(0, c, d) are to be arranged in the same rmuyes in bloom a wot np vine month of Md plant# mg arens hare bet: A B 4;. ergs he i way, observing, however, not begin with the same month and color for the sake of more effectually vs to baveben be il mingling the times of flowering and color of the flowers. Where roses or other shrubs areto be intro- 4 d tout det duced, a plant must be omitted, which, however, should not be allowed to derange the order of the rest. nauced; well disposed co 552 ed, during heh PEAS. SoondsLODUdgE OD SeHs UNCOOL lr Gw 3b 5y 2r 4w 1b Gy Sr Sm 2b 4y Ir Gw 3b Sy 2r 4 Ir Cw 3b Denielelcielon selee coin ss vieteielcicls lr Gv Sb Sy 2r 4w 1b Gy 3r 5m 2b 4y Ir Gw Sb Sy Yr 4wy 1b Cy Sr Sw 2 AB AC ACAD SOAO Ir 6w 3b Sy 2r 4m 1b Gy Sr 5w 2b 4y lr 6u Sb Sy 2r 4m 1b Gy Sr Sw 2b ty Ir FB ARC Ir Gw 3b Sy 2r 4w 1b Gy Sr Sw 2 4y Ir 6w 3b 5y 2r 4u Ib 6y Sr Su 2b 4y Ir 6w 3b Concedes Lh Or ous OYmen 470 OLD) Gy sonmom oD 4y Ir 6w 3b Sy 2r 4m 1b 6y Sr Sw 2b 4y DOR SP DOOD AOOOS lr 6w 3b Sy 2r 4w Ib 6y Sr Sw Qh dy Ir 6w 3b Sy 2r 4u 1b 6y Sr 5w Elis arlaise v\clcnre niente cls cicdiccierte lr Gw Sb 5y 2r 4m 1b Gy Br 5w 2 4y Ir 6m 3b 5y 2r 4u lb by Ben veielvicleteiia eateluiciele/aiietete ainiateiclelaie’sle ela. lr 6m Sb 5y 2 4m 1b 6y Sr 5m 2b 4y Ir 6w 3b Sy 2r 4w 6116. Ifa double border, with a walk on each side(fig. 552. a toh) a bed-group, or compartment on a lawn, to be viewed on all sides, is to be planted, then it is only necessary to fix on the number of rows, and to keep the lowest plants in the margin and the tallest in the centre, adhering in the rows, to the order of time, and of colors given above, or to any order that may be fixed on, and inserting shrubs in lieu of plants where it may be deemed advisable. 2: 6117. Flowers in borders should always be planted in rows, or in some regular form, and that this ap- pearance should be assiduously kept up by trimming off all irregular side-shoots and straggling stalks, and reducing the bulk of plants which grow too fast. Every approach to irregularity and a wild, con- fused, crowded, or natural-like appearance, must be avoided in gardens avowedly artificial. 6118. With four colors, four sixes, and six times of coming into flower, a mingled border may be com- menced with ninety-six sorts; and the pattern may be repeated like the border of any work of art ad in- Jinitum; but it is also evident, that it may include any number of species, provided| these have the de- sired requisites of height, color, and time of flowering; the second and every successive repetition of the pattern being made up of different, and not before-introduced species, but still of the heights, colors, and times of flowering required for the first example of the pattern. The safest way, however, as we have vation 800 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pheniny already observed, is to adopt but a moderate number of species, and those of the showy sorts that have pene aaa and are of hardy vigorous growth. A suitable list for this purpose is given in the joricultural catalogue under the head of Border Flowers, and the reader may increase i; from the Prodromus of Page.; Fag cere 6119. The select flower-garden being limited to one kind, or class, of plants, is com- paratively simple as far as respects planting. It may be devoted to florists’ flowers, as the hyacinth, tulip, pink, auricula,&c.; to select flowers, as the dahlia, pony, aus santhemum,&c.; to annuals, hardy, half hardy, and tender; to American or bog-earth shrubs and plants; to any one natural order, as the bulbous-rooted tribe; or to spring summer, or autumn flowers,&e. 22 6120. Florists’ flowers and select flowers are planted in beds or compartments of carefully prepared soil and the arrangement in the beds is generally conducted on the principle of mixing the colors and shades of color as much as possible. As the plants being of the same species generally grow of the same height and come into flower at the same time, no particular attention is requisite in these respects(See Hy a cinth and Auricula, in the catalogue.); I5 6121. A parterre of annuals, as the different sorts generally come into flower about the same time, may either be arranged according to their colors and heights jointly; or, as there are numerous varieties‘of some sorts, as of larkspur, chrysanthemum, lupin,&c., each species with its varieties may be sown in groups or beds, by itself; and the general principle by which to determine the sorts which are to join each other, may either be color and height, or natural character. Ifthe latter, then the table exhibiting the genera, arranged according to the Jussieuean classification(589.), will be found a convenient guide 6122. An American garden combines shrubs and even low trees.‘These may be arranged in the mixed method, according to color, height, and time of flowering, the trees and shrubs alone, and the plants alone, or both combined: but the most suitable way is to follow the natural orders, attending, at the same time, to keep the higher sorts farthest from the walk or side from which the group or border is to be chiefly viewed. This arrangement has an excellent effect in an American shrubbery, where the low species of heaths and other bog under-shrubs which are introduced, supply the place of herbaceous plants.: 6123. A garden exclusively devoted to bulbous-rooted flowers, admits of being very perfectly arranged after the natural method. No orders run into other so naturally as, and none presert a more harmonious assemblage both of foliage and flowers than, the Phanerogamee.(589.) The planting of such a garden would require very little nicety beyond introducing the proper genera and species in succession, taking care to keep the taller bulbs, as lilium, fritillaria,&c. in the interior of the groups or beds.- 6124. Gardens of spring, summer, or autumn jlowers may be planted on any of the principles that have been mentioned. 6125. The changeable flower-garden.‘The essential principle of this garden consists in the power of changing its productions at pleasure, so that whenever any plant, or group of plants, begin to decay, they can be removed and their places supplied by others coming into bloom. To admit of this a large reserve- nursery is requisite, in which the plants must be kept in pots, and removed and plunged in the borders as jent. Gard. 96.), excel in this mode of wanted, The Chinese, Sir W. Chambers informs us(Dissert. on Ovi gardening; and we have been informed by a traveller who has resided some time at Canton, that he has known a mandarin(or noble) have the whole furniture and style of his parterre changed in a single night, so as next morning to present not only a different description of flowers, shrubs, and dwarf trees, but a different arrangement of the beds and compartments. Something of the same kind is practised in the gardens of the Tuilleries in Paris; in some of the Imperial gardens at Petersburg, and in the vice- royal gardens at Monza. Gardens of this description admit of a very perfect arrangement of the flowers, whether in the mingled manner, in select groups, or according to the natural method. It is only with such resources that a flower-gardener can“ paint his way,” as Sir W. Chambers says the Chinese artists do,“not scattering their flowers indiscriminately about their borders, but disposing of them with great circumspection along the skirts of the plantations, or other places where flowers are to be introduced. They reject all that are of a straggling growth, of harsh colors, and poor foliage, choosing only such as are of some duration, grow either large or in clusters, are of beautiful forms, well leaved, and of tints that harmonise with the greens that surround them. They avoid all sudden transitions, both with regard to dimension and color, rising gradually from the smallest flowers to the hollyhocks, ponies, sun-flowers, carnation-poppies, and others of the boldest growth; and varying their tints, by easy gradations, from white, straw-color, purple, and incarnate, to the deepest blues, and most brilliant crimsons and scarlets. They frequently blend several roots together, whose leaves and flowers unite, and compose one rich har- monious mass; such as the white and purple candytuft, larkspurs, and mallows of various colors,.double poppies, lupins, primroses, pinks, and carnations; with many more of which the forms and colors accord with each other; and the same method they use with flowering shrubs, blending white, red, and varie- gated roses together, purple and white lilacs, yellow and white jessamine, altheas of various sorts, and as many others as they can with any propriety unite. By these mixtures they increase considerably the variety and beauty of their compositions. In their large plantations the flowers generally grow in the natural ground; but in flower-gardens, and all other parts that are highly kept, they are in pots, buried in the ground, which, as fast as the bloom goes off, are removed, and others are brought to supply their places; so that there is a constant succession for almost every month in the year; and the flowers are never seen but in the height of their beauty.””(Dés. on Orient. Gard. 96.) 6126. The botanic flower-garden being intended to display something of the extent and variety of the vegetable kingdom, as well as its resemblances and differences, should obviously be arranged according to some system or method of study. In modern times, the choice is almost limited to the artificial system of Linnzeus, and the natural method of Jussieu, though Adanson has given above fifty-six different methods by which plants may be arranged.(Fam. des Plants.). The latter has much the best effect in a garden, and corresponds better with culture. The former, though most convenient for the young student, yet by bringing plants together that have few or no obvious relations, it destroys that harmony which is so gratifying in viewing natural families. Whatever method is adopted, the plants may either be placed in regular rows, or each order may be grouped apart, and surrounded by turf or gravel. For a private botanic garden, the mode of grouping on turf is much the most elegant, and it has this advantage, that as the species belonging to the group are increased, it can be enlarged by appropriating a part of the turf, and any group containing few species may be filled up with repetitions for effect. The groups may be of the most irregular outlines, and those which are to contain trees may be raised or lowered in surface, according as the species may be natives of hills or wcll gan ne PE fa a ting, pat 1 dhe grour’ . f thi surrounded Wy such a carder numbered« more inviting the above mo Icable to, interiere 6197, Dor, di Cun Boox, II. PLANTING THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 801 QW ioe i, "TSU haye " 4 valleys, and the trees and plants so dispersed as that the former shall not conccai the latter, nor present a compact lumpish appearance at the edges, or in the outiine against the sky. Rock-work may be introduced in groups where there are many alpines to be grown; and bogs, ponds, and springs imitated in others destined for aquatics,&c. as far as consistent with botanical purposes. A gravel-walk may be so contrived as to forma tour of all the groups(fig. 553.), displaying them on both sides; in the centre, or in any fitting part of the scene, the botanic hot-houses may be placed; and the whole might be male &*S3 SI : gp,|| Nong ro changed(1 4 SR ere. Wh /, Wibiy|\Z Y“hy Z Fs 2 Y/ Ypy,, YE; yyy” Ye aba i Yes GAY; er: of Y Tae enumerated the principal garden-decorations. Those more especially applicable to the flower-garden are the fountain in various forms; the open and covered, or rustic seat(fig. 555.) 5 the statue(fig. 554.) in all its va- rieties of therm, bust, single figure<4 and group, and in the various materials of stone, metal, or ver- dure; the arbor, and a variety of others. Even the apiary and|| aviary, or, at least, here and there se ee a beehive, or a cage suspended z Bi oe PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Psbee sLLE! 2‘::-. 5 me a tree, will form very appropriate ornaments. Sometimes inoffensive birds, as the sea o ¢ mtr 5 Pal errs sch are ver es*;: ee gu ik may be int oduced to run at large; gold-fish are very appropriate in the aquarium; and an animal which affords great amusement by its cry and song in the flower-gardens of the south of Germany, the tree-frog(Rana arborea), would be an acquisition in this country In some families there is a taste for minerals or antiquities; and here, besides larger spe- cimens distributed in the garden, a building ( fig. 556.) may be introduced combining a Lf::’ ES) mineral cabinet(a), an aviary()), and the botanic hot-houses(c). _ 6128. Where the old French style(figs. 545. 550.) zs imitated, a profusion of marble and vegetable-sculp- tures, verdant arcades, colonnades, arbors,&c. are in character; but in the more simple and modern forms (figs. 540, 541. 543..) a few stools, sofa-chairs, a pavilion- seat(fig. 338.), a sun-dial, fountain, some urns, and a few good statues, will, in most cases, be sufficient. In the distribution of even these few decorations much judgment is requisite to avoid exciting ridicule by fall- ¢ ae) a ing into the vapid, the flippant, or some other species of 1 i= 2“6 deformity.(See Schimmelpenninck on Beauty&c.) Se fe on og| i Se 6129. Time of planting herbaceous plants. J This is, in general, autumn and spring; but= any perennial plant may be safely removed after it has done flowering or produced seed. With respect to biennials and annuals, they may be planted at almost any season before they have begun to throw up flower-stems. Biennials, however, are generally sown early in autumn in the flower-garden nursery, and transplanted either late in the same season or early in the following spring, to where they are to flower. Annuals are commonly sown in spring, where they are finally to remain. The culture of herbaceous flowers of the more valued sorts is exceedingly varied, and will be found under each species or class in the Flower-garden Catalogue.. For the preparation of the soil and the manner of per- forming the operation, see these articles in(Chap. IV.) Planting the Shrubbery. ———— Cuap. III. Of Forming the Shrubbery. 6130. By a shrubbery, or shrub-garden, we understand a scene for the display of shrubs valued for their beauty or fragrance, combining such trees as are considered chiefly orna- mental, and some herbaceous flowers. The form or plan of the modern shrubbery is ge- nerally a winding border, or strip of irregular width, accompanied by a walk, near to which it commences with the herbaceous plants and lowest shrubs, and as it falls back, the shrubs rise in gradation and terminate in the ornamental trees, also similarly gradu- ated. Sometimes a border of shrubbery accompanies the walk on both sides; at other times only on one side, while the other side is, in some cases, a border for culinary vege- tables surrounding the kitchen-garden, but most generally it is an accompanying breadth of turf, varied by occasional groups of trees and plants, or decorations, and with the bor- der, forms what is called pleasure-ground. 6131. The sort of shrubbery formed under the geometric style of gardening( fig. 557.) was more compact; it was called a bosque, thicket or wood, and contained various compartments of turf or gravel branching from the walks, and very generally a labyrinth. The species of shrubs in those times being very limited, the object was more walks for recreation, shelter, shade, and verdure, than a, display of flowering shrubs. What was wanting in natural beauty and variety, however, was made up by the art of the gardener in cutting such trees and shrubs as he had, into curious shapes. Shrubberies are often made for the sake of obtaining an agreeable walk to some particular place or scene, as the kitchen-garden, farm, wood,&c.; and sometimes in order to lead the spectator to different points, where views or distant prospects may be obtained. The most desirable shrubbery is one where both these objects are combined; and the least so, where the walk leads to no particular object, is shut up on both sides, and has no beauties to depend on but those of the shrubs. Hence Sir W. Chambers complains of walks en cul de sac, and Knight of‘ the shrub- bery’s insipid scenes,”&c.(Tr. on Country Res. i. 352.)‘The shrubbery, however, judiciously laid out and planted, will always be a scene of considerable beauty and use about a country-seat. It is one of the princi- pal resources for a home-walk for exercise; and as Repton has observed, a tolerable walk, even round one’s own field, is more interesting than a better one where we have no interest.“© We are greatly indebted to shrubs,” Nicol observes,“ for much of the pleasure and delight we enjoy in our gardens. Though they produce no eatable fruits, nor afford us any sort of nourishment, yet they are particularly conducive to our comfort. In winter, they shelter us in our walks; in summer, they shade us from the sun. They afford a great variety of flowers, a varied foliage, and are standard ornaments that give us no great trouble. They are particularly useful in the character of screens, whether. against the weather, or to hide disagreeable ob- jects, in which case they may be planted nearer to the house than forest-trees. When planted in masses ‘at a distance, they become agreeable objects, and often improve the scenery of a place. The shrubbery 1s often a matter of utility as well as of ornament, in which case it gives the highest satisfaction. When formed for the purposes of shutting out the offices or the kitchen-garden from the view of the house; for sheltering the latter or the garden, or for connecting the house with the garden and the orchard, the shrubbery becomes useful and interesting.” 6132. In respect to situation, it is essential that the shrubbery should commence either gus ly at th ‘aged) P iat how ever} ie that? wy preven! the ne jal over the + vpsitiol OF\a “139 The e of vic 1H a the flower-gatu the proportion (js so mu vi ( i he s depen nothing ¢ should ge! these hould be pery i character' {00 Ya; 0 De teristic.“st of limited ext made up by 1 prospect ant wvhereas, 10 distance; 2 planted chiet is obtained b 6194. Sot oarden-land, ground a 100! previous to pid co eatT pain it the sou 00] i ear athermise Wen| 7 Screens, wh 6 favorite shrubs ing and enrich are curls in Eyergreens, for do better in mos genera, thrive W mellow earth 6135, I amatter both of a passige{tom case, the walk| if there be any walks, howere angles nor shrubs, but t should be nar be broad, They may be agreeable in y fie, 057 house(c), the merous, to aff stlons(2), an 6l » Fen exterior or b rior, or that kind s eithe Where the s sides« but s be profitabh the geomet He the wh Abercrombie cunty than the f € lence, or Ssomet {HOR Unsioh Book IT. FORMING THE SHRUBBERY. 808 immediately at the house, or be joined to it by the flower-garden; a secondary requisite is, that however far, or in whatever direction it be continued, the walk be so contrived as to prevent the necessity of going to and returning from the principal points to which it leads over the same ground: but as this is a matter which must be arranged in the general disposition or laying out ef the residence, it need not be here entered on. 6133. The extent of the modern shrubbery must depend more on the extent of that place of which it is a part than on any other principle, and it is, or ought to be, so blended with the flower-garden lawn, as scarcely to admit of its quantity being estimated apart. Where the proportion of pleasure-ground, which may be judiciously apportioned to a residence, depends so much on the ground’s surface, and on the character or style of the whole seat, nothing definite can be laid down in the way of rules. The walks in the pleasure-ground should generally exceed a mile or two for the sake of recreation; but what proportion of these should be in open lawn, and what in flower-garden, or along the margin of a shrub- bery, is too vague a question to receive any useful answer. Local circumstances and the character to be created must determine every thing. It may be mentioned as a charac- teristic distinction between the ancient and modern shrubbery, that the former was of limited extent, compact form, situated near the house, and that the length of walk was made up by repetition of parallel and cross walks. The whole of these had little distant prospect, and were generally more sheltered and shaded than is suitable for our climate; whereas, in the modern shrubbery, the length is made up by stretching out the walk to a distance; and air and ventilation, as well as views and prospects, are obtained by its being planted chiefly on one side. Such shelter and shade as is deemed requisite for the walk is obtained by the introduction of scattered trees along its open margin. 6134. Soil.‘Shrubs, in general,’ Nicol observes,“thrive very well in ordinary garden-land, and better in light than in heavy soils. Most shrubs, likewise, do well in ground a foot in depth; but it is always advisable to trench to the full depth of the soil, previous to planting, if that were even two feet. Manure is seldom bestowed on shrubs, and if the soil be not far below mediocrity, it is seldom necessary, provided the ground be otherwise well prepared, and be meliorated by trenching or digging. In the case of plant- ing screens, where it is desirable to have them effectual as soon as possible, or in planting favorite shrubs in particular situations, every justice should be done to the soil in prepar- ing and enriching it, either with manure or by the addition of fresh earth. Those who are curious in collections of certain shrubs, prepare or choose certain soils for them. Evergreens, for the most part, thrive well in loam of a middling texture; but some kinds do better in mossy humid earth, as the azalea and rhododendron. Deciduous shrubs, in general, thrive well in light loams or sandy soils; but certain kinds flower better in rich mellow earth, as the moss-rose and the robinia.”’ 6135. Walks.“ The conducting of walks,” Nicol says,“ through the shrubbery, is a matter both of conveniency and of taste: of conveniency, when the shrubbery is merely a passage from one place to another, or a narrow screen to the garden. In the former case, the walk should be simple and direct: in the latter case it may be circuitous; and if there be any variety in the ground, it ought to lead to particular points of view. The walks, however, should seldom cross one another; they should rather take off at oblique angles; nor should one run parallel to another within view. It is proper to show off the sbrubs, but too many walks perplex.‘Their breadths may be various. If short, they should be narrow; if long, and if a considerable reach be caught at once, they should be broad. A medium may be taken at five feet, the extremes being three and eight. They may be of turf or of gravel; but the latter is always most wholesome, and most agreeable in winter.” In the ancient style, where the shrubbery, or umbrageous scene (fig. 557. a), often enclosed the flower-garden(4), both being situated in front of the house(c), the walks(d) were laid out in arbitrary geometrical shapes, crowded and nu- merous, to afford sufficient space for recreation, and varied by niches(e), boudoirs(f), salons(g), and other open parts to give variety. 6136. Fence. Local circumstances must, in almost every case, determine the sort of exterior or bowndary-fence most proper for the shrubbery or pleasure-ground; the inte- rior, or that on the open side, should, in almost every case, be one of the inconspicuous kind; either light iron-railings, moveable hurdles of wood or iron, or the sunk-fence. Where the shrubbery is not a boundary plantation, a light fence may include it on both sides; but so much depends on locality and other arrangements, that. the subject cannot be profitably discussed separately from that of laying out the entire residence. Under the geometric style, the business of fencing the shrubbery or woody scene, was very sim- ple, the whole being generally surrounded by a high wall.“ Fences of all kinds,” Abercrombie observes,“ are rather necessary and useful as instruments of shelter and security than to be chosen as materials of ornament. Whether the view terminates on the fence, or is directed beyond it, the effect on the scene, at best, is negative: thus, a fence is sometimes made higher than its proper use requires, merely to shut out something more unsightly; and, in judiciously employing that capital invention, the sunk-fence or 3F 2 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Paccrle 557 Cit gu tt Gai ty fang to ig: a i ‘ NG| Sf ie y gf«bm A BS Zc,{ AW 1.«A i 2 eli | i P\\‘¢ es ae by i N\\ Ant lal 1 Ny Hi\ SBS ate wf| fan, dae ir futon AD ayy 10 dh are eed Lay Asay phn daar vagy dP| att gyal Pye ve ih =| a bai[ll l ae) \ap| eave ee a H eo Tyree(AFM eo ear yl(yer, Sree ten va ag ae ine we Shh Cafe dy bad We Mg ve an Ul = S S345 = AF; ¢ tie bu = ) ti } Wh es ha-ha, the advantage, though great, is purely negative; some prospect worth retaining at considerable cost is not obstructed.” 6137. Reserve-ground for the shrubbery. A plot of ground should be set apart for the propagation and culture of the more tender shrubs, to supply deaths or accidents in the front of the shrub-border. This reserve-nursery will be most conveniently situated when joined to that of the flower-garden; but it may also be taken from the interior of any wide part of the plantation where it will not be seen. Here roses, mezereons, American shrubs, honeysuckles, and a variety of the more ornamental and tender sorts should always be in readiness, partly in pots and partly in nursery lines, to remove to the principal scene, either to add to its usual beauty, or to compensate for accidental defects. To the same ground may be added a space for accumulating leaves, spray, and other refuse of the shrubbery, to ferment and produce manure for the nursery in the same way as is done in the compost-grounds of the kitchen and flower garden. ——g a Cuar. IV. Of Planting the Shrubbery. 6138. On planting the shrubbery the same general remarks, submitted as introductory to planting the flower-garden, are applicable; and shrubs may be arranged in as many different manners as flowers. Trees, however, are permanent and conspicuous objects, and consequently produce an effect during winter, when the greater number of herba- ceous plants are scarcely visible. This is more especially the case with that class called evergreens, which, according as they are employed or omitted, produce the greatest dif- ference in the winter aspect of the shrubbery. We shall here describe four leading modes for the arrangement of the shrubbery, distinguishing them by the names of the mingled or common, the select or grouped manner, and the systematic or methodical style of planting. Before proceeding farther it is requisite to observe, that the proportion of evergreen trees to deciduous trees in cultivation in this country, is as 1 to 12; of ever- green shrubs to deciduous shrubs, exclusive of climbers and creepers but including roses, as 4 to 8; that the time of the flowering of trees and shrubs is from March to August inclusive, and that the colors of the flowers are the same as in herbaceous plants. These data will serve as guides for the selection of species and varieties for the different modes nt, but more especially for the mingled manner. led manner, proceed as under. The width of the space to 6139. To dispose shrubs and trees in the ming!{ q é\ i be covered with trees, shrubs, and flowers being given, first mark it out in rows lengthways. The first of arrangeme pect The fargest te about a square J all the fout 60° y,, whe nile Boox II. PLANTING THE SHRUBBERY. 805 row may be two feet from the margin of the turf or the edge of the walk; the second, three feet from the first; the third, four feet from the second; and so on to the back of the plantation. Suppose the width to admit of ten rows(fig. 558. a to k), then the six rows next the walk will occupy a space of twenty- seven feet, which may be devoted to shrubs, and the remaining three rows will occupy a space of thirty- seven feet, and may be planted with trees. Then beginning with the first row, which is destined for the lowest class of shrubs, arrange them according to the times of their flowering, which will, as in arranging herbaceous plants, be most conveniently done at six times: viz. 1, March; 2, April,&c. to 6, August; and they will stand as in the flower-border in the order of 1, 6, 3, 5, 2, 4, and with the colors in the same manner(a). The second row(d) is to be arranged in the same manner; and as trees, though nearly of the same size when planted, yet attain finally very different degrees of bulk, provision must be made for the plants in each row to expand year after year, till they attain their full growth. This we propose to do by planting two plants of a sort in the second row(b), three in the third, and so on(as indicated in the figure), till in the last or tenth row(x), there will be ten plants of a sort ina line together. It is to be observed, that a deciduous and an evergreen sort(marked d, e, in the figure) are to be planted alternately, in order to ensure an equal mixture in respect to verdure; and that the colors(denoted by 7, w, 6, y, in the figure) are mixed as in the mingled border, to ensure a general display of mixed blossoms. The se- cond or third year such of the plants are to be thinned out as crowd the others, reserving, however, as final plants, one of each sort,(say E for the evergreens, and D for the deciduous sorts), so placed in re- spect to the plants in the other rows, as that the whole, when finally thinned out, may stand in quincunx. The largest trees will then occupy about 100 square feet each; and each of the shrubs in the front row about a square yard: there will be the same number of deciduous plants as evergreens; some shrubs of all the four colors in blow throughout the whole season, and a verdant aspect in summer as well as winter. 558 k.. wle wle wle wile wle wle mle wle wle wie b6d b6d b6d b6d b6d b6d b6d b6d b6d b6d y3e ye E D E PB SO UCROOU OC DODO0CSOCOO0S r6d r6d r6d r6d rv6d r6d r6d r6d r6d w3e wSe w5e w5e wSe woe woe w3e wSe D E Ieveee. b3e. bSe b3e boe b3e bse bse b3e ySd ydd yod ydd ySd ydd yod youd r2e re re r2e r2e 126¢€ >] D E PO HOBOOOSONOOODOCL. wd w2d wed wed w2d wed w2d bhe b4e bhe bte bde be ble yld yld yld yld yld D E D foatalcte. r4e rde r4de r4e r4e rde wld wld wld wid wild mid b6e b6e b6e b6e b6e bbe y3sd yd yd y3d D E D Osecccacs cess acieelceve b3d b3d bad b3d b3d yd5e yde ySe yde yde v2d r2d v2d r2d rd ae mie nie nm4e mie Lay E C. ¢ x Seevees crion Jeed6 3! 1 diccscese Mle wile wile wile bh6d b6d b6d b6d ySe ySe ySe yse rbd rbd rid rod m2e we we m2e b4d bad E D=e:. D E D Tecceed) ccvcsecsceccecses uf Cie cvicedeceercecicccce rod rid rid m2e w2e we btd bid bad yle yle yle r6d r6d_ r6d moe wae woe bod bod S D Et D E D b4e yld yld r6e r6e w3d wad bde bide y2d y2d rie rie wid wid bbe b6e y3d yd r5e r5e D D E“D 3 D E D E E E Pucdcccescccesocere 2000. 7 Gevos\occesesse rid w6e b3d y5e r2d w4e bid ybe r3d we b2d ye rid m6e b3d yse r2d mde bid ybe r3a D ED. E D E 13) od Os 9) Dp BD) godin 3D) 7) ed E D i Dit send. Osccovoral. Sehes Bi PY 806 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part IE.| wl 6140. The distance between the rows of trees(ten feet) may i jecti‘a . stance; SO s(te ay in some cases be an objection a vps ee two at first; but this, we consider, will be more than counterbalanced by the opportunity eae i Bs a tivating the ground between them, and by the air and light admitted to their side shoots, which will the sooner fit them for producing blossoms. All formality of appearance will soon be done away by the i i t gular growth of the plants, and by the thinnings which must take place in, at the latest ieee SENSE ate ve would planting. If any, however, object to the appearance of rows, they may be obliterated by eae eae si: ats are 8 some plants in the intervals of the same sort as those in the lines adjoining; but in doing this a meme{ Byer) on be taken never to lose sight of the shrub or tree which is finally to remain, as it is of HE ROTENGa? aAUSy gdh) otha plan,(which is not natural or picturesque pianting), that the regular disposition of the whole be Me se xhis apt dep as well with a view to the gradation of height as to the mixture of color in the flower, and of ve Ed of this KM! tet and deciduous foliage. The herbaceous plants only remain to be added. These are to be feteNone‘ feet the Bt row in front of the first row of shrubs(0), and three or more rows(7p, q, 7, s) in the intervening herd Gyste between the next rows.‘The plants are to form a quincunx with the shrubs; and the same arate wai git: as to height, color, and time of flowering, adopted as in the mingled border. Such a shrubbery ay: in adoptitig t commenced with(2 x 6) twelve sorts of evergreen, and the same number of deciduous trees; with(6 y 6) J» time thirty-six sorts of shrubs, half the number deciduous, aiid half evergreen; and with(5 x 6) thirty ae of the a herbaceous plants. It may then be continued either by repeating the pattern with the same sorts or oy scale, woul| other sorts; or principally by the same sorts, with some others occasionally. If a show of flowers is put on 4 sal valued, the sorts employed must be comparatively few, as the flowers of the greater number of trees and '°G Je NOT y:> py s shrubs are of dull colors, or little conspicuous. The evergreen trees, in a popular sense, can hardly be said the mode by to have any flower; but still a number of them must be introduced in the back rows, to blend with horse-| by uch a 8 chestnuts, limes, acacias, wild cherries, wild pears,&c.&c. ihey would bh 6141. The select or grouped manner of planting a shrubbery(fig. 559.) is analogous to ay flowers the select manner of planting a flower-garden. Here one genus, species, or even variety, gejentific att is planted by itself in considerable numbers, so as to produce a powerful effect. Thus trees an pk the pine tribe, as trees, may be alone planted in one part of the shrubbery, and the holly, soription af in its numerous varieties, as shrubs. After an extent of several yards, or hundreds of care be take yards, have been occupied with these two genera, a third and fourth, say the evergreen ficient deg fir tribe and the yew, may succeed, being gradually blended with them,‘and soon. A Tn this Wey similar grouping is observed in the herbaceous plants inserted in the front of the plant- ation; and the arrangement of the whole as to height, is the same as in the mingled shrubbery. \‘—— Ey he te SS LPS ei Arbor-wlaes VA———___ ~~ J Junipers.\\\ it Meri: if TPELEMMEPLES ~. TS"Pr LT pS Savine Se eee whin| thin Se conte ees\ it will only be rich in flowers in some parts; as for example, where the roses, spire, mespilez,&c. are introduced. By proper contrivance, however, the evergreens, the showy flowering deciduous kinds, and the less showy deciduous sorts may form three divisions, and the two former can be kept nearest the mansion.‘The best guides as to the sorts proper to adjoin each other, are the general form and mode of growth; and next, the color and foliation. In these particulars the transition should always be gra-: dual. Thus, among the trees, the pines, cedars, firs, and yew, form a regular gradation, and the shrubs which may be placed near them are the arbor vitz, juniper, whin,&c. ‘To place groups of weeping-willow or elm adjoining the pines, and to select roses and lilacs as shrubs, would produce a harsh and incongruous effect. There is obviously much less natural affinity between herbaceous plants and shrubs than between shrubs and trees; but the groups of the herbaceous plants must harmonise among themselves on the same general principles as the trees; thus pink-looking plants(caryophyllee), should not be succeeded by coarse broad-leaved sorts(boraginee), but rather by more delicate kinds, as grasses or primule,&c. There may sometimes also be a certain species of 6145, ¢ relation between the herbaceous plants and ghrubs; thus the bulbous-rooted kinds, and America, ¢ small early flowers, as violets, primul, will be more fitly planted among evergreens and nnd a pl early-flowering deciduous shrubs than among late deciduous kinds. Ist Who a5{0 ord eround, bu ft combi lawn, in would be 8S far as g the format each alan: {0 their pla present 2| Yc ae Pf\ ir} Y | Hi An——— iz Boox II. PLANTING THE SHRUBBERY. 807 6143. Various other modes of select-planting shrubberies may be adopted; such as collecting together all such shrubs, trees, and flowers as flower at the same time, or have the same color of flower, or foliage, or the same odors, or the same general shape, or the same natural habitation, as of marshes, mountains,&c., or the same country, as America, Switzerland, Sweden,&c. But the intelligent gardener who has attended to what has been already advanced, can hardly.require farther instructions to form such plant- ations. We would suggest, as worth trial, where there was ample space, the mode of arranging by odors; the ancients are said to have paid particular attention to this in mixing their trees.(lalconer,&c, and see 37.) Every one must have experienced a difference in this respect between walking in a pine-forest, a plantation of balsam-poplars, a birch-copse, and beside sweet-briar and juniper hedges. An arrangement of this kind, depending on the smell of the buds and leaves, rather than of the flower, would have its effect the greater part of the year, especially after showers 6144. Systematic or, methodical planting in shrubberies consists, as in flower-planting, in adopting the Linnean or Jussieuean arrangement as a foundation, and combining at the same time a due attention to gradation of heights. This mode, executed on a grand scale, would unquestionably be the most interesting of all, even to general observers; but on a small scale it could not be so universally pleasing as the mingled manner, or the mode by select grouping. The uninstructed mind might be surprised and puzzled by such an assemblage; but not perceiving the relations which constitute its excellence, they would be less pleased than by a profusion of ordinary beauties; by a great show of gay flowers and foliage. Dr. Darwin is said to have blended picturesque beauty with scientific arrangement in a dingle at Litchfield, where he disposed of a large collection of trees and plants inthe Linnzan manner.‘The same thing may be attempted on any de- scription of surface, and with any form of ground-plan, provided turf be introduced, and care be taken to elongate the groups containing trees in such a way as to preserve a suf- ficient degree of woodiness throughout, both for shelter, shade, and picturesque effect. In this way we have arranged a spot( fig. 560.) of little more than an acre and a half, 560 .0 as to ordinary observers, to be nothing more than a house surrounded by pleasure~ ground, but to the botanist and painter, to be a scientific and picturesque scene. This spot combines a villa and offices(a), a kitchen-garden(0), reserve-garden and melon- ground(c), botanic ground for herbaceous plants(d), rock-work(e), rosarium(f), aquarium( g), American ground(hk); besides a variety of other subordinate scenes, a scattered orchard(i), and the shrubbery(4), arranged in irregular, elongated groups on lawn, in the manner mentioned. But much the most interesting mode of arrangement would be that of Jussieu, by which a small villa of two or three acres might be raised, as far as gardening is concerned, to the ne plus ultra of interest and'beauty. To aid in the formation of such scenes the tables(588, 589.) exhibiting the genera contained in each Linnzean or Jussieuean order, and also the number of species distributed according to their places in the garden, will be found of the greatest use. 6145. Chinese arrangement. It is only since the great influx of trees and shrubs from America, during the latter half of the last century, that the idea of arranging shrubs ound a place in the writings on gardening. Sir W. Chambers seems to have been the irst who suggested it in his account(whether correct or not, is of little consequence to ~ present purpose), of the practice of the Chinese gardeners. The Chinese, he says, Suh 808 PRACTICE OF GARDENIN Pair TTT in their plantations, do not, as is the practice of some European gardeners, plant indis criminately every thing that comes in their way; nor do they ignorantly eae th: the whole perfection of plantations consists in the variety of the trees and Ereib eee i they are composed: on the contrary, their practice is guided by many rules ered a reason and long observation, from which they seldom or never deviate. Man trees shrubs, and flowers, they say, thrive best in low moist situations; many on hills Bad mountains: some require a rich soil; but others will grow on clay, in sand or sce upon rocks; and in the water: to some a sunny exposition is necessary; but for others the shade is preferable. There are plants which thrive best in exposed situations;— in general, shelter is requisite. The skilful gardener, to whom study and experience have taught these qualities, carefully attends to them in his operations; knowing fae thereon depend the health and growth of his plants; and, consequently, the beauty of bs plantations.:: 6146. The perfection of trees for ornamental gardening consists in their size, in the beauty and varie of their forms, the color and smoothness of their bark, the quantity, shape, and rich verdur 1 fe thee foliage, with its early appearance in the spring, and long duration in‘the autumn; likewise in th aa ness of their growth, and their hardiness to endure the extremities of heat, cold, drought, or me feires in their making no litter, during the spring or summer, by the fall of the blossom: and in the st Bae« f their branches, to resist, unhurt, the violence of tempests. j atime 6147. The perfection of shrubs consists not only in most of the above-mentioned particulars, but also i the beauty, durability, or long succession of their blossom; and in their fair appearance before“the bloom, and after it is gone. We are sensible, say they, that no plant is possessed of all good« See but choose such as, have the fewest faults; and avoid all the exotics that vegetate with difficulty in ur climate; for though they may be rare, they cannot be beautiful, being always in a sickly state. ae 6148. The excessive variety of which some European gardeners are so fond in their plantations the Chinese artists blame; observing, that a great diversity of colors, foliage, and direction of branches“must create confusion, and destroy all the masses upon which effect and grandeur depend: they observe too that it is unnatural; for, as in nature most plants sow their own seeds,‘whole forests are generally‘com. posed of the same sort of trees. They admit, however, of a moderate variety; but are by no means pro- miscuous in the choice of their plants; attending, with great care, to the color, form, and foliage of each; and only mixing together such as harmonise and assemble agreeably. They observe, that some trees are only proper for thickets; others, only fit to be employed singly: and others, equally adapted to both these situations.‘The mountain cedar, the spruce and silver firs and all others whose branches have a hori- zontai direction, they hold improper for thickets: because they indent into each other; and likewise cut disagreeably upon the plants which back them. They never mix these horizontal-branched trees with the cypress, the oriental arbor vite, the bamboo, or other upright ones; nor with the larch the weeping willow, the birch, the laburnum, or any of a pendent nature; observing, that the intersection of their branches forms a very unpicturesque kind of network: neither do they employ together the catalpa and the acacia, the yew and the willow, the plane and the sumach, nor any of such heterogeneous sorts 5 but on the contrary, they assemble in their large woods, the oak, the elm, the beech, the tupelo, the sycamore, maple, and plane, the chestnut, the walnut, the arbele, the lime, and all those whose luxuriant folia xe hides the direction of their branches; and growing in globular masses, assemble well together; fora’ by the harmonious combination of their tints, one grand group of rich verdure. Z a 6149. In their smaller plantations, they employ trees of a smaller growth, but of the same concordant sorts; bordering them with Persian lilacs, guelder-roses, syringas, coronillas of various sorts, flowering raspberries, yellow jessamine, hypericum, the spirea frutex, altheas, roses, and other flowering shrubs peculiar to China: and wherever the ground is bare, they cover it with white, blue, purple, and variegated periwinkle, the convolvulus minor, dwarf stocks, violets, primroses, and different kinds of creeping flowers; and with strawberries, tutsan, and ivy which climbs up and covers the stems of the trees.: 6150. In their shrubberies they follow, as much as possible, the same rules; observing farther, to plant in some of them all such shrubs as flourish at one time; and in some, such as succeed each other: of which different methods the first is much the most brilliant; but its duration is short; and the appearance of the shrubbery is generally shabby, as soon as the bloom is off: they therefore seldom use it, but for scenes that are to be enjoyed at certain periods; preferring the last, on other occasions, as being of long duration. and less unpleasing after the flowers are gone.(Dessert. on Orient, Gard.) 4:: 6151. British practice. Soon after Sir William Chambers’s work appeared that of Wheatley, which contains some excellent remarks on the subject(Obs. on Gard. sect. xii. xiii. xiv.), and subsequently Uvedale Price’s excellent Essays on the Picturesque, vol. i. Tn 1804 we endeavored to enforce the principle, not only in planting trees, but in arranging herbaceous plants, and the plants in botanic hot-houses.(Obs. on Planting and Landscape Gard. 8yo.) All these efforts were at first treated as visionary by Marshal, Nicol, and other planters and gardeners. But Nicol, in the last editions of his works, allows there may be some merit in grouping; and Sang, his editor, highly approves of following nature in the arrangement of trees.(Planters Kalend.) 6152. Nicol says,“ the proper disposition of shrubs, where many are to be planted, is a matter of con- siderable importance to the future welfare of the whole, and that whether they be mixed, or be grouped; that is to say, whether deciduous or evergreen shrubs be indiscriminately mixed, as is often done, or the evergreens be planted distinctly by themselves. The arrangement of shrubs is a matter, no doubt, very much of fancy. In some parts they may be mixed; in others grouped; but, in general, there ought to be plenty of evergreens planted, in order that the whole may be the more cheerful in winter. Generally speaking, however, the method of mixing all kinds of shrubs indiscriminately, prevails too much in modern shrubberies. Much more character and distinctness may be given, by judiciously grouping them, than by following the common methods of planting.” 6153. Abercrombie, or rather his posthumous editor, seems undecided in his observations on this subject. In one place he says,“ in the distribution of plants over grounds dedicated to elegance, there are two rival systems, each of which has its practical followers and theoretical vindicators. One proposes the indiscri- minate mixture of many different species; the other deliberately groups those only which have some marks of affinity. It is still a question, which order of planting is countenanced by the practice of nature in self-sown vegetables; and which will confer on a garden the stronger claims to character and beauty?” He elsewhere observes, that“ the different natures of herbaceous flowers, shrubs, and trees stand in the way of every attempt to govern their distribution or assemblage by a common principle.” In planting trees, however, he subjoins,“ the principle of unity may be consulted, without losing sight of the advan- tage of variety,”&c.(Pr. Gard. 477.) gl ugg, rll je intersper may De ob ss0005 of app rage of chet! ph nl) } of ornamental residence; bu Joss of the spe! & c, pertiess ted{00 recollec and produce s therefore, soo! pot grow high 6155» Lor recommend pears to US other object duce, and| plossoms 5 form, and in ornamel as sufficient tice in gene 6156, De uD of thes 4 more USeIU flan such as cometimnes int 562 seriptions, 1 garden or ot uitude or g duced of y variety of houses, mo bowers, ¢ mosques,& of wood or ueing the characte Climbers, ar Walks of th Wilt, or mye ea Boox II. PLANTING THE SHRUBBERY. apo 6154. Fruit-trees in shrubberies.‘‘ In shrubberies of considerable extent, fruit-trees may be interspersed at fifteen or twenty yards’ distance, by which means a good deal of fruit may be obtained, and very much beauty added to the shrubbery. In spring the blossoms of apples, cherries, and pears are beautiful; in autumn their fruits and the foliage of cherries in particular, give a lustre and variety that highly brightens the ap. pearance of other plants, especially of evergreens.”(Villa Gard. Direct. 16.) This CSS bit mode, Sir W. Chambers tells us, is practised, by the Chinese when the patron is poor; that is, their shrubbery is composed of fruit-trees, and shrubs, and forms a sort of ornamental orchard. This we consider an advisable mode for an economical farm- residence; but the general introduction of fruit-trees, in even mingled shrubberies, un- less of the species in their wild state, as crabs, wildings of pears, cherries, quinces, rasp- berries,&c. we consider as likely to destroy the character of the scene. It must be recollected too, that grafted trees, especially the apple and cherry, seldom grow so freely and produce such vigorous and natural-like heads as plants raised from seed; they are, therefore, soon overtopped by the others, or where they are placed among trees that do not grow higher than themselves, they seldom fail of producing deformed stunted heads. 6155. Forsyth, Abercrombie, and others,: recommend their introduction, as it ap- pears to us, without due regard to any other object than the fruit they will pro- duce, and the fugacious beauty of their tft b blossoms; but their unaccommodating iath form, and their influence as to character in ornamental plantations, we consider as sufficient arguments against the prac- tice in general cases. 6156. Decorations in shrubberies.‘Those rata hr ht of the shrubbery should in general be of ra a more useful and imposing character than such as are adopted in the flower-garden. The green-house and aviary are sometimes introduced, but not, as'we think, with propriety, owing to the unsuit- ableness of the scene for the requisite culture and attention. Open and co- vered seats are necessary, or, at least, useful decor- ations, and may occur here and there in the course of the walk, in various styles of decoration, from the rough bench to the rustic hut(fig. 561.) and Gre- cian temple.(fig. 562.) Great care, however, must be taken not to crowd these nor any other species of decorations. Buildings be- ing more conspicuous than either statues, urns, or in- scriptions, require to be introduced more sparingly, and with greater caution. In garden or ornamented scenery they should seldom obtrude themselves by their mag- nitude or glaring color; and rarely be erected but for some obvious purpose of utility. 6157. Covered seats and shelters are intro- duced of many forms, and under a great variety of names, such as rvot-houses, heath- houses, moss-houses, huts, shelters,(fig. 563.) bowers, caverns, caves, grottoes, temples, mosques,&¢c. besides plain covered seats either of wood or stone.‘The imitation of temples or mosques, as they must be on a small scale, is generally quite ridiculous. The propriety of introducing the others depends entirely upon———— the character of the scene. Light bowers formed of lattice-work, and covered with : climbers, are in general most suitable to parterres; plain covered seats suit the general te walks of the shrubbery. Most of the others may be introduced in romantic, singular, wild, or melancholy places. 810 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IT}. 6158. Statues, whether of classical or geographical interest( figs. 564. and 565.), urns, in Syne 4: Sol i Re" aes a9 bd scriptions, busts, monuments,&c. are materials which should be introduced with caution p e € None of the others require so much taste and judg- ment to manage them with propriety. The introduc- tion of statues, except among works of the most artificial kind, such as fine architecture, is seldom or never allowable; for when they obtrude themselves among natural beauties, they always disturb the train of ideas which ought to be excited in the mind, and generally counteract the character of the scenery. In thesame way, busts, urns, monuments,&c. in flower-|| The obvious undisturbed attention, which must either render all the flowers and other decorations of the ornamental garden of no effect; or, if they have effect, it can only be to interrupt the train of ideas excited by the other. As the garden, and the productions of nature, are what are intended to interest the spectator, it is plain that the others should not be introduced. This reasoning, while on the one hand it shows the absurdity of such a practice, on the other, directs that urns, monuments,&e. should only be placed in solitary unfrequented places, where the mind is naturally led to contemplate, and where the remembrance of the virtues of great men, or the worth of relations now no more, afford proper subjects for contemplation. But even in places apparently solitary, or secluded, these have been introduced in so affected or improper a manner, as to furnish reason for the greatest caution in future.(TJ. on Country Res.) 6159. A cottage, when the walk of a shrubbery is of great extent, may some- times be advantageously introduced in a distant part of it, withe an occupant, for the purpose of keeping one apartment in order as a place of repose. Such a cot- tage(fig. 566.) may be designed in any style, according to the taste of the owner, and may serve a variety of useful pur- poses. In the gardens laid out under( the direction of the Queen of Geo. IIT. at Frogmore, and in the walks of what are called the slopes at Windsor, are some ad good examples of rustic seats, and orna- mented shrubbery cottages. 6160. On the subject of planting both flower-gardens and shrubberies we may remark, with the author of the Florist’s Manual, that it is considered in much too unimportant a light, both by gardeners and their em- ployers. The business is almost every where performed at random, instead of being conducted with a specific object in view. To remedy this evil, gardeners should first make a correct plan of the border, parterre, or plot, of whatever kind it may be, that is to be planted; and then having determined the mode of arrangement most proper, and selected the names of plants to effect it, from the proper catalogues, the situation of every plant and its name should be determined on the plan.- This done, all these points should be correctly transferred to the ground, and a pin or stake inserted at each, num- bered in correspondence with a list of the sorts. The plants being procured, should then be distributed and planted according to these stakes and numbers; and the stakes should be allowed to remain for a year or two, to make certain as to the sort to be re- placed there, in the case of death or accident. If ever this branch of gardening should attain a high degree of perfection in Britain, it will probably be deemed as necessary to ssor to direct the arrangement of flowers and shrubs in parterres and shrub- (MMe 4 Z Yl == call in a profe beries, as it is now to require his aid in arranging the ground-plan. wall 6l6ls The ho user vats dh anf the pane sreat Ober heat with the rend to the a” the fruit witht! round, the ¢ te for thea patural cimat general bouses should as the fittest as 4 houses, and| 616% The those of the frame-shrub depth, to 2 pulbous-100 in those par of every de which falls orp TT of the roof, Wi at aeal even In the ol wihiel, a5 al ANTI E, Liebenro of structures mission of li on the cury roofs now 1 to be under scribe that 0 parts of the basa span x at ACOMS, St roof, formed } ments, hu taken avray het een ¢ of treillage Iron coluy ttemity ‘peating, Norall} Tetally do, 5 ther by Boox II. ORNAMENTAL HOT-HOUSES.$11 Cuar. V. Of the Hot-houses used in Ornamental Horticulture. 6161. The hot-houses of floriculture are the frame, glass case, green-house, orangery, conservatory, dry-stove, the bark or moist stove, in the flower-garden, or pleasure-ground; and the pit and hot-bed in the reserve-garden. In the construction.of all of these the great object is, or ought to be, the admission of light and the power of applying artificial heat with the least labor and expense. In culinary forcing-houses, it is requisite to at- tend to the angle of the glass roof, so as to obtain most of the sun’s influence at the time the fruit within is to be ripened; butin the hot-houses of the flower-garden or pleasure- ground, the construction ought to be such as to admit as much light as possible in win- ter; for then in the stoves a heat is kept up by art, which is not to be found in any natural climate connected with so little light as is then afforded in our latitude. Hence, as a general principle it may be affirmed, that the roofs of all plant or botanic hot- houses should be steep rather than flat, and, perhaps, the angle of 45° may be fixed on ate as the fittest average. It was adopted by Miller, both in culinary and ornamental hot- ntutons houses, and is fitter for general purposes than any other. ah Mat ede ld 6162. The frame used in ornamental horticulture is generally of the same form as those of the kitchen-garden. or alpine plants this form succeeds perfectly, but for frame-shrubs, the ends and front should be deeper than usual, and glazed half their temple al depth, to admit the sun to the surface of the adjoining pots. Frames for the taller rth of relations or wo bulbous-rooted flowers, should either be glazed in front and at both ends, or if opaque in those parts, should be placed on a steep surface for the same general object. Frames of every description should have 2 gutter or spout in front, to carry off the rain-water which falls on the sashes.- 6163. The glass case may be variously constructed from detached sashes; it is used to protect standard trees or shrubs, and sometimes to place against walls or espaliers. (see fig. 326.) 6164. The green-house may be designed in any form, and placed in almost any situa- tion as far as respects aspect. Even a house looking due north, if glazed on three sides of the roof, will preserve plants in a healthy vigorous state. A detached green-house, even in the old style, may be rendered an agreeable object in a pleasure-ground, of which, as an example, we may refer to one(fig. 567.) erected by, Todd, for SS PMMA: Lis ia e RO E. Liebenrood, Esq. near Reading; but the curvilinear principle applied to this class of structures, admits of every combination of form, and without militating against the ad- mission of light and air. Though we are decidedly of opinion, however, that as iron roofs 4 on the curvilinear principle become known, the clumsy shed-like wooden or mixed rrangenest OSPF roofs now in use will be erected only in nursery and market-gardens; yet we are not aie to be understood as exclusively recommending our own plans, and we, therefore, de- ; scribe that of Todd, whose book contains a number of examples, erected in different parts of the country, and in the best manner of the old style.‘ This house(fig. 597,) has a span roof, and the centre lights, which are balanced by weights, made in imitation of acorns, suspended from the ridge of the roof, are made to slide, to admit air from the roof. The front and ends are ~.. SSS formed with folding case- SS—: WN WAN ments, hung so as to be MM IN\\ SY SS taken away at pleasure; and WLLL MY)\"\\\\\ between each is a pilaster IS= SS=(ear ip of treillage-work. A cast- iron column at each ex- tremity of the upper part of the roof, is placed for the purpose of keeping it from spreading, as such roofs ge- nerally do, unless held to- gether by a transverse tie, which has a less pleasant appearance than a column. A a Ss 812 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. eg single fire heats this house; the flue goes under the floor round the front and ends rises and continues above the floor along the back wall, and terminates in a chimney ais the centre.. Over the stock-hole is placed a cistern, which is supplied from the roof, and nA CT 7 3 Pyne fe ner:. 5 i« occasionally from a pump adjoining, with water, which is conveyed into the green-house -> 7 7» i by a lead pipe.”(Plans for Green-houses,&C. p- iLi05)) 6165. The most suitable description of green-house or conservatory for the flower- garden 1s that with span roof(fig. 568.), because such a house has no visible 39:, “hinder parts,” back sheds, stock-holes, or other points of ugliness, with which it is difficult to avoid| associating all the shed, or lean-to forms of glazed buildings with back walls. Several elegant houses of this description have been erected by Messrs ¢: 2 Wo)|»> Xe'¢ c‘= bd ee Bailey. An example occurs in the Regent’s Park, at the villa of W. H. Cooper, Esq.; another at Walthamstowe, in the grounds of P. Kendal, Esq.; and several more are mentioned in the table already given(1587.), or are in course of erection. 6166. In the interior of the green-house the principal object demanding attention is the stage, or platform for the plants. Ina double-roofed house, surrounded by a path, the stage ga consists of shelves, rising from the path to the middle of the house( fig. 567. a and 6); but in a house with a single roof(fig. 569.) it generally rises from the front path to the back, and in both cases the slope of the stage is generally the same or somewhat less than the slope of the roof. In the green-houses destined for very large or tall-growing plants, as camellias, and many of the New Holland plants, no stage is requisite; and in such as are destined for small plants, as heaths and geraniums, the first step of the stage, when there is a path between it and the front glass, should be raised at least two feet and a half high, and it may then be continued parallel to the roof. The object of. this arrangement is to bring the= plants near the glass, so as they may obtain the benefit of the light in a state as little de- composed as possible. Flues in green-houses are frequently carried above ground, which is inelegant and too much in the style of the common forcing-house.” They may in almost every case be conducted under the paths or stage, and by keeping them de- tached so as air may circulate round them, as much heat will be given out as by the common mode. In general one fire will be sufficient to warm from 4000 to 5000 cubic feet of air, of the temperature requisite for green-house plants.(see 1662.) In some cases trellis-rods are placed at regular distances under the roofs of green-houses, for the pur- pose of training vines; but this practice is incompatible with a high degree of culture and beauty in the green-house plants, on account of the light it excludes; besides, it interferes with character. If any creepers or climbers are to be trained under the roofs, they should be of the ornamental kind; but it is generally best to train them to upright rods at the back part of the house, or rods forming intersecting arches over the back paths, or against the back wall; for by either of these modes they exclude less light, better display their foliage and flowers, and less recal the idea of the forcing- house. 6167. Abercrombie and Nicol give descriptions of green-houses, such as they approve; the former is rather indefinite in his remarks; but the latter has given the best instructions that have yet appeared, as far as respects the old forms and mode of treating and ventilating. 6168. According to Abercrombie,“The green-house may be made a very ornamental object as a structure. The front of the building should stand directly to the south, and the ends have an open aspect to the east and west. The extent of the green-house may vary, according to the largeness of the collection to be cul- tivated: when most contracted it should considerably exceed the breadth and height, in order to have handsome proportions. As to the breadth, were it more than twenty feet, those plants most remote from the windows would be troublesome to manage, as they must stand on very high stages to be reached by the sun; between twelve and twenty feet will be found the most commodious latitude. The front, including a low parapet wall and a row of windows, or upright glasses, may be eight or ten feet high, measured from the interior floor. It will be proper to lay the floor at least twelve inches above the level of the ground, and in damp situations two feet. The back is the only part at which an entire wall should be carried up to the roof; the precise height of this wall depends upon that of the glass front and the breadth of the house; the proportions of these three must be so accommodated as to give the proper slope to the roof.” (Pract. Gard.): a: 6169. According to Nicol,‘ In the construction of green-houses, fancy may be indulged, and a greater scope may be allowed to taste, than in the construction of forcing-houses. These are generally confined to one object, the production of certain fruits in perfection; which renders the observance of forms and dimensions in their construction more necessary than in that of the green-house, where a variety of plants of different habits are to be cultivated. Nevertheless, in order that these plants may generally thrive, there are certain rules to be observed, and errors to be guarded against, which I shall briefly point out. Green-houses with upright fronts, and with perpendicular lights only, whether the columns that separate them be of wood or of masonry, are the most objectionable; as the plants in such are always drawn up weak, and are distorted by continually stretching towards the light. Neither do they enjoy the genial effects of the sun, except in the winter months, when his rays, though feeble, strike horizontally on the windows, and for a few hours in the middle of the day perhaps, shine on the low plants, and those placed most forward. If such houses be very wide, they are the most objectionable on that account; as, 1n that case, the plants placed near to the back of the stage are never visited by the rays of the sun, and enjoy but little light to what they may require. But such green-houses may be, and indeed have been, much im- proved, by taking off their leaden or slated roofs, and by substituting roofs consisting of wooden framing and glass, for the admission of sunshine and perpendicular light. But still they are so far defective, as that, by their great height, the plants are much more drawn than they ought to be, or would be, in a ‘i Bi It fer cons f, are pel cas at most LE s high, 4 ort Pile glase alleys. venient; 20° thirty-s for the 10! corresponding, centre, in order forms, and fancy. The we in order to Tals into a deep alle one hand, e health} the sout! Tt may have to its connet necessarily D ore com Wi sh nigh nlaved at regular d orattimes when very complete rece} 617], The or oreerre large p inyttles, sweet ba cther delicate p senetally placed 4 Uy ¥ 2. architectural(es Wy Ny? a prejudice hit plant-babitation windows betwe this mode of Vigorous Vege the purpose ft ; E | hserved atl Wey of recon Boox II. ORNAMENTAL HOT-HOUSES. 813 lower and better-constructed house. Houses that are open on the front only, although they have sloping lights on the roof, are next to be objected to; as the plants in such are necessarily more drawn and dis. torted than if the ends were also glazed. If such be not placed among other buildings, so as that they can- not be altered, they might be very much improved by pulling down the close ends, and by substituting glazed lights; which, if they be of a moderate height, would render them next best to such houses as are described below.” 6170. A complete green-house, being quite detached from other buildings, should be glaxed on all sides.“ It may be a circular, oval, hexagonal, octagonal; or with two straight sides, and circular ends, which I think the best form of any; the next best, an octagon, whose sides are not equal, but with two opposite longer sides, and six shorter sides; three and three opposite, forming, as one might say, an angular oval; the ends being angular, instead of round. In either of these last-mentioned forms, the stages and plants may, at least in my mind, be more tastefully arranged, than in any other. Granting either of these cases, the house should be about thirty-six or forty feet long, eighteen or twenty feet wide, and ten, or at most twelve feet high, above a given level line for its floor. The parapet all round to be a foot or fifteen inches high, and the upright glasses placed on it, four, or four anda half feet at most. For it is of im- portance, for the sake of the finer kinds of plants, and in order to have all kinds grow bushy, and flower while young and small(in which state they are certainly most attractive and pleasing), to keep the roof- glasses as low as possible; just allowing sufficient head-room to the tallest person when walking in the alleys. The furnace and stock-hole may be placed at either end, or at either side, as may be most con- venient; and they should be sunk under ground, and be concealed,‘The flue to be constructed, to run parallel to, and be separated from the parapet by a three-inch cavity; its surface being level with the top of the parapet, and being crib-trellised for heaths, Botany Bay, and other rare plants. A walk thirty or thirty-six inches broad, to be conducted all round next the flue; within which to be placed the stages for the more common, and the taller plants; being raised in the middle, and falling to either side and end; corresponding with the glasses, though of course not so steep. A row of columns should be placed in the centre, in order to support the ridge of the roof; to which climbing plants might be trained in various forms, and might be hung in festoons from column to column at top, or otherwise, as may be dictated by fancy. The front of the stage all round shouldbe raised about eighteen or twenty inches above the walk, in order to raise the whole of the plants placed on it sufficiently near to the glass; thus forming the walk into a deep alley; the person walking in it having a narrow border of the finer and smaller plants on the one hand, and a bank of the more common and larger kinds on the other; than which, when the plants are healthy and thriving, few scenes can be more pleasing.‘The aspect of such a house should be towards the south; that is to say, it should stretch from east to west, or as nearly so as circumstances will permit. It may have an entrance on the south side, or one at either end, as shall be most convenient and suitable to its connection with the walks of the shrubbery or parterre in which it is placed. Ifa green-house must necessarily be attached to a wall or other building, it might be constructed very much as above; with this difference, having one of the ends, as it were, cut off; in which case, it should be placed with its cir- cular end south, or towards that point, and the sides pointing east and west. This I should consider as the second best-constructed green-house, and in which, excepting in the above-described house, the plants would enjoy the fullest share of sun andlight. In either of these houses, and in plant hot-houses of every description, a sufficient number of the upright and sloping sashes should be made moveable, for the ad- mission and regular circulation of air in the better seasons of the year; and ventilators should be placed at regular distances all round, for the purpose of airing and ventilating them in the winter months, or at times when it may not be safe to open the lights. Such a house as either of these, would form a very complete receptacle for a handsome and pretty extensive collection.”(Kal. and Villa Gard. Direct.) 6171. The orangery is the green-house of the last century, the object of which was to preserve large plants of exotic evergreens during winter, such as the orange tribe, myrtles, sweet bays, pomegranates, and a few others. Geraniums, heaths, fuchsias, and other delicate plants requiring much light, were then unknown. The orangery was generally placed near to or adjoining the house, and its elevation corresponded in architectural design with that of the mansion. From this last circumstance has arisen a prejudice highly unfavorable to the culture of ornamental exotcis, namely, that every plant-habitation attached to a mansion should be an architectural object, and consist of windows between stone piers or columns, with a regular cornice and entablature. By this mode of design, these buildings are rendered so gloomy as never to present a vigorous vegetation, and vivid glowing colors within; and as they are thus unfit for the purpose for which they are intended, it does not appear to us, as we have already ri ie an iM iG iy ae ee Ee I) AMA AA I it Mt a ay Hh I Ae ey~ LO UG) i LLAn, a ui | i i En wm) St wc He a ae Sasa CoS observed at length(1590.), that they can possibly be in good taste. Perhaps the only way of reconciling the adoption of such apartments with good sense, is to consider them 814 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Somes as lounges or promenade scenes for recreation in unfayorable weather, or for use during fétes, in either of which cases they may be decorated with a few scattered tubs of ee trees, camellias, or other evergreen coriaceous-leaved plants from a proper piece house, and which will not be much injured by a temporary residence in such places, which, as Nicol has observed,‘‘ often look more like tombs or places of worship, than compartments for the reception of plants; and, we may add, that the more modern sort look like a combination of shop-fronts, of which that at Claremont is a notable example.” Sometimes structures of this sort are erected to conceal some local deformity, of which, as an instance, we may refer to that(fig. 570.) erected by Todd, for J. Elliot, Esq., at Pimlico.« This building was constructed for the purpose of preventing the pros- pect of some offices from the dwelling-house. The architectural ornaments, and the roof, not being of glass, are points in the construction not generally to be recommended; but, as it was built for the;purpose above mentioned, the objections were overruled. There are three circular stages to this house, which are made to take out at pleasure. The ceiling forrns part of a circle, and the floor is paved with Yorkshire stone. It is fifty feet long, and thirteen feet six inches wide, and heated by one fire, the flue from which makes the circuit of the house under the floor.”(Plans of Green- Houses & ch apslOn) 6172. Of the orangery considered as a house for growing the orange tribe, as a dessert- fruit, we have already treated.(5930.) 6173. A recent and very considerable improvement in the construction of green-houses and orangeries consists in forming the shelves and stages of thin plates of stone, instead of boards; and very frequently the flag-stones are hollowed out, so as to leave a raised margin of half an inch or more, for the purpose of retaining moisture, preventing dripping, and raising, when the air of the house is warm, a general steam or dew. This may be considered, on the whole, as a real improvement, a proof of which is the readiness with which it has been adopted by nurserymen and practical gardeners. A substitute consists in raising marginal slips of boards to wooden shelves, and covering the board with a thin layer of gravel or scoria. 6174. The conservatory is a term generally applied by gardeners to plant-houses, in which the plants are grown in a bed or border without the use of pots. They are some- times placed in the pleasure-ground along with the other hot-houses; but more frequently attached to the mansion.‘The principles of their construction is in all respects the same as for the green-house, with the single difference of a pit or bed of earth being substituted for the stage, and a narrow border instead of surrounding flues.‘The power of admit- ting abundance of air, both by the sides and roof, is highly requisite both for the green- house and conservatory; but for the latter, it is desirable, in almost every case, that the roof, and even the glazed sides, should be removable in summer. When the construction of the conservatory does not admit of this, the plants in a few years become etiolated, and naked below, and are no longer objects of beauty; but when the whole superstructure, excepting the north side, is removed during summer, the influence of the rains, winds, dews, and the direct rays of the sun, produce a bushiness of form, closeness of foliage, and a vividness of color, not attainable by any other means. We are decidedly of opi- nion, therefore, that a conservatory of any of the common forms, unless it were one de- voted entirely to palms, ferns, scitaminee, or other similarly growing plants, should always be so constructed as to admit of taking off the sashes of the roof and the front; and if it were a detached structure in the flower-garden, we should prefer a plan that would admit of the removal of every thing excepting the flues and the plants. There is an old conservatory of this sort in the flower-garden at Nuneham Courtenay, planted with orange-trees; and when the roof is removed, the flues, border, and bed are covered with turf, so that the trees appear as if planted in the open garden. The trees have stood there for upwards of half a century, are vigorous, and bear annually abundance of fruit. On the other hand, there are two conservatories at Knowle, with roofs fixed, or partially opening, which have not been erected more than four years, and in which the plants are already etiolated, and the lower branches dying off. When a conservatory is glazed on all sides, it should, if possible, be placed south and north, in order that the plants on both sides of the pit should equally benefit from the sun; when placed against a wall, the glazed side may front any quarter except the north. But as the removal and re- placing of the roof of such immense conservatories as are sometimes attached to man- or left t0 MeO, ane f(16 0!\ se igs yet beet dew! “1 tos, be a Cf f were) over W nutes ifthe 100 The wpe apply tot them of ihe most wild 6175. ne may consist ot! Jjoht iron rafters f —a MAST UNCL to thenpening of pits, contall | removed, Or Te Sorts. Sometime: con M4 in the termperatur and for the use 01 ture of conservato hetneen the flues 6176, The dry need not differ fc \e jlaeed. somey terved ftom Tost than jn generated, EXteed tho thi Muted and g il Boox IT. ORNAMENTAL HOT-HOUSES. 815 N Statin Ung sions(fig. 571.), is attended with considerable expense, risk of breakage, and what is of still more consequence, risk to the plants, if they happen to be uncovered too soon in spring, or left too long uncovered in autumn, we would recommend the polyprosopic roof(1610. and fig. 261.) as by far the most perfect description of a hot-house roof that has yet been devised. With such a roof, the plants within may, at any time, in a few an minutes, be as completely exposed to air, rain, dew, and sun, if these exist without, as . if the roof were removed; and again, in a few minutes, they may be completely shut up.\| My The improver who shall erect an extensive conservatory of this kind(fig. 571. a), and 1} apply to it the regulating apparatus of Kewley(fig. 217.), will find himself in possession\ th of the most unique and complete plant-structure in the world.| 6175. The conservatory in comparatively humble and economical residences(fig. 572.),| may consist of a number of rectangular sashes, connected and supported by means of light iron rafters. In the beginning of summer, the sashes may be removed and applied Para sahil a to the ripening of peaches, vines, or figs against walls, or laid over excavations in the form of pits, containing melons, cucumbers,&c. The light iron frame-work may either be removed, or remain, and be disguised by annual creepers, or by vines of the narrow-leayed sorts. Sometimes a cistern is placed in the conservatory for growing aquatics, and containing a few gold-fish; but as there are very few exotic aquatics which will thrive in the temperature of the green-house, this is seldom requisite, unless as a decoration, and for the use of the water in culture, and the appearance of the fishes. The tempera- ee ture of conservatories being the same as of green-houses, the same proportion may exist between the flues and volume of air to be heated. 6176. The dry-stove is chiefly devoted to the culture of succulents. In design it need not differ from the green-house, unless, perhaps, in the stage(fig. 573. a) being and i fi,! Se\ S\\\.:; LOQ¥Y ERLE eR ie | —— ae RSS ES ZAR N S IN aN E N a Ni IN S y wh S)] S , ie Ni N N 5 I Nii 8 i x N N S S Ni)§ IN | NS AN yy SW AEN EL UN a: Ni eS “Yl SECA RN EC EAM AA placed somewhat nearer to the roof. The name and character of this structure is derived from the higher degree of heat generally kept in it, and from the air being less moist than in the bark-stove, where more water is used, and consequently more vapor generated. The volume of air to be heated by one fire in the dry-stove, should not exceed two thirds of that to be heated in a green-house or conservatory, similarly con- structed and situated. em a caienelieae caiman eaG PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Paackbll: 6177. The bark or moist stove differs from the last only in having a pit( fig. 573. b) for bark or other fermenting matter instead of astage. This pit may be from— ond a half to four feet deep, according as bark or leaves are to be used, the latter mate sal requiring the greatest depth. It is commonly surrounded by a thin brick wall, but Aa elegant structures, planks of stone, or plates of slate or cast-iron, are to be ered as a higher finish, and occupying less space. The roof, when.;’ necessary, may be supported from the iron columns from the| middle of the pit.(fig. 574.@) Shelves may be placed against the back wall(6), and occasionally a narrow-leaved creeper run up the roof(c). Such is the common interior arrangement of a botanic stove, as may be exemplified in that designed by Aiton, and erected by Todd, in the royal garden at Frogmore.( fig. 573.) We may add, that houses of this description are generally placed east and west against walls, on account of the shelter thereby ob- tained during winter, when a high degree of heat is kept up within, while the cold is excessive without. There are exceptions, however, in the plant-stoves of the more recent public botanic gardens, especially those of Dublin and Liverpool, which are placed with their ends to the south, and in the immense palm-house erected by Messrs. Loddiges, which stands east and west, and is glazed on all sides. In private flower-gardens the hot-houses frequently consist of a range(fig. 575.) containing a green-house(a) at one end, a dry-stove(6) at the other, and a stove(c) in the centre. By this disposition the stove is easier kept up to the required temperature, though it loses the full influence of the light at the ends. In general, a stove requires double the num- ber of fires required to a green-house of the same size. 6178. There is a peculiarity in the construction of plant-stoves which deserves particularly to be noticed; namely, that fewer openings for the admission of air are requisite than in any other hot-house, excepting the pine-stove. One reason of this is, that the degree of heat which must at all times be kept up in the enclosed atmosphere, is so much greater than that of the open air, that the difference in the specific gravity ofthe two fluids, when permitted to mingle by opening two or three sashes, produces a more active circul- ation, and sooner approaches to an equilibrium of temperature: another is, that however numerous the openings in the hot-house roof may be, they could seldom be made use of without reducing the house to too low a temperature; and a third and last is, that the plants being mostly kept in pots, and many of them, as the palms, being of slow growth, they are not so apt to etiolate as those of the green-house and conservatory. Hence it is, that the roof of a botanic stove may generally be erected at less cost than that cf a green-house or conservatory; but particularly where iron is employed, and the curvilinear principle adopted. 6179. Houses of magnificent forms, and almost as light within as in the open day, might thus be constructed for the growth of palms, scitamineze, bamboos, and other tropical trees to be planted in the ground, as in the conservatory. These might also be detached in the flower-garden(as figs. 10. and 20. in Sketches for Curvilinear Hot-houses), or they might form an appropriate appendage to a palace in the oriental style.(fig. 576.) Indeed, Se imit to the extent to which this sort of light roof might be carried; several acres, even a whole country residence, where the extent was moderate, might be covered in this way, by the use of hollow cast-iron columns as props, which might serve also as conduits for the water which fell on the roof. Internal showers might be produc od in Loddiges’ manner; or the roof might be of the polyprosopic kind, and opened at pleasure to admit the natural rain. Any required temperature might be kept up by the use of concealed tubes of steam, and regulated by the apparatus of Kewley. Ventilation also would be effected by the same machine.‘The plan of such a roof might either be flat ridges running north and south(_fig. 577. a), or octagonal or hexagonal cones(b), with there is hardly any 1 ental tees! yncisturbe} appropriate i rong theirra A variety of or birds, and 100 and other a might be intr ad and in po ream made t auctions of fr yillno doubt imnprovernent receives{r0l 1816), man nificant plan not exist Wi it may at so stoves, dou! ature will no heating by st gliss was COIS ao gtd used to produ | generation oft BIA) The aguart stem for t gan roof low down a8 interior of the ho vith lead, and fi proper fort aquedus NOUN the battom of water of a certal the house dhove the north-west ceive the lead, have been mor danger of fire) venient distanc for such aquati asisthe case w light, A more plas rather fla we| ' \ f L f Boox II. ORNAMENTAL HOT-HOUSES. 817 a supporting column at each angle, raised to the height of a hundred or a hun- dred and fifty feet Gy WN\ from the ground, to| UY\\s Ui admit of the tallest| IXY me oriental trees, and the, WYUp undisturbed flight of Aw appropriate birds a-\ mong their branches. A variety of oriental birds, and monkeys, and other animals, might be introduc- ed; and in ponds, a stream made to run by machinery, and also in salt lakes, fishes, polypi, corals, and other pro- ductions of fresh or sea water might be cultivated or kept.‘The great majority of readers will no doubt consider these ideas as sufficiently extravagant; but there is no limit to human improvement, and few things afford a greater proof of it than the comforts and luxuries man receives from the use of glass—a material, as Cuvier observes(Magazin Encylopédique, 1816), manufactured from seemingly the most useless débris of our globe, and an insig- nificant plant(salicornea) found on sea-shores. In northern countries civilised man could not exist without glass: and if coal is not discovered in these countries, say in Russia, it may at some future period become a question whether, instead of separate fires and stoves, double windows,&c. the most economical mode of procuring a proper temper- ature will not be by at once to cover whole towns with immense teguments of glass, and heating by steam or otherwise, the enclosed air common to all the inhabitants; or where glass was considered too expensive, whole villages might be covered with a roof of boards, and lighted night and day in the winter season by gas previously obtained from the fuel used to produce the steam: or the gas might be employed for heating, either by the generation of steam, or passing the air heated by the flame through metallic tubes. 6180. The aquarium. The greater number of exotic aquatics being stove plants, a cistern of water for their culture is commonly placed in the bark-stove, generally at one end of the pit, and so as to be as near the light as possible. The Duke of Marlborough, however, and some others, have erected houses on purpose for this beautiful class of plants, substituting a 578 large cistern for the bark-pit. The aquarium, at White Knights,( fig. 578.) built by Todd,‘is constructed with a span roof of glass; the sides and ends are also of glass, as low down as the top of the flue. A cistern occupies the interior of the house, having a walk round it; it is lined with lead, and filled with a mixture of mud and water, proper for the reception and growth of such plants as require aqueous nourishment. A flue goes round, directly under the bottom of the cistern, for the purpose of keeping the water of a certain temperature. Another flue goes round ae li the house above ground, and terminates in a chimney at= EE= the north-west corner. The bottom of the cistern, to re- 2a ta: ceive the lead, is formed with slates, supported by transverse bars of cast-iron; a bottom of wood would ZN NS have been more convenient for laying the lead upon, but as the ftues are so near the bottom of the cistern,° danger of fire was apprehended. The cistern is supplied with water by means of a pump placed at a con- venient distance for that purpose.”(Plans for Green-Houses,&c. p. 17.) This aquarium suits very well for such aquatics as grow to some height above the water; but for those whose leaves float on its surface, as is the case with the most numerous and beautiful genus of this class(Nymphea), it is too far from the light. A more perfect plan would be, to have the cistern close umder the front glass, and to have that glass rather flat, say at an angle of 15°; or two cisterns might be formed, one in the back part of the ty Yj Fri pee| 4m /py Z 7|>‘Uf i“g Yi Yj, t Yy} (;=— II, 7 Ug A L y Yiusmy iy= Y Y ) i) y” 4 pf Y UMM TOM Ld Yay PE TOY ea Tae << =a Fee 818 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. house for tall plants, and the other in front for floating foliage, with a broad path between. But the most elegant plan would be, to have a circular house, glass on all sides(fig. 579.), to have a cistern in the centre for river-plants, and a surrounding cistern for those which grow in stagnant water To imitate the effect of the motion of water in the central cistern, the mould or pots in which the slants grow might be placed on a bottom(a), apart from that of the cistern(b), and this bottom bene on the end of an upright shaft, might, by the aid of proper machinery in a vault helow(c), be kept in perpetual circular motion. Those plants, which grow naturally in rapid streams, might be planted or placed on the circumference of the bottom(d), and those requiring less agitation towards its centre(e) If reversed motion was required to imitate tides(where marine aquatics were cultivated) mOtnine could be easier than by the sort of wheel used in the patent mangle to produce it to any extent; ae by another still more simple plan known to every engineer, it might be changed seldomer, say onl once or twice in twenty-four hours. If a rapid and tortuous motion was required, then let the bottom on which the plants are placed, be furnished with small circular wheels(f) placed on its margin working on pivots, and furnished on their edges with teeth like a spur wheel. Then let there be a cor. responding row of teeth fixed to the inside of the wall or side of the cistern, into which they are to work like a wheel and pinion. By this means, pots of plants set on the small wheels, will have a compound motion, one round the centre of the small wheels, and another round that of the large bottom, something of the nature of planetary motion, but more like that of the waltz dance. It is almost needless to add that exotic aquatic fowls and fishes might be kept in such an aquarium, and either of the sea or fresh- water rivers, according as salt water or fresh was used. It may be thought by some that the machinery would be intricate and troublesome; but the power requisite is so very small, that it might easily be ob- tained by machinery on the principle of the wind-up jack, such as was used by Deacon in his ventilating Folians.(Rem. on Hot-h. 68.)‘This kind of mechanism very seldom goes out of order, or requires repairs and would require no other attention than being wound up twice in twenty-four hours, and oiled oc casionally.‘The same vault that contained it might serve for the furnace or boiler for heating the house. 6181. Wind. If instead of water in a circular cistern with its bottom so constructed, we suppose air then the same arrangement would serve for producing artificial wind to plants, the beneficial effects of which in producing bushiness and strength of stem are well known. The motion thus given would pro- bably be extremely useful for young plants in close damp weather in winter, by preventing some sorts from getting mouldy and damping off, and by moderating the growth, and preventing the etiolation of others. For this purpose the machine might be considered as a kind of hospital, and the plants being in pots, might be set on either the large or small wheels, and kept there in motion for a longer or shorter period, accerding to circumstances.. 6182. The substitution of fire-heat for that produced by the fermentation of vegetable substances, is a re- cent innovation in the construction of plant-stoves. This has been done by heating the air of a vault or chamber below the pit, with smoke or steam, either by circulating these fluids in flues or tubes in the chamber, or by simply filling the vault with them. In some cases, also, flues or steam-pipes have been conducted through the tan with a view to prolong its heat. The mode by heating an air-chamber below the pit was carried into execution by us so long ago as 1804, at Glenfuir(Tr. on Hot-h. p. 249.); and more recently upon a larger scale, for the purpose of growing pines, at Underley Park.(T'r. on Coun. Res. p. 295. pl. 11. fig. 3.) A plan very similar to the last has been adopted by Kent(Hort. Trans. ii. 389. and iii. 287.), who at first plunged the pots in a bed of sawdust over the vault, thinking thereby to avoid the worms and insects that generate in decaying tan. He found, however, that when the sawdust became rotten, worms generated in it as freely as in any thing else, and has therefore given up the practice of plunging altogether, setting the pots on a thin layer of coarse sand placed over the pavement, which forms the roof of the hot air chamber. Thus situated, the plants are not apt to run through the bottoms, and over the tops of the pots, as is the case when they are plunged, which always occasions a serious check to the plants, whenever they are removed or required to be shifted. After above a year’s trial, he says,“ I think I can with cer- tainty pronounce that plunging is not only unnecessary, but really worse than useless to plants, except where they have been injured and require to be drawn.” A very obvious extension of this principle was the disuse of bottom heat altogether, and the substitution of a platform of brick or pavement, or merely a bed of scoria or gravel for the bark-pit. This has been done extensively by Messrs. Loddiges, Kent, the Comte de Vande, and various others, with perfect success as far as respects large plants; but most stove-plants require to be originated and brought forward till they are one or two feet high in bottom heat. By keeping up a considerable atmospheric temperature, and by frequent waterings over the leaves, that sort of moist heat is produced which seems most congenial to vegetation, and it may, we think, be assumed as experimentally proved, that where such heat is produced in plant-stoves the bark-pit is unnecessary for all general purposes.<< Tf we reflect fora moment,” says Kent,“ that in tropical countries, the stem, branches, and leaves receive a greater degree of heat from the atmosphere than the roots can possibly do; it appears extraordinary that a system of management so directly opposite to nature should have ever been adopted, or that it should have been so long practised. If a quantity of earth was to be raised from the root of any tropical shrub, growing in its native situation, there is no doubt its heat would be below the temperature of the air, therefore the roots of the plants in a stove ought not at any rate, to receive more warmth than their other parts.”(Hort. Trans. iii. 288.) 6183..4 propagation-house is a requisite appendage wherever a general collection of exotic plants is maintained; and the proper situation for it is in the reserve-garden. Such a house, like the houses used by nurserymen, does not require to be so light as fruit- ing or flowering houses; it may be little more than a large pit with the roof very flat(say from 12° to 15°), in order that all the plants may be near the glass; it should contain a bark-pit. raised to within eighteen inches of the glass in front, and 24 feet behind, a broad stone shelf in front, and two or more shelves in the back of the house, close under the roof, that is, over the path and flue. All shelves in hot-houses, it may be observed, whether of stone or timber, ought to have narrow ledgments along their edges, not less than an inch deep, by which the water which escapes through the bottoms of the pots is not only prevented from dropping, but retained to generate a salutary coolness and mois- ture. The fire-place should be formed at one end of the front(say the south-east corner), and the flue conducted along the front from about nine inches or a foot from the parapet, and so along the opposite end and back wall, till it terminates at the extremity of the lat- ter; or the north-east corner. The door may be formed in the back part of the end in which the furnace is placed, and the path which surrounds the pit, should be made sufhi- ciently low to admit of head-room.‘This plan may in some cases be doubled; that 1s, a similar arrangement of flues,&c. may be erected alongside the other, that is, the north side, with a moveable boarded partition between them. The house fronting the north may be used for striking cuttings, or raising seedlings, and that fronting the south, for eumstane might be heate The spare stea frst power{o| deve a mang night be add ihe whole adapted for gne end of surrounded preakfast-1000 ing-rooll(11), re-use( of his range I single stoves| more agreeably attended by a bi angle of this ki encted In a ty, the bolle about thirty gal ngs(B 8) ate diameter, and st thick planks (ab,¢) paced the paliway 1 Chambers are pipes, COMM external air, with larger| means of sm much heated mutted into th ferent apertur wished,” B with adeclin from their ¢ boiler till th Water of cont through ay Very conside the boiler, ing it with and water. fo) mode here d great caution atoosphere of Orereoal it Walker's Inp by A Seton, even te Boox II. ORNAMENTAL HOT-HOUSES. 819 nursing the plants so raised, till they are fit for removal to the principal green-houses and stoves. The partition is made to remove, in order to admit or exclude the sun’s rays to the back-house in spring or autumn at pleasure. 6184. We have already stated that we consider steam the best vehicle for heating hot- houses of: every kind, especially where there are several connected together. Thus where all the hot-houses of a residence are con- nected with the mansion, both the latter and the former, with drying rooms, hot water or vapor-baths, steaming apparatus for horse- food, poultry-houses(under particular cir- cumstances), and various other appendages might be heated as well as the hot-houses. The spare steam might be employed as the first power to machinery, to raise water, to drive a mangle,&c. and a gas apparatus might be added, to admit of lighting up the whole. Repton has given a plan well adapted for this purpose.(jfig.580.) At one end of this design an aviary(1) is surrounded by a conservatory(2), and joined to a glass passage for flowers (3), which leads successively through an orangery(4), lobby(5), music-room(6), library(7), print and picture-room(8), a breakfast-room(9), anti-room(10), din- ing-room(11), hall(12), and peach and green-house(13). The whole length a dongle peng of this range is three hundred feet. Even Lf ep gg gt ee al single stoves or green-houses may be more agreeably heated in this way than by smoke-flues, which are very generally attended by a bad smell, and vapors of carbonic acid and hydrogen. A very neat ex- ample of this kind(fig. 581.) is given by Hayward.(Hort. Trans. iv. 434.)“ It is erected in a small conserva- tory, the boiler(a) contains about thirty gallons, and the pipes(B, B) are three inches in diameter, and so laid as to have thick planks resting on props (a, b,c) placed over them, to form the pathway round the house. Chambers are formed round the pipes, communicating with the ole j external air, by surrounding them torent with larger pipes(c,c); and by means of small pipes(p, p) as much heated fresh air can be ad- mitted into the house through dif- ferent apertures(E,E) as can be wished.” By laying the pipes with a declination of a few inches from their departure from the boiler till their return to it, the water of condensation is returned through a valve(A D),which is a very considerable advantage; but this valve is much better placed in a close box outside the boiler,(an improvement made by Messrs. Bailey,) as admitting thereby of examin- ing it with ease when out of repair. The air-cock(r), safety-valve(c), steam-gauge(#), and water-gage in Hayward’s boiler, do not differ from the usual construction. The mode here described of admitting heated air, we would observe, must be used with very great caution, for we know experimentally, that no mode is more liable to overheat the atmosphere of the house when the fire or steam is brisk in the beginning of the night, and overcool it when the fire declines towards the morning. We have the same objection to Walker’s Improved Construction of Hot-house Flues, as described(Hort. Trans. iv. 237.), by A. Seton, Esq. Here a cast-iron flue is enclosed in one of masonry, and the vacuity between them communicates with the open air at the stock-hole, and with the air of er 3G 2 820 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part IIL the house at certain distances, by means of apertures in the top of the flue. The ar- gument in favor of this arrangement, is that usually given for vacuities around furnaces connected with flues, as adopted by Stewart, Gould, and various others(Tr. on Hot- houses, p. 132.), viz. that‘the current of external air, by commencing, when cold, at that part of the flue which is hottest, takes up the heat there where it is least wanted, and carries it to those parts at a distance from the furnace where it is most needed; and as the valves are to be chiefly opened in the latter situations, to permit its escape, it diffuses a nearly equal warmth over the whole house.”’ Every thing in this plan evidently depends on the management of these valves; if they are left open during the night, the risk above stated is incurred; if during day, less heat being wanted, little advantage is obtained. In stoves, however, this plan, under judicious management, might be useful; but it must never be forgotten, that air can be rendered much hotter by a fire-flue than by a steam- pipe, and hence the danger to the plants. No one was ever more sanguine as to the ad- vantages to be derived from furnace vacuities and air-flues than ourselves(see T'r. on Hot-houses); but after twenty years’ experience, we must acknowledge that they are so liable to produce accidents, either by admitting smoke or burning up the plants(as the phrase is), that we now seldom recommend their adoption. 6185. Various pits and hot-beds will be required in the reserve-department of the flower- garden, for forcing shrubs and flowers, raising annuals,&c.; the construction of which having nothing peculiar, need not be here detailed.(See 1591. et seq.) 6186. The idea of cold-houses seems tg have been first suggested by Sir W. Chambers(Déssert. on Orn. Gard. p. 90.), and it may be worth while to submit some hints on their construction for such amateurs in this country as may be curious in the cultivation of musci jungermannia, and other cryptogamous veget- ables which grow in the lowest temperatures; and for botanists in warm climates, who may wish to cul- tivate not only mosses, but the more perfect plants of elevated regions or northern climates; as for example, of the British or Swedish alpines in Spain, or in the south of Italy. The simplest form of a cold-house may be a vault of rustic masonry open at one end, along the floor of which a rill of water may pass, and from every part of the ceiling water may drop on the floor or bed, and descend to the rill in the centre. This is an ob- vious imitation of the dripping caves sometimes found in tracts of country abounding with calcareous rocks, of which, as an example, we may cite the dripping rock at Knaresborough, and the dripping cave near Rousseau’s walk at Lyons; in which last, on the 19th day of June 1819, we found the thermometer at 48°, whilst in the open air, under the shade of an adjoining mulberry-tree, it stood at 72°. Various mosses and jungermannie were in luxuriant vegetation in the interior of the cave; and some sorts of ferns near its mouth. Another imitation of such caves might consist of an open grove of elms or oaks, among the lower branches of which lead pipes pierced with small holes, in Loddige’s manner(1689.), might be fixed hori- zontally at regular distances, and these being supplied, during the warmer months, with water from a roper reservoir, would furnish a continual shower, which, with the assistance of the small rills furnished by the collected rain thus produced, would lower the temperature of the atmosphere sufficiently for the growth of such mosses and ferns as donot require much light; and the margin of the grove might be devoted to plants of a more perfect kind, requiring a low temperature and moist atmosphere. But a more perfect plan would be to form a house like a large pit, with a double glass roof, fronting the north. Over the outer roof should be a system of pierced pipes to keep it cool by a continual shower during sunset, and at the top of the back wall an arrangement whereby two or more separate and concentric coverings of can- vass could be let down to exclude the sun during the day. Instead of flues of masonry, large tubes of lead or cast-iron should surround the house, to be kept cool by a continual stream of water passing through them. The pit might contain a large metallic cistern, filled with ice, to be renewed when thawed,&c. It would be advancing too far into the regions of speculation to particularise other minor details that would be requisite to render such a house complete; let it suffice to say, that such houses might be erected either in Britain or the south of Europe, s0 as to produce a temperature of 32 degrees throughout the year. This would admit the cultivation, in pots and on pieces of rock, of lichens, mosses, and of all the more per- fect plants which grow in the regions of perpetual snow.(See 1696.) a Cuar. VI. Of the General Culture and Management of the Flower-garden and Shrubbery. 6187. The cultivation of the flower-garden is simple compared with that of the kitchen- garden, both from its limited extent and the general sameness of its products; but to manage it to perfection requires a degree of nicety and constant attention beyond any other open-air department of gardening. As the stalks of flowering plants shoot up, they generally require thinning, and props for support; and the blossom, both of plants and shrubs, no sooner expands than it begins to wither, and must be cut off, unless, as in some of the ornamental shrubs, they are left for the sake of the beauty of their fruit. Weeding, watering, stirring the soil, cutting off stems which have done flowering, at- tending to grass and gravel, must go hand in hand with these operations. 6188. With respect to the general culture and manuring of the soil, it should be subjected, as far as practicable, to the same process of trenching to different depths as that of the kitchen-garden. In the shrubbery this cannot be done, but it, and also the earth compartments of the flower-garden, should be turned over a spit in depth, and some vegetable mould, or very rotten cow-dung, added occasionally. Every two or three years the plants in the flower-garden should be taken up and reduced in size, and the beds or borders trenched, say one time at two spits deep, another at three, and so on.(see 2549.), adding enriching compost or manure completely rotted, according to circumstances. If, instead of trenching, the old earth were entirely removed, and replaced by good loam from a dry upland parterre, the improve- ment would be still greater. Most herbaceous plants flower well in such loam, and for the more culti- vated sorts, as border pinks, auriculas,&c. that require a rich soil, a portion of enriching matter could be added to each plant as planted, and a corresponding attention paid to such as required peat-earth, sand, answering 10 6 jessto the taste 0 gq), Omaren dressed, gooordil count of thelt y Tittle more thal on account 0! its natural shap parous practices in imitation Of| little pruning, principles appl the plant irom ¢ heavy plants, a ch them dstnbutio ct; a require to be cut a s* should be taken to prot conductor; for) gelation as that sorts of h gens,&c, or by garden depends overdoing the| branches, inste every part of th Lages the parts cdots in the sun 195, Water, Toental feature, should Most troubleson are the conte can only bere entangling th broom. The Insects are de themudd sie & the elephan Elpenor, f) fy(Lidell, OF the aquatic ADowD tipule, oleracea)( f Water, and A Taher omamer ‘OL athers line “A ON the tog Boox II. CULTURE OF THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 821 clay, or lime. In the shrubbery, a similar renewal of soil, and attention to the soils required by parti- cular shrub-plants, is also required, at least in front, where the more delicate shrubs naturally rank, and where the herbaceous plants are chiefly arranged. d 6189. With respect to the ¢imes of planting, or sowing, and manner of cropping the flower-garden and shrubbery, the greater part of the surface being covered with shrubs or plants of perennial duration, very little cropping is required, and asa substitute for a rotation, recourse must be had to the renewal of the soil as recommended above. Annuals are sown at various periods from February to June; but for the principal show, generally in March; the half-hardy sorts are raised in hot-beds in the reserve-depart- ment, and transplanted when they are to flower in April and May, and later sowings and transplantings are made to procure a protracted display. Biennials and perennials of the fibrous or ramose rooted kinds are transplanted from the reserve-department in September or in March; and such bulbous roots as are annually taken up, are generally replanted in November or February. When bulbs and other florists’ flowers are cultivated in beds, a rotation may be adopted as far as respects them; thus the hyacinth, tulip, &c., may be succeeded by annuals, and those by the dianthus tribe, or dahlias,&c.; but in borders and com- an by agen, partments planted in the mingled manner, as well as in shrubberies, a rotation is out of the question. Sait i. Particular care is requisite to remove weak, ill-conditioned, or ill-flowering plants, and to replace them . ee Sita by others of the same height and color. This may be done at all seasons of the year by the use of the transplanter; but the better mode is to have always an ample stock in the reserve-garden, of all the colors and heights, both of herbaceous plants and low shrubs,(of all the sorts is unnecessary,) in pots, and whenever, when any plant is in flower, a defect appears, it can be remedied at once by turning the plant out of the pot into its situation in the border. Independently of disease or accident, fine showy species, answering in general color and height, may thus at pleasure be substituted for such as are less showy, or less to the taste of the master. 6190. Ornamental plants, whether shrubby or herbaceous, require to be pruned, trained, thinned, and dressed, according to the sort of beauty or effect expected from them. If they are grown chiefly on ac- count of their blossoms, then they must be pruned on the same general principles as fruit-trees; but little more than thinning out weak and crowded shoots will be required where they are grown chiefly on account of the beauty of their foliage; and still less where the tree or bush is planted for the sake of its natural shape. It is customary in some places to apply the hedge-shears to shrubs; but this is a bar- barous practice, destructive of all these beauties, which ought to be exploded, unless in cases where, in imitation of the antient style, trees are to be trained in artificial shapes. Herbaceous plants require little pruning, but nevertheless something in this way may be occasionally required on the same general principles applied to trees. Where very large flowers are wanted, it is obviously advantageous to prevent the plant from expending its vigor in too great a number of them, or in mere shoots and leaves. Top- heavy plants, as some thistles, solidagos,&c. may require to be lightened, and almost all are benefited by thinning out a part of their shoots. In some annuals, thinning is effected both by eradication and pruning, and in the more delicate sorts by pinching off the young shoot, when an inch or two high. Creepers, climbers, and shrubs planted against walls or trellises, either on account of their rarity, deli- cacy, or to conceal the object against which they are placed, require different degrees of training; those which attach themselves naturally, as the ivy, merely require to be occasionally guided so as to induce a regular distribution of their shoots; the others must be treated like fruit-trees, training thinly, if blossoms are the object; and rather thicker, if a mass of foliage be what is chiefly wanting. Hedges and edgings require to be cut and otherwise kept in order by the obvious means.‘‘ Edgings of all sorts,’ Marshall observes,“ should be kept in good order, as having a singularly neat effect in the appearance of a garden. The dead edgings will‘sometimes, and the live edgings often, want putting to rights; either cutting, clipping, or making up complete. Where there are no edgings, or but weak ones, let the earth border-_ ing on the walks be kept firm, and now and then worked up by line in moist weather, beating it smooth with a spade.”(Introd. 57.) 6191. Grass-plots require to be regularly mown at least once a-fortnight, and where extraneous plants, of broad-leaved kinds, make their appearance, as plantagos, crowfoots,&c. they must be carefully re- moved. Worms should be gathered by hand before sunrise, or their casts swept off with the wire besom(1321.), and then the ground watered with lime-water. Rolling and watering must be applied ac- cording to circumstances, and nothing neglected to ensure that deep-green color and velvet texture which is, or ought to be, the characteristic of the British lawn, and which is indeed the pride of our island. 6192. Various tender sorts of plants and shrubs require protection by one or other of the different uten- sils, structures, or contrivances(2206. to 2218.) destined for that purpose. Alpine plants require protec- tion from cold, by covering with snow, or by hand-glasses, or frames during winter; and from heat, by screens to produce shade during summer. The roots of many sorts require to be protected by ashes, rot- ten tan, or litter, from frost, and the tops of others both shrubs and plants, to be guarded by fronds of fern, fir-branches, mats, or portable glass cases, from rain, hail, and cutting winds. Great care must be taken to protect pots of plants from frost; by always keeping them plunged in earth or some non- conductor; for no state in which a plant can be placed is so obnoxious to the baneful influence of con- gelation as that of being grown ina pot. Climbing plants require to be supported by poles or rods, as some sorts of honeysuckle, bignonia, aristolochia,&c.; by props, as pyramidal bell-flower, Jobelia ful- gens,&c. or by branches or spray, as the nasturtium and pea tribe. uch of the beauty of the flower- garden depends on the manner in which these operations are performed. The prevalent error consists in overdoing the thing, in employing too stout and too long rods or props, and too many thick tufty nin branches, instead of such as are free-grown and open. atering must be liberally applied to almost re every part of the flower-garden during summer, and in the evening; it increases the progress, and en- larges the parts of all vegetables; gives a fresh appearance to the soil as well as the plants, disperses their odors in the surrounding atmosphere, and tends to subdue various kinds of insects. 6193. Water, whether as an orna- mental feature, or as an aquarium, should be kept clear both of weeds and insects. Of aquatic weeds the most troublesome in small aquariums are the conferve and byssi, which can only be removed by hand, or by entangling them with a rake or broom. The larvz of numerous land- insects are deposited in water or in the muddy sides of ponds and ditches, as the elephant-hawk-moth(Sphinx Elpenor, 1.) Vig 582.), the dragon- fly(Libelluda, 1..), and many others. Of the aquatic kinds are the well known tipule, of which some species (T. oleracea)(fig. 583.) glide over the water, and are by many considered rather ornamental than otherwise, and others live entirely under it, and feed on the roots of plants. To de- SS eS eee ee ee wk ; SS~(4 TEE ES= 7 pes Fe ae tae: — r PEACE OF GAROENERD: Paxr IIL. stroy, or at least greatly to keep under all aquatic insects, an effectual mode is to dry t: or two; but in the case of an ayudrium it cannot be done; fish and frogs, their aaa lees ae therefore be encouraged, in order that they may attack them. 2= 6194. Insects and vermin.‘These must be kept under in every part of the flower-garden and shrubber and we perfectly agree with the author of the Florist’s Manual, that‘* the simple and laborious mode of picking away the animal, is the only one to which recourse can be had with permanent advantage. To give full efficacy to this method of e rescuing plants from caterpillars,\ snails,&c. our attacks must be made upon them at particular sea- sons, which can only be done from such a knowledge of their history, as shall enable us to have swarms of them destroyed in the destruc- tion of an individual of the spe- cies. Without, however, much re- search into their natural history we may, from common observ- ation, understand that in the winged insect we may free our plants from an innumerable tribe of those which crawl, and which, in that reptile state, have the ca- pacity of devouring the whole~ product of a garden. The two pe- riods of change of form in the ca- terpillar species, seem to afford the most advantageous times to put an end to their existence. hus, the ephemeral butterfly; if timely attended to, we may de- stroy the animal before it has ac- quired the power of disseminating its young progeny; and, in the in- termediate and voracious state of caterpillar, every single one which is prevented attaining the winged form, preserves our flowers from a host of enemies. The green ca- terpillar is the most common foe to our flower-borders and in au- tumn attacks the branches of mig- nonette in such numbers as to af- ford an easy opportunity of their destruction. A more persevering enemy, and more difficult to exterminate from gardens, is the snail (Helix) and slug(Lima); which, forming their habitations under the soil, attack the roots of the flow- ers, and frequently destroy them before the gardener can be aware of the mischief, that too often becomes visible only when past reparation. Under a vigilant eye, however, plants will not twice suffer from the enemy not being ostensible; as the symptoms of his vicinity may be marked by flowers perishing as they first emerge from their buds or bulbs, by leaves or petals being pierced in small holes, or having the ap- pearance of being gnawed in growth, or from almost any failure in vigor which cannot be accounted for by external causes. In cold and dry weather the snail rarely appears, but after warm showers it may generally be found; early in the morning, and about the close of evening, are the usual times of their coming abroad, when they may be picked up in large quantities. They will, however, frequently molest a plant for a length of time without being visible, in which case, when there is reason to suspect their hidden attacks, the only method to entrap them is to place a common garden-pot over the infested root, and it will rarely occur that the enemy is not discovered, as snails fasten themselves to the sides or tops of boards, or mats, or cabbage-leaves, so placed, and thence are easily taken. In droughty seasons it will be of use to water the plant before it is covered, as the moisture of the earth will be an additional mo- tive of attraction to draw the animal from his hiding-place.‘The smaller insects which infest rose-trees, and some herbaceous plants, can only be kept within moderate bounds by sweeping them from the branches, or by cutting off those whereon they are found in most profusion. In carrying off these diminutive ene- mies, birds are peculiarly serviceable. Insects generally attack. those plants which are least vigorous; and the reason of the selection of such leaves as are beginning to decay may be, that in their declining "| The cl having De 6195. Ie cases sqnmed on tie lover in the case of oy the fru ot and sucl othe hegun to det of il this as the petal double kind. stalk of the powering, t nothing 18! attended 10 every mort pletely ae know, are ¢ uch things; centlemaa, 4 oardener W that time 1s 00 196. Gath main borders a H] distoure the p Hf rather than su nats of plants, ‘“2} pruning and th Os, and may be fr under a bell warm water, 4, and cove 6199, G in the flowe shrubs and poses of pr 6200, 0h than in the O paper ofa the ounce sorts; and dozen in BML. Nec Is the dre A gardene all times, js perceive wha Set about su ast a| ti ie Hours of Ned BE, x tar Boox II. CULTURE OF THE FLOWER-GARDEN. 823 ME ye , th ly state they have usually a peculiar sweetness, probably perhaps owing to some saccharine juices which are US, mt preparing for the nutriment of the bulb or bud which is forming in their bosoms, for the nascent veget- able derives its sustenance from the recrements of the one from which it takes its birth.”(Flor, Man. 25. et seq.) The cultivated bee is an insect which the gardener will of course take care not to destroy on ac- count of its use; and it may be a question whether some species of the butterfly, moth, dragon-fly,&c. should be destroyed on account of their beauty. Some species of these genera are highly beautiful, as the four-blotched dragon-fly(Libellula quadrimaculata, L.), and the swallow-tailed butterfly(Papilio | Machaon, L.)( fig. 584.), which is reckoned the most superb of the British species. It is very local, but | occurs near Bristol, Beverly, and in the New Forest. The larva feed on umbelliferous plants; the | caterpillar is green, banded with black, marked by a row of red spots. It changes into the chrysalis Nix/ state in July; and the perfect insect is found in August. There are two broods, the first appears in May, having been in the pupa state all the winter, and the other in August from the pupa of July.(Samouelle.) | 6195. The cutting off flower-stalks, decaying flowers, leaves,&c. is to be done in most cases immediately after the flowers are faded; but there are exceptions where the leaves on the lower part of flower-stems may be requisite to strengthen the root, and where, as in the case of stipa, some convallarias, eringoes,&c. the parts of the flower are persisting, or the fruit or seed-pods are objects of beauty. The leaves of bulbous-rooted plants, and such others as are not prolific in foliage, should be carefully preserved till they have begun to decay; and, indeed, the base or root-leaves of no plant whatever should be cut off till this is the case, unless for some particular object. Every single flower, as soon as the petals begin to droop, should be pinched off, and especially every flower of the double kind. Every rose, when it begins to droop, should be clipt off near to the foot- stalk of the one which is about to succeed it; and when the last of the corymb has done flowering, then the common foot-stalk should be cut off back to the first strong leaf-bud: nothing is more unsightly in a flower-garden than rose-bushes where this has not been attended to. By employing women or apprentices to go over the whole pleasure-ground every morning during the four summer months, to attend to this business, it may be com- pletely accomplished at very little expense.‘These and other points of management, we know, are considered needless niceties by many gardeners; but what is a flower-garden unless it is kept with the utmost nicety? Others will tell you, they have not time for such things; but where there is a real taste for neatness, time will be found.‘“ No gentleman,” Sir G. Mackenzie observes(Caled. Hort. Mem. iv. 194.),‘ ought to keep a gardener who does not understand that there is time enough for every thing, provided that time is not wasted, but properly regulated, and nothing too long delayed.” 6196. Gathering flowers. Gather, if possible, only from the reserve-garden; for if the main borders and compartments are managed as they ought to be, much gathering will disfigure the plants. Always use the knife, and prefer such as are coming into flower, rather than such as are fully expanded. If possible, gather from crowded plants, or parts of plants, so that every gathering may operate at the same time, as a judicious pruning and thinning. 6197. The French rose-gatherer presents a refinement in floricultural instruments highly characteristic of its origin. The general form of this little engine is that of a pistol: it has a handle and trigger like it, and a cutter in the manner of the wire pliers, or flower-gatherer( if 152.), disguised as a barrel. A rod, an- swering to the ramrod, connects the pincers with the trigger, which last, being pressed, opens the pincers, that is, charges the pistol; the operator then presents the pistol to the rose to be gathered, and so that when the cutter operates, it may separate it at the precise point of the stalk deemed proper: things being thus adjusted, the trigger is drawn, and the deed is done.— Of course this instrument, like a number of other horticultural toys manufactured by the Parisians, is chiefly pour les dames.: 6198. Flowers may be preserved, when gathered, by inserting their ends in water, moist earth, or moss; and may be freshened, when withered, by sprinkling with water, and putting them in a close vessel, as under a bell-glass, hand-glass, flower-pot, or in a botanic box; if this will not do, sprinkle them with warm water, or with spirits of wine, or ether, and if this fails, insert their ends in water heated to 80° or 90°, and cover them with a glass. 6199. Grafting, budding, laying,&c. Operations of this sort require to be performed in the flower-garden and shrubbery, for enlarging, renovating, and otherwise improving shrubs and plants, or introducing new sorts; they are also required for the common pur- poses of propagation. 6200. Ordering seeds, bulbs, and plants. This business is much simpler in the flower than in the kitchen garden. For flower-seeds of most sorts, an order is simply given for a paper of a sort; mignonette, lupins, sweet peas, and a few others, may be ordered by the ounce; bulbous roots are generally ordered by number, either of mixtures or single sorts; and herbaceous plants, shrubs,&c. by name and number, or by the hundred or dozen in mixture. See the priced catalogue of any nurseryman. 6201. Neatness has been already a good deal insisted on in different parts of this work. We repeat, it is the dress and visage of gardening, and if necessary any-where, is more especially so in the flower-garden. A gardener who pretends to manage a flower-garden without the most vigilant attention to this point, at all times, is unworthy the charge. The first thing is to have a quick intelligent eye, so as instantly to perceive what is wanting, and the second is to be possessed of that principle of activity which immediately sets about supplying the want. Many gardeners have certain times for cleaning up,&c. and will go fitty times past a weed, stone, dead’ leaf, or some such article, which disfigures or injures a scene, without re- moving it, merely because the time for cleaning,&c. has not come. This is most abominably formal con- duct, deserving the severest reprobation. A gardener ought to have his eye, his head, his heart, his hand, his knife, and apron, ready for action at all times, places, and seasons, when within the precincts of his charge. Let him drown this incessant care in his own way when he is without his scene of business, or in the hours of rest and refreshment; and let him not undertake it without adequate terms of remuneration. (See 2355. 2373.) 3G 4 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parv III. Cuar. VII. General Culture and Management of the Ornamental or Botanic Hot-houses. 6202. The general culture of floricultural hot-houses respects soil, choice of plants, plant- ing in pots or beds, and arranging: after offering some remarks on these heads, we shall submit a’few as to what is general in the management of the principal floricultural habit- ations, as the frame, green-house, and stove. 6203. Soil for beds or borders. The first operation of the gardener, after a conservatory or stove is finished, is to fill up the beds and borders with prepared earth. These being narrow, should seldom be less than three feet in depth, the bottom should generally be paved, and sloping to a drain or drains; and in cases of very dry soils, provision may be made for the roots extending themselves beyond the area of the house. In general, however, this is not desirable in stoves, as the roots might be chilled during se- vere frosts; but provision may be made for their extension under the paths, and every other part of the area of the house. When a variety of plants and trees are to be grown in such pits, no soil can be fixed on that will suit them all; but if the main body be a sandy loam, then, as each particular tree is planted, a few cubic feet of this loam may be removed, and replaced by the soil best suited to the plant. The plant once established, be it what species it may, will not languish in a sandy loam, other circumstances being favorable. 6204. Choice of species and planting. The species of stove or green-house plants must depend on the sort of house, and a yariety of circumstances which need not be entered into. For common purposes choose the showy-flowering, easily cultivated, and vigorous-growing genera, as geranium, camellia, fuch- sia, jasminum,&c.; or evergreens, as the myrtw, proteacee,&c. choosing(from the tables in Chap. X.) some plants of the prinepal colors to flower in every month. In planting broad central beds in a house, glass on all sides, the highest-growing kinds will be placed along the middle of the bed; but where there is a wall to the north, the highest kinds will be placed next it. With respect to arrangement, the limited space admits of very little; in general, it will produce the most showy and immediate effect to adopt the common mingled and shrubbery arrangement, which we have recommended(6139.); but as the spectator lingers longer on the pavement of the conservatory or stove, than in the walk of the shrubbery, more prolonged interest will be produced by assembling such plants as belong to one genus, or natural order, by themselves; because this will be to unite what used to be considered the desideratum of taste— unity and variety; that is, a general harmony of character in the genus, tribe, or family, and yet, when examined in detail, a distinctive character belonging to each of the individual species which compose it. It is a very common practice to plant climbers in such beds and along narrow borders, close to the upright or front glass, to be trained under the roof. We most decidedly disapprove of this plan, in almost every case, as tending to defeat the whole object in erecting such houses. Very luxuriant climbers are thus produced, but it is at the expense of light, not one ray of which, if possible, should be prevented from falling on the plants in the body of the house. Climbers or creepers are highly ornamental, and may be planted in a variet of situations without injuring the other plants: for example, in the bed, and trained on rods, or up suc props as may be necessary to support the roof; or, along the sides of a central walk in a house standing north and south, and trained over the walk on an arcade of rods; or, ona similar arcade over the back path of a single-roofed house, or on the back wall. It is a very common thing to see the cobza in green- houses, and the fruit-bearing passion-flowers in stoves, darkening the greater part of the roof, and_ the plants beneath growing or elongating fast enough, but weak and of an unhealthy languid green. It is only under the broad wooden rafters of old-fashioned hot-houses that any sort of creepers may be trained up the roof without materially injuring the plants below; and even in these cases the injury is consider- able, unless they are kept withm very narrow bounds. But if creepers are injurious in plant hot-houses, the introduction of vines under the rafters is still worse; for, besides darkening the plants below more than the others with their broader leaves, the incongruity of effect produced by the attempt to unite two opposite characters, is exceedingly disagreeable, and only to be tolerated in humble economical residences, where a green-house, perhaps, is the only glass structure. 6205. Arrangement of plants in pots. Where the house and the collection are small, or the plants few and large, the same observations will apply which we have advanced on the subject of planting the beds of conservatories or stoves; but when the houses and collections are extensive, then some plan of arrangement ought to be adopted. Here, as in shrubberies and flower-gardens, there are three modes, by mingling, by grouping, and by method. For general effect the first is the best, but for prolonged enjoyment and examination in detail, the two others are greatly preferable. An abstract view of the modes by mingling and grouping might be represented by lines(figs. 585, 586.), in 585 : A ie * 7} 2> which, by the mingled mode, the colors are as regularly arranged as chequer-work, while, by the grouping mode(fig. 586.), they succeed each other in large irregular masses. By the first mode, there is only one plant of a color by itself; by the second, from half a dozen to three or four dozen, according to the size of the group and the plants. er L| alamo gects Le 6906, BY their si2e, fro as well to g to the eye of that the gem! the sides of of form, a and if here 607. In cation may fect relations fineating the adopted, the ¢ fees and lowe eal class and the lowest tot be place inf m. dt tet. 6008 The tious and eapa advantageous! houses to keep by grouping th the extent of dieriminate 1 Into considera variety. But TSS OF Mond there is as g avowed regu of affectatio may be com; and belts: b while the lat fardener to a and however theeye, Son tack fig, 585 tnt ozalis, fled, and eve fXeeution in OWN togethey Tet Of this my We wi Boox II. tary| Chey, et choc Thalamiflo. sect. 1.| Thalam. sect. 2.| Thalamiflo. sect. 3.| Calyciflorae.| Corollifloree.| Monochl.& Phanerog. 6206. By either mode regard must be had to place the plants in gradation according to their size, from the front to the back, or from the lowest to the highest part of the stage, as well to give them every possible advantage as to light, as to present the greatest surface to the eye of the spectator. It is not desirable, however, to dress them so regularly, as that the general slope of verdure shall appear as if shorn or mown, for that both deprives the sides of the plants of a considerable portion of light and air, and the eye of variety of form, and light and shade; it will have a much better effect if somewhat irregular, and if here and there a distinguished individual appear above the rest as a standard. 6207. In arranging by method or botanically, either the Linnzan or Jussieuean classifi- cation may be adopted; the latter is unquestionably preferable, as exhibiting a more per- fect relationship; and it may be considered as represented by the same lines as those de- lineating the mode of grouping by colors.(fig. 586.) Where the Linnzan method is adopted, the classes may either be grouped in irregular roundish masses; or, as the tallest trees and lowest herbs are often placed in the same class, it will answer better to dispose each class and its orders in irregular strips(fig. 587. m. d. t. tet. pentandria,&c.), from the lowest to the highest part of the stage, by which the dwarf plants of each class may be placed in front, and the taller farthest back. 587 ee SIE OO kee Sa Swe eee ee ¥.&@° m. d. t.tet.| pentan. hex. h.o.en. d, dad. icoss poly. did, tet. mon. dia. polyad. syn+gy. m0- di. po.crypt.* 6208. The botanic arrangements, it has been already observed, are only adapted for extensive coliec- tions and eapacious hot-houses; on a smaller scale the mingled method, or that by grouping, will be most advantageously adopted. In the case of green-houses attached to living-rooms, and where there are reserve- houses to keep up a supply, only such plants as are in bloom should be introduced, and there the method by grouping the colors may be adopted with great effect. But whatever be the size of the house, or even the extent of a bed, or shelf, or any part of them, never let the plants be placed there in the present in- discriminate mode. In this, no regard is paid to any thing but height; or if any farther object is taken inta consideration, it is to mix the kinds as much as possible, with a view, as is alleged, to produce variety. But the effect of this mixture, whether ona large or small scale, instead of variety, is same- ness or monotony, which lessens interest, and finally produces indifference in the spectator. It is true, there is as great a degree of sameness in the mingled mode; but then it is the sameness of a formal and avowed regularity; whereas, the sameness resulting from the common mode of mixture, is the sameness of affectation,—a sameness resulting from an abortive attempt at something not attained. The one mode may be compared to the geometrical manner of laying out grounds, and the other to the mode by clumps and belts; both are alike artificial, but the former is avowedly so, and therefore has attained its end, while the latter affects to be an imitation of nature, and therefore disappoints. A safe rule for every gardener to adopt, whether in setting pots of plants on a shelf or a stage, however small either may be, and however limited the collection, is to keep each genus together, placing the tallest plants farthest from the eye. Sometimes this will forma thin, straggling group from the front of the shelf or stage to the back(fig. 588. pelargonium, geranium, and erodium), and at other times, a sub-orbiculate group in_ the front(ovalis,) middle(olea,) or back parts(cassia). This is a very simple rule, easily recollected and ap- plied, and every master and head gardener who approves of it, ought to insist on its being carried into execution in every case, whether in the open air or in hot-houses, where pots of plants are to be set down together; unless, indeed, it should, in the case of diseased plants, interfere with culture. The ef- fect of this mode may be very well estimated by inspecting the hot-houses, or open air collections of pots eee PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr ITT, iche 3: = x Cassia mS Pelurgonium a ie Camellia, Malva Coraniunt. Metresideros UN Fats & Olea Resa Wf frts 4 Erodium Banksia Wein \| Babiana al&—Faokenalia in some of the nurseries, and more:particularly m Messrs. Loddiges’, where this arrangement, both in the extensive green-houses and beds of pots of alpines and other herbaceous plants, is adopted on account of its utility. 6209. The following directions respecting the particular plant-habitations of floricul- ture, are chiefly taken from Sweet’s Botanical Cultivator(of 1820), and Cushing’s Exotic Gardener(of 1814). 6210. Frame. Very little management is requisite for this department, as the plants kept in cold-frames are so hardy, that for seven or nine months of the year the sashes do not require to be put on. All that is requisite is to expose the plants to the air the whole of every day during winter when the weather is open, by drawing off the lights; to attend to watering them moderately, during winter in mild weather in the morning after sunrise, and in summer in the evening. Once a-year in spring each plant should be examined, and such changes made in the soil, size of the pot, head of the plant, roots,&c. as the experience of the gardener, the appearance of the plant, or the object desired by cultivating it may dictate. The routine culture of weeding, staking, picking off decayed flowers, leaves,&c. need not be insisted on; and the culture of par- ticular species or even tribes cannot here be entered into.(See the Catalogue of Frame Plants, in Chap. VIII.) 6211. Green-house. The plants of this department, Sweet observes, only require protection from frost in winter. The more air they have given them when not frosty, the more healthy they will be. On a fine morning, the sooner air is admitted the better; but it is best to shut up pretty early in the afternoon, particularly if likely to be acold night. No fire is required, except frost is expected in the night, or the house should be damp with continued wet weather; then a little fire is requisite to dry the house, as plants are more liable to be injured by damp than by cold. The plants should be looked over most days to see if any require water, which must only be given when quite dry, in the winter season: from nine to twelve o’clock in the morning is the best time for watering them; for, if watered in the afternoon, they are apt to be chilled at night, which makes their leaves look yellow and unhealthy. When the surface of the mould is green with moss,&c. the top should be taken off, and the surface moved with a flat stick, but not deep enough to disturb the roots; if a little fresh mould is wanting on any of them, it should be added. Always be careful to put the same kind of soil they are al- ready grown in; for a different kind put on injures plants more than some cultivators are aware of. 6212. When the weather begins to get warm in spring, some air should be left all night to harden the plants before they are set out; a little must be left at first, and continue to increase it every night till they have full air, if the weather will allow of it. The time of setting them out in the open air depends entirely on the weather. Sometimes they may be put out with safety by the middle of May, in other sea- sons not till the latter end; but they had better stay in a little too long than be put out too soon. Calm cloudy weather is the best time for setting them out, when as sheltered a situation as possible should be chosen for them. The best time for shifting them in fresh pots is early in spring: some shift them before they are set out, and let them make fresh roots while in the green-house, which is a very good plan, par- ticularly for young or tender plants. If any plants are too tall, and want cutting back, it should be done early in spring, as soon as they begin to grow; then they have time to recover themselves, and make good bushy plants by autumn. 5 intone:;: 6213. Cuttings require to be put in at various seasons, and in different situations. From Christmas to May may. be considered the best time for cuttings in general; but some will require to be put in at various seasons throughout the year, according to the state of the shoots. The best time for watering green- house plants in summer is as late as possible in the afternoon, then they have all the night to refresh them. If watered in the morning of a warm day, they will dry again almost immediately. Plants should not remain out too long in autumn, as they are liable to get too much wet, and the worms get in the pots, The middle of September should be the latest, but give them full air as long as the weather will permit, (Bot. Cultivator, 121.) 6214. Stove. The management of stove plants, according to the same author, whose experience and success are exceeded by none in the cultivation of exotics, de- pends a great deal on the kind of house in which they are grown; but there is little difficulty in growing them well, if the house can be kept up to a proper heat, and a suf- ficient quantity of air can be given when required. Close glazing is to be preferred; {hrowillg the adopted,| in the pt or grave ior junged int the cultrvati that heats' he heat 1 no tan 1s 16 mient. perfection, eal, 01 any§ ecies ul gpersaell mixed Up 10 I ual Jet increas to shift them 10 thrive well.‘Th houses they wi 627, The forcing hardy cuttings, or ot taken up wit forced. Pus bulbs being« with rotten t should be pl in order to ec The bottom| pants to 6S or high that of the a coolest part, Ponts of rou 6919,| ture both stove,| Ihust be shading summer s Boox II. CULTURE OF BOTANIC HOT-HOUSES. 327 either the lights should be leaded, or the laps stopped with putty, so that a sufficient quantity of air may be always given, and the house kept to a more regular heat. When the laps of the glass are left open, a great deal of air is admitted, which is often injurious, particularly on a cold windy night. The thermometer should never be allowed to be below 60° of Fahrenheit’s scale; if it gets above 70° on a fine day, a little air may be given, which should be taken away early, and the house shut up warm; it then requires less fire to keep up the heat through the night. If the house is heated in the common way by flues, and the plants are plunged in tan, care must be taken not to give these too much bottom heat, as it will injure their roots, or too much water in winter, as it is apt to rot them. Particular caution is necessary for watering in winter, not to wet the tan, as it makes the worms very troublesome; they often destroy young plants by throwing the mould out of the pots; but a better way is the one now very generally adopted, viz. to do without plunging in tan. Some hot dung or tan may be still kept in the pit to throw up a little warmth, on which should be put a good thickness of sand or gravel for the pots to stand on, and the plants will thrive much better than when plunged in tan: it is also coming nearer to nature, which should be always studied in the cultivation of plants, both in soil and situation. In tropical countries it is the sun that heats the earth in which the plants grow, not the earth that heats the air; and the heat must be kept up in the stoves accordingly. If the houses are heated by steam, no tan is required.‘The plants maybe set on stages, or any way that is most conve- nient. Some of them may be planted out in the house, where they will grow in greater perfection, and flower and ripen fruit better than when confined in pots. 6215. To have plants look well they should be always kept clean and free from insects: if infested with any species of aphis, the house should be smoked with tobacco, which instantly destroys them. The red spiders are likewise a great pest to cultivators, but are also easily destroyed. One pound of sulphur vivum, mixed up in a pail of quick-lime, and the flues brushed all over with it as a common whitewash, will de- stroy any quantity of them, and make the house look light and clean. The mealy bug is also troublesome if lett to increase on the plants; but as soon as they appear they shouldbe brushed off as well as the scaly in- sects; for, if left to increase, they will disfigure the plants, and be very difficult to get rid of. In fine weather the plants should be often sprinkled over with water from an engine, and the house shut up warm afterwards, which is a great means of keeping them clean and making them grow luxuriantly. Air should be given in the morning as early as possible, in fine weather, as it sweetens the house, and makes the plants healthy. It should also be taken away early in the afternoon, and the house shut up warm, that they may not be chilled by the night air. 6216. In potting plants, care should be taken to drain the pots well with broken potsherds or rough bits of turf; for nothing injures them more than letting them get sodden with too much wet. The best time to shift them in fresh pots is the spring, but some will require to be shifted again in autumn, to have them thrive well. The free-growing kinds cannot be well overpotted if there be plenty of room for them in the houses: they will thrive and flower better for being in large pots. Others that are more tender should be kept in as small pots as possible, that they may not get sodden, and lose their roots.(Bot. Culti- vator, 1.) 6217. The reserve hot-houses of the ornamental garden may be divided into those for forcing hardy flowering plants and shrubs, and those for propagating exotics by seeds, cuttings, or otherwise. 6218. Herbaceous plants and flowering shrubs are generally forced in pits or low houses; and as soon as the flower-buds begin to expand, removed to the green-house or drawing-room, there to prolong the flower- ing season. The shrubs should be previously established in the pots, by being planted and plunged in the open reserve-garden a year beforehand: the autumn before forcing they should be thrown early into a state of rest, by covering them with canvass frames to exclude rain and sun, but so as to admit cold and air. This operation should be commenced in July; and the first course of pots may be removed to the pit in November or earlier. Herbaceous plants of most sorts, especially of the fibrous-rooted kinds, may be taken up with balls, and planted in pots early in the autumn preceding the winter in which they are to be forced. Fusiform-rooted sorts earlier, as they do not rise so easily with balls; and the bulbous sorts, the bulbs being out of ground, may be planted in the end of autumn, plunged in the open ground, and covered with rotten tan or ashes, and taken up as wanted. It is of some consequence to remark, that the flowers should be pinched off both the shrubs and herbaceous plants, the summer preceding the forcing season, in order to communicate additional strength, and aid in throwing them more early into a state of rest. The bottom heat may either be from tan or dung, or a vault heated by flues or steam; but the former we consider as most to be depended on. The temperature of the air of the house may at first setting in the plants be kept at 50° or 55°; and in a fortnight, raised 10 degrees higher. After that, it may be kept up to 65° or higher, admitting air during sunshine. The temperature of the pit should be kept as high as that of the air. Successional supplies should be kept for the first fortnight in a cooler house, or in the coolest part of the pit; or the temperature, on their admission, may be somewhat lowered. The other points of routine culture need not be entered into. 6219. The propagation-house requires to be kept at a much more moderate tempera- ture both as to the atmosphere and the bottom heat than the forcing-pit or the principal stove. It need seldom exceed 60° in winter, and 65° in summer. Abundance of air must be given at certain seasons when damp and mouldiness begin to appear; and shading and watering, so as to produce a moist atmosphere, must be attended to in the summer season. 2» ai og PRACTICE OF GARDENING. PATE: Cuar. VIII. Floricultural Catalogue.— Herbaceous Plants. 6220. A floricultural catalogue, as copious as that which we have given of culinary plants and fruits, would greatly exceed our limits. Plants grown for ornament are so numerous that we cannot particularise separately the culture of each individual species; but, aaa the exception of some of the more choice sorts, as the florists’ flowers,&c., must collect them in groups, and detail a mode of culture applicable to the whole group. We shall first commence with herbaceous flowers, and these we shall arrange as florists’, or select flowers, border-flowers, and herbaceous plants for particular purposes. Secr. I. Florists’, or Select Flowers. 6221. Florists’ flowers are so called as being‘“ flowers” by way of eminence, and be- cause the principal sorts of them for a long time almost exclusively engaged the attention of the flower-gardener. The Dutch, in this, as in most other departments of gardening, were the first to bring it into notice, and more particularly by the great excellence to which they attained in the culture of florists’ bulbs. In the culture of that tribe, they still excel; but the fibrous-rooted flowers, as the carnation, auricula,&c.; and the tuberous-rooted kinds, as the dahlia, peony,&c. are brought to a higher degree of perfection in Britain than any where else. Ornamental flowers, like culinary vegetables which have been long and highly cultivated, acquire a magnitude, succulence, and conformation of parts which render them widely different from what they are in their natural state.‘This takes place both in double flowers, that is, when the petals of the corolla are increased in num- ber, or by the transformation of other parts of the flower into petals; and also in single flowers, or those in which the petals do not exceed the common number. A flower so changed by cultivation, can no more be compared to the blossom of the same species in :ts wild state, than a headed cabbage or a broccoli can be compared to the wild cabbage of our sea-shores. Hence have been formed, by the common consent of florists, what are called canons of criticism, by which to estimate the properties of new varieties of established sorts of florists’ flowers. To the hyacinth, tulip, auricula, and a few other sorts, particular canons are adapted; but the merits of a number of other select flowers, double and single, are only to be judged of by general rules, such as fulness of floral leaves, roundness of outline, brilliancy and distinctness of color,&c. Under each species we shall give the established criterion, or canon, as far as generally agreed on. We shall take the plants of this section in the order of bulbous, tuberous, ramose, and fibrous rooted flowers. Sunsecr. 1. Hyacinth.— Hyacinthus Orientalis, L.(Bot. Mag. 937.) Monogynia, L. and Asphodelee, B. P., Fr.; Hyacinthe, Ger.; and Giacinto, Ital.(fig. 589.) 6222. The bulb of the hyacinth is tunicated, the leaves broad and green, from the centre of which arises’ a scape, with a spike of flowers, pointing in all directions, and by which it is known, at first sight, from Hyacinthus nonscrip- tus, L.(Scilla nonscripla, W.), in which the scape is drooping, and the flowers all turned to one side. It is a native of the Levant, and abundant about Aleppo and Bagdat, where it flowers in February; here it flowers in March and April. It was cultivated by Gerrard in 1596; but had, doubtless, long before been im- proved by the Dutch, who have added greatly to the strength and beauty of the plant, and produced almost innumerable varieties. 6223. Varieties. Gerrard mentions the single and double blue, the purple, and the white. Parkinson, in 1629, enu- merates eight sorts. Miller says, the Haerlem gardeners| distinguish near 2000 sorts, and generally publish cata-: 5: logues of them from year to year. At present, the taste for this flower being considerably abated, the Dutch and English catalogues contain only a few hundred sorts. Mason’s catalogue for 1820, contains three hundred sorts with names. These names are quite arbitrary, being given by the grower after himself or some public character; and therefore they are here omitted. They are arranged as double blues, whites, reds, and yellows, and single sorts of the same colors; the blues and reds are the most numerous; the yellow, those of which there is least variety. Only single hyacinths were ab first cultivated; but about the beginning of the last century attention was paid to double flowers by Peter Voerhelm, whose first double flower was named Mary, and is now lost; but his third flower, the oo Great Britain, which is now looked upon as the oldest double hyacinth, was greatly preferred to a ad flowers known, and the price of it was then above 1000 florins, or 100/. sterling. Up to the middle of las 4(yiterion my. g pfting quer| tion, go that Uk footy erect ps neste 4 mixed and diver i this jeautittl flow 6995. Prope, apptoy ed sorts. solar Well fort rathered til ith onthe outsides all and placed In@ d isthe latter end surface of the 8° compost, which tobe W atered, 0 emained 10 thi the compost pl roots may be wwill flower the will exhibit 1s pointed. Hem at this period collection, hem expected, and te (2H), In the Dy Newcastle-upome] for two years at Ing compost for dung; one sixth rotted. All the if the sun may ] UST De 1a] turned, and the Sun and ty if Not to sift the eo Upon dry food, are thus mixe then one of ro SIX oF seven fo {00 powerful a and thrown Up beds. This cor IEEWO years g inthe same bed manure might f 22, Plann i done earlier i Toots Will b Need should Book II. HYACINTH. 899 century, the greatest attention was paid at Haerlem to raising new sorts of double flowers; and as much as 200/. has been known to be given for a root: but, since that period, the taste for this and other bulbous flowers has considerably declined, and at present there are few sorts for which more than 10/. are asked; the general price being from one to ten shillings a bulb for the varied sorts, and what are called the com. mon mixtures are sold at from 2/. to 3/. a hundred. A variety degenerates, under bad treatment, in two or three years; but in Holland some have been preserved nearly a century. 6224. Criterion of a fine double hyacinth.( fig. 589. a)“ The stem should be strong, tall, and erect, sup- porting numerous large bells, each suspended by a short and strong peduncle, or foot-stalk, in a horizontal position, so that the whole may have a compact, pyramidal form, with the crown, or uppermost flower, perfectly erect. The flowers should be large, and perfectly double, z. e. well filled with broad bold petals, appearing to the eye rather convex than flat or hollow; they should occupy about one half the length of the stem. The colors should be clear and bright, whether plain, red, white, or blue, or variously inter- mixed and diversified in the eye; the latter, it must be confessed, gives additional lustre and elegance to this beautiful flower. Strong bright colors are, in general, preferred to such as are pale.” 6225. Propagation. By seed for new varieties; and by offset-bulbs for continuing approved sorts. 6226. By seed.‘ The seed should be saved from such sorts as have strong and straight stems, and a regular well formed pyramid of bells, not perfectly single, but rather semi-double. It should not be gathered till it has become perfectly black and ripe, at which time the pericarpium will appear yellow on the outside, and will begin to open. The stem, with which the seed is connected, is then to be cut off, and placed in a dry, airy, cool situation, where it may remain undisturbed till the time of sowing, which is the latter end of October, or beginning of March: it should then be sown about half an inch below the surface of the soil, in a deep box, filled with good sound garden-mould, mixed with sand, or the hyacinth compost, which should be afterwards placed in a warm situation during winter. It will never require to be watered, or have any other attention paid to it than to keep it free from weeds and frost, till it has remained in this state two years; it must then, on the approach of winter, have an additional stratum of the compost placed upon it, about half an inch thick; and at the third year, in the month of July, the roots may be taken up, dried, and treated inthe same manner as large bulbs or offSets: some of the roots will flower the fourth year, one half of them will at the fifth, but by the sixth year, every healthy root will exhibit its bloom, and then the hopes and expectations of the cultivator will be realised or disap- pointed. He may think himself fortunate, if one half of the plants that first appeared, are in existence at this period; and if he can at last find one flower in five hundred deserving a name or place in a curious collection, he may rest perfectly content, and be assured that he has fared as well as could reasonably be expected, and better than many who have bestowed equal attention on the subject.”(Maddock.) 6227. By offsets. These may be planted in the beginning of October, or soon after they have been separated from the parent bulbs. Plant them in an open part of the garden, in rows about two inches deep, upon a bed raised six or eight inches above the common level, consisting of a sandy soil, pulverised, eighteen inches deep; the surface of the bed should be made rather convex or rounding, so as to throw off heavy rains; no further attention is necessary, except to stir the surface of the bed occasionally, keep it free from weeds, and preserve it from very severe frost. The proper time to take them up is the same as for large roots. Offsets, if preserved in health, will bloom weakly the second year; but by the third tolerably strong, and may afterwards be placed on the best bed. 6228. Choice of full-grown roots.‘ Such roots as have attained the age of four or five years, bloom stronger in this country than any other; they afterwards gradually decline, either by dividing into offsets, or diminishing in size and strength: but in Holland, owing to the peculiar circumstances of the soil, climate, situation,&c. the same bulb has been known to produce blossoms twelve or thirteen times, nor is it ever known to die merely with age.” 6229. Soil and site.‘The bed on which they are to be planted should be situated in rather a dry and airy part of the garden; a southern aspect is to be preferred, sheltered on the north and east. When the situation is determined on, the dimensions of the bed should be marked out, and the soil entirely taken away to the depth of at least two feet; the earth in the bottom must then be dug up and pulverised, one spit or nine inches deeper, and the space above filled up with a compost consisting of one third coarse sea or river sand; one third fresh sound earth; one fourth rotten cow-dung, at least two years old; and earth of decayed leaves for the remainder. These ingredients are to be well mixed and incorporated, and about a fortnight previous to planting, the bed should be filled wp with the compost to about four inches above the level of the path on the south or front side, and ten inches on the north side, so as to form a regular slope or inclination towards the sun.” 6230. In the Dutch Florist of Nicholas Van Kampen and sons, florists at Haerlem(Haerl/em 1760, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1763), sandy earth is said to form the basis of the culture of the hyacinth. It ought to be of a bluish-grey or blackish-red color, not sharp, but rather handling smooth, a little greasy, and taking a pearl color when dry; the water passing through it being sweet and of a delicate taste. The best method of enriching sandy earth, according to their experience,“‘is to make use of cow-dung, rotted leaves of trees, and tanners’ bark; but the bark ought not to be taken frésh out of the pits, but laid up for two years at least, that it may be well rotted and consumed to one half:— Our method, then, of mak- ing compost for hyacinths is as follows: Two sixth parts of grey sand; two sixths of well rotted cow- dung; one sixth of tanners’ bark, quite rotted and reduced to earth; one sixth of tree-leaves, also well rotted. All these materials must be thrown into a heap, not more than three feet thick, so that the rays of the sun may have power to penetrate through it, and warm it to the bottom; for which purpose the heap must be laid in a high and open place exposed to the south. Oncea month it ought to be carefully turned, and the bottom thrown to the top, that all parts of it may partake of the benign influence of the sun and elements: this is essential; and this turning must be continued for twelve months, taking care not to sift the compost, because, in that case, it is apt to run into lumps, which would be of dangerous consequence.”’(Quot. by Ned/, in Hort. Tour, 536.) 6231. In St. Simon’s work, entitled Des Jacintes(Amst. 1768, 4to.), in which the Dutch mode of cul- tivating the hyacinth is fully detailed, the compost used at Haerlem is said to be rotten cow-dung, rotten leaves, and fine sand. The leaves of elm, lime, and birch are preferred to those of oak, chestnut, walnut, beech, plane,&c. which do not rot so quickly. The cow-dung is collected in winter from cattle, stall-fed upon dry food, without any mixture of straw or other litter.‘The leaves, when decayed and fit for use, are thus mixed with the other materials:“ First, they place a layer of sand, then one of dung, and then one of rotten leaves, each being eight or ten inches thick. These layers are repeated till the heap is six or seven feet high, a layer of dung being uppermost, sprinkled over with a little sand to prevent the too powerful action of the sun upon it. After the heap has lain thus for six months or more, it is mixed, and thrown up afresh, in which state it remains some weeks to settle before it is carried into the flower- beds. This compost retains its qualities about six or seven years; but the Dutch avoid setting hyacinths in it two years successively; in the alternate years they plant tulips, jonquils, narcissuses, crocuses, irises,&c. in the same beds; nor do they venture to set hyacinths in the compost the first season, when the fresh manure might be injurious to them.”(Herbert, in Hort. Trans. vol. iv. 165.) 6232. Planting.‘This should take place“ from the middle of October to the middle of November; if it is done earlier the plants will appear above ground in the middle of winter; or if it is deferred later, the roots will be weakened by their natural tendency to vegetate. On planting the roots, the surface of the bed should be covered with a little fresh sandy earth, about one inch thick, raked perfectly smooth 830 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. and even, and have the exact situ- 590 ation for every bulb marked upon it ( fig. 590.), regularly mingling the co-| lors of red, blue, and white; the yel-| lows being classed with the latter.| ee a ny x= bs= ad a | The width of the surface of the bed may be four feet, and six rows may be placed across it at eight inches asun- der, the two outside rows being each four inches from the sides of the bed; consequently the space between the centre of each bulb will be about nine w R B Ww R B Ww R B nes oud a quarter. On planting yacinths, a little clean sand should be placed underneath, and likewise" 8 x ry z x 1S upon the roots, to prevent the earth adhering too closely to them; the Wid Bo Wise de BREW! ioe R whole are then to be covered with sound fresh sandy earth, from three to-——= ee ee) four inches deep, according to the size of the bulb; when this is completed, the bed will be about eight inches above the level of the walk on the south or front side, and about fourteen inches on the north; it will look neater and have a better effect, if it is supported on each side with a strong frame of thick boards or brick-work. 6233. The Dutch Florist directs,** After a place has been pitched on for planting the flowers, the natural earth must be dug out to the depth of three feet, and the bottom covered with a stratum of cow-dung half a foot thick; which must be beaten and trod down till it be very firm and compact like a hard crust, so as to prevent any communication with the sub-soil. Then the hole is to be filled up with compost, six inches above the level of the garden. The compost should be laid into the designed bed about a month before the roots are planted; for if it be put in later, the earth might settle while the roots are in it, which would lay them too deep. The proper season for putting in the bulbs is October and November.‘They ought to be set at the depth of four or five inches; but early flowering varieties may be one inch deeper, which will bring them to flower at the same time with the others.”(Quot. by Neill, in Hort. Tour, 537.) 6234. Culture.“In order to preserve it from very heavy rains or severe frosts, it should be hooped over, an@ mats or canvass should be placed at hand ready to cover the bed on such emergencies; but it will not be necessary to defend it from moderate rains or slight frosts: for too frequent and long covering will de- prive the roots of the due action and influence of the air, which ought to be avoided as much as possible: it were even better to run the hazard of incurring a slight injury by the omission of covering on some oc- casions, than overdo it to the certain detriment of the plants. If frost is permitted to penetrate so far into the soil as to reach the bulbs, especially about the time that the plants begin to appear above ground, it will produce a singular effect, by causing some of them to shoot forth or discharge their stems and blos- soms; but if the roots become entirely frozen through, they are in danger of being destroyed. The earlier sorts will begin to open and show color about the beginning of April; it will be proper to screen such from the too powerful effects of the sun, which, if not prevented, would bleach and tarnish their colors, parti- cularly the reds and deep blues; but if they are properly defended from it, their colors will be preserved, and they will, in some measure, be kept back, so as to be in full bloom with the later sorts, especially if the roots of the early sorts have been planted about an inch deeper than the rest: it is a very desirable object to have a uniform bloom. It will be necessary to support the stems as they advance in height; for this purpose, small sticks or wires, painted green, should be forced into the ground, immediately behind the bulbs, either in an erect position or leaning a little backwards, to which the stems are to be rather loosely tied with small pieces of green worsted, as soon as they begin to bend, or are in danger of breaking with the weight of the corolla or bells: this operation must be repeated as they advance in height, for it is im- possible to do it at one time so as to answer the purpose. When the greater part of the bed appears in color, a covering, or awning, should be erected over it and the path in front: the awning should consist of a strong frame of wood, ten feet high in the centre, and seven feet at the sides, covered with Irish or Scotch sheetings, or Russia duck, which will effectually keep out rain, and admit a great degree of light; it should come down close to the bed on the north side, in order to preserve it from cold winds, which are prejudicial to the bloom. The covering(fig. 591.) should be so consturcted, by means of lines(a) and pulleys(0), as to be HN) ) i lees at all favorable opportunities, that is to say, when the air is mild, and light clouds intervene, so as to blunt the sun’s ray. This sometimes, and, indeed, often happens to be the case from seven to nine o’clock in the morning, and from four to six in the evening, at which time the sun has also less power than in the middle of the day. A bed of hyacinths never requires to be watered at any period; the rains that happen after planting are generally more than sufficient both for the roots and the bloom; and after the bloom is over they are rather prejudicial than otherwise, except when very moderate. Although covering in the manner described presents and exhibits the bloom to the greatest advantage, yet it evidently has a tendency to weaken and injure the bulbs, and ought not, therefore, to be continued more than two or three weeks at most; but as soon as the general bloom declines, the beds should be immediately exposed to the open air, and the mats and hoops should be replaced, as before, to keep off heavy rains.” 6235. Taking up the bulbs.“It is the practice in Holland, to take up the bulbs about three weeks or a month after bloom, in the following manner: As soon as the plants begin to put on a yellowish decayed ap- pearance, they take up the roots and cut off the stem and foliage close to, or within half an inch of, the bulb, but leave the fibres,&c. attached to it; they then place the bulbs again on the same bed sideways, with their points towards the north, and cover them about half an inch deep, with dry earth or sand, in the form of a ridge, or little cone, over each: in this state they remain about three weeks longer, and dry or ripen gradually; during which, as much air is admitted as possible, but the bed is preserved from heavy rains, and too hot a sun; at the expiration of this period the bulbs are taken up, and their fibres, which are become nearly dry, gently rubbed off; they are then placed in adry room for a few days, and are afterwards cleaned from any soil that adheres to them, their loose skins taken off, with such offsets as may be easily separated. When this dressing is finished, the bulbs are wrapped up in separate pieces of paper, Or buried in dry sand, where they remain till the return of the season for planting. Another, and less troublesome, mode of treatment after bloom, though perhaps more hazardous, is to keep the bed airy, and rather dry, till the stems and foliage appear nearly dried up or consumed; this will seldom happen to be the case 1n less than two months; the bulbs are then to be taken up, cleaned from the fibres, soil,&c. and preserved in sand or papers as before directed.” easily and expeditiously rolled up, or let down, as occasion requires, to afford the plants the full benefit of light and air, object“ (958 ‘ pr other sy van the con-dUng: m0 Duration quence it succes wil generally te make good of UI that have bloom always alow ab the time of plan mencement 0! its appearance defect wae if the roots U be planted 10 teen inches big, having aback be porel by some to though Sir], tulip is abunda perfect lovers, Chardin, pre her to under flower, that bis by the black b coal,” Accorc to Europe in land by James duced, accord wards the mi became the ¢ Netherlands: and the thr Beckmann( One root of the value of livered, Th 000 florins tro horses, ai Single root, Tel utility,| and Fgtly ni atvenis, ig Boox II. TULIP. 831 6236. Van Kampen and son say,“* We take up the roots as scon as the leaves begin to wither, that is, when their plants begin to turn yellow. We then break off the stems an inch above the bulbs, which we afterwards cover with earth, in which they are to lie till the gross moisture be dried up by the warmth of the sun. We make a little heap of earth, and place the roots in it, bottom downwards as they grew; and the heap is covered with an inch or two of soil. When the bulbs have lain in this heap for three weeks, they are to be taken out in fair weather, and laid on a board in the sun for an hour, after which, they are to be cleared of the earth and offsets about them, taking great care not to give the least bruise or wound,’? (Quot. by Neill, in Hort. Tour, 558.) 6237. Herbert says,‘The bulbs should be placed in an airy store-room, and not suffered to touch each other; a moveable stage of open lattice-work, furnished with drawers, may be used, and the utmost atten- tion should be paid to ventilation.” A French florist, Baudry, is said(Caled. Hort. Mem. iy. 76.) to have Jost annually a number of his hyacinth-bulbs through dampness until he adopted the expedient of placing them in the store-room with the base of the bulb upwards. Drawers of lattice-work would effect the same object. 6238, Diseases.‘* Hyacinths are subject. to various diseases, arising from different causes; that distem- per commonly known by the appellation of the ring-sickness, is of all others the most dangerous and most difficult to cure; in short, the only effectual remedy is to cut out the diseased part, till no brownness, yel- lowness, or other symptom of distemper remains. The sound part will survive the operation, if it consist of no more than the outside tunic of the bulb, without any heart; but it will, in such case, only be able to produce offsets, and will never recover itself so as to flower again: as soon as the operation is performed, the wounded part should be exposed to the sun, till it becomes dry, to prevent mouldiness, and it will be best to replant it in some dry situation soonafter.”“The Dutch,’ Herbert observes,‘‘ are much troubled with this disease; the cause of which appears to be a fungus, the spawn of which is nurtured in the cow-dung. The only remedy is the removal of the distempered bulb, and the compost that was in contact with it.” 6239. Duration of bulbs.‘‘ The hyacinth delights in a sandy soil and saline atmosphere; of conse- quence it succeeds best on the sea-coast, or in situations very near to the sea. In more inland parts, it will generally be found necessary to procure an annual reinforcement of fresh imported bulbs, in order to make good or supply the deficiencies arising from the loss, or impaired health and strength of many of those that have bloomed on the best bed the preceding spring.‘Those who are well acquainted with the hyacinth, always allow about one bulb in twelve to fail, notwithstanding no visible blemish or decay is discernible at the time of planting; such generally have a corps de réserve, in narrow deep pots, which, at the com- mencement of bloom, they plunge or sink into the bed, wherever a vacancy, or weak sickly plant makes its appearance; by which means the uniformity and regularity of the bed is preserved, without any visible defect or alteration.” Herbert says,‘‘ My own experience enables me to say, that the nurseryman in the neighborhood of London may produce hyacinth-bulbs equal, if not superior, to those imported from Hol- land; though, perhaps, with greater loss from disease, owing to his not being able to precure the dung of cattle fed upon hard food, and free from straw.”(Hort. Trans. vol. iv. p. 168.) 6240. Forcing the hyacinth. Plant the roots in narrow deep pots, filled with sandy loam, in October; plunge them in and cover them with old bark-leaves or sand; they will soon throw down roots, and a part may then, say in November, be plunged in bottom heat, which will come into bloom by Christmas, and successional supplies can be taken from the store planted in October, and a bloom thus kept up till they flower in the open air. The best sorts to force are the single blues and reds. 6241. Blowing hyacinths in water-glasses. Blue or dark-colored glasses are more favorable to the pro- gress of the roots than light ones, light being injurious to all roots. The bulbs to be blown in the glasses should be planted in October, in earth in which they push their fibres more regularly, and taken up as wanted, washed from the earth, and placed in the blowing-glass: the glasses may be kept in a warm room orina stove. The water should be soft, and the glass so full that it may rise a fourth of an inch on the pulb. As often as it becomes fetid, it should be renewed. Sussecr. 2. Tulip.— Tulipa Gesneriana, L.(Bot. Mag. 1135.) Hex. Monog. L. and Lilie, J. Tulipe, Fr. and Ger. and Tulipano, Ital.(fig. 592.) 6242. The bulb of the tulip is solid, and sends up an upright stem from twelve to eigh- teen inches high, with glaucous leaves, and a large erect flower, the petals in its wild state having a black base. It is a native of the Levant. It is common in Syria, and is sup- posed by some to be the“ lily of the field,” referred to in Christ’s address from the mount; though Sir J. E. Smith thinks the amaryllis lutea is there meant. In Persia, where the tulip is abundant, it is considered as the emblem of perfect lovers.‘ When a young man,”’ says Chardin,“presents one to his mistress, he gives her to understand, by the general color of the f flower, that his body is on fire with her beauty, and} by the black base of it, that his heart is burned toa coal.” According to Gesner, the tulip was brought to Europe in 1559. It was cultivated in Eng- land by James Garnet, in 1577, having been intro- duced, according to Hakluyt, from Vienna.‘To- wards the middle of the 17th century, the tulip became the object of considerable trade in the Netherlands; it rose to its greatest height in 1634, and the three following years. According to Beckmann(History of Inventions, art. Tulip), for one root of a variety called the Viceroy, articles to the value of 2500 florins were agreed to be de- livered. The Semper Augustus has been sold for 2000 florins; one person agreed to give 4600 florins(about 460I.), with a new carriage, two horses, and complete harness; and another agreed to give twelve acres of land for a single root. The trade was generally followed for a time, and having no foundation in real utility, like the Missisippi and South Sea schemes, it was a mere gambling business, and rightly named Tulipomania. John Barclay, the celebrated author of the romance of Argenis, is said to haye had this mania to such an excess, that he placed two mastiff’s as cece Neen nce oe ee< Sa= 2= ——— fae : coe ree ene = 832 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. sentinels in his garden. This was between 1600 and 1621, when he lived at Rome, in an ill aired and unwholesome habitation; in which, however, he chose rather to eoneane than abandon his favorite flowers.(Chalmers’s Biog. Dict.) The taste for tulips in Ene- land was at its greatest height about the end of the 17th and beginning of the 18th cen- tury; about the year 1730 or 40, it had declined and given way to the taste for botany and new plants from America and other foreign countries. The tulip, however, is still much cultivated both in Holland and England, near large towns, though in the latter country there are now very few good collections in the private gardens of the higher classes. Like the auricula and some other flowers, it is more the flower of the tradesman and oper- ative manufacturer than of the botanist or man of fortune. 6243. Parieties. Parkinson, in 1629, enumerates 140 sorts: but“ to tell of all the kinds,” he says “* which are the pride of delight, they are so many, and as I may say almost infinite, doth both pass my ability, and, as I believe, the skill of any other.’ In Parkinson’s time, tulips were divided into pr@coces or early blowers, and seroting, or late blowers, with anintermediate division of dubie media doubtful or middle blowers, which, for the most part, however, belonged to the serotine. The early blowers have short stems, and the Duc Van Tholl is almost the only variety in repute among modern florists. The great variety in the catalogues is produced from the late blowers, which have tall stems and much richer colors; of these the catalogue of Maddock in 1792 contained the names of 665 sorts. In Mason’s catalogue for 1820, are six sorts of early tulips; four of perroquets, or middle blowers; 22 double sorts, and upwards of 600 single late sorts. The Dutch florists class their late-blowing tulips as under: a variety will last an un- known number of years. Prime baguets(baguette, Fr. a rod or| well tormed cups, with white bottoms, wand); very tall; fine cups with white well broken with fine brown, and all white, or nearly so, from different bottoms, well broken with fine brown, from the same breeder. breeders, and broken with variety of and all from the same breeder. Incomparable Verports; very perfect| colors. ¢ Baguets Rigaut’s(supposed from Ri- cups, cherry and rose, and white bot-| Bizarres(bizarre, Fr. odd, irregular); gaud, some eminent florist’s name, or toms, well broken with shining brown. ground yellow, from different breed- rougeaude, red-faced); not quite so tall,| Byblomens, or next flowers, the jlamands ers, and broken with variety of colors. but with strong stems, and very large of the French florists, with bottoms \ 6244. The names of the different varieties, classed under these heads, being perfectly arbitrary, and con- stantly changing, their insertion here could be of no use.(See the Annual Catalogues of Bulbous Roots, published by the nurserymen and florists.) What are called bveeders are procured from seed, and consist of one plain color on a white or yellow bottom. These being cultivated on a dry and rather poor soil be- come broken cr variegated, and produce new varieties. The time that elapses before they break varies from one to twenty years or more, and sometimes this change never takes place, so that whoever thinks of raising new varieties of tulips from seed must be possessed of an ample fund of patience and persever- ance. The early dwarf tulip, known among florists as the Van Tholl, isa distinct species, 7. suaveolens. Formerly there were several varieties of early dwarf kinds. 6245. Criterion of a fine variegated late tulip.“The stem should be strong, elastic, and erect, and about thirty inches above the surface of the bed. The flower should be large, and composed of six petals: these should proceed a little horizontally at first, and then turn upwards, forming almost a perfect cup, with a round bottom, rather widest at the top. The three exterior petals should be rather larger than the three inferior ones, and broader at their base: all the petals should have perfectly entire edges, free from notch or serrature; the top of each should be broad and well rounded; the ground-color of the flower, at the bottom of the cup, should be clear white or yellow, and the various rich-colored stripes, which are the principal ornament of a fine tulip should be regular, bold, and distinct, on the margin, and terminate in fine broken poinis, elegantly feathered or pencilled. The centre of each leaf, or petal, should contain one or more bold blotches, or stripes, intermixed with small portions of the original or breeder color, abruptly broken into many irregular obtuse points. Some florists are of the opinion that the central stripes, or blotches, do not contribute to the beauty and elegance of the tulip, unless confined to a narrow stripe, ex- actly down the centre, and that they should be perfectly free from any remains of the original or breeder color: it is certain that such appear very beautiful and delicate, especially when they havea regular nar- row fcathering at the edge; but the greatest connoisseurs in this flower unanimously agree, that it denotes superior merit, when the tulip abounds with rich coloring, distributed in a distinct and regular manner throughout the flower, except in the bottom of the cup, which, it cannot be disputed, should be a clear, bright white or yellow, free from stain or tinge, in order to constitute a perfect flower.” 6246. Propagation. By seed for new varieties, and by offsets for continuing approved sorts. 6247. By seed. Select such breeders as have tall strong stems, with large well formed cups, clear in the bottom, and save seed from these in preference to the finest of the variegated or broken sorts, as the seed of such sorts produces nothing but poor weak breeders of no value.‘* It should remain growing on the stem till the pericarpium becomes of a brownish color, and begins to open; it is then sufficiently ripe, and should be cut off, with six or eight inches of the stem, and treated afterwards, in all respects, agreeable to the directions given for the management of hyacinth-seed. Some of the seedlings will bloom by the fourth or fifth, and most, if not all, by the‘seventh year.” 6248. By offsets. These should be planted soon after they are separated from the parent bulb, in beds of fresh sandy loam, with a little rotten cow-dung placed from seven to twelve inches below the surface, in a dry airy situation, from two to four inches deep, according to the size of the roots.‘The beds should be raised six or eight inches above the alleys, formed rather convex on the surface, and may be provided with hoops and mats, to be used to guard them, as occasion may require, from heavy rains and severe frosts. 6249. Choice of full-grown bulbs. Select such as have not lost the brown skin, are not mouldy or soft at the root end, and are full, solid, and rather pointed at the other., Just before planting, strip off the brown skin so as to leave the root perfectly bare and white, performing the operation with great care, to avoid bruising or wounding the root, especially at the lower end, where the fibres are formed, which is, at the season of planting, extremely tender. i 6250. Soil and situation.** The situation for the best bed should be in an open airy part of the garden; when that is fixed upon, the ground should be marked out, agreeable to its intended dimensions, and the soil taken out twenty inches deep; the bottom is then to be filled up with sound fresh earth, ten inches thick, upon which is to be placed a stratum of two-year-old rotten cow-dung, and earth of the above description, - about one hal of each, well mixed together, twelve inches thick; and again, upon this is to be placed an- other stratum of the same kind of earth as that of the bottom; this is only to be two inches thick at the sides, and three inches at the middle, which will give it a small degree of convexity; this is to be per- formed about the 20th of October, 7. e. a week or two before planting, to give the bed time to settle; at the expiration of two weeks, the earth will have subsided, so as to be about two inches higher than the cir- cumjacent paths; but if heavy rains intervene between this preparation of the bed, and the time of ae ing, it will be proper to keep them off, in order to preserve the temperature of the earth, as it would be rendered too compact and adhesive, by a redundancy of moisture for the fibres to pass freely through it, which ought to be avoided.” Hogg recommends a fresh, rich, loamy soil, of rather a sandy nature, which should be dug twelve months at least before it is used, and a small portion of well rooted dung must be added. He says, an intelligent old tulip-grower assured him, that the best compost he had ever hit on “< was three fourths rich yellow loam; one fourth leaf-mould; one sixth two-year-old horse-dung; anc vi(nal ios? * oat, Planing (jn the still yt ndgul either ext sevell consists of of fout inchs be onlyfive tO i Having gprinkle exactness and a ie cone of it 7 four inches thi | where it shou! | creased in 8 fionate to the | tre rows, ane may be itssi2 sie of the 10 three inches dt should be fe Hefore itis mal Iity that most fed is only to c proper t0 plat gradually to incr tain the strongest before directed, t will be necessary fhe earth would b from the sun, f¢ malner as to des j this effect than o} ans i) in the hottest derate rains in the spring, t erected, the hoy Up and the y about tivo fag Ot breakin Loners, shoul Melched tight. Waich will breve 1Obe covered a I ay be contin i Cleney my; “tot the lower “UTIL Wat = er Boox II. TOUR: 833 one eighth sea-sand, well incorporated, and laid in a bed, or stratum, for the plants, two feet deep.”~(Tr. on the Carnation, Auricula, Tulip,&c. 142.) 6251. Planting. The most proper time is from the end of October to the tenth of No- vember. On the day made choice of for planting, rake the surface of the bed smooth and even, still preserving its convexity, and mark the exact situation for every rcot upon it. The proper distance between each root is seven inches from centre to centre; and if the rows are seven inches asunder, the roots will form squares of similar diameter on all parts of the bed. A bed consisting of seven rows makes the noblest appearance, when it is of sufficient length, with a path round it about two and a half or three feet wide; but where the number of roots is small five rows may suffice, and the path, in that case, may either extend quite round the bed, or only on one side, at pleasure. If, therefore, the bed consists of seven rows, it should consequently be fifty inches wide, which will allow a space of four inches between the outside rows and the sides of the bed; but if the bed contains only five rows, it will only require to be three feet wide, to give the roots similar distances. Having sprinkled a little clean sand where the roots are to be set, place them with great exactness and add some very sandy earth, so as to completely envelope each root in a lit- tle cone of it; then cover the whole very carefully with strong, sound, fresh loam, about four inches thick at the middle of the bed, gradually decreasing as it approaches the sides, where it should be about three inches thick; thus will the convexity of the surface be in- creased in a proper degree, and the roots will be covered with soil, to a depth propor- tionate to their size and strength; the largest and strongest having been placed in the cen- tre rows, and the smaller and weaker on those of the outside. No tulip-root, whatever may be its size or strength, should be planted more than four inches deep from the upper side of the root; nor should any blooming root be planted less than two and a half or three inches deep, however small it may be. The soil made use of for covering the bulbs should be frequently turned over, and thoroughly exposed to the sun and air, some time before it is made use of, that it may be rendered perfectly sweet and free from the acrid qua- lity that most soils are subject to, when taken considerably below the surface. But if the bed is only to contain five rows, with a path in the front, and none behind, then it will be proper to plant the smallest and lowest growing roots in the front, next the path, and so gradually to increase in the size of the roots to the fifth or last row, which should con- tain the strongest and largest of all; when the roots are properly covered with soil, as before directed, the surface of the bed will slope one way, forming an inclined plane: it will be necessary to support its highest side at least with boards or brick-work, otherwise the earth would be liable to crumble down and leave the roots bare or too shallow. 6252. Future culture and management.‘* When the operation of planting is concluded, the bed may be hooped over, and taken care of, in the manner directed for hyacinths, 7. e. so as to preserve it from very heavy rains, and severe frosts; but either one or the other, in moderation, will be of more service than injury to it. By the end of February every plant in health will be visible above ground; some tall early sorts will be two or three inches high, others one inch, and the latter sorts just making their appearance; indeed, a very few remarkably late sorts may be a week longer before they appear, but not more: if, on examination, any distemper or canker is discernible on the foliage, about this time, either above or an inch or two below the surface of the soil, it should be carefully cut out with.a sharp knife, and the wounded part left exposed to the sun and air, which will presently heal it: a fine dry day should be made choice of for this operation. If the surface of the bed appears to be of too close and solid a contexture, it should be carefully stirred up, about two inches deep, which will admit the air more freely, and prove, in all respects, very beneficial. By the end of April, some of the plants will probably be grown so tall as to require the hoops to be raised a little, to secure the blossom from injury: attention to this part must not be omitted, for the blossom is very tender and likely to be bruised and disfigured, by a very slight blow, or rub against the hoops. As soon as any of the earlier sorts begin to show color, they should be shaded from the sun, for, when its heat is considerable, it will cause the colors to run and intermix, in such a manner as to destroy the elegance and beauty of the flower; some sorts are more particularly liable to this effect than others, and will be spoiled in five minutes. When the greater part of the blossoms have begun to open, a frame, or awning, should be erected over the bed and paths, nearly similar to that for hyacinths(fig. 591.): that is to say, so as to keep out rain, and admit as much light as possible; this must be thrown off, or rolled up, at every favorable opportunity, as directed for hyacinths, except that it should be done rather earlier in the morning, and later in the evening; because the sun has acquired a greater degree of power at this season of the year than earlier. If these frequent exposures to the light and air be omitted, the colors of the flowers will be faint and weak, and the grandeur of effect will be lost, or consi- derably lessened. The cloth covering should come down on each side, within about three feet of the ground, to allow a free circulation of air, except in windy weather; from the effects of which, the flowers must be most carefully preserved, by a continuation of the covering quite down to the ground, on the windy side; a line of mats sewed together, and their upper edge nailed to the frame on that side, may answer the purpose, if the cloth is not of sufficient length. Tulips never require to be artificially watered, in the hottest and driest seasons, at any period from planting to taking up the roots; nevertheless, mo- derate rains may always be admitted before, and in very small quantity after the bloom is over; but early in the spring, they are absolutely necessary, in order to procure a strong bloom. When the awning is erected, the hoops should be carefully taken away, the sides and ends of the bed should be neatly boarded up, and the paths lowered two or three inches, to bring the flowers nearer to the eye: a slight frame, about two feet high, should surround the bed, to prevent the garments of spectators from rubbing against, or breaking off the flowers; lines of small twine, painted green, and corresponding with the rows of flowers, should pass from one head of the bed to the other, fastened to the end pieces of the frame, and stretched tight; to these the stems of the flowers are to be loosely tied with short pieces of green worsted, which will preserve a pleasing regularity of appearance, without stiffness and formality.‘Tulips will bear to be covered a longer time in bloom than most other flowers, without sustaining any considerable injury: it may be continued three weeks with great safety. If any roots should perish, or fail to produce bloom, the deficiency may be made good by transflanting, with the tube transplanter(fig. 93.), from a reserve- bed, or the lower end of the stems of flowers, taken from the reserve-beds, may be immersed in phials, filled with water, and sunk into the bed, so as not to appear above ground_ these will continue in bloom 3 834 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. PAL several days, without requiring to be changed, and will make a tolerable appearance. About a week or ten days after full bloom, when the petals of many begin to drop off, the awning should be taken d together with the frame, boards,&c. that surround the bed; and the mats and hoops may Weieplacel ad before, to throw off excess of rain, as the case may require: and as the leaves or petals of any fall fie seed-vessel of such should be immediately broken off close to the stem; for if suffered to remain on tl: plant, it will procrastinate the period of its maturity, and weaken the root considerably. The bed aa remain in this state about a fortnight longer, by which time the grass, or foliage, will become of a Seed ish-brown, and two or three inches of the top of the stem will wither, dry up, and become purplish: this denotes the critical period to take up the roots, because if done earlier, they will be weak and spon ry, and if deferred later, their juices will become gross; this will be manifest at the succeeding bloom, by io great a redundance of colorific matter in the petals, and the flowers being what is generally termed foul sg 6253. Taking up the roots. Dig them up carefully, and place them under cover, ina dry, airy shaded situation. Here they may remain untouched till August or September following.“ Then it is proper to take off their loose skins, fibres, and such offsets as are easily separated; observing not to leave the roots too bare, because the action of the air upon such would have a tendency to weaken and injure them by drying up part of their juices; the last brown skin, which is so intimately connected with the root should remain on it till the time of planting.” 4 6254. Diseases. The tulip is hardier, and less liable to disease and injury from weather, than most sorts of flowers; it is sometimes attacked by grubs and wire-worms at the root early in spring and then the best mode is to remove the plant anda portion of the soil, replacing the former from the reserve or offset-buds._ hee;‘ 6255. Forcing the tulip in pots or water-glasses. The early dwarf sorts are well adapted for this purpose, especially the Duc Van Tholl. They may be treated as in forcing the hyacinth. Sussecr. 3. Ranunculus.— Ranunculus Asiaticus, L.(Mill. Ic. 2. t. 216.) Poly, Polyg. L. and Ranunculacee, J., Fr.; Ranunkel, Ger.; and Ranun- colo, Ital.(fig. 593.) 6256. The ranunculus from a fasciculus of small tubers sends up several bipartite leaves, and an erect branched stem with a terminating flower variously colored. It isa native of the Levant, and was cultivated by Gerrard in 1596. Though rather a tender plant, innumerable and highly beautiful double-flowered varieties haye been raised from seed, chiefly by the English florists, from the middle to the latter end of last century. 6257. Varieties. Only double ranunculuses are held in esteem: of these, Parkinson, in 1629, enumerates eight; and Ray, in 1665, twenty sorts. Justice, in 1764, divides ranunculuses into Turkey and Persian; of the former he enumerates eighteen sorts, and of the latter a hundred. What he calls the Turkey ranunculus is only a variety or sub- ‘species with a very dark flower, which Miller also considered as a species, and named it R. sanguineus. Maddock, in 1792, had upwards of eight hundred sorts. Mason’s catalogue for 1820 contains about four hundred names.“ There are more varieties of ranunculuses,” Maddock observes,“ than of any other flower;”’ but as their names are arbitrary, it would be of little use to enumerate them here. A variety will last from twenty to twenty-five years. 6258. Criterion of a fine double ranunculus.(fig. 593. a)“ The stem should be strong, straight, and from eight to twelve inches high, supporting a large well formed blossom, or corolla, at least two inches in diameter, consisting of numerous petals, the largest at the outside, and gradually diminishing in size as they approach the centre of the flower, which should be well filled up with them. The blossom should be of a hemi- spherical form; its component petals should be imbricated in such a manner as neither to be too close and compact, nor too widely separated; but have rather more of a perpendicular than horizon- tal direction, to display their colors with better effect. The petals should be broad, and have per- fectly entire well rounded édges: their colors should be dark, clear, rich, or brilliant, either con- sisting of one color throughout, or be otherwise variously diversified, on an ash, white, sulphur, or fire colored ground, or regularly striped, spotted, or mottled in an elegant manner.” 6259. Propagation. By seed, for new varieties, and by offset-tubers, or dividing the tubers for continuing approved sorts. 6260. By seed. The seed of the ranunculus, Maddock observes, in no instance ever produces two flowers alike, or the same as the original. It should be saved from such semi-double flowers as have tall strong stems, a considerable number of large well formed petals, and rich good colors, chiefly preferring the darker, but not to the exclusion of the lighter colored, when their properties answer the foregoing description.‘ The seed should remain on the plant till it has lost its verdure, and becomes brown and dry; it may then be cut off, and spread abroad upon paper in the seed-room, exposed to the sun, that every degree of humidity may be exhaled from it; in which state it should be put into a bag, and pre- served in a warm dry place”’ 6261. January is the proper time to sow the seed; and in order to prepare it, it must be separated from the stalks to which it is connected, in the following manner, vjz- in the first place, it should be taken out of the bag, and spread thin upon a sheet of paper or tea-tray,&c. and placed before a moderate fire, till it is just warm, and no more; the sced will then easily scrape off, by means of a penknife; but great care must be taken to avoid scraping it off in lumps, or suffering any pieces of the stalk, dried petals of eas. After the ing hurdles ot jal manner before of showers of Sain 2 continued till the east, These deep, with ator tober, or be g Ot the var the same PrOcure a good blo planted too shall iy Dnt is weakened t, OU never after the JENS Successive)» / O10, Futur Inthe ¢ i le ground at We very much ately Suscept } tken place, Stan should he D Book If. RANUNCULUS. 835 che flower, or other extraneous matter to be mixed with it, which would create a mouldiness when sown of very destructive consequence: when the seed is scraped in a proper manner,-it will have much of the appearance of clean coarse bran, with a little brown or purple speck in the centre of each cuticle, which is the kernel. When the seed is thus prepared, it should be sown in a shallow frame, provided with sashes- the soil should have been previously taken out, three feet deep, and spread thin upon the ground, till it has been perfectly frozen throughout, in order to destroy any vermin it may have contained, more parti- cularly the common earthworms. When the pit is filled up again with the frozen lumps of earth, it should remain till the whole mass has thawed, and subsided to its pristine bulk, or nearly so; its surface should then be made perfectly smooth and even, and the seed sown upon it with the utmost regularity, in such quantity as nearly to cover it; the glasses should be placed over it immedlately, and the frame kept closely covered with them, for two or three days, till the seed begins to swell and soften; a little light earth should then be sifted upon it, through a fine sieve, but not sufficient to cover it; this should be re- peated once or twice a-week, till the greater part of the seed disappears: it is proper to remark in this place, that such seeds as happen to be covered deeper than the thickness of a half-crown piece, will never vegetate, and must of course, inevitably perish. 9262, It is necessary to keep the seed moderately moist, by gentle waterings with soft water, that has been exposed to the sun till it is a little warmed; the rose of the watering-pot should be hemispherical, and perforated with a great number of very small holes, that will discharge fine streams of water, in a very distinct and regular manner. About the time that the plants begin to make their appearance, it is proper to stir the surface of the earth with a pin, or silver bodkin, just sufficiently to admit air, and give liberty to the young plants to pass easily through; this operation should be very carefully performed, to prevent breaking off the fibres, or raising and leaving any of the plants: out of the earth, because one hour’s sun upon such would inevitably destroy them, When the sun shines very hot, it is necessary to admit some fresh air under the glasses, and shade the frame with mats; but it should be close shut up with the glasses when the air is cold, and always at night. 6263. After the plants are all up, and their two interior leaves appear, more air must be given, by bav- ing hurdles or lattice-work substituted for the glasses; waterings must be regularly continued, in the manner before described, when the long continuance of dry weather renders it necessary: but fine warm showers of rain are always preferable, when they happen in due time. This kind of management is to be continued till the roots are matured, and fit to take up, which is known by the foliage becoming perfectly brown, dry, and nearly consumed. 6264. The speediest and safest method of taking up these small roots is to pare off the earth, three inches deep, with a trowel or shovel, having previously carefully picked off the dried leaves, and any other ex- traneous matter that may be found upon it. The earth and roots, thus collected, are to be thrown into a fine brass-wire sieve, that will not permit the smallest roots to pass through it; the sieve is then to be worked in a large vessel or tub, nearly filled with water; the earthy part will, in consequence, be dissolved and washed away, and the roots will remain in the sieve, where, by a little management, they may be easily separated trom the stones,&c. which are mixed with them. The upper rim of the sieve must, at all times, be held above the surface of the water, otherwise some of the smallest roots will be lost, as they are frequently found floating on the surface, till they have imbibed a sufficient quantity of water to make them sink. The roots are to be dried and preserved, and are to be planted at the latter end of Oc- tober, or beginning of November; the greater part, or such as have two or more claws, will blow strong the following summer. The Rev. W. Williamson sows half his seed in autumn, and the other half in January, in the openair. He prefers the autumnal sowing, if the winter proves mild. 6265. By offsets. Unlike the offsets of the hyacinth and tulip, those of the ranunculus generally attain perfection in the season of their formation on the parent plant, and are therefore fit to be planted as full- grown tubers the same season in which they are removed. Smaller ones, which are unfit to bloom the following year, may be planted in a bed prepared as to be directed for the full-sized roots. 6266. By dividing the tubers.‘‘ In minutely examining the crown of a ranunculus-root, several small protuberances will be found; from each of which a shoot will arise, and the root may therefore be divided by a sharp knife into as many parts as there are protuberances; and thus the danger of losing any rare variety is much diminished. These sections will not bloom till the second year.”(Hort. Trans. iv. 380.) 6267. Choice of full-grown roots. Select such as are sound and full in every part, and have plump and prominent buds. 6268. Soz and situation. According to Maddock, a fresh, strong, rich, loamy soil is preferable to all others. Hogg recommends fresh loam, with a considerable portion of rotten horse or cow dung. The Rey. W. Williamson(Hort. Trans. iv. 375.) uses a stiff clayey loam with a fourth part of rotten dung. The situation should be open, but not exposed to violent winds or currents of air.‘* The bed should be dug from eighteen inches to two feet deep, and not raised more than four inches above the level of the walks, to preserve the moisture more effectually: at about five inches below the surface should be placed a stratum of two-year-old rotten cow-dung, mixed with earth, six or eight inches thick; but the earth above this stratum, where the roots are to be planted, should be perfectly free from dung, which would prove injurious, rather than of benefit, if too near them.‘The fibres will draw sufficient nourishment from it at the depth above mentioned; but if the dung was placed deeper, it would not receive so much advantage from the action of the air, which is an object of consequence.” eae 6269. Planting.‘ This may be done either before or after winter: if the soil and situation is remark- ably cold and wet, it will be better to defer planting till the middle or end of January or beginning of Fe- bruary, as the weather may favor; but, in other situations, the latter end of October or beginning of November is to be preferred, as the roots will have more time to vegetate and form themselves, and will in consequence bloom rather stronger, though only a few days earlier than those later planted. A bed, consisting of the variety called the scarlet-turbaned ranunculus, will produce a most brilliant effect; if planted at the same time as the tulip-bed, they will bloom together; they are hardier than any other ra- nunculuses, but may, in other respects, be treated in the same manner.‘The surface of the bed should be raked perfectly even and flat, and the roots planted in rows, at the distance of about five inches from each other. It is better to plant in shallow trenches, made nearly two inches deep, than to make holes for the reception of the roots: there should be a little clean coarse sand sprinkled into the trench, and the roots should be placed with their claws downwards, from three to four inches asunder, according to their size: when the trench has received its roots, it should be carefully filled up level with the same earth that was taken out, so as to cover the root exactly one inch anda half deep, which is the only true depth to procure a good bloom: it is pointed out by nature in a singular manner; for when these roots have been planted too shallow or too deep, in either case, a second root is formed at the proper depth, by which the plant is weakened to such a degree that it seldom survives a repetition of it. Williamson plants in spring, but never after the tenth of February; and he frequently plants the roots in the same place for several years successively.”(Hort. Trans. iv. 376.) 6270. Future culture and management. Ranunculus-roots will remain several days in the ground after planting, before they begin to vegetate; during this period, they be- come very much swelled, by imbibing the moisture of the soil, and are, in this state, extremely susceptible of injury from frost, much mpre so than when vegetation has actu- aily taken place. As soon as the bed is planted, a sufficient quantity of barley or oat straw should be placed near it, ready for a covering: in case of frost, it may perhaps be gi lel 836‘ PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IUl necessary, during a very severe winter, to cover the bed in this manner ten or fift inches thick; but the straw should be taken off at all favorable times: for the effi iS of covering too much or too long are as destructive as the reverse, especially eee ae roots have begun to vegetate, because they are then more liable to become mould ena at any other period, than which nothing can be more prejudicial. Early in the oa when the plants make their appearance above ground, so as to render the come ae discernible, the surface of the earth between each row should be trodden or beaten= z as to make it firm and compact; and if the soil is compressed with the fingers se close to the plants, it will keep out cold drying winds, and prove beneficial. Tei ad visable to make choice of a fine dry day, soon after rain, whilst the ground is still ee to perform the above operation: when it is finished, a little long straw should be placed between each row, to preserve the surface of the soil cool and moist, till the foliage of the plants is sufficiently grown and expanded, to afford it shade without further assistance. 6271. Water. April showers, and frequent rains in May, are essentially ni E 7 vigor of the plants: if these fail, soft water must be aainitiistered in sufficient canntite pa age ag by means of a common watering-pot, with a long tube or spout, held low, so as not to wash the eante into holes; for it is better to avoid watering the plants themselves, as it may chill them too smth i stagnate their juices. The consequences of omitting to water when necessary are these, viz. the aires will make little progress; the blossom-buds of the strongest will be small, and the weaker. arate will not bloom at all; the grass, or foliage, will put on a sickly yellowish appearance, from which it will never recover during the season; and, lastly, the roots will, when taken up, be smali and lean. But such kind of waterings, however necessary, are by no means so salutary to these, or any other flowers as fine warm, natural showers; they can neither be so equally dispensed, nor are the plants naturally dis sosed to receive them when the atmosphere is dry, because their pores and fibres are contracted, and fey are as it were, in the expectation of dry weather. Since it is evident that artificial waterings are, in all re- spects, so much inferior to natural, it is better therefore to wait a day or two, in hopes of a"change of weather, than to be too hasty in watering, although the plants may appear to suffer for the moment, b the omission; for if such a change should fortunately take place, they will receive infinitely more pecan from it than when both themselves and the soil are already saturated, or replenished, with moisture: 6272. Shading. The weather in May is sometimes very clear and hot; the plants ought to be shaded at such times by means of lofty hoops and mats, or some better contrivance, that will admit light and air freely; a frame and covering, similar to that for hyacinths, would answer best, if expense and trouble were not to be considered: it will, however, be absolutely necessary to shade them, in some manner, during the period of bloom, otherwise they wiil continue but a very short time, especially the dark rich-colored sorts; for, in proportion as their colors approach to black, is the injury they will receive from the rays of the sun, if permitted to shine upon them in full force; some of the very darkest cannot stand it one hour without being entirely spoiled. The light-colored sorts will bear the sun’s rays much better, reflecting them in proportion as they approach to white; green is the only color that reflects and absorbs the rays of light in equal proportion, and is more predominant in the vegetable kingdom than any other. After the bloom is over, watering 1s no longer necessary, but shading, in the middle of hot days, is still very beneficial to the plants: it tends to prolong their vegetation, and the size and substance of the roots are thereby increased 6273. Taking up the roots. By the end of June, or soon after, the greater part of the plants will ap- pear brown and dry: vegetation has then ceased, and it is the exact time to take up the roots, because if they are suffered to remain in the ground till rainy weather ensues, they will begin to shoot afresh, and thereby sustain considerable injury. When the roots are taken up, their stems,&c. should be cut off close, and they should be placed in a shady airy room, or situation, to dry gradually; but before this is perfectly accomplished, it will be proper to clean and separate them, because, when quite dried, they be- come very hard and brittle, and there is great danger of breaking off their claws: some may be separated into many complete roots, although they are so closely connected, as, on a superficial observation, to have the appearance of only one large root. Nothing more remains to be done, till the return of the planting season, except to stow the sorts separately in bags or boxes, for the sake of convenience, in a dry room, in which state it is possible to keep them out of ground for two or three years without perishing, although it evidently tends to weaken and injure them: there have been instances known of the ranunculus-roots sur- viving till the fifth or sixth year; they were, however, rendered extremely weak, nor could any but very strong roots retain their vegetative powers for so long a period. Williamson takes up the roots immediately after the color of the foliage begins to change. 6274. Forcing. The ranunculus may be forced, but loses much of its strength of stem and brilliancy of color. Sursecr. 4. dnemone.— Anemone, L. Polyand. Polygyn. L. and Ranunculaceae, die Anémone, Fr.; Windblume, Ger.; and Anemone, Ital. 6275. There are two species of anemone cultivated as florists’ flowers, under the com- mon name of anemone: the A. coronaria, L., or poppy-anemone(Bot. Mag. 841.)(fig. 594- a), a native of the Levant, and introduced in 1596; and the A4.-hortensis, the star or broad-leaved anemone(6), a native of Italy, and introduced from Holland in 1597. The anemone has been cultivated from as early a period as the tulip, and many fine double varieties produced both by the Dutch and British. The single and semi-double flowers are nearly in as high estimation as the double ones. 6276. Varieties. These are numerous, but few of them are named. Parkinson, in 1629, enu- merates thirty sorts of single narrow-leaved ane- mones, and nearly as many double and single of the broad-leaved sort. Mason’s catalogue for 1820 contains seventy-five sorts. A variety will last for twelve or fifteen years. | gall hott nott, crerton; vag h erets interior P number© great thers fe ting each( from the centte ol q grea i qermied short; and not color ghoul be! {riking ifit oon the bottom of th considerdbly int with alternate i) ghould not ext 6278. Pr 4 ing approved 50 with t t not have time to ¥ | of their perishing, Th the exigency or cit Usually happen to the time of Plant Tots ae exceed their fibres, and ¢ Tot be thrown aya mithout which it i Tlorced like the| this purpose, Boox ITI. ANEMONE. 837 6277. Criterion of a fine double anemone.(fig. 595.)‘ The stem should be strong, elastic, and erect, not less than nine in- ae: (\\\\ wl SOA. LAAN NAN‘ ches high. The blossom, or corolla, should be at least two inches and a half in dia- meter, consisting of an exterior row of large substantial well rounded petals, or guard-leayes, at first horizontally ex-‘ tended, and then turning a little upwards, so as to form a broad shallow cup, the interior part of which should contain a great number of long small petals, imbri- cating each other, and rather reverting from the centre of the blossom; there are a great number of small slender stamens, intermixed with these petals, but they are short, and not easily discernible. The color should be clear and distinct when diversified in the same flower, or brilliant and striking if it consists only of one color, as blue, crimson, or scarlet,&c., in which case the bottom of the broad exterior petals is generally white; but the beauty and contrast is considerably increased when both the exterior and interior petals are regularly marked with alternate blue and white, or pink and white,&c. stripes, which in the broad petals should not extend quite to the margin.” 6278. Propagation. By seed for new varieties, and by dividing the root for continu- ing approved sorts. 6279. By seed. Select* single or semi-double flowers, that have strong, tall, and erect stems, large well formed cups, and petals of very brilliant colors. The seed must be gathered from time to time as it opens; for, being very downy and light, it will otherwise be blown away by the first breeze of wind, or fall down and be lost: it may be sown at the same time, and be treated in all respects like that of ranuncu- luses; the seedlings will, like those, blow strong the second year. It will be found very difficult to sow anemone-seed in a regular manner: itis united with, and enveloped in a downy substance, that upon being put together in quantity, adheres in such a manner as to render it necessary to make use of some sand or earth to separate it on sowing; nor will this be effected sufficiently without considerable labor in rubbing it for a long time amongst the earth, as it ought not to. adhere together in lumps, which would not allow the young plants space enough to form their roots. There will be found but few double flowers amongst the seedlings, nor can it hardly ever be expected there should, if the seed be entirely saved from single ones; of course, the greater number of broad petals the flower of the seed-bearer possesses, so much greater is the probability of procuring large double flowers from the seed of it.”’ 6280. By dividing the root. When the division is properly made, every piece will blow the first year, and is therefore to be treated in the same way as such as are full-grown.; 6281. Choice of full-grown roots. Select fresh plump roots of moderate size; large overgrown roots, which are hollow in the centre and often decayed, are to be avoided, as they never blow strong. 6282. Soil and situation, and preparation of the bed. The same as for the ranunculus. db 6283. Planting and future culture. The distance between the roots may be the same as for the ranun- eae culus. Attend to place that side of the roots next the soil in which the decayed rudiments of small : thread-like fibres will be observed, and cover about two inches deep.‘“‘ Anemones are hardier than ranunculuses, and, consequently, may be always planted in the autumn with safety; the most advisable time is about the middle of October, by which means they will blow a week or two earlier than the tulips: if they are planted ten days or a fortnight after the tulips, they will all bloom together; but a few days earlier or later in the planting will scarcely be perceptible at the time of flowering: it is, how- ever, proper to observe; that such roots as are planted in October, will blow stronger, and, when taken up, will be found of a larger size than those that are planted towards the end of November, especially if the winter proyes mild; but if the winter sets in early, and proves severe, late-planted roots will Dis, not have time to vegetate before frosty weather takes place; in which case there will be great danger ten sl 02 of their perishing, unless they are covered with straw, just sufficiently to keep frost from the roots, as F they are then in a state of inactivity, but replete with moisture, which renders them more susceptihle of« yh injury from frost, and, at the same time, in much greater danger of mouldiness than after vegetation has Bane commenced. The covering must therefore be taken off and put on, as often, and in such proportion, as yy, I the exigency or circumstance of the case requires.” Water and protect from high winds and heavy eee rains, as directed for ranunculuses. A sts 0 6284. Taking up the roots.‘* Anemones continue longer after bloom in a state of vegetation than ra- nunculuses, probably because of their greater degree of succulency; and even at the proper time to take On of them up, it will sometimes happen, that part of their foliage will not be entirely divested of greenness and moisture; this will often be the case when frequent showers of rain intervene, and are admitted between . the times of blowing and the maturity of the roots: when it thus happens, much skill is required to ascer- tain the critical period to take up the roots; for if they are suffered to remain 1n the damp or wet ground a few days too long, they will shoot afresh, and be thereby materially weakened and injured; it is, indeed, better to take them up rather too early, than suffer them to re-vegetate in this manner; but the roots will not be so-firm and solid as if done at the exact time. The safest and most effectual method to pre- serve them from these disagreeable consequences, is to keep off all rains after the bloom is quite over, by means of mats on hoops; the roots will then regularly and gradually mature, and the foliage will, in like manner, become brown and dry, which will point out the true time to take up the roots; and this will usually happen to be about a month after full bloom. The whole subsequent treatment of_the roots, till the time of planting, is the same as for ranunculuses, with only the following caution, viz. that as the roots are exceedingly brittle, it is necessary to handle them very gently upon dressing or cleaning away their fibres, and the soil that adheres to them; however, should only small pieces break off, such should not be thrown away, as each will, in the course of a few years, become a blooming root, if it has an eye, without which it is of no value; but that seldom happens to be the case.”(Maddock.) Anemones may be forced like the ranunculus; but, as it generally destroys the roots, the finest sorts should not be devoted to this purpose. _ Cs a Sey 5 erie $38 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III, Suzsecr. 5. Crocus.— Crocus, L. Trian. Monog. L. and Iridee, B. P. Safran, Fr. Safran, Ger.; and Zaffarano, Ital. 2 6285. The bulb of the crocus is round, sclid, and compressed, with a netted skin, from the centre of which arise four or five grass-like leaves, and one or two flowers. Out of the centre of the tube of the flower arises a slender style, crowned by a broad flat stigma of a gold color. After the flower is past, the germ, which hitherto was seated on the bulb at the base of the tube, pushes out of the ground, and ripens its seeds; a singular economy in nature, and which occurs only in the colchicum, and afew. other plants. All the known species of this genus may be considered as florists’ flowers. Many botanists, indeed, reckon only two species, the C. vernus, or spring-blowing crocus; and_ the C. sativus, the saffron, or autumn crocus. 596.), they consider that the C. CC: the C. biflorus(fig. 598. a), the C. susiana(b), the C. sulphureus(c), and the€.:mesianus(d and e), with their numerous subvarieties, have been produced by culture or locality From the Crocus sativus, or saffron-crocus(Eng: Bot. 543. and our fig. 599. a), they think it likely that the C. serotinus(fig. 599. b) and the C. nudiflorus( fig. 599. c) have been also originated by cultivation or accident. 3 6286. All the sorts of crocus have been, time out of mind, and still are, great ornaments to the garden; the spring sorts coming into flower in February and March, and the autumn sorts in September and October. The color of the spring crocus in its wild state, in Switzerland, is white with a purple base; it is considered as naturalised in Eng- land, but, when found wild, is almost always of a_ yellow color. The autumn crocus, or saffron, is also found wild in some places, and considered as naturalised; but it ap- pears to be an African plant, which its Arabic name, sahafaran, seems to justify, and introduced originally in Edward the Third’s time._ Its color is generally purple or blue, as is that of most of the autumn varieties in cultivation at present. 6287. Varieties. None of these are double. Of the spring crocus, Parkinson has enumerated twenty-seven varieties; the fundamental colors of which are blue, purple, yellow, and white. Miller recites twelve as leading sorts. Mason’s catalogue for 1820 mentions‘twenty named sorts,” besides the light, dark, and striped purple, cloth of gold, the Scotch crocus beautifully striped, the white, the large and small yellow, and several striped sorts. The Dutch are continually producing new varieties, as are some florists in this country, of which Haworth(Hort. Trans. j. 122.) may be cited as an in- stance. Of the autumn crocus, Parkinson has enumerated four, and Ray six varieties. Miller has only four: the sweet-smelling, of a deep blue; the mountain, of a paler blue; the many-flowering, bluish; and the small-flowering. Most of these varieties are now lost.: 6288. Criterion of a good crocus. Clear or brilliant colors, and each color distinctly marked and finely pencilled in the striped and variegated sorts. 6289. Propagation. By seed, for new varieties; and by offset-bulbs, for common Boox II. NARCISSUS. 339 purposes.‘The latter generally flower the first spring after planting, and are treated in all respects as full-grown roots.: 6290. By seed. The following directions are by Haworth. immediately after being gathered, superfluous moisture thinly; for almost every se with the mould.‘The most eligible aspect, or situ set in, is a moderately shady yet unshelter *‘ The seeds of crocuses are best sown, in light dry earth, in large pots, or pans, or small shallow boxes, with a sufficiency of holes and potsherds at the bottom, for the purpose of draining off with certainty all weather, except such heavy showers as would wash bare the seeds. rains commence, remove the boxes to a warm aspect 5 ed one: permitting them ed will vegetate, and cover not more than half an inch ation, for the seminal boxes, until the autumnal rains to receive all the influence of the As soon, however, as the autumnal and protect them from all excessive rains, frosts, and snows, by the occasional shelter of a garden-frame: allowing them, nevertheless, the benefit of the full air at other times, but more especially after the seminal leaf(for they have but one, being monoco- tvledonous plants), eager to commence the career of life, urges its fine setaceous point above the surface ofthe earth. This occurs sometimes about the end of the year; but oftener in earliest spring. After this it is quite essential that the y should have complete exposure to the air, even in frosty weather; screening them, however, Occasionally, like early radishes, with loose straw, from other injurious effects of frost; so as to prevent their being raised out of their i nfantile beds by its baneful effects. In this manner may the young crocuses be treated until the sun acquires sufficient power to dry the earth in their boxes, so as to require daily waterings. cooler, but not sheltered situation, and here they may r as just hinted, at all times, and in every situation, while their waterings, when the sun is not shining, as they may reason It will be then found advantageous to remove them to a emain until their leaves die down; giving them, leaves are growing, such discretional rose- ably appear to require: but never until the earth they grow in becomes dry: not any whatever, after their leaves begin to look yellow. After this period, it is necessary to defend them from all humidity, August, or beginning of September.” 6291. From weeds, worms, slugs, and snails, kept as clear as possible. And ifthe surface 0 point of a knife, or fine piece of stick, rate the bulbs: operating no doubt, as of this paper conceives,) proving salubrious to vege the soil, but by admitting new accesses of atmospheric air tow and stimulating their absorbent inspiration of its oxygen: without as well as animals, eventually become feeble and sick. except dews and gentle rains, until the end of “ it is almost needless to observe, they should constantly be f the earth in their boxes is occasionally stirred with the it will never fail to be attended with beneficial effects, and invigo- a sort of hoeing, and, like that important practice,(as the writer tables of every denomination, not only by lightening ards their roots; and thereby facilitating, a due supply of which all vegetables, If, notwithstanding the precaution of thinly sowing the seeds, the plants in any of your seminal boxes should have grown s0 thickly together as to have incommoded each other, it will be desirable to have such taken up, and replanted immediately further asunder in fres not too crowded, they will require h earth, and about three quarters of an inch deep. But if they are no shifting this their first autumn; but merely about a quarter of an inch of fresh mould sifted over them, previously stirring and cleaning the surface of the old from moss and weeds; and observing not to bury the young bulbs not yet so large as lentils, deeper than three quarters of an inch, or an inch at the most.“he second season requires exactly the same manage- ment as the first. But as soon as their second year’s foliage has passed away, the roots should all be taken up, and replanted again the same or following day, into fresh earth, of the same kind as before, about an inch deep, and as much apart, and treated as above. Nor does the third season demand any alteration in their management; sifting over them in autumn half an inch of fresh earth. The spring following, ifthey have been duly attended to, most done so the season before) in the of them will show flowers(a few, perhaps, having midst of their fourth crop of leaves; fully rewarding with the cheering colors of their new faces all the preceding assiduity and care.”(Hort. Trans. i. 125.) 6292. Choice of bulbs. Observe that the base decayed. 6293. Soil, situation, and culture. ber is the best season for planting; colors mingled in the same manner; is not mouldy, nor the bud or summit of the bulb They will grow in any common soil, but prefer a loamy sand.~ Octo- the more select varieties are grown in beds like the hyacinth, and the the distance from bulb to bulb about three inches. The more ordi- nary sorts are grown as border-flowers, and form an important par yt the early flowers of the front row. (fig. 552.a) They are very hardy, and require no care till the ledves begin to fade, when they should be taken up, and kept in a state of rest for two or three months.‘Some do not take them up oftener than once in three years, which answers very well for the border sorts. Even these, however, should not be left longer, because, as the young bulbs are form. face every year, till at last, if neglected, they are thrown out and lost. SupseEct. 6. Narcissus.— Narcissus, edon the tops of the others, they come nearer to the sur- L. Her. Monog. L. and Amaryllidee, B. P. Narcisse, Fr. and Ger.; and Narcisso, Ttal. 6294. The bulb of the narcissus is pear-shaped and tunic ated, the leaves succulent and linear, and the flower-stems, which are from six to eighteen inches in height, bear either solitary or fasciculated flowers; generally odoriferous. Most of the species the N. Pseudo-Narci They come into flower in February, March, and April. The popular division of this genus 1s into daffodils, white narcissus, jonquils, and polyanthus narcissus. 6295. Species and varieties. The daffodils are N. Pseudo Narcissus (Eng. Bot. 17.), of which the varieties are the common double, the double with white petals and a yellow cup, the single with yellow petals and a golden cup, three or four concentric cups, Tradescant’s daffodil, and above a dozen other nameless varieties; the neerless, or two-flowered daffodil(N. Vislorus)(Eng. Bot. 276), and a variety (N. b. a tentior) with one flower onl on the scape; the two-colored daf- fodil(N. bicolor)(Bot. Mag. 1187.), a native of Spain, and a variety of the great yellow Spanish, the largest flower of the genus; the least daffodil(N minor)(Bot. Mag. 6.); the rush-leaved (N. triandrus)(Bot. Mag. 48.) 5; and some other species and varieties. The white narcissi are the poets’ nar- cissus(N. poeticus); the ear! y-flowered (N. p. a. angustifolius); and the late- flowered(N. Pf majalis); the musk- narcissus(N. moschatus)(Eng. Bot. 1300.); the eastern narcissus(N. ori- entalis)(Bot. Mag. 948.), and the yel- lowish and large-flowered varieties; the hoop-petticoat narcissus(NV. bul- bocodium)(Bot. Mag. 88.) 5 and the paper narcissus(N. papyraceus), with other varieties the color of the flower is either white or yellow, and are natives of the south of Europe, but one, ssus, is a native of England, and common in woods in clayey soils. The jonquils are the common(N. jon- quilla)(Bot. Mag. 15.), so named from its rush or jonc-like leaves; the double- flowered jonquil; the sweet-scented jonquil(NV. odorus)(Bot. Mag. 934.) 5 the great jonquil(N. catathinus)(Bot. Mag. 78.); and some minor varieties. The polyanthus narcissi are the com- mon(N. tazzetta)(Bot. Mag. 925.); the sulph ur-colored, single and double; the white and yellow, single and double; and above a hundred other sorts, with arbitrary names given by the Dutch, who have highly improved this division ofthe genus. Some of these sorts are considered species by botanists. 6296. Criterion of a good narcissus. Strong erect stems; regularity of form and dis- position in the petals and nectars; distinctness and clearness of color; and in the many- flowered sorts, the peduncles all of the same leneth, and coming into flower at once. 6297. Propagation. By seed for new varieties, but genet 8H 4 ally by offsets, which, as they 840 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pase ELE: seldom flower the first year after separation, should not be planted with the full-grown roots, but in a bed of light loamy soil by themselves in the reserve-garden.‘They should not be planted later than the beginning of September. 6298. By seed. Miller directs to sow in flat pans, filled with fresh, light, sandy earth, about the be- ginning of August, soon after the seed is ripe; to place the pans where they will receive only the morn- ing sun till October. Then expose them to the full sun, and protect them from heavy rains and frosts till April, when they will have come up, and must be removed to their first situation. In June, the leaves wiii have decayed, when some fresh earth is to be shifted over the surface of the pans, Treat them in other respects during the second winter as during the first. The end of the second summer after sowing, the roots are to be taken up and planted at about three inches’ distance every way, in beds raised and rounded to throw off the water.‘These beds are to be protected in winter by old tan-ashes orhaulm. After remaining two years in this situation, they are to be taken up and planted in others, dug deep, and with a little rotten cow-dung buried in the bottom of the fibres to strike into. Here the roots are to be planted at six inches’ distance, having earth sifted over them when the leaves decay, and tan or ashes in winter. The second season of their growth in this bed, that is, the fifth from sowing, most of the bulbs will come into flower. Such as are esteemed good flowers may be taken up and treated as full-grown bulbs; but those which have not flowered, or of which the flowers are of doubtful excel- lence, may remain another year. Miller says, none should be rejected till they have flowered two or three times: as it often happens, that their first blowing is not near so beautiful as their second and third. 6269. Choice of full-grown bulbs. Select such as are rounded towards the base rather than compressed, with full sound tops, and bottoms free from mouldiness or decayed fibres. 6300. Sotl, situation, and planting. As eastern aspect is to be preferred; and, according tu Miller, the best soil is fresh, light, hazel loam, mixed with a little very rotten cow-dung. The bed in which they are to be planted must be excavated three feet deep, and filled with this compost, and then the roots planted on it about eight inches’ distance every way, and covered from six to eight inches, in the man- ner directed for tulips. The best time for planting is August, or the beginning of September. 6301. Culture. Stirring the soil, weeding, and watering are all that is in general required: but such as wish to produce a very perfect show of flowers, shelter with an awning in the manner recommended for hyacinths. In winter, the beds require the protection of tan or litter, which should be put on in October or November, and removed, and the soil stirred in February or March. Where the narcissi are cultivated for commercial purposes, the strength of the bulb is greatly increased by cutting off the flower-stem when the flowers begin to expand. The’ flower is still valuable, being expanded till in a marketable state by inserting the stalk in water.‘ Some years ago I gained admittance into the grounds of Daniel Carter, at Fulham, who has long cultivated large quantities of polyanthus narcissuses for sale, and was surprised’ to find all the crop nearly gathered, though very early in the season. His son, how- ever, explained the mystery, by taking me into a large barn, which was filled with the gathered flowers, blowing in pans of water; and he told me that by doing this, the bulbs continued to produce as abund- ant‘ crops every year, as new ones imported from Holland. The practice was suggested to him by re- marking, that ia a bed left for seed one year, very few roots sent up a complete bunch of flowers the following season, and many roots none at all. He therefore now cuts off the stalk close to the ground, 2 soon as ey or three of the flowers are expanded, but is very careful not to injure the leaves.”(Hort. Trans. i. 362. 6302. Taking up the buibs. The bulbs should not be taken up oftener than every third year, if they are expected to flower strong and make a great increase. If they remain longer than three years, the offsets will become so numerous as to weaken the bulbs, which will at first flower weakly, and in time cease al- most entirely to show flowers. The Dutch take up these roots every year, because their object is to fur- nish a round plump root, and the way to accomplish this is to take off the offsets annually, to prevent their pressing against and flattening the parent bulb. The bulbs being dried in the shade, may be laid in an airy situation in the seed-loft till wanted for planting. 6303. Forcing. These bulbs force well, and either in deep pots of sandy loam, or in water-glasses; their previous treatment is the same as we have prescribed for the hyacinth; and they are highly odoriferous and ornamental in apartments. Suznstct. 7. Iris.—TJris, L. Trian. Monog. L. and Iridea, B. P. L’Iris, Fr.3 Schwertlilie, Ger.; and Iride, Ital.(figs. 600, 601.) 4 Ae 5: Pere) ia 6304. There are several species of iris which are considered florists’ flowers. = he Persian iris(I. Persica)(Bot. Mag., and our fig. 600. a); a very low bulbous rocted plant, with delicate blue and violet-colored flowers, greatly esteem- ed for their beauty and sweet smell, which is so powerful that one plant will scent a whole room. It is a native of Persia, and was cultivated by Par- kinson in 1629. The bulbs are ge- nerally imported from Holland, and blow in water,glasses, or pots of sand with very little earth intermixed, in February and March. The snake’s-head iris(I. tuberosa)(Bot. Mag. 531. and.fig. 600.b) has long narrow four-corneréd leaves, and a dark pve flower, which appears in April. | tis anative of the Levant, and was| cultivated in 1597. The tubers are generally imported from Holland. The Chalcedonian iris(I. susiana)(Bot. Mag. 91. and ,fig. 600.c) has finely str?ated leaves, a scape a span high, and the largest and most magnificent corolla of all the species. Its petals are of a delicate texture, almost as broad as a hand, purple or black, qr for 4 fest In loamy soil from frosts during Y exposttes heltere® est of the three, Te winter Nove of Jeaves decay 5 they tance every W234 tuber. If thes and the plants a0 606.(uA 1 x poste Boox II. striped with white. It flowers in the beginning of June; is a native of the Levant, and was cultivated by Gerrard in 1596. The bulbous-rooted, or Spanish iris(J. xiphium)(Bot. Mag. 686, and fig. 601. a) has channelled leaves, convoluted during their whole length, and awl- shaped at the tip; the flowers of the FRITILLARY. wid plant are blue, with emarginate petals, and appear in June; but culti- vation has produced a great number of varieties with yellow, white, violet, and variegated flowers. It is a native of the south of Europe, and was cul- tivated by Gerrard in 1596. The great bulbous-rooted iris, the English iris of the Dutch,(I. wiphioides)(Bot. &4l Mag. 602. and fig. 601. b), is much larger than the other in all its parts. the flower-stalk is near twice the height,-and the flowers are more than dotble the size. It is equally prolific in varieties as J. xiphium, of which itis by some botanists considered only a variety. The tubers of both sorts are annually imported from Holland. 6305. Culture of the first three species.‘These seldom ripen their seeds in this country, nor are they often propagated here from offsets, annual supplies of bulbs being obtained from Holland, and generally forced like the hyacinth. Justice says(Brit. Gard. Direct. 222.) the Dutch florists told him, that they never could obtain any varieties from sowing the seeds of the Persian iris; nor could this author himself, who cultivated the plant, and raised seedlings at Crichton, near Edinburgh, with great care and considerable success. The three sorts are best cultivated under the protection of a frame, where their flowers will be less liable to injury than in the open air, and where their leaves will be stronger and more able to nourish the bulbs and offsets. The Chalcedonian iris, Curtis observes, thrives best in a loamy soil and sunny exposure, with a pure air, but guarded from moisture, and from frosts during winter. The Persian iris thrives best in a light sandy loam and eastern exposure, sheltered from rains and frosts, like the other.‘The snake’s-head iris is the hardi- est of the three, requires the same soil and exposure as the Persian, but less care during winter. None of these sorts need be taken up oftener than once in three years, when the leaves decay; they should be replanted in a month or six weeks afterwards, at six inches’ dis- tance every way, and covered from two to four inches according to the size of the bulbous tuber. If the soilin which the bulbous and tuberous sorts of iris is planted be loose and deep, and the plants not taken up every three, or at most four years, they will run downand be lost. 6306. Culture of the bulbous irises. Miller and Justice recommend a light sandy loam, not rich, and an eastern exposure. The plants are multiplied abundantly by offsets, and as they also produce seeds freely, many new varieties are obtained in that manner. Justice says, he raised a great number with very little trouble(Brit. Gard. Direct. 430.); and Masters says,‘* I know of no flower that better repays the time and attention of the horticulturist.” The following are this author’s directions for its propagation by seed. “Tn August the seeds become ripe, and are plentifully produced on all seedling plants, although, like many other plants, but sparingly, and very frequently not at all, on such as have been long increased by offsets, or parting the roots; they may be sown in slight drills, about six inches asunder, as soon as ripe; and inthe March following, they will make an appearance very similar to rows of young onions. With no other care than frequent weeding, they may remain in the seed-bed for three years, for they are much more hardy than most kinds of seedling bulbs, and, therefore, will not even require protection from the frosts. In August or September of the third year, it willbe necessary to transplant them into beds, at one foot’s distance, row from row, and the bulbs six inches apart; and in two years from their re- moval, most of the strongest will show blossom, and nearly all in the year following, or the sixth from the seed. If, during the time the roots are at rest, the, top surface of the earth is carefully removed, and fresh light Me\(A[\ loam is substituted, a year will be saved, for this treat- NT) NN zs es:: TWN Yi v8 ment will greatly promote the growth of the bulbs, and with RY these, as well as many other seedling plants, it is not a stated time that must pass before they blossom, but only such a portion as will allow the bulb to attain a size sufficient to contain vigor to produce and perfect a flower-stem, the g rudiment of which is formed in the preceding summer.“7% When they blossom, a selection can be made, and the va-»@~ The; rieties perpetuated by the increase of their offsets. most proper time for removing the bulbs isin August and September, those kept out of ground until Christmas rarely blossom in the succeeding summer.”(Hort. Trans. iv. 413.) 6307. Flowering bulbs. Every third year, in August, is the most proper time for taking them up; and they should, if possible, be replanted in September following. Masters f£ says, those kept out of ground till Christmas rarely blos- som in the succeeding summer. They may be planted either in beds, at eight inches or a foot distant every way, or in mingled borders, care being taken in either case to prevent the roots running down by removal every third year, or by a substratum of tiles or compact rubbish within eighteen inches of the surface. These species are very hardy, and flowering so late as June, require no protection either in summer or winter. They are seldom or never forced. Suzsecr. 8. Fritillary.— Fritillaria, L. Hexan. Monog. L. and Lilia, J.( fig.602.) ' 6308. Of the fritillary there are three species which are considered as florists’ flowers; of these species there are numerous varieties. vn-imperial(F. Imperialis.(Bot. 194.) La Couronne Imperiale, Fr.; was cultivated here in 1596. Thereis of limpid nectareous juice standing in it,- asmaller variety, with a shorter stem, when the flower is in vigor. Another rirone, Ger.; and La Corona Im- periale, Ital.)( fig. 602. a) has a scaly Bibs from which arise strong stems, from two to four feet in height, fur- nished with numerous broad shining green leaves, and crowned with a whorl of showy pendulous flowers, yel- low, red, or striped in various ways, which appear in March and April. It is one of the earliest ornaments of the flower-garden, producing a fine ap- pearance in the middle of large borders, at a season when such flowers are most wanted. The“ singular nectary,” Pro- fessor Martyn observes,‘ cannot but engage the attention of the curious observer; it is a white glandular cavity, as the base of each petal, and has a drop of the wonders of nature may be ob- served in the peduncles which bend down while the plant is in flower, but become upright as the seed ripens.” There are above a dozen varieties in cultivation, distinguished by the dif- ferent shades of yellow, white, and red in the flower, and by being striped double or semi-double. The Persian fritillary(F. Persica)(Bot. Mag. 1537, and fig. 602.b) has a large round root, the size of an orange; the stem is three feet high, and the flowers in a loose spike at the top, forming a pyramid.‘They are of a dark purple color, and appear in May, but seldom produce seeds in England. It is anative of Persia, and and smaller leaves and flowers. The common fritillary, or chequered lily, (F. Meleagris(Eng. Bol. 602.) La Fritil- laire Meleagre, Fr.; Kieb y, Ger.; and Giglio variegato, Ital.( fig. 602. c), has a solid tuber, about the of a nut, a stem from twelve to eighteen inches high, with linear leaves, and one or more pendulous flowers on the top of the stem. It is a native of Britain, and flowers in Aprit and May, or m March in mild seasons.‘There are nearly twenty varieties, withred, white, purple, black, striped, and_ double flowers, besides an umbellate fritillary, a mule between this species and the crown-imperial. a eT 842 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Heohitd _ 6309. Propagation.‘The common method is by offSets; but they may be raised from seed, whi ripens readily, and is to be treated in all respects like that of the tulip, the seedlings of hs SSSth\ hich rial flowering in the fifth or sixth year, and those of the two other species in the third or fe epauAmpe- 6310. Culture of flowering bulbs.“ They delight in a light soil, not too wet nor very full of. ee should be dug deep, and the bulbs may be planted six inches deep, and from eighteen inch. ki eee It distant every way; but they have the best effect in a mingled flower-border. They need mots i e up above once in three years, when the stems are withered in May or June, and they should n de= en longer out of the ground than two months. ot be kept Sussecr. 9. Lily.— Lilium, L. Hevund. Monogyn. L. and Lilie, J. Lis, Fr.; Lilie, Ger.; and Giglio, Ital. Bie? 6311. Of the lily there are sixteen species introduced in Britain, and the whole of them may be reckoned very choice flowers. We shall notice particularly, only those species, of which numerous varieties have been produced.‘These are:—;: The white lily(L- Candidum)(Bot. Mag.| the stem produces small green bulbs in scarlet martagon(L. Chalcedoni 278.) has a large scaly bulb, a leafy the axillz of the leaves. Of this spe- of which tieraare als¢ ee stem, from three to four feet in height. cies, there are eight or ten varieties and Besides the above x Sea ath re: terminating in large pure white flow ers subvarieties. satios There a A ee png, their va- on peduncles. It is a native of the The martagon, or Turk’s cap,(L. Mar- supe rhinm or Ayestee fe pe dens Levant, and was in most gardens in tagon)(Bot. Mag. 893.), has a large sae Sot Tee ay eee Cae Gerrard’s time. Of this species there scaly bulb, a stalk furnished with- Japonic um, or Ja yan lily witt ster ene are above eight varieties.| row leaves, near three feet high and 5 feet, and the owase, niches broad The orange lily(L. bulbiferwm)(Bot. terminating peduncles of fine carmine pure white with a qnaets of bh ata Mag.36.) has a scaly bulb, a leafy stem, flowers in July. Of this species there equally meriting ealegati aS on two feet anda half high, terminating are half a dozen varieties, besides the flowers. 2 etn GS GSR in orange-colored flowers. Sometimes 6312. Propagation. This is almost always by offSet-bulbs; but new varieties may be raised from seed, which ripens in most sorts in August: being treated as directed for raising new varieties of the narcissus, the young bulbs will flower the fourth and fifth years. 6313. Culture of flowering bulbs. The more common sorts, species, and varieties, will thrive in an soil and situation, even under the shade of trees. The Canadian, Pomponian, and Philadelphian mae tagons are somewhat tender, and require the protection of ashes or rotten bark in winter. They are ge- nerally planted in borders, and need not be taken up oftener than every three or four years in September. and replanted six inches deep in the October following. None of the species can be safely transplanted, after they have pushed leaves, without weakening them so as to prevent their flowering for several years, This remark, indeed, will apply to most bulbous-rooted plants. Griffin, of South Lambeth whose supe- rior skill in the cultivation of bulbous plants is well known(Hort. Trans. iv. 544.), has been in the prac- tice of keeping the lilium japonicum in pots, protected by a green-house or garden-frame; but he thinks they thrive best in the former. He places the bulb in twenty-four-sized pots, not lower than an inch from the surface of the mould, which is composed of about two thirds peat and one third loam, the bottom of the pot being covered to the depth of two inches, with broken pieces of tile and the rough siftings of peat The plants are kept entirely from frost, and are watered very little when in a dormant state, for they are then very impatient of wet in excess. The pots kept in the green-house are placed at a distance from the flue to prevent the mould drying quickly.(Hort. Trans. iv. 554.) Brooks grows ina brick-pit, which he can cover with mats or glasses at pleasure; but he says, it“* appears to be sufficiently hardy to en- dure our winters, as I have had a bed of them two years in the open ground without protection.” (Hort. Trans. iv. 552.) Sussecr. 10. Amaryllidee.—Amaryllis, L. Her. Monog. L. and Amaryllidee, B. P. Lis-narcisse, Fr.; Narcissenlilie, Ger.; and Giglio Narcisso, Ital. 6314. The amaryllidee is a splendid family, lately subdivided into those of Nerine, Coburgia, and Brunsvigia(see Bot. Mag.), of which almost every species may be consi- dered a select flower. The A. amabilis, Josephina, and Vittata, are reckoned the most splendid bulbous-rooted plants; and the 4. formosissima, or Jacobea lily; Sarniensis, or Guernsey lily; Belladonna,&c. are less magnificent, but of very great beauty. Most of the species are green-house or stove plants, and natives of the Cape of Good Hope, China, or South America. Various hybrids of this family have been produced by Her- bert, Sweet, Gower, and others.(Hort. Trans. iv. 488.&c.) 6315. Propagation and culture. New sorts, as in similar cases, are procured by seed; but the most usual mode, as few of these plants have ripened their seeds in this country, is by offsets from the flowering bulbs, removed yearly, or every time the bulbs are taken out of the ground. The great art in cultivating these, and ail other bulbs, is to procure vigorous leaves, as on these depend the quantity of nutritive matter prepared and deposited in the bulb, and consequently its ability to flower the following season. The circumstance of several of these plants, as the Guernsey lily, flowering in the autumn, and producing their leaves afterwards under the disadvantages ofa winter’s sun, is the reason why they have been hitherto cultivated with so little success in this country, and why we are obliged to import the bulbs annually from other countries. The observations of Knight on this subject are particularly valuable; they more immediately refer to the Guernsey lily, but they are equally applicable to all exotic bulbs.‘ Bulbous roots increase in size, and proceed in acquiring powers to produce blossoms, only during the periods in which they have leaves, and in which such leaves are exposed to light; and these organs always operate most efficiently when they are young, and have just attained their full growth. The bulb of the Guernsey lily, as it is usually cultivated in this country, rarely produces leaves till September, or the beginning of October, at which period, the quantity of light afforded by our climate is pro- bably quite insufficient for a plant,- which is said to be a native of the warm and bright climate of Japan; and before the return of spring, its leaves are necessarily grown old, and nearly out of office, even when they have been safely protected from frost through the winter, It is, therefore, not extraordinary, that a bulb of this species, which has once expended itself in affording flowers, should but very slowly recover the power of blossoming again. Considering, therefore, the deficiency of light and heat, owing to the late period of its vegetation, as the chief cause why this plant so often fails to produce flowers, I inferred that nothing more would be required to make it blossom, as freely, at least, as it does in Guernsey, than such a slight degree of artificial heat, applied early in the summer, as would prove sufficient to make the bulbs vegetate a few weeks earlier than usual in the autumn. Early in the summer of 1816, a bulb, which had blossomed in the preceding autuma, was subjected to such a degree of artificial heat, as occasioned it to vegetate six weeks, or more, earlier than it would otherwise have done. It did not, of course, produce any flowers; but in the following season it blossomed early and strongly, and hou Hal whic sprouting{ ete stigma Oe rathet too low fost! obtained seed from 1 pert recoul wphiolesome com the wet them.” of the culm, Be 010, The : 1D Poo M02, and Bi«Lite =~] frames without Dott Y. Tom seed Dy Die yield in beauty tot Soasten, 12, 7 ant Hom 6322, The tu stems four or fi powerful fragra 1594, and to By butin warm sit tally imported Ot the Guernsey I this country@ teen, but both a 18, General Mil , and brow Boox Ii. IXIZ AND GLADIOLI, TUBEROSE. 843 afforded two offsets. These were put, in the spring of 1818, into pots, containing about one eighth of a square foot of light and rich mould, and were fed with manured water, and their period of vegetation was again accelerated by artificial heat. Their leaves, consequently, grew yellow from maturity, early in the present spring, when the pots were placed in rather a shady situation, and near a north wall, to afford me an opportunity of observing to what extent, in such a situation, the early production of the leaves in the preceding seasons had changed the habit of the plant. I entertained no doubt but that both the bulbs would afford blossoms, but I was much gratified by the appearance of the blossoms in the first week in July. From the success of the preceding experiment, I conclude that if the offsets, and probably the PSone bulbs of this plant which have produced flowers, be placed in a moderate hot-bed, in the end of May, to mesh occasion the early production of their leaves, blossoms would be constantly afforded in the following sea- son: but it will be expedient to habituate the leaves, thus produced, gradually to the open air, as soon as they are nearly fully grown, and to protect them from frost till the approach of spring.” 6316. The Rev. W. Williamson has adopted the same rationale as Knight; and, with the aid of a glass frame, without artificial heat, brought bulbs which had flowered into a state to flower again after two wis' winters. Had he applied artificial heat, he thinks one winter might probably have been sufficient. tee(Hort. Trans. iii. 450.) 6317. The Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert has found a similar treatment attended with corresponding suc- cess. Hesays,‘ the only attention which the Guernsey lily requires here(Spofforth, Yorkshire), is to give it sufficient air while the leaves are growing, that they may be strong and dark-colored; to protect the leaves from frost, keeping the pots near the light, if under glass; to give a moderate and, regular supply of water, and to leave the bulbs nearly dry, from the time the leaves decay, that is, about mid- summer, at latest, to the end of August, when the flower-buds should appear. If the bulbs are not left dry early in the summer, the autumnal shoot will be delayed till the season becomes too cold for the i proper growth of the flowers or leaves, and the natural course and vigor of the plant will be interrupted, a after which it will require at least a year to repair the injury it will have received. Whenever the sprouting of the bulb is tardy, it should be assisted by placing it, for a short time, in a warmer situation. if the stigma does not expand so as to become, after a few days, trifid, it isa sign that the temperature is rather too low to suit the plant, and the leaves will probably not push freely without more heat. I have obtained seed from the Guernsey lily by procuring the blossom early in an airy situation.” The soil Her- bert recommends+is a good yellow loam, without any manure; but he thinks“ they will thrive in any wholesome compost, which does not canker their bulbs. They should be planted partly above ground, for the wet earth round their necks will prevent their flowering or thriving, and will even sometimes destroy them.”(Hort. Trans. iv. 177.) The same treatment, with very few exceptions, he adds, suits the whole of the bulbs included under amaryllis, as well as a number of other allied genera, as hemanthus, pan- cratium, agapanthus,&c. Some species of these genera, as Amaryllis longifolia, W. and Crinum Asiati- cum, Rox., are natives of dry ditches that communicate at certain seasons with the water of the rivers in soe Bengal, where they root deeply in the mud. These species, and some others, Herbert found to succeed Dla perfectly when plunged during summer in apond,‘* Most of the crinums,” he says,‘‘ are swamp plants, ati or grow in river-mud, and should be cultivated in our stoves, with a pan of water under them, the bulbs i being raised above the earth, and stripped of all dead integuments. Agapanthus umbellatus flowers best hs hexa pra when so treated; the Amaryllis longifolia(which, he says, shouldbe named Crinum capense) will,” he N! has no doubt,“‘ flower as a hardy aquatic, if planted in any pond or river of two feet water, not liable to freeze at the bottom.”(Hort. Trans. iii. 188.) 6318. Some account of the culture of the Guernsey lily in the Island of Guernsey is given by Dr. Maccul- loch(Caled. Mem. ii. 62.): there they grow it in the open air, and protect it with sand during winter. rey ir Sussect. 11. IJvie and Gladiolii W. Trian. Monog. L. and Iridea, B. P. 6319. The ixie and gladioli include a number of recently formed genera(see Bot. Mag. and Bot. Reg.) of Cape bulbs, which may be flowered in the open air, under frames without bottom heat, or on shelves near the glass in green-houses. The Hon. L, mi W. Herbert, who has paid great attention to the culture of bulbs, is“ persuaded that Vary Ud the African gladioli will become great favorites with florists, when their beauty in the ; alt open border, the facility of their culture, and the endless variety which may be produced from seed by blending the several species, are fully known, nor will they be found to yield in beauty to the tulip and ranunculus.”(Hort. Trans. iv. 154.) 6320. Propagation and culture. They may either be propagated by seed or offset-bulbs; by the former mode, Herbert has produced numerous beautiful varieties.‘The proper soil for these and similar bulbs is . peat with sand: and in a bed of this compost the seeds should be sown in spring, and well watered before and after they come up.“ At the beginning of October, or as soon as the leaves wither, the young bulbs should be taken pp and dried; they may be replanted again at any time, placing them about eight inches under ground, to prevent the frost reaching them. Next year they will generally flower.”’ The best way of treating gladioli which are to be flowered in pots is, whenever the bulbs are potted, to plunge the pots about eight inches under ground in a bed of peat, and raise them nearer the surface in spring, as soon as the very severe frosts are over; or not to plunge them so deep, and protect them with moss, leaves, rotten tan,&c. 6321. Various gther bulbous iridee, and also oxalis, lachenalia, cyclamen,&c. may be successfully treated in a similar manher.(Herbert, in Hort. Trans.; Maddock, in Flor. Dir.) Sunsecr. 12. Tuberose.— Polianthes Tuberosa, L.(Bot. Reg. 63.) Hex. Monog. L. and Hemerocallidee, B. P. Tuberose, Fr. and Ger; and Tuberoso, Ital. 6322. The tuberose is a bulbous-rooted plant, with linear leaves of a whitish green, and stems four or five feet high, terminating in a sparse spike of white flowers, of very powerful fragrance. It is a native of India, whence it was first brought to Europe about 1524, and to England in 1629. It is generally cultivated in frames or the green-house, but in warm situations will flower in the open air. The tubers of this plant are an- nually imported from the warm provinces of North America and Italy, but, like those of the Guernsey lily, might, by proper treatment, as Salisbury has proved, be produced in this country equally fit for flowering. There is a double variety, which is in most es- teem, but both are equally fragrant. 6323. General treatment. The bulbs are planted in pots of sandy loata in March or April, and brought forward in a hot-bed or hot-house till the flower-buds begin to ap- Se a aN TT 3 844 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pee pear. The plants are then removed to the green-house or the open air, or to halls or churches, as in Italy, where the cooler temperature procures a prolonged bloom 6324. Cultuze to produce flowering roots. The following is the process followed by Salisbury, by whic he produced, for many years, in the open air at Chapel Allerton, flowering bulbs equal to hoes pe The situation he preferred was a dry warm border; in this he made an excavation two or anes ae and of any convenient length and width; about the middle of April, he filled this pit with fr oh ae dung, and covered it with light sandy earth; then, on the bed so formed, the small tates ae ¥8 those from foreign bulbs, or from those which had flowered in this country the preceding year, asd ee a preserved through the winter 1n sand, were planted at five inches’ distance every way AW ag eee 2 Saree the tuber being just covered with earth. The bed was protected from nightly frosts and heen S little or no water was given, but when the leaves were an inch long, a little fresh compost wach saute the surface. In June and July, when the leaves were in full vigor, it was watered copiously ane= 4 days; but in autumn and the beginning of winter, it was carefully protected from heaevirains in the beginning of December, the decayed leaves being removed, the bed was thatched over a ifook thick mith dry straw, sloping it well to throw off the wet; or covered with a frame and litter. In February the Poth were taken up, preserving their fibres, and packed in dry sand in a cellar where the cold could not ae trate, till April, when their fibres being shortened in proportion to their decay, and all the offsets“s> it ing one or two on each bulb being removed, they were replanted as before. A few strong rant awed in this second year. In the succeeding winter the bed was thatched as before, and in February the“ae were taken up for forcing, or any of the purposes for which tuberose-roots are grown. By this yrocess bulbs were produced equal, if not superior, to those imported; and therefore the author thinks their cul. ture might become an object to the commercial gardener, especially in the southern counties near the sea. and in the vicinity of London.‘The great object, he says, is to obtain“ a sufficient degree of heat in summer to bring their leaves out to their full magnitude, that of the roots following of course. The theory,” he adds,‘ which I would recommend any intelligent gardener to adopt in its general manage- ment is, to keep the roots growing as vigorously as possible from May to October, but in a state of com- plete rest and drought for the remainder of the year.”(Hort. Trans. i. 53.)‘ Sunsecr. 13. Paony.— Peonia, L. Polyand. Digynia, L. and Ranunculaceae, ds Pivoine, Fr.; Piionie, Ger.; and Peonia, Ital. as select flowers; but that which has been longest cultivated is the P. officinalis(Bot. Mag. 1784.)‘The roots are composed of roundish tubers, the stalks of the leaves rise between two and three feet high, and terminate in large red or purple flowers, which appear in May.‘The leaves are composed of many unequal lobes, variously cut into many segments. It isa native of Switzerland, Dauphine, and other parts of Europe, and also of China and Japan; and was cultivated here in 1562. The roots were for- merly much used in medicine. 6326. Varieties. Originally the common peony was said to be of two sorts, male and female, the flowers of the former being smaller and lighter colored than those of the latter,‘These distinctions, which had no sexual allusion in this case, the peony being hermaphrodite, are now laid aside, and the varieties of P. officinalis have been reduced by Sabine(Hort. Trans. ii. 273.) to the following:— 6325. Most of the species of peony introduced in this country may be considered The double sweet-scented Chinese(Hort. Trans. vol. ii. pl. 18. Whitley’s double white Chinese. The double red; the most common, and The double flesh-colored formerly highly prized; being, when The double white introduced at Antwerp, near 250 years The double fringed ago, sold for twelve crowns. The double white Chinese 6327. Propagation and culture. By seed from the single and semi-double sorts for new species, and by dividing the roots for ordinary purposes. Miller directs to sow the seeds which ripen in September, im- mediately afterwards in light fresh earth, covering them half an inch. They will come up the following spring, and may remain in the seed-bed two years before they are transplanted, sifting a little rich earth over them when the leaves decay at the end of the growing season. Having made two years’ growth in the seed-bed, they are to be transplanted in September into other well prepared beds of light fresh earth, and placed six inches asunder every way, and three inches deep. Here they are to remain till they flower, which is generally the fourth or fifth summer after sowing. 6328. Fuli-grown roots are readily propagated by parting, taking care to preserve a bud on the crown of each. offset. The plants are very hardy; they will grow in almost any soil and situation, and even under the shade of trees, where, Miller says, they continue longest in beauty. They are chiefly planted in flower- borders, and form a splendid ornament both to the parterre and shrubbery. Suzsecr. 14. Dahlia.— Dahlia superfiua and D. frustranea, H. K.(Cav. Ic.*1. t. 80. and 266.) Polyg. Super. L. and Corymbifere. J. 6329. The roots of the dahlia are tuberous and fasciculated; the stems rise from five to eight feet, covered with large compound leaves, resembling those of the common dwarf elder, and with side branches bearing numerous flowers of a great variety of colors, which appear in August, and continue till destroyed by frost. The plant grows wild in Mexico, in sandy meadows, and was sent to Madrid in 1789, and thence to England in the same year; but the plants being lost, seeds were reintroduced by Lady Holland in 1804, and from these and some plants imported from France during the of 1814, the present extensive stock of dahlias has originated. Till this last period they were much more cultivated in France and Germany than in England, and more especially by the Count Lelieur, at Paris, and Otto, at Berlin. At present the dahlia is the most fashionable flower in this country, and the extent of its culture in some of the nurseries, especially that of Lee, is truly astonishing. Nor is this to be won- dered at, as Sabine observes, for, independently of the great beauty and diversity of the peace ney& itle mnamnet™ voties ef; The var" Ajo , DA Mecoorey Oo dy i flowered SF yidy ade A; 1‘tongn Ff ca),(ritert! Se 63 pe!| dle pagati practice’ more joints 0 good tuber of 8 would mang the uppet pt this is in keeping! it so that a Jou 635, Soil and si trees or walls, Lik pratec f 5s early in April, an When an eatly blow any spare house, wit may be planted whe ie Gue ticular care is ne According as it is ¢ United that the wh They look very hi Walk? oe General they have been baulm, old tan, or the soil. If this Cally With the val Mhem in pots or box, ary airy place, tea Y Me “ESttoyed by fq Book OG DAHLIA. 845 flowers, they are in perfection at a season when, till they came into notice, our gardens had but little ornament. The roots are edible, but not agreeable. 6330. The varieties are exceedingly numerous. The leading varieties of the fertile-rayed and double, with innamerable sub- several subvarieties, though this spe- species, D.superflua,are the purple,rose, varieties. cies has not sported nearly so much as. pale, white, sulphur, yellow, tawny,| Of the barren-rayed species, D. frustranea, the other. copper, brick-red, dark-red, pomegra- there are the scarlet, bright-scarlet,| At the Hammersmith nursery, above nate-colored, dark-purple, very dark, orange, saffron, and yellow flowered, 200 sorts may be procured. and lilac flowered single, semi-double, single, semi-double, and double, with 6331. Criterion of a good dahlia. The plant short, stiff, and bushy, prolific in flowers having short peduncles; the flower well expanded and standing boldly to the view, and the colors clear and distinct. 6332. Propagation. By dividing the roots, and by cuttings for ordinary purposes; and by seed for new varieties and also for increasing the stock of this plant, as the seedlings flower the first year. In dividing the root care must be had to preserve a bud to each section, otherwise, though the tubers will throw out roots, they will not produce leaves. 6333. By cuttings. Take these from the root-shoots in spring, or the tops of the young shoots, as early in summer as may be; cut the lower end smoothly off in the middle of a joint, and leave the leaves on the top, excepting such as would be buried in planting the cutting. Plant in sandy earth on heat, and cover with a hand-glass, and they will strike aa produce both flowers and tubers before the autumin. 6334. By grafting. This mode of propagating herbaceous vegetables has been known for some time on the continent, and practised, as we have seen(2022.), to a considerable extent by the Baron Tschoudi. In this country it seems to have been first adopted by Blake, in 1820, as amore speedy mode of pro- pagating double-flowering plants than striking them by cuttings.‘The following are the details of his practice:‘ The cutting intended for the graft should be strong, and short-jointed, having on it two or more joints or buds; it must be also procured as soon in the season as possible; when obtained, select a good tuber of a single sort, taking especial care that it has no eyes; with a sharp knife(for a dull edge would mangle the fleshy root, make it jagged, and so prevent a complete adhesion), cut off a slice from : the upper part of the root, making at the bottom of the part so cut, a ledge whereon to rest the graft; 1d this is recommended because you cannot tongue the graft as you do a wood-shoot; and the ledge is useful in keeping the cutting fixed in its place while you tie it; next cut the scion sloping, to fit, and cut it so that a joint may be at the bottom of it, to rest on the aforesaid ledge; a union may be effected a ate without the ledge, provided the graft can be well fixed to the tuber, but the work will not then be so ated 1 the fam(d neat. It is of advantage, though not absolutely necessary, that a joint shouid be at the end of the scion, for the scion will occasionally put forth new roots from that lower joint; the stem is formed from the upper joint. I therefore procure the cuttings with the two lower joints as near together as possible. After the graft has been tied, a piece of fine clay, such as is used for common grafting, must be placed round it: then pot the root in fine mould, in a pot of such a size as will bury the graft half way in the mould; place the pot on a little heat in the front of a cucumber or melon frame, if you chance to have one in work at the time; I prefer the front for the greater convenience of shading and watering which are re- quired. A striking glass may be put over the graft, or not,-as you please. In about three wecks the root should be shifted into a larger pot, if it be too soon to plant it in the border, which will probably be j the case; for supposing the work was begun in March, the plant cannot go out till the end of May, rh, ate so that the shifting will be very essential to promote its growth till the proper season of planting out shall arrive.”(Hort. Trans. vol. iv. 476.) ; 6335. By seed. The following directions are extracted from an excellent paper on this subject(Hort. , it fF Trans. vol. 238.) by Sabine. Collect the seeds in September from the dwarf plants, where no preference ) exists on other accounts, and from semi-double flowers when double varieties are chiefly desired. Per- n9191 ¥ ze.. a ry 4 sem 6338. General culture. No particular care is requisite after the plants are neatly tied to stakes, till Awe BPD at they have been attacked by the frost, they should then be cut down and the roots covered with as much ype fa ere haulm, old tan, or leaves, as would be necessary to keep the frost from the tubers of a potatoe-plant left yen Oy in the soil. If this is done, they will blow well and early next season. But the most general way, espe- Madr cially with the valuable sorts, is to dig up the roots with a portion of the stem attached, and plant or bed A them in pots or boxes among sand or dry mould, and keep them under the stage of a green-house, or in eeds ¥* some dry airy place, free from the access of frost, till the spring Ona large scale, they may be pitted arte like potatoes, or packed in ridges with sand in cellars, and covered with straw; the object being to keep i ay them sufficiently moist and plump to maintain the living principle, and yet not to rot them, or have them has destroyed by frost. Gers +f to, 9 the es ching: rpeat DY" o78 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pains Sussecr. 15. Auricula.— Primula Auricula, L.(Jac. Aus. 5. t. 415.) Peift. Monog. 1 °.>?.‘ Oe: IS hae and Primulacea, B. P. Oreille d ours, Fr.; Aurikel, Ger.; and Orecchio d’orso, Ital » ital, ( figs 603.) 6339. The auricula is a flower of great beauty: it is a small fibrous-rooted plant, with fleshy succulent leaves, generally mealy on the edges; a native of the Misamis of Switzerland, Austria, Syria, and the Caucasus,&c. We have gathered it in Andsnes near the post-house on the Simplon road. It was cultivated by Gerrard in 1597, under the name of bear’s ears, or mountain cowslips. To show what cultivation may ocean on this plant, Professor Martyn relates, from Morant’s Colchester(1768, p. 92.) that Henry Stow, a gardener, near that place, a famous grower of auriculas, pad aes plants with no less than 133 blossoms on one stem. About a hundred years Age the passion for this flower in England was much greater than at present; and, as Justice remarks, we supplied the Dutch, who afterwards, till the late war, used to re-supply us with the progeny of our own flowers. Justice was the most enthusiastic cultivator of the auricula, and indeed of all florists’ flowers of his time. After him the Lancashire growers are the next to be distinguished, and more especially Maddock, the well known author of the Florist’s Directory, originally from Warrington. Emmerton is, at this time, one of the most enthusiastic admirers of this flower; and the best collections are to be found among the commercial gardeners near London, and the operative manu- facturers and artisans near Manchester, Paisley, and other large towns. It is like the tulip, pink,&c., a poor man’s flower, and a fine blow is rarely to be seen in the gardens of the nobility and gentry. 6340. The varieties are endless. The colors of the flower in its wild state| and says many_ more were to be| sorts, double flowers, and painted or are yellow, purple, and variegated. found. Rea, in 1702, has an increased variegated sorts. The latter only are Gerrard figures the yellow, pu number, classed as purples, reds, held in esteem, and few collections red, scarlet, blush-colored, and bright- yellows, and whites. In 1792, the contain more than two or three selfs red, most of which grew in the fon-| catalogue of J. Maddock contained ofthe fundamental colors, and as many don gardens in his time. Parkinson,| nearly 500 named__ varieties, divided| double flowers. Double varieties are not in 1629, enumerates twenty varieties, into ligioises, selfs, or plain one-colored in esteem. 6341. Criterion of a fine variegated auricula. ry 603 (fig. 603. a, b,c, d; ec)|< he‘stem should be ENG) strong, erect, and elastic, and of a proper height, aw that the bunch or truss may be above the foliage ay es ted Ge of the plant. The peduncles, or foot-stalks, of a the flowers should also be strong and elastic, and of a proportional length to the size and quantity of the pips, which should not be less than seven in number, that the bunch may be rather round, close, and compact. The component parts of the pip are the tube(with its stamens and an- thers); the eye; and the exterior circle contain- ing the ground-color, with its edge or margin: these three should be all well proportioned, which will be the case if‘the diameter of the tube be one part, the eye three, and the whole pip six, or nearly so. All the admirers of this flower agree that the pips ought to be round; but this seldoms happens; and we must be content if they are so nearly round as not to be what is termed starry. The anthers, or summits of the stamens, ought to be large, bold, and fill the tube well, and the tube should terminate rather above the eye; the eye should be very white, smooth, and round, without any cracks, and distinct from the ground or self-color. The ground-color should be bold and rich, and equal on every side of the eye, whether it be in one uniform circle, or in bright patches; it should be distinct at the eye, and only broken at the outward part into the edging; a fine black, purple, or bright coffee-color, contrast best with the eye; a rich blue or bright pink is pleasing, but a glowing scarlet or deep crimson would be most desirable, if well edged with a bright green; but this must seldom be expected. The green edge, or margin, is the principal cause of the variegated appearance in this flower; and it should be in proportion to the ground-color, 2. ¢. about one half cf each. The darker grounds are generally covered with a white powder, which seems necessary, as well as the white eye, to guard the flowers from the scorching heat of the sun’s rays, which would soon destroy ASS them if they were exposed to tee 6342. Propagation. By rooted slips, or dividing the root for continuing approved sorts, and by seed for obtaining new varieties. The best time for taking off slips, or dividing the root, is after the plant has done flowering and ripening its seed, if this last ited The on B ym Boer" ' aclvises tp ure to plant therm 10 P nOIS 5 (oH. Bach of th have expanded, t0P out of lowe! ripened their seeds. 6345, 4 simpee top of it, the eart to remove} for the seed having ti the earth in a ree the seeds wil bre ait.” After this, mended above by hethrows away a 1350, Soil, Sthmerous,£ inary yang AY Viains, 9 ea minds an Dy ell Boox IL. AURICULA. 847 is permitted. The operation is therefore generally performed in July and the beginning of August. Emmerton says, the Lancashire growers will not take off, or sell a slip be- fore the 5th of August, on which day they begin to execute orders for young plants. 6343. By seed. Maddock says,“the surest and best method to obtain fine auriculas from seed is to provide young, healthy, and strong plants, of capital high-colored sorts, possessing first-rate properties; these, on the approach of bloom, should be detached from the rest to a remote part of the garden, and there exposed to the sun, air, and rain, when the last is in moderation; but if in excess, they should be preserved from it by mats on hoops, or small hand-glasses may be placed over them. In dry weather, they must be regularly watered, as often as they appear to require it; for much depends on a due at- tention to this particular point.””. Emmerton is a warnt advocate for raising the auricula from seeds, and says, any one who will follow his directions may be certain of raising very fine sorts. He selects the flowers he intends to breed from, according to the properties he desires in the offspring. Thus, he advises to procure the following sorts, sufficiently well known to the London and Manchester florists, and to plant them in pots; six plants of two sorts in each pot, viz. af Ue For breeding light-green or grey-cdged of Barlow’s king, 3 of Buckley’s jolly Bearless’s_ superb, 3 of Chilcot’s et Tear a0 x seedlings. A pot with 2 of Barlow’s tar; 3 of Barlow’s king, 3 of War- king. king and 4 of Grimes’s privateer; one ris’s Prince Blucher; 3 of Barlow’s For breeding fine white-edged seedlings. with 2 of Barlow’s king, and 4 of king, 3 of Stretch’s Emperor Alex- Pots with six plants in each, viz. Butterworth’s Lord Hood; one with ander. 3 of Schooley’s Mrs. Clarke, 3 of 2 of Barlow’s king and 4 of Ken-| For breeding fine_choice-tinted violet Taylor’s incomparable; 3 of Schoo- yon’s ringleader. ground-colored seedlings mith green ley’s Mrs. Clarke, 3 of Crompton’s For breeding fi grass-green or clean edges. Pots with six plants in each, Admiral Gardner; 3 of Schooley’s green-edged seedlings. Pots with six viz. 3 of Beayless’s superb, 3 of Fo- Mrs. Clarke, 3 of Popplewell’s cone plants in each, viz. 3 of Barlow’s den’s victory; 3 of Bearless’s superb, queror; 5 of Schooley’s Mrs. Clarke, king, 3 of Pollet’s Highland boy; 3 3 of Warris’s Prince Blucher; 3 of 5 of Wild’s black and clear. 6344. Each of these pots is to be set apart, and at a distance from all other auriculas, before the flowers have expanded, to prevent accidental impregnation, and to be kept so detached till auriculas in general are out of flower. They may then be placed on a platform of scoria or tiles, there to remain till they have ripened their seeds. 6345. A simple mode is to impregnate the stigmas of one sort with the anthers of another, in Knight’s manner: or even without castrating the female parent. Nicol tried this last mode with the greatest suc- cess both in the primula and dianthus genus.(Caled. Hort. Soc. Mem. iii. 276.) 6346. The seed will commonly ripen in June and July, and is tobe gathered in single eapsules as it ripens, and kept in them till the sowing season, which is January or February, according to Maddock; and from the middle of February to the 10th or 12th of March, according to Emmerton. Maddock sows in boxes, covers as lightly as possible, and sets the boxes in a hot-bed; preserving a moderate and equal degree of warmth both day and night, admitting fresh air occasionally. The advantage of this mode is, that it forces every live grain into vegetation in about three weeks, if the warmth of the bed be properly kept up; whereas, by the more usual mode of exposure to the open air, the greater part does not vegetate till the second year; and the weaker seeds, which are probably the most valuable, seldom vegetate at all. 6347. The earth and seed must always be kept moderately moist, but never very wet; the best method of watering it is by means of a hard clothes-brush, dipped into soft water, which has had its chill taken off by standing in the sun, the hair side being quickly turned upwards, and the hand rubbed briskly over it, will cause the water to fly off in an opposite direction, in particles almost as fine as dew; a sufficient water- ing may, in this manner, be given in a few minutes. If the surface of the earth in the box is inclining to become mossy or mouldy, it must be stirred all over very carefully with a pin, about as deep as the thick- ness of a shilling. At the expiration of three, four, or at most, five weeks, the young plants will ali! make their appearance; it then becomes necessary to give them very gradually more air, in order to harden and render them fit for an entire exposure to it, which they will be able to bear in a fortnight or three weeks afterwards; at which time the box should be taken out of the frame, and placed in rather a warm situ- ation, though not too much exposed to the sun, till towards the end of April, when it may be again re- moved to a cooler aspect, where it can only receive the sun till nine o’clock in the morning; and in May, if the weather is hot, it should be placed in the most cool and airy part of the garden, not neglecting, at any time, to keep the earth moderately moist; but at the same time preserving it from violent rains when- ever they occur. As soon as any of the plants appear with six leaves, such should be taken out from the rest, and transplanted into other boxes, filled with the compost, about an inch and a half or two inches asunder; and when they are again grewn, so as nearly to touch each other, they may be a second time transplanted into larger boxes, or round small pots, at the distance of three or four inches, where they should remain till they blow, which will generally happen the following spring, perhaps before they have acquired any considerable size; and then such as appear to be possessed of merit should be marked, and the inferior ones destroyed. As soon as the bloom is over, such as have been marked should be taken up, and planted separately in small pots, and be taken the same care of as other auriculas, till they blow again; at which time their respective merits and properties may be ascertained with more accuracy. Such weakly plants as are not able to blow the first or second year, ought nevertheless to be carefully pre- served; for amongst these it often happens that the most valuable flowers are found. A great proportion of the seedlings, although the seed was saved from the best flowers, will be plain-colored, or self, which, unless possessed of excellent properties in other respects, or being singularly beautiful in their colors, are of no value, but as common border-flowers. 4-; 6348. Emmerton sows in smail pots, about six inches over the top, and six deep, filled half full with coal. ashes or cinders, for the sake of drainage. He covers as thinly as possible with the auricula-compost, then puts on a bell-glass, and places the pots in a situation quite excluded from the sun, except in the morning. The bell-glass, he says, will cause the seed to vegetate much sooner, and by pouring the water over the top of it, the earth in which the seeds are will receive sufficient moisture, so that there will be no occasion to remove it.“ If convenient,” he says,‘1 would recommend the front of a green-house, or a cool-frame, for the seed-pots to be placed in, but by no means a hot-bed; or if not that accommodation, a hand-glass, having tiles or slates placed underneath, to keep the worms out of the pots; great care being taken to keep the earth in a regular moist state. In about four or five weeks, perhaps three weeks, if ina green-house, the seeds will break ground; and when the leaf begins to appear, you must take care by degrees to admit air.” After this, his treatment of the young plants till they flower is essentially the same as that recom- mended above by Maddock. All pin-eyed flowers, or such as show only the stigmas and not the anthers, he throws away as of ne value, either as border-flowers or select sorts. 6349. Hogg says, auricula-seed may be sown either in pots, or in the open air, about the Ist of March, and covered with a hand-glass. When the plants will bear transplanting, he removes them into pots of the smallest size, one in a pot. 6350. Soil.‘The different composts used by florists in growing this flower are almost as numerous, Hogg observes, as the florists themselves.‘¢ Persons often take extraor- re dinary pains, and incur unnecessary expense, to injure, if not destroy, their flowers. tf sd, Weak minds are soon misled by quackery and novelty, having nosound judgment of their 848 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Paize chit! own; and quackery, even in the growing of flowers, has as many followers as in any other ERI) X line.”(Treatise,&c. p. 103.) 6351. Maddock recommends“one half rotten cow-dung, two years old. The cow-dung produced near London is more crude and gross than that of the country, occasioned by the difference of food on acti the animal subsists; it of course requires longer preparation and exposure to the atmosphere that the lat ter, but two years anda half will be found sufficient for it in its grossest and most crude state.. One sixth fresh sound earth, of an open texture. One eighth earth of rotten leaves. One twelfth coarse sea or river sand. One twenty-fourth soft decayed willow wood. One twenty-fourth peaty or moory earth. One twenty-fourth ashes of burnt vegetables.”? This compost-is to be thoroughly incorporated and exposed to the air in an open situation for a year before it is made use of.. 6352. Emmerton says,‘‘ Good compost is the food, the very life of the auricula;” it must be very rich and properly tempered“and sweetened by the sun, frost, and air.- His materials are goose or pigeon dung, night-soil, sugar-bakers’ scum, yellow loam, or loam from such land as will grow good crops of wheat, and sea-sand. He does not use salts of any kind, which are, no doubt, supplied by the sugar-bakers’ scum, that substance being chiefly blood, lime-water, and oily matter. He gives various proportions, all of which he found successful; in some, night-soil and sand are wanting, thus: three barrowfuls of goose-dung steeped in blood from butchers; three barrowfuls-of sugar-bakers’ scum; two barrowfuls of fine yellow loam: or, two barrowfuls of goose-dung, steeped in blood; two barrowfuls of scum; two barrowfuls of night- soil; and two barrowfuls of fine yellow loam. These composts require two years’ preparation; in the first, they are mixed up in a hole in the earth; and in the next, turned over every month in an open ex- posed situation, so as every part may be thoroughly frozen in winter, and heated by the sun and penetrated by the air in summer. Those composts, he says, he used with very great success, though they contained no sand. He next introduces that material thus: four barrowfuls of loam, steeped in night-soil and urine; two barrowfuls 0: goose-dung, mixed with blood; two barrowfuls of sugar-bakers’ scum; and two pecks of sea-sand: or, two barrowfuls of night-soil; one barrowful of cow-dung; one barrowful of fine yellow loam; and one peck of sea-sand: or, two barrowfuls of night-soil; two barrowfuls of goose-dung; two barrowfuls of cow-dung; two barrowfuls of fine yellow loam; and two pecks of sea- sand. Great stress is laid on the blood, which,“ when rotted down with other manure, does wonders be- yond all idea;” but unless the above composts are“stirred and turned over frequently, it will poison and rather kill and destroy your plants, than nourish them. Rendered sweet and wholesome, it will be the means of throwing brilliant colors into the pips or petals, and of giving life and vigor to the plants, as much as fine old port or rich Madeira wine does to the human constitution.”(Cult. of the Auricula, &c. p. 77.) 6353. The late P. Kenny, Hogg observes,“ gardener by profession, was, perhaps, one of the most successful and eminent growers of auriculas in his day, and who won as many prizes as most men, during the course of ten or twelve years that he lived at Totteridge, in Middlesex. He certainly had all the benefit of air, situation, and soil, which, coupled with his fondness for the flower, and his skilful treatment of it,(to say nothing of his being almost constantly in the garden,) gave him a decided superiority over many of his competitors, and ensured, as it were, his chante of success. He always kept by him a quantity of sound staple loam, of rather a sandy nature; this he sweetened, by frequent turning. His next principal ingre- dient was sheep-dung and hay-litter, obtained from the sheds used to rear early lambs, well rotted, by being turned, mixed, and fermented in the same manner as the gardener does horse-dung and straw-litter. His proportions were one third loam; two thirds sheep-dung and hay-litter; one tenth coarse sand. These formed his compost for growing them in; but he had another of a richer quality, if I may so term it, with which he used to top-dress his plants, and this he would do sometimes twice in the year. When they killed any sheep, he always reserved the blood, and mixed it with the dung of poultry. These two ingredients he added to his loam and sheep-dung, and these constituted his compost for surface- dressing.”(Treatise,&c. 104.) This compost was employed and much approved of in the Hammersmith nursery. 6354. The Lancashire growers, Hogg informs us,“ use horse-dung and cow-dung indiscriminately, sometimes mixed, sometimes apart; the dung of poultry most frequently; and old decayed willow wood, when they can get it; with the mould cast up hy moles; taking care that the same be properly mixed, sweet- ened, and pulverised. In winter, they throw it up in narrow ridges, and when the top of it is frozen, they take it off, and so continue to do, till the whole of it has been frozen.’’ 6355. Justice gives the culture of the auricula ina“ hitherto-unattempted manner, and which, although repugnant to the rules given by our cultivators of auriculas, I shall here insert, as the only true method to procure a fine blow of auriculas, such as I had this last spring, 1762; which, to the sight of numbers of spectators, exceeded all the blows of any auriculas ever seen in Scotland, in England, or in Europe; which was composed of the most capital flowers in Engiand and Holland, and some very fine new seed- lings of my own raising.”’ The soil he recommends is, one half free fresh loam, from under an old pas- ture; one half composed of the following parts, viz. three parts three-year-old cow-dung, and one part sea or river sand: no horse-dung to be used, and the ingredients not to be mixed together till a few days before being made use of:“ for otherwise, when they are mixed for some time, they breed vermin and worms.” He adds,‘‘ if you use fullers’ earth to them, it must be done in the proportion only of an eighth part, and at no time but in the spring dressing; for if used in autumn, it is prejudicial; and even when it is used in spring, it must be well dissolved in warm water before being used, and then use no sand.”(Brit. Gard. Direct. art. Auricula.) 6356. Curtis, in a note to the last edition of Maddock’s work, says,** We have seen the strongest auri- culas produced from the following ingredients: two thirds of the rotten dung from old hot-beds reduced to fine mould; one third containing equal parts of coarse sand and peat or bog earth, such as is used in the culture of heaths, mixed well together by sifting or screening, and suffered to be well aired by fre- quent turnings during the frosts of winter.”(Jlorist’s Direct. 161.): 6357. Henderson, of Delvine, uses two parts of very rotten dung from old hot-beds, one part of vegetable mould, one quarter of river sand, mixing the whole, and exposing it for a winter.(Caled. Hort. Soc. Mem. ii. 230. 6°% The compost in most general use among auricula-growers is of fresh loamy soil and perfectly de- composed cow-dung, equal parts of each, adding one tenth of the mixture of sea or river sand. Some use jeaf-mould instead of cow-dung. The whole incorporated and prepared for one summer and one winter in the usual manner. 6359. Manner of growing. The common sorts are grown in beds or in mingled borders; but all the fine flowers in pots. Maddock recommends pots of six inches and a half interior diameter at top, seven inches deep, and the interior bottom diameter four inches, for full-grown flowering plants; and smaller sizes for seedlings and newly sepa- rated offsets. EZmmerton uses pots for large blooming plants, eight inches high, five inches and a half diameter at the top, and four inches and a half at the bottom outside measure.:: 6360. Time of potting and transplanting full-grown plants. The most adyisable time to pot auriculas, according to Maddocks, is immediately, or soon after bloom, and ook Il, ne sel quality, which w it be deferred t pipes belore wint the ensuing SP that some sons v and thereby dep however occuls 6361. Jn potting and the earth shak with the lower en what decayed; th appeals, it must b till no appearance of the earth, OF,# more subject to wounded part dry, a cement softened in hard when ¢ gress oft pporting the it, wesubstit spring from Teturn the b we have no obj this state treat put them on the pl peas that the oyster is inevitable destru dranage of super baton,” 8364, Emer “the best time f Or 254 of May’ eas those you intend Tooted before wing Sonear their time Strong. Strone.hl Wetorun arisk of, Tettly, till the rog y Well estab alncula-plants tely draw freg. Lam satis sh ft ied blon Othe dey M8 dry Weather, Boox II. AURICULA. 849 this should be repeated annually(notwithstanding the opinion of some who say the plants bloom better the second year after potting) for this obvious reason, that it preserves the health and constitution of the plants, by affording them a fresh supply of nutriment; and at the same time the cultivator has an opportunity of curtailing their fibres, if grown very long, or of cutting off the lower part of the main root, if too long, or the end of it, if decayed; thereby forcing the plants, as it were, into a state of action, and causing a continued circulation of their juices, during the summer, in the formation of new fibres for their necessary sustenance and support: whereas, if this operation of potting is not performed till the second year, the soil must have lost a considerable part of its nutritious quality, which will produce a proportionate decline in the strength of the plants: and if it be deferred till the autumn, there will not be time for a sufficient reproducticn of the fibres before winter sets in, the effects of which will be a faint-colored and weak bloom the ensuing spring. The only objection of any importance, against spring potting, is that some sorts will in consequence be more inclined to blow in the following autumn, and thereby deprive the plant of its capacity to bloom well the ensuing spring; this, however, occurs but in few instances. 6361. In potting or transplanting auriculas, the plants should be carefully turned out of the former pot, and the earth shaken from its fibres, which should bé curtailed if found too long and numerous, together with the lower end of the main root, and the fibres attached to that part, if it appears too long, or some- what decayed; the plant is to be at the same time carefully examined, and wherever any unsoundness appears, it must be entirely eradicated by means of a sharp penknife, let the extent of it be ever so great, till no appearance of decay remains; particularly in that part of the main root where it enters the surface of the earth, or, as the sailors phrase it, betwixt wind and water, which, being alternately wet and dry, is more subject to decay than any other part, and for the same reason is the most difficult to heal: the woundea part should be immediately exposed to the sun, and when the surface of the wound is perfectly dry, a cement should be applied, consisting of bees’ wax and pitch, about one half of each, warmed and softened in the sun, or by a fire, to make it adhere more firmly on application: this will become close and hard when cold, it will resist moisture, and is the best application yet discovered, to prevent further pro- gress of the decay. Whenever the lower leaves of the plant, next the surface of the earth, become yel- low, or dried up, it is proper to strip them off, in a direction downwards. On replanting, a pot suitable to the size of the plant is to be selected;, it is to have a hollow oyster-shell placed with its convex side up- wards, over the hole at the bottom, and then to be about three parts filled with compost, higher in the middle than at the sides: the plant is next to be placed thereon, with its fibres regularly distributed allround, so as nearly or quite to reach the sides of the pot, which is afterwards to be filled up with the compost, adding a little clean coarse sand close round the stem of the plant, on the surface: the bottom of the pot should then be gently struck two or three times against the table, which is supposed to be made use of for the sake of convenience in the operation, in order to render the soil more firm and compact; this will cause it to sink or subside about half an inch below the top of the pot, which will prevent the loss of water when it is administered. 6362. The true depth to plant an auricula is within about halfan inch of the bottom of its lowest or outside leaves; as the new and most valuable fibres proceed from that part, so they should immediately meet with earth to strike into, or otherwise they will perish: it will likewise encourage the offsets, if there be any, to strike root sooner than they would do if not in contact with the soil.(Florést’s Direct. 29, 6363. On the foregoing directions, by Maddock, his editor, Curtis, has the following note:‘ Notwith- standing the author has so particularly recommended the annual fresh potting of anriculas, we must beg leave to differ in opinion from him, as far as relates to those plants which are intended to bloom strong the following spring, the mode of potting advised being to shake the whole of the earth from amongst the fibres of the plant, in order to examine the lower end of the main root, this severe operation being per- formed in the spring, when the plants ought to be making their most luxuriant growth, will have evil conse-~ quences. The case is simply this: the plant being firmly established, nature intends its greatest growth in the spring; during this rapid growth, the operation gives an unnatural shock to vegetation; the con- sequence is, the plant must remain dormant until fresh fibres are formed sufficient to draw nourishment for supporting the growth necessary to form a strong-blooming plant. Having given our opinion against it, we substitute the following recommendation: select those plants intended for strong blooms the following spring from the younger ones, turn them out with their balls of earth entire, and if the fibres are healthy, return the balls into a set of pots one size larger than they were in before, adding new compost to fill up: we have no objection to remove as much earth as can be done without disturbing the mass of fibre; in this state treat them as usual, and when those which have bloomed strong on this plan are out of bloom, put them on the plan recommended by the author. We beg leave also to notice, that it sometimes hap- pens that the oyster-shell placed at the bottom of the pot by fitting too close confines the water in it, which is inevitable destruction to the plant; we should advise particular care to be taken for the effectual drainage of a superabundance of wet, by putting two or three pieces of broken pot over the surface of the bottom.” 6364. Emmerton disapproves both of spring and autumn transplanting, and says, “the best time for the operation is soon after they are out of bloom; say about the 22d or 23d of May;” but he adds,— 6365. From the 29th of May to the 12th of June, I have transplanted my flowers with great success, even also as late as the 13th of July. On no account remove a general collection a week later, at least those you intend to bloom very strong: by this means they will have three or four months to get well rooted before winter, which they ought to have; and if you transplant them early in the spring, it will be so near their time of blowing, that the check they will receive by transplanting will prevent their blooming strong. Strong-blowing roots should not be removed more than once in two years; to doit oftener would be to run a risk of not having any fine flowers to exhibit on your stage; because these plants never thrive rightly, till the roots have reached the sides of the pots, and it seldom or never happens that they get suf- ficiently well established in a full-sized auricula-pot, in one year. By no means remove your large-bloom- ing auricula-plants in dry hot weather, as by shaking the mould clean out of the plant the roots will not freely draw fresh fibres, except the weather is inclined to be showery, and what is termed a cool moist air, I am satisfied dry hot weather is an improper time, except they are fine young maiden plants, in small pots, which should be slipped out of the pot with the whole ball of earth, and then immediately planted in a full-sized blooming-pot for the ensuing season; in this last case I used to pay no attention whatever to the dry weather. If your large-blooming plants have not been removed for two or three years, their Sy I 850 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. small roots will have filled the pots, and probably their large, or what is called by some the carrot root, may be grown so long as to require shortening; in this case the plant must be taken out of the pot, and the earth entirely shaken from it; you will see what is necessary to be done; shorten the carrot-root, if necessary, for if you suffer it to remain too long, it will either get rotten at the end, and always keep the plant weak, or will be too long for an ordinary pot; besides, it would want shifting every year, and never produce fine strong flowers. Reduce their small roots to about ten ora dozen, leaving those that are nearest the leaves; they will be sufficient again to support and vegetate your plant. If you perceive any canker or rottenness in the root, cut it boldly to the quick, till it appear fresh and lively, and no spots or symptoms of decay remain; put on the wounds a little mastich, bees’ wax, turpentine, and white rosin, in equal parts, to heal and dry them; leaving as many fibres to it as possible. If alarge-blooming plant, or any other one you remove, has been in the pot but one year since it was last transplanted, you may slip it out of the pot with all its earth about it, and although its fibres may have reached the outside, they will not be so large and numerous, OF so matted together, as the older plants that have remained in one pot two clear years. You need not therefore shake the earth from it, but with a sharp knife cut the fibres and earth away till you reduce it to the size of a cricket-ball, or rather larger, as much depends on the size and age of your plant.(Treatise, 182.) 6366. Hogg recommends the first week in August, because‘‘ if you put your plants at this early period of the summer into pots, in which they are to remain till they flower again next spring, the space of nearly twelve months, the strength of the compost must be greatly reduced before that time, particularly as they require so much water during the hot months of June and July; this must tend, beyond all doubt, to exhaust the nutriment contained in so small a body of earth, as is in the pots; by which means they will be less able to throw out strong fibres, or to produce you strong blooms in the spring. Early potting ig attended with another evil consequence; for, the plants being removed into fresh and more vegetative earth, accompanied with daily waterings, forces them prematurely into a state of active vegetation, and causes them to flower late in the autumn, a circumstance which the florist always views with regret, as it in a great measure destroys his hopes of a fine bloom at their natural and expected season, towards the latter end of April: this last argument of itself appears to me quite conclusive in favor of late pot- ting. The slips or offsets will also have acquired more strength and better roots, hy being suffered to ad- here to the parent plant till the beginning of August, and will occasion you less trouble in protecting and shading them. From the beginning of August to the beginning of November is a period quite long enough for the plants to strike fresh fibres, and to get well established in the pots, before winter; and, with the return of spring, you may expect a vigorous growth of the plant in all its parts. The customary mode is, to shake the mould completely from the roots every second year; but, in doing this, you must be guided by the state and condition of your plants. The late Kenny let his remain very frequently until the third year, reducing the ball of earth only, trimming the fibres, and examining the carrot or main root. Transplanting should be done in a cloudy sky and a moist atmosphere.” i 6367. Justice pots suckers, and transplants old plants, in August. Henderson, of Delvine, says, « the shifting season is always, with me, about the third week of May, when the plants have done flow- ering. At that season, I shake the mould from the old plants, and cut the end of the stump up to the fresh young roots, if it has grown too long.(I am now speaking of those plants which have been in the largest-sized pots for two years.) After dressing the wounds with gum-mastich, to prevent gangrene, the slants are repotted in the second size of pots. Next May they are shifted, with the ball entire, into the argest size, Or flowering-pots; so that from the first potting of the young plants in small pots, to a com- plete shifting, four years elapse; the plants having been one year in small pots, one in the second size, and two in the largest, or third size. A little river-sand is put round the stems at all the shiftings; and if any wounds are made by taking off the suckers, they are dressed with mastich. At all times the stems are cleared of sprouts above ground as they appear, but suckers from under are allowed to grow, in order to form young plants.”(Caled. Hort. Soc. iii. 230.): 6368. Removal and potting of affsets. When offsets have formed one or more fibres, an inch or two in length, Maddock directs to remove them by means of a piece of hard wood, or by the use of. the fingers, to be separated from the old plant with safety, and replanted round the sides of a small pot, filled with the same compost, till they become sufficiently grown to occupy pots separately: if a small hand- glass be placed over each pot containing these newly-planted offsets, it will cause their fibres to grow more rapidly; but it should not be long continued, as it would have a tendency to draw and weaken the plant. Prlorist’s Direc. 130.) 6369. Emmerton says,‘© You may separate offsets from the mother plant any time between February and August, according as they are in size, or are wanted for increase, and plant them immediately against the side of pots four or five inches in diameter. sired, no offsets must be allowed to grow on the old plant, and especiall fibres. Rub them all off when they are about the size of hemp-seed.””(Treatise on 6370. General culture. Maddock keeps his auriculas: during one part of the year in what he calls a summer re- pository(fig. 604.), and the other in a winter repository. 6371. Summer repository.“ The following is recom- mended as a proper plan for the summer repository, viz. in the first place, there should be a bed of coal-ashes formed in the place where it is intended to be erected, about five or six inches thick; or a platform of plain square tiles, closely fitted to each other, on the surface of the ground, to preserve the pots from the common earth- worm, which, by gaining admittance into them, would perforate, and alter the consistence of the soil, in such a manner as to prove very injurious; upon this foundation, rows of bricks(fig. 604.) are to be placed in straight lines, about two or three inches asunder, which will allow a free circulation of air under and between the pots when placed upon them, an object of great importance, especially in warm weather, when the air is most inclined to stagnate, and becorae impregnated with noxious effluvia. The plants, by the above plan, will be raised from nine to twelve inches above the level of the ashes or platform. There should be two rows of substantial stakes, three feet long, and five inches by three wide, one row of which should be placed on each side, at about three or four inches’ distance from the two outside rows of pots(b): these stakes(c) should be driven twenty inches into the ground, with their narrow sides towards the pots, and have notches cut in their tops, to receive the edges of the shutters they are intended to support. By way of illustration, suppose the whole length of the platform to be twelve yards, and the width three feet, it will contain seven rows, and each row about seventy pots; a sufficient number to constitute a moderate collection for a private gentleman.‘Three shutters(f), made with feather-edged inch-deal boards, each four yards long, and two feet six inches wide, will reach the whole length on one side: three of the notched stakes will be sufficient to support one of these shutters; of course, fifteen stakes at proper distances will completely answer the purposes en one side; the notches are to be cut in the form of a V, two inches deep and three inches wide at the If a strong and superior bloom of flowers is de- y none on the stem without the Auricula,&c. 126.) fos Il en will give? f i vi tl n whe! overed OF repository, ate 10 sonal watered 1 fall into the heatt and, of course, W blossoms beg t i main in their aspect. He sels! vides no covering Ro / Ay75, Winter repose riouas tothe w month the operatio earth ofthe pots shou tion of litle Ic greatly to the st Torable opportun this eatly se Frame, in some tender plant, y itptobably wal Jure thera, and pet it would certainly, of more than one in order to render t was omitted to be d fine green on the proceeds from the duce larger pips, po winter stems, becat than those which p pend, they must be winds; on the cont Tet, where they sho boom from rain,& equally necessary fy Oi, Emmerton, Dus his pots of pl thtee fet Wide, even down to the f ble, by learing thy ecember, as in ¢ January, and most tense frost, Some weather, you may SUoy, and the weg Ting frost is of 40 i the pots, as) é therefore covers 5 Inte days; but ny USS With tch 00) the plants t A i yi ll-stom we Nodefend ol Hoge nuts hy Tae on brioks 02 Boox II. AURICULA. 851 top, which will give room for the shutters to move backwards and forwards without difficulty or danger of slipping out. Both sides are thus to be provided with stakes and shutters, the upper edge of the latter should meet over the centre of the platform(e), when the plants require to be covered with them, in the form of the ridge or roof of a house, well fitted and sloping equally on both sides, so as to throw off rain, without even admitting it to drip through upon the plants in any part. It is necessary that a rail, or row of stakes, of a proper height and strength, should proceed from the ground between the two middle rows of pots, to support the shutters when closed or closing, especially as it is usually more convenient to begin to cover or uncover on one side first, and finish on the other; without a support of this kind, in such case, the shutters must fall down upon the plants: a similar exterior rail, or row of stakes, is ne- cessary on each side, to support the shutters when open, with the same degree of slope, in a contrary di- rection than when closed; by which means the plants will have a free communication with the air, whether covered or open; nor are they entirely deprived of light, when the shutters are closed, because the lower edge of the shutters is as high or higher than the top of the plants at alltimes. The peculiar advantage arising from this plan is, that when the plants require to be shut up from excess of rain, they have at the same time the advantage of a continual supply and free circulation of fresh air, which passes amongst their leaves in al! directions; whereas those who are obliged to shut up their plants in a close frame, to exclude excess of rain from them, oftentimes shut them up in a wet state, as soon as it is judged they have had a sufficiency: this is a very dangerous, though not unusual practice, and often produces a mildew which is attended with the most destructive consequences. Theimportance of a properly constructed re- pository, and suitable treatment of the plants, for the summer season, will sufficiently apologise for any prolixity in the description: it cannot, indeed, be too strongly impressed on the mind of the cultivator of this delicate flower that his success more particularly depends on the health and vigor of his plants towards the end of summer, than at any other period of the year. The plants, after being placed in the summer repository, are to be kept moderately moist; if the rains that happen are not sufficient, they must be occa- sionally watered with soft water, by a small pot with a round curved spout, taking care not to let any water fallinto the heart or amongst the interior leaves of the plant, as it could not speedily dry up in that part, and, of course, would endanger a decay; any water lodging in the heart of the plants in spring, when the blossoms begiri to make their appearance, cannot fail to injure them considerably. The plants are to re- main in their summer situation till September or October, as the weather may be more or less favorable, or until the heat of the sun has considerably decreased.” 6372. Emmerton places his pots, after the plants have done flowering, in a shady situation, and full north aspect. He sets them on bricks placed on a bed of ashes, in the same manner as Maddock 3 but he pro- vides no covering to exclude the rain.(Tyeatise on the Auricula,&c. 143.) 6373. Hogg removes his auriculas which have blown in spring from the show-stage to a north-east aspect, to avoid the scorching rays of the summer sun. He then sets them upon thin boards or thin slates, lying on a bed of coal-ashes.(Treatise,&c. 115.) 6374, Justice sets his plants in a full northern exposure, and without‘covering, to the 20th of October. Whichever of these plans be adopted, the plants must be kept clear of weeds, the soil gently stirred when it gets hard or mossy, water supplied in dry weather, and the leaves, as they become yellow, drawn off close to the stem. 6375. Winter repository. Inthe end of September or beginning of October, Maddock removes his au- riculas to the winter repository,‘* which is to be constructed in a manner exactly similar to that for the summer season, with only one exception, viz. that the south side of it should consist of frames of glass (fig. 604. d), instead of the wooden shutters: these are to act in the same manner, but will admit of light when the plants are of necessity shut up from adverse weather, which so frequently occurs during winter; the admission of light at such times is indispensably necessary to the wellbeing of the plants, especially when the long continuance of rain, or severe frost, renders it requisite to keep them covered, sometimes erhaps for a day or two, with little or no intermission. In the first favorable weather that occurs in ebruary, it is necessary to divest the plants of their decayed exterior leaves; and by the middle of that month, the operation of earthing up, as it is' termed, should commence; that is to say, the super neil earth of the pots should be carefully taken away, about an inch deep, and fresh compost with the addi- tion of a little loam, to give it more tenacity, should be substituted in its stead: this will contribute greatly to the strength of the plants, and the vigor of their bloom: at the same time it will afford a fa. vorable opportunity to separate such offsets as shall appear possessed of sufficient fibre, to be taken off at this early season with safety: these offsets, when properly planted in small pots, should be placed in a frame, in some warm sheltered situation, till the roots are established. The auricula is by no meansa tender plant, yet it will be proper to cover the repository with mats, in case of severe frost; for although it probably would not destroy the plants, unless it happened in an extreme degree; it would, however, in- jure them, and perhaps spoil their bloom, particularly early in the spring, when the stem begins to rise; it would certainly, at that period, destroy or render the pips or corollas abortive. If any plant is possessed of more than one or two principal stems, it is advisable to pinch off the pips of the smallest and weakest, in order to render the blossoms of the remaining one larger and more vigorous than they would be if this was omitted to be done in due time. It is a curious fact, that those sorts which are naturally possessed of a fine green on the edge, or margin, of the flower are often known to lose that property, when the stem proceeds from the very heart or centre of the plant; whereas those stems that proceed from the side pro- duce larger pips, possessing their true natural colors in much greater perfection: these last are called the winter stems, because they are usually forwarder, and produce their flowers rather earlier in the season than those which proceed from the centre of the plant. When the pips become turgid, and begin to ex- pand, they must be preserved from rain: nor should they remain any longer in a situation exposed to cold winds; on the contrary, such plants ought to be selected from the rest, and removed to a calm shady cor- ner, where they should have small hand-glasses suspended over them in such a manner as to preserve the bloom from rain,&c. and yet admit a free circulation of air, both to the plant and to the blossom, it being equally necessary for the one as for the other.” 6376. Emmerton, about the middle of October, makes choice of a full southern aspect, and in general puts his pots of plants into small frames of about three and a half to four feet long, and each light about three feet wide. So soon as they are placed in their winter situation, during the autumn and winter months, even down to the 5th of April, or thereabouts, he exposes them, during the day, to as much air as possi- ble, by leaving the lights entirely off. It is necessary they should be kept very dry, in November and December, as in case of a severe frost the weather‘has less power on the roots of the plants. During January, and most likely the greater part of February, much depends upon the depth of snow and the in- tense frost. Some winters are more favorable than others: if the season has now the appearance of open weather, you may treat your plants nearly in the same manner as the two last months; but if you have snow, and the weather is now a severe frost, you must be rather more cautious as to the exposure 3 2 trifling frost is of no serious consequence to these hardy plants, but the mould should not be severely fro- zen in the pots, as by the end of January the bloom is formed, although very low in the heart of the plant; he therefore covers with mats till the weather becomes mild and open, giving air, however, a few hours in fine days; but no water till natural rains fall.(Treatise on Auricula,&c. p. 85.) In February he top- dresses with rich compost, and transplants offsets intended to bloom, from small pots into larger ones. He exposes the plants to all the gentle rains of this month, at the same time carefully defending them from frost and hail-storms, or long continued rains. From the 10th or 12th of March he covers up with“ warm clothing,” to defend the coming bloom against frosts. 6377. Hogg puts his auriculas into frames in October; the frames are placed on a bed of ashes, and are raised on bricks to admit a free current of air under them; but when the frost sets in, about Christmas, Selee zi‘0g yout | 852 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pant IIL.| gyi thie 10 5 it reall the bricks are removed, and the frames rest on the ground. In alldry and temperate weather the plants ee ft on 1a are exposed to the air, vety little water is given, and the plants are kept free from decayed leaves, and the ids oh thinning surface of the pots from mouldiness. From the second week of February, and during March, the plants thal f numbers fr are allowed the benefit of gentle rains for an hour or two; they are top-dressed, such as require it are eihtte te east, shifted, and suckers are taken off where they are large, and while all possible air is given during day, the inte Joncash frames are shut close at night, to prevent the opening blossoms being nipped by the frost.: ae cat, theit Harel 6378. The Lancashire growers have no frames or lights, but make use of weather-boarding, with hinges fie, an east 9 fixed against some wall or fence, ina south aspect, to defend them against the rain and snow, resting, Bass The pant when shut close, upon a board nine inches high; but this is never done except in very severe weather: aun ml chose Wi the pots are plunged up to the rim in sawdust or coal-ashes.(Hogg.) inboom y are not 6379. Justice places his auriculas in what he calls a bunker or shed, on the 10th of October. This bunker theit see tse is a stage with boarded ends, front and cover, placed against a wall with a north-eastern exposure. He support te them 8 gives water sparingly, but as much air as possible; by the end of February he top-dresses the plants, and ao not ty if they are weak he adds the proportion of one eighth of fullers’ earth to the compost. situations plow 6380. Blooming-stage.(fig. 605.) This, according to gga, Jace wo t Maddock, should have a northern aspect, that the sun or sheds, ae it may not shine on the flowers; it should consist of four rows; ra them ll the a of shelves, in the form of steps, but must not exceed five; EL] al shelters ta f the front, or lowest shelf, should be two feet five inches HA AMMNG“a f frige a-week. TT from the ground, the second about three inches higher than_ ii oe eat ii HA a Hi noon, Henler Sve F SEE x ee seit toe aaa|i NIAAA vole Hv the first, and the rest in the same proportion; these shelves Wngees(: i Mt nA i+g fra should be about six inches wide, strong, and well supported, oe 4 a wy UN AY= I flowers in a He otherwise the weight of the pots will cause them to bend or I cays, answers give way. If the stage consists of four rows of shelves, its a olass and pand-glaSsy depth, from front to back, ought to be about two feet eight inches; the north or front elevation of the stage should not be less than seven feet, gradually sloping to about five feet six inches on the south side: the roof should consist of frames of glass. The frames of glass made use of on the \ish florists; 2 T have only to or poles in i south side of the winter repository will answer extremely seas0ls The| well for this purpose; but as they Will not be wide enough to form the roof completely, without addition, oa hid a single row of feather-edged boards may be placed on the lowest part of the slope, and the lower edge of. hexagot Wit the frames of glass may rest upon them; these boards will answer another good purpose, by preventing a low stage§ the sun, which at this season of the year has obtained a considerable degree of altitude, from shining on I the elevation the first and second rows of plants, during the middle of the day, when it has most power; although the z a 1s plants of the pack row will, in consequence, have rather less light, yet it is not so materially injurious as eight hinged s the former. The posts supporting the roof of the stage, on the south side, may be so constructed, and jron rods 00 st placed at such distances from each other, as that the wooden shutters, made use of on the north side of: F‘|» The p lf} the winter repository, may fit between them, and form a regular shed, as low or lower than the higher 7) shelf: the remaining space to the ground may be left open in mild calm weather, or may be easily closed economical and up, by a line of mats sewed together, when it is otherwise. The east and west ends of the stage should fue be entirely boarded up from top to bottom, and the front left open, unless in unfavorable weather, and at; night; at these times, it may be defended by frames of wood covered with canvass: these should be about six feet wide, suspended from the front edge of the roof by hinges; they will serve both to defend the bloom, when let down, and also by each having two small iron rods, about five feet six inches long, con- Sater 16, Pri nected with their lowest edges by staples, that will allow them to move in any direction, and support them SECT: 20 1 when up, will defend the path in front from rain, take off the glare of light when the sun shines, and at the same time defend the spectators from its heat. The inside of the back and ends of the stage, and the shelves likewise, should be painted black, or some very dark color, by way of contrast to the white 638%, The prim eyes,&c. of the flowers: and if a large looking-glass be placed at each end of the stage, the effect pro- nie al duced will be very pleasing, by apparently lengthening the stage each way as far as the eye can reach. PrumTOse, COWSHP) 6381. As auriculas and hyacinths generally blow exactly at the same time, the beauty and elegance of the 6389, The po i scene is considerably increased by having a stage of the former, and a bed of the latter, under the same Geman, and Ita awning, with an intermediate path, about six feet wide; in which case, if the cloth covering of the hya- Ar cinths is fine enough to admit a sufficiency of light, it may be continued over the auricula-stage, instead TeqUIKe aly dese of the glass and boards, and will answer all purposes tolerably well with little trouble: or otherwise, the cultivation, throw edge of the cloth covering, for the bed and path, may be nailed to the upper or front edge of the glass| rela frames, over the auriculas, in such manner as effectually to prevent rain dripping through in that quarter. an eUOH ‘A row of fine polyanthuses, in pots, may likewise be introduced in front of the hyacinths, as they likewise spring from ast blow at the same time; it will add to the variety, and form altogether a_ more elegant assemblage of heen abserved beautiful fragrant flowers than any other season of the year can afford. The tallest blowing auriculas 5 BALI should stand on the last or most distant shelf, and the shortest in front; those stems which are weak and introduced into bend should be supported with small wires, fixed in the earth behind them, so as not to be easily dis- both with and\ cerned. If any of the stems and blossoms of those in the back row incline forward too much towards the before cate light, they may be easily recovered to an erect position, by turning the pots for a few hours in the morn- olanists consid ing; but the glass roof will render very little of this trouble necessary: the pots must be regularly the Rev, W, H watered, two or three times every week, during the bloom. No person can depend on a complete stage| hahetion sina of auriculas, who is not provided in autumn or early in the spring with twice as many blowing plants as SUC THOS, his stage will contain, because some will eventually prove defective, and fail in one respect or other: and| observe, that the a succession of proper piants in bloom will be required to replace such as, being earlier than the rest or of to the primase shorter duration, are no longer eligible to remain on the stage, and ought, in consequence, to be taken March) away, and more suitable ones brought on in their stead. Match and Apr 6382. When the bloom is declined, the plants are to be removed into their summer repository, where 689. Vortet they will soon recover their former strength and vigor, which, notwithstanding the utmost care and pre- plat a: caution, will have been, in some degree, impaired by standing two or three weeks upon the stage. hy single fo 6383. Emmerton says,‘ to bloom your auriculas well, too great attention cannot be paid to them for BNL, Crier about four or five weeks, viz. to use the language of a florist, to prevent them from being set, when all autos da trouble and danger will be completely over. This strict care commences about the 20th or 22d of March, nition of a Be and ends, as I calculate, by the 25th of April, or thereabouts. Around London, many fine plants of the ofthe coral DI, choicest sorts have always been spoilt by nursing them as they do their geraniums, that is, by keeping anf inion their plants under glass so many weeks, night and day. Many florists keep their lights continually over bt fr eh their flowers, day as well as night, from the 1st of January till the Ist of May, and only admit a current imistad Ae gro of air behind their frames: this is the rock, fatal to bloom, which so many split on. This mode of treat- ste in ie y ment, I am convinced, is highly improper;_it draws up the flower-stem, and renders it weak and spind- wht ae an ling, in a state unfit to bear or produce a bold truss. To bloom an auricula in perfection, it does not tien wth te require to be continually under glass night and day, longer than twenty-four days, or thereabouts; as a hiv nt the criterion, say from the 4th to the 28th of April: you will find your middle pips expanded, or nearly so, abe and well adapted to be exhibited on the stage at this time.” Previously to this period, however, say from tend pe la the 10th to the 16th of April, he removes them from the frames(which have a south aspect), and places Ws te cit them under hand-glasses in a full or north-eastern exposure. Here they remain till the 26th or 28th of r pet at April, and are then removed to the stage in a full north aspect. f: é wen 6384. Hogg keeps the lights over his auriculas, in April, night and day, to preserve their beauty unimpaired. Nees, Air he admits by raising the sashes behind; he covers up close at night,“ this being the very crisis of Boox II. PRIMROSE FAMILY. 853 time that requires your most particular care.” He thins out the pips or blossoms, leaving not more than thirteen, nor fewer than seven on a truss or umbel. In thinning,“* they should be taken out two or three at a time, and it requires some taste, nicety, and art, to perform this operation well, that the blossoms which are left on may grow in a regular equidistant form, so that any common spectator might suppose that no such thinning of the pips had taken place, but that they had grown exactly in that form, and with that number, from the first.”‘Towards the end of the month the flowers are removed to the stage fronting the east. 6385. The Lancashire growers,‘ in blooming time, set their large show-plants under hand- glasses, in an east aspect, to receive the morning sun only,‘The plants are, perhaps, not so early in bloom as those wintered in frames, but when their stems are not drawn, and they are able to support the trusses firmly: the mildew and rot do not take them so readily as when in closer situations.” 6386. Justice blows his flowers in the bunkers, or sheds, exposed to the full north; he gives them all the air he can, but excludes the sun, shelters them from winds, and waters them well twice a-week.(Brit. Gard. Direct. art. Auricula.) 6387. Henderson, of Delvine, blows his flowers in a frame( fig. 606.), which he says,“ answers all the purposes of frame, hand-glass, and stage, used by the Eng- lish florists; at least I make it do so. I have only to erect a screen of matting or poles in front, during the flowering season.‘The plan of it(a) is a long hexagon, which has a span roof(6) and a low stage sloping on all sides.(c) In the elevation are eight ventilators(d), eight hinged sashes(e), and as many iron rods on staples for holding them up(f).” The whole seems a simple, economical, and sufficiently neat struc- ture. Sussecr. 16. Primula, or Primrose Family.— Primula, L.. Monoz. L. and Primulacea, B. P. 6388. The primrose family, grown as florists’ flowers, consists of the polyanthus, primrose, cowslip, and oxlip. 6389. The polyanthus is the Primula vulgaris, var. Polyanthus, L. Primula, French, German, and Italian. In its wild state, the common primrose is too well known to require any description, it produces its flowers on numerous peduncles; but, by cultivation, throws up a scape, bearing an umbel of numerous flowers, brown, purple, red, and yellow. Linnzus asserts, that the peduncles in the common wild primroses spring from a scape, which being so short as to be concealed among the leaves, has not been observed. Curtis, however, found it in a few plants, and also that wild primroses, introduced into Dr. Buxton’s garden, at Maize Hill, near Greenwich, produced flowers both with and without a scape, and became, color excepted, perfect polyanthuses. Many botanists consider, that the polyanthus, primrose, cowslip, and oxlip are one species; and the Rev. W. Herbert seems to have proved it, and the same thing as to Primula auricula, helvetica, nivalis, and viscosa.(Hort. Trans. iv. 19.) It is sufficient for our purpose to observe, that the polyanthus is a very permanent variety, which does not readily return to the primrose, and that it is in high repute as a select and border flower, appearing in March and April, when there are few others to decorate the flower-garden. 6390. Varieties. These are as numerous as the varieties of auricula; and, as in that plant, single flowers are most esteemed. 6391. Criterion of a fine polyanthus.“ Its properties are, in most respects, similar to those of a fine auricula, viz. the stem, peduncles, or foot-stalks, and formation of the bunch or truss; therefore, a defi- nition of its pips, or petals( fig. 607. a), only remain necessary to be considered in this place. The tube of the corolla above the calyx, should be short, well filled with the anthers or summits of the stamens, and terminate fluted, rather above the eye. The eye should be round, of a bright clear yellow, and dis- tinct from the ground-color; the proportion as in the auricula throughout the flower. The ground-color is most admired when shaded with a light and dark rich crimson, resembling velvet, with one mark or stripe in the centre of each division of the limb, bold and distinct, from the edging down to the eye, where it should terminate in a fine point. The pips should be large, quite flat, and as round as may be, consistent with their peculiar beautiful figure, which is circular, excepting those small indentures between each division of the limb, which divide it into five or six heart-like segments. The edging should resem- ble a bright gold lace, bold, clear, and distinct, and so nearly of the same color as the eye and stripes are scarcely to be distinguished; in short, the polyanthus should possess a graceful elegance of form, a rich- ness of coloring, and symmetry of parts, not to be found united in any other flower.”(Maddock.) 6392. Propagation. By dividing the root, or by slips, for ordinary purposes: and by seed, for obtaining new varieties, Salas PRACTICE OF GARDENING. 6393. By seed. The plants from which seed is to be saved are to be separated from the stems, and treated in the same manner as seed-bearing auriculas. When ripe, it should be cut off with part of the stem, and so preserved till the sowing season, which, as well as the mode of procedure, are, according to Maddock, the same as for the auricula. Emmerton says, flowers intended for seed should be selected on the same principle as he directs for the auricula; and he recommends Pearson’s Alexander and Nichol- son’s Tantarara as excellent flowers to breed from. Knight’s mode of castration may be adopted. 6394. Justice says, he“ has had great success in raising polyanthuses and primroses from seed.” He gathered the seed generally about the 25th of June, and sowed it ten days afterwards in boxes, placed in the open air, under a wall or hedge with a north aspect. In July, he directs to“ prepare a nursery-bed of the same earth in which they were sown, and plant them carefully out, taking up as much earth about their roots as you can, so as not to disturb their young fibres, planting them twelve inches asunder, and shading them from all sun until they have struck new roots; keep them clear from weeds, and give them gentle waterings, and let this nursery-bed be made in such a situation as to have the morning sun only. Some of them will show their flowers the same autumn, and many of them in the spring following. Select the best, and plant them in a bed by themselves in a shady moist situation. In November, top-dress the plants, which will greatly strengthen them for the succeeding spring. They require to be transplanted every two years.”(Brit. Gard. Direct. 218.) 6305. Soil. Maddock and Emmerton recommend the same compost as for auriculas, but with more loam. Justice used the following:“to one load of well rotted cow-dung, or leaves of trees, take half a load of fine white sand, and two loads of fine hazelly loam, taken from a pasture some months before, and which has had the sward rotted amongst the earth: mix all well together before using.” 6396. Hogg says,“ the primrose and polyanthus require a much greater portion of sandy loam than the auricula, a very small quantity of rotten dung, and a little leaf-mould or heath or peat earth, mixed with them: in this they are found to grow extremely well.” 6397. Manner of growing. Maddock says, they may be grown in the same sized pots as the auricula, and be treated in the same manner; but as they are more impatient of heat and drought, and partial to shade and moisture, they may, with equal propriety, be planted on cool and shady beds or borders. This is the general practice of almost all the growers of this flower. 6398. General culture. The polyanthus is very hardy, and seldom perishes in the coldest and wettest seasons; but, during the heats of summer, they are frequently destroyed by snails and slugs, and by a small red spider.‘‘ This insect,” Maddock observes,*‘ seldom attacks such plants as are in a state of vigor, or when the weather is cold and wet; it generally commences its depredations in the early part of summer, and continues them as the heat and dryness‘of the weather favor its existence: the juices also of the plants being then more viscous and saccharine, afford it more suitable nourishment than at any other season. Such plants as appear infected should be immediately selected from the rest, taken out of the earth, and soaked for two or three hours in a strong infusion of tobacco-water, and be replanted in a fresh soil or compost, and removed to another situation remote from the former. If the whole bed or border of polyanthuses is over- run with this insect, it is best to take up all the plants, serve them in the same manner, and plant them elsewhere. The bed or border from whence the plants have been taken, should be immediately dug up or trenched, and suffered to remain fallow till the following season, or be occupied with some crop not liable to the same calamity.”(Florést’s Di- rectory, 228.) Parr III. 6399. The primrose(P. vulgaris, L.(Eng. Bot. 4.) Primevere, Fr.; Shafilose Primule, Ger.; and Primavera, Ital.)(fig. 607.) has a perennial root, appearing as if bit off at the end, witha singular smell like that of the anise. It is a na- tive of most parts of Europe, in woods, coppices, and sheltered lanes, particularly in a clayey soil. The flowers of the wild plant are almost always of a brimstone-color, but sometimes of a purple hue; they appear in March and April. 6400. Varieties. The double varieties produced by culture are in most esteem, of which there are— The stemless white Purple Scotch Yellow Crimson Lilac| White Brimstone. Hose-in-hose 6401. The cowslip(P. veris, L.(Eng, Bot. 5.) Primel, Fr. and Schlusselblwme, Ger.) ( fig. 608.) is distinguished from the primrose, by smelling more strongly of anise, by shorter leaves, and by an umbel with a leafy involucrum. It ne is a native plant, and found in moist pastures, 1 open situations, flowering in May. 6402. Varieties. Both double and single varieties are in esteem; but the plant has not been so much cultivated as the primrose. Gibbs, nursery- man, Brompton, has lately raised a great many very beautiful varieties from seed, differing in color, magnitude of the umbel, and in some being double, and in the hose-in-hose form.“ May 19th, 1818, Gibbs sent a large col- lection of flowers of varieties of the common cowslip, from his garden at Brompton. He had raised them from the seed of plants, originally derived from the wild cowslip, which had sported into varieties, and by frequent re- ttained their present excellence. The changes that have production had a( n taken place are in the magnitude of the trusses, and the size and color of ave been from the darker hues, the flowers; the selection appearing to hav¢ s though some paler flowers were in the collection. However great the vari- ation was in the points alluded to, yet none of the specimens appeared to have lost the general character and appearance of cowslip, not running either into the oxlip or the primrose; put some of them had become what florists term hose-in-hose, which appears to be the conversion, more or less, of the calyx, into the appearance of the corolla.” 6403. The oalip(P.elatior, L.( Eng. Bot. 51 8.) Bavillon, Fr. and Gartenprimel, Ger.)( fig.609) is distinguished from the primrose by its many-flowered scape, 406.‘The ¢ state, thou ah i and walls. cultivated sta Buropeforan! supposed tol Ttaly, in which sland; Ger «(fall the flow caves,“whethel rregale the seo: camation may be The stateliness of reraty of its col fume, never fail ation, The tulip marden, canuot bo with propriety be may be said to sha be admitted, that t rival, that it contin to decorate the gr wi. ts, colors, Of flake, pink flake, Jélow picotée,& all of which were ties a sessile flowers OMS, Criterion| Straight» not less should be strong,| inches in diameter Bwve it too full anc tals should be to Called the guard turn off eraceful convex, and ne, proach the centr disposed alike o United beauties degree of coneay Perfectly entire, leh in length, te M2 close and cir Gstinet, and disp Tattower as they ud should have a ve from Spots, ale to flakes ‘lstributed, Sea AN are seldom t CARNATION. 855 and from the cowslip, by the flat border of the corolla. It is found in woods, thickets, hedges, and sometimes in pastures; but is by no means so common as the primrose and cowslip. It flowers in April and May. Sir J. E. Smith is inclined to think that the oxlip is a hybrid production from a primrose, im- pregnated by a cowslip; its habit, the contraction towards the middle of the leaf, and the umbellate flower-stalk, indicating the father, whilst in the corolla, its form, color, and scent, it most resembles the mother.(Eng. Bot, 513.) 6404. Varieties,‘There are afew; but the plant has not been much eul- tivated with a view to that object. 6405. The propagation and culture of these three species is the same as for the polyanthus:‘ Sunsect. 17. Carnation.— Dianthus Caryophyllus, L.(Bot. Mag. 39.). Trigynia, L. and Caryophyllea, J. I, oeillet des Fleuristes, Fr.; Gartennelke, Ger.; and Garofano ortense, Ital.(fig. 610.) 6406. The carnation is little known in its wild state, though it has been found in England on rocks and walls. It was unknown to the ancients in its cultivated state; but has been a favorite flower in Europe for an unknown length of time. Itis generally supposed to have been introduced from Germany or Italy, in which countries it is more cultivated than in England; Gerrard, in 1597, received it from Poland. “ Of all the flowers that adorn the garden,” Hogg ob- serves,‘whether they charm the eye by their beauty, or regale the sense of smelling by their fragrance, the carnation may be justly said to hold the first rank. The stateliness of its growth, the brilliancy and di- versity of its colors, and the sweetness of its per- fume, never fail to attract our regard and admir- ation. The tulip, though styled the queen of the garden, cannot boast of more admirers: they may with propriety be considered the two master-pieces of nature; and, though rival beauties, may be said to share the sovereignty of the garden equally between them. Yet it must be admitted, that the carnation, independent of its fragrance, has this advantage over its rival, that it continues longer in bloom; and that when planted in pots, it can be removed to decorate the green-house, the conservatory, or the drawingroom.” 6407. Varieties. Parkinson(in 1629) has forty-nine sorts, which he divides into carnations, or“ the greatest sorts in leaf and flower,’’ and gillyflowers, or such as are smaller in both respects. One Tuggre, in Westminster, was the most remarkable man at that time for the culture of these flowers. Rea(in 1702) has 360 good sorts of carnation; a number scarcely exceeded by the catalogues of modern British florists. The varieties of this flower are now arranged in three classes: flakes, bizarres, and picotées. Flakes have two colors only, and their stripes large, going quite through the leaves; Bizarres(Fr. odd. irreg.) are variegated in irregular spots and stripes, and with not less than three colors: Piécotées(Fr. piquettée, pricked or spotted) havea white ground, spotted or pounced with scarlet, red, purple, or other colors. Of each class there are numerous varieties, arranged under the farther subdivisions of scarlet flake, pink flake, purple flake, yellow flake,&c. scarlet bizarre, crimson bizarre,&c. and purple picotée, yellow picotée,&c. Hogg gives a catalogue of nearly 350 sorts, so arranged, named after great personages, all of which were in his possession at the time he published his Treatise on the Carnation, in 1820. Only double varieties are in esteem. As an oddity may be mentioned the double dwarf carnation of Leige, with sessile flowers. 6408. Criterion of a fine double carnation.(fig. 610.c andd)‘‘ The stem should be strong, tall, and straight; not less than thirty or more than forty-five inches high; the foot-stalks, supporting the flowers, should be strong, elastic, and of a proportionate length. The flower, or corolla, should be at least three inches in diameter, consisting of a great number of large well formed petals; but neither so many as to give it too full and crowded an appearance, nor so few as to make it appear too thin and empty. The pe- tals should be long, broad, and substantial, particularly those of the lower or outer circle, commenly called the guard-leaves; these should rise perpendicularly, about half an inch above the calyx, and then turn off gracefully, in a horizontal direction, supporting the interior petals, and altogether forming a convex, and nearly hemispherical corolla. The interior petals should rather decrease in size, as they ci proach the centre of the flower, which should be well filled with them. The petals should be regularly disposed alike on every side, imbricating each other in such a manner as that both their respective and united beauties may captivate the eye at the same instant: they should be nearly flat, however a small degree of concavity, or inflection, at the lamina, or broad end, is allowable; but their edges should be perfectly entire, that is to say, free from notch, fringe, or indenture. The calyx should be at least one inch in length, terminating with broad points, sufficiently streng to hold the narrow bases of the petals, in a close and circular body. Whatever colors the flower may be possessed of, they should be perfectly distinct, and disposed in long regular stripes, broadest at the edge of the lamina, and gradually becoming narrower as they approach the unguis, or- base of the petal, there terminating in a fine point. Each pe- tal should have a due proportion of white, 7. e. one half, or nearly so, which should be perfectly clear, and free from spots. Bizarres, or such as contain two colors upon a white ground, are esteemed rather pre- ferable to flakes, which have but one, especially when their cclors are remarkably rich, and very reguiarly distributed. Scarlet, purple, and pink, are the three colors most predominant in the carnation; the two first are seldom to be met with in the same flower, but the two last are very frequently. When the scar- Q 2 856 PRACTICE OF GARDENING._ set predominates, and ts united with a paler color, or, as it sometimes happens, with a very deep purple upon a white ground, it constitutes a scarlet bizarre, of which there are many shados and varieties Fame Ticher and others paler in their colors, as is the case with all the rest. Pink bizarres are so called when the pink abounds; purple bizarres, when the purple abounds; crimson bizarres consist of a deep purple and rich pink. When the pink flake is very high in color, it is distinguished by the appellation of rose flake; but some there are so nearly in the medium betwixt a pink and scarlet, that it can scarcely be de- fined to which class they belong. In addition to the foregoing varieties, there is a sort held in great esteem by cultivators, called picotée(fig. 611. a); many of which are very beautiful, and being hardier than the other sorts, are in considerable re- quest. The colors are principally yellow, and white spotted; their properties are the same as the other kinds, except that the edges of the petals are serrated or jagged, and the color is disposed in spots, where the others are striped. It is propa- gated in the same manner as the others.” 6409. Propagation. By layers and pipings for continuing approved sorts, and by seed for procuring new varieties. 6410. By layers. The time for performing this operation is when the plants are in full bloom; some defer it till the flowers are on the decline; but in that case the new plants are not so well rooted as those layed earlier, and consequently less able to stand the winter. Laying, by the wounds it inflicts, consider- ably impairs the bloom, and generally kills the parent plant. The practical part of the operation has nothing extraordinary in it; a sufficient quantity of pegs(fig. 612. a) and of com- post being provided, the pot containing the plant to be laid is placed on a table, and the layers prepared by cutting off their lower leaves(b); the earth is then stirred, and the pot filled up with“ light rich mould not of too fine a grain.”+(Maddock) The incision is made by entering a quarter of an inch below the joint, and passing the knife up through the centre of it; it is then to be pegged down, and buried not more than half an inch-deep.‘“‘ It is advisable,” Maddock says,‘‘ to peg down the layers in a dry state, being then less brittle, and consequently not so liable to break off as when they are wet and succulent; there— fore, as soon as the layers are dressed, the pot should be placed full in the sun for half an hour in order to render them more flaccid and pliant than they otherwise would be. When the layers are properly rooted, which will be the case with moist sorts in about three weeks or a month after laying, provided due care be taken to keep them regularly moist, and to shade them from the beat of the meridian sun, they are then to be cut off from the old plant, with about half an inch of the stalk which connects them with it, and be immediately planted in small pots, three or four plants in each, placed round the sides. The pots are to be placed under an arch of hoops, where they can be covered with mats, in case of excessive rains, till the severity of the weather renders it necessary to remove them into their winter repository which is to be constructed in the same manner, and have the same aspect, as that described for auriculas.” (Florists Directory, 196.) 6411. Hogg commences laying when the flowers are sufficiently expanded to show which are in color, or true to their kinds, and which not: this he finds to be about the 2Ist of July, and he continues laying from that time to the 2ist of August. The plants receive a good watering the day previous to laying, because they can receive it only for some time after through the fine rose of the watering-pot, on account of pre- serving the earth on the layed shoots. In performing the operation, he cuts off the nib or extreme end of the tongue, or talus, immediately below the joint, because,“if lett on, it is apt to decay,” and prevent the protrusion of that granulous matter from which the fibres proceed. Under favorable circumstances they will be fit to take off in seven or eight weeks, and may then be planted two or three in a small pot (No. 48.), three inches in diameter, by four inches deep. The pots are to be set on tiles slates, or boards, there to remain till the middle or end of October, when they are to be removed to their winter quarters.(Treatise,&c. 56.) 6412. By pipings.‘This mode of propagating the carnation is very precarious. Maddock says,“ five thousand plants were piped one season, of which not more than one hundred perished; whereas nore than two thousand were lost of the same number the year following, with but very little variation in the ma- nagement; nevertheless, some sorts succeed much better by piping than laying, and make healthier plants: it requires attention and experience to distinguish such sorts from the rest.’ Piping, however, is often a neces resource where the shoots are too short for laying, or where in laying, shoots are broken by accident. 6413. The first thing is to provide a slight hot-bed, and cover it four or five inches thick with fine light mould, laid very regular and even. The cuttings intended to be piped are to have two complete joints that is to say, they are to be cut off horizontally close under the second joint: the extremities or points of the leaves are likewise to be shortened, as for laying, which will leave the whole length of the piping from one inch anda half to two inches, according to its strength(jig. 612. c): as soon as thus prepared, it may be thrown into a basin of soft water for a few minutes, to plump it up. The earth on the bed where the pipings are to be placed should be moderately moistened, and rendered rather compact than otherwise. then take a small hand-glass, and with it make an impres- 4 sion neatly on the surface of the soil, in order to know where to stick in the pipings, so as to lose no room, or en- danger their being disturbed when the glass is placed over them.‘The pipings are then to be taken out of the basin singly, and forced into the earth, in their wet state, with a steady hand; but not more than half an inch deep. When a sufficient number for the glass are thus placed regularly, at equal distances from each other, and rather more than an inch within the mark described by the glass, on every side, they are to be very gently watered, in order that the earth may adhere more closely to them, and thereby keep out the air; after this watering, they are to remain open, but not exposed to a hot sun, till their leaves become per- fectly dry, after which the glass is to be placed over them carefully, on the same mark that was made by it upon the surface of the soil, before the pipings were placed there. The bottom edges of the glass are to be forced a little into the earth, to prevent the admission of too much air, which so far finishes the operation. What further remains to be done is to attend diligently to their management, with re- spect to sun and air,&c. 6414. The soil ought to be kept regularly moist, till they have formed their fibres; but too much moisture is as pre- judicial as too little, and whenever they are watered, the glasses are never to be replaced over them till their leaves | Joos Ih Th vfeatly WY if i vat vec yell iaths ree of hoo y yrecessary 5 wld strike root togeth iy their supenios winter preservall ost, where they removal, must be G46. Care 4) pipings 28 ate ta degenerated); be any other than! propagation; th plant or plants t! third Jeaf-mould, ont ay enter 4+} ath six tuches deep, incommon Use, time to time and if sufficiently place a frame an remain till the m their ends hard with a little tem hasten their fibri G19, By seed. and cold of the 2 land; and if put the following dir are thin of leaf, they should be p stantial, and perf fou, throu, stand upon a g and mutilate th tainly weaken' j petals become y a degree of moi seed, There js bloom is over, al leavethe two sty plum the calyx Made on one gid Mge theres by sel itself, becg main or be tak ‘ems from the g i i A we|? LA wy Beox II. CARNATION. 857 are perfectly dry. The pipings should have a little of the morning sun, but must be shaded from it when the heat becomes considerable; this will be easily effected by placing mats upon a slight frame of hoops or laths erected over the bed about two feet above it. 6415. The glasses should be occasionally taken qf'to admit fresh air; if this material point is neglected, the consequence will be a green mossy appearance on the surface of the earth, and an universal mouldiness amongst the plants, which will destroy them. It requires more skill to know when and how long the pipings should be exposed to the air, while forming root, than for almost any other part of the manage- ment; on this single point, in great measure, depends the good or ill success of the whole undertaking. It is almost, or perhaps entirely, impossible to lay down any rules that will not be liable, as circumstances may vary, to mislead the inexperienced in the art of piping; much must depend on the discernment and prudence of the cultivator; there is no great danger to be apprehended from taking off the glasses for a few minutes, or half an hour, when it is cloudy, and the air rather warm and moist; but if no opportuni- ties of this kind occur in due time, it should be done early in the morning: and rather than to omit doing it entirely, it will be better to take the glasses off, if it is only for five minutes, turning them upside down on the path, in order to air them, and replacing them again over the plants; even this will be of great service, though not equal to a more effectual airing at favorable times, which, indeed, becomes more fre- quently necessary in proportion to the length of time the pipings have been upon the bed; but when once they begin to strike fibre, they will soon spindle up and become extremely weak, if not carefully attended to, viz. agreeably to the following directions: when their fibres are formed, which the additional verdure and growth of the plants will demonstrate, the glasses should be placed over them very lightly, in order that more air may be admitted; and when they become tolerably well rooted, the glasses being no longer necessary, should be entirely taken away: but it seldom happens that all the plants, under the same glass, strike root together; some are generally a few days or a week forwarder than the rest, as will be apparent by their superior growth and verdure: such ought to be carefully taken up and planted in small pots, for winter preservation, or they may be planted round the sides of large carnation-pots, filled with the com- post, where they will soon make rapid progress; the remaining plants which are not sufficiently rooted for removal, must be continued under the glasses, as before directed, till they become so. 6416. Care of pipings as to run or degenerated flowers. It is necessary to be very careful to mark such pipings as are taken off before it can be ascertained whether the original plant is in true colors, or run(or degenerated); because it very seldom happens that the pipings or layers, taken from a run flower, produce any other than run or plain-colored blossoms; in consequence of which they are not worth the trouble of propagation; the pipings ought therefore to be so marked as that it may be accurately known from what plant or plants they were taken, in order that if any of the originals should prove foul in color, or run, the increase of such may be distinguished from the rest, and destroyed. The layers and pipings of the most beautifully variegated flowers will frequently produce run blossoms; but it is impossible to prevent it, especially amongst the rich high-colored sorts, when they grow in a rich compost. 6417. Some people pipe their carnations at the third joint, but it is better to do it at the second; because, in the first instance, the third joint being more hard and woody, the pipings do not strike root so soon, or form afterwards such handsome plants, as when they are piped at the second joint from the extremity of the shoot.(Io. Direct. 202.) 6418. Hogg considers, that piping the carnation should commence sooner than laying, before the shoots get hard and woody; he begins about the first of July. Plants raised from pipings, he considers as sounder, and more likely to encounter the rigors of a sharp winter than layers; but still as laying is the surest mode, he only makes pipings of such shoots as appear crowded, or too short or too high up the stalk to be laid easily. He plants them on a bed of dung of blood warmth, in a compost of one third maiden earth, one third leaf-mould, one third rotten horse-dung, and one sixth sand, finely sifted, that‘ the cuttings, when stuck in, may enter easily and without injury. The piping should be cut with a sharp pen or budding- knife, at the second or third joint, according to the condition of the shoot; but the shorter the better. The cut must take place horizontally, close below the joint, and the sheath, or part that covers the joint, must be carefully removed and peeled off. When the pipings are cut, the surface of the bed made flat and level, and gently watered through a fine rose, they may be stuck in three quarters of an inch deep, in rows not too near together.‘Then let them be watered again, which will help to fix the earth close round them; the glasses on no account are to be shut down close till they are dry, or they will inevitably fog, rot, and perish. The best glasses for piping are those made of the common window-glass, eight inches square and six inches deep, and the less air they contain the sooner will the cuttings strike root.‘The striking-glasses in common use, which are blown for the purpose, too often contain such a thick body of glass as to concen- trate the sun’s rays, and scorch the pipings. They require shading only when the sun its out, and then with a net or old mat, to admit the glimmering of his rays. If the weather continues dry and hot, they will require to be watered occasionally with a fine rose, early in a morning, over the glasses, which, for one fortnight at least, need not be removed if they are doing well. After, you may take them off from time to time as you see occasion, for half an hour or so in a morning, to give fresh air, and dry the glasses; and if any of the pipings appear mildewed or rotten, pull them up._ At the end of six weeks they will be sufficiently rooted to be transplanted into small pots or a prepared bed, over which it would be advisable to place a frame and lights for'a week or ten days, till they take root again. There they may be allowed to remain till the middle or so of September. In taking them up, if you find any not rooted, but sound, and their ends hard and callow, do not let them remain upon the same spot, but remove them to another bed, with a little temporary heat, and cover them with glasses as before; this will not fail to start them and hasten their fibring.”(Treatise,&c. 52.) 6419. Byseed. Carnation-seed is rather difficult to raise or ripen in this country, owing to the moisture and cold of the autumnal months, It is generally procured from Vienna and different towns of Switzer- land; and if put in vials and well corked will keep for years.‘To raise it in this country, Maddock gives the following directions:‘‘ Those flowers which have but few petals, or, as it is more commonly expressed, are thin of leaf, generally produce most seed, and therefore are most to be depended on for a supply; but they should be possessed of the best properties in other respects, viz. their petals should be large, broad, sub- stantial, and perfectly entire at the edge, and their colors rich and regularly distributed, and in due propor- tion. throughout the whole blossom. The plants should be selected from the rest, and their pots should stand upon a stage, defended against earwigs, in an open part of the garden, in which situation they should remain during bloom, and until the seed is perfectly matured; their blossoms should be defended from rain, by having glass, paper, or tin covers(fig. 612. d), suspended over them, in such a manner as to admit a free circulation of air; the pots should neither be kept very wet nor very dry; nor will it be proper to cut and mutilate the plants, either for their layers or pipings, till the seed becomes ripe, because it would cer- tainly weaken them, and consequently injure, if not destroy, their seed. When the bloom is over, and the petals become withered and dry, they should be carefully drawn out of the pod or calyx, being apt to retain a degree of moisture at their base, endangering a mouldiness and decay in that part which will destroy the seed. There is another mode of treatment adopted successfully in ripening the seed, which is, when the bloom is over, and the petals begin to decay, they are to be extracted as above, taking particular care to leave the two styles, which appear like horns proceeding from the summit of the germen, or future pericar- pium: the calyx(fig. 610. a) is then to be shortened to about one half of its original length, and an aperture made on one side of the remainder, down to the base of the pericarpium, so that no water can possibly lodge there; but in doing this, great care is necessary not to wound or injure the pericarpium, or seed- vessel itself, because it might prove destructive to the seed. After the above is performed, the covers may remain or be taken away at pleasure; but in the latter case it is advisable to loosen the upper part of the stems from the sticks, that the open end of the calyx may incline a little downwards, the more effectually to i ne tn ol nen Steet lt anne = a — 858 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. preserve it in adry state; the stems should not be suffered to hang 60 loose as to be in danger of breaking off with every puff of wind. The seed ripens from the end of August to the beginning of October: the pericarpium becomes brown, dry, and hard, and the seed, when ripe, is of a black or very dark brown color; those who are not sufficiently attentive to the ripening of their seed are apt to gather it too soon before it is perfectly matured, in consequence of which the greatest part proves small, pale-colored and unproductive. When gathered it should remain in the pericarpium, in a dry room, till the beginning, or middle of May; it is then to be sown in pots filled with the compost, and have a little fine mould sifted upon it, barely sufficient to cover the seed: at this season of the year artificial heat is not required, the pots should therefore be placed in an airy part of the garden, be shaded from the heat of the sun, and kept moderately moist, but never very wet. As soon as the young plants appear with six leaves, and become about three inches high, they should be planted out on a bed of good rich garden-mould, at about ten or twelve inches asunder, and be defended from excess of rain and severe frosts, by mats on hoops, placed over the bed in the usual manner: they will in general blow the following summer. Some persons have advanced an opinion, that the seed of run plants produces as great a proportion of variegated flowers O any other; but the validity of this assertion has not yet been sufficiently demonstrated by experiment.” Maddock. 6420, Hoze’s directions differ in nothing of importance from those of Maddock. He says it often hap- pens, that out of 200 blooming plants you will not be able to get even two pods of perfect seed. More was saved in the dry summer of 1818 than in any seven preceding years. Seedlings require two years to bloom, and the chance of getting a good new flower he reckons as one to 100. If a florist raises six new carnations in his lifetime, he is to be considered fortunate. Seed out of the same pod, he says, is reported to produce flowers of all the different varieties, flakes, bizarres,&c._Emmerton experienced that seed from a scarlet flake will produce a scarlet bizarre, and a rose or pink flake. 6421. Soil. The compost Maddock recommends is as follows:‘ one half rotten horse-dung, one year old, or that has been used as a hot-bed for cucumbers, melons,&c.; one third fresh sound loamy earth; one sixth coarse sea or river sand. These ingredients are to be mixed together in autumn, laid in a heap about two feet thick, in an open exposure, and turned three or four times during winter; or, otherwise, the dung alone, after being used as a hot-bed, may be thrown together in a heap, in a conical form, in order to rot more perfectly; and, as its surface freezes in winter, it should be pared off, and laid on one side, till the whole mass has been thoroughly frozen throughout; this may be repeated as often as the season permits, and it will be completely fit for use the following spring: the earth and sand may be added to it in March, when wanted to fresh pot the plants for bloom: the whole should then be well mixed and incorporated together, and passed through a coarse screen or sieve, to reduce its parts and take out stones, or any other extraneous substance which it may contain. In country places, where the air is more pure, experience has pointed out the propriety of using less dung and more loam; the pro- portions of which, for such situations, may be reversed, viz. one half loamy earth and one third dung, with the sand as before specified: the preparation of the compost, in other respects, is to be exactly the same in all situations.”(lorést’s Direct.) 6422. Hogg takes“‘ three barrows of loam, one and a half ditto of garden-mould, ten ditto of horse- dung, one ditto of coarse sand; let these be mixed and thrown together in a heap or ridge, and turned two or three times in the winter, particularly in frosty weather, that it may be well incorporated. On a dry day towards the end of November, I take a barrow of fresh lime, which, as soon as it is slacked, I strew over it while hot in turning the heap; this accelerates the rotting of the fibrous particles in the loam, lightens the soil, and destroys the grubs, worms, and slugs. Lime is too well known as a manure to say any thing further in its praise here. If there has been much rain during the winter, so that the strength of the compost is reduced, and the salts washed from it, I take about seven pounds of damaged salt and add them to it, either dissolved in water or strewed over with the hand. This, from an experience of three years, I have found to be attended with the most beneficial effect upon the future health and vigor of the plants. During very heavy rains, many florists cover their compost with tarpawling or double mats, to prevent the nutritious particles from being washed out; this is also an excellent precaution. If any objection be started that the quantity of dung is too great in proportion to that of the loam, I answer, that such an objection might be well founded, if the compost were to be used immediately on its being mixed together; but as it has to lie six months before it is used, I am decidedly of opinion, that the quantity is not more than is necessary in order to ensure a luxuriant growth and a generous bloom.” For flowers that are apt to sport in color, such as Humphrey’s Duke of Clarence, Plummer’s Lord Manners,&c. he lowers the compost, and uses“three barrows of sound staple loam, two ditto old rotten cow-dung, one ditto horse-dung, a half ditto sand, a half ditto lime rubbish, or old plaster; to be prepared, and well in- corporated, as before.” He also uses the same compost for yellow picotées.(Treatise,&C. 45.) 6423. Justice says,“One article with respect to the soil for carnations you must certainly observe; never to use for it the ground wherein hyacinths have been planted; they, from certain experience, being a sure poison to the carnation, and vice versd.”(Brit. Gard. 427.); 6424. Manner of growing. The commoner sorts are planted in beds or borders, but the select kinds always in pots.; j 6425. Pots and potting. Maddock uses pots for flowering plants,‘ at least twelve inches wide at the top, six inches at the bottom, and ten inches deep in the inside, with a circular aperture in the centre of the bottom, of about an inch in diameter; also three or four smaller holes round the sides of the pot, close to the bottom, to prevent the possibility of water lodging or remaining in that part.”” Hogg uses pots of twelve or sixteen to the cast, being smaller than those recommended by Maddock.; 6426. The operation of potting, according to Maddock,‘should commence about the middle of March, if the weather is not extremely unfavorable; but it should not, on any account, be deferred later than the end of that month. The pot is, in the first place, to be half filled with compost, having an oyster- shell, with its hollow side downwards, placed over the hole in the centre of the bottom: this compost is to be higher at the sides than in the centre of the pot, and the plants intended for it, which are supposed to have been wintered in small pots, containing four plants each, are to be carefully turned out of their pots; with all the earth adhering to them, in a ball; and after rubbing off about half an inch of the sur- face of the old mould, round about the plants, above their fibres, cleaning them and cutting off the decayed points of their leaves, the ball is to be carefully placed in the centre of the pot, and the space between it and the sides filled up with the prepared compost. It is very necessary to be attentive in placing the plants, that they be neither planted deeper nor shallower than they were before; the compost should therefore be high enough to replace the old earth that was rubbed off on potting, exactly to the same height as before, i.e. half an inch higher than the ball of old earth and fibres: and the whole surface of the earth in the pot, when the operation is finished, should be nearly level or flat; but by no means higher at the centre than at the sides, because the plants would thereby be kept too dry; nor should the compost come nearer than within an inch of the top or rim of the pot, after it has been gently shaken, or struck against the ground on finishing, as an inconvenience will attend its being too full, when the operation of laying comes to be performed, which requires some additional mould on the surface, for the layers to strike a Hogg considers the first week in April as the safest and best time to pot carnations, and he performs the operation in the same manner as Maddock. ai 6427. General culture. When the plants are potted off for bloom, the pots should be placed in an open airy part of the garden, under an arch of hoops, that in case of cold drying ea eek ed or frosty nights, mats may be thrown over, to preserve them from the effects of such unfavera ae ce in this situation they are to remain, always open to the air, except in the cases above mentioned, and be kept regularly watered with soft water from a fine-rosed watering-pot. pons Bs aon(heir J! 4 bs freed into pisate san others \ aperl Pe voqulatly YP on a straights eh by means of stro areel and formet mit, that W ill p tube should be aby fixed by a nal or never wire they gained acc of a small awl, and som; the other en meter, to enclose t! stem freely, withou (435, Those who plain, or run from t Q hey dispose the wt til petals, nearly Neauties; and if t thereby afford the ¢ Tedundancy, The posure to Inust be admitted one side, others i middle, is prefera S0 large as for fou duunber of blossoy are naturally poss ifonly one or two Stall lateral pods my have time to i with petals, m Out pods are as mp “iE FEW eXceptio AL Carnations they are Boox Il. CARNATION. 859 6428. When their flower-stems are grown eight or ten inches high, it will be necessary to support them with sticks, forced into the earth in the centre of the pot, to which the stems are to be loosely tied with small pieces of bass mat: these sticks should be as high as the hoops will admit, in order that the pots may remain under them as long as possible; but when the stems are grown too high for this situation, the pots are to be removed to the stage, and remain there till the time of bloom; the small sticks should be replaced with others more suitable for the occasion; these should be about four feet or four feet six inches long, regularly tapering a little from the bottom to the top, and be painted green; they should be sub- stantial and straight, and their lower ends are to be forced into the earth in the centre of the pot, suffi- ciently deep and firm, not to be shaken loose by the wind. As the stems continue to advance in height, the tying, as above, must be also continued at about every five or six inches: it is proper to look over and examine the plants for this purpose every three or four days, as the stems are rather brittle, and liable to be broken by the wind, if not supported in this manner. 6429. If any small, green, winged insects appear on the stems or foliage of the plants, particularly upon or underneath the flower-pods, they must be effectually extirpated or destroyed, either by the means of a small soft brush or feather, by the application of a strong infusion of tobacco-water, or some similar easy and safe expedient: even Scotch snuff dusted upon the infested parts early in the morning, while the plants are wet with the dew of the night, has been sometimes tried in this case with success. 6430. The calyx of many sorts contains a great number of petals, which, as they increase in bulk, will distend and burst it, if not timely prevented: this generally happens a few days previous to the proper time for the blossoms opening, and will, if neglected, soon manifest the effects of such neglect, by letting out the petals on one side, and thereby producing a loose irregular appearance, totally destroying that compact, graceful, circular form which a perfect flower ought to possess, and which is one of its greatest ornaments; but this disagreeable effect may be easily avoided, by fastening a small narrow slip of bladder round the middle of the pod, where it is most swelled, and appears to have the greatest inclination to burst. The slip of bladder should be rather longer than is required to go once round, so that one end of it may lay over the other a little, which, by the application of a little gum-water, will adhere firmly together, and answer the purpose completely. Small slips of wet bass mat may be substituted for those of bladder, and being tied with a single knot round the same part of the pod, will answer nearly as well.(jig. 612. 5) 6431, When any of the flowers begin to open and expand, such should be shaded, both from sun and rain, by means of strong caps or paper covers(fig. 612. d), about twelve inches in diameter, painted white or green, and formed like an umbrella, to throw off rain; each should have a square tin tube on the sum- mit, that will permit the stick, to which the stem is tied, to pass through it as far as is necessary. The tube should be about two inches long, and have a small hole bored through one of its sides, that it may be fixed by a nail to any part of the stick where required. But when the major part are in bloom, a cloth awning should be placed over the whole, and be drawn up or let down by means of lines and pulleys, ex- actly in the same manner, and on the same occasions, as for the bloom of hyacinths and tulips. The same frame that was used for the hyacinth( fig. 591.) will, without being removed or taken down, answer in every respect for carnations: nor can any other more suitable be contrived or adopted. 6432. In order that the flowers may appear to the greatest advantage, it is necessary that the pots should stand upon a stage or platform of boards raised about twelve or fifteen inches above the ground; this stage should be very strongly supported, in order to sustain the immense weight of the pots, without dan- ger of giving way; the supporters of this platform should stand in shallow leaden or earthen vessels, filled with water, to prevent the access of earwigs, which are destructive enemies to the blossoms of carna- tions: they secrete themselves commonly during night in the calyx(/ig. 612. a), and soon commence their depredations, by biting off and devouring the lower ends or claws of the petals, which of course will cause them to drop out, and thereby distfigure the flower. 6433. The stands, or reservoirs, should be broad enough to allow an intermediate space of water, three or four inches wide, between their sides and the supporters placed in the centre of each. Earwigs will nevertheless be frequently found amongst the flowers, having been brought upon the stage with the pots, where they remain concealed, or dormant, till the flowers are in bloom; or perhaps they may have gained access by having crept up the external frame, and from thence fallen down upon the pots; or they may possibly have flown upon them, as they are evidently provided with wings, though it does not appear that they often make use of them. At all events, it is necessary frequently to examine the plants, and the sticks which support the stems, as earwigs will be often found concealed there in the daytime, par- ticularly at the part where the stems are tied, which affords them a more secure hiding place. If any of the petals hang loose, or drop out, it is a certain sign that an earwig is, or has been there: in the first case, blowing forcibly with the mouth, into the blossom, two or three times, willcause it to creep out; but if it has quitted the blossom previous to the discovery, it should be carefully sought after and destroyed, or it will continue its depredations the succeeding night; it will, however, most probably be found sculking somewhere about the same pot, but not farther distant than the next, or next but one, unless the search has been deferred too long. 6434. The flowers should be suspended from the sticks by small pieces of fine elastic brass wire(fig. 612. e), of unequal lengths,(sold in the pin-shops,) to support them in an easy graceful manner, neither too near together nor remote from each other: one end of the wire should be introduced into the stick by means of a small awl, and there be fixed sufficiently tight to prevent its dropping out by the weight of the blos- som; the other end of the wire should be formed intoa smallring, about a quarter of an inch in dia- meter, to enclose the stem below the calyx; this ring should be a little open on one side to admit the stem freely, without bruising it, which would materially injure the bloom. 6435. Those who are particularly curious in blowing their carnations, carefully extract such petals as are plain, or run from their true colors: they perform this by means of an instrument adapted to the purpose ( fig. 612. f), and with the same arrange the remaining petals, so as to supply the defect; in like manner they dispose the whole with such regularity that the flowers appear to have an equal distribution of beau- tiful petals, nearly alike on every side, without imbricating each other, so as to hide their respective beauties; and if the blossom consists of too great a number of petals, they extract the smallest, and thereby afford the others more room to expand, which takes off the confused effect always produced by redundancy.‘The pots must be kept regularly and constantly watered during bloom, in the manner before described, and no favorable opportunity should be neglected to afford them the full advantage of ex- posure to light and air, by drawing up the cloth covering, in the manner before described; but no rain must be admitted to the blossoms at any period of the bloom, Some place their stage, or platform, on one side, others in the centre; but a double row of pots on each side, with a commodious path in the middle, is preferable. If the pots contain only two plants each, they consequently are not required to be so large as for four or five; but the latter have much the best appearance in bloom, producing a greater number of blossoms: it is not however advisable to permit every pod to blow, especially of such sorts as are naturally possessed of but few petals; because it would render each blossom smaller and thinner than if only one or two were left on each plant; it is, therefore, proper in this case to cut off, or draw out the small lateral pods, close to the main stem, as soon as they can be ascertained, in order that the remainder may have time to reap due benefit by it; but those sorts that have remarkably large short pods, abound- ing with petals, must be suffered to bloom them all, or the greater part, although, in general, three or four pods are as many as ought to be suffered to blow on one plant. These rules, or remarks, admit of some few exceptions, but the instances seldom occur. 6436. Carnations are to be treated, during winter, much like auriculas: with respect to the weather, they are seldom injured by a moderate dry frost, though it is safer to defend them from too much of it; but it is very necessary to caution against covering them up close when the plants are wet, as they are, in ee eS eS a ee Sg? See > i a- SS Uf~*°. 5| (6189.), are the seasons for planting or transplanting. The general culture is, stirring\ the soil; renewing it according to the kind of plant(6188.); taking up overgrown plants,| yaniEcatél é::~.°..: 5 cn, flo reducing them, and replanting(6190.); sticking, pruning, trimming, removing all use-|,nen.0 less, decayed, injured, or diseased parts; and supplying blanks.(6192.) The general GREEN: :== 9 soschatu management consists attending to order and neatness.(6201.) i ost WN Ipilium cer” om ~.. Cunt) a_— eectim Sunsecr. 2. Species and Varieties of bulbous-rooted Border-Flowers.= gel ) 6500. BULBOUS-ROOTED BORDER-FLOWERS.—MARCH.| RED: Height from 0 to 3 of aft.| From% of a foot to 14 foot| From 14 foot to 2k fect.| From 2% feet to 3: From 3 feet upwards. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. Cyclamen coum, s. p+ Hyacinthus orientalis WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Leucojum vernum|Scilla bifolia flo. albo. p. Exrythr. dens can. fl. al. p.| Fumaria bulbosa}| = cava| Galanthus nivalis, Feb.| flo. pleno YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW.| yELLOW. Helleborus hyemal. Jan. Helleborus hyemalis an, ft Tulipa suaveolens, p-| Narcissus pseudo narcis-| — flo. pleno|‘Lulipa sylvestris| Crocus vernus| BLUE. BLUE. BLUE» BLUE. BLUE. Scilla bifolia, p.| PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE.: Erythronium dens can.p-| PURPLE: Ixia bulbocodium[Aliom ascalonicu VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. | Allium chameze-moly NID Gp RED.| RED. RED. RED.| RED. Hyacinth orient. fl. carn-|| Fritillaria latifolia |= imperialis —— flo. pleno |—— major ApEhen Sc| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Sanguinaria canaden. p. Hyacinthus orient. fl.alb.| | Narcissus biflorus| Sanguinaria canadens. p.| YELLOW,| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Narcissus minor| Narcissus bicolor Ornithogalum stachy-. Fritillaria lat. flo. lut. _—— major_ a_pleno — fol. variegatis] BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Bulbocodium vern. t. p-|Scillanonscripta y|— amoena, p- |— verma PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. YURPLE. Allium inodorum RE TET VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED.| PURPLE. Fritillaria meleagris| 'Lris persica;| GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. VARIEGATE] Ornithogalum luteum| Ornithogalum nutans Iris tuberosa| umbellat.!| SS WO eS RED.| RED.| RED. RED. RED. bh fMuscari botryoi- fl. coer.| Lilium bulbifer. ard. p.| Lilium concolor, ¢. p. | WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. i.\ Narcissus tenuifolius Allium ursinum ore ea 1 ¥—__ triandrus| romanus sate a| Muscari botryoi. fl. alb.| Narcissus angustifolius WHITE, j Trillium grandiflorum_— orientalis }|=—.pleno} ;‘_ poeticus| autumn q\|=— fl.pleno|= YEII ig '| an= xr> We YELLOW, ie| YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW| " i jNarcissus jonquilla| Narcissus bulbocodium|| im).| j—— pleno|—_compressus /|{— bulbocodium ¢.) ex incomparabil-| |—_ odorus| 4‘ orientalis bio- ‘a L|||.=)! tenuior \9|\|—_ trilobus i —— a 1 | | | ———— | r gL" Boox II. BORDER-FLOWERS. BULBOUS-ROOTED BORDER-FLOWE — MAY— continued. Height from O to} of aft. From 3 0 Fa foot to iam ran 1s Foot to 2% feet. From 2 feet to 54 feet. From ups lonrarhs| BLUE. BLUE. PLUE. BLUE. BLUE. 7 Muscari botyroid.com.|Scilla campanulata, p.|Hyacinth. botryoid. czer. —— monstros.|— lusitanica 0. pallido,|. — racemos. Scilla italica | PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Fritillaria persica — racemosa ryrenaica Allium angulosum VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED, VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Anemo. coron. flo. pleno| Anemone coronaria Tulipa gesneriana Allium carinatum Oxalis acetosella GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Muscari moschatum Omnithogalum striat. p. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. Trillium cernuum, p- = erectum — sessile JUNE. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. Allium nutans Allium descendens Orchis conopsea— Gladiolus communis, p- Lilium pomponium flo. coccineo Gladiolus b byzantinus, p- WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE Mimaria cucullaria, p.|Allium sativum Allium canadense Amaryllis atamasco, ¢.— senescens Gladiol. byzant. flo. al. p. Leucojum zestivum— communis Orchis bifolia Ornithogalum pyramid. Pancratium illyricum, p. Scilla lilio hyaci. fl. ple. — lil. hyacin. fl. alb. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW Erith. den. can. fl. fla. p. Allium moly Lilium pompon. fl. fut. — bulbiterum, ¢. p. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Scilla sibirica Hyacinthus serotinus Iris xyphioides Iris xiphium= |Se illa lilio-hyacinthus |— peruviana PURPLE-| PURPLE, PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE, Allium ascalonicum Allium roseum — schoenoprasum Orchis militaris Oxalis violacea, t. p-|— |Oxalis violacea, p. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Ranunculus asiaticus| Orchis maculata /Ornithogalum pyrenaic. GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN. ' Allium victorialis| |Ophrys ovata BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. Ophrys apifera —{ Ornithogalum uniflor. ¢.| Y RED.| RED.| RED.| RED. RED. |Amaryllis belladonn. p.|. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE. Allium tartaricum Allium ampeloprasium| Allium nigrum Lilium condidam — tricoccum-ancratium maritim. p.|—— flo. pleno Ornithogalum comos. p. jo= flo. variegat. }— martag. flo. alb. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Oxalis corniculata, p-{Allium flavum Allium obliquum| Lilium tigrinum — stricta PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Allium lineare Allium paniculatum Lilium martagon — flo. pleno | Allium scorodoprasum VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED, a ilium ae fl. stria. RED. RED. [eseatte: eG ru. p-|Cyclamen europeum ». pleno — fol. varieg. Cyc Jamen europeum, p- WHITE. WHITE. | Cyclam. europ. fl. alb. p.| Leucojum autumnale Leucojum autumnale YELLOW. YELLOW. Lilium catesbei, p. uniflorum BLUE. BLUE. Crocus autumnalis|Crocus autumnalis ivus— sativus VARIEGATED. Colchi. autum. fl. var. p. jscilla autummnalis ——AUGUSIy Ss Colchic. autum. fl. al. p.) Cyclamen europ. fl. al. p. RED. WHITE. YELLOW. BLUE. EPTEMBER, nartag. fl. mac. “oct OBER Se RED. RED. WHITE. WHITE. | YELLOW. YELLOW. ‘Lilium EME? p- \GeS penduliflor. >:}—— aiperbum BLUE.——_ pensylvanice -— philadelphic. nT en Nee vee aE os 876 PRACTICE OF GARDENING, Parr III. 6501. Propagation of bulbous-rooted flowers. By offsets or by seed; the whole, with the exception of the cyclamen, and one or two others, are propagated by offsets eybich are to be taken off when the plant is in a state of rest, which happens in most ard after it has done flowering; afterwards they are to be planted in a nursery-bed for one Gat and where they are finally to remain the year following. Autumnal-flowering bulbs are not in a state of rest till the beginning of the following summer: as the colchicum, autumnal- flowering crocuses, amaryllis lutea, and a few others. These, therefore, are to be taken up when their leaves begin to decay early in summer, their offsets separated and planted in the nursery-department, and the parent bulbs replaced in a month or six weeks, in order that they may have time to establish themselves and flower before winter.‘ 6502. General culture and management. Bulbous-rooted flowers differ from others in requiring in their cultivated state to be frequently taken up and replanted. Fibrous- rooted plants which grow much at the root, require this occasionally; but almost all bulbs frequently.‘The reasons are, that in deeply comminuted rich ground, most sorts, but especially those which form their new bulbs beside the others, multiply so fast that the bulbs become crowded, small, and unfit to send up strong flowers; that many sorts, as in narcissus, tulip,&c. which form their new bulbs wnder the old one, send down their bulbs at last so deep that they at first come up weakly, and afterwards cease to appear at all, as in the bulbous-rooted irises, colchicum,&c.; and that some, on the contrary, which form their new bulbs over the old ones, send them up at last above the surface, as in crocus, gladiolus,&c.; and are consequently killed by the frost or drought. Hence the finer bulbs of florists require to be taken up every year, and all the border-bulbs at least every three or four years. The time to do this is when the plant has flowered and the leaves have begun to decay. No bulb should be taken up for any purpose, or injured in its growth in any way while the leaves are green; for it should ever be remembered by gardeners, that it is the leaves which bring the root to maturity and prepare it for flowering the following year. If these are injured or cut off, or if the plant is trans- planted, unless with such a ball as not to touch any of its fibres while in a growing state, the bulb will not recover so as to be able to flower for at least one year, and probably two or three. The time for keeping bulbs out of ground depends on their habits as to flower- ing.‘The object is to heal the wounds made by removing the offsets, and perhaps by setting the bulb more completely in a state of rest, to render it more excitable when planted. A month will in general be sufficient for this purpose, and more cannot be allowed with safety to the autumnal-flowering bulbs: more than three months is more likely to be injurious than useful to most sorts, though hyacinths, and other bulbs which form articles of general commerce, are frequently kept out of the soil half the year: when planted so late, however, they seldom flower well the first season, and commonly not at all for a year or two afterwards. The taking up, drying, and replanting of border- bulbs must be attended to by the flower-gardener with equal regularity, though not with equal frequency as the finer, select, or florists’ bulbs: the offsets may be planted in beds in the reserve-garden, if wanted for stock; and the soil of the spot where the plants stood in the border renewed according to its kind, and the flowering-bulbs replaced. Some bulbs multiply so fast by throwing out offsets, that they soon cease to send up flower-stems. Of these may be mentioned the ornithogalum umbellatum, luteum, and some other species; some species of scilla, muscari, iris, allium, oxalis, and others. These should either be annually taken up, their offsets removed, and the parent bulb replanted; or the offsets, as soon as they send up leaves, should be destroyed. Indeed, whenever strong-blowing bulbs is the principal object, the offsets should never be al- lowed to attain any size; but as soon as they indicate their existence by showing leaves above ground, they should be removed with a blunt stick, or in any way least injurious to the parent. By this practice a great accession of strength is given to the main plant, both for the display of blossom during the current season, and for invigorating the leaves to prepare and deposit nutriment in the bulb for the next year. In pursuance of the same objects, every flower should be pinched off as soon as it begins to decay, but the flower-stalk may remain till it begins to change color with the leaves. Some bulbs are greedily sought after by yermin: as the crocus and tulip by the mouse and water-rat; the snowdrop and some of the narcissi by the snail and slug; and the hyacinth bya particular sort of grub-worm. We know of no method of mitigating these evils but by catching the mice and rats, gathering the snails, and taking up, drying, and replanting in fresh soil, the roots attacked by worms or insects. The snail is perhaps the worst of these vermin, and, fortunately, it may be most effectually kept under, by scattering leaves of the brassica tribe(of any variety) over the ground, and picking from them, every morning, the snails which have fixed on them during the night.: 6503. Most bulbs force well; to expedite this, retard the bulbs by keeping them in an ice-house till the autumn of the second summer; put them in water-glasses or pots 1n September, and they will be in full blow by Christmas. ae oie ayt ae Iygn ED» pLLOWs | su{ul ) BLUE PURPLE detroit {lym a | yaRteGal |. GBBEN YELLOW, Alysum sinuabu PURPLE, VARIEGA’ BROWN RED, Gypsophilla mu Wht YELL Boox II. BORDER-FLOWERS. 977 Sunsecr. 3. Species and Varieties of Biennial Border-Flowers. 6504. BIENNIAL BORDER-FLOWERS.— MAY, JUNE. |e ignt from 0 toZ of a ft.| From$ of a foot to 14 foot.| From 14 foot to 24 feet.| From% feet to 34 feet., From3s feet upwards.| as vt| a=——. seers] RED. RED.| RED. RED. RED. Thymus alpinus Agrost. coro. flo. pl. rub. Hedysarum coronarium|Agrostemma coronaria Hesperis tristis——. jovis|Antirrhinum ma. fl. ple.| Antirrhin. ma. flo. rubr. Thiapsi saxatile Silene muscipula, p-|—— fol. var.| Cenothera rosea|| Thymus grandiflorus WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Cochlearea glastifolia Hedysar. coron. flo. albo| Agrost. coron. flo. albo Hespes. matr. flo. alb. pl.\ Antirrhin. maj. flo. albo Thiapsi hirtum| Trigonella platycarpos| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW.| YELLOW. Antirrhin. maj. flo. luteo| Verbascum lychnitis Linum strictum, p- Ligusticum peregrinum| Papaver nudicaule|denothera smuata Ranunculus pennsylv. p-' Scorzonera lasciniata| Scorzonera resedifolia| Sorophularia trifoliata Tragopogon crocifolius|— vernalis |'Tragopogon dalechampi =} Alyssum clypeatum Gnothera biennis Scabiosa tartarica Scorzonera hispanica Tragopogon villosus Verbascum phlomoides Alyssum sinuatum : pratensis BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Phyteuma comosa Anchusa paniculata, p.|Cynoglossum sylvaticum Scabiosa columbaria Delphinium staphisagr.t. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE PURPLE. la F ate‘ 5 Hesper- ma. flo. pur. ple. Centaurea pullata_ Antirrhinum majus| Tragopogon porrifolius | Scorphularia peregrina Cynoglossum officinale| Hesperis matronalis |Silene bupleuroides, p- Lumaria annua Alyssum deltoideum VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED, VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Cynoglossum cheirifol. t.| Hyoscyamus niger| GREEN. GREEN, GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Delphinium aconiti, t.|Euphorbia verrucosa Euphorbia lathyris La JULY.——= RED.| RED.| RED. RED. RED. Thymus patavinus, t. Dianthus monspelia. p.|Cheiranthus incan- red|Cheiranthus incanus Fumaria spicata 7 Digitalis erubescens (Enothera rosea\Leonorus sibiricus | WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE..| WHITE. WHITE. Onopordum acaulon Alyssum maritim, p- Campanula thrysoid. p-|Cheiranth. incan. white| Campan. med. flo. alb. Teucrium montanum, p--— fol. var. Cheiranthus inca. white|Reseda alba|Conium maculatum Verbena urticifolia, p.| Digitalis purpur. fl. albo Iberis linifolia, p. YELLOW. Alyssum sinuatum ,Yeucrium campanulat.t. | YELLOW. YELLOW. Crepis foetida Cerinthe minor Gnaphalium lut. album Ligusticum scoticum Papaver nudicaule(nothera mollissima {Reseda undulata_ nocturna pet ruthenica YELLOW. Digitalis ambigua Fumaria fungosa (nothera grandiflora Dipsacus silvestris Verbasc. blattar. fl. albe YELLOW. Isatis tinctoria nothera sinuata Pastinaca lucida Verbascum pulverulent.| Verbascum thapsus — sinuatum — thapsoides BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Antirrhinum bellidifol. Campanula cervicar. p.| Campanula medium Campanula siberica— rapunculus| Vicia biennis TioBela urens PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE- PURPLE. Carlina vulgaris| Verbena officinalis|Centaurea salmonitica| Anchusa italica Digitalis minor Conyza squarrosa|_— splendens Carduus marianus |—|Cheiranth. incan. purple Digitalis purpurea Marrubium alysson|— Twicken.| Onopordum arabicum Salvia pinnata| fs— illyricum Trachelium ceruleum| ra Verbascum blattaria Trichostema brachia. p.|| VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. \Dianthus armeria, p-| Althzea sinensis pleno BROWN.\ BROWN.: BROWN.| BROWN. BROWN. Dianthus ferrugineus| Monarda punctata, p. Scabiosa atropurpurea - ee AU GUS m. RED.| RED. RED. RED. RED. Gypsophilla muralis|Leonurus tartaricus Centaurea romana Althea rosea Sison segetum—— lake col. doub. — flesh col.doub. Echium creticum WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. | Digitalis leacophzea, ¢. Dipsacus laciniatus Althzea ros. white doub. |Salvia ceratophylla Sison amomum Echium italicum |= Gaura biennis | Lavatera arborea YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. |Gnaphalium sylvaticum Althea ro. straw-col. do. Scabiosa ucranica— yellow —— orange doub. — ficifolia Crepis biennis BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE.* BLUE. Doles acre Echium vulgare Michauxa campan. ¢. p- Verbena bonar. t. Sept. PURPLE. PURPLE, PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Carduus eriophorus| Verbascum virgatum BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROW Ne BROWN. | Althzea ros. brown, dou. Digitalis ferruginea a ciel vai———— el Ee= ee Pets . at: er Re — ae ee eee ie | 878 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. 6505. Propagation and culture of biennial border-flowers, They are all raised f, seed, but some of the finest double varieties are continued by cuttings eee, of such sorts as ripen by August may be sown immediately after it is gathered>| he| vat seed of those sorts which ripen later should be preserved till the following s ea doa-| ps sown in May or the beginning of June. Sow thinly in beds in the eae i transplant into other beds when the plants are a few inches high, and in Suntiber. October remove the plants to their final destination. If this be, as it most ae| will in the mingled flower-border, to provide a succession of the same sorts ise aed| only be done in the case of those sorts which are done flowering by September or the first of October, and the others must be removed early in March with balls. Great sare is requisite in removing some sorts which have large tap-roots, as cenothera, holly- hock, lavatera,&c., for if materially checked they will not flower strongly. The best mode is to nurse these sorts in large pots, and transplant them in October or February| with their balls entire. The sorts continued by cuttings are chiefly fine double varieties| vastecat®™ of wallflowers, stocks, rose-campions,&c. The cuttings may be taken from the flower- stalks, or the root-shoots, early in summer, put under hand-glasses, and otherwise‘ treated as cuttings of perennials. If the cuttings of some sorts, as dahlia, chrysanthe- ee mum, lobelia,&c. are taken off early in the season, they will flower in the autumn.| he plants onee placed where they are to remain, their general culture and manage- The seed be n, \ ROWN :°| BROW! ment is the same as for the perennial border-flowers.(6187.)| Sunsecr. 4. Species and Varieties of Hardy Annual Border-Flowers. are ‘| RED 6506. HARDY ANNUAL BORDER-FLOWERS.— JUNE.| | . 7 9+ rs=«. rs» 7| Height from 0 to of a ft.| From 4 of a foot to 14 foot.| From 14 foot to 24 feet.| From 2k feetto 34 feet.| From 34 feet upwards.| ars a| WHITE. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. isa Cheiranthus maritimus| Silene pendula, Jan. Knautia orientalis a Centaurea erupmg Convolvulus sibiricus WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE, WHITE. Biscutella coronopifolia|Cucubalus italicus® Cheiranthus mari. fl. alb.| Silene quinquevulnera Lychnis quadriedentata| ma== a7;= YELLOW: YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW YELLOW. YELLOW. vELL Centaurea stiaveolens BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Cleonia lusitanica Convolvulus siculus PURPLE- PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE, PURPLE. Crepis rubra JULY,—_———— RED. RED.| RED. RED. RED. Dianthus prolifer, p. Chelidonium cornicula.| Adonis miniati Echium orientalis|Amaranthus caudatus Lychnis lata’ Geranium gruinum| Blitum capitatum Delphinium aja. peach ¢.| Malva moschata Silene acteon Silene conoida rub. Silene armeria rub. Malva mauritiana, p.|Amaranthus hypocondr. Agrostemma ccelirosa Papaver rhoeas flo. pleno|= lividus Antirrhinum viscosum|Saponaria vaccaria, Malva americana Delphinium aja.peach, ¢.| Lathyrus odorat.fl.incar. edgentin crista-galli| BLUE, Trifolium incarnatum| Silene Aigyptiaca| | WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. Bellium bellidioides Anthemis maritima Crucianella latifolia Agrostemma niczensis'_|Lathyrus articulatus Anthyllis cornicina Silene armeria flo. alb.{| Delphinium ajacis, white)—, fl.alb.| PURPLE —_ tetraphylla— behen, Echium violac. flo. alb.}—— fil. varie.: Antirrhinum chalepe. ¢. Lupinus albus Malva crispa(ists guttatus,| —, t.—— Artemisia pectinata— varius, Briza maxima Calendula hybrida, ¢. Campanula specul.fl.alb.|| Crucianella angustifolia|} Cucubalus viscosus| VARIEGAT Cynoglossum linifolium|| ee = lusitanicum|| Delphinium ajacis, white) Silene conoidea alb.|| GREE} YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Anthericum annuum, p-| Alyssum campestre, p- Calendula arvensis Crepis barb. flo. pallida. Amaranthus flavus Arctotis tristis, ¢. Anthemis valentina lear capnoides Calendula officin. fl. pl._ hybridus| —, ¢.| Antirrhinum bipunctat.| Impatiens noli tang. p. Lathyrus annuus| as = orontium!Lupinus luteus Momordica elaterium — speciosa flavum!—— flo. pallido — versicolor, p.|Scorpiurus muricata sionally some Arctotis anthemoides)|— subvillosa sown in Mare Astragalus trimestris.|— vermiculata s previous Catananche lutea, ¢.{Calendula stellata IS previously| Chlora perfoliata| Trifolium polonicum Of a row only Coronilla securidaca| th lants, Wl Eippocrey unisiliquosa| Reseda odorata_| Boox II. BORDER-FLOWERS. HARDY ANNUAL BORDER-FLOWERS.— JULY— continued. Height from 0 to% of a f.| From% ofa foot to 14 foot.| From 14 foot to 2h feet.| From Qs feet to Sk feet.| From 34 feet upwards. ~S PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Campanula erinus Antirrhinum hirtum Cerinthe aspera Crepis barbata; Lathyus odorat. fl. purp. Gir— speciosum major Delphinium ajacis= obscura t Ot= triphyllum=— purple ] Calendula nudicaulis UY= pluvialis = perfoliata Sain speculum pal Chelidonium hybridum mith Delphinium ajacis dwf.p. x BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE- BLUE. : Delphiniu. ajac. lead col. Lupinus hirsutus Centaurea cyanus Antirrhinum pelisseria. Delphin. ajacis, lead co. r ee= spartium‘Echium violaceum t Poh Delphin. ajacis, striped| Trifolium coeruleum tieet| Linum hirsutum mW usitatissimum n VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Delphin. ajacis, striped|Coronilla cretica._|Centaurea cyan.fl. striata Delphinium consolida= Papaver rhoeas flo. varie. Convolvulus tricolor|—— flo. pleno| rw|Delphin. ajacis Neapoli.| Lathyrus odorat.fl.striat. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Chenopodium ambrosio. renera"- aristatum = Garidella nigellastrum,f. BROWN- BROWN. BROWN.| BROWN. BROWN. Silene inaperta| — nocturna AUGUST RED. RED. RED. RED- RED. "yp i- A A S=1U) Cheiran. annu.10 wk-red| Lotus tetragonolobus Blitum virgatum Papaver somn. dbl. red. wall-leaved red|Salv. horm. coma rub.|£chium creticum ——= 10w.peach-col. Lupin. pilosus, flo. roseo : ni— wall-lea. pe. pene Hedysarum caput galli WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE, \rtemisia annua Aster annus Antirrhinum medium Datura ferox|— Cheira. an. 10 we. white| Draco. moldavicum, fl.a.|__=,_Stramonium —— wall-leaved{Lathrus sativus, flo. albo. Scabiosa stellata 4 Iberis amara Xeranthemum annuues. it—— major --— umbellataalba Nigella hispanica, t.. (Enothera tetraptera f YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Alyssum calycynum, p.| Lotus tetragon. fl. luteo Tropzolum majus, 0. Anthemis arabica, ¢- Tropzeolum majus nana minus, 0. i be Astragulus contortuplic. namosus — uncatus Nigella orientalis, t. Ub Scorzonera pieroides |—_ tingitana {‘Medicago aculeato |— circinnata meen\— elegans _ intertexta D muricata — minima x— orbicularis rs|— scutellata zune— tornata ||— turbinata ) ce tricolor =: BLUE.{ BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Viola tricolor, mac. maj-| Dracocephal. canescens|Daturatatula+ oo— minor— moldavicum| Lathyrus sativus Ageratum conyzoides, p.| Nigella damascena Lupinus pilosus Cheiran. ann. 10 we. vio.| Salvia horm. com. pur- 1 Nigella sativa os PURPLE.{ PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Cistus guttatus, ¢.|Iberis umbellata, rubra Lathyrus tingitanus Cenothera purpurea Papav. somnif. dbl. bl. Cheir. an. 10 we. cop. co.— dbl. pur. efi— purple |—-leaved cop. H wall-leaved purp- |Iberis umbellata,purpur- VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED, VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. | Silene picta Papay. som. d. fring-car- '—— dbl. blush carna GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. | Ambrosia artemisifolia_| Ambrosia elatior Ambrosia trifida Chenoportium botrys Chenopodium scoparia| Nicotiana rustica Nigella damasc. flo. ple. == nana 6507. Propagation and culture of hardy annual flowers. They are all raised from seed, though occa- sionally some fine varieties of cheiranthus, viola,&c. are preserved by cuttings. The seed is generally sown in March or April, in patches or rings in the borders where the plants are to flower. The ground is previously stirred and made fine; the patch is sown of a circular form of six or eight inches’ diameter, or a row only is sown in the circumference of the circle, the seeds covered according to their size, and the plants, when they are an inch high, thinned out to one, three, five, seven, or 1nore, according to their kind. This, and occasionally stirring the soil, with staking,&c. as In perennial flowers, is all the | culture they require. Sometimes the whole, or many of the sorts, are sown, 1n the reserve-garden, and | transplanted where they are finally to remain. This answers well for such sorts as the lupin, sunflower, } and swectpea; but is rather precarious with such carly flowering and short-lived sorts as annual stocks, candytuft, Venus’s looking-glass,&c. 380 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pay III 6508, Seed may be saved either from the top and first-expanded blossoms of plants in the borders from patches sown in the reserve-garden. For the sake of neatness and beauty, no more flowers on e a plant ought to be allowed to ripen their seeds than are wanted for the supply;‘but unless for varieti is di f ficult to procure from the seedsmen, the simplest, and indeed the most economical mode is te ee supplies yearly from them. Se eae 6909. Some very pleasing conceits for arranging annual flowers are given by Swindon(Beauties of Flora 1778), a Brentford nurseryman. He gives a copious list of annuals, arranged according to their heights and colors; and by affixing a number to each sort, he can readily indicate on his plans the kinds‘e be employed, and their relative position. Thus he has 89 sorts of common hardy annuals arranged in six different classes, for six different ranges, in borders, as follow:—:= ie First range, which grow from to 12 or 14 inches high. Fourth range, which grom from 2 to 24 or 5 feet high. 1. Cape marigold; purple and white. 45. Belvidere; yellowish, a handsome plant. 2. Large caterpillar; yellow, and singular pod- 46. Small variegated corn-poppy; various, red and white,&c. 3. Venus’s looking-glass; light purple. 47, Double upright larkspur; blue, blush,&c,: 4. Ram’s horns; yellow, the pod its beauty. 48. Cyanus minor; blue, crimson,&c. 5. Venus’s navel-wort; clear white. 49.'Thorn-apple; white, and singular pod. 6. Round snails; yellow, and singular pod. 50. Prince’s feather; dark crimson. 7. Dwarf variegated lychnis; crimson and white. 51. Crown-larkspur; pale pink, spotted,&c. $. Heart's ease; purple and yéllow. 52. Honey scabious; pale blue, and globular pod. 9. Half moons, or moon-trefoil; white, and singular pod. 53, Portugal lychnis; pale red.: 10. Blue meadow lychnis; sky-blue. 54. Small blue lupines; bright blue. 11. Dwarf virgin’s stock; purple. 55. Loves lies a-bleeding; light red. 12. Small hedgehogs; yellow, and singular pod. 56. Ranunculus-marigold; deep orange, 13. Woodroof; light blue. 57. Honeywort; dark purple, and singular shape. 14. Red hawkweed; pale red. 58. Strawberry-spinage; bright-red fruit. 15. Large hedgehogs; yellow, and singular pod.=‘ 5 >. E geno; y, gu F Fifth range, which grow from 3 to 4 feet high. Second range, which grow from 12 to 18 or 20 inches high. 59. Venetian small-flowered mallow; purplish-white. 16. Oak of Jerusalem; yellowish, with fragrant smell. 60. Double crimson jagged-leaf poppy; dark crimson. 17. Small white candytuft; clear white. 61 Fall Raaaient ealifiewers bright yellow. 18. Long-horned devil in a bush; yellow, and singular pod. 62. Arach; deep crimson. alee 19. Convolvulus minor; bright blue with yellow eye. 63. Double striped carnation-poppy; red and white. . Large purple candytuft; light purple. 64. Blue sweet trefoil; lead-color, . White lobel’s catchfly; rue ate 65. Red lavatera; light changeable red. . Annual snapdragon;_ purple and yellow. 66- Branching larkspur; blue and white,&c. . Large white candytuft; clear white. 67. Tall white lupines; clear white. . Scarlet, or wing peas; dark and light red. 68- Double black carnation-poppy; rose-color. 5. Striped oe ealealns minor; blue and white. 69.& 27. Small Peruvian nasturtium; dark orange. }. Red lobel’s catchfly; bright red. 70. Lord Anson’s peas; fine blue.= 7. Dwarf nasturtium; deep orange. 71. White lavatera; snow white. 3road Spanish nigella with brown seed; deep blue. 72. Dwarf double and quilled yellow sunflower; deep yellow. . Red flos adonis; dark red. 73. Bier ketmia; pale-sutphur and purple eye, with singular pod.‘ Third range, which grow from 20 to 24 or 28 inches high. . Spanish nigella, with black seed; light blue. 31. Spanish hawkweed; pale-yellow, and purple eye. 32. Blue Moldavian balm; deep blue, aad fine scent. 3. Annual rest-harrow; pale red. . Double Roman nigella; white mixed with blue. . Small running nasturtium; dark orange. . Nettle-marjoram; yellowish, no smell but to the over- curious: 37. Rocket-larkspur; pink and white. 38. Sweet-scented lupines; bright yellow. 39. White Moldavian balm; fair white, and fragrant smell. 40. Dutch lupines; fine blue. 41. Annual hare’s ear; pale yellow. 42, Purple jacobea; purplish-red and yellow eye. 43. Dutch ranunculus-marigold; sulphur-color. 44. Red-topped clary; pale-red, and pink leaves. Sixth range, which grow from 5 to 7 or 10 fet high. + Tall double yellow sunflower, with black seed; deep yel- Painted lady sweet-scented peas; pale-red, and white.| \rach; sulphur-colored. -urple sweet-scented peas; dark and light purple. Yall Indian arsmart; bright crimson. . Painted lady crown: peas; black and white. . Convolvulus major; fine purple. White crown-peas; clear white. . Large Indian nasturtium; dark and light orange. . Tall double brimstone sunflower; sulphur-colored. . White sweet-scented peas; clear white. 35, Plain tangier peas; fine crimson, Tall oriental mallow; purple. . Painted lady tangier peas; pale-red and white. Scarlet beans; fine scarlet. Curled-leaf upright mallow; white tinged with purple. pCOMITINININIAI 6510. In borders he sows in six rows, or rather at six different distances from the walk, according to the different ranges, thus:— We 5 UB BD S27 COmmnCL enOO CO) NEOs, GuaCOmm oo to 9 PSs) Nae nS 7 tO for) v ss! Px) eo to © 16 17 18 1G) BO) eal 22 Bs 1 Q 6 4 8 9 10 11 12 3 149 P15 Go Py oO 6511. For a circular clump, or cone of flowers, including all the 89 different sorts, he arranges the six heights in six concentric circles(fig. 616.), placing a persicaria L and oriental mallow in the centre. The gene- ral appearance(fig. 617.), he says, is** the same on every side, rising gradually from the edge up- wards, the highest plants meeting nearly in a point at the centre, and no two flowers of the same color or shape being seen together.”(Beauties of Flora, &c. p. ii.) To those who have but a limited space and means, or who have few perennial flowers;— to persons in remote situations in the country;— to residents in the colonies; and to female and infant gardeners, the above list and modes of arrangement afford a source of considerable show and amusement at a very small expense,— little trouble, and, being annuals, little loss of time. Swindon was in the habit of supplying masters of ships with packets of these seeds for all parts of the world. GupsBC Ts HAL t qight frm | BED. | WHITE Cae siloticus rELLOW, | BLUE. lana prostata PURPLE, VARIEGATEI ave Not be matured, moved with bal western countie Year; and supp ting wat Peservin Dots, furnish fh 4{, A AN VNR\y j r aaa 4 VRS teed Me Af i ae| eS ee he ‘ } by ¥ ¥ ny ? 4 ty! oF h YH Boox II. SusseEct. 5. 6512. HALF-HARDY ANNUAL BORDER-FLOWERS, FLOWERING 2 FLOWERS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOS ES. S81 ‘ oY f Species and Varieties of Half-hardy Annual Border- Flowers. IN JULY, AUGUST, AND SEPTEMBER. Height from 0 to of a ft. From 3 of afoot to 14foot. From 1k foot to 2s feet.| From 2h feet to 3k feet. | From 3% feet upwards. YELLOW. _ BLUE. fNolana prostrata PURPLE. Monopsis scintillaris Ricotia egyptiaca VARIEGATED. GREEN. YELLOW. Spilanthes acmella, p. Cacalia coccinea, p. Tagetes lucida Mirabilis jalapa, flo.albo. Mirabilis longiflora Ricinus communis, p- YELLOW.| YELLOW. Argemone mexicana, p.| Galinsogea parviflora Bidens heterophylla— triloba Celsia orienfalis Tagetes erecta lutea Fumaria vesicaria— flor. tereti Gnaphalium foetidum=— aurantia — undulatum—— teret. aur. Mirabilis jalapa lutea| Carthamus tinctorius Tagetes tenuifolia Zinnia multiflora lutea — Tagetes patula simp. =— flo. pleno. — nana, simp. =—| BLUE. BLUE.| BLUE. Aster sinensis, light blue| == quilled| PURPLE. PURPLE.| PURPLE. Aster sinensis chine. pur.| Datura ceratocaulis —— purp.quilled|Senecio elegans, purp. Chrysanthemum tricolor} Datura metel| Zinnia violacea VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Aster sinensis, pur. stri.| james= red | Mirabilis jala. flo. ru. st- —— flo. lut. stria. | Nicotiana paniculata | GREEN.| GREEN.| GREEN. ‘6513. Propagation and culture of half-hardy annual flowers.; in March in a hot-bed; and the plants, when an inch or two high, are transplanted into ano I Here they may remain till the middle of May, or till all danger from frosty very moderate temperature. f are to flower in the borders, and treated in all nights is over, and be then transplanted to where they respects as hardy annuals. 6514. To save seed. the plants have been well forwarded in spring, and planted in a dry soil and warm sit not be matured. In such cases, a hand-glass supported over the flower is of use; moved with balls into large pots, and placed in an airy pit, frame, or green-house.;: western counties, where the climate is cold and moist, half-hardy annuals never ripen their seeds in any In dry seasons, most sorts will ripen seeds, if permitted, but in wet seasons, unless uation, the seed will or some may be re- In the northern and year; and supplies are therefore annually obtained from the London seedsmen. 6515. The particular purposes to which flowe of local defects, or the production of local beauties. walls, posts, parts of ruins, or other upright objects; &c., producing vegetation under the shade and drip of trees_th ges of stones formed in imit forming edgings to beds or spots, unsightly banks, ornamenting water with flowering plants; ornamenting rocks, or assembla rocks; preserving a green appearance on beds or borders during winter; Secr. IIT. Flowers for particular Purposes. RED. RED. i RED. RED. i RED. Dianthus sinensis Aster sinensis, red Senecio elegans, fl-in. pl. Polygonum orientale Lopezia racemosa, p-——_ bonnet vomeea coccinea, p. Stevia pedata—— red quill. Nicotiana glutinosa — serrata AU SREAD HESS a flo. rub._ tabac. fol. ma. Zinnia multiflora, rub. Convolvulus pur. fl. car. — — verticillata WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. fCistus niloticus Ricinus inermis, p. Aster sinensis, area Senecio elegans, fl. al. pl. Convolvulus discolor - yiridis— quillec — michauxii, pl. Chrysanthem. cor. fl. al. |— pet. teret. al. {Polygonum orien. fl. al. Trichosanthes auguina YELLOW. Chrysanthem. coronari. — coron. pet. tereti. Cucumis colocynthis — dudaim flexuosus Helianthus annuus _ flo. pleno —— nanus |— flore pallido |Momordica balsamina | | — uffa 'Rudbeckia amplexifolia | Tricosanthes cucumeri. Xeranthemum lucidum Ximensia encelioides Ipomeea pheenicea, p. BLUE. Atropa physaloides Convol. pur. f]. czer. pal. PURPLE. Convolvulus purpurea VARIEGATED. GREEN. These are raised from seed, which is sown ther bed of rs are sometimes applied, may be either the concealment Among the former may be classed, covering naked concealing horizontal defects, as naked sub-barren : among the latter, ation of borders; furnishing odors; and presenting botanical, curious, and scientific assemblages. Sele SA nen ONT IRs 4 Yh 7 | 882 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pane Ul: Sunsret, 1. Flowers which reach from five to seven feet in height, for covering naked W alls, or other upright Deformuties, and for shutting out distant Objects which it is de- sirable to exclude. 6516. The flowers suited for covering upright deformities are the climbers and twining plants: the former to be supported by spray or trellis-work, or nailed in the manner of wall-trees, and the latter by rods. We shall select a few species of each from the plants already enumerated in the foregoing section, to which the botanist will easily be able to add others from the more extensive catalogues. Climbers, perennial. Astragalus galegi-| 9 sorts, Momordica elaterium, Tro-\Tnining plants, annuals._Convolvulus formis, Clematis alpina, viorna, V-| peeolum majus. tricolor, Phaseolus multiflorus. purpurea, Lathyrus latifolius, Vicia|Climbers, half-hardy annuals. Cucumis|Trining plants, half-hardy annuals sylvatica, Bryonia dioica. colocynthis, dudaim, flexuosus- Convolvulus discolor, Michauxii pur- Climbers, biennial. Vicia biennis, Fuma-|Twining plants, perennial. Convolvulus urea, p- flo. carneo, p. flo. coer. pal- ria spicata. althaoides, arvensis, Humulus lupulus, ideo. Ipomeea coccinea,& pheenicea. Climbers, annual. Lathyrus, or sweetpea, Tamus communis(10 feet high). Sunsecr. 2. Flowers for concealing Defects on horizontal Surfaces: as naked sub-barren Spots, unsightly Banks,&c- 6517. The flowers suited for covering horizontal deformities are creepers and trailers, of which we shall here bring together the names of the most common sorts:— tans, Gypsophila prostrata, repens,{Creepers and trailers, hardy annuals. Creepers and trailers mhich are peren- nials. Ajuga reptans, r. flo. albo. An-| Hedysarum obscurum, Hieracium| Medicago‘intertexta, orbicularis, scu- themis nobilis, n. flo. pleno. Arenaria aurantiacum, Lysimachia~ nummula-| tellata, Momordica elaterium, Rese- montana saxatilis, Asperula odora- ria, Phaca australis, Polygala major,| da odorata,‘Tropzolum majus, minus. ta, taurina, tinctoria, Cerastium latifo- vulgaris, Potentilla astracanica, aurea, Creepers and trailers, half-hardy an- lium, repens, Circeea alpina, lutetiana, verna, Rubia cordifolia, tinctorum, nuals. Cucumis, the three species Fragaria indica, vesca fol. var., V+ Sagina procumbens, Saxifraga sary- enumerated as climbers, Monopsis monophylla, Galium boreale, crucia- mentosa, Tormentilla reptans,'Tri- scintillaris, conspicua, Nolana pros- tum, rubioides, vernum, Geum rep-| folium repens maculatum trata. Sunsecr. 3. Flowers which will grow under the Shade and Drip of Trees. 6518. Flowers which will thrive under trees are of particular value. In improving neglected flower- gardens and pleasure-grounds, it is a common complaint that new things cannot be brought forward on account of the shade and drip of trees.‘This section, and the corresponding one of hardy shrubs, will, it is hoped, aid in removing that complaint, which can only have arisen from ignorance of the native ha- bitations of plants. It is proper to observe, however, that there is scarcely any, indeed we may say, no plant, that will thrive under a dense evergreen fir-tree clothed with branches down to near the surface: moss is all that can be there expected; or, if somewhat open, the pyrola, box, and juniper will exist. Where trees are so dense, however, no plant or shrub can be desired under them. Perennials. Anemone nemorosa, n. flo. ciliata, vulgaris, Mercurialis perennis,| maria bulbosa, Galanthus nivalis, pleno, pennsylvanica, ranunculoides, Monarda didyma, fistulosa, Origanum Helleborus hyemalis, Scilla non- Arum maculatum, Asarum europz- vulgare, Orobus angustifolius, lathy- seripta, Ophrys apifera, muscifera, um, Asperula leevigata, odorata. Atro- roides tuberosus, niger, sylvaticus,| ovata, Orchis bifolia, maculata, mili- pa belladonna, Betonica_ officina- yernus, Primula acaulis, veris, v- ela-| taris, Oxalis acetosella, Sanguinaria lis, Chrysosplenium alternifolium, op- tior, v. polyanthos, Ranunculus auri-| canadensis. positifolium, Circa alpina, lute- comus, Salvia sylvestris, Sambucus| Biennials. Cynoglossum officinale, syl- tiana, Clematis recta, Convallaria ebulus, Saponaria officinalis, Saxifraga| vaticum, Digitalis purpurea, p- flo. multiflora, verticillata, Fragaria vesca, umbrosa, Scabiosa sylvatica, Spiraea| albo, Monarda punctata.; vy. fol. var. v. monophylla, Geranium aruncus, Stellaria graminea, nemo-| Hardy annuals. Antirrhinum oronti- sylvaticum, s. flo. pleno, Geum ur- rum,‘Teucrium Scorodonia, Vicia um, Briza maxima, Impatiens noli banum. Heleborus viridis, Hyperi- dumetorum, sylvatica, Viola canina. tangere. | cum hirsutum, Imperatoria ostruthi-| Bulbs. Allium lineare, Crocus vernus,| um, Lathyrus tuberosus, Lysimachia Fritillaria imperialis, meleagris, Fu-| Sunsect. 4, Flowers for ornamenting Pieces of Water, or planting Aquariums. 6519. Flowers for water or watering-places are of two kinds, aquatics, to plant in the water, and marsh plants, to plant round the margin of the pond, stream, or aquarium.‘The shape and size of the aquarium (fig. 618.) must depend on the extent and style of the flower-garden, of which it forms a part. In all R fi, 618 pW EE: Zo Yor oo Y yy iy YW 47 YY V7 Ly OOO CM MM la cases the bottom, if not naturally retentive, must be rendered so by a stratum of tempered(or puddled) clay(a); the sides should be formed in terraces, or steps descending towards the centre(0), to hold pots of plants which grow in shallow water, while those that require deep water, as the bulrush, typha,&c. may be planted in the ground, or in large tubs placed in deep water. The margin of the aquarium may either be finished with regular masonry or brick-work; or what, in some situations, has a better effect, with rough stones, conglomerated vitrified bricks, or flints(c), in the interstices of which marsh plants will thrive exceedingly. The whole may be surrounded by a drain and gravel-walk(d), raised a few inches above the level of tne water. Many of the aquatic plants, as nymphea, nuphar, menyanthes, villarsia, butomus, and hottonia,&c. are highly beautiful; and, considering that some exotic species, as amaryllis, lobelia, crinum,&c.(6317.) will thrive in water in our climate, the aquarium ought not to be want- ing in any flower-garden. sii oo ae 6520. Propagation and culture. They are propagated by seeds or dividing the root: the seeds being sown and placed under the water. In other respects they require the same general treatment as other herbaceous plants. Some useful remarks on the treatment of the more rare nymphezas and nuphars by Kent, will be found in the Horticultural Transactions, vol. iii. p. 24. yell Ranunculus aq BLU! veronica peccabl PUM Gh thelr 10¢ MARSH YELLOW, | | | BROW) Carex dioica | | | eee RED, WHITE {Hypericum ¢ BLU Schoenus may PURP, Boox II. FLOWERS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSES. 883 r ww OT-. 6521. AQUATIC PLANTS WITH SHOWY FLOWERS. 7== MAY. JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. See ewes a2 EEE eee RED. RED. RED. RED. Equisetum fluviatile Equisetum palustre Hippurus vulgaris Hydropeltis purpurea Hydrocotyle vulgaris Butomus umbellatus Polygonum amphibium Polygonum hydropiper WHITE. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. Nasturtium officinale Hydrocharis morsus-rana Alisma damasonium|Cerastium. aquaticum Ranunculus aquatilis Phellandrium aquaticum—{Poa aquatica — plantago Calla palustris Nympheea alba _— odorata Poa fluitans Stratiotes aloides YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Ranunculus aquatilis hederac.| Iris pseudacorus Potamogeton natans | Villarsia ny mpheeoides | Nuphar advena |—_— utea Utricularia minor BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. BLUE. Veronica beccabunga Myriophyllum spicatum Alisma ranunculoides y= verticillatum Lobelia dortmanna Pontederia cordata Veronica anagallis PURPLE, PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. |Urticularia vulgaris | Trapa natans |Sagittaria sagitifolia GREEN. GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN. Potamogeton densum|Ceratophyllum demersum \Cicuta virosa BROWN. BROWN.| BROWN. BROWN. Potamogeton lucens Potamogeton perfoliatum! -— pectinatum Scirpus fluitans| — lacustris} —| 6522. Marsh plants, Some of these have been given as border-flowers, and will grow in almost any situation; but others, as the acorus, comarum, littorella,&c. will not grow vigorously and flower unless their roots are in soil constantly saturated with water. MARSH PLANTS WITH SHOWY FLOWE 5S.— MAY ND JUNE. Height from 0 to ¥ of aft. WHITE. Pinguicula lusitanica YELLOW. Ranunculus ficaria BLUE. Pinguicula vulgaris PURPLE. GREEN. BROWN. Carex dioica From} of a foot to 14 foot.| From 14 foot to 24 feet. From 2% feet to 3% feet.| From 3k feet upwards. RED. Teucrium scordium WHITE. Littorella lacustris Samolus valerandi, p. Schoenus alba YELLOW. Hypericum elodes, p. BLUE Schoenus mariscus PURPLE. VARIEGATED. Scutellaria minor, GREEN. BROWN. Schoenus compressus Scirpus acicularis ceespitosu RED. RED. RED. RED. Scrophularia’ aquatica WHITE. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. (Enanthe peucedan. p,{(nanthe fistulosa, p.|Csnanthe crocata, p. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. |Carex flava Senecio paludosus Ranunculus flamula| sn repens| BLUE. BLUE. BLUE.| BLUE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. FURPLE. Comarum palustre, p. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. |Carex pseudo cyperus | vulpina ) Cyperus longus | Juncus compressus — muricata — elongata BROWN.| BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. Carex ceespitosa Carex paludosa, p. ie— digitata— iiparia {Schoenus nigricans Juncus conglomerat. p.|! ULY AND AUGUST. RED.| RED.| RED.| RED. | Meny anthes trifoliata, r| Malva sylvestris WHITE.| WHITE.| WHITE.| WHITE. Galium palustre Rumex obtusifolius Dipsacus pilosus — uwliginosum | Pedicnlaris palustris | YELLOW. | Rumex maritimus | BLUE| BLUE. BLUE. ||Phormium tenax, p. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. | Pedicularis sylvatica Aster tripolium, p. | Triglochin maritimum| |- palustre VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATE GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. | Juncus effusus BROWN. BROWN.| BROWN. Juncus squarrosus p. Schoenus nigricans Scirpus palustris — 38 1L YELLOW. Hottonia palustris, p. Acorus calamus Mysotis palustris Rumex palustris Scirpus maritimus Rumex crispus | Juncus syly | YELLOW. Senecio aquaticus Scirpus holoschoer aticus Selinum palustre | | YELLOW. |Sonchus palustris PURPLE. ED. VARIEGATED. Angelica sylvestris | GREEN. | | BLUE. | | | BROWN. 1US Rumex aquaticus Cyperus longus, p. ! Juncus acutus, Pp. — maritimus ——~—— Ee—_ 884 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. 0523. Propagation and culture. The same as for herbaceous plants, taking into consideration the dif- ference in the soil and site. Sussecr. 5. Flowers for ornamenting Rocks,’ or Aggregations of Stones, Flints, Scoria formed in imitation of Rocky Surfaces,&c. 6524. In strict propriety, sowntain or rock but natural mountains and rocks are always moist plants only should be introduced on artificial rock-work; and cool, and the plants which have their habitations there would not always thrive on dry ridges of earth and stones. On a small scale, therefore, choice is generally made of such plants as are not t following list, as in the others, the most orname which flower the greater part of the Perennials. Achillea alpina 3, montana, Ajugo alpina, pyramidalis 5, Alche- milla alpina, pentaphylla, Alyssum. montanum,murale,saxatile, Anemone alpina, apennina, baldensis, pulsatil- la 3, p- major 3, Anthemis montana, Anthyllis montana, Antirrhinum al- pinum, Aquilegia alpina, Arabis al- pina 6, pellidifolia 3, lucida 3, sibi- rica 3,Arenaria montana 3, saxatilis 3, Arnica montana 3, Artemisia rupes- tris, Astragalus alpinus, hypoglottis, montanus s, uralensis 5, Athamanta libanotis, Bartsia alpina 3,, Betonica alopecurus, Campanula carpatica 3, collina 3, rapunculoides 3, rotundi- folia, saxatilis 3 s, Cardamine pe- rea 3, Centaurea montana,Cerastium dioicum, Cheiranthus helveticus 3, Cherleria sedoides, Chrysanthemum montanum, Cochlearia saxatilis, Cu- cubalus behen, Dianthus collinus, hyssopifolius, plumarius, virginicus, PDraba aizoides, ciliaris, stellata, Epi- lobium montanum, Epimedium alpi- num 3, Geranium pyrenaicum, Geum montanum, m- minor, Gnaphalium margaritaceum 5,Hedysarum saxatile, Hypericum montanum 3, Ilicebrum paronychia 3, Phy salis alkekengi, Pim- yinellasaxifraga, Podalyria australis 5, Potentilla rupestris, Rubus articus 3. chamzemorus 3, roszefolius 5, lis 3, Saxifraga aizoides, nivalis, op- positifolia, pennsylvanica, petreea, ro- tundifolia, sarmentosa, Sedum for- sterianum, giaucum, hybridum, ru- pestre, sexangulare, villosum, Silene alpestris, rupestris, saxat ilis, saxifraga, Telephium imperati, Teucrium mon- tanum, Thlaspi alpestre, Thymus vulgaris, T’ormentilla reptans, Trifo- lium’‘alpestre, montanum, repens ma~- culatum, Yaleriana montana, pyre- all and rampant, and as grow naturally in a dry soil. In the ntal of them are distinguished by a letter(s), and those summer by a figure(3),&c. naica, Veronica montana, saxatilis. Viola lutea, montana. 4 Bulbs. Allium carinatum, Fritillaria pyrenaica, Ornithogalum py icum, Oxalis acetosella, violacea 3§ 3iennials. Alyssum deltoideum 3, Cam- panula cervicaria3, thyrsoidea 3, Car- duus marianus, Carlina vulgaris, ( vheiranthus cheiri, incanus, Cochle- aria glastifolia, Digitalis purpurea, p. flo. albo,Echium vulgare,Gnaphalium luteo album, Hedysarum coronarium, Marrubiumalysson,Teucrium monta- num 3, Thlapsi saxatile, Verbena offi cinalis Hardy Annuals. Alyssum calycinum 3, Antirrhinum chalepense s,Campanula yerfoliata, Geranium moschatum, Momordica elaterium, Reseda odor- ata, Scorzonera picroides, tingitana, Silene acteon, behen, Trifolium po- lonicum, Viola tricolor. 6525. The ground-plan and figure of the elevation of the rock-work must, as in the case of the aquarium, be made to harmonise with surrounding objects. Simple outlines and surfaces, not too much broken, show the plants to most advantage, and are not so liable to ridicule as imitations of hills or mountains, or high narrow cones, or peaks of scoriz in the Chinese manner, which are to be seen in some places, A ground-plan, in the form of acrescent, or of any wavy figure widest towards the middle part of. its length, and with the surface not steeper than forty-five degrees(fig. 619.) will be found well suited to the less durable materials, such as bricks, pudding-stone, scorie,&c. which are found in flat countries. Sometimes one side of such rock-works may be nearly perpendicular, in which case, if facing the north, it affords an excellent situation for ferns and mosses.;: 6526. In countries abounding with stone, massy and extensive pieces of rock-work may be formed, and Its shrubs introduced as well as plants, so as to produce a scene of considerable beauty and inte‘ base, and such parts as are near the eye, may be formed of masses of granite or bassalt 5 selecting such for the shady side as are already covered with mosses and lichens, especially the lichen atra-flavus, geo- graphicus, ventosus, stellaris,&c. These vegetables will not grow on sandstone, and but seldom on limestone, therefore stones of these earths should be kept as much as possible in the more distant parts, where they will be partially covered with shrubs and plants, rooted in proper soil, introduced in the crevices. When works of this kind are extensive, a winding walk or stalr may be led over them, and wells, or small reservoirs of water, introduced in some places for mountain bog-plants and aquatics, and for keeping the whole mass moist and cool. Sursrct. 6. Evergreen-leaved Flowers, or such as are adapted for preserving an Appear- ance of Vegetation on Beds and Borders during the Winter Months. n-leaved flowers is very necessary for enlivening borders in the winter 6527. A due proportion of evergree( 1 of turf, which, without some evergreen plants, time, and more especially in dug compartments on a surface ook dreary by contrast with the verdant surface. Primula acaulis, auricula, veris, V+ pleno ccer. 3, 0: flo. albo 3, 0. fle. pleno Perennials. Achillea millefolium, m.| flo. rubro, Alchemilla alpina, penta- elatior, v. polyanthos, ve flo. pleno, albo 3, o. flo- pl. purp: Sone ay phylla,vulgaris,v pubescens, Anthemis Saxifraga caespitosa, cuneifolia, gera- Bulbs. Amaryllis lutea, s Ane ann: nobilis, n.- flo. pleno, Bellis perennis, noides, geum, hypnoides, mutata, dense,_ Lilium candidum, tulpa i gesneriana, Helleborus hyemalis. nivalis, oppositifolia, petreea, umbrosa, hortensis, h. variegata, h. alba, h. fis-, pet){ 1 lis, tulosa h. prolifera, Campanula pumi- Silene acaulis 3, Statice armeria, a- Biennials. Agrostemma coronaria, C. la 3s, Dianthus barbatus, b. atro-ru- flo. albo, Stipa pennata, Teucrium flo. albo, c- Ae pl. He Anehuss ,; i i is3 2 y Z Thy italica, paniculata 3 anthus arme- I ana acaulis 3,ver- chameedrys, montanum Thymus italica, paniculata 9, V1\ m bens, hortensis,Gentiana acaulis 5,,,; Oe earns $. serpyllum 3s. citri odoré, ria 3, ferrugineus v, peliacus is s. Veronica hybrida, Hesperis matronalis, Iberis linifolia Sp 3 Lavatera arborea, Silene viscosa» Lych- montanus a vulgaris, zYg Viola grandiflora 3, g- flo- lateo 3, g. flo. maculata 3, odorata coer- 3,0sflo- na 3, Gnaphalium dioicum 3, I nis floscuculi, f. flo. pl. f. flo. albo, viscaria, v- flo. pl. v- flo. albo, Melissa officinalis, Melittis melissophyllum, ih Pious po : pine ¥ B Unda yang aca ens; DULY é b) the common ali “alte Achill Pac oy BIché shyla wg nobilis, portens>» he gag. Flower pitherto been that we Call he derived from! natked who! Perhaps the! subject, wou oroup the atl thymodore®, under coma at soils, XC according since Solomor the hardy pla n their order nin i, “Sti Boox II. lod Sussect. 7. 6528. The principal plants for edgings, next to the gentiana acaulis, saxifraga umbrosa, oppositifolia, evergreens; but all the following sorts may The common and other heaths make very be Perennials. Achillea millefolium, mm. flo. rubro, Alchemilla alpina, penta- phylla vulgaris, v. pubescens Anthemis nobilis, n- flo. pleno, Bellis perennis, hortensis, h. variegata, h. alba, h. fis- tulosa, h. prolifera, Campanula pumi- la3s, Dianthus barbat., b.atro-rubens, | hortensis, Festuca glauca, Gentiana acaulis 3, verna 3, Gnaphalium dioi- cum 3, Lychnis flos cuculi, f. flo. pleno, f. flo. albo, viscaria, v. flo. pleno, v- flo- albo, Melissa officinalis, Melittis me- Sussecr. 8. 6529. Flowers with sweet smell hitherto been done in the nome FLOWERS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSES. Flowers for Edgings to Beds or Borders lissophyllum, Primula acaulis, auricula,; veris, v- elatior, v- polyanthos, v- flo. pleno, Saxifraga ceespitosa, cuneifolia, geranoides, geum, hypnoides, mutata, nivalis, oppositifolia, petraea, um- brosa, Silene acaulis 3, Statice armeria, a. flo. albo, Stipa pennata, Teucri- um, chamezdrys montanum, Thymus montanus 3s, serpyllum 3 s. citri odoré, vulgaris, zygis s, Veronica hybrida, Viola grandiflora 3, g-flo. luteo 3, g- flo. maculato 5, odorata coer. 3, o. flo. ple- awarf-box, are the statice armeria, bellis perennis hypnoides, festuca ovina, and other low-growing be used in extensive concerns requiring edgings of flowers. autiful edgings in parterres of peat soil. no ceer. 3, 0. flo. albo 3, 0. flo. pleno albo 3,0. flo. pl. purp. 5. Annuals. Briza maxima, Calendula of- ficinalis, 0. flo. pleno, Cheiranthus an- nuus rub maritimus, m. flo. alb., Del- phinium ajacis, Dianthus, prolifer, 3, Iberis amara, a. major, umbellata alba, u. purpurea, u. rubra, Reseda odorata, Silene armeria rub. a. flo. alb. rubella, Viola tricolor, t. mac. major, t- mac. minor. Highly odoriferous Flowers. s are no less desirable than those with fine forms or colors. So little has nelature and classification of vegetable odors, whether fixed or volatile, that we can hardly submit any thing satisfactory on the subject. Nosmall part, however, of the pleasure derived from flowers depends on their odors marked who has walked in a wood or a garde Perhaps the best mode to arrange the odors of pl subject, wou group the others under these in the way of natura thymodoree,&c; but in default of some such, or any system, under commonly received distinctions. The entire plant aromatic. Agrimonia eupatoria, Hyssopus officinalis, Salvia, numerous species,‘Thymus vulgaris, Acorus calamus. lower mellifluous.| Syraphytum inale, orientale, tuberosum, Tris nersica, Lilium candidum, Hottonia palustris, Cerinthe minor The flower aromatic and mellifluous. Baisamita vulgaris, Artemisia abro- tanum Liliaceous smells. Convallaria majalis, Viola odorata, Hyacinthus orientalis, Narcissus, various species, Reseda | odorata Sweet aromatic smells. Melissa_ offici- nalis, Monarda didyma, Origanum basilicum, Thymus citri odoré, Cheir- anthus cheiri, Calendula officinalis The flower smelling like hay. Asperula odorata, taurina, Gallium boreale, Stellaria graminea, Tussilago fra- grans, Anthoxanthum verrum, Helio- tropium indicum Anise smelés. Primula veris, elatior, acaulis, Scandix odorata, Anethum graveolens, Angelica archangelica Sternutatory smells.~~ Achillea ptarmi- _ ca, vulgaris, Dictamnus albus Soporific smells. Humulus lupulus, ; and that these are very different, every one must have re- n after a warm shower, or in a dewy summer’s evening. ants in our present imperfect state of knowledge on the ld be to fix on some generally known smells, as those of the rose, lily, thyme,&c. and 1 orders; and thus we should have rosodoree, liliodorea, we shall here bring together a few names Atropa belladonna, Nicotiana Ta- bacum Night-smélling flowers. Hesperis ma- tronalis, Enothera fruticosa, pumila, Cheiranthus cheiri, annuus, Tropseo- lum majus, Reseda odorata Volatile smells mhich perfume the sur- rounding atmospheye. Lilium candi- dum, Cheiranthus cheiri, Hesperis ma- tronalis, Reseda odorata Stinks. Astrantia major, Cimicifuga foetida, Ferula asafuetida, Heleborus foetidus, Allium, various species, Scro- phularia aquatica, Anthemis cotula. Sussecr. 9. Other selections of Flowers. 6530. Other selections will readily occur to the florist w his command; such as double flowers, for peat soils,&c. all which he may se select, according to the Linnzan or n genera are so arranged; or according rarity, which circumstances he will find noted in the exce SUBSECT. ho is conversant with the ample store of plants at flowers that continue in bloom the greater part of the year, flowers lect from the indications in the tables already given. He may also atural orders, by referring to the tables(588. and 589.) in which the to the native habitation, native country, year of introduction, or llent catalogues of Sweet and Page. 10. Botanical and other Assemblages of Plants.—Dial-Plants, Parasites, Ferns and Mosses, Alpines, and a selection for a small garden. 6531. Botanical collections, as well as cabinets of shells and mir In many private families there is a taste vegetable kingdom, as far as they are introdu since Solomon’s time. the hardy plants of the in their order according to some syste or in groups, on lawn or gravel, in which the species most nearly allied according her, each group containing an order( fig.553.), and are placed toget constellation of groups, connected at one Sometimes a different arrangement is adopted, and eds or borders, and all those that are merely cu , as the grasses, garden-plants, plants used in dyeing, tanning,&c. This is in general the most suitable mode ed in these groups, the gardener will have foJlows. mental are assembled in b &c., or useful in agriculture or the arts d in beds or groups in compartments by themselves. With respect to the species to be introduc are arrange for a private garden. recourse to the tables already referred to, in which, in the Jussieuean peracee, the plant-mosses; under Equise general heads in our view of the Ns 6: or such as indicate the hcurs of t hica Botanica; but the following, being plants generally know Zosop Juncee, Rostiacee, he will find all the grasses; unde he day. a, sufuicient to complete a botanist’s dial in Britain:— Opens in the Shuts from Ho Tragopogon luteum Leontodon serotinum Picris echioides- * Crepis alpina: Cichorium intybus- Papaver nudicaule- Hemerocallis fulva- Sonchus laevis-= —__— alpinus Convolvulus arvensis- yu. 5 4 hoe Pp 1erals, for scientific botany; in which case all ced into this country, are arranged m; and either in narrow beds, in which one species follows another; have been in vogue by the curious «o the system adopted, all the orders of a class forming a point with the preceding order, and at another with that which all the plants that can be considered as orna- rious, as the ferns, mosses, fungi, table(589.), under Graminee, Cy- r Filices, all the ferns; under Lycopodine, tacex, the equisetums,&c. The economical plants he will find under distribution of the British Flora(973.), and the species he will find enu- merated, and classed, in our Encyclopedia of Agriculture. Dial-plants. Among curious collections, it may sometimes be desired to assemble the dial-piants, An ample list of these has been given by Linnzus, in the Phi- n and easily procured, may be deemed Opens inthe Shuts from morning. noon to night. morning. noon tonight. - Min. Hou. Min. Hou. Min. Hou. Min. 5 SRe10 Hypocheeris maculata=-- 6 zf 4 5 0 12 1 Nymphia alba- 7 0 é53 1) 5 125-0 Lactuca sativa- iO 10e.0 5 12(0) Tagetes erecta 7 0 3 4 5 8 9 allis arvensis 7 8 2 5 0 7 0 Hieracinm pilosella- By 0 2 0 0 7 8 Dianthus prolifer 8 0 1 0 0 bh 3h Calendula arvensis- 9 0 5 0 0 12 0 Arenaria purpurea- Ove 10) iz 3 6 1 5 Portulaca hortensis= 9 10 Viele: 6 10 0 Malva caroliniana 8) A) 12) 6 5 9 Stellaria media- Sr eld i) 10 Lapsana communis Leontodon taraxacum° Quan 3L 8 es a ts enemies 886 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. _ 6533. In botanical collections, some peculiarities of culture may be required for parasites, ferns, moss fungi, and marine vegetables. The only hardy herbaceous parasite is the cuscuta, or dodder a t ee plant found in hedges, and on hops, furze, thistles, and many weeds, with thread-like reddish aes few small membranaceous scales, and balls of white or purplish flowers, which appear in July andi: gust. They propagate themselves by seed, which germinates in the soil, and at first draws its nai ish. ment from thence; but the original root withers away as soon as the young stem has twined saanthany other plant. In cultivating the cuscuta, it is easy to imitate nature by sowing the seeds at the root of: thistle or whin. i 6534. In raising ferns-and mosses from seed, these being very small, should be sown on the surface of peat-earth, ground to the finest powder: the seed need not be covered, but the pots should be placed in the shade, or ina vault; anda moist close atmosphere produced by covering with a bell-glass rendered semi-opaque by a wash of mud. When they come up, they may be transplanted into pots of the ete size, and placed in situations formed in imitation of their natural sites. The more hardy ferns and mosses, and also some of the fungi, will come up very well, if the entire plants, covered with ripe seed are strewed over a bed or border of peat-soil, completely shaded from thesun. The parent vegetables in rotting will afford shelter and congenial nourishment to their infant offspring. 6535. Seeds of the fungi, hepatice, alge, and lichenes, may be sown in pots of fine earth, like the mosses; but many require to be sown on pieces of decaying bark or wood, or on stones or pieces of lime or on walls,&c. Portions of these, or of whatever substances are requisite, should be procured and neat]; fitted to pots of six or eight inches’ diameter; the seed should be sown immediately when gathered ae sort ina pot, and the pots set in a vault; some kept damp and close by means of other pots whelmed over them; and others allowed more air, according to their natures. If it is wished to multiply specimens it may be done after they come up, by dividing the masses on which they grow.' Xs i 6536. The culture of hardy marine productions, or submersed alg@, may be attempted by forming a cistern or basin of salt-water with shelves or terraces within, in the manner of the common aquarium (fig. 618.) Their pots or receptacles, in the form of rough cones or square blocks, may be formed from basalt or compact limestone, and a specimen of the sea-weed, in which the seeds are supposed to be ripe attached to each receptacle; or some of the receptacles may be placed in the sea near the fuci, which it is desired to introduce to the marine aquarium; and when the young fuci appear, the stones may be re- moved to the cistern, and placed on a higher or lower terrace, according to the depth of water supposed to be requisite. It has not been proved, that the motion and alternate immersion and exposure to air produced by the tides is essential to the growth of marine vegetables; but if itis, these circumstances: can be imitated by pumping the marine aquarium dry once a-day into a cistern above its level, and then al- lowing the water to return gradually; or the same thing might be effected without the labor of pumping, by two moderate-sized cisterns fixed like scales on the ends of a-moving beam, for weights,&c. The lichenes of fresh-water are of easy cultivation. ; 6537. Alpines. Avery general assemblage of plants is formed by gardeners under the title of a/pines. These ought properly to consist only of such plants as grow on high mountains; but the gardener adds to them all very dwarf small plants that are difficult to preserve in a state of cultivation. Some of these, in- stead of being alpine, are arenarious, sea-side, or bog plants. Alpine plants are universally very low, bushy, and evergreen. In their native sites, they are covered by snow great part of the year, and conse- quently never experience either violent cold, violent heat, or intense light. The atmosphere which sur- rounds them is of light or thin air, almost always highly charged with vapor, and the soil in which they grow is generally soft, black, and peat-like, forming a thin stratum on rock, or filling up the chinks of rocks or stones, and always moist. Art imitates these circumstances, by putting such plants in small pots of peat or bog-earth, well drained by gravel, or scarcely drained at all, or mixed with stones, or with sand, according to the habitation to be imitated. The pots are kept, during winter, under glass in frames, in a situation exposed only to the morning sun; and in summer they are removed to a full northern exposure, or screens placed so as to produce this effect in their winter situation. Care is taken to water three or four times a-day during summer, and to keep the ground around the pots constantly moist; and in winter to protect by mats, in addition to the glass, when the cold is likely to be greater than 25° or 30°. Perhaps an improvement in the management of alpine plants would be to set the pots, in the summer season, on a grating or frame of cast-iron, placed a few inches’ distance above a cistern or pond of water, by which means a constant evaporation would take place, and a moist cool atmosphere be produced. In winter they might remain in the same situation, protected by frames; or they might be removed to their usual site; or the pots might be arranged in beds, and a pipe, finely pierced with holes, in Loddige’s manner, might pass along the centre of each bed, at such a distance above it as that the shower would just cover thebed. A shower might thus be applied at pleasure, and the plants kept moist by prolonged and gentle rains, instead of being deluged by sudden and heavy rains from the watering-pot. Whatever plan be adopted, it is essential that the site be open to the morning sun only during winter, and to only one or two hours’ sun during summer, and that it should not be shaded by trees, Professor Thouin arranged a bank for alpine plants in the Paris garden, and has given an account of it, accompanied by some very judicious reasoning, in the Annales de Musée,(see a translation in Hort. Trans. vol. i. App.) 5 but experience shows, that plants of this description never thrive long on beds or banks of any kind; those planted by Professor Thouin never did much good, and in the course of two years, as we were in- formed on the spot, many of them died off, and the rest became too luxuriant for the situation. Potting is by far the best mode, as each individual plant may then be examined at the root as well as the top, and its soil or situation changed at pleasure. From the rarity of this class of plants, the difficulty of keeping them, their vivid green, neat shapes, small size, and many of them flowering early in spring, they are much prized, and collections made in most flower-gardens of note; we shall, therefore, give a list of the leading species of alpines, most of which will be found in a former table(6489.), as plants for the front row of the border:— Perennials. Achillea alpina 3, Aco- ciliaris, stellata, Dryas octopetala Sh aizoon, androsacea, autumnalis, czesia, nitum pyrenaicum, Adoxa moscha-| Erigeron alpinum, Erinus alpinus Ss, ceespitosa, cernua, cordifolia, cotyle- tellina 3, Ajugaalpina, genevensis, Al- Frankenia hirsuta,_lievis, Gentiana don, crassifolia, cuneifolia, geranoides, chemilla alae Alyssum_ alpestre,| adscendens 3 s, ciliata 3$, pneu- geum, granulata, g- flo. pleno, mos- Anemone alpina, apennina, baldensis, Antirrhinum triornithophorum 5, A- quilegia alpina, Arabis alpina 3, bel- lidifolia 3, lucida 3, sibirica 3, Aretia alpina 3, helvetica 5, vitaliana3, Arnica bellidiastrum 3, montana 3,- nioides 3, Astragalus alpinus, Bellium Pellidioides 3s, Cacalia alpina, Cam- panula alpina 3, carpatica 3, Cerastium alpmum, Cheiranthus alpinus 3, hel- veticus 3, Cherleria sedoides, Chryso- slenium alternifolium, oppositifolium, Jistus tuberaria 3 s, Cnicus spinosis- simus 3, Convolvulus soldanella s, Cor- tusa mathioli s, Cotyledon lutea, umbi- licus, Crepis rigida, sibirica, Cypre- pedium acaule 3, album 5, calceo- lus 3,c.fol. glabris 3, canadense 3, Dian- thus alpinus, glaucus, Draba aizoides, monanthe 3, punctata 3, purpurea 35 saponaria 3, septemfida 3, verna 3, Glaux maritima, Gnaphalium_al- pinum 35, Gundelia tournefortii 3 s, Gunnera perpensa s, Hypocheeris hel- vetica, Aaaoxis erecta 53, Isopyrum thalictroides s, lychnis flos-cuculi, quadridentata 3, vespertina, Moerhin- ria muscosa, Orontium japonicum 3s, -anax quinquefolium 3 s, Parnassia palustris, Peganum harmala s, Pentho- rum sedoides, Phlox pilosa 5, setacea 3s, subulata3 s, Primula cortusoides 3, farinosa 3, helvetica 5, integrifolia 3, longifolia 5, marginata, nivalis, Ra- nunculus alpestris, glacialis, parnassi- folius, Rubus arcticus 3, chamzmo- rus 5, roszfolius 35, saxatilis, 3, San- seviera carnea 3s, Saxifraga aizoides, chata nivalis, palmata, rivularis, stel- laris, viscosa, Sedum, aizoon, album, dasyphyllum, difficiens forsterianum, glaucum, hybridum, quadrifidum, sex- angulare, villosum, virens, Semper- vivum arachnoideum 3, cuspidatum 3, globiferum 3, hirtum 3, sediforme 3, tectorum 3, Sibbaldia procumbens 35 Sibthorpia europea 3, Silene acaulis 5, vallesia, Sisyrinchum bermudiana 3s, Thlaspi alpestre, Tiarella cordi- folia 3, trifolia 3, Valeriana tuberosa, Veronica alpina, aphylla, Veronica pinnata, Viola cenesia 5, pedata 3 5. Bulbs. Bulbocodium vernum 9$s, Cy- clamen coum 3, europeum 3, e. flo. albo, Ixia bulbocodium 3 s, Ophrys apifera, muscifera, ovata, Orchis bito- lia, conopsia, maculata, militaris, pyra- nspeliaclss motsp long) ple, Hepatica! apennines Cy 6539, seape; but spleuousne kind, and are the hor pilus, sorb ing to thei rows of th flowers, by tion for m have omit the heigh among th in Page’ and othe Chap, V] their colo Tandseap Mc le Into this. Germans Boox II. CATALOGUE OF HARDY TREES. 887 midalis, Scilla amoena 3, autumna- lis 3, bifolia 3, b. flo. albo 3, campa- nulata 3, italica 3, lilio-hyacinthus, 1, flo. pleno, lusitanica 3 s, praecox 3, sibjrica 5, verna.[This is a most beau- tiful tribe of little early blue-flowering plants, deserving a place in every flower- garden.| Trillium erectum 3 Biennials. Campanula sibirica, virgata, Delphinium aconiti, Dianthus armeria, monspeliacus, Digitalis lutea, Gna- 6538. A collection of flowers for a small garden. such as in a state of cultivation are the most difficult to preserve; the most common, hardy, and showy, which flowe and situation, and which are recommended as fit for the c beries, or parterres. halium Iuteo‘album, sylvaticum, yypsophila muralis, Linum striatum, Monarda rosea, Phyteuma comosa, Ranunculus pennsylvanicus, Scabiosa columbaria, uranica, Scorzonera re- sedifolia,‘Teucrium campanulatum, Thiapsi hirtum, saxatile, Thymus_al- pinus, grandiflorus, patavinus, Tra- gopogon crucifolius, Trichostemabra chiata, Trigonella platycarpos. Hardy annuals, Arctotis anthemoides s, tristis s, Artemisia annua, pectinata. Bellis annua, Bellium_bellidioides. minutum, Biscutella coronopifolia, Campanula erinus, hybrida, chee thus maritimus, m. flo. albo, Cis- tus guttatus s, Claytonia perfoliata, 33, Dianthus prolifer 3, Geranium gruinum s, Lychnis lata, quadriden- tata, Silene acteon, rubella, Viola tri. color, viol. tri. mac. major, Vv. tri. mac. minor, Having given a selection of the most rare plants, and we shall conclude with a list of flowers, r great part of the year, will thrive in almost any soil ommonest description of flower-borders, shrub- Flowering from February to May. Red. Hepatica triloba. Anemonehorten- J sis, Alyssum deltoideum. Bellis peren- nis. Erinus alpinus. Erythronium dens canis. Fritillaria imperialis, me- leagris. Fumaria solida. Hyacinthus orientalis. Orobus vernus. Phlox subu- lata, setacea. Primula vulgaris, villosa, longiflora, farinosa. Blue. Hepatica trilob. Anemo. pulsatilla, apennina. Cynoglossum omphaloides. Flowering from May to August. Red. Antiyrhinum majus. Astrantia ma- jor, minor. Aquilegia vulgaris, cana- ‘densis. Anemone hortensis. Bellis pro- lifera. Cistus helianthemum. Cheiran- thus cheiri, annuus, incanus. Chelone barbata, obliqua. Dianthus barbatus, superbus, czesius. Dictamnus alb.rub. Dodecatheon meadia. Epilobium an- gustissimum. Fumaria formosa. Ge- ranium macrorhizum,, sanguineum, Lancastriense. Gladiolus communis. Ivis versicolor. Lathyrus latifolius. Lilium chalcedonicum, Lychnis viscaria, flos-cuculi, chalce- donica. Lythrum salicaria, virgatum. Monarda didyma- Orobus varius. Or- ohis muscula. Papaver orientale. Pa- onia officinalis, tenuifolia. Phlox gla- berrima, stolonifera, ovata, amoena, intermedia, pilosa, maculata. Rud- beckia purpurea. Scilla nutans. Tulipa gesneriana, suaveolens suav. flo. pleno. Thalictrum aquilegifoli- Crocus vernus. Muscari_botryoides comosum. Iris pumila. Primula auri- cula. Pulmonaria officinalis, virginica. Scilla przecox, bifolia, verna. Viola. Yellow. Adonis vernalis. Alyssum sax- atile, minimum. Crocus verrus, sul- phureus, susianus.- Erythronium a- mericanum.) imperialis. Heileborus*hyemalis. Narcissus angus- tissimus, minor, bulbocodium, trian- um. Valeriana rubra. Veronica car-| Blue. Anemone hortensis. Aster alpi- lustre. Hemerocallis coerulea. Iris cris- tata, sambucina, germanica, xiphium xiphioides. Linum perenne, pumila. Lupinus perennis, polemnonium coeru- leum. Sinise orbicularis. Scilla campenulata, nutans. Sophora austra- lis. Veronica prostrata, chamzdrys, incana, spicata, gentianoides. Vinca mayor. Yelloy. Allium moly. Antirrhinum spartium. Caltha palustris. Cheiran- thus cheiri. Cistus helianthemum. Coreopsis tenuifolia, aurea, verticillata. drus, jonquilla, pseudo-narcissus, bi- color, tazetta. Primula veris. White. Anemone nemorosa, hepatica. Arabis alpina. Bellis perennis. Carda- mine pratensis. Crocus biflorus. Ery- thronium dens canis. Galanthus ni- valis. Helleborus niger. Lecucojum vernum. Primula nivalis, vulgaris. Ranunculus amplexicaulis. Sangui- naria canadensis. Tiarella cordifolia. Hemérocallis flava, fulva. Lilium canadense, bulbiferum,. (nothera pumilia, fruticosa. Papaver cambricum. Tulipa sylvestris, ges- neriana.‘Trollius europaeus, asiaticus. Viola tricolor, grandiflora, lutea. White. Antirrhinum, majus. Anthericum liliago, liliastrum. Actea racemosa. Anemone dichotoma. Bellis peren- nis. Campanulapersicifolia, pumilum. Cheiranthusincanus, annuus. Conval- laria polygonatum. Dictamnus albus Hesperis matronalis. Iris xiphioides. Lilium candidum. Narcissus poeticus. Ornithogalum pyramidale. Phlox sua- veolens. Pancratium maritimum. Po- lygonum viviparum. Ranunculus aco- nitifolius. Saxifraga granulata. Scilla campanulata, nutans. Stipa pennata. Spirea aruncus, filipendula, ulmaria, trifoliata. Thalictrum aquilegifolium. Tulipa gesneriana. Veronica spicata, pinnata. Vinca minor, Cuar. IX: Catalogue of Hardy Trees, with showy Flowers. 6539. All trees may be considered as ornamental by adding to the beauty of land- scape; but we mean here to confine ourselves to such as are ornamental, by the con- spicuousness of their flowers. These are not numerous; they are all of the deciduous kind, and their time of inflorescence is limited to two or three months. The principal are the horse-chestnut, acacia, the fruit-trees in their wild state, some species of mes- pilus, sorbus, cytisus, robinia,&c.; these, with some others, we have arranged accord- ing to their height and time of flowering, in order to admit of a selection for the back rows of the shrubbery. None of the few evergreen trees which we possess, have showy flowers, but we have added the names of these, with their heights, to facilitate a selec- tion for mixing with the deciduous sorts in the mingled or grouped shrubbery. We have omitted all those showy flowering and evergreen trees which do not usually attain the height of twenty feet, deeming it more suitable for our purpose to include them among the shrubs of that size. All the useful and curious species of trees will be found in Page’s Prodromus, with their heights, time of flowering, soil, mode of propagation, and other circumstances. In the Arboricultural Catalogue(Part YII. Book IIT. Chap. VIII.), the most useful timber-trees are described, and the shapes of trees, and treated of both under Arboricultural and Landscape Gardening.(See Part III. Book ITI. Chap. II. Book IV. Chap. II.) Much less attention has of late been paid to the introduction of new sorts of trees The French and A considerable number of new sorts of their colors, and characteristic expressions, are into this country, than to the introduction of fruits and flowers. Germans seem to excel us in this respect. 31 4 a SY TSS Sees SEES Fer Oe ar LE Ul ee pe 888 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part III. ornamental trees have lately been added to the British Arboretum, by Messrs. Loddiges, i e. o. 2S and specimens of them are conspicuously arranged in the Hackney nursery, to show their forms and characters. \ Secr. I. Deciduous Trees with showy Flowers. 6540. DECIDUOUS TREES.—MARCH AND APRIL. Height from 20 ft. 1028 ft.| From 28 feet to 36 feet.| From 36 feet to 44 feet. SS ee ee|———— Se From 44 feet to 52 feet. From 52 feet upwards. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED, he angustifolia, s.|Pyrus aria, s. Mespilus oxycant, pr- 9-—— dentata, s. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Prunus cerasus, 5- Prunus padus, s. Prunus avium, 3. — domestica, s-—— rubra, 8. — nigra, s.—: pennsylvanica, s. Pyrus coronaria, 3.| Salix amygdalina, s. — communis, s-, caprea oe—,.plen.s.— =—.var.s. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Salisburia adiantifolia Ulmus americana Ulmus campestris iks= Walba’=— fol. var. —— pendula — campestris sativa GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Taxus baccifera Quercus robur fruc. sesi. Quercus robur — rubra —— montana — tinctoria BROWN, BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. Populus candicans Pinus larrx microcarpa| Populus greeca Populus alba Populus dilatata — heterophylla—|—) pendula Ulnus montana— — Populus leevigata— nemoralis— tremula — nigra,— suberosa -MAY. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. Acer tartaricum Cercis siliquastrum, s- Mespilus coccinea,$. — oxyacantha rosea,$. aa]. var.$. Pyrus spectabilis, s. prunifolia, s. 4 — salicifolia, s._ WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Acer campestre Betula daurica Celtis australis Pyrus torminalis Betula excelsa —_ fol. arg. Juglans alba ZEsculus hippocastan. s.|Juglans regia Platanus occidentalis Celtis ocidentalis= angustifolia—— fol. aur. s.—= major_— acerifol. Cercis siliquastr. fl. al. 6.)=— cinerea——— arg. s.|Platanus orientalis Mespilus acerifolia, s-— compressa we cuniata — apiifolia, s.= ni —_azarolus, 8.— = cordifolia, s- — crus galli, s. —— pyracant, Ss. =— salicifolia, s. —— éliptica —— fissa =— grossularf. =— hybrida =— incisa —— nigra _ oxycantha 2a aurea =— pleno — tanacetifoli YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Acer montanum Cupressus disticha Quercus alba Aceropulus Fagus sylvatica — dasycarpum Fagus sylvatica for- aur.= aquatica Quercus exoniensis Fraxinus excelsior — hybridum== arg:=— attenuata— latifolius_— altissima} — lobatum— purpurea=—_ heterophyl.——_ tumeri_-— pendula — negundo=x= cuprea—— indivisa— coccinea — pennsylvanicum|Fraxi. excelsior simplici.=— longifolia_— montana Mespilus flava, s. cee stricta— candida (Carpinus americana=— betulus raxinus americana ——‘pubescens —— rubra GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Quercus coccinea elon. Quercus palustris = foliata— primus — Iatifolia — longifolia BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. Alnus glutinosa Populus monolifera Populus angulata Pinus larix =: lacinata —-—§ quercifolia — -- oblongata — 7 eliptica Sook Il cua | RED: lp ia iss ine“ | wail! HMesplts odor {Magnolia cord [astanes VO BLUE Scer rubrum Magnolia ac BRON aie Hy: 6042, 7 shall first 1 Wards, in s Purposes, 6543, and of Sonsze: 6544, fom time Vaties in g Mhite, yell Utes s an Boox II. ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS. DECIDUOUS TREES.— JUNE. leicht from 20 to 28 feet.| From 28 feet to 36 feet.| From 36 feet to 44 feet.| From 44 feet to 52 feet.| From 52 feet upwards. a RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. Esculus pavia Acer saccharinum —— rosea WHITE. WHITE. /WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Mespilus odoratissima, s.| Magnolia tripetala, s.‘Pyrus hybrida, s. Castanea vesca Prunus domestica, s Magnolia cordifolia, s.| Prunus serotina, s. \Castanea vesca, fol. aur.|Pyrus aucuparia, s. _—=— arg.| Morus alba =— heteroph.— nigra —— fol. lucidis Diospyrus lotus _ virginiana YELLOW. YELLOW.~ YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Asculus flava Cytissus laburnum,§. Acer platanoides Catalpa syringeefolia, p.| Acer platanoides lacinia.— pseudoplatanus — pseudoplat. fol. arg. =—— aur. 4 BLUE. BLUE. BLUE, BLUE. BLUE. ‘Acer rubrum GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Magnolia acuminata, 8. Tilia europea, s. — carolina BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. BROWN.| BROWN. Betula nigra : Fila of RED. RED.| RED. RED. RED. a| Gleditschia triacanthos | Robinia viscosa WHITE. ,° WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Liriodendron tulipifera _ integrifolia YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. (Gymnocladus canadensis) Tilia alba Atlathus giandulosa~— americana Betula populifolia Secr. IJ. Evergreen Trees. 6541. EVERGREEN TREES. All of these flower in March, April, and May. Height from 20 ft. to 28 ft.| From 28 feet to 36 feet.| From 36 feet to 44 feet.| From 44 feet to 52 feet.| From 52 feet& upreards. = SS=| SSS ee|= (Cupressus sempervirens| Pinus taeda Pinus pinea Pinus abies Pinus pinaster Pinus abies alba— picea| variabilis|—— rigida — cembra— abies nigra— sylvest. marit.—— sylvestris — lanceolata a— rubra|— pungens— balsamea— strobus — palustris— canadensis Quercus esculus — pumila— cedrus:|— phellos Quercus gramuntia Juniperus virginiana, p._— — suber\Exunus caroliniana|| Propagation and culture. See ARBORICULTURE. Most of the trees enumerated in both the foregoing sections are highly ornamental as single objects on a lawn; and form curious chamber plants when dwarfed and potted in the Chinese manner.(Hort. Trans. iv. 289.) ae Cuar. X. Ornamental Shrubs. 6542. The ornamental shrubs are a much more numerous tribe than the trees: we shall first notice the more select sorts, as the rose, rhododendron, althawa,&c. and after- wards, in succession, the deciduous kinds, evergreens, creepers, and sorts for particular purposes. Sect. I. Select Shrubs. 6543. The term select shrubs we apply to such shrubs as have been much cultivated, and of which numerous varieties are recognised as beautiful. Suzsect. 1. Rose.— Rosa, L. Icos. Polyg. L. and Rosacea, J. Rosier, Fr.; Rosenstock, Ger.; and Rosajo, Ital. 6544. The rose is known by every body at first sight, and has been a favorite flower from time immemorial among the civilised nations of Europe and Asia. The shrub varies in size in different species, from one foot to six or eight, and the colors are red, white, yellow, purple, black, striped; simple, or in almost numberless shades and mix- tures; and single, semi-double, and double. It is cultivated in every garden, from that eer 890 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pile sbi of the most humble cottager upwards; some species, as R. centifolia damascena,&c. are also cultivated by commercial gardeners ona large scale for distilling rose-water, and for making attar, or essential oil of roses. Six pounds of rose-leaves will impregnate by dis- tillation a gallon of water strongly with their odor; but a hundred pounds afford scarcely half an ounce of attar.‘The rose 1s also used in medicine. Botanists are not agreed as to the number of original species of this genus, some regard all the European species as originated from one source; others, and especially the moderns, divide them into species, subspecies, and varieties. The most scientific work which has appeared on the roses in England, is the Rosarum Monographia of Lindley, 1819, in which above a hundred species or subspecies are described, and some of them figured; and Miss Laurence has published ninety plates of A Collection of Roses from Nature, 1810. In France, Guillemeau has published Histoire Naturelle de la Rose, 1800; and Redouté and Thory are engaged in a splendid work, in folio, entitled Les Roses, containing plates of all the known species and varieties of this flower.‘Thory has pub- lished a separate tract on their culture, entitled Prodrome de la Monographie du Genre Rosier,&c. 1820; Pronville, a Nomenclature Raisonnée, in 1818; and Vibert, Ob- servations,&c. in 1820. A copious and intelligent account of the Scotch roses has been lately given by Sabine(Hort. T’rans. iv. 231.), and some hundreds of new varieties have flowered from seedling plants, in the nursery of Lee, and will soon be found in his sale- catalogues. 6545. Species and varieties. The lists of the London and Paris nurserymen contain upwards of 500 names: that of Calvert and Co., Englishmen, who have established a nursery at Bonne Nouvelle near Rouen, enumerates near 900 sorts. The greater part of these have been raised from seed on the continent, where it ripens better than in this country, within the last thirty years. A number of varieties have also been raised in Britain, especially of the 2. spinosissima, or Scotch rose, of which above 300 varieties are procurable in the Glasgow nursery. New varieties are raised in France and Italy annually; Villaresi, royal gardener at Monza, has raised upwards of fifty varieties of Rosa ¢ndica; not one of which have, as far as we know, reached this country. Some of them are quite black, others shaped like a ranunculus, and many of them highly odoriferous. The following table contains nearly 150 species and varieties of sin- gle roses, of longest standing, arranged according to their time of flowering, heights, and colors; and of the greater number of which there are double and semi-double varieties of the same colors. The names are chiefly taken from Page’s Prodromus, and the plants are known by them in the Hammersmith nursery. Ample lists, as already observed, may be had from all the principal nurserymen, and the best mode of making a selection is to view the plants while in flower. 6546. ROSES.— MAY. Height from 0 to 1 fuot. From 1 foot to 2 feet. From 2 feet to 3 feet.| From 3 feet to 5 feet. From 5 feet to 8 fects is ce pasta ae Reeliay Vo,|e ee|—|——_____—— 4 RED.| RED. RED. RED.| RED. | Rosa spinosissima rub.p- Rosa pimpinellifolia |}— pYzecox WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Rosa spinosissima alb. p- j=— stricta PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE, PURPLE. Rosa spinosiss. marm. p- VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Rosa spinosiss. pannic. p+!| Sneed Sere Et OTT TNS RED.| RED. RED. RED.| RED. Rosa pumila\Rosa alpina rubra Rosa centifolia Rosa caucasica| Rosa olympica |— gallica— rubiginosacoccinea}— ferox| villosa — hibernica-+- damascena— pendulina |— procera— yubiginosa apiifolia)— cinnamonia| |— provincialis rubiginosa WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE, WHITE.| WHITE. Rosa pilosa, p-)Rosa alpina Rosa alba| — pyrenaica|— muscosa| — roxburghii, p-|— teneriffensis| — sibirica 1| YELLOW.; YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Rosa prostrata, p-|| Rosa lutea_| ee bicolor,| batt mnt Re Eegiius ieony YY, Y, 2 ee !| RED.| RED. RED. RED.} RED. | Rosa bland.spinis rubr.p-| Rosa blanda, p. Rosa turbinata| Rosa indica, p. |_— indica resplendens a= yonii, p-| — diverszeflora, p. rubifolia, p-| _ indica salicifolia, p. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. | Rosa lucida Rosa kamschatica| YELLOW. YELLOW: YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW- Rosa americana lutea, p-| }| cs Ba stricta| — carolineana PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. | Rosa minuta, d.| Rosa minuta, d.} $$ SUGUS SS ees YELLOW.| RED. RED.| RED.| WHITE. Rosa bracteata, p- Rosa pennsylvanica, p+\{Rosa moschata Fa Py seed. _ vo the C8 inthe sort eat to the s in? ose, UM ff isto fort ot promise! Villarest alse rieties of the mersmith n eotnpared 0 Pi tle ggg, Prot country; will decay. vegetable mi gize of the§ come Up al rows 2{oot ing to thes to the fifth 6550, By autumn, 0 others, the Jaid down is tied, and a The Paris n having a bet propagation, plants, raise collections of Vande's pard 6554, Fi large town (R, lutea nthe subj some mile beries, ar (fig. 620 with eden T0ses; th greater 5) sorts are that the pe sometimes af the bas ONE Or of NOS, Or ¢ “DS to ¢ Book Il. ROSE. 89] 6547. Propagation. By seed for new varieties, and chiefly by layers for continuing approved sorts. They are also multiplied by budding, cuttings, and suckers. a 6548. By seed. Ripe hips containing the seeds are obtained from semi-double and single flowers, and to increase the chance of new varieties, these should be taken from plants that have been planted among, or near to the sorts of which a cross is desired. We are not aware that Knight’s mode of extracting the stamina from the one parent, and dusting the stigma with the anthers of the other, has been applied to the rose, but there can be no doubt it might be done in many instances. In France and Italy, the usual mode is to form a plantation of double and semi-double sorts mixed indiscriminately, and take the result of promiscuous impregnation. Guillemeau has given lists of such as are adopted for this purpose: and Villaresi raised most of his beautiful varieties of the Rosa indica, by planting them among as many va- ricties of the European roses as he could procure. Austin, nurseryman at Glasgow, and Lee of Ham- mersmith, mix all the sorts of Scotch roses together in the same plantation. The other mode may be compared to cross-breeding at random; and this to random-in and in-breeding. 6549. Process. Few of the hips are ripe before October, but most sorts that come to maturity in this country, will be fit to gather by November. The seeds of the rose require to be one year in the soil before they vegetate; they may either be immediately rubbed or washed out, and preserved among sand or cin- der-dust: or the hips entire may be so preserved a full year, when the husks will be perfectly rotten, and the seed being separated and sown in February, will come up in the Mayor June following. The best place to lay up the hips is the floor of a cellar, such as that used for storing roots; but in whatever way they are preserved, care must be taken that they are not laid together in such masses as to produce fer- mentation; and that the heap be turned over frequently in course of the twelve months, to promote decay. The seeds should be sown in a soft moist soil, such as that composed of equal parts of sand and vegetable mould, in a shady situation; it may be covered from a fourth to half an inch, according to the size of the seeds, and the surface should be kept moist by watering in the evenings, till the plants, have come up and attained a few inches in height. Early in the second spring, they may be transplanted in rows a foot apart every way, and a year afterwards again transplanted to a distance more or less, accord- ing to the sorts. Here they are to remain till they flower, which varies in different sorts, from the third to the fifth year, but most commonly they flower the fourth summer. 6550. By layers. The common mode is to lay down the young shoots of the preceding summer late in autumn, or early in the succeeding spring, and then, with the exception of the moss-rose, and one or two others, they form rooted plants by the next autumn. But it is now found, that if the same shoots are laid down when the plant is beginning to flower in July, they will, with a few exceptions, produce roots and be fit to remove the same autumn, by which a whole year is gained. Such sorts as do not root in one year must be left on the stools till the second autumn; but layers made when the shoots are in a growing State, and furnished with healthy leaves, root much more freely than shoots of ripe wood. After the plants are removed from the stools, they are planted in nursery rows, and in a year, the blossom-buds having been carefully pinched off from the first laying down, they will be fit for removal to their final destination. The stools are then to be pruned, and the soil stirred and enriched on the general principles already laid down.(2004.) 6551. By suckers and dividing the roots. Many of the commoner sorts admit of being rapidly multiplied in this way; and the plants obtained may be planted in their final destination at once. 6552. By cuttings. Most of the sorts might, no doubt, be propagated from cuttings of the young wood; cut at a joint where it is beginning to ripen, and planted in sand and vegetable mould under a hand-glass. But this mode is only adopted with such sorts as strike easily, as the R. zndica, and other eastern species. 6553. By budding. This mode of propagating roses is adopted chiefly with the rare sorts, and such as are difficult to propagate by layers; for it is found, that plants so originated, even though on stocks of the hardier sorts, are less durable than such as are raised by any of the other modes. But the chief use of budding in the culture of the rose is to produce standard roses, or to produce several sorts from the same stock. Standard roses are a modern invention, it is generally supposed of the Dutch, first carried to Paris, and about twenty years ago to England. They are highly artificial objects, of great beauty, and form magnificent ornaments to parterres and borders. The stocks are either of the tree-rose(A. villosa, W.), or of any sorts of woody wild roses, as f. scabriuscula, heterophylla, or surculosa, Sm.‘They are budded at different heights from three to seven feet, but commonly between five and six feet from the ground. A stock in the Paris garden, which carries several sorts, has a naked stem of nearly fifteen feet, and there are others at Malmaison and the Grand Trianon, of equal height. These stocks are, both in France and England, procured from woods and copses, and after being planted in nursery lines, are often budded the same summer, sometimes in spring by the scalope mode of budding(2059.), 2 aed poussant of the French; and never later than the succeeding spring or summer by the common mode, /’aetl dormant, Fr. Generally two buds are inserted on opposite sides of the stock, but often three or four, or a dozen, in alternate positions on the upper six, or twelve inches of the stem. Every stock is supported by a rod, which should reach a foot or eighteen inches higher than the situation of the bud; to this rod the stock is tied, and afterwards the shoots from the buds, which are otherwise liable to be blown out by high winds. The Paris nurserymen being supplied with stronger stocks than can readily be procured in England, and having a better climate, and more experience in the culture of roses, excel us in this department of rose propagation, and their standards afford an article of commerce with other countries. Their common plants, raised by layers, are also in extensive demand, but in these we equal, if not surpass them. Fine collections of standard roses from Paris, may be seen in the Hammersmith nursery, in the Comte de Vande’s garden at Bayswater, in the Duchess of Dorset’s at Knowle, and at various other places. 6554. Final situation. No species of rose, wild or cultivated, thrives well in or very near large towns, on account of the smoke and confined air. The yellow and Austrian roses (R. lutea and L. bicolor) are difficult to flower in any situation, but seldom or never blow in the suburbs of London: even the monthly rose does not thrive so well there as at some miles’ distance in the country. Roses are generally planted in the front of shrub- beries, and in borders; they are also planted by themselves in rose-gardens or rosaries (fig: 620.), in groups on lawn or gravel, either with common box or other edgings, or with edgings of wire, in imitation of basket-work. These last are called baskets of roses; the ground enclosed in the basket-margin is made convex, so as to present a greater surface to the eye, and increase the illusion; the shoots of the stronger sorts are layered or kept down by pegs till they strike roots into the ground, so that the points of the shoots furnished with buds appear only above the soil, which is sometimes covered witn moss or small shells. Under this treatment, the whole surface of the basket becomes, in two or three years, covered with rose-buds and leaves of one or of various sorts. Where one of the larger free-growing sorts is employed, as the moss, or any of the Provence(rose de cramoisi, Fr.) varieties, one plant may be trained so as to cover a surface of many square yards. Where different sorts are introduced in Part III. the same basket, they should be as much as_ possible assimilated in size of leaves and flowers, and habits of growth, and as different as possible in the colors of therr flowers. By mixing small-flowered with large showy sorts, the beauty of the former is lost with- out adding to the effect of the latter. 6555. In rosaries commonly but one plant of a sort is introduced, and the varieties which most resemble each other are placed together, by which their distinctions are better seen. Particular compart- ments are often devoted to one species, as the Scotch, Chinese, yellow, burnet-leaved,&c. which has an excellent effect; sometimes a piece of rock-work in the centre is covered with the creeping roses, and on other occasions these are trained to trellis-work, which forms a fence or hedge of rases round the whole. In this hedge, standard-roses are sometimes introduced at regular distances; a grove of standards is also frequently formed in the centre of the rosary, and sometimes they are introduced here and there require to be seen singly, or in succession. This is the case where they occur as single objects on a lawn, roses, and especially the double-flowering kinds, require a rich loamy soil, inclining to clay rather than sand; and they require also, like most double flowers, plenty of moisture when in a growing state. 6558. General culture. To produce strong flowers, roses require some attention to pruning; old wood should be yearly cut out, and the young shoots thinned and shortened according to their strength, and whether number or magnitude of flowers be wanted. Those sorts which throw up numerous suckers should be taken up every three or four years, reduced and replanted; and most sorts, excepting the standards, will be improved by the practice, provided attention be paid to remove a part of the old soil, and replace it by new.‘The points of the shoots of the more delicate sorts of roses are very apt to die when pruning is performed in winter or spring; to avoid the consequences of this evil, many give a second pruning in June, or do not prune the tender sorts at all till the be- ginning of that month. A very good time for performing the operation is immediately after the bloom is over; cutting out old exhausted wood, shortening shoots which have flowered to a good bud accompanied with a healthy leaf, but leaving such shoots as are still in a growing state untouched till October. Where very large roses are wanted, all the buds but that on the extreme point of each shoot should be pinched off as soon as they make their appearance, and the plant liberally supplied with water. To lessen evapor- ation, and keep up a constant moisture at the roots of their roses, the Paris gardeners generally mulch them with half-rotten stable-dung, or partially rotten leaves, The earliest flowering rose is the monthly, which,'in mild seasons, and planted against a wall, will sometimes flower! in the beginning of April; the roses next in succession are the cinnamon, which flowers in May; the damask, in the end of May or beginning of June; the blush, York and Lancaster, Provence and Dutch hundred-leaved, in June, July, and August. The Virginia and musk roses are the latest European sorts; they flower in September, and in shaded situations will sometimes continue in bloom till the middle of October; but the earliest rose(the monthly) is also the latest, and generally continues flowering till interrupted by frost. The earliest sorts may be materially forwarded by being planted against a south wall, and if portable sashes are placed before them, and the wall is either flued and heated by fires, or a lining of dung placed behind, the plants may be brought to flower in February or March.‘The monthly rose being protected by glass in autumn, or aided by artificial heat, may be continued in bloom till Christmas. A very common mode of obtaining late roses, and one of the greatest antiquity(48.), is by cutting all the.flower-shoots off when the buds begin to ap- or by rubbing off all the rudiments of shoots, of every kind, early in spring; 4 second crop is 10 C to bloom before the autumn. 6559. Forwarding and retarding roses. pear,: I; consequence produced, which will not be in a state 6560. Forcing the rose.‘The best sorts for this purpose are the common and moss Pro- vence; the Indian sorts force well, or rather, in stoves, continue in bloom all the year; but not being fragrant, they are in less repute than the European roses. Rose-plants should be a year in pots previously to the autumn when it 1s intended to force them; they should be planted in pots of six or eight inches’ diameter, in rich loam, and plunged in an open airy situation; their flower-buds pinched off as they ap- pear; and the plants put early into a state of rest, by excluding the sun and rain, but the commoner varieties of these > Jn the seco month has 0 it t0 his sta pelow: some, al a the baths ore known ts See ing the Is will pone a the tenthred sgasing, Wil! Sypskcl: nolia; Vaccin 6562 duous a0 in the tw They are and rhodo cjnium, a natives Of dron,&¢, Te planted in nur winter by mat when in ag and covered 6567, By daphne, ae unedo, D,| n being pl Surtace, being on found i many pa of the so cayed Jo of the y peculiar| isnot kn it highly ing fom iN most Boox IJ]. SELECT AMERICAN PEAT-EARTH PLANTS. 893 not a free circulation of air. Abercrombie says,‘‘ There is no certainty of attaining a fine blow of roses in the depth of winter by the most expensive artifices of forcing; and yet fine flowers may be produced early in the spring by any ordinary stove put in oper- ation in December. When the plants are first introduced, keep the air of the house at about 50°, never letting it fluctuate to more than two or three degrees below or above. In the second week, aim at 60° as the standard; in the third week at 65°. Whena month has nearly elapsed, begin to increase the heat gradually to 70°; having brought it to this standard, let it afterwards exceed it from three to five degrees, rather than sink below. A succession may be kept up by introducing some pots every eight or ten days.” 6561. Insects. All the species of roses are very liable to the attacks of insects, especially of the aphides; some, and especially the briar and Scotch rose, are attacked by the Cynips rose, which, by puncturing the bark, occasions the production of rose-galls, and of those mossy tufts often seen on wild roses, which were known formerly under the name of Bedeguar, and used in medicine. A great number 621 of insects seem fond of the flowers of roses, from the appalling earwig(Forficula auricularia) to the seemingly harmless lady-bird(Coccinella 14-guttata)(fig. 621.), which deposits its larvae (a) in the leaves of various species, both wild and cultivated. There seems no remedy for insects on plants in the open air so simple and effectual as gathering them by hand, or remoy- ing the leaf, or that part of the shoot which is infested by them. Under cover, tobacco-smoke will prove an effectual remedy for the aphides; but the larve of many others, and especially of tipula and the tenthredinidz, which occasion the wrapping up and shrivelling of the leaves, can only be removed by washing with lime-water or hand-picking. Sunsecr. 2. Select American and other Peat-Earth Shrubs, viz. of Magnoliacee, Mag- nolia; of Rhodoracee, Rhododendron, Azalea, Kalmia; of the genera Cistus, Arbutus, Vaccinium, Andromeda, Erica, Daphne, and various others. 6562. Of select American shrubs there are numerous species and varieties, both deci- duous and evergreen, which will be found arranged according to their heights and colors in the two succeeding tables, and those requiring a peat-soil distinguished by a letter(p). They are all highly valued for their flowers, which are large and magnificent in magnolia and rhododendron; odoriferous in azalea and daphne; and beautiful in andromeda, vac- cinium, and erica: arbutus is valued both for its flowers and fruit. They are mostly natives of America, and introduced within the latter half of the last century. 6563. Propagation. They are all propagated by seed or by layers; though grafting or inarching is resorted to in some ca is more expeditious. The seed is either procured from America, or saved in this country, and, being very small, is sown as early as possible in pans of peat-earth, and placed in the shade. In winter it is placed under a cold-frame, or otherwise protected from the frost, and the plants come up in Mayor June. In the following autumn, or succeeding spring, they are pricked out into other pots, or into beds of peat-earth in a shady situation. Here they are protected by hoops and mats during winter; and in two years are again transplanted into a similar soil and situation, and at distances corre- sponding to the size of the leaves, or habits of the plants; here they remain till they flower, or till wanted to be removed to their final destination.‘They commonly flower from the fourth to the seventh year. 6564, By layers. The young shoots only are used for this purpose, either laid down in June and July, when in full growth, or in the following autumn; by the former plana year is gained, as the shoots will be rooted, and may be removed by the succeeding winter or spring. Some sorts of magnolia, rhododen- dron,&c. require two years to form a sufficient number of roots. The plants, when removed, may be planted in nursery lines, in proper soil, and kept well watered dyring summer, and protected the first winter by mats; or, they may be planted in pots, and receive, during winter, the protection of a frame. 6565. By suckers, and by dividing the root. Both these modes may occasionally, though but rarely, be resorted to. Some species of azalea and andromeda throw up numerous suckers, and the heaths may often be increased by dividing their roots. 1 6566. By cuttings. Some of the azaleas, heaths,&c. may be multiplied by cuttings of the young shoots, when in a growing state, taken off where the wood is beginning to ripen, and planted in sand and peat, and covered with a hand-glass. If this operation is performed in the end of June, they will be ready to remove into prepared beds, or to plant in small pots by the middle of September. 6567. By grafting, budding, or inarching.‘This is practised with‘some sorts of magnolia, arbutus, daphne,&c. which are placed on stocks of hardier species of the same genus, as on M. purpurea, A. unedo, D. laureola,&c. The stocks are planted in pots a year before wanted, which admits of their being placed in any position with respect to the shoot being inarched. The daphnes and arbutus an- drachne, are generally grafted with detached scions. 6568. Culture. The culture requisite for American plants, Abercrombie observes, “¢ principally consists in providing some imitation of the original soil, in order that they may flourish in full vigor; and, where there is no factitious soil provided, in making a compensation during the dry part of summer, by plentiful waterings. Most of the exotic shrubs brought from America, were originally found growing on tracts of ground re- sembling our beds of peat, except that the alluvial soil there extends along a greater surface, and the body of vegetable mould embedded in the swamp is richer and deeper, being on a scale corresponding with the magnitude of the rivers. The native plants found in these situations, vegetate with the highest vigor and luxuriance.‘The soil in many parts is sO pervaded by vegetable substances, that where from any cause a section of the solid ground occurs, as in the bank of a river, or the shaft of a well, a layer of de- cayed logs, branches, and leaves of trees is uncovered to the spectator. The Juxuriance of the vegetables may, however, partly be ascribed to the excessive moisture which is peculiar to the climate of America. In a few places, indeed, on the western coast, rain is not known; but the soil there is, in general, copiously watered by dew, so as to render it highly productive. In the season called winter by the natives of South America, last- ing from May to November, a continued succession of impetuous rains gives to the plains, in most places, the appearance of an ocean. When the rains have ceased, the humidity 2p P EELS i ee ee ane 894 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IT. of the climate is kept up by a constant evaporation from swamps, rivers, and lakes, the largest in the world. As we cannot have the mitigated warmth of the climate of South America in plantations, in the full ground, and as the temperature of our winter cannot be expected to coincide in its effects with the corresponding season even of North America, when so many local circumstances are different, it is neither indispensable, nor perhaps advisable, to create an artificial swamp for the cultivation of many American plants. It is mostly safer to confine the efforts of imitation to the kind of earth, unless the water can be carried off at any time; for the lodgment of wet might cause some kinds of roots to perish in cold weather. Thus the andromeda arborea would be injured by being floated in winter, and must be protected from frost, though it requires a deal of water in summer. The great object is to imitate the American peat. This is a composition of the branches, twigs, leaves, and roots of trees, with small plants, grass, and weeds; by having lain immemorially in water, the whole is formed into a soft mass, and, when the materials are completely decayed and blended so as to be homogeneous in appearance, the com- pound is the finest vegetable mould: where this description of peat cannot be obtained, recourse must be had to the best that can be procured from marshes, bogs, or heathy commons, which must be well turned and sweetened, and mixed with sand and rotten leaves or dung.”” The soil being procured, the next thing to be done is to form a stratum of it of sufficient thickness in the site intended for the plants. When they are merely to remain a year or two, this need not be above a foot in depth; but where they are to remain permanently, it should be at least three feet thick. To encourage the roots to penetrate the native soil, the bottom of the excavation should be dug and mixed with peat; unless a bottom of rough gravel were substituted at the depth of four feet, and such an arrangement made, as that water could be introduced to, and withdrawn from, this layer of gravel at pleasure, so as to saturate the whole superstratum of peat. In level situations, and where water was abundant, this plan might be readily adopted, and none could more closely imitate nature, as, by keeping the surface of the peat a few inches below the level of the natural ground, the water might be allowed to rise a few inches above the peat, and inundate the whole surface of the American ground. In peat coun- tries, and where the climate is moist, as in Lancashire and Cheshire, admirable contri- vances of this kind might be adopted, and the American and bog-earth plants, herbaceous as well as shrubby, grown to the greatest perfection. 6569. Final situation. American and peat-earth shrubs, requiring large masses of their peculiar soil, and frequent artificial waterings, cannot conveniently be introduced in mingled borders or shrubberies. They are therefore generally planted by themselves in beds or compartments of peat-earth; or entire gardens or shrubberies are devoted ex- clusively to them.‘This last mode appears decidedly the best, as the general habits and appearance of American peat-earth plants, independently of their culture, do not har- monise remarkably well with European species. An American garden may have a northern or eastern exposure, and if it slopes considerably will be still less affected by the warm dry weather of summer. It may be laid out in any of the different styles of flower-garden( figs. 541. to 545.); herbaceous plants introduced as well as shrubs, and the whole surrounded by a sloping phalanx of American trees. The sorts may either be arranged in the mingled manner(6139.), or grouped or classed according to some system. (6141. to 6150.) Many and indeed most of the American shrubs thrive under the partial shade of lofty deciduous trees, and the leaves which fall from these protect their roots both from the frosts of winter and the drought of summer, while they constantly decay into vegetable mould, and thus at the same time afford a supply of nourishment. Hence, in some cases, the hardier sorts of rhododendron, azalea, andromeda,&c. may be intro- duced as undergrowths in the margins of thin woods, placing under each plant a cubic yard or more of its proper soil. This mode of planting, it would appear(Mason on Design, art. Pitt), was first adopted by the great Earl of Chatham; but it has been car- ried to the greatest extent, not only with American plants, but with roses and other tender shrubs, in the extensive woods of Fonthill, where, as also at King’s Weston near Bristol, Kenwood at Hampstead,&c. many of the plants shed their seeds, and young rhododendrons and azaleas spring up in abundance. In the nurseries, it is a general practice to keep American and other peat-earth plants in pots, and to protect them during winter in frames and pits for conveniency of deportation. At the Hammersmith nursery, one green-house is exclusively devoted to evergreen magnolias. All the American and peat-earth shrubs may be selected from the three first tables in next section, by observing the indication of peat-soil(letter p); and the herbaceous peat-earth plants may be selected from the tables of Border-Flowers in a similar manner. agecies OF As out objet iN alyusts have include ant all thost Jowed to ret gpecies 4 marks(54! Cy 3sECT» l, ggil. (il from! | WH YELLOW ome Boox II. GENERAL CATALOGUE OF SHRUBS.’ 895 K th Secr. II. General Catalogue of Shrubs. Mea et 6570. In our general catalogue of shrubs we have included several species, which, from ty, their growing with single naked stems, and forming a spreading head at some height from the ground, are correctly denominated low trees. Amygdalus communis, and various species of Crategus, L.(now Mespilus, Sm. and W.), may be referred to as examples. ‘eh As our object is to form such arrangements as will afford most facility to the gardener th in adjusting his plants as to height, color of the flower, and time of inflorescence, we Uh have included all woody plants which do not exceed twenty feet in height under shrubs; and all those that exceed that height(excepting the climbers and twiners) we have al- era lowed to retain their places in the tables of trees. Here, as before, the most ornamental 5} Mh species and those which continue longest in bloom are distinguished by appropriate} 1 tz marks(s and 3).) ult(‘ z A..{ A CaM be cbaine Sunsecr. 1. Deciduous Shrubs, arranged as to their Time of Flowering, Height, and Color of the Flower. 6571. DECIDUOUS SHRUBS.—MARCH. of - a Se tee= oe 7 2| a Height from 0 to 2 feet. From 2 feet to 4 feet. From 4 feet to 7 From 7 feet to 10 feet.| From 10 feet to 20 feet.‘| RED. RED. RED. RED. RED.] 5 Daphne mezereum, p- Calycanthus prze.Ja.3. p.| PAu We OOS a TG Rhododendron daur. p.| t i We Ge WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. ee = Daphne mezereu-fl. al. p. Calycanthus preecox flo.| Prunus spinosa, 3.:] ad albo, Jan. 3. p.| Hamamelis virginica, p. i per YELLOW. YELLOW.: YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW.; ‘ Lonicera nigra| 1 scat hc tarde GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN.| UDG peal& iF Do Comptonia asplenifol. p-| loved wisi Jas APRIL,—__—_——-— aN gTOun. us RED.| RED.| RED. RED. RED. ( ve, sani ott\Zanthorhiza apiifolia Rhodora canadensis, p.| id r|Lonicera tartarica i| 4: Seco) cancel WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. Pyrus pumila|P rus scorpius Pyrus botryapium, 3. — preecox, 3. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Robinia pygmea, p.| Robinia spinosa, p- Robinia altagana GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Salix sibirica Salix arenaria Salix nigricans |— argentea el eI oh th ee REVENGE=== RED.| RED.| RED.| RED.} RED. Vaccinium erythoroc. p-|Spirsea crenata, es|Colutea pocokii Robinia hispida if Jercis canadensis|= Aa parviflorum|Vaccihi. amzen.fl. rub. p.| Spiraea hypericifolia{;— arborea|Mespilus parvifolia, 3. Rosa, various sorts, 3. s.| arboreum Amygdalus orientalis, 3. Amygdalus commun. pl.|— punctata, A mygdalus persic: a! Rosa, various sorts, 3.$.|= sibirica— persica fl. pleno, 3.|-- sanguinea, 3. gus 2 Syringa persica incisa| Amygdalus nana— sinensis, 3.| j;Amygdalus commun. 3, ; Waccinium yenustum, p-—= pumilo pl.| Lonicera alpigena| Se 3. J||— Persica —— fi. pleno, 3. Hones|=— fru. glab.3. WHITE.. WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE, (Vaccinium album, p.{Cornus florida Azale pontica glau. 3. p.-, Euonymus eur. fru. alb,|Celtis orientalis— = Boeuatitetrate| Fothergilla alnifolia, p. E precox, 3.|= pall. Mespilus pyrifolia corymbosum|~ glauca|Halesia diptera, p-| latifolius;— spathulata fuscatom|-- speciosa|- tetraptera|Philadelphus coronarius— spinosissima glabrum Mespilus cotoneaster Magnolia speciosa, 3.=—.pleno a splendens; = glaucum Pyrus depressa, 3.| Prunus pendula, 3.:= fol. var.| mae: naczetifolia = hallerizefolium| maritima, 3.|— sibirica, Prunus cerasifer<|Euonymus europaus = latifolium|— montana,|—, 3. cham cerasus|--__ fol. aur, ligustrinum=| arbutifolia, Se= chicasa, 3.|— nigra, 3.\I runus armeniaca, 3. g mucronatum| fruc. luteo, 3.|Pyrus amelanchier, 3._| Pyrus sorbifolia, p-; spinos pallidum| os nigro, 3.|—— americana, 3.| Sambucus nigra, fol.var. Pyrus baccata — rugosum, p-| Vaccinium amzenum, p.|—-preeca, 3. alba;— pollver A —|= arboreum, ¢,| a laciniata Broussonetia papyr.mas. I—— tomentosum| Spartium multiflorum_— famina — villosum Syringa vulgaris alba, 3. —_ virgatum||= monstrosa = viride| YELLOW.| YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW, Pee decumbens, p.| Berberis cretica, p. Azalea pontiea, 3. Staphylea pinnata Fraxinus ornus Spartium alpinum Daphne altaica, 3. p.|_- pallida, 3.| Robinia caragana decumbens| Fraxinus pumila| a- pleno, 3. Spartium angulatum_| Berberis americana 7] Robinia chamlagu|.— vulgaris, 3. t the 2| Myrica cerifera, p.|Cytissus sessilifolius I—— latifolia|Fraxinus atra ik|— gale| Genista pilosa , Rhamunus alnifolius Lonicera pyrenaicz i hybridus|Zanthoxylum fraxineum | Rhus aromaticum, p.| |— suaveolens, p. Spireea laevigata, 5. p.| |— sibrica — thalictroides, p, |— trilobata, 3. | Syringa persic. alba, 3, p. Vaccmium salvifolium! i é < es i m,>"=‘. yo ae eA—— ors a a i site om ee ae ee Ape OS PRACTICE OF GARDENING. DECIDUOUS SHRUBS.— MA Y— continued. Parr III. Hei ee ANY 2 feet. PURPLE ce GREEN. Berberis daurica BROWN. _— pensylvanic. RED. Vaccinium dumo. ¢. p- nitidum Rosa, vz arious sorts, 3. s. Ononis fruticosa, 3. WHITE. Azalea viscos, alb. 3 dealbata Daphne alpina, Pp: Lonicera caucasica Prunus prostrata — diffusum, t. — myrsinites resinosum, ¢. Rosa,% various sorts, 3. YELLOW. Hypericum kalmianum|Coronilla emerus Rhamnus saxatilis | PURPLE. Atraphaxis alpina, p- VARIEGATED. GREEN. BROWN. Vaccinium marylandi. p- From 2 feet Dye sid Fr rom 4 feet to 7 feet. From 7 feet to 10 feet. From 10 feet to 20 feet. PURPLE." PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Syringa persica pur. p- Betula pumila, ¢. p. Sones wuigeus pur. 3. Magnolia purpurea, 3._ erulea, 3. Syringa sinensis, p-_— rothomag. GRE-GREEN- GREEN. GREEN. Berberis sibiric< Liquidamber imberbe Carpinus betulus incisa Hippophee sibirica— orientalis Ayistotelia macqui BROWN. BROWN. BROWN. Vaccinium cinereum, p- _J UNE.—= Coriaria myrtifolia Fagus asplenifolic a Hippophe xh amnoides rgentea a eon N. RED. RED. RED. Azalea rosea, 3. p. Chionanthus virgin. p- Mespilus cham art — rubra, 3.— latifolia Rosa, various sorts, 3.# — rub. plen. Pyrus japonic: Ay ps — rub. pal. fl. plen.3. XU AsiOs Rosa, various; sorts, Oe Se s. ruberrima,<— —_ viscosa pulc rts, — blanda, 3. — carnea, 3. — incarnata, 3- Hydrangea hortensis,3-p- Morus tartarica Vaccinium stam.fl.rub.3. Colutea cruenta, 3. Rosa, various sorts, 3- WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Andromeda ealyculat. 3.| Azalea odorata, 5. p- Aesculus aculeata globulifera, 3. Cornus alba Cornus sanguinea paniculata— alternifolia—‘stricta — undulata— circinata= fol. varieg. Azalea nudiflora, alb. 3.— fastigiata Fraxinus striata —— fastigiata, 3.p.— paniculata Laurus benzoin —— florida, 3. a ¢ Philadelph. coron. mul. _._— staminea, 3.|Euonymus angustifol- p-|V iburnum lantana, p- —— villosa, 3. Genista florida— fol. var. —— tomentosa, 3.| Laurus;estivalis as— latifolium — viscosa sissa,3-| Magnolia py ramidata, p-| -— HEUTE DS 3.| Prunus rubra, s. —— glabra, Pyrus japonica, fl. albo. —-— firta, 3. Be Rubus czesius aa LUCIGAN Se— corylifolius —— odorata, 3. Sambucus racemosa —— pleno, 3. Spirsea opulifolia —— pubescens, 3.—_ salicifolia Prunus pumila— latifolia Spartium patens, p.— paniculata —_ purgans Viburnum pyrifolium, p- Spireea stipulacea ulmifolia Styrax levigata, ¢. Vaccinium frondosum,p. stamineum Viburnum alnifolium dentatum — fol. lunatis — nitidum Rosa, various sorts YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Fyaxinus lentiscifolia>|Colutea arborescens, 3. Cytisus biflorus Rhamnus infectorius — capitatus, s. Robinia halodendron —|Staphylea trifoliata triflorus| Zizyphus paliurus Azalea nudfli. auran.s.-p-| Genista triquetra, ¢. p. | Hypericum denticulat. olympicum |Lonicera diervilla | Potentilla floribunda Rhamunus lycioides | PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. |Euonymus atro pur. p-| | Jatifolius| | verrucosus| | Robinia halodendron| | VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED. | Azalea fl. rub.etalba,3.p-| Azalea viscosa var. 5. p+| | | GREEN.| GREEN.| GREEN. || Diospyrus lotus j Morus pumila | Hippophz canadensis — rubra BROWN.| BROWN. BROWN. Calycanthus florida, p-|Calycanthus flo. 3. p- lane pumila ongifolius = pensyly an.| RED. WHITE. Fraxinus rotundifolia =~ glauca ee americana, 3. p+ lanuginosa, 3. ps YELLOW. Rhus cotinus PURPLE. VARIEGATED GREEN. |Diospyrus virginiana BROWN. Magnolia auriculata, p- YELLOW: PURPLE, GREEN, BROWN, | YELLOW, |Rosa, Various sorts PURPLE, | VARLEGATEy Boox II. GENERAL CATALOGUE OF SHRUBS. DECIDUOUS SHRUBS.—JULY. Hight from 0 to 2 feet. From 2 feet to 4 feet.| From 4 feet to 7 feet.| From 7 feet to 10 feet. RED. PERE mariana, 3. p. — lanceol. Vaccinium tenellum Rosa, various sorts, 3. s. WHITE. Aralia hispida, ¢. p. (renista pilosa Philadelphus inodorus Viburnum dauricum Rosa, various sorts, 3.5. || Azalea canescens, 3. p. RED. RED.| Azalea bicolor, s. p- —, 3. — rubra pallida, s. — coccinea, 3 p. —, 3. rubra, il. leno, s. J Daphne mez. serot. 5. p.| Hydrangea quercifolia Menziesia globular. 3. p.| Rosa, various sorts, 3. s.| | | = dealbata Sambucus canadensis _ frondosa _ pulverulenta||— officinale, ¢. racemosa, p.| Viburnum piminum_| — coccinea major,3. — Prinos ambiguus, p. — — — lanceolatus — Ptelia trifoliata Rubus hispidis artium sphzerocarp. p| | Pibnenete acerifolium| — carolineanum,p. — Koelreuteria panic. 3. p. RED. Rosa, various sorts, 3. s.,Gleditschia sinensis, p. orrida WHITE, WHITE. WHITE. Esculus humilis Cornus sibirica|A Arupbors fruticosa, t. p. Androm. cassinifol. 3. p.| Prunus verticillatus, p.‘omeda arborea, ¢. ‘leagnus angustifolius Sty rax grandifolium, tp.“Ligustrum vulgare — truc.flav.p — fol.varieg. osa, various sorts, 3. s.| V iburnum levigatum, p. | | |— nudum | YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Cytisus supinus| Azalea maxima, 3. p._|Hypericum elatum Rhus coriaria — wolgaricus:— Iutea, s. Khus toxicodendron— elegans Hypericum rosmarinifol.| major, Se— vernix— glabrum Rhamnus pumilus 63 ytis sus argenteus, 3.— typhinum repens— austriacus Rosa, various sorts, 3. s.|— nigh ans eus || Hyperi Sia Meer| j|—— minor| | orolificum=| |'Rham umnus lJatifolius| ||Rhus pumilum, p|| ||— Yadicans|| |;Azalea aurantia ma|| ||—, s.|| | Rosa, vartous sorts, 3. s.|| ||| PURPLE,| PURPLE.| PURPLE.! PURPLE. | Azalea purpurea, s. p.| Betula nana Rhododend. azale es| ic ytisus purpureus, 3.| GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Celastrus bullatus | BROWN. BROWN. BROWN.\ BROWN. | Azalea cape Pp:| | allida — Heolee major { Menziesia ferruginea| ize ee EA CWS ed 2s RED. RED.| RED.| RED. |Hibisc. syriac. rub. s.¢.| Aesculus macrostachya | f=——pleno,s. ||—‘ol.var.s| |\Esculus parviflora| | WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE| WHITE. Ceanothus americ. p. Azalea glauca, s. p.| Hibiscus ane alba, s. —— micro.p. scabra, s.|Hydrangea arboresc. p. Lonicera symphoric. p.|Cephalanthus occidental. Rosa, various sorts, 3. s.| Clethra alnifolia, p.|| ;— acuminata| — paniculata — pubescens| |_|— | Rontanesia phillyraeoides| Hydrangea glauca, p. hete erophylia|| \Itea virginica, p. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW.| Rosa, various sorts | | | \¢ \¢ PURPLE.| | VARIEGATED.| Annona triloba, p. vytisus divaricatus PURPLE. PURPLE. Hibiscus syriac. purp. s-¢ VARIEGATED. VARIEGATED. Hibise. syri. fl. alb. et r.s. 3M | i} || | YELLOW.| | | | | i | Mimosa arborea, p. PURPLE. VARIEGATED. | | Castanea americana, t, p. | | ee | From 10 feet to 20 feet, RED. WHITE. YELLOW. Virgilia lutea, p. PURPLE. GREEN. — pumila, t. BROWN. RED. WHITE. YELLOW, PURPLE. | VARIEGATED,| y PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pant Ul. DECIDUOUS SH RUBS.— SEPTEMBER. | Height from Ot 2 feet.| From 2 feet to 4 fect.| From 4 feet to7 feet.} mae 7 feet tol 0 feet.| From 10 feet to 20 feet RED. RED.| RED. RED. ere 5 ee | Vitex agnus castus lat. sz= angustif. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE, Azalea glauca serot.$-p-| |Gordonia pubescens, t.|| YELLOW. YELLOW: YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. VARIEGATED. ;| Azalea variegata VARIEGATED.| VA RIEGATED. | | Supsect. 2. RED. RED.| RED. Erica carnea, Febr. 3. 4 Daphne collina, 3.| WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE. } Viburnum tinus, Janu. |=— fol. arg. - SS aur] | hirtum, 3. |- lucid.| YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. Daphne pontica| | Ulex europzeus — nana| =— fl. pleno| GREEN. GREEN.| GREEN. Daphne laureola\Taxus bavesta, fol. var. —= fol. var.| _——— APRIL. RED.| RED. RED. Empetrum nigrum, p- —— scotic. Vaccinium vitis idea majus — maximum — minor Azalea procumbens, p- Vaccin. vit. idzea, fl. coc. — uliginosa ndromeda polifolia, p- = latifolia — erecta; — media minor WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Andromeda calyculata — latifolia — ventricosa YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Arbutus alpina Daphne cneorum, 3, p. Eriva mediterranea, 3. — minima, 3. — stricta, 3. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. |Cupressus thyoides ke MAY. RED. RED. RED. Vaccinium myrtillus, p-|Erica australis 3. t.p.| Ilex aquifol. crassifol. Erica fuscata, 3. t. p-|| Kalmia glauca, 3. p-| =— pallida, 3.| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Andromeda axillaris, p-| Aybutus andrach — catesbzei— uci Ledum buxifolium angustifolium decumbens palustre latifolium longifolium Polygala chamee-bux. 3.| Olea angustifolia nana Rhodod. maxi. ft. al. 3. p.| i} (alain | Ruscus hypoglossum YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. yenista anglica‘Spartium scopé rium GREEN- GREEN. GRE* Acer creticum Laur! Thuja filrformis|Thuja plicata || tartarica | Laurus nobilis nana | | | ne, ¢. sc |- serratif. |Laurus nana angustifol.| Quercus cpee :\~ | Aralia spinosa VARIEGATED. Evergreen Shrubs. 6572. EVERGREEN SHRUBS.— M ARCH. RED.| RED. WHITE,| WHITE. | YELLOW.| YELLOW. GREEN. GREEN. \Taxus baccata erecta RED.| RED. | | | WHITE. WHITE. | | | YELLOW. YELLOW. || } GREEN. GREEN |Buxus sempervirens ;—— angustifolia| Woe—aur.var.| i— ang. i_— nana RED. RED- |Ilex macrophylla | | | WHITE. WHITE. | Ilex aquifolium .|—— fruc. fla. :—— heterophill. fol. var. arg- SSS Seas ——— mac. arg, ==— aur. | | | YELLOW. | GREE | VARIEGATED. _ echinata ————aurs Prunus laurocerasus |—— fol. mac. —— angustif. GREEN. Juniperus communis | Laurus nobilis | Thuja occidentalis iS densa |— orientalis YELLOW. a ‘> heliant je sgh I" g apennin: fit j grains? | PURPLE [Erica viride por avendula steechs | GREEN, Boox ITI. EVERGREEN SHRUBS.— JUNE. GENERAL CATALOGUE OF SHRUBS. Height from 0 to 2 feet. From 2 feet to 4 feet. | From 4 Jeet to7 feet. RED. Cistus apennin. fl. rub.p. — grandiflor. fl. rub. — helianthemum _ sulph. Linnza borealis+, P- Vaccinium buxifolium — crassifolium — hispidulum — lucidum —_macrocarpon _ sibiricum Erica cineria, s. p. — vulgaris, flo. albo _— fl, pleno WHITE. Andromeda coriacea, t.p. Astragalus tragacantha _ tragodes Cistus alpestris — apenninus, fl.alb.p. — helianthemum,fl.a. —— flo. mutabile — incanus — italicus — laxus — polifolius —_ salvifolius, fl. Daphne gnidium —_ tarton-rara Erica cinerea, flo. alb. p. — vulgaris — umbellata YELLOW. Cistus apenninus, p. grandiflorus -—-— flo. sulph. — helianthemum —— flo.luteo pleno Genista germanica —_ sagittalis Hyperic. androsemum _— Cistus heliant. fl. aur. p. _— pleno PURPLE. Andromeda ccerulea Cistus heliant. flo. pu. p. Rhododendron chamz- cistus, ¢. s. p. — maximum,?¢. — ponticum myrtif. —— pumilum GREEN. Ephedra distachya Juniperus repens RED. Rhodod. catawbien. 3. WHITE. Cistus ladaniferus, p. — laurifolius — populifolius _— major — salicifolius Ilex opaca — parado Ruscus racemosa YELLOW. PURPLE. GREEN. Buxus balearica Olea angustifolia rosma. RED. p-| Rosa indica, 4 va. 3° WHITE. Rhamnus alaternus, fol. var. org. YELLOW. Cytisus hirsutus, ¢. Robinea halodendron Buddlea globosa, t. PURPLE. Rhododendron pont. 3.p — angustifolia, 3. —€ontortum, 3. — —, 3, —, 3. — fol. arg. var. 3. —, 3.'p GREEN. Aucuba japonica, p. RED. WHITE. Ligustrum vulg. semp. Méspilus pyracantha Olea angustifolia Juniperus thurifera — latifolia — obliqua — media — buxifolia — pendula — fol. var. Rhamnus alatern. lacini. — fol. var. YELLOW, PURPLE, GREEN. From 7 feet to 10 feet.| From 10 feet to 20 feet. Prunus lusitanica, 3. a— fol Rhamnus alaternus latif. YELLOW. Juniperus excelsa RED, WHITE. 1. mac. — fol. mac. PURPLE, GREEN. Juniperus sabina— yeia —— fol. var.—. oxycedrus — tamariscifolia_ phoenicea “= sibirica_ suecia = JULY. RED, RED. RED. RED. RED. Erica tetralix, 3. p. Kalmia latifolia rub. p. Gaultheria procumbens Pyrola maculata, 3. Rhodedendron fer. 5. p.| — hirsutum, 3.| _ fol. mac, 3.| Erica ciliaris, 3. p.| — vagans, 3. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Atriplex portulacoides|Andromeda acumin. ¢.p.| Atriplex halimus Cistus albidus, p.—_ ferruginea,t.| Kalmia latifol. fl. alb. Pp. — crispus, ¢. Euonymus americanus — monspeliacus, ¢|Andromeda serratifolia Cornus canadensis Epigzea repens, 3. Eriea tetralix flo. alb. 3. —_vagans flo. alb. 3. Pyrola umbellata, 3. Salix reticulata Vaccinium arctost. t. p. Andromeda speciosa U YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. Spartium radiatum, p.|Ruta graveolens Spartium junceum| Teucrium flavum—— pleno — fructicans PURPLE. PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE, Erica viride pure: 3. p| Rhododendron puncta.3.| Lavendula stzechas, ¢.=— latifol. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. ‘Bupleurum fruticosum|Juniperus daurica| AUGUST ee et aaa RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. Polygonum frutescens_| Ilex oassine major, p. Rhododend. caucas. 3.p: Rosa semperflorens 7 va-| rieties, 3. t. p.| aes PRACTIC EVERGREE Heis aeibes Oto 2 fee Ww HITE, Prinos glaber Yucca filamentosa, ¢. — a aTeat ED! t. —, ¢t. YELLOW. Ruta montana GREEN. RED. Salvia erecta officinalis — triloba | a WHITE. \Ilex cassine ss) p- minor \Iva fentescens, ps | t.| Fram 2. feet to 4 feet YELLOW. Jasminum fruticans [ humile | GREEN. Artemisia abrotanum \ | RED. — angustifol.| | Kalmia angustifoliz a Se- rotina, p- WHITE, GREEN- WHITE. GREEN. Ephedera monostachya Salsola fruticosa a OO, TO WHITE. i BLUE. WHITE. PURPLE: RED. WHITE. PURPLE YELLOW. GREEN. WHITH. WHITE. Arbutus unedo crispa Sursrct. 2 E OF GARDENING. N SHRUBS.— AUGUST. From 4 feet to7 feet.| From7 fee to10 f e WHITE. WHITE. YELLOW. YELLOW. GREEN. GREEN. SI) 2 ED 83105 RED. RED. Arbutus unedo rubra WHITE. WHITE. Ligustrum lucidum GREEN. GREEN. Bo——— WHITE. WHITE. Arbutus unedo Climbing and Twining Shrubs. Parr IIT. rom 10 fect to 20 feet. == WHITE. Magnolia grandiflora, 5.| — acuminata _ exoniensis a ferruginea —| te rotundifolia salicifolia YELLOW. RED. | || | GREEN.| | | WHITE. HARDY CLIMBING SHRUBS.— APRIL. | BLUE. | PURPLE. | Vine a major, ¢ ate | is= fol. aur. ho—— flo. pleno.- RED. WHITE. YELLOW. : PURPLE, | GREEN. | Pee: sis RED. | WHITE. | \ | * eee B LU E. | B LUE. | | | WHITE.| WHITE. PURPLE.| PURPLE. ly inca major, ev+| | 1 Sen be RED.| RED. | WHITE.| WHITE. YELLOW. | Lonicera caprifolia, ita~ riternata | licum | PURPLE.| PURPLE. | || | GREEN.| GREEN. ||Vitis labrusea || Ziziphus volubilis zi) Clematis reticulata, p. 1 | GREEN. || | ——_—__—_——_—_———__| | WHITE.| BILUE. \tragene austriaca oe Ch pe eae eet a yg ae ee a | WHITE. | Lonicera belgicum prec. | PURPLE. ' RED. | Polygonum volubile iC‘lematis viorna, tw- } WHITE || Ampelopsis c on ata, p> — irsuta lo elastrus sc Fate ns | Rosa arvenois )— canina l== pleno —— ve — sempervir YELLOW. Aristolochia pubese. p- Lonicera quercifoliurm — variegatum 9 Vs | PURPLE. |Clem. viorna purp- 3, eve GRE Vitis laciniosa, p- — odoratisma — rotundifolia | | | ee 0\ 0 ee | RED. RED. Lonicera implexa, 3. | Lycium barbarum WHITE. WHITE. Clematis florida, 3. v- fl. pleno, v- Loniceré rperic lym. fl. Ab(‘lem atis vita belgicum | | ‘al | RED. [Lonic era sempervire ny t. - rane!° longifol. | | | WHITE. Jasminum off _ f Xosa repanda, ev. Rubus ones OSUS fruc. albo lacinatu flo. pleno Atragene americana,3.p sibirica | | | “Spi BLUE: yu pri BEEN: RED» WHITE | YELLO' conce isle elle horizontal| det Juous. Cola NG,: inf, Book II. SHRUBS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSES. 90] HARDY CLIMBING SHRUBS.—JULY— continued. a| ms soctibt peer(25 2 Ue zs \* EIcight from 0 to 2 feet.| From 2 feet to 4 feet. From 4 feet to 7 feet. From7 feet to 10 feet. From10 feet to 20 feet.| YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLow.| ®|||Glycine frutescens. p.| e||Lonicera flava -{ BLUE. BLUE.| BLUE.| BLUE. BLUE.| -|| Clematis viticella cozy. 3.! | j Passiflora coerulea, 3. p. PURPLE. PURFLE. PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE.| | Clematis viticella rubra| ;|—— fl. ple.| GREEN. GREEN,| GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN.} Vitis arborea Menispermum canad. p. Rhus radicans| Ta— blanda|== virgi| ! Passiflora maculata| z AUGUST. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED.| Clematis virginiana, p.| — canaden.} || Rosa multiflora, 3.| WHITT WHITE. WHITE, WHITE. WHITE.| WHITE, Periploca graeca YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. | Clematis orientalis Aristolochia sipho, p-| | Bignonia radicans, 3. p.| |——major,3.| ed GREEN. GREEN.| GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN.| | Smilax aspera| Heder hel. etvar. ev. Oct. is selon|—_ sarsaparilla'Lonicera grata{ 6574. The propagation and culture of shrubs being the same as that for trees, we combine both subjects in the catalogue of arboriculture in the succeeding book. Secr. III. Selections of Shrubs for particular Purposes. iy 6575. The particular purposes to which shrubs, like flowers, may be applied, are the sire es concealment of deformities or imperfections, and the production of particular beauties or desirable effects. We shall here select the names of a few for concealing vertical and horizontal deformity; for producing an immediate effect as to bulk; for producing ve- getation under the shade and drip of trees; for ornamenting water and rocks; for form- ing edges and hedges; for diffusing agreeable odors; for being ornamental by their fruit; and for economical or botanical purposes. Sussecr. 1. Shrubs for concealing vertical and horizontal Deformities. 6576. Vertical deformities may either be concealed by the rapid and tall growing sorts(Subsect. 2.), or | by the climbers or twiners, either deciduous or evergreen. The climbers may be nailed to a wall or fence, ‘ or tied toa trellis, or allowed to climb on branches and spray; for the twiners, tall sticks or poles are necessary. 6577. Horizontal deformities may be concealed by rapid-growing bushy plants, by allowing climbers and trailers to spread over them, or by the proper trailers and creepers of the hardiest kinds, a few of which are these:— “ A ON Evergreens. Rosa sempervirens, Vinca Deciduous. Rosa arvensis, Rubus fruti-| pinus, Genista decumbens, Rhamnus major and minor. cosus, Cissus hederacea, Cytisus su- repens. Sussecr. 2. Shrubs of rapid and bulky Growth: 6578. Shrubs of rapid and bulky growth are often desirable to produce immediate effect in laying out pleasure-grounds, as well as for producing shelter, and concealing objects. Decic Iuous. Colutea arborescens, et fru- nigra, Spirsea opulifolia, Syringa vul-| Mespilus pyracantha, Pinus palustris, tescens, Cornus alba, florida, et san- garis. Viburnum oputus. Quercus gramuntia, Prunus_lauro- vuinea, Cytisus laburnum, et sessilifo- Evergreens. Cupressus sempervirens, lex| cerasus, lusitanica, Rhamnus_ala- lius, Ligustrum vulgare, Philadelphus aquifolium, panipents virginiana, Li- ternus, Spartium junceum, Taxus coronarius, Rosa villosa, Sambucus gustrum vulgaris, var. sempervirens, baccata, Thuja occidentalis, orientalis, Ulex europzeus, var. hibernie. Sursecr. 3. Shrubs which thrive under the Shade and Drip of Trees. ee| 6579. Shrubs which grow under the shade of trees are found in practice to be a most valuable class for St filling up blanks in old shrubberies, or screen plantations; and thus producing greenness, variety, anda healthy aspect, instead of emptiness, haggard stems of trees, or mere ghosts of plants. Deciduous. Cornus alba, alternifolia, talis, odoratus, trivialis, villosus, Sam- aquifolium, Ligustrum vulg. semper- florida, sanguinea, Corylus avellana, bucus nigra fol. var. n. alba, n. laci- vir. Viburnum tinus, t. fol. arg. t. fol. Daphne alpina 3 mezereum, m. flo. niata, racemosa, Spiraea canadensis 3, aur. t. hirtum, t. fucidum. f 4 albo 3, m. serotina 3 s, Euonymus thalictroides 3. Climbers. Clematis vitalba, v. canaden- " Pe angustifolius 3, latifolius 3, verru- Evergreens. Aucuba japonica 3, Bux- sis, Hedera helix e, h. fol. arg. mac. cosus 3 s, Hypericum hircinum, h. us, sempervirens, S. angustifol. s. aur. e, h. fol. aur. mac. e, h. fol. arg. var. minor, prolificum, Ligustrum vulgare, var. S. arg. var. nana, Cistus ca- e h. fol. aur, Var. ¢, h. fol. maximis, v. fruc. flavo, v. fol. variegatis, Loni- nadensis, Daphne cneorum 3, c. fol. Lonicera periclymenum, pl. flo. albo, cera symphoricarpus 3, tartarica, var. collina 3 s, laureola,|. fol. var. Rosa arvensis ev, re yvanda, Vinca, xylosteum, Mespilus tomentosa, Rosa Ephedra distachya, monostachya, Hy- major e, minor e, m. fol. arg ¢, m. mw. sibirica, arvensis, Rubus occiden- pericum androseemum, calycinum, Ilex fol. aur. e, m, flo. pleno. 3M 3 A, . 902 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. Sussecr. 4. Shrubs for planting by the Sides of Pieces of Water, or in Marshy Grounds, and among Rocks. 6580. Besides aquatic shrubs, most of the peat-earth species are also suitable for planting in marshy situations. Deciduous. Alnus pumila, Betula nana, pumila, and sibirica, Dirca palustris, Myrica cerifera, and gale, Salix, most of the species. Evergreens.= Arbutus unedo, Ledum palustre, Pinus palustris, Sali eti- Plata Pp> 1x reti 6581. Of mountain or rock shrubs the following are some of the most hardy:— Deciduous. Atraphaxis alpina, Daphne alpina, Genista decumbens, Lonicera. alvigena, Ononis fruticosa, Potentilla fruticosa, Rhamnus_ saxatilis, Rho- dodendron dauricum, Ribes alpinum, Rosa alpina, spinosissima, Rubus cz- sius, corylifolius_ hispidus, Spartium angulatum. Evergreens. Arbutus alpina, Azalea procumbens, Daphne collina, Empe- trum nigrum, Erica, all the hardy species. Cistus, all’ the species, Gaultheria r0- cumbens, Juniperus communis, Ros- marinus officinalis, Ulex europzus, nana. Sunsecr. 5. Shrubs for forming Edgings and Hedges in Gardens. 6582. Of shrubs for edgings few are comparable to the box(Buus sempervirens var. nana); but some others may be occasionally used, as the 2 Andromeda polifolia, Arbutus alpina and uva-ursi, Empetrum nigrum, va- 6583. Hedge plants. The following are a few of then shelter in gardens; almost all the free-growing sorts ma rious species of Erica, especially herbacea, tetralix, vulgaris(Calluna, W.), Laven- but the following sorts will form compact evergreen shelters:— Buxus sempervirens, Juniperus com- munis, Ulex europzeus var. hiberniz, Llex aquifolium, Laurus nobilis, Ligus- The creeping shrubs may be formed into hedges by train 6584. Flowering hedges may be formed of the following Rosa various species, Coronilla emerus, Daphne mezereum, Hibiscus syriacus, trum vulgare, sempervirens. Olea(Wild.) angustifolia, latifolia, and media, Rham- nus alaternus, Rosmarinus officinalis, Philadelphus coronarius, Pyrus japonica, Robinia hispida, Spartium multiflorum, dula spiea, Sedum buxifolium, and even Ulex nanus. umerous plants which may be used as hedges for y be planted in rows, and cut in the hedge form; Taxus baccata, Thuja occidentalis and orientalis, Viburnum tinus, Prunus lau- rocerasus. ing on frame-work. deciduous sorts:— Spirea hypericifolia, Syringa persica, vulgaris, hybrida, or varin,&c. Sussecr. 6. Shrubs whose Flowers or Leaves have volatile Odors, and diffuse them in the surrounding Air. 6585. Of shrubs whose odors are volatile only a few have this quality in the leaves as well as the flower; these are marked deav.:— Deciduous. Azalea most of the species, Betula sibirica, leav. Daphne me- zereum, Rosa_ rubiginosa, leav. Salix most of the species, but espe- cially S. viminalis, alba, Syringa vul- garis. Evergreens. Lavandula spica, Rosma- rinus officinalis. Climbers. Clematis flamula, Jasminum officinale, Lonicera caprifolium, peri- clymenum. Sunsecr. 7. Shrubs ornamental by their Fruit as well as Flowers. 6586. Ornamental fruit-bearing shrubs are also serviceable as encouraging singing-birds to resort to the shrubbery. Deciduous. Berberis vulgaris, Ligustrum vulgare, Ribes alpinum, cynosbati, Rosa spinosissima, et villosa, Sorbus americana, et lanuginosa, most of the species of Vaccinium, Lonicera, Vi- purnum, and all the species of Cornus, Euonymus, Mespilus, Prunus, Pyrus, and Sambucus, Few shrubs are more ornamental than the sloe(Prunus spinosa, Linn.); it is profusely covered with odoriferous white flowers early in April, and with dark-purple fruit with a fine bloom, from September to February. It is much cultivated in Japan(464.), where its flowers attain the size of a double rose. Evergreens. Arbutus unedo, alpina, and uva-ursi, Cornus canadensis, Empe- trum nigrum, Euonymus americanus, Tlex aquifolium, Juniperus communis, and suecia, Mespilus pote re cantha, Prunus alt the species, Taxus baccata, Vaccinium ali the species, Hedera helix. Climbers and Creepers. Lonicera all the species. Rosa canina, Vitis vul- pina. Sunsecr. 8. Selections of Shrubs for botanical or economical Purposes, parasitic T'rees, and Shrubs for a small Shrubbery. 6587. Selections of shrubs may be arranged in innumerable modes, as well as herba- ceous plants; as, according to soil, climate, habitation, country, rarity, place in bo- tanical systems, uses in agriculture, or the arts,&c. tion who does not know by 1 history; to him it is needless to repeat the source nspection the actual plants, forming any classification whatever. 6588. A selection for botanical pu genus is viscum.‘This is propagate: in a slit like that made in budding, on Tf these are not washed away by rain, mer. To make sure of their not falling off, some bore notch in it, or make a slit: the last seems the best mode Thouin in the Paris garden, and exte Some, as Professor Walker(Essays on they have passed through the stomach of sowing them. But this is found not to answer, destroy the vegetative power of se toe in nature is propagated by the by means of its excrement. This bird 1 viscosity, often stick to the outer part of the bird’s rposes will nece d in February eds which pass rapidly throug mistletoe-thrush(Turdus viscivorus), d feeds on the berries of the misletoe in winter. These, from their beak, and to disengage them he strikes it against the nsively by Watts, a nurseryman Nat. Hisé.), on the supposition th a bird, recommend causing fowls to eat the seeds, and then for though the digestive powers of the stomach do not hit, yet in most cases it does. The mistle- No gardener can make any selec- and their habits, culture, and s to which he may have recourse for ssarily include parasitic plants, of which the only hardy by sticking the berries, which are viscid when bruised, the smooth bark of the apple, pear, thorn, or almost any tree. or otherwise rubbed off, they will germinate in the following sum- a hole in the bark and insert the seed; or cata , and has been successfully adopted by Professor at Acton, on most sorts of trees. at the seeds will not vegetate till but not, as is generally supposed, branch of the tree on which he alights, and leaves the seed sticking to the bark; if this should chance to be a smooth part, the seed will adhere to it,< bark, and the plume unfolding itself in the air. poplar, lime, oak, fir,&c. In the pine-forests, near Magdebourg, but it will also grow on the ash, ance in Germany. and the succeeding spring will grow, the radicle piercing the The viscum grows best on the pyrus and mespilus tribes, , on which trees we have observed it in abund- it is most abundant on pinus sylvestris. (uet¢ a Aid gustrul Mespil phus corona 6590, house at the greel are kept§ during sev or stove, é fame 1s 1 the case, t west, unde ashes, sand niyeo in fh than a small gpikes of ec north side,| erocus, nar facing the 2 florists flow fruits again | | | Oh i Boox II. FRAME EXOTICS. 903 6589. A selection of trees and shrubs of great beauty and easy culture, proper for intro- duction in shrubberies of limited extent:— Deciduous trees. Acer pennsylvanicum, Pyrus japonica, Robinia hispida, pervirens, Magnolia grandiflora, Mes- ZAssculus hippocastanum, Amygdalus Rosa aie centifolia, cinnamomea, pilus pyracantha, Olea angustifolia communis, Cupressus disticha, Fagus damascena, indica, lutea, moschata, latifolia, et media, Pinus cembra et sylvatica purpurea, Platanus occi- muscosa, rubiginosa, spinosissima, vil- lanceolata, Prunus laurocerasus lusi- dentalis, Quercus coccinea, Robinia Josa. Sorbus lanuginosa, Spartium tanica, Rhododendron maximum and pseud-acacia, Sorbus aucuparia, Ti- multiflorum, Spireea hypericifolia, ponticum, Rosa indica, semperflorens lia europea. epulifolia, and canadensis, Syringa per- and banksiz, Rosmarinus officinalis, Evergreen trees. Pinus cedrus, bal- sica, sinensis, vulgaris, Viburnum Ruscus racemosus, Spartium junceum samea, pinea abies, Cupressus sem- opulus, lantana. Taxus baccata, Thuja occidentalis pervirens, Quercus gramuntia and| Evergreens. Andromeda_ calyculata, et orientalis, Viburnum tinus, Ulex suber, Juniperus virginiana. Arbutus unedo and andrachne, Au- europzeus, Yucca filamentosa, gloriosa. Deciduous shrubs. Amygdalus nana, An- cuba japonica, Buddlea globosa, Buxus Climbers. Atragene austriaca, Bignonia dromeda paniculata, Azalea nudiflora, balearica and sempervirens, Cistus yadicans, Clematis cirrhosa, flamula, and pontica, Chionanthus virginica, apenninus and grandiflorus, Helian- florida, viorna, vitalba, et vitieella, Colutea cruenta, Cornus florida, Co- themum, vulgare, Cytisus hirsutus, Hedera helix and varieties, Jasmi- ronilla emerus, Cytisus purpureus, Daphne laureola et pontica, Erica num officinale, Lonicera caprifolium, and_ sessilifolius, Daphne mezereum, herbacea et debceeia, Genista anglica, periclymenum, belgicum, et® semper- Genista florida, Halesia tetraptera, Ilex aquifolium, and numerous va- virens, Lycium barbarum, Passiflora Hibiscus syriacus and varieties, Li- rieties, Jasminum fruticans et humile, cerulea, Rosa arvensis, repanda, et gustrum vulgare, Magnolia purpurea, Juniperus sabina, Kalmia angusti- sempervirens, Vinca major et minor, Mespilus chame-mespilus, Philadel- folia, Lavandula spica, Laurus no- Cissus hederacea. phus coronarius, Prunus cerasifera, bilis, Ligustrum vulgare, var, sem- $$ Cuar. XI. Frame Exotics. 6590. Frame exotics are such plants as are rather hardier than those kept in the green- house and of low growth. Some of those enumerated here will also be found among the green-house, and a few among the hardy plants. The frames or pits in which they are kept are never artificially heated, but are well covered with mats or other materials during severe frost. The frames are sometimes attached to the front of the green-house or stove, and thus derive some heat from the front flue, which, when an outside frame is in contemplation, is generally built in the front wall. When this is not the case, they may be advantageously placed on a border sloping to the. east, south, or west, under the shelter of a hedge or wall. The pots should be plunged in scoriz, ashes, sawdust, or any similar non-conductors, and abundance of air, and little water given in the winter time. Few scenes are more interesting in the spring season than a small oblong flower-garden, surrounded by a holly-hedge enriched with many spikes of coral berries: within the hedge a sloping frame-border all round; on the north side, containing frame exotics; on the west, early-flowering bulbs, as hyacinth, crocus, narcissus,&c.; on the east, choice auriculas; and on the south side(the border ? facing the north), a collection of alpines. The middle of the garden laid out in beds of florists’ flowers. In summer the sashes are applied to various useful purposes, as to ripen fruits against walls, to raise late crops of cucumbers, melons,&c. Sect. I. Frame Woody Plants. Those marked cl are climbers; tw are twiners; and ¢r are trailers. 6591. FRAME WOODY PLANTS. fEB. MAR. APR. MAY. JUNE.| JULY. AUGUST. SEPT. TO NOV. ‘Cydonia speciosa Prunus prostrata Ilex dahoon, p. lTenicera semp. min.| Ilex cassine, p+ Lonicera flexuosa (orchorus japonic. 3/Illicium floridanum|— angustifolia|Rhododen. chzem. p-|Pinckneya pubens— japonioa, 5. p. Magnolia conspi- p.— parvifloru. p.|— vomitoria|Hudsonia ericoid. p.|Prinos lucidus Asparagus albus, p. — tomentosa| Magnolia obov. t. p. Lonicera flava| Rosa berberif- inica| Silene fruticosa— acutifolius \Prenanthes spinosa Penstemon campan.| Cydonia japonica, p- Cistus villosus Euphorb. par. suf. p.| Euphorbia imbri. p. Thuja articulata_| Vella pseudo-cytisus Helianthem form.p.|— monspeliensis||— sylvatica| Mespilus japonica, p. Anthyllis erinacea= atripl.».|— Helianthem.canu. p.| Vitex agnus-cast. p. Othona chierifolia|= halinif.—— scabrosum|Antirrhin. molle, ¢. Cupressus lusitanic-|— elongatu.|— heterophyllus—.|Lepidium subulat. Smil. pseudo-chinen)— glutinos.|}— creticus Reaumuria hyper. p- Gordonia pubesc. p. purpureus Stachys orientalis Juniperus bermud.| Thymus tragorigan.|_— i as chinensis lscronnutasia frutes.| Helianth. libano. Marrubi- pseud.dict. Biscutella semperv-—_ wmbella.| Thymus mastichina Amorpha pubescens— Calamintha cretica Anthyllis herman.p.| Teucrium massil. p.| Alyssum spinosum Medicago arborea,p.— flavum Stauracanth. aphyll. 5 aureum|Amorpha canescens Conyza candida, ¢.= flavescens| Lupinus arboreus —.| Artemisia valentina Prasium majus Gleditschia sinensis Amorpha microphy- Hypericum nudiflor. —. —. {—. Centaurea argentea 3M 4 6592. PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. Secr. II. Frame Succulents. FRAME SUCCULENT PLANTS. FEB. MAR. APR. "Se Tac| Euphorbia characias} | MAY.| JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. SEPT. TO NOV. Saxifraga sarment.| Agave virginica Euphorbia niceensis Secr. III. Frame Herbaceous Plants. 6593. FRAME HERBACEOUS PLANTS. FEB,MAR. APR. MAY. JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. SEPT. TO NOV. Heleborus lividus, p.|Arum arisarum, p-.|Saxifraga granulata| Lobelia fulgens, 5. p. Linum narbonen. p. Statice auriculef. p Erinus alpinus, 3-—— pleno|—_ splendens, 3/ Rhexia ciliosa, p.— emarginata — hispanicus Satureja juliana— cardinalis, 3| Saxifraga mutata— Arum crinitum, p- Mimulus luteus(Enothera rosea— autumnalis)— Pedicularis euphras.|Saxifraga sarment.| Dianthus japonic. p.|— speciosa — myriophyl.—.— fruticosa conspicua —_resupinata— congesta Silene fabaria Saxifraga aspera Erodium glandulos.— Sedum spinosum—_ hirculis — chamiedryoi.— bryoides Euphorbia paralias|Scrophularia mellif androsacea| Hydropeltis purp. p.|Stevia salicifolia Geranium argent. oppositifol.|'Teucrium nissolian. jArtemisia indica Lotus odoratus Marshallia lanceol. rivularis Marrubium acetab.|Zaluzania triloba -— latifolia Saracenia flava, p.| Antirrhinum asarin. Bupthalmum man Arum ternatum, p.= purpurea| Linaria triornithop. Coreopsis feruleefol. Satureja greeca—_bipartita Urtica nivea, p. Scrophularia samb.—_ tmistis Pedicularis recutita|— reticulata —— alpina, p- — verticillata villosa Iberis umbellata Pedicularis scep.-car. Hedysarum murica. flammea Hypericum setosum—_ tuberosa Eupator. urticee fol.— compacta Artemisia chamee.| Lupinus villosus, p. Rudbeckia levigata| Glycine reniforme,p. Centaurea$pinosa_| Hypericum ae _ Seeper. um gyptica Iresine eelusiaie es Calopogon pulche. p. 6594. Secr. IV. Frame Bulbs. BD BULBS. FEB. MAR. arn] MAY.| JUNE. | | Allium.chame-mol.| Ornithogal. arab. p. JULY.| AUGUST.| sep. TO NOV. | ! | att ixioi.| Ornithogalum latif.| Uropetalon serotin. uncifo- | lUropetaton fh fulvum | paypoxts juncea, p. i Helianthemum tub. Ornithogalum squil. Secr. V. Frame Biennials. 6595. FRAME BIENNIALS. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY.| JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. SEPTEMBER. || Acynos alpinus Gaura mutabilis Verbena aubletia Origanum majorana Lepidium subulat. Celsia arcturus |— cardamines— cretica, s. | Cichorum nosum, s.|— lanceolata Cnicus casabone spi- \== safer | diacanthus | Gnaphalium | foetidum, s. Sect. VI. Frame Annuals. 6596. FRAME ANNUALS. eee ok dhe| sass: FEB.MAR.APR- MAY. JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. SEPTEMBER. Mazus rugosus ae Pee Trichosanthes au-|Momordica_balsa- guina mina _ cucumerina_ charantia |— operculata |— loffa The propagation and culture of frame exotics is the same as for green-house plants. Joos qr, Of gre E the} ant, cll mbIng, i pe arrange ing the\imited att pecessaty£0 the Jette ters fi i Ne it showy§, a0 6598, AS mellias; which colors, during| Guasect. 1.| modern auth and Geranta 6599. The guifruticose 2! They are alm or four speci and latter end they produce axille of the| yellon, Th tle foreing iW be kept in Howe Messrs, Colville i is the most elega J 6600, Snec es and| Propagat ho US May| Ot two till th Cl Boox II. GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. 905 Cuar. XII. Green-house Plants. 6597. Of green-house plants we shall first arrange some of the more select tribes, and next class the most showy and easily-flowered sorts, under the head of woody, succu- lent, climbing, herbaceous, bulbs, annuals, and biennials.| Each of these subdivisions will be arranged as before as far as respects time of flowering and color; but consider- ing the limited height which all exotic plants attain in pots, it has been considered un- necessary to attend to size. Such as are trees in their native country will be indicated by the letters ¢r, and also such as are biennials by the letter 6; the most tender ¢, most showy s, and those continuing in flower two or three months 3, as before. Secr. I. Select Green-house Plants. 6598. As select green-house plants we shall consider the geraniums, heaths, and ca- mellias; which three tribes united will supply a green-house with flowers of almost all colors, during every month of the year. Sussecr. 1. Geranium.— Geranium, L. Geranium, Erodium, and Pelargonium, of modern authors. Monadelphia, L. and Geranie, J. Géranier, Fr.; Geranium, Ger. g and Geranio, Ital. -6599. The geranie tribe comprehends numerous species and varieties ofsherbaceous suffruticose and shrubby plants, generally of a somewhat succulent nature throughout. They are almost all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and with the exception of three or four species, have been introduced, or originated here from seed, during the present and latter end of the last century.‘They are chiefly admired for their flowers, which they produce in abundance from May to September, generally in corymbs from the axillz of the leaves, of every shade of red, scarlet, and purple, mixed with white and yellow.‘The plants are easily cultivated, and by proper pruning, with the aid of gen- tle forcing in winter, many of the species, as the P. zonale, cuculatum, cordatum,&c. may be kept in flower all the year. The best collection of this family is in the nursery of Messrs. Colville, under the care of the botanist Sweet, whose Geranie, now publishing, is the most elegant and complete work of its kind. 6600. Species and varicties. Many species and subspecies have been received from the Cape; but the greater number of the admired sorts have been raised in this country from seed; some of these have re- ceived systematic appellations, but the greater number have been named by those who raised them after themselves, or their friends, in the manner of florists’ flowers. The following table contains some of the old established sorts, arranged according to their habits of growth and time of flowering; the flowers of most of the sorts are so mixed in regard to color, that it is almost impossible to class them in that respect; most of them are variegated with red, purple, scarlet, and white. 6601. GERANIZA. FEB, MAH. APR.| MAY. JUNE.| JULY. AUGUST. SEPTEMBER, |Pelargonium Pelargonium Pelargonium Pelargonium Pelargonium Pelargonmm — dipetalum— longifolium|— undulatum— radiatum— lobatum— balsameum — spatulatum— allatum|— auriculatum— lineare— triste, ¢. s.— guinquevulner. — affine— longiflorum|— purpurascens— punctatum— flavum— bicolor — roseum— elegans|— virgineum— dioicum~— alchemilloides— canariense hirsutum althzeides— atrum|— revolutum— odoratissima— tricuspidatum,s. — pictum— myrrhifolium|— nervifolium|= oxalidifolium— fragans— scabrum — triphyllum— grevillianum|— nummularifol.|— reflexum— inodorum— gratum— punctatum crenatum— pilosom|— astragalifolium|— columbinum— consanguineum — floribundum— conduplicat.— melananthon— coronillzefolium|— coronopifolia— pallidum — bubonifolium Barringtonii— chameedrifolium)— luteum— tricolor= obtusifolium rapaceum— sideefolitum— ovale— barbatum— reniforme— tripartitum fissifolium lut.}— cucullatum— anceps— incrassatum— inquinans— exstipulatum — laciniatum— speciosum— senecioides— blattarium— heteroganum= unicolorum — carneum— acerifolium— coriandrifolium|— tabulare— monstrum— willdenowii — grenvillianum|— quinatum— glaucum— grossularioides— crassicaule, t.— levigatum — pulchellum-— amplissimum|— dentatum— lacerum— peltatum— fragile, ¢. — ignescens— fuscatum— stenopetalum— multicaule— lateripes— incisum — ardens— patulum— pumilum— caucalifolium— tetragonum, t.— carnosum — cenothera sororium— zonale— diversiflorum— variegatum, ¢t.— dasycaule — eriostemon— grandiflorum|— Mmarginatum— cuspidatum— angulosum, ¢.— lanceolatum procumbens— gratum— cochleatum— penicillatum— graveolens— acetosumi — cordatum— variegatum— pubescens— betulinum— radula=< hybridum — spurium— delphinifoli-— rugosum— formosum_ denticulatum— reniforme | nothon cynosbatifolia|— rubens, s.— scandens— semitrilobum— cortusefolium |— alnifolium— spinosum— papilionaceum|— lateritium— splendens— candidum |— c ispum— glutinosum— saniculefolium|— fulgidum, s. Erodium hymenodes — gibbosum— hisipidum— australe— alternans et — Beaufortiana|— Cceratophyllum— vitifoiium Erodium crassifoli. — crithmifolium|— eapitatum— incarnatum Erodium— hermannifolium|— geranifolium — alpinum— adulterinum Geranium— abrotanifolium — canesens— tenuifolium — incanum|Geranium spinosum — erubescens\ 6602. Propagation. sorts produce ripe The seed placed in leaves, they are autumn. No plant grows more re the cuttings may be taken off at hour or two till the wound heals; hardier sorts, as P, zonale, The ordinary mode of continuing each species, is by cuttings, but almost all the seeds in this country, by which they may be multiplied, and also new varieties produced. >& » if ripe before midsummer, may be sown as so a gentle hot-bed and shaded; on as gathered, in pots of light rich earth, and the plants will soon come up, and if, when they show two proper transplanted singly into pots, and kept under a cold-frame, they will flower the same adily by cuttings than the shrubby or suffruticose species of this family: a joint where the wood is beginning to ripen; laid in the shade for an ind then planted in sandy loam, and placed in a gentle heat. The inquinans,&c. will strike in the open air or in any shady situation, without Be itt kena i Rte i 906 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Sree nnt y being covered with a glass. Cuttings of the or of such sorts, as BE. triste, gibbosum,&c., strike readily; all portion of the root being left above ground. The fibrous-rooted herbaceous sorts, as E. Chamz dryoides and glandulosum, may be multiplied by dividing the roots.‘* From the latter end of Mz Shi the middle or end of July,” Cushing observes,“cuttings of all the common kinds of geranium ma ae ace in with success: Let a moderate hot-bed be made up, and surfaced with some old tan; when it ts of a proper temperature, rim on the bed, and appear, water them stout plants by the end of autumn: hey produce in abundance: fleshy roots, which t off carefully from each p leaving the crown of each about one heat, will, in a few weeks, make excellent plants: (Exotic Gard. 90.) The geraniz require a light rich soil; well rotted dung; or they will grow in leaf-mould and a little sand, without any thing else. the pots require to be examined in spring and autumn, and the roots and top In general the shrubby sorts should be kept low and duce, being left to ft 6603. Culture. species are rapid growers, reduced, or the plant shifted into a larger pot. let the cuttings be made, and put in some nice rich loam; plunge the pots to the shade them for a day or two, but no longer. Pick off any damping leaves that may occasionally, and observe to pot them off in due time, by which means they will be »rm the plant.” the more curious kinds are in general done by cuttings of the thick é d as many of these as can be spared with safety being taken Jant, and a few of the finer fibres attached to them and neatly potted in small pots fourth of an inch over the surface, watered and set on a moderate one, two, or more stems, which they in general pro- they grow well in equal parts of sandy loam and As most bushy by pruning; for when they are allowed to grow tall and straggling, they are very unsightly and do not flower well. Some of the herbaceous sorts may be considered as frame plants; but the greater number require the green-house, and some of the very succulent sorts are best grown in the dry-stove. When an of geraniums is kept, it is desirable to devote a house entirely to their culture; in this extensive collection the roof should be of a construction to admit as much ligh and there should be ample means of giving air and heat. during winter than evergreen woody exotics from the leaves and rot at the points of the shoots. admitted, and whenever any leaf begins to decay, green-house plants, are generally placed much injured by heavy rains and winds, best manner, should be kept in the house with abund customary in April or May, to plant many of the P. zon the flower-garden or shrubbery: these|! either be protected where they stand by pots, and placed in a dry part of the green-house till the found, that if the plants are taken up, deprived of their st this healed by exposure in a dry place placed in a cellar, or otherwise exclud winter, and grow vigorously when replante i The hardier shrubby sorts force we way may be kept in flower during the winter months till April and May, when they will be succeeded by 6604. Forcing the gerame. in the open air from M To prevent. this, t as possible, the stage should be near the glass, Most of the species require rather more heat same climates; otherwise they are apt to lose their y heat should be given in the daytime and air it should be removed. The hardier geraniz, like other ay to September; but as the flowers are the more delicate sorts, and all those ntended to flower in the have a splendid effect till ; and afterwards the roots de ed from frost, they will retain their vegetative powe d in the open air in spring. ll with a very gentle heat those that have been kept in the common green-house temperature. Sussecr. 2. 6605. The heath family constitute plants, much valued for the beaut in the winter season. of the Cape species. the reign of Geo. III., and the greé Exotic Heaths.— Erica, L. Octandria Monogynia, L. and Ericee, J. ance of air night and day. ale and other free-growing sorts in the borders of attacked by frost, when their roots may abundance of litter and mats, or they may be removed into single following spring. The Rev. W. Williamson has alks and fibrous roots; the wounds made in doing posited in layers in a mass of sand, r through the (Hort. Trans. iv. 414.) , and in this Bruyere, Fr.; Heyde Kraut, Ger.; and Macchia, Ital. Scarcely any exotic Almost the whole of these have been introduced to Europe iter part by Masson, a collector, who made two y of their flowers, voyages to Africa at that king’s expense. 6606. Species and varieties. accidental causes, have been There are also Herbert has raised several hybrid heaths, which gives r and considered as species, are of propagation, or be procured from t Hon. and Rev. W. he nurseries. thinking that many of the sorts importe duced by promiscuous impregnation. series; and, in addition to the time o flower, as bell(6), pill or tube shaped(p), open(0), Above 300 species h lost; d from the Cape, We have here arranged most of the sorts f flowering, height in inches, and color, designa’ roundish(7), or ventricose(v). ERICA.— MARCH. In warm situations it is an extensive assemblage of low shrubby evergreen and the blossoming of many of them heaths were known in Miller’s time, and none during ave been introduced, some of which, from the difficulty put there are still upwards of 250 several varieties which have been raised eason(Hort. Trans. iv. only hybrids pro- procurable in the nur- ted the form of the sorts, which 6607. Height fr. 0 to 6 inch. From 6 to 12. From 12 to 18. From 18 to 24. From 24 to 30. From30 upwards. ———||—_——_—_—=-——- RED. RED. RED. RED. RED, RED. Ardens, Feb. 0. r- PURPLE. PURPLEs PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE. Oppositifolia, 0. v-; YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Pallens, Feb. p- GREEN. GREEN. GREEN- GREEN. GREEN. GREEN. Vernix, 7- — major WHITE. WHITE. WHITE: WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Barbata major, p- minor — Soe= Le——— rae 3 RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. RED. Costata, ¢. PURPLE. PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE. PURPLE- PURPLE. Mutabilis, v- Finitiana, 0.|Baccans, Tr. Linneoides, ¢. | Gracilis, p-| | Preecox, p-| 2 YELLOW.| YELLOW.\ YELLOW. ¥ ELI OW ee YELLOV Sessilifolia, ¢.\Spicata, t. — RN|~REEN: REEN- GREEN. GREEN.| GREEN.| GREEN.| GREEN G |\ Sessiliflora, f.| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. )Acutangula \Ayistata, 0. v- Gelida Discolor, ¢. may from seed. The 97.) for | RED» pigsty P pw pees yeLLows | WHITE yaoemos4 {Arbored i quarros4 RED. Longipeduncula 0 | YELLOW: (Banks, f Boox II. EXOTIC HEATHS. ERICA.— MAY. 907 From 6 to 12. Height fr. 0 to 6 inch. RED. RED. Fimbriata, p. Kalmizeflora, o. Trivialis, p. Trossula rubra, v. Venusta PURPLE. PURPLE. Exserta, p- Fragrans Mellifera, p. ollis Puerilis YELLOW. Campanulata, r. Lacticolor WHITE. WHITE. Arborea racemosa_|4rctata, p. Squarrosa Biflora, r. Cordata, o. p. Mundula, r. Odore rosze, 0. 7. Nigrita, Densa Stellata, p. | Trossula alba, v. Ursina, r- YELLOW. RED. RED. Longipedunculata,| Bracteata, 0. 0. Pistillaris, p.+ O. Us Saturcifolia, 0. p- Hyacinthoides, v. PURPLE. PURPLE. Banksia purpurea, ¢.| Blanda, o. ¢. Elevata, 0. v- Concava, 0. Jroseroid. minor, o.| Congesta, p. Elegans, o. Depressa, t. Nivenia, o. v. Nobilis, 0. p. YELLOW. Halicacaba, v. YELLOW. Banksia, ¢. WHITE. Nivea, r. Rostella, p. WHITE, Acuta, o. t. Petiolata, p. Primuloides, v. | From 12 to 18. RED. Acuminata, ¢. Persoluta rubra, p. -— conferta Squarrosa carnea, ¢. PURPLE. Plumosa | Racemosa | | | YELLOW. | Muscaria, v. Tenuiflora, t¢. WHITE. Actea, p- Donnia — variegated Persoluta alba, p- Pinifolia discolor |Zatenss 0) | RED. Linnea superba, ¢. Empetroides, p. Levis rubra Margaritacea incar- nata PURPLE. Empetrifolia, p. YELLOW. Flammea, o. ft. Epistomia, v. Erecta, ft. WHITE. Levis, p. Linne, ¢. Margaritacea, p. Melanthera Pyrolzflora, r. Regerminans, p. Triflora, r. RED.| RED. Paniculata, o.| Dickinsonia rubra Lachnzea rubra, 0.p.| Articulata, d. jComosa conferta, v. |— rubra Kennedya, o. t. Parmentiera, ¢. Ventricosa, r. — superba |Hirta PURPLE. j PURPLE. Droseroid. maj. o. 7. Campestris, p- Comosa alba, v. | Protrudens | | |. YELLOW. |Sparmannia, t. | Lutea | Magnifica, o. 1. YELLOW. GREEN. GREEN. minor WHITE. campanulata, 0, WHITE. Cistifolia, o. d. Lachna, o. Rupestris Glomerata Pehiza, o. r. Retorta, 0. v. Brevifolia, o. Rotundifolia |Sexfaria, re | Thymifolia, Pp. VARIEGATED.| VARIEGATED. Massonia ferugin. ¢. RED. Inflata, v- | Mucosa, p- edcric distal Ramentacea Walkeria superba, v. @anescens, 0+ Incana, o. r. Incarnata major, p. Juliana, v- Mosehata, p- Propendens, 0. PURPLE. Obliqua, or. Perspicua, t, Pubescens major, p. Petiveria minor — minima Recurvata, r. YELLOW. Exsurg. coccin. d. t. — fulgida Petiveria aurania Sebana minor Tetragona, v. Thunbergia, r. GREEN. WHITE. Asurgens, p. Dickinsonia alba, p.|Capitata, r. Decumbens Humea, v. Urceolaris, r. VARIEGATED. JUNE. = TWIENG From 18 to 24. RED. Ruffa, t. Versicolor, ¢. Andromadeeflora, r. Tubiflora, ¢. — fissa Racemiflora, p. Spuria pallida, ¢. PURPLE. Spuria, ¢. YELLOW. Ignescens ybrida WHITE. Pattersonia major, ¢. Conferta, p. Flexuosa | From 24 to 30. RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. Enneaphylia, ¢. WHITE. From 30 upwards. RED. Viscaria, r. PURPLE. Concinna, ¢. YELLOW. WHITE. | RED. Splendens, o, ¢- Reflexa rubra, r- | PURPLE. YELLOW. Simplicifolia, ¢. WHITE. Absynthoides, p. Aristata scrotina, 0. Reflexa alba RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. WHITE. RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. WHITE. RED. Colata, o. r. major, 3. 0. | Penicillata rubra, ¢. | Pinifolia coccinea |Hirta, 4 Hispida, p. Aitonia, p Imbecilla, p. PURPLE. Decora, v. Glauca, r. Sebana, ¢. YELLOW. Mollissima Foliosa, ¢. Formosa, t. Glabra, b. t. Hibbertia — minor Patersonia coccinea Sebana fusca, ¢t- — aurantia — Iutea, i. GREEN. WHITE. Marifolia, p. Monsonia minor, v- Penicillata, J. Pinifolia Triumphans, 7+ Melastoma, ¢. VARIEGATED.| RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. Conspicua GREEN, WHITE. VARIEGATED. RED. Rosea Vestita carnea PURPLE. YELLOW. Grandiflora GREEN. Coronata, o. t. WHITE. Vestita alba VARIEGATED. i See al RED. (Pumilla, o. r- PURPLE. YELLOW. GREEN. WHITE. Intertexta, v. VARIEGATED. Height fr.0 to 6 in. PRACTICE OF GARDENING. ERICA.—AUGUST. From 6 to 12.| From 12to 18.|,| From 24 to 30. | RED. RED. Calycina major, 0. p- Ignescens, te Obcordata rubra. x.| Rubella, p- RED. Ampullacea, 0. v. ‘Broadlyana, 0. v. Froms0 upwards. RED,| RED. Elongata, ¢. Bucciniformis, ¢. | } Vestita incarnata, ¢.| | Paradisiaca, p- Rubens Carinata, t. Peltata, 0. Sebana sanguinea, ¢. Salisburia Flagelliformis, p- Templea, 0. 0- Jasminiflora, v. Taxifolia Denticulatarub- 0., Deflexa, p- Mucosoides, p-!Verticillata, t. Noisettea, 7- Rigida, ¢.{Mammosa alba, ¢- Brunioides, 7.|Pellucida PURPLE PURPLE. PURPLE. Scariosa, r+ Lucida, p- Mammosa, f- Quadrifiora, r.— major, t Strigosa, p. Pallida Nitida, p- YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Albens, v- Horrida, ¢. Denticulata Nudiflora j GREEN.| GREEN, GREEN. ||Bandonia, v- Swainsonia, o. t, | Gemmifera, o. t. | WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. | Ageregata, p. Argentiflora, f. Arbutiflora, r Densa| Aspera, p- Cupressina, p- Infundibuliformis,|Catfra Mirabilis, t. |_ Ot. Daphneeflora, v.— major Lambertia, o. r.| Fastigiata, Pnysodes, v- Proboscidea| Flaccida, p. Pilosa, ¢. Struthiolzeflora, o. p. Pendula | Phyllicoides |Shannonia, v- VARIEGATED.| VARIEG Caffra spicata, p. Tricolor minor, o. RED. ‘Tenuifolia, v. PURPLE. ‘Smithia, p- iArcheria, v- YELLOW. Speciosa I GREEN. WHITE. RED. PURPLE- YELLOW. GREEN. RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. | WHITE. \Calycina mine 0+ p- RED. RED. Declinata, p- Coccinea, ¢. Fibula— major Floribunda Mucronata Plunkenetia nana, ¢. Globosa, r. Cernua. p. Rollinsonia, ¢. Imbricata Archeria, 0.¢- |Princeps, 0. v. Erubescens, t. Palustris, p- Pulchella |Scabriuscula, p. Sebana viridis PURPLE.| PURPLE. SEPTEMBER.— ATED.| VARIEGATED. Tricolor major PURPLE. PURPLE, | | | YELLOW.| YELLOW. Elata, ¢. GREEN,| GREEN. Imperialis, ¢.| Massonia, v. WHITE. WHITE, Monsonia, v- VARIEGATED,| VARIEGATED, RED. Carneola Multiflora, p. Pregnans, v. PURPLE. Pregnans coccin. v.| RED. RED. PURPLE. PURPLE, Part III. Vestita coccinea, ¢t. ate et vee tor: Ul 1 per, Dube in them world } ‘ it from 5a sowll september sol have beet! se aths ¥ re Ht nd y yg 1] angles, this, pla sand abe to keep require sik | | WHITE.| WHITE. Cathroides, o.| Tiarzeflora Vestita purpurea, t. Vestita fulgens, ¢. | Rugata, ¢. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. Glandulosa| Petiveriana coc. ze| Leea | Lanuginiosa, v. Glutinosa| Fetiveriana| | GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN. | Superba| Viridiflora| | Viridescens| | WHITE.| WHITE. WHITE.| W HITE. WHITE. Cumulata Eriocephala, p- Planifolia, p.| Occularia Pjunkenetia alba,‘+|Setacea| ) Pura, t.:*| ! Solandra|: PaaS OCTOBER: cass | RED.| RED| RED.| RED. RED. | Turgida, r. Cerinthoides lan. t. Cerinthoides clota | Horizontalis, f. Pulverulenta, 7.| | Pyramidalis, 0. Cerinthoides cap. ¢. | Perlata rubra, o.|| | PURPLE,| PURPLE, PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE. | Rosacea, 0.|| Filamentosa, v. ¢.‘ |::| Purpurea| | YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. YELLOW. YELLOW. Radiata, t Corrugata, t.) Aurea, ¢.| adiata, ¢. P Serratifolia Flava, t. GREEN.| GREEN. GREEN.: GREEN. GREEN. | Viridis, ¢. Euerana, 2s| — pilosa |— speciosa WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. Denticulataalba, v. Pinastri, ¢.|| Perlata, p-||| Senectula! a| 1 y;> NOV Vb ea |‘RED.| RED. LED. RED. RED. || Vestita rosea, Dec. t. | PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE.| PURPLE. PURPLE. | Laxa, p. Colorans| ¥ELLOW. YELLOW. i YELLOW. YELLOW.| YELLOW. | Sulphurea, ¢.|| WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. r WHITE.| WHITE. Pinea Suesecr, 3, 6619, OF mnsangua, ar introduced 1 tree it Chin stnped, and ] oreat splend and Fe! 6614, Prop on these the o of ripened sho orbud, two or small dibber, i Aept in a pit 01 in the followin In Sa Den they “ls them ina. Boox[1. CAMELLIA. 909 6608. Propagation. A number of the sorts ripen their seeds in this country, and may be so propagated; put the greater number are struck from cuttings, and some few, as E. massoni, retorta, petiolata,&c., by layers, which require two years to throw out roots. The seeds are often imported from the Cape, and arrive in winter: they should be sown early in the spring following, in frames filled with equal parts of peat and sand, very thinly covered, placed in the shade, and bell-glasses placed over them.‘The soil must be kept moderately moist by gentle waterings: they will in general come up 1n six weeks or three months, and may then be kept close to the glass in the heathery, or in a frame or pit till autumn, when they may be potted off. Seeds which are saved in this country may be sown as soon as gathered, if they ripen before September, but after that period it will be better to preserve them till next spring; as the plants produced from them would not be sufficiently advanced to endure the winter. Cushing(Exotic Gard.74.) prefers a September sowing, because he finds the plants will stand the winter in the seed-pot better than those that have been raised early in spring, and transplanted in autumn into single pots. Ample directions for strik- ing heaths will be found in Cushing’s Exotic Gardener, who observes, that cultivators failed at first by planting large cuttings of ripened wood, instead of taking only the points of the fresh shoot. The true method, he considers, of propagating heaths was first discovered in the Hammersmith nursery, and the following abstract of the practice there is from Page’s Prodromus.‘ About the month of June, or as soon as the plant has made fresh shoots, cut off the extreme points about an inch long or less, according as the sort may afford, but always in the fresh shoot; take off the leaves from the lower part, as far as it is to be put in the sand, without injuring the shoot; this is rather a nice operation, and should be done with a sharp penknife, for the least bruise spoils the cutting. Dibble them into a pot, filled with moistened com- mon white house-sand, before they have time to flag; when they are all planted, water the whole to fix them still better; let the moisture a little subside, then cover them with a small bell-glass, fitted within the rim of the pot, and place them in the shade on a spent hot-bed, keeping them close till rooted, which will, with the free sorts, take place in about two months: when rooted, which is known by their shooting, take off the small glass, for about a week, at night, previous to its total removal. They will be fit to pot off in March the ensuing year.” 6609. Henderson of Woodhall’s mode of striking ericas is as follows:—‘* The month of July is a good time for putting in most of these cuttings; but the cuttings must not be taken off till the young wood be firm. Cuttings of ericas may be put in at any time when the wood is ina proper state. Take the cuttings off the plants about three quarters of an inch long, pulling them off downwards; strip off the leaves nearly half the length of the cuttings; place the cutting on the nail of the thumb, and, with a sharp knife, at right angles, cut off the small end close to the joint, or place where it was pulled off the plant. Having done this, plant them into a pot filled with small pit or river sand, giving them a good watering to settle the sand about them. Set them on a shelf where they are a little shaded; cover them with glasses, and notice to keep the sand always moist. Some of these sorts will be well rooted in three months, and others will require six months.”(Caled. Mem. iii. 323,) Henderson keeps his ericas, at all times, cool and airy; “ opening the glasses in winter_when there is no frost, and letting the wind blow on them, and_ using no fire but in time of frost. Never,’ he says,“shift any plant till the pot is quite full of roots. When the plants get large, several of them will continue in good health for three or four years without shifting, and flower well. I have plants of erica retorta here, in pots seven inches in diameter, which are very bushy, being eighteen inches across, and fourteen inches high above the pot; erica infundibuliformis, two and a half feet in diameter, and two feet nine inches high; erica pilosa, betwixt five and six feet high, and three feet across, in pots eleven inches in diameter: these have not been shifted for five years, and are in high health, and covered with strong fine flowers from the mouth of the pot to the top of the plant.” (Caled. Mem. iii. 327.) 6610. Culture.‘‘ A prejudice,” Page observes,“ having spread that the culture of these plants is diffi- cult, one of the greatest ornaments of the green-house has hence, of late, been neglected; although the method of culture is as easy, and nearly as certain, as that of the geranium, but requiring a little more de- licacy in the execution.”‘The soil for all the species is peat-earth mixed with from one sixth to one fourth of fine white sand.‘The pots should be well drained and rather small; but large, in proportion to the size of the plants. Heaths thrive best in a house by themselves, and placed as close to the glass as possible, without risk from frosts: they do not require so much heat as most green-house plants, but abundance of air, and. above all, great regularity as to water, so as to preserve, as much as possible, an equable and mo. derate degree of moisture about their roots.‘The mass of mould being once thoroughly dried, the plant is irrecoverably lost; and it is equally so, though the operation goes on with less rapidity, if the pot is kept in a pan of water. No kind of plant is more injured by being kept in a chamber than heath, nor will they thrive in a green-house or in the open air, within the influence of the smoke of large towns. In the best situations and under the best management, many of the species are short-lived, and therefore require to be frequently renewed by cuttings or seed. 6611. The ericas are not subject to insects. Henderson says“ I have never had any insect on them except the green fly. The old grandiflora is the only one with me that has been attacked. I destroyed the flies by dipping the plant into an infusion of tobacco. The ericas, I find, do not agree well with being smoked with tobacco-paper in the usual way.”(Jd. iii. 327.) Sunsecr. 3. Camellia.— Camellia and Thea, W. Monad. Polyand. L. and Aurantia, J. 6612. Of the camellia genus there are four species introduced: the C. bohea, viridis, and sasangua, are the plants whose leaves furnish the tea imported from China; C. japonica, introduced in 1739, is an ornamental evergreen shrub, which grows to the size of a low tree in China, with dark-green ovate leaves, on short petioles, and flowers red, white, striped, and variegated, and single, semi-double, and double, without fragrance, but of great splendor and beauty, and peculiarly valuable, as appearing in December, January, and February. 6613. Varieties. These are— White; the single, semi-double, double, pink, buff, long-leaved, striped-leaved, Tnere are above half a dozen other sorts, double white waratah, Willbank’s white, myrtle-leaved, Lady Hume’s, Greville’s procured from seed, which are not yet fimbriated white, and spotted-leaved. coronet, six-angled, and waratah. named, and many hybrids have not yet Red; the single, semi-double, double, Red and white; the striped, double, semi- come into flower. pale, dark, large, paony, pompone, double, variegated, and spotted-leaved. 6614. Propagation. The single red camellia is propagated by cuttings, layers, and seeds, for stocks; and on these the ofher sorts are generally inarched, and sometimes budded or grafted. The cuttings are formed of ripened shoots of the preceding summer, which are taken off in August, cut smoothly across at a joint or bud, two or three of the lower leaves only taken off, and the cuttings then planted and made firm witha small dibber, in pans of sand or loam, or, by some cultivators, sand and peat, or sand alone. The pans are kept in.a pit or cold-frame, without being covered with glasses, but shaded during powerful sunshine; and in the following spring such as are struck will begin to push, when they are to be placed in a gentle heat. In September or October following, the rooted plants will be fit to pot off; and in the second or third spring they may be used as stocks. Henderson puts in camellia-cuttings at any time of the year, except- ing when they are making young wood. He puts fifty cuttings in a pot of sand eight inches in diameter, sets them ina cool place in the back of a vinery or peach-house for a month or six weeks, and then plunges eT cee 910 PRACTICE OF GARDENING . Parr ITI. them to th i e brim i by planting s in hot-bed wh E a, ere i i by plant ing stool in a pit‘eben oe is a little bottom heat. A s the succeedi rs will have produced at purpose, and laying these eee ea the chief am spring. Inarching Br, en when they may thet Ene ra See following Ane during th e requisite is so to pl grafting is performed early i en lo au pole seil as stocks in e connectio 0 place and fix the pot MRIS tReet yas iPantaiberni so se moss, to prevent i n of the scion with th Dot Ont nee cea as that it may not ra (2031.) is nt its cracking. When i e parent plant. The He shock as have tbe disturbed prevent its 4 Y Eandeperien hana graft being clayed nay not be dist 3 omitted, as weak yt sed, as in the case of oré Sree ie eeoleed‘the mode called s edith on tied, weakening penn the caer oF range-trees(5910.); but ves to, the mode calle Ncoveted with the single W few seeds are sometimes permet rks Elan vie event the scion fro: general F yaré::: tained fi view to prevent the sci pa roeeey coos lias are aratah; these require t é see“double ea ing own of generally prop: wo years to come gle red and semi-d m being blown off sare general ea ne up, but make th i-double camelliz wn off rape. ome cultivators» bU will also succee j e best stocks of d cel most numerous ltivators grow the j Sonar a pepe collec OLS ae: camellia i in are ee aie tender are eruon of this genus, Sn cHy Ace, in peat; but Messrs. Loddi mel. vent loam alone eis 25 es ace pore Hammers thn msery.= ape ot oF the s mixed with| 5 s well or better. I: ersmith nurser. oe oe imix wi e wianmer Siete r. In the Count de V SEXY. Of late, Messrs. Loddi of the . ants ap- surface of tl‘ ande’s garden 3 suieper cet inter. Th ane oe ae t he pots are to f en, at Bayswat nd pa A s loam and grow most luxuri= p-dressed with: ee lia in Graelane mand peat. Henders TURE eet ns bub tobe rom Scotland; his compost i erson, of Woodhall, is spar rnsetnes ta"most prolific in mtloe ey erah‘ post is as follows: Tak all, is one of the mos; but to be most prolific i ALN osipar ots me half: Take one par. ost successful ors prolificiin toate shifting, put some re bank rotted leaves. Mix fier siivell oo Hees ene ntl rive sand, one ed vi al sor A Este EROIGE ERATE as We together, and en AG St one eee fem ii, 316.) ots, and some d ae, e camellias re- tirely devoted to ae ee have the best effect, and ies ge on e eight feet high, trained i a house should be rather| fey Pre ents ere| ae should be raised near 3 th Solax form, and clothed ait! ie plants never look. 80 i mete ance in Helge ian e glass by mea. ith branches fi well as when six because it is fou ay be lowered ir 1eans of a stage, which s inte The = und, from ex és 1 proportion. Onl: istiould De xo hatasthey ad. ates on the sun’s’ 1 experience, that tl cae theory best Sto} ent glass should be Every cultiv S rays, as to concer t: he least inequality of ts ued ator must hav otrate them, and b Aare eet ype ac rateril 90 oper more or less obnoxi ave observed that| 4 urn or produce blotches ae erie; se: xious to this| that leathery shining| HES Mens Ge the leaves of ete, mote ordee abo Ssiaclan injury;sbut g leaves, like tl. eaves of the plants ~. a thi A the lez“y 2 nose of the 9 é: ear roof, with glass i nd a roof which will not admi Sa ers farly so. Some the south, or bee front only; or, of ah mit much light; othe a are particularly so. So pets 5 otter still, g 3 or, of a house facing tl f Hes ule Use Ofer S5 mn opaque solar accidents< ill, glass on all sides, i Sal pe dle esata da is that a light howe the plants as s may be avoided, or at leas, is essential to the perfec Dy BE ee facing ] WOEe db On WORST east rendered of perfect growth of the plan: ind that al 6617. To$s possible. of no consequence j ge Piette kad ,: grow the camelli F a ere; band pacing tae= to get matted in the ne high degree of perfection, consi erenirerys waned! Soe it eee oe to ear es Bee Fe atlas corer prelate iy eatin e pots, moist. Hence fre 2 mpress the ball of fer a poured on the pots F fee aiitho each quent attention shoul perenne brie of: Daa, and does not es ee ets Wee‘water web of fibres.“The p alithe earth janie cape by the sides, to see that the wa 1 euieae mining the roots sole eg tart edi ede y the a necessary meas: Stone veabL We s, and shiftin pot, moistening onl eral; g or reducing and Sen Beans plants. If this I y watered, and also a degre ft Lepeiat aoe a growing sate, they freely; and i heat is not given in N gree of heat somewhat, and in a growing sti e. €; and if both wat in November and D ee el Ho green-house will eet beprodn ater and heat are; peubae ilnot expand ther bos penile not regularly applied é Ue euneiccn ir blossoms wil nt be prota id heat are not re qipliediattan thelnlee J pand their blosso Z them th me plants, they sh poe nonntag ieeesoP Ne ots prumed so as to mal A ee eE ravi y should be trained with si n, vigorous shoots sen taTiGESCOne e set close together on th hie mere Po to eneouage thes ; be set ¢' ee ike: e stem: to enc Poe phe hardier sorts, as Ronee in a sheltered but open situ: Better igi laeeseet out a oor m3 adunit Poe a conservatory. aa a Bre peony, flowered ee ROR els Be oe be take of he full influence of? vided the roof or] 3 e9, SOSWE VELY well wi a nthe are better in portab e of the weather. W= Shee ee raved ih surain{ :, ence oft Fvenieeane re can be removed i th air, or ina greater d sils, which admit both of ex ae De dones ecamell most other plant air, when trained egree of heat at pleasure. Tl SEA bIo nea cat i ng them in the! open time these and o against a south wall he single and doubl( See heres, and protected by i i eresecomelia wil open 6618. Hender. species will be more z a et ree ae rrp an beno doubt 0.‘son Y Z perfectly ir nter; and there ca ear bee time fora Seater Morea ees the Cee aint oth snnode peneiorer sot: irthers al those that require tt ine comelns is the month of ee C eran Soh MASE aE 2 no peach-hou it, m into the peach-hous Fat La Sa h: will soon begin t se, vinery, nor pinery, s peach-house or vinery, whe Peds ane title neue have finished o make young wood. F y, set them in the warmes seer the preeh tiptoe Ih their.. rom the time> i Se ee They house till they I growth,‘give them Se ee tng shoots, tl| ’; plenty of wat tap caree i they few of them a have formed their flower-buds ater. They may be k ED thee neT rede ay be re r-buds at the ext i cols gue a I Ne he lias are fond ry moved to a cold Seed ected growths, may be remo Ge lice sal bentnd ides of the youn ee as are fond of be BOG darn acne aici ind the stage of the gre g growths, when a ; gsunshine. In thre c green house: 40 repeated three or ft i TCI wes 1 put into a cooler bv mo at see fetter peach-house, and i erent are wanted to come i, which‘will make as di pe ee This may be when they should e into flower early, ma as many different successi cee a a Spa be take’> y remain in the sions of flowerin sa ie plenty of light onl n toa cold place, say th We Eaton tie. ere ining to ower msty ot ge abe eae°, say the coldest place torih y are beginning to flow ower, i eir flowers we Sp eteen Houses mn tones soon fall off. F Thee ae ae open the. owes fine, en in heat eee 7 rst or middle of Oct OS ier winery, il ose rst 7= e summer in the vi il and,,at alle continue in flower till ober, and a pretty large plant, havi Sane aaa rer by the will now be in fl ill the month of January. Th 5 ENS perhaps fifty or a hund oS hae These last sh ower, fo succeed those tk; fay ee TOL Meany from the vinery, ould be immedi e that were in flower i re ae ier thos ras eemainy mediately taken int Cr Saas nw done flowerin Tees aera nto the heat. Th i gene have BOWS ing. Be sues n hea till they com ee ee pea a g to shifting th come into flower which wi SS ote toed i flowers ma ng the camellia-pl é eT bah Feamier next Year Sehus bethade plants from the warm|} pie, a raonth cae t year ee ete rom the first of October to th SR aaIe tule nel en suevession 0 fine, and do not owers are best in the wi if ZOMG Gia ve 1‘had them. all the flowers 2 Bree hose un have even had th fine, an dor: sr che Gent produced in su en a te ;: 1 aan} hose that come int i me eae pelt Fac; pril. Camellias delight inte iowerdn ae her, Jantar, : Bone Giret ght to be kept damp all; acer et ee also get a gentle sprinkli e them plenty of wat i Deer: tie shade ea ae prinkling over tl ater while they are i ne uke led pe He Se He over the leaves once every week d Se ere anre"yay . rink: g shoots; the a wan power ude elles will stand a great deal of cold v oe Curae cucR injure n they :| ag; HGHEBE mer season, except wh 2 tubs. I never shi without some artificial heat. I fi he a ee e il not rin ‘ ift them but 4 at. find they flower t A Lg camellias here that t ut once in two years, or often once i er best whet kept eae sor always produced< at have not been shifted thes Grice Dy tee Yeates ca sever ver) Inge 7 that have Be dee Wears," s S here are several v always produce: ee UE alae flowers s, and they are still in hi ery large :): 2 yee ag J high health, havi ferent sorts of ane 1 pot into a tub seventeen i: ride by 6s Sey ice camel |: neh pot hyo; s ago, I shifted as i four sorts in high health one doune striped, and ee eanagle Whitest seen ou pated i ith ow di : alth. ave he S i ee“a, the ve had all the four sorts in flower at be Se OE Ea co inear e once on it, produ i‘ 5 cing a fine contrast i he jant 3 ots eP othe i mfted; ; grow melaleucas metl flowers, which, and large gow minute foliage bility. Bignd climbers Of J Fulham nuts and yucea, a diola, Jachenal calla, cela ¢l cedin) 7, and ever greed gel, WO Epacris pungenstos [Mprsine africana, p | be fuscata aera pinnata Melaleuc 4 toment a Mouta: , On Boox II. of colors. The plant is large and handsome, There is another plant here, twel ro wide. only grafted last summer, and a numbe and are growing well. Mem. iii. 316.) Supsecr. 4. showy, fr The plant is growing WOODY GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. ve feet hi f the sorts are showing flowers; agrant, and of easy culture. 911 being eight feet six inches high, and six feet nine inches gh, having upon it all the sorts I possess. They were grafts of all of them have taken in a box sixteen inches over by sixteen inches deep.”(Caled. Various Genera which may be considered as select Green-house Plants, 6619. OF other select green-house plants, the first we shall mention is the citrus tribe, already treated of as fruit-trees(4 comium. same climate as the camellia. genus, whose flowers mired; jasminum, gar is remarkable as smelling like and semperflorens are both be Among the new genera from the melaleuca, metrosideros, and the flowers, which, for the most part, and large-growing hardy plants. minute foliage and elegant flowers; Bignonia, coboea, dolichos, jasminum, ome beautiful hybrids have bility. climbers; of passiflora s Fulham nursery.(Hort. Trans. and yucca, are curious and beautiful succulents; amaryllis, They merit a house by themse The myrtle comes next in order: are of great beauty autiful and 879.) 5 the beauty and fragance of which need no en- lves, though they will thrive perfectly in the nerium is a well known and long duration; fuchsia is universally ad- denia, and daphne, have flowers of great fragrance; heliotropium new hay; various species and varieties of rosa indica odoriferous, and flower throughout the winter. Cape and Botany Bay, acacia, mimosa, eucalyptus, prote appear early in spring, and be Diosma, gnidia, and struthiola, acex, are admired for being prolific in showy ing chiefly evergreens are admired for their those of xeranthemum are prized for their dura- lonicera, and passiflora, are admired been originated by Milne of the iv. 258. and y. 70.) Mesembryanthemum, cactus, cyclamen, iris, ixia, and gla~ diola, lachenalia, babiana, ferraria, and oxalis, are beautiful bulbous-rooted plants; and calla, 6620. The principal species of these gene colors, and other particulars, added to ea ceding subsections, may be considere green, and ever-flowering collection. Secr. II. 6621. ra W ch. Woody Green-house Plants. RED. PURPLE. Salvia dentata, p. Azalea indica Daphne odora, fl. purp. Camelia various sorts Erica, various sorts Erica, various sorts YELLOW. WHITE. | ene creticum, p- | Pogonia glabra Cluytia alaternoides, p. Erica, various sorts Banksia paludosa, p. Phylica ericoides erubescens Banksia marcessens, p. Daphne odora — fol. var. fl. Erica, various sorts Protea mellifera, fol. pendula Camellia various sorts Isopogen anethifolius | celsia, cineraria, lobelia, tropzolum, and jacobea, select herbaceous sorts. ill be found arranged in the following sections, with their They are of easy culture, and, with the genera of the pre- das affording the best choice for a small, showy, odoriferous, ever- WOODY GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS.—JAN. FEB. MARCH. VARIEGATED. Protea amplexicaulis Camellia, various sorts Erica, various sorts APRIL. Cheiranthus mutabil. p. Daphne olefolia, p. Diosma purpurea, p. Indigofera australis, p. Lavatera maritima, p. Lotus jacobzeus Pzeonia moutan, fl.pu. p. Polygala cordifolia, p. heisteria Aotus villosa, p. cordifolia Bauera humilis, p. rubioides Chorizema rhombea Daviesia ulecina, p- major Ss Fuchsia lycioide: Magnolia annonifolia, p. fuscata Mahernia pinnata Melaleuca tomentosa Pzeonia moutan papaveracea Polygala mi rubra, p- Struthiol. fl. ru. p. Camellia, various sorts =—_stipulacea Salvia africana RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. WHITE.| VARIEGATED. Epacris pungens rosea,p.| Boronia pinnata Hermannia grossular. p.| Banksia littoralis| Myrsine africana, p. Cineraria ameloides Hypericum balearicum| Dryandra tenuifolia monogynum| Epacris attenuata Acacia pubescens, p._—— rubra| — suaveolens“= pungens alba| Parietaria arborea, p. Myrtus commun. 12 var.| Phylica pybescens, p.| |Isopogon formosum| | Protea longiflora| |Struthiola erecta, p.| MAY. RED. PURPLE. YELLOW. WHITE. ORANGE. \Edwardsia grandiflora| Arbutus cassinifol. p. = minor| Buchnera viscosa, p- Cistus vaginatus Correa alba, p- Diosma capitata, p- - ciliata = mycrophylla Genista linifolia canariense Gnidia simplex, p. —— — ciliata— ovata — radiata— pulchella — sericea— uniflora capitata— umbellata — flava Empetrum album srandis Hakea pugioniformis, p. Malva capensis, p-\ | Melaleuca viridiflora Pittosporum undulat. p. | Pomaderris elliptica Protea lanceolata Struthiola ci Pultenzea flexilis, t. p. obcordata, ¢. retusa, 7. liata imbricata ovata Pultenza flexilis, 7. linophylla obcordata retusa PRACTICE OF GARDENING. JUNE. RED.| PURPLE& BLUE.| ‘Brachysema latifol. Pp: Convolvulus cneorum, p- Brunia ericoides, p. Calothamnus quadrifida Indigofera angustifol. p. Cliffortia ericzefolia YELLOW. WHITE. —| | Andersonia spreneel: p- Buchnera pec unculata| villosa pa purpureum viridiflora, p. Citrus aurantium| Cheiranthus tristis Losiopetalum roseum, p- Gnaphalium arborescens}—_ buxifolius \Corri 2a speciosa-odalyria calytrata, p. congestum— decumana jCrot ia elegans, d. p. Polygala bracteata a, grandiflor.{— limon| |Epacris grandiflora, p-| cordifolia Gnidia imberbis|— limonella Illicium floridanum|: oppositifolia oddigesia oxalidifol. p.|— medica| — parviflorum Swainsonia galegifolia| Acacia ensifolia— nobilis| Melaleuca stypheloid. p. 2 betonicum= juhiperina| Diosma fragrans, p. — thymifolia Metrosideros angustifol. _ floribunda _— lanceolaia| Oxylobium cordifol. p.| Pimelia linifolia, flo. ros.! Virgilia capensis| RED.| \Calothamnus gracilis 'Colutea frutesoens \Epachris pulchella, p. ,Scabiosa africana, ¢. i — Swainsonia coron. fol. p. Hypericum coris, p. Fuchsia coccinea Hermannia flammea, p. Lambertia formosa Marrub. pseudo dict. p. Meialeuca densa — fulgens oo pulchella RED, Nerium oleander flo. pleno — splendens Erica, various sorts Teucrium fruticans= PURPLE. |Beaufortia decussata, p. Grevillea linearis |— glauca Lachnea purpurea, p. 'Bouvardia triphylla, p.{Lavandula pinnata | ,Psoralea aculeata Salvia africana, p- ae galegifolia Jasminum odoratissim.| Diosma imbricata ;Leptospermum arbores-|©—__ orbicularis |— speciosa Dryandra floribunda Heliotropium grandiflo. | Leptospermum ambigu. Protea latifolia| — mucronifolia AUGUST. |] PURPLE.| YELLOW.| WHITE. | Hermanniacuneifolia, p.|Eleria purpurea, p. Trachelium czeruleum Erica, various sorts pinifolia —, p. Pittosporum revolut. oppositifolia Empleurum serritulum |— latifolium tobira Gnidia oppositifolia Acacia lophantha, p. Pimelia linifolia| | Protea candidans| | | Acacia alata Zieria smithii YELLOW.| WHITE. Cassia corymbosa, p- Aster argophyllus, p. Cytissus tomentosus, p| Banksia preemorsa |Gardenia Thunbergia|Cassine maurocenia |Gnidia flava, p.|Cistus algarvensis, p. | grandis canariensis sericea|clethra arborea Dais cotonifolia ee Brunia candicans, p.|Banksia attenuata, p- = odorata Diosma tetragona, p.— elegans Beaufortia glauca, p. Melaleuca decussata Lavandula dentata Hypericum canariense|Celastrus cassinoides, p, globifera Podalyria sericea, p.= crispum|Diosma latifolia = hypericifolia| Polygala filiformis= olympicum|Donnia glutinosa, p. linarifolia speciosa— reflexum Hakia cineria lanceolatum| Leptosperm. obliquum Jasminum odoratissim.|—_— flo. alb. p. Acacia discolor|Nerium oleander Plectranthus fruticosus|—— flo. plen. Erica, various sorts Protea umbellata Selago corymbosa, p. Struthiola virgata, p. Stylidium fruticosum, p. Erica, various sorts SEPTEMBER. | RED.| | | Phlomis leonorus Erica et Geranice PURPLE. | Erica et Geranize WHITE. | YELLOW.| | Gordonia lasianthus, p.|Phylica ericoides, p. | Ericze et Geranize Protea tomentosa icv et Gerania o ORANGE.| i Bossizea cineria, p. = heterophylla| —| scolopendrium| Daviesia latifolia —_ saligna — ericifolia Dillwynia glaberima = floribunda Goodia lotifolia| — pubescens| Pultenxa daphnoides, p,' Sphzerolob. vimineum a Pe) | ORANGE. Bes Bosea yervamora Bossizea mycrophylla |Buddlea salvifoha Platylobium formos. p, minor Bowe virgata, p. | | | | ORANGE. Eutaxia myrtifolia, p. Platylobium iesenieee Tristania conferta, p. — nerifolia Erica, various sorts | Ericee et Geranize ( Lantana africana Hricee et Geraniz lal wv Phlomis nepetifolia, p.|Statice mucronata Yi Ericz et Geranie TOBER, NOVEMBER, DECEMBER. PURPLE. YELLOW.| WHITE. | Arbutus longifolia, p. Protea hypophylla, p- | ,Gomphocarpus arbores- | j_-cens,“p. || Westringia rosmarini- ' Linum trigynum, p. Erice et Geranice | formis Ericee et Geraniae 6622. Propagation. The method universally applicable is that by cuttings; but a few sorts, which are very difficult to strike, are sometimes layered, grafted, or inarched, and a number are raised from seeds. 6623. Many green-house plants bring their seeds to perfection in this country; at whatever time these ripen, unless before midsummer, it is best to keep them till the following February. Sown at that season they soon vegetate, and make strong plants before winter.} r I mould suitable to the species to be sown, and the surface covered with mould of the finest quality, asa Several kinds may be sown in a pot, where the quantity of seed is not great, or its quality doubtful; cover with the same fine mould, according to the size of the seeds, and then give a bed for the seeds. ORANGE. Erice et Geranice The pots should be well drained, filled with violence; Yel WS) wet, which would mat in clear weal (gis, Potting 4 potted off into s¢ their roots becot of the growing forming this wor! to be potted a5 pots for this Use, such like very Si Being provided W requisite for the to preserve as il them be neatly P sooner 1ncorp porate present purpose, at manner already di substance that will must be kept consta pill be also necess4y} ite time, the lig degrees the plants are of a fortnight or$0,| undertaken later than not have time to estab be pated by that peri placed in the from New South ¥ the larger sorts for America, and in sh Sronn will flourish bed when first som pots, then to be ha forthe more hardy 6627, By cut orend of Januai where these are weeks in the sto All the softewog nia, chironia,& ment. By the inches in lena neatly with a f; without wound Cutting; this ob meets in genera borizontal cut, a tae properly 5 Mey should be Mature of the fn) Boox II. WOODY GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. 913 gentle watering with the finest-rose watering-pot. They may now be set in the most dry airy part of the propagation-house, where they can be regularly attended, as to watering and weeding. 6624. Watering, Cushing observes, they will require at least once a-day, in a greater or less degree; for if they are not kept properly moist, the seeds will not by cn means vegetate freely, if at all; however, the other extreme is to be studiously avoided. The weeds should be regularly pulled out before they attain any size; else, besides their tops smothering the young seedlings which may have started, the roots, in getting them out afterwards, not only disturb them, but also the remaining seeds that may be perhaps on the point of bursting their embryo. As the spring advances, it will be necessary to lay a few sheets of strong paper over the pots, for two or three hours in the middle of the day, if the weather happens to be clear, and the sun acts forcibly on them; particularly those in which the finer seeds are sown, in order to prevent the surface getting over dry and powder-like; or otherwise, if the mould happens to be pretty moist, it is liable to form a mossy crust, which might be particularly injurious, by preventing the young seedling ushering itself into the light, from penetrating through it with that ease which is requisite. In this manner must they be managed until the beginning or middle of June, at which season the larger kinds of seed may be removed to some shady border, where the pots can be plunged nearly up to the rim in coal-ashes or sand; which will greatly assist to keep them in a proper moist state: here, all the care they will require is to be kept clear from weeds, and regularly watered, morning and evening, if requisite: but never when the sun shines strong upon them, lest the tender leaves of the young plants should get scorched; it will be also necessary to have a careful eye daily forslugs, worms,&c. Should there be any fine light-covered seeds, such as heaths,&c. they must be set in such a manner, that they may be covered with a common hot-bed frame, in a moderately exposed situation, so that in case of sudden or heavy showers, which might otherwise wash the seeds out of the pots, they may be occasionally covered to preserve them from such violence; yet they may be exposed to gentle rains at times, but never long together, lest they become over wet, which would soon perish them in this tender state. They will likewise require to be shaded with a mat in clear weather, or even a double mat, in the very hottest season. 6625. Potting qf Early in July, many of them will be growing pretty fast, and will require to be potted off into separate pots; asit ismuch preferable to do this while they are young and smail, before their roots become matted together, than it is afterwards; besides, that they have a considerable portion of the growing season before them to establish themselves, before the winter stops their career. In per- forming this work, care should be taken to match the pot to the size of the plant, and nature of the species to be potted; as overpotting these small seedlings might be of the worst consequence. The largest-sized pots for this use, unless the plants are particularly strong, are what are called No. 60s: but for heaths, and such like very small articles, a still less size, known by the name of thimble pots, are to be preferred. Being provided with a quantity of these, and the different sorts of mould properly prepared, that may be requisite for the kinds to be done, proceed to part the plants; in doing which, let the nicest care be taken to preserve as much roots and earth to each plant as can possibly be done without injuring the others: let them be neatly potted in the proper mould, which must be gently pressed to the roots, that they may the sooner incorporate themselves with it. In this manner, pot as many as may be thought sufficient for the present purpose, at the same time allowing a few for mischances.‘They must then be well watered, in the manner already directed for seedlings, and set in a cool frame, on coal-ashes well rolled, or any other hard substance that will prevent the worms getting so freely into them, as they otherwise weuld. The lights must be kept constantly on, and closed, for a few days, more or less as circumstances may require; and it will be also necessary to shade them very secure from the strong rays of the sun at first; however, in a little time, the lights may be taken off at night, if fine, having them on, and shading in the day, until by degrees the plants are so hardened as to be able to withstand the full power of the sun; thus, in the space of a fortnight or so, they will be fit to be set along with the other plants.‘This business should not be undertaken later than the middle of August, for if executed ata more advanced season, the plants will not have time to establish themselves; therefore, any that may remain in the pots, not strong enough to be parted by that period, should be removed into the propagation-house early in September, and there placed in their proper situation in that department until the spring following. Indeed, there are some seeds which absolutely require to be kept for that term before they will vegetate; whereby it becomes necessary to examine with care whatever pots have not by that time shown any signs of vegetation, and those which are found alive must be saved, and treated in the same manner as fresh-sown seeds. 6626. The pots set in the house will require nearly the same treatment as usual, viz. to be kept perfectly clear from weeds, and regularly watered. Water should now be given in the morning only, as any damps it may occasion will have time sufficient to evaporate in the course of the ensuing day; whereas, if given in the evening, it causes a chillness about their tender leaves, and from the necessary closeness of the house at night, not having free exhalation, it may do a material injury, not only to the seedlings them- selves, but likewise to the adjacent plants, by tending to increase the general damp of the house. When first housed, if the weather prove clear, they must be shaded for two or three hours at mid-day; but this practice must not be followed too closely, as the influence of the sun is but seldom too powerful for them at this season, and during the winter months the more sun they receive the better: it is also necessary to be par- ticular in observing that no slugs, snails, or any other insect, harbor about them. Those seeds received from New South Wales, in general, as well as many others of the South Sea Islands, and also several of the larger sorts from the interior parts of the Cape of Good Hope, from the warmer countries of temperate America, and in short, any of the climes in, or approaching the same latitudes, although the plants when gtown will flourish and come to perfection in the green-house, yet the seeds will require the aid of a hot- bed when first sown, to set them in vegetation, and until they are parted and established in their separate pots, then to be hardened by degrees to the open air; from which time, they may be treated as directed for the more hardy and common sorts of seedlings.(Exotic Gard. 84.) 6627. By cuttings. This mode of propagation may be commenced about the middle or end of January. As young shoots in a growing state generally strike most freely, where these are wanting on particular specimens, the plants may be forced for a few weeks in the stove, or in any of the pits in the reserve flower-garden, to produce them, All the soft-wooded, tender, pithy kinds, such as indigofera, crotolaria, polygala, housto- nia, chironia,&c., as well as some of the more curious geranix, may require this treat- ment. By the end of February, the heat will have produced shoots of from two to four inches in length, and from that to any time in March, proceed to cut and dress them neatly with a sharp penknife, taking off all the leaves as close to the stem as possible without wounding it, except a few at the top, to be left for the free respiration of the cutting: this observation should be particularly attended to in making cuttings of ever- greens in general, whether hardy or tender: let them be cut off at bottom with a clean horizontal cut, at a joint or bud, and immediately inserted in their proper pots. To have these properly prepared is a very necessary part of the business; being well drained, they should be rather more than half filled with the mould or compost best suited to the nature of the plant, and afterwards filled with good loam or sand, whichsoever may be 3 IN) 914 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. thought more advisable to insert the cutting in: if sand is used, it should be previously well watered, otherwise it cannot be sufficiently tightened to the base of the cutting most essential point to be observed; however, it should have time to be well drained‘off from the pot before the cuttings are put in; as they, being so tender, are extremely liable to damp at this season; than which nothing is more injurious. The loam will in general, be found sufficiently moist of itself; and should it be of a fine, sandy maeate so much the better; but if not, a third or fourth part of fine sand should be added, anal well mixed previous to its being used. 6628. Being properly planted, let them be covered immediately with the proper glass, well fitted, and pressed moderately on the mould, so as perfectly to exclude the air. They should then be plunged in the front of the bark-pit of the propagation-house; or otherwise in a hot-bed frame made up for that purpose The inside of the glasses should be regularly wiped with a dry cloth every morning; and any of then the happen to damp, carefully taken away before they contaminate the rest. If the sun happens to be un clouded, they must be shaded for a few days moderately with strong paper, or some such article; but by no means is it to be left on too late in the afternoon, as the cuttings being so soft and tender, are extremely susceptible of injury by over-shading. In the space of ten days or a fortnight, some of the Fee GoHAe kinds will be making efforts of growth; as soon as this is noticed, it will be necessary to give them a little air, by taking the glasses off every evening, when the sun is quite receded from them, and putting them on again early the following morning; until they are by that means hardened, so as to be able to bear the full power of the sun without the glass, when it is to be entirely discontinued. If any of them should droop their heads when this operation is first performed, it is proper to refrain from moving the glasses until they have gained more strength. The shading is also to be decreased by degrees, but not so much as to be entirely done away while there remains any of them under glasses. In this manner is the business to be followed at different intervals, according as the cuttings are ready during the months of March and April. 6629. May and June is the most proper time for propagating most or all of the woody shrub-like plants; such as myrtles, oranges, metrosideros, banksias,&c. and more particularly heaths, as the young wood will by that time be in general pretty far advanced. If this business is begun in June, which is early enough, they must, on account of the increased heat of the season, be plunged in some cool shady situa- tion, where they can be conveniently shaded when requisite: an exhausted hot-bed, with a frame and good lights on it, will answer very well; or otherwise, the north side of any low wall or hedge, where they will be a little sheltered from the noonday sun, and have the benefit of it morning and evening; in either place, the pots must be plunged up to the rim in old tan or sawdust; and in the latter, they will also require to be covered with large cap-glasses over the small ones, as well mixed cuttings as heaths, except a few of the herbaceous sorts, such as arctotis, calendula,&c. and strong, substantial, bro2d-leaved kinds, as camellia, laurus,&c. which will succeed better without the small glasses at this season, so that they are covered with sound airtight caps. There are many others, indeed all late- growing deciduous, as well as evergreen sorts, as pomegranates, oleas, myrtles,&c.; which, in general, only form their callosities previous to the ensuing spring, that do better without the small glasses, as their leaves drop off much sooner when too closely covered, than they do when differently managed; and it is well certified, that the longer the leaves are retained in an active state, the greater the pro- bability of success: this is to be merely understood as relating to late cuttings; for the same articles, if put in early in spring, very young, in a moderate heat, closely covered, properly shaded and dried, will strike astonishingly quick. Cuttings of all the kinds that remain to be propagated should also be made at this season, and managed in the same manner. The whole being thus arranged, they must be carefully shaded whenever the sun acts violently on them, especially when first put in; but they ought not to be shaded longer than four or five o’clock in the afternoon, according to circumstances, as the mild influence of the sun at that hour will be necessary to dry up any damps that may have arisen within the caps. It will be also requisite to dry the small bell-glasses every morning, as directed for the spring cuttings, and to water occasionally any of the pots which may require it; for though it is proper to keep the top of the cutting dry, yet the mould in the pot must be Kept as near a medium as possible between wet and dry, otherwise they will not freely vegetate. 6630. Potting off: Some of the first put in spring cuttings will, in May or June, require to be parted and potted separately in small pots; in performing which, be careful to avoid breaking the roots, using them much in the same manner as already directed for seedlings. When potted and watered, they must be set in the propagation-house for a few days, and shaded until they have established themselves in the fresh mould: as soon as they have taken to grow freely, let them be removed to a frame; but observe not to expose them to the open air entirely at first, as it might do them a material injury, on account of which, the lights over them should be kept closer than usual for a few days. About the middle of June, any of the tenderer green-house cuttings that have been left in the propagation-house since spring, should be plunged under the cap-glasses along with the others: where the whole must be carefully attended to every morning, to pick off damps, dry the glasses, and water when wanted; it is advisable, when fresh watered, to let the glasses stand off for about a quarter or half an hour, to dry the surface a little, except the sun happens to be very clear, and shining direct on them. It has been already remarked, that there are many kinds which do better without the small glasses; such as the strong-growing, spongy, and succulent kinds; also those with thick leathery leaves, as the camellia, and some species of ilex,&c. which are very liable to have their leaves scorched by the glasses collecting the rays of the sun. Any time during the months of June or July, cuttings of these sorts may be made with success; as by that time the young shoots will be sufficiently firm for that purpose, and will strike freely in good loam: but camellias, and such like sorts, should not be cut until the shoots have finished their growth, and the leaves attained their full size, as they are, when taken too young, particularly subject to rottenness and damp. In July and August, there will be many of the earlier cuttings growing; they should have their glasses taken off, as before directed, and afterwards be set for a few days in a more exposed situation, to harden them by degrees, in which they must be shaded from the mid-day sun, but freely exposed to the air at night. 6631. Parting and potting should also be occasionally performed on such as are ready for that operation; when, if any of them happen to be more backward than others in the same pot, and not rooted, let them be put in again as cuttings, and treated as such; those potted should be set in a cool frame, as directed for seedlings, where they must be kept close and shaded, except in mild weather, until they are by degrees inured to the free air. 4: eae: 6632. Removing to the propagation-house. At the season in which it is judged advisable to house the general collection of green-house plants, it will be also requisite to have the cuttings removed to the propagation-house, to be cleaned, sorted, and regulated, according to their different kinds and stages of growth.‘The commoner sorts will do to be set in any part of the house where they will have free air and light, and that they can be got at conveniently to water, and pick them when necessary; the more curious kinds should be set in a dry airy part, where they can be carefully attended, to prevent their getting over dry or dirty, and also to take the glasses occasionally off those that may be growing. All the backward heaths, proteas, or any other hard-wooded kinds, such as are most of the Botany say plants,&c. that take a long time to strike, should be set in one of the coolest and driest situa- tions of the hotehouse, where they must be watered and cleaned, like the others, throughout the win- if val the cori va he taken 0 il 000 requ + all the© el, iparcl ora f 1 A oss sonal jaye rata Ob 634 General . yittng Se250"s whi + an outline{oF outline 1 ind,§ ts,{hs jase pial yot-t0010; as man} avoid over pote tied Ups if requisite sropriety, Ct anal als0 shine it ma) beé the and winds wnt a5 Placing 1 the aut.door depart Ks, vst cigible situ jealittleshaded{to j appropriate to INS the plat 4 tions are not unl vant i All ' WON and f ‘Ot€Xpelling At this ge 300k II. WOODY GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. 91 5 ter. Towards the commencement of the new year, many of them will begin to grow, therefore the glasses must be taken off such as soon as necessary. With the advancing season, these will likewise advance, and soon require to be parted, and potted separately.(Hvotic Gard. 101.) 6633. Almost all the woody green-house plants may be propagated by cuttings; but a few are occa- sionally layered, inarched, or grafted, as the camellia, citrus, daphne,&c. which have been already treated of, 6634. General culture of woody green-house plants. We shall commence with the shifting season, which generally takes place about the end of May, and. trace, from Cush- ing, an outline for their general culture and management throughout the year. Green- house plants, this author observes, for the most part require a considerable share of pot-room, as many of them are very free growers; but still great caution is necessary to avoid over-potting the tenderer weak-growing kinds. When shifted, let them be neatly tied up, if requisite, and well watered. Any dead or ill grown parts can now be, with propriety, cut away, so as to give the heads a regular neat appearance. In bright sun- shine it may be also necessary to shade them for a few days from the influence of the sun and winds, until they are perfectly established in the fresh mould. 6635. Placing in the open air. By the middle of June, it will be time to think of preparing the eut.door departments, in which it is intended the plants should stand during the summer months. The most eligible situations for this purpose are, the north aspect of vacant wails or hedges, where they will be a little shaded from the noonday sun, or between rows of close hedges, particularly planted for, and solely appropriated to this purpose. By no means set them close under the shade or branches of large trees; as the plants are thereby inevitably drawn into a weak state in a few weeks, and those who adopt such situa- tions are not unfrequently under the disagreeable necessity of throwing away many of, perhaps, their most rare plants, every autumn: and even those that remain will have a bad unsightly appearance. In. deed, shelter from the winds is the great desideratum to prevent their being upset, for most grecn-house plants are fond of the warmth of the sun, except when recently potted, provided their roots are kept moderately moist. The practice of some gardeners is to plunge them amongst the shrubs and flowers of the pleasure-ground; this answers pretty well with the strong-growing-kinds, such as myrtles, geraniums, coronillas,&c. old plants or supernumeraries that will not be wanted to house in the autumn; and even lias a very pretty effect when judiciously done; but it will by no means do for the tender eae There- fore, upon the whole, the most unexceptionable situations are such as at the same time afford a moderate portion of shade, and are so situated as to break the force of those strong gales which frequently blow in the summer and early autumn months, and yet allow that free circulation of air so necessary to the well- being of plants in general, and at all seasons. Having fixed on the place where they are to stand, it must be thoroughly cleansed from weeds, and the hedges, if any, neatly clipped. It should then be well rolled, to make it perfectly firm and level, over it a layer of good lime, slacked and made into the consistency of thick white-wash, should be poured, and left to soak into the surface, as a preventive against worms getting into the pots. When this is dry, let about an inch of finely sifted coal-ashes be regularly laid on, and firmly rolled a second time. Being thus prepared, the plants may be brought out and set regularly and level on the surface, in whatever form or arrangement may best suit the situation or the taste of the cultivator. 6636. Housing in autumn. As the young tender shoots of the summer’s growth are‘extremely liable to be injured by the frost, as soon as any symptoms of this appear, they should be removed to their win- ter quarters, where, if the green-house is built on a proper principle, they can still have the benefit of the free air, and at the same time be in a situation to be protected when necessity requires. They should, at all events, be removed in the earlier part of September. Therefore, about a fortnight before that time, they should be regularly examined, and any roots that may have extended themselves through the holes at the bottom of the pots, cleanly cut away: this tends to stop the too luxuriant growth, and being exe- cuted at a proper period, before their final removal, they have time to recover themselves from the partial check they may have received by it; which would come doubly severe, if deferred until the time of re. moving them into the house; the transition from the cool bottom on which they stood, to the dry boards of the green-house stage, being so materially different. Whatever may be the mode of arrangement adopted(6205.), the plants must not be set too close when first put in, as it would occasion most of their ten- der leaves to turn yellow and fall off; neither should they, if the house happens to have been built on a close construction, be by any means taken in when their leaves are wet. 6637. When they are all housed, and dirt of every description taken away, let as much free air be given as possible in the daytime; and even at night, should the weather prove moderately mild, and free from any appearance of frost. Frosts, at this early season, are seldom so severe as to injure any green-house ants that were not immediately exposed to its perpendicular effect; therefore the front windows may be ; being taken into© » ain)\ ge principle a en tironiuls&e. gigs, The loriosa - re its { one oF LW0; accord. fresh loam, mixed rich with dung, 2° taken not to preak when filled, must Fahrenheit’ scale quire a more liberg rust be well Kept tion on wire or CO” country; but some f February or J 6796, La MARCH, Book I1., HOT-HOUSE AQUATICS. ao 6722. The propagation and culture of these need not be entered on, being essentially the same as for hardy or green-house herbaceous plants, the difference of temperature being taken into consideration. Such as have tuberous roots must be treated on the same principle as tubers in the open garden, as, for example, those of fumaria cava, erythronium,&c. which have their regular seasons of rest. 6723. The gloriosa superba, that grand, beautiful tuberous-rooted stove plant, for want of attention to the nature of its roots and its habits of growth, seldom produces flowers in this country.‘ Its failure,’’ John Sweet observes,‘* arises chiefly from the defective method in which its roots are preserved during their inaction, and from the want of proper treatment, when they first vegetate in the spring. Injured at these periods, the plants generally continue through the summer, weak and unpromising, throwing up only a few small stems, which do not flower in sufficient strength and beauty.” Under the following manage- ment, Sweet has had perfect success, and has known a single root grow ten feet in the course of a season, with numerous blossoms upon it. When the stalks and foliage have decayed in the autumn, and left the root, like a well ripened potatoe, in a dormant state, the pot containing it must be removed from the bark- bed to the top of the hot-house flue, at some distance from the fire, all the warmth at this time necessary being merely what is sufficient to keep the earth in the pee free from damp; and to prevent the waterings of the house, or other moisture, falling on the earth in the pot, it should be covered, by inverting upon it another pot of the same size; or if larger, it will hang over its edges and more effectually exclude the wet. Ifthe roots are small, two or three may be placed together in the same pot, whilst in their dormant state; but if they are thus shifted, the mould must be well shaken down in the pot, in order to prevent the access of air to them; the old mould in which they grew must also be used; for fresh earth or sand would stimulate them to move too early. About the second week in March, the roots must be planted, putting one cr two, according to their size, into pots measuring six inches over. The best compost for them is fresh loam, mixed with an equal quantity of bog-earth of good quality: the loam should be good, not over rich with dung, nor too heavy. The roots are to be covered about two inches deep, and care must be taken not to break them, unless nature has shown where it is practicable to divide them easily. The pots, when filled, must be plunged into the bark-bed, where the heat should be equal to ninety-five degrees of Fahrenheit’s scale. Water is to be given very sparingly at first, and though, as they grow, they will re- quire a more liberal supply, yet it is necessary, at all times, to be very moderate in givingit. The heat must be well kept up, and as the shoots extend they must be supported by sticks, or trained in any direc- tion on wire or cords.(Hort. Trans. vol. iii. 23.) Srecr. V. Annual Herbaceous Bark-stove Plants. 6724. BARK-STOVE ANNUALS, MAY. JUNE. JULY.| AUGUST. SEPTEMBER. Amethystea ceerulea, p.|Amaranthus bicolor Celosia argentea Calceolaria pinnata_ cruentus— cemua Campanula capensis— rubicaulis cristata rub. Cassia chameecrista— tricolor— dwarf, red a tora Browallia demissa— tall, buff Cleome pentaphylla, p.== elata coerulea — spinosa — viscosa Convolvulus pes capra Crotolaria juncea Hedysarum gangeticum — vespertillio Heliophila integrifolia Heliotropiumindicum,p. Impatiens balsamina ——flesh-co.dble. — bizar, tall,dble. ——dwarf, dble. ——pur.str.dble. ——scarl.str.dble. Mesembryanthemum glabrum innatifidum Buchnera capensis, p. _— feetida Campanula debilis cabum Convolvulus nil. p. Ipomeea pheenicea — quamoclit —— flo. albo Lobelia gracilis, p. Mimosa pudica — Sida cordifolia, p. — flo. albo Cardiospermum halica- Clitoria brasiliana, p. — tridentatum Crotolaria verrucosa — imperial,red =o variega. Sao dwarf — ternata 4— flo. albo Datura fastuosa, pl. _— flo. albo Gomphrena globosa _— flo. albo) —— flo. stri. Martynia proboscidea Mesembryanthemum crystallinum Pentapetes pheenicea, p. Physalis prostrata, p. Sida dilleniana — hastata Solanum melongena —-— fruct.purp. 6725. Propagation and culture. They are all propagated from seeds, most of which ripen in this country; but some few sorts are continued by cuttings for the sake of preserving particular variations. Sow in February or March in pots, to be plunged in a hot-bed; prick out the plants into the smallest-sized pots, wher. they have attained one or two proper leaves, and shift them once or twice into pots a size larger in the manner recommended for the balsam(1653.); keeping the plants in hot-bcds or pits till ready to blossom, when they may either be removed to such of the houses as are empty at the time, as the bulb- house, green-house,&c. or assembled in a house devoted to annuals. Some few of them, as the ice-plant (Mesembryanthemum crystallinum) and egg-plant(Solanum melongenum), may be plunged in a warm situation in the open garden. Sect. VI. Aquatic Stove Plants. 6726. HOT-HOUSE AQUATIC PLANTS. MARCH.| JUNE.| JULY.| AUGUST.| SEPTEMBER, ee|e Aponogeton angustifol.|Aponogeton monosta-|Cyperus} \—= Arum venosum Menyanthes indica Cyperus alternifolius ie ovata|_ distachyon| chyon Thalia dealbata Nympheea pubescens Euryale ferox: Jamasonium indicum = ygmea Ineo speciosum|Nymphzea lotus Pontederia dilatata Nympheza cerulea Pontederia cordata _ rubra Sagittaria obtusifolia — stellata versicolor Philydrum lanuginosum Sagittaria lancifolia__\ 30 i i keene i Ae- 980 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pie 6727. Propagation and culture.“Being all herbaceous plants they are to be propagated as these generally are: some are raised from seeds, which in general should be sown as soon as ripe, and the pots plunged in shallow water; when the plants come up, they may be transplanted into other pots, and shifted as they ad- vance in growth, till in a pot of sufficient size to admit their flowering, which will generally take place the same season. Instead of being kept in pots, the plants may be inserted in a bed of earth on the bottom of the aquarium. The most beautiful of the exotic aquatics, are the nymphzas and nelumbiums; these, with other genera, have been cultivated to a high degree of perfection by Kent, who, instead of a regular aqua- rium employs pans and small cisterns, plunged in hot-beds. Where a regular aquarium is not formed to be heated by flues(figs. 578, 579.) we shonld suggest the idea of a cistern(fig. 622.) to be placed on pillars in the open air. When the season for forcing the nympheas com- mences, it may be surmounted by a hot-bed| frame of the same diameter, and surrounded by linings of dung. By this means any re- quired degree of heat might be produced a a‘i puring the flowering season, and if it were re—| desired to continue any of the plants in a growing state during winter, the linings and frame could be continued; if not, the plants might be removed to a reserve-aquarium, in the stove or propagation-house. 6728. Menyanthes, nymphea, and euryale ferox(an annual, with singularly constructed leaves, often of thirty inches diameter), Kent has proved to thrive best in a close heat. Menyanthes requires only to be fresh potted in spring, and placed in a pan ina hot-bed, where it will flower the whole summer. The nympheas having tuberous roots, he keeps, through the winter, in small pots(sixties), in a dormant state, zy a small trough of water in the stove. Early in April, he prepares them for their summer culture, by placing these in small wooden cisterns, two feet long, fourteen inches wide, and six inches deep, and then placing them in any cucumber or melon frames which may be then in use.“In abouta fortnight or three weeks a number of offsets or runners will be thrown from the bulbs. These are then separated and put into small pots; and in the course of ten or twelve days a strong plant of each species is selected, and placed in the cisterns for flowering. The tender aquatics, especially the nymphzas, grow in a brick three. light frame, thirteen feet long, and six feet broad; inside depth at back, five feet, and above the ground, four feet; which is filled with tan. 1 have four wooden cisterns, lined with lead, four feet long, two feet six inches wide, and fifteen inches deep: they are plunged in the tan, and filled with strong rich loam, about six inches deep, the bottom part of which is rammed down; and the plants placed in them, one or two in each, according to their habit of growth. The cisterns are then filled with water by degrees. As the plants advance in size, they must be replenished and cleared from conferve as often as necessary; and if the plants are occasionally watered over their leaves, from a watering-pot, through a rose, their vigor will be greatly increased. It is important to keep them ina constant state of growth; for if checked, they will form bulbs, and grow no more during the season.‘This will be caused by cold; but this year(1817), the heat in June produced the effect, although they were shaded from the sun’s rays by matting, and the lights considerably raised. Where dung is used, there is like danger, from its heating. After being planted out, they will show flowers in the course of a month, and some of them will continue blooming through the season. As soon as the plants have done flowering, and perfected their seeds, they disappear, and form bulbs in the mud.‘These, in the month of October, I put into small pots(sixty to the cast), and place them ina trough of water, in the stove, where they remain dormant until the ensuing spring. The seeds are most likely to vegetate, if sown at the same time, and treated inthe same manner. Nymphza cerulea will flower in the stove; but not so freely as in the frame. Nymphza stellata seeds freely, but the root does not easily divide; indeed it is best grown, when treated as an annual. Euryale ferox does well under similar treatment to that of the nymphzas; its seed should be sown about Christmas, and kept in the cistern of the stove.”(Hort. Trans. iii. 34.) 6729. Nelumbium speciosum“is easily raised from seed, which will retain its vegetative power for forty years, and with every advantage, in a fair season, produce blossom the first summer. It is generally grown in large tubs, with a few inches depth of water over the surface of the mould, placed in the tan-bed of the stove. By these means, I raised a fine plant last year: the seed was sown in May, and threw up several flower-buds, which did not come to perfection, but most probably would have done so, had the seed been sown two months earlier. The leaves produced were about two feet in diameter; but the plant went off in the winter, notwithstanding it was treated in the manner hitherto found the most successful; which has been, to allow the tub to remain in the tan, and become nearly dry, giving it no more water than the other plants around it. At Canton, it seems, they drain the ponds wherein it grows, and use the roots for food; but whether fibres of it are the parents of the ensuing crop, or the pots are replenished by seedlings, does not appear. Both are probable, as the roots, which have been kept nearly dry in our hot-houses, if but a very small piece has remained alive, have become vigorous blooming plants, as well as those from seed.” (Hort. Trans. iii. 36.) Secr. VII. Scitaminous, or Reedy Stove Plants. x 6730. MARSH, OR REEDY HOT-HOUSE PLANTS. MAY.| JUNE. JULY-| AUGUST.| SEPTEMBER. Alpinia allughas, March, Costus spicata, p- lane glauca, p.| Costus arabicus, p.| Globba marantina, p- be|Curcuma zedoaria— indica—_ speciosus|—__ sessiliflora — occidentalis Strelitzia augusta, p. Heliconia bihai|Curcuma longa| Maranta arundinacea —— angustifolia|Olyra paniculata|Hedychium angustifo-|Musa coccinea, Dec. Amomum afzelii|— parvifolia lium, p.)|— paradisiaca, Nov. Keempferia angustifolia— coronarium|— rosacea sapientum Strelitzia regine, p. Heliconia psittacorum| Alpinia calcarata — ovata, Mfarch Kempferia galanga| Zingiber officinale _ farinosa rotunda—_ purpureum Urania speciosa, March- speciosa|— zerumbit Alpinia nutans 6731. Propagation and culture. No plants are more easily propagated than those enumerated. In respect to culture, they may for the most part be considered as marsh or bog plants, for even the sugar-cane (Saccharum gfficinarum) and ginger(Zingiber officinale) are found in a wild state by rivers and in moist woods, and thrive best in the stove when their roots are liberally supplied with water. Sect. VIII. Selections of Bark-stove Plants for particular Purposes. 6732. Selections of bark-stove plants for particular purposes can be but few. A collec- tion may be made of such as are or have been most used in the arts; of curious or bota- nists’ species; of such as are highly odoriferous, as asclepias, bignonia, clerodendron; or night-smelling, as cestrum nocturnum, cactus grandiflorus; of palms, as of the sago-palm (Cycas), of the cocoa-nut(Cocos), of the date-palm,(Phenix)&c.; or of any of the natural fad fa Chocolate-nut-tree(" Sweet potatoe(Come Some minds reli auch the foregoing other countries. botanists, the pal culture of these, 6134, The palme and as sopplying oth well known; up chiefly at Messrs, L one of the most rem tohave a branched t Dio, the culture to exceed the tree-palms te have the roof eley It is much to be wi Foul, in these tiy ‘imself by palm cu} totheir honor, have Opinion, that their Fuld he produced "that has supp] roots, and. a¢ MINAS epainst, ae Parasitic. ‘ndia) remarks i M great luxuriay the tabotanic garden of the] hail Hots for par{opi ; ct bO Boox II. SELECTIONS OF BARK-STOVE PLANTS. 931 orders of such rare sorts as have not yet flowered. The following are some of the most remarkable of the economical tropical plants used either in their native countries or im- ported into this country. Foon. Bengal quince(42gle marmelos) Sour-sop(Annona muricata) Alligator-apple(Annona palustris) Cabbage-tree(Areca oleracea) Bread-fruit-tree(Artocurpus incisa) Jaca-tree(Artocarpus integrifolia) Akee-tree(Blighia sapida) Bread-nut-tree(Brostmum alicastrum) Cocoa-plum-tree(Chrysvbalanus icaco) Star-apple(Chrysophyllum cainito) Cocoa-nut-tree(Cocos nucifera) Coftee-tree(Coffea arabica) Garlic-pear(Crateva tapia) Calabash-tree(Crescentia cucurbitina) Sago-palm(Cycas revoluta) Lee-chee(Dimocarpus litchi) Smooth-fruited lee-chee(Dimoc. longan) Date-plum(Diospyrus kaki) Malay apple(Eugenia jambos) angosteen(Garcinia mangostana) Anchovy-pear(Grias cauliflora) Eatable okro(Hibiscus esculentus) Otaheite chestnut(Inocarpus edulis) Barbadoes cherry(Malpighia angustifol.) Mammee-tree(Mammed americana) Mango-tree(Mangifera indica) Saffron-fruit(Mimosa dulcis) Date-palm(Phenix dactylifera) Guava(Psidium pyriferum, pomif.&c.) Lotus-tree(Rhamnus lotus) Tamarind-tree(Tamarindus indica) Chocolate-nut-tree(T/eobroma cacao) Sweet potatoe(Convol. battatas); climb. Granadilla(Passiflora quadrang.); climb. Melon-thistle(Cactus mammilaris); suc. Barbadoes gooseberry(Cactus peres.); sucs Black pepper(Piper nigrum); suc. Salsilla Oe salsilla); herb. Eatable arum(Arum esculentum); herb. Otaheite salop(Tacca peeg resol); herb. Sacred Indian bean(Nelwmbium speci- osum); aquatic Cardamom(A card);reed Grains of Paradise(Amomum granum paradisi); reedy Arrew-root(Maranta arundinacea); reedy Plantain-tree(Musa paradisiaca); reedy Banana-tree(Musa sapientum);. reedy Sugar-cane(Saccharum ies i reedy Ginger(Zéngiber officinal). EDICINE Cashew-nut(Anacardium occidentale) Areca-nut-tree(Arecha catechu) Ipecacuanha(Euphorbia ipecacuanhe) Papaw-tree(Carica papaya); remarkable for its property off intenerating raw meat. Jesuits’-bark(Cinchona officinalis) Balsam of Capivi(Copaifera officinalis) Gum-guaiacum(Guaiacum officinale) Cassava(Jatropha manihot) Cinnamon(Laurus cinnamomum) Cassia(Laurus cassia) Medicinal mimosa(Mimosa catechu) Gum-Arabic-tree(Mimosa nilotica) Pimento-tree(Myrtus pimento) Bitter of porter(Quassia amara) Poison-nut(Strychnos nux vomica) Wild licorice(Abrus precatorius); climb. Jalap-root(Convolvulus, Julapa.); climb. Gum-elastic(Echites elastica); climb. Vanilla(Vanilla aromatica); climb. Contrajerva-root(Dorstenia contrajerva); erbaceous Balsam-plant(Justicia comata); herb. RTS. Jamaica ebony(Amerimnwm ebenus) Bambu(Bambusa arundinacea Silk-cotton-tree(Bombar aon Tallow-tree(Croton sebiferum) Oily palm-tree(£lais gruineensis) Olive-wood(Elawodendron orientale) Indian rubber-tree(Ficus elastica and Echites elastica); climb. Cotton-tree(Gossypium arboreum) Logwood(Hwmato.rylon campechianum) Manchineel tree(Hippomane mancinella) Sandbox-tree(Hura crepitans) St. Helena red-wood(Melhania ery- throxylon) i St. Helena ebony(Melhania melanoxylon) Sponge-tree(Mimosa furnesiana) Supple-jack(Paullinia polyphylla) Ground ratan(Rhapis flahelliformis) apan sumach(Rhus succedanum) Soapberry(Sapindus saponaria) Mahogany-tree(Smvielenia mahogani) Indian oak(Tectuna grandis) Lance-wood(Uvaria lanceolata) Indian madder(Oldenlandia umbellata); erb. Some minds relish nothing that is not either immediately useful, or has some relation to utility: to such the foregoing list will be of some value as pointing out plants of great importance to mankind in other countries. From our connection with these countries, and the number of young persons that annually leave Britain to pass great part of their lives in them, it is desirable those plants should be known here also; and hence a rational object for the patriot, who has wealth and leisyre, to display them in a conservatory attached to his castle, or palace,(fig. 623.) of suitable elevation and extent. i)((( eg)| 6734. The palme is a natural order of plants of great interest by and as supplying other products; and of much grandeur of appearance. their utility, both as fruit-trees, The cocoa, sago, and date palms are well known; upwards of fifty other species have been introduced into this country, and are to be found chiefly at Messrs. Loddiges. A number more remain to be procured, of which the dome-palm(fig. 624.) is one of the most remarkable, being the only palm known to have a branched trunk like other trees. 6735. The culture of palms is less a matter of nicety, than expense. They require a powerful moist heat, a large mass of rich earth in the pot, tub, or bed, and ample space for the leaves. As they are of remarkably slow growth, a stove devoted to their culture does not require to exceed the common height at first, but to admit the tree-palms to display their character, it would require to have the roof elevated by degrees to 60, 80, or 100 feet. It is much to be wished that some spirited man of wealth would, in these times of peace and leisure, distinguish himself by palm culture, of which Messrs. Loddiges, much to their honor, have set the first example. Jtis a common opinion, that their growth is so slow, that little effect would he produced during a life-time: but this every gar- dener that has supplied his palms with abundance of space for the roots, and adequate heat in their atmosphere, can witness against. 6736. Parasitic stove plants. Maria Graham(Letters Jrom India) remarks, that she saw many of these flourish- ing in great luxuriance on the rough trunks of palms in the Calcutta botanic garden. At Kew, Spring Grove, and in the garden of the Horticultural Society, they have been SIOR2 PRACTICE OF GARDENING.# th acotl generally grown in rough tan, closel ressed together in small pots or basket: the roof of the Roe house Messrs. Tddliges have established came specimens cn the Caner ars sions in the Indian or natural manner, and the Honorable and Rev. W. Herbert appears to haves beech equally successful.‘¢ I am informed,’ he says,“by a friend at Calcutta, that he cultivated with great ease, all the dendrobia aerides, and other parasitical plants, by tying them, with twine, to the stem of a tree, or to the under-side of a branch, and placing above them a pot of water with a hole at the bottom, through which a string passed, nearly as large as the aperture, by which the water was gradually and continually conducted to the upper part of the parasitical plant, which requires to Be constantly moist and shaded; and that a tree with smooth bark answered the purpose best. He men tions that dendrobium pieradii, fastened to a tree and irrigated in this manner, will, in a little GE than a year’s time, produce pendulous racemes of flowers, from two to six feet long, and it appears likel to thrive with me under the same treatment. I had previously found no difficulty in establishing ae dra on the stems of trees in the stove, by cutting a notch in the bark and inserting the plant like a graft and tying moss about it to support it, till the young roots had attached themselves to the bark; but from want of sufficient moisture, they have not made much progress, or flowered with me. I have now adopted the above-mentioned mode of irrigating them, with full confidence that it will succeed in our stoves, as well as it does at Calcutta; and very soon after its application to a sickly epidendron, growing on the stem of sterculia balanghas, vigorous young fibres began to sprout from it on ail sides. J am very much inclined to think, that most of such plants would attach themselves to the sides of a porous stone or vessel, or of a dead root, if constantly irrigated, and thrive upon them as well as upon a living tree, especially if the stone or root were covered with growing moss, for I have observed the fibres of more than one sort attach themselves strongly to the outside of the pot in which they are planted; and I conceive that they might be beautifully cultivated, upon an ornamental cone of porous pottery, filled with water and furnished, on the outside. with niches, in which the plants might be fixed, with a little moss or peat to promote their growth in the first instance. I have found the parasitical plants in danger of perishing, from want of moisture, on a de- ciduous tree, during its season of inactivity, but that deficiency would probably be removed by constant irrigation. The neatest and most convenient vessels for that purpose, perhaps, would be little tubs, such as are sold at toyshops, which might be easily tied to a branch, and perforated with asmall gimlet. A short string, of which one end is twisted round, or at least in contact with the plant, and the other inserted into a phial of water, will also be found to convey a regular, though less plentiful supply of moisture, acting in manner of a siphon. I have used it advantageously to nourish a graft, and promote its union with the stock. For the cultivation of parasitical plants in pots, I recommend placing the pots on a back flue, in a tin tray, about two inches deep, and half filled with wet sand, giving an abundant supply of water, but not sufficient to produce rottenness by its stagnation. I find the growth of crinums, which also like a moist heat, to be prodigiously rapid with that treatment; I should suggest a mixture of porous stones, or bits of broken pots, with old tan, or such peat as contains a portion of half-decayed wood, and a garnish of moss to the pot, as preferable, for parasitical plants, to the loam which some of our books have recommended.” (Hort. Trans. iv. 243.) All these parasites are included under the natural order of Orchidee are of ‘herbaceous habits, and readily propagated by suckers or cuttings. j 6737. The Rafflesia Arnoldi is the most extraordinary parasite known to botanists. It was discovered by the late Dr. Arnold, in Sumatra, in 1818, in a jungle or thicket, growing close to the ground under the bushes, and attached to the roots of a species of cissus or vites. The plant consists of the flower only, having neither leaves, branches, or roots; the flower is a yard across; the petals, which are subrotund, being twelve inches from the base to the apex, and it being about a foot from the insertion of the one petal to the opposite one; the petals are from a fourth to three fourths of an inch thick, and the nectarium, it is supposed, would hold twelve pints. It appears to take its origin in some crack or hollow of the stem, and soon shows itself in the form of a round knob, which, when cut through, exhibits the infant flower enveloped in numerous pbracteal sheaths, which successively open and wither away as the flower enlarges. A singular change takes place in the vessels of the root or stem on which it grows; their ramifications are multiplied, and they take a direction so as to unite with and accommodate themselves to the base of the parasite to which they con- vey nourishment. The general appearance of the flower is that of Stapeliz, and its smell is also fetid. 1t is dicecious, and supposed by Brown to belong to the natural order of Asarinee. There is another species R. horsfieldii with the flowers not above three inches in diameter. Both, it is probable, may in time be in- troduced in our stoves.(See Lin. Trans. xiii. 201.) 6738. Exotic ferns. The tree-ferns, Humboldt informs us, are of singular beauty in their native sites. Only a féw species of these, as dicksonia arborescens, davallia pyxidata, pteris aculeata,&c. have been introduced; but the number of herbaceous ferns which are stove plants is considerable. They are pro- pagated from seeds which generally ripen freely in this country, and such as are received from abroad generally grow, however long kept; they are also multiplied by dividing the roots. The best collection of exotic ferns is considered to be in the Liverpool garden: many of these have been raised from seed by Shepherd, the assistant curator; and the following are his directions for this purpose: Having provided a common garden-pot, four and a half inches in depth, and three and a half wide, let the bottom part, to the height of one inch, be filled with fragments of broken pots by way of drain. Over these should be spread a stratum of such soil as is commonly used for potting green-house plants, of the depth of two inches; the remaining half inch should be filled with brown Joamy earth sifted through a hair sieve, the surface being made perfectly smooth, and on this the seeds are to be scattered as evenly as possible. Care must be taken that the wind be not suffered to blow the seeds away, leaving nothing but empty capsules. The seeds being sown, no other covering is requisite than a bell-glass, which should just fit within the rim of the pot, so as to exclude all air. The pot is then to be kept in a pan always half full of water, and set ina shady part of the stove or hot-house, being always regularly watered as above directed. When the young plants have acquired their second leaf, it is proper to give them a little air by placing a small piece of wood under the edge of the glass, at one side. In a short time afterwards the glass may be entirely removed.(Hort. Trans. iii. 338.):: 6739. The seeds come up in two or three months, and the plants flower the following year. It is not known how long these seeds retain their vegetative quality, but two plants of acrostichum calomelanus were raised from seeds brushed from a specimen of that fern in the herbarium of Foster, supposed to be near fifty years old. But the same success did not attend similar attempts with any other specimens from this herbarium. The soil for ferns should be of a soft fine texture to suit the very small fibres of their roots; it requires also to be kept constantly moist in imitation of the native habitations of these plants; which is generally under the shade of trees or rocks. Hence also they may be set in dark parts of the stoves where nothing else will thrive. Montlly gr4l. Our cA more generally ment is to be w! stove, a dry-stal and frames: 1 phere there is 2 ciently to Keep hope and feat 1S wiho have small g2 species of Hoes wastare still the first Week: an Book IT. MONTHLY FLORICULTURAL PRODUCTIONS, 933 Secr. IX. Selection of Dry and Bark-stove Plants, for such as have only 6740. Woody plants. Bambusa arundinacea, Barringtonia speciosa, Carica papaya, Catesbzea spinosa, Clerodendrum fra- grans, Coccoloba cerifera, Cocos nuci- fera, Corypha umbraculifera, Chamz- rops humilis, Cycas revoluta, Phoenix dactylifera, Coffea arabica, Crotolaria pulchra, Datura arborea, Dillenia spe- ciosa, Dracena draco, Ficus indica, Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, Lxora coccinea, Lagerstreemia regine, Mimosa ni- lotica, odoratissima, Myrtus pimenta, erium coronarium, odorum, Nyc- tanthes arbor tristis, Portlandia gran- diflora, Robinia violacea, Solandra one Hot-house to contain them. Tectona grandis, Vinea rosea, Volka- meria aculeata. Climbing. Convolvulus speciosus, Cra- teva fragrans, Dolichos urens, Ipo- moea digitata, Jasminum sambac, Pas- siflora coccinea, alata, racemosa. Succulents. Agave vivipara, Aloe pel- lucens, Cactus grandiflorus, melocac- tus, speciosus, Euphorbia clava, Pan- danus odoratissimus, Piper nigrum, Stapelia grandiflora. Bulbs. Amaryllis reginze, josephine, Crinum amabile, erubescens, latifoli- um, Heemanthus coccineus, Pancra- tium amoenum. grandiflora, Sterculia platantifolia, Herbaceous. rides odoratum, Arum a Cuar. XV. bicolor, Epidendrum, Gloriosa superba, Gloxinia maculata, Limodorum tankervillii, Phytolacca octandra, Polypodium aureum, Pteris grandiflora. Aquatics. Cyprus papyrus, Euryale fe- rox, Menianthes indica, Nelumbium speciosum, Nymphzea lotus, pubescens, rubra, Thalia dealbata. Reedy. Alpina racemosa, Canna glau- ca, indica, Heliconia bihai, Maranta arundinacea, Musa paradisiaca, sapi- entum, Saccharum officinarum, Stre- litzia reginee, Zingiber officinale. Monthly Catalogue of the leading Productions of Ornamental Horticulture. 6741. Our catalogue of monthly ornamental productions extends only to a few of the more generally known flowering plants and trees; what respects the hot-house depart- ment is to be understood as referring to flower-gardens, which contain at least a bark- stove, a dry-stove, one or more green-houses, and an adequate number of reserve-pits and frames. Those plants are marked(*) which may be produced from a small garden, where there is a green-house, flued-pit, and hot-beds; not in any quantity, but suffi- ciently to keep up a hope and a fear for every month. The keeping up of this sort of hope and fear is much more conducive to the sort of happiness or interest which those who have small gardens expect to derive from them, than a grand display of two or three species of flowers, occurring only once or twice in the year. ‘LOWER-GARDEN. == The crocus, tulip, and some alliums, beginning to emerge from the ground. If mild weather, perhaps some choice plant in flower, as(ue Christmas rose, daisy*, but generally no flower is to be seen at this season. JANUARY. SHRUBBERY. Evergreens display themselves to’ ad- vantage, especially the holly* with its coral berries. Calycanthus precox, red and white, and laurustinus* in flower. -FEBRUARY.— The snowdrop*, Christmas rose*, and winter aconite*, in flower; the cro- cus, crown-imperial, and other bulbs, fast advancing, if the weather be favorable. The male flowers of the hazel*, yew- tree*; those of erica carnea, and some shrubs, appear. The lark sings about the beginning of the month, and the thrush about the middle. 2 eae VATRICH HOT-HOUSE DEPARTMENT. In the green-house, the camellias* in full bloom, and some heaths and} australasian plants. In the stove, strelitzia¥, seven species, and some other plants. | From the pits ad hot-beds in the re- | serve-garden, forced roses, hyacinths and other bulbs, mignonette,&c placed in the conservatory, plant cabinet, or drawingroom. In the green-house, camellias* and heaths in great beauty, and also som species of oxalis, protea,&c. In the stove, strelitzia*, and some bulb and succulents. Forced articles from the pits as before. Among florists’ flowers, the crocus*, scilla¥, some hyacinths* and crown- imperials*, and also the primrose* and polyanthus are in bloom in the latter half of the month; saxifraga oppositifolia* among the alpines; and viola odorata* in a warm border, or on rock-work. Some pines, poplars, and willows*, show theix catkins; the sloe*, corne- lian cherry*, mezereon* different varieties, daphne pontica and collina, the lonicera nigra*, and rosemary in flower. The ring-dove begins to coo in the first The hyacinth*, narcissus*, auricula*, and polyanthus*, four of the most valued florists’ flowers are in perfec~ tion in the course of thismonth. Also, the scilla, fritillaria*, wallflower*; daisy*; pulmonaria officinalis, cyno- lossum, omphaloides* various saxi- ragas, and other alpines. Most of the wild fruit-trees, as crabs*. pears*, cherries*, and their allied species, are now in flower: most of the willows, birches, elms, and oaks, show their catkins. Among shrubs, the honeysuckle, some robinias*, andromedas*, daphnes, ericas*, and zanthorrhiza, are in flower. The auricula-stage still a fine object in the first week; and the polyan- thi narcissi not yet over. The col- lections of tulips*, anemones*, and pzonies*, in full beauty from the middle of the month. Many showy herbaceous plants, as statice*, lych- nis*, philox*,&c. coming into flower. Among the aquatics, hottonia palus- tris, and ranunculus aquatilis*. The horse-chestnut*, hawthorn*, sor- bus*, mespilus*, and snowdrop-tree*, in great beauty. Among the American shrubs, several species of magnolia*, azalea*; kalmia*, andromeda*,&c. and among common shrubs, the lilack, spireea*, guelder-rose*, honey- suckle*, the cinnamon, Scotch, bur- net-leaved, and monthly roses. Most of the singing birds in full note. 3.073 APRIZL,.———————————————___— SC In the green-house, some camellias still in flower; numerous heaths* ir great beauty; also aletris*, lachena+ liak, oxalis*, some geranie*, and above a dozen other genera. In the stove, some scitamene and bulbs; solandra grandiflora, plinia eugenia, and justicia. Forced articles as before. In the green-house, above thirty species of ericee*, and nearly as many of the ixiee* family, with lachenalia, oxalis acacia, and various other genera in] perfection. In the: stove, draceena*, bromelia* keempferia, stapelia, and some bulbs in flower. Abundance of forced articles, including} annuals, assweet peas, larkspurs,&c in flower. In the green-house, a fine display of ericee*, ixie*, and gladiolix. Also seq veral geraniz, salvize, protez,&c. In the stove, phytolacca decandra, pas! siflora racemosa*, and other species, justicia, heliconia, and various genera. From the forcing-department, gera- niums and other green-house plants, hydrangeas*, balsams* and other tender annuals. The collections of paonies and ane- The florists’ flowers of this month 934 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. JUNE. Parr III, FLOWER-GARDEN, mones not yet faded; those of ra- nunculus*, iris xiphium* and xi- phioides; and of the hardy gladioli* and ixiz, in full beauty. Assortments of pink*® and sweetwilliam*, in flower towards the end of the month; he- merocallis*, aquilegia*, campanula*, veronicak, and many showy herba- ceous perennials; some biennials, as agrostemma, aly ssum*,& 3 annuals, as crepis, cucubalus; aquatics, as bu- tomus*, hydrocharis, potamo seton 5 viola, saxifraga*, and various alpines. are, the pink*, and carnation*; the white martagon® and tyger lilies*; the Brompton stock*, larkspurs*, lu- pines, and other biennials and an- nuals. More herbaceous plants are now in flower than in any other month, as chelone®, delphinium*, dictamnus*, gentiana*, statice*, philox®, silene*, salvia, veronica, saxifraga,&c. The most showy of the aquatics, asnymphza*, nuphar*, villarsiax, alisma, calla, stratiotes, myosotis*,&c. are now in flower, and various alpines. SHRUBBERY. HOT-HOUSE DEPARTMENT, The lime, laburnum, and fringe-tree*, in flower; towards the middle of the month a number of the roses*; of Americans*, andromeda, magnolia, rhododendron maximum and_ pon- ticum, azalea,&c. Of common shrubs, cistus*, helianthemum, erica, dog- wood, elder, cytissus, spirea, loni- cera,&c. The goat-sucker, or fern-owl(Capri- mulgus ewropeus), heard in the even- ing of the first week. Most singing birds leave otf singing about the end of the month. JULY. In the green-house, chiefly tender an- nuals from the reserve-garden; the proper inhabitants being in the open| garden, and there the heaths, gera- nie, citrus tribe*, diosmz, protese &c. in great beauty. oy In the stove, amaryllisk, and‘other bulbs, aloe, piper, and other succu-} lents; eugenias, epidendrons, cassia castrum,&c. 7 The pits filled with tender annuals, or other plants, in the course of propa- gation and rearing. The tulip-tree*, magnolia* kalmia*, andromeda*, azalea*, erica*, several sorts, and some rhododendrons*, and other American or peat-earth shrubs in flower. Among the commoner sort, the roses* are now in full splendor. The white jasmine*, honeysuckles*, clematis*, spartium, gleditschia triacanthos, cistus, lyci- um, and a great variety of others of less note. Showy butterflies and moths appear in the beginning, and the dragon-fly towards the end of the month. < a The green-house is now filled with tender annuals, as balsams, globe4 amaranthus, coxcombs, ice-plants,] sensitive mimosas,&c. and probably with some of the stove plants. In the open air, the geraniz will be in great beauty, and also erica*, me- sembryanthemum*, melaleuca*, me- trosideros*, protea, and numerous! other genera. There are numerous stove plants now! in flower, as canna*, nelumbium, gloriosa*, amaryllis* pancratium,] cactus, euphorbia, myrtus, ipomeea* J justicia,&c. The reserve hot-houses as before. The florists’ flowers of this month are, the hollyhocks*, pyramidal_ bell- flowers*, lobelias, annual stocks*, and the poppies*, with lilium canadense* and four other American species. Numerous herbaceous plants are now in flower that first appear in July, and others, as aster* various species, astrantia, helianthus, anthericum* ossifragum, and numerous others first bloom in this month. Among the aquatics may be mentioned lobelia dortmanna*, polygonum hydropiper, and several species of potamogeton. AUGUST. Scarcely any trees are now in bloom; but of American shrubs there are va- rious sorts of azalea*, clethra*, and magnolia*, in perfection; and of se- lect common shrubs, the hibiscus*, withits numerous and beautiful varie- ties. The rose*¥, the honeysuckie*, yellow jasmine*, clematis*, spireea*, and dwarf zsculus, form a greater show in the shrubbery and rosary than in any other month. Robin-red-breast(Motacilla rulicula) sings about the last week, and butter- flies, moths, and dragon-flies abound during the whole month. The green-house as before. In the open air the plants growing vigorously; but excepting geraniz*, erice*, and| some succulents not many species im flower. In the stove, asclepias, convolvulus*, pancratium, lagerstraemia*, passiflo- ra*, plumbago, and numerous other; genera in flower. Tender annuals from the reserve-hot-| houses as before. SEPTEMBER. The florists’ flowers of this month are the dahlia*, which flowers also when excited by artificial heat previously to planting in the open ground in July eal August; but planted in the usual way, it is now in perfection. Among the bulbs there are only get COUN autumnale*, narcissus autumna is*, and scilla autumnale; the china aster, in all its varieties, is now in per- fection. Among the herbaceous per- ennials, aster*, solidago, helianthus, Aralia spinosa, some azaleas*, and kalmia*, Lord Macartney’s rose, and one or two othe: roses are in flower during the greater part of this month. But the chief ornament of the shrub- bery is the fruits of the mountain ash*, viburnum*, mespilus*, oxyacantha*, Siberian crab*, sorb*, lonicera*, ap- ple, rose*, elder,&c. Spiders, flies, and insects of all kinds, very numerous; few birds in song; but the fieldfare appears about the end of the month. gentiana*, phlox*, and asphodelus, are the chiet sorts. The florists’ flowers of this month are the Chinese chrysanthemums*, some of the hardier of which will now flower in the open air, and the others under a glass case or in the green- house; the colchicum*, autumn crocus, cyclamen europeum*, and amaryllis luteak. The principal herbaceous plants are, aster and so- lidago*, with asphodelus altissimus*, helianthus, gentiana*, and some other genera. The remains of last month in greater or less beauty, according to the wea- ther, and, perhaps, a few plants un- naturally in bloom. ase In the present mild and humid winter, there are now(December 31. 1821) in bloom in many gardens about London, stocks of several sorts, tark- spurs, violets, Indian pinks, pot-mari- golds, polyanthuses, primroses, genti- ans, monthly roses, yellow amaryllis, daisies, and various other plants. By a letter we have just received from a horticultural friend at Gottingen, (H. Herring), we find many of the same kinds of flowers were(Dec. 10th) in bloom in his garden. NOV 4 The green-house plants generally re- turned to their winter habitation in| course of this month; some heaths*, and pelargoniums*, and a few other species in flower. There are not many stove plants int flower at this season; sivaryllisk, pas- siflora, and some succulents may be mentioned. Tender annuals supplied from the} forcing-department of the reserve- peden, for decorating the plant-ca4 inet, conservatory, or drawingroom. — OCTOBER. Arbutus unedo* is the only beautiful shrub in flower, and also in fruit, at this season, gordonia, rhamnus, baccharis, clematis, and the common ivy are also in flower. The remains of last month, according to the weather. Clematis calycina*; and, perhaps, a few plants unnaturally in bloom. EMBER AND DECEMBER. Any spare room in the green-housé is now occupied with chrysanthe- mums*, and some dahlias* raised in pees and placed out of the reach ot ost, to prolong their bloom. A few ericas*, statice*, and geranie, still ing bloom. In the stove, vinca*, stapelia¥, and aj few others. The reserve-pits in preparation for forcing bulbs and roses. Dryandra*, erica®, lantana*, and ca-+ mellias*, about the middle of Decem4 ber, in the green-house. In the stove, all the species of stre- litziak, also stapelias, amaryllis* aletris*, and one or two other bulbs, From the_forcing-department, hya- cinths*, Persian iris*, and other bulbs monthly roses*, and, about Christ- mas, the Provence rose*, and othey) shrubs and flowers, such as sweet} briar, Persian_ lilac, varins lilac crabs of different sorts, pinks, sweet) williams,&c. hyo wr49, A gnee giration by sili accotdil al be od protect cially peer | ccasl0 plane rows of poplars for timber oF ather peoples natural forests fuel, rendere improved pra the fashion 0 rounded by' distinction tised: what seape-garden consideration. shall be mos We shall there and ornament; ation of a tree-l Jocue of timber 6749, The pu respect the actual those which resp considers trees a plantations of t value on ternto Sect. 6744, A tre in civil, milita and utensils: men or animal 614, Por cil foreign deal is ge durable in quality north is the Scote lariz), when erow | Wh On TI build architecture, the bankments, trll thinnings of yoy used for these ny latch plantations year’s growth of . Por mili taken; but the p Besides those of; cheraux de frise, COrbeule,&e, S741, Inn tes ate now Boox IIT. ARBORICULTURE. 935 BOOK III. ARBORICULTURE, OR PLANTING. 6742. A rree is an object which has at all periods been held in a certain degree of admiration by mankind, from its grandeur, its beauty, and its use: a few trees have accordingly been associated with the dweliings of civilised nations in every country. The Persians, Greeks, and Romans were particularly attached to trees: some of their greatest men were proud to acknowledge that they had made plantations with their own hands; and fine specimens, whether planted by nature or art, were held sacred, or spe- cially protected.(37.)~The Romans, besides the ornamental plantations of their villas, planted occasionally for useful purposes; they had live hedges, osier plantations, and rows of poplars and elms as props for their vines.(57.) The planting of extensive tracts for timber or fuel, however, does not appear to have been practised by them, or any other people, till the beginning of the sixteenth century, when the insufficiency of the natural forests, which had hitherto supplied civilised society in England with timber and fuel, rendered planting a matter of necessity and profit. In the century succeeding, the improved practice of agriculture created a demand for hedges and strips for shelter; and the fashion of removing from castles in towns and villages, to isolated dwellings sur- rounded by verdant scenery, led to the extensive employment of trees both as objects of distinction and value. For these combined purposes planting is now universally prac- tised: what relates to the effect of plantations, as parts of rural scenery, belongs to land- scape-gardening; and what relates to their use and culture is the subject at present under consideration. We must however keep both objects in view, as well in contriving what shall be most profitable, as in designing what shall be most ornamental or picturesque. We shall therefore consider the uses of trees and plantations with a view both to profit and ornament; the kinds of plantations, their formation, their management, the form- ation of a tree-nursery, the surveying and valuing of trees and plantations, and the cata- logue of timber-trees and hedge plants. — Cuar. I. Of the Uses of Trees and Plantations, and the Profits attending their Culture. 6743. The purposes for which plantations are, made, may be reduced to those which respect the actual consumption or employment of the tree or shrub individually; and those which respect their collective influence relative to surrounding objects. The first considers trees as affording timber, fuel, bark, and other products; and the second views plantations of trees as affording shelter, shade, fences, ornament, or otherwise conferring yalue on territory. Secr. I. Of the Uses of Trees individually, as Objects of Consumption. 6744. A tree is employed after it has attained a certain age, bulk, or dimension, either in civil, military, or naval architecture; in the construction of machines, implements, and utensils; as fuel; or as affording tannin or dyeing matter; food or medicine for men or animals; or poison for vermin. 6745. For civil architecture the matured timber of the pine and fir tribes is in greatest demand, and foreign deal is generally preferred to British produce, as being of larger growth, and more resinous and durable in quality and texture. That which approaches the nearest to the pine and fir timber of the north is the Scotch pine(Pinus syivestris), when grown in the north highlands, and the larch fir(Pinus larix), when grown in hilly or poor districts; resinous timber of the species indigenous in cold countries, when grown on rich soils, and in warm climates, being found deficient in durability. Oak and elm are also used in buildings, especially the former, as being of great durability and suitable for wooden bridges, break-waters, joists in damp situations or on ground-floors, sills, wall-plates, staircases, door and window frames, sashes,&c. Elm is not much used in buildings of magnitude, as being apt to twist, and not very durable; but it makes curiously variegated floors and steps of stairs, and very good weather-boarding for sheds and agricultural buildings. Besides timber and timber-like trees for the general purposes of civil architecture, there are some departments of rural construction, as the formation of fences, drains, em- bankments, trellis-work, arbors, and the supporting of plants in gardens, which consume branches, spray, thinnings of young plantations, and shoots even of a year’s growth. Almost any species of tree tl be used for these purposes; but the branches and spray of the oak, elm, and beech, the weedings of ash or larch plantations, the shoots of a few years’ growth of the oak, sweet chestnut, ash, and hazel, and of one year’s growth of certain species of willow are greatly preferred.:- 6746. For military architecture, by which we. mean chiefly the outworks of fortifications, any tree is taken; but the pine and fir tribes are greatly preferred, as requiring less labor in cutting and preparing. Besides those of a timber size for constructing bridges, portals, and others of less dimensions for palisadoes, chevaux de frise,&c.; branches, spray, and shoots are used for fascines, and fixed works en haie, en corbeille,&c. 6747. In naval architecture the oak is chiefly used. According to Marshall,‘ the keels are now pretty generally laid with elm or beech; and part of the upper decks of 304 a 936 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part III. men of war is deal: but these woods bear no proportion, in respect of tne quantity used, to the oak. The timbers of a ship are principatly crooked, but the planking is cut out of straight pieces. In a seventy-four gun ship, the crooked and straight pieces used are nearly equal, but the planking under water is of foreign oak; therefore, of English oak, the proportion of crooked to straight pieces is almost two to one. Masts and yards are of deal. The blockmakers use elm, lignum vite, box, and other hard woods. Upon the whole, it may be said, that, in the construction of a ship, oak is the only English wood made use of; and that of this English oak nearly two thirds are requisite to be more or less crooked.”’(Planting and Rural Ornament, i. 49.) 6748. In the construction of merchant-vessels, Monteath, in 1820, states, that‘‘ the out-keel commoniy used is of beech or elm, and made generally of two or three trees or pieces joined together to whatever length is required; these require to benearly straight. The keel-stone, or inner keel, requires trees of nearly the same description, but chiefly oak. Floor timbers are sometimes used of elm and beech, and are a little crooked. First crooks are a good deal crooked towards the one end, as they begin to ascend up the vessel, and are more valuable than the floor timbers, but are also used sometimes of elm and beech. Upright timbers are always made of oak, and are considerably crooked, for elm or beech is seldom put into a good vessel, except the lower part, where the vessel is always under water when light. Top timbers are also of oak, but not so valuable, as they are mostly straight. Beams go under the deck of the vessel, and are also all oak, and have but a small crook, but require trees of considerable length. Knees are always of oak, and are the most principal crooks in the vessel. The stem-piece is a very particular crook. Breast-hooks also have particular crooks. Stern-posts and windlass are straight pieces. Trees that will cut up for planking are used of as great a length as they can be got, and are the better for having a considerable crook or curve one way; these are used of elm or beech for planking under water, but four planks of oak are required for one of beech or elm for this purpose.’’(Forester’s Guide, p. 111.) 6749. Straight timber is bent to any form by the use of steam, and other improvements in ship-building; and thus the larch or any sound resinous timber may be employed, and is so to a certain extent for com- mercial ships. Sir A. Grant, an experienced planter, is of opinion, that‘‘ the Jarch will, in a short pe- riod, instead of the oak, bear the thunder of Britain on her element, the ecean.”(Gen. Rep. of Scot. ii. 270.) Ina communication to the President of the Board of Agriculture, by Wilson, of London, dated in 1797, the idea is suggested of combining small timbers for all the purposes of ship-building. He suggests, that oak of only thirty-three years’ growth, by this mode of combining, may be employed where trees of a hundred years old would be requisite by the old method: and he maintains, that ships so built sail faster, and are less liable to accident.(Gen. Rep. ii. 199.) The use of timber of small growth has been already introduced in the construction of masts for the largest vessels, either by splicing pieces properly adapted together; or, by forming hollow masts from small timber, which, uniting strength with lightness, have advantages which solid ones do not possess.(Perring and Money on Ship-building.) 6750. In the construction of machines, the millwright’s chief material is oak, beech, and crab-tree for cogs; alder, and sometimes willow, fer float-boards; and fir and oak for shafts and frame-work. The waggon and cartwright uses oak and ash for bodies, axles, and spokes; elm for naves, fellies, and linings; sometimes also the softer woods for lin- ings, as poplar, willow, lime, and horse-chestnut. The coachmaker and ploughwright use more ash than any other sort of timber. Gates are made of oak and deal, and their posts of oak or larch; the soft woods are sometimes used, but are far from being durable. Ladders are formed chiefly of deal, or of poplar and willow, as being light; pumps and water-pipes generally of elm and alder; beech and sycamore are used in making calen- ders and cheese-presses,&c. For all these purposes the timber must be full-grown, with some exceptions, as young or root-cut oak and ash for spokes and shafts. 6751. For implements, root-cut ash is in general use for the handles of such as require to bear great stress, as of the spade, fork, mattock, forge-hammers,&c.; willow or deal, of the lighter tools, as the hoe, rake, scythe; beech and sycamore for the common tools and instruments of carpenters; box, holly, elder,&c. for the more select tools of artisans, and for mathematical and gaugers’ instruments. 6752. For utensils, under which is included household furniture, the chief British wood used by the cabinet-maker is beech for bed-frames, chairs, and sofas; next, birch and broad-leaved elm for the same purposes; oak for gothic furniture; the cherry, plum, holly, yew, box, walnut, lime, poplar, and a great variety of woods for occasional purposes; and deal enters more or less into the construction of almost every thing he makes. The musical instrument-maker uses lime, box, yew, holly, plum-tree, and poplar. The carver uses chiefly lime, and next, pine-deal; the cooper uses oak, and some chestnut for large casks and vessels, corn-measures,&c.; birch and alder for herring-barrel staves, sycamore for herring-barrel ends; these, since a law passed authorising herrings to be put into barrels made from British timber, have been in great demand(Monteath); ash for dairy utensils, butter-firkins, flour-barrels,&c.; oak for well- buckets and water-pails, and, in some places, for milk-pails and other dairy utensils; beech is occasionally used for the same purpose, and for soap-firkins, and willow, oak, ash, and hazel for hoops. The brush- maker uses beech, sycamore, birch, and some holly and box, and also poplar and lime-tree; locksmiths, the soundest oak, from the root-cut or but-end of the trunk; the block-maker, for printing and bleach- ing-works, uses sycamore; the turner, beech, sycamore, box, and holly; trunk and packing-case makers, deal, poplar, elm, or whatever soft wood may be cheapest at the time; coffin-makers use chiefly elm, sometimes oak; basket-makers the root-shoots of the willow, and sometimes of the hazel; bee-hive and straw utensil makers use the bramble and willow; besom-makers the spray of the birch, broom, heath; last and patten makers, alder and birch; the toy-maker, lime, and other soft woods, and also box, holly, and yew. For most of these purposes, the trees must have attained a timber size, and for some of them, they should be full-grown. 6753. For fuel, any ligneous vegetable may be used at any age, and either the body or trunk and root of the plant, or its branches and spray._Resinous trees, excepting the larch, afford most flame, and may be used the soonest after being cut; the ash next in order, then the birch, whose oily bark burns clear; oak and elm burn the slowest; and the roots of trees are generally of more slow combustion than their tops. To produce fuel in a short time, the most rapid-growing tree is the common tree-acacla(Robinia Il. Book yt) wu branch og 00d pr ve of o i especially t i gistilation, forsalt in preset excepting the re for the garden. fia. For foo sweet chestnut, roan, hip, and I anid some parts in sufficient qu gwvine, haws 10 both by domes Juxuries of the security from t 6758. For m berries of the ¢ derable repute, demand as sul, sycamore,&e, poplar, and willor bark produce, ( \ 6761. Trees ¢ proving the local distinction, appr agreeable object 6762 Shelte er asecure retreat t the nearest tree a af security, wher Considered agri tracts of barren Tight of afordin The fact that tt ciently establis even but mode ing of cattle, 2 and, in instane those most shel that of the neig cause, we shal account of the Which have it j them by the tre spring and aut and April.” shelter is not 5763, Climate, af climate, which ( ate the arrestin air; regulating th ating intense hes abundance of Wate and Watery clouds mer to the und My Which their ax ‘mation of avala Nees to what has| "the woody Surf: ARlsh author| 19 ho than OF comm! Boox III. USES OF TREES AND PLANTATIONS. 937 pseudacacia). Charcoal, as fuel, is prepared by subjecting roots, or the more ligneous parts of branches, to a smothering combustion. 6754. For affording the tannin principle, the bark of the oak is chiefly used; but that of the Hunting- don willow(Salix alba), larch, black poplar, birch, chestnut, hazel, thorn, and some other trees, is found to afford it in such quantities as renders it worth while to disbark them for that purpose.(Ag7. Chem. 89. and Com. to Board of Agr.)'The bark is most powerful when taken from the tree at an early age, and hence the oak is cut down before it attains a timber size, for that purpose, as in copse-woods; but the bark of old trees is also used. Y 6755. For dyeing, the bark of several trees was. formerly in use, as of the crab-apple, pear, ash, alder,&c. The bark of the quercitron(Quercus tinctoria) is used for dyeing yellow in North America; but in this country, foreign materials, as indigo, logwood, madder,&c. have superseded the use of indigenous, or home- grown vegetables. The berries of some trees, as of the elder, and berry-bearing alder; and the leaves of others, as of the walnut and sloe, have also been used as dye-stuffs. 6756. In various arts and manufactures some of the products of trees are used, as the charcoal(of the dogwood principally) in that of gunpowder; the pitch of the pine, the resin of the spruce fir, and the tur- pentine of the larch, for a great variety of purposes. The ashes of the burnt branches of all trees, but especially of the ash, afford alkali for the laundress; the spray of the beech and other trees affords, on distillation, the pyroligneous acid, an excellent preservative of timber, and, when purified, a substitute for salt in preserving butcher-meat; the bark of the holly affords birdlime; and the leaves of all trees, excepting the resinous kinds, rot into excellent manure for the field, and highly prized yegetable mould for the garden. 6757. For food to man, in his present state, the timber-trees afford but little resource; but nuts of the sweet chestnut, walnut, and hazel are still esteemed, and our ancestors used the acorn, beech-mast, haw, roan, hip, and bramble. A very agreeable drink is made from the sap of the birch-tree in Sweden, Russia, and some parts of Britain; and, in America, sugar is obtained from the sugar-maple(Acer saccharinum) in sufficient quantities to be used in domestic economy. Mast and acorns are esteemed excellent food for swine, haws for deer, and the leaves and spray of many sorts of trees are, or may be, eaten during winter both by domestic and wild animals. Game, which, in every cultivated country, is one of the greatest luxuries of the table, is localised by plantations, in which both birds and quadrupeds find at once shelter, security from their enemies, and food. i 6758. For medicine, the products of scarcely any British tree is in use; but the bark, blossoms, and berries of the elder; the fruit of the sloe and crab, and the leaves of the walnut were formerly in consi- derable repute, and are occasionally used.: 6759. As poisons for vermin, the leaves of the walnut, elder, and ash are used by infusion for destroy- ing, or rather annoying, worms by their bitter acrid quality; a glutinous snare for entrapping birds is obtained from the holly and mistletoe. 6760. General result. From the above outline it may be inferred, that the timber-trees in most general demand as such, are the oak, pine, and fir tribes; and next the ash, elm, beech, poplar, willow, birch, sycamore,&c. In the greater number of cases, ceteris paribus, the oak, larch, Scotch pine, ash, abele, poplar, and willow, will be found the most profitable trees that can be planted with a view to timber or bark produce. Szcr. II. Of the Uses of Trees collectively as Plantations. 6761. Trees collectively in a growing state may be useful by affording shelter and im- proving the local climate, improving bad soils, producing shade, by separation, seclusion, distinction, appropriation, concealment of disagreeable objects, heightening the effect of agreeable objects, creating beauty, and adding value prospectively. 6762. Shelter and climate. The umbrageous roof of the forest afforded shelter, and a secure retreat to our savage forefathers; and their civilised descendants still resort to the nearest tree as a place of shelter during a casual storm; to the thick forest as a place of security, when they set the laws of their country at defiance, or have committed crime. Considered agriculturally,‘ the advantages to be derived from subdividing extensive tracts of barren country by plantations, are evidently great, whether considered in the light of affording immediate shelter to the lands, or in that of improving the local climate. The fact that the climate may be thus improved, has, in very many instances, been suffi- ciently established. It is, indeed, astonishing how much better cattle thrive in fields even but moderately sheltered than they do in an open exposed country. In the breed- ing of cattle, a sheltered farm, or a sheltered corner in a farm, is a thing much prized; and, in instances where fields are taken by the season for the purpose of fattening them, those most sheltered never fail to bring the highest rents, provided the soil be equal with that of the neighboring fields which are not sheltered by trees. If we enquire into the cause, we shall find that it does not altogether depend on an early rise of grass, on account of the shelter afforded to the lands by the plantations; but, likewise, that cattle which have it in their power, in cold seasons, to indulge in the kindly shelter afforded them by the trees, feed better; because their bodies are not pierced by the keen winds of spring and autumn; neither is the tender grass destroyed by the frosty blasts of March and April.”(Plant. Kal. p.121.) In gardening, as we have already seen(2400.), shelter is not less important than in general economy. 6763. Climate. An Italian author(G. Gautieri) has enumerated and illustrated the advantages, in point of climate, which entire tracts of country derive from extensive woods and forests. These,” he says, “* are the arresting the progress of impetuous and dangerous winds; maintaining the temperature of the air; regulating the seasons; lessening intense cold; opposing the formation and increase of ice; moder- ating intense heats; producing abundance of rain and snow; giving origin to springs, and producing abundance of water in the rivers; discharging the electricity of the atmosphere; dispersing hail, snow, and watery clouds; preserving from inundations; lessening the width and depth of torrents; opposing a barrier to the undermining of banks, and the formation of precipices; preserving the soil on mountains, by which their external figure is maintained; and, finally, retaining within bounds, or disturbing the formation of avalanches, or accumulations of snow.” He illustrates each of these propositions by refer- ences to what has taken place in Italy and Germany, in consequence of alterations that have been made in the woody surfaces of these countries..(Dello Influsso de’ Boschi,&c. Milano, 1817.) Williams, an English author(1292.), has endeavored to show that the climate of Britain is deteriorating by the increase 938 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Piet: of plantations. These, whether in masses or even in hedge-rows, increase the evaporating surface, and consequently render the atmosphere more humid; an open country, he says, would be more dry airy, arid wholesome. This is, no doubt, correct; and, perhaps, some valleys and plains are more thickl; stnided with hedge-rows and strips, than a strict regard to the culture of corn, or the salubrity of the ats here would justify: but the same objection will not apply to elevated situations and bleak hilly a cu one allows are greatly improved by planting, both in climate, agricultural produce, and general effect. 6764. Improving bad soils.“ It certainly is not one of the least recommendations of planting,” observes Pontey,“ that it may be made to contribute essentially to the improvement of a bad soil, as is the case on sterile heaths and commons, where three means, the consequences of the planting, act together in pro moting such improvement. The first is, the shade of the trees, which, by decomposing the vegetable matter on the surface soil, renders it at once more fertile, and easily penetrable by the roots. The second is, that by the decomposition of the annual fall of leaves, an addition is made to the vegetable soil, and that of the very best description. The third circumstance is, that as the roots collect a great deal of their support from a depth much lower than field vegetables are used to reach, they hence convert the useless into useful. In short, instances are not wanting, where land previously producing little besides heath has, after producing a crop of trees, more especially firs, proved without further means very tolerable pasture.”(Profitable Planter, p. 931.) In the Agricultural Report for Perthshire(p. 243.) a heathy tract is referred to, between Cupar and Perth, containing 2000 acres, which, after being twenty years under a crop of Scotch firs, was profitably subjected to aration. 6765. The shade of trees is highly grateful to man, whether reposing under a single tree, or in a state of recreation under the shadow of a row, or in an avenue, grove, or woodland path.‘‘ Shelter,” Sang observes,“ 1s not more useful in cold seasons, than the shade of trees is gratifying to cattle in hot ones. In an exposed open field, under a burning sun, the torture which cattle often endure is truly distressing.”(Plant. Kal. 122.) In garden culture, shade is of great value; but walls are oc casionally preferred to trees for this purpose; and next to walls, hedges or trees cut in the hedge manner. 6766. The separation produced by ligneous vegetables, in the form of hedges, is of long use in gardening, and of great and acknowledged importance in agriculture. In the latter art it may be considered as a criterion of improved culture; for when land lies intermixed, and is cultivated in what is called the common-field manner, the want of sufficient individual interest precludes all extraordinary exertion, and the country so cultivated has the same appearance now, that it had many centuries ago.‘Even on entire properties lying open, the want of the power of separating and classing cattle, and regulating their mode of grazing, and protecting particular fields for particular purposes,&c. is found so great a disadvantage as to be quite incompatible with the practice of improved farming. 6767. The seclusion afforded by trees, either as hedges, rows, strips, or groups to dwellings of limited surrounding territory may be desired from taste, or rendered necessary by personal infirmity, political, local, or pecuniary circumstances. Trees, by their elevation and foliage, shut out external objects, ob- struct the gaze of the over-curious, and do not invite the visits of any one; while they leave the occupant in the centre of a little world of his own, in which he may enjoy himself in his own way. 6768. The distinction any sort of trees afford to a dwelling in a naked solitary country, or exotic species in one already wooded, is often desirable, as conveying cheerful and social ideas to the passing stranger, and procuring for the owner that applause for improvement which he feels to be his due. In extensive demesnes the outlines or prominent parts of them, may be indicated by particular sorts of trees; so as, from the house, or from a prospect-tower, in a central part of the estate, to render the contour of the whole distinguishable. Where common, or any one kind of trees abound, uncommon or exotic kinds may be made use of; or a common tree, pruned in a particular way, will have an adequate effect. 6769. To appropriate, harmonise, or render apparently a part of a near estate, distant woody territory which does not belong to it, may be considered as a selfish principle under the disguise of a social one; put it is, at all events, harmless in a moral point of view, and is valuable as a device in improving the beauty of real landscape. Whatever may be the kinds of trees, or the forms in which they are planted in the distant or adjoining property, which we may wish to appropriate(fig. 625. aa); the principle is, to plant the same sorts of trees in corresponding forms(4), in the property which we can call our own. 6770. The concealment of disagreeable objects by trees is too obvious, useful, and universal an improve- ment to require being enlarged on. This is one of the most important uses to which they are applied in small demesnes in a populous country, or near large towns. The desire of shutting out the houses of others, and especially of our poorer neighbors, does not so much arise from dislike either to the objects or the inhabitants, as from love of verdant scenery, and from a wish to have a country-seat as much like the country as possible. The desire of shutting out manufactories, steam-engines, coal-works, work- houses,&c. is still greater, because these objects excite ideas by no means In harmony with rural quiet R but no one ever thinks of shutting out a distant farm-house, solitary cottage, church, water-mill, bridge, monument, or ruin; for these are all interesting and agreeable objects, which are either characteristic ot the country, or very generally occur there. 6771. Trees heighten the effect of agreeable oljects by associating or grouping with them; and thereby forming a more perfect whole. Every whole consists of a number of parts, and the more varied the parts, provided they are allied among themselves, and not confused or redundant, the greater must be the effect cf the whole.‘Trees contri- bute to the beauty of objects already beautiful; by lending new forms, new colors, varied light and shade; by their own motion, by inviting birds, and even by their smell. All these qualities are interesting to the moral and picturesque observer, and of great poor I portance to nt fe will con sent this kind hut planting co &e. has some e! Grampian range G74. Bean flat surface w sort, and in by many sor forms of pla has its partic ters this ch trees, or to s those of its ¢ the beauty th surface on wl 6715, The val ies of trees, Arranged, and value of perfection, Th the time of the above the valy which will aris but Where, prol the real value ¢ Ofmiamental app ation as capital OUSpring+ and. trom the progre we pen ton Mote interestj Mees he ins a Carries him doy NR neither begi pert ar y assoc ath . wh let allied#| t of HEP nding™ pirds, a Ny requ‘ Boox III. USES OF TREES AND PLANTATIONS. 989 importance to the improver, whether he displays water, or erects buildings, or harmonises rocks and mountains. A country-house without trees is felt by every one to be but a part of a whole. 6772. Trees may direct the eye to objects that would otherwise escape notice, or whose beauties would be lost in a general view. By employing them in the foreground of a scene to shut out uninteresting dis- tance or mere sky, the eye may be led to repose on some agreeable near, or interesting distant object, which it had before wandered over unnoticed. By this sort of indication, accompanied bya seat, the dome of St. Paul’s at London, of St. Peter’s at Rome, and the cupola of the Iwan Wilika of Moscow, are seen from the grounds of residences at twenty or thirty miles’ distance from these capitals; and in this way the worthy and amiable Shenstone, pointed out the Wrekin, and church-spire of Halesowen, from the rustic path of the Leasowes. 6773. Trees render indifferent objects interesting when judiciously grouped with them, so as to seem to conceal, by accident, that which we should desire or imagine to be there. Thus, a fragment of a wall, or of a tower, emerging from a thicket, may, by imagination be considered as an index to the main body of the ruined mansion or castle concealed by the wood. A broken gothic arch emerging from a thick wood may seem the commencement of a cloister or the aisles of a ruined abbey. A large stone lying on a naked surface is an object of little interest in a picturesque point of view, but surrounded bya few trees and bushes, it may be taken for part of a stratum of rock. A few yards of brick wall, standing naked and bare in a field would be considered as a deformity; partially cover it with ivy, which may first ascend and then mantle over its top, and add a holly or thorn, a briar, and an oak or ash, and a beautiful group is produced. In scenery, where great deformities or featureless extent is mixed with beauty or grandeur, trees will conceal the latter, and display the former to advantage. Ranges of naked mountains often pre- sent this kind of mixture of feature, dulness and want of grouping(jig. 626.), which no improvement but planting could amehorate and render tolerable. Gilpin, in his Tours to the Lakes and Highlands, &c. has some excellent observations on this subject; and there are various instances in the Pentland and Grampian ranges of hills where improvements of this sort have been executed with the happiest effect. (fig. 627.) flat surface will be rendered more interesting by scattering a few trees over it, of any sort, and in almost any manner: but it may be grouped or massed by one, a few, or by many sorts; or laid out in avenues, stars, platoons, and other modern or ancient forms of planting, so as to become a scene of positive beauty. Every species of trees has its particular form, bulk, mode of growth, flowering,&c. which constitute its charac- ter; this character varies with the age of the tree, and its situation, relative to other trees, or to soil, climate,&c. Now, as every tree may be grouped, or combined with those of its own species, or with any or all of the others, in an endless variety of ways, the beauty that may thus be created by trees alone, can only be limited by the extent of surface on which they are to be grown. 6775. The value of landed property containing plantations is enhanced prospectively by the various pro- perties of trees.“It is very generally known,” Sang observes,‘‘ that such estates as havea quantity of well arranged, healthy timber upon them, when brought to sale, bring an extra price, according to the quality and value of the wood, not only at the time of sale, but, counting forward on its value, to the period of its perfection. Thus, supposing the half-grown timber on an estate to be valued at ten thousand pounds at the time of the sale, instances are to be found where thirty thousand pounds have been given, over and above the valuation of the lands. The purchasers of such estates wisely foresee the increase of value which will arise from healthy timber growing where it may not only be cherished till of full maturity, but where, probably, it can then be turned to the best advantage by reason of its local situation. But, besides the real value of grown timber, there is most generally an ideal value attached to it, namely, that of its ornamental appearance.”(Plant. Kal. 124.) A landed proprietor, whois a parent, looks ona thriving plant- ation as capital laid out at compound interest, and on the most undoubted security, for the benefit of his offspring; and he values it in this respect the more, because no man can determine the ratio in which, from the progress of the trees, and the future prosperity of the country, it may increase in value. It does not happen to many to plant trees and cut them down at a mature age; but this only renders planting a more interesting performance to the man who is in secure enjoyment of an estate; for in his full-grown trees he finds a link which connects him with his ancestors, and in his young plantations another which carries him down with his posterity to the next age. In this way he may imagine himself a being‘‘ hav- ing neither beginning of days nor end of life.” PRACTICE OF GARDENING. HAs ora Secr. III. Of the Profits of Planting. 6776. From the seemingly distant advantages of planting has arisen the practice, by authors, of presenting statements of the profits, pleasures, and honors attending it, with a view to excite the selfish or patriotic feelings of their readers.‘“ The profits of planting,” says Marshall,“ are great, when properly executed, and this idea adds solidity to the enjoyment. Pleasure alone may satiate; but profit and pleasure united seldom fail of producing 2 lasting gratification.”’ Every one who has the least taste for country matters, must be alive to the agreeable and satisfactory feelings with which plantations are formed; and certainly there is something disinterested and respectable in incurring a present expense for what in most cases is to benefit a future generation; but as to the extraordinary profits, either of a near or far distant period, they are by no means to be depended on. With respect to the absolute profit to be derived from trees or plantations, considered independently, it is easy, by a calculation founded on a seem- ingly very moderate data, to make the clear gain attending the raising of any crop ap- pear considerable; and, accordingly almost every speculative cultivator, whether of corn or trees, calculates on making a fortune in a very few years, as soon as he can get pos- session of a farm or a tract of waste. The truth is, however, that though accidental circumstances may render it more profitable to cultivate one kind of crop, either of trees or corn, at one time and place rather than another;_ yet, on the whole, the profits of capital employed in any way in agriculture or planting must, on the general average, be nearly the same. The certain lapse of time which must ever intervene between the planting of trees and their attaining a disposable size, must alone render any calculation made at the time of planting, extremely problematical, In planting, as in every other branch of culture, extraordinary profit is attended by extraordinary production, which soon sinks the market value of the article; add also, that in a commercial, free and highly taxed country, whenever any article attains a very high price, substitutes are found at home, or imported from abroad; so that no particular crop should be consi- dered as exclusively the best to cultivate, and no extraordinary profits ever calculated on from any crop. Plantations should be made with a joint view to all or part of the ad- vantages which we have shown to be attendant on them; but no more ultimate profit calculated on, from the disposal of the trees, than what is expected from capital laid out on any other territorial improvement; indeed, the safest principle on which to act, is to consider capital employed in planting, as on a par with that laid out in the purchase of landed property. 6777. With respect to the value of trees as plantations, or in masses, that is entirely relative; and must be sought for in the additional value conferred on the adjoining lands by the improvement of their climate, or their beauty. This sort of value cannot easily be subjected to any general rules of estimation; but unques- tionably capital employed in planting and cultivating trees for such purposes, especially for the former, or when they are both united, may be considered as likely in the end to yield a greater interest than that em- ployed in the ordinary routine of tree or corn culture. In bleak exposed situations, the advantages which have arisen from screen plantations have in some cases been so great as to be estimated at a third of the vanted they must be considerable. These, however, value of the land, and in every case where shelter is w should be looked on by the prudent man rather in the light of extraordinary cases, attended by unforeseen risks, and though depending chiefly on skill, yet in some degree also on chance. ———— Cuav. II. Of the different kinds of Trees and Plantations. onsidered the different objects for which trees and plantations are cul- 6778. Having ¢ p shall be to arrange trees and plantations, according to their qualities, tivated, our next ste for fulfilling these objects. Secr. I. Of the Classification of Trees relatively to their use and effect in Landscape. 6779. Timber is the grand object for which trees are cultivated, and it is either straight or crooked in form, large or small in dimension, hard, soft, or resinous in quality, brittle or flexible in texture, smooth or rough grained, and plain-colored or variegated in appearance. 6780. Straight timber is chiefly produced by the pine and fir tribes, and such other trees whose Jateral branches do not generally acquire'a timber size, as the Lombardy poplar, hornbeam, deciduous cypress. 6781. Crooked timber may be produced by any branching tree; but chiefly by the oak, sweet chestnut, broad-leaved elm, walnut,&c. d A 6782. Timber of large dimension, in regard to length, is produced by the spruce fir, larch, Lombardy poplar, ash, narrow-leaved elm; in regard to diameter by the oak, sweet chestnut, and elm; magnitude in both dimensions is united in the narrow-leaved elm, beech, oak, and larch fir. 6783. Timber of small dimensions is produced by the yew, holly, thorn, ash, maple, laburnum,&c. 6784. Timbers, hard in quality, or, what a beech, plane, walnut, box, holly, yew,&e. re called the hard woods, are the oak, chestnut, sycamore, ash, Softer timbers, or the soft woods, are the poplar, willow, lime, 785. Bar That which yet ascertain bardy popla larch.(659: e790.(hare at the follow maple, ay 9 7 (d Chem. a es areal yr 6788. Po renew them the ash, eli but slightly also t0 be( fir, Seotch mentioned the revolut thrives, all 6760, For which hi seldom with puns, pyrus,) 6790. For and such as a spruce fir; th the deciduous poplar, willow : ! posed to the s from the grout the shade and| shelter, and ye stems, and use GI91, For shadi Scotch pine, la horse-chestnut of the pin as the Scotth 7 Ordinary sorts 6795. Fo trees may he 6796, Ma Carolina pop tees, A m Xceed in bre ‘te very sleng 8797, Fon Boox III. CLASSIFICATION OF TREES. 941 horse-chestnut. Resinous timbers are the pine and fir tribes. Brittle timber is exemplified in acacia, horn- beam, and spindle-tree; jlerible, in the ash, broad-leaved elm, and chestnut; smooth-grained, in the lime yoplar, willow, hornbeam; coarse-grained, in the ash, oak, and chestnut; plain-colored, in the willow, lime, Folie and variegated, in the yew, thorn, walnut, elm, plum, and many others. 4 6785. Bark, which contains the tannin principle, is an important product of trees. That which affords it in greatest quantity is the oak; and next, as far as chemists have yet ascertained, the Leicester willow(Salix alba, var.), Spanish chestnut, ash, sloe, Lom- bardy poplar, hazel, elm, common willow, sycamore, beech, horse-chestnut, birch, and larch.(659.& Agr. Chem. 89.) 6786. Charcoal, which is made from either branches, trunk, or roots, has been afforded by different trees at the following rates per cent.; laburnum, 24°5; chestnut, 23°2; oak, 22°6; walnut, 20°6; holly, beech, maple, 199; elm, 195; Norway pine, 192; sallow, 184; ash, 17:9; birch, 17-4; Scotch pine, 16°4. (Agr. Chem. 105.) Proust found the greatest proportion of charcoal to be afforded by the ash.(698.) 6787. Ashes have been afforded by the oak at the rate of 15; elm, 39; beech, 12; and poplar, 7 parts in ten thousand.(Agr. Chem. 113.) The result of Saussure’s experiments, on procuring ashes from trees, have been already related.(703.) 6788. For fuel and fencing. The tendency of trees to produce laterai branches, and renew them when lopped off, is an important quality, and exists in an eminent degree in the ash, elm, oak, willow, poplar, lime,&c.; but not at all in the pine and fir tribes, and but slightly in the plane, walnut, and some others. Those which grow most rapidly are also to be desired as fuel-trees, as the acacia, poplar, willow, in most soils; and the larch fir, Scotch pine, and birch, on such as are dry.‘The ailanthus glandulosus may also be mentioned as a bulky and rapid-growing tree. On the chalky hills at Mereville(before the revolution one of the most extensive parks and magnificent seats in France), this tree thrives, and attains a considerable size, where few others will grow. 6789. For hoops, basket-willows, besom-spray, implement-handles, poles,&c. the renewal of trees or shrubs which have been cut down, or technically, their tendency to stole or shoot out from the collar, is an im- portant consideration. This quality does not belong to the pine and fir tribes; and only slightly to the beech, sycamore, alder, plane,&c.; but liberally to all those mentioned above, as renewing their branches, and indeed to most trees not resinous. For the same objects, the tendency of trees to send up suckers or root-shoots deserves also the attention of the planter. This never takes place with the resinous trees, and seldom with the oak, beech, chestnut, ash, plane,&c.; but it is general with the elm, poplar, acacia, prunus, pyrus, mespilus, lime, and several willows. 6790. For shelter, rapid-growing and evergreen trees are desirable, as the Scotch pine; and such as are at the same time clothed with branches from the ground upwards, as the spruce fir; the best of all trees for shelter, unless the situation is very elevated. Among the deciduous trees, the fast-growing branchy sorts are most desirable, as the larch, birch, poplar, willow; in very elevated situations, the birch, mountain ash, and Scotch fir; ex- posed to the sea-breeze, the elder and sycamore.‘To maintain a branchy leafy screen from the ground upwards, intermix trees and shrubs which stole; or such as grow under the shade and drip of others, as the holly, hazel, dogwood, box, yew,&c.‘To produce shelter, and yet admit of the growth of grass below the trees, prune any sort to single stems, and use chiefly deciduous sorts. 6791. For shade, close plantations are seldom desirable, a free circulation of air being necessary to cool- ness; therefore use trees with lofty stems and large heads, and prune them to single stems a certain height, as the oak, elm, chestnut, beech, for thick shade; the plane, acacia, poplar, for lighter shade; the birch, balm of Gilead fir, and lime, for cdoriferous shade; and avoid the walnut, elder, and laburnum, the atmo- sphere under which is reckoned deleterious. 6792. For improving bad soils, and for all the purposes of planting, the soil and situation, affected by or natural to trees, is an important study for the planter. Some are aquatics, or delight in moist situations near water, as most of the willow and poplar tribes, the alder and elder; others are mountain trees, as the Scotch pine, larch fir, mountain ash, sorb; some delight in valleys or plains, as the narrow-leaved elm, horse-chestnut, plane, lime, oak; others, in craggy steeps and dells, as the ash, silver and spruce firs, most of the pines, and many more; some on chalky soils, as the beech; others on clays, as the oak; on sand, as the Scotch pine; anda few trees will grow in the most opposite situations and soils, as the elder, which is found on mountain tops and on the sea-shore; the birch on the highest mountains, on dry rocks, and on marshes. For the poorest soils, whether high or low, choose the birch, larch, and Scotch pine; and for the richest, the ash, elm, oak, chestnuts, limes, poplars, and willows. 6793. For the purposes of the separation of, or defence from, the inferior animais, the plantations called hedges, or close rows of shrubs, are adopted; when these are to be Zow, such shrubs as send out numerous branches from the root upwards, and are of great durability, are most desirable; as the holly among ever- greens; and the hawthorn, sloe, crab, beech, buckthorn, and hornbeam, among deciduous sorts. For moist situations, the alder, elder, birch, and willow, are to be preferred; and for dry upland sites, the juniper, whin, birch, and elder; avoid poisonous trees, as the yew. For tall or tree hedges, such trees as the elm, beech, hornbeam, lime, birch, and spruce fir, are desirable; but the holly excels all other plants for a hedge, whether low or tall, and is liable to no other objection than its slow growth, which occasions a con- siderable expense in protecting it till it is able to serve for defence. e 4 6794. For seclusion and concealment, branchy leafy trees, a number of which have been mentioned (6790.), are obviously desirable; and, for distinction, either sorts different from what are already there, or ordinary sorts pruned and made to assume extraordinary forms. 6795. For the various purposes of ornament, beauty, or effect, in landscape, the hardy trees may be arranged as to magnitude, form, mode of growth, duration, and expression. 6796. Magnitude. Trees of great height are, the English elm, ash, larch, Polish and Carolina poplars,&c.; but the laburnum, mountain ash, and evergreen oak, are very low trees. A medium in height may be found in the maple, pine, and birch. Some trees exceed in breadth, as the oak, Spanish chestnut, and Scotch elm; others of different heights are very slender, as the Lombardy poplar, cypress, and bird-cherry. 6797. Form. The oak and Spanish chestnut afford the most irregular and picturesque 942 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. shapes, with round heads; the English elm and ash have long narrow forms, and round heads; the beech and horse-chestnut, compact ovate forms, with obtuse heads; the spruce and pine tribes, in general, have conical shapes, and pointed spiry tops; the Lombardy poplar, cypress, and most willows, have long narrow shapes, and oblong tops. 6798. Color. The Scotch pine, yew, and horse-chestnut, are dark-green; the larch and elm, a yellow-green; the abele, Huntingdon willow, a silvery-green,&c. 6799. Mode and time of growth. The nature of some trees is to lose their lower branches as they increase in height, as the fir tribe; and others have a tendency to retain them, as the wych elm. In some the branches descend, and often recline on the ground, as the lime-tree and platanus. Some are very compact in their foliage, as the horse- chestnut; others very open, as the ash and acacia. Some have drooping spray, as the weeping-willow; that of others tend upwards, as in the Lombardy poplar; horizontally, as in the oak; and obliquely, as in the Scotch pine. Some grow with rapidity, as the Carolina and Athenian poplars; others very slowly, as the oak and the stone pine. 6800. Duration. The most durable of trees is the oak; the least so, some of the poplar and fir tribes. A medium is to be found in the elm and lime. 6801. Expression. Some trees convey ideas of utility in the arts, and mark the attention and industry of man, as having planted them for this purpose, as the oak, ash, elm,&c. Others are known, or supposed to be of little use, and convey ideas of neglect or of wild- ness, as the hornbeam, sorb, trembling poplar,&c. Some indicate general improvement and artificial plantations, as the larch, and spruce fir; others, garden-scenery or plantations near a house, as the cedar, stone pine, and platanus. Some indicate rich deep soil, as the oak; and rich thin soil, as the elm; others, chalk or gravel, as the beech; rocky ground, as the ash; marshy ground, as the alder; the proximity of water, as the willow. There are also natural expressions belonging to trees, partly from general, and partly from acci- dental association; as strength and stability to the oak, ease and elegance to the birch, sweet- ness to the lime, gloom to the cypress and yew, melancholy to the weeping-willow,&c. 6802. The common hardy shrubs may be similarly arranged; but it will be sufficient to class them ac- cording to magnitude, mode of growth, evergreen, deciduous, native, naturalised, and exotic. 6803. Magnitude. Some shrubs are high, approaching to the character of trees, as the mespilus and common holly; others very low, as the butcher’s broom and dwarf-birch. 6804. Mode of growth. Some are creepers, as the ivy; climbers, as the virgin’s bower; trailers, as the bramble; compact forms, as that of the arbor vite; open airy branches, as in the tamarisk; and sin- gular branches, as those of the stagshorn-sumach. Some, as shrubs, soon acquire picturesque shapes, as the thorn, holly, and elder. Some are evergreens, as the holly, laurel, yew, laurustinus, arbutus,&c. 6805. Deciduous, as the guelder-rose, lilac, syringa,&c. 6806. Native, as the holly, privet, hazel, thorn, briar,&c. 6807. Naturalised, as the rose, syringa, lilac, laburnum,&c. 6808. Exotic, or foreign, as the rhododendron, azalea,&c. 6809. These arrangements as to the effect of trees and shrubs in landscape, as far as form, magnitude, mode of growth, and expression are concerned, refer to plants growing detached from other trees, and as nearly full-grown._ It is less intended to comprehend every characteristic distinction than to suggest to the artist the principal light in which he ought to view trees and shrubs. Nor could he with confidence attempt planting, with even such a knowledge as could be obtained from the above arrangement, com- pleted by inserting all the names under their proper heads; for unless he has seen the majority of the full-grown trees himself, both singly and connected in groups and masses, and is acquainted with the comparative rapidity of their growth in different climates and soils, he cannot well foresee the result of his labors, or look forward“ with the prophetic eye of taste” to certain beauty. Of this there are nu- merous proofs, arising from the unjust preference given to exotics of unknown shapes and duration, in situations where the general form and situation of the tree, or even of one or two trees, is of the utmost consequence to the effect of a whole. How frequently on a lawn, or in a plantation near a house, do we see acacias, cut-leaved elders, variegated sycamores,&c. where the oak, cedar, beech, lime, or Spanish chestnut would have produced a much more impressive general effect! Secr. II. Of the Classification of Plantations, or Assemblages of Trees. 6810. Assemblages of trees, whether natural or artificial, differ in extent, outline, dis- position of the trees, and kind of tree. 6811. In regard to eztent, the least is a group(fig. 628. e and d), which must consist at least of two plants; larger, it is called a thicket(6c); round and compact, it is called a clump(a); still larger, a mass; and all above a mass is denominated a wood or forest, and characterised by comparative degrees of largeness. The term wood may be applied to a large assemblage of trees, either natural or artificial; JSorest, exclusively to the most extensive or natural assemblages. —= 23 r:,:: Cees: Petron 6812. With respect to the outline, or ground-plan of a plantation, the simplest disposition is that 0 or line, which ay be either straight or crooked, as in hedges, or lines of trees; next that of any deter- minate shape, as round, exemplified in the clump; square, in the platoon; oblong, in either clump or platoon, and in stripes, screens, OF belts; irregular or indeterminate, in thickets, masses, and all larger plantations. 4: A B13. With respeet to the disposition of the trees within the plantation, they may be placed regularly in rows, squares, parallelograms, or quincunx; irregularly in the manner of groups; without under- growths, as in groves(fig. 629. a, b); with undergrowths, as in woods(c); all undergrowths, as in copse- oF pes woods(d), 0 of a Greek They may form as opel squares; | 6814, With re for general eff deciduous or e may be planted and low growth undergrowth; oft 6815, The tree, fencing 6816. A shelt obtain the pre a soil would, in Mg do not dep Value of the so atation or perm, 4 piece of grou ate; then, in 0 Year; but as the Cut down as Cops Chery fall of cops Heng TUN asticultuy TIS or for the Boox III. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS. woods(d). Or they may: form avenues(fig. 630. a); double avenues(4); avenues intersecting in the manner ih of a Greek cross(c); of a martyr’s cross(d); of astar(e); or ofa cross patée, or duck’s foot( patée@’oye)(f). i They may form regular glades(fig. 631. a, 6); or irregular glades(c); glades, as niches or cabinets(d); as open squares; glades, as squares, en berceau(¢); or as squares, en sallons and en allée(f). ' 6814. With respect to the character of tree-plantations, they may be as various as there are species; but for general effect and designation, woody plants are classed as large or small, trees or undergrowths, sot J deciduous or evergreen, round-headed or spiry-topped; and plantations of every form and disposition dar, A may be planted with these, either separately or mixed. Thus we have groups of shrubs, groups of high and low growths, and of trees; plantations of round-headed and spiry-topped trees mixed; of trees and undergrowths; or of low growths only, as in copse-woods and osier-plantations, e er Cnar. ITI. Of the Formation of Plantations, in which Utility ts the principal Object.{| 6815. The formation of useful plantations embraces the situation, soil, form, species of ie tree, fencing, and other considerations. 6816. A sheltered situation and deep rich soil would be the most proper if the object of the planter was to obtain the greatest bulk of timber in the shortest time; but this would not be profitable planting, for such a soil would, in all probability, have made greater returns under common farming. The profits of plant- ing do not depend on the absolute quantity of timber produced, but on that quantity relatively to the value of the soil for agricultural purposes. Such situations and soils as can be profitably subjected to| aration or permanent pasture, will rarely be found to yield an equal profit, if planted with trees. Suppose i F a piece of ground to let at 20s. per acre for pasture or arable, to be planted at an expense of only 102. per| 2 ; acre; then, in order to return the rent, and 5/. per cent. for the money expended, it ought to yield 30s. a year; but as the returns are not yearly, but say at the end of every fifteen years, when the whole may be cut down as copse, then the amount of 30s. per annum, at 5/. per cent. compound interest, being 32/. 8s. every fall of copse made at the interval of fifteen years, ought to produce that sum per acre clear of all expenses. Hence, with a view to profit from the fall of timber or copse-wood, no situation capable of much agricultural improvement should be planted, unless a certain part with a view to sheltering the rest; or for the purposes of separation and fencing. 944 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pant UL ' Sear Whatever may be the nature of the soil, the sub-soil ought to be rendered dry if the plants are in- ended to thrive. Large open drains may be used, where the ground is not to undergo much preparation; but where it is to be fallowed or trenched, under-drains become requisite. It is true, these will in time be choaked up by the roots of the trees; but by that period, as no more culture will be requisite, they ma be opened, and left open. Many situations, as steep sides of hills and rocky irregular surfaces, do met admit of preparing the soil by comminution previously to planting; but wherever that can be done, either by trenching, digging, or a year’s subjection to the plough, it will be found amply to repay the trouble This is more especially requisite for strips for shelter or hedge-rows, as the quick growth of the plants in these cases-is a matter of the utmost consequence. The general mode of planting hedges by the side of an open drain, renders preparation for them, in many cases, less necessary: but for strips, wherever it is practicable, and there is at the same time no danger of the soil being washed away by rains or thaws, as in some chalky hilly districts; or blown about by the wind, as in some parts of Norfolk, and other sandy tracts, preparation by a year’s fallow, or by trenching two spits deep, cannot be admitted without real loss by retarding the attainment of the object desired.‘There are instances stated of promising oak-plant- ations from oaks dibbled into soil altogether unimproved; and of plantations of Scotch pine, raised by merely sowing the seeds on a heath or common, and excluding cattle(Gen. Rep. of Scot. ii. 269.); but these are rare cases, and the time required, and the instances of failure, are not mentioned. The practise is‘obviously too rude to be recommended as one of art. The best situations for planting, without any other culture but inserting the seeds or plants, are surfaces partially covered with low woody growths, as broom, furze,&c.** The ground which is covered, or rather half covered, with juniper and heath,” says Buffon,‘is already a wood half made.’ 6818. Osier-plantations are an exception to these remarks, as to the value of the situation and soil; they require a deep, strong, moist soil, but one not springy, or continually saturated with water; and it will be in vain to plant them without trenching it two or more feet deep. 6819. The form of plantation for profit or shelter must be determined jointly by the situation and the objects in view. In rocky abrupt sites( fig. 632.), the plantation will consist of a number of masses(a, 6, c), of forms determined by the rocks and precipices, among which some of the most valuable pasture may be left as glades(d, e), for use, effect, and for the sake of game. Strips and hedges for sheltering or separating arable lands, should be formed as much as possible in straight and parallel lines, in order not to increase the expense of tillage by short and irregular turnings. Straight parallel strips, on irregular surfaces, have a more varied appearance at a distance, than strips ever so much varied on a flat surface; for, in the former case, the outline against the sky is varied as much as that on the earth. In extensive hilly pastures, in which it is often desirable to produce shelter, and at the same time to plant only the most rocky and un- productive spots, the forms may be of the most irregular description; and by planting chiefly on the eminences and slopes(fig: 683.), shelter will be most effectually produced, the pasture improved, the least valuable ground rendered productive in copse or timber, and the greatest richness and picturesque beauty 633 conferred on the landscape. There are some fine< DON= SSS examples of this on the hilly districts of Fifeshire; s Si eU)ee set US there, on many estates where nothing was sought for but profit and shelter, the greatest beauty has SS been produced; and the picturesque tourist now\oiee 4 a ) WY Bg RORY) AN ee YS ese face ry] ZZ== asses through glades and valleys yastured by well- 42." Sesto} in these forms, or any other, without enclosing, would be merely a waste of labor and property. The sole object of fencing being to exclude the domestic quadrupeds, it is obvious, that whatever, in the given situation, is calculated to effect this at| the least expense, the first cost and future repairs or management being taken into consideration, must be the best. Where stones abound on the pot Il awa is th spl urse| r (asesy rec ¢fhavthor tamer, tll it 2 whatever temp bests Helge ating in Its the pasturage to ald in the{ only to be gua following ma drain and pal orinafacing ¢ an excellent weeds all 0 drains, but t asa paling, 4 thorn or holly bya steep bar cond the best, are commonly tent of Whose inf growing Spec ies, t0 roportion Of NUISES not intended that th properties of a good Sang also ato and looks to th size hard tir cording to the soi 6822. In. procur most fields and sit is more exposed t of this circumstan Fix, then, upon t Zontal stripe, or be say at the distance MN equal quantities ‘tots pines, then le hoother kinds that When the trees i Intended ultimatel each other, as cirey Ing to the bleak or breadth, be added| ily On the sort of &Reneral principle Hottable: for, tho ;"pensation for in a land depth of *auble sorts, ag th my UnartoW delle The thiving of tree —, a ERE Boox III. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS, 945 spot, a wall is the best and cheapest of all fences as such; but, in the great majority of cases, recourse is obliged to be had to a verdant fence of some sort, and generally to one of hawthorn,‘This being itself a plantation, requires to be defended by some temporary barrier, till it arrives at maturity; and here the remark just made will again apply, that whatever temporary barrier is found cheapest in the given situation will be the best. Hedge fences are in general accompanied by an open drain, which, besides, acting in its proper capacity, furnishes, at its formation, a quantity of soil to increase the pasturage of the hedge plants; and an excavation( fig. 634. a), and an elevation(f), to aid in the formation of a temporary fence. A hedge enclosing a plantation, requires terior side, and of the various ways in which this is done, the following may be reckoned among the best and most generally applicable. By an open drain and paling, or line of posts and rails(a), the plants inserted in a facing of stone, orina facing ofsub-soil from the bottom of the drain, backed by the earth of the drain(6); an excellent mode, as the plants generally thrive, and almost never require cleaning from weeds; an open drain and paling, and the hedge on the top of the elevation(c); no open drains, but the soil being a loam, the surface-turves formed into a narrow ridge, to serve as a paling, a temporary hedge of furze sown on its summit, and the permanent hedge of thorn or holly within(d); and an open drain, but on the inside, the exterior being protected by a steep bank sown with furze(e). The first of these modes is the most general, the se- cond the best, and the fourth the cheapest, where timber is not abundant. Separation fences are commonly formed in the first, second, or third manner, but with a paling on both sides. dann abled a el Sl 5 4 ) 6821. Shelter. Many situations are so exposed that it is extremely difficult to rear trees without some mode of procuring shelter for them during their early growth. This is obtained either by walls, the ex- tent of whose infiuence is only limited; by thick planting, or by planting the more hardy and rapid- growing species, to nurse up and protect such as are more tender, but ultimately more valuable. The proportion of nurses to principals is increased according to the bleakness of the site. Pontey says,“both authors and planters are in the habit of erring egregiously, in regard to the proportion of principals and nurses; as they generally use as many, or more of the former than the latter; though it is very easy to show, that they ought to use three times as many of the latter as the former. For instance, when trees are planted at four feet apart, each occupies a surface of sixteen feet; of course four of them will oc- cupy sixty-four, or a square of eight feet; and therefore, if we plant three nurses to one principal tree, all the former might be displaced gradually, and the latter would still stand only eight feet apart. Nurse-plants should, in every possible case, be such as are most valuable at an early period of growth. The larch and spruce fir should be used liberally, in every case where they will grow freely; still it is not intended that they should exclude all others, more particularly the birch, which has most of the properties of a good nurse, such as numerous branches and quick growth, on any tolerable soil or situ- ation. It is not, however, like the others, a wood of general application.”(Profitable Planter, p. 113.) Sang also adopts the proportion of three nurses to one principal, and employs chiefly the resinous tribe, and looks to them for reimbursement till the hard timber has attained to a foot in diameter, under which size hard timber is seldom of much value. His principals are planted at from six to ten feet apart, ac- cording to the soil and situation.(Plant. Kal. p. 166.) 6822. In procuring shelter much depends on the mode of commencing and continuing plantations on bleak sites. Sang, who has had extensive experience on this subject, pbserves, that“ every plain, and most fields and situations for planting, in this country, have what may be called a windward side, which is more exposed to the destructive blast than any other. It is of very great importance to be apprised of this circumstance; and to be able to fix upon the most exposed side of the proposed forest plantation. Fix, then, upon the windward side of the plain which is to be converted into a forest; mark off a hori- zontal stripe, or belt, at least a hundred yards in breadth. Let this portion of ground be planted thick, say at the distance of thirty inches, or at the most three feet, with a mixture of larch, sycamore, and elder, in equal quantities, or nearly so, if the soil be adapted for rearing these; but if it be better adapted for Scots pines, then let it be planted with them at the distances prescribed for the above mixture. We have no other kinds that will thrive better, or rise more quickly in bleak situations, than those just mentioned. When the trees in this belt, or zone, have risen to the height of two feet, such hard-wood trees as are intended ultimately to fill the ground should be introduced, at the distance of eight or ten feet from each other, as circumstances may admit. At this period, or perhaps a year or two afterwards, accord- ing to the bleak or exposed situation of the grounds, let another parallel belt, or zone, of nearly equal breadth, be added to the one already so far grown up, and so on, till the whole grounds be covered, It is not easy here to determine on the exact breadth of the subsequent belts or zones: this matter must be regulated by the degree of exposure of the grounds, by the shelter afforded by the zone previously planted, and by such like circumstances.”(Plant. Kal. p. 29.) 6823. In situations exposed to the sea-breexe a similar plan may be successfully followed, and aided in effect, by beginning with a wall; the first belt having reached the height of the wall, plant a second, a third, and fourth, and so on till you cover the whole tract to be wooded. In this way the plantations on the east coast of Mid-Lothian, round Gossford House, were reared; and in Sang’s manner, the mountains of Blair and Dunkeld were clothed; and examples, we are informed, might be drawn even from the Orkney and Shetland islands. j: 6824. The species of tree to be planted must ever depend chiefly on the situation and soil, but partly also on the sort of product desired as the most profitable, and on the importance attached to shelter. As a general principle it may be observed, that the tree which will thrive the best, will turn out the most profitable: for, though its timber may not be of the highest-priced kind, yet there will be quantity as compensation for inferior quality. In rocky irregular surfaces there is generally great variety of situ- ation and depth of soil; and here a corresponding variety of trees may be introduced, and the more valuable sorts, as the oak, ash, elm, poplar,&c. will no where thrive better than at the foot of precipices, and in narrow dells and other sinuosities, where there is at once shelter and a good depth of dry soil. The thriving of trees and plants of every kind, indeed, depends much more on the quantity of available By Ie 946 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. soils, and its state in respect to water and climate, than on its constituent principles; moderately shel- tered and on a dry sub-soil, it signifies little whether the surface strata be a clayey, sandy, or calcareous loam; all the principal trees will thrive nearly equally well in either so circumstanced; but no tree whatever in these, or in apy other soil saturated with water, and in a bleak exposed site. For hedge-row timber, those kinds which’ grow with lofty stems, which draw their nourishment from the sub-soil, and do least injury by their shade, are to pe preferred. These, according to Blakie, are oaks, narrow-leaved elm, and black Italian poplar; beech, ash, and firs, he says, are ruinous to fences, and otherwise inju- rious to farmers.(On Hedges and Hedge-row Timber, p. 10.) 6825. The common practice im planting is to mw different specres of trees together, which is unavoidable where nurse or shelter plants are introduced; where these are not wanted, the opinions of planters are divided on the subject. Mixing different sorts is most generally approv ed of. Marshall advises mixing the ash with the oak, because the latter draws its nourishment chiefly from the sub-soil, and the former from the surface. Nicol is an advocate for indiscriminate mixture(Practical Planter, p. 77.); and Pontey says,“ both reason and experience will fully warrant the conclusion, that the greatest possit le quantity of timber is to be obtained by planting mixtures.”(Prof. Planter, p. 119.) 6826. Sang is provided the situation and qua much random work carried on wit “ clearly of opinion, that the best method is to plant each sort in distinct masses or groups. lity of the soil be properly kept in view. There has hitherto been too h respect to the mixture of different kinds. A longer practice, and more experience, will discover better methods in any science. That of planting is now widely extended; and improvements in all its branches are introduced. We, therefore, having a better knowledge of soils, perhaps, than our forefathers had, can, with greater certainty, assign to each tree its proper station. We can, perhaps, at sight, decide, that here the oak will grow to perfection, there the ash, and here again the beech; and the same with respect to the others. If, however, there happen to be a piece of land of such a quality, that it may be said to be equally adapted for the oak, the walnut, or the Spanish chestnut, it will be proper to place such in it, in a mixed way, as the principals; because each sort will extract its own proper nourishment, and will have an enlarged range of pasturage for its roots, and consequently may make better timber-trees. Although by indiscriminately mixing different kinds of hard-wood plants in a plantation, there is hardly a doubt that the ground will be fully cropped with one kind or other, yet it very often happens, in cases where the soil is evidently well adapted to the most valuable sorts, as the oak perhaps, that there is hardly one oak in the ground for a hundred that ought to have been planted. We have known this imperfection in several instances severely felt. It not unfre- quently happens, too, that even what oaks, or other hard-wood trees, are to be met with, are overtopped by less valuable kinds, or perhaps such, all things considered, as hardly deserve a place. Such evils may be prevented by planting with attention to the soil, and in distinct masses. In these masses are ensured a full crop, by being properly nursed, for a time, with kinds more hardy, or which afford more shelter than such hard-wood plants. There is no rule by which to fix the size or extent of any of these masses. Indeed, the more various they be made in size, the better will they, when grown up, please the eye of a person of taste. They may be extended from one acre to fifty or a hundred acres, according to the circumstances of soil and situation: their shapes will accordingly be as various as their dimen- sions. In the same manner ought all the resinous kinds to be planted, which are intended for timber- trees; nor should these be intermixed with any other sort, but be in distinct masses by themselves. The massing of larch, the pine, and the fir of all sorts, is the least laborious and surest means of pro- ducing good, straight, and clean timber. It is by planting, or rather by sowing them in masses, by placing them thick, by a timeous pruning and gradual thinning, that we can, with certainty, attain to this object.”(Plant. Kal. 162. 166.) 6827. Our opinion is in perfect consonance with that of Sang, and for the same reasons; and we may add as an additional one, that in the most vigorous natural forests one species of tree will generally be found occupying almost exclusively one soil and situation, while in forests less vigorous on inferior and on watery soils, mixtures of sorts are more prevalent. This may be observed in comparing New Forest with the natural woods round Lochlomond, and it is very strikingly exemplified in the great forests of Poland and Russia. 6898. Whether extensive plantations should be sown or planted, is a question about which planters are at variance. Miller says, transplanted oaks will never arrive at the size of those raised where they are to remain from the acorn.(Dict. Quercus.) Marshall pre- fers sowing when the ground can be cultivated with the plough.(Plant. and Rur. Orn. 1. 123.) Evelyn, Emmerich, and Speechly are of the same opinion; Pontey and Nicol practise planting, but offer no arguments against sowing where circumstances are suit- able. Sang says,‘ It is an opinion very generally entertained, that planted timber can be equal in durability and value to that which is sown. We certainly ned to support this opinion, although we readily admit, that the matter has not been so fully established, from experiment, as to amount to positive proof. But although we have not met with decided evidence, to enable us to determine on the com- parative excellence of timber raised from seeds, without being replanted, over such as have been raised from replanted trees, we are left in no doubt as to the preference, in re- spect of growth, of those trees which are sown, over such as are planted.”(Plant. Kal. AS) eee particularly prefers this mode for raising extensive tracts of the Scotch pine and larch(p. 430.), and is decidedly of opinion,“ that every kind of forest tree will suc- ceed better by being reared from seeds in the place where it is to grow to maturity, than by being raised in any nursery whatever, and from thence transplanted isto the forest,” (p. 344.) Dr. Yule(Caled. Hort. Mem. ii.), in a long paper on trees, strongly recom- mends sowing where the trees are finally to remain.“ It is,” says he,‘a well ascer- tained fact, that seedlings allowed to remain in the ill, in a few rtop the common nursed plants several years older.” 6829. The opinion of Dr. Yule, and in part also that of Sang, seems to be founded on the idea that the tap-root is of great importance to grown-up trees, and that when this is once cut off by transplanting, the plant has not a power of renewing it. That the tap-root is of the utmost consequence tor the first three or economy of nature at that age of the plant; perhaps for a longer period+ never, in any case, feel ourselves incli ir original station W seasons, far ove four years is obvious from the Book i can be ¢ a ¥ 5 put that it rf nts old stem, Jeavil The other ha mer is now& i the largest 0! D cireurnferene tribes receive I arrive at trees af tracts, But for fing them dow! preferable to 50) 6630. On the {ng rows, other preference(0 bi ation of the lan used in clean adopted; and more level situ most eligible.” people imagine will be occupies culture with th athe six feet that the closest( than a given dis hexagon. Hene round will conta (Gen, Rep. ii 87, in the lines, and 4 Jike them require planted in regular 6891, The dis stances, but che safer side to err easly removed b forty inches is a lass exposed situ distance from fou hundred feet th three feet, Tn. feet, and no mor 832, According to ten feet, apne first four oaks fall tobe filled up are pant, the eighty-five nurses the side, there wi five hundred and says,“Th genera all remain till the 6833, The numb 35a) feet, is as fo Feta. versally allowe Tore years’ gr Mer pitting, an MEMS are an inc BS, Nicotis of 0 isto trelye to 5 Otten feet, Wy "Sane obser Boox III. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS, 947 but that it can be of no great consequence to full-grown trees, appears highly probable from the fact, that when such trees are cut down, the tap-root is seldom to be distinguished from the others. The opinion that young plants have not the power of renewing their tap-root, will, we believe, be found inconsistent with fact; and we may appeal to Sang and other nurserymen, who raise the oak and horse-chestnut from seed. It is customary when these are sown in drills, to cut off their tap-roots without removing the plants at the end of the second year’s growth, and when at the end of the third or fourth year they are taken up they will be found to have acquired others, not indeed so strong as the first would have been had they re. mained, but sufficient to establish the fact of the power of renewal. We may also refer to the experiment recorded by Forsyth, which at once proves that trees have a power of renewing their tap-roots, and the great advantages from cutting down trees after two or three years’ planting. Forsyth“ transplanted a bed of oak-plants, cutting the tap-roots near to some of the side-roots or fibres springing from them. In the second year after, he headed one halt of the plants down, and left the other halfto nature. In the first season, those headed down made shoots six feet long and upwards, and completely covered the head of the old stem, leaving only a faint cicatrix, and produced new tap-roots upwards of two feet and a half long. The other half of the plants that were not headed, were not one fourth the size of the others. One of the former is now eighteen feet high, and fifteen inches in circumference, at six inches from the ground: one of the largest of the latter measures only five feet and half in height, and three inches and three quarters in circumference, at six inches from the ground.”’(Tr. on Fruit Trees, 4to edit. 144.) The pine and fir tribes receive most check by transplanting; and when removed at the age of four or five years, they seldom arrive at trees afterwards; those we should, on most occasions, prefer to sow, especially on mountainous tracts. But for all trees which stole, and in tolerable soils and situations, planting strong plants, and cut- ting them down two or three years afterwards, will, we think, all circumstances considered, be proved preferable to sowing. 6830. On the subject of disposing the plants in plantations, there are different opinions; some advis- ing rows, others quincunx, but the greater number planting irregularly. According to Marshall,‘‘ the preference to be given to the row, or the random culture, rests in some measure upon the nature and situ- ation of the land to be stocked with plants. Against steep hangs, where the plough cannot be conveniently used in cleaning and cultivating the interspaces, during the infancy of the wood, either method may be adopted; and if plants are to be put in, the quincunx manner will be found preferable to any. But in more level situations, we cannot allow any liberty of choice: the drill or row manner is undoubtedly the most eligible.”(Plant. and Rur. Orn. p. 123.) Pontey considers it of much less consequence than most people imagine, whether trees are planted regularly or irregularly, as in either case the whole of the soil will be occupied by the roots and the surface by the shoots. Sang and Nicol only plant in rows where culture with the horse-hoe is to be adopted.~ In sowing for woods and copses, the former places the patches six feet asunder and in the quincunx order.“ It has been demonstrated(Farmer’s Mag. vii. 409.), that the closest order in which it is possible to place a number of points, upon a plain surface, not nearer than a given distance from each other, is in the angles of hexagons with a plant in the centre of each hexagon. Hence it is argued, that this order of trees is the most economical; as the same quantity of ground will contain a greater quantity of trees, by 15 per cent. when planted in this form than in any other.” (Gen. Rep. ii. 287.) It is almost needless to observe, that hedge plants should be placed at regular distances in the lines, and also the trees, when those are introduced in hedges. Osier-plantations, and all such as like them require the soil to be dug every year, or every two years, during their existence, should also be planted in regular rows. 6831. The distances at which the plants are placed must depend on different circum- stances, but chiefly on the situation and soil. Planting thick, according to Nicol, is the safer side to err on, because a number of plants will fail, and the superfluous ones can be easily removed by thinning.«“ For bleak situations,’’ he observes,“ that from thirty to forty inches is a good medium, varying the distance according to circumstances,‘For less exposed situations, and where the soil is above six inches in depth, he recommends a distance from four to five feet. For belts, cl umps, and strips, of a diameter of about one hundred feet; the margin to be planted about the distance of two feet, and the interior at three feet. In sheltered situations of a deep good soil, he recommends a distance of six feet, and no more.”(Pract. Plant.) 6832. According to Sang,“ the distances at which hard.-timber trees ought to be planted are from six to ten feet, according to the quality of the soil, and the exposed or sheltered situation. When the first four oaks are planted, supposing them at right angles, and at nine feet apart, the interstices will fall to be filled up with five nurses, the whole standing at four anda half feet asunder. When sixteen oaks are planted, there will necessarily be thirty-three nurses planted; and when thirty-six oaks are planted, eighty-five nurses; but when a hundred principal trees are planted in this manner, in a square of ten on the side, there will be two hundred and sixty-one nurse-plants required. The English acre would require five hundred and thirty-six oaks, and one thousand six hundred and ten nurses.”(Plant. Kai. 163.) Pontey says,“‘ In general cases, a distance of four feet is certainly close enough; as at that space the trees may all remain till they become saleable as rails, spars,&c.” 6833. The number of plants which may be planted on a statute acre— 160 rods, or poles,= 4840 yards— 43,560 feet, is as follows:— ee es No. of Plants.) Feet ase wee I o* 14 7 2 8 24 9 3, 10 eZ 13 44 13 5 14 6834. The size of the plants depends jointly on the site and the kind of tree; it is uni- versally allowed that none of the resinous tribe succeed well when removed at four or more years’ growth; but if the soil is of tolerable quality, prepared by digging or sum- mer pitting, and the site not bleak, plants of such hard woods as stole may be used whose stems are an inch or more in diameter. 6835. Nicol is of opinion,‘‘ That generally trees three, or at most four, years old from the seed, and which are from twelve to twenty-four inches high, will, in_any situation or soil, outgrow those of any size under eight or ten feet, within the seventh year.”(Pract. Plant. 130.); 6836. Sang observes,‘¢ The size of plants for exclusive plantations must, in some measure, depend on their kinds; but it may be said, generally, that the plants being transplanted, they should be from a foot to eighteen inches in height, stiff in the stem, and well rooted. Plants for this purpose should seldom be more than three years from the seed; indeed never, if they have been raised in good soil Many of 33 12) 948 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IIL. them may be sufficiently large at two years from the seed; and if so, are to be preferred to those of a greater age, as they will consequently be more vigorous and healthy.‘The larch, if properly treated, will be very fit for planting out at two years of age. A healthy seedling being removed from the seed-bed at the end of the first year, into good ground, will, by the end of the second, be a fitter plant for the forest, than one nursed a second year. The next best plant for the purpose, is that which has stood two years it the seed-bed, and has been transplanted for one season.‘This is supposing it to have risen a weakly plant; for, if the larch rise strong from the seed the first season, it should never stand a mantl in the seed-bed. The ash, the elm, and the sycamore, one year from the seed, nursed in good soil for a second season, will often prove sufficiently strong plants. If they be weakly, they may stand two years in the seed-bed; and then being nursed one season in good soil, will be very fit for planting out in the forest. The oak, the beech, and the chestnut, if raised in rich soil, and well furnished with roots at the end of the first year, and having been nursed in rows for two years, will be very fit to be planted out But if they be allowed to stand two years in the seed-bed, and be planted one year in good ground they will be still better, and the roots will be found well feathered with fine small fibres. The silver fir and common spruce should stand two years in the seed-bed. If transplanted into very good soil, they may be fit for being planted out at the end of the first year; but, more generally, they require two years in the lines.‘The Scots pine should also stand for two years in the seed-bed, and should be nursed in good ground for one year; at the end of which they will be much fitter for being planted, than if they were allowed to stand a second year in the lines. They are very generally taken at once from the seed-bed; and in land bare of heath or herbage, they succeed pretty well; nevertheless, we would prefer them one year nursed.‘The above are the hardy and most useful forest trees; and from the observations made whatever respects the age or size of other kinds, may easily be inferred.”(Plant. Kal. 158.) 2 6837. According to Pontey,“ the best general rule is, to proportion the size of the plants to the goodness of the soil; the best of the latter requiring the largest of the former. Still on bleak exposures this rule will not hold good, as there the plants should never be large, for otherwise the greater part would fail from the circumstance of wind-waving, and of those that succeeded, few, if any, would make much pro- gress for several years; firs of a foot, and deciduous trees of eighteen inches, are large enough for such places. As in extensive planting, soils which are good and well sheltered but seldom occur, the most useful sizes of plants, for general purposes, will be firs of a foot, and deciduous trees of eighteen inches, both transplanted. None but good-rooted plants will succeed on a bad soil, while on a good one, shel- tered, none but very bad-rooted plants will fail; a large plant never has so good a root, in proportion to its size, as a small one; and hence we see the propriety of using such on good soils only. Small plants lose but few of their roots in removal; therefore, though planted in very moderate-sized holes of pul- verised earth, soon find the means of making roots, in proportion to their heads. It should never be forgotten, that, in being removed, a plant of twof feet loses a greater proportion of its roots than a tree of one, and one of three feet a greater proportion than one of two, and so on, 1n proportion to its former strength and height, and thus the larger the plants, so much greater is the degree of languor or weakness into which they are thrown by the operation of transplanting.”(Prof. Plant. 161.) 6838. The seasons for planting are autumn and spring; the former, when the soil and situation are moderately good, and the plants large; and the latter, for bleak situations. Necessity, however, is more frequently the guide here than choice, and in extensive designs, the operation is generally performed in all moderately dry open weather from October to April inclusive.‘* In an extensive plantation,’ Sang observes,“ it will hardly happen but there will be variety of soil, some parts moist and heavy, and others dry and light. The lightest parts may be planted in December or January; and the more moist, or damp parts, in February or March. It must be observed, however, that if the ground be not in a proper case for planting, the operation had better be delayed. The plants will be injured, either by being committed to the ground when it is in a sour and wet, or in a dry parched state. At a time when the soil may be termed neither wet nor dry, the operation of planting is most successfully performed. The mould does not then adhere to the spade, nor does it run in; it divides well, and is made to intermingle qwith the fibres of the plants with little trouble; and in treading and setting the plant upright, the soil is not worked into mortar, which it necessarily must be, if in a wet state, evidently to the great detriment of the plants. It is therefore improper to plant ona retentive soil in the time of rain, or even perhaps for some days afterwards, or after a fall of snow, until it has for some days disappeared. Whereas, on a dry absorbent soil, it may be proper to plant in the time of gentle showers, immediately after heavy rains, or as soon as the snow is dissolved.”(Plant. Kal. 157.) 6839. Pontey is a decided advocate for autumn preparation of the soil, and spring planting. « Autumn planting,” he says,“is advisable only in few cases, while spring planting may properly apply to all.”! 6840. According to Sang, the proper time for p April, or even the first fortnight in May.“ Attention should be p be lifted from the nursery than can he conveniently planted on the same day. Damp weather is the pest. When very dry, and the plants rise destitute of earth at their roots, their roots should be dipped in mud(puddle) so as to be coated over by it. In all cases, care should be taken not to shake off any ad- hering earth from plants at the time of planting.”(Plant. Kail. 341.) 6841. The operation of inserting the plants in the soil is performed in various Ways; the most general mode, and that recommended by Marshall and Nicol, is pitting; in which two persons are employed, one to operate on the soil with the spade, and the other to insert the plant and hold it till the earth is put round it, and then press down the soil with the foot. Where the plants are three feet high or upwards, this is the best mode; but for smaller plants modes have been adopted in which one person performs the whole operation. 6842. Sang describes three kinds of manual operation employed by him in planting, and in part in sowing trees: by pitting; by slitting simply, or by cross, or T slitting; by the diamond dibber; by the planting-mattock 5 and by the planter. In filling an area with plants, he first plants those intended as the final trees, and afterwards the nurses; or one set of operators plant the former, while another follow with case of evergreen pines and firs, should ance, should be lanting the pine and fir tribes, and all evergreens, is aid, that no greater number of plants the latter, unless the time for removing the nurses, as in the 1G I S be later than that for planting the principals.(6832.)‘* The plants, if brought from a dist Boos{U). a doug pople& i.e," ved 0 i) Joyed Pee gtrikes the 5 coil; then of the earth, their being* bottom, an" inh deep man trindles but upwar‘ the remainin the boy 10s he does lig! Jonger retal for the next ation goes 0 be observed face of the p plant will be hollow of the F OH, The sit necessity may Jt dibber(fig. 633, 4 welded to it; each one fifth part of ar length of the iron| cighths of an inch Jet, both tn its form hiswaist, in wh inwards; the h grounds by thi the planter, W fully to the botta eased turf a sina planter with thi: tised hands, are them straight dc good planter in o Who is of a carel , Oo Planting (fig. 635. b) isres spots where pitti elve or handle long; the mouth Wmade sharp t eye, or helve, is Used to pare off th brush that may Previous to easin end. The small and terminates inches long.» surface js skingy inches in diamet dug down six or 308 Up any loose. Which means a! the reception of| Plants to be Plant ES one yearn «OH, Planting| ne anda half IY ground, prey Tatts ina te: d it, an a} ih) yr UpW?, ‘» Tel» ich one r* 1 Boox ITI. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS. 949 shoughed, i. e. earthed; or they may be supplied daily from the nursery, as circumstances direct, All the people employed ought to be provided with thick aprons, in which to lap up the plants; the spadesmen, as well as the boys or girls; the latter being supplied by the former as occasion may require. All of them should regularly fill their aprons at one time, to prevent any of the plants being too long retained in any of the planters’ aprons. One man cannot possibly set a plant so well with the spade, unless in the case of laying as two people can; nor, supposing him to do it as well, can he plant half as many in the same space of time as twocan. A boy ten years of age is equal, as a holder, to the best man on the field, and can be generally had for less than half the money. Hence this method is not only the best, but the least ex- pensive.”(Plant. Kal. 167.): 6843. By pitting.‘ The pit having been dug for several months, the surface will therefore be encrusted by the rains, or probably covered with weeds.‘The man first strikes the spade downwards to the bottom, two or three times, in order to loosen the soil; then poaches it, as if mixing mortar for the builder; he next lifts out a spadeful of the earth, or, if necessary, two spadefuls, so as to make room for all the fibres, without their being anywise crowded together; he then chops the rotten turf remaining in the bottom, and levels the whole. The boy now places the plant perfectly upright, an inch deeper than when it stood in the nursery, and holds it firm in that position. The man trindles in the mould gently; the boy gently moves the plant, not from side to side, but upwards and downwards, until the fibres be covered. The man then fills in all the remaining mould; and immediately proceeds to chop and poach the next pit, leaving the boy to set the plant upright, and to tread the mould about it. This in stiff wet soil he does lightly; but in sandy or gravelly soil he continues to tread until the soil no longer retains the impression of his foot. The man has by this time got the pit ready for the next plant, the boy is also ready with it in his hand, and in this manner the oper- ation goes on. On very steep hangs which have been pitted, the following rule ought to be observed in planting: to place the plant in the angle formed by the acclivity and sur- face of the pit; and in finishing to raise the outer margin of the pit highest, whereby the plant will be made to stand as if on level ground, and the moisture’ be retained in the hollow of the angle, evidently to its advantage.”’(Plant. Kal. 167.) * 6844. The slit method, either simply(2088.) or by the T method, is not recommended by Sang; but necessity may justify its adoption occasionally.‘* We would not recommend planting by the slit, unless where there is no more soil than is absolutely occupied by the fibres of the herbage which grows on the place. Excepting on turf, it cannot be performed; nor should it be practised, if the turf be found three or four inches thick. By pitting in summer, turf is capable of being converted into a proper mould jn the space of a few months; and the expense of pitting, especially in small plantations, can never counter- balance the risk of success in the eyes of an ardent planter. The most proper time to perform the oper- ation of slitting in the pene is when the surface is in a moist state. On all steeps the plant should be placed towards the declivity, that the moisture may fall to its roots; that is to say, in planting, the spadesman should stand highest, and the boy lowest on the bank; by which arrangement the plant will be inserted at the lower angle of the slit.”(Plant. Kal. 170.) 6845. Planting with the diamond dibber, he says,‘‘ is the cheapest and most expeditious planting of any we yet know, in cases where the soil is a sand or gravel, and the surface bare of herbage.‘The plate of the dibber(fig. 635. a) is made of good steel, and is four inches and a half broad where the iron handle is welded to it; each of the other two sides of the triangle is five inches long; the thickness of the plate is one fifth part of an inch, made thinner from the middle to the sides, till the edges become sharp. The length of the iron handle is seven inches, and so strong as not to bend in working, which will require six eighths of an inch square.‘The iron handle is furnished with a turned hilt, like the handle of a large gim- let, both in its form and manner of being fixed on. The planter is furnished with a planting-bag, tied round his waist, in which he carries the plants. A stroke is given with the dibber, a little aslant, the point lying inwards; the handle of the dibber is then drawn towards the person, while its plate remains within the ground: by this means a vacuity is formed between the back of the dibber and the ground; into which the planter, with his other hand, introduces the roots of the seedling plants, bemg careful to put them fully to the bottom of the opening: he then pulls out the dibber, so as not to displace them, and gives the eased turf a smart stroke with the heel; and thus is the plant completely firmed. The greatest error the planter with this instrument can run into, is the imperfect introduction of the roots. Green, or unprac- tised hands, are apt to double the roots, or sometimes to lay them across the opening, instead of putting them straight down, as above directed. A careful man, however, will become, if not a speedy, at least a good planter in one day; and it is of more importance that he be a sure hand; than aquick one. A person who is of a careless or slovenly disposition, should never be allowed to handle a dibber of this kind.” 6846. Planting with the planting-mattock ( fig. 635. b) is resorted to in rocky or otber spots where pitting is impracticable.“The helve or handle is three feet six inches long; the mouth is five inches broad, and is made sharp; the length from it to the eye, or helve, is sixteen inches; and it is used to pare off the sward, heath, or other brush that may happen to be in the way, previous to easing the soil with the other end. The small end tapers from the eye, and terminates in a point, and is seventeen inches long.”” By this instrument the surface is skimmed off“ for six or eight inches in diameter, and with the pick-end dug down six or eight inches deep, bring- ing up any loose stones to the surface; by which means a place will be prepared for the reception of the plant, little inferior to a pit. This instrument may be used in many cases, when the plants to be planted are of small size, such as one-year larch-seedlings, one year nursed; or two-year Scots pines, one year nursed; and the expense is much less than by the spade.”(Plant. Kal. 385.) 6847. Planting with the forest-planter.( fig. 635. c)“ The helve is sixteen inches long, the mouth is four inches and a half broad, and the length of the head is fourteen inches. The instrument is used in planting hilly ground, previously prepared by the hand-mattock. The person who performs the work carries the plants in a close apron; digs out the earth sufticiently to hold the roots of the plant; and sets and firms it SIPS a Se ree 950 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part III. without help from another: it is only us n small plants in hi Teer’ (Plant. anton exit) nly useful when small plants are used, and in hilly or rocky situations.’ 6848. Pontey prefers planting by pitting, in general cases; the holes being made during the precedin summer or winter, sufficiently large, but not so deep into a retentive sub-soil as to render them a recept ie for water. When the plants have been brought from a distance he strongly recommends puddlin iin 4 (6849.) previously to planting; if they seem very much dried, it would be still better to lay ENS the ground for eight or ten days, giving them a good soaking of water every second or third day, in order to restore their vegetable powers; for it well deserves notice, that a degree of moisture in soil sufficient to support a plant recently or immediately taken from the nursery, would, in the case of dried ones, proy: far insufficient, that most of them would die in it. The puddling here recommended may also Beat: ae service in all cases of late planting where small plants are used; my method is(after puddling) to tie fier in bundles, of two or three hundreds each; and thus send them, by a cart-load at once, to where Ee; where such bundles being set upright, close to each other, and a little straw carefully applied to the outsides of them, may remain without damage in a sheltered situation any reasonable time necessar ye plant them, Where loose soil happens to be convenient, that should be substituted in the sok of straw. 6849. A puddle for trees is made by mixing water with any soil rather tenacious, so inti form a complete puddle, so thick that when the plants are dipped into it enough may sien Soa Soke to cover them.‘The process of puddling is certainly simple, and its expense too trifling to deserve notice: its effects, however, 10 retaining, if not attracting moisture, are such that, by means of it, late planting is rendered abundantly more safe that it otherwise would be. It is an old invention, and hence it is truly astonishing that it 1s not more frequently practised. If we could but persuade people to adopt it generally in spune Ne: I believe the prejudice in favor of autumn practice would soon be done away.(Prof. Plant. 167.’ 6850. Pontey’s methods of planting are in general the same as those of Sang: he uses a mattock and planter of similar shape; and also a two or three pronged instrument, which we have elsewhere denomin- ated the planter’s hack.(1305. fig. 90.)‘* This instrument,” he says,‘* has been introduced of late years as an improvement on the mattock and planter(fig 635. b, c), being better adapted to soils full of roots, stones &c.; they are likewise easier to work, as they penetrate to an equal depth with a stroke less violent than the former: they are also less subject to be clogged up by a wet or tenacious soil. The length of the prongs of both should be about eight inches, and the distances between them, when with three prongs, one and a half, and with two prongs, about two inches; the two-pronged hack should be made somewhat stronger than the other, it being chiefly intended for very stony lands, or where the soil wants breaking, in order to separate it from the herbage,&c. These tools are chiefly applicable to plants of any size up to about two feet, or such as are generally used for great designs, where they are used as a substitute for the spade. in the following manner: The planter being provided with a basket holding the plants required(the holes being supposed prepared, and the earth left in them), he takes a tree in one hand, and the tool in the other. which he strikes into the hole, and then pulls the earth towards him, so as to make a hole large enough to hold all its roots; he then puts in the plant with the other, and pushes the earth to its roots with the back of the planter; after which, he fixes the plant, and levels the soil at the same instant with his foot: so that the operation is performed by one person, with a degree of neatness and expedition which no one can attain to who uses the spade, It is known to all planters, that but few laborers ever learn to plant well and expeditiously in the common method, without an assistant: this method, however, requires neither help nor dexterity; as any laborer of common sagacity, or boy of fifteen, or even a woman, may learn to perform it well in less than half an hour. The facility with which these tools will break clods, clear the holes of stones, or separate the soil from herbage, the roots of heath,&c.(the former being previously mel- lowed by the frost,) may be easily imagined.”(Prof. Plant. 173.) The adoption of a small mattock for in- serting plants, we recollect to have seen recommended in a tract on planting in the Highlands, by Mac- Jaurin, a nurseryman, published at Edinburgh upwards of twenty years ago. 6851. An expeditious mode of slit planting is described in the General Report of Scot- 636 land, as having been practised for many years on the Duke of Montrose’s estate. It is as follows:‘* The operator, with his spade, makes three cuts, twelve or fifteen inches long, crossing each other in the centre, at an angle of sixty degrees, the whole having the form of astar.(fig. 636.) He inserts his spade across one of the rays(a), a few inches from the centre, and on the side next himself; then bending the handle towards him. self, and almost to the ground, the earth opening in fissures from the centre in the di- rection of the cuts which had been made, he, at the same instant, inserts his plant at the point where the spade intersected the ray(a), pushing it forward to the centre, and assisting the roots in rambling through the fissures. He then lets down the earth by re- moving his spade, having pressed it into a compact state with his heel; the operation is finished by adding a little earth, with the grass side down, completely covering the fissures, for the purpose of, retaining the moisture at the root, and likewise as a top-dressing, which greatly encourages the plant to push fresh roots between the swards.””(Vol. ii. p. 283.) $$ Cuar. IV. On forming Plantations, in which Ornament or Effect is the leading Consideration. 6852. In designing ornamental plantations, the situation, form, the disposition of the trees, and the kinds employed, are the principal considerations. 6853. The situations to be planted, with a view to effect, necessarily depends on the kind of effect intended; these may reduced to three— to give beauty and variety to ge- neral scenery, as in forming plantations here and there throughout a demesne; to give form and character to a country-residence, as in planting a park and pleasure-grounds; and to create a particular and independent beauty or effect, as in planting an extensive area or wood, unconnected with any other object, and disposing of the interior in ave- nues, glades, and other forms. In the two first cases, the choice of the situation must always be relative to other objects; as, for example, in ornamenting general scenery, to fields and enclosures, buildings, roads,&c.; and to the mansion-garden and other parts of a residence, in laying out a country-seat: but in forming independent plantations the choice may be absolute, and guided by no other consideration than the effect to be pro- duced. One of the greatest beauties produced by planting, either on general scenery, or on the grounds of a residence, is that of varying the form of the surface of the country aps ll ‘pcre yp nl a ; an Jong cerved, howe’ jnhily ta" cattle or shee tops of the chiefly 1n 0 monotony° ing the ca wild nature s f civilisation and novelty ot rant | or state of the s ture occasional falls to exette ¢ hills, therefore the more inter ORO, With res relative to the scenery; and t in laying out t operation are t to connect deta are the group tor to the park, or the sides of h i} boo Kss and in fields, In pas adapted as may generally preva wphere unhealth CXtent or by ey Ot streams and y the Dlanter, for, Wtoduce particu] Nobjects, callag erated and the cho! named: mansio! Boox IIT. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS. 951 or increasing the variations already existing. To do this with most effect, it is an ob- vious and long established principle, that, other circumstances being the same, the hills are to be more generally planted than the hollows, or even the plains. By planting a hill, or the least rise of ground, that hill or rise is increased in effeet; but by planting the low grounds between hills or protuberances, their effect is destroyed. It is to be ob- served, however, that the latter practice is often what we observe in natural scenery. In hilly tracts in a state of nature, and under the dominion of no other animals than cattle or sheep, the vales or dells(fig. 637.) are generally filled with wood and the WN WQWe . SS \.\ SS= MY N NY\\ R SPA SAW AW Ge CUM C SASS S: S Z) WS LQ IXXGQGQ WW tops of the hills bare, which, however agreeable to those who view or study nature chiefly in detail, yet to the general observer it tends to confound form, and introduce monotony of surface. Art, therefore, when planting for general effect, or for heighten- ing the character of surface, adopts a contrary practice(fig. 638.) to what is general in wild nature; for few things in a wild state are suitabie to the views of man in a state of civilisation and refinement; and when he admires rude scenery, it is from views of its novelty or rarity in cultivated countries; or with reference to some other art or object, or state of the same object. At the same time, a hill crowned with wood occurs in na- ture occasionally, both with and without naked hollows or plains at its base, and never fails to excite a superior degree of satisfaction or pleasure in the spectator. To plant hills, therefore, in preference to valleys, may justly be designated an imitation of one of the more interesting features of nature. 6854. With respect to form, it may be absolute, or independent of every consideration but the taste of the designer; or it may be relative. It is absolute in plantations intended to create particular beauties within themselves; as in labyrinths, woods pierced with avenues, stars,&c., in the geometric style; or in com- positions and groups, thickets and glades in the interior of a wood, laid out in the modern manner. It is relative to the shapes of the ground and to existing objects in the forms adapted for improving general scenery; and to these considerations, and to the situation and form of the mansion, gardens, waters,&c. in laying out the grounds of a country-residence. For either of these objects the general principles of operation are to heighten beauties already existing; to conceal defects; if possible, to create beauty; and to connect detached objects, either in reality or appearance, so as the scenery, from whatever point it may be viewed, may appear a whole; in short, the end is a harmonious and expressive whole, and the means are the grouping and connecting of the parts. Some tracts of country, or those parts of a demesne exte- rior to the park, may be deficient in woodiness; there trees may be introduced in masses on elevated sites, or the sides of hills; in groups connected with buildings; in thinly scattered trees, in pastures, and by brooks; and in rows in hedges, and by other fences or roads. Where disagreeable objects are to be con- cealed, the course is evident; and where nothing is interesting, attempts must be made to create interest. Aroad through a dreary country may often have much of its dulness taken away by one or two rows of trees on each side, the stems of which will break and vary the distant scenery. The lines may vary in form and direction, may swell into strips, or clumps, or thickets; form recesses, or be interrupted, accord- ing to circumstances.‘The route through some of the most dreary tracts in Germany and Russia, and the well-known Strada di Campagna, in Italy, are in this way rendered tolerable. In all this, though the main object may be beauty, yet, utility must never be lost sight of. All plantations by arable Jands should, as much as possible, be bounded by straight, or at least not very irregular lines, and connected with the hedges or other fences already existing; few single trees or groups should be planted in the area of such fields. In pastures, the worst soils and most exposed situations should be chosen, and such forms adapted as may shelter the stock from all quarters, but especially from the storms and winds which more generally prevail. In planting near cottages and villages, care should be taken not to render the atmo- sphere unhealthy by stagnating the air, or to lessen the value of their yards and gardens by curtailing their extent, or by excess of shelter and shade. Roads or lanes should on no account be injured, nor the water of streams and ponds rendered dark, discolored by leaves, and unwholesome to men or cattle. In short, the planter, for effect, should never lose sight of utility, or plant in opposition to it; for though he may produce particular sorts of beauty, and especially that lately so fashionable and justly admired disposition of objects, called picturesque, which may be admired by a number for a time; yet there is a much more elevated and universal beauty, that of moral relation, or, in short, refined utility, which, while men SIP 4 952 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr ITI. reat Hoa Social feelings, must ever be the most interesting to mankind in general, and will therefore 6855. The outline of plantations, made with a view to the composition of a country- residence, is guided by the same general principles; whether the trees are to be dis- posed in regular forms, avowedly artificial; or in irregular forms, in imitation of nature.(fig. 639.) The first thing is, in both modes, to compose a principal mass, from which the rest may appear to proceed; or be, or seem to be, connected. In ae cases it answers best to include or connect with this mass the house, kitchen and flower- gardens(e); from these other masses and groups should proceed, either connected or better, only seemingly so when viewed horizontally. Their forms should be eral 639 ——————— a7 PUISCEV ETE, AM pr Lea=— Rs[ Y fea RUS eae+ mg LLL Thee Ay TU ACTOS Peer it carn huguie! Wa wis ESE Cre : Nee 7 ae Dae TT TTT ITING and so disposed, relatively to the ground and other objects, and to each other, as to throw the pasture surface into broad masses(a, b, c, d), which become wholes in their turn, and their connection and variation is heightened by the variety in the glades between the masses and groups of plantation. Such would be the mode of procedure on a flat to be formed into a modern park; regard being had to exclude or admit the view of certain parts of the distant scenery; never to shut in, or leave without a third distance(as is the term in landscape-painting), any of the scenes within the boundary of the park; and to other laws of perspective, optics, and composition, which will be more fully entered on in treating of landscape-gardening. ¥ 6856. In the pleasure-ground, which, as far as respects the form or ground outline of plantations, is to be considered as a part of the park, the same principles are applicable. In neither the artificial or natural style, should their width be great; but their form may be varied at pleasure, subject to general principles. Where the ground is irregular (fig. 640.), only the modern style can be adopted with good effect; and there, by con- 640 x ducting the walks,orforming the water chiefly in the hollows(a), and planting the emi- nences(6), varying the manner in which the outlines of these masses embrace the decli- vities, the happiest effects may be produced. Deviations from these general principles can only be justified by extraordinary circumstances. with tet need seldom eitous outline ( panting 9° 957 ea from great el the grandes files of outlit peautiful an form impos clothed with opposite hill 6858, TF where art is plants ate P {ure is to be his should b style; but m fo ll practical as possible the to each other, This is onside are used, and himself by plac stub, which 1s WwW ¢ Nitin ference to a§ form separate of the spect 4s positions; fi trees may be be placed in| ibe : 6859, In should be st ations, by th or to exclude trees, For Masses, cony wholes,&e,, tees at exact Manele+ foy Boox IIT. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS. 953 6857. With respect to the extent, or area, occupied by ornamental plantations, as such, that need seldom be great. They are generally seen only in profile, and therefore a cir- cuitous outline( fig. 641. a.) may on most occasions be contrived to have the same effect as planting a solid mass, which will occupy much more ground(b), show less exterior variety, and none within. The =—R case is different, however, "+ ¢ where the upper surface of a e' plantation is to be met by the “ey eye, at a large angle, say up- 77 wards of 35°. In that case, to produce a grand and im- posing effect, real extent is wanting. Examples occur in : 3. planting the steep sides of high a taf) hills, to be seen from below; =—_—_--__ Sins_ Sat opposite hills, is one of the most magnificent of rural prospects. sp 6858. With respect to the disposition of trees in a plantation where art is avowedor purposely displayed, the more regularly the i 4 = ss| j i 4 “idee| 4 |.. i. (ih plants are placed the better is the end attained; but, where na- Rife "SY|, ture is to be imitated, irregularity will best sustain the character. SEAT : AN This should be studied in the larger as well as the smaller plantations, in the natural style; but more especially in detached groups, which operate so powerful an effect 643@ S in laying out the grounds of a residence. The greatest beauty of a ra) 2 group of trees as far as respects their stems, Is in the varied direc- tion these take as they grow into trees( fig. 642.); but as that is for all practical purposes beyond the influence of art, all we can do is to vary as much a) oh hE as possible the ground-plans of groups, or the relative position which the stems have co to each other, where they spring from the earth. 644 . when becom Fate. aie 2 S): 2‘S Pins This is considerable, even where a very few trees QS ras S. Sf are used, and of which any person may convince himself by placing afew dots on paper. Thus, two trees( fig. 643.), or a tree and shrub, which is the smallest group, may be placed in three different positions with re- ith ti Xk Ar S a Ciba ee oe oe bal sy Oy A© eg Poe is abe y will be are ference to a spectator in a fixed point: if he moves round them they will first vary in form separately, and next(at 6) unite in one or in two groups, according to the position of the spectator. In like manner three trees(fig. 644.) may be placed in four different vm Ap ag? go Nes bab ony OSL Pe "Whee te geolee S; Rae x} es*,* gags wld positions; four trees may be placed in eight different positions( fig. 645.); five trees may be grouped in ten different ways as to ground-plan( fig. 646.); six may FA be placed in twelve different positions( fig. 647.); and so on. Aad|‘S<: rhe| oO 647 i ili Ht) Ke' os‘. pee 9 Nee a~~ A! Na eS (ed, ek 6859. In planting groups it is not meant to be asserted, that the ground-plan of each should be studiously considered; it will be sufficient if this is done in conspicuous situ- ations, by the sides of walks and roads, and in such places as require for shelter or shade, or to exclude some disagreeable object, a series of groups of nearly the same number of trees. For the ordinary purposes of grouping, such as varying the apparent outline of masses, connecting scattered objects, adding parts to such objects as are incomplete wholes,&c., it will be sufficient to introduce large and small groups; never to put two trees at exactly the same distance from each other; three in the angles of an equilateral triangle; four in those of a square; five in those of an octagon, and so on. 954 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III 6860. Scattered trees. It has been a very common practice among planters to i duce, in parks, great numbers of detached single trees(in vulgar eehaplog;- oi with a view of effecting, by them, what can only be done by groups. rAd ee clump, there is not a greater deformity in the grounds of Beaee countr se me Supposing these trees, planted on a level surface, all of the same sort, RN sae equally well, their insipid sameness of form and position must be evident to aio ee eye of every one. Suppose them on the same character of surface, but all, or chiedy, f different sorts(fig. 648.), it is equally evident they will grow with dicen Apis of vigor, and assume different characters of stem and head; and consequently produce 2 appearance of the most discordant kind. It is only necessary to analyse a group, to im = 2 aa 7— convinced of the variety of general form produced, even by trees of one species, but Re i. i° A as° ee% more especially by two kinds, and this, even by specimens that would be unsightly apart; J pea:> en i.. e“ 2 and to observe a portion of the scattered woody scenery, in the openings or glades of a natural forest, to be convinced how much more variety is produced by that manner of planting, than by distributing over a surface great numbers of single trees. It is ob serve> rice 9g 1~ 1 ,, c: served by Uvedale Price, that in the numerous landscapes which compose the liber veritatis of Claude, there is not more than one single tree; so highly did this artist value the principle of connection, A single tree, however, is not always to be condemned, even as such, for its form, age, or blossom, or some other accidental circumstance may com- pensate for its isolated situation; and ,it may often exist singly as a tree, and yet in . IP- oT> ry> 10.. 1;- rnek a 7 S connection v eroupes with other objects, as buildings, rocks,&c.; and in these cases it is not to be conc emned, because the grand object of grouping, connection, is maintained by the co-tangent object. 6861. Placing the groups. Another practice in the employment of g a j { cins groups. Anothe actice in| I roups, almost equally reprehensible with that ot indiscriminate distribution, is that of placing the groups and thickets in the rece iscead of chiefly employing them opposite the salient points.‘The effect of this mode is the very reverse of what is intended; for, instead of varying the outline, it tends to render it more uniform by diminishing the depth of recesses, and approximating the whole more nearly to an even line. The way to vary an even or straight line or lines, is here and there to place constellations of groups against it(fig. 649. c); anda line already varied is to be rendered more so, by placing large groups against the prominences(a) to render them more prominent; and small groups()), here and there in the recesses, to vary their forms and conceal their real depths. Es pd SU) reese, 0 han} aA SSRs Py Be Fi ELSE Be should be placed irregularly; the first planting; and subsequent thinning, pruning, and cutting down, and sowing, must be used from time to time to complete imitation or allusion, satisfied with an inferior degree of beauty.” 6863. The general form of tree employed materially influe of different trees for producing effects in landscape, nees the effect of plantations. The capacities division of tre pointed out(6795. et seq.) plantations are seen chiefly in trees form against the sky or the back-ground, is the most conspi aspect. The difference between this outline, when formed of spiry-topt trees, as the firs, pines,&c.(fig. 650.) 5 of oblong-headed trees, as most of the willows, alders, poplars{ fig. as the oak, ash, elm, and most trees( fig. 651. a), 651. b); and the round-headed sorts, pfrom the accidental semination of birds or winds.‘ The effect of this moving, renversing, planting, unless the owner will rest and the general es into round-headed, oblong-headed, and spiry-topt, have been already It has also been observed(6857.), that the greater number of profile; and hence, that the outline which the tops of the cuous feature in their front surface df jmilanity and simia ight form, or! de of 4 high on the contrat) ceases of differ we look on equally great 6964. The trees have mo and in very especially on mountains(, forms, and| orowth, seet pointed rocky s forests are dull, nous in the sand Russia, but am craggy precipice lassy varied Ul Nora, they ar tame countries variety when ola to touch each oth ber of them are stole are of diff is stil far short ¢ headed trees( Most suitable s orin small or Ot sprinkled a tall the dig Dice; and in laye intended Boox III. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS. 955 RS Mass 3 ie L4H{ é Seen hehe asec£ eee ee SEEEHLERH ER ER EEE pepe EE rows, strips, or masses; whereas the rounded-headed trees, even in single rows, pro- duce some variety of sky outline. The difference is equally great between the face or V|: ~= ISS== SEAT_—SSSSSEES SSSSss&&@&@ SSSwwsss front surface of a row or mass of spiry and round-headed trees; for the great regularity and similarity of the branches of the former, precludes the possibility of breaks in form, or light and shade, and presents one uniform surface of verdure, not unlike the side of ahigh hedge. The front surface of a row or mass of round-headed trees, on the contrary, from opposite qualities in the branches, produces prominences and re- cesses of different degrees of magnitude, and of different forms and relative positions. If we look on the upper surface of a plantation of each class, we shall find the difference equally great. 6864. The situations where spiry-topt trees have most effect is among rocks, and in yery irregular surfaces; and especially on the steep sides of high mountains(fig. 652.), where their forms, and‘the direction of their growth, seem to harmonise with their pointed rocky summits. Fir and pine forests are dull, gloomy, and monoto- nous in the sandy plains of Poland and Russia, but among the broken rocks, craggy precipices, and otherwise end- lessly varied surfaces of Sweden and Norway, they are full of variety. In tame countries they present most variety when planted so thin as barely to touch each other, and when a num- ber of them are kept low, where the= whole are of different ages(fig. 653.) But the variety produced, even by this disposition, is still far short of what would be effected by a similar arrangement of round or oval- 653 ch 1) aa, i om" Hi r, TN. ee Gisg PEGE headed trees( fig. 654.), of different ages, or mixed with shrubs or low growths. The most suitable situation for spiry-topt trees, in ornamental scenery, is as single objects —___- Usa__ eee Oe oe or in small groups( fig. 655.), sparingly introduced in the margin of thickets or strips, or sprinkled along the bottoms of dells or dingles. In plantations which comprise masses of all the different species of hardy tree, there they may come in also in their proper place; and in mountain and rocky scenery, they are in the places which nature seems to have intended for them, PRACTICE OF GARDENING. 6865. The oblong-headed trees may be introduced much more frequently than the spiry- topt sorts; the more obtuse summits blend well with the round-headed trees, and the more acute topt sorts which terminate in flexible flame-like shapes, as the Lombardy poplar, and cypress, form excellent contrasts to the round trees, and serve as transition forms to the spiry tribe. The round-headed trees, it need hardly be observed, are the most general in nature, at least in temperate climates, and are the most universally ap- plicable in ornamental planting. These considerations on the forms of trees refer to them chiefly as in independent plantations; in connection with buildings, the choice, as to form, may often be influenced by that of the building, and also by the effect or object in- tended by planting them. 6866. With respect to magnitude, the grand division of woody plants is into trees and shrubs. The bulk and heights of the common trees and shrubs of the country being generally known, the eye estimates the magnitude of other objects by theirs; consequently extraordinary magnitudes, whether large or small, should only be used under extraordinary circumstances.‘The apparent size, proportion, and distance of objects, might otherwise be deranged, and a discordant effect produced. Shrubs, which have the form of trees; and low trees, as the mountain ash, the apple and pear, often produce this effect, when planted as single objects; and unless their fruit is prized above every thing else, they should, when introduced for the sake of their flowers, either be planted in the margins of plantations, or grouped with trees of the or- dinary size. The finest small groups are of this description, or composed of common deciduous timber trees and hardy shrubs, as oaks, chestnuts, hollies, thorns,&c. 6867. The choice of species must be made subservient to general effect, and to the particular purposes, for which different species are calculated. These have been already pointed out(chap. ii), as well as their uses(chap. i.), and both should be continually present in the mind of the planter. For the more general purposes of planting, the standard trees of the country, native or naturalised, are mostly to be preferred, as growing freely and preserving harmony; for the purposes of distinction, foreign trees are more likely to answer the end. Foreign trees also contribute greatly to variety and interest, and therefore are indis- pensable in pleasure-grounds, or other scenes of much resort.“‘ Any number of species may be admitted into improved grounds; commencing with the rare sorts near the house, as the centre of art and refine- ment, and ending with the common trees of the country, at such distances as the extent and style of the whole may suggest. The proportions of such trees as are only ornamental, and such as are valuable as timber, must be in some degree determined by the character of the place, but chiefly by the taste and view ofthe owner. Beauty alone, without utility, will not long please; and a few single groups and plants of the rare species, in the grounds more immediately consecrated to man, will generally afford more satisfac- tion than a lavish display of exotics; the former will always present a more luxuriant and thriving display of scenery than the latter, and sooner attain the maturity of beauty.”(din. Encyc. art. Landscape Gardening.) 6868. Whatever number of species are used, one only should prevail in one place; or if there be high or low growths, then one of each kind should prevail. Great attention should be had that the species which compose the groups and thickets, or other scattered woodinesses which border on masses, should consist almost entirely of the species which prevail in the masses: if this precaution is neglected, instead of these appendages producing connection and harmony, they will have a tendency directly the reverse. Thickets may next be considered in regard to their form, that is, the form of their ground-plan; and with groups and single trees in regard to the choice of species. Thickets are produced by nature, by the inroads of cattle, or other animals, grazing or cropping the herbage, and with it the young trees in forest-scenery. On levels and sheltered situations, we find their form comparatively regular, because there appears no permanent or general reason to occasion their encroachment on one side more than on the other. But on varied surfaces and soils a preference is given by depasturing animals to certain natural plants, and the side on which they abound is penetrated more deeply than the other. The plan of the thicket, therefore, varies accordingly. In elevated grounds, exposed to a particular wind, the thickets will exceed in length, which will be found generally to be in the direction of the storm. The cause is too obvious to be pointed out; but this effect, and every other observed in the groups and thickets of natural scenery, always merit study, and most frequently deserve imitation in creations of landscape-scenery. The species of tree ought obviously to be those of the part of the mass to which they belong; for thickets, groups, and single trees, ought to resemble disjointed and broken fragments from those masses. But in particular cases, for rendering a prominence still more prominent, or increasing the depth of a recess, a few plants of similar, or not discordant growths, but of darker or lighter greens, may at a distance add to the effect of each. By the same process, with more contrasted species, where no other mode can be put in execution, the form- ality of a single row may in some degree be varied in its situation and contour.(Ed. Encyc. art. Land- scape Gardening.);:;; 6869. The arrangement of the species to effect variety must evidently be by grouping or collecting them in masses; for if all the species made use of were intimately mixed together in every part of a plantation, it is evident the eye would meet every where the same species; so that, as far as variation from that source was sought for, it would be entirely wanting. Uvedale Price has treated this subject with much ingenuity; and in reprobating the common practice of mixing as many different sorts as can be procured, in order to produce variety, observes, that°* variety, of which the true end is to relieve the eye, not to perplex it, does not consist in the diversity of separate objects, but in the diversity of their effects when com- bined together in a difference of composition and character. Many think, however, that they have ob- tained that grand object, when they have exhibited in one body all the hard names of the Linnean sys- tem; but when as many plants as can be well got together are exhibited in every shrubbery, or 1n every plantation, the result isa sameness of a different kind, but not less truly a sameness that would arise from there being no diversity at all; for there is no having variety of character, without a certain distinctness, without certain marked features on which the eye can dwell.”(Essays on the Picturesque, vl. 1.): 6870. Repton observes,“ there is more variety in passing from a grove of oaks to a grove of firs ie passing through a wood composed of a hundred different species, as they are usually mixed together. By this indiscriminate mixture of every kind of tree in planting, all variety 1s destroyed by the excess of va- riety, whether it is adopted in belts or clumps, as they have been technically called: for example, ee clumps be composed of ten different sorts of trees 1n each, they become so many things exactly se ar 5 but if each clump consists of the same sort of trees, they become ten different things, of which one may hereafter furnish a group of oaks, another of elms, another of chestnuts or of thorns,&c. In like manner, ni yumm, povellYs yD ty would De© in the op Weh f ret} freely ysl ie ypooded 10 ts mum ol variet gystematie pla the groups(i the plantation responding his should be sim by Jeter uy and wh ere ahr o as great as the s Je; and sec’ ation of their ste indeed, cannot reach of cattle Wi h coped, and furn‘ intended to be 1 6875, In plandty separates the la should ever be necessary for a arks, should: 1 the posis ¢ number of case able to their gr state of the ma jority of the} of head.room, nerally neglec tainly can hay tends to be, a Br Ih Boox ITI. FORMATION OF PLANTATIONS. 957 in the modern belt, the recurrence and monotony of the same mixture of trees of all the different kinds, through a long drive, make it the more tedious in proportion as it is long. In part of the drive at Woburn, in which evergreens alone prevail, which is a circumstance of grandeur, of variety, of novelty, and, I may add, of winter comfort, that I never saw adopted in any other place on so magni- ficent a scale, the contrast of passing from a wood of deciduous trees to a wood of evergreens must be felt by the most heedless observer; and the same sort of pleasure, though ina weaker degree, would be felt in the course of a drive, if the trees of different kinds were collected in small groups or masses by themselves, instead of being blended indiscriminately.”’(Inquiry into Changes of Taste,&c. p. 33.) 6871. Sir W. Chambers and Price agree in recommending the imitation of natural forests in the ar- rangement of the species. In these nature disseminates her plants by scattering their seeds, and the off- spring rise round the parent in masses or breadths, depending on a variety of circumstances, but chiefly on the facility which these seeds afford for being carried to a distance by the wind, the rain, and by birds or other animals. So disseminated they spring up, different sorts together, affected by various cireumstances of soiland situation; and arrive at maturity, contending with other plants and trees, and with the brows- ing of animals. At last, that species which had enjoyed a maximum of natural advantages is found to prevail as far as this maximum extended, stretching along in masses and angular portions of surtace, till circumstances changing in favor of some other species, that takes the prevalence in its turn. In this way it will generally be found, that the number of species, and the extent and style of the masses in which they prevail, bears a strict analogy to the changes of soil and surface; and this holds good, not only with respect to trees and shrubs, but to plants, grasses, and even the mossy tribe. 6872. The most perfect arrangement of species in regard to va- riety would be to employ every kind of tree and shrub that will grow freely in the open air, and arrange them according to the natural system. We have already suggested(6144.) that a residence might be wooded in this way, so as in the smallest extent to obtain a maxi- mum of variety and beauty. In most cases, where grouping, or any systematic plan of arranging the species is to be adopted, the form of the groups(fig. 656. a, 0, c, d, e) should be marked on the plan of the plantation, and the kinds for each form written down in a cor- responding list; the small detached masses intended as thickets Cf) should be similarly marked, the situation of groups indicated either by letters simply(g), or by figures(6, 2, 3) referring to a list of kinds; and where shrubs are to be introduced in the groups, two figures may be used(2, 4), one of which shall indicate the kind of tree, and the other the species of low growth or shrub. This mode we have al- ways adopted in furnishing plans for ornamental planting, and find it enables gardeners to execute them with perfect accuracy. 6873. The size of the plants used in ornamental planting should be as great as the soii and situation will admit, for two reasons: first, because an early effect is always de- sirable; and secondly, because in planting detached groups, large and small plants, and a varied inclin- ation of their stem(fig. 642.) may be introduced in imitation of nature. Small groups on pastured lands, indeed, cannot be formed withour trees whose stems are sufficiently high to raise their heads out of the reach of cattle, without enclosing so considerable a space round every tree as to render this mode both te- dious, unsightly, and expensive. 6874. Ferces. Masses, in the ancient style of planting, were generally surrounded by walls or other durable fences. Here the barrier was considered as an object or permanent part of the scene, and for that reason was executed substantially, and even ornamentally. They were generally walls substantially coped, and furnished with handsome gates and piers. The rows of avenues and small clumps, or platoons intended to be finally thrown open, were enclosed by the most convenient temporary fence. 6875. In planting in the natural style, a regular fence either of verdant or masonic materials, can never be the final part of perfect imitation, since no such thing is to be found in nature. But in planting in farm-lands, or for the purpose of improving the general scenery, some permanent fence is requisite; and all that can be said is, that which promises in the end to be the most efficient and economical, will almost always be the best. The hedge, sunk fence, common wall, and wide water-course where it will be con- stantly nearly full of water, here present themselves as the most general kinds. Any fence, however, of which a large excavation, without water, forms a part, as the sunk fence, should be used with great cau- tion; as there are none of this class but what look ill from at least one point of view, that is, when seen lengthways. 6876. In planting to form a park or residence, with the exception of the boundary fence, and that which separates the lawn or mown surface from the grazed scenery, no permanent barrier of a formal nature should ever be admitted. In very bleak situations, walls or mounds of earth, however unsightly, may be necessary for a time{o shelter and draw up the plants; but the final removal of these and all fences in parks, should be looked to as certain. Light palings, the rails coated over with tar or py rolignous acid, and the posts charred by burning at the lower end, to render them durable, may be used in the greater number of cases; and in many, where the plants are larger, and the soil and other circumstances favor- able to their growth, hurdles or other moveable rails or palings may be used.“¢ The present improved state of the manufacture of iron offers a very desirable accommodation in this respect, affording the best guards for single plants and groups; and iron hurdles, or lines of cast-iron standards and half-inch wires, as rails for masses, have a light and temporary appearance, highly congenial to the idea of their speedy removal. The lines of the fences conforming to the irregular shapes of the masses will not be disagree- able to the eye, if those of the latter are arranged with any regard to apparent connection; for any ob- jects, whether lines or forms, however deficient in beauty of themselves, acquire a degree of interest, and even character, when connected and arranged in such a way as to form a whole. When a plantation is finally to be composed both of trees and undergrowths, thorns, sloes, hollies, berberries, and briars, may, in many cases prevail in the margin; which, when the fence is removed, will form a picturesque phalanx, and protect the whole. Partial inroads, formed by cattle, will only heighten the variety and intricacy of such masses.”(Edin. Encyc. art. Landscape Gardening.) In this way, as Price observes(Essays, vol, i.), the planter may plant as thick as he chooses, and never think of thinning or future management, only taking care to introduce no more trees than what he intends to remain finally as timber. The great ma- jority of the plants being shrubs will soon be overtopped by the timber-trees, which, having abundance of head-room, will grow up in free and unconstrained shapes. The future care of plantations is so ge- nerally neglected, that this suggestion, under certain circumstances, well merits adoption; though it cer- tainly can have no pretension to be called a scientific or profitable mode of planting. It is what it pre- tends to be, a picturesque mode. £ ee ee SO ee Sadie PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pies Bi. Cuar. V. f Of the Culture and Management of Plantations. 6877. On the management of plantations, Pontey and Sang observe, that it is too common a case to consider a tree, when once planted, as done with; though, as every one knows, the progress and products of trees, like those of other plants, may be greatly increased or modified by cultivating the soil, pruning and thinning. 6878. With respect to culture of the soil, it is evident that young plantations should be kept clear of such weeds as have a tendency to smother the plants; and though this is not likely to take place on heaths and barren sites, yet even these should be looked over once or twice during summer, and at least those weeds removed which are conspicuously injurious. In grounds which have been prepared previously to plant- ing, weeding, hoeing by hand, or by the horse-hoe, and digging or ploughing, become necessary accordin i to circumstances. The hoeings are performed in summer to destroy weeds, and render the soil penaons to the weather; the ploughing and diggings in winter for the same purpose, and sometimes to prepare the soil for spring crops. These, both Pontey and Sang allow, may be occasionally introduced among newly planted trees; though it must not be forgotten that relatively to the trees, the plants composing such crops are weeds, and some of them, as the potatoe, weeds of the most exhausting kind. 6879. In preparing land for sowing woods, Sang ploughs in manure, sows in rows six feet apart, and crops the ground between, with low-growing early potatoes, turnip, lettuce, or other green crops. He does not approve of cropping the intervals with young trees, as a sort of nursery, as they prove more scourging crops than esculent vegetables, nor with grain, as not admitting of culture, and being too ex- hausting for the soil. Marshall, and some other authors, however, approve of sowing the tree-seeds with a crop of grain, and hoeing up the stubble and weeds when the crop is removed. 6880. Pontey observes,‘‘ that wherever preparing the soil for planting is thought necessary, that of cultivating it for some years afterwards will generally be thought the same; for where quick growth is essential, cleanliness of appearance is usually of consequence. Slight crops of potatoes, with short tops or turnips, may be admitted into such plantations with advantage for two or three years, as they create a necessity for annually digging or stirring the surface, and tend very materially to accelerate the growth of the plants. It may be objected, that such crops must impoyerish the soil, and no doubt but such is the fact, so far as common vegetables are concerned; but as to the production of wood, its support de- pends, in a great measure, on a different species of nutriment; and hence, I could never observe that such cropping damaged it materially.”(Profit. Plant. p. 153.) Osier-plantations for basket-willows and hoops, require digging and cleaning during the whole course of their existence; and so do hedge-rows to a certain extent, and some ornamental plantations. 6881. Filling up blanks is one of the first operations that occurs in the culture of plantations next to the general culture of the soil, and the care of the external fences. According to Sang, a forest plant- ation after pitting, either in the mass form or ordinary mixture, should remain several years after plant- ing, before filling up the vacancies, by the death of the hard-wood plants, takes place. Hard-wood plants, in the first year, and even sometimes in the second year after planting, die down quite to the surface of the ground, and are apparently dead, while their roots, and the wood immediately above them, are quite fresh, and capable of producing very vigorous shoots, which they frequently do produce, if allowed to stand in their places. Ifa tree, such as that above alluded to, be taken out the first or second year after planting, and the place filled up with a fresh plant cf the same kind, what happened to the former may probably happen to the latter; and so the period of raising a plant on the spot may be protracted toa great length of time; or it is possible this object may never be gained. 6882. The filling up of the hard wood kinds in a plantation which has been planted after trenching, or sum- mer-fallow which bas been kept clean by the hoe, may be done with safety at an earlier period than under the foregoing circumstances; because the trees, in the present case, have greater encouragement to grow vigorously after planting, and may be more easily ascertained to be entirely dead, than where the natural herbage is allowed to grow among them. 6883. But the filling up of larches and pines may take place the first spring after the plantation has been made; because such of these trees as have died are more easily distinguished. In many cases when a larch or a fir loses its top, either by dying down, or the biting of hares and rabbits, the most vigorous lateral branch is elected by nature to supply the deficiency, which by degrees assumes the character of an original top. Pines and larches, therefore, which have fresh lateral branches, are not to be displaced, although they have lost their tops. Indeed, no tree in the forest, or other plantation, ought to be removed, until there be no room left to hope for its recovery. If the filling up of plantations be left undone till the trees have risen to fifteen or twenty feet in height, their roots are spread far abroad, and their tops occupy a consi- derable space. The introduction of two or three plants, from a foot to three feet in height, at a particular deficient place, can never, in the above circumstances, be attended with any advantage. Such plants may indeed become bushes, and may answer well enough in the character of underwood, but they will for ever remain unfit for any other purpose. It is highly improper, then, to commence the filling up of hard-wood plantations before the third year after planting; or to protract it beyond the fifth or the sixth. March is the proper season for this operation.(Plant. Kalend. 295.) 6884. Pruning is the most important operation of tree culture, since on it, in almost every case, depends the ultimate value, and in most cases, the actual bulk of timber pro- duced. Inthe purposes of pruning, as for most other practical purposes, the division of trees into resinous or frondose-branched trees, and into non-resinous or branchy-h saded sorts, is of use. The main object in pruning frondose-branched trees is to produce a trunk with clean bark and sound timber; that in pruning branchy-stemmed trees, is prin- cipally to direct the ligneous matter of the tree into the main stem or trunk, and also to produce a clean stem and sound timber, as in the other case. The branches of frondose trees, unless in extraordinary cases, never acquire a timber size, but rot off from the bottom upwards, as the tree advances in height and age; and, therefore, whether pruned or not, the quantity of timber in the form of trunk is the same. The branches of the other division of trees, however, when left to spread out on every side, often acquire a timber-like size; and as the ligneous matter they contain is in general far from being so valuable as when produced in the form of a straight stem, the loss by not pruning off their side branches, or preventing them from acquiring a timber-like size, isevident. On the other hand, when they are broken off by accident, or rot off by being crowded toge- ther, the timber of the trunk, though in these cases increased in quantity, is rendered knotty and rotten in quality. sefl for his eaves and iW we that qua’ Ae of little yalue 10 15)., (a7. Pruning bleed as soon as n 6891, With the knifeis cap plants, itis te saw, A hate should be qui the least protu Cases, be note being torn in fan Wise rag ture wil] soon| clude the air, Upright, it sho Mat the face of tooth the edg tegen 4 ee IN, Pan Boox{Il. CULTURE,&c. OF PLANTATIONS. 959 . 6885. With respect to the manner of pruning, where straight timber is the object, both classes in their nating infancy, as Sang observes, should be feathered from the bottom upwards, keeping the tops light and spiral, something resembling a young larch.(fig. 657. a) The proportion of their tops should he gradually diminished, year by year, till about their twentieth Ri year, when they should occupy a third part of the height of the plant; that is, if the tree be thirty feet high, the top should be ten feet(4). In all cases in pruning off the branches, the utmost care must be taken not to leave any stumps sticking out, but to cut them in to the quick. It is only by this means that clean timber can be procured for the joiner; or sightly smooth-stemmed trees to please the eye. It is a very general practice to leave snags or stumps (c); before the bole can be enlarged sufficiently to cover these, many years must elapse; the stumps in the meantime become rotten; and the consequence is timber which when sawn up(d) is only fit for fuel. 6886. Pontey says,‘‘ The sap of a tree may be consi- dered as the raw materiai furnished by nature; and man, the manufacturer who moulds it into the form most useful for his purpose. A moderate quantity of leaves and small wood is necessary to every tree; but all above that quantity are of no use to the plant, and of little value to its owner.”(Forest Pruner, 152, 153.) 6887. Pruning for ornament or beauty must be guided in its operations by what that beauty is. If it is the beauty of art, then the trees may require to be cut or clipped into the shape of animals( fig.346.); or inanimate natural objects, as: mounds of earth, mushrooms; or geometric forms, triangles, globes, We cones; or walls, columns, arcades, vases, arbors, Nim=‘:== temples, theatres, or other architectural or sculptural compositions.(fig. 658.) The dwarfing of trees is also another kind of artificial beauty, much practised by the Chinese; and though the habit be kept up chiefly by withholding nourishment; yet the dwarf is produced by ringing a branch; enveloping it in a ball of loam; amputat- ing it when it has made roots; and then pinching off all exuberance of growth so as to keep it into shape.(Livingstone, in Hort. Trans. iv. 224.) ~~ 6888. If natural beauty is desired, then the pruning must be rather negative than ang positive; the object being to let the tree i assume its natural shape, or, as Sang de- Te seribes it,‘* express its own nature.” All that man can do, therefore, in the way of pruning for this object, is to assist a plant of the tree kind to express the characteristics of a tree; that is, a pow- erful trunk and ample spreading head which distinguishes it from a shrub; and fH this he does by clearing a part of the tree#34." of its side branches; and by avoiding to*t: r aa ae nhl train up a shrub with a single stem like a diminutive tree. In attending to these instructions the great importance of the use of leaves must never be lost sight of: this isnot, as Pontey asserts, to attract the sap, but to elaborate it when propelled to them, and thus form the extract or food taken in by the plant, into a fluid analogous to blood, and which is returned so formed by the leaves into the inner bark and soft wood. It must be a very nice point, therefore, to determine the quantity of branches or leaves that should be left on each tree; and if no more are left than what are necessary, then in the case of accidents to them from insects, the progress of the tree will be doubly retarded.“Experience alone can determine these things. Both Pontey and Sang agree that‘ strength is gained as effectually by a few branches to form a head as by many.” 2 6889. The general seasons of pruning are winter and spring, and for the gean midsummer, as it is found to gum very much at any other season. Pontey says,‘‘ as to the proper season for pruning, there is only one difficulty; and that is discovering the wrong one, or the particular time when trees will bleed. Only two trees have been found which bleed uniformly at certain seasons, namely, the sycamore and firs, which bleed as soon as the sap begins to move. In spring pruning, desist when this takes place.’? As a general rule, he thinks‘* summer preferable to winter pruning; because, in proportion as wounds are made early stot they heal so much the more in the same season.”(Forest Pruner: 236.) pide aye tal ar from the end of February to the middle of July, but carries it on during 1e yea. 4>: j ceo e(Plant, Kal. o68) the gean, or any other tree very apt to gum, he prunes only in July and 6891. With respect to the implements to be used, Sang observes,“‘ In every case where the knife is capable of lopping off the branch in question, namely, in the pruning of infant plants, it is the only instrument necessary. All other branches should be taken off by the saw. A hatchet, or achisel, should never be used. Every wound on the stem, or bole, should be quite into the quick, that is, to the level and depth of the bark; nor should the least protuberance be left. The branch to be lopped off by the saw should, in all cases, be notched or slightly cut on the under side, in order to prevent the bark from being torn in the fall; and when the branch has been removed, the edges of the wound, if anywise ragged, should be pared smooth with the knife. If the tree be vigorous, na- ture will soon cover the wound over with bark, without the addition of any plaster to ex: clude the air. In the shortening of a strong branch, the position of which is pretty upright, it should be observed to draw the see obliquely across it, in such a manner as Pa“ite? Q attar cs é tes‘= timber! fe that the face of the wound shall be incapable of retaining moisture; and afterwards to y I ¥;;> ay ava RY© r“A LWT iJ i} rot of I 510" smooth the edges of the bark with the knife.”(Plant. Kal. 181.) In every case where eased By: Bu PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part IIL the ae are too large for the knife, Pontey prefers the saw, as the best and most ex- peditious instrument; and one, the use of which is more easily acquired by a laborer than that of either the bill or axe. In“large work” he uses the common‘carpenter’s saw; for smaller branches, one with somewhat finer teeth, with the plate of steel, and about twenty inches long. Having stated what is general in pruning, the next thing is to submit some particular applications of the art to resinous and non-resinous timber- trees, copse-woods, osier-holts, hedges, and hedge-rows, and trees in parks. 6892. Résinous trees, Pontey and Sang agree, should not be pruned at so early an age as the non-resin- ous kinds. Sang commences about the sixth or eighth year, according to their strength or vigor, and removes no more than one or two tiers of branches at once. Pontey, when the plants are about eight feet high, gives the first pruning by“displacing two or at most three tiers of the lower branches; after which intervals of three years might elapse between the prunings; never displacing more than two tiers at once, except more shall prove dead.”(Forest Pruner, 204.) Sang judiciously observes,‘* Excessive pruning, either of firs, larches, or deciduous trees of any sort, is highly injurious, not only to the health of the plant, but to the perfection of the wood. If a sufficient number of branches are not left on the young plant to produce abundance of leaves, perfectly to concoct its juice, the timber will be loose in its texture and liable to premature decay.”(Plant. Kal. 182.) The opinions of Nicol and Monteath are at variance with those of Pontey and Sang, as to pruning resinous trees. Nicol advises leaving snags(Pract. Plant. 913.), and Monteath(For. Guide, 45.) says,“‘ Never cut off a branch till it has begun to rot, as the bleeding of a live branch will go far to kill the tree.” 6893. Non-resinous trees, Sang observes,‘ should be pruned betimes, or rather from their infancy, and thenceforward at intervals of one or at most two years. If the pruning of young forest-trees is performed only at intervals of eight or ten years, the growth is unnecessarily thrown away, and wounds are inflicted which will ever after remain blemishes in the timber; whereas, if the superfluous, or competing branches had been removed annually, and before they attained a large size, the places from which they issued would be imperceptible, or at least not hurtful to the timber, when it came to the hands of the artist. The pruning of all deciduous trees should be begun at the top, or at least those branches which are to be removed from thence should never be lost sight of. Having fixed upon what may be deemed the best shoot for a leader, or that by which the stem is most evidently to be elongated and enlarged, every other branch on the plant should be rendered subservient to it, either by removing them instantly, or by short- ening them. Where a plant has branched into two or more rival stems, and there are no other very strong branches upon it, nothing more is required, than simply to lop off the weakest clean by the bole, leaving only the strongest and most promising shoots. If three or four shoots or branches be contending for the ascendancy, they should, in like manner, be lopped off, leaving only the most promising. If any of the branches which have been left further down on the bole of the plant at former prunings have become very strong, or have extended their extremities far, they should either be taken clean off by the bole, or be shortened at a proper distance from it; observing always to shorten at a lateral twig of consi- derable length. It is of importance that the tree be equally poised; and therefore if it have stronger branches on the one side than the other, they should either be removed or be shortened. Thus, a pro- perly trained tree, under twenty feet in height, should appear light and spiral, from within a yard or two of the ground to the upper extremity; its stem being furnished with a moderate number of twigs and small branches, in order to detain the sap, and circulate it more equally through the plant. Trees of this size, standing in a close plantation, after being properly formed, will require much less attention; indeed, subsequent prunings will mostly consist in keeping their leading shoots single. From fhe want of air, their lateral branches will not be allowed to extend, but will remain as twigs upon the stem. These, however, frequently become dead branches; and if such were allowed to remain at all on the trees, they would infallibly produce blemishes calculated greatly to diminish the value of the timber: hence the im- propriety of allowing any branch to die on the bole ofa tree; indeed, all branches should be removed when they are alive; such a method, to our knowledge, being the only sure one to make good timber. From these circumstances, an annual pruning, or at least an annual examination, of all forests, is neces- sary.”(Plant. Kal. 180.) 6894. Heading down such non-resinous trees as stole we have already(6829.) stated to be an important operation. After the trees have been three or four years planted, Sang directs that such as have not begun to grow freely should be headed down to within three or four inches of the ground. The cut must be made with the pruning-knife in a sloping direction, with one effort. Great care should be taken not to bend over the tree in the act of cutting. By so bending, the root may be split, a thing which too often happens. The operation should be performed in March, and not at an earlier period of the season, because the wounded part might receive much injury from the severe weather in January and February, and the expected shoot be thereby prevented from rising so strong and vigorous.(Plané. Kalend. 297.) Buffon, in a memorial on the culture of woods, presented to the French government 1n 1742, says he has repeated this experi- ment view of filling up an accidental vacancy.’ 6906. In thinning mixed plantations, the removing of the nurses is the first object which generally claims attention. This, however, should be cautiously performed; otherwise the intention of nursing might, after all, be thwarted. If the situation be much exposed, it will be prudent to retain more nurses, although the plantation itself be rather crowded, than where the situation is sheltered. In no case, how- ever, should the nurses be suffered to overtop or whip the plants intended for a timber crop; and for this reason, in bleak situations, and when perhaps particular nurse-plants can hardly be spared, it may some- times be necessary to prune off the branches from one side entirely. At subsequent thinnings, such pruned or disfigured plants are first to be removed; and then those which, from their situation, may best be dispensed with, At what period of the age of the plantation all the nurses are to be removed, cannot easily be de- termined; and, indeed, if the nurses chiefly consist of larches, it may with propriety be said, that they should never be totally removed, while any of the other kinds remain. For, besides that this plant is ad- mirably calculated to compose part of a beautiful mixture, it is excelled by few kinds, perhaps by none, as. a timber-tree. 6907. But when the nurses consist of inferior kinds, such as the mountain ash and the Scots pine, they should generally be all removed by the time that the plantation arrives at the height of fifteen or twenty feet, in order that the timber-trees may not, by their means, be drawn up too weak and slender. Before this time, it may probably be necessary to thin out a part of the other kinds. The least valuable, and the least thriving plants, should first be condemned, provided their removal occasion no blank or chasm; but where this would happen, they should be allowed to stand till the next, or other subsequent revision. At what distance of time this revision should take place, cannot easily be determined; as the matter must very much depend on the circumstances of soil, shelter, and the state of health in which the plants may be. In general the third season after will besoon enough; and if the plantation be from thirty to forty years old, and in a thriving state, it will require to be revised again, in most cases, within seven years. But one invariable rule ought to prevail in all cases, and in all situations; to allow no plant to overtop or whip another. Respect should be had to the distance of the tops, not to the distance of the roots of the trees; for some kinds require much more head-room than others; and all trees do not rise perpendicular to their roots, even on the most level or sheltered ground. 6908. With respect to the final distance to which trees standing in a mixed plantation should be thinned, it is hardly possible to prescribe fixed rules; circumstances of health, vigor, the spreading nature of the tree, and the iike, must determine. Whether the trees are to be suffered to stand till full-grown; which of the kinds the soil seems best fitted for; whether the ground be flat or elevated; and whether the situation be exposed or sheltered, are all circumstances which must influence the determination of the ultimate distance at*which the trees are to stand. It may, however, be said in general, that if trees be al- lowed a distance of from twenty-five to thirty feet, according to their kinds and manner of growth, they will have room enough to become larger timber. 6009. Plantations of Scots pine, if the plants have been put in at three or three and a half feet apart, will require little care until the trees be ten or twelve feet high. It is necessary to keep such plantations thick in the early stages of their growth, in order that the trees may tower the faster, and push fewer and weaker side branches. Indeed, a fir or soft wood plantation should be kept thicker at any period of its growth than any of those consisting of hard wood and nurses already mentioned; and it may sometimes be proper to prune up certain plants as nurses, as hinted at above for nurses in a mixed plantation. Those pruned up trees are of course to be reckoned temporary plants, and are afterwards to be the first thinned out: next to these, all plants which have lost their leaders by accident should be condemned; because such will never regain them so far as afterwards to become stately timber; provided that the removal of these mutilated trees cause no material blank in the plantation. Care should be taken to prevent whipping; nor should the plantation be thinned much at any one time, lest havoc be made by prevailing winds; an evil which many, through inadvertency, have thus incurred. This precaution seems the more necessary, inasmuch as Scots pine, intended for useful large timber, are presumed never to be planted except in exposed situations and thin soils. At forty years of age, a good medium dis- tance for the trees may be about fifteen feet every way. It may be worthy of remark, however, that after a certain period, perhaps by the time that the plantation arrives at the age of fifty or sixty years, it will be proper to thin more freely, in order to harden the timber; and that, then, this may be done with less risk of danger, from the strength the trees will have acquired, than at an earlier period; but still it should be done gradually. 6910. Plantations of spruce and silver firs, intended for large useful timber, should be kept much in the manner above stated, both in their infancy and middle age. As already remarked, planting and keeping them as thick as is consistent with their health, is the best means of producing tall, straight, clean stems, and valuable timber. When planted for screens or for ornament, they require a different treatment; which will be noticed in the proper place. 6911. To larch-plantations, the above observations will also apply; and indeed they are applicable to plantations of all kinds of resinous trees. It may be proper here to remark, that the exposed margins of all young plantations should be kept thicker than the interior. The extent to which this rule should be carried, must be regulated according to the degree of exposure of the situation, the age of the plants, the tenderness of the kinds, and other circumstances. 6912. The proper seasons for thinning are autumn, or very early in spring, where the trees are to be taken up by the root and replanted elsewhere; and winter for thinning for timber and fuel; but such trees as are valuable for their bark should be left untouched till the sap rises in April or May. Copse-woods require thinning when young, like other plantations, and when once established the stools require to be gone over the second year after cutting, and all superfluous suckers and shoots remoyed.‘This operation should be repeated annually, or every two or three years, in connection with pruning, till within three or four years of the general fall of the crop. 6913. Ornamental plantations require to be thinned on principles agreeable to the intention with which they were planted. In the artificial forms, the figure must be carefully preserved, as the main object; and in plantations in imitation of nature, the principle of grouping and connection must be kept steadily in view. A thin part is to be rendered thinner, and a thick group, or constellation of plants not opened up, but merely deprived of such trees as are becoming smothered by the rest. foot If. eats Jnpr? fy upwards of aystom€0 neg! sete with ti iil stip* woods and C0 to make muc apservess plantation i changed, th eiroumstance die, Hence thick plantati this kind 4| from the time smallest and first seas0D 5 three yeats@ It will be pt Jeaving the ation should certain extel sists of pine’ off close by wounds upd! work of tro the removal 0 years, but wit jire branches, above noticed, left for the ult required only these with cauti tely, they may maining parts 1 they must be cut 6015, The operat hoticed various en subject of distance ever come within three feet apart, they must take suppose, that th thesquare of th hundred and for feet distances to left 2(Profitab EYE, Covet woods, which re reservation of th hich spring mo provement of cop protuberant stools has been found Operation is perfo Young shoots bei éstablish themnsely haps, rottenche 6911, Heds by cutting dg Hedges,§ Hedges, Nang lke trees, bec a state of hi res of high ming them j $918, Plas) he fy Se are to be US ofthe who they a Rk defcie . Must he "| NE process Book III. CULTURE,&. OF PLANTATIONS. 963 6914. Improving neglected plantations. Though it has been more or less fashionable, for upwards of a century, to form plantations; yet it has been also so generally the custom to neglect their future culture, that by far the greater proportion of the surface covered with trees in Britain may be considered as neglected or mismanaged. The ar- tificial strips and masses have generally never been thinned or pruned; and the natural woods and copse-woods improperly thinned, or cut over. It is often a difficult matter to make much of such cases; and always a work of considerable time.« Trees,” Sang observes,‘ however hardy their natures may be, which have been reared in a thick plantation, and consequently have been very much sheltered, have their natures so far changed, that if they be suddenly exposed to a circulation of air, which under different circumstances, would have been salubrious and useful to them, will become sickly and die. Hence the necessity of admitting the air to circulate freely among trees in a thick plantation, only gradually and with great caution. To prevent a misfortune of this kind, a plantation which has become close and crowded, having been neglected from the time of planting till perhaps its twentieth year, should have only some of the smallest and most unsightly plants removed: one perhaps, in every six or eight, in the first season; in the following season, a like number may be removed; and in two or three years after, it should be gone over again, and so on, till it be sufficiently thinned. It will be proper to commence the thinning, as above, at the interior of the plantation, leaving the skirts thicker till the last; indeed, the thinning of the skirts of such a plant- ation should be protracted to a great length of time.’’ With thinning, pruning to a certain extent should also be carried on.“ If the plantation,” Sang observes,“ con- sists of pines and firs, all the rotten stumps, decayed branches, and the like, must be cut off close by the bole. It will he needful, however, to be cautious not to inflict too many wounds upon the tree in one season; the removing of these, therefore, should be the work of two or three years, rather than endanger the health of the plantation. After the removal of these from the boles of the firs and larches, proceed every two or three years, but with a sparing hand, to displace one or perhaps two tiers of the lowermost live branches, as circumstances may direct; being careful to cut close by the trunk,.as above noticed. In a plantation of hard wood, under the above circumstances, the trees left for the ultimate crop are not to be pruned so much at first as might otherwise be required; only one or two of their competing branches are to be taken away, and even these with caution. If it be judged too much for the first operation to remove them en- tirely, they may be shortened, to prevent the progress of the competition; and the re- maining parts may be removed in the following season; at which time, as often observed, they must be cut close by the bole.”(Plant. Kal. 467.) 6915. The operation of thinning and pruning, thickening or filling up, or renewing portions that cannot be profitably recovered, should thus go on year after year, as appearances may direct, on the general principles of tree culture. And for this purpose the attentive observation and reflection of a judicious manager will be worth more than directions which must be given with somuch latitude. Pontey has noticed various errors in Kennedy’s Treatise on Planting, and even in Sang’s Kalendar, on the simple subject of distances, which have originated in their giving directions for anticipated cases, which had never come within their experience.‘ Most people,” he says,“take it for granted, that if trees stand three feet apart, they have only to take out the half, to make the distances six feet, though to do that, they must take down three times as many as they leave. By the same rule again, most people would suppose, that twelve feet distance was only the double of six; but the square of the latter is only thirty-six, and that of the former one hundred and forty-four, or four times the latter; so that to bring six feet distances to twelve, three trees must be removed for every one left.”(Profitable Planter, 256.; Forest Pruner, 21.) 6916. Copse-woods are sometimes improved by turning them into woods, which requires nothing more than a judicious selection and reservation of those shoots from the stools which are strongest, and which spring more immediately from the collar. But a greater im- provement of copse-woods consists in cutting over the overgrown and protuberant stools, by the surface of the soil(fig. 660. a, b,c, a), which 1as been found by Monteath completely to regenerate them. The operation is performed with a saw, in a slanting direction, and the young shoots being afterwards properly thinned and pruned, soon establish themselves securely on the circumference of large, and per- haps, rotten-hearted roots.(Forester’s Guide, 60.) 6917. Hedge-rows are often neglected, and, like larger plantations, require renovation by cutting down and filling in vacancies, and by cultivating the soil at their roots. Hedges, Sang observes, which have been long neglected, shoot up to a great height like trees, become naked at bottom, and occupy too much ground, at least for lands in a state of high cultivation. The best method of reducing such to a proper size, and of forming them into an immediate fence, is by plashing. 6918. Plashing.‘This consists in selecting the strongest and straightest shoots. These are to be dressed up and headed down to four feet, and in such a way that the tops of the whole may range ina neat line. These are called the stakes; and, when they are deficient, either in strength or number, recourse must be had to artificial stakes, which must be driven in to stand firm, and supply the deficiency of natural ones. Having proceeded thus far in preparing the hedge for plashing, the hedger is to begin 3 Qe If. 964 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pitt a at one end, and bend down as close as possible the remaining pliable branches, crossi La i i them in the manner of basket-work. Such as are too strong to be bent. an Me ae ae | half through with the bill, which will render them pliable enough to be ne x aH such as are not required for any of the above-mentioned purposes, must be cut ff clos= to the ground. After the plashing is finished, the hedge should be dressed smooth Si both sides by the switching-bill or shears. There is another method of plashin which has been suggested as an improvement upon the foregoing; and that is, by a cutting any of the stems over as stakes, but weaving in the tops along with the other i branches. This method will not have so immediate a tendency to bare the lower parts of the hedge by the growth of the top, as when any of the plants are cut over for stakes; but still, at the bendings, the growth will rush out with vigor; besides this plan is at- tended with more labor. Indeed, the best security against baring the bottom of a plashed hedge, is by cutting over by the surface as many of the plants as can be at all spared; and the shoots arising from these will soon thicken the hedge at bottom Plashing can only be effectually and handsomely performed, when there is a good nor tion of long, pliable, and well feathered branches, and where the hedge has, if not youth at least vigor, on its side. After the plashing is completed, the ditch is to be Smell out, and the bottom of the hedge cleaned and dressed up, in the same neat manner as if all were new work. the object. In cutting down an old hedge, there is certainly a very fit opportunity of laying the found- ation of a complete and durable fence. The nature of the cutting must be regulated by circumstances, ac- cording to the age, the strength, or the closeness of the hedge, and whether it have been planted in single or double rows. Ifthe hedge in question be pretty vigorous and branching towards the bottom, and if the stems stand regularly and closely together, it may be brought into due subjection, without being cut down flat arable| to the ground. Jin this case, the sides are first to be switched up with the hook, not altogether close to the substituting stems, but within about a foot of them on each side at bottom, tapering up close at top, which should be poset four or five feet high, according to the general height of the hedge: but if the hedge be thin at bottom, it were the s will be advisable to cut more mm, 1n order to make it bushy from the ground u wards, If the hedge is not hedge 18 Su regularly close from end to end, but ragged, and full of gaps, the best methiod is to cut it over, within ie The eight or ten inches of the ground, and to fill up the gaps with stout well rooted plants of the same kind; atom Ne or the gaps may be mended by the following method:— Let one of the stoutest thorn-plants next to the this object is| gap be reserved uncut, and the space be digged over, or it may require to be filled u with rich earth to ¢ within three inches of the height of the top of the ditch. Then having cleaned the cube plant of all side ume branches or twigs, cut it half through at the height of the earth in the gap, on the side farthest from it, and(08. Oram lay it down upon the earth, securing the most distant end from rising up by a hooked pin; then cover it 3b* all over with rich earth, so as to make it the general height of the top of the ditch: and the thorn-plant so where to be met ¥ and covered, will take root, and send up a profusion of shoots over its whole length. If one plant he seen for miles laid down the whole extent of the gap, one at each side probably will. The surface of the bank should te partially remed will not reach be pointed up, and the ditch scoured as above directed in plashing. Ai ath 7 6920. In other cases, when the hedge is getting thin below or too tall, and when the stems are placed ra oe e regularly within eight or ten inches of one another, and where it is necessary to retain a fence and at the eid es same time to cut so as to have a supply of young shoots from the bottom, the plan to be followed is to Wl Be“4 f cut alternately the one part to within eight or ten inches of the bottom, and the other at four feet high, bith dressing the bank and scouring the ditch, as directed above. In cases where two rows of quicks have perk Seotch pin been planted, the front stances may require. 6921. Neglected hedge-row timber may be improved by pruning according to its age. Blakey recommends what he calls foreshortening, or cutting in, as the best method coma What in habit one is to be cut bv the surface, and the other at four or five feet high, as circum- the failure both for young and old hedge-row timber.“ This operation is performed by shortening the over-luxuriant side branches clump, (fig. 661. a), but not to cut them 6994, Sea a to a stump, as in snag pruning; well manage from want of on the contrary, the top only of the branch should be cut off, and the amputation effected imme- diately above where an auxiliary side shoot springs from the branch>=e e. on which the operation is to be ee~ ¥ tee. 4 f aati a performed(6); this may be at the Ze. SSS| Ae(i 664.) 5 distance of two, four, or any other AAS\‘ Stroy the strag number of feet from the stem of S something of the tree; and suppose the auxi- LN‘a liary branch which is left(when Ti alll Hie, the top of the branch is cut off) is also over-luxuriant, or looks unsightly, it should also be shortened at its sub-auxiliary branch, in the same manner as before described. The pranches of trees pruned in this manner are always kept within due bounds; they do not extend over the adjoining land to the injury of the occupier, at least, not until the stem fae of the tree rises to a height out of the reach of pruning, when the top branches can do Le Vow 4 Teulred to be comparatively little injury to the land. By adopting this system of pruning, the bad. ..=. by s) trees, and snag pruning on young ones, will be avoided; oe oe ilade, ven effects of close pruning on old 5 well as individuals, the country will be ornamented; and the community at large, a‘ benefited.” in of any atl We agree| . oR Se ee Put Ip m Tt(tossing ¥ iat) tay b cul e otom ota an be ata Boox III. CULTURE,&c. OF PLANTATIONS. 965 6922. Hedge-rows frequently require to be altered in direction to improve the form, or increase the contents of farm-enclosures.(fig. 662.) Generally, and especially in 662: 5| CUM ET LAS Mery OME MEY SL CA YY LS ery Fes \ wianrivss PASSE 5 2 Pew OAL GAFT LIPID IF euveccess|} See’|||! ae etyey flat arable lands, this is done by eradicating such as are in unsuitable directions(a), and substituting others(4) in parallel, or at least in straight lines; but in rising grounds, and where the surface will be improved by shelter, it frequently happens that a crooked hedge is superseded by two straight ones, and the interval(c) filled up with plant- ation. The advantage of straight-lined fields to a farmer is very considerable; and when this object is procured in the latter way, an improvement is produced both useful and ornamental. ———————— eee ans Pann ec= aaa EL sd LU er ops CONN HOSCGCrGGUE 1) weaitiee ty atm ih 6923, Ornamental plantations are no less frequently neglected than such as are considered chiefly useful. Clumps, belts, and screens which have become thin, because they have not been thinned, are almost every where to be met with.‘“‘ In those neglected plantations,” says Lord Meadowbank,“ where daylight may clump. 6924. Scattered trees in ornamental scenery otherwise of very good shapes, and very well managed as to pruning, destroying the browsing line,&c. individually, are often, from want of thinning in some places, and thickening in others, deficient in massiness S SSS a fi z a— (fig. 664.); the obvious remedy is to thin out some(a), and plant others, so as to de- stroy the straggling non-cooperating appearance which such trees present, and produce something of grouping, massiveness, and character.(fig. 665.) ==@i@i@&® 0—= &= bt? 4” and balm ot ste eee, 1 ues athe vot manner, but iM +e planted 0 ee yy, et remain 0 ye » eaty$0 te fant Janted na it spol sed, e, UD years! the Boox III. CULTURE OF' A TREE-NURSERY. ite © from the roots being exposed to the air by being kept long out of the soil; or from compression and ex. clusion of air and moisture by being kept in close bundles, or thick layers, as those of the resinous tribe; they should therefore be finally planted as soon as possible after removal from the nursery; and, indeed, whenever it is practicable, no more should be taken up in one day than can be planted that day or the next. Nor are any plants more easily deprived of the vital principle, by packing and carriage either by sea or land; though, being alt evergreens, excepting the larch, they do not readily show it. This has been stated to us, by experienced planters in Wales and other parts of England, as the reason why so few trees are finally produced from the immense numbers of Scotch pine and larch fir annually sent there by the Scotch nurserymen. 7003. Pruning is not required by any of the resinous tribe in the nursery, unless to pinch off a contending leader, or amputate a bruised part of the root or top. Secr. IT. Trees and Shrubs bearing Nuts, Acorns, Masts, Keys,&c. their Sowing and Rearing. 7004. The principal hardy trees bearing nuts, acorns, masts,&c. are the following;— Fraxinus excelsior, November Fagus sylvatica, September, October —, November ZEsculus hippo-castanum, October: Carpinus betulus, November Quercus robur, November Quercus prinus, November Shrubs. ~~— alba, November Amygdalus communis, September Platanus occidentalis, December Staphylwa pinnata, October Acer pseudo-piatanus, October= virginiana, Outober Juglans regia, September. Acercommunis,& various species, Sept. Corylus avellana, October. 7005. Gathering and keeping. These being gathered, if circumstances permit, should be immediately sown; but where this cannot be done, or where they are to be sent to a distance, they should be thinly spread in an airy loft till thoroughly dried, when they may be preserved till spring in bags or barrels, or sent off to any distance in these or other packages, When the seeds of the ash, sycamore, platanus, and hornbeam, are only to be kept for the purpose of spring sowing, the best plan is to take them to the rotting- ground(6979.), mix them with their bulk of dry sand or ashes, spread them in a stratum of ten inches in thickness, in the form of beds, cover with sand to the same thickness, and leave them in that state till wanted for spring sowing. 7006. Sowing. The bedding-in manner(2091.), or by drills, may be adopted for all the kinds. Acorns, horse and Spanish chestnuts, almonds, and hazel-nuts, should be sown in February, in strong loam, in good heart and well comminuted: the seeds should be placed half an inch apart, and covered two inches thick. Walnuts require a similar soil and covering, but should be placed two inches nut from nut. Ash-seeds will come up in soil of middling quality, but it should be well dug, and in an open situation, that the plants may not be drawn. Place the seeds half an inch apart, and cover one inch, Sycamore-plants when young being liable to be killed by the frost, the seeds should not be sown till the end of March or beginning of April; they should be sown in exposed, dry, sandy soil, an inch apart, and covered one inch in thickness. On rich moist land they will rise so tall and soft, that the extremities of their shoots will not ripen in autumn, and the plants will in consequence be unfit for use. Beech-plants, when newly risen, are still more tender than those of the sycamore kind, and therefore should generally be sown in April, but not later than the middle of the month; for if very dry weather set in, they will not rise till the following spring, and so have a great chance of them perish- ing by the frost. The soil should be tender and rich, previously under a culinary crop with dung; and it should receive a small dressing of well rotted manure previously to digging for semination, The seeds should lie an inch apart, and be covered a full inch. The best time for sowing the hornbeam is in October; but it may also be sown in Fe- bruary: the soil should be light, but not very rich: the bed form answers best: the seeds should lie half an inch apart, and be covered half an inch in thickness.~ The plant is seldom raised from seeds; but when this is done, a soft peat-earth soil is the best, and the covering should not be more than a quarter of an inch.‘The seeds of the bladder-nut, if sown as soon as gathered, will come up the following spring; if not, a part will not rise till the second year: sow in light rich soil, and cover an inch and a half deep. 7007. Transplanting. The operation of loosening the plants, sorting them into sizes, and pruning their roots and tops, require to be first performed. As these plants have generally long and strong tap-roots, these require to be cut in the operation of loosening; which, for this purpose, must be performed with a sharp spade, and care taken in thrusting it down, that the root is not cut too high; care should also be taken to pre- serve uninjured all the lateral fibres. In sorting the plants into two or three sizes, the fractured tap-root of each must be cut smoothly off with a sharp knife, and any side shoots on the stem cut close off. If the plants cannot be immediately planted, they may be laid in by the heels, or shoughed; that is, thickly bedded in the bedding-ground (6979.) till wanted. Here they may remain in layers not more than three or four inches thick, for a month or two in the winter season; and for a week or two even in February and March. None of the kinds should remain in the seed-bed longer than two years; but in drills they may remain three years; and more especially if the operation of tapping be performed; that is, cutting through their tap-roots about eight inches below the surface. This is most effectually and readily done by two men with 3} Jad ne : 4 q q qa 978 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. sharp spades; rutting or cutting the ground obliquely with their spades, on each side the line at once, and exactly opposite to each other. After this operation has bee performed, the plants should be made firm, by a person treading the rows Fach on each side. These kinds, so tapped, will, in the course of the following Bes“ia consequence of being thus root-pruned, push many more fibres on the vaya aoe ai their roots, than they otherwise would have done; and thus will the plants Beeiettey fitted for being transplanted into shallow soils, or indeed into any soil, than they would have been by being allowed to remain in the ground untapped till the time of lifting.” (Plant. Kat. 135.) ; 7008. Trench-planting is decidedly the best for all plants to be placed in lines; but more especially for ligneous sorts. Dibbing in is an easier and more rapid mode; but by trench-planting the fibres are spread out and regularly disposed on each side of the main root; whereas, by dibbing, as Sang observes they are“ huddled together into a hole probably not more than an inch and half in diameter.” Dibbing, however, may be adopted in the case of such seedling trees as have been robbed of most of their fibrous roots, by being pulled out in thinning beds intended to stand for two years. 7009. The age at which most of these sorts should be transplanted is one year; and the soil most desirable for removing them to, is the same as recommended for the seed-bed. The distances between the lines and the plants in the line depend partly on their kinds, but principally on the length of time they are to stand before retransplanting or final removal. The larger-growing broad-leaved sorts, as the chestnuts and walnuts, to stand only one year, should not be nearer than eighteen inches by six inches; and the oak, ash, beech,&c. not nearer than fourteen inches by three inches; if to stand for three years, the in- terspaces may be two or three inches more: something depends on the openness of the situation, anda good deal on the soil. The judicious nursery-gardener will consider all the circumstances, and adopt such variations of the ordinary distances as shall produce plants with well ripened shoots, and numerous fibrous roots. 7010. Pruning, culture, and taking up for final planting. When the plants are to remain two or more years In the nursery lines without removal, dig the ground between the rows in winter. At midsummer cut close off the lower side shoots; some defer this work till winter; but, besides the loss of sap avoided by midsummer pruning, the wounds heal the same season. In taking up for final planting, such plants as have been trench-planted must be loosened on the side which was solid at planting; if they have been in training for several years they should be lifted by throwing out a trench on one side, fully to the depth of the roots, and then putting in the spade on the opposite side, so as to get below all the roots. Secr. III. Trees and Shrubs with berried Stones, their Sowing and Rearing. 7011. The principal hardy trees with berried stones are the following:— Sorbus aucuparia, August Rhamnus frangula, September Hedera helix, April domestica, November— communis, November Daphne laureola, June Ilex aquifolium, November Laurus nobilis, November— mezereon, June Pyrus torminalis, November Rosa, various species, October Viburnum tinus, June — aria, September Eos eee August Phillyrea angustifolia, February ‘Taxus baccata, November— lusitanica, September Mespilus oxyacantha, October azarolus, October virginiana, August spinosa, October—_pyracantha, November canadensis, August— amelanchier, November laurocerasus, September} Juniperus communis, October. Prunus cerasus, July— — domestica, October._— Shrubs.— Rhamnus alaternus, October— 7012. Rotting. The whole of these when gathered, require to be taken to the rotting- ground; mixed with their bulk of dry sand or ashes, laid in beds of ten inches in thick- ness, and then covered with ten inches of sand, light sandy earth, or ashes. Here some sorts, as the holly, will require to remain two years; the haw, mountain ash, and yew, one year; and the other sorts, one winter, or till the following February. During this time the beds of each kind should be uncovered, carefully turned over, and the covering | The advantage of rotting off their exterior covering in heaps rather than in replaced.: for though some of the the soil, where they are to germinate, is the saving of ground; holly and haw, for example, will come up the next or the second season after sowing, yet, by keeping them one or two years in the rot-heap, we are sure all the seeds will ger- minate the same spring in which they are committed to the soil. To the above general remarks, the gean forms an exception; for if sown immediately after being gathered in July, it will come up the following spring; but it will keep in the rot-heap a year. When any of these seeds are to be sent to a distance, instead of being carried to the rot-heap, they are spread thin in lofts, dried and packed in barrels; great care must be taken that they are sufficiently dried, otherwise putrescent fermentation will commence, and the ve- getative principle will be destroyed by the heat evolved. 7013. Sowing. The season is generally February, and the manner by bedding in, as before. The haw, the most important of this class, should be sown in the lightest rich- est land in the nursery; and if not very rich, some dung may be added. Sow in beds three feet four, or three feet six inches apart; the seeds should lie within a fourth of an inch of each other, and be rolled with a roller of fifty or sixty pounds’ weight, and exactly the breadth of the bed, previously to covering, which should be one inch deep. If the seeds are too moist to admit of drawing a roller over them, beat in the seeds with the back of the spade. This operation of rolling in seeds not only fixes them in their places, so as to admit of applying the covering with greater freedom, but by consolidation is cal- culated to retain moisture, exclude too much air, and thereby promote germination. Holly and yew seeds should be sown on rich friable soil, shaded by a wall or by wattled Vfountail as thant aut inch be sown as need not be apatt and ¢ in the rott ing, but 3 pi thered, 18 th geal, a5 the| common an ike, should ghould be at ter, it will| buckthorn; treated like of them re 7014. 1 keys, bes! distances he February 0 the middle ¢ cite in lifting gp as not(0 1 than what can natures(6974 prefer a shady ing few brow ven which ha nao spaces punts crowded yet, may slan mches by three TOL, For p ce.) Sten, 1 1017. Gat tities, the mo: and, They husks, and cle they are to be ously to depor TOL8s Sout the box, whi ary, in beds, begin to veg des plage rection east q 7019. Th ¢ Seer, V, 709 1020, The, Cait lyin 00 Hie LS, Oct Tata ji hes Wis trae St Rit erga, N ia, Gath When the plans aj re to be taken ‘ra of ten nest art, ot ashes Le aw, mount ng Febru) ‘el over, al heds ot Boox IIT. CULTURE OF A TREE-NURSERY. 979 hurdles, or other means, from the mid-day sun. The distance is the same as for haws; they should be rolled, or beat in, and covered not more than half an inch. If previously rotted for two years, they will all come up the following May; but if only one year in the rotting-bed, a part will not come up till the second year: in this case they should be sown thin, as the growing plants will impede the others in breaking through the soil, Mountain ash seeds require a fine and rather rich soil; the seeds should not lie nearer than an inch, and the covering should be only a quarter of an inch. The gean should be sown, as soon as gathered, in deep sandy loam, the pulp being previously bruised; it need not be very rich, but must be dug deep before sowing: place the seeds an inch apart, and cover three quarters of an inch thick. Gean-stones, which have been preserved in the rotting-ground for spring sowing, will not come up regularly the summer follow- ing, but a part will lie till the second spring. The advantage of sowing as soon as ga- thered, is therefore obvious. Great care should be taken not to sow the cherry for the gean, as the former is not nearly so well calculated for a timber-tree. The seeds of the common and Portugal laurel, laurel-bay, mezereon, spurge-laurel, phillyrea, and the like, should be sown as soon as gathered, in rich soft soil, on a dry bottom: the seeds should be an inch apart, and be covered an inch. During the severest weather of win- ter, it will be advisable to protect them by hoops and mats. The seeds of the service, buckthorn, bird-cherry, and other species of prunus, rhamnus, and mespilus, may be treated like those of the Jaurel, but will not at all require so deep a covering, nor will any of them require protection in winter. 7014. Transplanting. What has been advanced on transplanting plants from’ nuts, keys,&c. will apply here. Most of these species being smaller, will not require so great distances between the rows and plants. All the deciduous sorts may be transplanted in February or early in March; and all the evergreen species from the middle of April to the middle of May, and during the month of August. The greatest care will be requi- site in lifting evergreens from the seed-bed, where they have been already once moved, so as not to injure their fibres; and on no account should more be taken up ata time than what can be planted the same day. Select for them the soils most suitable to their natures(6974.), as far as the limits of the nursery will permit; and in general, rather prefer a shady situation, especially for the holly, yew, and all the laurels. Hollies hay- ing few fibrous roots should be frequently transplanted; but this is not necessary with the yew, which has fibres in greater quantity. In transplanting the deciduous sorts, prefer narrow spaces between the lines, and wider intervals in the rows, to wide rows, and plants crowded in the row. One year’s seedling thorns, for instance, to be nursed one year, may stand nine or ten inches by two inches; if for two years, twelve or fourteen inches by three or three and a half inches. 7015. For pruning, culture, and iifting for final planting, see nut-bearing trees,&c. (7004.) Sect. IV. Trees and Shrubs bearing Berries and Capsules with small Seeds. 7016. The principal hardy berry and capsule bearing trees are the following:— Tilia europzea, November Comus mascula, October Ligustrum vulgare, October Pyrus communis, October— virginiana, October Euonymus latifolius, November —, October. Sambucus nigra, September— europeeus, November — racemosa, September Viburnum lantana, September Shrubs.= canadensis, September— opulus, October Berberis vulgaris, September Lonicera, various species, August Ribes ¢ ioides, September. Buxus sempervirens, September Jasminum fruticans, October 7017. Gathering and keeping. As this class of seeds are only wanted in small quan- tities, the most convenient way of preserving them is in the seed-loft or root-cellar in dry sand. They should be frequently turned over to separate the seeds from the pulp and husks, and cleaned by sifting and fanning early in February. For sending toa distance, they are to be treated like berried stones; or they may be separated and cleaned previ- ously to deportation. 7018. Sowing. All of them require a soft and rather moist soil, with the exception of the box, which should have a soil rather sandy and dry. They may be sown in Febru- ary, in beds, and covered not more than a quarter of an inch; and when the seeds first begin to vegetate, it will be an advantage to shade them from the sun, by wattled hur- dles; place them across beds which lie north and south, and along those lying in a di- rection east and west. i 7019. Their transplanting and future culture are the same as for the foreign division. Secr. V. Trees and Shrubs bearing leguminous Seeds, their Sowing and Rearing. 7020. The principal hardy leguminous trees are as follow:— Cytisus alpinus, October Colutea arborescens, October Cytisus nigricans, September Robinia pseud-acacia, November.— cruenta, October sessilifolius, October —__ pocockii, November—, September media, October—, September Coronilla emerus, October— laburnum, October. 7021. Gathering and keeping. These being collected are to be dried thoroughly in an Bs,& Robinia caragana, November TT 980 PRACTICE OF GARDENING, Parr IIT. airy loft, and the pods being afterwards threshed or opened, the seeds may be preserved in bags or boxes till spring, or sent to any distance. _ 7022. Sowing. The season for sowing all of them is February; the soil should be light, deep, and sandy, and the seeds placed an inch apart, and covered three quarters of an inch thick.‘This should be particularly attended to in the case of the laburnum, the seeds of which, being generally sure growers, if they rise thick, they lose their leaves about midsummer, become mildewed, and die. Attention should be paid not to inter- mix the tree-laburnum(C. alpinus, W. en.) with the shrubby sort. Secr. VI. Trees and Shrubs bearing small soft Seeds, their Sowing and Rearing. 7023. The principal hardy trees with small seeds are as under:— Alnus glutinosa, November Populus alba, May Cistus, various species, September Betulus alba, October—, May Philadelphus coronarius, October Ulmus campestris, June Salix alba, June. Salix pentandra, A nest — glabra, June—° babylonica, June y Populus nigra, May Shrubs. Rhus cotinus, and other species, July.' a tremula, May Syringa vulgaris, October eran 7024. Gathering and keeping. All these require to be gathered as soon as ripe, other- wise some are apt to drop out of their capsules, as the alder, birch, and lilac; and others to be blown away and lost, as the elm, poplar, willow, and sumach. They should be gathered perfectly dry, and spread thin in a airy loft, till fit to put up in bags or boxes, for keeping or deportation. 7025. Sowing. Most of the sorts may be sown immediately after being gathered, in which case they will be more certain of germinating; and a number of elms, poplars, and willows, will come up the same autumn. But as protection during winter will, in that case, become requisite, the better way, in general, is to defer sowing till March or April, when all the sorts may be sown in light rich earth, rather moist, and covered not more than half an inch. The principal tree of this class is the broad-leaved elm, which, where intended for two-year seedlings, which, in most cases, is the preferable age for trans- planting, should be sown to rise at least two inches apart, as the plants grow with great vigor even the first year. 7026. Their transplanting and future culture are the same as directed for berried stones, keys,&c. Secr. VII. Culture common.to all the Classes of Tree-seeds. 7027. Insects and vermin. New-sown seeds of most kinds are greedily devoured by various descriptions of vermin. Mice attack‘acorns, sweet chestnuts, hazel-nuts, wal- nuts, and holly-seeds. They not only eat them on the spot, but they carry to their re- treats great numbers of the seeds of which they are most fond. The cheapest, and per- haps the most effectual trap for their destruction, is the well known but neglected fourth figure trap.(fig. 668.) The new-sown haws and mountain ash berries are a prey to the chaffinches, 668 in AS green linnets, and other birds. If the quantity sown a) ee be not great, the beds may be hooped over and co- /\, vered with small-meshed nets. But if a great breadth of ground be sown, it must be constantly watched yy, after sowing. If the watching be vigilantly attended to, QCA ak for afew days immediately after sowing, the seed will Sta ss not need much more attention till they begin to break‘tame the ground; at which period the watching should be closely and regularly continued. As they are always the strongest and best-ripened seeds which rise first; it is therefore of much importance to prevent these from being picked up.”(Plant. Kalend. 250.) 7028. Weeds. Before the tree-seeds come up a crop of weeds will probably have made their appearance; these are to be removed when young, otherwise drawing out their roots will materially disturb the vegetating seeds.“It not unfrequently happens, that the land in which fir and larch seeds have been sown, becomes battered by heavy rains. This will certainly happen if rain fall immediately after sowing before the surface become dry; but if it once be fully dried after sowing, and before the rain fall, it will seldom or never the seed-beds are battered, so that the tender seeds cannot hem a wooden roller, batter. Suppose, however, rise with freedom, the best way to relieve them is to draw over t stuck over with lath-nails at half an inch distance, and driven in so as to remain half an inch beyond the wood of the roller. The roller should not be more than thirty inches long and not more than thirty pounds weight. By drawing this roller along the one side of the battered bed, while walking in the alley, and returning with it over the other, an ordinary-sized bed will be completely relieved. Some people rake their battered beds, in order to enable the seeds to rise.‘This is a most dangerous and destructive method of relieving vegetating plants. From their tender state, the smallest twist breaks them ver, and consequently destroys them. We have experienced much advantage from using Boos{Ih ihe ight ayret C reuited Jand when 1 gurface after$ this precautio fol. 967+)_ 7029. Bi husks of the importance:; requite unre plants are al come up th and obs ol 7030. Wal yery prejudi the soil A vided the for commenced end of July of the tende frame, will Sect. n031. L hardy trees: is applica opalus, neg nuginea; Pl gens; Tilia moralis, and s' cuttings; but erer,it is best t trees propagate arhoricultural tances for plant there is nothin merely to refer preceding year's will be ft for b They should be the nature of e time they are two years bi removed, and trees and sh April, and f succulent. sts This is prac Alaternus, P The same pra rapidly as_ pc ke, Layers fitto detach by the second Ay Plants made ficient roots, pruning, lay and Septem 7039, By common fore Ontentalis+P and trepida s§ layers, and af bet mode whe Cuttings, will 13. Them He any In Aetiduons an Par I Boox III. CULTURE OF A TREE-NURSERY. 981 St em the light armed roller, here recommended._ It is, however, much better when no such are required. The surest way to guard against the need of such means, is to work the land when it is ina proper condition, and to sow the seeds in such weather as that the ete surface after sowing will be fully dry before rain come on. There is no dispensing with "i he this precaution, when it is wished to secure an equal and good crop of seedlings.”(Plant. ot) ate Kal. 367.) tbe plat 7029. Birds. In May the pines and firs will begin to pierce the ground with the husks of the seeds still on their tops, and then watching the birds becomes of the utmost p importance; not one ought to be allowed to light on the beds; to prevent which will Ste and Renny, require unremitting attention from break of day till sunset, for five or six weeks, till the a; plants are all up, and have thrown off their husks. After the nuts, mast, and haws have come up, they are no longer in danger from mice, but they may be attacked by snails, and grubs of beetles and cockchaffers at their roots. These are to be hand-picked. 7030. Watering and shading. In June severe droughts very often set in, and these are very prejudical to small seeds, especially those of the resinous tribe, when rising through the soil. At this time watering and shading may be applied with great advantage, pro- vided the former is accompanied by the latter, and daily attended to from the time it is commenced till rain falls. The best mode of shading is by the wattled hurdle. By the end of July the seedling plants of most sorts will be out of danger, and excepting a few of the tender sorts specified as requiring protection in winter, or by a hand-glass or cold- frame, will require no other care, but weeding till fit to be transplanted, eis, Jay, Soon te, cher. Secr. VIII. Of propagating Trees by Layers, Cuttings, Suckers, Grafting,&c. 7031. Layering is next to rearing from seeds the most general mode of propagating hardy trees and shrubs. The more common species of forest trees to which this mode is applicable, are the Acer Platanoides, pseudo-platanus, tartaricum, dasycarpum, opalus, negundo, and other species; Betula lenta, populifolia, and rubra; Fagus fer- ruginea; Platanus occidentalis and orientalis; Populus greca, monolifera, and cane- scens;‘Tilia alba, americana, europa, and pubescens; and Ulmus campestris, ne- moralis, and suberosa. Some of these, as the poplars and_ planes, are also propagated by cuttings; but layers make the strongest plants. Whenever seeds can be procured, how- ever, it is best to propagate in that way, as likely to produce the largest trees.‘The other trees propagated by layers, will be found in our Encyclopedia of Plants, and in the arboricultural catalogue; and also all the shrubs so propagated. The situations and dis- f tances for planting stools in the nursery have been already mentioned(6981.); and, as «hone Qt there is nothing peculiar in the operation of layering timber-trees or shrubs, we have , bot te On salt merely to refer to the general directions as to layers and stools.(1993.)|The young or nd, The cha tig preceding year’s shoots of all the sorts above enumerated, if layered in autumn or winter, known bt will be fit for being detached and planted in nursery lines by that time twelve months. They should be transplanted into well comminuted soil, as far as practicable, suitable to the nature of each; the distances should be regulated by the size of the layers and the time they are to be nursed._- For ordinary purposes layers need not be nursed more than two years; but for single trees and ornamental plantations, they should be several times removed, and close pruned, till they have attained six or eight feet in height. Evergreen trees and shrubs, as being more tender than the others, should be layered in March and April, and from August to October. Some sorts root most freely when the wood is ina succulent state; and of such the current year’s shoots are laid about midsummer. This is practised with Stuartia, Arbutus, Andromeda, Kalmia, Azalea, Magnolia, Alaternus, Phillyrea, Laurus nobilis and sassafras, Zanthoxylum, Pyrus japonica,&c. The same practice is adopted with other free-growing sorts that it is wished to multiply as rapidly as possible; as the Rosa(6546.), Hibiscus, Lonicera, Aristotelia, Mespilus, &c. Layers of the last sorts made during summer from the same year’s shoots, will be as fit to detach by the winter or the following spring; of the other sorts seldom sooner than gf the second August or autumn; but even then a season is gained, as the layers of those phe plants made in autumn, generally require to remain two years before they have made suf- ficient roots. The layers of all evergreens should be removed at the proper seasons for pruning, laying, or transplanting that tribe; that is, in April and May, and in August and September. 7032. By cutting is the next most general mode of propagating trees and shrubs, and the common forest trees generally so multiplied are as follow: Platanus occidentalis and orientalis; Populus angulata, balsamifera, dilatata, greca, monolifera, nigra, pendula, and trepida; Salix all the tree species; and Sambucus nigra. Theseare also propagated by layers, and a few of them by seeds; which last, it should never be forgotten, is by far the best mode where timber-trees is the object. The numerous tribe of shrubs propagated by cuttings, will be found in the Encyclopedia of Plants already referred to. _ 7033. The manner of forming and planting cuttings has been already described.(2068.) The season. for deciduous and evergreen woody plants are the same as for layering; and as in the latter mode of 3R 3 Dp“Tea re er_ See ai‘s aa a ape viii 7 ssiaanaee 982 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr UL. propagation, 90 in multiplying by cuttings, some sorts succeed best when the current year’s wood is taken at midsummer; as for example, Laurus‘estivalis, benzoin, and sassafras, Bignonia, Euphorbia, Phlomis. Rosa, Santolina,&c. Cuttings of some of these sorts, made of year-old wood in spring or autumn re- quire to stand two seasons before they have made sufficient roots to admit of their removal; by maitenimne mer cuttings one year is gained. The same practice may be applied to deciduous sorts; but the plants produced are not so strong as by cuttings of ripened wood. All cuttings require to be planted in a shady situation, and sandy soil, dry at bottom; but kept somewhat moist by occasional watering in dry weather; their lengths are generally made in proportion to the length of the year-old wood, but seldom exceed- ing six or eight inches.‘The shoots of some sorts, as poplar, willow, honeysuckle,&c., are divided into several cuttings of this length, An inch of the former year’s wood is often preserved in autumn-made cuttings; but this is not essential; as more important points are, making a smooth horizontal section at a bud, and in planting, pressing the earth very firmly to the lower extremity of the cutting. Midsum- mer cuttings should in almost all cases be covered with hand or bell glasses. The alder, most willows the Lombardy, and some other poplars, will grow from cuttings or truncheons of several feet long, and of several inches in diameter.‘ This method is occasionally adopted, when it is requisite to form expe- ditiously some rough plantation, to serve as a hedge or screen along an outward boundary. Cuttings for this purpose may consist of long slender rods of one or two years’ growth, or as well of large trun- cheons or stakes from three to six feet in length. Further, the willow, in particular, will increase from large pole-cuttings of from six to ten fect, planted out at once to form either pollard-stems, or be trained into full standards.”(Abercrombie.) 7034. The season for transplanting struck cuttings into nursery lines, are those already mentioned as the most fit for moving deciduous and evergreen trees, originated by other modes.(6983. to 7023.) 7035. By suckers. A few common trees, and a number of shrubs are propagated by suckers.‘The timber-trees are the Ailanthus glandulosa, Robinia pseud-acacia, Populus canescens, alba, and tremula, and Ulmus campestris. Of hedge plants, the common sloe and other wild plums, crabs, and pears, are, or may be so propagated. Various shrubs are propagated by suckers. Suckers make better trees than plants raised from cuttings, and also very good hedge plants. To induce a tree to send up suckers, the horizontal roots may be laid bare, notched in different places, and the earth mixed with sand and replaced; a powerful co-operative would be to cut the tree over by the surface, by which means all the sap would be employed in root-shoots. At the end of one, but sometimes not till the end of the second season, the suckers will be fit to slip off, or to separate by the knife with a part of the parent root attached; they may then be pruned as required, and planted in nursery lines. 7036. Grafting, budding, and inarching, are modes applicable to a few hardy trees and shrubs. The common forest trees are the Fraxinus americana, Populus candicans, heterophylla, and laevigata, Pyrus Aria, Quercus exoniensis, and Ulmus campestris and suberosa. These, and the ornamental trees and shrubs so propagated, are worked on stocks of the more hardy species of the same or of the next allied genus; and, probably, make as durable plants for timber-trees as layers; by which mode the above enumerated sorts are also propagated. The stocks should be at least one year established, previously either to grafting or inarching: the operation for deciduous sorts is performed in spring at the rise of the sap.(2010.) Evergreens are almost always inarched either in April, or May, or August. Budding is performed in June and July, and is chiefly used in pro- pagating the rose.(6553.) Some inarched sorts require two seasons before the scion can be detached from the parent plant. 7037. General culture and management of a private nursery. There is nothing ma- terial to be advanced on this head, but what has been already recurred to in this chapter, or in treating of the general management of the kitchen-garden. The first grand point is so to arrange the rotation of crops, that a crop of culinary vegetables shall intervene between every crop of trees, where that crop remains on the same soil two or more years; and between every two or three crops, where the crop of trees is lifted annually or the second year. The next thing is changing the surface of the soil, as in horticulture (2557.), weeding, stirring the surface, watering, shading, pruning, training, staking, and protecting. The important points of management are to procure the proper quanti- ties of seeds or stools requisite to produce the quantity of trees to be annually furnished; to proportion the number of plants taken up daily to the number replanted in the nur- sery or forest the same day, and to attend to general order and neatness. Nn: ae, Cuar. IX. Arboricultural Catalogue. 7038. In our arboricultural catalogue we mean to enumerate, and shortly describe, the principal timber-trees which may be cultivated with advantage as such, in the climate of Britain, and also the most useful plants for hedges. We shall arrange the whole as resinous, hard-wooded, and soft-wooded trees; including in each section the hedge plants belonging to it, and in the last, the willows proper for osier-plantations; the general culture of the trees contained in each of these sections, has been given in chapters UI. IV. VII. and VIII. Pook I: 7039. The der of Con fonad on Dice 3 the genus Pr first 18(sti same heath Jeaves. from solitary lear are frondos® the pine tril tribe rather and miucl Sp 7040. Th nominated (Lan yi Ger.; and evergreen* to. datk-bl those of th parts of E tries, and is to Britaia, yalised 10. circumstanc the cones ar equld, in Inv application is kn either in cleannes situation, and Caristoun and| in that quarter Pins, 850, 1819, Whether the p by for ya ua v, Soul ana where the soils often attained 1 tum be rubble 0 pettorat Shoots; and y 1049, The Cy to the Scotch thus described Which however and more re early entire,” aid much mop with P, sy] ee ‘ttonger, and Sets to bear ¢¢ TO46, The Boox III. RESINOUS OR CONIFEROUS TREES. 983 Secr. I. Resinous or Coniferous Trees. 7039. The resinous forest trees are comprised in three genera belonging to the natural order of Coniferee, J.; viz. Pinus and Cupressus, Monec. Monad. L., and Juniperus, Dicc. Monad. Ll. The trees which are valuable as timber are comprehended under the genus Pinus, which comprises the three subdivisions of pines, larches, and firs. The first is distinguished by fasciculated leaves in different sheaths, but proceeding from the same sheathing base; the second by fasciculated leaves from solitary sheaths; and the third by solitary leaves. The branches of the whole genus\ fh are frondose or spreading, and caducous: those of; the pine tribe spread the least; those of the larch\\\\I/ tribe rather droop; and those of the firs are thin and much spread, and are peculiarly frondlike. 7040. The wild or Scotch pine, erroneously de-“ nominated Scots fir, is the Pinus sylvestris, L.| Vis ae ppt by(Lam. pin.|. t.1.) Pin, Fr.; Keifer or Fihre,\é ina peat, Pos Ger.; and Pino, Ital.(fig. 669. a) It is an fi> pe plants, the tom see evergreen sub-conical tree; the foliage inclining%& >$0 propaga to dark-blue or grey; shorter and broader than©3434 eS than plans ie fa those of the stone pine(6); it is common in most 8 ee to send up sucka, parts of Europe, particularly the northern coun-© s, an the eh me tries, and is the only species of the genus indigenous ¢= the tree oer bythe sat, to Britain, being a native of Scotland, and natu- 6% s, At the eof, bt ralised in England and Wales. Under favorable rl be tp or bi circumstances it attains the height of seventy or eighty feet: it flowers in May, and + they ma he pred the cones are fit to gather in December. The finest pine-woods in Britain are at Inver- e eauld, in Invernesshire, and Gordon Castle, in Aberdeenshire. ile to afr hres nd 7041. Use. The timber of this tree is the red or yellow deal of the north of Europe, and is the most durable and valuable of any of the genus, unless we except the common larch. The universality of its y‘ application is known to every one. The Highland‘pine, Sang states to be not inferior to any imported, , and Uns capes md either in cleanness or durability, when it has been grown on a proper soil, and to a sufficient.age.‘ But tl, sorted ot the planted Lowland pine,” he adds,‘is seldom applied to offices higher than that of roofing sheds or propaga huts, lining of carts, lathing, or making of packing-boxes; while the natural or self-sown is fit for the ricana, Pouas cna }\ allied ea ph finest purposes.” Pontey considers the English-grown wild pine, if properly pruned and grown to a ode the dre ut sufficient age, as likely to equal that of foreign growth. The tree is of great value as a nurse-plant; OE aii being next to the common birch and bastard mountain ash, or mountain sorb(Pyrus hybrida), the most D year estab‘ hardy timber-tree. Among its minor uses we shall only mention the production of tar by incision. sorts 8 pete 7042. Varieties. Of these, several have been noticed by botanists, and some consider the P. maritima Lecae ie Aon(sp. Willd.) as nothing more. According to Sang, the variety commonly cultivated is least worth the nace fe i trouble.‘* The P. sylvestris, var. montana,” he says,“is the variety which yields the red wood: even and is chiety well young trees of this sort are said to become red in their wood, and full of resin very soon. The late dis- ye é jas tinguished Don, of Forfar, exhibited specimens of cones of each variety to the Highland Society of » seasons bene bt Scotland, and likewise to the Caledonian Horticultural Society. The variety preferred by Don, is distinguished by the disposition of its branches, which are remarkable for their horizontal direction, Tere mg and for a tendency to bend downwards close to the trunk. The leaves are broader and shorter than in ery+ te butt the common kind, and are distinguishable at a distance by their much lighter and beautiful glaucous y recurred to ints Oo appearance. The bark of the trunk is smoother than in the common kind. The cones are thicker, and mT ¢ ist nay not so much pointed. The plant is more hardy than the common sort, grows freely in almost any soil or rden, a dull ire situation, and quickly arrives at a considerable size.” Sang says, he has seen trees of this variety at ae Caristoun and Brechin Castle: and it is much to be wished that he or some other competent nurseryman, a in that quarter, would collect the seeds, and propagate it extensively. Thouin(Notes sur la Culture de Pins, 8vo. 1819,) mentions a variety, which he calls P. sy/. var. pin de riga, as affording the best timber. Whether the pine which forms the extensive plantations along the sea-coast at Bourdeaux, and is called by foreign authors, Pinus maritima, be a variety of P. sylvestris or a distinct species, does not appear to be ascertained. The plant is tender, and easily killed by frost when young; but its timber is said to be of excellent quality. CRadclitts Flanders, 250.): 7043. Soil and native site.‘*'This tree is naturally the inhabitant of mountainous districts, and of rocky, gravelly, or poor sandy soils, where its timber becomes most valuable and durable. On the sides of moun- tains, in dells and hollows, among stones and rocks, beside rapid rivulets or mountain torrents, it is found in high perfection; and if it stand single, itis of great beauty. In many parts of the Scots Highlands, where the soils are extremely various, and much mixed, the Scots pine has arrived at a good size, and often attained remarkable dimensions. In any kind of soil from a sandy to a clay, provided the substra- tum be rubble or rock, it will grow and flourish; but in wet tilly soils, it ought never to be planted; because whenever the roots have exhausted the turf or upper soil, and begin to perforate the sub-soil, the tree languishes and dies.”(Plant. Kal. 65,) 7044. Insects. The larva of Noctua Pinastri, L.(Xylena, Hiib.) are deposited in the leading buds, and often perforate the young shoots, and leave the tree without a leader.‘The aphis pini infests the tender shoots; and various dermestide live in the bark, and perforate the soft wood. 7045. The Corsican pine(P. laricio, P. S.) is a native of the mountains of Corsica and is nearly allied to the Scotch pine. There is a specimen in the Paris gardens, planted in 1784 and 56 feet high in 1821, thus described by David Don.“P. laricio isa much handsome and finer tree than P. sylvestris with which however it in some respects agrees. It is of a more pyramidal habit, and its branches are shorter en) and more regularly verticillated. Its leaves are a third longer, and of a lively green, with their sheaths jg! A of nearly entire.” Its cones are shorter, ovate and quite straight, with depressed scales: and its bark is finer ate, ier att and much more entire. The enlightened Professor of Agriculture informed us, that it is equally hardy nine feet ten inches in diameter, at four feet from#3 the ground; it has a clean-pruned stem of seventy- five feet, and the estimated height is upwards of. 110 feet. 7064. Use. The timber is reckoned inferior to that of the common pine, and is not of much value till of forty or fifty years’ growth. According to Sang, though till of late years, planted only as an ornamental tree,“ yet there is, perhaps, none of the genus more worthy of cultivation for the sake of its timber.” It is more prolific in resinous matter than any of the fir kind. 7065. Its soil and site are nearly similar to those most desirable for the common spruce; but it requires a climate rather milder, and a more loamy earth. On poor sands, where the common pine and larch will thrive, it dies off in a year or two after planting. None of the genus are more majestic on a lawn; but its characteristic or natural situation, is in dells, and on the sides of sheltered rocky steeps- 7066. The balm of Gilead fir(P. Balsamea)(Lam. pin. 48. t. 31.)(fig. 671. b) is an American tree of much smaller stature, and more delicate habits than the silver fir. Its timber is of little value; nor can the tree be reckoned very ornamental, though fre- quently planted for the sake of variety. The balm or resin procured from it possesses no medical properties superior to those of common turpentine; but the tree during sum- mer sends out a pleasing terebinthinate odor. 7067. The hemlock-spruce, or hemlock-fir,(P. Canadensis)(Lam. pin. 50. t. 32.)( fig: 671. c) is a drooping, low, evergreen tree, which may be considered as entirely ornamental. IIA AL Secr. II. Hard-wooded non-resinous Trees. 7068. Of hard-wooded trees we shall give a few descriptive traits of the principal species; the most important of which are the oak, ash, elm, chestnut, and beech. 7069. The oak is the Quercus, L. Monec. Polyan. L. and Amentacee, J. Chéne, Fr.; Eich, Ger.; and Quercia, Ital. The following species and varieties are planted for their timber. 7070. The common oak(Q. robur)(Eng. Bot. 1845.) is a native of Britain. It grows to the height of fifty or sixty feet when in a heavy loam; flowers in April, and ripens its acorns in October and November. The most valuable variety of the common oak is said(Caled. Hort. Mem. iii. 376.) to be the pedunculata (Eng. Bot. 1342.), or the stalk-fruited; by some considered a distinct species. It is distinguished from QO. robur by the marked circumstance of the acorns being placed on long fruit-stalks, whilst those of the robur are nearly sessile. Besides, the superior utility and hardiness of the timber, the pedunculated oak is, in fact, the more magnificent of the two British sorts. Miller says, this variety of the Q. robur(and which he calls the famina,) is more rare than the sessile-fruited; but Professor Martyn says, this is not the case, and that the pedunculated is equi ully general as the other. It is observed by Du Hi: umel, that oaks in forests being propagated from the acorn, there are so many varieties that it is difficult to find two resembling each other in every respect. Professor Martyn ébserves, that the figures in ancient authors have the fruit uniformly on foot-stalks, which shows that that variety had been most common: and Ray considers it as the common oak of England. Du Roi affirms, that the timber of the sessile-fruited is red- dish, and brittle, whilst that of the stalk-fruited is whitish and hard. From these and various accounts, as well as our own observation, we consider ourselves justified in recommending to nurserymen and others, who gather acorns for seeds, to take effectual precautions that only the sté ilked sort be gathered. 7071. The Turkey oak(Q. cerris)(Du Roi, 2. t. 5. f. 1.), a native of the south of Europe, introduced in 1735. This species is distinguished by oblong, nornted and frequently lyrate leaves, jagged, and a little hoary on the under side. The acorns are small, and have rough prickly cups.‘The tree grows from forty to sixty feet high. There are several varieties, but the best is thz it called the Devonshire or‘Luccombe, from the name of the person who raised it from seeds, saved from a tree of the Turkey oak grown in Devonshire, 7072. Other oaks.‘There are about forty species of exotic oaks introduced in this country, which may be considered as timber-trees, and are such in effect, in their native countries. Of these the greater part are natives of America; and it has been recommended(Caled. Mem. iii. 378.) to cultivate the Q. tinctoria or Quercitron on account of its bark, which affords a valuable yellow dye; all these species, however, are either too tender, or too scarce, or too dwarfish, and slow-growing, to warrant us in considering any other thi an the common and Luccombe oaks, as fit for the purposes of profitable planting. 7073. Use. The oak cannot be considered so valuable a tree for general purposes as the common pine and larch; but its great strength and durability will probably long, maintain its superiority in Europe, and th other temperate regions of the globe, a material for naval architecture. theR 3 timber is useful at every age, and more dur. able when of small diameter than that of Za any other of the hard woods; the value of the bark of young trees is greater than that of such as are old. 7074. Soil and site. It grows best in a deep clayey loam, not beyond a moderate elev- ation above the sea; but it will grow in any soil not marshy, not attaining, however, a large size in poor sands or at a considerable elevation. Fo Ne Bishi 5 a rn ¢ EN a§ at: af i 7 Le fa if wah RE a Th| 4 \ Na ere 988 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IIT 7075. Insects. The egger moth(Phalena Quercus, L.; Lasiocampa, Leach B:) ial species, and its larva sometimes denude entire branches. The small iat ae ae peaniialinthe folii, L. Diplalepis, Leach)(fig. 673.) pierces the leaves with its sting, and deposits its 673 eggs in the wound; the extravasated juices rise round it, and form a gall, which be. i comes hard, and in this the larva lives and feeds, and changes to a pupa. The oak- galls of commerce are so formed: the best are imported from Turkey and Greece. 7076. The ash is the Fravinus, L. Polygam. Diec. L. and Oleine, 18}, 12% Fréne, Fr.; Asche, Ger.; and Frassino, Ital. There are two species which may be considered as forest trees. 7077. The common ash(F. excelsior, L.)(Eng. Bot. 1692.) is a native of Britain, and grows from sixty t eighty feet in height, witha straight stem.* It has pinnate leaves, which come out late in sprin aierally from April 22d to May the 15th, and fall early in autumn; it flowers in April and May, and theta: le i hermaphrodite plants ripen their seeds or keys in November. Of this there is a variety the sim fle lee ved (simplicifolia), possessing DO advantages as a timber-tree, and rather to be avoided by the nvofitabte slaniter as generally propagated in the nurseries by layers. Raised from seeds it produces pinnate leaves a 7078. The white or American ash, F. Americana, W.(Mich. Arb.) This is a lofty tree like the oth distinguished by the whiteness of its bark, narrow leaves, and smaller seeds. It is‘found in Jersey and Pennsylvania, where it attains the height of eighty feet, with about three feet in diameter at tlie base It is patient of cold, thrives in deep fresh soil, by the banks of rivers, and unites all the good pro erties ofthe common ash. There are two varieties, the xed and blue: by some accounted distinct gedlen ET Hey are smaller trees, and present no advantages to the profitable planter over the two species mentioned j 7079. Use. The ash is unquestionably the most valuable indigenous timber next to the oak; and in some places, as copse, is more valuable than that tree. It is more especially used by the coachimaker and agricultural carpenter. The wood is useful when the stem is only three inches in diameter. Toughness and elasticity seems to be its characteristics, and for this purpose, the faster the tree grows the better. Timber from a tree of slow growth, and considerable age, is uniformly found to be more or less brittle, and therefore more or less unfitted for the purposes to which this tree is applied, especially shafts or poles of carriages. As underwood, it is fit to.cut every seven years for crate-ware for the potteries, hoops, and hop- poles, requiring for those products little or no thinning or culture, but merely periodical cutting. It forms excellent fuel, burning when green or new better than any other tree.“ A few ash-pollards” Professor Martyn observes,‘* will produce many loads of lop, which makes the sweetest of all fires.’ The ashes af- for! more potash than those of most trees; and the bark is used occasionally for tanning, and will dye yellow.’ 7080. So and site. It will not thrive on thin soils, where the bottom is wet, nor in mossy earth or gravel; but in most others it will do well: and above all, in a hollow, where a friable loam has accumu- lated from the débris of surrounding rocky heights, and is drained bya rivulet. Such rocky dells and dingles abound in Perthshire and Fifeshire, and in them the ash is to be found in great perfection. It will not thrive at a great height above the sea, nor in bleak situations anywhere. 7081. The elm is the Ulmus, L. Pentand. Dig. L. and Amentacee, J. Orme, Fr.; Ulmebaum, Ger.; and Olmo, Ital. There are two species which may be regarded as tim- ber-trees. 7082. The English or narrow Zeaved elm, U. Campestris. (Eng. Bot. 1886.)(fig. 674. a)_Itis considered a native, or naturalised in England, by Sir J. E. Smith and others; but Dr. Walker considers it as brought originally from the Holy Land. It would be difficult to point out any situation where it has the appearance of having sprung up from seeds; though it is said to be common in the woods of the north-west of England. Itis certainly the loftiest of the deciduous trees of this country, be- ing often found upwards of eighty feet high It flowers in April and May, and ripens its seed in a fortnight or three weeks after the decay of the flower. This species requires a dry soil, rather good than indifferent, and also a good cli- mate. It does not thrive in the north of England or in Scot- land, unless in good soils and moderately sheltered places. Professor Martyn says, it is not found north of Newark on Trent. It grows to a great size in a short time. Evelyn says, in little more than forty years it will arrive to a load of timber. Marshall says, the largest narrow-leaved elms he has seen, are in the Vale of Gloucester, and of these, the best is Piffé’s elm, near the Baddington oak. At five feet high it girts sixteen feet; at ten feet it throws out large arms, which rise seventy or eighty feet. Some of the elms in the mall of St. James’s Park are upwards of 200 years old. Beutcher says, that he sold a line of English elms, above sixty in number, which at twenty-four year’s growth were about eighteen inches in diameter, a foot above ground, and forty feet high. 7083. The Dutch elm(introduced with King William), U. major(E. B. 2161.), U. suberosa, W. It is chiefly remarkable for its fungous rough bark, large rugose leaves, and rapid growth. The timber is of little use. 7084. The Scotch or emooth_barked elm(U. glabra)(E. B. 2248)(fig. 674. d)is readily distinguished by its smooth dark lead-colored bark, and by its leaves, which are nearly smooth on the upper surface. It is the most useful timber-tree of the genus,‘and is 2lmost the only tree of the elm kind planted in Scotland, where it also forms stocks for grafting the Dutch and English elm. A new variety of this species has at- tracted notice at Downton, which Sabine(Hort. Trans. vi. 146.) proposes calling the Downton elm. A very rapid-growing variety, called the Scampston elm, is in vogue in Durham ahd Northumberland. (Agr. Surv. of Durham, ch. x.) 7085. Other species.‘The genus ulmus, like salix, is one of those whose species are so nearly related as to be often confounded. Linnzus considered all the European elms as forming only one species. At present botanists make five British species, besides an equal number from Arnerica. The U. campestris and elabra, however, are the only sorts worth cultivating for their timber.(Don, in Hort. Tour, 539.) 7086, Use. Elm.timber is used in all works where it may be continually dry or wet; as, for water-pipes, It is also very generally used for weather-boarding, and for common cabinet- d for naves and bubs.‘The lop and top make good pumps, water-wheels,&c. work. The knotty parts like those of the ash, are use fuel and charcoal. 7087. Soil and site. little good in sand or grave grow in thin clayey soil on retentive substrata better than most others. elevated and exposed on all sides. The narrow-leaved elm requires a light dry soil and warm situation, and will do ], in exposed places; but the smooth-barked sort is a very hardy tree, cand will It will also thrive in situations Book ne 7086: The be and Amentace® 4D: gtoW a 99, Use. T s ust the in other D forms an ext) “100, Sou ane W hich the beec! 7g], LHe Payan, Ls yearance(0 th more clevate’ « Although j a tree of the the hornbeatl of the years low,— 4 stl shrivelled, p ble shelter magnificent of and extent, It cheltered valleys proof is the spe Boutcher says, t The leaves whicl of the cak, The As a timber-tree sidered as more Parliament How structed of it b and it is much 0 that what is by) the cabinet-mal bark is equal i Jeaves and nut 7095. Soil and somewhat shelter seen it in abunda tains, but is, as Sa soils, where the o therefore, in such 1096. The 1 Its timber, whe light, hard, and 1097, The ec Monee, 1, ang nitude with, th April and Ma that of most tr will endure ¢h Then exposed 198. Use, sexton 4Sccharine juice nies oe io; ick 2 a i id fun Y Ttom th; Boox III. HARD-WOODED NON-RESINOUS TREES. 989 7088. The beech is the Fagus sylvatica, L.(Eng. Bot. 1846.) Monee. Polyan. L. and Amentacee, J. Heétre, Fr.; Biiche, Ger; and Faggio, Ital. It is a native of Eng- land, and grows in its natural soil and situation to sixty or eighty feet high. It is found congregated in forests, in chalky flinty soils, thrives well in sheltered bottoms: but not where it is exposed to the west. There are fine specimens of this tree at Castle Howard, Woburn, Newbottle, and Dalkeith Park. It is not so long-lived as the elm, nor will it grow in situations so much elevated as will the Scotch elms. 7089. Use. The timber is brittle, and decays soon in the air; but under water it is more durable. It is used by the millwright, turner, carver, last and wheel maker, chair and cabinet maker, and more or less in other branches. It is much used by bakers and in glass-houses as billet-wood; and the stack-wood forms an excellent charcoal. 7090. Soil and site. Dryness and some degree of calcareous matter are the characteristics of the soil in which the beech delights; and the declivities of hills facing the east or south are its favorite situations. 7091. The common hornbeam is the Carpinus Betulus, L.(Eng. Bot. 2032.) Monec. Polyan. L. and Amentacee, J. It is a native tree, nearly allied in habits and ap- pearance to the beech, but is less lofty, and thrives in colder stiffer soils, and in rather more elevated situations. It flowers in April, and ripens its seeds in November. “* Although Evelyn is perhaps too partial to the hornbeam, yet, raised from seed, it forms a tree of the first rate, equalling the common beech in magnificence; but unfortunately the hornbeam, like several of our best forest trees, may with ease, almost at any period of the year, be propagated from layers, and the usual consequences of this practice, fol- low,— a stinted, bushy, dwarf-like progeny. This tree, however, retaining its decayed, shrivelled, pale-russet leaves during winter, like the common beech, forms most yalua- ble shelter planted in hedges.””(Cal. Mem. ii. 397.) 7092. Use. Chiefly in turnery, being white and tough as tne name imports. It is frequently used as a substitute for the beech. 7093. Sot and situation. A dry soil is essential, whether cold or chalky. Itisa social tree, and found in natural copse-woods, as in Hertfordshire; but never at any great height above the level of the sea. 7094. The Spanish chestnut is the Castanea vesca, W.; Fagus Castanea, L.(Eng. Bot. 886.) Monec. Polyan. L. and Amentacea, J. It is the Chdtaignier of the French; Castanienbaum of the Germans; and Castagno of the Italians. It is one of the most magnificent of European trees, exceeding the oak in height, and equalling it in bulk and extent. It is doubtful whether it be a native of Britain, though it ripens its fruit in sheltered valleys even in Scotland. It seems a very long-lived tree, of which the best proof is the specimen on Mount Etna, two hundred and four feet in circumference, Boutcher says, the shade of the chestnut, like that of the ash, is injurious to other plants. The leaves which continue late in autumn are not liable to be eaten by insects like those of the oak. The Spanish chestnut has been already described as a fruit-tree.(4745.) As a timber-tree it is used for the same purposes as the oak; though by some con- sidered as more brittle when old. The roof of Westminster Abbey, and that of the Parliament House in Edinburgh, with many other antient works, are said to be con- structed of it; but considering that it is not a native tree, this is extremely improbable; and it is much more rational te suppose, with Professor Martyn and Daines Barrington, that what is by many taken for chestnut, is only oak of a different grain. It is used by the cabinet-maker and cooper; makes an excellent coppice-tree for poles and hoops; the bark is equal in astringency to that of the larch and mountain-ash for tanning; and the leaves and nuts afford food both for men and deer. 7095. Soil and situation. The soil in which it thrives best is a deep sandy loam, and the situation one somewhat sheltered. In Calabria, and on the Apennines between Florence and Bologna, where we have seen it in abundance, it does not attain a great size on the higher and more exposed parts of those moun- tains, but is, as Sang observes, a surprisingly magnificent tree in the hollows. Pontey says,“ on sandy soils, where the oak would make but slow progress, I have seen the chestnut grow extremely quick, and therefore, in such cases, the latter should be used instead of the former.” 7096. The walnut(Juglans regia) has been already treated of as a fruit-tree.(473.) Its timber, when of mature age, is valuable as a cabinet wood, and for gun-stocks, being light, hard, and durable. 7097. The common sycamore is the Acer Pseudo-platanus, L.(Eng. Bot. 303.) Polyg. Monec. L. and Aceree, J. It is one of our hardiest native trees, and equal in mag- nitude with, though more tame in its outline and form than, the oak. It flowers in April and May, and ripens its keys or seeds in November. Its foliation is earlier than that of most trees, and its decadence is next to that of the ash. Itisa quick grower, will endure the sea-breeze better than most trees, and is not liable to grow to one side when exposed to winds that blow chiefly in one direction, 7098. Use. The timber is chiefly used by the turner and millwright, and formerly, when earthenware was less common, it was in great request for trenchers and other table and household utensils. It affords a saccharine juice, like the sugar and other American maples, from which a wine may be made. | | 4 J ¢ i | 7099. The Norway maple(A. platanoides) is a tree common in the native woods of Li- thuania; and in Norway it clothes the hills from the sea-shore to their summits. It grows to a large size, and its leaves die to a golden color. Its timber does not differ ma- terially from that of the sycamore. ’ 990 PRACTICE OF GARDENING~ Parr IIT 7100. Soil and situation. Both thrive best in a soil similar to tl ). Soi; ve bes E E at preferred by the as i n all inferior soils, and exposed to the sea-breeze as well as at a great height aber aA Sata 7101. The mountain ash is the Pyrus aucuparia, E. B.(Eng. Bot. 337.) Icos Di- Pentag. L. and Rosacee, J. It is a low and very hardy native tree, attaining the eee of twenty or thirty feet, with a straight, clean, erect stem, and globular compact ead It flowers abundantly in April and May, and ripens its berries in August or October, according to the situation. 7102. Use. In profitable planting it is chiefly valuable as a nurse-tree, growin ; f 1€! aluable as 4-tree, g very fas y and enduring the most severe exposures. The timber is used by sineeerieuta and ether nooo country purposes: the bark is used by tanners; and the berries afford a dye. As an underg it aff tolerable poles and hoops. 3 u Get Sy Ou aporde 7103, Soil and site. It will grow in any soil, dry or wet; and as to situation, it i i" y d 2 s found on the sea shore, and near the tops of the highest mountains. It seems to thrive best on the sides. :° e side:; oK dells and dingles. SSH. OL HORE DOCkY 7104. The whitebeam-tree(Pyrus aria)(Eng. Bot. 1858.) is a very hardy native tree - oss‘a°~%-? growing to the height of thirty or forty feet, with an erect stem. Its uses and culture are the same as those of the mountain-ash. Its white leaves, and coral berries mealy to the taste like those cf Pyrus torminalis(4768.), have a fine effect in autumn. 7105 The acacia, or locust-tree.— Robinia pseud-acacia, L.(Schmidt. arb. 1. t. 32.) Diadelph. Decan. L., and Leguminosa, J. This is a thorny fast-growing tree, of mid- dling stature, a native of America, of no great beauty as a tree, but ornamental when young, and very well adapted for copse-wood and rough timber. It flowers in June and July, and ripens its seeds in September. The leaves come out late in spring, and fall off early in autumn like those of the ash. 7106. Use. The timber is much valued in North America, and said to be superior to that of the labur- num;‘ being close-grained, hard, and finely veined; and in America more valued by the cabinet- maker than any other native timber whatever. Pursh, in his late valuable Flora, asserts, that being nearly incorruptible, it is equally useful for posts and gates. We are informed by a friend, that gate-posts of this timber, on a property near Baltimore, have remained fresh for nearly a century.‘The finely pin- nated leaves, and pendulous white odorous flowers, add greatly to its beauty. Its value is scarcely known in this country.”(Caled. Mem. ii. 414.) 7107. Soil and site. It prefers a deep sandy soil, and rather sheltered situation; being very apt to throw up suckers from the running roots, and as it stoles freely, it seems peculiarly caleulated for cop- pice-woods. Beatson(Com. to Board of Agr.) has cultivated it in this way to great advantage. 7108. The birch is the Betula, L. Monec. Poly. L. and Amentacee, J., Fr.; Birchenbaum, Ger.; and Betulla, Ital. There are two species which may be con- sidered valuable as timber-trees.‘The common birch(B. alba, var. pendula)(Eng. Bot. 2198.) is a middle-sized native-forest tree, distinguished by its white bark, fragrant leaves, and graceful pensile form. It grows in the coldest regions of the north, and farther up the sides of the British mountains than any other timber-tree. In the swampy grounds of Sweden and Russia it grows to a much greater size than in the more temper- ate climate of thiscountry. It is of importance to cultivate the pendulous variety as a taller and more rapid-growing tree independently of its variety. 7109. The American birch, mahogany-birch, mountain nra- hogany, ox cherry-birch of Canada, is the B. lenta.(Mich. arb. 2. p. 145. t. 4.)(fig. 675.) This is a more lofty tree than the common birch, with a brown-colored bark spotted with white.‘ It abounds most in the middle states of Pennsyl- SSN wania, New York, and the Jerseys, where it attainsa height“Ss~ of seventy feet; but disappears altogether in the higher lati- tudes of the northern states, and is scarcely to be found in Nova Scotia. It is therefore likely to succeed with us in the moist and deeper s6ils of our Highland valleys, especially when closely associated with other trees. The probability of this is heightened by various facts already ascertained. The value of the timber is well known to our cabinet-makers; and we have seen tables, bed-posts, and other articles of fur- niture made of it, equalling in beauty those of mahogany, which it resembles, when some time exposed to the light, the newly wrought boards being of a rose-color. Although of an exceeding quick growth, the grain being naturally close, it takes a fine polish in cabinet-work. We add to this, that the leaves, which appear early in spring, are said to possess a peculiar fragrance, which they retain when dried by means of a stove, affording, on infusion of boiling water, an agree- able diluent, superior to some of the common teas of com- merce.’”’(Caled. Mem. ii. 380.) 7110. The poplar-leaved birch(B. populifolia)(fig. 676. a) and Hudson’s birch(P. Hudsonit)(fig. 676. 6) are elegant rapid-growing trees, and when once they are so common as to be propagated from seed, will deserve culture as timber-trees. 7111. Use. The timber of the common birch in England is chiefty used as fence-wood, fuel, and occa~- sionally for harrows,&c. and other agricultural implements, the tree being most frequently planted as a nurse to others for coppice or variety. This tree, like the mountain ash, will grow in almost every kind of soil and situation. 7112. The wild cherry is the Prunus avium, L.(Blackw. t. 425.). Di-Pentag. L. and Rosacea, J. Guigne, Fr.; Wild Kirschen, Ger.; and Ciriegio Silvatico, Ital. It is a native tree above the middle size, the timber of which is of considerable value. It thrives best in dry sandy loams; and in such situations, Sang observes, its timber becomes of most value. It is of peculiar beauty in spring when in flower, in August Jeummnos® Gwitzerlanes affording pose the va" leaves and I ferred, 85 Pf other. sal acters of us when in Hor (oa fine stel 714. Use. is much pra hardness, bea pares and rabl to the ground stant supply! has beell sold sandy soils m5. 7 Rhamni, J evergreel tt value, and 1 oreat longer oak, beech, as wood Forest, cheerful-lookin ornament, 716, Ue, The tmers nd excelent fibre, sheep soils and rather sh TN7. The ha hardy useful un walking-sticks, soil ts tolerable sack-wood, TMS, The and Euphoric claims to atte turnery, math soil and unde or twenty-five an ornamental 719, The an excellent n wood is very or for timber, 7120, The he and Rosacee, shrub, of Tea Tow Plantation and therefore, Impermeable, timber of sucl Wnght and ty Serves, throug] 1 soon heat Sy stantly cut up tor deer, the Toots » Dlanted TRE, atety a. ake ght NOUN gy Tt had, Uber, Lit Aung, any nate fe WS and cultie terres meal Amentavt,|. Bola, specs Wu OD var, pen) Big Bl vy its whe bark, ie resins of te ut aeretree, labesn2h e than iN the the pens Boox III. HARD-WOODED NON-RESINOUS TREES, 991 when in fruit, and in autumn when its leaves change to a beautiful red and yellow.~ Its timber is chiefly used by the cabinet-maker and chair- maker. 7113. The tree-laburnum.— Cytisus alpinus, W. en.(Bot. Mag.176.). Decan. L. and Leguminose, J. It is a low tree, a native of Switzerland, cultivated chiefly for ornament, but affording also a valuable timber. For this pur- pose the variety or species(C. alpinus), with broad leaves and long racemes, is decidedly to be pre- ferred, as being much more of a tree than the other. Sang says, it has a full claim to the cha- racters of useful and ornamental; is beautiful when in flower, and may, in a grove, be trained to a fine stem of very considerable size. 7114. Use. The timber(the false ebony of the French) s is much prized by cabinet-makers and turners, for its hardness, beauty of grain, and durability. The tree is frequently sown in plantations infested with hares and rabbits, who will touch no other tree as long asa twig of laburnum remains.‘* Though eaten to the ground in winter,” as Boutcher observes,‘* it will spring again next season, and thus afford a con- stant supply for these animals, so as to save the other trees till of a size to resist their attacks The timber has been sold for upwards of half a sovereign per foot.” It becomes most valuable in light loams and sandy soils. 7115. The holly is the Ilex aquifolium, L.(Eng. Bot. 496.) Pent. Monog. L. and Rhamni, J. Houx, Fr.; Stechbaum, Ger.; Agrifoglio, Ital. Tt is an elegant, shining, evergreen tree, rising from twenty to thirty feet high, affording a timber of considerable value, and much in use as an ornamental hedge plant. It is a native of Britain, of great longevity, and found growing in woods and forests, as an undergrowth to the oak, beech, ash, and fir. It thrives best in a free deep loam, rather light, as in Need- wood Forest, in Staffordshire, and the fir-forest of Blackhall, near Aberdeen. It is a cheerful-looking tree from its shining leaves and coral berries, and peculiarly fit for ornament, 7116. Use. The timber, which is as white as ivory, is chiefly used in inlaying and veneering, and by turners and mathematical-instrument-makers. The straight shoots, of five and six feet in length, make excellent coachmen’s whips. Birdlime is made from the bark by washing and separation of the woody fibre. Sheep and deer eat the croppings. It is the best of all hedge plants. It thrives best in cold loamy soils, and rather sheltered situations. 7117. The haxel(Corylus avelana), already treated of as a fruit-shrub(4752.), forms a hardy useful undergrowth in most situations, supplying hoops, crate-ware, basket-stuff, walking-sticks, rods, poles, withies, fence-wood, fuel,&c.; besides the fruit, where the soil is tolerable, is worth something, and an excellent charcoal is made from the stack-wood. 7118. The boa-tree(Buxus sempervirens, L.(Eng. Bot. 1341.) Monec. Tetran. L. and Euphorbiacee, J. Buis, Fr.; Buchsbaum, Ger.; and Bosobo, Ital.) has some claims to attention as a valuable timber, being in considerable demand for inlaying, turnery, mathematical instruments, and wood-engravers’ blocks. It thrives in any light soil and under the drip of trees. Raised from the seed it will attain the height of twenty or twenty-five feet, and be fit to cut down in thirty years.(Miller’s Dict. in loco.) As an ornamental undergrowth and edging plant, it is of the greatest value. 7119. The elder-tree(Sambucus nigra), already treated of as a fruit-tree(4627.), forms an excellent nurse-plant in exposed situations, and a rapid hedge in most places. The wood is very hard, and used by the toy-makers and turners. When grown as a nurse, or for timber, it should always be raised from the seed. 7,120. The hawthorn.— Mespilus oxyacantha, E. B.(Eng. Bot.c.ic.) Icos. Di-Pentag. L. and Rosacea, J. Aubépine, Fr.; Hagedorn, Ger.; Branco spino, Ital. It is a native shrub, of great importance as a hedge plant, and is also frequently introduced into nar- row plantations as an undergrowth. It will not grow, however, under the drip of trees, and therefore, in a profitable point of view, is only to be considered as affording the impermeable, close, durable, and easily raised fences, called quickset-hedges. The timber of such plants as grow singly, and attain a tolerable size, is valued by the mill- wright and turner, and the roots by the cabinet-maker. It is often spoiled, Sang ob- serves, through inattention after cutting; if it be allowed to lie in entire logs or trunks, oD? it soon heats, and becomes quite brittle and worthless; it therefore ought to be in- stantly cut up into planks, and laid to dry. The haws and foliage afford excellent food for deer. 7121. Soil and site. It will not thrive in a wet soil, nor one very dry and poor, much elevated or much shaded; a free deep loam in an airy situation suits it best. For hedges it may be raised from cuttings of the roots, planted where they are finally to remain. Such cuttings are only to be procured in quantities 4 ; ; ] | —_ a RE ne ae ee ee Sie) 992 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IIL. whereay old hedge is to be removed, and the labor of selecting and preparing them falls little short of the price of good two-year seedling plants; so that unless in a season when thorn-plants are scarce and dear, few advantages attend this practice. 7122, The> fa Ore Tike He L.(BE 746.) 22. The yew is the Tarus baccata, L.(Eng. Bot. 746.) Polyg. Monec. L. and y og.+=f.= i ASS e. Conifere, J. If, Fr.; Eihenbawm, Ger. 5 and Tasso, Ital. It is a low, bush-like, dark 2Y)>,>- ae 71 y. 7} yr Fe 1* 4:: evergreen tree, of great longevity, slow in grow th, and affording a hard, white, valuable timber. It flowers in April and May, and its berries are ripe in November. It is found in a wild state in bleak situations, and on a variety of soils, dry and moist. It is very common in ancient churchyards, in many of which it has attained a great size and age Evelyn, and after him, Professor Martyn, have referred to a great number of examples of notable trees of this species. 7123. Use. The timber is used by the cabinet-maker for inlaying, and by the mathematicaLinstru- ment-maker, and whipmaker. It is sometimes used as a substitute for box and other hard woods, and every one knows it was formerly used for bows, and the spray as palm-leaves by the ancient Christians It forms one of the best hedge plants for gardens, topiary work,&c. and for this purpose was much em- ployed when the geometric style of gardening prevailed. 7124. Soil and situation. Almost any soil, not over-wet, will suit the yew, and it will grow on the bleak sides of mountains, and under the drip of trees. Secr. III. Soft-wooded Trees. 7125. The soft-wooded timber-trees may be considered as characterised by great rapidity of growth, comparatively limited duration, and timber of inferior value. 7126. The horse-chestnut(désculus hippocastanum, L.(Schmidt. arb. 1. t. 38.) Hep- tand. Monog. L. and Aceree, J. Marronier, Fr.; Marronienbaum, Ger.; and Mar- rone, Ital.) is a magnificent and beautiful tree, when in May it is covered with its digitate foliage, and fine large spikes of white flowers. It is of rapid growth, and speedily produces a considerable bulk of timber, which, however, is of no great value. Being highly ornamental as a single tree, and in the outskirts of plantations, it need never be planted in masses for timber. It was brought from the northern parts of Asia into Europe, about the year 1550, and was cultivated by Gerrard and Tradescant. As Gilpin observes, it is far from being a picturesque tree, its outline being that of a parabola: but all beauty is not picturesque beauty, and the foliage and flowers will ever advocate the cause of this tree,(which the Hon. D. Barrington compares to a giant’s nosegay,) though“its leaves begin to drop early in summer, and make a litter around the trees during the remainder of the season.” 7127. Soil and situation. It requires a good, rather dry soil, and suffers materially from storms of every kind when planted in exposed situations. It used formerly to be much used as an avenue tree, especially by the French, and is particularly adapted for this purpose, and the margins of plantations. 7198. The lime.— Tilia Europea, L.(Eng. Bot. 610.) Polyand. Monog. L. and Tiliacee, J. Tilleul, Fr.; Lindenbaum, Ger.; and Tiglio, Ital. This is one of the most beautiful, graceful, and fragrant of our native trees, rising to the height of seventy or eighty feet, and finely clothed with pendulous recurved branches, from the ground or the browsing line formed by cattle upwards. It is found wild in woods and grassy declivities, sends out its leaves in April, flowers in May, and ripens its seeds, though sparingly, unless under favorable circumstances, in October. 7129. Use. It was much valued by the Romans for its shade, and the multiplicity of purposes to which the timber was applied. It is now more a tree of ornament than of profit, but the timber is still used for various common purposes in general economy, and by the carver, turner, and musical-instrument- maker. It forms anexcellent charcoal for gunpowder; and of its inner bark, macerated in water, is formed, in the north of Europe, the bass mats of commerce. This bark is called in Sweden and Russia, bast, whence, by corruption, bass. It is the fittest of all trees for avenues, and forms good tree-hedges. The famous Kowno honey is made exclusively from the blossom of this tree. 7130. Varieties and species. There are several sorts noticed in our Encyclopedia of Plants, but the best, both for effect and timber, is the red-twigged(T. Eu. var. corallina), and the broad-leaved ‘American(7. Americana), which is a distinct species, distinguished by the larger size of the leaves, and elegant pendulous flowers. 7131. Soil and situation. All the sorts prefer a deep loam, and rather sheltered situation, for though patient of cold, they are much injured by storms. In Sweden, the common species abound among the débris of granite and trap rocks; and in Russia it covers extensive tracts of deep, soft, black earth. In bleak situations. where it is not covered by snow in winter at the roots, or sheltered by other trees, it will not thrive. 7132. The alder(Alnus glutinosa, W.(Eng. Bot. 1505.) Monec. Tetrand. L. and Amentacea, J.) is a middle-sized native aquatic tree of no great value, either as timber or ornament farther than that it will grow where few other trees will thrive, excepting the birch, poplar, and willow. It flowers in May, and ripens its seeds in September and October. 7133. Use. The timber is used in water-works, and by the turner, millwright, lastmakers, and others, as well as for common country purposes, and charcoal. 7134. The poplar.— Populus, W. Diac. Dodec. L. and Amentacee, J. Peuplier, Fr.; Poppelbaum, Ger.; and Poppio, Ital. There are several species which may be reckoned timber-trees. gy, Me abele-tt I iet called rere aid abel fark ab 34, The comin (1.9 jsall its hight-gree?| ash-colored bar variety of theall panes to May 7138, The Lom tree, ocouples it shade, It will largest trees 0! t 7139. The blac by Pontey, ist very much alike larger than the The bi f other d is alway: her ré cabine 4] Nod Nn pled, 2 TMS. Natural 9 Toned are ever foy wut a8 ate deep an Uottoms, where the ing heights, or all Voplars are found in Me immediately Ad seyera as fit Boox III. SOFT-WOODED TREES. 993 7135. The abele-tree, P. alba.(Eng. Bot. 1618.)(fig. 677. a) The variety called the hoary poplar is distinguished from the common wild abele by its larger three, four, or five. lobed leaves, dark above and downy under, and by the young shoots having a purple bark covered with white down. It is a rapid- growing tree, speedily attaining great bulk of timber, a height of 6U or 70 feet, and great extent of branches. The P. vistu- lensis seems a variety of this tree; and on the banks of the Vistula, particularly at Villeneuve, near Warsaw, grows to upwards of 100 feet high, with a clean trunk and ample head. 7136, The common black poplar(P. nigra)(Eng. Bot. 1910.) (fig. 677. b) is a native tree, of lofty growth, distinguished by its light-green leaves, lightly notched on the edges, and ash-colored bark. It is, by some, considered a mere variety of the alba, and for the purposes of profit may be so considered. 7137. The trembling poplar(P. tremula)(fig. 677. c) and the common poplar(P. canescens)(d) are hardy natives 3 but being of less rapid growth than the species mentioned, are little cultivated as timber-trees. The common poplar in the northern counties may be frequently seen in a pollard state in hedges, where it furnishes lop for fuel, and sometimes for handles to hay-rakes,&c. 7138. The Lombardy poplar(P. dilatata) grows to a lofty tree, occupies little space, and is not very injurious by its shade. It will not thrive, however, in exposed situations, or in very indifferent soils. Some of the largest trees of this species are at Blenheim. Sang and Nicol say it seldom thrives in Scotland. 7139. The black Italian poplar(P. dilatata, var.) of the northern nurseries, so strongly recommended by Pontey, is thus described by him, by comparison with a Lombardy poplar.‘‘ The leaves of both are very much alike in color, shape, and turn, the only difference being in the latter producing them somewhat larger than the former, though not near so large as the other poplars, whose leaves are of similar shape. The branches of the latter grow much less erect, and likewise much thinner upon the stem. The only other distinction necessary is the bark, which, on a stem or branch of from two to four or five years’ growth, is always found smoother, and of a much darker color than any of the poplars that are at all like it in other respects.” He says it was first sent to Scotland from America, and disseminated by Dicksons and Co. of Hassendean-burn. Sang says,“ many have ventured to assert, that it is merely a play on the vanity of possessing new sorts, and that it is not really distinct from those formerly cultivated.” Pontey says, he measured, in December, 1813,“a tree growing in the garden of Richard Atkinson, of Hudders- field, which has been planted twenty-five years, being then about six feet high; the height is now about sixty feet, and contains forty-six feet of good timber. It grows on the side of a garden where the soil is light, and about a foot deep, upon a very coarse gravel, having been formerly a water-course.’? We could never find any poplar in general cultivation, or wild, in Italy, but the Lombardy and alba, and occasionally in elevated moist places in the Alps and Apennines, the tremula. 7140. The black Athenian(P. greca), black American or birch-leaved(P. betulifolia), the Canadian(P. monilifera), and Carolina poplars(P. angulata), are all rapid-growing lofty trees, which, in favorable soils and sheltered situations, speedily produce great bulk of head and timber; but the hoary and the black Italian appear the best for the general purposes of the profitable planter. They are all short-lived trees; flower in March and April, and ripen their seeds from a fortnight toa month afterwards. 7141. Use. The wood being soft is used by the sculptor, tanner, and toymaker, and also occasionally by the cabinet and musical-instrument maker, as a substitute for that of the lime. But no limited appli- cation of poplar-timber, like the above, can be depended on by the profitable planter, and, therefore, the safest way is to consider it as useful for the common purposes of domestic and rural economy, and more likely to afford profit from bulk than quality. The bark of the black is so astringent, Sang states, as to be used for tan, Alluding to the black Italian sort, Pontey says,“In that sort of planting which perhaps may be considered as most of all profitable, namely, that which adds to the comfort and consequence, and, ntl rt of course, the value of a place, previously scantily furnished with that important appendage, wood, this tees tree is excellent; as, in judicious hands, it may be made to produce very considerable effects, while many others(highly esteemed) would produce them in prospect only. In short, for distant scenery, where wood, nf 18) not species, is the immediate object, this plant, hitherto in many places a stranger, is clearly superior to +s bh all the family of the forest.” Of the timber of the hoary poplar, he says, Lord Sheffield“has lately made { ripens 18 8? some floors, which, in appearance, are superior to any floor I have seen, whether of deal or oak; and, as : to durability, I see no reason to doubt of that, if the density and weight of the article be considered, in connection with such testimonies as books afford relative to the point. Floors, however, are only one of the many inferior purposes for which it is apples as it is certainly proper for almost every article of furniture usually made of mahogany. For the lighter descriptions of it, now so fashionable, it may be made a very good substitute, without any other addition to the natural color of its heart than the means cabinet-makers generally resort to, in order to heighten the color of such wood; and with respect to the sap, and where more of color is required, the aquafortis stain will instantaneously produce it, so far as that it would be difficult to distinguish it from real mahogany. Indeed, it is equal to the best in color and smoothness of surface, and much superior to the plain or inferior sorts in those respects, as.well as in transparency and variety; and it has the further advantage fi Ww, over mahogany, and most other woods, that it takes but little Hf} of either oil or rubbing, to produce upon it the sort of mel- low shining surface, so much admired in furniture that has been some years subjected to proper attention.” Of poplars and willows in general, he observes,‘‘ were we but half as well apprised of the various purposes to which their timber might be properly applied, as we are of the quickness of their growth, I am persuaded they would then be considered as subjects worthy of general attention.”’ 7142, Natural soil and situation. None of the sorts men- tioned are ever found wild in very poor soils, but generaily in such as are deep and moist, but not springy; by rivers and in { ‘4 | j j ] eton ct and makes Ital, Ths ng tothe be ranches, fom Ue wild in woos! t vale ee onl? bottoms, where the soil has accumulated from the surround: Can an ing heights, or alluvial deposits have taken place, for ages, rees W! eo poplars are found in the greatest perfection. its ¢ 7143. The willow.— Salix, L.. Monan: L. itt and Amentacea, J. Saule, Fr.; Weidenbawm, Ger.; igh Salici, Ital. There are two species which seem " more immediately to merit cultivation as timber-trees, and several as fit for cultivating in osier-grounds. Sm 994 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part IIT. 7144. The Huntington or common white Lincolnshire swallow-tailed willow(S. alba)(Eng. Bot. 2430.) (fig. 678.) grows toa lofty tree, with a branchy stem, and tapering flame-shaped head. It seems com- mon to Europe, being found pollarded by way-sides in Sweden, the south of Russia, and Italy. Asa timber-tree it produces a great bulk in a short time; and as a pollard or coppice wood, on suitable soils it is prolific in fuel, poles, and bark for the tanner.: 7145. The Upland, or red-twigged willow of Pontey(Profit. Plant. 72.), appears to be a variety of the S. alba, being distinguished from it by its hoary or silver-like leaves, and deep red shoots. The timber and mode of growth appear to be the same as those of the Huntington willow, but being of slower growil the former is to be preferred. Of the red-twigged willow of Sang, there are large trees near mnfermline, upwards of 60 feet high. 7146. The Bedford willow(S. Russelliana)(Eng. Bot. 1808.)(fig. 679.) is also a lofty bulky-headed tree, in genes appearance and habits very much resembling the . alba, 7147. Use. The timber may be used generally in rural economy, and the poles form a light and convenient hurdle. Pontey says, the timber is“ considerably durable; a pro- perty which, it appears, may be much augmented by steep- ing some months in water, as is frequently done with oak- saplings.” The bark of all the sorts mentioned is found to be sufficiently astringent to be now generally used by tan- ners. 7148. The best willows for osier-grounds are the following:— 7149. The common osier, Salix Viminalis.(Eng. Bot. 1898.) Jig. 680.) The leaves are long, waved at the edges, but not serrated; shining green above, and silvery underneath. The shoots grow long, straight, and tough, and are well adapted for the larger sorts of baskets, hampers, crates, and hoops. 7150. The auricled osier, S. stipularis,(Eng. Bot. 1214.) “The two-year-old shoots make excellent rods for baskets, cradles, bird-cages, and such articles; and the one-year shoots are used as fillings. The shoots are long, nearly equal in thickness throughout their extent, and somewhat downy, or hoary, particularly at the tops or extremities. The leaves are alternate, with footstalks, long and narrow, somewhat notched on the edges, green and smooth above, woolly below. The stipule or leaf-scales are conspicuous and remarkable, resembling a pair of ears.’’ 7151. The green osier(S. rubra)(Eng. Bot. 1145.) is an excellent basket willow..‘* The shoots are very long, tough, smooth, and of a grey color, occasionally inclining to purplish. The leaves are narrow and very long, from three to four inches, bright green on both sides, and serrated.” 7152. The basket-osier, S. Forbyana.(Eng. Bot. 1344.)‘*The best willow for the finer sorts of basket-work. The shoots are of a yellowish ash-color, sometimes purplish; smooth, very flexible and tough. The leaves are alternate, on foot-stalks, from two to three inches long, somewhat serrated, chiefly to- wards the top; dark-green above, and glaucous or pale-bluish beneath.”; 7153. The long-leaved triandrous willow(S. triandra)(Eng. Bot. 1454.)“is common in osier-beds, and its stools afford most ex- cellent shoots for basket-work, long, slender, pliable and tough; they are smooth, of a brownish color, and towards the top they are fluted or grooved. The leaves are long, and closely and strongly serrated.” 7154. The velvet osier, S. mollissima.(Eng. Bot. 1509.)‘* Its leaves are very smooth and green above, and very silky and soft beneath. Shoots long and very numerous, but not tough; when allowed, however, to remain for two years, they make most capital rods.”, 1155. The yellow willow, or golden osier(S. vitellina),(Eng. Bot. 1399.) produces‘‘ handsome shoots, of a yellow color and shining, and well adapted for basket- work.”’ BOOK IV. LANDSCAPE-GARDENING- 7156. Ly landscape-gardening, the art of the gardener is directed to different objects, and some of them of a higher kind than any belonging to gardening as an art of culture. In the three branches hitherto considered, art is chiefly employed in the cultivation of plants, with a view of obtaining their products; but in the branch now under consider- ation, art is exercised in disposing of ground, buildings, and water, as well as the vegetating materials which enter into the composition of verdant landscape. This is, in a strict sense, what is called landscape-gardening, or the art of creating or improving landscapes; but as landscapes are seldom required to be created for their own sakes, landscape-gardening, as actually practised, may be defined,“ the art of arrangivg the different parts which com- pose the external scenery of a country-residence, so as to produce the different beauties and conveniences of which that scene of domestic life is susceptible.” 7157. What these beauties and conveniences are, must, in different ages aD depend on the state of society and climate; and, in the same age and country, d countries, on the por IV. eft and‘gt ald climates W ould become© nore refined of te post inthe country ally the sales beings as to m the country, 4 cipally affect| would, at Hist, but, 88 soci pendages indic gurrounding Se Jandseape, as ¢ Jn early times, water and tree country-residel times, when th practice would same abject as distinction. 7158, Henc gardening, bot tion, The fr we look upon i contrary, WAS a like every other ( 506, it be con from the commo places, it will be as any other part that the geometri inherent kind, as t its suitableness to| fre, ofthat absolu other, we have, in| merical disposition jet notice also the aye, A knowle and the occasional netdl good taste, of peculiar situa Tandseape+ thet in forming lands convenience in fo T19, The prin On the end in view for use solely, fp these arts a reat culty of forming ce OF Warering estination,”(El ntdening mith a y ing landscape,” i td eave incom I ite great body of, “poet Mason ob Pi I 3oox IV. PRINCIPLES OF LANDSCAPE-GARDENING. 995 wealth and taste of individuals. This art would be a very simple one in rude ages and mild climates, when man had few wants, and scarcely any desires; but, like other arts, would become more intricate as mankind betook to more variable climates, and became more refined in habits and manners. Taking a view, as far as history permits(see Part I), of the past and present state of landscape-gardening in all countries, the objects desired in the country-residence of a wealthy man, wishing to display his riches, are fundament- ide ally the same. These were and are, adaptation to the habits of genteel life for the time Vey Duta being, as to matters of use and convenience; and distinction from the common scenery of the country, as to matters of taste or beauty in landscape. The first object would prin- “taht cipally affect the mansion and accompanying erections for men or cattle; and these aly dd, would, at first, be merely of greater dimension than those of the common mass of rustics; ath amet but, as society improved, they would be distinguished by more perfect execution, and ap- Seale pendages indicative of the habits of genteel life. The second object, distinction in the uv med yon. surrounding scenery, was and is effected by such dispositions of the common materials of landscape, as ground, water, trees,&c. as indicate the employment of art and expense. inners ae th In early times, this would produce regularly level or sloping surfaces of ground, and water and trees bounded by straight or geometrical lines, which would distinguish the country-residence from the natural or open unenclosed scenery around. In late or modern times, when the general face of the country was disposed in artificial forms, a contrary practice would be pursued, and natural-like scenery would be created for precisely the same object as in the other case; the display of wealth and taste, and the attainment of distinction. 7158. Hence the origin of what are called the geometric and natural styles in landscape- gardening, both evidently founded on the same principle, the love of applause and distinc- tion. The first has been generally condemned as unnatural and absurd; and so it is, if we look upon it as an imitation of nature; but as it never pretended to this, but, on the contrary, was avowedly a display of the power of art over nature, it ought to be judged, like every other work of man, by the end in view; and if, as we have already observed (526.), it be considered as designed to distinguish the garden-scenery of the man of wealth from the common fortuitous scenery of the country in rude or less cultivated times and places, it will be found admirably calculated for that purpose, and just as natural to man as any other part of his habits or manners. But we will even go farther, and maintain that the geometrical disposition of landscape-scenery has powerful beauties, both of the inherent kind, as that of a long broad avenue, or of general or particular associations, as its suitableness to Gothic architecture, very ancient residences,&c. Disapproving, there- fore, of that absolute preference of the modern or natural style, which totally excludes the other, we have, in treating of planting(Book III. Chap. IV.), not lost sight of the geo- metrical dispositions of trees; and we shall, in considering the present branch of our sub- ject, notice also the dispositions of ground, water, roads,&c, peculiar to the geometric style. A knowledge of both will be desired by the liberal-minded practical designer; and the occasional adoption, in part, at least, of the ancient style, will be dictated by ge- neral good taste, as well as by the particular tastes of individuals, and the circumstances of peculiar situations. We shall consider, in succession, the principles of composing landscape; the treatment of the materials of verdant scenery; the union of these materials in forming landscapes; and the union of landscapes in connection with scenes of use and convenience in forming country-residences. seis(CO ysl " and re ae . Cuar. I. Of the Principles of Landscape- Gardening. 7159. The principles of landscape-gardening, like those of every other art, are founded as on the end in view.‘* Gardens and buildings,’’ Lord Kames observes,“ may be destined i ncieo 4 for use solely, for beauty solely, or for both. Such variety of destination bestows upon 5 ot le these arts a great command of beauties, complex not less than various. Hence the diffi- ag 8» cio culty of forming an accurate taste in gardening, and architecture; and hence, that differ- ve 0 ence or wavering of taste in these arts, greater than in any art that has but a single i she destination.””(Elements of Criticism, 4th edit. vol. ii. 431.) Not to consider landscape- git gardening with a view to these different beauties, but to treat it merely as“the art of create vig ing landscapes,” would thus embrace only a small part of the art of laying out grounds, yp ee and leave incomplete a subject which contributes to the immediate comfort and happiness kes aie of a great body of the enlightened and opulent in this and in every country;—an art, as det a the poet Mason observes, odutt“* Which teaches wealth and pride, ile gt** How to obtain their wish+ the world’s applause.” otal 33 2 ne of Si ee a tien 3 nn 996 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr ITT. 7160. The ancient authors on architecture and gardening have rarely attempted to la down any general principle of composition. Vitruvius hints obscurely, that the different parts of buildings, should bear some proportion among themselves, like that which subsists between the different members of the human body; that the quantities constituting the magnitudes of temples, should have certain ratios to one another, and he lays down canons for the individual proportions, and collective arrangement of the columns of the different orders. These, however, are not principles, but mechanical rules, formed on very limited associations. The same remarks will apply to the directions respecting the walks, walls hedges, and borders of the ancient style, laid down by D’ Argenville, Clarici, Le Blond, and Switzer. It is in the writings of modern authors, therefore, and chiefly from the ae lightened investigations of the Rev. A. Alison, that we are to draw our information as to the principles by which the artists of the ancient style were instinctively guided in their productions. 7161. With respect to the modern style, considered as including what belongs to the conveniences of a country-residence, as well as the art of creating landscapes, Pope has included the principles under, Ist, The study and display of natural beauties; 2d, The concealment of defects; and 3d, Never to lose sight of common sense. Wheatley concurs in these principles, stating the business of a gardener to be‘to select and to apply what- ever is great, elegant, or characteristic’ in the scenery of nature or art;‘“ to discover and to show all the advantages of the place upon which he is employed; to supply its defects, to correct its faults, and to improve its beauties.” Repton, whose observations on land- scape-gardening bear on the title-page, to be“written with a view to establish fixed princi- ples in these arts,”’ enumerates congruity, utility, order, symmetry, scale, proportion, and appropriation, as principles,“ if,” as he observes, in one place,“ there are any principles.” Mason places the secret of the art in the‘nice distinction between contrast and incon- gruity;” Mason, the poet, invokes“simplicity,” probably intending that this beauty should distinguish the English from the Chinese style; simplicity is also the ruling prin- ciple of Lord Kames; Girardin includes every beauty under“ truth and nature,” and every rule“ under the unity of the whole, and the connection of the parts;” and Shen- stone states,“landscape or picturesque gardening” to“ consist in pleasing the imagin- ation,” by scenes of grandeur, beauty, and variety. Convenience merely has no share there, any farther than as it pleases the imagination. Congruity and the principles of painting are those of Price and Knight; and nature, utility, and taste, those of Marshall. From these different theories, as well as from the general objects or end of gardening, there appear to be two principles which enter into its composition; those which regard it as a mixed art, or an art of design, and which are called the principles of relative beauty; and those which regard it as an imitative art, and are called the principles of na- tural or universal beauty. The ancient or geometric gardening is guided wholly by the former principles; landscape-gardening, as an imitative art, wholly by the latter; but as the art of forming a country-residence, its arrangements are influenced by both principles. In conformity with these ideas, and with our plan of treating of both styles, we shall first consider its principles as an inventive or mixed, and secondly as an imitative art. Secr. I. Of the Beauties of Landscape- tardening, as an inventive and mixed Art, and of the Principles of their Production.- 7162. Works of art, Alison observes, may be considered, either in relation to their design or intention— to the nature of their construction for the intended purpose— or to the nature of the end they are destined to serve; and their beauty accordingly will de- pend, either upon the excellence or wisdom of the design, the fitness or propriety of the construction, or the utility of the end. The considerations of design, of fitness, and of utility, therefore, may be considered as the three great sources of the beauties of works of inventive art. They have been called relative beauties, in opposition to those of nature and imitative art, which are hence denominated natural or independent beauties. There is a third source of beauty common poth to arts of invention and imitation, which is that of accidental beauty, or such as is produced by local, arbitrary, or temporary associations. The beauties of objects, whether natural, relative, or accidental, are conveyed to the senses by the different qualities of matter, forms, sounds, colors, smells, and motion; but form is the grand characteristic of matter, and constitutes in a great degree its essence to our senses. In our remarks, therefore, on the beauties of inventive art, we shall chiefly con- sider design, fitness, and utility, in regard to form. 7163. The expression of design is displayed by such forms and dispositions, as shall at once point out that they are works of art. Thus regularity and uniformity are recog- nised in the rudest works of man, and point out his employment of art and expense In their construction. Hence the lines, surfaces, and forms of geometric gardening should be different, and in some degree opposed to those of general nature. Irregular surfaces, lines, or forms, may be equally useful, alike works of art, and, considered with reference to other beauties, may be more agreeable than such as are regular; but, if too prevalent, Bok IN bay ight be ml vty of desig? malls 7164. Best « from the pt thing witch JS) imttion of nal irrelarites al decided the ch The variety of the choice£0 I adjusting thei spectator’ 7165. Wh aggreeable to| variety: ther no difiulty i have symmett jn such things her of taking t 7166. The e1 comes aflerva rd design, Hence, be introduced 34 become the sign 0 liohtas beautiful, may perhaps bec formityis equal, t isequl, their beau stage, in the progt in garden-scenery art, serpentine 1 a variety a embel that we would no examples conside might, when fs and the discover neither be new1 to embellish des T167, To pr characteristicalls lst sight of i it the slightest a 7168, Fitness, relative beauty of denominated pro weights,&e, Tr style of sardent artificial objects, thent parts of certain objects Whatever these y 7169, Viility beauties will eo faening, Ob lOund to be of ny i become beaut wna“is in| ue{iuerent SOUT( IM and much y Pan If pte silk ile nie ad chy f fon ey Four information ay ote puedo ng Wha Dons to ¥ slik Pipe bs tur as 4, The sey, Tala concurs elec an ty my That Or arts* to scorer ad tree conta a it intending ttt Dat ity i al “thd ai of the put"nf Se ut pa ist in ples Ue mg jence met as 0 psu uty an te pans nd tae, by pects Ot anol{ea sition ini e { the pi Hl ale he rs Ru ng Is elm sholly by the lt fe bi ao yD of both als We gs an itaes } muse A » tip BS ier nat”: yell pe ite biel get ai Book IV. BEAUTIES OF LANDSCAPE-GARDENING. 997 they might be mistaken for the production of nature, in which case they would lose the beauty of design; but forms perfectly regular, and divisions completely uniform, im- mediately excite the belief of design, and with this belief, all the admiration which follows the employment of skill and expense. Ground in level or regular slopes, or in hills or hollows of symmetrical shapes; woods of right-lined boundaries; trees, and especially such as are foreign to the soil, planted equidistantly in masses, in quincunx, or in straight rows; water in Fovibeee ore) basins. regular canals, or fountains; walks and woods, of uniform width and perfectly straight; straight walls and hedges are easily distinguished from nature’s management of these materials, and are highly expressive of the hand of man. 7164. Regular forms are satisfactory, Stewart observes(Philosophical Essays, 238.), ‘ from the principle of a sufficient reason, adopted by Leibnitz. What is it, that in any thing’ which is merely ornamental, and which at the same time does not profess to be an imitation of nature, renders irregular forms displeasing? Is it not, at least, in part, that irregularities are infinite; and that no circumstance can be imagined which should have decided the choice of the artist in favor of that particular figure which he has selected? The variety of regular figures, it must be acknowledged, is infinite also; but supposing the choice to be once fixed about the number of sides, no apparent caprice of the artist in adjusting their relative proportions, presents a disagreeable and inexplicable puzzle to the spectator.” 7165. Wherever symmetry“is useful to the soul, and may assist her functions, it is agreeable to her; but wherever it is useless, it becomes distasteful, because it takes away variety: therefore, things that we see in succession ought to have variety, for our soul has no difficulty in seeing them: those, on the contrary, that we see at one glance, ought to have symmetry; thus at one glance we see the front of a building, a parterre, a temple; in such things there is always a symmetry which pleases the soul, by the facility it gives her of taking the whole object at once.”(Montesquieu.) 7166. The expression of design, in the progress of the arts, though at first difficult, be- comes afterwards easy, and renders regularity and uniformity only expressive of common design. Hence, to confer a character of superiority in works of design, variety would be introduced; and as uniformity was the sign of design, so uniformity and variety would become the sign of improved or embellished design.‘ Considering, therefore, forms in this light as beautiful, merely from their expression of design, the observation of Dr. Hutcheson may perhaps be considered as an axiom with regard to their beauty, viz. that where the uni- formity is equal, the beauty of forms is in proportion to their variety; and when their variety is equal, their beauty is in proportion to their uniformity.”(Alison’s Essays, p.106.) To this stage, in the progress of design, may be referred the architectural ornaments introduced in garden-scenery, such as seats, buildings, statues, urns; and in the later stages of the art, serpentine walks, labyrinths, verdant: sculpture, and many other improvements. The variety and embellishment thus conferred on gardens produced in time many absurdities, that we would not wish to see resorted to with a revival of the ancient style, unless in examples considered solely with a view to imitation. The sculpture of trees, however, might, when first introduced, be greatly admired, even by men of sense, for its novelty, and the discovery of a certain degree of skill in the artist; but as, in our times, they would neither be new nor meritorious, they could scarcely be consistently introduced with a view to embellish design. 7167. To prevent variety from degenerating into confusion, and as Professor Stewart characteristically expresses it,‘ puzzling the spectator,” unity of intention must never be lost sight of. This, indeed, is necessarily implied in every work of art, since, without it, the slightest attempt at design would only end in a chaos of materials. 7168. Fitness, or the proper adaptation of means to an end, is the second source of the relative beauty of forms. Considered in relation to the parts of a building, it is generally denominated proportion, and refers to the adequate strength of certain parts to bear certain weights,&c. In the detail of the ancient, and in scenes of relative beauty in the modern style of gardening, it relates to the magnitude and situations of buildings, and other artificial objects, relative to natural ones,— to the extent of the different scenes or consti- tuent parts of a residence, compared to the whole,— to the propriety and congruity of certain objects as ornaments,—and, in general, to the adequacy of means to an end, whatever these means or that end may be. 7169. Utility is the third source of the relative beauty of forms. None of the other beauties will compensate for the entire want of utility in any scene of architecture or gardening. Objects at first thought beautiful, soon lose this expression when they are found to be of no use; and others, with first impressions the most disagreeable, are felt to become beautiful as they are known to be useful.“‘ This species of beauty,” Alison observes,‘is in itself productive of a much weaker emotion than that which arises from the different sources of ornamental beauty; but it is of a more constant and permanent kind, and much more uniformly fitted to excite the admiration of mankind.”’(Essays on i 6} IS) es) 998 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Panr III. Taste, vol. ii. p. 201.)‘ To unite these different kinds of beauty; to dignify oramental forms by use; and to raise merely useful forms into beauty, is the great object of ambi- _ tion among every class of artists. Wherever both these objects can be obtained, the greatest possible beauty that form can receive will be produced. But as this can very seldom be the case, the following rules seem immediately to present themselves for the direction of the artist:— 1. That where the utility of forms is equal, that will be the most beautiful to which the most pleasing expression of form is given. 2.‘That where those expressions are at variance; when the beauty of the form cannot be produced with- out sacrificing its utility; that form will be most universally and most permanently . beautiful, in which the expression of utility is most fully preserved.”(Essays, vol. ii. p: 202.)| Some of the various modifications of utility, as applied to country-residences, may be here enumerated. 7170. For the purpose of habitation, for example, good air and water, a genial climate, fertile soil, cheer- ful prospect, and suitable neighborhood,&c. are known requisites. Convenience must be joined to use comforts to conveniencies, and luxuries to comforts. Exercise, whether in the shape of walking riding, or driving, requires to be provided for; and recreation, whether in the common field sports, athletic games, or in botanical, agricultural, and other useful, elegant, or scientific pursuits, must be kept in view: rurat fetes and amusements might also be enumerated. 7171. Accidental associations form the last class of relative beauties, and are‘* such associations as instead of being common to all mankind, are peculiar to the individual. They take their rise from edu. cation, from peculiar habits of thought, from situation, from profession; and the beauty they produce is felt only by those whom similar causes have led to the formation of similar associations.”(Stewart’s Essays.) Among these may be reckoned,— 7172, Classical and historical associations. The influence of the former in architecture is well known; the latter often adds charms to a spot, in no respect remarkable to those who are unacquainted with, its history.‘ Classical associations,” Stewart observes,“‘ have added immensely to our natural resources, but at the same time, warped our taste in various instances;” acquiring, as Alison adds,** a superiority over the more permanent principles of beauty, and determining for a time the taste of nations.” 7173. National associations are also frequently at variance with such as are universal, and have, perhaps, greater influence than any other associations whatever.(Stewart’s Essays.) 7174. Personal associations, or such as arise from the accidental style of natural beauties, to which we have been accustomed in our youth. Many particulars come under this head, which it would be tedious to enumerate; but one mode of vanity and selfish feeling deserves particular notice, as intimately con- nected with the business of the landscape-gardener. It is that interest which the attachment to property creates in men’s minds,“ rendering them alive to every trifling recommendation belonging to what is their own, while it blinds them to the most prominent beauties in the property of their neighbors.” (Stewart’s Essays, p. 468.) 7175. Appropriation, or such an arrangement as shall, either in reality or appearance, render all, or the greater part of what we see from a country-seat our own, is a consequence of personal associations. The simplest way of effecting this, is by shutting out all objects which do not correspond with the idea, by means of walls or plantations. A more refined mode is, by harmonising the scenery; by adopting some of the forms, colors, and arrangements in our own territory(6769.), which appear in those of our neigh- bors, as seen from the house, or some particular points of view. According to Wheatley,‘‘ one property of a riding is to extend the idea of a seat, and appropriate a whole country to the mansion.” For this purpose, he requires the road of the riding to be different from common roads in form and preservation, and distinguished by accompaniments borrowed from a park or garden,&c. Knight strongly objects to appropriation, and ridicules certain attempts of this sort, made by placing the family arms on the inns and public-houses of the neighborhood, and on“ stones with distances,”’ as, he says, was recommended by one improver. Girardin also objects to the principle; but Repton, and we believe, almost every other professional man, finds it a very principal object of attention. Repton defines appropriation to be,“ that command over the landscape visible from the windows, which denotes it to be private property belonging to the place.”‘ A view from a London house into a square or into the parks may be cheerful and beau- tiful, but it wants appropriation; it wants that charm which only belongs to ownership— the exclusive right of enjoyment, with the power of refusing that others should share our pleasure. The most romantic spot, the most picturesque situations, and the most delightful assemblage of nature’s choicest materials, will not long engage our interest without some appropriation; something we can call our own; and, if not our own property, at least that may be endeared to us by calling it our own home.”(Ivagments of Landscape-Gardening, p. 206.) This envie de s’arrondir seems to have existed, and the proximity and intermixture of property to have been felt as an evil among landed proprietors from the earliest ages. Ahab desired the field of Naboth, that he might convert it to a garden of herbs(or flower-garden), because it was near to his house; and Marvel, the attorney, says to his patron,— ——_—“ What course take you (With your good patience,) to hedge in the manor Of your neighbor, Master Frugal? As’tis said, He will not sell, nor borrow, nor exchange; ‘And his land tying in the midst of yours, Is a foul blemish.” Massincer. Nen Way'to pay Old Debts, Act 2. Scene 1. » writes the amiable Cowley to Evelyn,“ without that plea- “ J stick still in the inn of a hired house, ent of something which we can call our own.” santest work of human industry, the improvem Secr. II. Of the Beauties of Landscape- Gardening, considered as an imitative Art, and of the Principles of their Production. 7176. The chief object of all the imitative arts is the production of natural or universal beauty. Music, poetry, and painting, are the principal imitative arts; to these has been lately added landscape-gardening, an art which has for its object the production of landscapes by combinations of the actual materials of nature, as landscape-painting has for its object their imitation by combinations of colors. Landscape-gardening has been said“ to realise whatever the fancy of the painter has imagined”’(Girardin); and,“ to create a scenery more pure, more harmonious, and more expressive, than any that is to be found in nature herself.”’( Alison.) Such are Alison’s ideas of the powers of this art 5 and such appear, in some degree, to have been those of Wheatley and Girardin. A more correct idea of its capacities, in our opinion, is suggested by the remark of Lord Wal- ation of a es jandscapes© arranged i attempt t0°° peauties abstract, ane opinion, the P Jandscape-Pa evince the Sv verdant land dental circu! siderable ag of the garde time, and ho of art wil al further ius their particu judges with i “mit. Tot we answel, the in producing& forms, colors,| to such, more| harmonious ass panied by any, melancholy, ga these poetic or picturesque. I ations of fitness, ation to man, ower than. that from the obser ought to aim a the place, an hold out to th 7178, The limits it to“ Girardin, Pri as adding to melancholy,{ both in the di inall these di tain signs of and other obj N19, If ta thegrounds of term all the been the subj a5 an imitati ciples of lanc general beaut perhaps to m, for bythe va than by artis — Repton, eer he has to TO those who Very gratuitou Pa Cannot be Hobdy. Hand mn Petal tere(Bey i ed ct ag ul ch fer he ERNE Mn be ite My nie fet, HU ivi, are wnanqualel rida i ur atund rs 3 BS pe the taste of atin” are universal, aud hr pata, anu, ve rave ne +o amen, te 2 pote ant, Th Thu ih he ite, Hoe& ing to Wheat, nity to he mas” Koight sto family es it Ato int aon i wf oon! Boox IV. BEAUTIES OF LANDSCAPE-GARDENING. 909 pole, when he represents it as‘‘ proud of no other art than that of softening nature’s harshness, and copying her graceful touch.” It has also been said, that it is“ to poetry and painting, what the reality is to the representation.”(Girardin.) But experience proves, that the former(the reality) is always exceeded by the latter, both in respect to natural and picturesque beauty. Suppose, for example, any given variety of ground, rocks, and distance, as the basis to be furnished with wood, water, and buildings; the rocks shown, or concealed, as the gardener may wish, or as the genius of the place may require, and every other purpose effected, which is in the power of gardening to perform, When all this is done, it will be,a scene greatly inferior in beauty to the imitative cre- ation of a painter from the same groundwork and materials; or, let there be a natural landscape, either of mediocrity or of any given beauty, with every circumstance so arranged, as to be alike suitable for both arts; and let a painter and a gardener, each attempt to copy it according to their art, with or without permission, to improve its beauties.| Which of the two imitations would be most beautiful, considered in the abstract, and without reference to any selfish or arbitrary association? Decidedly, in our opinion, the production of the painter. In short, no comparison between the powers of landscape-painting and those of landscape-gardening can be instituted, that will not evince the superior powers of the former art. The great source of the beauty of every verdant landscape is wood; and so much of the beauty of all woods depends on acci- dental circumstances, in their progress from the time of planting, till they attain a con- siderable age, and which circumstances cannot be said practically to be under the control of the gardener, that however high our aim, however we may study the natural effects of time, and however correctly we may imitate them, at the end of all our labors, any wood of art will always be far inferior to a wood of nature under the same circumstances. For further illustrations, we have only to appeal to such painters as have made landscape their particular study, and who certainly must be considered in this case as. the best judges with regard to scenic truth or picturesque beauty. 7177. To what kind or degree, of beauty then, can landscape-gardening aspire?'To this we answer, that, abstracted from all relations of utility and design, it can seldom succeed in producing any thing higher than picturesque beauty, or such a harmonious mixture of forms, colors, lights, and shades, as will be grateful to the sight of men in general; and to such, more particularly, as have made this beauty in some degree their study. This harmonious assemblage of objects may be grateful and agreeable, without being accom- panied by any, or at all events, by much genefal expression; for example, of gaiety, melancholy, grandeur, simplicity, or elegance; but it may also combine one or more of these poetic or general beauties in a high degree, and this, too, with or without being picturesque. It may recall many other pleasurable emotions, if we admit the consider- ations of fitness, novelty, or its contrast to surrounding scenery, and utility or its adapt- ation to man. Such is our opinion of the capacities of landscape-gardening. If it is lower than that of some authors and artists, we can only say, that it has been formed from the observation and experience of what actually takes place. The artist may and ought to aim at the highest degree of beauty, which his own imagination, the genius of the place, and the views of the owner, will admit of; but let him not proceed with, or hold out to the world, mistaken views of what his art can and cannot perform. 7178. The principles of imitative landscape-gardening, in that view of this term which limits it to“the art of creating landscapes of picturesque beauty;” we consider with Girardin, Price, Knight, and other authors, to be those of painting; and in viewing it as adding to picturesque beauty some other natural expression, as of grandeur, decay, melancholy,&c. we consider it, with Pope, Warton, Gray, and Eustace, as requiring, both in the designer and observer, the aid of poetic mind; that is, of a mind conversant in all these different emotions, or pleasures of imagination, which are called up by cer- tain signs of affecting or interesting qualities, furnished by sounds, motion, buildings, and other objects. 7179. If taking a third view of imitative landscape-gardening, as“ the art of laying out the grounds of a country-residence,” then, with popular opinion, we comprehend under the term all the above beauties, with those of relative beauty, the principles of which have been the subject of the preceding section. The principles of landscape-gardening then, as an imitative art, we conclude to be derived from nature, as developed by the prin- ciples of landscape-painting; and, as recognised by poetic mind, or a mind alive to those general beauties or associations universally felt in civilised society. We consider this, perhaps to many a tedious developement of the principles of landscape-gardening, called for by the vague and indefinite manner in which they are spoken of by authors, no less than by artists; and, asa proof of this, we refer our readers to the volumes of the late Repton, who, whatever may be the merits of his practical taste, has certainly, when- ever he has touched on the subject of principles, written in a very unsatisfactory manner. ‘To those who are conversant with the literature of landscape-gardening, it must appear a very gratuitous task to write a book“ with a view of establishing fixed principles” in the 38 4 tp pee ed PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pairk Ly: art, and io find in such a book, after the publication of the works of Wheatley, the two Masons, De Lille, Price, and Knight, such a passage as the following:“ If any general principles could be established in this art, I think they might be deduced from the joint considerations of relative fitness or utility, and comparative proportion or scale; the former may be referred to the mind, the latter to the eye.””(Obs. on L. Gardening by H. Repton, Esq. Introduction, p. 2.) While we disapprove of this disingenuous mode of writing, the frequency of which we must regret in this artist’s works, we willingly pay tribute to his practical good taste, and more especially in architecture. 7180. As an illustration of the theory of landscape-gardening, which we have adopted, we subjoin a slight analysis of the principles of a composition, expressive of picturesque and natural beauty. For this purpose, it is a matter of indifference, as far as respects pic- turesque beauty, whether we choose a real or painted landscape; but, as we mean also to investigate its poetic or general beauty, we shall prefer a reality. We choose then a per- fect flat, varied by wood, say elms, with a piece of water, and a high wall, forming the angle of a ruined building; it is animated by cows and sheep; its expression is that of melancholy grandeur; and, independently of this beauty, it is picturesque in expression; that is, if painted it would form a tolerable picture. 7181. Unity is the first obvious principle which pervades this picture. No ideas of gaiety or prettiness are excited by such a scene. All the parts unite in forming a whole, which the eye can comprehend at once, and examine without distraction.‘* La vue,” says Girardin,“le plus vagabond de tous les sens, a besoin d’étre fixée pour jouir avec plaisir et sans lassitude.”? Were this principle not prevalent, the groups ot trees, the lake, and the building, would only please when considered separately, and the result would be as poor a production as a machine, the wheels of which are accurately finished and nicely polished, but which do not act m concert so as to effect the intended movement. 7182. It is true to nature; that is, the objects or materials are what they appear to be. The trees, which are neither very cid nor very young, though in the distance diminished by their remote situation, we dis- cover by their trunks and contour, to be still trees. They are not shrubs placed near the eye, with a view to produce a false perspective; nor is the fragment of building merely a disguised wall, because it has open- ings which have once been windows, and is crowned in one part by battlements. The water is natural, its surface being below the level of the adjoining ground, not raised above it, as is often the case in artificial waters,‘This completes the truth or reality of the scene. The necessity of adhering to truth is still greater in painting, in which all objects must appear to be natural, not only in forms and color, but also relatively tothe forms and colors around them. Objects, especially those whose forms and dimensions are familiar to us, as men or horses, painted of different heights in the same plane; as, for example, in the distance, of the same magnitude as that in which they appear in the foreground, would, from the acquired habit of measuring unknown by known objects, give a falsehood to the scene, and appear as animals of a different species, or as monsters. It seems to be from the same principles of being true to nature, that a gradation of scene, or what is called distance, is required, or at least is so satisfactory in landscape. The mind, after being impressed with the effect of a whole, delights in examining its parts in succession; the more simple and obvious the arrangement of these parts, therefore, the more readily does the mind acquiesce in their effect. The eye of the artist, seizing on the nearest and most remote parts of a scene, readily marks an in- termediate or middle distance; no given extent seems necessary for this purpose: « To make the landscape grateful to the sight, Three points of distance always should unite; And howsoe’er the view may be confined, Three marked divisions we shall always find.” The Landscape, by KNIGHTe 7183. The disposition of the parts is the next object of analysis, and the enquiry is how in this respect they concur in forming a whole. 1. As to forms, we find that their disposition is in groups or masses. The largest group, for example, is placed towards one side of the picture in the foreground, another to- wards the opposite side of the middle distance, including the building and adjoining lake; and the remote, or third distance, consists of a low line of wood, with projecting groups or masses. 2. As to colors, we find only different shades of yellow and green on the trees and ground. 3. As to the light, we find one large and principal light near the middle of the view, diverging into shade as it approaches the sides; the clearest part is the water, and the next clearest the building, and the third light spreads over a broad space of ground, near the water. The groups in the foreground are all in a deep shadow. One of these, near. the water, partakes of the principal light, and those in the third distance are distinguished by a sort of neutralisation of light, color, and shade, Such is the disposition of the groups or parts, in order, in a com- plex view of the whoie, to fix the eye, and prevent it from being distracted by scattered lights, confusion of forms, and inharmonious color., é 7184. The connection which subsists between these different parts is a subordinate but important con- sideration. 1. They are connected in each distance by a real nearness of situation; and, 2. In the view as a whole, from the one group coming in part before the other, so as to produce connection by apparent proximity. Suppose the reverse to be the case, and that the groups were unconnected either by real or apparent distance of situation, the consequence would be, that each group being surrounded by light, would become a distinct object. The eye would have no resting place, and the assemblage would not com- 7185. The relation which subsists between the parts, composing each individual group, is next to be ex- amined. 1. In regard to the form of the parts of each group, as they are all groups of the same sort of tree, we find one elementary form prevalent, but differing in magnitude, and in combination, by their con- trasted disposition, to such a degree, that each group differs in form from the others, without at the same ime being of opposite forms. 7186. oe ps to color, the same kind of color prevails in each and in all of the groups, but is varied in decree by the same contrasted disposition. In some parts a yellowish-green prevails, in others a greenish- vellow, in others a russet or red-green, and occasionally a bright-green, as on that part of the turf where the lig rikes with the greatest force.: the Lente light and shade, those parts of the groups which rise above the horizon, and are backed by the sky, are dark, and generally darker than such as are backed by the ground, or by rouer adjoining groups. The prominent parts of each group are lighter than the retiring parts or ae among the spray and leaves. These prominent and retiring parts, in the near groups, are V ery numerous; in the distance they are lost in the general aerial shade of the group.— It may be observed, asa Seay principle. that trees, from their rough surface, and consequent imperfect reflection of light, cae a ways comparatively darker than eaten, bulge gp ground, In cree ne real landscape, they serve in some sasure as shades, as the other materials mentioned serve as hgits. mee. The ae ae cows, and the sheep, must be neticed in order to complete the sketch. a eukeey then, that the sky js merely grey and cloudy, and the cattle and sheep grouped in the middle distance, spite the ha ing, not pestowed ot eng ad beston, (|. c0 ¢ forms a0 veg picturesd go, The gene yurposts oy SD, readily jmagiliee ily| sdeur, then, ‘co yl a sive rise 4g anol! moved, ne fi of the! M 7100. 4 sheep et eC In the first exal obviously show truding branche cedar, te, ham in the dist termine the st sions by bu there was no We considered nie i esque beauty 0 tunity, and to evident that 0 of the lawn, 7194, A ve pose that pit but so far fror Ln, Na Mey, tle tio Bs OA eter Cena i of 0 | i Meche then ie 1st wll fig tk restora of| een stl ed‘by sil cted Dy Se" Book IV. BEAUTIES OF LANDSCAPE-GARDENING. 1001 what will be the expression of the view? We think it would express very little to general observers; but there being nothing glaringly offensive in the arrangement, it would be expressive of some beauty to him who had bestowed some attention to the subject of landscapes; for though it exhibits but little harmony of forms and colors, Jight or shade, it sti!l possesses enough of these ingredients to render it worth looking at as a picturesque view. 7189. The general or natural expression of melancholy and grandeur remains to be accounted for. For this purpose, let the building be the ruins of an ancient castle, whose lofty quadrangular form may be readily imagined from the walls we mentioned, as composing a part of the scenery. The character of grandeur, then, is not in this instance communicated to the picture, by the picturesque effect of the walls, which have no variety of form, light, or shade, in themselves, but by the mental associations to which they give rise in acultivated mind. 7190. As another example of picturesque, and poetic, or sentimental expression, imagine the cattle and sheep removed, the surface of the ground covered by smoothly mown turf, and the luxuriant branches of some of the foreground trees nearly reclining on the ground. The first expression would be that of beautiful, or elegant picturesque; the next that of stillness, and consecration to man,—stillness, as being without animals or moving objects; and consecration to man, from the mown surface, greatly heightened by the circumstance of the branches of trees reclining on the ground, which never can happen where sheep or cattle are admitted, and which forms the leading visible distinction between a group of trees in a park, anda group ona mown lawn. It is not from the smoothness of the turf, or any particular mix- ture of light and shade in the reclining branches, that this expression is produced, but from reflecting on the cause of this appearance. f 7191. As a third example, imagine, instead of the smooth turf, uncouth rough ground, covered in some places with furze, briars, brambles, and tangled thickets; the water fringed with rushes, and partially concealed by aquatic shrubs; and wild horses and deer forming the animated part of the scene. The ex- pression would be eminently picturesque; but there would also be an expression of wildness, not result- ing from the picturesque qualities as such, but from mental reflection on the difference between this scene and one of cultivation. Snag 7192. Asa fourth example, imagine the view deprived of the lake and the building, and consisting only of the wood and ground, with the heads of a straggling row of willow-trees appearing in the middle dis- tance, and the sound of a distant waterfall heard through the trees, Here, to picturesque beauty we have an idea of water—of an immense body of it in the lake or river which supplies the waterfall— and of the rocks, which oppose their powerful obstruction to a body of water. The reader will here remark, how much of the sublime beauty of this scene depends on sound, which can never be included under pictur- esque beauty. The leading expression is that of sublimity, accompanied by various associations of dignity produced by the rocks, and of grandeur suggested by the stream, after the waters have renewed their tranquil course, and rolling, as we may imagine, majestically along under the shade of the line of willow- trees. 7193. Other examples, of a more striking nature, might be adduced; but these in- stances we consider as better adapted to show the difference between a composition merely picturesque, and one expressive of general or natural beauty, and to prove our position, that both poetry and painting enter into the principles of imitative landscape- gardening.‘They will also show, how very little the production of natural beauty is within the power of the landscape-gardener. He may display it to more advantage. In the first example of expression, for instance, the building, or such parts of it as more obviously show its real character, might be displayed by the removal of some over-ob- truding branches; and in the second, a garden-seat, and some garden-trees, as the lime, cedar,&c. might add to the idea of consecration to man. In the third, a corn-field or a barn in the distance, would aid the effect by contrast; and in the last, a bridge would determine the situation and reality of the river. But to attempt effecting these expres- sions by building a ruin, placing a garden-seat in a paddock, or erecting a bridge where there was no water, would, however common in the infancy of the art, be now justly considered ridiculous.| Much more, it is true, might be done in improving the pictur- esque beauty of each of these scenes, provided the trees were already grown to ma- turity, and too numerous rather than too few; but if the trees are yet to plant, it is evident that only the ground-plans of the masses and groups of trees, and of the breadth of the lawn, could be formed by the artist. 7194. A very common error, since the introduction of the modern style, has been to sup- pose that picturesque beauty is the only beauty to be aimed at in laying out grounds; but so far from this being the case, it will often happen that the alterations required for Ee sty, is eo Ve LG F i| LH i| mh at } Hy Hy V4 1002 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pesrsh by got IV the purposes of convenience and character, will lessen that beauty, whilst it increase ating v9 D0" that of dignity, refinement, and appropriation to man. As an example, we ma ea jncurred 5 u| to Rivenhall Place, in its state before being improved by Repton(fig. 681.) oa the in te last 28° at? i) or increase b an ground' ator desigh mgt. Ope y urpost are houses or slopes the figures! closure, st0t grandeut 9 tothe natu parallelogram jevel, and gt and the next slopes are ot is frequetl work of art same residence subsequently to improvement, or as intended to be improved.( fig. 682.) See Every one will allow that its unimproved state(fig. 681.) presents the most picturesque in conan landscape; while its dressed state is the more dignified and desirable as the landscape of phy a considerable country-residence. ations, Ba smaller, an employed‘ quently adi are the proto Cuar. II. mansion, sho used, howere! Of the Materials of Landscape- Gardening: them together, 7195. The materials of landscape-gardening with which we work in order to obtai et produc f 8 in the fect, In dis desired effect, are the same whatever style we adopt. Those of nature, are ground me d cot wood, water, and rocks; to these, art has added buildings, roads, walks, fone: a4 pa: animated or moving objects, sounds,&c. may be considered as accompaniments only eae ae partially under our control.. ao 4 Ae view of the wh Secr. I. Of operating on Ground, Te 7196. The operations of art on this ponderous material are necessarily of a very limited derecof a description.‘The most extensive and costly operations, to restore or create natural sur- pot faces, even when attended with the desired effect, afford less permanent gratification is par practised archi to personal feeling than most other improvements. If a deformed space has been restored to natural beauty, we are delighted with the effect, whilst we recollect the difference between the present and the former surface; but when this is forgotten, though the wala et beauty remains, the credit for having produced it is lost. In this respect, the operations piety, A good dea suggest wher on ground under the ancient mats style, have a great and striking—__ the size of th advantage; for an absolute per-_ regularity or fection is to be attained in the Sata atton of the formation of geometrical forms—= require least 5 2 Fy, and the beauty created is so jj[jj an imegular entirely artificial(fig. 683.) as| 1198, Nat never to admit a doubt of its~© architect, tak origin. Long, therefore, after 47 and undefine the improvement is finished, te| To create th credit and the beauty remain to|} Exist conceal gratify and charm the owner. ey in their lead} Improvements on surfaces, what- the situation ever be their object, ought to be- Mew, art me made in scenes which are near posite, a flat the eye, or intended to be fre- rinciples ap quently seen; at a distance they of natural g are lost if the effect be on a small parts, forms, scale, and often better effected Whether the ¢ by wood, if on one of consider- perpendicular able magnitude. Attempts to remove distant inequalities, by lowering heights and: improven € connection Pan I] ra Wy i iene Ley 8 aa Uy fer Dion{ f i Wil) itd the to be impel, fk resent the spre esas th had mun > work in oe a Those of nature ak gr ros, walls ts;©! els acompe necessal restore ot Jess pemate ve gues hee we rete the e iis gt fn tise ly of aie ad ede iol eit (4 cl eS Boox IV. OPERATING ON GROUND. 1008 filling up hollows, very seldom are attended by results sufficient to justify the expense incurred; but when art is employed to heighten distant eminences the success is greater: in the last case art may be said to act positively, in the former negatively—to produce or increase a beauty, instead of only removing or lessening a deformity. All operations on ground may be included under, 1. Those which have for their object the beauty of art or design; and, 2. Those where natural beauty is intended to be produced. 7197. Operations with a view to relative or artificial beauty. The forms in use for this purpose are few and simple. They originate in, and are influenced by, those of the house; and are, for the greater part, bounded by right lines; and the surfaces are levels or slopes of different degrees of abruptness. The magnitude as well as form of each of the figures in the ground immediately adjoining a house, or in a detached walled en- closure, should be regulated chiefly by the magnitude of the mansion, or extent and grandeur of the whole place, though they are often obliged to conform, in some degree, to the natural surface. When the ground slopes from the house in all directions, narrow parallelograms will be the prevailing forms both of the levels and slopes.|The broadest level, and greatest perpendicular depth of slope, will generally be placed next the house, and the next broadest level,&c. in succession, till, after three or four levels, and as many slopes are obtained, the artificial surface shall finally blend with the natural; unless, as is frequently the case in the geometric style, a kitchen-garden wall, or some similar work of art, forms the'termination. In this case, separation by some architectural or other accompaniment, will, by forming a break in the order of forms, admit of adopting, in continuation of the artificial surface, such levels and slopes as the character of the scene may require, or a due regard to economy dictate. When the mansion, or scene of oper- ations, is on a surface naturally flat, the levels will be of greater dimensions, the slopes smaller, and both fewer in number. But though parallelograms are the common figures employed, sections of polygons, trapeziums, circles, and curvilinear figures, are fre- quently admitted. They are used in architectural elevations, and in fortifications, which are the prototypes of this part of ancient gardening; and, therefore, when apparent in the mansion, should be reflected, as it were, by the grounds.(fig. 684.) The forms to be used, however, is a matter easy to determine.‘The principal difficulty is to arrange them together, so that they may con- cur in producing a whole, or a good 7 5°: SQV_B¥BEAQG/ Ws LY bey, effect. In disposing, connecting, re-; S Sle lating, and contrasting them for this ae fZ purpose, the artist will preserve regu- larity and uniformity in the complex view of the whole, varying and_har- monising the detail according to the degree of beauty and variety he intends to produce. If he has duly prepared his mind by theoretical studies, and practised architectural and landscape drawing, his own feeling of their impression will suggest when he has attained the desired effect; for the models of artificial surfaces which remain of ancient gardens are poor productions compared to what might be created in this way, through the judicious application of the principles of relative beauty. A good deal depends on adjusting the extent of geometrical or architectural surface to the size of the house and surrounding grounds; and in this matter much depends on the regularity or irregularity of the ground plan of the former, and on the evenness or yari- ation of the surface of the latter.- A square house on a level, or on a gentle swell, will require least extent of architectural platform around it, and a straggling gothic castle on an irregular declivity the greatest extent of terraces, angles, ramps, and slopes. 7198. Natural beauty of ground.* As the right lines and geometrical forms of the architect, take the lead in grounds of. artificial beauty, so the flowing and broken lines, and undefined forms of the landscape-painter, take the lead in those of natural beauty. To create them in ground, is generally impracticable and unadvisable; but where they exist concealed by accidental deformities, or incomplete in expression, through dulness in their leading features, art may relieve from the impediments to beauty, even though the situation is at some distance from the eye. In recluse scenes immediately under view, art may aspire to create beauty even from a tame flat, but especially from its op- posite, a flat abounding with deformities. In effecting all those purposes, the same principles apply. The first thing to fix in the mind is the desired surface, or that style of natural ground which is best to be imitated. The next thing is to examine on what parts, forms, and lines, the natural beauty of this ground chiefly depends; if undulating, whether the concave or the convex prevails; if broken ground, whether horizontal and perpendicular, or curved and inclined lines prevail. These are then to be imitated in the improvement, ever keeping in view the important principle of a whole as the end of the connection, and harmony of the parts of which it is composed. ———=""5 a 1004 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Phere: 7199. The removal of accidental deformities forms one of the commonest operations on ground. Old quarries and other pits, useless cattle-ponds, open drains, mounds of earth marks of ridges, are to be considered of this description. As they have been raised by art, so in dispersing them, the best general rule is to restore the natural surface; but sometimes the remains of fences are SO numerous, that advantage may be taken of the earth to be removed, and some variety given to a surface otherwise dull and featureless. If the fence consists of a great number of turns of different lengths, by removing both the mound and part of the surface on each side of the drain, a small winding hollow or vale may be formed: the effect of which may be heightened, by placing the earth re- moved on adjoining indications of natural eminences; not so as to form knolls, but so as to connect and harmonise with the prevailing idea of expression. The most simple and obvious improvement of exhausted quarries and dry pits, is to plant them( fig. 685.); this, though it will form a series of pleasing scenes, is not always consistent with the a TaN(a Zn NS FOC G et BRITS*=e > i YY X N fs SNS 5 RKO WEES wey SS ry, OFF Oo I \Y}\\> » WW SS NS LS SS Rx SON x =») oo——— general expression to be created, and such groups as would arise from these spots, might destroy breadth of light and connection, independently of excluding distant objects. In this case, they must be filled up by under-growths, or by lowering the adjoining surface in such a way as not to interfere with general effect, or a sufficient descent for the surface- water. Where broken ground enters into the idea of the composition to be effected, open drains, or hollow pits, afford fine sources of picturesque beauty, especially if the ground is dry, or can be readily under-drained. This character, however, can seldom be intro- duced as an original feature; but in ground naturally leading to abrupt and broken lines, it may be more desirable to improve this expression, than attempt creating a more polished surface. In cases of this sort, almost every thing depends on the introduction of wood, copse, and verdant roughnesses, to harmonise the broken surface; for mere broken ground, without a character of luxuriance and wildness communicated by wood, is seldom better on a smaller scale than a surface deformed by scars. 7200. Natural bumps or excrescences(fig. 686. a), as well as pits(b), are not un- common in many grounds which have not been subjected to agricultural improvement. \ EEA ETT IVY NUR a NNN aN!) eee a eee ee Se When these are not large, the process of tallowing with the plough will remove them; when they are of some magnitude, they may often become sources both of polished and picturesque beauty. If they are numerous and favorably distributed, by the removal of some, and the enlargement through that means of others, they may give an impres- sion of undulation, especially if situated on a naturally irregular surface. If ona de- clivity, and covering rocks or huge stones, a mixture of flowing lines with abruptnesses may be happily introduced. 7901. A varied but yet dull surface may often be improved by a skilful artist. By studying the character indicated by nature, it will generally be found, that the defi- ciency of expression Is owing to the hollows being in part clogged up, either naturally or by long continuation under the plough; and the swells lowered in a corresponding de- gree by the same process. In this case, the obvious improvement is to remove earth from the hollows, and place it on the eminences, ever keeping in view the natural ex- pression, and avoiding to end the improvement, by leaving the hollows gutters, and the eminences pointed ridges. This sort of improvement is not a very obvious one, though often attended with surprising effects, for every foot of depth taken from a hollow, and laid on an adjoining hill, adds two feet to the height of the latter. All these observ- ations will be understood as referring to grounds near the house.‘ 7902, Distant scenes of a park, as hills, or mountains(fig. 687.), are only to be im- proved by wood; and these remarks, in so far as they extend, will suggest not what is to be removed, but what must be concealed. Many excellent hints on this part of the subject are to be found in the picturesque tours of Gilpin, referring to ranges of Se ee Re Nee To ee pilly scenery respect 10 itat length! ing writers° chapter 0” gt ought ever D than once bee consideration regulations Jarity causes not, howere bya reatl modify, an within. thes to which ar even contra confusedly| does not sto varant ald ane correc! 7903, Woo for trees, Whi tri squares, 3 improve the m Oo of a residenc winding 109 Mate nature the individ variety. whi of individu: to man, an stances of 1204, Th at length in general obse 1205. Tn tte whole 9 prevail, and Manly ing tons oy | Ms yy oe Wak f trains ‘be oo i 4 OU 7 i) ma,) ft My ta qd the dul mall ot} sl ming in oe My te, tofora kal y plat em Uva) content the lid mg the alan sa vent descent forthe srs postion tee expect ft grat pever, Can sedi of to abrupt and dk a me Creauly IN ny the inti wd, I ihe pete ve mu, tts {by rod aati ell as pis ja oO iproen. ) agricul in t Lard Laas e pug oil ene ’ vt out bit F ce distnbut be the bol f ave ita tae f pe e late: "0 j Hoax aay OPERATING WITH WOOD. 1605 B) by 3 ey aye a Dae vile ae i hilly scenery in different parts of the country, of much of which he has given views. With respect to ground, as respects garden-scenery, almost the only writer who has treated of it at length is Wheatley, whose excellent book, so frequently referred to by all succeed- ing writers on gardening, ought to be in the hands of every man of taste. In the chapter on ground in that work, the author concludes with a salutary caution, which ought ever be taken in connection with the wisest rules;‘fa caution which has more than once been alluded to, must always be had in remembrance; never to suffer general considerations to interfere in extraordinary great effects, which rise superior to all regulations, and perhaps owe part of their force to their deviation from them. Singu- larity causes at least surprise, and surprise is allied to astonishment. These effects are not, however, attached merely to objects of enormous size; they frequently are produced by a greatness of style and character, within such an extent as ordinary labor may modify, and the compass of a garden include. The caution, therefore, may not be useless within these narrow bounds; but nature proceeds still farther, beyond the utmost verge to which art can follow, and, in scenes licentiously wild, not content with contrast, forces even contradictions to unite. The grotesque, discordant shapes which are often there confusedly tumbled together, might sufficiently justify the remark. But the caprice does not stop here; to mix with such shapes a form perfectly regular, is still more extra- vagant; and yet the effect is sometimes so wonderful, that we cannot wish the extraya- gance corrected.”(Obs. on Mod. Gard. p. 23.) Secr. II. Of operating with Wood. 7203. Wood produces almost all the grand effects in both styles of improvement; for trees, whether in scattered forests, thickets, or groups, or in compact geome- tric squares, avenues, or rows, constitute the greatest charm of every country. Trees improve the most varied outlines of buildings( fig. 688.), and without them the grounds of a residence(fig. 689.) would often be nothing more than an unmeaning profusion of winding roads or walks. A tree in itself is, indeed, the noblest object of inani- mate nature; combines every species of beauty, from its sublime effect as a whole, to the individual beauty of its leaves; exhibits that majestic uniformity and infinite variety which constitute the essence of relative beauty; and the natural expressions of individual species are as various as are their forms and magnitude, their utility to man, and the sicuations, soils, climates, and other general and accidental circum- stances of which they are indications. 7204. The effect or expression of trees, individually and in masses, has been entered on at length in the preceding book; we shall here, therefore, confine ourselves to a few general observations on the effect of planting in the geometric and modern manners. _ 7205. In planting in the geometric style, the first consideration is the nature of the whole or general design; and here, as in the ground, geometric forms will still prevail, and while the masses reflect forms from the house, or represent squares, 1006 PRACTICE OF GARDENING Parr IIT triangles, or trapeziums, the more minute parts, charac- terised by lines rather than forms, such as avenues, rows, clumps, and stars,&c. are contained in parallelograms, squares, or circles. In regard to the parts, masses and aye- nues should extend from the house in all directions, so far as to diffuse around the character of design; and as much farther in particular di- rections as the nature of the surface admits of, the distant beauties suggest, and the cha- racter of the mansion requires. In disposing these masses, whether on a flat or irregu- lar surface, regard will be had to leave uncovered such a quantity of lawn or turf as shall, at all events, admit a free circulation of air, give breadth of light, and display the form of the large masses of wood. Uniformity and variety as a whole, and use as well as beauty in the parts, must be kept constantly in view. Avenues, alleys, and vistas, should serve as much as possible as roads, walks, lines of fences, or screens of shelter or shade; but where this is not the case, they should point to some distant beauties, or near artificial objects, to be seen at or beyond their termi- pation.‘The outer extremities of artificial plantations may either join natural woods, other artificial scenes, culti- vated lands, or barren heaths or commons. 7206. When artificial plant- ations join natural woods, the avenues, alleys, and circular glades of the former may be con- tinued a ¢ertain length in the latter, so that the point where the natural wood begins, and the artificial plantation ends, may not be discoverable. In aid of this effect, the sort of tree which prevails in the natural scenes, should also prevail in the adjoining parts of the artiticial wood. When artificial scenes join other artificial scenes, nothing can be easier than by the reciprocal continuation of avenues, strips, or masses, so far to unite the two seats, as to conceal the boundaries of each, while the two mansions will thus each borrow a splendor from the other. There are still existing proofs of the attention paid to this subject in former times, an instance of which occurs in the apparent connection by avenues between Blenheim, Ditchley, and Heythrop, though the last mansion is nearly ten miles distant from the first. 7207. When artificial scenes join cultivated lands, if those lands are enclosed, broad strips, hedge-rows, square or round clumps in the angles of the fields, with such reci- procal disposition of lines or forms as the case may suggest, will continue the character of artificial plantation; and where roads are necessary, if utility does not forbid, they should be formed in part as avenues, in continuation of those within the artificial scene. 7208. When artificial plantations are bounded by barren heaths or commons, all that can be done is to advance beyond the boundary of the place portions of avenues, and rows of trees of different lengths. Sometimes an inequality, crowned by a clump or thicket, harmony 2 the pats, considered! managemen 7209, Whe ing spe gurrounding| and cedar all form suitable must always accordingly. mental trees house; suc oak, cedar; Table to in in general masses iN ¢ foliage, a5| in the mass stroy the bi masses, avel cies of trees the masses, 1 blossoms, and well calculate front of pines shrubs, and no guelder-r0se, I situations, and the same gener out, as far as rt connected, and artifical and y 7210, Whe relies of Ame trees, obtaine duction of 1s ing, are to b this style of i be questione answer, certa the object.is t ancient resid and there can where suchis trees will des allusions but tend for the r Clent style go imitations an ters, or ong tiquity, but of gardenin therefore no orstudy its d sent improve sock of trees ended, the a8 the forms 4 TAL, The Sr 3 ae, = sah itl ich rea nial WOO there bie" us. or from ist! Boox IV. OPERATING WITH WOOD. 1007 may promote the idea. On other occasions, where the heath or waste may be so bleak as to convey no agreeable expression, and therefore is, of course, struck out entirely from the improved scene, a sort of connection may be given, by advancing strips or rows from the boundary plantation into the heath. Even single or scattered trees, if they can be protected in that situation, will have a tendency to produce that sort of con- nection required; and, while it gratifies the proprietor’s love of appropriation, will please the eye of the traveller, who views the country as a whole, and delights to observe the harmony and beauty of its principal features. Having disposed of the whole, and of the parts, as far as respects their general effect and connection, what remains to be considered is, the sort of tree, manner of disposing the plants, fences, and future management. 7209. When the object in view is the expression of art and design, the propriety of employ- ing species of trees different from those which are natural to, or most abound in the surrounding country, is obvious. In a country of common pine, the spruce and silver firs and cedar afford a choice. In a country of oaks or elms, chestnuts, limes, and planes, form suitable contrasts. Where the plantations are extensive, the value of the timber must always be a principal object; and, therefore, the contrasted trees should be chosen accordingly. Some species, however, are so happily adapted for this style, and as orna- mental trees in both styles, that they ought seldom to be omitted excepting near the house: such for example, as the horse-chestnut, lime, Spanish-chestnut, plane, luccombe oak, cedar, stone pine,&c. As the four last species mentioned are, in exposed situations, liable to injury from extraordinary severe winters, a few hardier sorts, resembling them in general appearance, should be intermingled in the plantation, to preserve the larger masses in case of accident, but to conform with the general effect in color and style of foliage, as well as ix form. Different species ought not in general to be mixed together in the masses; one, or at most two, conforming varieties are sufficient; more would de- stroy the breadth of color of the mass, and the character of its surface. Different masses, avenues, and more minute parts, may, however, be planted with different spe- cies of trees; rare sorts may be also introduced in lines, along the front of many of the masses, ranged along stars, crosses,&c. The snowdrop-tree, from its beautiful blossoms, and the birch and hazel, for the display of their catkins during winter, are well calculated for walks adapted to that season of the year, and should be planted in front of pines, or other evergreens. Such also is the principal situation for flowering shrubs, and no plants can be more showy than the horse-chestnut, common lilac, acacia, guelder-rose, Portugal laurel, holly, bird-cherry, pyrus, mespilus, and laburnum, in similar situations, and for general purposes. In distributing the species of tree in extensive masses, the same general principles of composition must be attended to, which we have pointed out, as far as respects form. The colors and character of the heads of the trees must be connected, and, at the same time, to a certain degree contrasted, in order to produce an artificial and yet harmonious effect. 7210. Whether the new va- riettes of American and other trees, obtained since the intro- duction of landscape-garden- ing, are to be admitted under this style of improvement may be questioned by some. We answer, certainly, unless where» the object is the imitation of an., ancient residence(fig. 690.); i and there can be no doubt that where such is the object, exotic trees will destroy part of the allusion; but we do not con- tend for the revival of the an- cient style solely as producing imitations and allusive charac- ters, or on account of its an- RA.(ee 2 a ee Ee tiquity, but as a distinct mode ae ee ee Ce ies en of gardening. We would ee) therefore not copy its faults t or study its defects, but add to its beauties from all the resources furnished by the pre- sent improved state of the arts of design, as well as by the continued accession to our stock of trees and shrubs. If however a positive imitation of an ancient residence is intended, then the species of tree should be limited to those used in ancient times, as well as the forms and lines of their disposition. 7211. The manner of disposing the plants is influenced by the same principle of avowed 1008 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Part III. art; in rows, equidistant masses, in squares, or in quincunx, and in every case so as never to be mistaken for trees or shrubs sprung up accidentally. ee 7212, Fences. Here the ancient style has a grand advantage over the modern, in which, as far as respects the imitation of nature, all fences are to be considered as el porary, and, therefore, to a certain degree, looked on as nuisances to be afterwards re- moved. Besides, their irregular and circuitous line is displeasing to many who do not understand ground-plans, with a view to picturesque beauty, when the trees are grown up. But in geometric gardening, fences are to be considered in many cases as objects, and when not regarded in this light, their directions and limits are so minutely pointed out by the determined outline of the plantations, that the eye acquiesces in their situ- ation and use. Fences of any common and economical description are employed to protect the trees of open avenues, open groves, and single open rows. But the more common kind are walls, which in the prominent parts ought to be well built of shaped. stone, and substantially finished by raised or flat copings, bearing some relation to the copings of the simpler parapets of the house. The gates necessary in these walls, as well as in some sorts of permanent verdant fences, supply occasion for such architectural forms and lines, as are advantageous in reflecting those of the mansion, and strengthening the prevailing idea of dignity, art, and design. Every sort of fence belonging to the modern style, may be occasionally employed in the ancient; and besides walls, half-sunk walls, and raised mounds with a walk at top, we may enumerate hedges of holly, yew, laurel, and other shrubs, either simple or chequered, by alternate deciduous or evergreen species, varied by arcades and standards, shorn into shapes, or in their natural growth. Hedges of flowering shrubs may also be introduced; of creepers on open palisades; and various others of great beauty may be invented, or are to be found in books on this style of gardening. 7213. Management. In this respect also, the advantage is greatly in favor of the ancient style; for as all operations of pruning and thinning in the other should be done under the eye of the landscape-gardener, so all these operations here may be performed by any laborer; the object being simply to produce a straight, upright, smooth stem, to a certain height according to circumstances, and allow each particular tree to attain its full size. Shearing or clipping is always a mere mechanical operation; plain hedges and close alleys require only a line for a guide; and in the case of arcades or verdant sculpture, there is, or always should be, a frame of trellis-work of correct design to guide the operator. From the comparative brevity of this view which we have taken of plant- ing under the ancient style, the reader will perceive, that we are far from supposing it to take the lead of the natural method to which we now proceed, referring for more particular information to Le Blond, and other French authors; and to Switzer’s Ichno- graphia Rustica. 7214. In planting with a view to natural beauty, the effect of the whole is here also the first and the grand consideration. All planting, as respects the formation of a country-residence, must necessarily be materially influenced by the character and situation of the house, as the capital feature in the composition. To this feature, the leading masses of wood and lawn, answering the end of light and shade in painting, must invite and direct the eye in the general view of the place.(fig. 691.) Each must em- brace it on one or on more sides, and diverge from it in masses suitable to its magnitude and the extent of the grounds, and in forms and characters of woody surface, suitable to the na- tural situation and the expression to be created. If the mansion is on a decli- vity, the principal Jight should embrace the front which looks down, rather than those which look up, or on either side. The views from the windows suggest this arrangement, and will point out in every other situation, whe- ther a flat, a hill, or an irregular sur- face, on which side or sides the leading masses are to have their origin. To determine their magnitude, form, and number, would be impossible, without Se eee Hoos lV. toylar Ca: 4 rial©: he| aflords sand, even a! rregulat shape, ev rouse indicat the scene ot the lands are mpents of the farther as W in part surr by attendin distance W1 sea, or a la natural as It tivated surfa offen unavotd owner having boundary fenc in sucll CASES, ferest as possi villa joins ano is avoided or le ills il 6 though, even hi with what is ¢ within, T9215, The di already been gi 7216. Wa ent characters: Which it does style, in the v basins, cascad 7, Vif yr Mtir1, gees Ml Book IV. OPERATING WITH WATER. 1009 a particular case to refer to. To point out their style is sufficient, which must always be irregular like nature; generally stretch along such rising ground as the situation affords; and, like her, always combine a certain degree of uniformity or recognisable! shape, even amidst the greatest seeming deviations from this quality of figures. As the>: house indicates the commencement of the masses, the character of country surrounding: the scene of improvement must determine the limits and style of their termination. If: the lands are laid out in regular enclosures, bounded by hedges and hedge-rows, frag- ments of these(fig. 692.) must prevail in the margin of the park; at least in as many i aT| Ne i AL TOTS, But Ne Ma to le 8 walls CES Se if hart o such a degree, as will produce connection; and, if possible, as much, E CECICUOUS Of€.. Bante 5: EOD fe f ie im farther as will harmonise the scene within, with the country without. If it is entirely or 10 thet natu sr= ager: niet‘- In part surrounded by forest scenery, the termination is easily and completely effected, reepers On Open puss by attending to the style of wood and species of tree prevailing without, for a moderate distance within the boundary. If bounded by the SO sea, or a large lake, an abrupt termination will be as fageaenesaen ha natural as it would be formal on the margin of a cul-| 7p oS tivated surface, Abrupt terminations, however, are often unavoidable, as in examples of villas, where the owner having no demesne, has no control beyond his boundary fence. All that can be done, therefore, in such cases, is, to create as much beauty and in- terest as possible within the given limits. Where one villa joins another, this sort of isolated abruptness is avoided or lessened; and, in the case of suburban villas(fig. 693.), it is seldom felt as any deformity, though, even here, connection and general harmony with what is exterior, will add beauty to what is within. 7215. The details of planting in this style have already been given at length in the preceding book. d be found in bork ns Oe. eS a ee ee Hae of artais ot yeruant e case ¢ (ame hich we| ve are far coed, reletn respects the foal a Secr. HI. Of operating with Water. 7216. Water is a material of so captivating and interesting a description in the differ- \\_ ent characters in which it occurs in nature, that no view can be reckoned complete in \ which it does not compose a feature, It forms a part of every garden in the ancient; style, in the various artificial characters which it there assumes of oblong canals, ponds, basins, cascades, and jeur-d’eau(fig. 694.); and in modern improvement, such is the 1| 4 CV i» BAN SG fot| oN:| i WN Z: SSS)| LINQ NIG /!/8 din] A>) ss SHOT) BUSS NN =—— AT TTT} ————= MTT HTT TTT MUO YI i, JU Lit 11 iff 7 Wim iy GOUM MVM| MLL, Ujena D\. IMMNNNMRG LVN, ANT NN ON, WUE DR EO AA- XW RY Ad WO MAAN MAL “fy heupy MUMS fi 77 — ae SAM tN VW 1010 PRACTICE OF GARDENING, Parable value attached to its effect, that no place is deemed perfect without a river or lake; and such the indiscriminate desire of obtaining them, that nature has been too frec sent di: regarded in their form and situation.‘Of the characters which water an Me the geometric style, we can only observe, that their names convey, in a great degree, an idea of the forms. Their situations were near the mansion; and their marginal en paniments of masonry, turf walks, and hedges, were determined by the eeitertural forms and lines of the capital feature in the scene.‘The choice, from the most intricate and curious fountains to the plain oblong canal, depended on the splendor of the general design; very little on natural situation. The supply was generally obtained from some concealed reservoir. 7917. To imitate lakes, rivers, or rills, and their accompaniments, is the object of land- scape-gardening 5 and of each of these natural characters we shall remark the leading circumstances in the originals and the imitations. All water is either running or stag- nant. Lakes, ponds, and pools, are of the latter class; rivers, rivulets, and rills, of the former description. In certain situations, lakes may be created where their saa is moderate; rivers and rills only when it is abundant. Both characters, when they exist in nature, may be improved by studying the natural characteristics of each species. 7218. Situation, relatively to the character of the ground’s surface, is the first consider- ation respecting water, in whatever form it may appear. No situation in which this material may be supposed to exist and expand itself into a body, can be truly natural, that is not a vale, plain, or hollow. Mountain streams are out of the question; and small lakes or pools, in hollows or elevated grounds, are more to be considered as accidental than as general nature. Even artificial lakes or rivers on a considerable scale, to be natural must either be, or seem to be, situated in the lowest part of the landscape then under the eye. If otherwise, if placed on the side of a declivity over which the eye can range at the same time, it may be attractive to a stranger at first view; but the want of truth or fidelity to the thing to be imitated, will soon bring on an increasing ayersion in the mind of genuine taste. 7219. Ponds in different levels, seen in the same view, are very objectionable on this principle. The little beauty they display as spots, ill compensates for the want of pro- priety; and the leading idea which they suggest, is a question between their present situation and their non-existence. The choice, therefore, as to the situation of water, must ever depend more on natural circumstances than proximity to the mansion. Is then all water to be excluded that is not in the lower grounds? We have no hesitation in answering this question in the affirmative, so far as respects the principal views, and when a lower level than that in which the water is proposed to be placed is seen in the same view. But in respect to recluse scenes, which Addison compares to episodes to the general design, we would admit, and even copy the ponds on the sides or even tops of* hills, which may be de- signated accidental beau- ties of nature. In con- fined spots they are often a very great ornament (fig. 695.) 5 asa proof of which, we have only to observe some of the sub- urban villas round the metropolis, where a small piece of water often comes in between the house and the public road with the happiest effect. 7920. A beautiful lake, 3 or part of a circuitous aS Ee - body of water, considered as a whole, will be found to exhibit a form, characterised by breadth rather than length; by that degree of regularity in its outline as a whole, which confers that, which, in common language, is called shape; and by that irregularity in the parts of this outline, which produces variety and intricacy. Supposing the situation to be fixed on for the imitation of a lake( fig. 696.), the artist is to consider the broadest and most circuitous hollow as eee SaaS 696 cz his principal mass or breadth of Bess water, and which he will extend or diminish according to the ex- tent of aquatic views the place~ may require. From this he=== Ce —> gu IV may contin chpes in I plating nea of the plan| gnaller ind we suggest the inregul and ats( principle, and group and beauty forms and ¢ ing lines of scattered a1 mass of gr nation evel destroying residence, *909 [4a hin| ! stony or 1 must imita of the mal planting th water, All able for ston in the imitati fist is, in a draining, that aquatic. plants water The island which 1 other islands, to the effect of 7298, River cannot. sympat rivet, Or 1S sat as all exceptic brook, Wea scenes, and, rill, however, places into re ng(ji 6 Waters,‘The Danston 5 by te banks: th *atteuttous ¢g ‘Bast high by “Ugmenting Uting down ¢ onthe ODDosite rine by best ole, fom te DF the sfeny ih He ate yp Penny 0 tained t of the queia 2 tobe considered s wie gclivityoner nc bef at first vier; b up on an ie pensates fir FE: i between there e situation 0! he mansion i ve 10 besa HO ens, au cipal { js seen thes Boox IV. OPERATING WITH WATER. 1011 may continue a chain of connected miasses of water, or lakes of different magnitudes and shapes, in part suggested by the character of the ground, in part by the facilities of planting near them, and in part by his own views of propriety and beauty. The outline of the plan of the lake is to be varied by the contrasted position of bays, inlets, and smaller indentations, on the same principles which= es LEER we suggested for varying a mass of wood. To the irregularity of outlines so produced, islands and aits(fig. 697.) may be added on the same principle, and for the same objects as thickets and groups. This will complete the character and beauty of the plan of the water. 7221. But the grand effect of water in land-§ scape, depends on wood as its accompaniment. The== variety and intricacy of outline, the reflection of‘S i forms and colors, the shady recesses and flicker- ing lines of light, all depend on trees. These are not to be sparingly or indiscriminately scattered around the margin, but liberally in some places, for the sake of a contrasted mass of grateful color or shade, to relieve the brilliancy of the water; and with discrimi- nation everywhere to mark the beauties, and heighten the variety of the outline, without destroying breadth of effect, or a whole, either as respects the water alone, or the entire residence. 7222, The marginal banks of water in nature, are tame or bold, gravelly or sedgy, stony or rocky, according to the character of the surrounding ground. Art, therefore, must imitate each in its proper place, not always by a studious picturesque arrangement of the marginal accompaniments in each case, but by excavating the ground-work, planting the trees and shrubs, and leaving the rest to the motion of the waves of the water. After the effects of one winter, stones or gravel may be deposited in spots suit- able for stony or gravelly shores. But to enter into this, and many other circumstances in the imitation of lakes, would exceed the proper limits. We add two cautions: the first is, in all cases of the beautiful picturesque, so to arrange by puddling and under- draining, that a marshy appearance may not surround the lake; and that rushes, and such aquatic plants, may not extend farther than a few feet or yards from the margin of the water. The other respects islands, which are the greatest ornaments to lakes, But that island which is placed in the centre, or in any situation where it does not connect with other islands, or with the shore, so as to form part of a prominence or recess, is injurious to the effect of the whole inversely as its beauty, when properly placed. 7223, Rivers and rills, we have said, are rather to be improved than created; for we cannot sympathise with that taste which directs the mimicry of so noble a character as a river, or is satisfied with a nearly stagnated rill. We do not consider the river at Blenheim as an exception, because that piece of water was formed by widening a considerable brook. We allude to those wavy serpentine canals, which are never mistaken for natural scenes, and, in almost every case, might be advantageously exchanged fora lake. A rill, however, may have its course rendered more varied, may be expanded at proper places into regular shapes, and all the alterations accounted for and harmonised by plant- ing.(fig. 698.) 7224, Progress and impetuosity are the two leading ideas which belong to running waters. The first expression may be heightened by counteracting any tendency to ex- pansion;_ by removing some of the circuitous and oblong projections of earth or stone in the banks; and sometimes by deepening its bed, or by substituting a more direct line for a circuitous course. The idea of impetuosity is indicated by its effects, in reverberating against high banks, or common banks, on which trees are situated, and may be increased by augmenting the cause or the effect, and thus either digging and undermining the trees, cutting down the high banks on which the water acts, or placing very slight piers as jetties on the opposite shore. Picturesque additions to the marginal accompaniments both of Sele 2 for imitation, when this form of w greatest improvements that can be subsequently, consists in wide those tame serpentining canals, the islands and trees, they m rendered highly beautiful at a moder 7995. A waterfall, or ca passes through a demesne( fig masonry, presenting an inclined plane(a) to the current, and ren- dering it impervious to water, by puddling(1720.)or the use of proper cements, and next varying the ridge(b) and under side(c), with fragments 0 placed, as not to present a charac- ter foreign to what nature may be supposed to have produced there. The adjoining ground ge be harmonised by plantation. dering, waterfalls and cascades are constructed in the form of crescents, flights of steps, or wavy slopes; all which have ex- cellent effects of their kind when appropriately introduced, as at Chatsworth, Hatton, and many other places. 7997, A natural stream may sometimes be improved by altering its. direction, and bringing it through a more interesting part of the grounds; and. we have river close to the house, even so much so as to wash the base of 1012 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. rivers and rills will readily suggest themselves. be created; and the occasional expansion of n ater comes within a scene of improvement. One of the 2 made in many places laid out in Brown’s time, and ning in some places, and varying the margin in others, of n so much in fashion. By this means, and by adding ay often, without deranging the place as to other details, be ate expense.( fig: 699.) = LISS scade, is an obvious improve . 700.), and is to be formed by first constructing a bank of f rock, so chosen and& nerally requires to be raised .— known an admirable effect pro- duced by bringing@ distant Part III. Cascades and waterfalls may sometimes atural brooks into pools, affords a fine hint SEER DN 9 SO ASB QA~S a=> att RAGES. J~~ om ET eL ment where a running stream = ey mY gy K 700 es JE. XX IQ CBNAaS a ES ' a SAAN “= eats A a SX RS S Eek SRS SOS if S PDK IY, Se aS AI SORT x BARN WHE du ,& tt FNS SS AY‘oa ee \“ Yt ZZ Wizsititmccsaa at such scenes, but may generally 7296. Where running water is conducted in forms belor tie aie Fitpss ~ Shohm its terrace-wall.(fig. 701.) are cannot 1 and conceal 7929. By attendi trees, we$ rocks are| rocks Cony fore, plant not exist by project their surtac fow feet of and the ett ent height and cont bushes or the idea 0 is necess4 But the| such whos dignity, yeys somet eal alterations the erectior road ACTOSS ¢ Grounds wh appearance, idea of dryne even! lange st washing awa the illusion,@ pearance of a water or art,| been broken 2 the fertility 0 under the su try which, bi a fatorad disagreeable rather than exception t 1230. 1] foreign to th beauty,( f done: they the surface connected, y Ay(d), an the soil,(f 793), i al cases, un ate already Tork(b), it, Tun, Water Wate } my Yiehmes YO ei MODTOVER, yf Book IV.‘ OPERATING WITH ROCKS. 1013 Sect. IV. Rocks. 7228. The imitation of rocks forms no part of the geometric style of gardening, and are a material of the natural style, equally unsuitable to be created. But though rocks cannot readily be imitated, their expression may sometimes be heightened when desirable, and concealed when disagreeable. 7229, The character of rocks may be savage, terrific, sublime, picturesque, or fantastic. By attending to the forms of the milder characters, and their connection with ground and trees, we shall discover whether, and to what extent, they may be improved. Savage rocks are too inhospitable to be permanently admitted, in any extent, near the eye. All rocks convey something of this idea that are not accompanied by vegetation; and, there- fore, planting among or near them is, in every case, an improvement where trees do not exist. All rocks are expressive of dignity; those eminently so, are not greatly varied by projections from their surface: their beauty is to be augmented, either by increasing their surface in height or depth, or by connecting it if too scattered. The removal of a few feet of earth, or part of the bushes or trees from the bottom of a precipice or ridge, and the emplacement of a line of wood along its summit, will increase its real and appar- ent height; a similar process, with respect to the sides, will add to the idea of stability and continuation. If the parts are too much scattered, a few ees placed before, or bushes or creepers planted in the intervals between the parts, will connect them, and give the idea of a whole, partly concealed. But in this case, a considerable breadth of surface is necessary, at least in one place, otherwise dignity must give way to picturesque beauty. But the least indications of rocks that are not very fantastic in their form, even including such whose chief expression is picturesque beauty, are, to a certain degree, expressive of dignity. The slightest indication of a stratum or ledge appearing above the surface, con- veys something of this idea, and ought not to be neglected. When they are discovered by alterations in the ground with a view to the formation of roads, fences, and water, or to the erection of buildings, occasional advantage may be taken of their appearance. A road across a declivity may be accompanied by a ledge of rocks instead of a bank of earth. Grounds which are broken and_ picturesque, will display a more sufficient reason for the appearance. The walls of a terrace evidently in part founded on a rock, will give an idea of dryness, dignity, and security to the house; and the margin of a stream displaying even large stones, increases the idea of impetuosity; or, in lakes, of the action of water in washing away the earth. Among imitations of wild scenery, detached stones heighten the illusion, and carry back the mind to the aboriginal state of the country. Loose or de- tached fragments of rocks may often aid the effect of real or supposed masses. The ap- pearance of a large rude stone near a wooded steep, unless of one evidently rounded by water or art, always leads the mind to the larger mass up the acclivity from which it has been broken and rolled down; if partly sunk in the ground, and concealed by vegetation, the fertility of the imagination considers them as parts of magnitudes which lie buried under the surface. All this, however, can only be successfully accomplished in a coun- try which, by the character of its general surface, does not preclude the idea of rocks. On a flat ora champaign country, the want of truth, or seeming truth, would render them disagreeable; and, indeed, did rocks exist in such a landscape, they should be hidden rather than displayed, unless of such extraordinary magnitude and effect, as to form an exception to general principles, 30. The judicious distribution of stones, in situations where they are not evidently foreign to the character of soil and surface, may greatly heighten wildness and picturesque beauty.(fig. 702.) Every thing, however, will depend on the manner in which this is done; they must not be merely laid down at random on, the surface(a), or formally joined together(4), or merely© connected, which, however, is better(c); but grouped with taste(d), and partially concealed by vegetation and sunk in the soil.(f, g). 7231, Fantastic stones( fig. 703. a) should be avoided in 22= all cases, unless in some peculiar scene; and where there|—~ are already indications of stratified or regular masses of§ Ss ey rock(6), it can never appear natural to place near them: SSS round, water-worn stones(c). Where angular and laminated stones are near; or where SaETS a2 y Wins Ny nN if Ae fil Gory YC BSB ESB ara IC BEET I —-° 1014 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. such as can be quar- ried in forms suitable‘- for building may he ore S2QMy U/L Be FQ SERN\ procured, grand et. YE:=e WS AWW 704 fects may be pro- duced; either by using them in form- ing imitations of na- ture, or by combin- ing them in a mixed style of artificial form; and natural conglo- meration.(fig-704- US Srcr. V. Buildings. 7932. Buildings, as materials of scenery, are entirely under the power of man; and, from that circumstance, were carried to an unwarrantable excess in the decline of the ancient, and the infancy of the modern style. Improvements on ground are forgotten by their effect; that of planting may be accounted too distant or too slow by ordinary minds; but a building is complete the moment it is finished. It affords immediate satisfaction to the owner; and being known as a costly object, full credit is given to him for the expense incurred. Thus wealth, confiding in its powers, multiplied garden- buildings to an excess, which ended in creating a disgust, still existing, in some degree, at their appearance in improved scenery. Before proceeding further, it may be proper to offer some remarks on the style or architecture of buildings. 7233, It is a common error to consider nothing as architecture but what 1s Grecian; to fancy that all architecture must have what are called orders; and to consider the Gothic, Chinese, or Hindoo modes of building, as mere barbarous compositions. But nothing can be more unphilosophical than this mode of viewing the subject; and it may just as well be said that there is no true language in the world but the Greek; that every lan- guage ought to correspond with it in the tenses and moods of the verbs; and that every other mode of speech is mere jargon. A style of building, and mode of oral communi- cation, must have a sufficient claim to be considered as complete, when they answer the purposes for which they are intended; and, applying this principle to the architecture and language of different countries, we shall find that each is complete relatively to those countries. That any style of pbuilding, or any language can be universally suitable, is to suppose that the same climate and the same degree of civilisation prevails over the whole globe. Thus, as there are different languages, and different manners and customs, so there are different styles of architecture; and though we may prefer the Grecian, as having been used by the most refined nations of antiquity, let us not hastily reject every other style as devoid of congruity, or unsuitable for being applied to constructions of use or beauty. 7934, The origin of the different styles of architecture are usually traced to imitations of temporary structures formed of timber or of rough trees; and thus the Grecian column, with its capital ornamented with foliage, has been called an imitation of the trunk of a palm, with the petioles of its recently dropped leaves still adhering; the Gothic arches and tracery have been likened to wicker-work, or the intersecting branches of an avenue; and the Chinese style to the imitation of a tent supported by bamboo. But the imitation of nature is the last thing that occurs in the progress of improvement; and though the above opinions may not be without their use as a sort of hypothesis for composition; yet it appears much more probable that styles of building have taken their origin, jointly from the ma- terials the country afforded, and the wants of the people. Ac- cording to this hypothesis, the Grecian may be considered as ay founded on the use of planks of*: stone, in the same way as beams of timber(fig. 705. a); the Gothic, by the use stones, held together by their position(b); and the Hindoo, by the use of small stones, held together by superincumbent weight(c). The Doric temple(fig. 706.) is easily traced in this way to its prototype of wood; but though the idea be supported by the authority of Vitruvius, it should never be considered as any thing more than mere f small conjecture. 7935. The progress which of greater certainty; and architecture has made in Britain, in modern times, is matter Repton, with his usual taste, has furnished an ingenious A Book lV. yionette(J st remote yasthat oF| guoceeded t style preval peing a mix monly cal that the Gr wust comin ssiders(De &e, 1810 The most Gothic, 4 hounded Va without de Shenstone ¢ rocks; and in addition t or resting-p the meanness trumphal ar deformities 1 simplicity,@ scenery by the itleas of ost owner, rathe elegance of EXCESS 1S$0| the oceastot sorts may Garden-sea shelters bi between th cottages, g 708,), as. open sheds Even a pr object in a other means garden-seat tots introd than one o memory of tal memory agreeable( the kind of range of ng there are vi gatdens, be and natural. less with th pression, the 37, By Ad man jg Qa I Book IV. OPERATING WITH BUILDINGS. 1015 vignette(fig. 707.\, which indicates that the most remote style of domestic architecture, was that of the castellated Gothic; to which succeeded the ecclesiastic Gothic; next the style prevalent in the seventeenth century, beinga mixture of Gothic and Grecian, com- monly called the Elizabethean style; after that the Grecian; and last of all, the Hindoo, just coming into notice, and which he con- siders(Designs for the Pavilion at Brighton, &c. 1810) as likely to become fashionable. The most suitable style for domestic purposes in Britain, he considers to be the Gothic, as admitting every description of interior form and arrangement, an un- bounded variety in the external forms and lines, and as being favorable to future additions, without deranging the effect or ordonnance of the original composition. 707 f Abe pore tans a, i) eas He tp: ie 1 é Wee\ 17a. Si noes i be deine? Ss f}; z alk 4) ul= SNS;‘SCRUM hui& i il A 7 fi $0 ground ar tia itu ih titus AX st NS Sinem hia) Y YW), full eredits eine to hn insone dt, ] exsing -furtber, i a be pet ee es IOS Se we Scher | ubjent; sa be Grek te the versa a nd me fed lee, when be cil tte h is compel . wry » can beumers simplicity, and all allusion to natura! scenery by their frequency, and suggest ideas of ostentatious vanity in the stisatin pre owner, rather than of propriety and brent manne elegance of taste. But though their my peer excess is so general and so obnoxious, tsb the occasional introduction of some al tosis sorts may be made with propriety. P i a Garden-seats are necessary for shade or ie IS yin shelter; bridges, for communication i ge 32> ee ue between the banks of rivers or rills; ff Sete cottages, gate or entrance lodges(fig.© IU| 708.), as abodes for laborers; and\ ws 2 open sheds as places of resort for cattle.(WEE& Even a prospect-tower is a desirable object in a flat country, affording no= ) pene oid other means of obtaining a bird’s-eye view. A temple, after all, is in many cases but a hes i garden-seat; and if beautiful in itself, and judiciously placed, we can see no objection h to its introduction in the garden-scene of a princely mansion; certainly none to more | than one of them, under the geometric style of planting. To raise a monument in memory of a great public character, or consecrate an urn to private friendship, or paren- tal memory, can hardly be offensive to any mind. A sundial is both a useful and an agreeable object; and statues and busts, in highly polished scenery, by the contrast in the kind of beauty displayed, recall the mind for a moment, from contemplating the wide range of nature, to admire the hand of art concentrated in a single point. In this view there are various objects of this description admissible in the more polished scenes of hao won Hoe E Ry BY Sxcr. 7238. Of accidental accompanit the approach. The approach, or VI. Of the Accidental Accompaniments to the Materials of Landscape. nents the first are roads; and of roads, the principal is road to the house, ought to display to advantage the beauties of that part of the place it passes through, and as many other beauties as may be displayed without showing the principal, which are generally those of the garden- front. In both styles, it ought to ascend to the house rather than descend, and pass along a flat or hollow rather than over inequalities of surface. 7239. The approach in the geometric style was generally a wooded avenue, in one or in several lines. In the modern, it is generally a bold, free, gently waving line; every turn of which is, or seems to be, produced either by some gentle variation in the surface, or by the position of a group of trees. It may pass through wood only, or through forest-like scenery. The first view obt ained of the house ought to be as favorable as possible, and not of any particular front, but rather an angular view, bosomed intrees. The second, or if there are two or more, the last view, on a nearer approach, should be distinct, and show the en- trance-front, and porch, or portico; the road approaching it at such a distance, obliquely, as that the eye may now readily comprehend the whole, and to the greatest advantage. 7240. In conducting the spectator to view objects, whether by approaches, roads, or walks, it isa matter of some nicety to determine@ priori, the exact distance at which he should be permitted to obtain a full view. There is a certain point of distance from whence every object appears at its greatest magnitude.‘The apparent height of any object will ook IV. wath coi ire olevation qhove three' ihrd, thoug? hori200, and distances abject will| peng the s pression su being Jiable measured i Ms d remaining Ue chiefly on a C4 Repton consid wphich is 80 P the hemisphe has been Vani surveys more of vision(fi jection of the in different! greater than tained that! eight degrees see them fit «that the d lowing excelle on the subject lawn to the ho approach and and the severd Mean or too 2 in the archite a§ not to con be defective convenient, sioui to whic Fourthly. V Water or i Card. p. 109.) 1243, W, be viewed by angular, Or| inthe moder tain analogy ty, and Tee An mo Tage of beau Boox IV. ACCIDENTAL ACCOMPANIMENTS. 1017 vary according to its distance, the inclination it makes with the horizon, and our rela- tive elevation or depression. A correspondent of Repton states, that‘‘ any two of the above three things continuing the same, the apparent magnitude will decrease with the third, though not in exact proportion to it. Thus, the object being perpendicular to the horizon, and our elevation remaining the same, its apparent height will decrease with the distance. Our elevation and the distance remaining the same, the apparent height of the object will decrease with its inclination to the horizon. The inclination and distance . being the same, the angle, or apparent height, will decrease with our elevation or de- pression, supposing our height was at first the middle point of the object. This last being liable to some exceptions, the general rule is, that the distance from the object, "i measured‘by. a perpendicular to it, the point at which its apparent height will be greatest is, where the perpendicular from the eye falls upon the centre.” ROME SED tig 7241. The difficulty in this subject isto know what the conception is that we shall form of the height and magnitude of an object according to different circumstances; its apparent height, as well as its real height, remaining the same. This cannot be reduced to rules, but depends chiefly on a careful comparison of particular instances. One cause, Repton considers, may proceed from the position of the eye itself, which is so placed in most foreheads as to view a certain portion of the hemisphere without any motion of the head. This portion has been variously stated at from sixty to ninety degrees. The eye surveys more in breadth than in height, and more below the axis of vision(fig. 712. a) than above it. Much depends on the pro- jection of the forehead and eyebrows, prominency of the eye,&c. in different individuals; yet the upper angle(a 6) will seldom be greater than one half of the lower angle(a c); and Repton ascer- tained that he could not distinguish objects more than twenty eight degrees above his axis of vision, though he could distinctly see them fifty-one degrees below it. From hence, he concludes, “that the distance at which an object appears at its greatest height is, when the axis of vision, and the summit of the object, form an angle of about thirty degrees; be- cause, under this angle, the eye perceives its full—~ ae extent without moving the head.”’ Thus, supposing fer 0\ the eye(fig. 713. a) to be five feet six inches from lander ot the ground, a tall object(5), at thirty feet distance, j | ! f he choos’ whe will be seen to the height of twenty feet; at fifty Ds aie pas feet distance(c), to the height of thirty feet; at ryan 10 a)) seventy feet distance(d), to the height of forty feet; at eighty-seven feet distance(e), to the height of fifty feet; and at a hundred and five feet dis- tance(f), to the height of sixty feet.(Observ- ations on Landscape Gardening, p. 21.) jf.€ d c b lI 7242. The approach in the modern style was well understood by Repton, and the fol- lowing excellent observations by this artist seem to sum up every thing that can be said on the subject:— The road by which a stranger is supposed to pass through the park or lawn to the house is called an approach; and there seems the same relation betwixt the approach and the house externally,‘hat there is internally betwixt the hall or entrance and the several apartments to which it leads. If the hall be too large or too small, too mean or too much ornamented for the style of the house, there is a manifest incongruity in the architecture, by which good taste will be offended; but if the hall be so situated as not to connect well with the several apartments to which it ought to lead, it will then be defective in point of convenience: so it is with respect to an approach; it ought to be convenient, interesting, and in strict harmony with the character and situation of the man- siou to which it belongs. First. It ought to be a road to the house, and to that principally. 5 Secondly. If it is not naturally the nearest road possible, it ought artificially to be made impossible to go voi of anearer. ne i cata ie Tie Thirdly. The artificial obstacles which make this road the nearest ought to appear natural.; nd af roads Fourthly. Where an approach quits the high road, it ought not to break from it at right angles, or in a oa ye such a manner as robs the entrance of importance, but rather at some bend of the public road, from t{0 disp} i yi whence a lodge or gate may be more conspicuous; and where the high road may appear to branch from ther the approach rather than the approach from the high road. Fifthly. After the approach enters the park, it should avoid skirting along its boundary, which betrays the want of extent or unity of property. i Stxthly. The house, unless very large and magnificent, should not be seen at so great a distance as to make it appear much less than it really is. Seventhly. The first view of the house should be from the most pleasing point of sight. Eighthliy. As soon as the house is visible from the approach, there should be no temptation to quit it(which will ever be the case if the road be at all circuitous), unless sufficient obstacles, such as ee or inaccessible ground, appear to justify its course.(Enquiry into the Changes of Taste in Lands. Gard. p. 109.)} 5 Of Hs=e: i i; 1 a al 7243. Walks are the next accompaniment to home scenes, without which they cannot favarapieet G. b 5=: r 5: favors! oe be viewed but in particular states of the weather and the surface. They were straight, trees: angular, or in regular curves, in the geometric style, and are in easy natural-like lines be diam at suet" in the modern manner.‘Though avowed objects of art, they ought always to bear a cer- tain analogy to the scenes they pass through; with formal-kept hedges in highly finished scenery, and edges blending with the gravel in the picturesque manner, recommended by Price in more wild scenes. Taste must determine their general course, from the range of beauties to be displayed; and their particular turns, from local beauties and ac- 1018 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. cidental circumstances. The principle of a sufficient reason ought never to be lost sight Py] 9 re e~ 9 1c y> Te] 9+ s=) of in Pope a walks and roads 2_that is, no deviatiom from a straight line should ever appear, for which a reason is not given 1n the position of the ground, trees, or other ac- companying objects. 7244. The finest description of hill or mountain walk is where the path is carried along the declivity on a perfect level, or where it winds round the hill by a gradual and regular ascent, here crossing a smooth slope and there forcing its way through rugged rocks, always preserving the same easy ascent or descent When the views from such walks are grand and extensive, and especially if they include part of a river, a lake, or the sea seen through a proper foreground of trees, nothing of the kind can be more noble. i 7245. Of valley walks, one on the wooded banks of a winding river, with cascades, or running over a rocky bed, the path sometimes accompanying the stream, at other times both retiring or separating from each other, till the sound of the water is scarcely heard through the wood, and then meeting again accompanied by open glade or meadow, with the other variations of which such scenery is susceptible, may be reckoned among the finest of the kind. 2 7246. Fences are accompaniments common to both styles of landscape; they are either permanent or temporary, and, in both cases, have been treated of in considering the subject of planting(6820.) and wood.(7203.)”' 79247. Animated nature. Deer, wild and tame hares, cattle, sheep, game, singing birds, all belong to a residence, and are necessary to complete its beauty. Pheasants and other game, ranging un-_ dismayed by man, in garden- scenes, give a high idea of se- clusion and removal from com- mon nature; the finer sorts may be retained in appropriate structures(fig. 714.), and the common left to themselves, but liberally supplied with food. The cawing of rooks,the shriek- ing of the owl, the screams of peacocks, the notes of birds, are all desirable circumstances in certain situations, and ought— fh; . Ne ale th, B.: to be attended to, by intro-— fitment Seeley Ny : x Shs Aath il uh) IW TC| UID APT Rac ducing such trees or plants as 7; are favorable to their increase. The smoke of a cottage ora:: farm-house, the view of a distant village, the spire of a church, a water-mill, or a ruin, all become interesting in certain cases; and with a thousand other instances of natural expression, in a great measure beyond the reach of art, will be sought for, and turned to account by the judicious artist. —< ee Ce ee 5-— —EE Cuar. III. Of the Union of the Materials of Landscape-Gardening, in orming the constituent Parts of a Country- Residence. 7248. Having applied the principles of natural and relative beauty to the materials of gardening separately, we shall next apply the same principles to the formation of those scenes of use, convenience, or elegance, which form the constituent parts of a country-residence. 7249. The mansion and offices first demand attention, as the central feature of art and refinement. What relates to the design of these groups of buildings belongs to archi- tecture; but the situation, aspect, style, and accompaniments are within our province. In determining the situation, a great variety of circumstances, some of a general, and others of a local or peculiar nature, require to be taken into consideration. Natural shelter, dry sub-soil, the view of the house from a distance, and the distant prospect seen from the house, belong to the former; and removal from the boundary of a public road, suitableness of the adjoining grounds for the garden-scenes which accompany mansions, trees already there, or so situated as to aid the effect,&c. belong to the latter. Accord- ing to Repton, the choice of a situation ought to be founded on,“ First, The natural character of the surrounding country: Secondly, The style, character, and size of the house: Thirdly, The aspects or exposure, both with regard to the sun and the prevalent winds of the country: Fourthly, The shape of the ground near the house: Fifthly, The views from the several apartments: and, Sixthly, the numerous objects of comfort; such as a dry soil, a supply of good water, proper space for offices, with various other conveniences essential to a mansion in the country; and which in a town may sometimes be dispensed with, or at least very differently disposed.”’ 7250. To arrange these considerations according to their respective weight or influence ts hardly possible 5 “this must depend on a comparison of one with the other, under a variety of circumstances; and even or Book 1v. ‘ality of i venti th 795 14 In neither mad generally 0 behind bel 1 1952 1 circumstatl from the 0 the open al width of the from the ap spectator wl but close to ¢ 100 degrees, room 48 0ss sides of a 1001 window On a on Landscape 1253, The most so in blee Britain(fig. east, the nex ton considers quarter it ra and the wind obstructed, b not be perce south or east cause depriv be remarked objects look placed, beca on the side x east,” he co north, becau: we are in bed tolerable, fro From hence to the cardin Scape Garde) 7954, Point of aspe and shades, fant views, hy forming a Erections, wi Tue is bette regularity of “etices, An I almost any bin] ae Boor IV. FORMING THE SCENERY OF RESIDENCES. 1019 nae Da sr th ly ach the partiality of individuals, in affixing different degrees of importance to each consideration. Hence it is obvious, that there can be no danger of sameness in any two designs conducted on principles thus estab- lished; since in every different situation some one or more of these considerations must preponderate; and the most rational decision will result from a combined view of all the separate advantages or disad- vantages to be foreseen from each. It was the custom of former times, in the choice of domestic situa- tions, to let comfort and convenience prevail over every other consideration. Thus the ancient baronial castles were built on the summits of hills, in times when defence and security suggested the necessity of placing them there; and difficulty of access was a recommendation; but when this necessity no longer existed,(as mankind are always apt to fly from one extreme to the other,) houses were universally erected in the lowest situations, with a probable design to avoid those inconveniences to which lofty posi- tions had been subject; hence the frequent sites of many large mansions, and particularly abbeys and mo- nasteries, the residence of persons who were willing to sacrifice the beauty of prospect for the more solid and permanent advantages of habitable convenience; amongst which, shelter from wind, and a supply of water for store fishponds, were predominant considerations.”(Hnquiry,&c. p. 83.) 7251. In hilly countries, or in any country where the surface is varied, the choice is neither made in the bottoms(fig. 715. a), nor on the summits of the eminences(c), but (ESN GaN Sa RSX fi 01 SS 6 ra 715 Sa =“ generally on the south-east side of the latter(6), on a raised platform, the rising grounds behind being planted both for effect and shelter. | 7252. The field of vision, or portion of landscape which the eye will comprehend, is a circumstance frequently mistaken in fixing a situation for a house; since a view seen from the windows of an apartment will materially differ from the same view seen in the open air. Much evidently depends on the thickness of the walls(fig. 716.), the width of the windows(a), and the distance of the spectator S i/ from the aperture. Near the centre of the room(4), the spectator will not enjoy above 20 or 30 degrees of vision; but close to the window(c) his eye will take in from 70 to 100 degrees. Hence, to obtain as much of the view from a_ room as possible, there should not only be windows on two ge LI of x a OPN Em PLR window on each side, instead of the common form.(Obs. on Landscape Gardening, p. 24.) S SSS 7253. The aspect of the principal rooms deserves particular attention in every case, and most so in bleak or exposed situations. The south-east is most commonly the best for Britain(fig. 717.); and the south, and due east, the next best. The south-west, Rep~- ton considers the worst, because from that quarter it rains oftener than from any other; and the windows are dimmed, and the views obstructed, by the slightest shower, which will not be perceptible in the windows facing the bad + fining te ey? south or east. A north aspect is gloomy, be- nt cause deprived of sunshine; but it deserves to ‘ail be remarked, that woods and other verdant objects look best when viewed from rooms so placed, because all plants are most Juxuriant on the side next the sun.‘“ The aspect due -thecenta a east,” he considers,“‘ nearly as bad as the f buildings be; north, because there the sun only shines while yaad cents are Witt we are in bed; and the aspect due west is in- wees, Oe Og tolerable, from the excess of sun dazzling the eye through the greatest part of the day. into ens From hence we may conclude, that a square house, placed with its fronts duly opposite , and the diss! ut to the cardinal points, will have one good and three bad aspects.(Fragments on Land- ; scape Gardening,&c. p. 108.) 7254. A mansion for the country, if a mere square or oblong, will thus be deficient in point of aspect, and certainly in picturesque beauty, or variety of external forms, lights, and shades. An irregular plan, composed with a combined view to the situation, dis- tant views, best aspects to the principal rooms, effect from different distant points, and as forming a whole with the groups of domestic offices and other architectural appendages or erections, will therefore be the best; and as the genius of the Gothic style of architec- he poundary* 5 whi; i A\ and. neat“6, ture is better adapted for this irregularity than the simplicity of the Grecian, or the pune. regularity of the Roman styles, it has been justly considered the best for country-resi- for 0 moe dences. Another advantage of an irregular style is, that it readily admits of additions rien na in almost any direction. yeight 0” ety 1020 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr III. _ 7255. Convenience, aswell as effect, require that every house ought to have an entrance- front, and a garden-front; and, in general cases, neither the latter, nor the views from the principal rooms, should be seen fully and completely, but from the windows and garden-scenery. Not to attend to this, is to destroy their contrasted effect, and cloy the appetite by disclosing all, or the greatest part of the beauties at once. The landscape which forms the back ground to a mansion, the trees which group with it, and the archi- tectural terrace which forms its base, are to be considered as its accompaniments, and in- fluenced more or lessby its style. The classic pine and cedar should accompany the Greek and Roman architecture; and the hardy fir, the oak, or the lofty ash, the baronial castle. 7256. Terrace and conservatory. We observed,‘when treating of ground, and under the ancient style, that the design of the terrace must be jointly influenced by the mag- nitude and style of the house, the views from its windows,(that is, from the eye of a person seated in the middle of the principal rooms,) and the views of the house from a distance. In almost every case, more or less of architectural form will enter into these compositions. The level or levels will be supported partly by grassy slopes, but chiefly by stone walls, harmonising with the lines and forms of the house. These, in the Gothic style, may be furnished by battlements, gateways, oriels, pinnacles,&c.; or, on a very great scale, watch-towers may form very picturesque, characteristic, and useful additions.- The Grecian style may, in like manner, be finished by parapets, balustrades, and other Roman appendages. 7257. The breadth of terraces, and their height relatively to the level of the floor of the living-rooms, must depend jointly on the height of the floor of the living-rooms and the sur- face of the grounds or country to be seen over them. Too broad or too high a terrace will both have the effect of foreshortening a lawn with a declining surface, or concealing a near valley. The safest mode in doubtful cases is, not to form this appendage till after the prin- cipal floor is laid, and then to determine the details of the terrace by trial and correction. 7258. Narrow terraces are entirely occupied as promenades, and may be either gravelled or paved: and different levels, when they ex- ist, connected by inclined planes or flights of steps. Where the breadth is more than is requisite for walks, the borders may be kept in tutf with groups or marginal strips of flow- ers and low shrubs. In some cases, the ter- race-walls may be so extended as to enclose ground sufficient for a level plot to be used as a bowling-green or a flower-garden. These: are generally connected with one of the living-rooms or the conservatory, and to the latter is frequently joined an aviary and the entire range of botanic stoves. Or, the aviary may be made an elegant de- tached building, so placed as to group with the house and other surrounding objects. An elegant struc- ture of this sort(fig.718.) was designed by Repton for the grounds of the Pavilion at Brighton. 7259. The flower-garden should join both the conservatory and terrace; and, where the botanic stoves do not join the conservatory and the house, they, and also the aviary and other appropriate buildings and decorations, should be placed here.(See 6076. and 6161.) 7260. The kitchen-garden should be placed near to, and connected with the flower- garden, with concealed entrances and roads leading to the domestic offices for culinary purposes, and to the stables and farm-buildings for manure.(See 2382.) 7961. The situation of the orchard should, all other circumstances being suitable, be rf? fe) near to the kitchen-garden; and between them may be very properly placed the garden- er’s house, connected with the furnace, sheds, fruit-rooms,&c.(See 2527.) 7962. The lawn, or that breadth of mown turf formed in front of, or extending in dif- ferent directions from, the garden-front of the house, is, in the geometric style, varied by architectural forms, levels, and slopes; and in the modern by a picturesque or painter-like disposition of groups, placed so as to connect with the leading masses, and throw the lawn into an agreeable shape or shapes. In very small villas the lawn may embrace the garden or principal front of the house, without the intervention of terrace- scenery, and may be separated from the park, or park-like field, by a light wire fence; but in more extensive scenes it should embrace a terrace, or some avowedly artificial architectural basis to the mansion, and a sunk wall, as a distant separation, will be more dignified and permanent than any iron fence.‘The park may come close up to the terrace-garden, especially in a flat situation, or where the breadth of the terrace 1s Aa om ree considerable. 7263. The shrubbery generally connects the house and flower-gardens, and forms, strictly speaking, a part of the pleasure-ground scenery. It is a scene in which the ob- ject is to arrange a collection of foreign trees and shrubs in a dry border, generally on ‘he north side of a walk, or in dug groups and patches. One very principal consider-~ ation is, to connect, partly in appearance only, the dug patches. The distinct uncon- nected obtrusion of such scenes is justly reprobated by Price, who gives excellent in- lish ant clades ane cattle, t+# or Duteh mountall den, or 4 flow el jnse room for 0! . t of timber,| for adding its extent architect reputation geomettl¢ were sub stripes or and the 1 enclosing der style le that of and regula and the r0U paddocks or hetween the cot of inter 7966, nner for pr and when cl scale, part of The trees in idea of part truly forestel mind those inthe glade 7961, T the most 1 and as far owner ext adjoining 7968,| ofa reside gently yarl always fer and a ming principles, original id of the U; 7269. 7 imitative PANS oF ge order, rad AINE aUNTGUR, 4 fore ul It jg as Int jn ae One! patches‘ rice, Ns Aiea? UNION OF CONSTITUENT SCENES. 1021 structions for creating the beautiful picturesque among dug groups, and preserving all the polish and appearance of high keeping with the most delicate culture of the plants. 7264. The pleasure-ground is a term applied generally to the kept ground and walks room for others when the blossom begins to fade,&c. 7265. The park is a space devoted to the growth i of timber, pasturage for deer, cattle, and sheep, and| for adding grandeur and dignity to the mansion. On its extent and beauty, and on the magnitude and architectural design of the house, chiefly depend the reputation and character of the residence. In the geometric style, the more distant or concealed parts were subdivided into fields, surrounded by broad stripes or double rows, enclosed in walls or hedges, and the nearer parts were chiefly covered with wood, enclosing regular surfaces of pasturage. In the mo- dern style, the scenery of a park is intended to resem- ble that of a scattered forest, the more polished glades and regular shapes of lawn being near the house, and the rougher parts towards the extremities. The paddocks. or small enclosures are generally placed between the family stables and the farm, and form a sort of intermediate character. 7266. The farm, or that portion of agricultural surface, retained in the hands of the owner for private cultivation, was, in both styles, placed without, but adjoining the park; and when circumstances admitted, near to the paddocks. In some cases, on a moderate scale, part of the park constitutes the whole, or a part of the farm, and is kept in aration. The trees in this cultivated space are arranged in natural-like masses, so as to give the idea of part of a forest-scene subjected to the plough. When the park is extensive and truly forest-like, the effect of the whole is much improved by the contrast, and recalls to mind those charming scenes in the woody districts of Germany, where cultivation smiles in the glades and recesses of eternal forests. 7267. The riding, or drive, is a road indicated rather than formed, which passes through the most interesting and distant parts of a residence not seen in detail from the walks, and as far into the adjoining lands of wildness or cultivation, as the property of the owner extends. It is also frequently conducted as much farther as the disposition of adjoining proprietors permits, or the general face of the country renders desirable. 7268. Original arrangement. Though the above arrangement of the component parts of a residence will be found, in general, the most convenient on a flat surface, or one gently varied, we are far from recommending its universal adoption. Situations are always fertile in suggesting new ideas, which “ Start even from difficulties, strike from chance;” and a mind already stored with a knowledge of every part of the subject, works from principles, and fortuitous suggestions, rather than models. We would rather see an original idea attempted than the most beautiful arrangement imitated. — @rar, LV. Of the Union of the constituent Scenes in, yrming Gardens’ or Residences of particular Characters; and of laying out Public Gardens. end of all landscape-gardening, whether r we have given a general idea of the a complete residence of the first nt gradations of residences 7269. To complete.a country-residence is the imitative or geometric.. In the preceding chapte parts or scenes, and their connection, which enter into order. We have now to notice their arrangements in differe ee PLOT ake Fr LEED tee PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Parr IIL and these, we must previously acknowledge, are so intimately blended, that we hardly know how to separate them, and give a distinctive character to each; every country- gentleman, from the occupier of the palace to the cottage, adopting such luxuriant scenes as suit his particular taste, without reference to any thing but his own desires; and this happy circumstance contributes, perhaps, as much as the difference of situations, to the variety in the beauty and style of British country-residences. Mansions, villas, tempo- rary residences, cottages, and public gardens, may be said to include the leading dis- tinctions. Public gardens are much less various than private ones, because there are fewer publics than individuals. Srcr. I. On laying out Private Gardens, or Residences. 7270. The specific distinctions of private residences may be considered as the mansion and demesne, the villa, the farm, the temporary residence, and the cottage; but each of these branches out into a number of subspecies and varieties. 7271. The mansion and demesne. The characteristic of the mansion and demesne, is the demesne or surrounding lands in tenancy. Any residence of which the dwelling-house is of a higher character than that of the mansion and demesne, as the castle, abbey, and palace, has the same general arrangement in the grounds, and differs chiefly in extent, and in the arrangements of the courts and other exterior ap- pendages of the house. 7272. As a specimen of this style, we shall give the arrangement at Michel Grove in Sussex, the residence of R. Walker, Esq. from the works of Repton:— 7273. In determining the situation for a large house in the country, there are other circumstances to be considered besides the fences and appendages immediately contiguous. These have so often occurred, that I have established in imagination certain positions for each, which I have never found so capable of being realised as at Michel Grove. 7274. I would place ¢he house, with the principal front, towards the south-east. 7275. I would place the offices behind the house; but as they occupy much more space, they will of course spread wider than the front. I would place the stables near the offices. I would place the kitchen- garden near the stables. I would put the home-farm buildings at rather a greater distance from the house; but these several objects should be so connected by back roads as to be easily accessible. 7276. I would bring the park to the very front of the house. 7277. I would keep the farm or land in tillage, whether for use or for experiment, behind the house; I would make the dressed pleasure-grounds to the tight and left of the house, in places which would screen the unsightly appendages, and form a natural division between the park and the farm, with walks communicating to the garden and the farm. 7278. The villa may be nothing more than a park with a house of smaller size than that of the mansion and demesne, surrounded by a pleasure-ground, and with the usual gardens. Moderate extent and proximity to other villas, constitute the cha- racteristic of this class of residences; but though adjoining lands are not necessary to the character, they do not, where they exist, change it, unless their extent be con- siderable. Two villas joined together often mutually aid each other in effect, especially as to water and trees.(fig. 720.) Bad> : ves 7279. The villa farm. A villa being originally a farm-house, we think that the Roman arrangement, in which the farm-offices were joined to, or at least so near, as to form with it and the domestic offices one group of buildings, might be adopted as the characteristic distinction of this class of residences. The farm-buildings should, in that case, be dignified with more architectural design than when placed at a distance; but separate retural bart with@ P atl and knots: with wil turf, slopes from shel the view 0 dows. f approacted DI} separated\ with pictul in the mo and slips al dyle. Al constituen! demesne Te gardens,( &e, may cording t cular taste 7980.! neater app It also ditt and are Dor and shrubs, suited for th Kent, and t! 728], Te er villas, vg lands are 2 unless thei et ch other in ef 6! Boox IV. PRIVATE GARDENS, OR RESIDENCES. 1023 still in due subordination to the man- sion. Instead of deer, sheep may graze the park on the garden-front, separated from the house by an archi- tectural barrier, or in some situations, with a platform of gravel, and walks and knots of flowers. A glacis of turf, with a light fence below the ss slope, will be sufficient protection from sheep or cattle, and not impede the view of the lawn from the win- dows.‘The entrance-front may be approached through grass fields, not separated with common hedges, but with picturesque fences( fig. 721.) in the modern, and double hedges and slips of planting in the geometric style. All or any part of the other constituent parts of a mansion and demesne residence, such as hot-houses, gardens, orchards, pleasure-grounds, &c. may or may not be added, ac- cording to its extent, and the parti- cular taste of the proprietor. 7280. The ferme ornée differs from a common farm in having a better dwelling-house, neater approach, and one partly or entirely distinct from that which leads to the offices. It also differs as to the hedges, which are allowed to grow wild and irregular( fig. 722.), and are bordered on each side by a broad green drive, and sometimes by a gravel-walk and shrubs. It differs from a villa farm in having no park. A dry hilly soil is best \\\{\ . _ A\ S 5 ie\\ ee) Af Aes ew ees ee“a suited for this description of residence, of which there are some fine examples in Surrey, Kent, and the Isle of Wight. 7281, Temporary residences, as marine villas, sporting or shooting boxes, seldom con- 1024 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pitan tain much land attached.. No hot-houses, and but little pleasure-ground is here re. quired. What land there may be, should be applied to use rather than to bea eS Speaking of hunting-boxes, Marshall observes“a suit of paddocks should be caries the hottise; and if a view of distant covers can be caught, the back ground will be con plete. The stable, the kennel, the leaping-bar, are the apppendages, in the Eanstrue: tion of which simplicity, substantialness, and conyeniency should prevail.”; 7282. A cottage ornée, we think, might be characterised by the garden-front opening into a 723 picturesque orchard; or a lawn, varied by groups of fruit-trees, instead of a lawn or park planted with forest trees. It may contain any part of the scenes of the villa, at the will of the owner. If the situation of the house is elevated, so as to Ye: give a view from the principal rooms of a great| part of the farm, it willbe the more desirable. A| desirable foundation for this improvement is an old English farmhouse; by adding to which one or two principal rooms, a very interesting group may be formed at little expense. 7283. Cottage en verger. An agreeable va- riety of this species sometimes adopted in France, consists in surrounding an enclosed space of one or two acres, with an irregular strip of walnut, cherry, chestnut, and other tall-growing trees| (fig. 722. a) which produce both fruit and timber; and then planting the interior space(6) with the finer sorts of fruit-trees, especially pears and plums, as standards, on turf. Winding° walks are led through the whole, and groups of flowers and kitchen-vegetables introduced. oe ™ Sig ey STE BLINDING es, ai Ht eevee “aR SS 419) 7284. The citizen’s villa(fig. 723.) is a spot yyy of one or more acres laid out in lawn and shrub- WY) Yj} bery, but without a kitchen-garden. As_ the OM, space contained is very limited, and often under an acre, only the most select trees, shrubs, and flowers should be employed; and great part of the trees and shrubs should be evergreens. Seats and other decorations may be introduced, +° of the most se-°°° ob% cee 2 2: lect designs,and{ 4” Sn, Sar BLAe o best workman-{?% 6 20 oes 3; Ds 5 . i)° ship; and what g 2 2 r) fo): aa,= aor 09 Cy Boa; is of the last con- Pa? ’ fe) F sequence, none o>“04 2, Tove an° Sart: A Ae) but a good gar~\ 4, 4> 5 OS SEO 8 Ny.<< dener should be§« eG 9° Eade) le 5 ae° o? employed in or-\.oo 2% o, lace° 28010 S J Wars YOU;~ N der to preserve VY Y Y& XSo o<4 : SS 3 iy 5- the whole in the 7900 009) ass bys SA GES EES BS: i; Sere aN=— highest order&, ey f= oe|= SCPa ani»y ] Y N LJ and keeping, at|.\ AQ: 7_~ an te More simp a ERR Hi LESS Seer — $ALE IETS oe= = i355 Ts, TE Se aS SWakieg‘i 727.) is similarly situated io the other, but 5 Ou Oo. generally further from town, to and from which con ee ee 36 the occupant passes by the local publie con- RG veyances. It contains a garden-court before, and a garden behind the house, like the other; but the former is entered by a porch(a), connected with the house by means of a glass or opaque roofed passage(6); and along the front of the house is an open veranda(c, c} communi- cating with a vestibule(d). This sort of suburban house is well suited for invalids, who may take exercise, and enjoy the plants under the glass roofs in rainy weather. ce aaa 33 ye gL 7289. The house and conserva- tory(fig. 728.) is similarly situ- ated to the last, with one or two wings(a and 6), as conserva- tories; or, the onea conservatory, and the other a botanic stove, or a vinery. These communicate with the two principal living-rooms, and also with the fore-court(c); the latter entrance is that made use of by the gardener. Heat is supplied from the under-ground offices of the house; and if the latter is heated by hot air, in Sylvester’s excellent manner, or by the more simple operation of steam, it will be accomplished so much the more readily 3 U PRIVATE GARDENS, OR RESIDENCES. 1025 8 Si a eS ee tae gel 2 a _. PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pascdil. yyy YUMMY) = iy, Uy MY Yj BV aS oe Y & and effectually. They may be also lighted up by gas, if there isa public gasometer in the neigh- borhood, 7290. The house and flower-garden entrance ( fig. 729.) requires a more airy situation than either of the three last varieties; and is generally situated in some road or street, a mile or two|= from town, or in some suburban hamlet. The flowers may be variously arranged, and may be either florists’ flowers or herbaceous perennials, with a mixture of dwarf ornamental shrubs. A very complete mode is to grow the flowers in| LC the garden behind the house, and bring them to|° the front as they come in flower. This sort of residence is well suited for retired tradesmen, who act as their own gardeners; and some fine examples are to be found at Hammersmith, Hampstead, and round Manchester. The French and Dutch, and also the tea bgt ahh Ser OH Germans, excel in this kind of OW GG, NX\\\ garden, and produce the most*<< WW LSS pleasing effects by a judicious SS combination of very few species N of flowers. They take care to se- lectsuch as are showy, of brilliant and distinct simple colors, as white and scarlet lilies, red and white roses, nasturtium, candy- tuft, daisy, larkspur,&c. They admit few yellows, or small RS scattered flowering plants; but study to have masses of the same colors and forms, contrasted by different colors also in masses.< There are many fine gardens of Nestes SS this sort in Picardy and the ASSESS Netherlands, and some in Hanover. 7291. The house and French parterre(fig. 730.) can hardly be considered a distinct variety from the last; though it differs in this, that the front garden of the latter contains turf around the flower-compartments, whereas the former is composed entirely of earth, and gravel, edged with box, or some other plant. AQQUYIMO MMHG \ Ws: f UY Wy — UY y SQ“ SS ~ SS Asad “ UYU il ey —— o ma:‘fo Daas fe 3 S, PRS oF Pepi $3 #2 2 Xd V3 SO = aa 3G) ee ae | LL Sa 7292. The common front garden(_fig- 731.) is a varie description; but, like that these humble scenes may be gre keeping. There is little danger of the gardens of the of great importance to the advancement of gardening, as great perfection as possi L tinually under the eye of a large city population; seen when they visit the towns; and which chiefly come under the eye of foreigners. ty so well known as to require no the six preceding varieties, it is introduced here chiefly to suggest, atly improved in design, and also in cultivation and wealthy being neglected; but it 1s that the art should be displayed to ble in those gardens which are most universal; which are con- by the whole country-inhabitants, Book ny 7293. The fa ihe ta fiable ant other dom qates and the tole placed x east or W est SI! and area for 1 fower-garden farmeries 00| gardens shou an acre(10! the house(f Jaid out in 1g and the Hower ful and prolif two walnut OF will ripen the garden at les taste for the s culture, to af pursuits. 7994. The residence for| great importa ameliorated, the cottager m subject, and In constantly occu the road-side, 0 and their scener very laudable ob e accom y the family alarge f principal windows t at the base of the w ome, The ec Ti. A porch to t Wind, On the smal door will suffice, 1298, A lobby, br serve asa place fo 1299. A cooking small boiler, both 1300, A seeping 7301. A parvet,| A pantry,| 3 4 closet, fi the north-west or s (34 A hen-roos against a small ope 1X0, In the gar near, pe LAB, A dunghil, TQ, A niche in {WO ton bars, joi stealing=°” 7310, The Surron according to cirew We planted in it Carr 0 ae Tound tt y thrown surrounded "TOS useful cott Tine, according bs ivy agai hould be Sting shrub Naty crops, ite cul } Pa Ao ¥ aod WN hardly be onsets a ynt garden ott oad ont is compen Doe« PT <> Aer a_ %. eae ae DISS Book LV. PRIVATE GARDENS, OR RESIDENCES 1027 7298. The farmer’s garden should not be placed adjoining the vick-yard, on account of the straw liable to be blown into it: and should be well enclosed to exclude poultry, pigs, and other domestic animals. Supposing the farm-buildings to occupy three sides of a square, and the farm-house to be placed in the middle of the south side, and the rick-yard to be placed beyond the north side; then the kitchen-garden may be placed adjoining the east or west side of the square; the grass-orchard, which may also be the drying-ground, and area for rearing young poultry, on the opposite and corresponding side; and a small flower-garden may serve as an entrance-court to the farm-house. But in the case of farmeries on a larger scale, where the house is detached from the court of offices, the three gardens should be united with a small portion of lawn, and a pond, so as to form about an acre(more or less, according to circumstances), of garden and pleasure-ground round the house.(fig. 662.) The part destined for the growth of culinary vegetables should be laid out in right-lined plots and borders; the orchard-trees planted in rows or quincunx; and the flowers and flowering shrubs arranged in groups or beds onturf. The most use- ful and prolific fruit-trees should be chosen; including some plants of hops, and one or two walnut or chestnut trees in the exposed side of the orchard, if the climate is such as will ripen their fruits. No class of men have it in their power to form and cultivate a garden at less expense than that of the farmer; but unfortunately few farmers have a taste for the subject; perhaps, because gardening is not sufficiently contrasted to agri- culture, to afford the farmer that sort of relief sought for in recreative and pleasurable pursuits. 7294. The laborers’ cottage and garden. This may be reckoned too humble a country- residence for the consideration of the landscape-gardener; but we conceive it to be of yery great importance to the general good, that these should be improved, and their inhabitants ameliorated. What we shall advance is founded on the principle, that whatever renders the cottager more comfortable and happy at home, will render him a better servant and subject, and in every respect a more valuable member of society. Besides, one of the most constantly occurring objects in the country is the laborer’s cottage, whether detached by the road-side, or grouped in hamlets and villages; and therefore to render such buildings and their scenery more ornamental must, independently of every other consideration, be a very laudable object. 7295. The accommodation contained in the cottage, and tne size of the garden, should, no doubt, be regu- lated by the family of the cottager, and the facilities afforded him by his line of employment to live well or bring up a large family,&c. But we shall take the lowest case that can occur, and state what we con- sider to be the minimum of accommodation, which a humane employer in England would wish to be en- joyed by his serving laborer, even if he had no other family than his wife. 7296. The whole space to be enclosed, including the garden and the site of the house, cannot be less than one eighth part of a statute acre. The cottage should, if possible, be placed in the centre, fronting the south-east, by which means, if it be a square or a parallelogram, the sun will shine on each of the four sides a part of every day in the year. Its floor should be raised two steps above the level of the garden; its principal windows to the south-east. A gutter should be placed under the eaves, to prevent the ground, at the base of the walls, from receiving extreme moisture, and thus rendering the interior damp and un- wholesome. The cottage should consist of the following parts:— 7297. A porch to throw off the rain from the steps of the door, and prevent it from being blown in by the wind. On the smallest scale, two broad boards, or two slates or flag-stones, placed pediment-wise over the door will suffice. 7298. A lobby, broad passage, or other space inside the door, to contain lumber, fuel, garden-tools, and to serve as a place for washing, or working at coarse work,&c. 7299. A cooking and living-room entered by the lobby or outer room; the fire-place, with an oven and small boiler, both included in a cast-iron grate. 7300. A sleeping-room over the living-room, and entered by a stair from the lobby or outer room. 7301. A garret, or children or lodger’s sleeping-room, or small room for any purpose, over the lobby or outer room. 7302. A pantry, taken off the lobby, with a small window to the north-west. 7303. A closet, for utensils and articles used in the living-room, taken off that room, with a window to the north-west or south-east. 7304. A hen-roost, forming part of the garret over the lobby, and entered by a poultry-ladder, placed against a small opening near the bottom of the outer wall. 7305. In the garden should be a well, with a pump, if deep; unless some other source of good water is near. 7306. A water-closet placed in a hidden part of the garden, behind the house, so contrived that the visitor may neither be seen from the windows of the cottage nor the public road, with a going and returning, or an incidental approach, instead of the direct cud de sac paths which commonly lead to such places. 7307. A pigsty attached to the north-east or south-west front. 7308. A dunghill, or a small spot adjoining the pigsty, surrounded by a dwarf wall. 7309. A niche in the wall of the south-east front of the house, to hold two or more beehives, with two iron bars, joined and hinged at one end, and with a staple at the other to lock them up to prevent stealing. 7510. The surrounding fence may be a wall, close pales, a holly, thorn, sloe-thorn, or damson-plum hedge, according to circumstances; if a hedge of any kind, then standard plum, pear, apple, or cherry trees, may be planted in it; if a wall, the same sorts may be trained against it. Next to the fence, a border should be carried round the whole; a similar border may be formed round the house; and the area for culture will then be thrown into two compartments, one behind the house, and one in front of it. The compartments may be surrounded with a line of gooseberries and currants, and a few standard apples or plums(as being the two most useful cottage fruits) scattered over the whole. Against the house may be planted currants, pears, or a vine, according to the situation and climate. Honeysuckles and monthly roses may be planted next the porch; ivy against the water-closet; and the scented clematis against the pigsty. The border round the house should be devoted to savory pot-herbs, as parsley, thyme, mint, chives,&c. and to flowers and low flowering shrubs. The surrounding border, under the wall or hedge, should be devoted to early and late culinary crops, as early potatoes, pease, turnips, kidneybeans,&c. No forest trees, especially the ash Sy ini 1h it! :| 1 Lay Naas |{ bt | a i| ia|| 1028 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. PAA and elm, should be planted in, or if possi 3; an= if possible, even near the cottager’s garden; as A crops; the first both by its shade and roots, and the latter by its roots, which cored Sane are, ue < y a great ex- ee eee the see ie ite is the tree the least injurious to gardens. . Variation may be made in this extent of accommodation, by< ing a diff ground-plan of the plot; by different inclinations of surfaces, EERE ere Ge po eens es for the roof and walls of the house, coloring of the walls, and above all, by adopting different Pier peed fon the But whatever is done in this respect, no attempt at ornament or picturesque effect shies Ta be aN aie is at variance with comfort;— latticed windows are cold and comfortless; chimney-fu sat be made which direction, with a view to fixing the stack of chimney-tops in some particular point, Genes spate in their ments. A varicty of other deviations from common practice made to gratify the Ee GP smoky apart: without any reference to the inhabitant, might be mentioned; but we shall only add th cM area most comfortable and durable will please the best in the long run. ca ae ene aetover ts Secr. II. Public Gardens. Q19»iblic carde re either desi a ARTO TT G C: 7312. ee ublic ga dens oe either designed for recreation, instruction, or commercial pur- poses.‘The first include equestrian and pedestrian promenades; the second, botanic and “4 raydens: ¢£; ir j 1 A; experimenta! gardens; and the third, public nurseries, market-gardens, florists’ gardens fs} 39) sts 5° Ss orchards, seed-gardens, and herb-gardens. Sunsect. 1. Public Gardens for Recreation. i Wiss Public parks, or equestrian promenades, are valuable appendages to large cities Extent and a free air are the principal requisites, and the roads should be soencet so 5 to produce few intersections; but at the same time so as carriages may make either the tour of the whole scene, OF adopt a shorter tour atipleasure. In the course of long roads, there ought to be occasional bays or side expansions to admit of carriages separating from the course, halting or turning. Where such promenades are very extensive, they aie fur- nished with places of accommodation and refreshment, both for men and horses- this isa valued part of their arrangement for occasional visitors from a distance, or in hired mchis cles.‘Our continental neighbors have hitherto greatly excelled us in this department of gardening; almost every town of consequence having its promenades for the citizens d cheval and also aw pied. Till lately, Hyde Park, at London, and a spot called the Mea- dows, near Edinburgh, were the only equestrian gardens in Britain; and neither were well arranged. But in 1810, the Regent’s Park was commenced from a suggestion of W. Fordyce, Esq., the late surveyor of woods and ferests, and it promises to be a scene worthy of the metropolis. It is only to be regretted, that the space available to the public is so much curtailed by interspersed villas, and surrounding rows of houses and gardens: for though from the number of trees, the wealthy citizen who can view the scenery from his horse or coacli may recognise the park character; yet by rendering so great an extent of the surface private property, the wanderings of the pedestrian are limited, and his views of the scenery confined. 7314. The public gardey of Carlsrunre(fig. 7$2.), and the town, founded by the Mar- grave Charles William in‘1715, are formed to correspond with each other.‘The palace(a) is noticed by Sulzer(Théorie‘ des beaux Arts,&t). and byl IN 5 Hirschfield(Théorie des Jar- es BY[Bo Re CA AG| IL S dins,&c. vol. iv. p- 416.), as aRReey Be POG SS s ee) ES one of the finest in Germany, k i= and remarkable for having the k wings at an oblique angle to the main building. Bebind, E exactly in the centre of the cir-§ cular carriage-promenade(b), is a tower(c), which commands f a bird’s-eye view of the whole park, pleasure and kitchen gar-§& dens(d), and the town and church(e).‘The whole is on SS/ x Gp ne level ground, and joined to af, Sh]~#4 Hy 4, 6 AN| natural forest. In the town® Ze| oa"sauidtinh!vetrrorera/ a many English and other foreign gee Lee| i yl fy, ti 4 artisans were settled. Among} as the trees near the palace, are come of the finest old tulip-tree exotic trees in Germany. £7315. Boulevards(Boulev iy Yy eed ere ae] ae Kat NORD DS and other s, planes, bignonias, sumachs, acacias, cedars, ard, Fr., or round work; a bulwark, or great bastion, or ram- Book V. ath rently wll within second b ramparts; or§ teresting, PPO oraplly and m Jevards at respectss 7316. A} kind, by cont to where Ken and coming| King’s Roa, pou read formed, turn towards tr polis over( iver, sull join the City which, with| rangement ol then deviatin smith Nurser Hackney, thi dens, scenery; 7317, Mou imagined mig at Holyrood i of Salisbury C oreater than th 4 in at a simile Then let or sel taste, The sloy he driven r the slope hala te: \)ieet, thls ber descendi le worl t asit now 1s, and bi wk me let Or Sold, 1318, Publ 18, have been in all Athens is an an Even in China Journal of th resort of the{3 ing has been p the exception ¢ Carlsbad, almo gardens I$ less fae ample unin in spr walk, which, f south direction, and narrow eg an scale; these ¢ centre an or tte an. oper velng lined oy and 0 Cambridge affy ntinent, 19, Prdlic Open and shady. y¢ 4 ine of unint parallel to the} Taxioum of eX and tums beco) ai ae 8 D 4) SA Book IV. PUBLIC GARDENS FOR RECREATION. 1029 part, generally round). Many of the continental cities have a species of equestrian pro- menade within their boundaries, which is deserving of imitation. These are broad roads, accompanied by rows of trees, near the margin of the city, originally formed on the ramparts, or surrounding fortifications, and completely encircling it. They are highly interesting promenades, especially to a stranger, to whom they give an idea of the topo- graphy and most remarkable points of the scene in the most agreeable manner. The boulevards at Paris, Vienna, and Moscow, are particularly to be admired in these respects. 7316. A promenade might be formed m the margin of London, of a very interesting kind, by continuing the street called the New Road through Hyde Park, entering close to where Kensington Gardens leave off, proceeding thence across the Serpentine River, and coming out exactly opposite Sloane-street: then along this street and part of the King’s Road, to the road leading to Vauxhall Bridge; from this bridge along roads al- ready formed, and as may be seen by the map, well suited to lead to Blackheath; then turn towards London through Greenwich Park, so as to display the best views of the me- tropolis over Greenwich Hospital; form a viaduct or road, on a cast-iron colonnade, across the river, sufficiently high to admit ships in full sail to pass under: descend this, and join the City Road, which joins the New Road, and completes the circle. This course which, with the exception of the bridge, might be formed at no great expense or de- rangement of property, would give a grand view of the metropolis, and by now and then deviating trom the direct road and returning to it, Kensington Gardens, Hammer- smith Nursery, the King’s Road Gardens, Chelsea Garden, the garden of Loddiges’ at Hackney, the Regent’s Park, Highgate, Hampstead, and all the most interesting gar- dens, scenery, and objects close to London, might be rapidly glanced at in one day. 7317. Mountain promenade. One of the-finest equestrian promenades that can be imagined might be formed on the hill of Arthur’s Seat at Edinburgh. From the base at Holyrood Park, let a road ascend winding round the hill, including the appendage of Salisbury Craigs, and the knoll to the east, if desirable, to the summit, at a rise not greater than two inches in six feet. Having arrived at the summit, let it wind down again at a similar slope, intersecting the ether road, and arriving also at Holyrood Park, Then let or sell the ground to individuals to build on or plant, each according to his taste. The slope of the road would be found so gradual that a two-wheeled chaise might be driven up or down at a trot, which can be done on the Simplon road, where the slope is 24 inches in six feet. Taking the height of the hill from the park at 700 feet, this would give less than five miles of ascending promenade, and the same number descending. By the formation of these two roads, hundreds of the finest situa- tions in the world, for summer villas and cottages would be formed, and prebably in time let or sold, so as to cover much more than the expense, both of purchasing the hiil as it now is, and forming the roads in the very best manner. 7318. Public gardens, or pedestrian promenades. These, with very few exceptions, have been in all ages and countries laid out in the geometric style. The Academus at Athens is an ancient example. The summer garden at Petersburgh, a modern one. Even in China, where irregularity in gardening is so much desired in general, Ellis (Journal of the Embassy of 1816) informs us, that‘ the Fatee gardens at Canton, the resort of the fashionables, consist of straight walks.” And however much our garden- ing has been praised and copied by private persons on the continent of Europe, yet, with the exception of Count Rumford’s walk at Munich, and the late Earl of Findlater’s at Carlsbad, almost all the others are very properly in straight lines. The object of public gardens is less to display beautiful scenery than to afford a free wholesome air, and an ample uninterrupted promenade, cool and shaded in summer, and warm and sheltered in spring and winter. In a limited extent, these must be attempted in one principal walk, which, for that purpose, should as much as possible be laid out in a north and south direction. In more extensive scenes, certain covered walks may be devoted to summer, and certain cast and west open walks, to spring and winter. The broad open, and narrow covered avenues of the ancient style, are valuable resources on a large| ind laid out in a south and north direction, give in the centre an open, sheltered, sunshine walk in mid-winter; and a close or covered avenue being lined out along each side of the open central one, will afford shady. walks for, summer, and occasional places of retreat from casual showers in spring Oxford and Cambridge afford some fine open and covered avenues, though far inferior to many on scale; these conjoined the continent. 7519. Public squares, of such magnitude as to admit of being laid out in ample walks, open and shady, are almost peculiar to Britain. The grand object is to get as extended a line of uninterrupted promenade as is possible within the given limits. A walk parallel to the boundary fence, and at a short distance within it, evidently includes the maximum of extent; but if the enclosure is small, the rapid succession of angles and turns becomes extremely disagreeable, and continually breaks in upon the pas S03 . — —— nT 1034 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Piast: r 7388, The dwellinghouse of the master; this in a nursery for local demand, and in which public attrac. ion is an object, ought to be placed near the road; and at the same time as centrically as possible in other respects. In general, the living-rooms ought to be elevated so that their windows may command as far as practicable, the whole nursery; but, at all events, the following objects, more or less;—: 1339. A seed-shop and counting-house or office, which should be connected with the house for the master’s convenience; but, at the same time, have each distinct entrances. The counting-house should have a good clock, and a rope or chain communicating to a bell placed over, or in some conspicuous situation for regulating the hours of labor; also a speaking-pipe to the packing-court and centre of the hot-houses. 7340, A journeyman’s living-room, and a number of sleeping-rooms forthe whole or a part of the jour- neymen employed by the year, or otherwise, communicating with the packing-court, or in some cases on a small scale, occupying part of the ground-floor of the house. From this appendage should be a speak- ing-pipe and bell to communicate with the counting-house and the master’s sleeping-room.: 7341. A tool-house, sufficiently commodious and properly arranged, communicating with the seed-shop. The tools should be at least weekly examined by the foreman before paying the men. The larger num- ber-sticks or tallies, not in use, should also be kept here. 7342. A museum and herbarium-room, in which models(in plaster, Roman cement, or papier maché) of all the fruits, and dried specimens of all or most of the plants grown in the nursery, should be kept, in order to show to purchasers, in seasons when the plants to be purchased are not in fruit or in flower. 7343, Packing-sheds, surrounding a part or three sides of a packing-court, one of these being open to, or commanded by, the windows of the office and common living-room of the house. Over these should be a range of seed and store lofts. 7344. A stable, cart-shed, cowhouse, and pigsty, if such conveniences are desired, communicating on one side with the packing-court, and on the other with the wall: a coal-shed, a horsedung-heap, and other similar objects in the back area of the dwellinghouse. _ 7345. A store-ground, or laying-in-ground, three or more times the size of the packing-court, in which to inhume the roots of plants taken up, to be ready for sale or packing. 7346. A plot for the hot-houses, square, octagonal, or polygonal in the circumference or boundary, and the central part for the pits, and all the framing, hand-glasses,&c. with space sufficient for setting out the green-house plants during summer. If the whole boundary cannot be at once, or perhaps not at all, covered with glass, the naked part may be a wall for training fruit-trees, and the north border for auricula frames or stages, striking cuttings,&c. But in a general nursery, the whole of the boundary of a square may be very properly covered with glass, facing the centre; that of northern aspect being well adapted for striking plants, and preserving, or retarding such as are in flower. The exterior of this boundary line should be arranged for pots, potting, tan-furnace, and general working sheds; or, if this be not wanted on the south side, that part of the wall may be devoted to the training of fruit-trees. 7347. d compost-ground for different sorts of earths, gravel, manure, and the rubbish-heap. 7348. A rotting-ground for depositing tree-seeds, in layers of sand or ashes, in order to rot off their ex- ternal coats, and promote the decay of nuts or other hard covers of seeds.(6979.) 7549. A parterre for the culture and display of such of the border and florists’ flowers as are grown in the nursery, and for a specimen of rock-work, a flower-stage, aquarium, apiary, and covered seat for visitors. 7350. The main area of the nursery should be laid out, as nearly as the circumstances will admit, in parallelograms, of any convenient dimensions, but not wider than the ordi- nary length of a garden-line, say under 150 feet, which allows of a row sufficiently long for any purpose.‘The chief reason for the parallelogram form is, that all rectangular figures are most easily cultivated and measured, and the reason for their being all of the same size is, in order that the master may readily, after a little experience, form a toler- ably accurate idea of the quantity of every kind of nursery labor requisite for a plot of this shape and size.‘Thus, supposing each division to contain half an acre; then one man will dig it in one day, trench it in two days, hoe it, if in wide rows, in a fourth of a day, if in narrow rows, in half a day. A woman, if in beds, will weed it, if very thick of weeds, in two days; if thin of weeds, in one day, and so on.‘The compartments should, as much as possible, be cropped with one general class or kind, and by rotation. As, for example, for seven years: 1st, Break up from grass with turnips after trenching; 2d, Transplanted forest trees, two years; Sd, Green crop, one year; 4th, Annual flowers, for seed, one year; 5th, Seedlings, one year; 6th, Transplanted fruit-trees, four years; 7th, Bedded thorns, two years; and soon. Some compartments must be set apart for common stools; and if the circumferential borders are not sufficient or proper for stools of rare or peculiar sorts, others must be contrived by means of hedges, pales, or walls, to produce shelter and shade for cuttings, fit situations for bog-earth borders, American stools, bog plants in general, and similar purposes. If the borders are all of the same width, say ten or twelve feet, it will simplify all future calculations as in the compartments. 7351. A grand central, and a circumferential walk, with some cross walks, should be contrived to display the whole nursery to the best advantage. A narrow or common sized border should accompany these walks, excepting where the broad circumferential border comes in; and in the narrow borders should be displayed single specimens of all the more rare trees and shrubs grown either from seed, or by other means, for sale, and of all the perennial, biennial, and annual border-flowers sold to the public in the form ot plants, roots, or seeds. Those may be excepted which are grown in the flower-garden, rock-work, and aquarium. 7352. A nursery-orchard should be formed of some compartments near the house; and in these, one or better two plants of each of all the hardy standard fruit-trees should be planted, in order to come into bearing, and admit of proving the kinds; and from which alone the grafts and buds should be taken,(unless on the introduction of new and valuable sorts, in which case such grafts as can be got must be taken till some of the progeny moved to the nursery-orchard come into a bearing state,) which are to be used in the nursery. This Boos Iv. orcad a phutss cn ant peae” which are jn the 141 735%» pe as ne days 10 compart 7954. shrubs; forest tr admit of wood hed "1955s eminenic added t0 in appea case Is{ whole ¢ or stra diges; fect, th galll fe) 7356, 7 regular sf ture, the grand ), and th in pits and ‘The outsid for pr arrived at retum(i, i, walk, till it air, with and Americ elevated bri it till it ter posed of as of bog-eart for a certal of the space no internup! yaths may occur here wishing t proceed a wind alo tion(m), tains an not befo neglected Species CO specimen, tural size ; beh stools for| for graft next two are devote tion of th till sold ¢ This mn trouble at once| chaser th iS to get, that he j progeny, the trees shrubs, ai of the and. roses, the ends ¢ ate let ha Into the Oblique 1 their ends Vata fa rn ders a trived b , ations fit sttualo? noses.» ; pump mr) fi all future ture ome cross Wa A parr‘ “dhe as ea ‘other! 0 the publ th itt own ments I ndard! Boox LV. COMMERCIAL GARDENS. 1035 orchard should be surrounded by a wall, on which to grow specimens of such sorts of plums, cherries, and pears, as do not ripen well as standards; the hardier sorts of grapes and peaches, nectarines, and apricots. The tenderer sorts of vines, and some few snchene which are tender in the northern counties, may be grown, one of a sort, under each aia in the range of hot-houses. 7353. The compartments for stools of every description, and the borders for cuttings, should be as near the house as possible, as on these, men are employed a greater number of days in the year than on any other of the compartments, and therefore it is desirable such compartments should be more immediately under the eye of the master. 7354. EFruit-tree and seed-bed compartments should come next; then transplanted shrubs; next young forest trees transplanted; and, in the most distant parts, the larger forest trees, as requiring least culture of all. But a proper attention to rotation will not admit of this arrangement being completely attended to; and to keep the ground in good heart is as essential to success as keeping the men at work. 7355. In some of the principal nurseries which have risen to their present degree of eminence by degrees; and where consequently one building or additional object has been added to another as wanted, without having any general plan in view, the greatest confusion in appearance, and a considerable loss of labor, is the final result. The best way in such a case is to pull down great part of the hot-houses and outbuildings, and re-arrange the whole on some plan which will admit of a regular tour of inspection, either by the master or stranger-visitants. A fine example of this has recently been given by Messrs. Lod- diges; whose arrangement, and mode of displaying the whole to strangers, is sO per- fect, that the time saved in conducting visitors through the premises will be no small gain. 7356. The Hackney nursery(fig. 736.), or commercial botanic garden, affords an example of a small i regular spot, laid out both with due consideration as to effect, botanical science, and Sey aoe ture. The entrance(a) leads to the range of hot-houses, and commences with the stoves(d) ee ares the grand palm-house(c), thence to the dry-stove bulbs, and other articles(d), to the double Careline m4 (e), and the green-house plants(f). The area enclosed by these buildings is devoted to the SHS 5s sare in pits and frames, to beds of rare American and herbaceous plants, and to collections in pots rez iy f p. ants "The outside space on the north side(g) is used as a depository for soils, pots, and other a we of cule ox sale: for propagating-pits(2), and nurseryeplantations of delicate articles."The visitant ee: ones arrived at the end of the artificial climates, next enters on the course of the arbo- 2 retum(i, i, 2), which is arranged alphabetically, and occupies one side of a winding /“ walk, till it has exhausted all the trees and shrubs, which will grow in the open pe elevated bridge, and entering an irregular piece of ground, winds round it till it terminates in an American ground in the centre(7), com- posed of a series of revolutions of grass-walks, with intervening beds of bog-earth, displaying a complete collection. The arboretum alphabet is only carried along the right hand of the arboretum walk(i, 2, i), and on the left hand is a complete collection of roses for a certain length, and then herbaceous plants for the rest of the space. The beauty of this arrangement is, that there is no interruption to the series when once entered on, while at the same time any of the genera along the winding“7 paths may be gone to at once by small paths, which J occur here and there across the borders. A visitant wishing to see the American collection only, will proceed at once to its commencement(2), and wind along it till he arrives at its termina- tion(m), and so on. The arboretum con- tains a number of species and varieties not before introduced, or hitherto neglected in this country. Every species commences with a named specimen,!eft to attain its na- tural size and shape next the walk; behind, in a line, are stools for laying or stocks for grafting, and the next two or three lines are devoted to the recep- tion of the young plants till sold or disposed of. This mode saves much trouble in culture, and at once shows the pur- chaser the sort of tree he is to get, and assures him that he is getting its real progeny. The names of the trees and American shrubs, and the numbers of the herbaceous plants and roses, are painted on the ends of bricks, which>, are let half their length= SXY. into the ground, in an- oblique manner, so as~~ their ends may meet the= eye at a favorable angle. 7357. Of florists’ gardens there are two sorts; the first for the purpose of forcing flowers in pots, for draw- ingroom gardens, and raising others in the open air for the flower-mar- ket; the second for the propagation and culture of florists’ flowers, in order to vend their bulbs and plants. Both should be situated near a large town, as a market for the produce of the first kind; and to ensure visitors to the flower-shows of the second. A low situation, if possible near the —~sea, but at all events‘with a humid Aun atmosphere, is to be preferred for the "2a culture of bulbs; and no florists ee Ie ee OO let ee 1036 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pakb TIT flower will thrive in an atmosphere impregnated with coal-smoke. Very little skill is requisite for laying out either of these gardens to those who understand the culture they require. The hot-house, pit, and frame departments should be kept togéther; close to them the compost, dung, and tan grounds or sheds; next the ground where pots of roses, &c. are plunged; and the least near parts remain to be devoted to the culture of flowers or flowering shrubs in the open ground. For the conveniency both of culture, without treading on the plants, and of gathering the flowers, the whole is generally laid out in beds, sometimes with box-edgings, but more commonly without any, which for bulbs and plants to be annually removed, admits of more effectual culture. 7358. Market-gardens are of two kinds; those cultivated by manual labor, and those wholly or in part by the plough. In choosing a fit situation for a market-garden, regard must not only be had to the requisites for a good kitchen-garden, as to shelter, soil, water,&c.(2382. to 2430.), but to the probable market-kind of produce to be grown, &e.‘The extent must depend jointly on these circumstances and the capital to be em- ployed.‘The smallest extent of surface and capital is that in which a man performs the whole of the labor himself, and this so entirely depends on the articles cultivated, the nature of the soil, and mode of culture, that it may vary from one to two acres, and where grain and seed crops are introduced, to a greater number. As to the quantity of ground which a man of capital may manage by this way, no limits can well be as~ signed to an active and vigilant master. Some London gardens of this description, en- tirely cultivated by manual labor, exceed 100 acres. In laying out a market-garden there cannot be said to be any thing peculiar: the general points of order, distinctness of compartments, and keeping the plots as much as possible in squares and parallelograms, are of obvious importance. 7359. Public orchards are of various kinds; garden-orchards, where the ground is cul- tivated and cropped with culinary vegetables or small fruits; arable orchards, where the trees are in rows, and the spaces between in aration; and pasture-orchards, where the trees are scattered over pasture-lands. In fixing on a situation for either kind, the three chief points are soil, sub-soil, and shelter, which have been already considered in treating on private orchards, as well as the planting and kinds of fruit-trees. 7360. Physic or herb-gardens, if for growing aquatic herbs, as mint, should be situated in a low moist soil; if for aromatic herbs, as lavender, rosemary,&c. on a dry poor soil; and if for roses and similar plants, for producing flower-leavyes, for the distiller, the soil should be loamy and rich. In laying out this kind of garden, the only point in which skill is requisite, is the contrivance of a system of irrigation for the mints. 7361. Seed-gardens, or seed-farms, require a dry soil; and two should never be situated together, if destined for the same sorts of seeds. All the art in them consists in cropping, so as to ensure seeds true to their kind. Indeed, the culture is by far the most important consideration, not only in this, but in the four preceding descriptions of public gardens; and this is still more the case with respect to gardens for peculiar crops, as for the bulbs of white lily, rhubarb-roots, licorice,&c. which, as to laying out, require no further notice. Cnar. V. apie bad a Y 5 Of the Practitioners of Landscape- Gardening. 7362. The practice of landscape-gardening has been thought such a simple business, that every proprietor might perform it for himself. The same thing, indeed, may be said of the practice of medicine, law, or cookery, for every one can prescribe a cure, decide a quarrel, or boil anegg.‘‘ Had the art of laying out grounds,” Repton observes, « still continued under the direction of working-gardeners or nurserymen, the proprietor might supersede the necessity of such landscape-gardeners, provided he had previously made this art his study; but not(as it is frequently asserted,) because the gentieman who constantly resides at his place must be a better judge of the neans of improving it, than the professor, whose visits are only occasional; for if this reason for a preference were granted, we might with equal truth assert, that the constant companion of a sick man has an advantage over his physician. Improvements may be suggested by any one; but the professor only acquires a knowledge of effects before they are produced, and a facility in producing them by various methods, expedients, and resources, the result of study, observation, and experience. He knows what can and what cannot be accom- plished within certain limits. He ought to know what to adopt, and what to reject; he must endeavor to accommodate his plans to the wishes of the person who consults him, al- though in some cases they may not strictly accord with his own taste.”(Observ. on Landsc. poor 1" Gard p he separ need be f thing yall qecite£ whole. le regate continu’ 71369. priety! archite navoid arden combine many&! ahservatl architect ings an practice somnetitn tages of sive bul ploymel with a| selves i Seer, J scape- to the poin estate, and From these W eeks, acc leaves expal information Woe rd} the pleasut of the sub in differen occasion{ to fifty fe of white level: of may even soil, Bein he will, a map In pe distinouist Son the hey aepm yesounes what co and yb ih, yp wh{ht te(hs\, Book IV. PRACTITIONERS OF LANDSCAPE-GARDENING. 1037 Gard. p. 10.) A more wise plan than that of doubting on the subject would be to have the separate opinions of different landscape-gardeners and architects; for no opinion need be followed if disapproved of; while the probability is, that there would be some- thing valuable in each, and the proprietor might finally, aided by the artist he preferred, decide for himself, never, however, forgetting the idea of a consistent and beautiful whole. As to the expense of opinions, Girardin observes on this subject,“ N’allez pas le regarder—il vous en coitera bien davantage pour des variations, et des retouches continuelles.”” 7363. The intimate connection between landscape-gardening and architecture; the pro- priety and advantage of the joint consultations of the landscape-gardener and the architect, as to the situation, aspect, and style of the house; together with the almost unavoidable encroachments of the former on the latter, by designing and executing garden-buildings, has given rise to an opinion, that the landscape-gardener ought to combine the functions of the architect. Repton justifies the idea, by referring to the many excellent houses built by Brown, with no other knowledge than that acquired by observation of all the best houses; and of Kent, who was at once landscape-gardener, architect, and historical painter. We are of opinion, that in the case of garden-build- ings and small villas, or ornamented cottages, the knowledge both of the theory and practice of architecture, which it is necessary every landscape-gardener should possess, may sometimes enable him to combine the duties of both professions; but such are the advan- tages of a division of labor in the fine, as well as in the useful arts, that in all more exten- sive buildings, and indeed even in those we have mentioned, we would recommend the em- ployment of a regular architect, jointly with a landscape-gardener, as a surgeon consults with a physician in important cases.— The duties of the landscape-gardener resolve them- selves into the formation of a plan or design, and the carrying of it into execution. Sect. I. Of the Study of the given Situation and Circumstances, and the Formation of a Plan of Improvement. 7364. Whatever may be the situation and circumstances where the opinion of a land- scape-gardener is desired, he should be furnished with a written or verbal instruction as to the points to which he should chiefly direct his attention; with a complete map of the estate, and an accurate detailed history and description of its localities and peculiarities. From these, from topographical and county surveys, and a residence of a few days or weeks, according to the extent of the subject and season of the year,(spring, before the leaves expand, being the most favorable time,) he will be able to procure every requisite information, and to establish in his memory every thing relating to the situation and vicinity. He is then, and not before, to embody and mature his ideas of improvement; directing his attention first to the situation and aspect of the house and offices, the extent of the park, and the emplacement of the kitchen-garder; next to the general masses of wood; and then, successively, to the breadth of lawn, the situation and character of water, the pleasure-ground, farra, and other details. Before making up his mind on any part of the subject, he will often find it of importance to have sections taken of the grounds in different directions, levels of springs, and rills,&c.; and most frequently he will have occasion for stakes, for marking out lines on the ground; of flagstafis or poles, from six to fifty feet high, to represent the effect of trees(fig. 737.) and other objects; of strips of white sheeting, to show the effect of water, by forming a white outline on a perfect level; of frames partially covered with boards, to show the effect of buildings; and he may even require boring-irons, or pits dug, in order to enquire into the nature of the sub- soil. Being furnished with a plan of the present state cf the grounds,(such as fig. 351.) he will, as he makes up his mind on particular improvements, mark them down on this map in pencil, and when the whole is finally adjusted, he will put them in red, or in any distinguishing color. And on one or more general or panoramic views(fig. 355.), as well as on the particular views which he may have taken on different spots, he will also mark IV. 1038 5 JIN DN 3 PRACTICE OF GARDENING. Pant ITI, A 5;“nfo, unless in red the outlines that will be made by the improvements adapted to the different situ- a Jabot ations. In addition to these, he will show the effect, by geometrical sections taken in var], B different directions across the grounds(fig. 349.), to show the ground’s surface. His| "( <::‘. é 5; muted by ¢ next Operation is to make a vertical profile(figs. 353, 354.}, showing the effect of- differ the whole, supposing the alterations to be fifteen or twenty years completed, with cor- fe and responding, panoramic, or general views(fig. 355.), and with particular landscapes, 7365. It remains for him to give reasons in writing for all that he proposes; a practice which no employer or artist should ever omit to have done, as such opinions remain as data, to be referred to concerning the management and future effects; as well as in point of present or future justification of the taste, both of the artist and proprietor. journeyms error In& suppose a changing 5: A::::- amount J This may be done in the following order: 1. Recapitulating the given instructions;«- ..>. em.=.©.. 0 2. The characteristic features, and other details, of the given situation and vicinage; er 3. A description of, with the reasons for, the general outline of improvement; 4. The description of, with the reasons for the detail; 5. An outline of the future management; 6. Directions for the execution; and, 7. An estimate of the expense,‘ts show 7366. In all these discussions proper references will be made to the maps and sketches. ee 3,| Simple language will of course be employed in describing future effects; but, above ... a.,. cas Sy e all, simple sketches, which shall owe little of their effect to shading, and none to color- re ing, or finishing, are essentially necessary. ana in Whe 7367. Girardin seems to have been the first who suggested this mode of obtaining an opinion systematically; certain k and his remarks on the fallacious effect of beautiful drawings instead of outlines, are well deserving of atten- ae: tion.“ Vous tacherez méme que cette esquisse ne soit qu’un simple trait, et ne présente d’abord que les extensive formes principales des objets, et la disposition générale des grandes masses de votre ensemble. Un dessein generally bien finie ne manquera pas de vous séduire par V’agrément de la touche d’un habile artiste; vous vous fanres. 0 détermineriez d’aprés un dessein dont vous ne réussiriez peut-étre pas 4 obtenir l’effet dans la nature, et rentes, il faut bien mieux avoir 4 gagner qu’a perdre dans l’exécution.”’ years; al 7363. Repton has the merit of first employing this system elegantly and extensively in England, and barriers of adopting, instead of one entire landscape to show the previous taste, and another to show the effect of ae 2 the alterations, a slip of paper of the size and shape of those parts of the landscape which require alteration. 1374.| This is fixed at one edge of the entire landscape, and lies flat over part of it, so that when lifted up it every othe shows the full effect. It must be confessed, however, that, though an elegant mode, it is not perfectly 3“ A°. 2. ral ove fair, since the view in which the cut paper forms a part can never look so well as the other, even from ee the mere circumstance of the bounding line of the paper. For some cases, however, it may be used, ner incom) though in general it will be found, that two entire landscapes afford the most impartial means of judging Country-Re of the effects of an improvement. The discussion and sketches of the place, and improvements being finished, and bound in a book, the ground or working plan is to be put on canvass, or copied on parch- ment, for the common use of the gardener, or whoever sets out the work; and the profile put on rollers, to be preserved along with the book of notitia. These being delivered to the proprietor, he will determine, after mature deliberation, whether or not he will adopt the whole, or any part of the improvements, previously consulting those friends whose taste or judgment he considers adequate to forming a judicious opinion on the whole, or any one part of the subject.‘* Lorsque V’esquisse de votre ensemble sera faite, alors vous réfiécherez, vous concerterez, vous discuterez avec des gens de gout, l’ordonnance générale de la disposition qu’elle yous présente.’’ In this example of forming a plan, we have had in view a dull and nearly flat site, where nothing has been done; but it is evident that the same general principles are ap- plicable to such places as are to be altered, diminished, or enlarged. 7369. By a general plan, accompanied by others more detailed, of the kitchen-garden, pleasure-grounds, terrace,&c. and by the explanatory details of the book of notitia, any gardener of ordinary intelligence may execute the most intricate design, and if this design has been carefully formed from inspecting the premises, and proper general views have been minutely taken from different points, the landscape-gardener may show the effect of future improvements with confidence, and leave behind him the Notitia, or Book of tude; Improvements, or, in other words, such plans, sections, views, and written instructions, ples wt as may enable the gardener gradually to produce them, with nearly as much certainty as Ones an architect directs a builder to raise an elevation of masonry. Distantly situated pro- Tuture pro prietors, ambitious of displaying some refinement of ideas on rural matters, might in this way first procure, and then work to a general plan; instead, as is often the case at pre- sent, of working according to their own crude notions; and producing scenes which afford no pleasure to any one but their owner, and only to him whilst he remains in statu quo as to taste. Secr. II. Of carrying a Plan into Execution. 7370. Whether a plan be carried into execution by contractors, or by the proprietor at his own risk, must depend on circumstances, both respecting the knowledge, taste, and 1316, 1 leisure of the proprietor, and the nature and extent of the improvements. Where an en- the former tire new house and grounds are to be created, an eminent substantial contractor for the only be leg buildings, and another for the ground operations, will be found the most speedy and dticatons certain as to expense; the work, in both cases, being liable to be regularly examined at a source of stated periods by a neutral surveyor, accompanied by the original designers of the im- the state« provements. If this mode is not adopted, the whole or greater part may be done under hreland a the eye of the owner and his steward; various, and as many parts as possible, being let mlesonal by the job. We shall take a cursory view of the chief objects of alteration or addition; and indicate some things in each, which may in most cases be more profitably done by the job, premising, that whenever the cost or intricacy of any piece of work is consider- 4 id producing , rhst he> yrs, of by Lang! the knoW™'s x. We rovernels ib pstantial cont sat found tes i y he ree i nal dest eee Parr IV. STATISTICS OF BRITISH GARDENING. 1039 able, unless a contractor of some respectability is employed, the work is much better done by the laborers of the proprietor. 7371. Buildings. All alterations or new erections may be readily estimated and exe- cuted by contract, and, almost in every case, at less expense to the proprietor. The mere difference between the trade price and the gentleman’s price of the materials and labor, and between the hours kept, and quantity of work done in a given time by< journeyman to a master-tradesman and to a gentleman, will(if the former should, by error in estimating, find no other gain), afford a certain profit to the tradesman; and thus, suppose a contractor to estimate a piece of work at 1000/., and which the proprietor, changing his mind, instead of letting to the contractor, executes himself, and finds the amount 1100/., the contractor, had he got the job, would have actually had a profit, and the owner been a gainer of 100/. The mansion, domestic and farming offices, garden- walls, and hot-houses, may all be separately contracted for. 7372. Ground. The removal of ground, fences, or digging, may in every case be let by the job, and with decided advantage to both parties. The extent of particular con- tracts should, of course, be in proportion to the responsibility of the contracting parties. 7373. Planting. The enclosures and the preparation of the soil may, in all extensive cases, be executed by contract; but the planting or insertion of the plants, on which so much depends, should uniformly be done by day-work; excepting, however, those cases in which a respectable nurseryman will engage to put in a certain number of plants of a certain kind, size, and age, and maintain them there for at least three years. In some extensive cases, the land may be prepared by fallowing, which the adjoining farmers will generally undertake at a very moderate price per acre. In most cases, the contractor for fences, of whatever description, should undertake to uphold them for a given number of years; and in cases of thorn-hedges, or other live fences, until they become sufficient barriers. 7374. Road and walk making may frequently be contracted for; but in this case, as in every other, much will depend on the skill, activity, and experience of the gardener or general overseer. This subject will be found illustrated at greater length, and in a man- ner incompatible with the nature of this work, in the second edition of our Treatise on Country- Residences, 4to. PAR T«IV: STATISTICS OF BRITISH GARDENING. 7375. Arrer having considered gardening as to its history, as to the scientific princi- ples on which it is founded, and the application of these principles to the different branches of practice; it remains only to take a statistical survey and estimate of its present state and future progress in the British isles. BOOK I. OF THE PRESENT STATE OF GARDENING IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 2, as to knowledge, has been the subject of 7376. The present state of British gardening the former parts of this work; but its importance, in the general economy of society, can only be learned by a statement of the manner in which it is actually carried on; the mo- difications to which it has given rise in the pursuits of those who have embraced the art as a source of livelihood; of the kinds of gardens employed by men of different orders in the state; of the principal gardens as distributed in the different counties of Britain and Ireland; of the British authors who have written on gardening, and of the private or professional police, and public laws relative to gardeners and gardens. 1040 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV Cuar. I. Of the different Conditions of Men engaged in the Practice or Pursuit of Gardening s g. 7377. Gardeners may be arranged as operators or servi rard i 377. G, ay be arranged as operators or serving gardeners; dealers in gar- dening or garden-tradesmen; counsellors, professors, or artists; and patrons, Secr. I. Of Operators, or Serving Gardeners. 7378. The garden-laborer is the lowest grade in the scale of serving gardeners. He is occasionally employed to perform the common labors of gardening, as trenching, digging, hoeing, weeding,&c. Men for the more heavy, and women for the lighter ane ployments. Garden-laborers are not supposed to have received any professional instruction, farther than what they may have obtained by voluntary or casual observation. In all gardens where three or four professional hands are constantly employed, some laborers are required at extraordinary seasons. 7379. Apprentice. Youths intended for serving, or tradesmen-gardeners, are generally articled or placed under master or tradesmen gardeners, for a given period, on terms of mutual benefit: the master contracting to supply instruction, and generally food and lodging, or a weekly sum as an equivalent; and the parents of the apprentice granting the services of the latter during his apprenticeship as their part of the contract.‘The term agreed on is generally three years; or more if the youth is under sixteen years of age but whatever may be the period, by the laws as to apprentices it must not extend beyond that at which the youth attains the age of manhood. No one can ever expect to attain to the rank either of master-gardener or tradesman, who has not served an apprenticeship to the one or the other. In general it is preferable to apprentice youths to master-gardeners, as there the labor is less than in tradesmen’s gardens, and the opportunities of instruction generally much greater., 7380. Journeyman. The period of apprenticeship being finished, that of journeyman commences, and continues, or ought to continue till the man is at least twenty-five years of age. During this period, he ought not to remain above one year in any one situation; thus, supposing he has completed his apprenticeship in a private garden at the age of twenty-one, and that his ultimate object is to become a head-gardener, he ought first to engage himself a year in a public botanic garden; the next year in a public nursery; that following, he should again enter a private garden, and continue making yearly changes in the most eminent of this class of gardens, till he meets with a situation as head-gardener. The course to be followed by an apprentice intended for a tradesman-gardener is obvious; having finished his period in a private garden, let him pass through a botanic and nursery- garden, and then continue in the most eminent of the class of public or tradesmen’s gar- dens, to which he is destined. 7381. Foreman(before-man, or first man). In extensive gardens where a number of hands are employed, they are commonly grouped or arranged in divisions, and one of the journeymen of longest standing employed as foreman or sub-master to the rest. When- ever three or more journeymen are employed, there is commonly a foreman, who has a certain extent of authority at all times, but especially in the absence of the master.‘This confers a certain degree of rank for the time being, but none afterwards. 7382. Master-gardener. A journeyman has attained the sitwation of master-gar- dener, when he is appointed to the management of a garden, even if he has no laborer, apprentice, or journeyman under him; but he has not attained to the rank of master- r till having been a year in such situation. Afterwards should he be obliged to gardene 4 v ne still retains the rank and title of master-gardener but not of work as journeyman, head-gardener. 7383. A head gardener, or upper gardener, is a master who has apprentices or journey- men employed under him. Out of place and working as a journeyman, he retains the rank and title of master-gardener, but not of head-gardener. 7384. Nursery foreman.‘this is an important situation, the foreman being entrusted with the numbered and priced catalogues of the articles dealt in; authorised to make account of men’s time,&c.(see Time-Book, 2338.); and in holder to the rank of head-gardener while so engaged, and to the same may be said of foremen to public botanic sales; entrusted to keep an consequence it entitles the that of master-gardener ever afterwards; gardens, and royal or national gardens. 7385. A travelling gardener is one sent out as gardener, or collector of plants, along he is generally chosen from a botanie garden; and his busi- with scientific expeditions; I e} ry kind, and to mark the soil, aspect, climate, ness is to collect gardening productions of eve &c. to which they have been habituated.; 7386. Botanic curator. This is the highest situation to which a serving gardener en attain next to that of being the royal or government gardener. He superintenas Oe- ture and management of a public botanic garden; maintains an extensive correspondence { it other h yp or incre tte want of suf ‘ storys 0 inspectors country: 7387. I Hoffaartne! mum bon propriate| the court-¢ in every 7585, Uj mends gard tools, in wl plants from 7389. Cl They unde gardens, al especially dener, but they are g¢ 7990 hy situated in at certain 1% tems, 1h may hy bridi 7391, we in general th themselves ent orowers and t “1398 Her as the bulb of or perfumery. poses of medi merly, when i this was a more appended to th dried state, 1394. Colle who collect ha next are those requite some before they cs selves in forei of rare plants 1395, Oreh produce is chi occupy cultiva berry,&e, are with walls and 1396. Mar}; ate those who pease, turns, lery, and arti Possess hotel forced atticles for the dispos huit-shops w monly, howeye 7 48 retail ¢ Tands 9 din agents of ite Ssubspeci Book I. TRADESMEN-GARDENERS 1041 with other botanic curators; exchanges plants, seeds, and dried specimens, so 4s to keep up or increase his own collection of living plants, and herbarium siccum. Abroad, for want of sufficiently intelligent practical gardeners, they have what are called directors and inspectors of botanic or other government gardens; but no such office is requisite in this country. 7387. Royal gardener, court-gardener, or government-gardener; Jardinier de la Cour, Fr.; Hoffgartner, Ger.; and Giardiniere della Corte, Ital. This is the highest step, the swm- mum bonum of garden-servitude. In foreign countries, the court-gardener wears an ap- propriate livery, as did formerly the head gardeners of the principal nobility, as well as the court-gardeners of this country. At present this remnant of feudal slavery is laid aside in every grade of British garden-servitude. Sect. II. Tradesmen- Gardeners. 7588. Of tradesmen-gardeners, the first grade is the jobbing gardener, who makes and mends gardens, and keeps them in repair by the month or year. Generally he uses his own tools, in which he is distinguished from the serving gardener; and sometimes he supplies plants from a small sale-garden of his own. 7389. Contracting gardeners, or new-ground workmen, are jobbers on a larger scale. They undertake extensive works, as forming plantations, pieces of water, roads, kitchen- gardens, and even hot-houses, and other garden structures and buildings. Formerly, and especially in Brown’s time, this branch of trade was combined with that of the artist-gar- dener, but now since the principle of the division of labor has been so much refined on, they are generally separated. 7390. Seed-growers are as frequently farmers as gardeners; their gardens or fields are situated in warm districts, and they contract with seed-merchants to supply certain seeds at certain rates, or to raise or grow seeds furnished to them by the seedsmen on stipulated terms.‘The great test of excellence here is never to grow at the same time such seeds as may hybridise the progeny by impregnation. 7391. Seed-merchants, or seedsmen, deal in garden-seeds and other garden-productions; in general they combine the business of nurserymen or florists, but sometimes confine themselves entirely to dealing in seeds wholesale, or to a sort of agency between the seed- growers and the nursery-seedsmen. 7392, Herb-gardeners grow herbs, either the entire herb, as mint, or particular parts, as the bulb of lilium, and the flower of the rose for medical purposes, or for distillation or perfumery. 7393. Physic-gardeners, herbalists, or simplicists, not only grow herbs for the pur- poses of medicine, or perfumery, but collect wild plants for these purposes. For- merly, when it was the fashion among medical men to use indigenous plants as drugs, this was a more common and important branch of trade. They have commonly shops appended to their gardens, or in towns, in which the herbs are preserved, and sold in a dried state. 7394. Collectors for gardens.‘The first variety of this species is the gipsy-gardencrs, who collect haws, acorns, and other berries and nuts, and sell them to the seedsmen; the next are those who collect pine and fir cones, alder-catkins, and other tree-seeds, which require some time, and a process to separate the seeds from their covers, and clean them before they can be sold; and the highest variety are those gardeners who establish them- selves in foreign countries, and there collect seeds and roots, and prepare dried specimens of rare plants for sale. 7395. Orchardists of the simplest kind are such as occupy grass-orchards, where the produce is chiefly apples, pears, and plums, for cider or kitchen-use; the next variety occupy cultivated orchard-grounds where fruit-shrubs, as the gooseberry, currant, straw- berry,&c. are grown between the fruit-trees; and the highest variety occupy orchards with walls and hot-houses, and produce the finer stove-fruits and forced articles. 7396. Market-gardeners grow culinary vegetables and also fruits; the simplest kind are those who grow only the more common hardy articles for the kitchen, as cabbage, pease, turnips,&c.; a higher variety grow plants for propagation, as cauliflowers, ce- lery, and artichoke-plants, and pot-herbs, as mint, thyme,&c.; and the highest variety possess hot-beds and hot-houses, and produce mushrooms, melons, pines, and other forced articles and exotic fruits. They have often shops at their gardens, or in towns, for the disposal of their produce; and these, when fruit is chiefly dealt in, are called fruit-shops; where culinary vegetables are joined, green-grocery shops.; Most com- monly, however, the culinary vegetables are carried to market, and there disposed of to such as retail them in shops or on stalls, Occasionally they are deposited for sale in the hands of agents or brokers, and sometimes shops are supplied regularly on certain con- ditions. 7397. Florists are either market-florists who grow and force flowers for the market, and of this subspecies are two varicties, those who grow only hardy flowers to be cut as nose- 3 X 1042 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. gays, and those who deal chiefly in exotics or green-house plants to be sold in pots. The other subspecies is the select florist, who confines himself to the culture of bulbous-rooted and other select or florists’ flowers, who has annual flower-shows, and who disposes of the plants, bulbs, tubers, or seeds. 7398. Botanic gardeners are such as devote themselves exclusively to the culture of an extensive collection of species for sale; these may be either limited to indigenous kinds as was the botanic garden of the late Don of Forfar, embracing all hardy plants, or oa tending to tender exotics. Botanic gardeners also collect and dry specimens of plants and also of mosses, fungi, alg,&c. for sale: to this they often join the collecting of ae sects, birds, and other animals. y. 7399. Nursery-gardeners, or nurserymen. This is the highest species of tradesman- gardéner. Their business 1s to originate from seed, or by other modes of propagation, every species of vegetable, hardy or exotic, grown in gardens, to rear and train them for sale, and to pack or encase them, so as they may be sent with safety to distant places. The nurseryman is commonly also to a certain extent a seed-grower, and is generally a seed-merchant, supplying his customers annually with what seeds they require for crop- ping their gardens as well as with the trees they use in stocking them. The simplest variety of nursery-gardener is he who confines himself to the rearing of hedge plants and forest trees; the highest, he who in addition to all the hardy trees and plants maintains at the same time a collection of tender exotics. Secr. III. Garden Counsellors, Artists, or Professors. 7400. The first species of this genus of gardeners, is the garden surveyor, or valuator, His business is to estimate the value of garden labor and produce, and of garden struc- tures, edifices, and gardens themselves. When a proprietor lets his house and garden to a tenant for a certain number of years, the stock of the garden is valued, and either entirely paid for by the tenant, or it is again valued when the latter quits the premises, and the difference in value paid either by the tenant to the landlord, or by the latter to the former, as the case may be. It is the business of the garden-surveyor to estimate the value of the stock, crop, and business of nurserymen, and other tradesmen-gardeners, quitting or entering on premises, or purchasing or disposing of their establishments. The garden-surveyor is sometimes also a garden-auctioneer; but generally his business is con- fined to valuing, and practised by nurserymen or other tradesmen-gardeners. 7401. The tree-surveyor, or timber-surveyor, limits his occupation to arboriculture: he measures and values standing timber or copsewood; estimates the value of young plant- ations, the expense of forming them, of managing them’ during a certain number of years; of enclosing with live hedges of every kind, and their management till fence high: he determines what trees shall be felled, thinned, or pruned, and directs the man- ner of performing these operations. 7402. The horticultural architect(Planner, Scotch) gives designs for kitchen-gardens and flower-gardens, with their structures and buildings: he sometimes also lays out shrubberies and pleasure-grounds, when on a small scale. In this case he takes the title of ornamental gardener(Planner of policies, Scotch), or ground-architect. 7403. The horticultural artist is employed in designing and painting fruits, flowers, plants, implements, and horticultural structures and gardens, but chiefly in drawing fruits and flowers, the gardens and structures being more commonly drawn by the horticultural architect, or landscape-gardener. 7404. The landscape-gardener, or layer out of grounds; Artiste jardinier, Ingénieur des Jardins pittoresques, OY Anglais, and Jardinier paysagiste, Fr.; Garten kiinstler, Ger.; and Artiste giardiniere, Ital. This species of counsellor gives designs for disposing of the plantations, water, buildings, and other scenery, in parks or landscape-gardens, and ge- nerally for every thing relating to the arrangement of a country-seat, excepting the archi- tecture of the mansion, offices, and other buildings; but in what respects the site of these, and the exposure of the principal fronts and apartments of the house, his counsel is re- quired jointly with that of the architect. 7405. The gardening author may be considered the most universal kind of garden- counsellor, since his province extends to every branch of the art. The simplest variety of this species is the author of remarks, or an essay, or treatise on one particular plant or subject; the most comprehensive, he who embraces the whole of_the science and art of gardening; but the most valuable, he who communicates original information. Secr. 1V. Patrons of Gardening. no does not limit the vegetable parts of his dinner to bread and potatoes, is a patron of gardening, by creating a demand for its productions. He is: consumer, which is the first species of patron, and the more valuable varieties are such as -oduce a dessert after dinner, and maintain throughout the year beautiful flowers in their lobbies and drawingrooms. 7406. Every man wi regularly pt rosegays and pots cf Book rg, Am jyesto on its 7408. Con the same wal founded onk {iol By tl this species( couragers ol 7409: D are obViOus 7410.(¢ and when tl every ole is m4. Pr every depart man hose ¢ garden be su miles, Will trade and to in his garde te \ Ia folie, 1 (aussi beau Of the diferen 7412, In or of the duties of the different spe ate and ent mercial, or publ 1418. Of pr most regularly ¢ are usually de garden the mos agreeable sour its cultivation. hopes his fut plation of fixe of which, in t the absolute w. is secure at all the addition of the produce of lsirable object, in the feelings y mixed with pa aces of the worl 1414, Cotton attaching the ¢ domestic habit against pauper TH5, The extony Ua laborer» unles 2 market-pardene Ener case he cay EXtent of garden js MR a hose of h xt ynire! 08 he arts ‘ 7426. Street-gardens, and the smaller suburban gardens(7287. to 7292.), are the next classes in point of number. They differ from the former in being almost always gardens of pleasure, consisting of a grass-plot(complot, Fr. a design or device,) with a border, or a few patches of flowers in front of the house, and a gravel-plot or grass-plot behind, sometimes substituted by a plot for culinary vegetables and small fruits. Their extent may be from an eighth to half an acre, and they are managed by jobbing-garden- ers by the day or year. As the plants and turf are soon injured by the smoky and con- fined atmosphere incident to their situations, the finer plants and trees do not thrive in them, and the sorts which do succeed, and even the turf, require frequent renewal. Evergreens and early spring flowers, both of the tree and herbaceous kinds, are most to be desired as permanent plants for these gardens; and in summer a display of an- nuals is made from transplanted plants furnished by the jobber, whose great object ought to be to keep up a succession of flowers, and to keep the grass and gravel in order, and the whole perfectly neat. Sue S Po eee ae ee se 1046 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Pasa 7427. Tradesmen’s villas(7284.), of the smaller kind, may contain from a fourth part toa whole acre, and are commonly managed by a sort of hybrid gardener, who are also in the capacity of groom, or of house-servant. On a larger scale they are managed by master gardeners of the lowest kind, as from such situations they can seldom rise iG be head gardeners. Besides attending to the duties of the jobber, as to suburban gar- dens, the citizen’s gardener ought to study to procure early and late crops of the’ ve- getables most in use; as pcas, kidneybeans, potatoes, turnips,&c., because at these seasons they are dear to purchase. Main summer crops are of less consequence, as they may be procured cheap at market. For similar reasons, he ought never to be deficient of salads, pot and sweet herbs, tart plants,&c., as these are dearer to purchase in pro- portion to other vegetables, because less in demand. If there are frames, hot-beds, and hot-houses, the same general principles are to be observed, viz. when the whole of what is necessary for the consumption of the family cannot be raised, to raise such crops as, whether from their kind, or the seasons at which they are grown, are most dear to purchase. 7428. Where amateurs of gardening have gardens, they are generally cabinets of rural beauty, however small. We may offer as examples that of R. A. Salisbury, Esq. which consists entirely of plants in pots, which fill a court of a few yards square in Queen-street, Edgeware Road, London; and that of Topham, of Elkins’s-row, Bayswater, which is not much larger than that of Salisbury, but in which the choicest flowers are sunk in pots, and changed whenever they begin to fade. This garden is a speck of perfect beauty in its kind. There are a few plots round London similarly treated, and but a few. On a larger scale are numerous amateur gardens; that of the Comte de Vande, at Bays- water, contains two acres, and is remarkable for its botanical collection, its standard roses, and the neatness with which it is kept: but the plan of the garden, its cul de sac walks, ill proportioned borders, and paltry boundary fence of pales, spoils every thing. 7429. The gardens of connoisseurs vary in extent; perhaps the largest and best fur- nished is that of Knight, the first of all horticultural connoisseurs, at Downton Castle, which, with the experimental ground, contains several acres, and various hot-houses, pits, and frames. In general these gardens are to be considered as horticultural workshops, and beauty and order is not to be looked for. Regular gardeners are very seldom em- ployed. Knight says(Hort. Trans. iv. 17.),“ My gardener is an extremely simple laborer, he does not know a letter or a figure.” One horticulturist with whom we are acquainted, employs only women; another, only boys; and several do all the work themselves. 7430. Suburban or citizens’ villas(7285.) may be considered as occupied by a more wealthy class of citizens; or‘ not more wealthy, possessing more of the taste and ton of good society.‘These gardens or residences contain always a portion of lawn or field, as well as a kitchen-garden and shrubbery, and may extend from one to ten acres. They generally contain hot-houses of some kind, and are managed by a regularly bred master- gardener. Besides attending to the duties of a tradesman’s gardener, he must bear in mind two things; first, as the families who occupy such places are generally constant residents, he must provide enjoyment both of the agreeable kind from the flower-garden and plant hot-houses, and of the useful kind from the culinary and fruit-garden, for every month in the year; and secondly, he must attend to the habits of the family as to the kinds of productions and enjoyments preferred.‘The great art of deriving enjoyment from a country-residence of this description, is to provide an interest, a hope, anda fear, for every season, or even for every month in the year. By observing the chapter of monthly productions of horticulture(6038.), and the table of monthly floricultural productions(6741.), the resources which these branches afford are readily. discovered. There are also other resources inthe nature of culture; such, for example, as raising flowers or fruits from seed. In this view it is good to have some seedlings of early and late flowers, as of the polyanthus and dahlia; of early and late fruits, as of the currant or strawberry, and apple, to come into flower and bearing every season. Other devices for exciting and keeping alive interest will readily occur to the reflecting gardener. 7431. With respect to the habits of a family, it is not only the duty of a gardener to row those vegetables, fruits, and flowers, of which the members consume the most, or of which they are fondest; but he must also look for other habits of enjoyment; as whether they are fond of walking in the garden, and at what times and places, so as to have every thing in the condition and order best adapted for those purposes: Some de- light in smells, and for such, the most odoriferous plants should be distributed along the walks; others in sounds, and for these, the trees and plants which produce the fruits preferred by singing birds should be or birds, in portable avaries, distributed through the grounds. Some, in walking, may prefer not being seen by workmen,= at least not meeting them in the paths on which they enjoy this mode of recreation 5 others may take delight in seeing work-d. and even in asking questions of the operators. planted a soing forwa Book J i 499, In render the remit ca ip smell to hot-houses a glass cas house pat for such P joyment f theit proe vegetat measure| cannot be py a speck ut purpo gently inc paths. they walk mint, sho without a 7433. dener. personal the contr be admire so much enjoyment are likely rural naturt to ask— 7494, To dull as to pa to which this be seen: it i the country Blenheim, of their seat which leads: cabin by th applause by gardener, t in his depar effect of ¢! neatness fo 7435, Ni from ten to with one or ance of mer are generall laid out, an opulent com Places are| assistance th service of ¢ and they a in keeping quently hi become his Place as endeavoring instead of: with how lit delight and Sort of lethan Itisa condi A por: nd% | ne Book I. PRIVATE BRITISH GARDENS. 1047 7432. In all families there are invalids at some time or other, and a great object is to render the garden an alleviation to their sufferings. Some afflicted in the lower ex- tremities can only walk on grass-walks; others, from asthma, may-not be able to stoop to smell to or gather a rose or a gooseberry; others may require to be carried round the hot-houses in a chair, or wheeled along the walks reclining on a couch, and covered with a glass case. Grass-walks, standard roses, and gooseberries, elevated pots of plants, hot- house paths uninterrupted by pots, and gravel-walks smoothly rolled, are obvious luxuries for such persons. A sick horticulturist, confined to his chamber, may derive some en- joyment from having pots of plants brought before him for a few minutes, to show him their progress; and also by relations of what work is going on, and what articles are vegetating in the garden. When life is under the pressure of disease, any object or measure which can divert the attention for a moment affords relief; for though night cannot be turned into day without the presence of the sun, its darkness may be lessened by a speck of the dimmest day-cloud. It does not often happen that residences are laid out purposely for invalids; but where this is the case, the designer ought to contrive gently inclined planes instead of steps or stairs, and to avoid all corners in walks and paths. Easy turnings in walks are also a great luxury to studious persons, who think as they walk. For this reason, an author, if he can afford any other garden than a pot of mint, should surround his plot with an oval path, that he may walk on without end, and without any sensible change in the position of his body. 7433. Whether a family is of retired or public habits ought to be noticed by the gar- dener. A retired family will derive most satisfaction from the useful products, and the personal recreation they can take in their garden. A public or fashionable family, on the contrary, from its beauty, high order, and keeping. Beautiful objects are formed to be admired, that is their use, and what renders them so desirable, and their possessors so much envied; therefore those who possess beautiful objects in order to derive the enjoyment they are calculated to confer, must court applause by inviting such friends as are likely to become admirers. Let no man shut himself up in the midst of beautiful rural nature and think he will be perfectly happy, lest he should be forced with the satirist to ask— —‘“ What is nature? ring her changes round, Her three flat notes are water, plants, and ground.” 7434. To be condemned to pass an eternity in a pleasure-ground, would be perhaps as dull as to pass it in a conventicle. Man is a social being, and never can reject the habits to which this part of his nature gives rise with impunity. To be happy he must see and be seen: it is the operation of this principle that has rendered the most beautiful seats of the country show-places, or places which all the world are invited to come and admire, as Blenheim, Mount Edgecumbe, Hackfall,&c.; which induces others to publish accounts of their seats, as Dr. Letsom of Grove Hill, the late T. Johnes, Esq. of Hafod,&c.; which leads the citizen to place his box or lodge, and the artisan or laborer his cottage or cabin by the roadside; and which, in short, impels the humblest individual to court applause by making his powers, either of purse or mind, known to those around him. A gardener, therefore, must attend to these general principles of our nature, and apply them in his department as well as he can; for much, it is evident, depends on his studying the effect of the scenes under his charge, and keeping them in the most perfect order and neatness for inspection., 7435. Villas.(7278.) The grounds and gardens of this class of residences may occupy from ten to a hundred acres, or upwards; they are generally managed by a head gardener, with one or more journeymen, and probably an apprentice, and with the occasional assist- ance of men and women laborers.- The kitchen and flower gardens of places of this sort are generally good, and well furnished with hot-houses; the shrubbery also is carefully laid out, and planted with choice shrubs and trees; and as the proprietor is generally an opulent commercial man, he is liberal in his annual expenditure. The gardeners at such places are generally well paid, no limits put to the dung, implements, structures, or assistance they may want, and left more entirely to their own discretion than those in the service of country-gentlemen. Their responsibility is, therefore, so much the greater, and they are quite unpardonable if they do not excel in their art, and, above all things, in keeping the whole scene under their charge in the utmost order and neatness. It fre- quently happens, however, that soon after a gardener has got into such a situation, and become familiarised with his garden, and the habits of his family, he begins to consider his place as a sinecure(sine, ady. and cura; 1. e. without care), and instead of arduously endeavoring that the productions of the current year shall surpass those of the year past; instead of adding more and more to the enjoyments of his employers, he begins to try with how little they may be put off; and the object of his ambition, which ought to be to delight and astonish his family,. is ultimately lowered to that of contenting them. This sort of lethargic indifference, brought on by plenty and ease, is not peculiar to gardeners; it is a condition of our nature, which also furnishes checks to its increase after a certain 3X 4 \ Rl ee— — Se — —————— a eee Sere 1048 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr LV period; but it is the business of cultivated man to apply these checks at an early stage and thus to lessen the evils to all parties. ng 7436. The simplest check to indolent gardeners is the demands of their masters, who seeing at other tables, and in other gardens, productions superior to their own, and ktibw ing that they spare no expense,&c. naturally enquire into the cause of the default.‘This sort of observation when abroad, and comparison with home, ought never to be neglected by those who wish to keep servants of any description to their duty. The dehcioneies nant bad points of other gardens and gardeners may be let alone; but their excellencies should always be particularised, and dwelt on to our own; and where a failure happens in the one case, the reasons required for the other’s superiority in that particular, and our in- eriority. If the master ultimately becomes dissatisfied with the condition and produce of his garden, let him first call in the nurseryman who recommended the gardener, as counsel for both sides; and let him consign him to this nurseryman, with such a charac- ter as he may be considered to merit. 7437. On the order and neatness with which a garden is kept, so much of its beauty and effect depends, that often as we have mentioned the subject in the course of this work, we must again advert to it. Many excellent gardeners are deficient in these par- ticulars, from causes which, at first sight, would seem calculated to have a contrary effect; such as staying constantly at home in their own gardens, and daily inspecting every part of them. The consequence of this is, that the changes which take place in the growth, decay, or deterioration of objects is so gradual as not to be observed, and that an object seen twice every day for ten days, seems the same thing the twentieth time which it did the first, when, in fact, and to the person who has only seen it two or three times, it is something different. To illustrate this, let us suppose a collection of green-house plants, newly shifted, surfaced, pruned, trimmed, tied, washed, and replaced on the stage, and that one man attends to the watering of them regularly every day for a month. They are newly shifted plants the first day, and consequently require nothing done to them; so they are the second, third, fourth, and so on, even after a week or ten days they are so considered, and this notion now becomes habitual to the attendant. Every day as he enters the green-house to water, he sees, without even opening his eyes,(that is, the idea recurs,) a stage of newly shifted plants, all fresh, and free from weeds and decayed leaves, and wanting nothing; therefore weeds and decayed leaves he never thinks of looking for, but waters on; whilst a stranger, or one who has not seen them for a few days, is struck with the slovenliness displayed, and though perhaps the same thing may take place in his own garden, or his own department in the same residence; he goes away not willing to benefit the other by corrective advice, but‘* thanking God he is not like this man.” 7438. This cause of slovenliness we think there are few gardeners who will deny to be correctly stated; and we think, the cause being discovered, the remedy very easily pre- sents itself. Let master gardeners not inspect every part of what is under their care every day at the same time, and in the same order, but let them omit some parts on some days, occasionally omit the whole, and often vary the time and order of their visits. Let them also, instead of going round to look if such and such scenes are in order, go impressed with the idea of finding them in bad order, in search of particular sorts of weeds, of de- cayed, damaged, or straggling parts of plants, insects,&c. It may seem ludicrous to add, let him go round sometimes in the night instead of during day; but we are persuaded that viewing particular scenes by the light of a lantern or the moon, would present them in such a new aspect, as would probably show deformities or deficiencies. It is a common observation of servants, that after their master has been a day or two confined with illness, or on the morning after an evening of dissipation, he is generally very apt to find fault and be cross, and difficult to please. This is actually the case, and is satisfactorily accounted for without reference to humor or temper: the master sees faults which before escaped him, because the machinery of his faculties has been deranged, and he sees dif- ferently. But why does he see faults rather than beauties? Because it is his business to seek for them, and this impression being habitual on his mind, the strongest images re- flected by the eye are of that nature. 7439. Visiting neighboring gardens is another important part of a head gardener’s duty. This should be done with a view not only to order and neatness, but also to good culture, intelligence as to the state of gardening,&c.; he should not limit his visits to those near him, but include all the principal gardens for forty or fifty miles round; and he should, at least, once a-year, visit the capital or the metropolis, to inform himself, by means of the nurserymen, and among the numerous first-rate gardens that are always found round capital cities, the horticultural societies, and agricultural libraries, of what is going on in the gardening world.; 7440. The mansion and demesne(7270.) is less common than the villanear large towns, The proprietors are sometimes commercial men, but more but more so in the country. Their extent varies from a hundred to a thousand acres, generally country-gentlemen. wos or Up ards, fam manag vy a hea? ec} residences in Pnglan almost UO! The mast which, it The gard farm; he whether t! and{rom a bailif garden I when deta good pailt perience ¢ cool aral know wh charge i to afford duty; th stock; al years’ eX] he most ¢ sheep, an¢ fl alone, of the anim covering it snaster, Wh vice, As 1 animals to duty totally duty also and other ge 7443,| villa and palaces, ac abbeys, or palaces, ac the same p. ten thousar by the folle Conveys the and gamel and seein malages{ cluding th forests, 7444, 1 demesne-yy aflower-g g Ahorse an and Pain fy, she a US ian tally stage f te Ue, hp theo, anlknoy. Of eda‘This Tevet he tae he debe ANE Habeas and etrexcellats dy llore bape ticular, and op ondition and pd ded the gardener, x 1 With sucha char, ) much of its beauty Ch 1n the couse ofthis be obser, ant tate he trentith ime nh nit two or three ting vollection of sren-boue rh pettiaps thes game reside «thanking God smh ners wo wil da remedy very& at Is underthet? some parts ons of their vist jn order,$0 I: Jar sorts of weds ys 0% | ti ay seem lua y; but we gn pee Son, would pr ti jenicless = tro cont ally very Case, and or see fall erangey,© Pecause the sts" of a head but alo it limlt hi fifty mi! is,‘to dens tat" Jibranes? Boox I. PRIVATE BRITISH GARDENS. i049 or upwards, and, in addition to the park and gardens, they contain a home or family farm managed by a bailiff. The garden-scenery, as in the case of a villa, is managed by a head gardener, sometimes more circumscribed in his operations, but always re- spectably provided for, both as to his person and garden.‘The worst point attending residences of this description is, that the business of gardener and bailiff is, sometimes in England, and often in the other districts of the empire, united; and the consequence almost universally is, that the business of both situations is very imperfectly performed. The master’s object in attempting this union is obviously the saving of a bailiffs wages, which, it is allowed, is an apparent saving, though certainly not always so ultimately. The gardener and bailiff cannot be present at one time, both in the garden and on the farm; he must pass alternately from the one to the other, and it may be questioned whether the time lost in his absence from both, while going between them or at market, and from the one while on the other, does not more than counterbalance the wages of a bailiff, independently of any other consideration. But the loss both to the farm and garden, in cases of this sort, though not very obvious at first sight, is very considerable when details are entered on. No man brought up as a gardener can at once become a good bailiff; and admitting that he may become one in time, yet he acquires his ex- perience at his master’s expense. It is generally imagined that a gardener makes a good arable farmer; but this he does not become without experience; for though he may know what good culture is, and may bring the fields of corn or green crops under his charge into a state of good cultivation, yet he may do this at much too great an expense to afford any profit. But the management of arable land is but a small part of a bailiff’s duty; the grand object is the breeding, rearing, fattening, buying, and selling of live stock; and a knowledge of these parts of farming cannot be acquired under several years’ experience. In the mean time, the losses to the master by bad marketing must be most considerable. Suppose the gardener and bailiff goes to purchase a few scores of sheep, and a dozen of oxen for feeding, every grazicr knows that on the nature of the feel alone, which no man can communicate to another by description, much of the value of the animal depends. But a gardener knows nothing of this feel, and the tact of dis- covering it is not to be acquired but after such a course of experience as no prudent master, who knows any thing of the subject,. would wish a bailiff to acquire in his ser- vice. As much might be said on the correctness of judgment required in selecting animals to breed together, and in the shrewdness required for marketing; the latter, a duty totally inconsistent with the retired habits of a gardener. 7441. That some gardeners may become good bailiffs we readily allow, because a man of moderately good natural faculties and persevering application, will acquire any thing; but from the nature of the duties ga which a bailiff has to perform, and the time he must occupy on the farm and at market, it is impossible he can attend sufficiently to the garden. We have never yet known an instance where the duties of both the offices were well performed by the same person, but almost universally found both the garden and farm deficient in the products expected from them. That the master is content is no proof to the contrary, for knowing no better, he naturally considers what he has as the best. 7442. From the country-gentleman’s gardener, who does not unite the duties of bailiff, a good deal is ex- pected; he must know his profession well; he cannot probably from limited extent and means produce all he could wish, or that a garden should afford, but what he undertakes to raise he must raise in per- fection, according to the kind and season, and the main crops in sufficient quantity, because he cannot, like the citizen’s gardener, have recourse to Covent-garden, nor like the villa-gardener, surrounded by neighbors, borrow from them melons, mushrooms, or asparagus, in cases of emergency. He has one duty also which does not belong to either of these classes of gardeners, that of packing and sending fruits and other garden products to town when the family reside there. 7443. The mansion-residence may be considered as including all those between the villa and the royal palace. The dwellinghouses are called houses, halls, courts, or palaces, according to the custom of the country, where they are situated; or castles, abbeys, or Grecian buildings, according to their style of architecture; and mansions or palaces, according to their extent and magnificence.‘The mansion-residence consists of the same parts as in the mansion and demesne(7270.}; it may contain from five hundred to ten thousand acres, or upwards, and the whole is managed in the first-rate establishments by the following officers:— d secretary, who receives the commands of the master, and conveys them to the house-steward, who manages the expenditure of the house and offices, and gamekeeper; to the land-steward, who manages the tenanted lands, receiving rents, and seeing to the fulfilments of covenants in leases, repairs,&c. 5 to the bailiff, who manages the family farm; and to the gardener, who manages the garden-scenery, in- cluding the park, as far as respects the trees and grass, and the internal plantations or forests. 7444. The gardener who occupies a first-rate situation has under him a forester, for the demesne-woods and park-trees; a pleasure-ground foreman for the lawns and shrubbery; a flower-garden foreman, a forcing-department foreman, and a kitchen- garden foreman, A horse and two-wheeled chaise is kept for his use, by a boy, who also acts as his mes- senger and house-servant. He lives in a respectable house, near the kitchen-garden, with a stable and cowhouse not far distant. His wages are from 150. to 300/. a-year, independently of a free house, fuel, and other advantages. He should be at the head of ee =a —s em eed 1050 STAT ISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV, his profession when he enters on it; and keep himself at the head of it, by taking care si 5:::° 4°’ ten, ee to be informed of every improvement and invention in his line, as they are discovered and made public. ; He must not only know all that is in books, but must be in in knowledge; not only ready to apply all the best practices, but fertile in e on extraordinary occasions, and in cases of novelty, difficulty, or emergency. advance xpedients Necessi- ties and difficulties, as they occur, excite the inventive faculty far beyond reflection or study; therefore we can afford little assistance here, except recommending the ¢ re) ardener who is ambitious to excel in his profession, first to store his mind with all the resources of gardening, and next to lay up in his memory as many ideas as he can on all other subjects, but especially on art and science. Next to books on gardening and agricul- ture, and the topographical surveys of every kind, he should have frequent recourse to the best encyclopedias of general knowledge, and observe the operations, and converse much on professional subjects with mechanics and artificers of every description. Much useful information is to be obtained from carpenters, millwrights, and smiths, and all kinds of information may occasionally be applied to use in so varied and extensive an art as gardening. 7445. Some idea of the extent of the duties of a head gardener who fills a first-rate situation, may be had from the chapter of monthly horticultural productions, the table of floricultural productions, and arboriculture and landscape-gardening, as treated of in this work; and therefore all that we shall attempt here, in addition to what has just been offered on the subject of the duties of gardeners holding inferior situations(7426. to 7442.) is to enumerate a few of the expedients,'some of them common and others uncommon, b which every description of gardener will have occasion to practise more or less; but which more particularly demand the attention of gardeners of the highest class, who, not eing limited in expense, are expected not to be deficiént in producing all the comforts and luxuries that a garden can afford. partments of practical gardening. We shall arrange these hints under the four de- 7446. Expedients and anomalous practices in the horticultural department. To have early crops of herbaceous vegetables in the open air. Sow in pots early in spring, one seed in a pot of the smallest size, place them in a gentle hot-bed, shift into larger pots as they grow, and when all danger from frost is over, transplant with the balls entire in the finely pulverised rich soil of a warm border. Peas, beans, turnips, potatoes, carrots, salading of all sorts, and spinage may be had very early in this way/ Stable-dung is very scarce, and a great quantity is wanted for hot- beds and pits. Collect the spray of trees, copsewood, and hedges; cut it into lengths of three or four inches, witha straw-cutter, and mix it with the dung. Add carpenters’ shavings, flax-dressers’ refuse, leaves ads, rushes, peat, moss, heath, or any substance capable of undergoing the pu- trescent fermentation. Tanners’ bark is scarce. Add spray, furze, or heath, chopped with the straw-cutter to the length of the chips of bark, also chopped shavings of wood, parings of leather,&c. Autumn-planted cabbages and cauliflomers, and also spinage and onions have failed. Sow early in spring single seeds in small pots on heat, shift often, and transplant in the warmest situ- ation when all danger from frost is over. To forward early seedling crops. Sow in the usual way under cold-frames, and remove them when all danger from frost is over. Peas, spinage, and turnips, may be had three weeks earlier than usual by this practice. All your ground is cropped, and some crops not likly to be removed in time to let those which are immediatety to succeed them, be got in in season. Forward the succeeding crop in pots, and as soon as the preceding crop is removed, transplant with the balls entire. The garden is too small for the culinary productions. Forward the brassica tribe in pots, and only head or flower them in the compartments. Instead of hot-beds, which occupy much hori- zontal space, have cucumbers and melons on hot-walls cover- ed with glass: train other creepers, as love-apples, New Zea- land spinage, gourds,&c. on upright trellis-work or pales, the potatoe-haulm to stakes; stick all peas; train gooseberries, currants, and all dwarf tre aliers. Sorts of fruit not approved of. E ft or inoculate other sorts. You have some exellent sorts of peaches or other soft tree fruits, 7447. Expedients and anomalous practices The gravel-walks earthy and ill colored; a large party is expected, and you wish to give the walks a fresh and good appearance. Water them with water impregnated with lime and yellow or red ochre, according as the natural color of the gravel may be yellow or brown. J: The pleasure-ground is deficient in singing birds. Distribute cages of Canary and other birds in song, hanging them on the trees in unseen situations. The flower-garden and shrubbery deficient in odoriferous plants, to produce dn immediate remedy. Distribute pots of mignonette (or Persian iris early in the season), and also bottles of water, containing the ends of sprigs of sweetbriar, birch, balsam- poplar, balm of gilead, and other firs, place these so as not to be conspicuous, and renew them as they deeay.. To diffuse odors in the atmosphere on particular occasions and during dry weather. Sprinkle the odoriferous plants with the water-engine.: A F i A large party is expected at a particular time; to give freshness and odor to the whole flower-garden. Sprinkle every part with water, excepting the walks; if with rose-water, w hich may be made at little expense where there is extensive shrub- berries, and kept for sprinkling the hot-houses; so much the better. mhich you mish some person to taste at a distance, too great or too inconvenient to send the fruits themselves. Send some blos- som-buds either in spring to be scollop-budded, when they will produce their fruit the same year, oy in the usual bud- ding season. Trees old and not productive. Head down and renew the soil, and see that the roots are not too deeply buried. To have late crops of hardy legumes and leaves. Plant the latest crops in large pots or boxes; keep them plunged in the open air, and remove them when there is danger of frost to any of the forcing-houses not in operation. In damp weather, light gentle fires in the daytime, but not at night; in frosty weather, light gentle fires at night. In this way peas, beans, kidneybeans, cauliflower, spinage,&c. may be had in a good state till January or later. The furnaces or flues of a house in action are suddenly deranged during a severe frost. Distribute pots of buming charcoal or peat over the floor or paths of the house, and cover the glass with mats. To lessen the danger of the sun scorching plants in hot-houses or hot- beds. Fill them with clouds of steam, by pouring water on the ground or otherwise. You have lately renewed your tan-bed, and the heat is too great for the pines which are plungedinit. Begin at one end of the pit, and take out a row acyoss the pit; then whelm hot saucers at the bottom of each hole left by the pots; lift the second row, and set the pots on the saucers: they will thus be surrounded by air instead of earth. When the tan cools replace them as before. Grafts of fine fruits are received, for which you have no stocks, and you do not mish to put them on old trees. Dig up some roots of trees of the proper kind, and make stocks of chen graft- ing, and afterwards planting in Knight’s manner.(2037.) Never forget that grafling and budding may be performed at any season of the year,(though best in certain seasons,) and on herba- ceous as mell as moody plants, on roots and tubers as well as on stems, stalks, and ligneous shoots. Consider the sap of plants as a stream that you may direct and modify almost at pleasure; that a great many plants may be propagated from leaves alone,&c. in floriculture. You expect a large party to risit the plant hot-houses, and they have been fumigated mith tobacco the night before. In one distribute sprigs of terebinthinate trees, as the spruce and silver firs; in another, sprigs of briar; in another, birch, verbena triphylla, mignonette, bruised leaves of acorus ca- Jamus, and so on: then sprinkle with pure water. Or do not use plants, but merely water the whole with rose- water; or use a little musk, orange-water, or other artificial odors. Some of your houses are very unsightly from accidents to pas insects, or other causes; but company is expected to go through them at a particular hour. Contrive to have them filled with sweet smells at that time. Distribute a few choice things in pots near the eye; which, by attracting the attention of the spectator, will help to divert his eye from defect or disease, id to estimate what is concealed by what is seen. After a dry summer your lawn is covered wih bromn blotches, on account of the shalloniness of the soil, it is desired to give a temporary green appearance. Water these places with lime and water, mixed with green color, the lime serving as a body A quantity of large green-house plants suddi house ts ready to put them into. Vlace pol arrive, and? ‘ainst a south and wher cut 4 H6 rer they will prod "450, Th tricks; but they are cal hoods, or ¢: directed th the shops, statues, Ot with pers or painte by the Fr 7451, Windsor, None of hot-house Kensingt two thing pleasure-g are never| is said the ators are 48 It prey the pine. there is y the natioy 7459, subject of NOW ag to ference to first order the cultur is Wanting Can alway liey 5 ening and ar ITequent Ter) 00S, and conrere dog eserption, Much and al d and ertencir alli EXIEDGIVe an art WHO Tks a fist-rte NTAe Ons thethle of MS; WAY TaDe OT Dg, aS treated ot in nl Boox I. PRIVATE BRITISH GARDENS. 1051 sion given to the air. This principle admits of great variety, extension, and modification, and might be made to produce very splendid etfects; and though these effects would be but temporary, they would not be objectionable on that account, as in this climate, already cold and moist, the constant play of jets of water is by no means desirable. 7 To produce harmonious sounds in the flomer-garden, in the hot- houses, or near arbors, seats,&c. Place#olian harps in proper situations, as in Germany. To disperse an agreeable odor suddenly and powerfully. Charge one of the jet-vessels with air, ERE previously introduced wall, and place the sashes of your spare hot-beds over them in the manner of slates.; To form temporary jets of mater. Procure one or any number of cast-iron, or other strong vessels, which may hold from six to thirty, or fifty gallons or upwards: let each vessel have a tube reaching from what is to be its top within an inch of its internal bottom; this tube must havea nozzle to unscrew, and also a stopcock. The vessel being half filled with water, an air-condenser is to be screwed to the pipe, and the air powerfully condensed, then turn the stopcock to prevent the escape of the water; unscrew the condenser, and screw on the nozzle for the jet. All is now ready for operation, and some of the odor in the form of oil or essence,&c., then the vessel may be placed in the situation where the jet is produce the discharge at the proper time and place, or charge desired: here it may be either set in an excavation made to with rose-water. fit; or concealed by plants; or the vessel may be a vase, or To direct a stream of deleterious air against insects in hot-houses at made in any ornamental form. Being placed where it is to a distance from the path. Direct the stream through a long operate, it may remain for any length of time before using: tin tube, or charge a jet-vessel with the smoke or air. to set it at work, it is only necessary to turn the stopcock,| To syringe plants without a syringe or engine. Use a brush or and according to the diameter of the orifice of the nozzle, it birch-broom dipped in water. will throw the water from ten to fifty feet or more in height,| To recover plants tn hot-houses injured by frost. Shade two or gradually diminishing in height, as the water is expended, three days from the sun, and keep the temperature very little and lasting in joint proportion to the quantity of water con- above the freezing point. tained in the vessel, the orifice of the jet, and the compres- 7448. Expedients and anomalous practices in landscape-gardening. To show the effect of buildings. Erect poles, and stretch canvass, or nail boards on them, s0 as to form the sky outline of the To render a dull part of the park more interesting. Build a hay-stack there; or erect a shelter for cattle; or on tem- porary occasions pitch a tent; or place a portable hay-rack ropeses edifice. with food to attract deer or cattle; or send some men to work To show the effect of raising ground. Stud it over with on the spot. stakes of the height intended to elevate theearth, and stretch To vary on an extraordinary occasion a dull, uninteresting part here and there strips of green canvass, bunting, bass mats, of the ho Cause a fire to be lighted of green wood, or or even green straw or hay-ropes, over these. Hay-ropes, such materials as by the ascending smoke will break the line from well-got hay, are cheapest, and, if of sufficient number, in the proper place. answer pertectly. To vary for a fe seasons the front of amass of mood. Disbark To give a poetical and pastoral air to a scene for the moment. one or two trees at proper places at the surface of the ground, Employ a person with a flute to play at particular times; and when dead they will produce a break. or a fer me Ks: drive cattle to drink at a stream; pass a flock of sheep that cut a tree while in leaf, so as its leaves may wither and way,&c remain on, or water with the engine and lime-water. To give a forest characier to particular parts of the park or moody To give an idea of the effect which a piece of water in a particular scenery. Introduce shagged horses, and asses; show the re- place, and of a@ particular shape, mill have. Mark out the mains of a fire; leave some branches or felled trees,&o: shape, and water the surface with lime-water; when dry the| To direct the eye to a particular point, either to observe its beauties, effect will be obvious. or to prevent it from observing some deformities in the same Place a white object there, as a hay-rick, man at To give a foreknonledge of the effect of a gravel-walk in any par- scene. ticadar place. Mark it out, and water with lime and yellow work with his coat off, white cow, or horse, é&c. if the back- ground be ground or wood; and a dark object, if sky or water. ochre. To show the effect of trees. Use poles with crosses at top, or better, use entire trees, the thinnings of plantations.| Tf the scene be a lake, then place a boat at the point to which you would attract the eye. 7449. Expedients and anomalous practices in arboriculture. A quantity of valuable trees arrive from a distance, very much A handsome tree has lost some branches on one side, or is disfigured injured and dried up, and too late for planting in the usual way. by the removal of another tree. Try and arrange the branches Immerse in water, or bury entirely in earth; then puddle by cords or strong wires, as 1s done in green-house plants and plant; or plant for one season in a shady part of the with threads.: 3 nursery; or plant in pots, and place these on heat, when rare To cover a tree rapidly with creepers. Place leathern bags of kinds, till they begin to grow. earth, containing plants of the sort of creeper desired, here A violent wind has blown down a number of trees. Lop their tops, and there on the trunk and principal branches; tie them flat and prune and arrange their roots, replacing them upright; to the tree, so as they may not appear conspicuous. they will produce effect much sooner than young trees. 7450. To some of these expedients it may be objected, that they are deceits or temporary tricks; but if they are so, they are in the spirit of the scenery to which they belong, and they are calculated only to produce pleasure, not pain to any one; none of them are false- hoods, or calculated to make a thing of one nature appear to be of another. We have not directed the display of artificial fruits on wall-trees, of the fruiting of orange-plants from the shops, of milliners’ flowers in green houses, or living figures placed on pedestals as statues, of fountains in mourning by making them run out ink, of altars and temples, ing on them, of mock buildings or animals, scoops with persons in proper costume sacrific or painted perspectives; all which and other deceptions are recommended and practised by the French and Dutch. 7451. Gardens of royal palaces. The government-gardens of this country are those of Windsor, Hampton Court, and Kensington; that of Kew being a private royal garden. None of them are in any respect worthy of their rank: the garden at Windsor is without hot-houses; that at Hampton Court consists chiefly of some pine-pits and a vinery; at Kensington, great part of the kitchen-garden is cultivated by the plough, and the only two things which render it worth notice are its pine-stoves, and the public gardens or pleasure-ground. The garden-structures at Kew are in a state of decay, and the gardens are never in first-rate order, often slovenly, and always confined as to arrangements. It is said these things arise from want of funds; and from the low rate at which the oper- ators are paid in these gardens. This seems to be the case, and it is much to be regretted, as it prevents the royal gardeners from displaying their skill and taste. Judging from the pine-apples grown in the forcing-departments at Kensington and Hampton Court, there is reason to believe this would be highly creditable to themselves, and exemplary to the nation. 7452. The royal gardeners were formerly much consulted by private gentlemen on the subject of their profession: this is still the case, though in a much less degree, and more now as to garden structures or culture, than as to matters of design and taste. With re- ference to this circumstance, the professional skill of royal gardeners ought to be of the first order, as their opinion will always be law to a certain number of the court; but for the culture and produce of the gardens(situated as these now are), less professional skill is wanting ina royal gardener than in a private head gardener, as deficiencies in products can always be made up from the commercial eardeners, OF from Covent-garden, 1052 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. sie ate! Secr. II. Commercial Gardens. 7453. Of commercial gardens, the lowest species are what are called ploughed or Jar- mers’ gardens. One or two are to be found near all large towns, and a number round London. They extend from fifty to a hundred and fifty acres or upwards, and are almost entirely cultivated by the plough and other agricultural implements. Their possessors are small farmers, and the chief difference between this Jarm-gardening, and common farming is, that the green crops that intervene between the corn crops are more highly cultivated, and instead of being consumed on the farm, are sent to market as culinary ve- getables, or food for stall-fed cows. The crops of every kind, but especially the green crops, are cultivated in drills, two close together, with a wide interval, by which means abundance of room is left to plough and horse-hoe the broad interval, and to sow a suc- ceeding crop there before the other is removed. In this way two crops are obtained most years, as a specimen of which we shall mention one of the common rotations, viz. 1. Peas, with dung, two rows near each other, and a wide interval; 2. Turnips in the intervals; 3. Drilled wheat between the turnips; 4. Turnips, with dung, in drills after the wheat. These four crops are put in, and removed within two years, the ground being in good heart. 7454. The seed-garden is the next species, and forms one of the points of union between horticulture and agriculture. These gardens or small farms are not numerous, and con- fined chiefly to two or three counties near the metropolis. They consist of from five to twenty acres or upwards, in part cultivated by the plough; the occupier is not generally a bred gardener, but sometimes is so, and unites with the business of seed-grower that of market or nursery gardener. The seeds he cultivates are generally limited to a few kinds; thus chervil, radish, and cress seeds are grown chiefly in the neighborhood of Saffron- Walden in Essex; cabbage-seeds at Battersea; onions at Deptford; peas in Kent, turnips in Norfolk; rape in Lincolnshire; mustard in the county of Durham,&c. The great art is to grow the seeds true to their kind, for which purpose one grower must not attempt too many varieties of the same species, but he may grow a number of different species, and of varieties of the same species, provided they do not come into flower at the same time. Such seeds as are raised in large quantities, as turnip, mustard, cress, maw or poppy-seed, peas,&c. are either sold privately by samples, to the London or other seeds- men, or exposed publicly in the seed-market in Mark-lane, London, or in local country markets. But for the greater number of seeds, the practice is for the nurserymen abou; London to grow a sample of it in their own grounds as pure and perfect as possible, and then to send it to the seed-farmer to be sown and cultivated by him, and the seed ripened, cleaned, and sent to the nurserymen, at a fixed rate, by the ewt. or bushel. Flower-seeds are generally grown by nurserymen themselves; many of the other sorts by market-gar- deners, and many kinds are received from the head gardeners of private gentlemen. 7455. Grass-orchards( Vergers agrestes, Fr.) form the next point of union between farm- ing and gardening.‘There are a number of them in the cider counties, and in the Vale of Clyde, and Carse of Gowrie. A suitable soil and site are chosen, the surface, if not in pasture, is sown with grass-seed, and standard fruit-trees, chiefly apples and pears, and sometimes, as in Shropshire, plums and walnuts are planted in rows, and properly fenced. They receive little pruning, and generally receive no other care but that of gathering the fruit, which is either made into cider; stored in cellars; or sent immediately to market. As the trees get old and covered with moss or mistletoe, or infected with canker, shakes, or rottenness, they are scarified, headed down, and sometimes regrafted or rooted out and renewed, according to circumstances.(See The Orchardist, by Bucknal, and Hints to Proprietors of Orchards, by W. Salisbury.) 7456. Ploughed orchards differ in nothing from the grass-orchards but in being con- stantly or occasionally under aration.‘The trees stand in quincunx, and every year the direction of the furrows is changed: thus, the first year it may be ploughed east and west; the second, south-east and north-west; the third, south and north; and the fourth, south-west and north-east. The stem of each tree is thus left in the centre of a square or rhomboid of turf of four feet on the side. The ground is cropped as in com- mon farming, or farm-gardening. eetue 7457. Market-gardens.(7358.) The number of these is considerable; their situation is near laree towns or seaports, and their extent from one to fifty acres or upwards; some near London extend to upwards of a hundred acres. The object of all is to pro- duce culinary vegetables and fruit for public sale, either as called for at the garden or garden-shop; as wanted by the green-grocer; or exposed in the public market, Some of these gardens are general, producing every description of culinary fruit and vegetable, hardy, exotic, and foreed, in demand; of which, as examples, may be mentioned the Earls Court garden, of upwards of sixty acres, and with extensive hot-houses, by Gunter; the Hoxton garden, nearly equally extensive, by Grange; and the Isleworth gardens, by Wilmot and Keens, Other gardens near the metropolis are devoted chiedly to particular Rook I crops as ie calito e™» Charlton a fori eat! 4s pl y cat! fruits of eas) lea ing art eacills,| nothing 15 and flowel spot. h phage most pats such Jike ¢¢ \ q 00d cea of ca that scarcel! citizens the disposal of 7458s) who have| extensive( yossess C0 supply ab and succu rotation a! point£0 ha Jettuces, 4 ceeded by t the asparé onions are( cauliflowers hers, which, lx crops are thebeds. 2 August, pric! lasses are pi inthe row;| ground 1s Sov nd grows six plants uo tered alleys( } TOOLS TeMOvE are ior the ) now contail the rows of are planted was previo weeds,‘Th coleworts: or peas and the main exe suminer, an Crops, yet, Sound is sti stir the who Tequired to s M61. Wit ona par; if Expensive to portionally ¢| select things » aS[3 Propagate a ¢ ven to adop sf MO tun at a 2talnost OPS ate may aket§cuian ie pecially he on | by which meay ad t0 sow a se it Obtained most Sz 1, Peas theaters ater the wheat, ANP In po0d pints of union betveen Ht numerous, and co. consist of from fre) pier is not gene of seed-gromer that c of Durham, fe, The e(Ne grower TN DOK on, or in loa the nurse perfect as n, and the + bushel. lowers or sorts by marie rivate gentleme. unties, and inthe Ye n, the surface, Si y apples and pes at that off :} immed! od with cad afted cr 100! ards but mr nx, and! be plougi*®‘ "| ih) h and north} 0 Jett in the i; I ont d Is croppet® lil Jerable ers fy acres abject# od fot at phic gy pu ary{id may be hot-hols fa Boox I. COMMERCIAL GARDENS. 1053 crops; as that of Biggs, at Mortlake, to asparagus; some at Battersea, to cabbage and cauliflower; at the Neats-houses, to celery; at Deptford, to asparagus and onions; Charlton and Plumstead, to peas,&c. In some gardens attention is chiefly paid to forcing early, and growing late crops; in others, as at Lambeth, by Andrews, exotic fruits, as pines and grapes, are chiefly grown. Ata greater distance from town, articles of easy carriage, as gooseberries, strawberries, asparagus, tart-rhubarb, sea-kale,&c. are leading articles; and in small gardens in the immediate vicinity of the metropolis, nothing is sent to market; but salads, as water-cress, radishes, lettuce, parsley, herbs, and flowers are the chief articles grown, and they are sold in small quantities on the spot. The market-gardeners near seaports direct their attention chiefly to the produce of cabbage, onions, turnips, and such vegetables as are in demand as ships’ stores. Th most parts of the country it happens, that from bankruptcies, absence of families, and such like causes, the produce of a number of private gardens is sent to market. This is a good deal the case near London; but so much so round Liverpool and Manchester, that scarcely a market-gardener is to be found near these towns. Indeed, many of the citizens there who possess villas and gardens, cultivate them as much for the sake of the disposal of the produce as for their own enjoyment. 7458. Market-gardeners on a small scale have generally been master or head gardeners, who have acquired a capital from a number of years’ servitude; those occupying more extensive concerns are generally the sons or successors of other market-gardeners, and possess considerable capital. An important point in the culture of these gardens is to supply abundance of manure and water in dry weather; these always produce luxuriant and succulent crops of leaves, though obviously injurious in respect to flavor. A proper rotation and change of surface are also important; and in smaller crops it is a material the rudiments of one crop always ready to succeed another. Thus radishes, point to have lettuces, and onions are sown on asparagus-beds; the radishes are soon drawn, and suc- ceeded by the lettuces and onions, which are left only in places where they will not injure the asparagus; the lettuces come into use soon after the asparagus is cut, part of the onions are drawn young, and the rest left to bulb. In the alleys between the beds, cauliflowers are planted early in the season, and between these, at a later period, cucum- bers, which, with their runners, cover the vacant parts both of the alleys and beds.‘Thus six crops are obtained in succession, and the ground is clear by October for landing up the beds. Early cauliflowers are generally a profitable crop. The seeds are sown in August, pricked out, and planted under hand-glasses, six under each, in October. The glasses are placed in rows, ten feet apart, and at four feet distance from centre to centre “a the row: thus an acre contains 1092 glasses. After the cauliflowers are planted, the ground is sown with lettuces and spinage; if the lettuce stands the winter, it is valuable, and grows fast when the soil is stirred round it in March. About this time, four of the six plants under each glass are removed, and planted in a warm situation, or in the shel- tered alleys of the asparagus-beds. About the beginning of May the cauliflowers are too large for the glasses, and are just coming into flower. As they are gathered and their roots removed, they are replaced by cucumber-plants, previously raised in hot-beds, and now containing two or more proper leaves. In July the middle of the intervals between the rows of glasses is planted with endive, and between each glass two cauliflower-plants are planted to come in late. Thus five crops are raised, all valuable ones, if the ground was previously in good heart, and was kept frequently well stirred, and quite free from weeds. The following are common rotation: 1. Radishes, carrots, savoys or cabbages, or coleworts;%. Early turnips, autumn cabbage; 3. Spring turnips, French beans, savoys, or peas and spinage, and leeks or broccoli. 7459. In sowing broad-cast crops it is found of advantage to sow several sorts of seeds together, because some of them may fail or be destroyed by insects after they come up: if all come up and thrive, then such sorts as are least valuable may be treated as weeds. Thus onions, radishes, lettuce, and carrots, are often sown together; sometimes the carrots are wed out, and the best crop 1s the onions; at other times the onions partially fail, and are drawn for salading or transplanting, and the lettuce is the main crop, Radishes are often sown with turnips, as a sacrifice to the fly, while the turnips escape. 7460. In general ail transplanted crops, and as many sown ones as possible, are drilled; and for bulky crops, as cabbages, peas, beans,&c. it is an approved practice to sow or plant two rows near to each other, and then leave a wide interval, in which a dwarf early crop, or crops of short duration, as spinage, let- tuce,&c. is sown. By the time the main crop is at its full size, the inter-crop is removed; the ground is then dry, and another crop, as cabbages or turnips, introduced, which is ready in its turn to succeed as the main crop. In this way, no part of a market-garden is ever left naked or cropless, at least during summer, and though these intervening crops are often injured when young by the shade of the main crops, yet, if the ground be in high order, they soon recover when freely exposed to the air, and the ground is stirred. If the land, however, is not in good heart, it is a better system to adopt a rotation, and stir the whole ground well between cach crop, because here, the soil being poorer, a greater volume is required to supply the same nourishment: quantity is substituted for quality. 7461. With respect to the comparative market value of crops, they must, on the gencral average, be nearly on a par; if one crop is at any time dearer than another, it is in consequence of being more precarious or expensive to raise; if one article is very dear at one time, it is immediately overgrown, and becomes pro- portionally cheap. To grow something of every thing 1s safe for those who have extensive concerns; select things for those who devote their whole attention to small spots; and things Jong of coming to per- fection, as tart-rhubarb, sea-kale, asparagus,&c. to those who have capital. It is never advisable to propagate a dear article very extensively, as every body is likely to be doing the same thing; it is better even to adopt a contrary practice. 1054 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Pia LV: 7462. A good deal of the profit of market-gardening depends on studying the state of the market= j gathering crops sparingly when things are low, and in sending liberal supplies at time ey oem weather or other causes, they are, or are likely to be high. This requires both judgment the needy grower must sell at any price. i ’Ss, where, from and capital, for _ 1463. Orchard-gardens. These are distinguished from the parterre or field orchards in being cultivated with the spade, and cropped like a market-garden; indeed, they ae so much allied to market-gardens, as hardly to require any separate discussion. In general, several kinds of fruit-trees are cultivated together, as tree-fruits, shrub-fruits and herbaceous fruits; but some spots, from the soil, and probably superior culture, Hee noted for particular kinds of fruit, as Twickenham and Roslin, for strawberries; Maid- stone, for filberts and cherries; Pershore for currants,&c. An account of the Isleworth mode of growing strawberries has been given in the Horticultural Transactions by Keens, an eminent grower of fruits and culinary vegetables. The filberts are planted in rows alternately with rows of cherry-trees; and, as temporary crops, a row of gooseberries, currants, or raspberries, are planted in each interval. Currants are grown extensively round Pershore, and the fruit sold to the manufacturers of British wines. They are also grown in Kent and Essex in rows eight feet asunder, and four feet from tree to tree. Early in spring the ground is dug, and sown with spinage; to that succeed potatoes, and to those cabbages, which last are gathered as coleworts before winter: four crops, including the fruit, are obtained in one season. 7464. Herb and physic gardens.‘These are of limited number and extent, and gene- rally occupied along with market or seed gardens. There are one or two for peppermint and a few other herbs, near Edinburgh, and the rest are in the vicinity of the metropolis, and chiefly at Mitcham in Surrey. Peppermint is a principal crop, which requires a moist soft soil, and to be taken up and replanted every three or four years. Lavender is grown to a considerable extent on lean soil, as is chamomile, wormwood, rosemary, thyme,&c. Licorice and rhubarb require a deep free soil; roses, which are grown in large quantities for their flowers, require a rich soil; white lilies and colchicum, grown for their bulbs, require a new soil. In one or two gardens near the metropolis, many species of herbs are grown to gratify the demand of certain classes of medical men, of self-doctors, and of quacks and irregular practitioners. Formerly there were many gar- dens of this sort; apothecaries generally grew a great part of their own herbs, and col- lected the rest in the fields; and hence the reason why so many of them formerly were eminent as botanists; but at present the only remarkable herb-varden is that of Messrs. Dicksons and Anderson at Croydon.‘These herbalists and seedsmen have constantly on sale, at their long established and respectable shop in Covent-garden, upwards of 500 species, including all the varieties mentioned by Culpepper and other herbalists of the 17th century. There are still one or two herb-shops which collect their simples in a wild state; but land is now so generally cultivated, that even if there were a demand for native herbs, this mede would not be very successful. It may be mentioned as a curious fact, that in Weston’s time,(say about 1750,) winter savory, chamomile, pennyroyal, peppermint,&c. were grown in the common fields near London, where cattle were turned out all the winter; the scent of these herbs being so disagreeable to these animals as to cause them to avoid them.(ieston’s Tracts,&c. 71.) All herbs should be gathered dry, and in sunshine after dry weather; they should be dried in the shade, and when perfectly dried, pressed close by a press or weights, and enclosed in paper. The packets should then be deposited in a dry place, and when opened for use always carefully shut afterwards. The practice of hanging up herbs in loose bundles, tends to dry them too much and dissipate their flavor. 7465. Market jflower-gardens. These are devoted to the culture of flowers for sale when in blossom; either cut as nosegays, or in pots. They are chiefly to be found in the neighborhood of the metropolis, where a sort of division of objects exists among them. Some gardens are noted for their roses; others, as that of D. Carter at Fulham, for growing the narcissus tribe; Colville in the King’s Road, for geraniums; Henderson at Paddington, for cheap heaths; the Bedford nursery for mignonette; and Smith, at Dalston, for forced flowers of all sorts. These gardens are not large; generally from one to a dozen of acres, and they are occupied by gardeners who have been brought up to this department of their profession. The standard articles of cultivation are roses, espe- cially the moss-rose for nosegays; the monthly rose is also much grown in pots for spring and autumn sale. The sweetbriar is in demand for its odor; honeysuckles, lilacs, mezereons, rhododendrons, azaleas, spirzeas, double and scarlet-blossomed jasmines, laburnums, rose-acacias, are in great repute, especially when forced. All sorts of evergreens, as pines, firs, laurels, cypresses, arbor-vites, hollies, yews, and above all, laurustinus and box, are much in demand for decorating balconies, flat roofs, areas, courts, lobbies,&c. Potted fruit-trees in bearing have generally a ready sale, and espe- cially the grape and peach. pers mn flor oa pat ‘ex, cam 7466. Of other potted may be pal jyacint al yeas ago u keep in li ducts accor market-florist cially for tho the grower$ many of thel recovers 7467. st sale of the P cepting nea most other| have auxilia this sort, pa Road; Mac second for pl and dificult their exclusive them from de vators of hot-t quricula or car either near Lot nich and well gardening as a mercantile clas: dens fine floris income of these ertion, and the changes, whic capital, 7468, Nurs and shrubs, flowers is ofte roots, and gar ness, Henex to a certain d there is one ¢ number, and tent near towr fifty acres> in ot In general the tal, and cont hardy fruitetre and the metro nursery, war} or American mellia, erica, rah astricts, as tf which they s¢ 7469, The sud Tequires a more tHe business jg ¢ ud Botany-bay Gciteate and acer ding, and layerir ES of the scion Detially trangpy athe yt) tn bit tii, for Te ef Ontards, 1S ey a it Aig h tt nbs SUpEMO cue ap trae: Nt unt ofthe[ena ction by Keen ar planted in roy ov of guosehete STON ettensiely i Dey are aly Ewin; fou cos and extent, and ree or tno for peppemin of the metopl op, which res years, Lavender WOrOod, ena, Which are grain and colchicun, gon Acmnen bare costly arden, uprars or herbalists of thet heir simples in 2m re were a demaol ft mentioned 454 cut hamomle, penny lon, where cate we eal to these a All herbs soul i dried in the cle 5 closed in pape or use ala ca tends{0 i pe dles, reraDiulls; \\ onette a x Book I. COMMERCIAL GARDENS. 1055 The common flowers for nosegays are snowdrops, anemones, narcissi, tulips, tuberoses, irises, rose-campions, sweet- narcissi, hyacinths, ranunculuses, tulips, liliums, auriculas, peas, lupins, roses, lilacs, sweetbriars, mezereons,&c. polyanthuses, carnations, pinks, sweetwilliams, sweetpeas, The exotics in most common demand are myrties, geraniums, wailflowers, many other border-flowers, and most 0 the| hydrangeas, heaths, camellias, Chinese roses, heliotropes, biennial and annual kinds. fuchsias,&c. The flowers prolonged in duration by being placed under glass The flowering plants generally kept in pots are auriculas, before frost approaches, being in pots, are mignonette, polyanthuses, pinks, carnations, violets, foxgloves, vero- stocks of all the sorts; nasturtiums,,veronicas, violets, gen- nicas, dahlias, chrysanthemums, phloxes, and saxifragas of tians, monthly roses, laurustinus, clematis, dahlia, and chry- sorts, most of the bulbs and many of the annuals and biennials. santhemum. The flowers blown in water-glasses are the hyacinth and nar- The forced flowers are chiefly the pink tribe, violets, wall- cissus chiefly, and also the crocus, tulip, amaryllis, colchi- flowers, ten-week stocks, common stocks, hyacinths, crocuses, cum, iris,&c. 7466. Of mignonette, perhaps more pots are sold in and near the metropolis than of any other potted plant whatever; fifty years ago it was hardly known. Next to mignonette may be named stocks, pinks, sweetpeas and wallflowers, among the hardy plants; hyacinths, among the bulbs; and geraniums and myrtles, among the exotics. Some years ago heaths and camellias were chiefly in repute; these being found difficult to keep in living-rooms, the public taste has changed, and the flower-grower varies his pro- ducts accordingly. All these, and other sorts of plants in pots, are also lent out by the market-florist, to decorate private or public reoms on extraordinary occasions, but espe- cially for those midnight assemblages called routs. This is the most lucrative part of the grower’s business, who generally receives half the value of the plants lent out, as many of them, and generally those of most value, are so injured by the heat as never to recover. 7467. Florists’ gardens are devoted to the culture of florists’ or select flowers for the sale of the plants and roots, There are not many exclusively devoted to this branch, ex- cepting near Manchester and the metropolis. Those near Manchester, Paisley, and most other provincial towns are generally on a small scale, and cultivated by men who have auxiliary resources of livelihood; but near London are some extensive concerns of this sort, particularly those of Milliken and Curtis of Walworth; Davy of the King’s Road; Mackie of Clapton,&c.; the first is celebrated for tulips and most bulbs; the second for pinks and carnation; the last for auriculas. This is one of the most delicate and difficult branches of gardening, and is only successfully pursued by such as devote their exclusive attention to it. The great difficulty is to preserve fine varieties, and keep them from degenerating or sporting; many gardeners, excellent propagators and culti- vators of hot-house and green-house plants, find it a very difficult task to grow a fine auricula or carnation; and their flowers would cut but a poor figure at the florists’ shows, either near London or in the country. Much depends on the soil, which requires to be rich and well mellowed by time. It is also the most precarious branch of commercial gardening as a means of subsistence, since the purchasers are not so much the wealthy mercantile class who possess villas, or the independent country gentlemen, in whose gar- dens fine florists’ flowers are seldom seen, as the tradesman and middling class. The income of these being temporary, that is, depending in a great measure on personal ex- ertion, and the current demand for their produce is, of course, easily affected by political changes, which make little difference to the man whose income arises from a fixed capital. 7468. Nursery-gardens.(7335.) In these are propagated and reared all sorts of trees and shrubs, and all other herbaceous plants in general demand: the culture of florists’ flowers is often combined to a certain extent, and the dealing in seeds imported, bulbous roots, and garden-implements and machines, is generally considered a part of the busi- ness. Hence the designation of nurseryman, seedsman, and florist, formerly, and still, to a certain degree, common on their sign-boards. Of this class of commercial gardens, there is one or more in most counties of Britain, and a few in Ireland; but the greater number, and by far the most important, are in the vicinity of the metropolis. Their ex- tent near town is limited; some contain only an acre or two, but others occupy forty or fifty acres; in the country where land is cheap, some are of double or treble that extent. In general they have been commenced by head gardeners, who had acquired a little capi- tal, and continued by their sons or successors. In country nurseries, the commoner hardy fruit-trees, and tree and hedge plants, are the chief products: near Edinburgh and the metropolis some embrace every article of nursery produce, as the Hammersmith nursery, unrivalled in the world; others deal chiefly in fruit-trees, green-house plants, or American plants; and some almost limit themselves to particular species, as the ca- mellia, erica, geranium,&c. The Scotch nurseries, and especially those of the northern districts, as that of Gibbs at Inverness, are famous for the raising of forest tree seedlings, which they send in large quantities to all parts of the three kingdoms. 7469. The subject of nursery-culture embraces almost every part of gardening; since no department requires a more general knowledge, or so much attention and practical adroitness. The essential part of the business is the art of propagation; which, in some cases, as in multiplying heaths, and other Cape and Botany-bay plants, by cuttings, and in raising even the pine and fir tribes from seed, requires very delicate and accurate manipulation, and constant subsequent care and attention. Even grafting, bud- ding, and layering, require to be carefully, skilfully, and expeditiously performed, and the future pro- gress of the scion, bud, or shoot, carefully watched. Next te propagating, rearing requires attention, and especially transplanting and pruning; on the former depends the state of the roots, and of course the —— 1028 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV, fitness of the plant for removal; andon the latter, very often, the future figure of the tree. J and French nurserymen are in some respects superior tradesmen to those of Britain: they generally re move all plants for sale, especially the ligneous sorts, every second or third year, and continue doing tt a with fruit-trees for seven or ten years, training their heads at the same time in particular forms 2 The purchaser finds their heads already formed and bearing fruit, and with such tufts of fibrous roots tl Ae they suffer very littie from removal. Even thorn, privet, yew, and other hedge plants are trained in this way, and ready made hedges may be purchased by the foot cr yard.(Hort. Trans. 201.): a(470. The most skilful and vigilant nurseryman can seldom make his practice conform to his Ie Thus, many customers, from ignorance, indolence, or unforeseen circumstances, defer ordering what they want from their nurserymen till the last moment, which consequently prevents him from applying the requisite details of culture to his stock of plants and trees in the proper season. Thus the heading down of truit-trees is often delayed, in deference to late purchasers, til! the buds begin to push; and to cut them at that time, particularly vines, apricots, and cherries, would endanger their existence, and, at all events, enfeeble their shoots. In this case it is necessary to wait till they have made shoots Ghia ee inches, when they may be headed down not with much regard to shoots which have appeared, but more as they would have been cut in the proper season when nothing appeared but buds. The plant ina healthy, vigorous state, when so headed down to apparently dead or dormant eyes, will soon push, and regain in a great degree, the lost time; and, indeed, it may always be considered safe to rub off all shoots not in desirable situations, from healthy trees, provided it be done early in the season. Trees which are not in full health, whether recently transplanted or not, should, in general, be left with their tops on; the leaves on which will prepare nourishment to strengthen their roots, and they can be headed down the following season. Some persons, after the drawing season, fill up the blanks in the lines of fruit- trees, with stocks to be budded the same season. This may do in new and excellent soils, and where there is little demand for fruit-trees; but, in general, the best way is to fill up all blanks that cannot be filled up with the tree kind in the proper season, with culinary vegetables, either for the kitchen or for seed, or with flowers to produce seed. ‘he Dutch nowledge. ga Ae;::; 7471. The following are leading objects of nursery-management:— 7472. Correctness in the names given to plants and seeds of every description, and particularly to fruit- trees. To facilitate this, as to seeds and roots, their names should be painted on the various boxes, sacks, and chests in which they are kept; and as to fruit-trees, they should be designated by numbers painted on wooden, or better on cast-iron, tallies. Stools and stock-plants of every description, not very generally known, and, if possible, the whole of those planted along the borders, whether known or not, should have their systematic and English names painted on similar tallies; and smaller nerbaceous plants in pots, and all exotics in pots, excepting such as come under the head of fruit-trees or plants, as vines, pines,&c. should be named on small wooden tallies, written with a black-lead pencil on white-lead newly rubbed on. Seton’s number-stick(fig. 161.) is by far the best for temporary numbers to fruit-trees, or for numbering sown seeds or small plants. Some employ leaden, iron, or copper tallies, painted, but these are too con- spicuous, and require tco much labor in the preparation for a nursery. It appears to us, that, to prevent the chance of substituting one sort of fruit-tree for another, either by accident or design, the following mode might be adopted: let a catalogue of fruit-trees be printed by the nurseryman, and let it contain against each name the number placed against the plant in the nursery; then every autumn before the drawing season commences, let a person with steel types of the numerals, and a marking-iron with the initials of the nurseryman, go through the rows of fruit-trees and beginning at No. 1., say of apples, put type 1. in a proper socket prepared in the marking-iron, and mark each tree fit to move, a few inches above the graft; let him next do the same with No. 2., having changed the type; and so on with the apples and all other fruit-trees, not excepting the peach.‘This would not supersede the use of parch- ment labels to plants sold, but it would afford both to the nurseryman and the public who purchased his catalogue and his trees, a certain means of detecting error; as, should the label drop off in the hurry of carrying the trees to the packing-court, or in unpacking when arrived at their final destination, the number on the bark and the published catalogue could readily be referred to. If performed with a small sharp instrument, this practice could do no harm to the tree. 7473. Punctuality, accuracy, and despatch, in executing all orders. 7474. Rather procuring or omitting an article than sending off a bad one, unless under peculiar cir- cumstances, to be explained to the party. 7475. Careful packing, and such as suits the sort of articles, the season, the distance, or the climate to which they are to be sent, mode of carriage,&c. 7475. Keeping an exact account of men’s time, and being particular in mustering them every morning betore the hours of commencing work, and again at the hours of rest and refreshment. This may be greatly facilitateé by causing them all to enter and go out at the same gate, which ought to be that at the counting-house; anda bell or horn should call them to or from work. 7477. Keeping a vigilant eye to the men while at work, especially with strangers, till you have proved to them that you know what they can do by day or hour, by fair labor. 7478. Having one principal foreman or partner for the whole, and sub-foreman for the exotic, Ameri- can, herbaceous, general nursery, and seed departments. j 7479. Having a proper person employed as@ traveller; or yourself or partner taking that department. 7480, Acting on all occasions with the utmost impartiality between gentlemen and their gardeners, leaning rather to the latter, in all doubtful cases, as the weaker party, according to the common consent and practice of all mankind.;;; 7481. Paying all workmen, and, at all events your foremen, such wages for their labor as may not tempt them either to idleness or pilfering themselves, or to countenance these practices in others. 7482. Publishing a printed catalogue ona scientific principle, of every article you have, or intend to have, for sale, with the names, synonyms, some description of the fruits, and reference to a figure of the plant or fruit in some generally known work; and placing, as above observed(7472.), the same num- ber opposite the names of your fruit-trees in the catalogue, as is actually placed against them on cast- iron tallies in the nursery, and annually in autumn, before the drawing season, impressed on all of them fit for sale, with a marking-iron and types.. ea bagi a 7483. Attending at all times and seasons; and in every part of the nursery to frugality(avoiding mean- ness) and neatness, keeping every where a vigilant eye, and always being beforehand rather than be- hind, with the different operations of cultivation. Much of neatness depends on the master’s insisting that every workman shall clean up and finish as completely as practicable, every operation as he goes along. Having taken up a tree or a plant, he ought never to forget to level up the hole; pees pruned one, he ought at the same time to pick up the shoots, or if in a course of pruning, he should have a boy or woman going after him to do so, or, at all events, they ought to be picked up the same day. A cor- responding attention to order and neatness is requisite in every other operation; and this attention once beccme a habit, will be found a saving of labor, and a source of profit as well as of pleasure. 7484. The management of the seed department is comparatively simple. The chief difficulty for seedsmen who are beginners, and at a distance from the metropolis, is the Sas a it]
ordering the proper quantities of each seed from the growers or wholesale dealers. The guides to this are the proportions of the different crops usually grown in private gar- dens, and the wants of the class who are likely to become purchasers. The same diffi- culty occult y The difere™* known by S* ag that they ‘Though Tew vrtial fail pat in WhIC ats { nore Ye n495, Asparogin years. AT yion, two Year nlants Acetanous years. four) Jiable to be exposed{0a Jn packing s seeds to Al enveloped 7 ¢ 7487, Bi kept out of seedesliops as and the more( roots retain the 1488, The J flower, and In other countries France; carrot, The hardier bul other hardy sort Hope, as ix, Japan ily,&e collectors at th North Americ 7489, The duty and care ought to selec asin some de to this, the nu tomers to rece mended has ac accordingly, gardeners, mu cealing out ap become sloyen might thus be tice,‘This is find with the The nurseryy mediator betn Interference 9 gardens kept removed from Poper opporte 490, Ther enclosed areas| pr md od U at I as of P eh mig ively si Boox 1}. PUBLIC GARDENS. 1057 culty oceurs in beginning almost every business, and is only to be overcome by experience. Whe different periods to which different seeds retain their vegetative powers require to be known by seedsmen, as well that they may not furnish lifeless seeds to their customers, as that they may not throw away as useless such as are possessed of the vital principle. Though few seeds are kept by respectable seedsmen above a year, yet in cases where a yartial failure has taken place in the seed crop, most sorts will grow the second year a 5 3 D: er that in which they have ripened. Some, however, will keep from two to five or ten or more years; and others for an unknown length of time. 7485. The latest periods at which the seeds most generally in demand may be expected to grow freely are the following:— Cabbage tribe. Four y Leguminous culinary Esculent roots. Beet, ten y one year. Parsnep, one year. Radish, two yee two years. Skirret, four years. Scorzonera, two ye Spinaceous plants. Spinage, four years. White beet, ten| Plants used in tarts,&c. generally two years; but the Rhubarb years. Orache, one year. Purslane, two years. Herb- only one year; and Gourd, Pompion,&c. ten years. patience, one year.| Flerbaceous fruits. The C ucumber and Melon, ten or more Parsley will grow at six years. Dill and Fennel, five years. ; vil, six years. Marigold, three years. Borage, four { les. One year.| ars. Turnip, four years. Carrot,| ¥ als sify, generally two years; but Rue and Rosemary, 2 years 5 and Hyssop, six years. Alliaceous plants.‘Iwo years.| years. Love-apple, Capsicum tribe, and Egg-plant, two years. Asparaginous plants. Asparagus, four years. Se| Annual and biennial flower-seeds, gene rally two years; but years. Artichoke, three years. Cardoon, two y| some grow with difficulty the second year: they are sel- pion, two years. Alisanders, and the thistles, t| dom kept by seedsmen longer than one year. } two years. Lettuce, thr Perennial flower-seeds, the same. Acetarious plants, in ge Burnet, six years. Mustard,| Tree-sceds. Stones, two years; and some, as the Haw, three; years. Endive, four ye four years. Tarragon, four years. Sorrel, seven years. Celery,| put they are in general of very doubtful success the second ten years.‘ x. Acorms will scarcely grow the second year; Elm, Pot-herbs and garnishing plunts, in general two years; but| poplar, and Willow seeds, not at all. 7486. All seeds ought to be kept dry, and the air as much as possible excluded; but those liable to be attacked by insects, as the pea, bean, turnip, 3 radish,&c. should be occasionally exposed to air and friction, by being passed through a winnowing machine.(fig.283.) The more rare seeds should be kept in their pods till, the season for using. Seeds received from foreign countries should, in general, be sown as soon as possible after their arrival. In packing seeds for the home demand, no particular process is requisite; but in sending seeds to America or the East Indies, the sorts which soon lose their vitality should be enveloped in clay, tallow, or wax, or put up in bottles rendered air and water tight.(2311.) 7487. Bulbous roots, with the exception of the anemone and ranunculus, can only be kept out of ground a few months with propriety, though some are often found in the seed-shops as late as May. When thoroughly dry they may be kept in bags or boxes, and the more delicate sorts wrapt up in papers separately. Ranunculus and anemone roots retain their vegetative powers two, and sometimes three years. 7488. The Englisa seed-growers and seed-collectors furnish the greater part of culinary, flower, and indigenous tree-seeds sold in the shops, but a part“also are obtained from other countries; as of onion-seed from Genoa; anise, basil,&c. from the south of France; carrot, onion, and a variety of seeds, when the English crop fails, from Holland. The hardier bulbs, as crocus, daffodil,&c. are for the most part grown in England: the other hardy sorts are obtained from Guernsey, as the Guernsey li ly; the Cape of Good Hope, as ixia, gladiolus,&c.; from South Aimerica, as the tuberose; or China, as the Japan lily,&c.‘The seeds of tender exotic trees and shrubs are obtained from the seed- collectors at the Cape, New Holland, and other foreign settlements; and of others from North America. 7489. The recommendation of head gardeners forms an important part of anurseryman’s duty and care, and one in which he may render essential services to horticulture. He ought to select such as are well qualified for what they undertake, and consider himself as in some degree responsible for the conduct of the p*:son recommended. In addition to this, the nurseryman, in the yearly tour he generally mz ikes among his country cus- tomers to receive payments and‘take‘orders, should observe whether the person recom- mended has acted according to his expectations, and should exhort, reprove, or approve, accordingly.[he nurseryman, while on this tour, by seeing a number of gardens and gardeners, must, by comparison, be well able to judge of their merits; and by. judiciously dealing out approbation or blame, might do much good. The good"gardener, who had become slovenly, from not seeing eines gardens, or os om the indifference of his employer, might thus be recalled to his duty, and the art not suffered to be disgraced by his prac- tice. This is also the time for gentlemen to state to nurserymen the f faults they fay e to find with their gardeners, so that they, by their advice, may endeavor to correct them. The nurseryman who has recommended a gardener, is the only person who can act as a mediator between this gardener and his employer; and we repeat, that by the judicious interference of well eatacred and experienced nurserymen, much good might be done; gardens kept in better order, and gardeners improv‘ed and ret tained, instead of being anioned from their situations without being properly informed of their errors, and a proper opportunity afforded them of amendment Secr. III. Public Gardens. 7490. There are very few public gardens in Britain; and we can only refer to the enclosed areas of the public squares and parks of the metropolis and principal cities, to 33 SC pa. ae oe oe 1058 STATISTICS OF GARDEN NG. Parr IV. the botanic gardens of the universities and other public bodies, and to the eardens of a... be}> the two horticultural societies. 7491. The public squares are generally kept in order by jobbing gardeners at a certain rate by the year. The principal part of their business consists in keeping the grass short, by mowing once a fortnight in summer, and rather seldomer in spring and autumn; in keeping the gravel clean, and keeping up a display of flowers in the dug groups. 7492. The public parks and other equestrian promenades are mostly managed by officers appointed by government; being once formed, and the trees grown up, they require little annual expense.‘The Mary-le-bonne or Regent’s Park is in part let as a nursery-ground, and, instead of a rent, the occupier is bound to plant a certain number of trees the first year of his lease, to nurse up these, and leave a certain number of them on each acre at the end of his lease. A considerable part of this park is also, as already mentioned, let to private persons for the purpose of erecting villas, which, though it will control the rambles of the pedestrian, will give and maintain a woody appearance, without any expense to the public. 7493. The botanic gardens of the universities are under the general direction of the professor of botany, and managed by a head gardener or curator: those, founded by subscribers, or a society, as the gardens of Liverpool, Hull, Glasgow, and Dublin, are under the direction of a committee, and similarly managed. The duties common to curators are the keeping up and increasing the collection of plants; those who manage university-gardens, have, in addition, to furnish specimens of certain plants in sufficient numbers for the use of the professor and students. In some cases, the curator is required to instruct students; and in others, he is permitted to do this, and to take pupils-or ap- prentices for his own emolument. Most gardens exchange, and some, as that of Liver- pool, sell plants and seeds. 7404. On the cultivation of botanic gardens we shall offer only a few general hints. Instead of the prin- ciple of rofation, is here substituted that of a xenewad, partial or wholly, of the soil. On shallow soils it is to be effected by removal of the whole, or a proportion of the old soil, and the introduction, and thorough mixture of a proportionate quantity of geod virgin loam, or of virgin peat, bog, or sand, according to the plot or border to be renewed. In rock-works, and bogs, American grounds, and in most of what may be called particular habitats, there is no other way; but in the plots which contain the general arrange- ments, deep trenching may partiaily or wholly supply its place. 7495. Manure cannot altogether be dispensed with in botanic gardens, particularly for some or most of the vegetables which will be included under the culinary, agricultural, and flower-garden departments; but, in general, decayed leaves is the best manure for all other plants and trees, not in a state of mon- strosity or otherwise changed by cultivation. 3 7496. Sheitering and shading are parts of culture which demand very considerable attention in botanic gardens, especially in warm climates. Delicate plants which require a moist atmosphere, as some alpines and Americans, require to be closely covered with a hand-glass, and this again partially with a wicker case during the whole summer, even. if under the shade of a wall or hedge. 7497. In sowing, and causing to vegetate, seeds which have been brought from a distance, a good deal of skill is often requisite. Sowing in very fine earth in pots, covering them with a bell, and placing them in the shade and in moist heat, is the most likely mode to succeed, whatever climate the seeds may have been sent from. T'o this, some add previous steeping of the seed in pure water, and in water impregnated with oxygenated muriatic acid. Others water with water impregnated with this acid or with its gas; some charge the earth of the pot with the gas, and others invert a bell-glass over it, containing an at- mosphere partly or wholly composed of the gas.(See Hill, in Hort. Trans. vol. i. 233.) All these modes, and others suggested by vegetable chemistry, may be tried; but where the vital principle is not extinct, the first mode will generally be found sufficient. Numerous annual and biennial seeds require to be sown every year, independently of seeds of new sorts from foreign countries. For collections of these in beds or ina general arrangement, the mode of sowing in rows across the bed, is obviously the best; and several rows radiating from a polygonal tally in the centre, is the most economical, as admitting of the greatest number of sorts in the least space. 7498. With respect to management, there are various duties belonging to the office of curator of a public botanic garden which are peculiar to the situation; some of which we shall briefly enumerate. 7499. Gathering and drying specimens to maintain the herbarium, and to exchange or give away; fre- quently inspecting the herbarium to guard against damp and moths; collecting and preserving seeds of every kind for the purposes of exchange. oe:: 7500. Collecting wild plants, and seeking for new species in proper situations; im unfrequented haunts for herbaceous plants; in haunts much frequented by birds, for trees; in bays, and sheltered creeks, and shores, for aquatics; in rocky shores for marine plants; among the tops of snow-clad mountains in win- ter, for mc; in old forests in winter for lichens, and in spring for fungi, and so on.; 7501. Acclimating plants, by raising them from seeds, one generation after another, till the final progeny will endure the open air throughout the year.— Dr. Walker(Essays) states how the passiflora cerulea was acclimated in Scotland, merely by time, without propagation from seed. Sir Joseph Banks(Hort. Trans. vol. i. 21.), by sowing the seeds of succeeding generations of the zizania aquatica from 1791 to 1804, “ proved that an annual plant scarce able to endure the“ungenial summers of England, became, in four- teen generations, as strong and as vigorous as our indigenous plants are, and as perfect in all its parts as in our native climate.” Next to the ordinary duties of a botanic curator, this appears to us much the most important of the services he can render the horticulture and agriculture of his country. 7502. Distributing seeds, cuttings, and plants of all sorts, among all who are likely to keep them, and set a due value on them, but to none else. The illiberality of the administrators of some gardens, in this respect, has been much and deservedly blamed.‘The surest mode of preserving a plant in the country is, to render it as common as possible; and the easiest mode of effecting this is, to distribute a few specimens among the nurserymen. From an opposite conduct, many of the plants introduced at Kew, and described in the Hortus Kewensis, are not to be found in the Kew garden; and, thus, never having been dis- tributed, are lost to the country. The policy of this garden, fora number of years past, is considered as highly reprehensible: being supported by the public, it ought to have been devoted to its service. Book I wan Gig know 1 } oe wpetliarties OF| ‘rings which™ 4, Dissent aie turalised, Dy pl throw the part plant the root Curator Ander! yrator Antes commons, aC fised ‘of we have anne t of the first E Whitsuntiae know the name 7505, A ¢ hution, or§ Liverpool, fi sale; but th of other bot exchange m: that every tl once every t process, from hotanie name three sheets, ¢ stl letters stands, J ned togeth SHE tween British b these catalogues 7306, A call printed names, the numbers pla catalogue, If, in the synopsis work, as it is in and as an examp one curator wish allhe has to do is the numbers 0 Persoon’s Sun) 11,500 figures, (f Plants, and ¢ render commu cies plantarum 1507, The p do not admit o on the Formation ment, It is ir awe think, a| convenience in n0 part in makiy another is scatte There should, iy OF every descr &es a circum’ and the interm turalisation, an ments might ¢ lorming with th these might ha other Parts and. presented three te bot-houses 0 HOnging to th Terentia} one, Aid entes i em al ey p 7 Pat BioxsT PUBLIC GARDENS, cs be cardone en of 7503. Giving the name and history of plants to all eager enquirers, in order to encourage a desire of botanical knowledge: to induce a taste for botany and the vegetable kingdom, by pointing out striking Ra a cetan peculiarities of plants to superficial observers, in order to attract their attention; trying to point out , things which may assimilate with the taste or foible of the person addressed; recollecting that sexual matters and matters bordering on the marvellous, are the most generally attractive to volatile or vacant Utne and minds: in this way“ becoming all things to all men, in order, by all means, to gain some.” eR ate yo(904. Disseminating and dispersing seeds and plants of scarce natives, or of foreign sorts not yet na- > turalised, by placing them in their proper soils and habitats. Thus, when the aquatic plants are reduced, throw the parts taken from rare ones, into an adjoining ditch, lake, canal or river; scatter the seeds, and tly Tau hy plant the roots of wood-plants in plantations; arenarious plants on sandy soils or shores, cand so on. ron a! Curator Anderson of the Chelsea garden scatters all his spare seeds on Battersea, Clapham, and Wandsworth OUT Ute commons, and throws his spare aquatics into the Thames. The consequence is, that though only a few te Brass ID Patt a9 years practised, some rather scarce plants seem already naturalised in these places. Dickson, an enthusi- cer ig) astic botanist, naturalised that beautiful plant, the fresh-water soldier, in the ponds about Croydon; as ‘Eta Nuit we have done the same plant, and several others, in the Serpentine canal in Hyde Park. Salisbury, one Dumber of they of the first botanists of the age, and equally eminent as a horticulturist, thinking he could naturalise also, as already on our sandy shores the pancratium maritimum, planted a bulb in the Isle of Wight, among chelidonium tf a corniculatum, and eryngium maritimum, with which he saw it growing wild below Montpelier(Hort. though It wil Trans. vol. i. 341.); and when at school, in the neighborhood of Halifax, in 1769, he was flogged in the oY annearanc Whitsuntide holidays, for helping to propagate the narcissus triandrus, and for running out of bounds te NY appearance, 2 med,= 5~$ y know the name of it at North Bierly. 1 dr 7505. A catalogue of every botanic garden should be printed for exchange, distri- 1 turecton of the i chee 4 s: Bo That ye bution, or sale. Very complete gardens, such as those of Kew, Cambridge, and ioe, founded by oa:’;- gah) 4;? ou nd Tinhlin os Liverpool, find it answer to publish printed catalogues, with a view to remuneration by and Dublin, are He;:: c= ea 3( 2 rden, A 4: Entrance from London, and ornamental gardener’s proposed us standard fruit compartment, A 5 lodge, C, ruit glass, A 6 Assistant secretary's pro vosed lodge, Space unoccupied at S.E. angle, Private road outside of the fence on Kitchen-garden proposed lodge, C 9 Space unoccupied at S.W. angle, C6 Yards for stables, sheds, composts,&c., C7 Private road to’urnham-green, C 5 Entrance by the National School from Turnham-green, C 9. The fruit and kitchen department(A) contains— Site for£ Pits and forcing ground, A 7 Garden for small fruits, A'S Western slips for stocks, and fruit-wall border, A 9 Experimental ¢ arden, A 10. 6 the south, C 4 ) The ornamental department(B) contains— Entrance to flower-garden, B 1 Flower-garden, B 2 7509.~The garden of the Caledonian Horticultural Society is not yet in a state to be discussed, — a Cuar. ITI. vhical Survey of the British Tsles, iv respect to Gardening. 7510. The British isles are naturally and politically more favorable to the practice of hor- ticullure in all its branches than any other country in no country is so great a proportion of the surface covered with gardens, including, under this term, the parks or landscape- gardens, which surround gentlemen’s seats. The beauty and magnificence of these parks, and the villas, mansions, castles, and palaces, of which they are the appendages, far sur- pass what is to be met with in any other part of the world. The palaces and scenery of Italy are more interesting to artists and classical antiquaries, from the particular associ- ations necessarily connected with their pursuits; but the views of an accomplished and well regulated mind will extend to other kinds of excellence, as well as those of pictur- esque or classic beauty; and a man that knows to what extent civilisation and refinement are carried in different parts of the world, will look into the interior of these casinos and palaces, their gardens and farms, and enquire to what extent they would contribute, 1n their propriety, salubrity, furniture, produce, and management, to the gratification of the wants of an Englishman in his present state of refinement. In these particulars he will {ind them so very deficient, as to admit of no sort of ral r. Lopogra; comparison with those of Britain. Book* wit, Of! yh i follov ing ation S0me tb eglection oft which may n hough they sip, or even n mes of cou iy 1805 5 al that time Ml | th Kl 8y0, publish there, W all a of Britain 0! of them; a0 occur which dered as th space that 9 we have ol! the natural| established ¢ a cr0ss( X} in country-t¢ 7519, The It) 1 an cultivated, ant 1 C5) ba) beautifully in hilly and moun The mo: east. Ae cashire and Cl Sussex, The 1 | ha pn) trade, fas heen within the cl ished 1792 to| | ath te covered With I ¥ ga dens \| and White beet sidered as nea kent gardens and niagnitice examples of shires the see wickshire, an to the exter ber, and we, in which thei which they are 7618. MIDDL Saturday, salesmen by ten o’e different tonant fore ate ‘ parts of the toy the prineipa garden, there ay teive Very consid productions, and ofto the shops by Paro]Y. th hae been, MN details af t fe\ ee wh 1! a 4 the pa au pe Boox I. GARDENS AND COUNTRY-RESIDENCKES. 1061 7511. Of the state of gardening in each of the different counties of the United Kingdom, the following notices are necessarily imperfect to a certain extent; from defective inform- ation some things are omitted, and erroneous statements may exist as to others. In the selection of the names of the principal country-residences, some are undoubtedly admitted which may not have that claim, in comparison to others which are excluded; and others, though they once had that claim, may now have it no longer, from neglect, change of owner- ship, or even destruction as a country-seat. Most of the descriptive hints, added after the names of country-residences, refer to the state they were in some years ago, some as far back as 1805; and the changes in the names of the possessors that may have taken place since that time must no doubt be the cause of various errors, though we have spared no pains to avoid them. The descriptive epithets, added to the names of places in the southern kingdom, are taken generally from the Beauties cf England and Wales(London, 26 vols. 8vo. published from 1801 to 1815); those of Scotland from the beauties of that country (5 vols. 8vo. Edin. published from 1802 to 1809); and those of Ireland from The Traveller’s Guide(1 vol. 8vo. Dublin, 1819), and from the information of a correspondent there, well acquainted with every part of that country. We have visited all the counties of Britain ourselves in 1804, 5, and 6, and since been professionally engaged in several of them; and we have also made a general tour of Ireland in 1811. When any remarks occur which are not found in the books referred to, they may, for the most part, be con- sidered as the result of our own observation at these periods or since. From the limited space that we can devote to this part of the work, these remarks are necessarily very few; we have omitted stating any thing as to the indigenous plants; and said very little as to the natural woods or artificial plantations of each county. All the seats which are of established celebrity, and are, or were, what are called show-places, are distinguished by a cross(x): of most ef these places accounts have been published in the local guides, sold in country-towns. Secr. I. Gardens and Couniry-Residences of England. 7512. The surface of England is estimated at 32,150,000 acres, almost everywhere cultivated, and nowhere incapable of cultivation; in most places varied— gently and beautifully in some districts, and abruptly and on a grander scale in others.“he most hilly and mountainous districts are those of the north, and the most level those of the east. The most humid climates are those of the western and northern counties, as Lan- cashire and Cheshire; and the most dry those of the east and south, as Norfolk and Sussex. The richest soils, and those in which gardening, as an art of culture, and as a trade, has been carried to the greatest perfection, are those round the metropolis; there, within the circuit of ten miles, it is estimated(Lyson’s Environs of London, pub- lished 1792 to 1796), 500 acres are employed in raising culinary vegetables; S00 acres covered with fruit-trees and shrubs; 300 acres in medicinal herbs; 500 as nursery and florists’ gardens; besides not fewer than 1200 acres employed by farming gardeners in erowing potatoes for the market; and 1200 occupied with turnips, cabbages, parsneps, and white beet for milch-cows. Gardening, as an art of design and taste, may be con- sidered as nearly equally advanced in almost all the counties. Some of the most highly kept gardens and country-residences are in Middlesex and Surrey; of the most extensive and magnificent in Oxfordshire, Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire, and Devonshire. The best examples of cottagers’ and farmers’ gardens are in Essex, Kent, Norfolk, and Lanea- shire; the seed-gardens are chiefly in Essex and Kent; orchards in Herefordshire, War- wickshire, and Devonshire; and market- gardens and nurseries are distributed according to the extent and population of the different counties. These counties are forty in num- ber, and we shall take them in the order of the circuits made by the judges, being that in which their names are most generally associated in our memories, and that also in which they are not unaptly classed in regard to beauty and character. 7513. MIDDLESEX, occupies the north side of a vale watered by the Thames, and containing 179,200 acres, of which one part is clayey and another marshy, but the greater part productive. As containing the metropolis, it may be considered the richest county in the United Kingdom as to culinary and flower gardening.‘Ihe depdt or market, where chiefly these productions are cx] osed for sale, is Covent-garden, an open square, laid out with fixed temporary wooden shops and stalls. The vegetables and commoner fruits and fiowers are brought in by carts and waggons three days in the week,‘Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, so as to arrive in the market between three and five o’clock; they are then sold by regular salesmen to the retailers of the market, or to green grocers, fruiterers, and stall-keepers from different parts of the town. In general the terms are adjusted, and the market cleared of the vehicles and horses by ten o’clock or earlier in the summer, no more remaining in the market than what is found by the different tenants to be sufficient for the local consumption. The more. valuable fruits and flowers, such as forced strawberries, peaches, grapes, and pines, and forced roses, hyacinths, and nosegays, during winter, are gener ily sold by private contract to the fruit-shops in the market, or to others distributed in different parts of the town. The principal fruit-shop is that of Grange, 1n Piccadilly, who is the king’s fruiterer; the principal flower-shop that of Smith, in Covent-garden market. Besides the central market of€ ovent- garden, there are others in different parts of the town, as the Fleet, Newgate, 3orough,&c. which re- ceive very considerable supplies of the leading kinds of vegetables direct from the country; but the forced productions, and the more expensive fruits, are generally brought to Covent-garden, when not disposed of to the shops by private contract. xo 1 es) ey Se* 33 3 ERBSeSHSs Si| aire Bea.= Ss£53= 22= a=p A ae a 82.52= == S aa eS Ss Bg= 23 Besse esl|= 2 a ay aS Z el= a SESEES Ba),£22854 3 = Manes e=== 3 SBSsa2 Sas& p33 e£ S a StS==2&= area eo 2E2 2$ 2255= = Ses 5 Se== ESESES E22“BSeRe= 7Op xed“pg*s—-=& c= 2 c=- fl= i eae==-= UaZOp ed“pg sZ ted*"Pg SG.- sulyey‘Sive,p Taysnq aa ysnq tad“sgt- jaysng rad*sz, 7 pusng aad| UBL, aod“S01 S=-|©‘2 oa O= yeusng rad-szz, Teysnq sad«sgy jeysng 1 ysnq aed° SST, | uazop sted- uazopted‘sg- Uuazop tad*s¢- wuazop aod. S Pea} C a=* sc= ea= o--- BEE xed.“SOT| | uazop aad*s¥ uazop Jad*- mezeD Jad sss- nezop rad‘sz|- uazop rod“Sgt- S= o=e).= 14= 2 uazop 1ad-pg 03‘SZ uazop tad*s~ 0}*s¢ uazop Jad'se 0}“so S=----- aS- oo“>|= uazop aad*se}>_uezop zed"se-- eee‘ aad‘sg|- wezoprzedssg’- wuazo sad-"- sad‘s¢*zop aad sc}- uazopxred+sgz- uaz jad+sz,'- uazop Azad"sz- usz0p ade uezop aad+s7, j------ uaezopited:sg¢,- wuazo) sad| Zop*d‘sp 0}*pg’st|*Zop*d*sp03-pg’st*zop*d+sp0y*pgrsy-zop dep 07*PO'SL Z9D° d spo}"pg Ae uoTTes tad“pg* STy es xod"pg*s—- uous rade Ba. 2- ae|------“--|(ae BS-- OOT ted“pg* OOT 49d“pg*sz, r ssi(er: in| ee---- ey ie--:::-- --‘q] tad-pg“ST- ay sod 5 iS as 2. Ke- joes----.-==--- uazop Jad pg‘sz, Uezop Aad"pg+sz=-~—suazop zed+-- once| s 3-- Ce||---=- e jeysnq aad* jeqsnq stad*sg yausag aad sy Jeysnq tad- 5S=%- 55---- 2 le- SPs- SI jeysngq szod*szT] uazop tad pg st] Uazop aed*pg‘sy uazop ad*p9“ST MeZz0p ated D9‘ST]-= ee|| ake 5 5= a=----|--|=-| uazop Aad"pg"sz, uazop azad*pg‘sz jose A= ps=*©=--- Gal- oF aes- je- peusng sad*sz jeysnq wad soy- eusnq rod"sQ)--= El tees A A an a 5=-.-|--: os-- yaenb sod-pg|- yaeubaed-pg!- 4aenb zad-pg|- 5 és“ e i* a a- a=. Ps 4 s 2 is| ee=. |||{ 10d‘p---=, a|= 2 3|=| yavnb rod‘sy> qaenb sad+85|- qaenbaad-sz-+sg]- qaenbaad-sz- b sad Ws- qaenbaad+sz|- wenbasd-sgj- javnbasd+sz}- yrenbaad-sz;- qzenb sod* 63|> yxenbaed-szj apied isd pp- ayyodszad-pg! ayyjodaadposst- aptodaad sg]-—ayjqod sod-s¢-------|--- aaals Jyey sed-sz daAdts JPY tod‘sq aaais Jtey aod*sg| aaats giey xed sgt]>- ¢-=== o= o== s}URLIND ¥ ere | 9aAals yey dad+sz! aaars Jey saad-sp BAdIs J[VY Aad*sQT] aa DIS F]EY rad‘sQT-------- oat--$3 beat m9. whe | aaais‘ey-d: sgadry aaatsey*d sgadny BAIS JLY Aad« aaats is Fey wed“SOL 7--------| qouund rad sz, 7| jeysng tod+sgz!- youund rad*s¢ qouund asad-sc-©---=) a= | ey Jad soz] aaatszrey rad‘soz aaats zyey tad-sgz= aaars Fley tad sp aaars'ey'dsscoy-soy%& a5 2 Py s es of 4==- AAaIS szreu qad+s 18 Jey tad+sgg *ysnq* dso. 193“soe;"ysnq: d"SCT 03°SOS- yeysnq sod‘Sp.> Jaysnq sad“sp“ysnq:d“SOT 04°S8T 4 he 3 a x= B=-=“ysnq*“d SSF 04 S05 1“SST 02° || apiod tad sz=) ayqgod rad+s- uazop rzad+st- uazop tad“se-----| |“qt sad“pg‘83!*q] ted*posz- AM xad 59-*q[ dod sg}-“qi ted soz]-‘ql red*sgc|-..== |‘z0op tad sg= Uazop Jad-syTt- uazop tad“sgy- ns x 2 S=- So= 5 eS© é=~~ i; UaZOp Jad‘Sy 0}‘sp UazZop Aad*sT 04“sp uezop rad sq 07"sp Famoneet“Sh OMSZT uazoprad-sz101°s) SES S 3“3=+ é Was a= me |*qt sad‘sg|*qi aad‘sg-‘qi zad-sc!-"qr aad ssg”-*q] aad*sey=‘qi jadssge]-‘qt aad ssge}]--=|-- jo- aan |“qy tad“sot“qi aed‘sot!-‘qi tad“sot.-"qi ted*sotT}--*qy tad“soz- qi ted sgt}-*q] tad seq}-*q] tad*szq|-‘qr aed“sZt;-"qr aed-szqp)-“qy rad“sz 1- | yoeossg-- yoratsc.--‘sg‘Ba“sey 0}*SC OL| va"SQz 0}“SG OL,-== anil a—& | i=|| aoviq tad sst}> aovaqisdss~, sovaiq rad“pg a- Mats xod#- a0RIq zad*sg| aoviqisd pg sot}- aovsq sod'SGT|- aoevaq rad sz!+ 90RIq sad‘STS|= 1 Jad*pg*|-“qi aad“sg}-“qj tad“sp 2 2 lear sia) leg: MELE ee a He: E; ae“q aad Sy|e apijod rad" stl ajiod aad‘sq- erica qadssq’- amqod sod TA il ajnod aad‘sy ap0d xzad“pe<5] ern yod-pg st]- apzodaadssy]- apjod xad-p6;- epjodsed-st;- ajj0d 19d*sT}- apjod zed st;- sutooxysnyy 'zop‘d-pg‘sy adry|* zopd-pg‘st adny-zop-d«pg‘spadny zop sad-pg:st adny| zopszad:pg'sz adnyy=*-z0p aad+sz, adryz| uazop aad‘sz, adry|| | OOT Jed sc useIHy QOL Aed‘se uaa) OOT saad“se 9) oor Jad‘sz users)| 0 Lod“sf w994t)=--=---|=--.-|=— wnotsd | uazop Jad"pg"st| uazop rad+*Pp9"ST, Uuazop sad‘P9‘8%;-| é. 2 3 2 Sl|--|- adde-oso7y || aypunq sad“pg aypung sad*py aTpunc aad:“po aypunq rad-pg apunq rad pg}- arpunqg sail‘ST arpung rzad*sz} aypunq sad“pg‘st a7punq seal P9‘sT eTpunq aed-p9‘SE aypung szed-pg*sz| sxTe3s-q2 s\ ral | Joutnid rad*pe} qauund sad“pe yauund tad-pe)- youundazed-pe,- yauund aad+ be- yeuund szad‘pe qauund rad spe qeuund sad*pe youund sad-pe jauund sod‘pg- youund aed- PS) jeuund zed*pe|- speyes Treas | 200s rad“87- aioos rad"sy- ai0os xad*sT. axoos tad*szj- d400s rad*- artoos tad*sz}|- ar09s z0d“sp- az09s rad+sy- 2100s red"st 5|= me a100s rad“86| S | uazop'd«py stor s¢ Bez obs d-pg: LORS, De zO De d: P9STO: se ELA d- pg? S103 s¢|uazop tod"sz 0}*sf-=-> S=|:= | youund sad“sp} o=-| ee- nouand ced*sz|- gouund rad*sz]- nd ei*s¢|- youund red‘sp,- seat aad“sy= coal zad“sp|- | OOT rad*sqTZ}>: eae= se- O jlec--- OOT 40d‘sg oor zed-sg|- Oorszed:sot}]- ootszed:sot}- ootaed:set|- OOLwd'sTz)- OOT sed‘sTZ]- (gectsreu‘d'pg st] oaarszyey rad*sy} aaatszyey tod‘sy;- younqaad:pz%)- younqszed-pg young szed‘pz‘st| aaats yey sed aaors Jey Jod*sz] aaats yey Aad«sc! aaats yey tad‘sz’ aaats FyeY tod*86| ey dod+sz|= suolug | ars yey tad st aaats yey Jed pg) aaats Fey tod-pg) oaaatszeyaodsst| aaciszey aed-pg aaatszeyaed-pg} oaaarts ey atod-pg| aaarts yey red‘sy] aaais yey ted‘se aaisszey dad sp aaars zyey tod-sp| aaars gyey rad sp}- adeurdg | nue dad>- zouund tad‘sq;-- Oo--|‘younq?zop aad pg‘young*zop aad‘sy|*qounq‘zop aad‘sT|sayoung*zop*d+sq]- jouund rad+sz|- youund rad+sz|- yauund sad+sz)- yauund saad+sz|- soysIpey } young Jad ay> younqiaed*pr- younqaed:pp- younqisad-pp]- younq aed-pg- young aad+st} young aad*pg*st| young zad-sz MaN|- younq aed«p- younqied*pg)- young szad+pg!- young sad-p | young sad"pe young Jed-pgz- younq sed-pg,- young sed"Pe,- young zad-pp- young azad-pg|- younq ted sty pound Jad‘sc MaN|- younq zed+pz]- younqaed-pe- OUR xed PE)- mound aad+"Ps| ||||“ql tad*pe*q] rod‘Pb|-*qy red*pg“aI aad SST, a=*q[ sad+sy|+q] tod*pg'sT 03"se 5| ||| 9aars zyey aad sg dAaIs VY tad*szi aaats grey aod+sz| aaats Fyey rad«se oor ad“pg st Onst OOT ted+ Pg" SI Oe al 001 aad*pg's] orsp ool aa*Pa'st Ge sy 001 jad po" ST On; }| Pais gtey tod pg! aaarsgyey tad‘st! aaals grey aad sc} aaats Jey aad*s¢-©|| ||||@aarsjzyey"SG—*SQe 03||| | daats Jyey rod+sz, OA01s ITEM rad$83; oh“sz“sg sy aaats BEd wad: sog|-=::- youna rad+“Po*ST{- young sad‘st young ted P6.- young Jad*pg!--|- young sad‘se} young sad-pg+sz}-= qounq ted+sz_young rod:‘ST| uazop Jad*sc} uazop jad“pg‘s+ dad«sT| uazop aad*pg"st;- euszop zed“sg- wazopirad-se}- uazop bad*sg|- Uuazop zed+sgy----|| |'70p'd" pg sauo-ug 2-----| ces uazop Jad+sz|- uszop xed+sq| uazop red+pg sj]- uazop rad"S|- uazop rad*sz--|o« aneqqe: }“hla aT*ABqULgQVO NT|*4990}2Q suaquajdag ioe pnsny hae“ne une“fing qedy|‘YIM*hupnuoe ¢“Iva oy ynoysnosyy: JIYIVJA, U ypseS-zuIs0g, ur 11e}aqy,&q‘Aqryenb 3S0q aI Jo‘sworonpo4y 919N}0024 fe SOIT 2ODLI pT ayy JO MITA dAtvavdwos B SUIqIYXO WT VL SUIMOTIOJ ouy,‘FISZ te Sas ae Boox I. GARDENS OF 7515. The seed-market is held twice a-week, on Mark-lane. Here the growers or holders of garden-seeds, and of such agricultural seec MIDDLESEX. 10638 Mondays and Fridays, in a large roofed space in » aS are commonly sold by nurserymen, as clover, rye-grass,&C. attend and transact business by sample. The purchasers are the London retailers, or the wholesale dealers for their country customers; nothing is there sold by retail. 7516. The produce of the nursery-gardens is sold on the spot; as is also that of the florists’ gardens; the herb-growers sell their productions to the wholesale druggists and manuf 7517. The public gardens of Middlesex are as under: Public Promenades.—The principal public promenades of the metropolis are the verdant areas of the squares, especially Finsbury, Russel, Grosvenor, and Berkeley Squares; and the public equestrian, and also walking promenades in this county, are the parks of St. James, the Hyde, and Mary-le-bonne. Bolantc Gardens.—The only public botanic garden is that of Chelsea, containing between three and four acres. The origin of the Chelsea garden is involved in obscurity; the first notice of it in the books of the Apothecaries’ Society is in 1674, when it was proposed to wall it round; and two years afterwards, in 1676, they agreed to purchase the plants growing in Mrs. Gape’s garden at Westminster; which garden, it is thought, may have been the one mentioned in Evelyn’s Diary for 1658, as“the medical garden at Westminster, well stored with plants, under Morgan, a skilful botanist.” Piggott is the name of the first curator, noticed in 1676. Watts, mentioned both by Ray and Evelyn, was an apothecary by profession, but undertook the care of the garden in 1680, at 50/. per annum. Miller was appointed in 1722, at the time Sir Hans Sloane, when applied to for a renewal of the lease of the garden, granted it to the Society in perpetuity at a rental of ol. per annum, and on condition that specimens of fifty new plants should annually be furnished to the Royal Society till the number amounted to two thousand. Miller resigned his situation as curator two years before his death in 1770, and was succeeded by Forsyth, who went to be royal gardener in KXen- sington in 1784, and was succeeded by Fairbairn, who died in the garden in 1514. His situation is now filled by Wm. Anderson, who has greatly enriched the garden, and con- tributed materially to restore its high character. It may be noticed as a warning to gardeners, and indeed to all of us, that the two first curators, Watts and Miller, are said to have relaxed from their activity and got careless; and that Fairbairn neglected the garden for a number of years together. No proper catalogue of this garden has ever been published; with the exception of one, of the medical plants, by Miller and Rand, in 1730, and another of the same kind in 1739. Farmers’ Gardens.—The principal of these are in the parishes of Chelsea, Hammersmith, and Fulham, to the west; and at Hoxton, Kingsland, Hackney,&c. to the east of the Metropolis. George Matyear of Fulham, Samuel Hutchins of Earl’s Court, Kensington, Cock and Dancer of Chiswick, and Brown and Reid of Hoxton and Kingsland, have the most extensive ploughed gardens; the smallest exceeding a hundred acres. Southfield Farm, near Parson’s Green, in Fulham, has been occupied jointly as a market-garden and a nursery for upwards of two centuries, and the whole of that time till the beginning of the present century, in the family of Rench. In this garden were produced the first pine-strawberry, and the first auricula, by the father of the late Mr. Rench, who also instituted the first artnualexhibition of flowers. He died at the age of ninety- nine years, having had thirty-three children. The late Mr. Rench, mentioned by P. Collinson, as famous for forest trees, introduced the moss-ro planted the elm-trees now growing in the Bird-cage Walk, St. James’s Park, from trees reared in his own nursery; married two wives, and had_ thirty-five children, and died in 1783, in the same room in which he was born, at the age of a hundred and one years. The grounds are now occupied as a market-garden by Mr. Fitch, who married one of the daughters.> Vewetable Gardens and Garden Orchards— abound in the same parishes. The principal are those of Grange of Hoxton, and Gunter of Earl’s Court, each of which contains between sixty and enty acres, extensive forcing-houses and pineries, and walls for fruit-trees. The open garden is regularly planted with standard fruit-trees, and is more devoted to the production of fruits than of culinary vegetables. The garden of Wilmot at Isleworth is of the same character, and nearly equally extensive; and next is that of Michael Keens of the same place. The gardens of Brentford and Twickenham are famous for straw- berries; in those of the last parish there are about four hundred acres covered with this fruit. Almost the whole of the parish of Fulham is occupied in fruit-trees and vegetables. The gardens of the Neats’ Houses in Chelsea have long been famous for celery and cauliflower; water-cresses are grown in irrigated trenches at Bayswater and in the parish of Isleworth. Market Flower-Gardens.— For forced flowers and shrubs, the principal garden is that of Smith of Dalston; for geraniums and green-house plants in general, Colville in the King’s Road; and for a flowers, D. Carter’s of Fulham. Some of the nurserymen deal extensively in forced flowers, as Jenkins of Mary-le-bonne, Henderson of the Edgeware Road,&c. Florists’ Gardens.— Of these the principal in Middlesex is that of Davy in the King’s Road; then Bailey at Clapton, and also of the King’s Road; Moore in the King’s Road, and some at Brentford and Hounslow. 7518. Nurseries. The principal British nurseries are in this county; and as almost all the country nurseries are supplied with their more rare articles from them, we shall particularise the names of a few:— The Vineyard,— at Hammersmith, is unquestionably the first nursery in Britain, or ratherin the world. At the beginning of the last century it was a vineyard, and produced annually aconsiderable quantity of Burgundy wine. A thatched house was built in the grounds; the upper part occupied as a dwelling house, and for selling the wine; and underneath were the wine-cellars. The ground was taken by Messrs. Lee and Kennedy, the fathers of the present, or late occupiers of that name, and continued by their sons, who dissolved partner- ship in 1818, and the concern is now the sole property of Lee. This nursery owes its celebrity, in a great measure, to the late James Lee’s knowledge it yxtany, and to his publishing the Introduction to that science at atime when its principles acturing chemists by sample. were not generally diffused. Lee was patronised~by a great many of the nobility and gentry, for his general knowledge in natural history, and for his sound sense and strong under- standing.‘The nursery is now carried on by his son to greater extent in every department than any other nursery in Europe. J. Lee, jun. has four sons, whom he intends to bring up to the business in four separate departments: the seed business, the counting-house, exotics in houses and fruit-trees, forest trees and hardy plants. Besides an extensive correspondence, and a vigilant attention to procure every new plant as soon as introduced by others, a great many plants have been introduced to the country directly by this establishment. Among the collectors they sent out for this purpose, may be mentioned a person collecting oaks and other plantsin America; another, for eight years, at the Cape of,Good Hope, in partnership with the Empress Josephine, collecting ericas, bulbs, and other plants; and a man in South America. The whole concern, from its first establishment to the present moment, has been conducted with singular spirit ard skill; no expense spared to procure new plants from abroad, and preserve and propagate them when received. The gr houses are extensive, and a house two hundred feet long has lately been erected tor fruiting the different sorts of grapes, and another for figs.‘The proprietor has grounds for the com- moner descriptions of stock in different parts of the country: as at Bedfont for stocks for fruit-trees, and for cherries; at Hounslow and Bagshot for stocks, and also for seedling fruit- trees, and other commoner articles,&c. The Fulham Nursery— was established by Christopher Gray, about the beginning of the last century. Catesby, Collinson, Miller, Dr. Garden, and other eminent botanists, and travellers contributed many rare plants, and great part of Bishop Compton’s collection was purchased by them from the bishop’s successor. Some fine old exotics are still existing in this nur- sery, as the quercus suber, celtis occidentalis, ailanthus glan- dulosa, diospyrus virginiana,&c. The first magnolia grandi- flora was planted here; the original tree, the parent of most of the older trees of this kind in the country, died some years ys the dead trunk, which is still preserved, measured four feet ten inches in circumference; its branches extended twenty feet; it was as many feet high, and its fragrance perfumed the whole neighborhood.‘This nursery passed successively from Gray to Burchall, and from him to Messrs. Whitley, Brames, and Milne, the present occupiers. The Brompton Park Nursery—was founded by Messrs. Cooke, Lucre, manaon® and Field,in 1681. In 1694, all the partners having died or sold out but London, he took in Henry Wise, who had been an apprentice to Hose, the royal gardener, as London had also been. At that time the grounds exceeded 100 acres in extent.‘This nursery passed successively from London and Wise to Swinhoe, Smith, and Co.—in 1756 to Jefiries and Co.— in 1788 to Gray, Wear, and Co.—in 1810 to Gray and Sons, in whose occupation it is at present. The rrounds are now reduced to thirty acres, and the establishment has unavoidably fallen off in reputation. In the time of London and Wise it was spoken of in terms of the highest approbation by Evelyn. In his preface to the translation of Quintiney’s Complete Gardener(published 1701) he says,“the proprietors, Mr. George London, chief gardener to their majesties, and his associate, Mr: Henry Wise, are recommended for their assiduity and industry; they have not made gain the only mark of their pains, but with extraordinary and rare industry, endeavored to improve themselves in the mysteries of their profession; from the great advantages and now long experience they have had, in being employed in most of the celebrated gardens and plantations which this nation abounds in, besides what they have learned abroad, where horticulture is in high reputation.” He adds“ the grounds and gardens of noblemen and persons of quality, which they have planted ab orizine, and which are still under their care and attention, series were valued at one penny per plant the amount would exceed 40,000/. The Kensington Nursery— was established by Robert Furber, in the beginning of the last century, and was of note for fruit- trees in Miller’s time; it has passed successively from this family to Grimwoods, and to Messrs. Malcolms, the present spirited and judicious possessors. The Breniford Nursery,— Messrs. Ronalds and Son, has been established upwards of a century. Itis chiefly devoted to the culture of fruit-trees- The Brompton Agricultural Nursery,— Messrs. Gibbs and Co., part of the Brompton Park nuysery; but was tly for a display of the sses and plants used in iring the present century. Botanic Nursery— was established by Conrad Loddiges nan gardener, about the middle of the last cen- tury. It is pa ularly devoted to the propagation of rare pl ants, and contains the best general collection of green-house and hot-house exotics of any commercial garden. In palms, tree-ferns, and scitaminee, 1t particularly excels, and of the first tribe, possesses upwards of eighty species. For the better dis- play of these plants, Messrs. Loddiges have lately erected the largest hot-house in the world; it being 80 feet long, 60 feet wide, and 40 feet high. It is heated by steam, as are all the others, extending to upw ards of a thousand feet. forming three uninterrupted sides of a parallelogram. In the area are the pits and frames. Two houses are devoted to the camellia: one is roofed with copper sashes, by Timmins of Birmingham; the other is a curvilinear-roofed house, formed of our bar (fig- 739-),_ it is 120 feet long, 23 feet wide, and 18 feet high. (For other details, see 7356. and fig. 736.) was originall) established ch agriculture, dt The Hack The Kingsland Nursery— was in part in the occupation of Fairchild, and also of Cowel, in the beginning of the last cen- tury.‘The present possessors are Messrs. Bassingtons. St 1 ae cn URN ee earearsre | LLLLCII A sup ll Necceacneeo eee Fy Nil)| eaeomreraagere vaca HU eA TE i 7] bi Ke TLE T Poo ge TS Hf Pamewiw ae Mac aa DEN Us TT maT TH HUAOUNTS STATISTICS OF GARDENING, “| oy| The Ball’s-pond Nursery,— Messrs. Brooks and Co., has been established upwards of half a century, and is carried on with much spirit, collectors being sent out to distant coun- tries, and many new plants imported. A mong these are several chrysanthemums, psidiums,&c. The Mile-end Nursery—was established by James Gordon, gardener to Dr. Sherrard, at Eltham, and passed successively to Gordon, Dermer, Thompson and Co.; Gordon, Forsyth, and Co.; and‘Thompson and Co., by whom it is at present kept up in a very respectable style. The Mary-le-honne Nursery,—'Thomas Jenkins, has been established within the present century; it is of considerable extent; contains extensive hot-houses for forcing flowers, for greea-house plants, and pits for pine-apples. It aiso contains a subscription botanic garden. A Other Nurseries.—Of these there are, perhaps, a hundred Ree FEE 2 | 1 ery: eae a 208 a(eneeaane rts ist ATT > eee Gs in this county that might be deservedly mentioned. That of Fraser and Co., in the King’s Road, noted for Ame baceous plants; of Harrison rican her. \ and Co., Old Brompton, for its antiquity; Schaler and Co., King’s Road, as famous for roses; Joseph Knight for a general collection of exotics and hardy flowers, and for excellent management; that of Kirk and Son for its antiquity, the grounds being in part surrounded by the walls of Cromwell’s garden; Henderson’s, in the Edgeware Road, for pine-apples; Forsyth(one of the principal London seedsmen), at Mile-end; Ross, at Kingsland,&c. 7519. Private gardens come next in order. Street-Gurdens(fig. 740.)— are necessarily numerous in the outlets of the metropolis; many of them in the New load, Hammersmith Road, and in the parishes of Chelsea, Fuihain, and Kensington, are very neatly kept. 2. SAT PUREE:= UOC LEE LTE, PE eae) g Sea BS a —~ TOM ao mPa AGE SA, The Cottage-gardens of Laborers,—near town, are not remark- able for management, but in the western and eastern extre- mities of the county they are better. The Cottage-zardens of Artificers—are often very neatly kept; particularly those of the Spitalfields weavers, and other opera- tives who have a taste for flowers. Farmers’ Gardens.— As many of the farmers near the metro- polis are retired or speculative London tradesmen, they haye often very neat gardens.‘lhose to the west of London may be referred to as examples. Suburban and Citizens’ Villas— are in considerable number 5 of various degrees of extent; but generally neatly kept. 7520. Villas are numerous in every part of the country; afew may be enumerated:— Arn’s Vale,—near Southgate; Walker, Esq. A noble mansion, chiefly by Sir R. T the grounds comprise woods watered by the New River; the flower-garden is rich, and there is an extensive range of hot-houses containing an abundant collection of exotics. Culland’s Grove,—near Southgate; Sir W. Curtis. A sub- stantial villa, and good kitchen-gardens, with hot houses, on which no expense is spared. Canons,—near Edgeware; Sir Thomas Plumer. e ayo& Le RAD KS ie AY NIN \ \ 7527. Villas. We have selected a few; but the number that merit attention is more than double those here named. 4ddington Place,—near Croydon; A rchbishop COS good house in the centre of a park, much varied and we planted: the house lately enlarged and improvea. Bh OP 2! aay Se SRC SEAS SSE SES SS AS AS ESET MRRES SCNT Z WW . AOL EA IZ yer eae iad SSS EA Aldbury Place,—near Blackheath; S. Thornton, Esq. a elegant ionic mansion, greatly altered and improved by 5 te present proprietor. The park, a beautiful piece ot sicune 250 acres, finely wooded, especially with old Spanish G aes x ce There are some small pieces.of water in the park, ands a A and fountain in the garden. This place was noted in. elt time(527.) for the subterraneous passage of 160 yards in length, ypansiO”y wth 3 fine sa moat, te toot sion StOONs G propre yomantley \ yi house, 10 3 sost side of LOOP to the houses ane proprieto! Cyurt,- house; or AA plain mansto beauty, and nic mental building preservation. Kingsroood Lo substantial stu 1805, for Gide time. They at and 2 n the hi 720, 120, ¢ att el mit sa e nd the pict nrardin Sur leg P Gira es Pays y Korth(Castle, eon 1, tl. Mr d, an Paar, 3 Cnt, coating Otte Serer re, sh iy Res, oy i rad ten GARDENS Book 1. made nearly through a hill, but a rock at the south end pre- vented the design from being completed. Botley,— near Chertsey; Sir J. Mawbey. An elegant stone mansion, in a park well stocked with timber, and adorned with a fine piece of artificial water, with a bath at one end or it. Burwood Park,—near Walton; Sir J. Frederick. An ele- gant house, in a park of 300 acres, valued here because not in- tersected by a single footpath. Bysshe Court,— near Godstone; J. M. Ewart, Esq. Worthy of notice on account of the kitchen-garden, which is surrounded by a moat, the area enclosed being that on which the former mansion stood. x Deepdene,—near Dorking; T. Hope, Esq. A man of great taste in all the fine arts, and eminently so in architec- ture and gardening. His essay on gardening, and work on household furniture, are highly esteemed. This Italian villa was built by the Duke of Norfolk, but improved and deco- rated with sculptures and a Tuscan tower, by the present proprietor. The grounds are not extensive, but are highly romantic, and intersected with walks in various directions, which, with admirable liberality, are at all times open to the public. Egham Park,—near Egham;—— Parry, Esq. A nea house, in a well wooded park of sixty acres, lying on the south- west side of Cooper’s Hill; a conservatory and colonnade added to the house, and the kitchen-garden much improved by the present proprietor. Ember Court,— near Thames Ditton; Colonel-Taylor. A stuccoed house, and a park of late years greatly enlarged and improved. Grove Hill,— near Camberwell; the late J. C. Lettsom, M.D. A plain mansion; the gardens laid out with great taste and beauty, and rich in exotic There are also various orna- mental buildings, and the whole is in the highest state of preservation. Kingswood Lodge,—near Egham; Flounder, Esq. A substantial stuccoed house; the grounds modernised by us in 1805, for Gideon Bickerdyke, Esq. the proprietor at that time. They are chiefly remarkable for their commanding HES SaSS and as forming a part of Cooper’s Hill, celebrated xy Denham. Monk’s Grove,—near Chertsey; Lord Montford. Remarkable only for its kitchen-garden, sunk in the side of St. Anne’s Hill, at a great expense. Morden Park,—near Morden; G. Ridge, Esq. A handsome quadrangular house, on arising ground, agreeably diversified with extensive plantations of shrubs and flowers, and embel- lished by two sheets of water. x Norbury Park,—near Mickleham; W. Locke, Esq. A simple but grand mansion, in an elevated commanding situation,‘‘ well fitted to reign over the domain in which it is placed.” The park is extensive, and the wood in judicious masses branching away from the house in Sppesite directions. It contains many walnut-trees, the nuts of which in some years are said to fetch 600/., and in other seasons scarcely a bushel is produced. Xx Pain’s Hill,-- near Cobham; Lord Carhampton. One of the most beautiful and meritorious places in England. The extent is 213 acres, great part taken from a barren heath; but the surface being naturally varied, and the river Mole border- ing the estate, laid a foundation for every improvement. By a simple contrivance the water was raised so as to supply a large and beautifully varied lake, and the buildings and woods were judiciously adapted to the grounds. A vineyard was planted on the south side of a gravelly hill, from which wines were made for several years. The woods were planted so as of themselves to produce variety, by adopting the man- ner of grouping the natural orders; thus, in one part the pine and fir tribes prevailed, in another aquatics, and so on. his place was celebrated by Wheatley, Walpole, and other writers, and much admired by the public, to whom it was open, till it fell into the possession of the present proprietor. Petersham Lodge,— near Kew; Sir W- Manners. The house a design of the Earl of Burlington; the grounds spacious and beautiful, and adjoining Richmond Park. Polesdon,— near Leatherhead;—————~——————.. The grounds remarkable for a fine terrace-walk 900 feet in length. The Priory,—near Ryegate; LordSomers. A modern house, with 76 acres of pleasure-grounds, very well laid out. Puttenham Priory,—near Godalming; Admiral Cormick. A neat Corinthian house in a judiciously arranged area of fifty- four acres. x Richmond Hill,— Richmond. Among the many fine villas here, we may notice that of the Marquis of Queens- bury, as affording an example of grounds on both sides of a public road judiciously connected by a subterraneous com- munication. Roehampton Grove,— Roehampton; W. Gosling, Esq. An elegant modern structure, by Wyatt, with a highly polished Jawn and shrubberies, and a fine piece of water, supplied by pipes from a conduit on Putney Common. There are above a dozen other structures equally deserving attention at Roe- hampton. That of Lord Viscount Fitzwilliam was the house of Sir Matthew Decker, maternal grandfather of his Lordship, a thy Dutch merchant, who first brought pine-apples to pertection at this place. Mackay, in his tour through England, about the year 1724, says, that there was in the garden the longest, the largest, and the highest hedge of holly that he ever saw. In the house was the pic ture of a pine-apple gather- ed there in 1720, on account of a visit of George it for whose reception Sir Matthew built a room on purpose. He died in 49. The hedge no longer exists. Lord Fitzwilliam died , and the picture is now in the Fitzwilliam museum at Cambridge. Rook’s Nest,—near Ryegate; H. Turner, Esq. An old mansion, recently enlarged and beautified, standing in a de- lightful park, with fine old woods; a large lake, and good kitchen- gardens and hot-houses. The Rookery,— near Dorking;——— Fuller, Esq. Purchased in 1759, by Daniel Malthus, Esq. author of the translation of Girardin Sur les Paysages,&c. from Abraham Tucker, Esq. of Beechworth Castle, the celebrated author of The Light of Nulure pursued. Myr. Malthus took advantage of its beauties of hill, dale, wood, and water, converted it into an elegant seat, and sold it in 1765. OF SURREY. 1067 Sherwood Lodge,—near Battersea; J. Wolfe, Esq. The house has received an elegant addition in the Gothic style; the grounds of limited extent, but in high keeping.; i Shrub Hill,—near Dorking; Lord Leslie. A’ commodious and pleasant villa. Streatham Park,—near Streatham; A. Atkins, Esq. The grounds contain 100 acres, surrounded by a shrubbery and gravel-walk, forming a circuit of two miles; the kitchen- peo remarkably extensive, and enclosed by a wall fourteen feet high. St. Anne’s Hill,— near Chertsey; Mrs. Fox. The gardens and pleasure-grounds of moderate extent, but laid out with much taste by the late eminent statesman, whose widow now resides here. é Tilburster Hill,—near Godstone; Alexander Mac Leay, Esq. P.R.S. 1.8.&c. The house on the south side of a green hill finely bosomed with trees, and looking across a rich vale, to finely wooded hills beyond. The gardens and pleasure-grounds small, but rich in American plants. West Brechworth,—near Dorking; H. Peters, Esq. An old mansion, the grounds greatly enlarged and improved by the present owner; the old park remarkable for its noble timber; especially chestnuts, elms, and limes. Woburn Farm,—near Chertsey; Sir J. St. Aubin. A brick house; the grounds flat, but agreeably varied by a piece of water; but chiefly remarkable from having been first planned and laid out by the late P. Southcote, Esq., the inventor of the Jerme ornée.‘To such a character they have now scarcely any pretensions. 7528. The mansions with demesnes, in Surrey, are few compared with the number of villas. Ashted Park,—near Ryegate; Hon. F. G. Howard. An elegant mansion, with magnificent stables, in a park of 140 acres, enclosed with a brick wall. Beddington,- near Croydon; W. Gee, Esq. Celebrated in ixteenth century for its gardens, and for the first orange-trees grown in England.‘The attention paid by Sir Francis Carew to other plants as well as orange-trees, is proved by his showing to Queen Elizabeth, who used frequently to visit him, a cherry-tree with ripe fruit, kept back a month beyond the usual time. Over the whole tree he strained a canvass, which was occasionally wetted; by this means the cherries grew large, and continued pale; when assured of the queen’s coming he remoyed the canvass, and a few sunny days brought them to their color.(Platt’s Garden of Eden, 165.) The present mansion was erected about 1709; the park contains some fine elms, is not varied nor very extensive. J. Gibson, in an account of the gardens near London, written in 1691, says the orangery at Beddington was above 200 feet in length; that most of the trees were thirteen feet high, and that the gardener had the year before gathered at least 10,000 oranges. The heir of the Carew family was then in his minority, and the estate was let to the Duke of Norfolk. At present, Richard Carew, Esq. is in possession of the estate, and the manor- house is in the occupation of William Gee, Esq. his younger brother. 3 * Claremont,— near Esher; Prince Leopold of Saxe Coburg. The park was chiefly planted by Kent, for Pelham Ear! of Clare, and afterwards Duke of Newcastle, who built the pro- spect tower and called it Clare(clear)-mount. After the Duke’s death, it was purchased by Lord Clive, who, when setting out on his last voyage, gave directions to Brown to build a house, without limiting him toexpense. He performed the task to the satisfaction of his employer, at a charge somewhat above 100,000/. It is a beautiful Corinthian building of freestone, an oblong square open on all sides, the offices under ground, and connected with the stables by a subterraneous communication. The situation is well chosen, the execution good, and the m- ternal arrangement unexceptionable. Brown had often altered houses, but this house, and that of Crome, are the only in- stances of his having erected new ones. The grounds want water, and are rather deficient in distant prospect; but in other respects they are singularly and beautifully varied, and planted with the greatest taste. In the late Princess Charlotte’s time, government built a green-house on an eminence in a very bad style; it is composed of large painted windows and fan lights like an assemblage of shop fronts. A good collection of plants is scattered among the hot-houses of the kitchen-garden, which stand in need of renovation and reformation. Clandon Place,—near Guildford; Earl of Onslow. 7531. Of villas and mansions, the following are but a few of those deserving note:— i Ashburnham Abbey,— near Beachy Head; Earl Ashburn- j ham. A spacious modern edifice, in the midst ofan exten- : sive park, containing much fine timber, and a large sheet of water. a: s. 4 i) x Bayham Abbey,— near Tunbridge Wells; Marquis of i) Camden. A small habitation in the Gothic style, badly pl ced 5 hut the demesne extensive, and atiording a situation for build- ing, for which a magnificent design has been given by H. Rep- | ton.(Observations on Landscape Gardening.) Near the present jj building the interior of an olc church and cloisters have been laid out as a flower-garden, which is much admired. .|< Buckhurst Park,— near Lewes; Lord Whitworth. Both house and grounds have been greatly improved by this noble- nan and his lady, the Duchess of Dorset.:: ' Cannon House,— near Westdean; Lord Selsey. A small place, too near a churchyard, and a small brook, which is dry in summer the effect of both, however, much diminished by sudicio slanting: 4> bs Fastle,— near Tunbridge Wells; Earl Abergavenny. ar castellated edifice, embattled and flanked with out any imitation of ancientarchitecture or other details. It stands on a bold acres, well wooded and watered. Eridg An irregul L round towers, but with in the doors, windows, eminence, in a park of 2000 a 4 1068 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. seeds or plants sent there from foreign countries, and th cellent description of them published in the Hortus Kew ea A catalogue of the plants was first published by Dr. Hill ie AES gn one volume; that by the late W. Aiton in 1789 a three volumes, 8vo.‘The present catalogue, c ted 1812, extends to three eo hieees Sir W. Chasbe cenit od a description of the house and gardens in 1763 thy u wards of forty plates, and they have also been iHeveaiens oe Gs= poems, one by J. Ritso in 1763, and the other by tae Jon 3 author of the tragedy of the Earl of Essex, in 1767.~= From the first establishment of the garden, a number of col- lectors have been sent abroad, and maintained there for the purpose of sending home plants and seeds. This has added a great many names to the catalogue, because every plant is ne troduced there which has once been in the garden; but unfortu- nately, from want of that liberality in giving away or exchang- ing plants, which ought to, and does characterise almost ever’ institution of this description, many of the plants which have been introduced are lost, and no where to be found but in the catalogue. We have only to instance the natural order of pro- teacez. A palace in the Gothic style was built by Geo. III. on the banks of the Thames, the design is by Wyatt, and rather crowded; the situation more beautiful than wholesome. It has never been completed. Richmond Park,—near Richmond. The palace long since taken down; the park 2253 acres, surrounded by eight miles of prick wall. It is well wooded, and contains some large pieces of water. A part of what is called the Old Park is occupied by his present majesty as a dairy; the remainder constitutes the royal gardens, which were firstlaid out by Bridgeman in avenues, and afterwards opened and improved by Brown. They have the advantage of being situated on the banks of the Thames, and exhibit some beautiful views. Queen Caroline, who was very partial to this spot, had here a dairy and mena- zerie. Several ornamental and grotesque buildings were dis- persed about the gardens; one of which, called Merlin’s Cave, contained several figures in wax; another, called the Hermitage, was adorned with busts of Sir Isaac Newton, Locke, and other literary characters. A description of these gardens was pub- lished in 1755. A surface of 935,040 acres, gently varied, the soil generally rich, great part bordering ts of low undulating hills, or what may be called hilly plains, known by the name of Downs(from Duno, Sax. a hill). The northern parts, towards Essex and Kent, abound in natnral woods, : or remains of woods called wealds. This county is not remarkable for its gardening; on the coast, how- ever, and especially about Worthing, the fig thrives better in the open air than it does any where else in rdens of the Duke of Norfolk, at Arundel, and in some commercial gardens near Worthing. These tree and also the fig-orchard, of nearly an acre, at Tarring, near Worthing, occupied by Loud, and containing 100 standard trees, have already been referred to.(4853.) Market-gardens, in the neighborhood of Lewes and Worthing, are rather on the increase, for the purpose of supplying the latter village and Brighton, both rapidly increasing, with culinary vege- tables. The garden-market at Brighton is at present supplied with all its more valuable articles from London, excepting peaches, grapes, and figs, which in autumn, are imported trom France. The severity | of the sea-breeze renders this part of the coast peculiarly unfavorable to gardening. The principal nur- sery in Sussex is that of Chichester, by Silverlock, distinguished as the inventor of a hollow wall T (fig. 233.) which promises to be of real utility both in gardening and cottage-building.— There are also nurseries at Horsham, Lewes, and other places, but they are of no great note. At Brighton there isa Furze-seeds are collected for the seedsmen from the wealds, and some tree-seeds from the woods of the Duke of Richmond and Lord Shettield.‘The cotta are neatly managed, and productive; as are some of the farmers’ gardens.‘There 4 are a few villas near the marine towns; but the principal country-seats are mansions with demesnes. Glynde,—near Tunbridge Wells; Lord Hampden. A noble pile, of Klizabethean architecture, with a terrace commanding a fine view of the surrounding country.‘The grounds much improved by the late Dr. Trevor, but at present rather neglected. Heathfield Park,—near Winchelsea; Newberry, Esq. The park, environed with holly, able to keep in any game in Evelyn’s time; some of these hollies still exist, and many have been cut down for their timber. x Michel Grove,—near Clapham, Sir J. Snelly. A spa- cious Gothic mansion(fiz. 742-), of cream-colored brick, and in the most florid taste of that style of architecture: the ar- rangement, both internal and ex‘ernal, harmonious and scien- tific. hegrounds, by Repton, display some fine marine views. Parham,—near Arundel; Sir C. Bishop. A singular old Elizabethean house, not much altered either exteriorly or within; the park abounding m stately groups of oaks. i x Sheffield Place,— near Lewes; Lord Sheffield. The mansion stands low, in a park of between 5 and 600 acres, long famous for its large oak-trees, and more recently so for other plantations, and tor the care and judgment with which these are managed in every part of the demesne. There is 100 acres of pleasure-ground, and above 1400 acres managed as a home farm, and with experiments in culture, and breeding, for which Lord Sheffield has been long celebrated. Stanmer,—near Lewes; Earl of Chichester. A plain stone edifice, forming three sides of a square, in a park much diversi- fied by nature and planted with judgment. Stanstead-house,— near Chichester; L. Way, Esq. One of the most delightful situations in the kingdom; the house, an elegant Ionic pile, with wings, an observatory, and cupolas; the park 650 acres, finely varied and wooded. West Grinstead Park, \= near West Grinstead; 2 William Burrel, Esq. A handsome stone mansion: the grounds lately much improved, and some hot- houses added to the kit- chen-garden. =e Aaa lalate! A tL. 7504, KENT. some places; low nd woody p ofa coulitry. Janded property cultivate their 0" and particularly: Jens OU men’s gardens 0 some parts ot Ho different kinds 10 and one public, metropolis, but W nd of Dr. Shertal “ros Dy a) Boox I. GARDENS Up Park,—near Eastbourn; Sir H. Featherstone. A mag- nificent house, and well wooded park; the timber-trees, in 1743, valued at 19,0001. 7532. The following are first-rate residences:— x Arundel Castle,—at Arundel; Duke of Norfolk. 4 magnificent castellated structure, partly very old, and partly re-erected on a more sumptuous aie It is founded on a cir- cular knoll, effected partly by nature and partly by art; the ad- joining grounds flat towards the sea, but the rest of the park varied and well wooded.‘The kitchen-gardens are good, and walls built of small flints collected on the South Downs. The stables and offices form a handsome quadrangular building near the house, and are inferior to few if any in the kingdom, and the dog-kennel exceeds in magnificence and convenience, even to luxury, every structure of the kind ever raised for such tenants. The park includes 2000 acres; behind the house is a fine grove of cedars, mentioned by Collinson; of the true service, mentioned by Miller; and everywhere abundance of old timber; and it contains a beautiful summer-house; on the pleasure-grounds is a tennis-court; and on a hill beyond the, park, a race-course. x Petworth House,—at Egremont; Earl of Egremont. A magnificent mansion, fronted with freestone, and surrounded 7534. KENT. A surface of 93 2, OF KENT. 1069 by statues; in the front an artificial lake formed at an expense of not less than 30,000/., the water collected from numerous small springs in surrounding hills and conducted thither in vipes. The park is 12 miles round It was formerly little Herter than morass and waste, but has lately been drained and. well stocked with every variety of British oxen, and also those of the Calmucks and of Astracan; there is also a breed from the East Indies; the Scottish bison, and the shawl goat of Thibet. His lordship farms extensively, and has used every exertion to encourage the breeding of oxen as beasts of labor rather than horses.‘Che gardens and hot-houses are on a scale of design and management suitable to every other part of this truly noble demesne. 7533. Royal residence. X The Pavilion, or Palace,—at Brighton, is in a mixed style of Chinese, Gothic, and Moresque architecture, in which the former greatly prevails. Exteriorly it forms a singular and beautiful whole; but is badly arranged within, and, excepting the dining-room, the others are low or of dis- agreeable forms and proportions; or, like the music-room, over-labored in attempting to keep up the Chinese character. The grounds contain only a few acres, in which are a magni- ficent pile of stables, formed round a circular court, covered by a dome partly glazed.‘The garden-scenery is tasteless, stocked with the meanest flowers, and shows no exertions for approbation. 600 acres, considerably diversified by ridges of chalky eminences in some places; low marshy grounds on the Thames and Medway; open downs near Dover; and an inland, flat, and woody part, towards Sussex, called the Weald; a Saxon word signifying wood, or the woody part ofacountry. It is one of the oldest cultivated counties in England; and, from some laws peculiar to it, landed property is much divided, and there are a great many small proprietors who reside on, and cultivate their own estates. Hence the garden-like appearance which prevails in great part of this tract, and particularly about Maidstone, and on the road from London to Canterbury.‘The cottage and trades- men’s gardens on this tract are remarkably neat, perhaps more so than any where in the world, unless in some parts of Holland. It is also very productive in vegetables and fruits for the market, and in seeds of different kinds for seedsmen: it contains some beautiful villas, and one or two fine old mansion-residences, and one public, formerly a royal park. Philip Miller appears to have been born in this county, near the metropolis, but where is uncertain. The most celebrated gardens in former times were those of Knowle, and of Dr. Sherrard at Eltham. 7535. Public garden. Greenwich Park,—near Greenwich, originally belonging to Greenwich Palace, but that being formed into an_Hos- pital in the reign of William III., it is now disjoined. It contains 188 acres, walled round by James I., and planted with elms and Spanish chestnuts in intersecting rows and avenues by Le Notre, in Charles I]’s time. The coup d'eil of the Metropolis, from this park, is as interesting a thing of the kind as exists. 7536. Commercial gardens. Farmers’ axd Market Gardens,— abound along the Thames, for the supply of the shipping. Immense quantities of green peas are grown round Dartford, both in farm market-gardens and in common farmed lands for the London market. At Sittingbourne, and in the Isle of Shepey, peas and beans are grown; and at Greenwich and Deptford great quantities of asparagus, sea-kale, onions, cauliflowers,&c.. Edmonds at Deptford is the greatest grower of asparagus, and sometimes has 70 or 80 acres under this crop. Orchards.—" are chiefly about Lewisham, Maidstone, and along the banks of the Medway; the principal fruits of the county are the cherry and the filbert, but most of the others are also grown, from the walnut to the strawberry. The latter fruit is brought to great perfection at Fordwick, a village near Canterbury, belonging to Earl Cowper- Seed-Gardens.— Great quantities of seeds are grown for the seedsmen; canary, radish, kidneybeans, and formerly turnip in the Isle of Thanet; toker or Sandwich beans at Sandwich, and also kidneybeans. Various seeds are also grown roupd Maidstone, and much canary-seed in the hundred of Herne. The Kentish perennial rye-grass is collected through the county, and shipped for the seedsmen at Feversham. About twenty acres in the parish of Deptford are generally devoted to the growth of onions for seed, the Deptford variety being in sts’ Market-Gardens— there are two at Greenwich; and there are also some Florists’ Gardens there. Nurseries> not unfrequent, though the county is al- ready fully planted, and most of the orchardists raise their own trees. The principal is that_of John Willmott and Co. of Lewisham. It was founded by Mr. John Russel, about the middle of the 1$th century, who raised himself by his skill and industry to a state of affluence rare among nurserymen; and, after keeping his carriage, and living many years like a gentleman, died in 1794, aged 63, leaving property to the amount of 20,000/.‘The nursery is now carried on by his son- in-law with increased spirit; the grounds contain 150 acres; 70 hands are employed, and about 3000/. a-year paid for labor. The New Cross Nursery,—near Deptford, W. Cormack and Sons, is extensive, and has long enjoyed a respeotable reput- ation. 7537. Cottage and villa gardens Cottage-Gardens.— Besides being neater, as already men- tioned, these gardens are stocked with finer kinds of vegetables, as kidneybeans, early potatoes, lettuces,&c. than in most counties; and they abound more in flowers. Private Gardens of Farmers—are also superior to those in most counties; fruit iss here a necessary of life, everywhere cultivated; and all that is not consumed at home finds a ready market at Maidstone or London, or is purchased by the fruit-hawkers and the agents who travel through the county. Suburban Villas.— A few of these line the roads near the Thames, and especially about Deptford and Greenwich, and there are a number round Blackheath, among villas of a Jarger description. A few also exist round every town in the county, and all are highly kept. Terrace-Garden at Dover Castle.—The governor, pro temp. Four gradations or terraces cut in tt k and flint rock. On the barren walls vines a: 1ined; the latter ripen in October, while in the low part of* the town they seldom ripen at all.‘The whole in a state of neglect. Belvidere,— near Plumsted; Lord Eardley. A spacious brick edifice on an elevation, rapidly declining towards the north, with fine views over the Thames into Essex; the _grounds, though small, agreeably diversified, and well “wooded. < Blendon Hall,—near Bexley; J. Smith, Esq. A good house, and the grounds agreeable, with some natural oak- woods and a piece of artificial water. The present owner has greatly improved them, from the designs of Hl. Repton. Charlton House,— near Charlton; Lady Wilson. A good specimen of the style of James I.; the grounds occupy 70 acres, include some beautiful scenery, and fine old trees, especially cypresses. Danson Hill,—near Bexley; J. Johnstone, Esq. A hand- some mansion, by Sir Robert Taylor: and grounds con- taining fine woods, and a spacious sheet of water, laid out by Brown. Eden Farm,—near Beckenham; Lord Auckland. An elevated healthy situation, surrounded by fine beech-trees. East-Cliff Lodge,—near Ramsgate; Lord Keith. The house a good specimen of modern Gothic; the grounds, which contain thirteen acres, remarkable for a curious subterraneous passage 500 yards in length. Godmersham Place,— near Canterbury;—— Knight, Esq. A handsome mansion, backed by extensive woods. Hayes Pluce,—near Beckingham; P. Dehaney, Esq. The mansion erected by the late Earl of Chatham; who, as G. Mason informs us, took much delight in improving the grounds. Heathfield,— near Ashford; Earl Thanet. A square edifice of Portland stone; the grounds skirted by the Stour, and much improved by the present Earl, who dedicates great part of his time to agricultural pursuits. Hill Park,—near Westerham; J. H. Barrow, Esq. The grounds beautifully varied by nature, tastefully planted, and containing a curious artificial cascade in front of the house. Holmood House,—near Beckenham; the favorite retreat of the late prime minister Pitt. A small house, but the grounds ex- tensive and beautifully laid out by H. Repton, Lee,—near Ickham; T. B. Bridges, Esq. A_ Gothic mansion by James Wyatt, Esq.; praised by Lord Walpole; the park displaying some fine thriving trees over undulating grounds. ,. a 4 Quarry Hill,— near Tunbridge; J. Burton, Esq. an eminent London builder. A castellated mansion by the roadside, built of the stone and flints of the country, with an extensive park, abounding in undulations and wood.: Wooton Court,—near Dover; Rev. E. T. Brydges. A white house on a bold hill, nobly crowned with woods; the grounds much varied with hill and valley Woodlands,— near Blackheath; J. J. Angerstein, Esq. An elegant mansion of Portland stone, in a commanding situation; the grounds agreeably varied, and the gardens remarkable for the quantity of glass they contain. There is a very large con- servatory and numerous vineries, the mvention and execution of Mr. D. Stewart, when this gentleman’s gardener; also an excellent collection of exotics. 7538. Demesne and Jirst-rate residences. _near Seven Oaks; Earl Stanhope. A good mansion by Inigo Jones, with grounds flat and rich, but not much varied by plantation. The present earl is much attached both to horticulture and agric¢ ulture.: Cobham Hall,—near obham; Earl Darnley. A house in oman H, the centre partly by Inigo Jones; the >5, nearly seven miles in circumference, beauti- mtly wooded; with remarkably fine oaks, and a noble avenue of lime-tre es. On an elevated site is a large magnificent mausoleum, which cost 90601.: Footscray Place,— near Footscray;—— Harris, Esq. The mansion of freestone,; copied from a design by Palladio, x Chevening, the form ofa R park of 1800 acre fully diversified, abunc 1070 erected near Venice; the park well planted, and embellished with a canal, formed from the Cray river, which flows through the grounds, Knomle Park,—near Seven Oaks; Duchess of Dorset. A magnificent Elizabethean palace, the most modern part of whieh is dated 1605; it covers five acres. The park is between five and six miles in circumference, varied in surface, and clothed with venerable oaks, beeches, ashes, and elms. The pleasure-grounds, for the greater part, remain in their original taste, and contain some fine old limes, cedars, and other trees. Extensive conservatories, modern rosaries, and flower-gardens, with other improvements, have been added by the present pro- prietor, who is much attached to gardening: Mote,— near Maidstone; Earl Romney. Formerly a cas- tellated mansion, surrounded with a moat; now a splendid structure on a knoll, commanding fine views,‘ but having too 7539. ESSEX. A surface of 1,£40,000 acres, of which one part, bordering on the Thames and chiefly under pasture; another part southwards is occupied with the remains of H Forests; and the remainder in the middle of the county, and towards( arable lands, on which, besides corn, the coriander, caraway, and hazel in pasture and gentlemen’s seats. There is a good market at Colch corn-markets there, and other places, samples of the commoner gar for sale. 7540. Commercial, cottage, and farmers’ gardens. Varmers’ Market-Gardens.—'These are extensive in most parts of the county. About Ilford, Barking, and Plaistow, immense quantities of early potatoes are grown for the London market. “urket-Gardens.—'The principal of these are near the metro- polis, and at Chelmsford and Galchester; the latter town and Eveley, and Purfleet, supply the first early peas from the east side of the metropolis. Few ofthe market-gardens in this county, in Kent, or indeed any where, excepting those of Middlesex and Surrey, have much glass. dens.—'The London seedsmen receive more of from this county than from any other. In the low district on the Thames, great quantities of rape-seed are grown; brown and white mustard are grown in most laces; smal! garden-seeds of almost all sorts round Cogges- rall, Colchester, and in the Isle of Mersey; carrot seeds at Vi rsfield; coriander, caraway, and mawe seed(Papaver somniferum, var. with blue seeds), round Coggeshall; from the Marquis of Buckingham’s woods at Gossfield. Hall, near ee, most sorts of fir-seeds which are sown in Eng- re procured, and hornbeam-seeds from Epping Fo- ost. Physic-Gardens.—'There are none of these worth mention- ing, unless one or two near Saffron Walden, in which the satfron is still cultivated for the apothecaries; but this article being procured so much cheaper from abroad, its culture in fngland is nearly given up Florists’ and Nursery Gardens.— There are few of any conse- quence. Cottage-Gardens, Farmers’ Private Gardens, and Suburban Villas,( fig. 743.)— abound and are in general very neatly kept: formerly the tradesmen of Chelmsford and Colchester were much attached to the culture of florists’ flowers, and they still continue to.be so in a considerable degree. 7541. Of Villas there are a considerable number, from which we select only a few. Coopersaie,—near Thoydon Gernon;—— Archer, Esq. A spacious edifice, surrounded by lawns ard pleasure-grounds. Debden Hail,— near Thaxted; Mrs. Chisweil. A handsome stone mansion, designed by—— Holland, surrounded by thriv- ing pleasure-grounds. rz t Easthury House,—near Barking;——Sterry, Esq. of the ¥ familys wl Corinthian nich abo tensive paths ai‘ace 0 sified 21h thisestensiTe PMP in a fer yeas B “4 Park, ne a grat S n cire mansion, 00 4| be eleven miles 1553. NORFOL! jn most places 5 al flowers Were ia middle of the sixte Jondon seedsmen quarters. 7554. Villas and| residences. Blickling Ho Right Hon. We. 08" interesting ancient ma? rounded with 2 m0 ¢ in 1698: the gardens time, containing 2” ee demess and lake. he p Cromer in old woods, pred by the late m ye fine old trees, a h e of water, and om minsof an old chur y Gunton Hol its very exten: Kimberley ear D convenient house, in an ex omamented with wood and \ Rainham,—near Wel fortahle house, built in 16 extensive, naturally improved. Walsingham Houst,—ne? ed 1558, OXFORDSHT Some places, to the cha It contains the magnif ford, There are n 1897, Public gardens "0 most of the coll motes surrounded by s that of Christchure lat of Trinity fo 8 College, for| in 1773, Paar lV Meet exh SENS subst. wee Hie long bee le bushel, 17.4 yustard{00 jy towards “Great as riety ws in vpettords Duh th itl 1, with 4 by the tere ten) Boox I. GARDENS OF OXFORDSHIRE. 1073 Henham,—near Henham; Lord Rous. An elegant modern mansion, and an extensive park and pleasure-grounds, kept in excellent order. Helmingham Hall,—near Helmingham; Earl Dysart. now improving, contain a good conservatory. Xx Wormsley,—neay Stoken Church; John Fane, Esq. The house on a very elevated site, the grounds of little merit or beauty, but the proprietor an excellent farmer and breeder. Wroxton,— near Banbury; Earl Guildford. A building in the abbey style, of considerable antiquity; and what renders the place particularly interesting, the geometric styleof garden- ing is kept up in every improvement introduced in the pleasure- grounds. GARDENING. Parr IV. 7559. The following are first-rate residences:— xX Blenheim,—at Woodstock; Duke of Marlborough. The most princely private residence in Britain, or in Enron too universally celebrated to require any eulogium. The vala= and bridge by Vanburgh; the grounds by London and) ise and subse uently by Brown.‘The finest view is on entering from the\ oodstock gate; but the scenery is every where~and and magnificent. The pleasure-ground walks are estnive and varied; and there is a drive of eleven miles round the park. Part of the latter is cultivated asa farm. The lake is the largest piece of artificial water in England: the diameter of the centre arch of the bridge is 101 feet. There is little of culture either in the kitchen or flower-garden; the latter was an oval, with a basin of water in a centre; and radiating walks, after the plan of that of Madame de Pompadour at Versailles. Unhappily(as we think) it has lately been destroyed, and an aviary erected on its site. aa x_ Ditchley,—near Woodstock; Lord Dillon. A good house by Gibbs; the grounds very extensive, and intersected by an avenue of five miles, in the centre of which the house is placed and at the opposite extremities are seen in a clear day, the palace of Blenheim and Heythorpe House. The natural copses on the estate are intersected by narrow alleys in all directions, clipped on the sides to facilitate the shooting of game. i x Heythorpe,—near Enstone; Earl of Shrewsbury. A superb mansion in the Italian style, approached by a magnifi- cent avenue, formed by square platoons of elm-trees. The grounds chiefly in the ancient taste, with curious artificial cas- cades.‘here are also extensive hot-houses. 7560. BERKSHIRE. A surface of 476,160 acres, finely varied by low hills and vales, the air healthy, and the soil good, and well cultivated. It contains numerous villas and mansions. The neighborhood of Reading is noted for the white-skinned, or Reading onion, the bulbs of which are grown in quantities for the London market, and the seeds for the seedsmen. Cabbage-seeds are also grown in quantities there, and asparagus grown both for the Bath and London markets: and there isa good nursery occupied by Swallow. 7561. Villas and demesne-residences. Beaumont Lodge,—near Windsor: Henry Griffiths, Esq. The house is in the Gothic style by Mr. Elwyn, architect, of Windsor: the park contains one hundred acres, sloping to the Thames, and finely varied by wood. Benham House,—near Speen; Earl Craven. The house is in the Ionic style, with an elegant portico; the grounds agreeably varied and richly wooded, and contain a handsome sheet of water, supplied by the river Kennet. Caversham,—near Reading; C. Marsac, Esq., is in Oxford- shire, though so near the capital of Berkshire. It is an old pee celebrated in Observations on Modern Gardening, ‘or the beauty of the approach, which is between two hills, with the scattered trees descending their steep sides, and ap- proaching and retiring from the road in beautiful variation. “he house is plain, elegant, large, situated on an eminence, and forming a conspicuous object from the surrounding country. The park is not extensive, but is much varied, so as to sy year more considerable than the amount of its contents would indieate. The garden-scenery is agreeable; but the horticulture not remarkable. The whole was laid out by Lord Cadogan, with the assistance of Brown. Chelsey Farm,—near Wallingford; in 1800 the property of Lord Kensington, and formerly reputed to be the largest and most compact farm in England. Kent 1000/. per annum, Before the desolation of monasteries, it belonged to the Abbot of Reading, who hada seat here.‘The great barn inw hich his tithes were deposited is yet standing, and measures 101 yards in length, and eighteen in breadth. The side walls are only eight feet high, but the roof rises to a great height, and is supported by seventeen stone pillars, each four yards in :ircumference. Coleshill House,—near Coleshill; Viscount Folkstone- The house is aperfect and unaltered specimen of the taste of Inigo Jones, from whose design it was erected in 1650. The park 1s not large, but is very agreeable. Donnington Grove,—near Speen; William Brammel, Esq. The house isa handsome modern building. The park well wooded, and enriched hy views to Donnington Castle. It con- tains a piece of water judiciously managed. Park Place,—near Henley; Earl of Malmsbury, son of the celebrated author of Hermes. Originally formed at great expense by Field Marshal Conway, and mentioned by the Prince de Ligne, in his Coup d’eil sur les plus beaux Jardins de l'Europe, as one of the finest seats in England. The present proprietor purchased the estate from the widow of the marshal in 1796, and greatly improved the mansion, with the assistance of the architect, Holland. It is situated below the brow of alofty range of hills, which accompanies the winding of the Thames for several miles.‘The many interesting objects con- centrated in this demesne, are calculated to excite even the most latent energies of poetic description. The grounds com- bine beauty, grandeur, and variety. The composition of the home scenery is bold, and the distant prospects varied and ex- tensive. The steep sides of the hills, with their chalky pre- cipices, are overhung with grand masses of stately beech, in- terspersed with evergreens, which extend to the margin of the stream, and from various points of the landscape, appear like an immense verdant amphitheatre. The projecting lawns corre- spond with the sublimity of the contiguous scenery, and unite in forming a diversity of rich and beautiful prospects.” Selyood Park,—-near Sunning Hill; James Sibbald, Esq. The house is a handsome modern building from the designs of Robert Mitchell; the grounds consist of 300 acres, the principal part of which is laid out as a.ferme ornee. A fine ride, of about four miles in extent, embraees the principal part of the scenery, which is richly diversified with stately trees and a of the grounds, rather low, and close to an irregular sheet of water. This place is mentioned by Wheatley as one of the earliest examples of a ferme ornée.‘The present proprietor has rendered it celebrated for its botanic riches, in which, if it does not surpass, it may vie with any residence in the empire. There is a large walled garden studded with hot-houses of every kind, and another surrounded by ahedge and sunk fence, laid out in the ancient style, and abounding with seats and curious rustic huts. The whole has been lately described and illustrated by highly finished plates, from the pen of Mrs. and the peat of Mr. Hoffland.(See Description of White Knights, fol. 1819.) i x Woodley Lodge,—near Reading; James Wheeble, Esq. The mansion is a neat modem edifice, built by the present , proprietor’s father, in the time of George II. The grounds were tastefully laid out by Repton, who mentions this seat in his work.‘he park having, in 1817, been greatly enlarged by an extensive enclosure; the author of the present work was employed to give designs, which have since been executing under the eye of the proprietor, who has great taste and con- siderable skill in rural improvements; and is a well informed truly amiable man. 7562. Royal residences. Frogmore(Frog-moor),—near Windsor; the favorite re- sidence of the Queen of George III. The house is not large, but neat; the grounds occupy a valley, thirteen acres of which is laid out in pleasure-ground, highly enriched by flowers and artificial objects.‘The whole is diversified with a piece of water, of irregular shape, and winding in different directions, in one place approaching the house, and in another retiring beneath the thick woods.‘ In this sweet, sequestered spot, every thing is serene and pleasant. The devious path, the umbrageous thicket, the dilapidated ruin, and secluded temple, all conspire to render it peculiarly interesting. Exclusive of the variety of indigenous anal exotic trees and shrubs, which arescat- tered through the grounds, there are fine ornamental buildings respectively denominated the Gothic Temple, the Ruin, the Hermitage, the Temple of Solitude, the Chinese Cottage, and the Bam. The Ruin was erected from a design by W. Wyatt; and being seated on the water’s edge, partly embowered in woods, and diversified with fractures in the walls, and ivy, it constitutes a truly picturesque ornament when seen from various points of view.‘The Hermitage is a small, circular, thatched building, situated in the south west corner of the garden, and completely embowered with lofty trees. It was constructed from a drawing of the Princess of Hesse Homberg, when Princess Elizabeth, whose taste and skill in drawing are allowed to be considerable. The surrounding scenery is justly contrived to assimilate with the character of the place, the view of every distant object being excluded by trees and underwood. These improvements were superintended by Major Price, brother to Uvedale Price, Esq. the celebrated Frais of the Essays on the Picturesque.”(pemities of Eng and Wales(1801.), i- 268.) Since the death of the queen, in 1818, the grounds have been respectably kept up by the female part of the royal family who reside there. Windsor Castle.— The principal residence of the British sovereigns. It was originally a hunting seat of William the Conqueror; improved by Henry I., and the park surrounded with.a wall; greatly improved by Edward IJI., under the celebrated architect, William de Wyckham, who, in 1357, superintended the works at a shilling per day, and ultima’ ely mace 2 fortune by the king’s employment. Queen Elizabeth raised the terrace on the north side; Charles Ii. repaired and embellished the whole structure, and much was done by George III., under the direction of W. Wyatt. The avenues large piece of water. x White Knights,—near Reading; Duke of Marlborough (1820). The house is a plain pbuilding, situated in the centre in the park were planted by Charles Diy who also formed a bowling-green; but this, with a flower-garden formed by Queen Anne, were destroyed during the late and preceding reigns. 7563. GLOUCESTERSHIRE. A surface of 800,000 acres; elevated, hilly in many parts, and the climate cold; low, fertile, and humid, howe the borders of Monmouthshire and agricultural purposes. The ver, on the banks of the rivers, as in the Vale of Gloucester. On are some woods of lime-tree, from the bark of which ropes are made for fishery re are a number of nurserymen in this county, of which the principal are Book I, geet and Millet f wheeler has® n Dictionary. roi, The follow Cl eanded e villa ’p h, th ietol —nea Buenos Ayres jen Cheltenham, z formed 4 brick ¢ drain is furnish? drain| with prospect Zi T opiton in 7565, Mansion am Badmington House,- house is am extensiVe in 1692; the park is 0 ny noble avenues. Tt duke’ time; but are Barnsley Park,— ne mansion 1s 4 sumptu park is three miles in ¢ plantations« z am on Hall The house is an 8 is a good specimen ot and three miles in circ Clear Well, some mansion and Dyrhan,—neat oi a and well zt é Highmeadon, near Ne' 7560, WORCESTE! Broomsgrove, but in g The white 0 minghammarket; car from whieh place crab. more Park,— near| sfurd, at D Warren Hastings, Bsq prated for the fine scattered Asa seat, however, itis d or flower-garden scenery lssen the comforts of it must cross the open par ot any Kind, The ongir formed by the first Lord ated Some years avo, and Dt & 1 Hom Court, near Up mansion, lately built, situa antations in an elegant s ansion, dated 1710, tat being then unknown), ad surrounded by vel Hendll Grange,— near} Very extensive house, dated IN Wel ens; the distar © Country, very pictures | 1a) MONMouT lands; abounding in County, like that of ¢ ee 1 laid out pulser Howe, next : me brick} S, chiefly by$j tne mae Cheps hs me; th SK for theiy romantic Pay Jy Wty Teen nt d My Daterny eM grad He tay R SOREN i ey f) ive ho-boss, and vals, teat bed ansions,‘Thee fo re also grown in wh rie ,¥ ma ip ite and win F i) e een, in the fensle Book I. GARDENS OF MONMOUTHSHIRE. 1075 Sweet and Miller of Bristol, who are the most extensive garden-tradesmen in the west of England.| Miss Wheeler has a nursery at Gloucester, which was founded by her father, the author of a Gardener’s Dictionary. 7564. The following are villa-residences:— Blaize Castle,—near Bristol; J. Harford, Esq. The house is an elegant Grecian design by Nash; the grounds are recluse, well-wooded and highly beautiful. Not far distant is a picturesque village of thatched cottages, also from the designs of Nash, the habitations of pensioners of the pro- prietor. Buenos Ayres,— near Painwick; B. Hyett, Esq. The house is a handsome modern edifice, judiciously joined to woods, and embellished by new plantations. Cheltenham,—Tomlyns, Esq. The gardener(Evans) has formed a brick drain along the front of his vine-border.‘This drain is furnished with hopper funnels at each end, through which liquid manure is supplied to the roots unaccompanied by the unpleasant smells which are dispersed around when this manure is poured on the surface. Prinknash,—near Tewkesbury; T.B. Howel, Esq. A low Elizabethean house, on an elevated site, commandiny extensive prospects. Considerable improvements were made by the pre- sent proprietor in 1806. 7565. Mansion and demesne residences. Badmington House,—Sudbury; Duke of Beaufort. The house is an extensive building, on a French model, erected in 1682; the park is nine miles in circumference, intersected by noble avenues. The gardens were celebrated in the first duke’s time; but are at present rather neglected. Barnsley Park,—near Bibury; James Musgrave, Esq. The mansion is a sumptuous edifice, in the Italian style. The park is three miles in circumference, and contains some exten- sive plantations. x Barrington Hall,—near Great Barrington; Lord Dynevor. The house is an elegant Doric structure; in the grounds is a good specimen of a ferme ornée: the park is well wooded, and three miles in circumference. Clear Well,—near Newlands; T. Windham, Esq. A hand- some mansion and plantations around it well pie geed Dyrham,—near Sudbury; W. Brathwayte, Esq. A hand- some mansion, with a front of 130 feet, and a park of 500 acres. Dunstbourne Abbots,—near North Cerney; Sir M. 8. Pley- dell. A villa on a singular plan, situated on an eminence distinguished for the beauty of its scener: Guiting Park,— near Withington;—— Snell, Esq. The house is elegant and compact, and the grounds beautifully varied and well wooded. Highmeadow,— near Newnham; Lord Gage. A noble man- sion, in a bold situation, containing a fine bird's-eye view of the village. EB Highnam Court,—near Gloucester; Sir B. W. Guise. J mansion by Inigo Jones; an extensive park, and pleasure grounds, judiciously disposed. K King’s Weston,—near Clifton; Lady de Clifford. The house, one of Vanburgh’s best designs, in a situation rarely equalled for beauty and grandeur.‘The park abounds in fine oaks and elms; the pleasure-grounds with American plants; and there are good kitchen and flower gardens. The views towards the Severn and the Avon, ravish thesenses with their grandeur and beauty, and render this place one of the finest in the county. Lydney Park,—near Lydney; Rt. Hon. C. B. Bathurst. An old mansion, and near it some fine woods, x Oakley Grove,—near Cirencester; Earl Bathurst. A mansion in’ the old French style, amidst pines and other ever- green trees. Rendcomle,— near Chedworth; S. Barrington, Bishop of Durham.‘The mansion is elegant and the park extensive, abounding in wood, and furnishing fine prospects. Sherborne House,—near Sherborne; Lord Sherborne. dd mats embellishe ees AN Handson specid market-gardens for 1) Hall,- ire Hi jon, with adomed wit! Bilston House,— nea WI‘itby Hall, near| LEICESTE! gra counties in E Fich, have seldom go rich, have seldom 8 Beoumanor,—near A: The patk extolled for f rand sublimity of cha hailding is in a bot descending to 1 7514, DERBYSHIR the'valleys rich and be and some neat cottage Brahy Par an el and gard ja Locke Park,— near Lo Osbaston,, alarge han Overton Hall,—near D) Boox I. GARDENS OF Hagley Hall,-— near Rugstone; Lord Curzon. A finely si- tuated house, and the artificial scenery around it very judi- ciously disposed. Ingestree Hall,— near Stafford; Earl Talbot. park, enclose rks, which) try, prese HESHIRE There are 2 i Altringham 18 As e 7500, C WESTMOR moors, that call ut Face as 4 basement 50\\§ building rather low forth pects excellent. The p ftlent, and command Stpassed perhaps in ay “ee 3S a terrace of \ 7093, CUMBERL i Most numerous; “Te climate is severe Corby( near( | Wooded Me. The grand Pain ly, a ans ty We ta 205 bea pi terrace the baling he, ty scale, the teal he en, admire, ried OY nbol, ot(amphi, e(gothic belisk and upped tome fe re towns, AE thelr CAE gait cells of Man, mt place of 1 bP Boox I. GARDENS OF CUMBERLAND. 1081 Jarge Elizabethean mansion, m a conspicuous situation; the park, the remains of an ancient forest, but rather de- nuded. Duckenfield Lodge,—near Ashton; lately F. D. Astley, Jsq-, author of Hints to Planters. An irregular pile, on BbieeD hill, with a broad terrace, and grounds particularly grend and romantic. Haddow Hall,— near Little Milton; T. Weddel, Esq. A most romantic and picturesque situation. Haigh Hall,—near Wigan; Earl of Balcarras. A vener- able mansion, and grounds, remarkable for a summer-house built of Cannel coal. Heaton Lodge,— near Manchester; Earl Wilton. A handsome stone edifice, by the late Samuel Wyatt, Esq. on 2commanding situation, in the midst of a fine park, five mules in circumference, and enclosed with a stone wall. ‘Lhe entrance-lodgesin Doric, and mansion in the Ionic style. Crford Hall,—near Warrington; Mrs. Hornby. The garden here was formerly rich in botany; anda catalogue of the plants was published by the gardener, Neale, in 1779. Townley Hall,—near Bumley; J. Townley, Esq. A large venerable structure, forming three sides of a quadran- gle; the park, enclosed in Henry VII.’s time, contains some very old oaks, which, with the contiguous mountains and distant country, present various combinations of grand and picturesque scenery. Croston Rectory,—near Ormskirk. About twenty years ago the garden here was remarkable for its melons, which were trained on a hot-wall, and by using the seed of succes- sive generations, the plants were found to be in some degree acclimated. The plants were rooted under bell-glasses on a moderate hot-bed at the base of the wall, and trained up it like the love-apple. Woodfold. H. Sudell, Esq. near Blackburn. A hand- some house and an extensive park, well stocked with deer. A kitchen-garden, prolific in forced and exotic productions, and a flower-garden under a separate gardener. Conniston Priory,—near Ambleside;—— Braddyl, Esq. Chiefly remarkable for its abundant horticultural products, hardy, forced, and exotic. 7589. First-rate residences. Ashton Hall,— near Lancaster; Duke of Hamilton. An old baronial castle, in a park abounding with noble woods and fine marine views. Knowléshy Park,— near Prescot; Earl of Derby. Anan- cient mansion and very extensive park, greatly improved by the present owner. The kitchen-gardens are extensive and well managed; and near them is one of the largest aviaries in England. The gardener here excels in growing cucumbers, which he produces at table every day in the year, from a small fae. ®.3 ayy « hot-honse or pit, with a vault underneath, the first which was heated by steam in England. 7590. CHESHIRE. A surface of 676,000 acres; generally level, with a moist climate, and deep rich soil. There are a number of market-gardens in this county, for the supply of Liverpool and the ship- ping; Altringham is famous for the carrot, which bears its name. There are good nurseries at Nant- wich and Knutsford; and neat cottage and fine flower-gardens in several places. Alderley Park,—near Alderley; Stanley, Esq. Chiefly re- markable for its beech-grove, the trees of which are among the largest in the kingdom. Bramwell Hall,— near Stockport; W. Davenport, Esq. The mansion is in the Gothic style, and very ancient.‘The site is elevated, and the prospects are pleasing, over a winding brook in a wooded bottom. 30lesrvorth Castle,—near Barn Hill; Sir O. Mosely. The house is spacious, and in the Gothic style; and the grounds, though possessing little natural beauty, have been judiciously laid out. Bromborough House,— near Bromborough; James Man- waring, Esq. The mansion is a handsome building, of the red stone of the country, and the grounds are pleasant and judi- ciously laid out. x Booth’s Hall,—near Knutsford; P. Legh, Esq. The mansion is plain, the park extensive, and varied by some fine pieces of water. Carden,—near Farm; John Leech, Esq.‘The mansion is a venerable building, and the park and grounds are spacious and beautiful. xX Durham Massey,—near Altringham; Earl Stamford. The mansion is a spacious brick quadrangle; and the park which surrounds it is extensive, and full of fine timber. Some of the oaks are of extraordinary magnitude; and in their tops is a heronry, where many herons associate, and build in so- ciety like rooks. The pleasure grounds are extensive, and well arranged.. Hyde Hall,—near Hyde-Chapel; George Hyde Clark, Esq. The house ancient, and the grounds picturesque and elegant. Lyme Hail,— near Stockport; John Iegh, Esq. The house is a quadrangle, in the style prevalent in James II.’s reign. The park is not well wooded, but remarkable for its trees. At pre- sent both house and grounds are undergoing great alterations. Poynton,—near Stockport; Sir George Warren. The man- sion is an elegant Ionic building; the park extensive, and the pleasure-grounds beautifully disposed. Peel Hall,—near Halton; the property of the Earl of Ply- mouth. It is one of the most magnificent old mansions in the county, though now only occupied as a farmhouse. 7591. The following are first-rate residences:— Cholmondely Hall,—near Malpas; Earl Cholmondeley. A spacious mansion has lately been erected; and the grounds laid out by Webb. Crewe Hall,—near Wyburnbury; John Crewe, Esq. The mansion is a fine structure, by Inigo Jones; and the grounds are judiciously laid out. x Eaton Hall,—near Eaton; Earl Grosvenor(gros and ve- neur, Fr. or grand huntsman; an ancestor of this family having been in this capacity to the king). The house was originally built by Sir John Vanburgh, but has lately been remodelled, in the Gothic style, by Hardwick. The park is extensive, and, with the gardens, has been much improved from the designs of Repton. x Tatton Park,— near Knutsford; W. Egerton, Esq. The house is from an elegant design of Wyatt; the park con- tains 2500 acres, including a mere, or lake, of some extent; the kitchen-garden is large, and contains a spacious well con- structed pinery, and shady border for mosses. 7502... WESTMORELAND. A surface of 462,080 acres; much varied by lofty mountains, naked hills, and moors, that call aloud for planting and draining. Colgarth,— near Ambleside;—————. The residence of the late Bishop of Llandaff; chiefly deserving notice for its ex- tensive and judiciously managed plantations. Curmen’s Island,—in Wynandermere lake, near Ambleside; J.C. Curwen, Esq. A Roman villa, with a dome, in the centre of a small island, well wooded, and the walks and gardens ar- yanged from the designs of the late T. White, Esq. the land- sceape-gardener of the north. x Lowther Castle,— near Lowther; Lord Lonsdale. A first- rate residence, the mansion castellated by Smirke, of rose- tinted white stone, with an outer and inner court, and a ter- race as a basement 500 feet long and 100 feet wide: the whole building rather low for the style of architecture, but in other re- spects excellent. The parks and pleasure-grounds are of great extent, and command a variety of prospects and scenery, not surpassed perhaps in any other part of the British dominions. There is a terracé of closely mown turf: the grasses of the finest mountain kind. It is nearly a mile in length, and runs along the brink of a limestone cliff, which overlooks a great part of the park, irregularly scattered with forest trees of im- mense growth, and well stocked with deer. It was this park that Lord Macartney compared to the garden of the Emperor of China at Gehol. ~-Rayrigg Hall,— near Kendal; Rev. T. Fleming. On the banks of Wynandermere; and said to resemble Ferney, the ce- lebrated seat of Voltaire, near Geneva.; Rydal Hail(Rye-dale),—near Kendal; Sir F. Le Fleming. A romantic seat on a mountain side, clothed with natural oak- woods, and celebrated for its waterfall. i Warton,— near Carlisle; J. Jackson, Esq. The gardens re- semble those of Kensington; and are said to have been laid out by Mollet, James II.’s gardener, for the Scaiffe family, suc- cessors from Edward II.’s time til! within the eighteenth cen- tury. 7593. CUMBERLAND. A surface of 970,000 acres, entirely mountainous, and abounding in lakes, the most numerous and celebrated of any county in the empire: as 1n the other north-western counties, the climate is severe, and winter long and dreary. Corby Castle,—near Carlisle; Henry Howard, Esq. The mansion has lately been improved from the designs of Nicholson; it is boldly situated on the banks of the Eden, which are well wooded by nature, and singularly grand and picturesque. The grandfather of the present owner began to lead walks through these grounds in 1706, and is said to have been one of the first persons who broke through the tram- mels of the ancient style of laying out grounds. he late Mr. Meikle, who was a good deal employed to lay out grounds in the north of Engiand, was originally gardener here. OR eT 5 TELE esa — thee ee coors TET SRT 1082 Muncaster House,— near Ravenglass; Lord Muncaster. Great improvements have been made by planting the bleak hills on this estate: his lordship has also irrigated extensively, and is a very spirited agriculturist. F _ Nunnery,—near Penrith; Rich. Bambey, Esq. The house is in a low confined situation; but the grounds are extremely beautiful, and laid out with great taste and judgment.‘They lie along the banks of the Eden, whose rugged bed produces several cascades and one waterfall of nearly twelve feet. 7594. HAMPSHIRE. without high hil next in repute that of Page. and gardeners of the county. aged by a regular vigneron. esteemed. Appulldurcombe,— near Godshill, Isle of Wight; The Hon. — Detiiarc A Corinthian mansion of freestone, with four fronts, in a spacious park in the midst of an amphitheatre of hills, ornamented with trees of large size, and commanding fine prospects. Avington,—near Winchester; Duke of Buckingham. particularly of the cork-tree, eae ones a— ‘he park is extensive, divided by inconsp managed as a grazing farm. Dunglass House,— near Dunglass; Sir J. Hall ally situated on the banks of a stream, rol cient woods and new plantations. Yynningham,—near Dunbar; Earl of Haddiy markable for its fine old woods, planted fn ecington. Be the last century, by a former earl, who wrote a treatise ¢ Planting. There is also a remarkably fine holly-hedze of the same standing, and a good kitchen-garden. In 1805 fies apples were grown herein a pit, with a brick vault below: into which steam was introduced. Someof the plants were in’ t i and the rest planted in the soil. Oe Ormiston,— near Haddington;—— Cockburn, Esq kitchen-garden, and well planted pleasure-grounds. still exist, T species of quercus. icuous enclosures, and 5 Romantic- and surrounded by an- vevinning of + A good acres. The northern part mountainous, with few rich in soil in some places; de Ounty There are only two or three market-gardens near rounded by natural woods, romantic dells, and extensive arti- ficial plantations. Dunse Castle,—near Dunse;—— Hay, Esq. A respectable old place.- acres, Chiefly hilly and mountainous, and in great part under pasture. There are a few acres of market-garden ground near Kelso and Jedburgh; and some orchards at these places, at Melrose, and at Gatton. At Jedburgh are pear-trees supposed to be from five to six centuries old. Some account of these orchards will be found in the Caledonian Horti- cultural Society’s Memoirs.(Vol. iii. p. 286.) Hawick and Hassendean Nurseries.—Messrs. Dickson’s exten- sive establishments, at the villages bearing these names, begun 1729; they supply the north of England and south of Scotland; and from them originated the Leith Walk nursery, in Midlo- thian, and the Perth nursery, in Perthshire. Orchards of Melrose and Jedburgh.— Apple and pear trees, planted by the priests of the abbeys of these towns, in the 16th century, which are still very prolific, especially the pears: the two principal kinds are called the duke’s and monk pears. Crailing House,—near Crailing:—— Paton, Jsq. - f ch mud, and in th ample ranges 7632. UNIT and be culture, and be: Borrowstounness Barnbougle Pa Roseberry. a Hy ton House! Hopelon, One of the 763, CLACKMAY generally well cultiv thelate sorts, Show Pork,—near Ki 7634. KINROSS a large lake, ) Blair Adam,—near Ki for the extent of the pl 763, FIFESHIR some lakes, and bot Itis an old county, the climate is unfa’ the cottage to the x garden in the count Kircaldy Nursery,— Planers‘Kalendar, and and managing plantatior and at some other towns, -Gardens,— The byahigh fruitewall at at Pathhead, and one o county. Orchards.—There are one laid out by Sane in are til tobe seen a the X Wemyss Care, 1 _ 7636, PERTHSH D8 some fertile val tream-colored che Robertson(Agr, Su one at Dundee, an¢ held at Perth, Parr IV, ra~. met i FEET a es Book I. GARDENS OF SCOTLAND. 1091 in imitation of the duke’s residence of that name in the cir- mantic and truly noble residence on the banks of the Clyda, cle of Vienne, in France. The acorns grown in Hamilton with excellent gardens, an extensive collection of plants, and Park are reckoned the best produced in Scotland. most romantic walks and rustic structures. The whole kept Bothwell House,—near Bothwell; Lord Douglas. A ro- in the highest order. x 7630. DUMBARTONSHIRE. A surface of 159,356 acres, chiefly mountainous, abounding in mosses and moors, with some natural woods, in which the holly and yew are more common than anywhere else in Scotland. Orchards.— These are rare, though fruit-trees thrive well in Rosedoe,—near Luss; Sir J. Colquhoun. The house de the county. Excellent apples are produced in the tradesmen’s lightfully situated on a peninsula projecting into Lochlomond: gardens of Dumbarton; and there 1s an orchard at Lochlomond, the grounds well wooded by nature, and a good kitchen-garden belonging to Macdonald Buchanan of Ross, which contains| lately formed at considerable expense. two of the largest and most healthy golden pippin-trees in Ross,— on Lochlomond; H. iva Buchanan, Esq. Remark- Scotland, generally very productive. able for its beautiful beeeh-trees. 7631. STIRLINGSHIRE. A surface of 450,560 acres of hills and fertile valleys; the latter generally underaration. There isa nursery at Stirling, and some market-gardens of the commonest kind between that town and St. Ninians, and at Falkirk, Orchards.— There are upwards of 20 of these in this county, Callander,—near Falkirk;—— Forbes, Esq. The grounds generally very prolific in pears, apples, and plums; cherries remarkable for large and venerable oak, ash, and beech-trees, are little grown in Scotland.‘lhe green-gage plum ripens in which were among the earliest artificial plantations reared in these orchards as a standard, and there are some large and Scotland. prolific pear-trees nearly two centuries old. The alluvial soil Mynadoc Castle,—near Buchanan; James, Duke of Mon- of the Carseland is from 30 to upwards of 100 feet in depth, of trose. A noble place, surrounded by extensive plantations, rich mud, and in this the tap-roots of the pear-tree find an the present duke having been one of the greatest planters in ample range. Scotland. 7632. LINLITHGOWSHIRE. A surface of 71,580 acres, agreeably varied, generally under mixed culture, and beautifully watered on one side by the Forth. There are a few markct-gardens about Borrowstounness and Linlithgow. Barnbougle Purk,—near Queensferry; Earl of Roseberry. A castellated mansion on a rock within high-water mark, lately much improved by Wilkins; the park extensive and finely wooded, and subdivided in the manner peculiar to the country, so as to be rendered available as a grazing- farm. Hopeton House,— near Queensferry; Earl 5 of= Hopeton. One of the most stately and imposing- mansions in Scotland, in the Grecian style, by yy-& Sir W. Bruce, and finished by Adams. It stands Y RQ on a lawn of a mile in length, washed by the lp, Forth, and is surrounded by extensive woods and Wf; y SES / /; plantations, a pleasure and kitchen garden in high Yff Wy Yi Vy SS < Nenliston,—near Ratho;—— Hogg, Esq. Yy zood house with extensive grounds planted by the Jarl of Stair, in the ancient style; the trees in platoons, arranged, as it is vulgarly said, in the order of two engaging armies. The grounds in some places were formerly cut into curious flights of steps and terraces( fig. 755.); but much of this taste was ebliterated about the beginning of the present century. The trees are for the greater part horn- beams, that species being at once of rapid growth and patient of pruning and clipping.‘The timber, however, is of little value, excepting for fuel. 7633. CLACKMANNANSHIRE. A surface of 30,720 acres, beautifully varied, with few hills, and generally well cultivated. There is a market-garden at Alloa, of about five acres, and some small nurseries. 2 Orchards.— There are some near Culross: one called Castle-| grounds contain extensive plantations of oak-trees, and are hill is at least two centuries old. The apple-trees are nearly capable of being rendered a beautiful and extensive park. exhausted with age, but the pear-trees remain in full bearing; Tillibodie, near Alloa: Sir Ralph Abercrombie. The the Crawford and sugar are the principal early, and the Achans house and grounds backed by the Ochil hills, one of which is the late sorts. finely plantedfrom the designs of Nasmyth, the landscape- Shaw Park,—near Kincardine: Earl of Mansfield. The painter. 7634. KINROSS-SHIRE. A surface of 39,702 acres, considerably varied by hills, valleys, streams, and a large lake. } Blair Adam,—near Kinross: W. Adam, Esq. Remarkable but now covered with finely sheltered grass fields, and the for the extent of the plantations on a barren-like peat soil, general climate improved by the drainage and warmth. 7635. FIFESHIRE. A peninsular surface of 322,500 acres, finely varied by hills, valleys, a mountain, some lakes, and bounded on one side by the Forth, the other by the Tay, and the third by the open sea. It is an old county, well cultivated, and containing some fine country-seats of moderate extent. Though the climate is unfavorable for the larger fruits, yet in no county of Scotland are gardens so gencral from . Y~::> ary the cottage to the mansion, or so well managed: asa proof, there is scarcely such a thing as a marxet- garden in the county. atic Uy 1; Y) S: cultivation. a yy yy ij Ye Kircaldy Nursery,—at WKircaldy; Sang, editor of The| famous for its kitchen-garden, laid out by Nicol, and its Planter’s Kalendar, and an extensive contractor for planting pleasure- grounds by White of Durham. The house is sur- and managing plantations.‘There is also a nursery at Cupar, rounded by extensive plantations, and the whole place is kept and at some other towns. in the highest degree of order and neatness. Market-Gardens.— There is one of six acres, surrounded x Raith,— near Kircaldy;—— Ferguson, Esq. Most excel- by ahigh fruit-wall at Kircaldy; one of nearly equal extent lent kitchen-gardens also by Nicol, and finely-planted grounds at Pathhead, and one or two more at different parts of the in high keeping- re# A county. Balgony Castle, near Markinch: Earl of Levin. A qua- Orchards.—'There are none of recent formation, excepting| drangular structure, on the banks of the Levin, of great anti- one laid out by Sang in 1811; but the remains of fruit-trees| quity; surrounded by finely wooded grounds, containing a are still to be seen at the ancient abbey of Lindores. good kitchen-garden. x Wemyss Castle,—near Kircaldy; Gen. Wemyss. Long 7636. PERTHSHIRE. A surface of 4,068,640 acres, much varied by hills and mountains, but contain- ing some fertile valleys called straths and carses. It contains some excellent country-residences. The cream-colored cherry of Ardvorlich, and the black gean of Castle Menzies, are mentioned by Dr. Robertson(Agr. Surv. of Perthshire) as being much esteemed.‘There is a respectable nursery at Perth, one at Dundee, and some lesser ones at Dunkeld, and other places; there is also a Horticultural Society held at Perth. Perth Nurseries—contain between 50 and 60 acres; the Orchards.—'There are upwards of twenty in the Carse of rincipal is by Dickson and Brown; in whose extensive and Gowrie, situated on the flat northern ges ae Tay, nighly respectable establishment some fine varieties of the} chiefly from IXinfauns to the town of Dundee. pee est are Scotch rose have been originated from seed. about 100 years: the soil is a deep mud or clay. ur) occ upy Market-Gardens.— Dundee is said to be better supplied with in all nearly 150 acres. There are also a few old orchards vegetables than any other town in Scotland. The quantity of| along the south base of the()chil hills. een a ground on which they are grown is estimated at 100 acres; and Scone Palace,—near it erth; Earl of Mans: fiel. A nob e James Reid, in 1750, was the first who excelled in this mode of| castellated mansion by Atkinson, in one of the finest situations culture. The siipping ensures a brisk demand for common| in Scotland, w ith a lawn in front of great extent, washed by articles.° the T'ay, and backed by rising grounds covered with wood. ATA? palit Sk id tela tli a encalict ci 1092 STATISTICS OF The gardens and pleasure-grounds extensive, complete, and well managed. Duplin Castle—near Perth; Earl of Kinnoul. from the 1, ded are fg bi rsh prs, onally inthe, enchanting in, of seats De reland, an ch Without tr S with boty Old’s Cross wey happily thin netors Would jp Boox I. A Hortus exroticus(p), or garden for tender exotics, com- prising a conservatory, two green-houses, and a hot-house parallel, close together, and commencing by a common pas- sage at the north end. A Professors house and Lecture-room(7), with a library hortus siccus,&c. The house of the former proprietor, Tickel, is preserved, and arranged for this purpose. This garden is managed by a professor and lecturer, with a salary of 300/., a superintendant at LOO/., two assistants at 601. each, twelve gardeners at 12s. per week, and six ap- prentices at 9s. The total annual expense, including 75/. as rent for the land, is about 1500/. a-year. Besides the usual number of apprentices, six who having passed the usual period under private gardeners, are received here to complete their knowledge and experience, especially in the hortus esculentus, After passing two years here they are received as gardeners into private houses, and are much sought after. A premium of five guineas is given by the society to those who are recom- mended by the superintendant for assiduity and good con- duct; and the superintendant receives 5/. as a gratuity for his trouble in instructing them. The. Botanic Garden at Trinity College.—'This garden was begun in 1807. It is situated in low grounds, and contains three and a half acres, of an irregular shape, surrounded by a wall twelve feet high. There are separate arrangements for trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants, according to the Linnean system; and a very full collection of medicinal plants, ar- ranged according to the natural method of Jussieu.‘To each plant is prefixed a label containing the systematic and English names, and class and order, both of Linneus and Jussieu. Separate arrangements are formed for the perennial, the biennial, and annual herbaceous plants, and for the grasses. Only one wing of the intended range of glass has yet been built, which comprises a stove thirty-five by sixteen, and a green-house forty feet by sixteen. In front is a small aqua- rium.‘Chis garden is rapidly increasing in riches under the excellent management of its present curator, G. Mackay, who is also botanical demonstrator, and lectures on botany and horticulture. GARDENS OF IRELAND. 1095 Of Villa Gardens.—There are a very considerable number that might be enumerated, such as St. Catherines, belonging to the bankers Latouche; St. Woolstans,—— Kane, i3sq., Mount Sackville,—— M‘Kemmis, Esq.; Edmondberry,——- Needham, Esq.; Donnybrook, Dr. Percival; those of Miss Colville, Miss Smyth, Mrs. M‘Ganns, besides a number near Bray, Lucan, Leixlip, Clontarf,&c. Clare Hall,—near Donnybrook;——-——- Stupendous rocky scenery, with old trees in the park. Marino,— near Dublin; Earl of Charlemont. A delightful edifice, in a demesne of 200 acres, judiciously and tastefully planted, with a fine ornamental temple.‘The grounds are thrown open to the Dublin citizens two days a-week. Merville(sea villa),— near Donnybrook; Lord Downes, A beautiful mansion and grounds. An extensive collection of ornamental plants; 4 green-house, stove, flower forcing-house, by A. M‘Leish, and culinary forcing-houses. Leopard’s Town,— Lord Castlecoote, situate at the bottom of the Dublin mountains, and abounding in picturesque views from the house and walks in the pleasure-ground. Terenure,— F. Bourne, Esq. Extensive hot-houses and gardens; and_a varied collection of plants, judiciously ar- ranged by J. Fraser, an excellent botanist and gardener, and a man of general information. Mount Merrion,—near Donnybrook; Lord Fitz William. A magnificent mansion, with gardens and trees. Nentown Park,—near Donnybrook;. A mag- nificent mansion, and some trees in the park. Kylister,— Lord Newcomen. A fine situation; the kitchen- garden remarkable for its grapes and pines. Kingstowr,—The Right Hon. W. Saurin. A small garden, but rich in exotic productions: fruits, and flowers, and espe- cially of bulbous exotics. Rathfarnham Castle,— near Rathfarnham;—— z magnificent castellated structure, with agreeable pleasure- grounc Se Tollagh Palace,— at Tollagh; Archbishop of Dublin. An ancient venerable structure, with extensive gardens, kept in fine order. 7654, WICKLOW. A finely varied surface of 305,404 Irish acres; with fine dells and brooks, and bordering on the sea. Belview,— near Bray; D. Latouche, Esq. A romantic resi- dence, with extensive gardens and hot-houses, on which no expense is spared to preserve their reputation of being the first in Ireland. Glenmore Castle,— F. Synge, Esq. Extensive mountain plantations going forward; varied scenery in the home views, and prospects reaching even to Wales; hot-houses and flower- gardens. Clonmanning,— Rev. Dr. Trewel. Extensive kitchen-gar- dens, and thé first cast-iron hot-houses erected in Ireland, from the designs of A. M‘Leish. Myrtles grow here in the open air to the height of sixteen or eighteen feet. Kilruddery,— near Bray; Earl of Meath. aA romantic| country-residence, in a deep valley, overshadowed by lofty mountains. Newtown Mount Kennedy,— near the village of that name; Lord Rossmore. Extensive plantations, and a waterfall of 100 feet, in what is called the Devil’s Glen. Powerscourt,—near Enniskerry; Lord Powerscourt. An extensive-fronted edifice, in a demesne of 600 acres tastefully planted, and ornamented with water and buildings. Charleville,— near Enniskerry; Lord Monck. Situated on the river Dargle, with a luxuriance of rural beauties. Blessington“Park,— near Blessington; Marquis of Down- shire. A fine park; the house consumed in the rebellion of 1798, and not yet rebuilt.‘This place was formerly famous for the first kitchen-gardens in Ireland. Rusborough,— near Naas; Earl Miltown. The frent of the house and offices form an extensive facade of hewn stone, nearly 700 feet long. The grounds finely varied and well planted. 7655. WEXFORD. A peninsular surface of 315,396 Irish acres, of good soil, but little varied in aspect. Camolen Park,— near Enniscorthy; Earl Mountmorris. A beautiful demesne. 7656. KILKENNY. A surface, somewhat varied by hills, of 318,249 Irish acres. There is a good nursery here, by John Robertson, who has distinguished himself by some excellent papers published in the Ty‘ansactions of the London Horticultural Society. Ballyraget House,— near Ballyraget; Lady Ormond. A charming demesne; the mansion bumed down during the rebellion of 1798, but restored by her ladyship. Desart,— near Bennet’s-bridge; Lord Desart. A magnifi- cent mansion and extensive demesne. Ashbrooke,— near Durrow; Lord Ashbrooke. A magnifi- cent mansion, with an extensive demesne. 7657. KILDARE. A flat surface of 242,245 Irish acres of fine arable soil. Bishop-court,—near Kill; Lord Ponsonby. A magnificent mansion and highly cultivated demesne. Belan,— near Tinolin; Lord Aldborough.€ up in the year 1749 by Sir W. Watson, is printed in the 46th vol. of the Philosophical Transactions; and of the family monument erected by Mrs. Ashmole, in the 63d vol. of that work. Catalogue of the plants in his garden. 1657. Beale, John, a Herefordshire gentleman. 1. A Treatise on Fruit Trees, shewing their Manner of Grafting, Pruning, and Ordering: Of Cider and Perry: Of Vineyards in England,&c. Oxf. 1653, 1657, 4to. 1665, 12mo. 2. The Hereford Orchards; a pattern for the whole of Eng- land. Lond. 1657, 12mo. 1724, 8vo. 3. Observations on some parts of Bacon’s Natural History, as it concerns Fruit Trees, Fruits, and Flowers. Oxf. 1658. 4to. Printed along with the work entitled, A Treatise on Fniit Trees, 1665. 12mo. 4. General Advertisement concerning Cider.— Letters about ae a ae of Nurseries, Orchards,&c. Lond. 1677. 4to. 658. Browne, Sir Thomas, M.D., an eminent phy- sician and antiquary, was born in London, 1605, died 1682. 1, Hydriotaphia; or, a Discourse of porwr! Urns lately found in Norfolk; together with the Garden of Cyrus, or the Quincuncial Lozenage, or Net-work Plantation of the An- cients, artificially, naturally, and mystically considered. Lond. 1658. 8vo. 2. Certain Miscellany Tracts in Scripture, of Gardens. Lond. 1684. 8vo. 1658. Evelyn, John, F.R.S., an eminent natural philosopher and patriot, was born at Wotton, in Surrey, the seat of his father, Richard Evelyn, Esq.; the 3lst of October, 1620: after he had finished his education at Oxford, his philosophic turn of mind induced him to quit his native country, rather than engage in the civil war then breaking out, and in 1644, he set out to make the tour of Europe. He wrote on a variety of subjects, philosophical, politi- cal, and literary, and died on the 27th of February 1705-6, in the 86th year of his age, and was interred at Wotton. In 1819, Memoirs of J. Evelyn, Esq., including his Diary, were published by William Bray(in 2 vols. 4to.), a very interest- ing book, as affording a faithful picture of the times in which he lived, and a good idea of the gardens on the continent at the time he travelled, and those of England at the end of the 17th century. 1. The French Gardener, instructing how to cultivate all sorts of Fruit-Trees and Herbs for the Garden; together with directions to dry and conserve them in their natural state. Lond. 1658, 8vo. 2. Fumifugium; or, the Inconvenience of the Air and Smoke of London dissipated; together with some Remedies humbly »roposed. Lond. 1661. 12mo. This work was addressed to is Majesty King Charles II., and published by his express command. The author proposes the removal of such trades as require great fires, five or six miles out of London, towards Greenwich; also of slaughter-houses and chandlers; and to plant fragrant nurseries and gardens in the low grounds near the city. The lime-trees in St. James’s Park were planted in co q e of this suggestion 3. Sylva; or, a Discourse of Forest-Trees, and the Propaga- tion of Timber in His Majesty’s Dominions. To which is an- nexed, Pomona; or, an Appendix concerning Fruit Trees in relation to Cider, the making and several ways of ordering it. Lond. 1664. fol. Dr. Hunter, of New York, published an ele- gant edition, with copious Notes and Engravings, in 1776, 2 vols. 4to. 4, Kalendarium Hortense; or, the Gardener’s Almanac, di- seetae what he is to do monthly throughout the year, and what Fruits and Flowers are in their prime. Lond. 1664. 8vo. 5. Terra; a Philosophical Discourse of Earth, relating to the Culture and Improvement of it for vegetation and the propa- gation of Plants, as it was presented to the Royal Society, April 29. 1675. Lond. 1675. fol. 6. Pomona; a Discourse concerning Cider. Lond. 1679. fol. 7. Monsieur de Ja Quintinye’s Treatise of Orange-Trees, with the raising of Melons, omitted in the French editions, made English by J. E. Lond. 1698. 8. Acetaria; or, a Discourse of Sallets. Lond. 1699. 8vo. 1660. Sharrock, Robert, LL. D., prebendary of Winchester, born in Buckinghamshire in the 17th century, author of various judicial and theological works; died 1634. 1. The History of the Propagation and Improvement of Ve- getables by the concurrence of Art and Nature. Written ac cording to Observations made from Experience and Practice. Oxford, 1660. 8vo. 2. Improvements to the Art of Gardening; or, an exact Treatise of Plants. Lond. 1694. fol. 1662. Cowley, Abraham, an eminent English poet, was born in London 1618; began to write poems at the age of fifteen; lived in terms of intimacy with Evelyn and other eminent men of his time; went to court; but at last, Spence informs us, he grew sick of going there,“ took a house first at Battersea and then at Chertsey, always farther and farther from town, where he died in 1667. His death, Pope ob- serves, was owing to a mere accident. He went with Dean Sprat, who afterwards published his life and writings, to dine at a neighbor’s house, who ac- cording to the fashion of the times, made them too welcome. They did not set out for their walk home till it was late, and had drank so deep that they lay Bonk If + iq the ls a lh“ghich carrie (erely «fond of ret if poems; sony when he tn Herboru! fio, e, Step tk Bak r3, Ih santing at cording oy rofessional gardell grounds., mplete ora, ot& COMP! telnging toa Florist 160. Beale, Dt.d and philosopher, died 1680. with Brelyn’s 1668, Worltag J, Systema Agr covered. By J. W. 9, The Art ot 1672. Drope, Francs in Berkshire, where other a physi this Work Was pu tnther, and dedicated stated to fiteal works, m 3 Angler; died rs} asaskilful art ng, not ignorant pretensions to as Nurseries,(ret couraged, Li 1, Plain and ful Trees that prospe Liquors of several Sor 2, The Practical Planter Meager, Le + English(rardener ind Gardene] 4. New Ar Lind. vof 13, 6 i rile rt, Sa) Of the Healing Sor shite, Kenzie of Cathest Scotch gar The 1s Gardener whe Fain, 1685, 4 iy, Bibart, Jace, { Oxford," Bi tthe Great Frost es ae Ul page§ 1 demile, Sir Wj mineuce, and g 0 London in 16 IS at the Court Pann 1Y, led in 26 N losing her A curious ac. arden, drawn sprinted in batons+ and \ Ashmole, in Natural History, Ont 153,44, Teatise on Frat t— Letters abet nd: 1677, 4, neminent phy. London, 1605, mnsidered, Lond, pur, of Cade, eminent natural 1 at Wotton, in and Evelyn, Ey; e had finished bis hie tum of mind untry, rather than ng out, and it ur of Europe. He ilosopica, polit. eFith of February and ras interred n the continent atthe atthe end of the Vith yaroen in their natural state ceof tbe Airand Ske out of London, tovarts and chandlers; ad} nthe low grounds et 4s Park were panied B ions. 0 ncerning vera) ways Of Ofte York, yaa 1 a Engraving 2 epetation od to the Bo 2 ey Garde mined! ye) it wile ran te sth hist at jo sr. Land fhe e er er(ig yes Pope april t Boox I. BRITISH WORKS out in the fields all night. This gave Cowley the fever, which carried him off." He disliked women, and was fond of retirement in idea, and pants after it in his poems; but, according to Dr. Johnson, was unhappy when he had attained his wishes. : Plantarum Herborum, Florum, et Sylvarum, Lond. 1662. 8vo. 1664. Blake, Stephen. The complete Gardener’s Practice, 4to. Lond. 1665. Hughes, William. 1, The Complete Vineyard; or, an excellent way for the planting of Vines, and ordering of Wines and Wine-presses, according to the German and French manner. Lond. 1670. vo. 2. The American Physician, or a Treatise of the Roots, Plants, Trees,&c., growing in the English Plantations; with a Discourse on the Cocoa Tree, and the ways of making Chocolate. Lond. 1672. 12mo. 3. The Flower Garden; how most Flowers are ordered, increased,&c. Lond. 1672. 12mo. 1665. Rea, John, gent. He seems to have been a professional gardener, and to have given plans for laying out grounds. ‘lora, or a complete Florilege, furnished with all requisites belonging to a Florist. Lond. 1665. fol. with cuts.: 1666. Beale, Dr. John, an ingenious English divine and philosopher, was born in Herefordshire, 1603, died 1683. 1. Experiments and Observations on Vegetation and the Running of the Sap,&c.(Phil. Trans. 1669. Abr. i. p. 504.) 2. The Connection of certain Parts of the Tree with those of the Fruit.(Ib. 1669. p. 334.) 3. Remarks on the Vinetum Britannicum. 4. Agrestick Observations and Advertisements. 1666. Rose, John, gardener to Charles II. at St. James’s. The English Vineyard vindicated, and the way of making wine in France. Lond. 12mo. 1690. 8vo. irst printed with Evelyn’s French Gardener, in 1690. 1668. Worlidge, John, gent. 1. Systema Agriculture; the Mystery of Husbandry dis- covered. By J. W.(John Worlidge) gent. Lond. 1668. fol. 2. The Art of Gardening. Lond. 1700. 8vo. 1672. Drope, Francis, B. D., a native of Cumner in Berkshire, where his father was vicar, and his brother a physician. Francis died at Oxford, and this work was published after his death by his brother, and dedicated to Lord Windham, who is stated to have a fine orchard at Brackley. A short and sure Guide to the Practice of Raising and Ordering of Fruit Trees. Oxford, 12mo. 1675. Cotton, Charles, Esq., an English poet, born in Staffordshire in 1630; author of a number of po- litical works, memoirs, poems,&c., and editor of Walton’s Angler; died 1687. The Planter’s Manual of Raising, Planting, and Cultivat- ing all Sorts of Fruit Trees. Lond. 8vo. 1676. Cooke, Moses, gardener to the Earl of Essex at Cashiobury. Evelyn in his Diary mentions him as a skilful artist in the mechanical part of garden- ing, not ignorant in mathematics, and with some pretensions to astrology. He afterwards became a partner with Lucre, Field, and London, in the Brompton Park Nursery. 1. The Manner of Raising, Ordering, and Improving Forest Trees. By Moses Cooke, Lond. 4to. 2. The Art of making Cider, published in Evelyn’s works. 1677. Lawrence, Anthony. Nurseries, Orchards, Profitable Gardens, and Vineyards en- couraged. Lond. 4to. 1681. Langford, T. 1. Plain and’ full instructions to raise all Sorts of Fruit Trees that prosper in England; with Directions for making Liquors of several Sorts of Fruit. Lond. 1681. 8vo. 2. The Practical Planter of Fruit Trees. Lond. 1681. 8vo. 3. Systeme Agriculture; being the Mystery of Husbandry discovered. Lond. 1681. fol. 1682. Meager, Leonard. 1. English Gardener; or, a Sure Guide to Young Planters and Gardeners. Lond. 1685. 8vo. 2. New Art of Gardening; with the Gardener’s Almanack. Lond. 1697. 8vo. 3. The Mystery of Husbandry. Lond. 1699. 12mo.— 1683. Gilbert, Samuel, author of Fons Sanitatis; or, the Healing Spring at Willowbridge in Stafford- shire. f 1. The Florist’s Vade Mecum. Lond. 12mo. 2. The Gardener’s Almanack. By Sam. Gilbert, Phileremus. In this small book is a particular description of the Roses cultivated in the English gardens at that period, and very accurately described. é 1683. Read, John, gardener to Sir George Mac- kenzie of Rosehaugh in Aberdeenshire, one of the earliest Scotch gardening authors, The Scots Gardener; whereunto is annexed, the Gardener’s Kalendar. Edin. 1683, 4to. 1684. Bobart, Jacob, curator of the botanic garden at Oxford. Effects of the Great Frost on Trees and other Plants.(Pili. Trans. 1684. Abr. iii. page$9.) 1685. Temple, Sir William, a statesman of de- served eminence, and a miscellaneous writer, was born in London in 1628. He was ambassador for many years at the court of Holland, and there ac- ON GARDENING. 1101 quired his knowledge and taste in gardening, He introduced some good sorts of grapes and other fruits, and one variety of nectarine still bears hisname; he had an excellent walled garden at Sheen in Surrey, in which his contemporary Evelyn says his trees were most exactly trained. He had another seat at Moor Park near Farnham in Surrey, where he died in 1698, and his heart, by his desire, was buried in a silver urn under a sundial in the garden. He was warmly attached to gardening and retired leisure, and declares one of the greatest pleasures in life to be“such a degree of liberty, as to be able to walk at one’s own pace; and one’s own way.” Upon the Gardens of Epicurus; or, of Gardening in the year 1685.(In his works, vol.i. Miscellanea.) 1685. Anon. The Complete Planter and Ciderist. 8vo. 1691. Gibson, J. Ashort Account of several Gardens near London, as viewed in 1691.(Archeologia Britannica, vol. xii. p. 181.) 1699. Facio, Nicholas, of Duilhier, F.R.S., a ma- thematician, was born in Switzerland in 1664. He studied at Geneva, after which he settled at Utrecht as a tutor, but was there suspected of Spinosism. In 1687 he came to England, where he taught mathe- matics, was tutor to the Marquis of Tavistock, and had a patent for jewel-watches; but when the French prophets made their appearance, he joined them in all their extravagancies, for which he stood in the pillory in 1707. He died at Worcester in 1753. Some of his papers are in the British Museum. Fruit Walls improved by inclining them to the Horizon; or a Way to build Walls for Fruit Trees, whereby they may re- ceive more Sunshine and Heat than ordinary. By a Member of the Royal Society. Lond. 4to. With Plates by Gribelin. This is a very ingenious and scientific work, in which the advantages of receiving the sun’s rays at right angles are ma- thematically and optically demonstrated. 1699. London and Wise, nurserymen and garden- architects, and the most eminent in their line at the end of the seventeenth and beginning of the eighteenth century. George London was appren- tice to Rose, the royal gardener, and sent by him to France to study the beauties of Versailles. On his return he was made head gardener to Dr. Compton, Bishop of London, and at the beginning of the revolution, superintendant of the royal gardens, at a salary of 2000. a-year, and page of the back- stairs to Queen Mary. Of Wise little is known, excepting that he laid out grounds; and in parti- cular Blenheim. Switzer says, London was a man of singular activity; and when on a tour of the places at which he had concern, used to ride, at an average, sixty miles a-day, which at last brought on a fever, that occasioned his decease after a fort- night’s illness, in 1717. The Complete Gardener: or Directions for Cultivating and right Ordering of Fruit Gardens and Kitchen Gardens. With the Gardener’s Kalender, directing what is to be done every Month in the Year. By Monsieur de la Quintiney. Now compendiously abridged, and made of more use; with very considerable Improvements. By George London, and Henry Wise. To which is prefixed, an Address to the Nobility and Gentry. By J. Evelyn, Esq. Lond. 1717. 8vo. 1704. Anon. Dictionarium Rusticum; or, a Dictionary of Husbandry, Gardening, Trade, and Commerce. 2 vols. 8vo- with Cuts. 1706. Gentil. Solitary or Carthusian Gardener; being Dialogues between a Gentleman and Gardener. Lond. 8vo. Most probably a translation from the French. 1707. Fleetwood, William, successively Bishop of St. Asaph and Ely, and much admired as a popular preacher, was born in London in 1656, published a great number of sermons, and other works, and died in 1723. Curiosities of Nature and Art in Husbandry and Garden- ing. Lond. 8v 1707. Mortimer, John, author of some tracts on religious education. His works on husbandry were translated into Swedish, and published in Stockholm in 1727. The whole Art of Husbandry, in the way of managing and improving of Land.: i 1712. Addison, Joseph, was born at Milston in Wiltshire, 1672, educated at Salisbury, Litchfield, and Oxford; he addressed some verses to Dryden at the age of twenty-two; obtained a pension of 3002. a-year in 1699; travelled on the continent for three years 5 returned and assisted Steele in the Tatler and Spectator; married the Countess-Dow- ager of Warwick in 1716; became secretary of state; resigned on a pension of 1500/7. a-year, and died in 1719 at Holland House, Kensington, leaving only one daughter, who died unmarried in 1797. 1. On the Causes of the Pleasures of the Imagination, arising from the Works of Nature, and their Superiority over those of Art.(Published in the Spectator, No. 144.) 2, Description of a Garden in the Natural Styte. Ibid. No. 477.) A. iow Ree ae eee re Se ee. 1102 1/14. Lawrence, or Laurence, John, M.A., an eminent naturalist, admitted of Clare-hall, Cam- bridge, B, A., 1688; presented to the rectory of Yel- vertoft in Northamptonshire, in 1703; where in three years he improved a garden of thirty-two yards square, the soil a wet white clay, so that it pro- duced some of the choicest fruits. Ih 1721 he was presented to the rectory of Bishops Wearmouth, county 6f Durham, where he died in 1732. He is described as of a hospitable and benevolent disposi- tion, and taking great pleasure in presenting a rich dessert of fruit to his friends. He was fond of gar- dening, and considered it as a recreation particu- larly suitable for a clergyman.‘‘ The most whole- some kind of exercise, being ad ruborem, non ad sudorem; such an exercise as studious men require; less violent than the sports of the field, and more so than fishing; in fine, the happy medium.” The Clergyman’s Recreation: shewing the Pleasure and Profit of the Art of Gardening. Lond. fol. 1715. Snow, T, author of Apopiroscopy. Arts, Improvements: or Experiments in Building, Agri- culture, Gardening,&c. Lond. 8vo. 1715. Switzer, Stephen, a seedsman and artist-gar- dener. To be addressed* At the Flower-pot over against the Court of Common Pleas in Westminster Hall; or at his garden in Millbank, Westminster.” He is said to have been brought up under London and Wise. He appears to have been well educated fot the time in which he lived, and it is remarkable that so little is known of his history. He died in 1745. 1. Ichnographia; or the Nobleman, Gentleman, and Gar- dener’s Recreation: Directions for the General Distribution of a Country seat into rural and extensive Gardens, Parks, Pad- docks,&c. with a general System of Agriculture, illustrated with a great variety of Copperplates, from the Author’s Drawings. Lond. 1718. 3 vols. Svo. 2. The Practical Fruit Gardener. Lond. 1724. 8vo. 3. Compendious Method of raising Kitchen Vegetables. Lond. 1729. 8vo. 4. An Introduction to a General System of Hydrostatics and Hydrauiics. Lond. 1729. 2 vols. 4to. 5. Dissertation on the true Cytisus of the Ancients. Lond. 1. Svo. 6. Universal System of Water and Water-works, Philoso- Jhical and Practical; with Cuts. 1730. 2 vols.4to. The Fhird Edition, made very perfect and complete, especially that part which relates to the burning of clay. 1716. Bradley, Richard, F.R.S., a popular writer of very considerable talent and indefatigable indus- try, author of various treatises in natural history, husbandry,&c. and Professor of Botany at Cam- bridge. According to Professor Martyn,‘ he was chosen into that office November the 10th, 1724, by means of a pretended verbal recommendation from Dr. Sherard to Dr. Bentley, and pompous assurances that he would procure the university a public bo- tanic garden by his own private purse and personal interest. The vanity of his promises was soon seen, and his total ignorance of the learned languages known. In 1731 it was in agitation to turn him out of his professorship; and he died in the latter end of 1732. It may seem strange to assert, that the translator of Xenophon’s@conomicks did not un- derstand Greek; it is, however, true. Mr. Brad- ley’s being then a popular name, he was paid by the booksellers for permitting them to insert it in the title.’ He first made himself known to the public in 1713, by two papers, printed in the twenty-ninth volume of the Philosophical Transactions; one On the Motion of the Sap in Vegetables; the other, Microscopical Observations on Vegetation, and on the quick Growth of Mouldiness on Melons. From this time to his death he published two volumes in folio, four in quarto, and nearly twenty in octavo, on gardening, botany, and agriculture, besides other publications on natural history and the arts. Though Bradley’s writings do not abound in new discoveries, yet they are not destitute of in- teresting knowledge, collected from contemporary gardeners and from books. He was an advocate for the circulation of the sap, and made several new observations on the sexes of plants, in consequence of the production of hybrid species, by which he added strength to that doctrine. He wrote instruct- ively on the Berms of trees, on bulbs, on grafting, and particularly on the methods of producing varie- gated and double flowers; and, on the whole, his writings, coinciding with the growing taste for gar- dening, the introduction of exotics, and improve- ments in husbandry, contributed to excite a more philosophical view of these arts, and diffuse a gene- ral and popular knowledge of them throughout the kingdom., 1. The History of Succulent Plants, with their Descrip- tions and Manner of Culture, in five Decads. 1716. 2. New Improvement of Planting and Gardening, both Philosophical and Practical, 1717. 8vo. STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Part IV. 3. A new Improvement of Planting and Gardening, both ———— and Practical, explaining the‘Motion of the Sap, and seneration of Plants; with other Discoveries never before made Public; for the Improvement of Forest-Trees Flower-Gardens, or Parterres; with a New Invention, whereby more Designs of Garden Plats may be made in ane Hour, than can be found in all the books now extant. Like- wise several rare Secrets for the Improvement of Fruit Trees, Kitchen Gardens, and Green-house Plants. To which is now added, the Gentleman’s and Gardener’s Calendar. The whole illustrated with Copper Plates. 1720. 4. A Philosophical Account of the Works of Nature; en- deavouring to set forth the several Gradations remarkable in the Mineral, Vegetable, and Animal Parts of the Creation tending to the Composition of a Scale of Life. To which is added, an Account of the State of Gardening, as it is now in Great Britain and other Parts of Europe, together with several New Experiments relating to the Improvement of Barren Ground, and the propagating of Timber-trees, Fruit- trees,&c. With many curious Cuts. 1721. 4to. 5. A Treatise on Husbandry and Gardening. 1721. 8vo. 6. The Monthly Register of New Experiments and Observ- ations in Husbandry and Gardening; made for the months of April and May 1722; wherein is explained; 1. The Method of bringing Herbs, Flowers, and Fruits, to Perfection in the Winter; with an Account of a new invented wall, to forward the ripening of Fruit,&c. 2%. An Account of transplanting Forest-Trees and Fruit-Trees, of any bigness, in the Summer season; so that gentlemen may make complete Plantations in a few days, as effectually as if they had been growing for many years. Also a New Method for the Improvement of Tulips. The second edition; to which is made 3. An An- swer to some Objections lately made against the Circulation of the Sans mentioned in the Chapter of the Improvement of Tulips. 1725. Svo. 7. A General Treatise of Husbandry and Gardening, con- taining such Observations and Experiments as are new and useful for the Improvement of Land; with an Account of such extraordinary Inventions and Natural Productions as may help the Ingenious in their Studies, and promote uni- versal learning. With variety of curious Cuts, 8vo. 1723. Dedicated to Sir Nicholas Carew, of Beddington, Surrey, Bart.,“‘ whose delightful gardens would alone be enough to draw upon him the admiration of that part of mankind who study the pleasures and tranquility of life ,” and whose“ won- derful orange-trees, first made familar to an English climate by his noble ancestors, and the agreeable structure raised for their preservation,” are honorably noticed.‘The third and last part(for August, September, and the remaining part of the second year,) is inscribed to the Earl of Burlington, “* whose palaces and gardens give an example of his distin- guishing genius;” and has in it, among many other interest- ing articles,‘‘ Observations concerning Vineyards and their Produce, with some Account of the Vineyard near Bath.” This celebrated vineyard, it is stated, contains six acres of ground; and in 1718 produced 66 hogsheads of wine, which was then worth 6602. We are told, also, that in 1722, there were still superior vines at Mr. Fairchild’s at Hoxton, and at Mr. Warner’s at Rotherhithe. A Philosophical Treatise of Agriculture; or, a New Method of cultivating and increasing all sorts of Trees, Shrubs, and Flowers; being a very curious work, enriched with useful Secrets in Nature, for helping the Vegetation of all Sorts of Trees and-Plants; and for fertilising the most stubborn Soils. By G. A. Agricola, M.D. and Doctor of Phi- losophy at Rattisbonne. Translated from the German, with emarks. Adorned with Cuts. The whole revised and compared with the Original; together with a Preface con- firming this new Method. 1723. 9. Family Dictionary, containing the most approved Me- thods for improving Estates and Gardens. 1726. 2 vols. fol. 10. Practical Discourses concerning the Four Elements, as they relate to the Growth of Plants. 1+ 4to. 11. Botanical Dictionary, for the Use of the Curious in Husbandry and Gardening. 1728. 2 vols- This was, it is be- lieved, the first attempt of the kind in England. 12. The Vineyard; being a Treatise showing, 1. The Nature and Method of Planting, Manuring, Cultivating, and Directing of Vines Proper Directions for Drawing, Pressing, Making, Keeping, ning, and Curing all Defects in the Wine; 5. An Easy and Familiar Method of Planting and Raising Vines to the greatest Perfection; illustrated with several useful Examples. 1728. 8vo. 15. The Gentleman and Gardener’s Kalendar, directing what is necessary to be done in every Month in the Year, in the Kitchen Garden, Fruit Garden, and Nursery; Manage- ment of Forest Trees, Green Houses, and Flower Garden, with Directions for the making and ordering Hop Grounds. 14. A General Treatise of Husbandry and Gardening; containing a new System of Vegetation; illustrated with many Observations and Experiments, formerly published Monthly, and now methodized and digested under proper Heads, with Additions, and Alterations; in Four Parts. 2 vols. Svo. 1716. Stevenson, the Rev. Henry, of East Retford, Nottinghamshire. 1. The Young Gardener’s Director. Lond. 12mo. 2. The Gentleman Gardener Instructed. Sth edition. Lond. 1769. 12mo. 1717. Collins, Samuel, Esq., of Archerton in North- amptonshire. Paradise Retrieved; demonstrating the most beneficial Method of managing Fruit-Trees, with a Treatise on Melons and Cucumbers. Lond. 1717. 8vo. 1717. Evelyn, Charles, Esq., son of John Evelyn. The Lady’s Recreation; or the Third and Last Part of the Art of Gardening improved. Lond. 1717. 8vo. 1722. Fairchild, Thomas, commercial gardener at Hoxton, where he had an excellent vineyard, and was one of the principal nurserymen and florists of his time. He first made himself known by a paper in the Royal Society’s Transactions(vol. Xxxiii. p. 127.), on the‘* different and sometimes contrary motion of the sap in plants,” and assisted in expe- Parr IY, atdening, bo Min Scoveries nevey Totes. Trees, ee Invention, amt Like. hf Thi Tes, lo stich Giada, The ‘Nate; en, mber-rees, Pri. Ho, ng. 1721,§yo, ents and(bsers. for the months cé i 1, The Method Perfection in the wall, to forward tof transplanting inthe Summer aNlabons in been gtowing for e Improvement of atl 3, An. ist the Circulation he Improvement cf nd(Gardening, on. a are new and with an Aconunt of ural Productions 3 S, and promote mi. ous Cuts, 8ro, 1723, Beddington, Sure | done be enough to part of mankind who 1 and whose“wou nylon ramp of bis distin. mhany olberinterest- Vineyards and their wand neat Bath” ine, which 72, there Arcbertt ip Nort. 2, jan Brel C‘i pat of the rd fh | rienet at ie ipl 1 Boox I. BRITISH WORKS ON GARDENING. 1103 riments on vegetable sexuality. He died in 1729, and left funds for a botanical.sermon, which is deli- vered annually on Whitsun Tuesday, at St. Leon- ard's Shoreditch; it was preached for many years by Dr. Colin Milne,.-by whom it was published in 1779, and has since been continued by the Rev. Mr. Ellis, of Merchant Taylors’ school, who receives three guineas out of the funds left by Fairchild for each sermon. The City Gardener; containing the Method of Cultivating such Plants as will be Ornamental, and thrive best in the London Gardens. 1722. 8vo. 1724. Miller, Philip, F.R.S., a celebrated botanist and gardener, author of the Gardener’s Dictionary, and of several other works, was born 1692. His father, according to Professor Martyn,“‘ was gar- dener to the Company of Apothecaries, and he suc- ceeded his father in that office in 1722.” We have been informed, however, by Watts, a nurseryman at Acton, one of the few surviving gardeners who worked under him, that Miller’s father was a mar- ket-gardener, somewhere about Deptford or Green- wich, and that Miller himself was a commercial florist, and had a small garden near the situation of the present King’s Bench Prison in Surrey. He was considered an ingenious florist, and was selected by the apothecaries as their gardener, on the per- petual grant of the garden-ground by Sir Hans Sloane in 1722. It appears also from Field’s History of the Cheisea Garden(pub. 1821) that there is no evidence that Miller succeeded his father. Miller “raised himself, by his merit, from a state of obscu- rity, to a degree of eminence, rarely, if ever before equalled, in the character of agardener. He added to his knowledge of the theory and practice of gar- dening, that of the structure and characters of plants, and was practically versed in the methods of Ray, Tournefort, and Linnzus. He adopted the system of the latter in the seventh edition of his work with great reluctance; but was convinced at length by the arguments of Sir W. Watson and W. Hudson. He maintained a correspondence with the most eminent botanists on the continent; among others, with Linneus, who said his Dictionary was not merely one of gardening, but of botany. Non erat Lexicon Hortulanorum, sed Botanicorum. By other foreigners he was emphatically styled Hortu- danorum Princeps, the‘ Prince of Gardeners.’ To his superior skill the curious owe the culture and preservation of many fine plants, which would otherwise have been lost.’’ His infirmity, Professor Martyn continues,“induced him to resign his office a little time before his decease, which took place in 1771, in his eightieth year.” He was consulted by gentlemen on the subject of planting and laying out grounds, and particularly by the Dukes of Bedford, Northumberland, and Richmond. He had many pupils, among whom were the late Mr. Forsyth and W. Aiton. John Ellis, who seems to have had some pique at Miller, says, he was turned out of the garden for his obstinacy and impertinence to the apothecaries, but his salary continued. His vanity, he says, was so raised by his voluminous publica- tions, that he considered no man to know anything but himself;“though Gordon, Aiton, and Lee, have been Jong infinitely superior to him in the nicer and more delicate parts of gardening.” Ac- cording to Field’s tract, he gave in his resignation in consequence of some altercation or misunder. standing with his employers. This happened in 1769, when he removed toa house close by that part of the Chelsea churchyard where he was buried, and near which an obelisk was erected to his memory by the Horticultural Society in 1810. He was succeeded by the late W. Forsyth, F.A.S. 1. The Gardener’s and Florist’s Dictionary, or a complete System of Horticulture. 2 vols. 8vo. Lond. This work was recommended by the most famous garden- ers and nurserymen of that time; by Thomas Fairchild at Hoxton, Robert Furber at Kensington, Robert Smith at Vauxhall, Samuel Driver at Lambeth, Moses James at Stand- gate, Obadiah Low at Battersea, Christopher Gray at Fulham, Benjamin Whitmill at Hoxton, Francis Hunt at Putney, and William Gray junior at Fulham. Weston says, these persons were united in a society for the improvement of gar- dening; that Miller acted as their secretary; and that this work was in some degree the produce of their joint efforts. 2. Seven years after this Miller published his Gardener’s Dictionary in folio. This is commonly regarded as the first edition, and is entitled‘‘ The Gardener’s Dictionary; con- taing the Methods of cultivating and improving the Kitchen, Fruit, and Flower Garden. As also, the Physic Garden, Wilderness, Conservatory, and Vineyard, according to the Practice of the most experienced Gardeners of the present age. Interspersed with the History of the Plants, the Cha- racters of each Genus, and the Names‘of all the particular Species, in Latin and English; and an Explanation of all the Terms used in Botany and Gardening.‘Together with Accounts of the Nature and Use of Barometers, Thermo- meters, and Hygrometers proper for Gardeners; and of the Origin, Causes, and Nature of the Meteors, and the particu- lar Influences of Air, Earth, Fire, and Water upon Vegeta- tion, according to‘the best natural Philosophers. Adorned with Copper Plates. By Philip Miller, Gardener to the Botanic Garden at Chelsea, and F.R.S. The seventh edition is entitled,“ The Gardener’s Dic- tionary: containing the best and newest Methods of culti- vating and improving the Kitchen, Fruit, Flower Garden, and Nursery. As also for performing the practical Parts of Agriculture; including the Management of Vineyards, with the Methods of Making and Preserving the Wine, according to the present Practice of the most skilful Vignerons in the several Wine Countries in Europe. Together with Directions for Propagating and Improving, from real Practice and Ex- perience, all Sorts of Timber Trees. The ninth or Professor Martyn’s edition, is distinguished by the arrangement of the matter, and the completeness of the enumeration of species; all being included Beh are to be found in the fourteenth edition of Linnzeus’s Systema Vege- tabilium, with the exception of the minute tribes of mosses, algae, or seaweeds, and fungi or mushrooms; of which the generic characters are commonly given, together with such species as are used in food, or in any of the arts. In al] the former editions of the dictionary, the culture was generally mixed with the descriptions of the species, and was frequently repeated several times under the same genus, but here the scientific, popular and practical parts being kept separate, they may each be consulted with facility; and what was be fore confused, now becomes distinct and obvious. This laborious work, Professor Martyn observes, is the re- sult of the unwearied application of what talents he possesses, and time he could spare from the duties of his profession during twenty years; no attention or industry has been want- ing on his part; and he has strained every nerve to render it as complete in its kind as the nature of so extensive an under taking will allow. 3. On a Method of Raising some Exotic Seeds.(Phil. Trans. Abr. vii. 250. 1728. 4. On the early Flowering of Tulips, and other Bulbous Plants, when placed in Bottles filled with Water.(Ib. 467.) 1726. Whitmill, Benedict. The Gardener’s Universal Calendar. Lond. 8yo. UPA TE 8 Fruits. 8vo 1728. Castel, Robert, a London architect and an- tiquar y- The villas of the ancients, illustrated with cuts. Lond. fol. 1728. Langley, Batty, an architect of houses and gardens; born 1696, at Twickenham, where he resided; author of several architectural works. 1. Practical Geometry, applied to the Arts of Building, Surveying, Gardening, and Mensuration. Lond. 1726. 2. The Sure Method of Improving an Estate by Plantations of Oak, Elm, Ash, Birch, and other Timber Trees. Lond. 1728. 4to. 3. Pomona, or the Fruit Garden Illustrated: being the sure Method of Preserving the best Kinds of Fruit; with Direc- tions for Pruning, Nailing, Thinning,&c. With Cuts. Lond. 1729. fol. 4. New Principles of Gardening; or, the Laying out Pastures, Groves, Wildernesses, Labyrinths, Avenues, Parks,&c. 1729. Cowel, John, gardener at Hoxton, . Account of the Olive in Blossom, Torch Thistle, and Glastonbury Thorn. Lond. Svo. j 2. Curious and Profitable Gardener, containing the newest Methods for improving Land by Grain or Seed, also a Descrip- tion of his Great Aloe, and other exotics, with his Manner of preserving them in Winter. 5vo. 1729. Triewald, Martin, Director of Mechanics, Sweden, author of some papers in the transactions of the Royal Society. An account of tulips and such bulbous plants, blowing much sooner when their bulbs are placed upon bottles filled with water, than when planted in the ground.(Phil. Trans. vol. xxxvii. 80, 81.); é 1730. A Society of Gardeners. This society con- sisted of the most eminent florists and nurserymen of the time, who state in their preface, that finding great inconvenience from the unsettled and vague nomenclature of plants which then existed, they re- solved to undertake this work for the public benefit They published only one part, dedicated to Thomas Earl of Pembroke and Montgomery, and a preface enumerating the most eminent encouragers of gar- dening of the time. Weston and Martin conjecture that this work gave rise to the folio edition of Millers’ Dictionary, which appeared in 1731(the 8vo. in 1724.), Miller being secretary to the society. 1730. The Gardener’s Catalogue.— Catalogus Arborum Fru- ticumque tum Exoticarum tum Domesticarum,&c. or, The Gardener’s Catalogue of Trees and Shrubs, both Exotic and Domestick, which are hardy enough to endure the Cold of our Climate in the open Air, ranged in an Alphabetical Order, according to their most approved Latin Names; with an Index of the English Names referring to the Latin. To which is added the Characters of each Genus in English, and a short ‘Account of the different Growths of each Tree or Shrub, illus- trated with 21 Copper Plates, in which there are above 50 beau-~ tiful Plants which were designed by the famous Mynheer Van Huvsum, and are represented in their proper Colours. Done by a Society of Gardeners, price 1/. 11s. 6d. stitched, in fol. ATS 1104 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Pivestar 1732. Anon, 1. Essay concerning the best methods of Pruning Fruit- trees, also the Method of Pruning Timber‘Trees, and also a Dis- course concerning the improvement of the Potatoe. London. 8vo. 2. The Flower Garden displayed, in above 400 represent- ations of the most beautiful Flowers, with the description and history of each plant, and the method of their culture. 1752. Furber, Robert, of Kensington, nurseryman, who published a number of separate prints of all the different kinds of fruits grown in this country. His nursery is now in the possession of Messrs. Malcolm and Co. 1. Fruits for every month in the year, in fol. 12 Plates. 2. An Introduction to Gardening, or Guide to Gentlemen and Ladies in furnishing their Gardens, being several useful Catalogues of fruits and flowers. Lond. 8vo. 1735. 1732. More, Sir Thomas. A Flower Garden for Gentlemen and Ladies, or the Art of raising Flowers to vlow in the depth of winter, also the method of raising Salleting, Cucumbers,&c. at any time of the year. 1732. Murray, Sir Alexander, of Stanhope, author of some political works relative to Scotland. The nature and method of Planting, Manuring, and Diet- ing a Vineyard. 1735. A Lady. Merlin: a Poem; humbly inscribed to her Majesty. To which is added, The Royal Hermitage, a Poem. Both bya Lady, with several curious representations both of the Cave and Hermitage. 1735. 8vo. 1735. Anon. The Rarities of Richmond: being exact Descriptions of the Hermitage, and Merlin’s Cave, in the Gardens there. 1735. 8vo. with his Life and Prophecies. 1736. 1738. Ellis, William, a tarmer at Little Gaddesdon, near Hempstead in Hertfordshire, author of Com- plete Husbandry, and other farming works. The Timber Tree improved; or the best practical methods of improving different lands with proper timber. Lond. 8vo, 1738. Anon. The Complete Seedsman’s Monthly Calendar, shewing the best and most easy Method for raising and cultivating every sort of Seed belonging to a Kitchen and Flower Garden: with necessary Instructions for sowing of Berries, Mast, and Seeds, of Evergreens, Forest Trees, and such as are proper for the improveing of Land. Written at the command of a Person of Honour. Lond. 8yo. 1739. Anon. An Essay upon Harmony; as it relates chiefly to Situation and Building. 8vo. 1739. 1739. Trowel, Samuel. A new Treatise of Husbandry and Gardening, 1740. Gray, Christopher, a nurseryman at Ful- ham; a correspondent with many of the eminent botanists of his time, and the first who received the magnolia grandiflora from America, and propa- gated it extensively. A Catalogue of Trees and Shrubs which are prepared for sale by Christopher Gray, Nurseryman at Fulham. 1744. Anon. Adam’s Luxury and Eve’s Cookery, or the Kitchen Garden displayed. 8vo. 2. Curious Experiments in Gardening; modes of Propaga- tion,&c. illustrated by wood cuts. 12mo. 1730. 1744. Watson, William, M.D. F.R.S. was born in London, in 1715, educated at Merchants-taylors’ school, and served his time to an apothecary. He made discoveries in electricity, for which he ob- tained the Copley medal, and was honored with the degree of doctor in physic by two German uni- versities. He died May 10. 1787. Besides papers in the Philosophical Transactions and the London Medical Observations, he wrote An Account of Experiments on inoculating for the Small-pox. 1. On the Culture of Mushrooms. 2. Account of the Remains of John Tradescant’s Botanic Garden at Lambeth. 3. Account of the Bishop of London’s Garden at Fulham. 1746. Stephenson, David, M.A. author of Ad New Mechanical Practice of Physic. Gentleman’s Gardener’s Director of Plants, Flowers, and Trees; with a Garden Kalendar. Lond. 1746. 8vo. 1747. Anon. The Compleat Florist, 8vo. It consists of 100 copper-plates and flowers, colored and plain. 1748. Anon. A Dialogue upon the Gardens of Lord Viscount Cobham, at Stowe in Berks. 8vo. 1749. Dickson, James and Co., nurserymen and seedsmen, Edinburgh. Catalogue of Hot-house, Green-house, Hardy, and Herba- ceous Plants; Flowering and Evergreen Shrubs, Fruit and Fruit Trees. Sdinb. 8vo. An enlarged edition in 1796, enumerating in alp)abetical order all the plants described in the Hortus Kewensis. 1750. Bickham, George. The Beauties of Stowe, with cuts, 8vo. 1752. Anon.; An Account of the Emperor of China’s Gardens at Pekin. vo. 1753. Anon. The Kitchen and Flower Garden complete, in four sheets. 1753. Coventry, Francis, was born in Cambridge- shire, and educated at the Magdalen-college, Cam- bridge, where he took his master’s degree in 1752, and entered into orders. He died in 1759, having just before been presented to the donative of Edge- ware. He wrote Penshurst, a poem in Dodsley’s collection, and a poetical epistle to the honorable Wilmot Vaughan. Strictures on the Absurd Novelties introduced in Garden- ing, and a humourous Description of Squire Mushroom ani peers in the World, a periodical work, No. XV _1753. Rocque, Bartholomew, a florist of Walham Green; author of some agricultural works: a great advertiser of grasses; sowed mixtures in his grounds and sold the turf at so much per square foot to pro- pagate from; extolled the burnet and lucern, parti- cularly the former: patronised by the Duke of Cumberland. Switzer speaks of a similarly named person, probably the father, who had a vineyard planted in a common field-garden, from which he made wine for thirty years; and although the ground was flat, the wine was as good as that of Or- leans and Auxerre. A Treatise on the Hyacinth; containing the manner of eager) ore at hee ee eben ence lately made by Dutch. sem ue Loris Sin Holland; translated from the 1754. Justice, James, Esq., F. R.S., one of the principal clerks of session, or civil court of law, in Scotland. His father was a merchant, and dealing with the Dutch, imported flower-roots, which it has been said first gave the subject of this memoir a taste for gardening. He had a villa and large gar- den at Crichton, near Dalkeith, where he finally spent his fortune, in gardening pursuits, and was obliged to dispose of the property. Here, he prac- tised gardening for thirty years: went twice to Hol- land to study the culture of bulbs, and also visited Italy; and‘satisfied the most learned societies in Britain of his practice and knowledge of the culture of the nicest flowers, and of plants, both exotic and indigenous, which adorn our British gardens. The Ananas,” he sdys(1754),“ though now in many gar- dens, were first brought to fruit in Scotland by me; I can with truth affirm, that no person in this coun- try bestowed more liberality upon improvements in gardening than I did, for the truth of which I can appeal to many of my countrymen.” He died about 1762 or 3. 1. The Scots Gardener’s Director. By James Justice. Edinb. 8vo. 2. A new edition, entitled, The British Gardener’s Director, chiefly adapted to the Climate of the Northern Counties: directing the necessary works in the Kitchen, Fruit, and Pleasure Gardens, and in the Nursery, Green-house, and Stove. By James Justice, F-R.S., one of the principal Clerks of Session. Edinburgh, 1764. 8vo.—The Advertisement, dated September 1765, sets forth, that the first impression being sold off, the author set about correcting mistakes, and making additions; but that his death deprived the world of his after- labors, which the memorandums and notes left behind him gave room to think he intended to have laid before the pub- lic.— This is an original and truly valuable work, founded upon reflection and experience. 5. An edition in 1764, arranged as a Monthly Kalendar, and very different from any of the others. 1754. BR Ss, gentleman. The Gardener’s Pocket Book, or Country Gentleman’s Re- creation; being the Kitchen, Fruit, and Flower-Garden, dis- played in Alphabetical Order. 1755. Hill, John, M.D., a miscellaneous writer, was the son of a clergyman, and born about 1716. He served his time to an apothecary in Westminster, and in that situation studied botany, which procured him the patronage of the Duke of Richmond and Lord Petre, who employed him in their gardens. In 1746 he translated the tract of Theophrastus On Gems; which was followed by 4 General Natural History, in 3 vols. folio. He next engaged in com- piling a supplement to Chamber’s Cyclopedia; and at the same time published a periodical paper called The Inspector. Having obtained a doctor’s de- gree from St. Andrew’s, he endeavored to get elected into the Royal Society; but being disap- pointed, he attacked that learned body, first in a pamphlet, and next in a quarto volume, written with asperity and acuteness. His facility in writing was very great, and there was hardly a popular sub- ject on which he did not exercise his pen, so that in some years he is said to have realised fifteen hundred pounds. He also gained considerably by quack me- dicines, and was much encouraged by the Earl of Bute, under whose auspices he published 4 Systeme of Botany, in 26 vols. folio; for which he received the order of Vasa from the King of Sweden. He died Novy. 22. 1775. Besides the works already men- tioned he wrote some novels and farces. Hill had a dispute with Garrick, and another with Woodward the comedian; the former answered him in an epi- gram, and the latter in a pamphlet, with this motto from Shakespeare:‘¢ I do remember an apothecary culling of simples.” This alluded to a story that Ss Soot I excluded f ied 0 pill 125 ' ring Y “ od of prod “A Se et 155, Hitt, 4 Manners, at Ble 4 nurseryman I He wrote 0 barren lands seems to hat and his pape der, gardener uli Mi Treatise 00 pee Erroneous! y h Anecdotes) tg J i the Demy Hoan E Mason, the An Hera n Heroj POMS are ry wlll Thompson, Joh Meatle upon Tyne 20e distinguishing I g Topert Parr 1, eof Rie. a Daisteys E honorable td in Garden. R Vubroon' tak, No, XV, ‘ot Walbam AS) a great Ahi prounds Te{aot to TH. otra, pat. the Dake of milarly named ad a i neyard rom which he although the as that of Or. the manner of lately made by lated from the one of the Dart of law, in i, ad dealing Ks bleh it has this memoir a and large gu. re he finaly drsuits, and Was Here, he prac. ent tice to Hol. ge of the culture ‘both exotic and h gardens,‘The NOW in aN gat Scotland by me; inthiscoun- rovements in whieh{ can ” He died about By James Juste, Gardener's Director, - Norther Counties: 3 Monthy Koad S D, try Gentena' e 4 Plover Varley, scellancous Wal dor aout ry i Westin, ny, whichp i of ich in thel na Book I. BRITISH WORKS Hill was excluded from some nobleman’s gardens for having carried off several valuable plants. A short account of his life, writings, and cha- racter was published at Edinburgh in 1779, and his widow, Lady Jane Hill, published An Address to the Public, setting forth the Consequences of his Acquaintance with the Earl of Bute. 1788. 4to. 1. A Method of raising Trees from the Leaves. By John Hill, M.D. 8vo. 1758, under the name of Thomas Barnes. 2. Eden; or a complete Body of Gardening. London. fol. Colored plates. 60. 3. Complete Body of Husbandry, with plates. fol. 4. The Gardener’s New Kalendar. By John Hill, M.D. Lond. with plates. 5. An Idea of a botanical Garden in England, 1758. 6. An Account of a Stone, which on being watered pro- duces Mushrooms. London, 1758. 8vo. Plates 2. 7. A Method of producing Double Flowers from Single, by a regular Course of Culture, illustrated with Figures. Lond. 1758. Plates 7. 8. The Origin and Production of Proliferous Flowers, with the Culture at large for raising Double from Single, and Proliferous from the Double. Lond. 1759. Svo. Plates 7. 9. The Practice of Gardening by T. Perfect, a pupil of Dr. Hill. London. 1759. 8vo. 10. Botanical Tracts. Lond. 1762. 8vo.— A title prefixed to pamphlets published at different times. 11. The Construction of Timber explained by the Micro- soope. 1770. 8vo. 1755. Hitt, Thomas, gardener to Lord Robert Manners, at Bloxholme in Lincolnshire, afterwards a nurseryman in Kent and a designer of gardens. He wrote on husbandry, and the improvement of barren lands in Aberdeenshire, of which county he seems to have been a native. He died about 1770, and his papers came into the possession of—— Mea- der, gardener to the Duke of Northumberland, who published from them the Universal Gardener. A Treatise on Fruit Trees, Lond. 8vo. An original work, valuable for its mode of training trees. 1756. Anon. On the Heat and Cold of Hot-houses. 1757. Chambers, Sir William; an eminent archi- tect, was born in Sweden 1726, but his ancestors were of Scottish origin. He was brought to England at the age of two years, and placed in a school at Rippon. His first entrance into public life was in the capacity of supereargo to a Swedish East India ship, in which he made one voyage to China. On his return he quitted the sea, and applied to archi- tecture, under the patronage of Lord Bute, by whose interest he was appointed drawing-master to the late king, then Prince of Wales. His first employ- ment as an architect was in building a villa for Lord Besborough, at Roehampton, after which, he was engaged to lay out the royal gardens at Kew, where he introduced the Chinese ornaments. In 1771 he was honored with the Swedish order of the Polar Star, and in 1775 appointed to conduct the building of Somerset House. He was at this time a fellow of the royal society, and a member of that of anti- quaries; besides which he held the places of archi- tect to the king, surveyor-general to the board of works, and treasurer of the royal academy. He died in 1796, aged 69. 1. Designs for Chinese Buildings, Furniture, Dresses, Ma- chines, and Utensils, engraved from the originals drawn in China; to which is annexed, A Description of their Temples, Houses, Gardens,&c. Lond. 1757. max. fol. 2. Plans, Elevations, Sections, and Perspective Views of the Gardens and Buildings at Kew in Surrey, the seat of her Royal Highness the Princess of Wales. Lond. 1763. fol. 1765. fol.42s. A very splendid work. 3. Dissertations on Oriental Gardening. London, 1774. 4to. 5s. 1757. Spence, Joseph, D.D., Professor of poetry in the university of Oxford, author of an essay on Pope’s works, Crito, and other well known and esteemed works. He was the friend of Lord Wal- pole; is styled by the latter a man of judgment and taste in gardening. He was born in 1698, and died in 1768. Some Account of the Emperor of China’s Gardens,&c. By Sir Harry Beaumont. Lond. 8vo.; pa 1757. Anon., erroneously attributed by Nichols (Lit. Anecdotes) to John Baynes, who died before the poems below were published; by some to Mason, the author of the English Garden. 1. An Heroic Epistle to Sir Wm. Chambers. 4to. 2. An Heroic Postscript. 4to. 1758. These poems are ranked among the most spirited satires of the age. 1757. Thompson, John, a commercial gardener at Newcastle upon Tyne. 1. The distinguishing Properties of a fine Auriculas New- oastle. 8vo. 2. The Dutch Florist. Newcastle. 12mo. 1758. 1758. Hanbury, the Rev. William, rector of Church Langton, Lancashire, died 1778. 1. An Essay on Planting, and a Scheme to make it con- ducive to the glory of God, and the advantage of Society. 8vo. 2. A complete Body of Planting and Gardening, contain- ON GARDENING. 1105 duous and Evergreen Forest-trees,&c.; the whole forming a complete History of‘Timber-trees, whether raised in Forests, Plantations, or Nurseries; as well as_a general System ot the present Practice of the Flower, Fruit, and Kitchen- Gardens. To be completed in about 140 sixpenny weekly numbers, from December 1769, in two volumes, folio. 1758. Marsham, Robert, Esq. EARS: of Stratton, in Norfolk. 1. Observations on the Growth of Trees.(Phil. Trans. Abr. xi. 320. 1758.); 2. On the Usefulness of Washing and Rubbing the Stems of Trees to promote their Annual Increase.(Ib. xiv. 1¢4. 1776.) The same.(Ib. xv. 138. 1781.) 5. Indications of Spring.(Ib. xvi. 561. 1789.) 4. On the Measures of Trees.(Ib. xviii. 100. 1797.) 1759. Barnes, Thomas, a fictitious name adopted by Sir John Hill for his first gardening publication, (See Hill, John, 1755.) 1759. North,——, a nurseryman at Lambeth, on the grounds now occupied as a nursery by John ay. 1. Treatise on Grasses, and the Norfolk Willow. 2. Gardener’s Catalogue of Hardy Trees, Shrubs, Flowers, Seeds,&c. 8vo. 1759. Perfect, Thomas, inventor of the new Chinese parterres, a name adopted by Sir John Hill, and supposed to be that of a famous nurseryman at Pom- fret in Yorkshire. See Hiéil, John, 1755.) 1759. Stillingfleet, Benjamin, an ingenious natur- alist and miscellaneous writer, born about 1702; died 1771. His Literary Life and select Works, by William Cox. Lond. 1811. 3 vols. Svo. They contain a Calendar of Flora, and some curious essays towards a history of husbandry. 1760. Anon. The London Gardener. 8vo. 1760. Haddington, Earl of, a Scotch nobleman, whose residence was at Tynningham, near Dunbar, where he made considerable plantations for the time and country; he was a general encourager of im- provements; died about 1787. A Treatise on Forest Trees. Edin. 8vo. 1760. Lee, James, of the firm of Messrs. Kennedy and Lee, nurserymen at the Vineyard, Hammer- smith, a native of Scotland; some time under Miller at Chelsea, afterwards gardener to the Duke of Ar- _gyle at Whitton, and next he commenced the nur- sery with Kennedy, then gardener to Lord Bolton at Chiswick. Lee was a correspondent of Linneus; and most of the American botanists of the time, and is mentioned by John Ellis as one of the first gardeners. His elements of botany have contri- buted, perhaps more than any other work, to spread a knowledge of the Linnzan system among garden- ers. He died in 1795, and was succeeded by his son of the same name, an ardent lover and liberal pro- moter of gardening improvements.(See 7518.) 1. Introduction to Botany; containing an Explanation of the Theory of that Science, and an_ Interpretation of its Technical Terms, extracted from the Works of Linneeus,&c.; with 12 plates. Lond. 8vo. z 2. Catalogue of Plants and Seeds, sold by Kennedy and Lee, Nurserymen at the Vineyard, Hammersmith. j 1760. Pullein, Samuel, M.A., author of different publications on the silkworm, mulberry, and cotton- plant.::= Observations towards a Method of Preserving the Seeds Plants in a state of Vegetation, during long Voyages. Lond. vo. 1760 to 1780. Various authors. The following works contain some pleasing and valuable obsery- ations on modern gardening, and are generally con-- sidered as having contributed to spread a taste for that style:—; 1. Warton’s Essay on the Writings and Genius of Pope. Vol. ii, from p. 236. to p. 248. and p. 262. 1762.: 9, The first article in the 2d volume of the Antiquarian Re- pertory isa pleasing description of os White Knights, the seat of Sir Henry Englefield, Bart. one of the first examples of the ferme ornee.” 1764. ia, 3. Letters concerning the present state of England. 8vo, 772. Letter 26.:: A Tour to London, by Grosley; translated by Nugent. 8vo. 1772. Vol. ii. p. 115.‘ 5. Knox’s Essays. Vol. ii. 4th edit. No. 91. and No. 117. 6. Lelius and Hortensia. By Dr. Stedman. 8vo. 1782: Letters 5 and 6.: 5 ae To these may be added from the poets: The Description ot the Grotto of Calypso, and_of the Garden of Alcinous, in Pope’s Odyssey 5 of the old Corycian’s Garden, in Dryden's Virgil; of the Garden of Armida, in Hoole’s Tasso; various passages in Milton’s Paradise Lost, Thomson’s Seasons, and »ther poems., ie ‘ Fests prose writers may be referred to: The Description of the Vale of Tempe, in Alian’s Various History; of Vaucluse and Petrarch’s Garden, from Mrs. Dobson’s Life of Petrarch; Petrarch’s Description of Sylva Piana; Smollett’s Travels through France and Italy, vol. ii. Letter 31. dated 1765 5 Gough’s British Topography, p- 138. Oxfordshire; Critical Review for October, 177-. p 312. and August, 1783; and the preface to Girardin’s Landscape. To these might be added, various papers in the Gentleman’s, Universal, and other ma- gazines, published about this time, and also to the tours and ing the Natural History, Culture, and Management of Deci- 4 topographical works of the same date. ai Ni ? +a \ 1106 STATISTICS OF 1760. Anon. Adam armed; or an Essay endeavouring to prove the Ad- vantages and Improvements the Kingdom may receive, and the Inconveni and Impedi ts it may avoid and re- medy, by the Means of a well-ordered and duly rectified Charter for Incorporating and Regulating the Professors of the Art of Gardening; humbly offered and presented by the Master and Company of the same. Fol. no date; supposed about 1760. 1762. Home, Henry, commonly called Lord Kaimes, from his official legal situation; an eminent Scotch lawyer, philosopher, and critic, was born at Kaimes in Berwickshire, 1696; died 1782. He was originally bred a writer or attorney, but by assiduous application raised himself to be a judge. He farmed his own estate at Kaimes for several years; and afterwards resided at Blairdrummond in Stirlingshire, his wife’s estate, where he displayed his taste in laying out grounds. His life has been written by Lord Woodhouselee. Essay on Gardening; in the Elements of Criticism. Lond. 3 vols. Svo. In this work he recommends a judicious use of both the ancient and modern styles. 1763. Wheeler, James, a nurseryman at Glou- cester. After his death the nursery was carried on by his two daughters, who separated some years ago, and it is now carried on by one of them. The Botanist’s and Gardener’s New Dictionary; containing the Names, Classes, Orders, Generic Characters, and Specific Distinctions of the several Plants cultivated in England, ac- cording to the System of Linneus: to which is prefixed, an In- troduction to the Linnean Ssstem of Botany. Lond. 1765. Svo- 1764. Dodsley, Robert, an ingenious English poet, miscellaneous writer, and bookseller; was born in Nottinghamshire, 1703. A Description of the Leasowes, the Seat of William Shen- stone, Esq., accompanied by a Plan. Lond. 12mo. 1764. Museum Rusticum, a periodical work, con- taining various papers on planting and horticulture. Museum Rusticum et Commerciale; or select Papers on Ag- riculture, Commerce, Arts, and Manufactures. Drawn from experience, and communicated by Gentlemen engaged in these Pursuits. Revised and digested by several Members of the Society for the Encouragement’ of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce: in 6 vols. 8vo. The Museum Rusticum was succeeded by a similar work in 1768, entitled De re rustica, completed in Bole 8vo. in 1770. 1764. Shenstone, William, Esq., a poet and coun- try gentleman, celebrated for his taste in landscape- gardening; born in Shropshire 1714, died 1763. Unconnected Thoughts on Landscape Gardening. In his works collected after his death, in 3 vols. 8vo. Lond. 1766. Abercrombie, John, son of John Abercrombie, who had a nursery and garden in the neighborhood of Edinburgh; and was in the habit of supplying the markets of that city with vegetables. John Abercrombie, our author, was born in 1726; and was educated at a grammar school, till he at- tained an age to be of service in his father’s busi- ness, for which he had always a predilection. After he had arrived at manhood, on some trifling family differences occuring, he left his father, and came to London; in the vicinity of which he worked for some years as a journeyman gardener. To note the particulars of most interest, he was long employed in the Royal Gardens at Kew, and at Leicester House, now Leicester Fields; and in these situ- ations he occasionally contributed to the boyish diversions of his present majesty. He lived as principal gardener with several noblemen and per- sons of high rank and respectability, and particu- larly with that eminent botanist, Doctor Munro (father of the present celebrated physician), at Sunning Hill, near Windsor: here he continued several years, and was married while in the doctor’s service, to a young woman in the family of Sir James Douglas, where he had before lived. He afterwards had a garden and nursery at Hackney, whence he sent his goods to Spitalfields Market; and the profits of his business enabled him to sup- port his increasing family with comfort and decency. ‘At this crisis, some time about 1770, Mr. L. Davis, an eminent bookseller of London, accompanied by Dr. Oliver Goldsmith, having previously ordered a handsome entertainment at an inn in Hackney, surprised Abercrombie with an invitation to dine with them with a view to induce him, by encou- raging overtures, to compose an original work on Practical Gardening. Abercrombie consented, with reluctance, fearful it might eall off his at- tention too: much from his garden and nursery; and at last, only on the condition of his materials being revised, and the style improved by Dr. Gold- smith. This celebrated writer, however, did not perform his part of the undertaking: after the papers had been handed to him by the humble gardener, then an inexperienced writer, and anxious to have his luxuriances pruned, the doctor said, as an apology to the bookseller for returning the MS. GARDENING. Part IV. suited to the subjects of which ittreated.’’ Abercrom- bie, however, frequently lamented, and the public possibly may do the same, that this very perspicuous and elegant writer did not fulfil his engagement. Abercrombie’s first work was entitled Every Man his own Gardener, which had a rapid sale; and, from the temporary profits being considerable, he was induced to neglect, and soon after to give up, his nursery; and to enter upon a course of au- thorship on horticultural subjects. On first publishing Every Man his own Gar- dener, the diffidence of Abercrombie induced him to aflix to the title-page the name of Mawe, who was gardener to the Duke of Leeds. After the publication of a second edition, he accepted of an invitation from the nominal author of his book, who had been much flattered by the compliment, to visit him in Yorkshire. When introduced to Mawe, whom he had never before seen, poor Aber- crombie(as he used facetiously to narrate) encoun- tered a gentleman so bepowdered, and so bedaubed with gold lace, that he thought he could be in the presence of no less a personage than the duke him- self. However, they soon came to a right under- standing; for he continued his visit for more than a fortnight, and‘“ fared sumptuously every day.” He likewise received much information from Mawe, as the groundwork of improvements which he afterwards made in his book, Every Man his own Gardener, and in other publications. They subse- quently maintained a friendly correspondence for years. About the year 1774, Abercrombie took a tea- garden at Hoxton, near the Shepherd and Shep- herdess; and exhibited in the grounds his practical skill in raising exotics and choice fruits: his arbors there are, to this day, spoken of as rural curiosi- ties. In different parts of the garden he was ac- customed to fix pieces of his own humble poetry. At length he left it, on the expiration of the lease, which he was unable to get renewed. Un- fortunately, just before the lease had expired, the original proprietor of the grounds under whom Abercrombie held, and who was disposed to do him the most friendly offices, died. This gentleman was an eminent goldsmith, and an alderman of the city of London: during his illness, his relations prevented Abercrombie from visiting him, or from access to the house. On his death, Abercrombie experienced another severe disappointment, in not being noticed in the alderman’s will; although he had been led, by professions of friendship and pro- mises of assistance, to form the highest expectations from this quarter. Previous to the year 1790, Abercrombie’s family had grown up and had settled away from home. From this period to the time of his death, he chiefly depended for support on the occasional im- provements which his several works required. From 1796 to the time of his decease, he resided at Charlton Street, Somers’ Town, except when he was visiting a friend at Cambridge, or was engaged in any professional pursuit at a considerable dis- tance from town. When out of business, he was a constant visitor, being a great walker, of the nursery-grounds and botanic gardens around the metropolis, with the object of collecting horticul- tural and botanical information. He was also oc- casionally employed in planning new gardens and ornamental grounds, as a horticultural surveyor and improver; for which he was sometimes hand- somely remunerated. In the spring of 1806, being in his eightieth year, Abercrombie met with a severe fall, by which he broke the upper part of his thigh-bone. This accident, which happened to him on the 15th of April, terminated in his death. After lying during the interval, in a very weak exhausted state, with- out much pain, he expired in the night between April and May as St. Paul’s clock struck twelve. He was lamented by all who knew him, as cheer- ful, harmless, and upright. 1. Every Man his own Gardener, being a New Gardener’s Calendar, with complete Lists of Forest-trees, Flowering Shrubs, Fruit-trees, Evergreens, annual, biennial, and perennial Flow- ers: Hot-house, Green-house, and Kitchen-garden Plants, with the Varieties of each Sort cultivated in the English Gardens. Lond. 12mo. Of this very useful and popular work the editions have been numerous. From“a diffidence in the writer, it was first pub- lished as the production of Thomas Mawe, gardener to His Grace the Duke of Leeds, and other gardeners; but it was en- tirely written by Abercrombie, whose claim has since been, in some measure, asserted, by subjoining in the titlepage the name of John Abercrombie, to the more popular one of Mr, unrevised, that‘ Abercrombie’s style was best Mawe.” It is to be lamented, Professor Martyn observes, that Book I tle a perfor 9 rte j jniversal 6% po » Garden Mu b ull and plail pst in Jorfection 4! Flat f p The British Fr oyiing the most appr seful Fruit free an 0, A ne universal G Lon 10, Th tical Gardening» 1, The Compe’ vith the thorough Lond. 178 Gardening 5 shrubs, Trees, Fruits, 13. The Hot-house the Pine Apple and Peaches, Nectat Vineries, Fr Ker Vi67. Giles, John, ¢ isham in Kent, and fr of Messrs, Russell th seventy-second Ananas; or a1 th! leds the nominal ay hn Abercrombie, andener, Abercrom| d being desirous of s teat Name, applies {0 him. Mawe went feeling for his situa name, This who 18 our auth 1767, Rutter, Jone and Daniel Carter. o, ‘blemarket. florists th ind Daniel Carter, eit present day, fos Situatic m Eten or, the Pan LY, ed.” Abererom. tnd the publig 'eIyDerspicuous Cleagement, eatled Brery ul a rapid sale 5 'iReonderable, Mon ater to give Na Cours of ay. an his oun Gor. mbie indueed him ne of Nave, who Leeds, After the he accepted of an hor of his bok, j the compliment, en introduced to seen, poor Aber. narrate) encoun. , ald 80 bedaubed he could be in the han the duke him. eto aright under. Visit for more than tuously every day,” information ftom Mprovements which , Boery Man his oun ations,‘They subs. | correspondence for rerombie took a tet. Shepherd and Shep proud his practic ie fruits; his arbors mn of a8 rural curios pwn humble poetry. he expiration of the to getrenenel, Une » had expire, the ands under whom yas spose odo bm s pettleman Was an aldeman of the giles, his relations visiting him, Hom is death, Abarat jsappointment, 1 M0 al+ although he sof triendship ad p> he highest expats ie fly Abeer a ttle. away frm time of his cae ton the occa vaang are DEE efit et pubs first Po sa ib 10 His os bs 8 , es beta Book I. BRITISH WORKS so respectable a performance should be accompanied by this deceit and book-craft. 2. The Universal Gardener and Botanist, or a General Dic- tionary of Gardening and Botany, exhibiting, in Botanical Arrangement, according to the Linnzan System, every Tree, Shrub, and Herbaceous Plant that merits Culture,&c© Lond. 1778. 4to. 3. The Garden Mushroom, its Nature and Cultivation, ex- hibiting full and plain Directions for producing this desirable Plant in Perfection and Plenty. Lond. 1779. Svo. 4. The British Fruit Garden, and Art of Pruning; com- prising the most approved Methods of planting and raising every useful Fruit Tree and Fruit-bearing Shrub. Lond. 1779. 8vo. 5. The Complete Forcing Gardener, for the thorough Prac- tical Management of the Kitchen Garden, raising all early Crops in Hot-beds, and forcing early fruit,&c. Lond. 1781. 12mo. 6. The complete Wall-tree Pruner,&c. Lond. 1783. 12mo. 7. The Propagation and Botanical Arrangement of Plants and Trees, useful and ornamental. Lond. 1785. 2 vols. 12mo. 5. The Gardener’s Pocket Dictionary, or a Systematical Ar- rangement of Trees, Herbs, Flowers, and Fruits, agreeable to the Linnzan Method, with their Latin and English Names, their Uses, Propagation, Culture,&c, Lond, 1786. 3 vols. 12mo. 9. Daily Assistant in the Modern Practice of English Garden- ing for every Month in the Year, on an entire new plan. Lond. 1789. 12mo, 10.‘The universal Gardener’s Kalendar and System of Prac- tical Gardening, Lond. 1789. 12mo. - The Complete Kitchen Gardener and Hot-bed Forcer, with the thorough Practical Management of Hot-houses, Fire- walls,&c. Lond. 1789. 12mo. 12. The Gardener’s Vade-mecum, or Companion of General Gardening; a Descriptive Display of the Plants, Flowers, Shrubs, Trees, Fruits, and general Culture.- Lond. 1789. 8vo. 13. The Hot-house Gardener, or the General Culture of the Pine Apple, and the Methods of forcing early Grapes, Peaches, Nectarines, and other choice Fruits in Hot-houses, Vineries, Fruit-houses, Hot-walls, with Directions for raising Melons and early Strawberries,&c. Plates. Lond. 1789, 8vo, 14. The Gardener’s Pocket Journal and Annual Register, in a Concise Monthly Display of all Practical Works of General Gardening throughout the year. Lond. 1791. 12mo. 15. A new edition of the Practical Gardener revised, with considerable additions, by Mr. James Mean, Head-gardener to Sir Abraham Hume, Bart. 12mo. 1816. 16. The Practical Gardener’s Companion, or Horticultural Calendar, containing the latest Improvements in Horticul- tural Practice. To which is annexed, on a plan never be- fore exhibited, the Garden Seed and Plant Estimate; edited from an original Manuscript of J. Abercrombie, the whole re- vised by J. Mean. Lond. 1Smo. 1816. 1766. Jones, Henry, a poetical and dramatic writer, a native of Drogheda in Ireland; died 1770, Kew Garden, a Poem jin two cantos. Lond. 4to. 1766. Lightoler, J-, a London architect. The Gentleman and Farmer’s Architecture, being Plans for Parsonage and Farm-houses, with Pineries, Green-houses, &c. on 25 plates, in fol. 1756. Locke, John, one of the greatest and most , distinguished philosophers this country has pro- duced; born in Somersetshire 1632; author of nu- merous works; had a fine seat at Norbury Park in Surrey; died 1704, Observations upon the Growth and Culture of Vines and Olives, the Production of Silk and the Preservation of Fruits. Written at the request of the Earl of Shaftesbury, to whom it is inscribed: now first printed from the original manuscript, in the possession of the present Earl of Shaftesbury. Lond. 8yo. 1767. Anon. The Rise and Progress of the present Taste in planting Parks, Pleasure Grounds, Gardens,&c. from Henry the Eighth to King George the Third. Ina poetic Epistle to the Right Honourable Charles Lord Viscount Irvin, 4to. Very scarce, only observed by us in Mr. Forsyth’s library. 1767. Giles, John, gardener to Lady Boyd at Lew- isham in Kent, and from 1777 foreman in the nursery of Messrs. Russell there. He died in 1797, in his seventy-second year. Ananas; or a'l'reatise on the Pine Apple, in which the whole Culture, Management, and perfecting this most excel- lent Fruit is laid down in a clear and explicit Manner. To which is added, the True Method of raising the finest Melons with the greatest success,&c. Lond. 8vo. 1 plate. 1767. Mawe, Thomas, gardener to the Duke of Leeds, the nominal author of the first publication of John Abercrombie, entitled Every man his own Gardener. Abercrombie wrote this work in prison. and being desirous of sending it into the world under a great name, applied to Mawe, then unknown to him. Mawe went to see Abercrombie, and feeling for his situation, permitted him to use his name, This Abercrombie told to Watts of Acton, who is our authority for inserting it. 1767. Rutter, James, gardener at Wandsworth, and Daniel Carter, gardener at Battersea; respect- able market-florists, the latter is the father of Thomas and Daniel Carter, esteemed flower-cultivators at the present day. Modern Eden; or, the Gardener’s Universal Guide; con- taining plain instructions for performing every branch of Gardening, whether relating to ornament or utility; in which are laid down the best methods for raising all the products of the kitchen and flower-garden, and the training, pruning, and entire management of Fruit-trees,&c. Lond. 1767. 8vo. 1768. Gibson, John, M. D., a native of Scotland, surgeon in the royal] navy, and author of some me- aical works. ON GARDENING. 1107 Stocks for multiplying: Fruit-trees, with directions for laying out and managing Fruit-gardens. 8vo. 1768. Gilpin, the Rev. William, M. A., an inge- nious divine, born in Carlisle 1724, educated at Ox- ford; kept for many years a school at Cheam in Surrey, and afterwards became vicar of Boldre, in Hampshire, and prebendary of Salisbury, where he died in 1804. The whole of his tours and other works on the picturesque, well merit the study of the landscape-gardener. 1. Observations on the River Wye, and several Parts of South Wales,&c, relative chiefly to Picturesque Beauty, made in the Summer of 1770. Lond. 1783. 8vo. 2. Observations relative chiefly to Picturesque Beauty, made in tbe year 1772, on several Parts of England; particularly the Mountains and Lakes of Cumberland and Westmorland. Lond. 1787. 2 vols. 8vo. 3. Observations chiefly relative to Picturesque Beauty, made in the year 1776, in several parts of Great. Britain; perticus larly the Highlands of Scotland. Lond. 1788. 2 vols. 8vo. 4. Remarks on Forest Scenery, and other Woodland views Telative chiefly to Picturesque Beauty. Illustrated by Scenes of New Forest, in Hampshire; in 3 books. Lond. 1791. 2 vols. 8vo. 5. Three Essays: on Picturesque Beauty; on Picturesque Travel; on Sketching Landscape. To which is added; a Poem on Landscape Painting. Lond. 1792. 8vo. + Observations on the Western Parts of England, relative chiefly to Picturesque Beauty. To which are added, a few re- marks on the Picturesque Beauties of the Isle of Wight; 18 Plates. Lond. 1798. 8vo.' 7. Observations on the coasts of Hampshire, Sussex, and Kent, relative chiefly to Picturesque Beauty, made in the Summer of 1774. Lond. 1804. 8vo. 8. Observations on several parts of the Counties of Cambridge, Norfolk, Suffolk, and Essex; also several parts of North Wales, relative chiefly to Picturesque Beauty; in two Tours, the former made in the year 1769, and the latter in 1773. Lond. 1809, Svo. f 1768. Mason, George, Esq., a classical scholar and critic; author of an Appendix to Dr. Johnson’s Dictionary, and of some other translations and phi- lological works. He lived chiefly in London, and was connected with the Sun Fire Insurance Office. 1. Essay on Design in Gardening. 8vo. 2. An Essay on Design in Gardening; first published in 1768, now greatly augmented. Also a Revisal of several Pub- lications on the same Subject. Lond. 1795. 8vo. Two Ap- pendices. 1795. 8vo. 1768. Wildman. Treatise on the Culture of Pear-trees, to which is added a Treatise on the Management of Bees. 12mo. Dublin. 1769. Dicks, John, gardener to His Grace the Duke of Kingston at Knightsbridge. A New Gardener’s Dictionary, or the whole Art of Garden. ing fully and accurately displayed; containing the most ap- proved Methods of cultivating all kinds of Trees, Plants, and Flowers. In 60 numbers, small folio, completed in 1771. 1769. Duncombe, John, author of some works on antiquities, but chiefly known as the inventor of the dendrometer. A Treatise upon the Dendrometer, a new invented Instru- ment for the more certain and ready Measurement of Standing Timber by Inspection only; for facilitating the practical oper~ ation of Engineering, Land-surveying,&c. Lond. 1769. 8vo. 1769. Garton, James.: The Practical Gardener, and Gentleman’s Directory for every Month in the Year; with proper Directions for raising Mushrooms.‘Io which is prefixed, an Essay upon Vegetation, Soil, Manure, and the nature and form of Stoves, Hot-beds, &c. With a Copperplate, exhibiting at one view the several Aspects for planting a Fruit-Garden. Lond. 1769. Jzmo, 1769. Powel, Anthony, Esq,, gardener to George IT, The Koyal Gardener; or, complete Calendar of Gardenin, for every Month in the Year, digested in regular order, an so contrived as to exhibit, in 4 clear and comprehensive man- ner, the business to be done in the Flower, Fruit, and Kitchen Garden at all Seasons. Likewise Directions, founded on ex- perience, for Sowing, Planting, Pruning, A xensp leo une En- grafting, and every other particular necessary to be known by such as desire to aim at a perfect knowledge of this most ancient, healthy, and agreeable of all sciences. Lond. 12mo, 1769. Taylor, Adam, gardener to J. Sutton, Esq., at New Park, near Devizes, in Wiltshire._ Treatise on the Ananas, or Pine-Apple, containing plain and easy Directions for raising this most excellent fruit without fire, and in much higher perfection than from the stove.‘l'o which are added, full Directions for raising Melons. Devizes, 8vo. One Plate. 1769. Anon. F‘ Stowe: a Description of the magnificent House and Gardens, &c. Svo. Cuts., ae fi 4 1770. Ellis, John, Esq., a distinguished naturalist; a native of Ireland, celebrated for his discovery of the animal origin of corals. He wrote a variety of tracts, and numerous papers in_the Transactions of the Royal Society; and died 1771, 1. Directions to Voyagers for bringing over Plants,&c. from the East Indies, and other distant Countries, in a state of Vegetation. Lond. 1770. 4to. 4 2. Some additional Observations on the Method of preserving Seeds from foreign parts, for the benefit of the American : ies. Lond. 1773, 4to. f“. So riteneal Account of Coffee; with an Engraving, and Botanical Description of the Tree. To which are added, man Papers relative to its culture and use as an article of diet an Fconvenience. Lond. 1774, 4to.; ori pegristen of the Mongostan and the Bread Fruit, the first esteemed the most delicious, and the other the most useful The Fruit-Gardener, containing the method of raising 4B of all the Fruits in the East Indies. To which are added 29 5“= 1108 STATISTICS OF Directions to Voyagers for bringing over them and other veget- able productions. Plates. Lond. 1775. 4to. 1770. Hunter, Alexander, M.D. F.R.S. was born at Edinburgh 1733; settled as a physician at Gains- borough, at Beverly, and finally at York; author of various agricultural and medical works, and of a cookery-book: died at York 1809. New Edition of Evelyn’s Sylva and Terra. 1770. Ockenden,———, Esq.: Letters describing the Lake of Iillarney and Rueness Gar- dens. Dublin. 8vo.—= 1770. Weston, Richard, Esq. an amateur gardener, who derived his information chiefly from inspecting the commercial gardens near London. 1 Tracts on Practical Agriculture and Gardening, in which the advantage of imitating the Garden Culture in the Field is fully proved by a seven years’ Course of Experiments. To which is added, a Complete Chronological Catalogue of English Authors on Agriculture, Gardening,&c. Lond. 1769. 8vo.“3 2. The Universal Botanist and Nurseryman, contaiming De- scriptions of the Species and Varieties of all the Trees, Shrubs, Herbs, Flowers, and Fruits, Natives and Exotics, at present cultivated in the European Nurseries, Greenhouses, and Stoves, as described by modern Botanists; arranged according to the Linnzan System, and their Names in English. To which are added, A copious Botanical Glossary, several useful Catalogues and Indexes. Plates. Lond. 1770: 1774. 4 vols. 3vo. 3. The Gardener and Planter’s Calendar; containing the Method of raising Timber Trees, Fruit Trees, and Quicks for Hedges; with Directions for forming and managing a Garden every Month in the Year; also, many new Improvements in the Art of Gardening. Lond. 1775. 5vo. 1770. Wheatley or Whateley, Thomas, Esq. of Non- such Park, Surrey, secretary to the Earl of Suffolk. He had a brother who fought a duel with John Temple, Esq. in 1775(Gilchris?’s Trials by Ordeal, p. 107.), and another, a clergyman. He died about 1780; and some remarks on Shakspeare were pub- lished after his death, in a thin 12mo. tract. It is remarkable, that so little is known of a writer, the beauty of whose style and the justness of whose taste are universally acknowledged. After enquiring at his publishers and other sources, we have not been able to ascertain to a certainty the mode of spelling his name. Observations on Modern Gardening, illustrated by De- scriptions. Lond. 1771. Pp. 257. An edition, in quarto, in 1798, with Walpole’s History, inserted as notes, and an. ap- pendix, consisting of an Essay on the natural Situation of Gardens, originally published by Dodsley. 1771. Meader, James, gardener to the Duke of Northumberland at Sion House, and afterwards to, the Empress Catherine at Peterhoff, near Peters- burgh. He was a very satirical person, and wrote verses both on his friends and enemies. 1. The Modern Gardener, or Universal Kalendar; contain- ing Monthly Directions for all the Operations of Gardening, to be done either in the Kitchen, Fruit, Flower, and Pleasure Gardens, as likewise in the Green-house and Stove; with the Method of performing the different works, according to the best practice of the most eminent Gardeners. Also an Appen- dix, giving full and ample Instructions for forcing Grapes, Vines, Peach, Nectarine Trees,&c. in anew manner: never before published; selected from the Diary Manuscripts of the late Mr. Hitt. Revised, corrected, and improved by J. M. Lond. 1771. 12mo. 2, The Planter’s Guide, or Pleasure Gardener’s Companion; giving plain Directions, with Observations for the proper Dis- position and Management of the various Trees and Shrubs for a Pleasure Garden Plantation. To which is added, a list of Hardy Trees and Shrubs for ornamenting such Gardens. Em- bellished with Copper-plates- Lond. 1779. oblong 4to. 1772. Boutcher, William, a nurseryman at Comely Garden, near Edinburgh. Treatise on Forest Trees; containing not only the best Methods of their Culture hitherto practised, but a variety of+ new and useful Discoveries, the result of many repeated Ex- periments, To which are added, Directions for the Disposi- tion, Planting, and Culture of Hedges. Lond. 1772. 4to- 1772. Mason,‘William, a divine and celebrated lyric and descriptive poet; born in Yorkshire 112555 died 1797, precentor, and canon of York. The English Garden; a Poem in four books. Lond. 1772-82. 4to. A new edit. corrected.‘To which are added, a Com- mentary and Notes, by W. Burgh, Esq. Lond. 1789. 8vo. 1772. Pierre, Louis de St., a native of South Caro- lina, and proprietor of lands there. 2 The Art of Planting and Cultivating the Vine,&c. according to the most approved Methods in France. Lond. 12mo. 1774. Anon. Ope:; An Essay on the different Natural Situations of Gardens. 4to. 1s. 6d. 1774. 1775. Pye, Mrs. Hampden.: A Peep into the principal Seats and Gardens in and about Twickenham(the residence of the Muses) descri tive of their Beauties, internal and external, with a suitable Companion for those who wish to visit Windsor or Hampton-court. To which is added, a History of a little Kingdom on the Banks of the Thames, and its present Sovereign,&c. Svo. j 1776. Ellis, Thomas, gardener to the Lord Bishop of Lincoln.' The Gardener’s Pocket Kalendar. Lond. 12mo.| 1777. Anderson, James, EDs nan agricultural writer of great versatility of genius, was born at Herdmanston, in the county of Edinburgh, 1730, on a farm which his parents had possessed for some GARDENING. Parr IV. generations, and which he was destined to inherit and to cultivate,_He lost his parents at an early age, but his education was not neglected; he studied chemistry under Dr. Cullen, and soon leaving his Hea near Edinburgh, took one in Aberdeenshire of [300 acres, which, after improving and cultivating for twenty years, he let, and enjoyed an annuity from it during his life. He settled after leaving Aberdeenshire in the neighborhood of Edinburgh, where he published the Bee, in weekly sixpen- ny numbers, till it extended to eighteen volumes. In 1797 he removed to Isleworth, near London, where he published Jtecreations im Agriculture, in six volumes, and his Description of a Patent Hot-house. Here he enjoyed his garden, and died of a decline in 1808, aged 69. Besides the works which bear his name, he wrote the reviews of books on rural matters for the Monthly Review for many years. 1. Miscellaneous Thoughts on planting and training Tim- ber-trees, by Agricola. Edin. 1777. 8vo. 9. Recreations in Agriculture, Natural History, Arts, and miscellaneous Literature. Lond. 1799. 1802. 6 vols. 8vo. 5. A Description of a Patent Hot-house, which operates chiefly by the heat of the Sun, and other subjects; without the aid of Flues, or Tan-bark, or Steam, for the purpose of heating it,&c. Lond. 1804. 12mo. 1777. Bastard, William, Esq. of Kitley in Devon- shire. On the Culture of Pine-Apples. An extract of a letter from William Bastard, Esq. of ISitley in Devonshire, to Samuel Musgrave, Esq. M.D. F.R.S. dated Kitley, March 15. 1779, communicated to the Society by Dr. Musgrave. ‘The writer states that he fruits his pines in pots set in pans of water, on a shelf close under the roof against the back wall; prefers a cistern over the flue in that situation; found a plant without roots grow well, and produce a fruit which weighed two pounds. 1777. Heeley, Joseph, Esq. 1. Letters on the Beauties of Hagley, Envil, and the Lea- sowes; with Critical Remarks and Observations on the Mo- dern Taste in Gardening. Lond. 177 2 vols. 12mo. 2. Description of Hagley Park. 1777. Svo. 1777. Loddiges, Conrad, and Sons, eminent botani- cal nurserymen at Hackney, where their grounds are remarkable for orderly arrangement, and fo. the magnitude and extent of the hot-houses, 1. A Catalogue of Plants and Seeds, in English and German. 8vo. 9. The Botanical Cabinet, containing figures of new or rare Plants, with Directions for their Culture, 1817. 4to. In monthly parts. 3. A Catalogue of Plants for Sale. 12mo. 1820. 1777. Maurice, the Rev. Thomas, M.A., chaplain to the 97th regiment, author of various poems and tracts on Indian history and antiquities. 1. Hagley; a Poem. 2. Grove Hill, the seat of Dr. Lettsom, a descriptive Poem; with an Ode to Mithra, and many plates. Lond. 1799. 4to. 1777. Wilson, William, a_native of Scotland; worked some time under Miller, and was sent by him to Sir James Cockburn, Bart. at Petersham; afterwards gardener to the Earl of Glasgow, near Paisley. ‘A Treatise on the Forcing of Early Fruits, and the Man- agement of Hot-walls. Lond. 12mo. This is a useful little treatise; he uses the heat of ferment- ing dung in his peach and vine houses, as well as the heat of flues; and directs not to ae peach-trees to be early forced till the fires have been made for a fortnight, because‘ the sap, when it begins to ascend, will spring more regular after the knife than after a dry wound.”(p. 13.) 1778. Anon. The Practical Gardener, directing, in the most plain and easy manner, what is necessary to be done in the Kitchen, Fruit, and Flower Garden, the Green-house, and Wilderness. Lond. 8vo. 1778. Swinden, N——-——,_an ingenious gardener and seedsman at Brentford-End, Middlesex. The Beauties of Flora displayed, or Gentleman and Lady’s Pocket Companion to the Flower and Kitchen Garden. Lond. _ 8vo. 1778. 1779. Neale, Adam, gardener to John Black- bourne, Esq. near Warrington, Lancashire. A Catalogue of the Plants in the Garden of John Black- burne, Esq. alphabetically arranged according to the Linnzean System. fina Sano! 1779. Speechly, William, gardener for many years to the Duke of Portland, at Welbeck in Notting- hamshire; afterwards a farmer; died at an ad- vanced age in 1820. 1. A Treatise on the Culture of the Pine-Apple, and the Management_of the Hot-house; together with a Description of every species of Insect that infests Hot-houses, with effec- tual Methods of destroying them. York, 1779. 8vo. 9, A Treatise on the Culture of the Vine, exhibiting new and advantageous methods of propagating, cultivating, and training that Plant, so as to render it abundantly fruitful. With new Hints on the Formation of Vineyards in England. York. 4to- 3. Practical Hints on Domestic and Rural Economy, re- lating partly to the utility, formation, and management of Fruit, Kitchen, and Cottage Gardens, and Orchards,&c- Lond. 8vo. 1820.‘: 1780. Walpole, Horace, afterwards Earl of Orford, youngest son of Sir Robert Walpole born in 1718; ————_————= ae, wMENOS notes Various Remarks© Mr Mf eminent physicial isle called little Vé ti at Alton in Hamps enticeship as g and while in tha e At the More extensiye Changed for another» lished Instructione'¢ Uctions f sects; and in the » and in the f the Pundamenta Fy} ate of an Jr ae lonensis, c Seventy. wa followed by the B Tubes, In 1789 h ‘itn-taled M th cf ta Obsery ations n| 10ers in' tei the transact Wich he was am ed Ine Flora Lon¢ laciculi. of Paap ly, ined to inherit MS at an early te be studied it leating his Abeteenshite of IG au eltivating oye at annuity led ait leavin 00 of Linburgh, In Weekly aen. eighteen Younes, th, neat Lindon, iS in Agriculture, pion of a Pate garden, anc ded Besides the works le reviews of books | Review for many ig and training Tim- ) 10, mse, Which operates fot the purpase of of Kitley in Devon. 1 Sons, eminent botani- - were their grounds amrangemelt, ad 10 iV iH) hams, MLA, cop orf various poeus alt { antiquities Lettsom, 4 lates.‘Lond 4 native ol Sot Miller, and was a7 n, Bart. at H il fl e Earl of(iasg H Ay Me rary Frit ed nore gpg u (p-15) ol >(green ho* : ma 1, garde ur) 1 at wae A ab earner; 8 4 the re pues of the a ire of e; topes 9 ner hy wo f 1 ure Oy a Dl of pre oi a 0 TOM eT atic a Boox I. BRITISH WORKS aman of taste and genius, author of the Castle of Utranto, several papers in the World,&c.; he sat in parliament from 1741 to 1768, when he retired, and devoted his time to the improvement of his villa, Strawberry-hill, near Twickenham. In 1791 he succeeded his nephew as Earl of Orford, but never took his seat in the House of Lords. He died in 1797. 1. On Modern Gardening, published in the Anecdotes of Painting; in a later edition of 1782 are some additional notes. Various Remarks on Gardening occur in his correspond- ence with Mr. Montague, published in 1518, in 4to.: 1781. Darwin, Erasmus, M.D, F.R.S., an eminent physician and poet, born at Elton near Newark, in Nottinghamshire, in 1731. Completed his medical studies at Edinburgh, settled at Litchfield, where he resided the greater part of his life: but went to Derby in 1781, and died there in 1802. As a poet he is esteemed rather gaudy and fanciful; as a phi- losopher, he is apt to indulge in hypothesis; but he possesses the great quality of being totally exempt trom every kind of prejudice. Phytologia, or the Philosophy of Agriculture and Garden- ing, with the Theory of Draining Morasses, and with an im- proved construction of the Drill Plough. Lond. 1800. 4to. 1781. Fulmer, Samuel. The Young Gardener’s best Companion for the Kitchen and Fruit Garden. Lond. 12mo. 1781. Lettsom, John Coakley, M.D. F.R.S., an eminent physician in London, was born on a small isle called little Van Dyke, near Tortola, in 1744; died 1815. 1. Hortus Uptonensis; or a Catalogue of Stove and Green- house Plants in Dr. Fothergill’s Garden, at his death. Lond. 1781. 8ve. 2. Grovehill; a Rural and Horticultural Sketch. Lond. 1804. 4to. 3. On the Beta Cicla, or Root of Scarcity.(Caled. Hort. Mem. i. 420.) 783. Anon. Some thoughts on Building and Planting, addressed to Sir James Lowther, Bart. published in Dodsley’s collection of poems for this year.. 1783. Bryant, Charles, of Norwich. 1. Flora Dietetica, or the History of Esculent Plants, both Domestic and Foreign, in which they are accurately described and reduced to their Linnzan, generic, and specific names, with their English names annexed. Lond. 1785. 8vo. 2. A Dictionary of the Ornamental Trees, Shrubs, and Plants, most commonly cultivated in the Plantations, Gar- dens, and Stoves of Great Britain; arranged according to the Linnean generic names, and containing full and accurate Descriptions of the Genera and Species, with the names properly accented. Norwich, 1790. 8vo. 1783. Falconer, William, M.D, F.R.S., physician to the general hospital, Bath; author of a num- ber of medical works, and of Remarks on the influence of climate, situation, nature of country, population, nature of food, and way of life; on the disposition and temper, manner and behaviour, intellects, laws and customs, forms of government, and religion of mankind. A most interesting work, 1. An Historical View of the Taste for Gardening and Laying out Grounds among the Nations of Antiquity. 8vo. The principal parts of this tract were originally printed in the Literary and Philosophical Memoirs of the Manchester So- ciety. Svo- 2. An Essay on the Preservation of the Health of Persons employed in Agriculture; and on the Cure of Diseases inci- dent to that way of life. Lond. 1789. 8vo. 3. Miscellaneous Tracts and Collections relating to Natural History; selected from the principal writers of antiquity on that subject. Lond. 1793. 4to. 1784. Curtis, William, a botanical writer, was born at Alton in Hampshire in 1746. He served his ap- prenticeship as an apothecary to his grandfather, and while in that situation cultivated botany with eagerness. At the age of twenty he came to Lon- don, and entered into the service of Mr. Talwin of Gracechurch-street, to whose business he succeed- ed. His love of botany, however, induced him to give up the shop, and he became a lecturer and de- monstrator in his favorite science. His first garden was at Bermondsey, and afterwards he occupied a more extensive one at Lambeth, which he ex- changed for another at Brompton, In 1771, he pub- lished Instructions for Collecting and Preserving Insects; and in the following year a translation of the Fundamenta Entomologie of Linneus, with the title of an Introduction to the Knowledge of In- sects. In 1777, appeared the first number of his Flora Londonensis, which was completed in six fasciculi of seventy-two plates each. This work was followed by the Botantcal Magazine, in monthly numbers. In 1782 he published a History of the Brown-tailed Moth; besides which he wrote Prac- tical Observations on the British Grasses, and some papers in the transactions of the Linnzan Society, of which he was a member. He died in 1799, and ON GARDENING. 1109 was buried at Battersea; after his death his lectures were published with colored plates. 1. A Catalogue of British Medical, Culinary, and Agricul- tural Plants, cultivated in the London Botanical Garden. Lond. 1784. 12mo.. Mr. C. commenced the Botanical Magazine in 1787. A work which has met with great encouragement, and has done much to diffuse a general taste for botany. It is still con- tinued by Dr. Sims. 2. Observations on Aphides, chiefly intended to show that they are the principal cause of Blights in Plants, and the sole cause of the Honey Dew.(Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. 75, 1802, posth.) 1784. Rodenhurst, T. A Description of Hawkstone in Shropshire, the seat of Sir Richard Hill, Bart. in 1799. 12mo. 1785. Anon. Miscellanies on Ancient and Modern Gardening, and on the Scenery of Nature. Lond. 8vo. 1785. Kyle, Thomas, gardener to the Hon. Baron Stewart of Moredun, near Edinburgh. One of the first gardeners in Scotland of his time. ‘Treatise on the Management of the Peach and Nectarine Trees, either in Forcing-houses or on hot and common Walls. Edin. 8vo. 1785. Marshall, William, Esq., a native of York- shire, brought up to trade; was some years in the West Indies, asa planter; returned about 1775, and took a farm in Surrey; went down into Norfolk as agent to Sir Harbord Harbord’s estates in 1780; left this situation in 1784, and went and resided at Statfold, near the junction of the four counties of Leicester, Warwick, Stafford, and Derby, where he remained till 1786, occupied in collecting materials for his economical surveys, and in printing some of his works. From this time, till about 1808, he re- sided chiefly in Clement’s Inn, London, in winter, and visited different parts of the country during summer. He spent one summer in Perthshire, chiefly on the Earl of Bredalbane’s estates at Tay- mouth; and partly also on the Earl of Mansfield’s at Scone. He proposed arrangements for the tenant- able lands, and also the park and woody scenery on various estates; and finally retired to a considerable property he purchased in his native county, in the Vale of Cleveland, in 1808, where he died at an ad- vanced age, in 1819. He was a man of little educa- tion, but of a strong and steady mind; and pursued, in the most consistent manner, from the year 1780 to his death, the plan he originally laid down; that of collecting and condensing the agricultural prac- tices of the different counties of England, with a view to a general work on Landed Property, which he published; another on Agriculture, which he did not live to complete; and a Rural Institute, in which he was supplanted by the Board of Agri- culture. 1. Planting and Rural Ornament, 1 vol. 8vo. A second edition in 2 vols. in 1796. 2. A Review of the Landscape, a didactic poem; also an Essay on the Picturesque; together with Practical Remarks on Rural Ornament. itor. 1796. 1786. Brocq, Philip Le, M.A., chaplain to the Duke of Gloucester. About the time he published his work on the Vine, he took out a patent for “ training all sorts of fruit-trees or vines near the ground,” as suggested by Lord Bacon, and practised at the time the patent was taken out by F. X. Vis- pre, at Wimbledon, and subsequently at Chelsea. (See Speechley, Treatise on the Vine, 8vo. edition, p. 205.) 1. A Description of certain Methods of Planting, Training, and Managing all kinds of Fruit Trees, Vines,&c. Lond. Teer ofa Plan for making the Tract of Land called the New Forest, a real Forest, and for various other purposes of the first national importance. Stockdale, 1793. 8vo. 1786. Browne, Robert, gardener to Sir Harbord Harbord, Bart. at Gunton, in Norfolk. ‘A method to preserve Peach and Nectarine Trees from the Effects of the Mildew; and for the destroying the red spider in melon frames, and other insects which infest plants in stoves, and trees, shrubs,&c. in the open garden- Lond.12mo, 1786. Vispre, Francis Xavier. A Dissertation on the Growth of Wine in England. Bath, 5YS80, Emmerich, Lieutenant-colonel A., a Ger- man gentleman, author of a tract on his own pro- fession, and deputy-surveyor of the woods and forests under Mr. Robinson. The Culture of Forests; with an Appendix, in which the state of the Royal Forests is considered, and a system proposed for their improvement. Lond. 1789. 5vo. 1789. Greffer, John, a native of Germany, who came to England about the middle of the eighteenth century, and after being some time under Miller, was gardener to James Vere, Esq., of Kensington- Gore. Afterwards he joined Thompson, a gardener, and Gordon, a seedsman, in establishing a nursery at Mile-end, When Gordon died, the nursery became the sole property of Thompson, the present pro- 4B 3 1 a me TIRE ase aia — 1110 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. prietor; and Greeffer, soon afterwards, received from Sir Joseph Banks the appointment of gardener to the King of Naples, at Caserta. Here he laid out an English garden, and richly stocked it with exotics from the Hammersmith nursery. He was employed by Admiral Lord Nelson to look after his estate of Bronte, and by various native noblemen to lay out their grounds; he remained in his situation as gar- dener at Caserta during Murat’s reign, and died there, or was in part murdered when he fell from his gig, within a mile of his own house in 1816. A descriptive Catalogue of upwards of 1100 species and va- rieties of Herbaceous or Perennial Plants: divided into six columns, exhibiting, at one view, the names, magnitude, height and situation, time of flowering, color of the flowers, and native country of each species. With a List of Hardy Ferns, for the decoration of Northetn Borders, and the most ornamental Annuals. Lond. 1789. 8vo. 1789. Sowerby, James, ¥.L.S. A botanical drafts. man and engraver to whom science is much indebted, He formed a rich museum of botany and miner- alogy, and published different valuable works on the Jatter subject; he died in 1822. 1. The Florist’s Delight, containing six Coloured Figures, with the Botanical Descriptions. Lond. 1791. fol. 2. Figures of English Fungi, or Mushrooms. Lond. 1797— 1803. 3 vols. fol. 5. Notice on the Effect of Watering Fruit Trees early in the Spring.(Hort. Trans. ii. 271) 1790. Brulles,—. Hints for the Management of Hot-beds, and Directions for the Culture of early Cucumbers and Melons. To which are added, brief Instructions for Pruning Wall and Espalier Trees. Bath, 1790. 8vo. 1791. Forsyth, William, Esq. F.A.S., a native of Scotland, born at Old Meldrum in Aberdeenshire in 1787; came to England in 1763, and was some time employed under Miller at Chelsea. He was after- wards gardener at Sion House, till Miller’s removal in 1769, when he succeeded him as curator of the Chelsea garden; and at the death of the late Thomas Robinson, Esq. royal gardener at Kensington, in 1784, he was appointed to that situation. Here, finding the fruit-trees in an old worn-out state, he began a system of renovation by heading down, and renewing the soil, in which he was highly successful; and for discovering the ingredients of a composition with which he covered over the wounds, received a parliamentary reward. His works procured him the published animadyersions of Knight, M‘Phail, Pontey, and others. He died in 1804, and left a son an eminent London seedsman, and author of a bo- tanical catalogue,&c. 1. Observations on the Diseases, Defects, and Injuries in all kinds of Fruit Trees; with an Account of a particular method of Cure, invented and practised by the Author, Lond. 1791. mh 8vo. 2. Treatise on the Culture and Management of Fruit Trees; m which a new method of pruning and training is fully de- scribed. With plates. Lond. 1502. 4to. 1791. Linnean Society.‘ Transactions of the Linnaan Society, vol. i. 4to.: vol. xii. completed in 1820. These volumes contain some_papers con- nected with gardening; such for example as: 1. Biographical Memoirs of several Norwich Botanists, vol. vii. 2. Notes re- lating to Botany, and collected from the manuscripts of the late Peter Collinson, Esq. F. R.S. and——, vol. x. 270. 8. On the supposed Effect of lvy upon T’rees, vol. xi. 27. 1791. Salisbury, Richard Anthony, Esq. F.RS.,. a learned botanist, enthusiastically attached to that study, and to gardening. Salisbury was educated at North Bierly and the university of Edinburgh. He had a fine garden(now a public nursery) at Chapel Allerton, near Leeds, and afterwards possessed that of the late Peter Collinson, Esq., at Mill-hill, near London. He now resides in the me- tropolis, and is an active member of and contributor to the Linnzan and Horticultural Societies. 1. On the Cultivation of the Polianthes Tuberosa, or Tube- rose; with its Botanical Description and Figure.(Trans. Hortic. Soc. i. 41. 1812.): 2. Observations on the different Species of Dahlia, and the best Method of cultivating them in Great Britain.(lb. 84.) 3. A short Account of Nectarines and Peaches naturally pro- duced on the same Branch.(Ib. 103.); 4. Some Account of the Red Doyenné Pear, with a Figure. (Ib. 250.); 5. Some Account of two New Varieties of Grape.(Ib. 258.) 6. On the Cultivation of Rare Plants.(Ib. 261.) 7. On the Cultivation of the Jamrosade(Eugenia Jambos. L.) in the National Garden at Paris.(1b. Append. 11.) 8. On the Vegetation of High Mountains; translated from a Paper of M. Raymond’s.(Lb. 15.)‘ 9. Description of a Bank for Alpine Plants, by Mons. Thouin, abridged.(lb. 24): i hee 10. On the Cultivation of the Monopsis Conspicus.(Ib. ii. 37. 5.) 11. Some Account of the Chiogenes Serpyllifolia, or Snow- berry, a fruit nearly allied to the Cranberry.(Ib. 94.): 12%. Some account of the Melidora Pellucida, a beautiful Evergreen Shrub from China.(Ib. 156.) 12. Deseription of Ord’s Apple.(Lb. 285. 1817.) y 1792. Maddock, James, originally from Warring- ton in Lancashire, a quaker, and commercial florist at Walworth, died about 1806. Florist’s Directory, and complete Treatise on the Culture and Management of Flowers, with a Supplementar Essay on Soils, Manure,&c.; with plates. Lond. 1792. 8vo. 10s. 1792. Martyn, Thomas, B.D. F.R.S, son of Dr Jobn Martyn, who read botanical lectures at Cam- bridge, before he was elected professor, on Bradley’s neglecting to perform his office. He succeeded his father as Professor of Botany in 1761; is author of a Sermon, a Tour in Italy, some translations and commentaries, and varioys botanical works, Se eens and Botanist’s Dictionary of the late hilip Miller, corrected and newly arranged, with additions Lond. 1803-1807. 4 vols. fol. ae ma r= oe Js) 1792. Smith, Sir James Edward, M.D. ¥. B.S. E. Lass; 4 distinguished naturalist, founder and president of the Linnean Society; author and edi- tor of many botanical works, the principal of which are the Flora Britannica and Flora Greca. J. Sketch ofa Tour on the Continent, in the years 1786 and 1787.(Containing some account of the gardens of France and Italy.) Lond. 1795. 5 vols. 8 vo. 2. Tour to Hafod, in Cardiganshire, the Seat of Thomas Johnes, Esq. Lond. 1810. super fol. 5. Directions for raising Ferns from Seed, as practised by Mr. Henry Shepherd of Liverpool.(Hort. Trans. iii. p. 538.) 1793, Steele, Richard, gardener at Thirsk in York- shire. An Essay upon Gardening; containing a Catalogue of Exotic Plants for Stoves and Greenhouses of British Gardens; the best Method of planting the Hot-house Vine,&c-; with the History of Gardening, and a Contrast of the ancient with the modern taste. York, 1793. 4to. This work is little more than a catalogue of trees and plants, but contains an elevation of the stove erected by R.A. Salisbury, Esq. at Chapel Allerton. 1793. Trusler, Rev. John, LL.D. a singular liter. ary character and low popular compiler, was born in London in 1735. He was brought up to physic ina very humble line; but contrived to get into orders, and for some time officiated as acurate. At length, in 1771, he began to publish abridgments of popular sermons, printed in imitation of manuscript; and next he established a bookselling business upon an extensive scale. Having thus acquired a fortune, he purchased an estate at Englefield-green, where he died in 1820. 1. The Art of Gardening. Lond. 8vo. 2. The Lady’s Gardener’s Companion. Lond. 18mo. 1816. 1794. Haworth, Adrian Hardy, Esq., F. L. and H.S., of Cottenham near Beverley, Yorkshire, a bo- tanist and horticultural amateur, author of a work on insects. 1. Observations on the Genus of Mesembryanthemum, in two parts; containing Scientific Descriptions of above 130 species, about 50 of which are new; Directions for their management, new arrangements of the Species, Reference to Authors, and a great variety of critical, philosophical, and explanatory Remarks. Lond. 1794. Svo. 2. Synopsis Plantarum Succulentarum, cum Descriptionibus Synonymis, Locis, Observationibus Anglicanis Culturaque. Lond. 1812. Svo. 3. A new Arrangement of the Genus Narcissus.(Trans. Linn. Soc. 1799. vol. v-) 4. Anew Arrangement of the Genus Aloe.(Ib. 1801. vol. vii. pe 1-) 5. On the Cultivation of Crocuses, with a short account of the different Species known at present.(Trans. Hort. vol. ii. p. 122. 5 815.) 1794. Hayes, Samuel, Esq. M. R.I. A., an Irish author. A Practical Treatise on Planting. Dublin. Svo. 1794. Knight, Richard Payne, Esq., a gentleman of great classical attainments, and of refined taste; proprietor of a fine demesne and park near Ludlow, on which he built an elegant mansion from his own designs. Atter residing there many years, he gave up the possession to his brother, the celebrated horticul- turist, and now lives chiefly in London. The Landscape, a didactic poem. 4to. two plates. This produced a Sketch from the Landscape, a poem in 4to. gene- rally attributed to the poet Mason; and a Review, by W. Mar- shall; the latter a very virulent production. 1794. M‘Phail, James,a native of Aberdeenshire; gardener for twenty years to Lord Hawkesbury (now the Earl of Liverpool), at Addiscombe Place, near Croydon, An excellent grower of pines and melons; author of some tracts on Agriculture and the Poor Laws. 1. Treatise on the Culture of the Cucumber; shewing a new and advantageous method of Cultivating that Plant, with full Directions for the Management thereof, and the degree of Heat it requires on every Day of the Year,&c. To which are added, Hints and Observations on the Improvement of Agriculture. Lond. 1794. 8vo. 2. The Gardener’s Remembrancer throughout the Year, exhibiting the surest and most improved Methods of Manuring, Digging, Sowing,&c.; the Nature of Earth, Water, Heat, Air, and Climate, best adapted for the Culture of Plants, and Production of Fruits, Flowers, and esculent Vegetables, in the forcing way; the Causes and Symptoms of Disease and Barren- ness in Trees of every kind, with means of Prevention and Cure. To which is prefixed a View of Mr. Forsyth’s Treatise on Trees. Lond. Svo. 1794. Price, Uvedale, Esq., of Foxley, near He- reford. A gentleman and scholar of great taste; Bron J, dy fond jpysisiony ai we eat a ae who hast iI J an pgtaves bso the? 384) J}, Onthe Bo 16, Onthe Ino in and Ofne the Origin and ne A short Account of Tb, 145, Society, i, Anew Meth 43. On the f Two 4 ap, Account of| w, Some Acca 49, Some Thi} Yn the Cy tUTe oF the} Pano IY, Le on the Culture entary Esay sy $00 of Dr ste at Cam. HM Bradley's ie treed his (1) 48 author of and leal works, tionary. gt he| yo thea angel, Wi aline 4 rd, MLD, ¥, RS, list, founder anq 1} author and ai Prinetpal of which rt Greca, in the years 1786 and ardens of France and the Seat of Thomas ent with the modern logue of trees and plant L.D, a singular iter. ompile, was bor in upto physic ina 0 got into onder ing business upon an acquired afortune, he fld-green, where be in, Ln Bao ardy, Bq, BL, and etley, Yorkshire, a bo eu, author of a wotk 1. S¥Os tarum, cum Dest us Anglicanis(wien ans Narcisus(Trans aus Aloe(b.1SI wi roductioo ive dt at tot Ask priest) “Hy kenuny yact Boox I. BRITISH WORKS enthusiastically fond of pictures, statues, and pic- turesque beauty in all objects and mental impres- sions; and who has greatly improved and beautified his own estate. 1. An Essay on the Picturesque, as compared with the Sub- lime and the Beautiful, and on the Use of Studying Pictures for the Purpose of improving Real Landscape. Lond. 1794. Svo. 2. A Dialogue on the Distinct Characters of the Picturesque and the Beautiful, in Answer to the Objections of Mr. Knight. Lond. 1801. 8vo. 3. Letter to H. Repton, Esq. on the Application of the Prac- tice, as well as the Principles, of Landscape Painting, to Land scape Gardening, intended as a Supplement to the Essay on the Picturesque; to which is prefixed Mr. Repton’s letter to Mr. Price. Lond. 1795. 8vo. 5 1794. Shaw, James, author of a Tour in the Ne- therlands. Plans, Elevations, Sections, Observations, and Explanations of Forcing-houses in Gardening. Whitby. Fol. 1795. Knight, Thomas Andrew, Esq. F.R.S. LS. &c. president of the Horticultural Society. A dis- tinguished vegetable physiologist and horticulturist; brother to R. P. Knight, Esq.(See 1794.) 1. A Treatise on the Culture of the Apple and Pear, and on the Manufacture of Cyder and Perry. Lond. 1797. 12mo. 2. Some Doubts relative to the Efficacy of Mr. Forsyth’s Plaister, in renovating Trees. Lond. 1802. 4to. 3. Report of a Committee of the Horticultural Society of London. Lond. 1805. 4to. 4. Pomona Herefordiensis; or, a Descriptive Account of the old Cyder and Perry Fruits of Herefordshire. Lond. 1809. 4to 5. Observations on the Grafting of Trees.(Phil. Trans. Abr. xvii. 569. 1795.) 6. Experiments on the Fecundation of Vegetables.(Ib. xviii. 504. 1799.) 7. Account of some Experiments on the Ascent of Sap in Trees.(Ib. 533. 1801. 8. Account of some fate Experiments on the Descent of the Sap in Trees.(Ib. 277. 1803.)‘ 9, Experiments and Observations on the Motion of the Sap in Trees.(Ib. 183. 1804.) i 10. Concerning the State in which the true Sap of Trees is deposited during Winter.(Ib. 88. 1805.) 11. On the Reproduction of Buds.(Ib. 257.) 1%. On the Direction of the Radicle and Germen during the Vegetation of Seeds.(Ib. 99. 1806.) a 13. On the inverted Action of the Alburnous Vessels of Trees. b. 292. 14. On the Formation of the Bark of Trees.(Ib. 103. 107.) 15. On the Economy of Bees.(Ib. 234.) 16. On the Inconvertibility of Bark into Alburnum.(Ib. 103. 1808.) 17. On the Origin and Office of the Alburnum of Trees.(Ib. 313. 18. On the Origin and Formation of Roots.(Ib. 169. 1809.) 19. On the comparative Influence of Male and Female Parents on their Offspring.(Ib. 392.) 20. On the Parts of Trees primarily Impaired by Age-(Ib. 178. 1810. 21. On ane Causes which influence the Direction of the Growth of Roots.(Ib. 209. 1811.) ; 29. On the Motions of the Tendrils of Plants.(Ib. 314. 812. 23. On Ice found in the Bottoms of Rivers.(Ib. 286. 1816.) Rs On the Action of detached Leaves of Plants.(Ib. 89. 23. Upon the Extent of the Expansion and Contraction of Timber in different Directions, relative tothe Position of the Medulla of the Tree.(Ib. 269. 1817.) 26. Introductory Remarks relative to the Objects which the Horticultural Society have in view.(Hort. Trans. i. 1. 1806.) 27. Observations on a Method of producing new and early Fruits.(1b. 57.) eh On raising New and Early Varieties of the Potatoe. (Ib. 57. 29. i the Advantages of Grafting Walnut, Mulberry, and Chestnut Trees. Ms 60.) 30. OnaNew Method of Training Fruit Trees.(Ib. 79.) 31. A Description of a Forcing-house for Grapes.(Ib. 99.) 5 32, On the proper Construction of Hot-bed Frames.(Ib. 42. 33. A short Account of anew Apple called the Downton Pippin.(Ib. 145.) 34. On the Management of the Onion.(Ib. 157.) 35. An improved Method of oultivating the Alpine Straw- berry.(Ib. 159. 36. On some Varieties of the Peach.(Ib. 165.) 37. Ona new Variety of Pear.(Ib. 178.) 38. On Potatoes.(Ib. 187.) 39. A new and expeditious Mode of Budding.(Ib. 194.) 30: On the best Method of Constructing a Peach-house. (Ib. 199.) 41. On the Culture of the Potatoe in Hot-beds.(Ib. 211.) 42. View of the Theory of Vegetation.(Ib. 217.) 43. A short Account of some Apples and Pears, of which Grafts were presented to the Members of the Horticultural Society.(Ib. 226.) 44. Anew Method of Grafting, with a figure of it.(Ib. 239.) 45. On the Advantages of employing Vegetable Matter as Manure in a fresh state.(Ib. 248.) 46. Onsome Early Varieties of the Potatoe.(Ib. 244.) 47. On facilitating the Emission of Roots from Layers.(Ib. £55.) 48. Some Account of Two new Varieties of Grape.(Ib. 258.) 49. Some Account of the Elton Pear, with a figure. (Ib. ii. 1.) 50. On the Transplantation of Blossom-Buds.(Ib. 7.) 51. Onan early Variety of Grapefrom Amiens.(Lb. 10.) 52. On the proper Stock for the Moor Park Apricot.(Ib. 19.) 53. On inarching leafless Branches of Peach Trees.(Ib. 35.) 54. On the Prevention of the Disease called the Curl in the Potatoe.(Ib. 64.) 55. On the Culture of the Mulberry.(Ib. 68.) ON GARDENING, 1111 oe On the early Puberty of the Peach Tree,(Hort. Trans. ii. 70. 57. On the Culture of the Pear Tree.(Ib. 78.) 58. On the Prevention of Mildew in particular Cases.(Ib. 82). 59. On the Culture of the Shallot, and some other bulbous- rooted Plants.(Ib. 97.) an ae the Propagation of the Mulberry Tree by Cuttings. 61. On the beneficial Results of planting Potatoes, which have grown late in the preceding year.(Ib. 125.) 62. On the Application of Manure in a liquid formto Plants in Pots.(Ib. 127.) 63. On the ill Effects of excessive Heat in Forcing Houses during the Night.(Ib. 130.) : n Account of two Varieties of Cherry, raised at Downton.(Ib. 137. 65. An Account of a new Variety of the Peach.(Ib. 140.) 66. On the Want of Permanence of Character in Varieties of Fruit, when Propagated by Grafts and Buds.(Ib. 160.) 67. On the Mode of Propagation of the Lycoperdon cancel- latum, a species of Fungus, which destroys the Leaves and Branches of the Pear Tree.(Ib. 178.) 68. On the Preservation of Fruits during Winter and Spring.(Ib. 193.) an ig ar the Effects of different kinds of Stocks in grafting. >. 199.) 70. Some Account of three new Cherries, the Elton, Black Eagle, and Waterloo.(Ib. ii. 208. 71. An Account of three new Peaches, in a letter to Joseph Sabine, Esq.(Ib. 214.) 72. On the Culture of the Peach and Apricot, as Espalier Trees.(Ib. 219.) 73. On the Ventilation of Forcing-houses.(Ib, 224.) 74. Upon the Advantages of Propagating from the Roots ot old ungrafted Fruit Trees.(1b. 252. oe On the Means of preserving Broccoli in Winter.(Ib. 304. 76. Observations on Mr. Brown’s Account of his Steaming Apparatus, with some Suggestions for the Improvement thereof.(lb. 324.) 77. Observations on the Verdelho Grape.(Ib. 527.) 78. Suggestions for the Improvement of Sir George Stuart Mackenzie's Plan for Forcing-houses.(Ib. 550.) 79. Upon the proper Mode of Pruning the Peach Tree in cold and late Situations.(Ib. 364.) 80. Observations on the proper Management of Fruit Trees, which are intended to be forced very early in the ensuing sea son.(Ib. 368.) 81. An Account of a Peach Tree, produced from the Seed of the Almond Tree, with some Observations on the Origin of the Peach Tree.(Ib. iii. 1.) 82. On the best Mode of Pruning and Training the Mul- berry‘'ree, when trained to a wall in acoldclimate.(Ib. 63. 83. Upon the Variations of the Red Currant(Ribes Ae when propagated by Seed.(Ib. 86.) $4. Upon the Propagation of Varieties of the Walnut Tree, by budding.(Ib. 133.) 85. On a Method of Forcing Rhubarb in Pots.(Ib. 154.) 86, Upon the Pruning and Management of Transplanted Standard Trees.(Ib. 157.) 87. Upon the Variations of the Scarlet Strawberry(Fragaria Virginiana) when propagated by Seeds.(Ib. 207. aes Description and Account of a new early Black Cherry. tb. 211. 89. Description of a new Seedling Plum.(Ib. 214) 90. Upon the Preservation of Fruits from Wasps.(Ib. 259.) 91, On Training the Fig Tree.(Ib. 307.) 92. On the superior Healthfulness of Scions taken from the Trunks of Apple Trees, to those cut from the Extremities of the Branches.(Ib. 387.) 93. Observations upon the most advantageous Forms ot Garden Pots.(Ib. 589.) 94. Upon the Culture of the Guernsey Lily.(Ib. 399.) 95. Upon the different Qualities of the Albumum of Spring and Winter felled‘Trees.(Phil. Trans. 1820.) 96. Upon the Means of giving Strength to the Stems of Plants growing under Glass.(Hort. Truns. iv. 1. 97. Upon the Culture of the Pine Apple without Bark, or other Hot-bed.(Lb. 72.) 98. On the most economical Method of employing Fuel in heating the Flues of Forcing-houses.(Ib. 156.) 99. Physiological Observations upon the Effects of partial Decortication, or Ringing the Stems or Bxanches of Fruit Trees.(Ib. 159.): 100. Further Particulars of the Downton Strawberry. Ib. 197. 101. De the Culture of the Fig-Tree in the Stove. (Ib. 200. 102. Onthe Cultivation of the Cockscomb.(Ib. 321.) 103. Observations on Hybrids.(Ib. 567. 104. Directions for preserving Buds of Fruit Trees in a ve- getative state, when sent to considerable distances.(Ib. 405.) 105. On the Management of Pruit Trees in Pots.(Ib. 439.) 106. An Account of an improved Method of raising early Potatoes.(Ib. 447-) 107. On Grafting the Vine.(Ib. 495.) 108. Further Observations on the Culture of the Pine Apple. Ib. v. 142. 109. Nouce of a new Variety of Ulmus Suberosa, and on grafting tender Scions.(Ib. 146.’: 110. Description of a Melon and Pine-pit.(Ib. 225.) 111. On the advantages and disadvantages of curvilinear hot-houses-(Ib. 227.) alt 112. A new and improved Method of cultivating the Melon. Ib. 238. 113. So the flat Peach of China.(Ib. 271.) 114. On the injurious influence of the plum-stock on the Moor Park Apricot.(Ib. 287.) 115. An Account of some Mule Plants.(Ib. 292.) 116. On obtaining early Crops of Peas.(Ib. 321.) 1795. Repton, Humphrey, Esq., a distinguished landscape-gardener, was bornat Bury St. Edmund’s, in Suffolk, in 1752. He accompanied Mr. Wyndham to Ireland in 1783, and for a short time held a lu- crative situation in the castle of Dublin; but when his friend quitted that kingdom, Repton also re- Pee ee ee Ne ee turned to England. He now directed his attention to drawing, architecture, and particularly landscape- gardening; in which last line he obtained consider- able employment. He died in 1818, leaving several sons, one of whom married the daughter of Lord Eldon. Repton published some books on miscel- laneous subjects; but his principal works are on landscape-gardening.: 2 1. Letter to Uvedale Price, Esq. on Landscape-Gardening. 1794. 4to. 2. Sketches and Hints on Landscape-Gardening; collected from designs and observations now in the possession of the different noblemen and gentlemen for whose use they were originally made; the whole tending to establish fixed princi- ples in the art of laying out grounds: 16 colored plates. Lond. 1795. folio. x 3. Observations on the Theory and Practice of Landscape- Gardening, including some Remarks on Grecian and Gothic Architecture, collected from various MSS. in the possession of different noblemen and gentlemen; the whole tending to establish fixed pence in the respective arts: with many plates. Lond. 1803. 4to.:; 4. Observations on the Changes in Landscape-Gardening. 1806. Svo.::‘ 5. On the Introduction of Indian Architecture and Garden- ing. 1808. folio. 6. On the supposed Effect of Ivy upon Trees.(Linn. Trans. ), vol. xi. p. 27.) 96. Anon. Generally attributed to Mason the poet, author of the English Garden.(See 1772. A Sketch from“The Landscape,” a Poem, by R. P. Knight, Esq. Lond. 4to. 1766. Donn, James, F.L.S. H.S. curator of the botanic garden at Cambridge; died in 1817. Hortus Cantabrigiensis; or, a Catalogue of Plants, indi- genous and foreign, cultivated in the Walkerian botanic garden, Cambridge. Camb. 8vo. The ninth edition, edited and accented by Frederick Pursh, in 1819, and one subsequently by Lindley. 1796. Lindley, George, nurseryman at Catton, near Norwich. 1. The Plan ofan Orchard; exhibiting at one View a select quantity of Trees, sufficient for Planting an acre and a half of Land, properly arranged according to their usual size of growth, and hardiness of bearing,&c. Lond. 1796, a folio sheet. 2. An Account of some of the best Varieties of Apples pe- culiar to, or cultivated in, the county of Norfolk.(Hort. Trans. iv. 65.) 1795. Marshall, the Rev. Charles, vicar of Brixton, Northamptonshire. Introduction to the Knowledge and Practice of Gardening; with Hints on Fish Ponds. Lond. 1796. 12mo. 1797. Astley, Francis Duckengield, Esq. of Duck- enfield Hall, near Aston, in Lancashire, member of the Manchester Agricultural Society; now resident on the continent. 1. A few Minutes’ Advice to Gentlemen of Landed Pro- by the nurserymen andseedsmen. Chester. 12mo. 2. Hints to Planters, collected from various authors of es- teemed authority. Manchester, 1807. 8vo. 1797. Busch, Peter, father to Joseph Busch, gar- aener to the Emperor of Russia. Method to destroy or drive away Earth Worms, and various other Insects hurtful to Fields or Gardens.(Phil. Mag-i. 169.) 1797. Bucknal, Thomas Skip Dyot, Esq. The Orchardist, or a System of close Pruning and Medication for establishing the Science of Orcharding,&c Extracted from the xi. xil. xiii. and xiv. vols. of the Society’s Transac- tions for the Encouragement of Arts,&c. with additions. Lond. 1797. 8vo. 1797. Salisbury, William, nurseryman and botan- ist, botanic garden, Brompton; formerly of Sloane Square. 1. Hortus Paddingtonensis; or, a Catalogue of Plants culti- vated in the garden of J. Symmons, Esq. Paddington House. Lond. 1797. Svo. 2. Method of packing Plants and Trees intended for Ex- portation, so as to preserve the Vegetative Powers for many months.(Nicholson's Journal, xxx. 339. 1811. 3. The Botanist’s Companion, or an Introduction to the Knowledge of Practical Botany, and the Uses of Plants, either growing wild in Great Britain, or cultivated for the Purposes of Agriculture, Medicine, Rural Economy, or the Arts. Lond. 2 vols. 12mo. 1816. 4. Hints to the Proprietors of Orchards. 1817. 12mo. 5. The Cottager’s Companion, or a Complete System of Cottage Gardening; intended to instruct the Industrious Poor of the United Kingdom of Great britain. To which is added a descriptive List of Plants growing wild, which are useful for Culinary Purposes. Lond. 12mo. 1818. 1798. Andrews, Henry, botanical painter and en- graver in London. ~ 1. Engravings of Ericas, or Heaths, with Botanical Descrip- tions. Lond. 1796. folio. 2. The Botanist’s Repository, with colored figures of such Plants as have not appeared in any similar publication, Lond. 1797-99. 2 vols. 4to. 3. A Review of Plants hitherto figured in the Botanist’s Repository. Lond. 1801. 4to. 4. The Heathery, or Monograph of the Genus Erica.(Pub- lished in monthly numbers.) vols. i. to vi. 1804 to 1812. 1798. Archer, Clement, Esq. M.R.1.A. Miscellaneous Observations on the Effect of Oxygen on the Animal and Vegetable Systems; and an Attempt to prove STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Part IV. why some Plants are Evergreen and others Deciduous. Part I 8yo. Bath.: 1798. Nicol, Walter, a Scotch horticultural archi- tect, and author of merit; son of the gardener who. planned and executed the gardens and pleasure- grounds of Raith in Fifeshire. After receiving the rudiments of his horticultural education at Raith, he went to England, and soon afterwards became head gardener to the Marquis of Townshend, at Rainham Hall, in Suffolk. e afterwards returned to Scotland, and became head gardener to General Wemyss, at Wemyss Castle, in Fifeshire. About 1797 he left his situation, settled in Edinburgh, and commenced his career as horticultural architect. In the year 1810 he undertook an extensive journey through England, for the purpose of visiting the principal seats and plantations, with a view, on his return, to compose the Planter’s Calendar. This work had scarcely commenced, when he was seized with an illness which carried him off suddenly in March 1811. 1. The Scotch Forcing Gardener; together with.Instruc- tions on the Management of the Green-house, Hot-walls,&c. Illustrated with Plates. Edin. 1798. 8vo. 2. The Practical Planter; or, a Treatise on Forest Planting: comprehending the Culture and Management of Planted and Natural Timber; also the Management of Hedges, Fences, and the Construction of Stone Walls,&c. Edin. 1799. 8vo. 5. The Villa Garden Directory; or Monthly Index of Work to be done in the Town and Villa Gardens, Shrubberies, Par- terres,&c. Edin. 1809. 8vo. 4. The Gardener’s Kalendar; or Monthly Directory of Operations in every Branch of Horticulture. Edin. 1810. 5. The Planter’s Kalendar; or, the Nurseryman and Forester’s Guide in the operations of the Nursery, the Forest, and the Grove. Completed by Sang. Edin. 1812. 8vo. 1798. Rodinson, a London architect, nephew to Thomas Robinson, Esq. gardener to Geo. IIT. at Kensington. Forms of Stoves used for Forcing-houses. Lond. oblong 4to. 1800. Hill, Daniel, M.D. F.H.S. 1. Practical Observations on the Use of Oxygen, or Vital Air, in the Cure of Diseases; to which are added a few Experi- ments on Plants. Part I. Lond. 1800. 4to. 2. On the Use of Oxygen Air, in promoting Vegetation. (Hort. Trans. i. 235. 1815.) 1800. Pontey, William, planter and forest pruner to the Duke of Bedford, and ornamental gardener; resident at Huddersfield, where his brother is a respectable nurseryman. 1. The Profitable Planter; a Treatise on the Cultivation of the Larch and Scotch Fir Timber, shewing that their excel- lent quality, especially that of the former, will render them so essentially useful, as greatly to promote the interests of the country. Huddersfield, 1800. Svo.; 2. The Forest Pruner, or Timber Owner’s As istant; being a Treatise on the Training or Management of British Timber Trees, whether intended for use, ornament, or shelter; includ- ing an explanation of the causes of their general diseases and defects, with means of prevention, and remedies, where practi- cable; also, an examination of the properties of English. Fir Timber, with remarks on the defects of the old, and the out- lines of a new system for the management of Oak Woods. With eight explanatory plates. Lond. 1805. 8vo. 3. The rural improver,&c. Huddersfield, 1823. 4to. 1802. Society of Practical Gardeners; evidently, however, a compilation by a hackney writer who knew little of the subject. Rural Recreations, or the Gardener’s Instructor; exhibiting in a clear and perspicuous manner all the Operations necessary in the Kitchen, Flower, and Fruit Gardens,&c, for every Month in the Year; witha Treatise on the Management of Bees,&c. and Catalogues of Plants. Lond. 8vo. 1803. Loudon, John Claudius, landscape-gardener, and author of some works on agriculture; born in Lanarkshire in 1782, began to practise in 1803; to farm extensively in Oxfordshire in 1809, and in Middlesex in 1810; travelling on the continent in 1813-14-15, again in 1819, now residing at Bays- water. 1. Observations on laying out the public Squares of London. (Literary Journal, 1803.) 2. Observations on the Formation and Management of Useful and Ornamental Plantations; on the Theory and Practice of Landscape Gardening, and on gaining and em- banking Land from Rivers, or the Sea. Edin. 1804. Svo. 3. A short Treatise on some Improvements lately made in Hot-houses. Edin. 1805. 8vo.:: 4. A Treatise on forming, improving, and managing Country Residences, and on the choice of Situations appro- priate to every class of Purchasers. With an Appendix, con- taining an Enquiry into the utility and merits of Mr. Repton’s Mode of showing Effects by Slides and Sketches, and Stric- tures on his Opinions and Practice in Landscape Gardening. Illustrated by Descriptions of Scenery and Buildings, by references to Country Seats, and passages of Country in most parts of Great Britain, and by 32 engravings. Lond. 1806. 2 vols, 4to. 5. Hints on the Formation ot Gardens and Pleasure-Grounds, &c. 4to. plates. 1812. We 6. Remarks on the Construction of Hot-houses; pointing out the most advantageous Forms, Materials, and Contrivances to be used in their Construction; with a Review of the various Methods of building them in foreign countries, as well as in England; with 10 plates, from etchings on stone- 1817. 4to. 7. Sketches of Curvilinear Hot-houses; with a Description More 41 novel I tail if to a! f, L Pann TY, Teun Pat, Miatural arch. eer Who, Ua dleasure. fer thng the ation af Dhith leva became af Tube, at hervai tuned ener ty General Ffeshite Abt in Eainbug, an pultural architect, OXteDsive journey sof visiting the ith view, on hi ‘Calendar, This Hen he was seized N of suddenly in opether with Instruc. howe, Hotewall be, 10. te on Fost Patng: azement of Planted dens, Shrubbeis, Pu Monty Diets ture, Bain, 1310 , the Nunseryman and the Nursery, the Fore, Bain, 1812,$ro, 1 London arched, Esq, gardener 0 Gey, ip-houses. Lond, oblong 1S ef Orpen ot Viti, are added a few Brpen- er and forest prunet ornamental gardeners here his brother is a tise on the Caltrain of “shewing that thet exod- vnmer, will rendet then comote the interests cf We x Onmer’ Assistant; beng agement of British Titet vament, of Sele; f theut genet nd remedies, Whe » properties th Ne the old, snazement Of nd, 1808, 810, jersfield, 1825, 4to. Gardeners} en 2 hackney waler ahi pat] tay att ves poi rule ae ein Os Boox I. of the various purposes in Horticultural and General Architec- ture, to which a solid iron Sash-bar, lately invented, is appli- cable, 1518. 8. A comparative View of the common and curvilinear Mode of roofing Hot-houses. Lond. folio. 1818. 9. Encyclopedia of Gardening. Lond. 8vo, 1822. 10.‘The different modes of cultivating the Pine Apple from its first introduction to Europe to the improvements of T. A. Knight, Esq. in 1823. Lond. 8vo. 1822. 1803. Moriarty, Mrs. Henrietta Maria, author of several novels. Viridarium; or, Greenhouse Plants; containing fifty plates, drawn and colored from Nature. 1805. 8vo. 1804. Amos, William, formeriy a gardener and bailiff to a nobleman, and afterwards a farmer at Brothertoft, Lincolnshire, author of some works on the drill husbandry. Minutes of Agriculture and Planting,&c. Lond. 1804. 4to. 1805. Banks, Sir Joseph, Bart., president of the Royal Society, was the son of William Banks, Esq. of Revesby Abbey in Lincolnshire, and born there in 1743. He received his education first at Eton, and next at Oxford, but left the university on the death of his father in 1761; and two years afterwards made a voyage to Labrador and Newfoundland. In 1768, he and Dr. Solander went with Lieutenant Cook to Otaheite; in which voyage Mr. Banks narrowly escaped perishing by the frost, on the island of Terra del Fuego. After his return he re- ceived the degree of doctor of laws at Oxford; and in 1772 undertook a voyage to Iceland and the West- ern Isles of Scotland. In 1778 he received the Order of the Bath, and was elected president of the Royal Society. In 1781 he was created a baronet; but about two years afterwards his conduct in the Royal Society gave such offence to the scientific members as had nearly produced a schism: this tempest, however, was dispersed, and the president retained his seat without any farther opposition to the end of his life. Sir Joseph, though afflicted for many years with the gout, continued his exertions for the improvement of agriculture and the exten- sion of natural history to the very last of his long and useful life. He died May 9. 1820. He has some yapers in the Philosophical Transactions, and pub- ished besides a tract on the Rust on Wheat. 1. An Attempt* to ascertain the Time when the Potatoe (Solanum Tuberosum), was first introduced into the United Kingdom, with some Account of the Hill Wheat of India. (Hort. Trans. i. 8.) 2. Some Hints respecting the inuring Tender Plants to our Climate.(Ib. 21. 3. On the Revival of an obsolete Mode of managing Straw- berries.(Ib. 54.) 4. An Account of the Method of Cultivating the American Cranberry at Spring Grove.(Ib. 75. 5. On the Horticultural Management of the Sweet or Spanish Chestnut Tree.(Ib. 140.) 6. On the Forcing-Houses of the Romans, with a list of Fruits cultivated by them now in our Gardens.(Ib. 147. 7. On some Exotics which endure the open Air in Devonshire, in a Letter to him, by A- Hawkins.(Ib. 175.) 8. A short Account of a Colored Figure of a new Apple, called the Spring-Grove Codling.(Lb. 197.) 9. On Ripening the Second Crop of Figs that grow on the new Shoots.(Ib. 252.) 10. Some Horticultural Observations, selected from French Authors.(Ib.4. Appendix. 11. Notice from a work of Monsieur Lelieur, on the Here- ditary Diseases of Fruit-Trees.(Ib. 27. Appendix. 12. Notes relative to the first appearance of the Aphis Lani- gera, or the Apple-Tree Insects im this Country.(Ib. vol. ii. 162. 13. On the Advantanges of turning the Branches of Fruit- Trees over the Walls against which they are planted. 1805. Dickson, Mr. James, ¥.L.S. V.P.HLS., of the respectable and long established firm of Messrs. Dickson and Anderson, seedsmen_and herbalists in Covent-garden, London. James Dickson was born at Kirke House in Peebleshire, in 1738, and acquired his first knowledge of gardening in the garden of the Earl of Traquhair. He afterwards improved him- self in the Brompton nursery, then the property of Jefferey; he was head gardener in several places till 1722, when he established the well known seed and herb shop in Covent-garden. Dickson’s attention was first drawn to botany when a boy, by hearing one of his playmates enquire of another the name of a plant(Star of the Earth, Plantago Coronopus) which grew near them. Finding the boy able to answer the question he felt an impulse to obtain that kind of knowledge and superiority, and ever after- wards pursued his object with unremitting ardor. By directing his attention to a then neglected branch of botany, the mosses, he established for himself, says Sabine,“an imperishable reputation.” He was one of the earliest members both of the Linnean and Horticultural Societies.(See A Biographical Memoir, in Hort. Trans. v. App. 1.) 1. On a Variety of the Brassica Napus, or Rape, which has long been cultivated upon the Continent.(Hort. Trans. i. 26.) 2. Observations on, and an Account of, the Tubers of the BRITISH WORKS ON GARDENING. 1113 Lathyrus tuberosus, with Instructions for the Cultivati Plant in a Garden. s(Hort. Trans. ii. 359, 1817. ae 3. On the Cultivation of the Rampion.(Ib. iii, 19. 1818.) 1805. Macdonald, Alexander, a fictitious name adopted by R. W. Dickson, M. D. formerly of Hen- don, Middlesex, author of Practical Agriculture, and other works on farming. A complete Dictionary of Practical Gardening. 2 vols. 4to. pate The plates of flowers from paintings by the late Syden- nam Edwards. 1805. Parkyns, G. J., author of Monastic Re- mains; and generally reputed the author of the Six Designs for laying out Grounds, 1793, published with Soane’s Designs for Villas. _ Architectural Sketches, folio, No. 1. These contain plans for laying out grounds, according to the different natural situ- ations, with descriptions: among others, a plan of Gen. Wash- ington’s grounds at Vermont. 1806. Anon.©. 1798. Bridel,—, an officer employed in the management of the national woods and waters at Orleans. Manuel Pratique du Forestier. 12mo. 1798 Curten, architect and g: i ¢ e. ad garden-engincer at Grenoble.. - Le Guide des Cultivateurs. Grenoble. 8vo. me Coe aria et Economique sur V’état actuel des ois et Foréts en France, suivi d’un projet d’Instituti 20- restiére. Grenoble. 8yo. 1804. wee Seaton Fo 18-. Tatin, A, of Paris, Principes raisonnés et Pratiques de la Culture des Arbres Fruitiers, d’Agrément et Forestiers, Arbrisseaux et Arbustes dagrément, des graines, plantes potagéres et legumeneuses des prairies naturelles et artificielles. Paris. 2 vols. 8vo. 4th edit. 1811. 18-. Larochefocauld-Liancourt, a proprietor of considerable extent, who studied agriculture under Arthur Young, and travelled in North America, He has published his travels, and some other works, but is best known in France by the vastes entreprises which he made on his estates. Notes sur le Chéne. Par. 8vo. _ 1800, Bertholon, native of Lyons, where he died in 1799. He was professor of physical science at Montpellier, and afterwards of history at Lyons; the friend of Franklin, and author of several works on rural, political, and domestic economy. Traité de la Taille de la Vigne: 8vo. 1800. Bornet, Charles Henry, agent to the admi- nistration of forests in the circle of Turnehem, in the department of the Pas de Calais. _1. Code de la Conservation générale des Bois et Foréts na- tionales. 12mo. 2. De l’Agriculture des Bois d’aprés les Prinpices de la Cul- ture Végétale, 1804. 1 vol. 8vo. 180-. Charpentier de Caussigny. Note sur les Moyens& employer pour transporter au loin, par mer, dans des Voyages de long cours, les Végétaux et les Graines exotiques. Mem. des Sociétés Frangois. tom. i. p- 481. 1800. Cointereaux, Francois, professor of rural architecture, and author of several works, particu- larly of the mode of building en pisé. }, Traité de ancien Pisé des Romains. 2. Traité qui enseigne le nouveau Pisé, la maniére de le faire lors des pluies, des neiges et des frimas. 5. Nouveaux Murs de Terasses solides et durables, et qui dispensent de cette profusion de matériaux qu’on y emploie; ouvrage utlie a tous les Pays principalement aux architects, ingenieurs, magons,&c. Svo. 1805. . Instruction agréable et utile pour embellir les jardins a peu de frais. 1514. 8vo. 1891. Cadet, Charles Louis. 1, Mémoire sur|’Arbre Cirier de la Louisiane et de la Pensylvanie. Paris. 8vo. 1809. Deleuxe, J. P. F. The translator of Dar- win’s Loves of the Plants; secretary to several learned institutions at Paris. Recherches sur les Plantes d’Ornement, et sur leur Intro- duction dans nos Jardins.(Annales du Museum d’Hist. Not. tom. 8;et 9.) 1800. Dalmar, Basse N—, a native of Germany, purchased the estate of Villegeries, near Paris, and greatly improved it both as to use and beauty. De la Utilité et de la Culture de l’Acacia-Robinier: dédié aux Cultivateurs. Paris. 8vo. 1800. Guillemeau, Jean Louis Marie, in the em- ploy of government, born at Niort in 1766. Histoire Naturelle de la Rose. Paris. 12mo. 1800. Jolyclerc, N 4 Phytologie Universelle, ou HistoireNaturelle et Méthodique des Plantes, de leurs propriétés, de leurs vertus, et de leur culture: ouvrage consacre aux progrés des sciences utiles, de V’agriculture et de tous les arts. Paris. 5 vols. 8vo. 1800. Querber, J; Moyens d’Encouragement pour les Plantations Artificielles, &e. Metz. 4to. 5 1801. Lemoine Léonor, founder of an academy of theoretical and practical gardening, held in Paris, Rue-d’Enfer. 1. Manuel du Pépiniériste de Paris. 12mo. 1805. 2. Cours de Culture des Arbres a Fruits, et de la Vigne des Jardins. Paris. 8vo. 1801.‘ 3. Cours complet sur la taille du Pécher et autres Arbres& Fruit,&c. Paris, 12mo. 1803 1801. Lefebure, E A, assistant chemist to the school of health at Strasbourg. Expériences sur 1a Germination des Plantes Strasbourgh. 8vo.: 1801. M. M. Chaptal, Roxier, Parmentier, et Dussieux, eminent chemists and naturalists, mem- bers of the Institute. Traité Théorétique et. Pratique sur la Culture de la Vigne avec|’Art de faire le Vin, les Eaux de vie, Esprit de Vin Vinaigres simples et composes,&c. Paris. 2 vols. 8vo. Plates 1801. Rauch, B. A——, engineer of roads and bridges.: Harmonie Hydro-Végétale’et Météréologique, ou Recherches sur les moyens de Recréer, avec nos foréts, la force des tem- pératures, et la regularité des saisons, par deses plantations raisonnées. Paris. 2 vols. 8vo. d’ornement, le id vrultural soci a mig the latter 4 complete sur }; et Rorestiets 4 Oe Historique SU Notice Hist!‘aea0e 1 ) Ajon en pleme ep 5, Manue 1604. 4 6, Des AtD mes(Juen ee he Prytanee le Pl ates; Poeme: 1909, Dumont.) g, member ot Set Fran¢ ment in 18]}:&y 1), 8¥¢ mat Ly Mid forme 5 lOrmerly an of 9 WHO travelled in 4 number of es T® principal pri y I Wwnit H Parr TY. eM Uetenen, i THe in the ‘Od Watery at 5 Md Balen engincer la Culture de itbriseauy| REE et ley ati. 2 yok, Athres 4, a proprietor of la Ticulture under 0 North America Some other works vases entreprig Ons, where he died Dsl science at t history at Lyons: thor of several parks it etonouy, V0, j, agent to theadm}. cle of Tumehen, i ale: des Bois et Ports na es les Prinpices de la Cul ign t pour transporter ai lo is} Frans. tom, i, professor of rural veral monks, particu. en pile je pour enbelit 1s jas ,: + de la Louisiane ¢ es The translator of Dat ; secretary(0 gener rmerent, ef ur Jet Int glee dy Museum Ot __ aative of ental, j egeries, neat Paris, to use and bea. de /icacia- Rohini: 6 he et wis Mari, in t Niort in 160, Paris. 12m0 yonder of j arden Ha Paris,|? 3 Ps du Pabe@ atts ATA 0 the spat chettist assist chet soos rg. 3 a des Pale ee Boox 1. FRENCH WORK 1811. Robin, C., cultivator. Observations en faveur de l’Acacia. Paris. 8yo, 7 14°‘ 2 1802. Calvel, Etienne, member of several literar and agricultural societies, and a scientific experi- menter in the latter art. 1, Traité complete sur les Pépiniéres, tant pour les Arbres fruitiers, et Forestiers que pour les Arbrisseaux. Paris. 3 vols. 8vo. 2. Notice Historique sur la.Pépiniére national des chartreux au Luxemburg. 12mo. 1804. 3. Mémoire sur l’Ajonc ou Génet épineux, considéré sous le Rapport de Fourrage, de l’Amendement des Terres Stériles, et de Supplement au Bois. Paris. Svo. 1809. 4. Du Melon et de sa Culture sous chassis, sur couche, et en pleine terre. Paris. 8vo. 1805. 5. Manuel Pratique des Plantations,&c. Paris. 12mo. 1804. 6. Des Arbres Fruitiers Pyramidaux, vulgairement nom- més Quenouilles, avec la maniére de elever, sous cette forme tous les Arbres a Fruit. Paris. 18mo. 1802. 7. Principes Pratiques sur la Plantation et la Culture des Chasselas et autres Vignes Précoves, principalement sous la latitude des environs de Paris, avec la Liste des Nouvelles Variétés, Figures,&c. Paris. Svo 1802. Castel, René Richard, professor of literature in the Prytanée Francais. Les Plantes; Poéme. Paris. 18mo. 1802. Dumont-Courset, born at Boulogne-sur-mer in 1746, member of several societies. He retired to Courset, near Boulogne, in 1809. Le Botaniste Cultivateur, ou Description, Culture, et Usages de Ja plus Grande Partie des Plantes étrangéres, naturalisées, et indigénes, cultivées en France et en Angleterre, rangées suivant la Methode de Jussieu. Paris. 5 vols. in 8vo. This is generally esteemed one of the best French books on gardening. 1802, Duplessis, ¥. S. Des Végétaux résineux, tant indigénes qu’ exotiques, avec le procédés pour extraire les résines,&c. Paris.. 8vo 1802. Hammer, F—— L——, and Dieiricht. The first, formerly professor of natural history at Calmar and Strasbourg; he is author of several articles in the Journal d’Economie Rurale. Of Dietricht nothing is known. Mémoires sur les Arbres qui peuvent étre employés aux plantations le long des routes. 8vo. 1802. Richard,, an officer in the department of woods and forests. [Manuel du Forestier, ou Traité élémentaire, contenant le ballivage, le martilage, les ventes et exploitations des coupes annuelles, l’estimation dicelles, leur récolement, l’ainénage- ment, le bornement, et la regeneration des foréts, suivi du Traité des Pépiniéres, leur culture, semer, et plantations, ap- puye par la pratique. Paris. 12mo, 1803. Cubieres,—— Ainé, an esteemed writer, member of the agricultural society of Versailles. 1. Mémoire sur Je Tulipier. 8vo. 2. Mémoire sur|’Erable a feuille de chéne, ou Acer Negunda. Versailles. 8vo. 1804. 1803. Francois, Nicolas, born in 1752, at Neufcha- teau, which name is generally joined with his own. He has been successively a deputy, advocate, and judge; and for some years past has occupied himself much in agriculture. He was several years presi- dent of the Paris Agricultural Society, in which are a number of his papers. Lettre sur le Robinier, connu sous le nom impropre de Faux Acacia, avec plusieurs piéces relatives a la culture et aux usages dé cet arbre. Paris. 12mo. 1803. Lorenz, J-* Manuel du Forestier, ou Traité complet de tout ce qui a rapport a|’Histoire Naturelle des Arbres. Strasbourg, 2 vols. 8vo. 1803. Une Société des Savans. Bibliothéque des Propriétaires Ruraux, ou journal d’éco- nomie rural et domestique,&c. 8 vo. A periodical work begun in 1803, and of which 74 numbers had appeared up to May 1809. 1804. Dubois, Louis, born- at Lisieux, in 1770, librarian of the department of l’?Orne, member of various societies. 1. Du Pommier, du Poirier, et du Cornier, considérés dans leur histoire, leur physiologie, et les diverses usages de leur fruits,&c. Paris. 2 vols. 12mo. Des Melons, et des leurs Variétés, considérés dans leur hi toire, leur physiologie, Jeur culture naturelle et artificielle,&c. Paris. in 12mo. 1804. Fanon,——, author of various works on rural economy. 1. Des Arbres_a fruits, et nouvelle méthode d’affructer le pommier et le poirier, fondu sur 28 ans d’expériences conseécu. tives. Paris, 12mo. 2. Causes du Deperissement des Foréts,&c. 1806, 8vo. Supplément in 181], 8vo. 1804. Poinsot,—. L’Ami des Jardiniers. Paris. 2 vols. Svo. 1804. Sonniné de Manoncourt, Charles Sigisbert born at Luneville, in the department of Meurthe, in 1750; formerly an officer of the marine, a learned man, who travelled in Egypt and South America, and wrote a number of esteemed works. He was one of the principal writers in the Dictionnaire d@ Histoire Naturelle. a Culture de la Julienne comme plante utile. Paris. 8yo. 4, 4 S ON GARDEN NG. 112] 2. Traité de|’Arachide, ou pistache de terre; contenant la description, culture, et usages de cette plante,&c. Paris. Svo. 1808. 1805. Bastien, Jean Frangois, a bookseller of Paris, who put his name as the author of several books on agriculture which he procured to be compiled. Calendrier du Jardiniér. Paris. 12mo. 2. La Nouvelle Maison Rustique,&c. Svo. 5. La Flore Jardiniere,&c. 8 1809. 1805. Jaume, Saint Hiliaire, a co-laborer with Jussieu in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, Exposition des Familles Naturelles, et de la Generation des Plantes. Paris. 4 vols. 8vo. a 1805. Leschevin, C., member of the agricultural society of the Seine. De l’usage de la Fumée dans les Vignes, contres les gelées tardives du Printems. Paris. 8vo. 1805. Michaux, F— A——, a celebrated natural- ist, who has travelled in North America, and pub- lished an account of the trees of that country. 1. Mémoire sur la Naturalization des Arbres, Forestiers de l’Amérique, Septentrionale, dans le quel on indique ce que l’ancien Gouvernement avait fait pour arriver& cet but, et les moyens qu’il conviendra‘t d’employer pour y parvenir; suivi d’un tableau raisonné des Arbres de ce Pays, comparé avec ceux que produit la France. Paris. 8vo. Histoire des Arbres Forestiers de Amérique Septentrionale 2 vols. 1810. 3. Histoire des Chénes de l’Amérique, ou Descriptions et Figures de toutes les espéces et variéts des Chenes cultivees dans l’Amerique Septentrionale, in fol. fig. 1805. Roard, I. L., director of the dyers of the imperial manufactory.: Abrégé du Traité sur la Culture de la Vigne, avec l’Art de fiire le Vin, et les Eaux-de-vie. Paris. 8vo. 1806. Caylus, N—— de, formerly inspector of the royal nurseries.: listoire du Rapprochement des Végétaux. Paris. 12mo. 1807. Cadet-de-Vaux, Antoine-Alewis, born in 1743, a patriot, incessantly engaged in the interests of humanity, has founded, or led to the foundation of several useful establishments, and among others, of public nurseries in the departments. He translated the chemistry of Spielmann.; 1. De la Restauration et du Gouvernement des Arbres a Fruits, mutilés et dégradés par la succession annuelle de l’ébourgeonnement et de la taille. Paris, 8vo. 1807. 2. Procédés de la Culture des Asperges de Hollande, Décade Philosophique. 6 Année. 1808. Cherrier, J—— B——, gardener at Wassy, in the department of Haute Marne. Mémoire sur la Culture de la Vigne.| 8vo.= 1808. Douette-Richardot, cultivator(or yeoman) at Langres, who has planted extensively, and if not the inventor, was the first to publish in France the mode of cutting and felling trees by removing a part of the ground’s surface, and cutting over close by the roots, or what the French term cutting entre deux terres. yt Le la Coupe des Bois entre deux Terres. Paris. 8vo. 1808. Un Amateur.; Traité complet sur le Jardin Potager,&c. avec une Grande Planche offrant les Plans, coupe et élévation d’une serre a le- gumes. Paris. 12mo.‘ 181.. Lasteryie, Ch. Ph. Comte de, an active patriot and philanthropist, author of various works on agriculture and general economy; but chiefly known by his treatises on wool, Merino sheep, and education. A: Culture du Souchet tuberculeux.(Nccade Philosophique, 7 Année.-; Collection des Machines employes dans 1'GZconomie Rurale. 2 vols. 4to. 1821-2. s 181.. Loisteur de Longchamps, M.D., one of the compilers of Le bon Jardinier.(See Anon. 1770, and Delaunay, 1811.) Nouveaux Duhamel, ou Traité des Arbres, et Arbustes qu’ on cultive en France en pleine terre. Paris. fol. 71 livrai- sons, in 115. 181.. Laborde, Alexandre, Comte de. Description des Nouveaux Jardins de la France, et de ses Anciens Chateaux. Les Desseins, par C. Bourgeois. Paris. folio.; 181... Noisette, Louis Claude, botanist and nur- seryman at Paris, one of the compéers of Le bon Jardinier.(Anon. 1770, and Delaunay, 1811.) 1. Le Jardin Forestier, contenant|’Historie, et la Culture des des Arbres Forestiers,&c. Paris. 4to. re 2. Le Jardin Fruitier. 12 livraisons. 4to. 1813._ Z. Catalogue des Arbres Fruitiers. Paris. 4to. 1521. 181-. Lair, P. d. th 1. Description des Jardins du Courset. Paris. 8vo. 2. Notice sur M. Le Berriays, auteur du Nouveau de la Quintinie. Svo.: x 1810. Kraft, J—— Charles, a German architect and designer, author of an esteemed work on car- pentry.“: E 1. Pians de plus beaux Jardins Pittoresques de France, d’An- gleterre, et d’Allemagne, et des edifices, monumens, fabriques, ete. qui concourent a leur embellissement, dans tous les genres d’architecture, tels que Chinois, Egyptien, Anglais, Arabe, Moresque,&c. Paris. imper. fol.:: 2. Recueil des plus Jolies Maisons de Paris, et de ses envi, rons, comprenant les élevations intérieures, et extérieures de chaque maison,&c.» Paris. folio. Cc a nr at Ri22 1811. Delaunay, Mordaunt, one of the librarians of the Jardin des Plantes, principal editor of the tol- lowing works.(See Anon. 1811.) - Le bon Jardinier. Paris. 12mo. 2 Figures pour l’Almanach du bon Jardinier. 12mo. 1811. Gallesio, George, sib-prefect of Savonna, near Genoa. Traité du Citrus. Paris. 1 vol. 8vo. i 1811. Lelieur de Ville-sur-Arc, le Comte, ad- ministrator-general of the parks, nurseries, and gar- dens of the king.‘; 1. La Pomone Frangaise, ou Traité de la Culture Frangaise et de la taille des arbres fruitiers. Paris. 8vo. 8 plates. %. Mémoire sur les Maladies des Arbres Fruitiers. Paris. 12mo. 1811.: 3. De la Culture du Rosier. Paris. 12mo. 1811. 1813. Guerin et Schwartz. Vues et Description du Jardin des Plantes. Paris. folio. 1813. Pelleport-Saure, M——, member of the Toulouse Agricultural Society. Traité de la Maniére de planter, d’élever et de cultiver la Vigne.‘Toulouse.| vol. Svo. 1814. Percier, Charles, et P. F. L. Fontaine, archi- tects.‘ Choix des plus célébres Maisons de Plaisance Ge Rome et de ses environs. aris. fol. This splendid work contains, in most cases, plans of the gar- dens attached to the villas. 1815. Montpelier, A——, cultivator in the depart- ment of)’ Aude. De la Culture des Arbres a Fruits. Castlenaudary. 8vo. Malo, Charles. Guirlande de Fleurs, ou Origine et Histoire des jolies Fleurs qu’on cultive en France,&c. Paris. 18mo. 16 plates. 1815. Moxard, Jean, propriétaire cultivateur at Montreuil, near Paris, a village famous for its peaches. Mozard was successor to Pepen, who was distinguished as the first cultivator of peach-trees a Montreuil, or, indeed, in France, from 1720 to 1770. Principes Pratique sur I’Education, la culture, la taille, et J’ebourageonnement des arbres fruitiers, et principalement du Pécher, d’aprés la Méthode de Pepin et autres Cultivateurs de Montreuil: ouvrage qui a obtenu deux Médailles d’Or de la Société Royale d’Agriculture du departement de la Seine. Paris. 8vo. 4 plates. 1816. De Caumels. Tables Synoptiques des Charactéres differentes de la Vigne. Touloux. 8vo. p. 235. These tables are for the most part taken from Clementi’s work, which De Caumels translated from the Spanish. 1816. Du Petit Thouars, le Chevalier Aubert Aubert; director of the government garden of the minister of the interior. 1. Recueil de Rapp et de Mémoires sur la Culture des Arbres Fruitiers lue dans les séances particuliéres de la Société d’Agriculture de Paris. Paris. 8vo. plat 2. Histoire d’un Morcean de Bois, précédée d’un Essai sur la Séve, considerée comme résultat de la végétation,&c. Paris. 8vo. 1 plate. 3. Le Verger Francais, ou Traité Générale de la Culture des Arbres Fruitiers qui eroissent en pleine terre dans les environs de Paris. 1 vol. Svo. 1816. Julien, A——, author of the Manuel du Sommelier; inventor of some instruments in use for the filtration of liquids. Topographie de tous les Vignobles connus,&c. suivie d’une classification générale des vins. Paris. 8vo. 1816. Jaunex, J—- P——, of the city of Metz, engineer, and member of the Agricultural Society of the department of Moselle. Manual du Vigneron du Département de la Moselle. Metz 8vo. 1816. Thouin, Jean, C. M. H. S., brother to the professor, and to Gabriel Thouin; foreman of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris. Mémoir sur|’Emploi de Machefer dans le Jardinage, 4to. 1817. Lambray, M-, hurseryman at Mandres, in the canton of Boissy-Saint-Leger, in the depart- ment of the Seine and Oise. Exposé d’un Moyen mis en pratique pour empécher la Vigne de couler, et hater la maturité du raisin. Paris. 8vo. This author practices ringing when the vie is in flower, which he finds has the effects to which he alludes in his title. Sussecr. 2. STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. 1817. Redouté, J- P—., painter of flowers to the Classe de Physique of the Institute and of the Museum. Les Roses. Paris. fol. many colored plates. _ 1818. Lalos, J——, architect des jardins Anglois in Paris. De la composition des Parcs et Jardins pittoresques, ornée de planches par Reville. Paris. 1 vol. 8vo. 1818. Pronville, Auguste de. Nomenclature raisonée des Espéces, Variétés, et Sous-vari- étés du genre Rosier, observées au Jardin Royal des Plantes, dans ceux de Trianon, ce la Malmaison, et dans les Pépiniéres des environs des Paris. Paris. 1 vol. Syvo. 1818. Résso, A., of Nice, and A. Poiteau, of Ver- sailles. Histoire Naturelle des Orangers. Paris. 2 vols. fol. many co- lored plates. 1819. Bosc, Louis Auguste Guillaume, F.L.S. H.S., inspector of the government garden at the Luxem- burg; author of various articles in the Nouveau Cours@ Agriculture, and in other works. Exposition du Plan de Travail adopté pour étudier et classer les diverses variétés des Vignes cultivées dans les Pépiniéres du Luxembourg.(Journal de Physique, tom. 66.) 1819. Redouté, J. P. painter of flowers, and C. 4. Thory, a clerk in the office of the mayor of Paris. Les Roses. Paris, folio, many colored plates. 1 vol. com- pleted.; i‘ 1819. Thouin, Gabriel, cultivator and architect of gardens, brother to Professor Thouin, of the Jardin des plantes. Plans raisonnés de toutes les Espéces de Jardins. folio, 50 lithographic plates. 1819. Thory, Claude Antoine, clerk in the office of the mayor of Paris, member of several learned societies. 1. Rosa Candolleana, seu Descriptio nove Speciei Generis Rose, dicata, Pyr. Aug. de Candolle a Cl. Ant. Thory,&c. addito Catalogo inedito Rosarum quas Andreas Duvont m horto suo studiose colebat, anno 1813, cum Figure anea picta. Paris. 8vo. 1819 2. Rosa Redoutese, seu Descriptio nova Speciei Generis Xosa, dicata Petro Joseph Redoute, 8vo. Paris. 1817. 5. Prodromie et Monographie des Espéces et Variétés connues du Genre Rosier, divisees selon leur Ordre naturel, avec la Synonymie des noms vulgaires, un Tableau synoptique, et des Planches gravées en couleur. Paris. 1 vol. 12mo. 1819. Viart,, proprietor and creator of Jardins Pittoresques at the park of Brunehaut. Le Jardiniste Moderne, Guide des Propriétaires qui s’oceu- pent de la Composition de leur Jardins et de l’Embellissement de leurs Campagnes. Paris. 12mo. 1820, Beaunier,, author of a treatise on bees. Le Guide des Propriétaires et des Jardiniers pour le Choix, la Plantation, et la Culture des Arbres,&c. Paris. 1 vol. 8vo. fig. 1820. Chesnel, Marquis de. Histoire de la Rose chez les peuples de l’antiquité et chez les modernes; description des espéces cultivées; culture des Ro- siers; et leurs diverses propriétés alimentaires et domestiques. Toulouse. 1 vol. 870. 1820. Pierard, Charles Frances, C M. H.S. Notes sur le Saugier ou Poirierde Sauge. Paris. 8vo. 1820. Vibert, J P— Observations sur la Nomenclature et la Classement des Roses, suivies du Catalogue de celles cultivees par J. P. Vibert. Paris. Paris. Svo. 1821. Calvert and Co., nurserymen, Rouen.~ Catalogue of Roses. Rouen. 8vo. 1821. Lebret, M——, Isédore, pharmacien et pro- pri¢taire rural.; Mémoires sur la Trappa Natans, ou la Chataigne d’eau. Rouen. 8vo. 1823, De Candolle, A. P., professor of botany in the academy of Geneva, author of Regni Vegetabilis Systema Naturale, now publishing; of various other botanical works, and of several articles connected with culture, in Nowveau Cours,&c. 1. Memoir on the different species ot the genus brassica, and of the genera allied toit.(Hort. Trans. v.7. 2. Catalogue des arbres fruitiers du Jardin Botanique de Geneve. Geneva. 8vo. 5. Mémoire sur la famille de cruciferes. Geneva. 4to. Works on Gardening published in Germany, including Denmark and Switwzr- land, exclusive of Translations. 7693. The Germans have an immense number of books on every subject, and-in the gardening department are more especially prolific on the subject of planting and forests. We have made a selection, with a view to giving an idea of the progress of gardening in Germany, and also to include the books contained in the Banksian and other public libraries of this country. Every English work of merit is translated into German as soon as it appears, and the same may be said of the best works of France, and of every other country. Two of the most desirable books for giving an idea of the state of culture in Germany, are Dietrich’s Wirterbuch, with the Supplement to 1820, iO vols. 8vo.; and Sickler’s Deutsche Handwirtschaft, many vols. 8vo. 849. Anon., ascribed to the learned Benedictine, Wallafrid Strabon, of tne diocese of Constance, who died in 849. Hortulus. An elegant poem on the culture of plants and flowers. 1578. Heresbachius, Conradus, counsellor to the Book pute f gle Monses yen fy Barna various hit sori LV 8 rusticarl f std, 10\oy by Go Cleves was D6 theolog och, of Parry, eter Of florers lhstitute and of the Ha tes, ANC landing Anglais Jains ADS ita é mine Mesques, omée k, Vatiis& an Vans Sous-ran. ata Rug des Plantes tse ts es Pein and A Pay, at Ver. Paris, yok el many Guillaume, BLS HS garden at the Luren, tticles in the Nowy other works, alopte pour etudier et claser Nees dans les. Pépiniées wynque, tom. 66.) Ket of flowers, and(4, OL the mayor of Pats, Ny colored plates. vol com nultivator end arcitet of sot Thou, ofthe Jardin s Bopeees de Jardin Pas done, clerk in the of ot ember of several Jane Descriptio nove Candalle& iis de, jes peoples de Tania expeces ciltiness; wets alimentaires Prancet,© MHS irier de Sauges Pans bre enclature et a! es cltinees pat g,, nurserymel, Rove $10, ore, pharm pa Natats h AP, profess’ va, authorct Ke wy publishing of several aro" ii Boeanigue a, Gere tle de orig snd Sule ling Deana nd St flo erie pasts; ve culueer jor{9(ie “th ar Boox I. GERMAN WORKS Duke of Cleve; was born in 1508, died in 1576. He wrote various theological works; besides his Rez Rustice libri 1V., which was published in 1570, and his Legum rusticarum, et operarum per singulos Meases digesta, in 1595,‘The former was translated py Barnaby Gooch, of Lincolnshire, with the follow- ing title: Foure Bookes of Husbandrie, containing the whole art and trade of Husbandrie, Gardening, Grafting, and Planting, with the antiquitie and commendation thereof. Newly Englished, and increased by Barnabe Googe, Esquire. At London. 4to. 1578. Leaves 194, besides the Dedication, Epistle and‘Table at the beginning; and Olde English rules in verse, for pur- ehasing Lande, at the end. His authorities extend from the Bible and Doctors of the Church, through the Greek and Roman writers, Homer, Cato, &c. to the moderns as low as Ruellius, Fuchsius, Matthiolus, Cardanus, and Tragus. He subjoins a list of his friends and others, who assisted him. S. Nich. Malbee, M. Cap. Byng- ham, M. John Somer, M. Nicas, Yetzwert, M. Fitzherbert, M. Willi. Lambert, M. Tusser, M. Tho. Whetenhall, M. Ri. Deering, M. Hen. Brockhull, M. Franklin, H. King, Richard Andrewes, Henry Denys, William Pratte, John Hatche, Phil lip Partridge, Kenworth Daforth. The work is in dialogue. The persons are, Cono, a yentle- yaan retired into the country; Rigo, a courtier; Metella, wife of Cono; and Hermes, a servant. 1597. Peschelius. Garten Ordnung. Eisleben, 1597. folio. with wood cuts. 1620. Caus, Salomon, author of some works on perspective, hydraulics, and dialling. 1. Hortus Palatinus a Frid. Rege Boemiaw, Heidelberg extractus. Franéf. fol. 2. Les Raisons des Forces mouvantes, avec divers Desseins de Fontaines. Paris, fol. 1624. 1630. Clusius, Carolus(not the celebrated botanist of the preceding century). Catalogi seminum, cum regulis circa eorum stationem. Printed with Herbario Horstiano, 385—414. Marburg. 8vo. 1631. Laurenberg, Peter, of Rostock, who died in 1639. 1. Horticultura et apparatus plantarum. Frankfort. 4to. 2. De Horticultura libri duo, regulis obser vationibus, expe- rimentis et figuris novis instructa,&c. Frankfort. 4to. 164-. Royer, Johann. Unterricht wie ein feiner lust-obst-und Kiichen-garten anzulegen, allerley schéne Gewachse darein zu zeugen, zu verpflangen, zu warten. Printed with this author’s Beschrei- bung des Gartens zu Hessem. 45—96. 1647. Vredmannus, Johannes Frisius, a German architect, who published some works on his art. De Hortorum, Viridiarumque, forme elegantes. Col. 1647. ol. 1647. Anon.; attributed to Stengeline. Hortorum, florum et arborum historia. Munich. 2 vols. 12mo. 1662, Jonston, Johann, born at Sambter, in Po- land, in 1603, died on his estate at Ziebendorf, in Silesia, in 1675; a learned naturalist, author of se- veral works which have been collected in six folio volumes.: Dendrographia, sive historia naturalis de arboribus et fruc- tibus, tam nostri quam peregrini orbis, libri x. Frankfort, fol. et figuris zeneis, 1662.; 1663. Eltxholx, John Sigismond, an eminent Prus- sian botanist, was born at Frankfort on the Oder 1623, practised with great reputation as court phy- sician at Berlin, and died in 1683. 1. Flora Marchi, or a Catalogue of Plants, cultivated in the principal gardens at Brandenburg. Berlin, 8vo. 9. De Horticultura. Berlin. 4to. 1652. 3. Vom Garten-bau, oder Unterricht, von der Gartnerey auf das Clima der Chur-Marck Brandenburg, wie auch der benachbarten eutschen Linder gerichtet. Berlin. 4to. p- 395. plates, 1684. he. 1671. Hiebern, John Christian. Horticultura.‘ 1695. Packbusch, Stephanus Ludovicus, author of some medical works. he Dissertatio de varia plantarum propagatione. Leipsic. 4to. 1696. Anon.; attributed to Tschiffeli. Ecole des Jardiniers, ou l’on apprend a semer des arbres fruitiers, ales mettre en Pépiniére,&c. Berne. 12mo. 1697. Stisser, John Andrew.; Botanica Curiosa, oder Anmerckgunen, wie einige fremde Krauter in seinem garten bishero cultiviret. Helmstadt. Svo. p. 244. 12 plates.: Bd; $700. Volkamer, Johann Christoph, a physician in Nuremberg, and the director of the botanic garden there. z 1. Nurnbergische Hesperides. Nurnb. fol. 2. Hesperidum Norimbergensium sive de Malorum Citre- orum Limonum, Aurantiorumque cultura et usu, libri 4. No- rimberge. fol. é 1702. Siegelsteiner, George. Wohlfundirte Zwergbaum Schule, oder Unterricht wie die Zwergbaume beschnitten werden- Frankfort-on-the-Maine. 8vo p- 124. plates. 2 i 1702. Anon., thought tobe F.C. Weber, who trans- lated Quintineye’s works. Griindliche Anweisang zu eimer wohleingerichtete Baum- chule. Hamburgh. 8vo. p- 120. 1¢ plates. 170-. Schmersall, Elias Frederick. Abhandlung von deni Baumschnitte. Hamb. Mag. 10 band, 4266. 1712. Waldtschmidt, Wilhelmus Huldericus. Programma de industria cvi hodierni, qua propagatio plan- Flo ON GARDENING. 1193 linguit. Kiel, 1712. 1713. Hesse, Henry. Neue Garten-Lust. Leipsic. 4to. p. 389, plates. 1715. Anon. Historischer und verstandiger Blumengartner, und von An- legung, Wartung und Pilegung eines Baum und kiichen- gartens. Leipsic. 4to. p. 783, 21 plates. 170-. Agricola, George Andrew, M. D., author of several agricultural works, which have been trans- lated into French and English. 1. The Artificial Gardener, translated from the German. London, 1717, 12mo. 2. Philosophical Treatise of Husbandry and Gardening,&c. trapeleted from the German, by Bradley. London. 4to. cuts, 721.‘ There is a volume on planting“ by Agricola,” of which Dr. Anderson(see Sect. 1.) is the author. 1735. Deuso, Johann Daniel, author of a natu- ralist’s kalendar, and some other works. Von Anlegung und Vermehrung wilder Obstbdume. Printed in his Beytrage zur Naturkunde. Berlin, 7 stuk. p. 620— 627. 1752'to 1760: 1738. Krause, L. Ph., born in Berlin, where he was a hurseryman. Kluger und sorgfaltiger Gartner. Leipsic. 8vo. 1741. Ungehauer, John Andrew. Dissertatio de cultura plantarum. Leipsic, 4to. 1750. Lehmann, John Christian, an amateur, who lives in Leipsie. ; Vollkomner Blumen-garten in Winter. Leipsic. 4to. p. 71, plate. 1750. Grotjan, John August. 1. Physikalische Winter-belustigung mit Hyacinthen, Jon- guillen, Tazzetten,‘Tulipanen, Nelken und Leucojen. Nord- hausen. Svo. p. 120. 2. Ergitalige Sommerbetustigung,&c. mit Garten Kalendar. Nordhausen. 2 vols. 8vo. 1759. 1750. Seligmann, J. Mich. 1. Abbildung des lieblichsten Blumen mit Beschreibung. Nuremburg, fol. ¥. Hortus Nitidissimus.(By Seligmann and Cp. Jac. Trew.) Also in German. Leipsic, folio, many plates. 1751. Riedel, J. Cp. Vermehrtes Garten-Lexicon benebset niitzlichen Garten KKalendar. Nordhausen.$vo. 1753. Gesner, John, a canon of Zurich, and pro- fessor of mathematics and natural philosophy in that university, was born in 1709. He studied at Leyden and Basle, where he contracted an intimacy with Haller; and their epistles have been printed. He died in 1790. Gesner published two dissertations on plants, in1741, in which he announced the new system of Linnzus, of whom he says, that he was a man des- tined to reform all natural history. Besides these he was the author of eleven dissertations, published under the title of Phytographia Sacra. He also wrote on extraneous fossils; and compiled an index to Weinman’s Sees But he was grossly imposed on, as well as Taller, by the present ofa meadow crowfoot, on the branches ot which the flowers of the daisy had been so neatly fastened as to escape detection till after Gesner’s death. Of this rarity he published a description, 1n a Jearned dis- course on vegetable monsters, entitled, De Ha- nunculo Bellidifloro.‘The cheat was discovered by Sir Joseph Banks, who procured the specimen, and separated the parts by the application of steam. 1. De Ranunculo Bellidifloro, et de Plantarum generibus. Zurich. 4to. ee Pa 3 2. Theses Physics Miscellaneee speciatim de Thermoscopio Botanico. Zurich, 1755, 4to. 3 3. Vom Gebrauche des_Thermoscops Thermometer bey Wartung der Pflanzen.(Hamburg Hag. 16 band. p. 288.) 1753. Reichard, Ch., a celebrated writer of Guides, (90, t and other compilations, who lived at Erfurt, and died some years ago., Land-und Gartenschatz. Erfurth. 8vo- ‘A new edition in 1802, by J. Volkmer Sickler. 1761, Boehmer, George Raiph, professor of botany and anatomy at Wittemberg, was born in 1723; studied under the celebrated Ludwig; wrote various botanical works, and died in 1803. BP 1. Programmata, De serendis vegetabilium seminibus mo- nita. Wittemberg. 4to.; i: 2, Bibliotheca scriptorum historic naturalis, oeeconomix, aliarumque artium et scientiarum ad illum pertinentium realis systematica. Leipsic, 1785-89. 9 vols. Svo. This is considered a very valuable work. > 1 1761. Schaffer, Jac. Ch. Der wunderbare Eulentzwitten nebst der Baumraupe, ans welcher derselbe entstanden,&e, Regensburg. 4to. plates. 1764, Plax, Anthony William, author of a tract on vegetable physiology, published in 1745,; Programma de plantarum sub-diverso coelo nascentium cul- tura. Leipsic. 4to p-13.;; 1765. Gleditsch, John Gotlieb, a naturalist, was born at Leipsic in 1714. He took his doctor’s de- gree in physic at Frankfort on the Oder, where he was appointed professor of botany, physiology, and medicine. He was also a member of the Academy of Sciences at Berlin, and died in 1786.; Vermischte Physiealisch Botanisch-CEconomische Ab tarum, veterum circa res hortenses occupationes post se re- 2 hy 0 handlugen. Halle, 1765-67 3 theil. 8vo. 9 1124 STATISTICS OF GARDENING, Part IV. 2. Pflanzenverzeichniss zum Nuzen und Vergniigen der Lust-und Baumgirtner, nebst Anmerkungen, die deren Pflege, MSC NaN Pflanz und Blitezeit betreffen. Berl. 1773, vo. 5. Vollstandige Theoretisch-Praktische Geschichte aller in der Azeny, Haushaltung und ihrer verschiedenen Nahrung- 1 nuzlich befundenen Pflanzen. Berl. and Leips. 4. Ueber die Ursachen einer unsichern Verpflanzung der bereits exwachsenen Fichten und Wachholdern, aus ihren natiilichen Standplazen, in unsern Heyden. In his Phys. 3otan.(cen. Abhandl. 1 theil, p.39—57. 5. Gedanken iiber die Fragen: durch was fiir Wege ges- chiehet die Hauptvermehrung des wilden Holzes in unsern Forsten am besten? und welches ist die vorgiiglichste Art, die Eichen zum Nuzen des Forstwesens zu saen? Ib. 69—93. . Sys itische Einleitungin die neuere Forstwissenschaft. :, 8vo. 2 vols. 1765. Rettelet, K. Cp. Praktischer Beweis dass die Mathesis bey der Forstwessen- shuft unentbehrliche Dienste thue. Eisenach. 8vo. 1766. Cramer, John Andrew, a metallurgist, was born at Quedlinburg in 1710, and died in 1777. He was the first who formed the art of assaying into a system. Anleitung zum Forstwissen. Brunswick. fol. p. 200, 60 pate: Be 1768. Von Brocke, Henrich Christian. 1. Wahre Griinde der Physicalischen und experimental Allgemeinen Forstwissenschaft. Leipsic, 1768-75,'4 vols. 8vo. 2. Beobachtuagen von einigen Blumen deren Bau, und Zubereitung der Erde. Leips. 1771, 8vo. 1768. La Societé Economique de Berne. Traité des Arbres Fruitiers, extrait des meilleurs auteurs. Paris. 12mo, Translated from the German. 1768. Liider, Fr. Hin. H. 1. Briefe iiber die Bestellung eines Kiichengartens in Nie- dersachsen. anover. 3 vols. Svo. 25 Nachricht von Anbau und Erhaltung des griinen Kohls in Winterzeit. Flensburg, 1772, 8vo. 5. Briefe iiber die Anlegung und Bestellung eines Blumen. gartens. Hanover, 1777. 1771. Miinchausen, O. F. von., an amateur. Monatliche Beschaftigung fiir Baum-und-Plantagen Gart- ner,&c. Hanover. 8vo- Dt 1771. Henne, Sm. D. L. _Anweissung wie man eine Baumschule von Obstbéumen in Grossen Anlegen soll. Halle. 8vo 1771. Ossenfelder, H. A. f einbau in den sachsischen Landen. Dresden. 8vo. 1773. Hirschfeld, Ch. Cat. L., counsellor to his Janish Majesty, and professor of the fine arts at Kiel. He laid out several gardens in Denmark, and formed a large fruit-tree nursery there. 1. Remarques sur les Maisons de Campagne et l’Art des Jardins.(Also in caren) Leipsig. 12mo. 2. Théorie de l’Art des Jardins.(Also in German.) Leip- sig. 8vo. 1775. 3. Théorie de|’Art des Jardins.(Alsoin G-) 6 vols. 4to. many plates. Lei; and Amsterdam, 1777 to 1782. _ In the Gazette Littéraire de Europe, for January 1781, it is said of this work, that reading it‘‘ expands the heart, ex- alts and ravishes the soul, so much so that one would say, pleasure had taken the pencil and painted the most agreeable scenes, to reeal the idea of the charms of the finest day.” 4. Gartenkalender, Hamburgh, 16mo-plates. 1782 to 1790. 5. Gartenbibliotheke. Kiel. 8vo. 1790. 6. Handbuch der Fruchtbaumzucht. Brunswick, 1788. 2 vols. Svo. 7. Uber die Verwandtschaft der Gartenkunst und der Malery (im gothaish. Magazine. 1773. Krause, Ch. L. Fiinfzigjahrige erfahrungsmiassige Unterrichte von der Gart- nerey. Berlin. 2 vols. Svo. 1774. Glaser, J. F. Physikalishe 6konomische Abhandlung von den schdialichen Raupen der Obstbaume und bewdhrten Hiilfsmitteln, solche abzuhalten. Leipsic. 8vo. 1775. Weiss, Frederick William, author of Flore Gottingensis, and other botanical works. Entwurf einer Forstbotanick. Gottingen, 1 vol. p. 358. Eight plates. i 1775. Saussure, Nicolas de, father of the famous natural philosopher(Horace Benedict de Saussure), was born in Geneva, in 1709, and died in 1790. He devoted himself to agriculture, and obtained a prize from the GEconomical Society of Auch, fora memoir on the subject. 1. Maniére de Provigner la Vigne sans engrais. Svo.: 2. Le feu, principe de la fécondité des plantes et de la fer- tilité des terres. 8vo. 1783. 3. Essai sur la Taille de la Vigne; et de la Rosée.$8vo. 1780. 1776. Mayer, or Meyer, John, gardener to the 3ishop of Wurzburg, in Franconia. He appears to have worked some time in the royal gardens at Paris, and to have travelled in England. His work is understood to have considerably promoted the culture of fruits in that part of the country where he lived. sig 1. Pomona Franconia, ou Description des Arbres Fruitiers, les plus estimés en Europe, de la cour de Wirtemberg,.“3 vols. 4to. Fr. and Ger. 264 plates. SaaP 2. Pomona Franconia, ou Description des Arbres Frui- tiers, les plus estimé en Europe, qui se cultivent, maintenant au Jardin dela cour de Wurzburg. Nuremberg- 2 vols. 4to. fig 1776. Schmidt, J. Ch. E. of Mecklenburg, at Ludvy Ce) , gardener to the Duke vigslust Gepriifte Anweisung zu der Erziehung, Pflanzung und Be- handlung der Hochstammen und Zwergtruchbaunie. Man- heim. 8vo.; 1776. Von Dieskau, Christian John Frederick. 1. Das regelmassige Versezen der Baume in Waldern und rorten. Meiningen. 8vo. 2. Vortheile der Gartnerey,&c. Coburg. 2 vols. 8vo. Lee AM, Gedanken tiber diejenigen Unterhaltunganstalten, die durch Holzsaat, und das Anflanzen in unsern Waldungen, nach der Natur derselben, unserer Kameralverfassung und dem Holz- handel geschehen kénnen. Berlin in Gesch. Naturf, Fr.2 Band. p- 307. 177... Anon. Anleitung fiir die Landleute in Absicht auf die Pflanzung der W Ider. Abhandl. der Naturforscher Gesellschaft in Zurich. 3 B. and p. 205-266. 1777. Anon. Die beste Art und Weise Ananas zu pflanzen, aus einer franzdsischen Handscrift tibersetzt; or, The best manner to plant ananas, and to keep them through summer and winter in vineries and frames, so as to obtain ripe fruit; with a correct description of the insects, and particularly of the Coccus Bro- melia, or the ananas’ shield, whlch is so injurious and even deadly to this noble plant; and a sure method of destroying them. With three plates. Translated from a French manu- script. Stutgard. 8vo. 1778. A plate of a pine and grape- house, one of pits for pines, and one of the Coccus Bromelia. It is chiefly an abridgment of La Court’s Directions for Cultivating os Pine Apple.(See Dutch authors on gardening, 37. Ae Deely, e 1777. Hiltenbrand, Ant. (stericher Weinkatechismus, oder kurzer Unterricht von Weinbau in(streich. Vienna. 8vo. 1778. Mayer, J. F. 1. Von Gartenbau. Frankfort on Maine. 8vo. 2. Der Maykafer als Wurm und Vogel, in Garten, auf /Ekern, und auf Wiesen,&c. Nurenburg. 8vo. 1768. 1778. Voch. Erste Griinde fur Gartenrisse. Augsb. 8vo. 1779. Walther, I. Tac. Praktische Anleitung zur Gartenkunst; oder des Schwd- bischen Gartners getreuer Unterricht. mit einem dreyfachen Gartenkalendar. Stutgard. 8vo. plates. 1779. Weismantel, J. N., a florist at Leipsic. Blumisterey- Leipsic. 8vo. plates. 1780. Faudel, Frederichs Gulielmus. Specimen insug. de Viticultura Richovillana Argent. 4to. aC » OU. 1780. Gotz, J. F. Anweisung zur vortheilhafiigen Anlegung der Baumschulen, Baum und Kiichengarten aut dem Lande,&c. Altenburg. 8vo. 1780. Feuereisen, K. Glo. Praktische Abhandlung ueber einige wichtige Gegensttinde in der schénen Gartnerey; nebst einem Anhang von einigen in Gartenhiuserm, Mistbeeten und in freyen Garten befindli- chen fruchten. Han. 8vo.; 1781. Beckmann, John, professor of economy in the university of Géttingen, was born at Haye, in the kingdom of Hanover, in 1739; he wrote a num- ber of works, but is best known by his History of Inventions. After a life of great industry and use- fulness, and loaded with academical honors, he died in 1811. i 1. Gartenblumen, in his Geschichte der Erfindungen, 2 Band, p: 296-308. i ae z 2. Versuche und Erfahrungen tiber die Xunst Holz zu sien. Leipsic. 2 vols. 8vo. 1781. Salzmann, F. Z., gardener to Frederick IJ. of Prussia, at Potsdam.( f 1. Griindliche Anweisung wie man allerley Kiichengew4chse und Spicerey Krauter durch das ganze Jahr zu behandeln hat. 2. Pomologie. Berlin, 1774.' 1781. Marter, Fr. Jos., a commercial gardener near Vienna. q Verzeichniss der oesterrichen Baume, Stauden und Busch- gewachse, mit Kurzgefeatsten Anmerkurgen Uber die Natur und okonomische Geschichte deselben. Vienna. 8vo. 1782. Ehrhart, Frederick. g Garten Anmerkungen.(Printed in the Hanover Magazine, ». 529. 524.) 1782. Medikus, Frederick Kasimir, author of a number of works on botany and natural history. zur schénen Gartenkunst. Manheim, 8vo- p. 378 ung tiber die Versuche, auslandischer Baume und che an unsern Himmelsstrich anzugewohnen. 3emerkung der Kuhrptiltzischen. Phys. dkon. Gesellsch, 1778, p. 29—61. Mee p Ib. 1780, p. 131—177.:; 5. Von eae Finflusse der strengen Winter der drei Jahre yon 1782 bis 1785 auf die Kultur fremder an unsern Himmels- strich angewohnter, oder anzugewohnender| Baume und Straucher,&c. Vorles. derselb. Ges. 1 Band, p- 39—176. 6. Ueber das Ausdaurungsvermogen des C annacorus in freyer Luft. Usteris Annalen der Botanick, 13 stuck, p. 39—43. 7. Briefe uber die Robinia. 12mo. 1804. 1783. Von Wilke,G.W.Cst. 1. Sammlung der wichtigen Regeln in’der Kiichengdrtnerey, nebst hauslicher Renutzungslehren. Halle. 5vo.; ft 2. Sammlung der witchtigen Regeln in der Baumgiart- nerey. Leipsig, 1783.* oa fandbuck for Lustgartner und Blumenfriende. Halle, >. 1785. at ns ys 1783. Von Buresdorf, Frederick Augustus Louis, ;\ 5: Yi 2 ace Professor of Forstwissenschaft(Forest manage- ment) at Tegel near Berlin, where he formed an ) Book J of flection 7 i wit f. sive 310 Joh > Hoppe, J 183, HepPes«is Von det Po ee D Vienna,@ f some on thor of a1 bot 4, Blun 1786, Scho git extensive collection of American trees at the govern- ment expense, with a view to shee propagation and naturalisation in Prussia. Since his death the establishment has been managed by Mr. Hartig. ichen The und Grenzen der systema- s. Berlin, in Ges. Naturf. Fr. 4 band, | 1. Von den eigentl tischen Forstwissensct 9- tandigen Geschichte vorziiglicher Hol- ates. . Versuche einer vol zarten. Berlin. 2 vols. X Anleitung zu sicherer Erzichung und Zweckmassiger Anpél anzung der ischen und fremden Holzarten, = in Deutsc hlandim freien fortkommen. 2 theile, Berlin, 1783. oe epPe> John Christopher. n d Forstkentniss. Printed in his J 5 theil, Kili + Journal fur die( _2. Vortheile_zar Erzi Stutgard. 1750. Svo- 1784. Von Vothman, J. G. 1. Wartt und Anlegung des Spargels. 2. Oekonomischer praktischer Gartenkatechi vols. 5v0O. 1784. Plenck, Jos. Jacques, M. D. Vienna, author of a number of medi of some on= any. fel, I—— Alb. yartnerey- ung eines guten aamens. Baumtrockr i den Er phala 2 und durch einen Versuch erli ome} L- _1787. Gme lin, John Frederic “ Abhandlung ut yer die Wu 1788. Samrow, Cp. L. Verfahrung einer praktischen Anleitung zum Teltower Riibenbau. Berlin. Svo. 1788. Gerthing, Joseph. Gedanken, W finsche und Vi rschlage zu Emporbringung der nutzbaren Gartnerey. Jena. 8vo- 1788. Ranfft, J. F. L Beschreit ou einer sehr vortheilhaftis Aurikel-Stellage. Freyburg. Svo. 2. Bemerkun eeu und Regeln der Aurikel. Bey J as Rar Leipsic. 8vo. mtroc Nelken und die Cultur im. Val. Seeli Erfurth.-18 1788. Rode, a feat ated landscape-painter in Berlin. 1. Ground Plan of the Garden« r 8vo. plates. 2 n Grur id Pl an des Book lI. GERMAN WORKS ON GARDE 93. Be rnstein, J. Glo. 1 i. uch die nach den Garten nach den Gn “Baum zucht im Gro Niitzliche Bemerk Gartens zu Wé _ Etler, J. Ch - Die Farben d ler Nel 4 Grae Sierst GHIE K) p. Einige Bemerkun erfrornen Baume. he bctet aie . Garte fren: 1790. Feige, K. The a Te, des A I nebst einer Beschrei 3erlin. 8vo. 1791. BOEEs John Jacqu S. Garten der hiedener Pflanzen Sen aaron teu oO zu W ahring z un n Winter 1785 und 1789. ebst einem ad Wein- Von Hass, J. J. Ad. chtungen iiber den ypographus, oder Wi ipsic. 8vo. Anon. rweisung fur Anlegung der Garten ix Leipz. 4to. plates. Anon. ig und Veredlung Leipsig. 8vo. Sick ler, the Rev. er Teutsche Ob r moran “Sc chiller, I. Kp. Giessen. Svo. Albonico, J. H. n- e1psic- dvo. Becker, W. Glo. NING. x d ifer an der Troekniss der fi chten- der regelmassigen Garte tranfosisct isdtzen der Englische! irtner. fiir Liebhaber, v — Kp. nb au fiir die Gartn gen fiir Garten und Blumenfre K. Austria, 2 Volkmar, who main- ains a nursery for the propagation and sale of fruit- ihren Ga ar- en in an 1126 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. ee distinguished military character and courtier, who wrote 14 volumes on military, and 14 on mixed Subjects. He commanded under Frederic the Great, and the Empress Catherine, and visited England and every country in Europe. He was universally es teemed and beloved. He died in Vienna at an ad- vanced age in 1814. Coup d’(Bil sur Bel-(£il(a seat of his own near Paris), et sur un grand partie des jardins de l'Europe._In tomes 1| and 2 of his(uvres mélées, and abridged in Memoirs et lettres de Marechal Prince de Ligne,&c. Lon- don, 2 vols. 12mo. 1819. 1798. Spitz, Ans. Cp. 1. Ueber Erziehung guter und neuer Obst-und Spielarten aus Kernstammen. Erfurth. 8vo. 2. Bemerkung iiber die durch das Abschalen der Baumrinde vermehrte Fruchtbarkeit der Baume. Erfurth. 8vo. 1802. 1798. Achard, Franz. Karl, director of the phy- sical class in the Royal Academy of Sciences, Berlin. Ausfithrliche Beschreibung der Methode, nach welcher bei der Kultur der Runkelriiben verfahren werden muss, um ihren Zukkerstoff nach Mégliehkeit zu vermehren, und sie so zu er- halten, das sie mit Vortheil zur Zukkerfabrikazion angewerdit werden kann. Berlin. 8vo- 63. Translated in Nicholson’s Journal, vol. iii. 237. 1798. Grohmann. 1. Schéne Gartenkunst. Leipsig, eight plates. 2. Id gazin fi iebhaber von Garten und Englischen Anlagen. 60 Hefte. Leipsig, 1779 and 1805, 4to. plates.‘This is one of the most popular works in Germany in respect to plans for gardens. 3. Kleines Ideemagazin oder Sammlung von Ideen die mit- wenig Kosten aus zufithren, é&c. 5 This work may also be had in French under the following title: Magasin petit, ou recueil d’idées peu dispendieuses a ex- écute. Leipsic, fol. 12 cahiers. plates. 4. Plans nouveaux pour distribuer et orner des petits Jar- dins. Leipsic. folio. 1798. Anon. Nelkenflor, oder nach der Natur gemaltes Verzeichnis aller schénen und guten Sorten Nelken. Meissen. 8vo. 1798. Hildt, I. Adf. Sammlung inheimische und auslandische Holzarten, zur technologische Kenntnisse, Charakten und Waarenkunde aller kunst farb nnd apothekhélzer. Weimer. 4to. Sold with 144 specimens of woods, of two inches in length each, for 14 dollars, or of five or six inches long each, for 36 dollars.(See 1792. Huber.) 1798. Gatterer, Cp. W. Jac., author of a work on zoology. Forst Kalendar, oder Verzeichnis den Verrichlungen in je- dem Monate. Ulm. 8vo. 1798. Datlinger, Prosp. 1. Vollstandige Geschichte der Borkenkafers, Fichtenkrebses, oder sogennanten schwartzen Wurms- Weisenbach. 8vo. 2. Gesammelte Nachrichten und Bemerkung iiber die Fich- tenspinner oder die Baumraupe Phalaena: Bombyx pini, Linn. Weisenbach. 8vo. 3 plates. 1798. Jordens, J. H. Geschichte der kleinen Fichtenraupe, oder der Larve von der Phalzena Monacha, Linn: mit Beytragen zur Berichtigung der Ausrottungsmittel dieser Waldverheererin. Hof. 4to- plates. 1798. Zoph, K. Die Nonne im Walde und ihre Schwestern; kein Roman. Leipsic. 8vo. 1798. Bretschneider, K. Beat. Beytrage zur Kentniss der verderblichen Fichtenraupen. Weimar. Svo. 1799. Erbstein, K. F. W. Aurikelflor, oder nach der Natur gemalte Versamlung aller vorziiglich schénen Sorten Aurikel. Meissen. Svo. plates. 1799. Diel, Augustus Frederick Adrian, M.D. of Nassau, Dietz; a scientific writer on gardening. 1. Versuch einer systematischen Beschreibung der in Deutsch- land gewénlichen Mernobstsorten. Frankfort on the Maine; 10 yols. of Apples, and 5 of Pears, to 1807. 2, Uber die Anlegung einer Obstorangerie in Scherben, und die Vegetation der Gewachse. Frankfort on Maine. 12mo.1796. 1800. Keyser, G. Ad. Ueber die Veredlyng des Obstes und der Verhandlung der Obstkernstamme. Erfurth, Svo. 1800. Von Weiss, K, Deutliche Anweisung der Nelken durch Schnitlinge zu verm- ehren; nebst einigen Gedanken tiber die Entstehung und Fortpflanzung der Nelkenlause und deren Yertilgen. Halle. 8vo. 1800. Anon. 1. Einige Bemerkungen eines Rheinlanders uber den Wein- bau des seits des Rheins zwischen Mayne und Bingen. Nau’s Neue Entdeckung. 1 Band. 63. 2. Ueber das besetzcn, der rottfelder, und die frage ob Vei- flinge oder Blindholzzum Anpflanzen junger Weingarten am vortheilhaftesten seyn. 1801. Fukker, F. Jac. Beschreibung des Tokayer Gebirgs, nebst Belehrung wie bey der Weinlese zer verfahren. Vienna. 8vo. 1801. Hermes, I. Gf. Beschreibung der vorziiglichsten Gartenblumen nach der Zeitfolge betrieben. Zerbst. 8vo, 1801. Hiibner, K. Jos. 1. Blumisterey Bemerkungen aus dem Jahr 1800, fiir Nel- kenliebhaber,&c. Brezlau. 8vo, 2. Sirisas, vollstandiger charakter der Gartennelke oder Grassblume. Reichenbach. 8vo, 1814. 1802. Berger, Ch. Glo. 1. Taschenbuch fiir Blumenfreunde, oder kurze Charak- teristik und Anweissung zur Cultur der vorziiglichsten in neu- deutschen Garten befindliche Gewachse. Leipsic, 2 vols. 8vo. 2. Handbuch zur Pflanzenkenntniss fiir Okonomische Gar- tenliebhaber und Forstliebhaber zur leichten und yortheilhaf- tigen Betreibung ihrer Ge.chafte. Leipsic. v9. b 1802. Goring, E. H. I. Bm. Trommsdorff’ F. K. L. Sickler. Hanend Deitscher Gartenschatz; herausgegebe f Sickler. Erfurth. 5 vols. 8vo. See me _ 1802, Sickler, Francis Karl Ludwig, son of Dr. Volkmar Sickler, a scholar and antiquarian, He in- vented, in 1805, a drill-plough, called the spirodi- phere, and in 1816 came to England, to submit to overnment a plan for unrolling the Herculanean 1SS., which, however, was not attended with success, 1. Allgemeine geschichte der Obstkultur von den Zeiten der Pence bis auf die gegenwartigen herab. 1st vol. Frankfort. 8vo. 2. Der vollkommene Oradngeriegartner, oder vollstiindige Beschreibung der Limonen, Citronen, und Pomeranzen, oder der Agrumi in Italien, und ihrer Cultur. Weimar, 1815. 4to. plates. an analysis of this work is given in the third volume of the Horticultural Transactions, by Dr. Noehden. 1802. Déetrich, Fr. Gli. court-gardener at Eise- nach, to the Duke of Saxe Weimar. 1. Vollistandiges Worterbuch der Gartnerey und Botanique (the Introduction by Sprengel). Berlin. 10 vols. 8vo. 2. Oekonomischer botanischer Garten-journal. Eisenach. 6 vols. 8vo. 1795. 3. Wintergartner, oder Anweisung der beliebten Modeblu- men und cekonomischer Gewdchse ohne Treibhauser und Mistbeete in Zimmern, Kellern, und Andem Behiltern zu iberwintern, oder sie fiir den offnen Garten vorzubereiten. Weimar. 8vo. 1801. 4. Unterhaltungen fiir Gartner und Gartenfreunde. Tu- bingen. 8vo. 5. Die Linnzen Geranien fiir Botaniker und Blumenliebha ber,&c. Weimar. 4to. 6 parts, many plates. 6. Die Weimar Flora, oder Verzeichniss der im Herzogli- chen Park, in Weimar, befindlichen Baume, Straucher and Stauden. Eisenach. 5vo. 1500. 7. Nachtrag zum Lexicon der Gartnerey und Botanick. Berlin. 8vo. 1520. 1802. Schroter, I. Sm. 1. Erfahrungen in Meinem Blumem-obst-und Gemuss- garten. 2. Abhandlung iiber Girtnerey und Blumisterey. Eisen- bach. 8vo. 1802. 1802 Friederich, I. P. Den Kiichengarten, Schwerin. 8yo- 1802, Rudolphi, J. Ch. : Garten-Kalender fiir das ganze Jahr. Meissen. Syo. p. 184. : 2. Nelkentheorie, oder eine in systematischer Ordnung nach der Natur gemalte Nelkentabel. Meissen. fol. 1787. 1802. Szegel, é Description Pittoresque des Jardins du gout le plus moderne, ornée de 28 planches. Leipsick. 4to. 1802. 1803. Leonharde, F. G. and J. H. Seidel. 1. Der Friihlings und Sommer Gartner, oder Anweisung, jede Art von Blumen, wohlriechende niedrige Strauch Stau~ den, und rankende Gewichse, nebst Ktichengarten-Krautern, so wie auch Obst-Orangerie nach art der Chinesen in Scherben za erziehen— und fiir den Winter aufzubewahren, und zu er- halten. Leipsic, Svo. 2 plates. 2. Forst und Jagd-Kalendar. Leipsic. 1794, 8vo. 1803. Rocholl, A. Die Kunst Zwergobstbaume und unter diesen besonders$} a- lierbaume zu erziehen und zu Behandeln, Leipsig. Svo. 1803. Weber, F. Bd. Handbuch der Oekonomischen Litteratur; oder systematische Anleitung zur kentniss der deutschen 6konomischen Schriften, &c. Berlin. 2 vols.$vo. 1804. Wendf, G. T. K. Deutschlands Baumzucht, oder Verzeichniss der Holzarten, welche das Klima von Deutschland im Freyen aushalten; nebst Angabe ihrer Grésse, Erforderliche ihres Bodens, Standes, der Bluthezeit, Reife und Ausdauer. Eisenbach. 8vo. 1804. Ritter, Ch. Tafel der Culturgewaehse in Europa, geographisch nach den Klimaten dargestellt. Schnepfenthal. 1 large sheet. 1804. Frege, Ch. A. Versammlung einer Classification der Weinsorten nach ihren Beeren. Meissen. 8vo. 1804. Sprengel, Kurt, Professor of Botany at Hull, son of the celebrated botanical author of that name, and author of an Introduction to Botany, and other works. Gartenzeitung. Halle, 1804 to 1806. 4 vols. 8vo. 1805. Mayer, Frederick. Der Monats-gartner. Giessen. 8vo. 1805. Theuss, Theodore. 1. Monatlich Garten-Handbuch iiber obst und Gemisegir- tenerey. Halle. 1805. sl Allgemeines Blumenlexicon. 2 Band. 8vo. Weimar. 3. Handbuch fiir Gartenbesitzer die keine gelernte Gartner sind,&c. Gotha. 8vo. 1805. 4, Der Obstbaumzucht nach theoretischen und praktischen Grundsatzen bearbeitet. Halle. 8vo. 1504. 1805, Kannegiesser, F. A. 1. Die Gattungen der Rosen. Freyburg. 4to. 2. Aurikeltloren. Dresden, 1800, 2 vols. Svo. 3. Abhandlung der Levkoyen. Dresden. 4to. 1807. 4. Abhandlung der Ranunkeln und Anemonen. Dresden, 1805. Von Hagen, F. W., a forester. Ueber die Verwiistung der Borkenkafer und die Mittel ihnen zu begegnen. Gottingen, Svo. 1805. Breitenbach, Ph. Fr. Die Obst-Oekonomie, oder vollstandiger Unterricht in Erzie- hung Wartung und Pflege der Obstbaume,&c. Berlin. 2 vols: 8vo, Boot h vehardt, iy Burt ithe hen sch ol og st U tell ae lent, 1800+ anze HES Gotthartl, of Saame as nd pans 1M: iver Unter fim. Hatsendiget U te ing det Opstbi frankhelt Ip. 4 Deutschlant Tang des Wells ing ind, Der erberitzen hauc q S90 as “9) Yon Stetter h ymnol0gies § parts. 1808. Poschars chase; mit 1809, Bouché, 1 Berlin, the first wh houses in Pruss! Die Zimmer und m Blumen und bew Bar t and antiquary, a at the Toilette of Newesten Lite Racemazionen zur(jr det the title of Prag the May, Bneye, 7th; 1610 Willdenow, Perl, author of va Tew edition of the§) 1, Ueber de Anzucht (Mag, du G, p. 212, Tonte Preisschrif le mizlicher Wj ischen Preisfrage fre Baumzuc 1810, Altona. Altenburg Po Pap Iy, TOmnsdonp ai “Yon J, Volkmar Mii, kon of Dr, rin He in. tl the iri, oy Spitod. nd Ubt to b Ue Hetculanean UN atlended with ge Tolume of ty gardener at Bie lat, Tiere und Botaniqne 1 LO val, Bro, ayumi, Risenach,§ fm 7 en Garten vormibetelten, nd Garleteunde, Ty. aniter und Blumenliths (3) Gartnerey und Bota, Blumemststund Gens. j und Biumistary, Bisa To anne Jitx. Meise. S10 ssteatisher Oninong nach Mesen fl 1 x aufouberdre, We Laps. 14,8. unter diese se pandeln, Lapse" jassior [itera chen boa a Verseichnis bland im Preset jeiche hres BASS va, Bs roy, ere a lage 01 380] yy: Hl qoltoro! Da uy in 4p ono other Anis S10 0 155# 1, S10 of Genie" 9 ych the + ten, We a ie l fe Gat vet ese tenet 9, 1h sigan ie 1 a t, ial jeri ne i st, B* pen id| eae Boox I. 1805. Burchardt, Th. H. 0.| Pomologische Bibliothek, oder alphabetisches Verzeichnis der Pomologischen Schriften; mit Zuschreiben und Berich- tung, nebst Urtheilen alter und neuerer Shriftsteller iber Po- moiogie. Coblentz, 1805. 1805. Weissenbruch, J. W. Jos. Das Ganze des Kiichengartenbaues. Frankf. on the Maine. 2 vols. 8vo. 1806. Gottharat, J. Ch. and R. Eyscrbock. 1. Der deutsche Saamengiartner, oder Anweisung zur Kent- niss, Erziehung und Aufbewahrung der in Deutschland ein- heimischen Kirchensamereyen,&c. Erfurth. Svo. 4%. Der Deutsche Gemiis-und Kiichengartenbau. 8vo. 1797. 3. Vollstandiger Unterricht von der Erziehung und Behand- lung der Obstbiume, nebst Anziehung ihrer Feinde und Krankheit. Ib. 8vo. 1798.| 4. Deutschlands Weisnbau,&c. Ib. 2 vols. 8vo. 5. Der Rathgeber in der Obstbaumzucht, fiir Birger und Landleute, U.S. W. Ib. 8vo. 1804. 6. Der Theoretische Praktische Wein und Kellermeyster, oder vollstandige Unterrichtung in der Cultur und Behand- lung des Weins- 1b. 8vo. 1806. Windt, L. G. Der Berberitzenhauchein Feind des Wintergetreides. Ha- nover. 8vo. 180.. Von Stetterheim, Frederick. Pomologie. 8vo- 1806. Giinther, J. Jac. Anweisung fiir Weinbauer wider das Beschddigen durch Frahjahr und Herbstfréste. Heidelburg. 8yvo. 1806. Waller, K. Alzi. Der Stubengartner—nebst einem Anhang wie im Winter schéne Blumen zu erziehen. Nordhouse. 8vo. 1807. Réssig, K. Glo. of Leipsic, an amateur. 1. Versuch iiber den Gartenmohn,&c. Leipsic, 5vo- 2. Tractate iiber Cultur aller sorten Obstbaume,&c. Sch- neeberg. 8vo. 1792. 3. Oekonomische Beschreibung der vorziiglichen Arten, Ab- Erfurth. handlung und Spielarten der Rosen,&c. psig. 1799 4. Die Rosen nach der Natur gezeichnet,&c. Leipsic, folio, 8 parts. 1808. Poscharsky, Ch. F. 1. Der Monats Gartner. Pirna. 8vo. 2. Der Stuben-gartner,&c. Ib. Svo. 1808. Rosenberg, O. F. Anleitung Fruchtbaume durch das Copuliren zu veredeln. IXénigsberg. 8vo. 1 plate. 1809. Hellbach, J. Ch. Handbuch iiber den Kiichengartenbau fiir die grosse Volk- classe; mit Zweckmiassiger Literature versehen. Erfurth. 5vo. 1809. Bouché, Pierre, a Frenchman. A florist at Berlin, the first who introduced bulbs in green- houses in Prussia. Die Zimmer und Fenstergiarten, oder Anweisung die beleib- testen Blumen und Gewaschse in Zimmern und Fenstern zu ziehen und zu iiberwintern; nebst elmer Anweisung zur Blu- mentreibery- Berlin. Svo- 1809. Dreyssig. Der Levkoyen Gartner, oder Anweisung zur Cultur der Lev- koyen, U. S. W- Erfurth. 8vo. 1809. Christ, I. L.,a clergyman at Kronberg, near Frankfort on the Maine. 1. Beobachtungen tiber die heisse und trockne Witterung cles Sommers 1800, deren Ursache, und Mittel die weitern Zunah- me des Uebels zuvorzukommen. Frankfort on Maine. Svo- 2. Praktisches Gartenbuch. Heilbrun. 2 vols. Svo. 1811. GERMAN WORKS ON GARDENING. 1127 Annalen der Altenburgischen pomologischen Gesellschaft. Altenberg. 8vo. y 1810. Kalb. Bhd. H.| Der Weinbau nach theoretischen und praktischen Kent-| nissen. Stuttgard. 5vo., 1810. Laurop, P. Nf ber’ Annalen der Forst-und Jagdwissenschaft. Darmstadt. Svo. A‘ 4 volume appears occasionally.| 1810. Rieffelson, Pt. Beschreibung und Abbildung der von ihm erfundenen| grossen Kraft-und Hebemaschine, mittelst welcher in wenig| zeit Baume von ansehnlicher Grosse samt ihren Wurzeln aus fi der Erde gehaben, und ungeheure Lasten von der Stelle ges-} chafft werden Kénnen. u.s.w. Hamburgh. 4to. 5 plates.{ 1810. Guimpel, F., a botanical draughtsman and engraver at Berlin. Abbildung der deutschen Holzarten fur Forstmanner und| Liebhaber der Botanik; mit Beschreibung desselben von K. W. Willdenow. Berlin, in numbers in 4to., colored plates. Nos. 35 and 36 were published in 1821, containing specimens of the woods of the following trees and shrubs: Juniperus sa- bina, communis and nana; Taxas baccata; Atriplex portula-, coides; Acer pseudo platanus, platanoides, austriacum and campestre; and Fraxinus excelsior. 1811. Crome, G, of Hanover. Der Boden und sein Verhiltniss,&c.(Method of knowing soils by their plants, turf,&c.) Hanover. 8yo. 18 Ransleben holds a government situation at Berlin, and propagates fruit-trees for sale in his garden there. Einige Aufsatze fiir Gartenfreunde,&c. Leipsic. 8vo. 1811. Fritsch, A——. Versuch eines Birn systems. Altenburg, folio, colored plates of fruit. 1812. Fischer, V. F. Anleitung zur Triiffeljagd,&c.(Truffle hunting, in Germany, is considered as part of forest management.) Carlsrouhe. 8yo- 1812. Wadlroth. Geschichte des Obstes der Alten. Ist Heft. Halle. Svo. p.169. 1813. Kellermann. Bemerkungen tiber de Felpe- Magdebourg. 8vo. 1813. Kecht,J.C., a varnisher of carriages at Berlin. Versuch einer durch Erfahrung erprobten Methode den Weinbau zu verbessern. Berlin. 8vo. 1 plate. 1814. Geist, J——, M.D. Ueber die Verbesserung des Weinbaus. Wiirtzburg. Svo. 1814. Corthum, J. E., a lady. Handbuch ftir Gartenfreunde,&c. Zerbst. 2 vols. Svo.- j 1815. Bockmann, A., professor of forest manage- ment at Geissen, Beschreibung eines hiéchst einfachen und wohlfeilen Hihen- i\ messens, womit in Gebirge, wie in der Ebene, die Hihen der i Baume ohne Gehiilfen leicht geschwind und genau gemessen werden Kénnen. Giessen. 8vo. plates.| 1815. Zeyher, and G. Romer, the former director| of the Duke of Baden’s gardens. Ht| Beschreibuns der Gartenanlagen zu Schwetzingen. Man- heim. 8vo. 9 plates, and a plan of the garden. 1816, Hempel, G. E. L. a clergyman. Der Pomologische Zauberring- Ein leichtes Mittel jeden Obstbaum zum Tragen zu zwingen.- Nunneberg. 8vo- 1817. Lindegaard, Peter, C.M.H.S. gardener to| the King of Denmark.} A new Method of Forcing Grapes. London. 8vo. Trans{ lated from the Danish. 1817. Roulet, Jean Antoine, cultivator at Péseur. Recueil de Mémoires sur la Culture de la Vigne successive- 3. Der Baumgirtner auf den Dorfe, oder Anweisung wie der remeine Landmann Obstbaume erziehen und benutzen kinne. “yankfort on Maine. 8vo. 1792. 4. Handbuch der Obstbaumzucht und Obstlehre. Ib. 8vo. 794. 5. Pflanzung and Wartung der niitzlichsten Obstbaume, &c. Ib. 8vo. 1789 6. Pomologisches, theoretisches, praktisches Handwéorter- buch. Leipsic. 4to. 1802. 7. Plan zum Anlegen eines Obstgartens. Tb, fol, 1799. 8. Die Krankheit Uebel und Feinde der Obstbaume und ihre Abhilfe. Frankfort on Maine. 8vo. 1808. 9. Von Weinbau,&c. Ib. 1795. 8vo- 10. Geschenk an den Weinhandler von Wichtigkeit Anwei- gung, Roggen in Weinbergen zu bauen. Ib. 1791. 8vo- 11. Vollstandige Pomologie, und zugleich systematisch rich tiges und beschreibung Verzeichniss der vornehmsten Sorten des Kern und Steinobstes,&c. die Christische Baumschule zu Kronberg. Ib. 8vo- plates. 1810. Von Sponeck. Forstliche Aufsatze und Bemerkungen. Manheim. Svo. 181-. Sternberg, Baron V on,of Bohemia,an amateur. 1. Ueber die Kwtur der Alpenpflanzen. 3ot. Ges. in Re- genbarg Abh. i. 2 Flora subterranea. 1817. Boettinger,C. A., an eminent German scholar and antiquary, author of Sabina, or Morning Scenes at the Toilette of a Roman Lady; of Zusammen Neuesten Literatur,&c. Racemazionen zur Gartenkunst der Alten. der the title of Fragmens sur le jardinage des anciens, in the Mag. Encyc. 7th Année.) 1810, Wéalldenow, C. L. new edition of the Species Plantarum of Linnzus. 1. Ueber die Anzucht auslindischer Baume und Strauche.- (Mag. du G. p. 212.) 2. Gekronte Preisschriften itber die von der Kurf iirstlichen Wissenschaften zuErfurt aufgegebener Akademie nizlicher (Nov. Art. Acad. Magunt, tom pomologischen Preisfragen- ii. 159. 5. Berlinishe Baumzucht,&c. Berlin. 8vo. 7 plates, cc lored 1810. Altenburg Pomological Society. 1 (Translated un- ils professor of botany at Berlin, author of various botanical works, and of a otique de Neufchatel. Neufchatel. Svo. 1817. Cotta. i Aaweisung yon Waldbau. Dresden. 8vo. p- 226. 1818. Bechstein, D. I. M., author of a work on domestic animals, and professor of forest cconomy at Nurenberg.;:| Forstinsectologie, oder Natur-geschichte der fitrden Wald| L schidlichen und niitzlichen Insecten, nebst Einleitung in die Insectenkunde ttberhaubt. Nurenberg. Svo. colored plates. 1519. Hundeshagen, C—. i Arleitung zum Entwerfen von Bauholzanlagen, und zur zweckméassigen Aufarbeitung,&c. Tubingen. Svo. plates.| a 1820, Wetzhausen von Truchsess. Systematische Classification der Kirschensorten. Stutgard. | ment présentés et couronnes yar la Société d’éinulation patri- | Svo.} Two hundred and thirty-three sorts of cherries are here{ described. 1820. Schreiber, J- G:: Anweisung zum Beschneiden der Fruchtbaume. Zullichau.\| 7 8vo. ey} wf 1820, Blotz, F. and J- C. Christ.\‘ Die Gartenkunst. 3d edit. 5 vols. 8vo. 1820. Lupin, an amateur.| Die Garten. Vienna. 12mo.- 1821. Anon. i Neue Erfindung wie man tm Winter Ananas, Spargel\ wetabilien ingleichen Rosen-| chen, Hyacinthen,&c. ohne Mistbeet und sogar in Zimmern erziehen und zur Reife bringen kan. Nuremberg. Svo. This piece of horticultura) quackery is sold in a sealed en- velope. The pamphkt contains@ few pages, illustrated by a plate.‘The mode is to introduce boiling water into a leaden losed in a ease or frame, containing the plants; to renew it as it cools, and give very little air. Rios ¥, Neue Gartenbau Kunst, oder Sammlung zur Verzierung des Parks und Garten. Leipsic. folio, 8 plates. i ; 1821. Bertuch, M., author of an Essay on Hiero- Melonen,&c. und andere Ve cistern, enc glyphies. Garten- Magazin. 5 vols. and 6 numbers | } C4 Weimar. One or more numbers annually. , published up to Jame lpzl. a i a rp | | Pit ‘ d } | Suxssect. 8. Works on Gardening published in Italy, exclusive of STATISTICS OF GARDENIN Parn 1 Ve 2 ory Lranslations. 7694, A considerable number of books on rural affairs have been published in Italy; ::! We but there, where garden and field culture are so nearly allied, gardening and agricul- ture have been so blended by the writers, that it is difficult to know under which depart- ment to include the books. The best work for giving a general idea of the state of cul- ture in Italy is, the Annali dell’ Agricultura, 1546. Alamanni, Louis, a Florentine gentleman, an eminent poet, born in 1495. Having conspired against Julius de Medicis(Pope Clement VII.), he took refuge in France, where he was well received by Francis I., and sent in embassies to several courts. He wrote several poems, beside the follow- ing, and died in 1556. Della Coltivazione. It is translated into French with the title of Georgiques Liuliennes. 1595. Bacoti, 4A-——. De Naturali Vinorum Historia, de Vinis Italie, et de con- viviis antiquorum, libri viii. folio, Rome. 1622. Soderini, Giovanvettorio, e Bernardo Dava- ati. Coltivazione toscana delle viti e d’alcuni alberi. Aggiun- tovi la coltivazione degli olivi; ai Piero Vettori. Firenze. 4to. 1629, Rendella, Prospero Tractatus de vinea, vindemia et vino. Ven. fol. 1633, Ferrari, Jokn Baptist, a Jesuit of Sienna, author ofa Syriac dictionary, and other works; died in 1665, 1. Hesperides, sive de Malorum aureorum Cultura et Usu, libri iv. Rome. fol. 1646. 2. Flora, seu de Florum Cultura, lib. iv. Rome, 4to, 1633. 1670. Falli, Francesco. Dialogo interno alld Cultura della vite. Florence. 8vo. Bes 167-. Caronelli, Conte Pietro de Memoria sulla Coltivazione delle viti.(Atte della Soc. Pa- triot. de Milano, vol. iii. p. 3. 83. 167-. Bramieri, Don Giutio. Transunto delle riporte al quesito della Societa Patriotica de Milano, intorno alla Coltivazione delle viti.(Arti Patriot. de Milano, vol. iii. p. 84. 157.) 1697. Sacconi, Agostino. Ristretto delle piante, con sui nome antichi e moderni, della terra, aria, e sito, ch’amano. Vienna. 4to. p. 127. 1726. Claricit, Paolo Bartolomeo, a Benedictine monk of Padua. Istoria e col ura delle piante che sono pel fiore pid rag- guardevoli, e pit distinte per ornare un giardino in tuito il tempo dell’ anno; con un trattato degli Agrumi. Venice. 4to. with a plan of the garden of Gerarde Sagredo. 1763. Arrigoni, Stefano. Trattato sulla cognizione e coltura de giacinti. Viterbo, 1763, in 8vo. fig. 1767. Cattaneo, Giacomo. Della Idropisia de’ Ge!si. Milano, 1767, in 8vo. 1769. Anon. Maniera di coltivare gli alberi fruttiferi, opera postuma d’ illustre autore, Firenze, 1769, in Svo- 1773. Anon. Trattato de’ fiori, che provengono da cipolla, in cui si con- tiene tutto cio, ch’ é necessario per ben coltivarli. Cremona. 12mo. p. 108. fasted y 1777. Toxzetti, Octavianus Targioni, M.D. regius professor of botany and agriculture at Florence; author of various works on agriculture; and his son has translated the Agricultural Chemistry of Sir H. Davy. Des differentes especes de Meuriers qui se cultivent dans le territoire Florentin.(Mém. Acad. Scien. Paris, 572.)— 1777. Brochieri, Francesco, gardener to the King of Sardinia, at Turin. Nuovo Metodo, adattato al Clima del Piemonte, per cul- tivare gli Annanas senza Fuoco. Turin. 12mo. 1 plate. He recommends pits and dung, or tan: this, he says, is the English and Dutch method, both which countries he had Visited.: 1780. Freylino, di Buttigliera, Conte. Sulla maniera di rescaldare economicamente le serre degli Ananassi. In the Opusculi, scelti. Florence. 8vo. tom xi. p-_15, 17. me 2 His improvement consists in mixing sawdust with tan or dung, to lessen expense, and prolong the heat. 5 1780. Borch, Michael Jean, Comte de, a Pied- montese gentleman, author of various works on lithology. Lettres sur les Truffes du Piémont. Milan. 8vo. 5 plates, 1783. Picciuoli, Guiseppe, curator of the garden of the illustrious Marchese Niccolo Panciatechi, at the Villa Loggia, near Florence. Memoria sulla coltivazione degli Ananassi. Printed at the end of Horto Panciatico, p. 24—32- Florence, 8vo. His method is nearly the same as that of La Court, and Brocchieri. See se ii. and A.D. 1777 above; he notices Bastard’s mode of ripening the fruit in water, translated and published in Opusculi scelti, tom. ii. and Count Freylino’s, of mixing sawdust with the dung. Brocchieri, he says, is one of the first gardeners in Italy. Ee i 1783. Gardini, M a physician at St. Da- miens, near Asti, in Piedmont. De influxa electricitatis atmospherios: in vegetantia, disser- 22 vols. 8vo. by F. Re. 1809 to 1814. Tash oe eas preemio donata anno 1782. 1787. Affaitata, Casimir. ee Villa, e l’accurato giardiniere in Citta. Bas- 1794. Bussato, Maro. Giardino di Agricoltura nel quale s’insegna tutto quello fe appartiene ad un perfetto giardiniero. Bassano, in 8vo. 1798. Comparetti, Andrea, a physician at Turin author of some anatomical dissertations.‘ Ibs Saggio sulla coltura e governo de’ Boschi. Padova, in 8yo. 1 2 vols. in 8vo. Memoria sopra le fecondazione dei fiori doppie. Mem dell’ Acad. de Sienna. tom. 8. ¥: 181-. Fernaini, D Louis, abbé of Vallom- brosa.: ertations sur la culture des sapins. Paris. 8vo. plate: Translated by M. Desaeres Fleurange.: Lae 1803, va, Sisismondo, a phyrician at Milan, who has a handsome villa in the suburbs. A Arte deerende Inglesi. Milano, 1803, 2 vols. in 8vo. ig- An edition afterwards in quarto, in great part tran lated from Hirschfield. i 4!; 1804. Bruley, C St. Domingo. Rapport sur Jes essais de culture des plantes, exotiques, diriges a la venerie,(at Turin) du departement du P6. Tuna. ovo. 1807. Carradori. Degli organi assorbenti delle radici delle piante. Milano, 1807, in 8vo. 1808. Barelle, Giuseppe. Descrizione esatta dei Funghi nocivi o sospetti, con figure colorate. Milano, 1807, in 4to. 1809. Re, Filippo, librarian to the Patriotic So- ciety at Milan, afterwards in the employ of govern- ment, at Turin, where he died in 1820 or 21. He wrote a great number of works on rural and econo- mical subjects, 1. Lettera su alcune particolarita osservate nella coltivazi one dei giardini del Milanese. Milano, 1811, in 8vo. - Lettera sopra alcune di quelle produzioni che volzar- mente dicono rose di quercia, e sulla michrorhizomania. Verona, 1814, in 4to. tig 5. Elementi di giardinajio. Milano. 1806, in 8vo. 4. Della poesia didascalica Georgica degli Italiani dopo il ristoramento delle scienza sino al presente. Saggio. Bologna, 1809, in 8vo. Annali dell” agricoltura del regno d'Italia comminciati in ¢» 1806, e terminati in Giugno 1814, 66 parts, formi g 2 vols 1 8vo. with about 50 plates. 6. I) Giardiniere avviato nell’ esercizio della sua professione, terza edizione. Milano, 1812, 2 vols. in Svo. con figure co- ; 4 proprietor of lands at L’Ortolano dirozzato. Milano, 1811, 2 vols. in 8vo. con la edizione. Milano, 1817, in&vo. 9. Saggio sopra la Storia e il Coltivamento dell’ Erba Me- dica. Seconda edizione rifusa e notabilmente accresciuta. Milano, 1817, in 8vo. 810. Anon. Della scelta degli alberi ne’ giardini e delle loro buone e cattive qualita. Venezia, 1810, in 8vo. 1810. Pozzz, George. Del vino, delle sue malattie, de suoi remedi,&c. Milan, 8vo. plates. 1810. Spadoni, Paolo. Dello stabilimento, piantagione e conservazione delle siepi, con il disegno per ben formarle. Venezia, in Svo. 1811. Savi, Getano. 1. Trattato degli alberi della Toscana. Firenze, 2 vols. in 12mo. ae Memoria sopra una piante Cucurbetacea. 8vo. Milano, 3. Sul Cedro dell Libano. 8vo. Firenze, 1815. 4. Suila Magnolia grandiflora e sulla M. acuminata. 8vo. Firenze, 1818. 1811. Soderini, S. 1. Trattato di agricoltura. Firenze, 1511, in 4te. ; 2 Della Cultura degli Orti e Giardini. Firenze, 1814, in 4to. 3. Trattato degli arbori. Ib. 1817, in 4to. 1811. Gallesio, Georgio, a magistrate at Savonna. 1. Traité du genre Cifrus. Paris. 8vo. 2. Pomona Italiana, ossia Trattato degli Albevi fruttiferi, in folio, con fig. Pisa, 1817, in parts, ll. lis. Gd. eavh. 1813. Benigni, Fortunato. Sugli insetti distruggitori delle Viti. Milano, in 8vo. 1813. Colla, Luig?. _L’Antolegista Botanico. Turino, 1813-14, 6 vols. in 8vo. fig. 1815. Gautieri, Giuseppe, inspector-general of the royal forests of Lombardy. 1. Noticie elementari s Naples. 8vo. - Saggio Teorico Pratico sulle Malattie delle piante. Se- rtorelli, spel albert indiBe Ie! on ale de: 1817. Mabil, 8 sagt sopra id $0~ “fl Anon. pel! Arie de Gia SuBsecl)| have been Pro" Jurnal of Caledonian Ho part of the Con 1560, Curt Hortorum it partim ex proba toris observatione ¢ 1613, Meursiss, the flower 0 f his fructicu 1909, Vander, 0 Prince of Ora Ig Jardinier H departerres& flears et les de lattes amstertel i 7 1672, Munliguis, 4 asor of botany at G 224, plates. 1616. Commelin, Jo Amsterdam in 1629, ene of the magis! formed a 0 His nephew, Gi appointed. pro Englished by G 682, Citricultur calture of the or trees.) Antwerp. 1703, Osten, or 0 the botanic garden< 1, Der Neiderla Translated into(rerm 2, The Dutch Garden Protestant refugee, Le Jardin de Holla Suasecr, 5, Wo 7696, Scandin A knowledge of the transactions ¢ 18, Anon, Fen NY trdagarden Bo vith Ary, Mansons Orta ISM, Rudheck.(7 Fe 1, Rudbeck, Ole Me son of the Bis re While a stude ‘Yuphatics in the ee he live tholine, He Py RT ly, sation, Loe ial In Italy. | a‘ericul. Witch depart. i Sale of cul. to 1Sl4, dowd ayy ine iniere in Cit, Be. insegna tatty gua i Basano, mf ican at Turi, , Lue of Vallom. Pat, Sto, pas, ihn, y, Miao) ee ‘ig MOY Boox f. DUTCH WORKS 2. Dell’ Influsso de’ Boschi sullo stato fisieo de’ Paesi, e sulla prosperita della nazione. Milano. 8vo, 1817. 3. Memoria sul pascolo de’ Boschi resinosi, da fronda, d’alto fusto e cedui. Milano, 1815. 8vo. 1816. Sartorelli, Giorgio Battisti. Degli alberi indigeni ai boschi del Italia superiore. Milano, 1816. Svo. Manuale del Giardiniere pratico,&c. Milan. 8yvo. 1817. Mabil, Sig. Luzgi, of Verona. Saggio sopra I’ indole dei giardini moderni. Verona, 1817. 181-. Anon. Dell’ Arte de Giardini Inglesi. 2 vols. 8vo. Sussecr. 4. ON GARDEN iG. 1129 1817. Pindemonte, Ippolito di, an Italian{ibe who has spent some time in England, and Luigi Mabil, a gentleman of Lombardy. i Su i Giardini Inglesi, e sul merito m cio’ dell* Italia, Disser- tazione d’ I. P.——e sopra l'indole dei giardini moderni saggio di L.M. Con altre operette sullo stesso argomento. Verona. 8vo. 1 plate. 1817. Anon. 1. Accurato agricoltore per Capri, Orti e Giardini, con tutte le regole della Coltivazione sulla fondata esperienza di uomini periti. Milano, 1817. 12mo. 2. Ea Coltura dei fiori a seconda del clima Lombardo. Ib. 1817. 12mo. Works on Gardening originated and published in Holland, exclusive of Translations. 7695. The Dutch excel more in the practice than in the literature of gardening. The works of La Court, and Van Osten, the former little known, are among the best that have been produced. There are none of recent date of any consequence. The Journal of a Horticultural Tour in Holland, Flanders,&c. by a deputation of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, gives the best idea of the state of gardening in that part of the Continent in 1817. 1560. Curtius, Benedictus. Hortorum libri xxx., in quibus contenetur arborum historia, partim ex probatissimis quibusque auctoribus, partim ex auc- toris observatione collecta. Leyden. fol. 1613. Meursius, Jean, died at Leyden, in 1613, in the flower of his age. De arborum fructicum et herbaceum proprietate usu et qua- litatibus, lib. iii. Leyden. 8vo- 1631. Cluyt, Outger Augerius, author of some works on minerals and insects. Memoire der vreemden blom-bollen, wortelen, kruyden, planten, struycken, zaden ende vruchten, hoe men die sal wel gheconditioneert bewaren ende over seynden, that is, Memoir on the mode of preserving and sending over in good condition foreign bulbs, roots, herbs, plants, shrubs, seeds, and fruits. Amsterdam. 8vo. 1699. Vander, Groen, I Prince of Orange. Le Jardinier Hollandais, avec environ deux centes modéles de parterres A fleurs et autres; labyrinthes, pavillons, ouvrages, treillis et mailles de lattes, et de quadrans et horloges solaires. Amsterdam. 4to. A 1672. Munliguis, Alrahoue, physician, and pro- fessor of botany at Groningen; born in 1626, died in 1682. De cura et cultura plantarum, Amstel. 4to. fig. 1676. Cause, D. H. De Koninglycke hovenier(the Royal Gardener.) Amster- dam. fol. p. 224, plates. 1676. Commelin, John, a botanist, was born at Amsterdam in 1629. He succeeded his father as one of the magistrates of his native city, where he formed a new botanical garden, and died in 1692. His nephew, Gasper Commelin, a physician, was appointed professor in botany, and director of the garden at Amsterdam. Nederlandtze Hesperides. Amst. fol. with many plates. Englished by G.V.N. London, 1683. 8vo. 1682. Van Sterbeeck Francis. Citricultura, of regeringhe der uythenische boomen.(Of the culture of the orange tribe, and the management of exotic trees.) Antwerp. 4to. p. 296, ee oe 1703. Osten, or Ooslen, Henry Van, curator of the botanic garden at Leyden. 1. Der Neiderlindische Garten. Leyden. Svo. 5 plates. Translated into German and French; and into English, as 2. The Dutch Gardener,&c. Lond. 1710. Svo. 1713. Anon. De nieuwe naauwkeurige Neederlandse hovenier.(The New Improved Dutch Court Gardener.) Leyden. 4to. p. 286, plates. 1721. Du Vivier, Jean, supposed to be a French Protestant refugee. Le Jardin de Hollande planté et garni de fleurs, de fruits, et d’orangeries,&c. Le tout apres une longue expérience, mis au jour pour V'intérét public. Amsterdam. 12mo. , gardener to the Supsect. 5. 1737. Anon.; the author Mr. La Court, a Dutch merchant, who had a country-house and fine gar- den at Driehoek,(triangle,) near Leyden, where he was the first to introduce and cultivate, with success, the pine-epple and the tuberose. He died between 1737 and 1740., Aenmerkingen over het aenleggen van landhuizen,.lusthoven, plantagion, enz, enz.(Remarks on the laying out of country- houses, pleasure-gardens, plantations,&c.&c.) Leyden. 4to- p- 412, with 15 plates. These plates contain plans of pits for growing the pine and the vine; a general plan of Driehoek, and figures of the pine- apple, tuberose, and some varieties of oranges and lemons. The book is very scarce; only a few having been printed. The only copy we have seen is in the Banksian library. 1752. Voorhelm, George, commercial florist at Haerlem, of the firm of Voorhelm and Van Zom- pel. Traite sur la Jaccinthe. 1760. Van Kampen, or Campen, et fils, florists, at Haerlem, Traité des Fleurs a oignons. 8yvo. with plates; translated with this title. The Dutch Florist; or, true method of managing all sorts of Flowers with bulbous roots. 4to. 1771. Knoop, Jean Herman, a gardener at Leu- warden, in Friezland, died about the end of the 18th century. 1. Pomologie, ou description les meilleures sortes de pommes et de poires que l’on estime et cultive le plus, soit aux Pays-bas, soit en Allemagne, soit en Angleterre. Amsterdam. fol. fig. 2. Fructuologie, ou description des arbres fruitiers, ainsi que des fruits que l’on plante et qu’on cultive communément dans les jardins. Amsterdam. folio. 1772. Poederle,——VUaine. Manuel de I’arboriste du forestier Belgique, ouvrage extrait des meilleurs auteurs anciens et modernes, et soutenu d’obser- vations faites dans differens pays ou l’auteur a voyagé. Brussels and Paris. 2 vols. Svo. An anonymous work, with nearly the same title, appeared in 774. 1784. Burtin, Francis Xavier, a physician in Lor- rain, author of some works on mineralogy. Mémoire sur la question; quels sont les végétaux indigenes que I’on pourrait substituer dans les Pays-bas, aux végétaux exotiques. Brussels. 4to- 1805. Serrurier. Fruit Kundig Woordenbock. 2 vols. Amsterdam. 1817. Musche, curator of the botanic garden at Ghent. Hortus Gandensis. 12mo. Ghent. 1817. Huthem. Discours sur l’etat ancien et modern de l’agriculture et de la botanique dans les Pays-bas. Ghent. 8vo. p.70. Works on Gardening, published in Sweden, Norway, and Iceland, exclusive 6). of Translations. 7696. Scandinavian books on gardening are few, and chiefly by Linnzeus or his pupils. A knowledge of the present state of culture in Sweden is best obtained by reference to 8\) the transactions of the Stockholm and Upsal Academies. 1643. Anon. Een ny traz y traagirden Book.(A_new garden book.) Printed with Arv. Mansons Ortabook. Stockholm. 8vo. 1664. Rudbeck, Olaus, a Swedish physician, was the son of the Bishop of Vesteras, and born in 1630. While a student at Upsal, he discovered the lymphatics in the liver, and other parts of the body; though his claim of priority was contested by Bar- tholine. He also cultivated botany, and founded a garden for the university of Upsal, where he held | I the chair of medicine till his death in 1702, having resigned the professorships of botany and anatomy, some years before, to his son, of the same name. 1. Preside, Dissertatio: Horticultura nova Upsaliensis- Resp. Gust. Lohrman. Upsaliz. 4to- 2. Catalogus Plantarum Horti Upsaliensis- 3. Campi Elysii, liber primus. Upsal, 1702. Liber secundus. Upsal, 1701. 2vols. fol. This was to be a vast work, in which all the known plants in the world were to be represe nted by wooden cuts, in twelve vo- lumes, folio. The two first volumes however, were so unfor- a alll nc Gita a ee eee ANE ee. re eS Ses a ——— 1130 STATISTICS OF tunate, as ta put an end to this stupendous project. A dreadful fire having broken 6ut{n Upsal in 1702, among its ravages re- duced to ashes the printing-office, when only a few copies of the work had been removed. These are, of course, extremely valuable. 1686. Rudbeck, Olaus, filius, the son and successor of the professor of the same name, was born at Up- sal in 1660. He took his doctor’s degree at Utrecht, and in 1720 joined Berzelius in founding the Swedish Academy of Sciences, the memoirs of which learned body contain a number of his dissertations on sub- jects of natural history. He also published some works on the plants and animals mentioned in Scrip- ture. He died in 1740. Propagatio Plantaruin Botanico-physica. Upsal. 8vo. p. 142. with wood cuts and copper-plates. 17—. Fragreus, Jonas Theodor. Konsten at skira frukt trad.(The art of nursing fruit-trees.) Wetensk. Acad. hand. 2. 45. 1728. Dahiman, G. T. Den fiirdige tradgirdmistaren.(The successful Gardener.) Stockholm. 8vo. p. 230. 1738. I. P B. En tragirdsbok.(A Garden-book.) Stockholm. 8vo. p. 212. 1739. Linneus, or Von Linne, Charles, was the son of a clergyman at Rashult, in Sweden, and born there May 13. 1707. He was educated at Lund, from whence he removed to Upsal, where he was appointed to read lectures on botany, in 1730; and the year following he received a commission from the Academy of Sciences, to travel in Lapland and Norway. In this journey he paid attention to the art of assaying metals, on which he afterwards de- livered a course of lectures. In 1735 he went to Harderwyck, in Holland, where he took his doc- tor’s degree, and while in that country he became, through the introduction of Boerhaave, superin- tendant of Mr. Clifford’s garden, at Hartecamp, of which he drew upa catalogue. While in this si- tuation he published also his Flora Lapponica; after which he visited England. On his return to Holland, he continued his Genera Plantarum, and was chosen a member of the Imperial Academy. In 1737 he printed the Hortus Cliffortianus, in fol.; and his Critica Botanica. He returned to Sweden in 1738, and was chosen a member of the academy at Upsal; and soon afterwards he laid the foundation of that at Stockholm. In 1740 he was chosen professor of medicine at the former place, where he undertook the reform of the botanical garden, to which he gave many valuable exotics. In 1745 he published his Flora Suecica; which was followed by the Fauna Suecica. At this time his merits were so well appreciated, that a medal was struck to his honor, and he was ap- pointed archiator to the king. In 1749 appeared his Materia Medica; and in 1751 he published the! Philosophia Botanica. His most splendid publication came out in 1754, with this title, Museum Regis Adolphi Frederici, comprising a description of the natural curiosities in the royal museum. While conducting this work through the press, Linnzus was honored with the order of the Polar Star; and in 1756 he was ennobled. In the mean time he prepared for publication his Species Plantarum, which was followed by the Systema Nature. This illustrious— naturalist died at Upsal, Jan. 10. 1778, and his remains were interred with great solemnity, in the cathedral of that city, where his pupils erected a monument to his memory. His son, Charles Linnzus, born in 1741, became demonstrator in the botanic garden, and published some valuable works. He was ill- used by his mother, which is supposed to have has- tened his death, in 1783. His sister, Elizabeth Christina, discovered a luminous property in the flowers of the nasturtium. 1. Rén om vaxters plantering, grundat 3 naturen.(Expe- riments on the planting of vegetables, founded in nature.) Vetensk, Acad. Handling. 1739, p. 1-24. 2. De cultura vegetabilium nature convenienter instituenda. Analect Transalpin. tom. i. p. 1-15. 3. Dissertatio de Horticultura Academica. Upsal, 1754. wa: DissertatiolHlortis Culiaarte: StockholigI7640 4p: 5. Handling om skogars plantering.(Treatise on planting woods.) Vetensk, Acad. Handling, 1748, p. 264. 269. 1740. Cederhelm, Baron Carl Wilhelm. Tal on wilda trads planteringi Sverigee(Discourse on plant- ing trees indigenous in Sweden.) Upsal. 8vo. 1740. Triewald, Marten. Anmiarkningar vid utlindska fruktoch andra trads planter- GARDENING. Parr IV. ande i Sverige.(Remarks on exotic Fruits and other Garden Plants in Sweden.) Vetensk, Acad. Handling, 204. 207. 1752. Wallerio, Johanne Gotschalk. Preside, Dissertatio de artificiose fecundatione, imme seminum vegetabilium. Stockholme. 4to. p. 24. 1754. Kalm, Peter, a naturalist, was born in Fin- land,in 1715. He became professor of botany at Abo, and in 1747 went to North America, for the purpose of exploring that country; where he re- mained two or three years, and then returned to Abo. He afterwards made an extensive tour in Russia, with the same object, and died in Sweden in 1779. His Travels in America were translated into English by Forster, in 1771. 1. Almanna anmarkingar wid en Kryddéch tragiirds anlig- gande.((;eneral Remarks on the laying out of a K‘tchen and ruit-Garden.) Abo. 4to. p. 8. 2. Om modjeligheten och nyttan af Kryddoch tra-girdars anlaggande i Finland.(On the Practicability and Advan- tage of laying out Kitchen and Fruit Gardens in Finland.) Abo. 4to. p. 12 3. Dissertatio possibilitatem varia Vegetabilia exotica fabricis nostris utilia in Finlandia colendi. Abo, 4to. p. 11 4. Utkast til en blomstergard af inhemska vaxter.(Sketch ot Flower Garden of Native Vegetables.) Abo, 1766. 4to. p- 15. 5. Anmarkningar om vara Furuoch Gran-skogars ommare ward, tagne af deras alder.(Observations on Fuel and Tim- ber Woods,&c.) Abo, 1757. 4to. 6. Anmarkningar roérande nédvandigheten af Ekskogarnas battre vaord och ans i Finland.(Observations on Oak Woods in Finland.) Abo, 1757. 4to. 7. Anmarkningar vid_fruct-trano planterande i Finland. (Remarks on Planting Fruit Trees in Finland.) Abo, 1757. 4to. p. 12. 1759. Gadd, Peter Adrian, professor of chemistry at Abo, author of a number of tracts on chemistry, natural history,&c 1. Om Branne-torf.(On Buming Turf.) Abo. 4to. 2. Upmuntran och underrattellse til nyttiga plantagers vidlaggande i Finland.(Encouragement and Instruction to are Measures for useful Planting in Finland.) Abo. 4to. 1765. 3. Academisk Afhandling om medel at underhilla och oka skogsvaxten i Finland.(On Oak Woods in Finland.) Abo. 4to. p. 26. 1768. Lissander, Andrew. Anmiarkningar vid Svenska tragiardsskotstein.(Remarks on Swedish Gardening.) Stockholm. 8vo. p. 351. 4 plates. 1770. Olafsyn, Olaf, author of a voyage in Ice- land, made by order of the Danish court. Islendsk Urtagards Bok,(Iceland’s Garden Book.) Kaup- maunaofn.§vo. 1771. Osbeck, Peter; Alof Toreen, and Captain Eckeberg, natives of Sweden, who made a voyage to China. A voyage to China and the East Indies; together witb a voyage to Surrate, by Alof Toreen; and an account of the Chinese Husbandry, by Captain Eckeberg. Translated from the German. To which is added, a Formula and Flora Sin- ensis. Lond. 1771. 2vols. 8vo. Vol. ii. contains a Speech, shewing what is most worthy to be attended to in voyages to China. Translated from the Swedish, by John Remhold Forster, LL.D. F.R.S., a distinguished Prussian naturalist. 178-. Sommerfeldt, Christian. Af handlingom nyttige have-vexters dyrkning for Norge. (Treatise on the Culture of Vegetables in Norway.) 178-. Schmidt, Christian Francis. Kort anvisning til vilde traers opelskring og skoves rette anlig, behandling og vidligeholdelse i Dannemark.) On the manage- ment of wood in Denmark.) Danske Landhmfh. Selsk. Skrift. 3 Decl. p. 1. 170. 1780. Troxelius, Clas Bleehort. Landtmarina genvég til frukt-tran.(An easy mode of having fruit-trees.) Lund. 4to. p. 16. 1780. Bergius, Peter Jonas, a physician, and pro- fessor of natural history at Stockholm, published several botanical works, and a Materia Medica; died 1791. Den Obstbaumgarten in Schweden.‘Translated from the Swedish. Leipsig, 1794, Svo. 1784. Englebert, Jortin. Flora maccelli Hortensis. Svenska Kéks-och kryddigarden férsvenskad. Lund. 8vo. p. 44. 1789. Hellenius, Charles Nicolas, professor of botany at Abo, in Finland; died 179-. 1. Strodole anmarkningar rérande frukttrans skétsel i Fin- land.(On nurseries of fruit-tree plantations in Finland.) Abo. 4to. p. 13. a 2 Laan vid fruktbarande buskars skitsel.(Re- marks on nursing fruit-bearing shrubs.) Abo. 4to. p. 10. 1799. Thunberg, Sir Charles Peter, M. D., pro- fessor of botany in the university of Upsal, author of the Flora Japonica, and various papers in the Linnean Transactions. 1. De Nutritione Plantarum. Upsal. 4to. 2. Omplantering Frukt-Trad, Buskar och Blomster Vaxter, som kunna vala Svenska Klimatu.(On planting fruit-bushes, and flowering vegetables, suitable to the Swedish climate.) Upsal, 180-. 4to. 3. Om Hackars Plantering tile Lervande Gardesgarder. (On planting Hedges,&c.) Upsal. 4to. rsiva Boos I Suxs century: Warsaw be considered whicl countries: 1788. Sambours number 0 gardens, wit . | Descrip® nde la V2 petersburg: 81% 13, Lomon0s? author 3 writer, S lting vantages Test Susi 7698. The only recorded| 1557. Herrera Libro di Agnew HES, botanist, author others, of Figures Spain. De Ja Jt Ceacias Natur DUB 7699. A num agricultural tran: if the Society of tionary. Cobbet fure of the state winters are mater vol. ii. 1806. Mahon, The American Gard Of the Profe 7100. By pro at different time by public lays, 7701, A frat many as regula less extensive ay Fincre, being tt Scotland,” a and have secret dies have no sy undoubtedly tak is instance, th Ingdom, we hat ‘bom in Fin X CE botany at eri, for the te te. lrmed to tet ete toy Nai} lied in Seq Itof ak‘cena doch tra.céndan bility and a dens in Finland.) ula exotica fabricis ap renskovars ommare on Fel and Tim. Toreen, and Caplan who mate a voyae Ms ee ters dking fi ran, gsi mn re Lani orl, adie ,(Aesy mH rt a physi, oo Stockhol, ee da Mati den, Tro" 4 tndiatlel sta Katoh POLICE AND LAWS OF GARDENING. Suxsecr. 6. Works on Gardening, published in Poland and Russia. 7697. Of original Polish or Russian books on gardening there are very few; but a number of translations were made in Poland during the early part of the 18th century. There are agricultural transactions published occasionally by a society at Warsaw, which, with the transactions of the Economical Society of St. Petersburgh, may be considered as the best books for obtaining some idea of the state of culture in these countries. 1788. Samboursky, a Russian poet, author of a number of works chiefly in verse, and of a peem on gardens, which has been translated into French, with the title Le jardins de Samboursky. 8vo. 1793. Georgi, a physician, and member of several learned societies. Description de la Ville de St. Petersburg et de ses Environs. Petersburg. 8vo. 18—. Lomonosow, a Russian poet and miscellane- ous writer, author of a poem on glass, and the ad- vantages resulting from its use in a northern cli- mate. The subject of hot-houses forms a consi- derable part of the poem. 1808. Czartoryska, Princess Isabella, a lady of one of the most ancient families in Poland in the royal line. She spent a considerable time in Eng- land, where she acquired a taste for the modern art of laying out grounds, introduced it on her es- tate at Lublin, and wrote the following work on the subject. Mysli Rozne o Sposobie Zakladania Ogrodow,&c.(Thoughts on the manner of Planting Gardens.) Warsaw. 4to. plates. Sunsecr. 7. Works on Gardening, published in Portugal and Spain. 7698. The transactions of the royal agricultural society at Madrid, are almost the only recorded source of obtaining any knowledge of the state of culture in Spain. 1557. Herrera, Gabriello Alphonso. Libro di Agricultura. One book treats“ De las Huertas,” or of Gardens. 178-. Cavanilles, Antonio Joseph, an eminent botanist, author of various works, and_ among others, of Figures and Descriptions of the Plants of Spain. De la Juncia avellanada, o’chufas de Valencia.(Annales de Ciexcias Naturales, tom. iii. 23 1807. Clemento y Rubio, Don Simon de Roxas. Ensayo sobre las variedades de la Vid comun que vegetan en Andalusia. Madrid. 4to. Translated into French by de Caumels of Toulouse. 1817. Anon. Notice sur un Arbre a Sucre,(Arbutus Unedo?) découverte en Espagne.‘Traduit de l’Espagnole par D.A. Armesto. Paris. 5vo. Suzsecr. 8. Works on Gardening, published in North America. 7699. A number of American essays are connected with gardening will be found in the agricultural transactions of the Philadelphia and New York societies, in the transactions of the Society of Arts of New York, and in Dr. Dean’s New England Farmer's Dic- tionary. Cobbett’s American Gardener may be considered as affording a tolerable pic- ture of the state of gardening in the United States, where it appears the long and severe winters are material drawbacks to every branch of the art. 1755. Belgrove, William. A Treatise upon Husbandry and Planting. Boston, New England, 4to. pp. 56. 1785. Marshall, Humphrey. The American Grove; a catalogue of the trees and shrubs which grow naturally in North America, with notices of their culture. New York. 8vo. 1790. Peterkin, Joshua. A Treatise on Planting, from the origin of semen to ebulli- tion, 2d edit. Bassaterre, St. Cristopher’s. 4to. 179-. Johnson, John B. On the Culture of the Vine.(New York Soc. Transactions, vol. ii.) 1806. M‘*Mahon, B., an American seedsman. The American Gardener’s Kalendar. 12mo, 1810. Peters, Richard. On Peach-trees.(Massachus. Soc. Trans. vol. ii. 48.) 1811. Hosack, David, M.D. F. R.S. LS.&e. professor of medicine in the university of the state of New York. 1. Hortus Elginensis. New York. 8vo. 2d edit. 2. Statement of Facts relative to the Elgin Botanic Garden. New York. 8vo- 1811. 1817. Coxe, William, Esq. of Burlington, in New Jersey. View of the Cultivation of Fruit-trees, with the Management of Orchards and Cider, with accurate descriptions of the most estimable varieties of native and foreign Apples and other Fruits, cultivated in the United States of America. Philadel- phia. 8vo. Cuar. V. Of the Professional Police, and Public Laws relative to Gardeners and Gardening. 7700. By professional police, we mean those associations which gardeners have formed, at different times, for mutual benefit or instruction, or the improvement of their art; by public laws, those of the legislature. 7701. A fraternity of gardeners, we have already remarked, has long existed in Ger- many as regularly organised as that of masonry. A fraternity also exists in France, but less extensive and systematic. Their principal lodge is at Versailles; the confréres de St. Fiacre, being there, as Neill observes, to France, what‘ Adam’s lodge of Aberdeen is to Scotland.’‘[here are also a few similar fraternities in this country, who bold meetings, and have secret signs and other rites nearly similar to those of masonry; but these soci- eties have no systematic connection like those of Germany. From masonry they have undoubtedly taken their origin; but how, when, and where, and for what object, in the first instance, though we have corresponded with competent persons in all parts of the kingdom, we have been unable to ascertain. SE Nis a ae een WS2 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. 7702. The oldest gardeners’ lodges seem to be those in Aberdeenshire, and Adam’s lodge, held in the city of Aberdeen, is considered the oldest in Britain: there is another of nearly equal antiquity, called Solomon’s lodge, held in Banf. These lodges profess to be for the mutual instruction of the members in their art; for the assistance of brethren in distress; and for the benefit of travelling members.‘The first object is attained both by secret instructions, and also by competitory exhibitions of garden productions, as flowers and fruits; the second, by annual subscriptions, from which a fund is formed, managed by a committee of the society; and the third, by signs and pass-words, as in masonry. They have a general meeting, formal procession with symbols and flowers, and afterwards a feast, once a-year. There were formerly a number of gardeners’ lodges in Scotland, and there are still a few besides those of Aberdeen and Banf, but chiefly confined to the counties of Aberdeen, Forfar, and part of those adjoining. 7703. The principal Scotch gardeners’ lodge, though it has no connection or control over the others like the metropolitan masons’ lodge, is the Caledonian lodge of Edin- burgh, founded about the end of the last century: its object is the same as that of the Aberdeen lodge; butit has no shows of flowers, or other garden productions. Their meetings are respectable, their processions pompous, and their funds considerable. 7704. There are very few gardeners’ lodges in England; the only one of which we have been able to obtain any distinct account is“‘ Adam’s Lodge, of London,” founded June 4, 1781, of which the rules and orders have been published.‘This lodge is de- scribed in the Rules,&c. as a“ Fraternity or community for improving the art of Gardening; to establish a fund for the mutual support and relief of each other in the time of sickness, lameness, or distress; and also to ascertain the characters and abilities of such gardeners who shall belong to, or may be recommended by this society, to obviate the difficulty so commonly complained of by the nobility, gentry, and others, of obtaining skilful and experienced persons to undertake the employment.” At present it consists of about one hundred and fifty members, and is on the decline. The allowance to the sick or disabled has been gradually diminished from insufficiency of funds; and from having been originally fixed by a random guess, instead of estimations of the value of lives,&c. as ought to be done in all benefit societies. 7705. Gardeners’ charter... About the middle of the last century, Lee, Gordon, Rus- sel, and Malcolm, all Scotch gardeners, commenced their nurseries at Hammersmith, Mile-end, Lewisham, and Kennington. Their success excited the jealousy of the esta- blished commercial gardeners, who, between 1760 and 1770, held several meetings, and entered into resolutions not to employ young men from the north, These resolutions were not long adhered to; but a tract, entitled Adam armed(see p. 1106. A.D. 1760.), published by this association at the time, shows the extent of what they intended. From this tract it appears, that James I. had granted a charter to certain persons inhabiting within London, and six miles of it, who were capable to educate and instruct young men in the art of gardening. This charter was granted in the third year of this king’s reign, and renewed in the fourteenth; but in the tract alluded to it is stated never to have been put in force, and not to be sufficiently extensive; and therefore it is proposed, that a charter be granted to extend over the whole kingdom, to prevent mere laborers and other unqualified persons from assuming the profession of gardeners, and thereby doing“ great injury to the nobi- lity’s and gentry’s gardens and plantations,” as well as to proprietors who let ground to such as“ undertake to furnish the market with eatables.” Only a certain number of gardeners were to be licensed to take apprentices, and of these the number was to be limited,&c. This attempt at monopoly of skill does not appear to have met with serieus attention, and all that resulted from the association, as far as we have been able to learn (from a gardener, Duncan, upwards of 90 years of age), was the partial exclusion, for< year or two, of young Scotchmen from a few of the nurseries and gentlemen’s gardens near town, which were managed by Englishmen. 7706. The origin of florists’ societies we have not been able to discover. It is more than probable that meetings for the display of fine flowers and the estimation of their merits, were first held at Norwich, where, as Sir J. E. Smith informs us(Supp. Encyc. Brit. art. Bot. 336.), a love of flowers, and a great degree of skill in their culture, had been intro- duced into that city with its worsted manufactures, about the middle of the sixteenth cen- tury. At all events, there were florists’ feasts held there so early as 1637; a play called Rhodon and Tris, being extant, which was acted before the company in that year. (Linn. Trans. vol. ii. p. 226.) The next florists’ meetings, it is probable, sprang up about London; and Nathaniel Rench, of Fulham, is said(faulconer’s Historical Account of Fulham) to have been the first who established them, probably about the end of the seventeenth century. According to Davey, florist, King’s Road, whose father was also an eminent florist, and lived to be upwards of ninety years of age, the florists’ feasts and meetings were at their greatest height about London, between 1740 and 1770. They were then attended by many noblemen and gentlemen, as the horticultural societies are at pre- sent. They declined towards the end of the last century, but have since revived, and are Boos I]. resent rathe if Tancashite a When they We pest accounts y eallected 50 fal jatter end ol tl was founded: if m0i. 4M ia pea} horticultl ing, hottie Ro iit tection, 10” nally by whipp according to th 7709, Ther pre ee cutting down 77]0, The | depends on del nicety of taste I I son articles of improving and nuance of their Title more diffic to table, the con gardeners. Me and flowers, an Wea bae habits of both p be the ground o! ture progress or patrons of garde TULL, Imm vances, Men therefore, one whether of the who is in poss of Dublin and to mention frui salading of the endive as are readily reconei that season, 7712, Th salads, which laborer, out o hedge-sides a ccmmon cond then have no i thoroughly un af cooking me quantity, kind, Paar Wy, Lam's dod ce, another of S profess to af hi ethren atatned both ucts, as ti formed, “Wors,as iy and Towers ener’ lodaes i but chil D or control re of Edin. § that of the wich we have tan) gle BS Hon, founded is lodge is(e. ine the art of ach ollier in the ers and abilities this society, to and others, of ; At presenti The allovance y of funds; and jonsof the value , Gordon, Rus. t Hammersmith, lousy of the et al meetings an These resolutions 06, AD, 11) intended, From inhabiting wn menin lett neandl renened put in foe a rter be orate t) qualified poses jury tothe mg who le out i eral pune pumber Was" ie e met with si heen able to al ext int nilenet’ gu 1, Sis than n of fair et vy Br ae Bays BM ia been me ‘steel Co + hr ft os an ass they yere at pie: Boox II. FUTURE PROGRESS OF GARDENING. 1133 at present rather on the increase. The florists’ meetings, and those of gooseberry-growers in Lancashire and the adjoining counties, are very numerous, and rather on the increase. When they were first adopted in that part of England is not exactly known. From the best accounts we have been able to collect, they were in vogue there in 1760, and are re- collected so far back as 1740. Some florists’ societies existed in Edinburgh during the latter end of the last century; and on one of these the Caledonian Horticultural Society was founded.‘The principal florists’ societies in Scotland are at Paisley. 7707. The principal modern societies for the encouragement of gardening are, the London and Caledonian Horticultural Societies, whose transactions are so frequently referred to in this work. 7708. There are few public laws specially formed for the two first branches of garden- ing, horticulture and floriculture; the general laws being quite sufficient for their pro- tection. Robbing of orchards or gardens, of fruit growing therein, is punishable crimi- nally by whipping, small fines, imprisonment, and satisfaction to the parties wronged, according to the nature of the offence.(43 Eliz. c. 7.) 7709, There are a number of acts relative to arboriculture, and especially against the cutting down of young trees.(See Tomlins’s Law Dict. vol. ii. art. Timber.) BOOK II. OF THE FUTURE PROGRESS OF GARDENING IN BRITAIN. 7710. The improvement of gardening, like that of every art or commodity, necessarily depends on demand and production.‘These causes operate reciprocally on each other: a nicety of taste in the purchase of vegetables and fruits exposed in public markets, will occa- sion articles of better quality being brought there; and articles of a superior quality, by improving and rendering more fastidious the taste of the purchaser, will ensure the conti- nuance of their production. In like manner, if those who have private gardens were a little more difficult to please in selecting a gardener, and in the quality of the produce sent to table, the consequence would be, an improvement in that produce, and more scientific gardeners. More scientific gardeners would surprise and delight, by their superior fruits and flowers, and the greater order, beauty, and high keeping of their gardens; and the habits of both parties accommodating themselves to this improved state of things, would be the ground on which to rely for its continuance. In this view of the subject, the fu- ture progress of gardening depends on two causes; the improvement of the taste of the patrons of gardening; and the improvement of the science and art of practical gardeners. — ae Cuar. I. Of the Improvement of the Taste of the Patrons of Gardening. nent is the characteristic of civilised man, and implies progressive ad- vances. Men rest satisfied with what they have, when they know of nothing better; and therefore, one of the frst sources of improvement in the taste of the patrons of gardening, whether of the tradesman who has recourse to the public market, or the private gentleman who is in possession of a garden, is the increase of knowledge. The wealthy tradesmen of Dublin and Edinburgh should look into Covent Garden market in London; and, not to mention fruits, and forced or exotic productions, let them compare the cauliflowers and salading of the three markets. Those who have once acquired a taste for such salads of endive as are afforded in the London market throughout the winter, would not very readily reconcile themselves to the acetarious productions of Dublin and Glasgow during that season. 7712. The ignorance of the proper mode of cooking vegetables, and especially of dressing salads, which exists among the middling classes, is another retarding cause. A French laborer, out of a few leaves of dandelion and wild sorrel, which may be gathered by the hedge-sides anywhere, and almost at any time, will produce, merely by the aid of the common condiments, what the wives of the greater number of respectable British trades- men have no idea of. There can be no great demand for a thing, of which the use is not thoroughly understood; and, therefore, an improvement in the knowledge and practice of cooking must take place among a certain class before much can be expected in the quantity, kind, or quality of the gardening articles which they commonly consume. 7711. Improver a eee ae 1134 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Ne wats ; 7713. The more general use of dessert fruit among the middling classes, is another requi- site wanting for the improvement of horticulture in Scotland and Ireland. If fruit, phy- siologically considered, is less wholesome after dinner than before it(which is question- able), it is at least more so than where drinking is substituted in its place.‘To prolong the period of eating, and the conversation of female society, are not only objects nich afford immediate satisfaction; but, by moderating the use of stimulating liquors, tend to ensure future health. But, even in England, where a dessert is universal among the in- dependent class, there is a great want of nicety of taste: fruit is valued by many only as a symptom of the presence of wine: others contentedly use pears and plums that would be rejected at the most common French déjeuné; and many rest satisfied with melons and grapes, who, at almost no additional expense, might have pine-apples. Wherever the litter of four horses is at command, pine-apples may be grown in Baldwin’s manner (2649. and 2698.&c.) with very little trouble to the gardener, and, indeed, at much less trouble than trying to have very early cucumbers or melons. But why speak of pines, when not one family in a hundred are properly supplied with mushrooms, which ought to be on the table in some form, every day in the year. Ona small scale, the grand secret is, to employ a gardener who knows his business; and to direct his attention less to raising or- dinary productions at extraordinary seasons, than to raising first-rate crops of everything in due season. Ona larger scale, all ordinary and extraordinary things should be at- tempted that art and wealth can accomplish. 7714. A taste for fine flowers and rare erotics must be preceded by some knowledge of plants, or a taste for scientific botany, and the history, geography, and uses of plants. These branches of knowledge may be considered as gaining ground. A good deal also depends on the fashion of using flowers as chamber ornaments, and on having green-houses attached to dwellings; both are most agreeable and rational luxuries; and it is much to be desired that a taste for them was more general, especially in‘provincial towns, and in the cities of Scotland and Ireland. 7715. The taste for planting has attained a greater height, during the last twenty years, than any other department of gardening; the beneficial consequences of which are already powerfully felt in Scotland, and the exposed parts of England. An essential requisite in this department is attention to the future management, thinning, and pruning of plantations. 7716. The taste for landscape-gardening has been nearly dormant in England, during the last thirty years; in Scotland it has been more active, but not of the purest kind; little has been done in Ireland generally, though there are some patriots there, who have been active in improvement. A taste for deer-parks is not common in Scotland; and rare in Ireland. A park in Scotland is a grass field; and what in that country corresponds with the park of a mansion in England is a number of green enclosures lying contiguous to each other, and surrounded by strips or rows of trees. In Ireland a mansion and park is a naked house, in a naked grass field, surrounded by a stone wall. There are excep- tions in both countries; and many lawns or sheep-parks in Scotland of considerable beauty. Besides, a union of pasturable wooded enclosures, as a park, may be very well defended on the principle of utility; but there can be no defence of the naked parks of Ireland. 7717. The taste for public gardens, as promenades and botanic gardens, seems on the increase; but unfortunately these are seldom founded on a sufficiently secure basis. The funds of the recently established botanic gardens have been generally raised by the sub- scriptions of a certain number of individuals, to whom, and to certain annual subscribers, the garden is alone accessible. Perhaps it would be better, if, as in the case of public promenades, the funds were raised by the whole town or community, and the garden thrown open to all, like that of Paris. Public umbrageous promenades, either equestrian or pedestrian, are very desirable additions to all congregations of houses. 7718. Choice of a gardener. Very much of the comforts and pleasures which a private gentleman derives from his garden, and garden-scenery, depends on the qualifications of the gardener which he employs to manage them. It was formerly the practice, in hooks of gardening, to give directions to gentlemen how to choose a gardener. These might have been of use when the qualities desired differed little from those sought for in a com- mon laborer; such as sufficient strength and health, and good morals, disposition, temper, &c. But every master can judge of these and other similar points; and for any gentle- man who has not a knowledge of gardening to go further, would be more dangerous than useful. We are clearly of opinion, that in almost every case the best mode is to apply to a respectable nurseryman; to describe to him the sort of garden and garden-scenery to be managed, and the sort of productions desired, and to rely on his recommending a fit per- son for accomplishing the intended objects. If this person should not turn out so well as was expected, the nurseryman will be in some degree responsible for his conduct, and will feel doubly anxious to replace him by a more competent person. Jhook 7719. Bye at schools bi gider it as° part which he others. Badu the body or™ With this ot moral, religiou ome generar} Sect I. On 1790. The which a gard the commence reading till he that he can, 0 gent; render. structive and ¢ enjoyment for or old age. 7791. The term: porter would have Jayer’s laborer WH nomy than nine te whi travels,& gree to which kno tition; on the dem it. Adull, stupid to supply the ordi ledge of any part quire some kn of material daily labor; on th than other Jess intellectual sk hations, ofte island of Crons we lodged in Mos Italian, and Eng 7122. The avoid the evil of There is scarcely mind a powerful ceasing persever: sires, Even the asingly to ¢ same degree of ¢ MN any subject, a 0 beyond. 1193, The idea that cer employment out it, Ther desired by me him, for this reads this, ev any of the pu sion: let him that the attain Parp ly, other requie fut, phy. iN Weston. \ prolong bes which WUOts tend to tong te i. My only as DS that wuld With melons Where wit's manner at much Jess pines, when ight tobe on i Secret is to Sto ning Ole of erenthing § should be et e knowledge of uss of pants A good ded ay ng preen-houss nd it 1s much to al towns, and in last tenty yeas, which aealeady seni elite and prumug of England, dung the pur Kind; fs there, who hare gotland sand ra untry comes lying conigus mansion a pt There are ete dof conse may be very al he naked paris Jens, seems onl secure biss Ihe raed by Hi al- annul aes the case of uM y, ane te gael requ{atl 55, ci 5s| ros wb? pt he yaleaons© ; pratt in os von, tenes a i apt Boox II. EDUCATION OF GARDENERS. 1135 Cuar. II. Of the Education of Gardeners. 7719. By education is generally understood that portion of knowledge which is obtained at schools; but we shall here use the term in a somewhat more extended sense, and con- sider it as the means which may be employed to render man competent for performing the part which he undertakes to perform in life with increased satisfaction to himself and others. Education may thus be considered as extending to everything which operates on the body or mind, from the earliest period of our existence to the final extinction of life. With this object in view, we shall consider in succession the professional, intellectual, moral, religious, physical, and economical education of gardeners, previously submitting some general remarks, Sect. I. On the degree of Knowledge which may be attained by Practical Men, and on the General Powers of the human Mind, as to Attainments. 7720. The knowledge of languages, history, geography, arts, sciences, and literature, which a gardener daily occupied with his profession may acquire, provided he begins at the commencement of his apprenticeship, and continues to employ his leisure hours in reading till he is twenty or twenty-five years of age, is by no means inconsiderable: not that he can, or need become learned; but, if desirous, he may become generally intelli- gent; render himself fit, as far as conversation is concerned, for good society; prove in- structive and entertaining to others by his conversation; and provide a reserve fund of enjoyment for himself, by laying up a store of ideas for reflection in misfortune, disease, or old age. 7721. The terms knowledge and ignorance are entirely relative: the knowledge of a modern chemist’s porter would have subjected him to be hanged and burned in the days of the first popes; and any brick- layer’s laborer who reads the London newspapers, has more correct ideas on the principles of political eco- nomy than nine tenths of the nobility in Russia and Spain. It is impossible to set limits to the knowledge which may be obtained by those who are destined even to the most severe and constant labor. The intel- ligence of the miners in Scotland and Sweden may be referred to as proofs. The miners at Leadhills have a regular library and reading society; and the works they make choice of are not only histories, voyages, travels,&c. but even works of taste, such as the British classics, and best novels and romances.‘The de- gree to which knowledge will prevail among any class of laboring men, will depend jointly on their own am- bition; on the demand for, or reputation in which, knowledge is held; and on the opportunities of acquiring it. A dull, stupid person, with little native activity, will never desire to know more than what enables him to supply the ordinary wants of life. Where the workmen of any art are required to have technical know- ledge of any particular kind, they will be found invariably to possess it. Thus carpenters and masons re- quire some knowledge of the mechanical principles of architecture, and working engineers of the strength of materials; and these kinds of knowledge are acquired by them without an hour’s interruption of their daily labor: on the contrary, the habit of evening study renders them more steady, sober, and industrious than other workmen; than bricklayers and paper-hangers, for example, whose employments require much less intellectual skill. If every cook-maid, before she could obtain a first-rate place, were required to be able to read Apicius Redivivus in the original tongue, there would be no want of learned cooks; and if no gardener could obtain a first-rate situation who had not written a thesis in Greek, or who had not made the tour of Europe, there would soon be found abundance of gardeners so qualified. A Caledonian, when he comes to the low country, soon acquires the English tongue, and if he has been taught Latin, thus knows three languages. The servants at the inns on some parts of the Continent, frequented by different nations, often acquire a moderate knowledge of three or four languages. A late custom-house officer on the island of Cronstadt spoke and wrote ten languages; and the bar-maid, at the hotel(de Londres) at which we lodged in Moskwa, in 1814, could make herself intelligible in Swedish, Russian, Polish, German, French, Italian, and English. 7722. The certain way of obtuining anything ts to be impressed with the necessity of possessing it; either to avoid the evil of being without it; to satisfy the desires of others as to ourselves; or, our own desires. There is scarcely anything that a rational man can desire that he may not obtain, by maintaining on his mind a powerful impression of the necessity of obtaining it; pursuing the means of attainment with un- ceasing perseverance, and keeping alive that enthusiasm and ardor which always accompany powerful de- sires. Even the most extravagant desires, when sufficiently powerful, are often gratified. To attain emi- nence, as a literary character, natural or experimental philosopher, mathematician, divine, lawyer, or physician, it is only necessary to have a powerful desire tor that kind of eminence, and to apply unceasingly to the subject, and to that alone. All may not acquire, by the same degree of labor, the same degree of eminence; but any man by labor may attain a knowledge of all that is already known on any subject, and that degree of knowledge is respectable; what many never attain to, and what few go beyond. 7723. The grand drawback to every kind of improvement is the vulgar and degrading idea that certain things are beyond our reach; whereas, everything is attainable by the employment of means; and nothing, not even the knowledge of a common laborer, with- out it. There are many things which it is not desirable to wish for, and which are only desired by men of extraordinary minds; but let no man fancy anything is impossible to him, for this is the bane of all improvement. Let no young gardener, therefore, who reads this, even if he can but barely read, imagine that he may not become eminent in any of the pursuits of life or departments of knowledge, much less in that of his profes- sion: let him never lose sight of this principle,— that to desire and apply is to attain, and that the attainment will be in proportion to the application. ad ne as an le El Bn PS a 1136 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. Sxcr. IT. Of the Professional Education of Gardeners. 7724. In order that a professional man should eacel as such, every other acquirement must be kept subservient to that of his profession. No branch of knowledge should be pursued to any extent, that either of itself, or by the habits of thinking to which it gives rise, tends to divert the mind from the main object of pursuit. Something, it is true, is due to relaxation in every species of acquirement; but judicious relaxation only serves to whet the appetite for the vigorous pursuit ef the main object. By the professional edu- cation of gardeners, we mean that direction of their faculties by which they will best ac- quire the science and manual operations of gardening: and we shall suppose the young man to be instructed, to have no other scholastic education than some knowledge of arithmetic, and the first problems of geometry and land surveying. The sort of garden which ought to be the scene of the days of apprenticeship should, if it can be so foreseen and arranged, be that which the learner is ultimately intended to possess or manage. As the great majority of young men who learn this art, are intended for serving-gardeners to private families; a private garden, where every department is respectably conducted, is the best to begin with. Here, or in any other garden in which he may be placed, he will have to learn the names of things, their uses in gardening, how to use them in the best manner singly, and how to combine their use in performing the different operations of gardening. 7725. The grand foundation for every kind of acquirement, is the cultivation of the facul- ties of attention and memory. Unless we pay attention to what is addressed to us, whether by the eye or the ear, it is impossible we can remember, because the sight or sound has made no impression on the memory, and without memory, there can be no knowledge. 7726. Many pass through life without seeing or hearing anything but what immediately concerns their avo- cations. It is a common thing for a person to walk out and return without being able to describe, or even mention, any one thing he has seen; or to read a newspaper without being able to tell what he has read, farther than to give some vague idea of the subject. All this is the result of neglecting to rouse and exert the faculty of attention; or of limiting our attention to one single object or class of objects. One of the first things, therefore, that a young man should do, is to cultivate the facuity of attention, which he may do every hour of the day, by first looking at an object, and then shutting his eyes and trying whether he recollects its magnitude, form, color,&c.; whether he would know it when he saw it again, and by what mark or marks he would know it or describe it. When he goes from one part of the garden to another, or is on a walk or journey, let him pay that degree of attention to everything he sees and hears, which will enable him to give some account of them when returned from his walk or journey; and let him try next day, or some days afterwards, if he can recollect what he had seen then, or at any particular time and place. 7127. The attention must be exercised systematically, in order not only to impress the memory, and enable the observer or hearer to recollect objects, but to describe them. A thing or a discourse must be attended to, not only as a whole, but as a composition of parts; and these parts must be considered not only as to their qualities of dimension, color, consistency,&c., but as to their relative situation and position. 7728. To be able to give an account of a town or village, for example, the first thing is to get a general idea of the outline of its ground-plan, which may be done by looking from a church-tower or adjoining hill; next, its relative situation to surrounding objects; as what hills, or woods, or waters join it, and in what quarters; next, the direction of the leading street or streets must be noticed; then the intersecting or se- condary streets; the principal public buildings; the principal private ones; where the lowest houses and narrowest streets are situated; and what is the character of the greater number of houses composing the whole assemblage. 7729. To be able to recal to mind or to describe the figure of any person before us for the first time, it is necessary to attend to height, either absolute, by estimation in feet and inches; or comparatively with our own, or that of any other person or object present at the time; to figure or shape generally, as whether tending to excellence or detect; then to hands and feet, gait, manner,&c.; and, above all, to the form or outline of the countenance, the complexion, and other details of the face. One untutored person looking at another with a view to recollect or describe him, would only stare; but an attentive and systematic ob- server would survey both the party generally and in detail, and in such an order as would readily occur to the mind on reflection. He would not, for example, after estimating the height, proceed next to the color of the eyebrows, but would take the breadth and shape, as more congenial to the accustomed train of ideas, The young gardener will apply these hints to recollection of parks, pleasure-grounds, walled gardens, hot- houses, and also to the study and recollection of individual plants. 7730. To be able to recollect and relate written or oral discourses, the same general principles will apply; the first thing is to attend to the object in view, and next to the order or form in which the whole is pro- posed to be treated of or delivered; lastly, to the manner in which the details are filled up.:: 7731. The study of natural history and drawing are well adapted for improving the faculties of attention and memory. The former by its systematic arrangement, and the precision of its details, tends to habits of order, accuracy, and distinctness, and to the ready discrimination and recollection of single or na- tural objects: the latter contributes to the same end, and also to the recollection of objects in groups or combinations. Hence, the importance of a gardener’s attending to botany, zoology, and drawing, even with a view to general improvement, independently of their special utility in his profession. 7732. The recollection of names and numbers is a more mechanical process than the re- collection of objects. Names are either descriptive, that is, when they consist of a word, or are composed of words which describe something of the object to which they are ap- plied, as Longtown or Hillhouse; or they are arbitrary, meaning nothing, or nothing now known or definable, as William, Thomas,&c. The first are of easy recollection, because, even though the object may never have been seen, its image may be presented to the imagination by the name, as a town of great length, and a house on a hill top 5 the second are only to be recollected by seeing the objects to which they are applied, and then associating in the mind the name with the thing; or by seeing the description or portraiture of the objects, and associating the name with these; or by finding a resem- jot I itnce betwee” a5; Nee mn ip 33 The pr inci jee the eyo Jenges oe; the or Jioious mall, as cernblance betweel eo: orif Lhave Te 1 have greypennys most probably Hp son,| immediately a Highland mal 7734, Figure bers not exceed sponding Linne sent to the frult- of Syngenesia an use of the terms| will be Cryptoga and soon, 10a tas no advantages mardener to whon period of his life, artificial systems. figure of any kno think of Osmunda and a carrot-leaf, Yarcissus triandru ing these plants in ina day, he may t them, to place a p 7135, Number ation in imaginati or by Seton's me going through th some particular| they are acquain of paper, or agai able, after the la: described, 7136. Themen ing the postures the letters of the| Some useful hint ject, and especial] but the machinen ing deal in a sho When not in con TST. The uses of the implements, In performing the I OR how to use th trathin, derivat Utonale ofthe form sal TL of this wor! ; tigen carpenter He Le wes of t "» OMething mor ery, Medicine, chemi of Parp lV, aurement Sal be WOChit oye a , al ssp feu ety. Y il best ae Ose the Young Knonlege« ort of arden be so foreseen ‘Tuanage, As o-oatdeners to conducted, 9 Place el se them in the erent operations ton ofthe fou Al tous, whether sht or sound his 10 knowledge, ly concerns ther cw. to describe, or even ll what hehas read, ng to rouseand exert cbjects One of the tion, which be may id tryug whether he tapan and by what garden to anther or nd beats, which will and let hm try nest pati time and ememory,and enable urce rust be attend sidered not only at and position, isto get agent i rer or adjoining hil join i, and in the intersecting ot the lowest hows houses compoxigl forthe first ae onmparatinelp ta a agnelet ove allt efit rytored person Dl ive and se would ready 0! yee nest ole ustomed tran swale goes” pil igh thera piv ed Up. e fail tails, tea cin groups ot objet 6 gy gs Book II. EDUCATION OF GARDENERS. 1137 ieicaag pha the new name and a known name, as William, wild yam; Thomas, to mass,&c. 7733. The principal names which a gardener has to recollect are those of plants; to assist him in this know ledge, the etymologies of all the generic names, and of the specific names, which are substantives is of rreat advantage; the ordinary specific names being adjectives, are easily understood and recollected. The genie names of plants and animals are of three kinds; those composed of words indicating something of the na- ture, or appearance, or uses, of the plant, as Gypsophylla, Helianthus, Linum,&c.; those composed of the name of some eminent individual, as Hellenia, Gordonia, or after some town, as Colchicum; and those composed of native or local names, as Ellettari, Acacia: the first are of easy recollection, because the na- tural soil, the sight of the flower, or the recollection of its image or its uses, will recal to mind the name; the second may be recollected by considering who the name-father was, and by associating his figure and some action of his life, real or imaginary, with a specimen of the plant. Thus Gordon was a nurseryman at Mile-end, a short, lame, sailor-looking man, who dressed in blue trowsers, chewed tobacco, and was without offspring; it is easy to imagine his wife reproaching him with the last circumstance, while he points to Gordonia Lasianthus. All those names, whether of science, or those which occur in the common intercourse of life, as of persons and places, are to be recollected on the same principle; that is, either by the name itself calling up an image, by its resemblance to some other name already known, or by forming an association between it and some known or familiar visible object; and the more ludicrous the associ- ation, the better will it be recollected.{In forming these associations, it is essential that the object em- ployed to aid the memory be one capable of being seen; to associate any particular object with a sound smell, touch, or taste, would give little aid to the memory; and to associate it with abstract nouns or ideas, none at all.“If 1am told that the Dutch merchant Schimmelphenninck was a very wealthy or re- ligious man, that will not assist me in recollecting his long name; but if I say to myself there is some re- semblance between Schimmelphenninck anda skim-milk-pen-and-ink, the resemblance may enable me to do so; orif I have recourse toa Dutch dictionary, and discover that schimmel is grey, and phenninck a penny i have greypenny, as a synonym, which, with the operations the mind has undergone in getting at it, will most probably impress the original name on the memory. If a Highlander tells me his name is Macpher- son, I immediately interpret it mac-pearson— mac parson,— son of a parson— son of a Catholic priest and a Highland maid.” 7734. Figures may be recollected by gardeners with readiness and certainty. For all num- bers not exceeding 24 they have only to associate the figure with the name of the corre- sponding Linnzan class, or with one of the plants of it. Thus, if a lad in a nursery is sent to the fruit-tree ground for plants of number 19 and 21 of pears, he has only to think of Syngenesia and Moneecia. For all numbers exceeding 24, and under 250, he may make use of the terms of the first ten orders, in addition to the 24 classes; and thus, No. 241 will be Cryptogamia monogynia, 249 Cryptog. enneagynia, 208 Gynandria octogynia, and so on.‘To any one but a gardener or botanist, this mode of recolJecting numbers has no advantages over any ordinary system of artificial memory; but as there can be no gardener to whom these classes and orders are not perfectly familiar during the whole period of his life, or at least of his practice as a gardener, to him it is superior to all the artificial systems. It is easy to add to the certainty of remembrance by associating the figure of any known plant or plants belonging to the class or order; thus, for 24 he may think of Osmunda regalis, for 245 Osmunda regalis and Daucus carota, or a fern-frond and a carrot-leaf, for 16,213 he may think of a nosegay composed of a Canna glauca, Narcissus triandrus, Olea fragrans, and Rosa provincialis, or he may fancy himself plant- ‘ing these plants in a row or in a pot. If a gardener rides through twenty turnpike-gates in a day, he may recollect the pass-number of them all. He has only, in passing through them, to place a pot of the indicating plants on each of their gate-posts. 7735. Numbers may also be recollected by gardeners by their going through the oper- ation in imagination, of cutting them ona number-stick, either by the common(fig. 160.), or by Seton’s method.(fig. 161.) Names may be recollected in like manner, by their going through the operation mentally, of writing or printing them, or writing them in some particular hand, or imagining how some particular friend, with whose handwriting they are acquainted, would write them.‘They may be supposed to be written on any scrap of paper, or against the day of the month in a common pocket-book, or what is prefer- able, after the last entry made in the pocket memorandum-book(7741.), to be afterwards described. 7736. Thememory, both as to figures and words, may also be materially assisted by study- ing the postures of the human figure, corresponding to the first ten Italic numerals, and the letters of the Roman alphabet. Plates of these are to be had in the juvenile libraries. Some useful hints on the subject of memory will be found in Feinagle’s work on the sub- ject, and especially in a tract by Jackson, in which Feinagle’s system is greatly improved; but the machinery of both systems, though they enable a student to recollect an astonish- ing deal in a short time, yet, like other complicated machinery, it soon goes out of order when not in constant use. It is, therefore, unfit for practical men. 7731. The uses of things and their history, is the next thing which a gardener has to acquire.‘The uses of the implements, tools, utensils, and machines of gardening, he will acquire by manually exercising them in performing the labors and operations of gardening under the direction of his master. He should not only know how to use them, but how to use them in the best manner; and also the history of each implement or machine, derivation of its name, why one form is preferable to another; in short, he should know the rationale of the formation and operation of all of them. The essential part of this he may acquire by reading Part II. of this work, and the rest from the study of the principles of mechanics, and by conversing with intelligent carpenters, millwrights, and engineers. 7738. The uses of the commoner garden plants he will find III., something more he will find in Book IV., and for the rest he ery, Medicine, chemistry, and farming, which go more into detail. I in the third part of this work, Books L,, II., and must have recourse to books on cook- Much information on all the arts con- nent —— SSS 1138 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Part IV. nected with the vegetable world will be found in our Encyclopedia of Plants, and in the Encyclopedia of Agriculture, _ 7739. The study of systematic and physiological botany must go hand in hand with prac- tical acquirements; for which, and also for forming an herbarium, he will find general information in Part II. Book I., and for more minute details, he may consult the authors there referred to. Some idea of vegetable chemistry and geology he will‘obtain from Books I., II., and IV. of Part II.; and also of the different insects and yermin which are enemies to gardens and garden-productions. The study of landscape-gardening, as being the highest part of the profession, should not be attempted till the apprentice has made himself master of the three departments which precede it. 7740. A knowledge of the weather and the seasons, so as, in some degree, to be able to predict them from signs, is an important part of a gardener’s acquirements. Our obsery- ations in Part II. Book II. will aid him in this study, and he should also keep a weather- book, or naturalist’s journal, such as we have already suggested.(2349.) 7741. A pocket memorandum-book, for taking notes of everything interesting, whether professional or general, is a useful help to the young gardener. He should begin this sort of memorandum-book with his leaving school; and he will probably find it useful to continue it all his life after. Its size should be small octavo, to suit the pocket; it requires no ruling, but a line across the page half an inch from the top. In writing on one page, the opposite one should always be lett blank for corrections and additions, for sketches, or for taking down temporary memorandums in pencil. The following may be considered as a specimen, in which it is to be particularly observed, that a margin is left on the written page, on which margin each article is begun with a word written or printed in large letters. These words, thus conspicuously placed, serve as an index to each article, and in future reference will be found of material use, as they can be glanced over like the words in a dictionary. Any thing to be inserted, should always be done instantly, or never later than the same day. If it is done out of doors, it may be written on the blank page in pencil, and afterwards copied on the opposite page in ink. Pocket Memorandum-Book of J+ Gott, Apprentice, at Aubrey Hall.— January 27th and 28th, 1821, 27th. PEAS.— Last night’s frost and this day’s sun have killed These were covered with drill hand-glasses, and the crop the peas in the south border: but those sown in the is now, June 2d, fit to gather. north side of the wattled hurdles escaped, being shaded from the sun. LIZARD.— Caught a new species, and took it to Twigg. N.B.—It turned out to be only the common lizard It had no tail, which convinced him it must be a(Lacerta vulgaris, Linn.) which had lost its tail by some distinct species. an accident, and the wound had healed over. 28th. ROSES.— Idea of a conic iron tree, covered with any of the climbing roses, all over inoculated with monthly roses. PARSNEPS.— Gurkin O’Doolittle caught distilling par- snep whiskey in the tan-shed: discharged without a character. His still two watering-pots placed top to top, and closed with a wet cloth: the top kept cool by pouring water on it. NEW IDEAS.— Torriel Joss, the parson, called; says Mem.—Cobbler’s name White, lives two doors from the there are two ways of getting new ideas; by shuf- Cat and Fiddle. fling what ideas we have together, like a pack of cards,(which is to be done by a free glass of wine, opium, or tobacco,) when new combinations may occur to the mind accidentally: or by a studied selection of ideas suitable to the subject on which it is desired to invent, which can only be done by scientific persons, as Sir H. Davy in his invention of the safety-lamp.| 7742. Apprentices are often required to keep a written journal of work done in the garden for their own use, and this may be advisable in cases where no regular books are kept by the master; but where such books and tables are kept as we have recommended(2338. to 2350.), the apprentice performing his part in making entries in, and daily seeing them, need keep no other books for his own improvement than a na- turalist’s kalendar(2349.) and the journal or memorandum-book just described. In the last he can enter such facts belonging to gardening as are commonly entered in gardeners’ journals. 7743. Progress when a journeyman. An apprentice, besides studying his art in the garden of his master, should, as often as may be, visit those of his neighbors, and observe what is going on there. His apprenticeship completed, he should move to a different part of the country, performing the journey leisurely on foot; botanising and collecting insects and minerals, and visiting every distinguished garden on his way. When he settles, it should be in a different kind of garden to that in which he was before, and there he should continue a year, and then remove and travel to another part of the country, and settle there a year, and so on as already suggested(7380.), till he attains his twenty-fifth year, when he may undertake the situation of master. During the whole period in which he is jour- neyman, he should be steadily and unceasingly employed in improving himself, first in his own art, and the branches of knowledge, as botany, natural history, chemistry, weather, &c. on which it more immediately depends; and next, if his ambition permits, on general subjects of literature, arts, and sciences. Sect. LII. Of the Intellectual Education which a Gardener may give himself, independently of acquiring his Profession. 7744. Self-education may be carried to a greater extent by a gardener than by almost any other artisan No gardener, in our opinion, ought to be employed as a master under the age of twenty-five years. Suppose him, therefore, to be put an apprentice at colleges*® four o'clock:' bor; i the lor consid years Dividin have eight hout the practice ot shis time for st the generality( ference very 12 hours more fo1 hour; dinner@ soon be unable six hours; Wl the same numb year, It is tru ing but that 1 vires in the gal lis health forbid ve think it will much time as stu truth 745, The branche branch of knowledge erery professional m excel in any one br the degree that circl thing else, it is impo ng abundance of ible, for exa having an opportun polis, He may, how ako in the other bra duction to its place 1 should be expert at ¢ of mathemati cables though we a there are published 7746, The source from books; with s and learning wher facturers of every displaying human Whose wages are of them; and make i mentary works; ai lend his apprentice will generally be fi TAL. The sorts( acquirements, such advancement of the cyclopadia, One country libraries ar till a well executed cuted), finds its wa T148. The studies the mind, before it To improve by rea course; to recog commencement. tg alteady dwelt on: help is the study St0Us of improvin llave a tolerable} of thinking, It is iterature, applying loreligion, weathe tsons who read a wetabituated to vi dency, Al: they think hie read to such me Parry,} Boox II. EDUCATION OF GARDENERS. 1139 i Enyelopetia of i fifteen, he has ten years in which to acquire his profession, and generally to improve him- al vith race self. In that period he may not only acquire his profession, but, according to the extent fod general of his ambition and application, a considerable degree of knowledge on almost every i a he authors subject. Everything, as we have more than once observed, depends on his ambition; Ii il hn rom without this he will not even acquire his profession, and at all events will find no leisure| Yerin mich time for any other kind of improvement. When we consider, however, that the labor of gating, 45 a gardener is not severe, and that it is only during the hours of daylight, the time he has| € apprentice has for self-improvement is very considerable. It may surprise some when we state, that this| time equals(taking the whole year), that employed in study by professional students at 4 ee, tobe alley colleges. A gardener, in the shortest day, begins work at eight o’clock and leaves off at Our cbse. four o’clock; which, allowing two hours for breakfast and dinner, gives six hours of la-; Keep a weather bor; in the longest day he works only ten hours, and therefore it will not be far from the§ | truth to consider eight hours per day as the average duration of his labor throughout the’= opine| year.— Dividing the twenty-four hours which compose the day in three equal parts, we 7 nim bck with his have eight hours for rest, dressing, and undressing; eight hours for labor, and acquiring| a 4 sie shoul te smal( the practice of gardening; and eight hours for refreshment and study. On comparing J Hanne this time for study with that which is usually devoted to it by young men at college; not Eee ad dered asain, the generality of young men, but those even who attain to eminence; we will find the dif-| De 40 wih maga eh ference very inconsiderable. The student requires the same time for rest, and at least two|\] Teenie hours more for dressing and undressing(say ten hours); for breakfast he requires an Oy fe| be dn tan hour; dinner and tea, at least three hours; and for exercise(which if he neglects he will a ee ean page in pe soon be unable to study at all), at least two hours; in all, for exercise and refreshment, ase| six hours; which added to ten of rest and dressing, gives eighteen hours, leaving exactly{ the same number of hours for study which every gardener has, taking the average of the 3,1 year. It is true the eight hours of the gardener are subject to the time employed in eat- i 5 ing; but that may well be considered as compensated by the knowledge of botany he ac-| Tank gases a quires in the garden during his hours of labor. Add also, that the gardener may(unless| | his health forbid) draw still more time than we have mentioned from the hours of sleep; aye oma S| we think it will not be denied, that, taking all circumstances into consideration, he has as See| much time as studious men, taking the average of the year, usually devote to study. 7745. The branches of education best deserving a gardener’s attention are next to be considered. As one branch of knowledge is as much as any person ever does or can excel in, and as that branch, in the case of | every professional man, ought to be his profession, it seems to us that a gardener ought not to attempt to| | excel in any one branch of science besides that of gardening; but rather to make himself acquainted, to Wd | the degree that circumstances may permit, with the whole cycle of human knowledge. If he attempts any/ | thing else, it is impossible, isolated as he must be, in comparison with others who study the same subject , lives two Gas a) among abundance of books and fellow-laborers, that he can attain to the highest degree of eminence. It} is impossible, for example, that he can arrive at great perfection, even in the study of botany, from not having an opportunity of consulting the herbariums and books which are only to be found in the metro- polis. He may, however, and ought to, attain a respectable degree of knowledge, not only in botany, but also in the other branches of natural history: such for example as will enable him to refer any natural pro-| duction to its place in the Linnzan system, and describe scientifically any new production. But that he= should be expert at chemical analysis, dissection of animals, solving problems in any of the higher branches|\ of mathematics, or excel in painting, music, or poetry, is what we by no means propose, Or think practi- i oN cable; though we are convinced he may know something of all those subjects, and of all others on which 1 re there are published books.‘ anaes al : en ore 7746. The source from which he is to.derive his general knowledge, it may easily be conceived, is chiefly] 7 my in at jen tt from books; with such aid as opportunity offers from professional men, public lectures, men of talents i— he mastet; oth and learning wherever he has an opportunity of conversing with them; artists, artisans, and manu-| g ntie peor facturers of every description; and also manufactories, engines, mines, dock-yards, and all other works\ i jmproveel vena| displaying human skill. But the grand source is books, and the question is how a journeyman gardener,|( 1. Inthe lat EE\ whose wages are often Jess than those of a common laborer, is to procure them? Our answer is, borrow i*. als, them; and make it a fixed rule to purchase no books excepting grammars, dictionaries, and other ele- i— + hsatl mentary works; and of these used or cheap copies. The head gardener will always be able and willing to MN studying J oT) lend his apprentices and journeymen a certain number of books; and the patron under whom they serve, i. neighbors anh will generally be found equally liberal.; Z: re difert 7747. The sorts of books desirable to borrow, independently of those connected with the professional Ud eines acquirements, such as treatises on Chemistry, Zoology, Mineralogy,&c. will depend on the degree of 1 ng and cet, advancement of the student. But that which we are of opinion cannot be dispensed with, is a good en- q y whet i cyclopedia. One systematically instead of alphabetically arranged would be the best; but as most‘ aye sohestl country libraries are now stocked with the Encyclopedia Brit. or Rees’s Cyclopedia, these must be taken\ f ore, a othe till a well executed one on the plan of the Encyclopedia Metropolitana, now publishing(but badly exe-! Ee try ist: cuted), finds its way into general use.‘ i\j} coun!"ha vat wel 7748. The studies to be commenced with is next to be determined. It is necessary to premise here, that i By twenty! ig the mind, before it can derive much improvement from reading, must undergo a certain degree of culture. i| ‘of i phi be) To improve by reading it is not sufficient to be able to read; we must be able to analyse language and dis- it ze No; ti course; to recognise the real or apparent object of the writer; and to trace the order of his ideas from the{hi ving mes commencement to the conclusion. The foundation of this is the exercise of the faculty of attention, ig che sil Hl already dwelt on; and essential aids to it is the study of grammar, and of languages. Another excellent\ a) is 0 help is the study of systematic natural history; a circumstance highly in favor of gardeners who are de-| ition perm sirous of improving themselves in general literature; since, if they know their profession at all, they must 4: have a tolerable knowledge of systematic botany, which gives the mind an orderly and systematic mode| et of thinking. It is not uncommon, for example, to hear gardeners who have no pretensions to general th s, to manners of thinking, or acting,|| ston deneed literature, applying the terms, genera, species, subspecies and varietie:) 1 ip Heke: ple;:{ paration of the mind, there are many oe him to religion, weather, forms of governments,&c. For want of this preparation{ W‘ persons who read a great deal, and derive very little benefit from it. Their minds are not competent or i by alos not habituated to view the subject which they read as a whole, and to take a view of its general scope and jae octet tendency. All they see of it is the parts as they pass before their eyes, their relation and connection i}: gar qo‘ they think nothing of, and the whole passes as it were through the mind, instead of remaining on. it. ij e ert entice Reading to such men, in comparison with those whose minds have been prepared by elementary studies, t qd 2 1149 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Pics: may be said to resemble pouring water on ground with a hardened surface, in comparison to pouring it on soil which has been loosened with the spade. 7149. English grammar and a foreign language are suitable studies to commence with. Another excel- lent aid to forming the mind to precision and accuracy 1s the knowledge of quantities; for which reason we would join to the study of languages, those of arithmetic and geometry.‘These, with a portion of general reading, some species of personal accomplishments, and the requisite professional studies, are all that we would have an apprentice commence with, and this only in a certain order to be afterwards described. 7750. With respect to personal accomplishments, we would have dancing, fencing, boxing, wrestling, the infantry manual exercise, whist, backgammon, chess, the flute, and violin, attended to as far as op- portunity offered; considering dancing, boxing, and the violin as the most essential objects, In most country-places these and all the other acquirements may be learned from retired valets, old soldiers, or from some of the servants in a great family, at an easy rate. Swimming and horsemanship should not be neglected if opportunity offers. The acquirement of some knowledge of some or all of these accomplish- ments will occupy very little time; once attained, they are resources for self-defence, for social entertain- ment, or of relief from ennué when alone. Dancing and the manual exercises are particularly useful as improving the gait, and habituating to good postures both in standing and sitting. Toa man who has no other resources for advancement in life than such as are personal, every exterior acquirement is of the utmost importance.— These remarks will to many appear sufficiently extravagant; but we would ask, whether there is any young man who does not, to a certain extent, possess most of these acquirements as it were accidentally?. Why then may he not improve them by art, if opportunity offers; or, if they are of use, why should he not seek occasion both to improve and extend his knowledge in this department. 7751. In study, as in everything else, much depends on the economy of time; the march of time is re- gular and constant, and as there is only a certain portion of the twenty-four hours which a gardener can devote to study, everything depends on his employing every moment of that portion. To be convinced of what is lost by delay, let two persons commence walking along a road in company; then let one of them stand still for half a minute while the other walks on; at the end of the half minute the distance at which the former will find himself from the latter will be found astonishing. Again, supposing them walking together, and that one, instead of walking along the road with the other, deviates and diverges from it— the distance at the end of half a minute, at which the deviator is found from the one who walked straight on, will be still more astonishing, and is greatly more ruinous, because not only is the time required to return to the direct road equal to that taken to diverge from it, but when returned, the devi- ator will be a whole minute’s walking behind the other. These two simple experiments it would be well for two young gardeners to try, in order that the results may make a strong impression on their minds; and let them ever afterwards think of them when they feel inclined to be lazy or dilatory, or to depart from the line of duty. 7752. To aid in the economy of time, it is desirable to form some plan of study; where there is no re- gular plan much time is lost in hesitating what to begin with; and both lost and misapplied by fatiguing the mind with too long intense application to one thing; by which means a proportional relaxation is re- quired, and the memory, being irregularly charged, will be less faithful. By a well ordered pre-disposition of studies, the time which would be lost in considering what would be done next is gained, and the one study becomes a relaxation as it were from the other. We shall here suggest a general plan for a young gardener’s employment of time during the few years he has to pass previously to becoming master, and leave him to fill up the details in his own way. We by no means offer this plan as the best; others may be equally good; but the grand point is to fix on some plan, and to adhere to it strictly. 7753. Plan of study for languages. We shall suppose the apprentice, and indeed every gardener under thirty, to rise at five o’clock throughout the year; a necessary habit in the gardener, both for the hot- house fires and for study. He will thus have nearly an hour in summer, and from one to three hours in winter before he goes to work.‘L’hese we would devote to languages throughout the ten years; on no account would we study anything else at that time, and on no account would we study any language during the rest of the day. Latin and English grammar may be taken on alternate mornings till the latter is acquired; and afterwards Latin may be taken two mornings, and Greek the third morning. In two or three years the fourth day may be devoted to French; and in the seventh year, or earlier, accord- ing to circumstances, Latin, Greek, French, German, Dutch, and Italian may be taken in succession, one morning to each. The object being such a knowledge of English as to be able to write it correctly; of Latin and French to translate them with ease; and of the other languages to be able to make out their meaning by the occasional help of a dictionary. There is nothing to hinder any person of even inferior organisation, to attain this knowledge in ten years, at the average rate of one and half hour’s study every morning.‘The great thing is not to omit a single morning, unless from illness; for even in the case of absence from home, or during a journey, a grammar or any polyglot book, such as a Testament or a Commenius, may be carried in the pocket. 7154. Rigid pursuit of the object in view. If at any time, through business or over-sleeping, but a few minutes can be got in the morning, still these few ought to be applied in the usual channel; eyen half a minute is worth something, for in that time a noun may be looked over, or a rule read and reflected on during the walk to the place of working. If no time is left, even while dressing, a dictionary may be opened and a word looked at, and recollected, and even a word per day gained is worth something. 7755. Progress is gradual. It is impossible to gain any end either in self-improvement or any thing else at once; all art is gained by labor, and nothing is lasting but that which advances by degrees. The independence which even a very moderate knowledge of languages confers on the possessor, whether in general reading, or in reading foreign books, is invaluable, and amply compensates the trouble requisite to acquire them. To any person going abroad for profit or improvement, they are essential. It isa common thing to suppose, that a certain long number of years are requisite to acquire Latin, which may be the case with children who learn it by compulsion, and is more or less the case as to everything they are taught; but with a grown-up and voluntary learner the case is widely different. We have known men in this country acquire one or two languages, after having.attained their fortieth year; and the thing is quite common among migrating tradesmen on the Continent. 7756. Books on grammar. in purchasing the grammars, that of Cobbett or Lindley Murray may be selected for the English; and for the other languages, any that can be got cheapest; the last remark will apply also to the dictionaries. To impress rules and words on the memory, read them aloud, sing, or chant them, or write them down. Books in most languages may be had at book-stalls for a trifle; or by applying to a subscriber to the Bible Society, he will procure a New Testament in any living language, and also in Latin, Greek, and Hebrew, for two shillings or half a crown. Used copies of the Janua Linguarum of Commenius, containing Greek, Latin, French,&c. are to be had even cheaper. 7151. Plan of study for general subjects. The spare time after breakfast and dinner we would devote to botany for the first three years, and the seven years afterwards to botany and other branches of natural history, gardening, and farming books. Thus the early part of the day is disposed of for the whole ten years: the next thing is to arrange for the evening. For this the arrangements must vary according to circumstances, as it does not all depend on the will of the student; thus lectures can only be attended, when and where given; and those who may have undertaken to give instructions in fencing or fiddling, must be received at such evening hours as suits their convenience,&c. We would, however, never break in on the day-studies with these acquirements; and as far as possible devote two hours at some period of every working-day evening, during the first three years, as follows: of the first evening to drawing plans and architectural subjects; the second to arithmetic, mensuration, and land-surveying; the third, to Pook Il +g fandscape ing NOY tts, a miner i ¢o be disp* g te ee A holiday We ed ili » included 1 tobe ortions of aken in t Or Conclusion thatifa student o! may retard for at tance of incess2” was never yet att quirements; ne language and me are educated ane masters, by C0 let ceive useful hints spare money fort in food and dress are much taxed head gardener, for in price by much 0 had in view chiefly menced, and atten thing we have prop manise life, begint villdepend on his ¢ raising himself, anc with the power of@ Secr. 7161, The su towards others; God or the natur ledge of nature) 7762, Moralit is considered as and honest, not to avoid still gr from religion; of regular soci and more or les or ridicule, the excluded from according as h be dealt with h men, he must r of religious me worth while to therefore the y to answer his e decency, and y appear in their 7763. The mora 18 found necessar comparatively a( the people, from tolead a debauch COW, XXXIX,) sbi every individual but polite, (76%, Politeness ‘ommonly though Mahigh degree,| 400d figure and; {he man who poss Which costs noth Pap lV, uring it on tet excel, which Teason ‘portion of Iisa all Ne dereards AD, Mest 0 8 fat as- PSI, Tn most OMe, op p should nt he ese accomplish. Oclal entertain, larly useful as lad Who has no nent is of the ‘We would ask, cquirements as they are of parttuent, Hof time iste. 4 patdener can De convinced of et one of them distance at which ing them walking ivrge fom it one who walked only is the tne eturned, the der. ts it would be wel 1 on their minds, atory, orto depart re there is 0 re. applied by fing nal relaxation i e+ eed predation ne, and the one al plan fra young mig maser, and ie beats les may . i yer garnet UME both forthe bie ne to three hous in ye ten Yeats NO study any hogu te mom othind momig,[a , or cai tt taken in suas, 1 o write it comet son of eve lf hour's tl even in the ae! h asa Tesaneli tt er sleepilf wake channel; eM# channel‘se 4 ii orth somes proven ay ada ve the seit,“1 é Pala y), Iisa »pueee ea ete cat Nebel rs + ing, Ol ’ ADs ait ay pt (ne)* pee glenn Boox II. EDUCATION OF GARDENERS. 1141 drawing landscape and figures; the fourth, to Euclid’s Elements; the fifth, to drawing plants, flowers, i insects, and minerals; and the sixth to mechanics and experimental philosophy. The remainder of each| evening to be disposed of in writing essays and letters, both with a view tc improvement in the style, and in penmanship; to miscellaneous reading, if possible, from an encyclopedia, assigning a due proportion| to each kind of study or acquirements.| 7758. A holiday, when it occurs, we should recommend to be commenced with a language, as usual, and} to be included in the general rotation for that branch; but the remaining part of the day we would dispose| of in portions of one, two, or three hours, in bringing forward those evening studies which we had been least successful in during the week, or found ourselves most in want of for actual use. Holidays} are also particularly adapted for drawing, which, though it ought not to be neglected with artificial light,| yet goes on best with that of the sun. Nothing can be more mechanical than copying drawings, or draw-| ing from nature, and tiere is nothing(but want of will) that can hinder every gardener from being a{ good draughtsman in all the three departments. To paint in oil, or make highly finished drawings, valued as such, is quite a different thing, and not to be attempted but by such as have much leisure, or adopt that pursuit as a profession. 7759. The books necessary for general studies are, any authors on arithmetic, mensuration, and land- surveying, who are pretty full; any used copy of Euclid, and of Young’s Lectures on Natural Philoso-\ phy; or study the articles on the last subject in a goo encyclopedia. There is no very good drawing-; book for self-instructors, but some one may be borrowed, and those parts of any encyclopedia consulted| clan=p which treat on the subject. For the miscellaneous reading, all the books required are to be borrowed, and chiefly, if possible, an encyclopedia, which ought to be read through volume by volume, and notes| } | / taken in the pocket memorandum-book(7741.) of such parts as are considered best worth remembering. 7760. Conclusion. A great deal more might be said on this subject, did our limits permit; suffice it to add, that if a student only wills and exerts himself, everything will be found possible; difficulties may occur, and may retard for a time, but they will finally be overcome. The great thing is to be convinced of the impor-} tance of incessant application, by which any man may attain to eminence, and without which eminence was never yet attained.‘The profession of a gardener is, more than any other, favorable for mental ac- quirements; his labor is easy; his patron has a library: he has frequent opportunities in improving his language and manner, by being asked questions by his patron and his family, and other superiors who are educated and polished. He may also render himself useful to clergymen, medical men, and school- masters, by collecting and preparing objects of natural history for them, for which in return he will re- ceive useful hints, and the loan of books. A great object is, to accomplish all this, and yet have some spare money for travel and accidents, which is to be done by great simplicity(avoiding what is meagre) in food and dress; by neglecting the use of such luxuries as tea, sugar, spirits, and such other articles as are much taxed; by purchasing used clothes, and never new ones before having arrived at the degree of head gardener, for the best dress; and by having, for daily use, dresses of coarse grey stuff, not enhanced in price by much ornamental manipulation, or by taxes.— Though, in making these remarks, we have had in view chiefly young men, yet there is no period of life at which improvement may not be com- menced, and attempted with a degree of success that willamply repay. Atany period under thirty, every thing we have proposed may be attained: a great deal, even at forty, and enough to meliorate and hu- manise life, beginning even at the latest period. Let the gardener never forget that though something will depend on his organisation, yet, that much the greater part depends on education— on his desire of raising himself, and on incessant application. To desire anything ardently, is, in truth, to be inspired| with the power of attainment. ——w Sect. IV. Moral, Religious, and Physical Education of Gardeners. | 7761. The subject of morals(morales, Lat. manners) regards the conduct of man towards others; that of religion(religio, Lat. devotion, devoted tc), his opinions as to God or the nature of things; and that of physical education(physica, Lat. the know-{ ledge of nature) instructs him in the art of preserving health.|| 7762. Morality and religion are usually treated as depending on each other; the latter is considered as the principal foundation of the former, and man is taught to be sober|| eeeieiacetacee eee== and honest, not only to avoid the punishment awarded by the laws of his country, but| to avoid still greater punishment in futurity. But morality may and does exist apart| from religion; for truth and justice, honesty and humanity, are essential to the existence of regular society. Debauchery of every kind is attended with the loss of reputation, and more or less of bodily health; those who despise, and affect to treat with contempt or ridicule, the opinions of the respectable part of society, are themselves despised and 4 ( excluded from society in return. In the intercourse of society, a man always receives i St according as he gives; and as he treats others so is he treated himself. If he wishes to iH' be dealt with honestly, he must be honest; and if he wishes to be respected by respectable i ons men, he must respect them, and their conduct and principles. In short, independently of religious motives, it is necessary to be moral, in order not to be disreputable; and worth while to be highly so, in order to ensure confidence and respect. Whatever theory therefore the young gardener may adopt, there is only one practice which he will find to answer his expectations; and that is, the strictest regard to truth, honesty, sobriety,{ decency, and purity in himself; and respect for others, 1n proportion as these virtues 1 g appear in their conduct and conversation. ———— 7763. The moral law of all countries és essentially the same 5 because, in the rudest forms of society, it is found necessary to enforce justice and honesty; but among rude nations, and even among those in a comparatively advanced state, the more refined laws of morality are neglected. Thus in Russia, where the people, from the boor to the czar, are the most religious in Europe, it is no discredit to a gentleman: to lead a debauched life, or to pilfer trifling articles from another, or to steal from shops(Lyall’s Mos- i cow, XXxix.); but in a refined and luxurious state of society, such as that in Britain, the enjoyment of every individual depends not only on a strict, but a refined morality; and men must not only be civil, but polite. 7164. Politeness may be considered the ornament or finish of morals or manners; and though it is commonly thought to belong chiefly to the higher classes, yet it will be found both attainable and useful in a high degree, by every class, and by none more than the gardener. Polite and amiable conduct, like| a a good figure and address, recommend themselves at sight, and make at once an impression in favor of; the man who possesses them.“ Civility,” Lady M. W. Montague observes,“is a sort of current coin which costs nothing and buys everything.” The greatest genius and abilities will never procure a 4D 3 1142 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV, and acquirements, may both instruct and inform: but even these must be cautious as to the manner in hal pold of a mae man advancement, without a good address. We recommend the perusal of what Lord Chesterfield ob i gs this f has written on the subject, guarding against those slips of the pen where he seems to recommend im- tr other supt purity and deception. If these suit the character of a modern ambassador, they are practices which a poor i,‘runed§ man cannot afford to deal in. fae, 7765. The foundation of all true politeness is a desire to please others; though some mistake it for a dis- wing, Relig play of their own acquirements; and others, a cringing acquiescence to the opinions of others. The two To Sey on ast errors are to be avoided, the first as immediately, and the second in a short time, incurring contempt. ggnsclenc» To be polite with permanent advantage it is necessary to be sincere; and any degree of vanity, pride, or ithusias™ arrogance, is certain of proving offensive. To please others, one of the first things requisite, is to be ne hin or ara to be, pleased ourselves. A man may show his pleasure or displeasure, by his action, by his perty to oe f speech, and by his features. An easy, graceful, and yet manly action, is to be attained by the practice of from others 4% dancing and the manual exercise; a gracious and polite manner of speaking by much reading, and by y. all le attending to the language of ladies and gentlemen, frequenters of polished society; and the features of ciples h the face may be set to satisfaction, discontent, anger, or ill temper, according as either of these states of(1762); mind are adopted. If the muscles of his face are put in training by a gardener at the commencement of nnd Phys his apprenticeship, almost anything may be done with them, as may be proved by the case of comedians. aes A gardener’s object should be less the power of varying them, than of giving them a set expressive of deners 2 resp animation joined to a degree of satisfaction: this medium or central disposition he can occasionally alter houses the pro to that of pleasure on the one hand, or disapprobation on the other, as circumstances may require. ae e i 7766. An essential part of politeness is agreeable conversation, and taking part in the current amuse- was; 4 ments of the time and place. The art of conversation, like all other arts, is only to be acquired by reflec- tory and rheut! tion and expe he first thing is to store the mind with ideas on every subject by reading, and es-* very LOW ecially with anecdote, history and biography; the next thing is to adapt our conversation to the society pave.: in which we happen to be; and the last requisite is to endeavor to discover the precise part and quan- almost daily us tum of conversation which we ought to supply. t f themsel’ 7167. The art of conversation is as little understood by the great bulk of mankind as the art of chemistry: not 0 ome and the consequence is, that in ordinary society it consists in tiresome relations, as to the party or their either extreln } affairs; attempts to obtain victory in argument, to display knowledge or acquirements; or something By this the ¢ h which may give superiority over the others present; or of criticisms on the absent; the source of all‘ ts, al which is unrefined selfishness. Polite conversation is a totally different thing from disquisition; or mere these par, | talking about any one thing, whether relating to ourselves or others. In disquisition, the object is to ascer- place, the cor a) tain truth; in conversation, to pass the time in an interesting and agreeable manner.‘The object of every h ymatist,& a one who takes part in a polite conversation ought to be to please; whatever cannot be said on any subject Le king tit entered on, without giving offence to some one present, or to truth or decency, ought to be avoided. house, kine a By common consent, the party will pay due respect to the master of the house, as to the president of the house, so as t0 % assembly; and though all will contribute their share, those rich in talent and experience will naturally cli| sudator | contribute the most. ing and sues" 7/68. Every master of a family ought to instruct the members of it in the art of conversation, and danger 18£0 be to advise them more especially to avoid all subjects that lead to argument and discussion. These are of ae the bar H little service to truth or instruction; because men are seldom convinced by arguments carried on in ing 1m h society. No man is willing to be publicly convinced of anything, and especially if he who has the better against these, ¢ iI side of thetargument happens to be younger or of an inferior rank. Men may be willing to be instructed, soodten shoes, 4! { who would not submit to be convinced; and some will consent to receive information, who would feel Meee Jothin hurt at the idea of instruction. Elderly persons, however, and such as are of acknowledged experience ordinary C/N f which they correct, or contradict, or criticise; lest, as is often the case, they appear more eager to dis- 15 The founda play their own superiority, than to improve and oblige the party addressed.‘The love of self is liable mn HCHO, at every moment to break in upon and spoil everything; and therefore the grand object is to keep that imegulat, ores 5 : feeling continually under restraint by keeping alive the idea, that the object of all conversation is to{ution; the cause, : please.‘Three or four young gardeners, all eager for improvement, might practise conversation on this cet to thelr car | principle, by assembling occasionally, and either conversing as equal, or for the sake of variety and im- 776, A strict o provement, assuming characters. Two, for example, may take the part of the parents of a family; one enge to young garut or two as strangers on a visit to them, and the rest as children, and soon,‘The party might first produce ininebriety, Of 12 that sort of family wrangling and snarling, which commonly occurs at fire-sides, as the conversation to subject | be avoided; and next, a conversation as it ought to be, or as each gardener would desire to have it in ; his own family.: 7769. Whist, chess,§c. Yor the purpose of being able to join in the amusements of society, we have Seer, V, Of already recommended the study of whist, chess,&c. These are essential personal accomplishments of j every man who would find his way in society in England, where conversation is not nearly so well under- 4 stood as on the continent, and therefore less relied on for passing the time agreeably. nnn K oat | 7770. Elevation of manners. There are two things in conduct which the gardener ought most particu- TT. AB it larly to avoid, familiarity and cupidity. When these qualities discover themselves either in manner or the leisure tim i conversation, they are a certain mark of low birth and breeding. A low, ignorant man, if he receives his udament ¢ } the slightest civilities from a superior, immediately conceives the latter has a particular friendship for ms him; and soon endeavors to turn this friendship to advantage, by asking to borrow money to forward economy or ma himself in business, or requesting a place under government, or a pension. Ifa gentleman, or indeed any in his professic man, notices a low tamiliar woman, the latter immediately concludes he is in love with her; if she has Teaiertannt daughters, he has come to marry one of them; and at all events, he is a particular friend to be boasted Ee Ne | of and relied on in time of need, who will certainly advance the family in some way or other. Such is acquired, and i the self-love and ignorance of mankind betrayed by the vulgar; for familiarity proceeds from that sort of business of lif P| gross selfishness that puts no restraint on wishes that it does not consider grossly criminal; and indulges ie in the most absurd hopes, merely because, if realised, they would tend to their profit. gambling, to 1 | 7771. A well informed and polite man is not familiar with any one, because he knows that if he were The principal to lay bare eversehing respecting himself he would lessen respect; and he does not show an impertinent cing m ih curiosity after the circumstances of others, because it might hurt their feelings to expose them. Cupidity imited In its a| 4 is out of the question with him, because he knows mankind too well, to suppose they will give him a very imperfect! al valuable thing merely because he asks it; but even if there was a chance of getting it in this way, still he by which the ¢ | would not ask, because he might be asked for something still more valuable in return. In this way po-; at ee liteness becomes highly useful as a check upon gross selfishness; and by serving to keep up a mutual re- forming a pla spect between man and man, it restrains the offensive passions, ameliorates the temper, and promotes happiness\ social enjoyment. A man of sense and experience will not be very familiar with his most intimate friend. nie { Respect is always lessened in proportion as familiarity takes place; and without respect there is nothing and then stea t to hinder individuals, even the most intimately connected by ties of blood, affection, or interest, from 7778, For proving very offensive to each other. Where a weaker and stronger party, as man and wife, parents and often tl children, masters and servants, cease to act in such a way as to maintain a mutual respect, the stronger€n the mos f party is obliged to have recourse to the principle of fear,— becomes of necessity a domestic tyrant, and is case where a} i obeyed and hated, instead of being obeyed and respected. What is it that makes a man hate his wife’s aplan must b i} y faults more than those of any other woman? first, he knows them better: secondly, he knows he must p us L ti| put up with them: thirdly, he knows that she knows his faults, and hates them more than she does the the art of livir \ faults of any other man. All this arises from familiarity. as ell as the 4 a 7773. The want of mutual respect is the cause of many evils among the lower classes; it is the origin ¢ \ of almost all family quarrels, and of most of those between individuals; the cause, familiarity, ought yerformed at {| therefore to be avoided, by all who would be respected; anda salutary restraint placed on all their feelings, gard to soil Puan, Boox II. EDUCATION OF GARDENERS. 1143 i Sch both of love and hatred, curiosity and communicativeness. Judicious restraint is everything as to over-{i ich ot Conn a On cua a man properly under its influence may be compared to a well trained e 5 gure is familiar to the young gardener, it may be well for him frequently to ask him- Libra Selah supposing he were a cherry-tree, he would be reckoned one finely spread against a wall| a Tht pruned standard. iH ari 7773. Religion is a subject which we leave every gardener to arrange with his own\j iit ye conscience; only observing, that as it concerns only the man himself, and unless joined| i to enthusiasm and proselytism, can never injure others; every one should be left at li- iy, ul berty to think in this respect as he chooses. Let no one, however, consider that differing| he fet from others as to religion implies a difference in morality, or a neglect of moral princi-| these tof ciples; and let every gardener consider well what we have before said on this subject.} aan(7762.): ere 7774. Physical education._ It may be supposed superfluous to say anything to gar- canal deners in respect to health. But the truth is, that since the general introduction of hot- i =o ae houses, the profession of a gardener has become in some degree different from what it ited by refe. was; and he is now subject to heats and colds, which are liable to bring on inflamma- meee[ tory and rheumatic complaints. Being heated excessively in a hot-house, and cooled eat, to a very low degree in the open air during winter, or in an ice-house(which is now in , almost daily use in good gardens, for preserving fruits and vegetables) during summer, do ca not of themselves injure the constitution; but the evil arises from the partial operation of a| sO sebing either extreme by which one part of the frame is cooled or heated sooner than another. the wureeof al| By this the circulation and perspiration are unnaturally accelerated or diminished in When this takes uisition or mee are hia these parts, and of course the action of the whole system deranged. sto acer. 2 5 hecbjct of ere| place, the consequences are fever, costiveness, and often St. Anthony’s fire, ague, wal rheumatism,&c. If taken in time, opening the bowels and the hot-air bath of the hot- pee| house, taking care either to go at once from it to bed, or to the dry-stove and green- nce wl tury house, so as to cool gradually, will restore the system to order; if neglected, time, open- | ing and sudatory medicines, and probably the doctor, will be required. The principal *comersatio, and q. eee sitet danger is to be dreaded from the excessive heat and_ perspiration produced by work- els cami on in ing in the bark-stove or in pits, such as during shifting, syringing,&c. To guard capa against these, the operator should limit his dress at the time to a loose flannel shirt and i ) UL.-.. e.. + ovo ft wooden shoes, and when finished, should wipe himself perfectly dry before putting on his pledge experince ordinary clothing.} to the manner in j more cage(tdi|"775. The foundation of all health is regularity in the time and quantity of food taken, and in the com-| ove of elf islable= mon evacuations. If these are strictly attended to, everything will go on well; if suffered to become lj ct to Kee that irregular, every thing will go wrong. The stomach is the primum mobile, as it were, of the consti-| “conversation 1s{0 tution; the cause, when disordered, of the most afflicting diseases, and the first thing to be restored in Hi| nveration ou his order to their cure.:: of variety andi 7776. A strict attention to personal propriety and sober habits need hardly be mentioned, with refer- i ts of a fail;| ence to young gardeners who mean to advance themselves; to suppose, indeed, that they would indulge ght itr in inebriety, or in alehouse society, is so entirely out of the question, that we shall not enter on the he conversa(0 subject.}| desire to bare it| of svt veut Sxecr. V. Of Economical Education, or the general Conduct and Economy of a Gar- i bs uy,., seni dener’s Life. 1) pearly 80 well une;: i 7777. A gardener, who has attained his twenty-fifth year, and has carefully employed ott the leisure time of the preceding ten years in improving himself, will now have formed Cl et Of his judgment on most subjects; and be able to determine a general plan for the future| \ economy or management of his life. A man may be learned, or have a genius and taste in his profession, without having that taste or judgment as to the economy of life which if! leads to fitness and propriety of conduct, and will induce him to fix on an object to be sith het; fou ne acquired, and devise and pursue rational means of obtaining it. Bad taste in the common es A cat business of life may lead to bad plans, to a desire to acquire property too rapidly, to Bie: a gambling, to match-making, to quackery, and, probably, even to crime and disgrace. cause of this bad taste is, that what is called education is much too i The principal limited in its objects; or that part which is commonly left to parents or masters is but very imperfectly supplied. A youth ought not only to be instructed in the different laws iit by which the conduct both of individuals and society is regulated, but also in the art of forming a plan for the management of his talents, so as they may best contribute to his y: happiness. Nothing is more conducive to happiness, than fixing on an end to be gained, i if | | It, and then steadily pursuing its attainment. sf bd 7°. my. 7778. Forming a plan of conduct. Though some things in every mans life, and often the most important things, are the result of accident; yet here, as in every other i] case where a multitude of actions are to be performed with a view to an ultimate object,{|; a plan must be of importance for their arrangement. No man is born in possession of i| the art of living, any more than of the art of gardening. The one requires to be studied| as well as the other; and a man can no more expect permanent satisfaction from actions i performed at random, than he can expect a good crop from seeds sown without due re-| t of mankind enter on life without any fixed| «pati i gis et ard to soil and season. The greater par : art, OUF g i 4D4\ PE wy peel ee EL OL P44 STATISTICS OF GARDENING. Parr IV. . sae! Mm view; or, if they form some general notion of acquiring wealth or distinction, hey form no plan by which it is to be accomplished; the consequence is, that such per- sons, after blundering on through their best years, arrive at the end without having gained anything but experience, now of no use to them. When we look round and observe the quantity of misery in the world; the greater proportion 1s, or seems to be, the result of a want of plan, or of a bad plan of life.© How many parents are unsuccessful in their struuplec ara Speen Terabe oa Sete::- uggles to maintain a large fone; the result of too early marr lage, anda thoughtless and unmeasured procreation! How many tind themselves arrived at old age with no - Qe, y 7> o ¢ other resource for support but charity; the consequence of want of foresight in expen i 1 ernandareleuktor: es: Pan How many are suffering under poverty brought on by their own want of fru- gality, or positive extravagance; or under disease from excesses and irregularities committed in the hey-day of life! And how many, among those not born to inherit pro- perty, who, at no period of their life, have any other alternative between hard labor and deficient food, than disease and want! 7779. Want of plan may not, in every case, be the cause of all this misery; i“ TTT?,‘ J se of< s y; because ac life for something, both in the unfavorable as well as the favorable side of the GEE IEA OED ee hesitation in asserting, that want of plan, as a cause of misery, is as ninety-nine to a hundred Any slats at all, even a bad plan, is better than none; because those who set out on any plan will, in all probahilit 7 sooner discover its errors, if a bad one, and correct them, than those, who set out on no plan will aie cover the want of one, and form a good plan.— Plan, in short, is predestination, as conduct is fate Th e young gardener, who is Just setting out in life, may well tremble at the consequences of proceeding on Ee journey without the guide of a judicious plan. This plan he must form himself: because he alone knows the nature of his talents and resources;—all that we can do is to offer a few hints. d 7780. In order to be able to form a plan, it is previously necessary to determine the object to be obtained by it. Happiness is the object of every action of human life, and consists in the gratification of certain wants and desires; some of these desiderata are peculiar to youth, and others to old age; but many, as clothing, food, rest, relaxation, entertainment,&c. begin with the earliest, and continue to the latest period of life. All these gratifications are procured by labor; in savage life, by hunting, fishing, and gathering fruits, till the man, no longer able for these labors, is obliged to lie down and die of want: in civilised society they are also obtained by labor; but here, what is called property exists; and man in the vigor of his days, when the supplies of his labor are greater than the demands of his wants and desires or when he chooses not to gratify the latter to the full extent admitted by the former, can, as it were em- body a part ohne labor to be zaade use of when he is no longer able to perform it with ease. A man in this case, is said to arrive at independence; instead of want, as in the case of the savage: o pene as in the case of the improvident. Hee oe ee 7731. Independence is the grand olject which not only a gardener, but every man destined to live by the exercise of his labor or talents, ought to have in view. At certain periods of life, when the imagination is vivid, and health and spirits in their utmost vigor .... B 5? some may prefer glory, high literary or professional reputation, or even present pleasure; and it is a noble attribute of our nature to prefer these to mere accumulation of money: but a great warrior, poet, or painter, arrived at old age and want, if the latter be brought on by common improvidence, will not find himself surrounded by many marks of dis- tinction; and, though it may possibly be some consolation to him, that the three or four letters composing his name will be sometimes pronounced together after he is dead, yet it will not be much. 7782. The exercise of las profession is the most rational mode in which a gardener, or any person properly educated to one, can pursue independence. Only extraordinary cir- cumstances can justify a change of profession; in common cases it indicates a want of steadiness of character, or a want of success; and the latter is commonly attributed to want of skill. It is better, therefore, to pursue unremittingly the profession to which we have been educated, even though we should not be very successful in it, than to risk an infringement on character by adopting another. The practice of gardening, as we have already seen(7377.), is carried on by three different classes, serving, tradesmen, and artist gardeners. The greater number of young men cannot do better than commence in the first branch. To begin in the second, unless an established business is purchased, a partnership in a respectable firm procured, or some situation discovered where there is an effectual demand for produce, would, to a young man without connection, be attended with at least a loss of time, if not with greater losses. As to the third branch, the de- mand is so very limited, that it can never be recommended in a general way. It remains, therefore, for the young gardener to look to the serving branch, as that by which he will the more certainly attain to independence. 7783. Of serving gardeners, there are two species, with their varieties; the public gardener and private gardener.‘The latter is the only species to be recommended in a general way; but whichever a young gardener adopts, it would be well if he could pre- viously procure himself to be sent abroad for a year or longer, as gardener or collector to some expedition; or éven if he could, at his own expense, visit Amsterdam, Antwerp, Leyden, and Paris. All this he may do at present, proceeding by sea to Rotterdam, either from London or Edinburgh, for less than twenty-five pounds; and a judicious young man, even though so much devoted to improvement as we suppose our young gardener to have been, ought to have saved that sum by his twenty-fifth year. In times of war it may be more expensive, or impossible. 7784. Sitwations.‘Though it be seldom that a gardener can choose a situation for him~ » Boos{] elt my bs are guficient is requisites| ing 4 permis agreemenls ol situations wor on his ow ac spending his d situation at ho about two th state. The the second ne 717185. jit neat wages th depend on el object, and it to high iter money saved, begin saving 4 out every yea cipal; and at{ lives of himsell If he saves 7186, By con a gardener, or pendence; but annually; and time for previot as he will onl personally, I time will bring complished ga If he save TI8T. These Northampton 1 while in Lond 7788, The together as in however, may anxious t9 cor of their furnit ate twenty,] ofa life of hai After twenty--f duced, and are Can say is that Paar]y, tistinton at uh pets My gained Wthserve the eresalt of sin tein tinh a, vikng pht in pen. L Want of fy. imeeulats to inherit po 1 hard labor \ brohatility Noa, villi, ducts fate, The on the ise he alone knoys beet tobe obtained tification of certain ages bat many, a tinue{6 the Laat unting, fishing, ani nd die of want in ts; end man, int rans and deste, ot a, It Were, em.# thease Aman, in rage, or of begary, mthe , but every man view, At certain her uttos vig, present pare; sation of moter: latter be brett ny marks of tthe threo fn rhe is dea, ich a garden extraordinary tl dicate ava pony attbute sion fo which ie i, than ts ening, ag nelate fi trades,£0" than comment xsi pts 8 1 where ee 8 ction, be stete rd br te way. It re t by ihe mil Boox IL. EDUCATION OF GARDENERS. 1145 self, it may be proper to mention, that by far the best in the world are in England; there are some good situations in Scotland, and a few in Ireland; and there are occasionally good offers to go abroad as gardeners to the governors of British colonies, or to eminent merchants there. The principal foreign openings for British gardeners, however, are in Russia, where the emperor employs nearly a dozen head gardeners, generally British; and where the same, or a greater number, are in the service of the first-rate nobility. The salaries given are not very great; but the accommodations and necessary advantages are sufficient to admit a frugal man’s saving the greater part of the salary. Great care is requisite, however, to have a written arrangement before leaving this country, includ- ing a permission to return at pleasure, as no confidence can be placed in the verbal agreements of most of even the highest Russian nobility. We know of no other foreign situations worth notice. Ifa gardener thinks of going to America, or any of the colonies, on his own account, he will, of course, require a certain capital, and must also reckon on spending his days there. Supposing a young gardener to have obtained a tolerably good situation at home, and to have proved it for a year or two, he should, in our opinion, set about two things; the first is saving money, and the second is entering into the married state. The first is absolutely essential to the scheme of being independent in old age; the second nearly equally so to passing through life comfortably. 7785. With respect to saving money, we shall not attempt to state the proportion of neat wages that may be yearly saved; nor how the money may be best laid out; as these depend on circumstances. All we need suggest, is the necessity of keeping the ultimate object, and its great advantages, continually in view, and to prefer security of principal to high interest. As some data to enable the reader to estimate the accumulation of money saved, and put in a savings’ bank, or in the funds, we shall suppose a gardener to begin saving at the age of 27, and to continue saving till he attains his 50th year; laying out every year’s savings at only 4 per cent., adding half-yearly the interest to the prin- cipal; and at the end of that period purchasing an annuity for his own life, or the joint lives of himself and wife, with the accumulated sum: then— & Se£ S. 10 f 3566 3) fe2oe 20 15 549 5| 43 10 20 132) 0 57 17 25 915 9 42\oO 1098 10 A:: 86 15 Lyra. serene: rp which will purchase an annuity for a i445, 15 If he saves{ ee Set) aa Be wee 4 wee th y person eee 50 years, or for two lives 4 ae AF } 60| ae 2197 1| of that value, of 173 11 70 2563 5 202 9 80 2929 8 234 7 90 3295 12 260 6 L100)(3661 16 289 4 7786. By commencing master-gardener, and beginning to save at twenty years of age, r, or eyen a common laborer, may attain the same advantages as to inde- ith inferior domestic comforts, as he cannot afford to spend so much annually; and with less enjoyment from literary and intellectual sources, because his time for previous improvement is reduced one half; and in the after part of his life, as he will only be able to obtain inferior situations, he must calculate on laboring If he begins at twenty, however, and saves till he is fifty, the additional nearly the same totals as those of the more ac- a gardene pendence; but w personally. time will bring his smaller sums to very complished gardener: thus— z£ S.££ Ss. 5 6280 8) 22 2 8 448 12 3016 10 560 16 44 5 15 841 4=H oH 20 1121 12)\hich will purchase an annuity for a, F 425% a-year, it will amount, 4 1402 Tit ue ged 50 ¥ for two lives 3110 15 2 Vv A 2~O¢» yerson aged SU years, or 10 0 lives ze Hike sarc; 30 in 30 years, to| ion e 3 that value, of\ nae a 40 2245 1 177, 42 50 2804 0 221 10 60 3364 16 255 15 655(3645 4 L288 0 7787. These calculations being made at the rate of 4 per cent. interest, and the Northampton valuation of life,(by which a man at 50 is estimated to live 18 years longer, while in London only 16 years,) must be considered as Jow rather than otherwise! 7788. The vulgar reason why a young man ought to save money 1s, that he may get together as much as may enable him to collect some furniture and get married. This, however, may be called saving to produce want and misery. A young loving couple, anxious to consummate their first wishes, will not be very nice in the quantity or quality of their furniture. All they consider necessary is accordingly often acquired before either are twenty. Housekeeping and propagation are commenced; and thus the foundation laid of a life of hard labor, scanty food, and their attendants, bad temper, and often disease. After twenty-five years of bustle and distraction, half a score of children have been pro- duced, and are most probably growing up in rags and ignorance; and all that this couple can say is that they have struggled hard to create nine times as much misery as that by ee — ie ee~ 1146 4.. which they are thems be malinca nie Daptessed: If the man had limited himself for twent indeseleneel cane ane he might have accumulated as much as would ha=; ec eee Ke still had sufficient time before him to cis ae ous to every man aie is oe o e‘ oa children. But the use of a wife to a aie speed domestic establishment. ie es nae ought to be chiefly as the operative Ese a Tet adic Pippte prepate nis food, and keep in order his lodging aie Bi aaa m to these duties, she has cultivated, or will cultivate he ging and clothes. cm tering companion 0 sch hier and if the parts Tor hh Pe Universal cane- independence, and rear one or two children- nea ea.,= 1appiness should never be rejected, when they sae five years Te alma a halendar of every part 0 fn genes aree; or evel) menced earlter reverses ane 0 coed t0 the n0 Avel Weathel| the at mot _—_—— London- Bainburgh i Dublin- q (ee 1, Kalenda London. Inthe first we br flies appear on Wil 9, Kalendar London. In the first we flower; and othe from December. Second week:' Third week:| in sheltered pl chickweed(2 Fourth week to flower; and sc pansy(Viola. tr odorata), archal foot(Tussilago 1 3. Kitchen bles, Sow(2071.) eat the ning, ¢ the end of thet Jong-pod beans i (3617) Inth sloping to the early and brow lar border, in tt short-topt radis colored,(3760, Protect(2 sown seeds, s Transplant(‘ tribe carrots, pz Dig(1864.) a dry Weather, Prepare(1970, toneatness 935 Paar IY, tative Years “Nemade him AN td enjoy © gee, and pti bis NS nd thes, nd 3 tp, ei dre, let then en they can KALENDARIAL INDEX. Tur almanac time in this a kalendar of nature is given for the metropolitan district, t every part of the empire, be varied to suit the In general, other circumstances being a gree, or menced earlier in that proportion southwards, reverse, and operations deferred as we advance southwards, a due weight to local circumstances. ceed to the north. In every case allowing every 70 miles north or south of London: in spring; kalendar is calculated for the meridian of London; but as he almanac time may, in local climate and vegetation. like, four days may be allowed for every de- operations may be com- and later northwards; but in autumn the and accelerated as we pro- JANUARY. OO < Greatest Weather Average of| Variation BETAS Quantity| at ee see~| from the oo er of Rain. |*| Average.* London-| 35 9 6| 29 56| 1:957inch. Edinburgh| 34 5 29 194 2:994 92 29 721 2°697 Dublin=| 29 a 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. Inthe first week: shelless snails(Helix) and earth- worms(Lumbricus terrestris) appear. Second week: redbreast(Motacilla rubicola) whistles, nuthatch(S¢tta europea) chatters, misel- toe-thrush(Turdus viscivorus) sings, and wagtails| (Motacilla alba et flava) appear. Third week: the common lark(Alauda arvensis) congregates. Fourth week: snails(Helix hortensis) and slugs (Limax ater et hyalinus) abound in sheltered parts of gardens; the hedge-sparrow(Motacilla modularis) whistles, the large titmouse(Parus major) sings, and flies appear on windows. 9°, Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: some plants acc flower; and others, as the laurustinus, from December.. Second week: winter aconite(Eranthis hyemalis), Christmas-rose(Heleborus feetidus) 0 flower, and hazel(Corylus avellana) catkins beginning to ap- pear; common honeysuckle(Lonicera periclyme- num) buds begin to appear. Third week: primrose( yimula vulgaris) flowers in sheltered places; daisy(Bellis perennis) and chickweed(Alsine media) begin to flower. Fourth week: mezereon(Daphne mexereon) begins to flower; and sometimes spurry(Spergula arvensis), pansy(Viola tricolor), white scented violet(Viola odorata), archangel(Lamium rubrum), and colts- foot(Tussilago purpurea et odorata) show blossoms. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary vegeta- bles. Sow(2071.) early identally in continued frame and Charlton peas about the beginning, and some dwarf marrowfats about the end of the month.(3601.) Early mazagan and long-pod beans in the first week(3616.) and the last. (3617.) In the last fortnight, on a sheltered border, sloping to the south, the hardy green Egyptian, early and brown Dutch lettuces.(3970.) On a simi- Jar border, in the first and second week, early dwarf short-topt radish 5 in the last fortnight, the salmon- colored.(3760.) Protect(2206.) by temporary coverings, newly sown seeds, as lettuce, endive, celery,&c. Transplant(2079.) strong plants of the brassica tribe carrots, parsneps,&c., to run for seed. SS So REMARKS. A cold January is reckoned seasonable. The gardener, during this month, does not labor in the garden more than five hours a-day; allowing one hour more for early and late attendance on hot-house fires, and seven hours for sleep, there remains eleven hours for personal improvement, Let the young gardener, who is ambitious of distinguishing himself from the common clay of his| f these hours run to waste, 7751.| profession, not let one 0! Insects,&c-(2276.) Destroy slugs, set traps for mice, and remove all larve, webs, eggs,&c. 4. Hardy fruit department. aa(2077.) fruit-trees in general, in open wea- ther. Protect(2206.) newly-planted trees from frost and drought by mulching(2098.); fig-trees by fronds or mats, jf you have neglected this business in October. (4861.) Prune(2110.) apples, pears, plums, cherries, goose~ berries, currants, and raspberries, preferring mild weather, or only moderate frosts. Prune first such trees as stand in compartments or borders that you wish to dig or dress(2579.); apricots in the last fort- night, if very mild.(4535.) Loosen the extremities of the shoots of such trees as it is not proper to prune at present, and wash them with soap-suds and sulphur, or scalding water if insects are suspected.(2276.) Dig(1864.) and stir the earth round trees which have been pruned; trench ground intended for trees. Stake newly planted trees.(2098.) Clean trees from moss, mistletoe,&c.(2624.) Guard against hares, by tarring or lime-whiting their stems, or tying thorns round them.(2222. Destroy(2280.) insects by washes, or hot water, applied both to walls and trellises, and to the trees. Fruit-room and cellar.(2298.) Look over the fruit in open boxes or shelves, and pick out decayed or tainted ones; but do not touch the casks of fruit in the cellar.(2299.) 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without heat.(2686.) Sow radishes, lettuce, carrots, small-salads(3399.); and peas and beans for transplanting.(3616.) Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Prepare for making up hot-beds for early cucumbers(3178.) and melons (3281.), if you have not begun in November. Sow early radishes, and small-salading on slight hot-beds. (4078.) Sow carrot on a slight hot-bed, to produce a crop for drawing in April and May.(3400.) Kidney- beans, peas, potatoes(3367. 3681. 3683.),&c. may be sown and planted on slight hot-beds in small pots, to fit them for transplanting.(7446.) Force asparagus (3349.), sea-kale(3366.) and tart-rhubarb(3366.), on hot-beds, or in pits, or in the open garden.(3398, and 4263. Pinery.(2697.) Give air and water sparingly to pines; sow kidneybeans; take in strawberries. Forcing-houses.(2940, and 3063.) Give air and water, and, according to the progress your trees have made, increase your stimuli of every description. Attend to kidneybeans and strawberries, wherever Dig(1864.) and trench(1870.) vacant ground in dry weather. Prepare(1970.) composts and manures. Attend to neatness(2359.), by picking up all dead leaves, and removing all plants killed by the frost,&c. (2355. to 2373.) ol— you have any stove-room.(3367. and 3358.) 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- | partinent. | Plant(2077.) dried roots of border-flowers, if not a ry ns 1148 done before; but defer planting bulbs of the finer florists’ flowers till February, unless the weather is very mild.(6502.) Transplant(2079.) daisies, and other edgings, if the weather is fine, and it was not done before.(6528.) Protect(2205.) choice plants by. matting, litter, cases of wicker-work, old bark, and all other proper means, observing to do it with due attention to neatness in this department of gardening.(2359.) Attend to the finer sorts of tulips, which will emerge from the ground by the end of the month; hoop them over, and apply mats.(6252.) Ranunculuses and anemones, which have been planted in Novem- ber, will require a similar attention.(6270.) 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without heat.(2686.) Attend to the alpines(6537.): they should have air every dry day, and must, in very severe weather, be protected by mats, and even litter, to imitate their native snow covering at this season. Mignonette and other prolonged annuals, as stocks, sweetpeas,&c. will require similar attention.(6486.) Look to choice auriculas(6375.) and polyanthuses(6398.); keep them plunged in frames in old tan, or, what is better, saw dust, or ashes. In general, never attempt to keep a potted plant through the winter in a cold frame, unless it be plunged, or the pots be standing very close together. Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Begin to force roses 218.) and other shrubs, and hardy flowers, as well as bulbs, if you have not begun in November: put bulbs in blowing-glasses.(6503.) Green-house.(6211.) Minim. temp. for this month, 40 deg., max. at fire-heat, 44 deg. See that the most delicate plants be in the warmest part of the house, in so far as is consistent with other arrangements: give air freely in fine weather, and water at all times sparingly.(6212.) Dry-stove.(6176.) Min. temp. for this month 45 deg. with fire-heat; water very sparingly, but give air every fine day.(6212.) Bark, or moist stove.(6214.) Theminimum tem- perature for this department, with fire-heat, may be 58 deg. and maximum 70 deg.: water and give air with discretion. 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery, Plant(2077.) most sorts of deciduous trees in fine weather, and deciduous hedges.(6838. and 6816.) Prune(2110.) native and naturalised deciduous shrubs and trees(6884.); cut deciduous hedges(6899): attend to the weather: only the very hardiest natives are to be cut during frosts and snows.(6889.) Digging.(1864.) Continue this operation in the interior of masses and groups, as well as in the shrubberies and other sereen plantations. Where the exterior abounds with flowering shrubs and plants, it should have been dug in autumn, and KALENDARIAL INDEX. Dress turf(6191.) and gravel(1957.): the former may be done in moist, but the latter only in dry weather. Form and repair lawns and t yerg i i weather,(2100. and 2101.) a 9. Trees.— Nursery department. _ Lay out(6973.) ground for a nursery, if not done m autumn; gather all manner of tree-seeds.(6982.) Dig(1864.) end trench(1870.) vacant ground be- tween the rows of plants, which are to stand a year longer: fill up any vacancies as you go along.(7470.) Lift(2081.) plants fit for planting out. Prune(2110.) nursery plants before planting; do this in sheds, and keep the roots covered with mat- ting or moss. Gather{2292.) cones of the larch and other firs, and of the pine tribe.(6984.) Protect(2206.) beds of germinating seeds with straw or litter; put other tender seedlings in pots under frames, or mats and hoops, from birds, mice, snails, and other vermin,(2290.) Rotting-ground(6979.): turn over the different layers frequently, and see that none of them are soaked with water. Seed-loft and cellar(6980.): look to all the sorts of seeds in these departments; whether buried in sand, or in heaps, layers, baskets, drawers, or bags. Destroy(2280.) vermin, and, in bad weather, cut and paint tallies and prepare parchment labels, number-sticks, hooks for laying,&c.(1517.) 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery, Prepare(6817.) ground for grove or screen planta- tions; for useful strips; for detached, and for hedge- row trees; and planting in general.(6878.) Plant(2077.), in dry weather, deciduous trees, Scotch pine, and larch fir.(6997.) Prune(2110.) deciduous trees, and also larch fir and Scotch pine groves(6892.), hedge-row trees, must not be deferred till next month. and indeed deciduous forest-trees in every form (6884.); cut and plash, repair and renovate, and complete hedges of deciduous plants or trees. (6917.) Enclose and fence(6820) ground intended to be planted(6822) by posts and rails in all weathers (6820.); but by mortar walls, in mild weather only. (6823.) Felt(6954.) timber-trees, where the bark is no object. Thin(6905.) crowded plantations, distinguishing between such as consist of sorts fit for barking, or transplanting, and sorts for consumption in any of the usual forms of young trees, or coppices(6906. and 6915.), and otherwise prepare for planting the more extensive(6817.) sites.(6820. to 6851.) Excavate and remove ground for forming pieces of water,&c.(1945. and 7217.) FEBRUARY. | vets esl) Greatest.| Greener REMARKS, | 4 Fariati+ Ss 7 Weather| the Ther-| Veta of the| Qeent’s This month(the spring or sprout kale month of the Saxons) a| mometer.| EES e ne Barometer.| CS is usually subject to much rain, or snow; either is ac- | mabe| counted seasonable: the old proverb being,“ February | fill dike with either black or white.” Early forced articles, London-| 42 3| 5 70 ok 0°873 inch.| and especially cucumbers and peaches, require great Edinburgh! 36 6 29 F555 i269, care during this month; when the sun does not appear Dublin- 43 78 50, O91| 2:24 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: bees(Apis mellifera) come out of their hives, gnats(Cudex) play about, insects(Jn- sect@) swarm under sunny hedges, and the earth- worm(Lumbricus terrestris) lies out; hen-chaf- finches(Fringilla) flock, and the song-thrush, or throstle(Turdus musicus), and common lark(Alauda arvensis) sing. Second week: the buntings(Emberiza alba) and linnets(Fringilla linota) appear in flocks; sheep (Ovis aries) drop their lambs; geese(Anas anser) begin to lay.: Third week: rooks(Corvus Srugilegus) begin to pair, and resort to their nest-trees; house-sparrows (Fringilla domestica) chirp, and begin to build; the chaffinch(Fringélla celebs) sings. for several days, danger is to be apprehended from damps, _and at other times from ChUIS: BE eden Aimer sh ie Fourth week: the partridge(Tetrao perdrix) begins to pair, the blackbird(Turdus merula) whistles, and the field and wood larks( Alauda arvensis et arborea) sing; the hen(Phasanus gallus) sits. 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London, In the first week: the snowdrop(Galanthus ni- valis), whin(Ulex europeus), white deadnettle(La- mium album), polyanthus(Primula veris) flowers; and the elder(Sambucus nigra), and some roses and honeysuckles, begin to expand their leaves. Second week: common crowfoot(Ranunculus re- pens), dandelion(Leontodon taraxacum), and the female flowers of hazel(Corylus avellana) appear._ Third week; veronica agrestis in flower; many of the poplar and willow tribe show their catkins; and wees, Q 3h‘ O00.‘A vary C0 Tempor ary; Temp f spruct purnet,(44:- Transplant(= autumn, the bras ory, endit io(1804) and A sather, moderate weallle”, of this Kind only 3 * Destroy insects» Store-room Lat vots,(1704. and] Tool-room. Se ]}| petore being lala 4, Hardy ir Plant(2077,) al weathers fine(#2 of the month,(4/ Protect roots of 4/08,; tops{ apr trees coming int Prune(211 before the blosse to 4500.); apples month(4569, an nail them, 2 berries,(46 Prepare groun strawberry-plant trees are pruned stakes(2085,); fence orchard t may be expectec Destroy insect. Fruit-room.(2 the loose fruit, clase drawers: 1 Fruit.cellar,| close casks, and the air, will requ ing out extreme stand between 3 I 5, Culinary Glass case wit! salads,&, a8 i (3381,) Hot-beds and toforce cucumt DOW set to work inaction sooner of salads(3399 or continue t kale, tarterhub. of early cabbag planting, Mushroom-bed Spawn New ones Leds by linings, >) ‘the f SEC only in dy ti Yetye, in wild Patten, YOU go alon i" Ing Out, fore planting: dy Covered With ma), neh and other fin, nating tees with 1 over the diferent at none of them are Took to all the ars $5 Whether buried in ets drapery, or bags, in bad weather, ut re parchment label, ng, ke,(SII) elt plantations and grove or screen planta etached, and forbes peneral(N78 ees, ane larch fi WAR OW trees, stetrees ID every Lorn repair cious plants ot tee round inte nd. rails in all ve js in wild weather where the bath 1 ntations, distng sorts fit for bet onsummption 10 trees, or opie prepate fo (it gund for formung F* NB 11\ beni (Tenet test Vjoyntles 2 nde ails) SiS dus meres } etable tit rout powdrop wi | i une; 3 iy wit oes sie : vq) and Ue a oF | also the yew(Taxus baccata), alder(Alnus communis), the tulip(Tudipa), crown-imperial(Fritillaria am-|( season. See that suckers on dung-heat are not too perialis), and various other bulbs, boldly emerging trom the ground. Fourth week: the erica carnea, wood strawberry (Fragaria vesca), some speedwelis(Veronica), the groundsel, and sometimes the stock and wall- tlower(Cheiranthus), in flower. Some sorts of goose- berries, apricots, and peaches, beginning to open their buds. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary vegeta- bles. Sow(2071.) radishes at twice or thrice(3760.) 5 round-leaved spinage twice(3771.), lettuce for suc- cession(3970.), peas and beans in the beginning and end of the month(5601. and 3616.); some early cab- bages to replaceany plants of the last August sowing: at the end of the month, red cabbage.(3492. and 3518.) In the last week savoys(3519.); in the last fortnight dill, chervil, and fennel(4097.to 4109), early Horn car- rot near the end of the month(3718.), early Dutch turnip in the last fortnight(3698.), small salads every fortnight(4078.), onions for a full crop in the last week, and a few leeks at the same time.(3816. and 3835.) oud Temporary coverings.(2206.) Cover with litter, fronds of spruce and silver fir, mats, and other means, as circumstances may require Plant(2077.) Jerusalem artichokes(3692.), chives, garlic, shalots(3838. to 3847.), horse-radish(4113.), licorice(4245.), and potatoes.(3676.) Propagate, by rooted offsets(1988.), mint, balm, sorrel, penny-royal, tansy, tarragon, fennel, and purnet.,(4081. to 4131.) Transplant(2079.) for seed, if it was not done in autumn, the brassica tribe, onions, carrots, turnips, beet, celery, endive, parsneps, and leeks. Dig(1864) and trench(1870.) vacant ground in moderate weather, and perform all other operations of this kind only in dry weather. Destroy insects by the usual means.(2280.) Store-room. Look over onions, and other dried roots.(1704. and 1705.) Tool-room. See that tools are always cleaned betore being laid by at this season.(1706.) 4, Hardy fruit department. Plant(2077.) all sorts of fruit-trees, when the weather is fine(4361.): strawberries towards the end of the month.(4717.) Protect roots of new-planted trees by mulching (2098.); tops of apricot, plum, peach, and nectarine trees coming into blossom.(2206.) Prune(2110.) apricots, peaches, and nectarines, before the blossom-buds are much swelled(4480. to 4550.); apples and pears before the end of the month(4369. and 4433.): finish vines(2965.), and nail them, and also gooseberries, currants, and rasp- berries.(4634. 4670. 4680. and 4696.) Prepare ground for planting(2077.) 5 spring-dress strawberry-plants; dig and dress ground where the trees are pruned; support newly planted trees with stakes(2098.); clear the bark of trees of moss,&C.; fence orchard trees where sheep, cattle, or hares may be expected.(2624.) Destroy insects.(2280.) Fruit-room.(2298.) Keep continually examining the loose fruit, whether in the open shelves, or close drawers: remove all tainted specimens. Fruit-cellar.(2299.) Such fruit as is put up in close casks, and sealed or plastered up to exclude the air, will require no farther attention than keep- ing out extreme frosts, so as the temperature may stand between 32 and 40 degrees. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without heat.(2686.) Sow lettuces, small salads,&c. as in last month(3399.), plant potatoes. -) Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) In the first week begin to force cucumbers and melons: in general, the beds now set to work produce finer fruit than those put in action sooner.(5164. and 3271.) Continue sowings of salads(3399.), and kidneybeans(3367.); begin or continue to force asparagus, potatoes, sea- kale, tart-rhubarb,&c.(4203.); sow a few seeds| page of e planting. KALENDARIAL INDEX. 1149 Pinery.(2697.) Attend to the proper temperature 2847, and 2872.): pines want little air or water at this moist. Forcing department.(2940.) If you have not begun before, this is a very good time to commence with most sorts of fruits, peaches, cherries, vines,&c. Set in strawberries and other plants in pots, also fruit-trees and shrubs, and plant kidneybeans; apply stimuli by degrees, but, having once begun to excite, do not decline, otherwise you produce an in- jurious check to vegetation. See to the stems of vines which are outside the forcing-houses and stoves which are at work.(3012. and 3031.) 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Sow(2071.) a few hardy annuals in the last fort- night, if the weather be fine: most of the sorts are better deferred till the end of March.(6507.) Mig- nonette and ten-weeks’ stocks, in a warm border, to be protected in severe weather.(2206. and 6486.) Propagate hardy plants from the root and herb; but September or March are better seasons.(6490.) Plant dried roots, when the weather is open and dry.(6501.) Transplant(2079.), if the last fortnight be fit weather, the hardier biennial and perennial border- flowers.(6490. and 6505.) Shelter and protect(2206.) by all the usual means 5 but take care not to exclude air and light a moment longer than is absolutely necessary. Prepare vacant ground for plants and trees, also composts for plants in pots.(1981.) Bees. Feed such hives as are weak.(1748.) 7. Flower. garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without heat.(2686.) Dress select auri- culas, and cover them at night to promote their growth(6376.); sow ten-weeks’ stocks, and migno- nette, for successional supply.(6218. and 6486.) Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) In the last week, prepare for tender annuals, continue to force bulbs, and the usual sorts of border-flowers and Dutch roots in dung-beds and pits heated by fermentable substances, steam, or by smoke-flues.(6503.) Green-house.(6211.) Minimum heat for this month, 40 deg. maximum, with fire-heat, 44 deg. Give air freely in fine weather, but water sparingly; the alternate drying by fire-heat, and then mace- rating by watering, is a sure way of killing tender plants in small pots. Bark, or moist stove.(6214.) Give air whenever the thermometer rises to 70 deg. or under it, if the sun shines, keeping up your fire and bottom heat. Begin to propagate by the usual modes; attend to neatness and routine culture. Dry-stove.(6176.) Min. 45 deg., max. with fire- heat, 50 deg. Give water and air as in January. 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) deciduous trees and hedges, as in January; deciduous shrubs after the middle of the month.(6138. 6160. and 6189.) Prune(2110.) as before, finishing Most sorts by the middle of the month, if possible.(6190.) Dig(1864.) as before, and include the flower and shrubbery borders towards the end of the month. Sweep and roll gravel-walks and lawns(6191,); trim the edges of verges with a weeding-iron; remove mosses and weeds everywhere.(6201.) Form and prepare jawns and gravel-walks, as directed for last month.(2100. and 2101.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees. Sow kernels and fruit-stones(7011. and 7016.); lay quince, walnut, and mulberry trees; plant cuttings of the gooseberry, currant, and elder. Lay or graft the berberry, bazel-nut, and filbert. 7031.) Preserve cuttings of the vine and fig in dry earth(4809.) 5 plant suckers of the raspberry; prepare for grafting.(2043.) Ornamental shrubs. Sow hardy deciduous sorts; lay and plant cuttings, and take off suckers for pro- ition; plant out in nursery rows, and prune deciduous kinds.(7031.) ’rly cabbage and cauliflower lants for early= ‘= E 4 Forest trees.(6982. to 7031.) Sow mountain ash, hornbeam, wild cherry, hawthorn, ash-keys, hazel- Mushroom-beds._ Protect established beds, and Ft. nut, acorms, walnuts, Spanish and horse chestnuts, spawn new ones(c beds by linings.(1976.) 30.): keep up the heat of all hot- &e, A ee ge es ha antl ee ee Sen re holly and yew in the last fortnight. Plant cuttings of poplar, elder, and willow; lay in seedling larches; gather pine and larch cones,(6982. Fork up(1872.), dig(1864.), or trench(1870.), be- tween nursery rows, not intended for removal this season(7037.); weed and remove decayed leaves, attending as much as possible to order and neat- ness.(2359.) 10.‘Trees.— Permanent plantations, and park-scenery, Plant(2077.) fences of deciduous trees(6820.) 5 forest trees of all the deciduous sorts, in mild 1150 KALENDARIAL INDEX. weather; ornamental deciduous sorts, tender, in fine weather, Prune(2110.) deciduous sorts, excepting such sorts as are apt to bleed, as the wild cherry, birch, and sycamore, or the resinous and evergreen tribes which are best pruned in summer, autumn, or late in spring. Thin and fell timber and young trees, as for last month: remember not to touch bark-woods this month.(6905, and 6954.) Operate(1862.) on ground, with a view to forming roads, pieces of water, and other effects of land- + SCape-gardening.(7195) not very MARCH. jr 7 i_| Average of ee Average|: REMARKS. Weather| the Ther- fontine ofthe| Quantity‘The beginning of March usually concludes the winter; at| mometer. eae a| Barometer.@f Rain.| and the end of the month is generally indicative of the ys age.| succeeding spring; according to the proverb,‘* March =“_~—————_ comes in like a lion, and goes out like a lamb.’ London. 4604 4 30 20| 0-716 inch.! Saxons called this month the lengthening month, in allu- Edinburgh| 41 7 28 886 1455 sion to the increasing of the days. Diblin't=| 44 09 29 707 2-364 period of the gardener’s year is the 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: the ring-dove(Columba palam- bus) coos, the white wagtail(Motacilla alba) sings, and the yellow wagtail(Motacilla Slava) appears; the earthworm(Lumbricus terrestris), and the snail (Helix), and slug(Limaz), engender, Second week: the jackdaw(Corvus moneedula) be- gins to come to churches; the tomtit( Parus ceeru- deus) makes its spring note 3 brown wood-owls (Strix ulula) hoot; and the small tortoise-shell butterfly(Papilio urtice, L.) appears. Third week: the marsh titmouse(Parus palustris) begins his notes; various flies(Musce) appear; the fox(Canis vulpis) smells rank; the turkey- cock(Meleagris gallo-pavo) struts and gobbles. Fourth week: the yellowhammer(Emberiza citrinella) and green woodpecker(Picus viridis) sing; rooks, ravens(Corve), and house-pigeons (Columbi) build; the goldfinch(Fringilla carduelis) sings; field-crickets(Scurabeus) open their holes; and the common flea(Pulex irritans) appears. 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: various species of the pine, larch, and fir tribes in full flower; the rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis), the willow(Saléir), and bay(Laurus nobilis), in blossom; various trees and shrubs beginning to open their buds. Second week: the common honeysuckle(Lonicera periclymenum) and some roses in leaf; crocus ver- nus, and other subspecies, and some scilla, in flower; pilewort(Ficaria) and creeping crowfoot (Ranunculus repens), hepatica and elder(Sambucus nigra), sometimes in leaf. Third week: saxifraga oppositifolia, draba verna, daphne pontica and collina, and lonicera nigra, in flower. Fourth week; the peach and nectarine, apricot, corchyrus japonicus, pyrus japonica, crown-imperial, saxifraga crassifolia, buxus sempervirens, and other plants in warm situations in flower, or just ad- vancing to that state. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary veget- ables. Sow(2071.) the main crops of most esculents. Drum-headed and Scotch cabbages for field-culture. (3492.) Peas(3601.), beans(3616.), lettuce(3970.), spinage(3771.), and small salads every fortnight. (4079.) Indian cress(4119.), a few savoys(3519.) for an early crop; and towards the end for a full crop. Onions(3816.) for a full crop; and leeks (3835.), some red and white cabbage(3492. and 3512.), full crops of carrots(3718.) and parsneps.(3727.) Asparagus in the third week.(5862.) Cauliflower in the last fortnight, for a full crop(3548.); bore- coles(3529.), and Brussels sprouts for autumn and winter crops.(3524.) In the last fortnight, sea- kale(3902.), cardoons(3933.), turnips(3698.) celery (4003,), alisanders(3950.), and most culinary aro- matics, as parsley, dill, fennel,&c.(4081.) In the last week. summer savoys(3519.), and mustard tor Plant(2077.), in the first fortnight, horse-radish (4114.), licorice(4245.), chives, shallots, and gar- lic(3810.), old store onions, as scallions or small bulbs for a full crop of large bulbs. Jerusalem artichokes and sea-kale, and in the last fortnight, potatoes for a full crop.(3676.) Temporary coverings(2206.): continue these as in last month. Propagate edible perennials by slips and offsets (1988. and 1989) Transplant the brassica tribe, lettuce, and aspa- ragus. Fill up vacancies.(2496.) Dig,&c. as in last month(1864.) from composts and earths in heaps or hills.(1977. and 1981.), Destroy insects.(2280.) Store-room. Remove decaying articles, and admit plenty of air,&c.(1704. and 1705.) 4. Hardy fruit department. seed.(4027.) Plant(2077.) fruit-trees in general. The fig(4851.) and mulberry may now be planted.(4607.) Finish planting gooseberry-trees before the middle of the month, and currants and raspberries by the end. (4642. 4670. and 4696.) Alpine and wood: straw- berries may be planted, though autumn is preferable. (4717.)‘ Protect roots by mulching(2098.), and trees coming into blossom by the usual means. Prune(2110.) till the middle of the month 3 but finish then if possible. If not, apricots may be pruned till the Sth(4532.), peaches and nectarines till the 15th(4498.), gooseberries to the 7th, red and white currants to the 10th or 12th, and the black currant to the 20th.(4646. and 4675.) Dig and dress between rows of currant-trees, and other fruit-trees where this operation has not been done before. Dress any strawberry beds you have not been able to do before.(4719.) Destroy insects.(2280.) Fruit-room.(2298.) Examine the fruit in the room; take care not to leave open the door of the cellar sa as to raise its temperature above 40 degrees. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without heat. Sow kidneybeans to receive a few weeks’ protection. Remove frames from cauliflower-plants.(3545.) Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Go on with hot-beds for cucumbers and melons.(3164.) Sow a few turnips on a gentle hot-bed to come in early.(3399.) Sow all sorts of culinary annuals. Give air and apply linings to maintain the proper temperatures.(1976.) Attend to pine suckers and crowns; shift any that may require larger pots, and examine the roots of such as are sickly.(2718.) Pinery.(2697.) Keep sowing kidneybeans, and filling spare corners with strawberry-pots for suc- cession. See that your bark-pit be in proper heat, and attend to the temperature for this month, and the other points of culture, Pines are now generally shifted.(2918.) Forcing department.(2940.) Attend to the cul- ture of each particular kind; and generally to keep down insects by watering; promote setting of fruit by air, and encourage growth by steaming or filling the house with vapors by powerful fires and water- ings over the leaves and every part of the house. 6 Flower-B* 0 jqrtnent } € vy fers month 18 prele (906: 7, Flower ment. Glass case Wt alpines and pro and be discreet quricula-frames eeping them 2 come up with i! nificent trusses planting, they W sown in the opel of the hardy suet Hot-beds and} ow half-hardy ¢ transplanting(0 ¢ annuals at any pe tuberoses in pots and other flower desirable hardy fi house and hot-ho way, Plant cuts Greenehouse,(0: thermometer, 12 45 deg, with fires! in this month, J (6627. me Dry-stove.(61/0: month will be 99| very little fire-he see that what you not escape betwe pot, Give air fr Bark, or moist as in last month, ous growth, shif water over the to the house close t the temperature 8, Pleasur Plant(2077.) cidyous hedges; 1. Kalend London. In the first w Woodlouse(Oni thrush(Turdus and spawns an Second week: "emis) clamors pear; the phe ‘Salmo truta) ri MY tor, Not rey ia SUCH sorts i raped ne, ee tres % toon, op lite m Ue for last CO atk pi this ith aig aa *¥(0 lOttaino ther eft af ia ee Cncades the win| erally indicat md the proverb,“March! uh Uke lamb,”‘hel ecg men in a] NS The mst borigud 8 the lat half of this | f Apr, a rg Dore-ratih 8, shalt, and par a8 stallions or sul ge bulbs, Jerusalem Li the at fortnight, 0, Qs continue thes as als by sips and ofits rib, lett, anda, (EA) fm camests (197, and 181) ying arflsand admit rtment, 1 general The(83 planted.(fi) Fini fore the middle of th bythe ea (9p), and trees comuay alls, dle of the math; fu aries to the 7th el 2 hor 12th, andthe ba and 4675, rows of currant e this operation any stranberny bel fore,(4719) mon} inethefrult jnthem the door ofthe ce above 4) degree se depute Go kiaeste b ction. Remore ames ae Sit yn) So n eat) Ly rad apy et temper antl ally Near lita Pines ah" 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Sow(2071.) hardy annuals(6507.) in the second, third, and last week; and some of the more robust half-hardy annuals about the end of the month. (6513.) Such biennials as flower the same year, as honesty, scabious, bastard rocket, sweet allyson, clary, Chinese hollyhock, and Indian pink.(6505.) Biennials in general, and also perennials towards the end of the month.(6493.) Propagate by rooted slips and offsets; but next month is preferable for rootless slips.and cuttings. (2063.) Plant dried roots; finish with the anemone and ranunculus in the first fortnight.(6256. and 6875.) Transplant annuals from the patches in the bor- ders, and biennials and perennials trom the flower- garden nursery, into their final sites.(6110.) Shelter choice border and all florists’ flowers in severe weather.(2206.) Dig, dress, hoe, rake,&c. only in dry weather. Clean up all borders, and prepare vacant ground. (1864. to 1881.) Bees. Feed weak hives as in last month.(1748.) 7. Flower garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without heat.(2686.) Take care of alpines and prolonged annuals, remove all weeds, and be discreet in your waterings.(2078.) Cover auricula-frames in very severe nights(6375.); by keeping them rather warm at this season they will come up with fine tall stalks to support their mag- niticent trusses. Sow half-hardy annuals for trans- planting, they will come into flower as soon as those sown in the open air last month.(6513,)‘Take care of the hardy succulents.(6592.) Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) In the first fortnight sow half-hardy annuals on a slight hot-bed_ for transplanting to come in first.(6513.) Sow tender annuals at any period of the month.(6725.) Plant tuberoses in pots for forcing.(6323.) Force roses and other flowering or odoriferous shrubs and all desirable hardy flowers in pots. Sow seeds of green- house and hot-house plants to be propagated in this way. Plant cuttings for the same end.(2063.) Green-house.(6211.) Make no fires unless the thermometer, in the open air, falls to cordega; 45 deg. with fire-heat will be a good medium heat in this month. Begin to propagate by cuttings. (6627.) Dry-stove.(6176.) A good medium heat for this month will be 55 deg. which may be kept up with very little fire-heat. Give water moderately, but see that what you do give wets the earth, and does not escape between the ball and the edge of the pot. Give air freely in fine weather. Bark, or moist stove.(6214.) Give air in general, as in last month. If you wish to promote a vigor- ous growth, shift your plants into a rich compost, water over the top about three o’clock, and then shut the house close up for the night. Do this only when the temperature has been up to 80 deg.(2205.) 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) deciduous trees and shrubs, also de- eiduous hedges; finish as early as possible, unless KALENDARIAL INDEX. 1151 the season be unusually backward. Evergreens of the hardier sorts towards the end of the month. (6541. and 6572.) Prune(2110.) deciduous trees and cut hedges, and finish this work as early as possible. In pruning plants, where the chiet object is their flowers, attend to their mode of bearing these. In short, never begin to cut a tree before having a clear and distinct idea of what you wish to attain—is it health, shape, size, leaves, shoots, flowers, or roots? Dress winter and autumn dug shrubberies. Mulch, stake, water, and attend to neatness.(2359. Dress and roll turf and gravel; attend to the mar- gins with the turf-raser.(1317.) Form and repair gravel-walks. In some situations imitation gravel-walks require to be turned every two or three years and partially renewed.(1960.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees. Sow kernels for stocks; lay the vine and the fig(4808. and 4848.); plant cuttings and eyes of the vine in the open air, or in pots, to be placed in a moist heat. Graft towards the middle of the month, or sooner or later, according to the season. Plant out seedling stocks in nursery rows.(7031.) Head down newly budded and gratted trees not intended to be removed.(2039.) Ornamental trees and shrubs. Sow seeds of the hardier sorts. Evergreens may be sown in the last week, Finish laying deciduous kinds, plant cuttings and suckers, and graft some rare sorts towards the end of the month, Plant out layers, cuttings, and suckers in nursery rows.(7031.) Forest trees.(6982.) Sow nuts, keys, and berries, and also birch and alder seed. In the last fortnight begin to sow evergreens. Plant cuttings, suckers, &c. as in February. Plant out from the seed-bed or cutting-border in nursery lines. Dig between the rows of trees and shrubs not intended to be removed this season. Weed, hoe, rake, and stir the surface in fine weather. Dig between nursery lines, where the plants are not to be removed.(6982. to 7031.) Shelter and protect trom cold, birds, and vermin. (2206. and 2289.). 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Plant all sorts of deciduous trees and shrubs, the Scotch pine and larch firs.(6983.)‘Towards the end plant most sorts of evergreens.(6572.) Hedges of evergreens. Fill up blanks in plantations of two or more years’ standing. Hedd down trees intended to stole for underwood, or to produce single leaders for timber-trees or poles.(6829 and 6894.) Fell and thin trees and copse; but the barking sorts not till the end of the month, when they will part with the bark.(6041.) Sow forests and woods; about the middle of the month is a good time, as the crows, rooks, and other vermin will be less likely to annoy the seeds, having the farmer’s progeny to attack.(6828.) Operations on ground, and masonry, May now go on with the utmost vigor; the days having attained a sutticient length, and the weather being generally dry: external brick walls for gardens, however, are better deferred till May, when all danger from | frost will be over, APRIL. re poh a | yes-| Greatest| Average| REMARKS. Weather he Thee.| eee of eRe Quantity|The weather of this month is distinguished by the rapidity ‘ ne ter!| from the| parometer.| of Rain.| of its changes. It is generally stormy, intersperse with | ae oa| Average. al| gleams of sunshine, hail, snow, some frost, and occasion- —| ally violent storms of wind. Fruit-tree blossoms and| |~: half-hardy plants require protection and particular at- London-| 49 9| 3 29 77| 1:460 inch.) tention tine this month. The young ardener, while| Edinburgh, 46 3| 29 873| 2°414 Dublin- SY 125 92 909| 2561 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: the viper(Coluber berus) and at work, may study the gemmation and foliation of trees, | and the gaiety and delicacy of newly expanded foliage. Third week; the crested wren(Motacilla regulus) sings; the blackbird(Turdus merula), raven(Corvus corax), pigeon(Columba domestica), hen(Phasianus gallus), and duck(Anas boscha) sit; various insects ; and the feldtare(Turdus pilaris) is still here. woodlouse(Oniscus asellus) appear; the mistletoe-| appear}| thrush(Turdus viscivorus) pairs; frogs(Rana) croak Fourth week: the swallow(Hirundo rustica) re- turns; the nightingale(Motacilla lucinia) sings; and spawn; and moths(Phalene) appear. the bittern(Ardea rotellaria) makes a noise; the Second week; tle stone curlew(Charadrius cedic-; e 7 house-martin(Hirundo urbica) appears; the black- nemus) clamors; young frogs(Rana temporaria) appear; the pheasant(Phasianus) crows;_ the trout (Salmo truita) rises; and spiders(Aranee) abound. cap( Motacilla atracapilla) whistles; and the common snake(Coluber natrix) appears. ee ES ‘ ris a anemia Pte 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: the daffodil(Narcissus pseudo. narcissus), the garden-hyacinth(Hyacinthus orien- talis), the wallflower(Cheiranthus cheiri), the cowslip Primula officinalis), the periwinkle(Vinca), sloe Prunus spinosa), and various other herbs and trees in flower. Second week: the ground-ivy(Glecoma hederacea), gentianella(Gentiana acaulis), pulmonaria virginica, the auricula, iberis sempervirens, cynoglossum om- phaloides, and most of the common fruit-trees, and truit-shrubs in flower. Third week: some robiniz, andromeda, kalmia, and other American shrubs; daphne laureola, ulmus campestris, chrysosplenium oppositifolium, mercu- rialis perennis, and other plants, in flower. Fourth week: the beech(Fagus) and elm(Udmus) in flower; ivy-berries drop trom the racemes; the larch in leaf, and the tulip and some white narcissi and fritillaries in flower. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary vegetables. Sow seakale for a full breadth; lettuce, small sa- lads, and radishes, twice or thrice in the month. Peas and beans(3601, and 3617.), broccoli thrice(3555.), borecoles in the first week(3529.), cabbages and savoys twice(3492, and 3519.), spinage for succession (3771.), turnips twice(3698.), silver-skinned onions every three weeks during summer for drawing; onions, leeks, and cardoons, in the first week, tor a general crop(3929.); celery, in the first fortnight, for a general crop(4603.), mustard for seed(4027.), carrots, in the second or third week, for a main crop(3717.), kidneybeans, in the second week, for an early, and in the last week for a late crop(3634.); asparagus and parsneps, in the first or second week, but not later(3727.); red beet, in the third week, for a full crop, and also nasturtiums, salsify, scor- zonera and skirret.(3740.) Sow culinary aromatics and herbs, if not done in March.(4131.) Propagate by bulbs and dried roots.(1987.) Finish planting the main crops of potatoes.(3676.) Propagate perennial culinary plants by slips and offsets, as all the pot-herbs, aromatics,&c.(1988.) Transplant lettuce, cabbages, seakale, celery, and cauliflowers.(2079.) Dress artichoke and asparagus beds, or compart- ments,(3925, and 3884.) Hoe and thin spinage, onions, turnips; earth up cauliflowers and cabbages, seakale for blanching, peas, beans, and potatoes, Stick peas, tie up lettuces, destroy weeds, and stir the ground in fine weather.(2591.) Attend to insects, and.to the store-room,(2280. and 6980.) 4. Hardy fruit department. Plant cherries, plums, apples, and pears, till the 10th; apricots and gooseberries till the 5th; peaches and nectarines till the 15th; but defer till autumn what you cannot accomplish by this period, unless the season is unusually backward.(2077.) Protect as in last month.(2206.) Prune, if you have delayed it; but expect vines to bleed, and stone-fruits in general to be much injured by the operation, if not performed very early in the month, and even that is too late. In the last days of the month, rub off the buds of vines which appear where you do not wish shoots.(4826.) Routine culture. Water, mulch, stake, and fence. Weed strawberry-beds, and pinch off runners, where you do not wish to have young plants. Destroy insects, and especially the thrips, which will begin to appear on torward peach-trees; pick off caterpillars.(2280.) Fruit-room. Turn, pick, wipe, and air the more choice dessert fruits; and look also to the baking apples and pears.(2298.) Fruit-cellar, Attend to the temperature, and never break open a cask till you are in want of its contents.(2299.) 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass-case without artificial heat. If the season is backward, sow in the first week kidneybeans, to be protected till the weather is mild.(2686.) Hot-beds. Continue preparing a succession of beds for ridging and hilling out cucumbers and melons. Sow, transplant, shift,&c. all esculents, or pot-herbs, which are tender annuals, as gourd, basil, love- apple, capsicum. Maintain the proper degrees of KALENDARIAL INDEX, heat by linings. See to pine-suckers, Plant crowns and suckers taken off in the winter.(2712. to 2717.) Pinery. Attend to routine culture: shift the plants, reinforce the bottom heat, water and give air as judgment founded on experience, reflection and vigilant attention shall direct, The Pine is a very ditticult plant to kill, but it requires constant and powerful heat, and rich loamy soil, and also water more abundantly than is often given to it, to produce large, well flavored fruit; attend to minor articles grown or forced in the pinery, as vines, fruit-trees in pots, cucumbers, kidneybeans, and strawberries.(3338.) Forcing department. All that it is proper, in our opinion, to say here, is guard against supinenegs: there is much less danger from your ignorance than from your indifference or want ot vigilance.”(2360.) 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment, Sow annuals; all the sorts fora main crop, or for a succession, if you have sownthem in March(6507.); half-hardy annuals in warm borders there to re- main.(6513.) Biennials and perennials should be sown as early in the month as possible. Propagate by rooted and unrooted slips and off- sets.(1988.) Transplant all sorts from the nursery to the bor- ders(2079.); tender and half-hardy annuals from the hot-beds to the borders.(6509.) Routine culture. Weed, hoe, rake, stir the sur- face, remove all decayed leaves and stalks as soon as the plants have done flowering, unless you select a stalk or two occasionally for seed: Never leave all the flower-stems for this purpose, and seldom all the pods or seed-vessels which are on a stem, as that would weaken the plants. Protect your auriculas from the extremes of every description of weather: if placed ona stage facing the north, or set on a shaded payed platform about three feet high, they will be better than if conti- nued in the frames.(6383. and 6384.) Destroy insects, and especially pick the grubs from the leaves of rose-trees: if you do not attend to this, you will have no blow worth looking at. (2280.) 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat. Alpines may how be entirely uncovered, and also prolonged an- nuals and most half-hardy sorts; a few half-hardy annuals may still be sown, if not done in proper season.(6513.) Hot-beds and pits. Shift frequently such tender annuals as you mean to come to a handsome size, more especially balsams.(6481.) Sow more seed, if you have not enough of plants; plant out some in the borders to grow strong broad plants, especially balsams and combs in very warm situations. Plant tuberose roots, and shift those which are coming forward, if they appear to be stinted in their growth. (6323.) Attend to pots of cuttings, and seedlings from either of the following departments(6683,):— Green-house._ Fire-heat may generally be dis- pensed with in this month. Go on propagating by all the methods in use; this is the fittest season of the year: a good deal depends on taking off, making, and putting in the cuttings, but nothing will answer, if constant attention is not paid to keep them in a medium state as to air, heat, and mois- ture afterwards.(6634.) Dry-stove. No fire will here be necessary, except- ing when the thermometer in the open air is under 40 deg. or 42 deg. Propagate by the usual means, which in general for succulents is cuttings; attend to bulbs now coming into flower.(6654. and 6658.) Bark or moist stove. Go on, as in last month, shifting, propagating, and stimulating as the nature of the different hot-house plants requires, and as your views or duties inculcate: never forget neat- ness, and removal of dust, insects,&c.(6688. to 6716.) 8, Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) such sorts of deciduous shrubs as you deemed too tender to plant last month; but finish this work in the first week. Plant a few roses as late as you can, in order to retard their coming into bloom: or, if you can afford the time and room, place potted roses in the ice-cold cellar in autumn, and do not take them out till the August following, by this means you will have a fine show in October per(9 peginnin 601%), uch deci’ month} grasse 6 ch trees, ke? attend to 84 fow est yel all the pear, puns an orafted trees, ale’ such balls as m4) suckers, and pine the grafts. (Ornamental tree ciduous sorts, a5© presses, and other end of the month borders of soft pea (6989, to 7091. Forest trees, Fin 1, Kalendar o! London. coos; the red wren(Mot Musca vomitoria), t tata), grasshopy willow-wren Third week; var.) appears; b! the large bat ay Fourth week; Papilio brassicu) a aia) appear; t ml, or goat-suckel 2, Kalendar of London, Second week+ the, castanea), hawth common maple Bsculus hinnoe erally in leaf, and EINE to gyay its} Sia a at it 1 prope, ny AFAINS spineneg. ignorance thy Dtvigilance.”(g33 pen ground de OA Mainetp, or for hemi Mach) harden thet to te, Pete should he Sposile Unrooted slips and of, Nhe nursery to the br iw annuals from the } Doe, rake, sti thes, Ves ad stalks as soon as Ng, Unless you seat a r seed, Never leare al purpose, and seldom al) ch ate ona stem, a that om the extreme of rery placed ou tage fing ed pared platform sbout be better than if enti. and specily pick the grubs ees! if you do notated 0 blow worth looking a, — Hoi-house dep. ‘cial heat, Alpin 12 and also prlogel a y sorts afew bl har n, if ot done 1 pet ft frequently uch come to a handsne ik, 6461.) Sow m plants plant cut ul i s broad plan ee" y wrarm situations, 2 “those which ate Om be stinted in thet pi. f cuttings, sg departs(i 5 may gol +, Go om prpetn this isthe fits- | depends 01 ete he cutting’, a tention is pot pal"‘i 5{0 ally heat, on yere be pes in the ma ate byt At yp A oli ne mi and November(6554.) Evergreens, the hardiest sorts at the beginning, and the less so at the end of the month.(6572.) Prune such deciduous shrubs as you have ne- glected last month; evergreens from the middle to the end of the month.(6884.) Form and repair lawns, by procuring and laying turf, and by sowing grass-seeds. Where it is de- sired to destroy moss on-extensive lawns, fold sheep till it be trod down and killed by pressure and ma- nure; on small lawns, roll. In shady, damp situ- ations, however, moss makes a better lawn than grass, and it should be encouraged by forming the surface of lawns of bog earth in all situations where grasses do not thrive, as in towns, under close trees,&c. Mow established lawns twice a-month; attend to gravel and margins.(6191.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees.(4551.) Finish sowing kernels for stocks, or new varieties. Plant cuttings of the vine, fig, gooseberry, and currant, if it has been unavoid- ably delayed till this unfavorable season. Graft the pear, plum, and apple.(2013.) Attend te newly grafted trees, and repair cracks in the clay, or renew such balls as may have dropped off; eradicate all suckers, and pinch off shoots that protrude below the grafts. Ornamental trees and shrubs. Finish sowing de- ciduous sorts, as early as possible. Sow cedars, cy- presses, and other ornamental evergreens about the end of the month. Sow in pots or boxes, or in shady borders of soft peat earth. Transplant evergreens. (6982. to 7037.) Forest trees. Finish sowing common tree-seeds, KALENDARIAL INDEX. 1153 and commence witi the resinous tribe, the iarehes, firs, and pines; the cypresses, arbor-vites,&c. Finish planting deciduous trees in nursery rows, as early as possible.(7007.) Evergreens may be trans. planted during the month. Kiln-dry the cones of the cedar and fir tribe, but not of the pine tribe: and get the seeds out in time for sowing the end of this month or beginning of next.(6984.) 10. Trees.——- Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Sow for forests and woods, and all sorts of profit- able plantations in masses. Observe it is rather late for nuts, berries, and keys, but this is the proper season for small seeds.(7016.) Plant evergreen trees, as pine, fir, cedar of Le- banon, holly, and yew during the month; but finish planting deciduous sorts as early as possible.(7007.) Wherever the plants are to be, or have been long out of ground, take good care to dry up their roots, by exposing them as much as you can to the sun and air; do not be nice in planting. Routine culture. Begin to hoe and clean the ground in plantations, which have been made on prepared ground. Crop the ground in newly made plantations, where cropping is intended. Operations on ground or rocks may now be pro- secuted with vigor. This is also one of the best months fur building. Road-making, draining, fene- ing,&c. are advantageously performed during this and the two preceding months. But improvements can neither be well designed nor executed after the trees are covered with leaves, and the ground’s sur- face and qualities disguised by luxuriant herbaceous vegetation. MAY. | awe: al Greatest sMeraee| REMARKS. , é v a> OF RS 4 oY Seer= P 5 Weather|‘the Ther-| Variation|“oF the Quantity| Vegetation now goes on with great vigor, though there are at ede from the| Barometer. of Rain.| often very cold and even frosty nights, which materially |} Average.|| injure exotics, natives of the warmer climates, such as eee ee——————_-———_ the_ potatoe, dahlia, kidneybean,&c. The human ani- || Li ith t others indi li a==*| mal, m common with most others indigenous to our cli- 5 3 Re 9 5 ¢‘ 79. sh. esa di 4 ee ate. 5 London| ae fa eu| ZO Pee‘ ihre inch mate, is generally in high spirits and vigor during this Beinburst) ae‘on|=) 061 1:812 month. Woe to the young gardener who exhausts his Dublin- os~ eas ag| spirits in any other than in self-in)provement. 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: the titlark(Alauda pratensis) sings; the cuckoo(Cuculus canorus) is heard; the gudgeon(Cyprinus gobio) spawns; the redstart (Motacilla pheenicurus), swift(Hirundo apus), white- throat(Motacilla sylvia), and stinging-fly(Conops calcitrans) appear. Second week: the turtle-dove(Colwmba turtur) coos; the red ant(Formica rubra), the laughing wren(Motacilla curucca), the common flesh-fly (Musca vomitoria), the lady-cow(Coccinella bipunc- tata), grasshopper-lark(dlauda locuste voce), and willow-wren(Motacilla salicaria) appear. Third week: the blue flesh-fly(Musca vomitoria, var.) appears; black snails(Heléantgra) abound; and the large bat appears. Fourth week: the great white cabbage-butterfly (Papilio brassica) and dragon-fly(Libellula 4-macu- lata) appear; the glow-worm shines; and the fern- owl, or goat-sucker(Caprimulgus europeus), Ye- turns. 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: geum urbanum, artemisia cam- pestris, lily of the valley(Convadlaria majalis), water-violet(Hottonia palustris), tulip-tree(Lilio- dendron tulipifera), and numerous other plants, in flower. Second week: the oak, ash, sweet chestnut(Fagus castanea), hawthorn(Mespilus oxyacantha), the common maple(Acer campestre), horse-chestnut (ZEsculus hippocastanum), barberry(Berberis vil- garis), and the ajuga reptans in flower. ” Third week: the water scorpion-grass, or forget- me-not(Myosotis sgorpivide. limestree(Tilia), milk-wort(Polygala vulgaris), nightshade(dtropa belladonna), and various American shrubs, in flower; and rye(Secale hybermwm) in ear. Fourth week: oaks, ashes, and beeches now ge- nerally in leaf, and the mulberry(Morus nigra) be- ginning to open its buds; the cinnamon-rose and some other hardy roses in flower; and also the bramble(2ubus fruticosus), moneywort(Lystmachia nummularia), Columbine(Aquilegia vulgaris), and various other trees and shrubs, in blossom. Kitchen-Garden.— Culinary vegetables. Sow hardy aromatic herbs, if not done last month. Small salads four times in the month for a complete succession. Radishes and lettuce thrice.(3760. and 3970.) Peas and beans once a-week.(3601.) Spinage once a-fortnight.(3771.) Carrots, for late drawing, twice in the month.(3718.) Borecole, in the first week, fora second main crop.(5529.) Dwarf kidney- beans, in the first week, for a full crop in July; in the last fortnight, for crops in August and Septem- ber.(3633.) Borecole and Brussels sprouts for the last crop, and German greens to come in for spring. Savovs for the last crop.(8519.) Onions for draw- ing, young leeks to be late transplanted, cauliflowers in the second and third weeks for a Michaelmas crop.(3542.) The less hardy aromatic herbs, and pumpkins, the last fortnight.(4207.) Cucumbers for picklers on a dry warm border, in the last week. > Protection. Continue this, nightly, for kidney- beans and tender plants transplanted from hot-beds. (2206.) : Propagate by bulbs and dried roots. If abund- ance of potatoes have not been planted, effect this as early as possible; in late situations they may be planted till the middle of June.(5676.) Plant slips and offsets Transplant the brassica tribe, lettuce, celery, ra- dishes, and other plants for seed.(2079.) Routine culture. Stick peas, top early crops of beans, and also of peas; earth up cabbages, beans, | peas, potatoes,&c. Thin, weed, hoe, and stir the | surface among seedling crops. Water in dry wea- ther, support stems, pinch off all decayed leaves,&c. | Destroy insects and vermin.(2280.) | 4, Hardy fruit department. Plant strawberries, if it has not been done last month.(4717.) 9) SL ski ee tie Si ace ae een emp E154 _ Prune what trees you have neglected, and run the risk of losing, or leave them unpruned till autumn as a proof of vigilance and skill.(2360.) Summer prune vines, peaches, and other early shooting trees against walls, and such gooseberries as are planted there to produce upon early fruit.(2522.) Remove all suckers, excepting selected ones of raspberries, aiid pinch off strawberry runners as directed for last month.(4717.) Routine culture. Mulch, protect, and water where necessary. Water strawberries over the herbage, and especially after the fruit is set.(4717.) Destroy insects, especially snails and caterpillars. On the first symptoms of the leaves rolling up, un- roll them and pick out the grub before it does fur- ther mischief. Take special care it does not get at the petals of apple and pear blossoms.(2280.) Fruit-room. Look over the fruit of every descrip- tion which the increase of temperature will now cause to taint rapidly.(2298.) Fruit-cellar. Open a few casks of such dessert ap- ples and pears as are now wanted for the table. Close them as soon as you have taken out the pro- per quantity, and let them still remain in the cellar. (2298, and 2299.) 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat. Remove glasses from cauliflowers and kidneybeans, according to the weather. Sow capsicum under frames or hand- glasses in a warm border.(4271.) Hot-beds. Go on with hot-beds for frames for melons, and build dung-ridges for growing cucum- bers under hand-glasses,(3262.) Sow cucumbers and melons for late crops, and attend to the various particulars in their culture. Attend to air, water, shade, insects,&c. Pinery. Attend particularly to your fruiting plants, give abundance of heat and water, and keep down all manner of dirt, insects,&c.(2906.) Attend to minor articles cultivated in the pinery, and to routine culture of every kind. Think and act for yourself; kalendars too often mislead the ignorant who rely on them implicitly, not considering that no two cases are ever to be found alike.(2607.) Forcing department. Produce the required tem- peratures, and attend to all the parts of good culture and neat management.(2611. and 2940.) 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Sow annuals of all sorts for succession. Biennials in the nursery compartment for a stock for next year.(6507. and 6513.) Propagate, especially by cuttings from the stalks, as of wallflower, rocket,&c.(6505.) Take up bulbs and tuber roots, as crocus, hyacinth, lily,&c.(6501.) Transplant, as directed for the last month, stocks and other sorts in pots for winter.(2079.) Protect tulip-beds and all rare florists’ flowers from the midday sun, the rain, and the winds.(2206.) Routine culture. Hoe, rake, stir, weed, and clear away dead leaves. Do not neglect whenever rain has battered the ground, to stir it up and refresh it as soon as it is nearly dry. Stir the surface round close patches of annuals, and refresh and top-dress all pots of prolonged annuals, now in full flower or in seed. Keep all the primula tribe rather dry at this season, and in the shade of a north wall. Plunge the pots in ashes or sawdust. Destroy insects, and pick the grubs off roses. De- tach seed-pods from all plants you do not wish to ripen seeds. Water, thin, and shade with judg- ment, and keep a vigilant eye to order and neatness. Shut yourself up in your room for two entire days, or go from home a similar time, and when you re- turn and look over the garden you will see many things that would have escaped you, had you gone on plodding day after day. Remember that such things are seen by others, and that though all may appear to you in good order, to another there may be much slovenliness and confusion.(7437. to 7439.) KALENDARIAL INDEX. Store-room. Lay up crocus and other bulbs and roots till wanted in the autumn, > 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat. These will now be chiefly employed with annuals in pots, for pro- longation and in striking from cuttings,&e,(2063.) Hot-beds.(2678.) Go onas directed last month with your tender annuals. Plant a few tuberoses for succession.(6523.) Attend to cuttings and seedlings from the hot-house and green-house departments Shift and transplant as occasion requires.(2079.) Green-house. Give abundance of air every day and in mild nights leave some all night: water over the top, and shut the house in the afternoon when you water. This invigorates growth wonderfully. Propagate as before. Shift most of the plants examine their roots., Dry-stove.(6176.) Give abundance of air. Fires will not now be wanted, Look to bulbs, as soon as they have done flowering. Shift all such as require it, putting them into larger or smaller pots, accord- ing to their state, and your object. Bark, or moist stove.(6214.) Give abundance of heat, air, and water, if you wish the plants to grow and flower vigorously.(6688. to 6716. 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant deciduous trees and shrubs, but only to fill up a vacancy, or to cause a check for the purpose of late flowering. Immediately after performing the Operation, mulch, shade, and water.(2098.)- greens, especially the more tender sorts, but finish by the middle of the month.(6997.) Prune(2110.) evergreens, finishing by the middle of the month.(6997.) Routine culture. Hoe, rake, weed, water, stake, shade, shelter,&c. as circumstances require. Roll and mow once a-week, if showers are frequent, but once a-fortnight will do in dry weather. Lay down turf, ifnot completed before, water well and roll immediately afterwards.(2101.) Gravel-walks may still be formed and repaired, but the work should have been completed last month. Roll well with a heavy roller.(1956. to 1968.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees.(4361.) Look over grafted trees. Ornamental trees and shrubs. Sow the seeds of evergreens and American sorts, in the first and second weeks of the month. Lay and graft the ten- derer sorts of evergreens and Americans. Plant out tender evergreens and Americans in nursery rows, or in pots, for more convenient removal.(6562.) Forest trees. Finish planting out evergreens, seedlings, and nurslings as early as possible. Sow poplar and willow seeds as soon as gathered. These seeds will not come up if kept a very few days out of the ground.(7024.) Protect from all sorts of garden enemies, and at- oyetad tend to order and neatness.(2206. and 2356.) 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Planting evergreens may still go on, if the wea- ther is dull and moist, but the sooner, it is finished the better.(6977.) Pruning. Sang recommends this asa good season for pruning old oaks, because the wound heals quicker while the sap is flowing. Fell oak woods and coppices, and other barking trees, but complete the operation about the middle of the month, or before.(6941.) Routine culture. Attend to planted ground un- der, or to be put under, light culinary crops.(7037.) Prepare ground for autumnal planting or forming of plantations by sowing, as the free-seeds ripen. 6817.) Operate on ground for water, or other territorial improvements. Continue to build and execute plans determined on at an earlier season. JUNE. | Greatest| REMARKS. Average of| yy Average A ae: Weather|‘the Ther- Variation|“of the oes|The weather is sometimes cold at the beginning, but is ge- we mometer.| from the Ba:ometer.|© 7*4!2+| nerally agreeable and steady towards the middle of the| | Average-| month. By observing the column indicating the greatest; |—|— variation of the thermometer in each pone it Ea be |=| laos. seen that it varies, in London, only two degrees in June, | London=| we 22| 2| ae po Giese which is less than in any of the preceding months. In! Ramee| sl 2| xO Be 0-360 July and August the variation is the same; but in March ublin| 58 76 {| and October it is twice as much.{ 1, Kalendat Jondon peetles, 4 is Fourth weer» begin to retire& 9, Kalende London. In the first© Nuphar flower j cottlla, polygon and numerous at! Second weer« full flower; sma), broom(9 in the ear. Third week:{ and xipbioides,| great variety of also the wheat ¢ Fourth we strawberries and shrubs have and barley in#0" rea cyanus), 200 3, Kitchen- ablis. Sow peas and sa.) Cucumbel the first week.(24 week orton days. 4 agein the first wee! night, for s or 24th, for (308],) Chervil use, also purslane orts, for Sup 1 a " for succession, late i to be drawn young, To save seed,\ and let them send Protect when a Propagate by bu weather,(1987, Transplant(20) endive, lettuce, plants reared in h Routine culture leaves in knots to stalk. Stick anc up finochio to| hoe, weed, and st with stakes, and 4 weather, Taking crops.(2 ter use, Gather asparagus at the e 4, Hardy fn Prune and trai scriptions of wall a Thin out the s of all fruit-trees, do not require t Routine cultur weed, hoe, and} over cherry-trees birds, Water st weather, desist ripen, Destroy insects Water for the acc smoke against the Your fingers for th , at this seas OW Of garden ener ITt-room any “OL oe L ther bas ang i Ms dena. Tl now bin nk fir 4 Mtns Dio. a8 din Cuttings and oy eN-houe deat, ON requires) ANC€ of ait enery day ll night; ater N the aftemog, wha stomth wonderfully UY most of the i) a windann rf Indane of air, Figos OK to bulbs ’ 45 S00 as and shrubbery, nd shrub, but only tol Chetk forthe purpose fer performing the may still go% if but the some smends this} ecause the flowing. oppices, 5 peration 2” afl.) end cm png a 4, a8 the{regseee pout We aa isi to pots nt culm ser te - eater, oF ey e t pul an esti? Hier se 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: the sedge-sparrow(Passer arun- dinacea), the fly-catcher(Muscicapa atricapilla), the wasp(Vespa vulgaris), and several species of bee and butterfly appear. Second week: the bumet-moth(Sphinw filipen- dula) and forest fly(Hippobosca equina) appear; bees swarm. Third week: several flies, butterflies, moths, beetles, and other insects appear. Fourth week: insects abound; and singing-birds begin to retire to the woods, and leave off singing. 2. Kalendar of yegetable nature round London. In the first week: water-lilies(Nymphea et Nuphar) flower; also iris pseud-acorus, anthemis cotula, polygonum persicaria, malva rotundifolia, and numerous other plants. Second week: the vine, raspberry, and elder in full flower; also various Scotch roses(Rosa spinosis- sima), broom(Spartium), nettle(Urtica), and wheat in the ear. Third week: the orchis, epilobium, iris xiphium and xiphioides, the hardy ixie and gladioli, and a great variety of garden and field plants in flower; also the wheat and many of the pasture grasses. Fourth week: some black and red currants ripe, strawberries in abundance; young shoots of trees and shrubs have nearly attained their length; oats and barley in flower; blue-bottle, scabious(Centau- rea cyanus), and numerous others, in bloom. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary veget- ables. Sow peas and beans once a-week or ten days. (3601.) Cucumbers for picklers.( 4876.) Gourds i the first week.(4211.) Small salads and lettuce every week or ten days.(4078. and 3964.) Radishes and spin- age in the first week.(3771.) Kidneybeans every fort- night, for succession.(3633.) Endive about the 10th or 24th, for the main autumn and winter crops. (3981.) Chervil twice in the month for summer use, also purslane.(4088.) Cabbages, of quick-grow- ing sorts, for summer and autumn consumption, about the beginning and middle of the month. (3492.) Turnips in the first week, for succession; and in the second and third week for a full autumn crop.(3698.) Carrots(3717.) twice, for drawing young. Broccoli and borecole, in small portions, for succession, late in spring.(3555, and 3527.) Onions to be drawn young.; To save seed. Mark out cauliflowers, lettuces,&c. and let them send up their flower-stems.(3953.) Protect when and where necessary.(2206.) Propagate by bulbs, roots, offsets, slips in showery weather.(1987.) Transplant(2079.) the brassica tribe, cardoons, endive, lettuce, and other plants and herbs, also plants reared in hot-beds. Routine culture.‘Tie up garlic and rocambole leaves in knots to check the progress of the flower- stalk. Stick and top peas; top beans; earth up finochio to blanch; also white beet. Thin, hoe, weed, and stir the ground as before. Support with stakes, and water as far as practicable; in dry weather. Taking crops.(2290.) Cut and dry herbs for win- ter use. Gather ripe seed. Discontinue cutting asparagus at the end of the month. 4. Hardy fruit department. Prune and train the summer shoots of all de- scriptions of wall and trellis trees.(2110.) Thin out the summer shoots of fruit-shrubs, and of all fruit-trees, excepting high standards, which do not require this nicety.(2576.) Routine culture. Mulch, water, fasten by stakes, weed, hoe, and rake where wanted. Throw nets over cherry-trees and protect the fruit from the pirds. Water strawberry plots every day in dry weather, desisting a little as the fruit begins to ripen. Destroy insects. Strew sulphur over the mildew, water for the acarus; direct a stream of tobacco smoke against the aphis and thrips, but depend on your fingers for the thorough eradication of grubs, which, at this season, are by far the most mischiev- ous of garden enemics.(2280.) Fruit-room and cellar. As in last month(2298.) 4 KALENDARIAL INDEX. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat. Raise hand- glasses over cucumbers on props, and train out the runners, in the second or third week. Ridge out melons in good earth, in the last fortnight; cover with mats till the end of the third week.(5328. QC Hot-beds. Keep up adequate temperatures for ripening the fruits by linings. Reinforce melon ridges with linings.‘Train, prune, and impregnate as circumstances require. Attend to air, water, shade, and even nightly coverings after cold days. Keep up proper linings to your beds of pine- suckers. Pinery. Attend to what was stated last month. If you want extraordinary large fruit, and do not mind losing the suckers, apply the usual means, viz. heat, water, and removal of all stem and root suckers.(2829.) Forcing department. Sce last month. Keep up successive supplies of kidneybeans, strawberry, and fruit-trees in pots.(3338.) 6. EFlower-garden— Open ground de- partinent. Sow a few hardy and half-hardy annuals for suc- cession, as before.(6507. and 6513.) Propagate, by cuttings, such plants as are proper for this purpose, as they go out of flower. Pipe and lay pinks and camations towards the end of the month.(6406 and 6440.) Take up bulbs and other tuberous roots, dry them in the shade and remove them to boxes or Crawers in the store-room, wrap the finer sorts in papers. (6501.) Transplant(2079.) annuals in the borders and in pots for autumn and winter flowering. Biennials and perennials may also be transplanted into nur- sery rows at this season, or even where they are finally to remain. Routine culture. Mow, weed, hoe, rake, thir, stir, and dress; and keep up as complete an ap- earance of polish and high keeping as your strength of men and other means will permit.(6191. to 6201.) Shade, shelter, water, and attend to carnations coming into flower. Destroy earwigs and all manner of insects.(2280.) Go round the garden frequently and examine everything mi- nutely, and refiect on what might be done to pro- mote its growth and beauty. To aid you, imagine it to be a garden which you were sent to criticise, and to be paid according to the number of faults you found. Or imagine it your neighbor’s garden, or the garden of some one you hate.(7438, and 7439.) 7. Flower-garden— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat. ES leg the dianthus tribe by pipings under hand-glasses and frames.(6406.) Hot.beds and pits. Put pots of carnations and pink pipings in gentle heat, it will facilitate their striking,(6406. and 6440.) Do not forget to give head- room to your balsams and other tender annuals, which should now be noble-looking plants. Attend to pots of cuttings and seedlings; also to young stove plants put into this department for more rapid advancement. Green-house. As soon as the mulberry comes into leaf remove the plants to a fit situation in the open air. Some plunge them in ashes; but the major part set them on scoria, gravel, or pavement, in a partially shaded situation, a cold bottom and a certain degree of shade are essential to their well- doing.(6655.) eet Dry-stove.(6176.) Give abundance of air night and day, but be moderate as to water. Cease to water bulbs soon after they have done flowering; let them go slowly into a state of hybernation, and then take them out of the pots and dry them. Bark, or moist stove. Increase your heat with the lengthening day, and prolonged sun, and by consequence increase the concurring agents of vege- tation. Propagate by the usual means; save seeds where you can; destroy insects, and attend to neat- ness.(6688. to 6705.) g. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Prune and regulate summer shoots, and take off suckers where not wanted to extend the bush or propagate the species.(6190.) ye x9) yey ee eae a..._ pia ee an wa 1156 ‘ Routine culture. Weed, hoe, rake, stir the sur- face, support climbers, regulate the shoots of creepers,&c. Water and roll any new-laid gravel to combine it properly with the rest. Dress, roll, and mow lawns and turf in every form. Keep your eyes open to every part of the grounds at this season’; for now perfect neatness and the utmost polish‘and high keeping is expected. Do not trust to what you are told to do in kalendars, but think for yourself: kalendars frequently make mere ma- chines of gardeners; for though man is a thinking animal, yet he is also a lazy imitative animal, and will not exert himself in any way, and not even think, unless urged on by some strong motive. All your faults will be discovered, sooner or later, and rely on it you will receive a proportionate disgrace from your neighbors or visitors; if you are atten- tive to your duty your merits will be discovered in like manner, and you will receive appropriate credit and reputation, which is your capital stock in trade, on which you depend for your livelihood. (2372.) 9.‘Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees. Begin budding during the last fort- night. Look over all your newly grafted and all other trees; rub off superfluous, irregular, or ill placed shoots and suckers, and tie weak grafts and dangling shoots from budded stocks to neat stakes. 9039) (2059.) Ornamental trees and shrubs. Lay the summer shoots of roses, hard-wooded evergreens, and other | | | more choice pines may be thinned where too thick KALENDARIAL INDEX. sorts which are proper to be propagated in this manner. Put in cuttings of young wood properly ripened at the lower end. Bud rare sorts,(2056,) Forest trees. Collect and sow elm-seed in the third or fourth week; or if you do not wish to sow it, lay it in the store-loft.(7023.) Seedlings of the and the thinnings planted and shaded about the end of the month.(6997.) Gather Scotch elm-seed from the middle to the end of the month.(7203.) At- tend to kitchen crops among transplanted trees and in vacant places in general.(7037.); 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Fell oak-coppices, if it has not been done before, The middle of this month will prove a better time, as to the trees, than the middle of May, as they will not bleed so much: but the bark will not peel so well.(6941. to 6957.) Prune and thin the side shoots of the present season, from established trees.(6884.) Routine culture. Stake newly planted tall hedge- row trees, where not done before. Attend to weeds everywhere, and to ground under-crop. Prepare ground for autumn sowing or planting. Operations on ground and buildings are carried on at this season with less advantage than in the three preceding months. The ground is hard and difficult to penetrate; and the moisture in new- built masonry dries too rapidly. T y TILES Greatest mi, anes REMARKS. abe Sine| athe|| Quantity|This was called hay month by the Saxons, and in it are more > mometer from the Barometer.|° Rain. plants in flower than during any other. The young gar- Average. | | ve) re iI | Weather Average, of Variation | | dener should now devote a considerable portion of his} time to collecting and drying specimens, duplicates, and London- Aa& 2| 99 89| 2-194 iadind triplicates, in order to acquire a stock to exchange with Edinburch| 60.6 99 445 9-546| brother-gardeners or naturalists; or with booksellers, ap a Sdinburg| 2‘‘ Dublin- 61 13 29 1929 2-614 thecaries, students, schcolmasters, and clergymen, for the} loan of books, and for aid and instruction in study.| 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. in the first week: the cuckoo(Cuculus canorus) leaves off singing; the stone-curlew(Charadrius cedicnemus) whistles occasionally late at night; and the golden-crested wren(Motacilla regulus) now and then chirps. Second week: the quail(Tetrao ferrugineus) calls; the cuckoo-spit, or frog-hopper(Cicada spumaria), abounds, Third week: young frogs migrate; hens moult. Fourth week: the great horse-fly(Tabanus bovinus) appears; and partridges fly. 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: enchanter’s nightshade(Circe@a lutetiana) and lavender(Lavandula spica) in flower, and pinks and carnations in full bloom. Second week: the fallen star(Tremedla nostoc) ap- pears, also puff-balls(Lycoperdon bovista), and some- times the common mushroom(Agaricus campestris). Third week: raspberries and gooseberries ripe, potatoes in flower, asparagus in berry, the liliums in perfection. ‘ourth week: the truffle(Tuber cibarium) now hunted or dug up in commons and forests; night- shade(Solanum nigrum), devil’s bit(Scabzosa succisa), burnet-saxifrage(Pimpinella saxifraga), and a great number of plants in flower. 3. Kitchen-garden.—Culinary vegetables. Sow(2071.) salads and lettuce in shady situations, for successional crops. Turnip-radish for an autumn crop.(3760.) Kidneybeans, in the first week, for a late full crop.(3633.) Peas and beans, in the first week, and a fortnight afterwards try a small sowing for a late crop.(8601.) Endive, in the first week, to come in at the close of autumn; in the third week, for a winter crop.(3981.) Broccoli, before the 10th, for a late spring crop.(3557.) Finochio, for succession, in the first fortnight.(4099.) Round- leaved spinage, in the first week, in a shady bor- der for a succession.(8771.)‘Triangular-leaved, or prickly spinage, in the last week, in poor ground to bages, in the first week, for autumn use, and in the last week, for winter and spring.(3499.) Carrots, in the first week, in a shady border.(3718.) Turnips twice or thrice, in showery weather.(3698.) Welch onions; for autumn onions, sow the bulbing sorts in the last week to stand the winter.(3816.) Cori- ander and borage for young crops.(4222. and 4197.) To save seed. Mark out the brassica tribe, and other esculents in perfection, and let them shoot up flower-stems. Propagate by slips, offsets,&c. where not done before, and where plants have completed their in- florescence, and are to be cut down as tarragon and other pot-herbs.(4093.) Transplant(2079.) as before, and include celery and celeriac, endive,&c. Routine culture Stick and top peas and kidney- beans, top common beans, train cucumbers and gourds, earth up the leguminous crops and pota- toes; hoe, thin, and stir the surface wherever ne- cessary, among all descriptions of crops; water, as far as your time will permit, and particular crops require. Taking crops.(2290.) Take up shallots, and dry them for winter use; also rocamhole and garlic when ready. Gather ripe seeds and onions, and cut herbs in blossom, drying and storing both. Gather the fruit of young gourds for pies, stews, and pick- ling. Destroy insects, and ward off vermin.(2276.) r 4. Hardy fruit department. Plant strawberries in the open garden; and in pots for next winter’s forcing.(4717. Prune, train, thin, and regulate all the summer shoots of wall and espalier trees, and dwarf and tall standards.(2573.) Routine culture. Hoe and weed fruit-tree bor- ders. Hang up nets, water and mulch where neces- sary. Water alpine strawberries, which will now be in full bearing, every third or fourth day, unless in a shady situation. Destroy(2276.) insects: keep earwigs, ants, boys, and idle women from fruits, as cherries,&c. ap- proaching to a state of ripeness. Fruit-room.(2298.) This will now be empty; clean and wash every part of it, and air it well for stand the winter.(3775) York and sugar-loaf cab-} occasional summer and next winter’s use. fi fea e cases he yom0ve' ase “ass 6 Gila nm melons and bs, 164. and o! Hot-beds ane, give alt and W e 2. collect ings og nines.(2), Pinery. You Set abundance use He crops are ing, as far and fr¢ nt, th 6, Flower partment. Sow a few ar ation 1D[ t ripen, and ar 7. Flower- ment. Glass case wit Weather Ay: t 1. Kalen London, Inthe first dees kill their terfly(Papitio 7 Second wee k Swallows(Hiruy mitts(Hirundg Uurrel-fly(Bstps (05, ; belore, ng all irds 10) ward off 1e> opartnell depart 7 the opt e sliet trees, and je and weet lo j nue er and g fr fripenes This© jart 0 dnext 1 Fruit-cellar. 2299.) If-you have attended pro- perly to casking up keeping-apples and pears, you will still have a supply, and even of grapes in some cases, If the cellar gets too warm, the casks should be removed to the ice-house. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat. Plant out melons and cucumbers shading and watering,&c. (3164. and< Hot-beds and pits. Prune melons and cucumbers; give air and water, and attend to shading and weed- ing; collect mushroom-spawn; attend to young pines.(2718.) Pinery. You will now begin to cut fruit in abundance. See to the stools: earth them up, so as to cause the suckers to strike root: put them into a brisk bottom-heat, and give proper supplies| of water. You will thus gain much time, and profit from the expiring strength of the parent plant as long as possible.‘This is the true way to truit a pine-plant in eighteen months or even less time. Suckers thus treated will, next spring, be equal to tw ear-old plants.(2936. Forcing-houses. Expose those houses, where crops are taken, to the natural climate, by remov- ing, as far as possible, the roof, and even the ends and front, if they are moveable.(3110.) 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Sow a few annuals, for succession, and prolong- ation in pots through winter.(6507.) Propagate(6490.) from cuttings of plants going out of flower; from rooted slips of such as are ripening their seed, as auriculas and the primula tribe; go on piping and laying the dianthus tribe. (6412.) Take up bulbs as they go out of flower: this work should generally be completed by the end of the first week, unless for the lily tribe, the colchicum, and a few others. Transplant late sowings of annuals, and also bi- ennials and perennials, into nursery rows.(2079.) Routine culture. Eradicate all weeds the moment they appear: keep the surface always fresh, and rather rough, never smooth and battered. It is better to have little clods and knots of earth, than to have a naked or dug surface as smooth as a table. The clods and knots make variety of light and shade, and are besides more favorable for the admission of air, heat, and water to the roots. Shade, shelter, and water. Gather seeds as they ripen, and dry them in the seed-room or lofts, the windows being open. Destroy insects; cut out broken stalks, and diseased parts of plants. Cut down stalks which have done flowering, and remove all decayed leaves. Gather flowers neatly with a knife, and so as not to disfigure the plant.(6196.) Gather in general from the reserve-garden, so as not to disfigure the borders.‘ Store-room.(1704.) Look over your bulbs now and then, to see that none get mouldy. See also to your newly put-up seeds.(1705. 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat. AUGUST. | Greatest | Average of| at (2686.) Most of| cavating for water,&c. KALENDARIAL INDEX. 1157 these, at this season, are given up to the kitchen- garden, or used to protect at nights the tender an- nuals, some of which, as the humble and: sensitive plant, cannot so well be put out in the borders. (6724. and 6725.) Hot-beds and pits.(2678.)_ Little use is now made of them by the florist, unless for propagation of stove plants. Attend to cuttings from whatever department. If you are endeavoring to flower the more delicate aquatics, see to the keeping up a re- gular heat. Green-house.(6211.)‘This will now be filled with pots of tender annuals, which only require shifting now and then till of a certain growth; and then only common routine culture. Dry-stove.(6176.) Some set out a part of the suc- culent tribe at this season. If you do, let it be ina very warm situation: heavy and continued rains prove very injurious to succulents in the open air. Bark, or moist-stove.(6214.) Increase the tem- perature with the increase of| ht, and add air and water accordingly. Attend to all the minor points of culture. See that the floors or paths of your stoves are swept every d i wash your plants well with the engine, otherwise they will soon get y. Besure to dash this water on all plants in blossom, in order to curtail their beauty, and lest they should set fruit. 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Prune(2110.) as in last month: box-edgings and evergreen hedges in the last week of this month, if the season is a forward one.(6190.) Routine culture as in June. Lawns.(6191. and 6097.) Attend to these, accord- ing as the weather may be showery or otherwise. In dry weather, set your men to mowing at three o’clock, and let them rest from eleven till three o’clock: in moist weather the time of the day is of less consequence. In France and Italy, the work- ing ge ners, during summer, may be said to do the principal part of their work early in the morn- i na late in the evening. Gravel-walks. Weed and roll these in moist weather, When dry, and the gravel becomes loose, water and roll.(1957.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees. Attend to budding, and look over your grafted trees; pinch off all obtruding shoots and suckers.(2039. Ornamental trees and shrubs. Continue laying summer shoots, and plant cuttings and bud as in last month.(2050. Forest trees. Sow elm-seed; attend to weeding and cleaning all beds and rows of seedlings, or other nurslings, and of transplanted trees.(7023.) 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Prune(2110.) evergreens 1n the last week, if the summer has keen so favorable as nearly to ripen the wood. Routine culture. Attend to kitchen, or field crops, ong young plantations; and to large weeds everywhere. Do not forget hedges and other f s: keep all sorts of fences at all times in repair.(6820.) Few operations in landscape-gar- dening can now be commenced; but some, as ex- go on. ces:; | REMARKS.| ty| This isthe barn, or harvest month of the Saxons; many seeds bs iain Average Weather rm Variation pei Quanti the Ther-= of the= z: x| } at mometer.| from the Barometer of Rain. of herbaceous vegetables ripen in this month, and most| }| i Average.: sorts of culinary crops, raised in the open garden, are now| 4h Any ed a oe ee in perfection. Insects, espec ially the winged tribes, now| London- 65 85 2 50 06 0°824 inch abound; and the young gardener should be assiduous in Edinburgh 60 6 9 828 1-996 collecting them for the same object as he ¢ ollects speci- ery re 3 9 5 z Be Qh s of plants. By carrying a small box in his pocket, he I. 62 82 30 172| 5858 mene ene; B? Bee::: may pick them up while at work. 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: flying ants(Formica) appear> bees kill their drones; and the swallow-tailed but- terfly(Papilio machaon) appears. swallows(Hirundo rustica) begin to congregate, anc swifts(Hirundo apus) to depart; the whame, or burrel-fly(Estrus bovis), lays eggs on horses cond week: young martins(Hérundo urbica) and Third weel the black-eyed marble-butterfly Papilio semele) appears; varlous birds reassume their spring notes. Fourth week; the nuthatch(Sztta europea) chat- ters; the stone-curlew Charadrius cedicnemus) whistles at night; the goatsucker Caprimulgus europeus) and young owls(Stria ulula) make a noise in the evening; robin-redbreast(Motacilla rubecola) sings; and rooks roost on their nest- trees. .< {EE 3 1158 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature roun| London. In the first week: melilot(Trifoliwmn officinale), rue(Huta graveolens., yellow succory(Picris hiera- ciotdes), and burdock(Arctium lappa), in flower; the bread-corns ripe, Second week: wild clary(Salva verbenacea), mea- dow-rue(Lhalictrum flavum), ploughman’s spike- nard(Conyza squarrosa), and various other natives, in flower, Third week: the mallow( Malva), lavatera, holly- hock(Alcca rosea), and lobelias, among the garden- flowers, and the polygonums and potamogetons among the wild plants, now in blossom. Fourth week; the autumnal crocus(Colchicum autumnale), aster, solidago, senecio paludosus, teasel (Dipsacus fullonum), and various other plants, in “ower; the earlier varieties of all the hardy kernel- fruits ripe. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary veget- ables. Sow(2071.) turnip for a main crop, in the first week; but sowings made after the 15th seldom fully succeed(3698.); make frequent sowings of small salading, radishes, and lettuce(3760.): the latter for autumn and winter crops, Parsley may now be sown for winter and spring use, this being the most natural season for sowing biennials,(4282.) Some of the large sorts of cabbage, in the first week, to come in in the autumn of the following year and subsequent winter; and early sorts in the first week, for coleworts next winter and spring, Spin- age, in the first or second weeks, for a main winter crop.(3775.) Carrots in the first and third weeks for drawing young in spring.(3718.) Endive and corn-salad tor winter and spring; chervil for alate crop; onions for a full winter crop; angelica, fen- nel, scurvy-grass, and blessed-thistle for next year Cauliflowers twice, in the third and fourth week, for crops, to stand over the winter, in sheltered borders, or under frames. American cress, in the last fortnight, for a spring crop. Propagate(1987.) by slips and cuttings, where ne- cessary. Transplant(2079.) as in last month, and include leeks, perennial herbs,&c. Routine culture, Displace the suckers from such artichoke heads as you would grow to the greatest magnitude; stick peas and runner kidneybeans; earth up the brassica and leguminous tribe, and po- tatoes in so far as requisite. Land up celery, endive, white beet, finochio,&c. for blanching, Hoe, thin, weed, stir the surface, water, shade, and attend to neatness and order; and clear off all crops the mo- ment they are done with.(2367.) Taking crops.(2290.) Take up the alliaceous tribes as before; gather pickling cucumbers; cut herbs; gather ripe seeds. Destroy insects.(2276.) 4. Hardy fruit department. Plant(2077.) strawberries, as directed for last month. Prune(2573.), regulate, train, and otherwise arrange the summer shoots of all fruit-trees as directed for last month.: Routine culture. Hoe, rake, weed, and stir the sur- face under gooseberry compartments, and in general under and around all fruit-trees. Where fruit is beginning to ripen, be very moderate in thinning the leaves, Mat up small fruits on north walls, in- tended to be preserved till late in autumn; water spring-planted trees in dry weather, also strawberry- plants in blossom and fruit. Dress strawberry-beds that have done bearing.(4726. and 4727.) Take(2280.) gooseberries and currants, with the fruit-scissors or tongs, Apricots and such wall- fruit as is ripe with the fruit-gatherer.(See figs. 141. to 152.); Destroy(2276.) insects; the acarus will now be your greatest enemy. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat. Sow long prickly cucumbers for a late crop, to receive the aid of arti- ficial heat in October and November. Sow in pots, or make layers or cuttings for the same purpose.(5185.): Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Recruit the linings of KALENDARIAL INDEX. Mushrooms. Search for spawn, in cow-pastures more especially, and take care of it when ot (3410.): Pinery. See last month. Forcing-houses.(2696.) Most of the forced peaches will now be gathered; fully expose the trees unless you have so great a proportion of grapes under the rafters, or running along the top of your trellis, as to render it worth while to keep the sashes on to ripen them. It is however better never to have them together in such contending proportions, Cherry-trees and others in pots, and of which the shoots are ripe, should be put in a state of hy- bernation, by removal to a cold cellar, or shaded border. This will fit them better for a succeeding early artificial spring. i _ 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Sow(§346.) auricula and other primula seeds in pots and boxes, so as to admit of winter protection. These seeds come up stronger now than if kept till the following spring; and, though they will not flower sooner than the second spring after sowing, yet they will then flower much stronger than plants Just a year old.(6347. to 6349.) Mignonette, stocks, and other annuals in pots, for prolongation through the winter.(6486.) Propagate(1987.) by all the usual means. This is now the best time for taking off rooted slips of the auricula: the Lancashire florists will never touch these till the third day of this month, when their florists’ sales commence.(6369,) Take up bulbs and tuber roots of the few plants which had not ripened their stalks before, as of the martagon and red and white lily. Plant dried offsets of bulbs, as these from their small size and tenderness, rather suffer from being long out of the ground. Plant autumn-flowering bulbs and Guernsey lily.(6315.) Transplant(2079.) most sorts of biennials and perennials, and your latest sowings of annuals and half-hardy annuals intended for the borders, Routine culture. Prepare composts. Hoe, dig, rake, stir, weed, thin, shade, shelter, prop, stick sweetpeas, and other climbers. Water, and gather seeds; mow verges and glades where they exist in the flower-garden, according as you find they re- quire it. Store-room.(1704.) Look once a-month at your roots and seeds; and gather, dry, clean, and store up seeds as they ripen, attending to name and date each packet or bag accurately. 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat. See last month. Hot-beds.(2678.) Attend to such cuttings as are forwarding in these, and to late crops of tender an- nuals, Prepare successions of tender annuals for the green-house, Green-house.(6211.) Attend to your tender an- nuals; and do not forget creepers, and vines, and such plants as being planted in the ground cannot be turned out.(6647. to 6651.) Dry-stove.(6176.) About the end of the month, it will be safe to replace such plants as you had ven- tured in the open air, Any you put in cold-pits, may remain a month longer.(6663. to 6668.) Bari, or moist stove.(6214.) See last month. At- tend to creepers, climbers, and vines, also aquatics, which, if you have a proper aquarium, will now be in great perfection, and highly beautiful,(6180.) 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) evergreens towards the end of the month; water, mulch, and shade, for some days, if very delicate sorts.(2098.) Prune evergreens(2110.); roses for forcing.(6559. and 6560.) Routine culture. Hoe, rake, weed,&c. as before. Prepare ground for planting; dress gravel and grass as in June and July. Form and repair lawns, by turfing or sowing. It is now an excellent season for sowing lawns. See that you make use of the proper grasses, according to the soil and situation. Attend to gravel walks. (1957.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. melon-beds, and prune, train, weed, water, and im- pregnate all the cucumis tribe.} Fruié-trees.(2059.) Vinish budding of the late ve- pet} anda rafts ane Vane antal UC gmene' ayer exgreetls st fortnight the stove Ho.) ane tre planting: aaa ——— 3 Avera Weathet| the 1 ee mom ——— on | AQ \Jondon-| 2 | gainburgh i Dublin-|° ee 1, Kalenda London. In the (Fringil linota hig shrill autumn the sali red under-WiD| perrings( Cluped h Third week:{0 appears; the fly withdraws 0 gregates 5 the woodeock Turdus pilaris) ap rustica) departs 9, Kalendar London. In the first weeh pears; travellers J palustris in f Second t! mus laurocerasus flower. Fourth week: of plane-tree(P! low; of the oak, dirty brown; of fine lemon; of th tawny yellow; of bright yellow; o 3, Kitchen- ables, Q071,) smal border, chervil, ec sown to stand over the firstweek for in the age in the first (3773) Protect cucum ting or otherwise Propagate(19 under-shrubs, Transplant(90 current autumn, Sica tribe, leeks, spnnguse, Seed you can ensure{ ya bed of sanc , it COW pastures {it when Ot ofthe fh DOS thy Tetbeaches SHO a on tg UKE ty haya edie y NS etn, Ss a of Which he B Me State of by, old cela, ot shaded ter fora Sodeedigo "o pen ground de. Primula seeds in Winter Potection, if Ke il spring a th Mtonget han ans ignonet, dis, rrolongation thaoush he ual meen,‘This Nn of will never Ns moot, when Toots of the fe plants stalks before, aso the lily, bs, thes frm thi ather sue fon beng Plant automo fovering als and annucl and el for the hander, re compas, Hoe tig ade, shelter, prop,§ ers, Water, and gathet ides where they eit i ga you find the er, dry, clean, alts ending to name andl ely, — Hot-howse tp tifcial hel, Se lat 1d to such cuttings aa 0 late eros of ns of tender aumush ttend to your te creepers and Ti oi od in the orount jl, ut the end of thet ch plant 8 yo 1a ‘ny you put ai or,(603 100 Sop lat a0 of) er aguariu, ably peautit | and shble} js the el rds Wee oe O25 q ; towards { shade, fot ; roses for fori. P| y depot" nfo Ver h pu the KALENDARIA rieties of the stove fruits, before the middle of the month.(2056.) Look over the grafted trees, and slacken the bandages of your earlier and most ad-| I vanced grafts and buds. L INDEX. 1159 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and yark-scenery- Plant(2077.) evergreens in the last week, if the weather is moist. Water to settle the roots, and Ornamental trees and shrubs. Plant cuttings of C c i mulch and stake according to circumstances.(2098.) hardy evergreens, as laurel-bay, privet, box,&c. m Prune the birch, wild cherry, and maple tribe, at the last fortnight.(7032.) Provide heath and_bog- 1‘ earth for American and other sorts.(1981.) Goon the end of the month, when the leaves are begin- ning to fall, as they are apt to bud later or earlier. with budding rare species. Forest trees. Sow elm-seed, if you have not done it before; or do not choose to defer it till spring. (7025.) Routine culture. Hoe, weed,&c. and keep every part in perfect order; look to your kitchen- crops and ripening-seeds. Prepare ground from which kitchen-crops have been removed for planting. Greatest | | | SEPTEMBER. (2110.) Evergreens at the end of the month.(6572.) Prepare ground for planting next month, either by ploughing, digging, trenching, or pitting, as the case may be.(6816. and 6817.) Destroy ferns, nettles, and other bulky weeds in park-scenery, by bruising their stems with the weeding-pincers(fig. 146.), close by the surface: as cutting them over is found a less permanent check to their flowering again. REMARKS. To- Average of| v7.5 Average| ee W eather the Ther-| vena of the| eee The temperature begins now to decline and to vary; the :| mometer-| A veraze Barometer.| poe nights begin to lengthen, and heavy dews and diminished || 2 asc||| transpiration and evaporation render artificial watering in (eG TS Sere TRL le————_|_ the open air less necessary, unless against trees on walls, to Iondon-| 59 63 35 50 09| 0:482inch.| keep down insects. Many varieties of fruits ripen during| Edinburgh 54 3| 99 759i) 470 this and the former month, which the young gardener Dublin- 59 30. 50 239| 3:021| ought to study, and, when he can afford time from other | studies, he should make drawings of a few. 1. Kalendar of animated nature round| | London. In the first week: young broods of goldfinches (Fringilla carduelis) appear 5 the linnet(Fringélla linota) congregates; the bull(Bos taurus) makes his sbrill autumnal noise; and swallows(Hirundo rustica) Sing. Second week; common owls(Stria flammea) hoot; the saffron-butterfly(Papilio hyale) and willow red under-wing moth(Phalena picta) appear 5 herrings(Clupea harengus) are now cheap. Third week: the ring-ouzle(Turdus torquatus) appears; the flycatcher(Muscicapa atricapilla) withdraws. Fourth week: the stare(Sturnus vulgaris) con- gregates; the wood-lark(Alauda arborea) sings; the woodcock(Scolopax rusticola) and feldfare (Turdus pilaris) appear; and the swallow(Hirundo rustica) departs. 9, Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: the fungus balotus albus ap- pears; traveller’s joy(Clematis alba) and parnassia palustris in flower. Second week: catkins of the hazel and birch formed; blossoms, and green, red, and black berries found on the bramble at the same time; leaves of the sycamore, birch, lime, mountain-ash, and elm begin to change. Third week: the ivy(Hedera helix),\aurel(Pru- nus laurocerasus), and furze(Ulex europeus) in flower. Fourth week: hips, haws, and nuts ripe; leaves of plane-tree(Platanus) tawny; of the hazel, yel- low; of the oak, yellowish green; of the sycamore, dirty brown; of the maple, pale yellow; of the ash, fine lemon; of the elm, orange; of the hawthorn, tawny yellow; of the cherry, red; of the hornbeam, bright yellow; of the willow, hoary. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary veget- ables. Sow(2071.) small salads twice or thrice on a south border, chervil, corn-salad, cress of sorts may still be sown to stand over winter.(4032. to 4072.) Radish in the first week for a late autumn Crop.( 3760.) Lettuce in the first week for standing the winter under a south wall, and under cold-frames.(3970.) Spin- age in the first fortnight for use late in spring. (3778.) Protect cucumbers and melons, at night, by mat- ting or otherwise as the case may be.(3164.) Propagate(1985.) as in April, culinary herbs and under-shrubs. Transplant(2079.) all articles intended for use the current autumn, sica tribe, leeks, celery, endive,&c. for winter and spring use. Seedling cauliflowers, where you think . nsure their standing through the winter. Try a bed of sandy loam or lime rubbish under a you can e 4 during the first week. The bras-| placed on eS tree or south wall.(3546.) Make plantations of herbs. Routine culture. arth up and stir only in dry weather. Stick, stop, support, cut down, blanch, and thin where you see it necessary; 0 time is to be lost at this season. Taking crops.(2290.)‘Take up potatoes, and do it effectually. Gather pickling cucumbers, onions, nasturtium-seeds, and other pickling articles. Ga- ther herbs and take ripe seed. Remove all de- cayed leaves, haulm, stems,&c. and the remains of all crops, which have been taken, so as to preserve order and neatness, and make way for other crops or winter fallows.(2600.) Destroy insects and vermin.(2276.) Store-room and cellar. Dress, sort, and put up seeds which have been well dried. Finish housing edible bulbs of the alliaceous tribe and potatoes (2298. and 2299.) 4. Hardy fruit department. Plant(2077.) strawberries for a main plantation, this being the best month in the year for that pur- pose.(4717.) Pot strawberries for forcing.(3336. Prepare ground for planting, and towards the end of the month, if the wood of young peach and apri- cot trees be ripe you may remove them. Prune(2110.) and regulate summer shoots, but cut little after the middle of the month. Thin leaves sparingly. Routine culture. Provide composts for recruiting old borders and forming new ones. Protect choice fruit, especially grapes, from birds and flies. After the crops of wall-trees or compartment borders are gathered, dig and dress the borders. Dress and fork up strawberry-beds. Take(2290.) peaches, grapes, carly apples, pears, plums,&c. the dessert sorts, with fruit-gatherer, and sorts for the kitchen, with the hand gloved. Choose, if possible, dry weather for gathering all sorts of fruit. Destroy insects, especially acarus, and guard against wasps and large blue flies.(2276. Fruit-room.(2298.) Lay up apples and pears for keeping a few months; in general, the long keeping sorts ripen late in the season. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat. Sow small sa- lads under hand-glasses or frames in the last week. (4078.)‘Take off the glasses from cauliflower-plants in all mild days. Hot-beds and pits. Attend to late crops of melons and cucumbers; keep up the temperature, and be discreet in the use of water.(3164. and 3271.) Begin to build mushroom-beds, either in or out of doors. This month and March are the two best seasons. Plant suckers and crowns of pines on rotten tan jung, or other fermenting beds or pits Pinery.(2697.) You will still have abundance of fruit; attend to what was said in July. Renovate your bark or leaf beds when necessary, and keep up the full heat till your fruit is chiefly ripened off, or E 4 ae a ne ee ee Baek 1160 removed(pot and all) Jeisurely. ¥ month than in any month of the Forcing-houses.(2596.) be coming in, now be in a state of rest. unless you mean to cover the house w air from the north, atmosphere as best for hybernation. year, partment, (6339. and 6388.) The seeds of most bie the business till spring, unle which sometimes lie a whole yee up, when sown at that season. | be enumerated columbine If sown now their seeds will come Propagate(19, pecially from slips, rooted or unrooted part of herbaceous plants being now texture and maturity for this purpose. flowering bulbs as and tender annuals planted or plunged in the borders. deep. Store-room. See to roots and seeds.(1704.) ment. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686.) place some of the more tender plants from the usual method.(See particularly 6536.) ) 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: the red-wing(Turdus éléacus) arrives; snakes and vipers bury themselves. Second week: hooded crows(Corvus cornix) and wood-pigeons(Columba palumbus) arrive; hen- chattinches(Fringilla calebs) congregate, and pre- pare for migration, leaving their males in this country. Third week: the snipe(Scolopax gallinago) ap- pears in the meadows; wildgeese(Anas sylvestris) leave the fens, and go to the rye-lands. Fourth week: the tortoise{Testudo gr@ca) be- sins to bury himself in the ground, and rooks visit their nest-trees; some larks(Alaude@) sing, and | green-house and_ hot-house plants will now be ad- RL vanced: remove them to cold-frames, or to the| green-house or dry-stove, according to their natures, ‘| to harden them gradually. Some may go directly } to the stove. : Green-house. The beginning of this month is a fit time to repair, paint, glaze, and clean the flues, ;&e. of every description of house not in crop. Re- a) open air at the beginning, and the whole in the course of the last week of the month. Dress them pro-| perly and set them in natural groups, not in the| to the fruit-room to ripen| our young plants will grow faster in this plants, Late crops of grapes will you cannot form natural but most of the forcing-houses will| genus by itself.(6205.) Keep off all the sashes,| force very early, in which case| ith mats from the sun, and admit| in order to promote a cool, dry| have been taken u 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- Sow the primula tribe, if not done last month. nnials and pe- rennials may be sown this month with advantage . provided you can afford pretection tothem in winter.| Bek On the whole, however, it appears better to defer| Caying flowers th ss with a few sorts tr before they come Among them may » agrimony, chelone,&¢. up the following j spring, and they will flower the same season.(6493.) | 5.) by all the modes, but more es- , the stalky of a proper Plant crocus and other bulbs, and such autumn- g you have neglected to plant early a in spring.(6501.) t Transplant as in last month.(2079.) Shelter.(2206.) If the end of the month be wet, | hoop and mat such plants as will be injured by over eit Ly much wet. Among these are the primula tribe : y planted in groups over the bor.| 3 ders; also bulbs, as the tuberose and Guernsey lily, 4 Routine culture. Prepare ground for florists’ i flowers. Trench and sift the earth where tulips and | hyacinths are to be planted, at least three feet 7. Vlower-garden.— Hot-house depart- Replace i the more tender auriculas in the frames, but keep 1{i off the glasses, excepting when it rains.| P|} Hot-beds. See last month.(2678.) Most of the| | i | OCTOBER. { 27 inch.| should be ne t 5 [gues Greatest ISS } Teather|+ ete of Variation Average Quantity Weath the the|r of the se Ate }| a| mometer.| ieee| Barometer.| of Rain, \‘| é age.| | London-| 52 81 4 29 69| 2-05 | i} Edinburgh! 49 7 29 339| 3 Hf| Dublin=} 51 29 76 Ui Hy ? KALENDARIAL INDEX. Dry-stove. Replace all the which you had put in the range every part of your stage for the winter. Bark, or moist stove. Begin | towards the end of the mont} for the approaching winter, p and dried, culture,(6688.) s: Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) evergreens generally- | cies in the last week. i Prune(2110.) ever | duous species when the leaves are dropped. Routine culture as i berries. Dress and mow turf, Form and repair| (2100, and 2101.) 98 xeess——= Nursery department. Fruit-trees,(2039,) | for stocks, also peach and | Same purpose, or for new varieties. currant cuttings may be pl the month, in sheltered d + will not be much damag | thaws in winter. | Transplant(2079.) | the lines, where the Look to the budded and grafted trees, | May generally be removed early in the month. | and other rose seeds, | sreens. Take off lay ; been laid two years | Season, Plant cuttings of a few | shrubs which are most hardy, | | off suckers, and plant them in nursery rows, |_ Forest-trees. Gather and SO} | duous tree-seeds, | them to the see | Plant and prun | birch, and sj | ripe.(6982) 10. park-scenery, Thin woods and coppice are wanted, take them carefully large, they should have bee year ago,(6955.) lant(2077.) deciduous trees, generally, and even the larch, spruce fir, and Scotch pine. Prepare for plantin sequent processes,(682( Operate on ground, and recommence building longing to the department walls or other works be of landscape-gardening. ga ee REMARKS. Grapes and other late fruits ripen during this month, | and some main culinary crops are gathered and housed. A few specimens of plants may stii! be collected, and many | species of the animal kingdom. Not one animated being lected from the worm upwards. Collec- tions of s s ave best made during this month, and the young gardener may continue to dissect and study the pulpy fruits. the woodcock Webs abound. Scolopax rusticola) returns; spiders’ 9 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. In the first week: strawberry-tree(Arbutus unedo), holly(lex aquifolium), China hollyhock(Alcea chi- nensis), and China aster(Aster chinensis), in bloom. Second week: catkins of some species of salix formed; leaves of the asp almost all off; of the Spanish chestnut, yellow; of the sugar-maple(Acer saccharinum), scarlet; of the common birch, yellow and gold; and of the weeping-birch, gold and bright- red colored. Third week: clematis calycina in flower; some horse-cbestnuts and acatias quite denuded of leaves. succulents and other Open air, and ar- groups, at least put every to lessen the stimuli 1, iN Order to harden Plant bulbs which Attend to routine 3 deciduous spe- €reens all the month: deci- in last month. Remove all de. at do not bear ornamental seeds or » and roll and clean gravel. awns, or verges, or grassy glades. Sow cherry and plum stones almond stones for the Gooseberry and anted in the last week of ry situations, where they ged by alternate frosts and stocks from the seed-bed to y are to remain to be grafted, The matting Ornamental trees and shrubs.(6570.) Sow brier Plant cuttings of hardy eyver- ers of the sorts which have » or which root well within one of the deciduous or of tree-currant, ivy, honeysuckle, yellow-berried elder,&c. Take w all sorts of deci- If you do not sow them, take d-loft, or rot-heap for preservation. e evergreens, as also the wild cherry, amore. Gather seeds of all sorts now Trees.— Permanent plantations and es; and where the trees up; if they are n previously prepared a g by fencing and all the sub- ).) ey yee: Fourth We flowe ine af yellows{ » Kitchen 4, Kit sale pect, pasiel ion Mark ynion. ee the danget of D8 Bas OW ect all Prot ie, 28 2 perennials., * Transplant\* porders, and cal remain in that st Cauliflowers 12 tection of Ira! Routine culew j dry only in fine ry j dress offal and dress 01 4" Jiflowers from He and folding it ov' dig and trench i Take up(aM. beet, parshep, 84 parsley, and horse Preserve them in y 4, Hardy fru Plant(2071.) asthe leaves Routin ations, eepers, and.remoy Ds Culinary Glass case wit crops, Dress the Prick in Jettuyc¢ uint and other} IN pots or boxes, Cone in September ved or pit, as the 06, y alge pots, as Till the last| TOW Tap} Ny pidly. Porc ng.)‘ eanse; NUsulenty Ni ley Ud they ::"alt andar. { Lhe inte If Qut every MY ken th Ni“ithe stim nd Shrubhery erally; Ueto ae al the Month : are dropped, th, Remore alld, Tamental sees op ll and clean ‘ de. SRE Ot gray places, Cepattnent Wy Ty stuations, ey l by eltsruae fot and Xe graf, Themattin :) nd reco ynging to U at usticola) re , setable natu round erry-tree ina holy ster chanel of some D almost ofthe su alo he com ral ng-bircl, i sat ie qo lar squies™ Fourth week: various plants, especially annuals, continue in flower; leaves of marsh-elder(Samm- bucus ebulus), of a fine pink; of stag’s-horn sumach, of a purplish red; of the American oaks, of fine shades of yellow, orange, red, and purple. 3. Kitchen-garden,— Culinary veget- ables. Sow(2071.) small salads, lettuces, and radishes in the first week. If mild weather continues they will come in about Christmas. Mazagan beans, and hotspur or frame-peas(3601.), in the third or last week, to see if they will stand the winter.(3616.) To save seed.‘Transplant cabbage, savoy, beet, parsnep, carrot, turnip, bulbing and Welsh onion. Mark what is said(3508. and 3537.) as to the danger of bastardy among the cruciferx family. (3592.) Protect all newly risen annuals, and newly depo- sited seeds, as also parsley on the approach of frost.(2206.) Propagate(1985.) the alliaceous tribe and culinary perennials. Transplant(2079.) endive and lettuce on warm borders, and cabbages in close rows or in beds, to remain in that state till wanted as plants in spring. Cauliflowers in the last week, to receive the pro- tection of frames.(3545.) Routine culture. Earth up and stir the surface only in fine dry weather. Hoe, rake, thin, weed, and dress off all beds of winter crops. Protect cau- liflowers from heavy rains by breaking a large leaf and folding it over the flower. As crops are cleared, dig and trench the vacant ground. Take up(2290.) potatoes, Jerusalem artichokes, beet, parsnep, salsity, scorzonera, skirret, tap-rooted arsley, and horse-radish of two summers’ growth. reserve them in dry sand. Destroy insects.(2280.) Root-cellar. See that this is perfectly dry, and that abundance of sand is laid over the roots. Store-room. Finish cleaning and putting up seeds, and see that all you have are in a good state, and not attacked by vermin.(1704,) 4. Hardy fruit department. Plant(2077.) all sorts of hardy fruit-trees as soon as the leaves have dropped off, but not before, as some practise; for in this state neither their shoots nor roots are ripe. Give ample waterings after planting. Protect(2206.) fig-trees as soon as their leaves have fallen, Shield late grapes from frost by mat- ting. Immerse pots containing plants intended to be forced, into dry old tan.or ashes to save their roots from frost. Prune(2110.) all sorts of fruit-trees excepting the raspberry, elder, and fig, which being trees of much pith, or medulla, are apt to die back from the point of section-cut place, when pruned at this season, and are therefore better left till spring. Routine culture. Prepare ground for new plant- ations. Dig and ridge up where the trees are already pruned. Winter-dress strawberry-beds. Take(2290.) grapes, apples, pears, and other fruits. Fruit-room.(2298.) Lay all fruits first here till thoroughly dried, and then barrel up the longest keepers, and.remove them to the fruit-cellar. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686) Plant lettuces and caulifiowers under frames, to stand the winter. Sow small salads in the second week, and last fortnight under frames or hand-glasses. Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Keep up the declining heat of such beds as have not yet ripened off their crops. Dyess those which have done bearing, and prick in lettuce or cauliflower plants. Prepare mint and other herbs for forcing, by putting them in pots or boxes. Get up mushroom-beds if not done in September. Plants pine-suckers in the open bed or pit, as they are taken off: Cover well at nights.(2206.) Pinery. This isa general time for shifting and renewing the bark-bed. Do not put the plants into very large pots, as they will not grow much in win- ter. Till the last week of the month your plants will grow rapidly.(2697.) Forcing-hous 2940.) Prune and in general cleanse and repair the houses and flues, mend KALENDARIAL INDEX. 1161 broken glass, and paint the whole when necessary. (2695.) 4 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Sow(2071.) annuals in pots, for prolongation, in cold frames and pits, and some of the hardier sorts in warm borders, to come in early next spring, if the winter should prove mild.‘he sorts fit for this are larkspur, adonis, belvedere, pansy, persi- caria, annual stock, and strawberry blite. Propagate(1985.), but chiefly at this season by dividing the root, as of daisies and of other edging plants, irises,&c. Plant most of the border-bulbs about the end of this month; and you may even plant florists’ ane- mones in properly prepared beds.(2077.) Transplant(2079.) biennials and perennials, in the flower-nursery, to stand till the spring. Strong plants may be moved where they are finally to remain.(6490. and 6505.) Protect(2206.) auriculas, carnations, and other florists’ flowers from heavy rains by mats and hoops, or glass frames. Begin at the end of the month to remove dahlia roots to be driedin an open shed, and then carried to the store-room. Routine culture as in last month. Prepare com- posts. Stir the ground only in dry weather. If the season has been very dry, flower-borders may be dug over about the end of the month. Attend, above all things, to neatness. Do not trust to any kalendar for directions in this, or any point, but endeavor to bring your own brain into work, and try and look at your works with the eye ot a critic and an enemy, or even of a stranger. (7488.) 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686.) Begin about the middle of the month to fill frames and pits with pots of mignonette, stocks,&c. for pro- longation through the winter. Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Roses which have been some time in a state of hybernation and in the shade, may now be put in bottom heat, as may hyacinths and some other bulbs. Water-glasses may now be brought intouse. Observe, in the first place, to plant the bulbs in earth for a week or fort- night, which will make them strike roots more freely, and then take them up and put them in the water-glasses. Force them forward a week or two in frames, before you remove them to the drawing- room. Continue to plant some every fortnight for succession.(6502.) Green-house.(6211.) Replace all your plants, if you have not already done so. All your winter’s credit depends on the style in which you do this: give air night and day, unless the thermometer drop to 35 degrees. Water sparingly.(6211. to 6213.) Dry-stove.(6176.) Apply fires towards the end of the night, so as to keep a medium temperature with fire-heat of 46 or 48 degrees. Arrange the plants for the winter. Pot and set in bulbs of most sorts. Bark, or moist stove. Lessen your temperature by degrees; and also your air and water. A good medium heat for this month will be 70 degrees, which will require fire-heat, even if the bark-bed is in full force.(6214. to 6216.) 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) all the hardier trees and shrubs where the ground is not apt to be rendered very wet during winter: very delicate sorts leave ull spring. Thisis the best season for planting. Prune(2110.) evergreens; but finish, if possible, in the beginning of the month. Deciduous sorts as soon as the leaves fall. Routine culture. Clear away all refuse, weeds, and decayed twigs. Roll, mow, sweep, hoe, weed, and remove moss and worm-casts. Form and repair lawns as before.(2100. and 2101.) 9, Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees. Sow for stocks as directed for last month.‘The plum, cherry, almond, medlar, apple, pear, quince, barberry, service-tree, walnut, filbert, and common hazel-nut, may now be sown to greater | advantage than in spring, provided you can keep the vermin from them during winter Lay the 1162 KALENDARIAL INDEX. mulberry, or any other sort generally propagated in that way. Plant cuttings of elder; but it is rather too late for the ribes tribe. Remove raspberry suckers. Remove fruit-trees to their final situations, as soon as they have lost their leaves. This month, in all dry situations, is the best month in the year for transplanting fruit-trees. Ornamental trees and shrubs. Sow the seeds of deciduous sorts. Lay deciduous sorts as their wood ripens. Plant out in nursery rows; shelter where requisite.(2206.) Forest trecs. Sow most sorts, as directed for last month; but take care to guard against vermin. Gather haws, sea and holly berries, hips,&c. and take them to the rot-heap. Lay and propagate by cuttings some of the timber-growing willows and poplars. Plant and prune in the nursery lines as required.(6983, to 7037.) 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Plant(2077.) generally as long as the weather i mild; but prefer the spring for v leak situations.(6838. to 6340.) Pageant Thin, prune, and fell generally, but do not fell barking-trees, or remove thinnings of the oak, larch &c. so large as to be worth barking.,: : Prepare for planting, as directed for last month This is a very fit season for draining, which may be continued in all weathers, when men can work out of doors, till the planting season returns. In this way the men may be kept on without loss either to themselves or you.(6817.) Operations on ground should now be carried on vigorously; but buildings should be completed, if possible, by the middle of the month.: NOVEMBER. Average of Average a[Averace of] Greatest| le ] | Weather rn| Variation:| Quantit , the Ther-. é of the~ eed a mometer.| fromthe| Bertie of Rain. y age. j London-| 44 44 4| 29 68| 2597 inch. Edinburgh| 41 1| 29 638| 4-514 Dublin-| 45| 29 74| 0-394 1. Kalendar of animated nature round London. In the first week: the buck(Cervus caprilus) grunts. Second week: the golden plover(Charadrius plu- vialis) appears. Third week: snails(Helix) and slugs(Limaz) bury themselves. Fourth week; greenfinches(Iringilla montifrin- gilla) flock; the winter moth(Geometra bru- maria, Sam.) and the common fiat-body moth (Geometra applana, Sam.) appear in gardens about the end of the month. 2, Kalendar of vegetable nature round Londen. In the first week: a few plants in flower, by acci- dent, chiefly annuals, according to the season. Second week: the fungus helvella mitra appears; laurustinus in flower. Third week: calicanthus praecox in flower. Fourth week: some primroses show flowers at this season; and some plants, unnaturally in flower, still continue if the weather is temperate. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary vege- tables. Sow(2071.) short-topt radishes on a warm border for the chance of obtaining an early spring crop. (3760.) Peas and beans as directed for last month. (3601. and 3616.) Protect(2206.) celery, endive, artichoke, seakale, potatoes left in the ground to be taken up as wanted. and any other outstanding edibles roots by litter or leaves. Radishes, and parley with fronds of fern. Cauliflowers by hoops and mats. Propagate(1985.) perennial herbs, if not done last month. Transplant(2079.) any thing you have omitted in October. Routine culture. All operations on the earth, excepting digging and trenching, must be per- formed only in fine dry weather. Dress artichoke and asparagus beds. Take up endive, brocoli, and cauliflower, and lay them flat in dry ground, or in some of the ways described.(2293.&c.) Guard against the damping off of cauliflower plants, and weed all seedling crops. Dig, trench, and manure. Take up ail edible roots, which you intend to pre- serve, and remove them to the root-cellar. Destroy(2276.) insects, and particularly snails, ct this season. Root-cellar.(2299.) Keep out the frost, if it sets in severe; and equally so water, from above or below. Store or seed-room.(1704.) Turn over edible roots kept in the dry, as the alliaceous tribe, and pick out decaying bulbs. See to your seeds. Ice-house.(1730.) Fill the ice-house if the frost 1s sufficiently strong. REMARKS. This is the mindy month of the Saxons; it is generally also cold and moist, and one of the most disagreeable for the laboring gardener, but he may console himself with the shortness of the day, and hail the approach of evening, when he may lay aside his wet dress and fortify his mind by converse with books. Roots, fruits, seeds, dried herbs, and insects require looking over and pro- tecting from damps- 4. Hardy fruit department. Plant(2077.) all sorts of fruit-trees, as directed for Jast month. Choose dry weather. Water to settle the earth. Stake where required, and mulch(2098.) both root and stem, where you wish the trees to do well. Mulching the stem is particularly useful for very tall standards, and especially for the pithy- wooded sorts. Prune(2110.) the vine, and other very hardy fruit- trees; the apricot, peach, and nectarine had better be deferred till spring. Routine culture. Dig and dress wherever pruning admits; or where you have not been able to over- take the work last month. Take(2290.) such apples and pears as still remain on the trees during the first week; dry them well in the fruit-room, and then barrel or jar up the long-keeping sorts for the cellar. Fruit-room.(2298.) Examine such bunches of grapes, and branches of plums and currants, as you have hung up to preserve the fruit; and pick off all decaying berries. Look over all the other fruits, and attend to medlars, quinces, and services. 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686.) Sow small salads and peas and beans, either to transplant or to remain after moving the frames.‘Transplant let- tuces and cauliflowers from frames to be covered with hand-glasses. Attend to air and removing decayed leaves, Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Sow small salads, force mint, and other herbs. Try sowing of radishes on a moderate hot-bed.‘Transplant lettuces from the cold-frames to force them forward. Begin to force asparagus six weeks before the expected demand. Build mushrooms-beds; if under cover, it will be better. Pinery.(2697.) Moderate every stimulus to vege- tation: because, for the proper well-being of plants, it is requisite they should all go on in harmony. Heat, air, and water, art can supply; but light, in any thing like adequate quantities for vegetation, is be- yond the power of man: therefore let your heat, air, and water, be in a proportion to your light. Forcing-houses. Some begin this month; if so, begin the usual course._ Dig and dress the borders; prune, train, paint, and cleanse the house,&c. if not done last month, which is much the best time. (2695.) Set in strawberries.(3338.) 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment, Plant(2077.) dried roots of border-flowers.(6502.) Transplant(2979.) biennials at the beginning of the month, if the weather is very fine: but this work is better deferred till spring.(6504. and 6505. Protect(2206.) tender roots by litter, leaves, tan, ashes, or landing up trees by mats, or straw co- vered with mats or nets. Take care of seedlings. rd ‘Toy ag occasion TE Yow a(1704 store-100"- AI for spring| Pes, yy straw covers, 9 guise. » Blower-gar th f nent sparin espe jally the London. mole(Talpa ¢ 2. Kalendar 0 London, Someof the according 3, Kitchens ables, 2 Sow(2071, peas and 36.), as Weather, al tremely uncertaiy Prt om ne\ “Tiect(2206,) bea Aavenot been aly fant te UC Uatatinsang hel be vethe is Nt bleak dre fot it» raining whi! m Without Ise _ DOW De carted oy ould be compet month, Sar jartment, ‘fruit-trees a8 directed fr weather, Wi quired, and mul ¢ you wish the t ie the fruit; ale over all the otber 2 ices, and srt yuse depart cil heat.(289 Nii= Son ll vy sowing o! 1 forward wre the es? supply tities for therelort portion{0 KALENDARI Routine culture. Collect earths, composts, and manures; and, in general, finish digging among herbaceous flowers by the middle of the month. Asters and such-like plants are often only checked in their growth and flowering by the frosts and rains; attend to them, as they are apt to be blown about, and be disfigured at this season. In cutting them over after the ground is dug, choose a dry day, and obliterate the prints of your feet with a fork. Mow as occasion requires. Store-room.(1704.) Look at such bulbs as you are keeping for spring planting. Bees.(1745.) See that these are properly protected by straw covers, or by being placed in the bee- house. 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686.) Take care of alpines and the primula tribe. Also of the annuals and perennials intended for forcing, Guard against damps by admitting air; and to do this effectually, always remove the sashes in the day- time; or, if the trames being in front of stoves, do not admit of this, tilt or elevate them in front, as high at least as the plane of the sun’s rays at noon. Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Go on forcing all man- ner of flowering shrubs, bulbs, and perennial plants, and take in now and then a few pots of mign nette, to keep up a constant supply in full flower for the drawingroom. Blow Dutch roots in water-glasses as before. Green house.(6211.) Medium temperature, with fire-heat, 42 degrees, maximum 44degrees, Water sparingly; give air as the weather will permit; and see toneatness Encourage mouldiness on the sur- face of the pots, also weeds and decayed leaves; these being great ornaments at this season, and highly useful for the plants. Dry-stove.(6176.) Minimum temperature, with fire-heat, 45 degrees, maximum 50 degrees. Suc- culents require very little water at any time, but especially at this season. Bark, or moist stove.(6214.) Your medium tem- perature may now be 65 degrees, or less, but never exceeding a minimum of 55 degrees, and a maximum of 75 degrees. Lessen water and air, as light and heatare lessened. See that bulbs receive proper treatment, as these will produce your finest spring- flowers, especially the crinums and amaryllidez. AL INDEX. 1163 8. Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant(2077.) deciduous trees, and shrubs of the hardier kind so long as the weather continues dry. Prune and cut hedges.(2110.) Protect delicate American trees, as magnolia, and shrubs not yet fully acclimated, as the Chinese rose. Roll, mow, andsweep turf. Attend to fallen leaves. (6195. and 6201.) Turf may still be laid, but it is now too late to form or repair lawns by sowing grass-seeds.(2101.) Prepare tor planting, by levelling, digging, trench- ing,&c.(1865. to 1871.) g. Trees.— Nursery department. Fryuit-trees.(4361,) Plant only in mild and rather dry weather; mulch, water to settle the earth about the roots, and stake as circumstances require. For- ward delayed work as to fruit-trees, for after the middle of the month it is better not to touch them till February. Ornamental trees and shrubs. Complete what should have been done last month, as to planting, laying, taking off layers,&c.(7031.) Prune the more hardy sorts in the lines, and protect such as are tender by the usual means. Forest trees. Finish sowing the larger seeds before severe weather sets in. Complete all other nursery operations for the season, if possible. Pruning the plants in lines may be the last operation. Gather cones, acorn, masts, nuts, keys, and berries for im- mediate sowings, or the loft or rot-heap, according to their natures, and your skill and circumstances. (6983. to 7037.) 10. Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery. Plant in all temperate weather, and moderately dry situations.(2079.) Thin, fell, and prune deciduous trees, as in last month. Cut, plash, and repair hedges; and more especially the hawthorn kind.(6917.) Dead fences of every description, excepting mor- tar-walls, may now be attended to; but avoid building in December and January, even the siin- plest wall, Frost is certain at this season, and its effects equally so. Operate on ground, water, rocks, woods, and timber erections; but by no means on buildings where mortar is used. y. DECEMBER. [| Greatest| 4 i="REMARKS. Weather oe Variation z Pes Quantity| Winter month, Sax. Cold, but dry._ The gardener’s oper at ihe ce| from the parameters] of Rain. ations are chiefly of the laborious kind; but the days are j| PERSE S| Average. ae m| short and the nights long. In the last week the young aa gardener should examine himself as to his urciessicn ||:- H Shee ie, mi| ¢ 5 29 6 t-194 ine and intellectual progress during the bye-past year. 1e | Leas| os 5| be 3 Pe| pac| contents himself with raerely excelling his fellows, he is | 4 ar surgh| ae 7| 99 79S 2-916 lost; let him aspire at professional perfection, aud high | Dublin- 56 54| ae)| z reputation among good and scientific men. 1. Kalendar of animated nature round I. London. The mole(Talpa europea) throws up hillocks; the December moth(Eriogaster popul?, Sam.) ap- pears about the beginning, and the yellow-line quaker(Noctua flavilinea, Sam.) about the end, of the month. 2. Kalendar of vegetable nature round London. Some of the last month’s plants continue in flower, according to the weather. 3. Kitchen-garden.— Culinary veget- ‘ gs fe ables. Sow(2071.) peas and beans, and a few radishes (3760, and 3601.), as for last month, Choose the very mildest weather, and consider the final result as extremely uncertain. Protect(2206.) beans sown thick for transplanting, and parsley intended for daily use, with fern; ce- lery, with litter; any plants with litter which you have not been able to land up, as artichokes, aspa- ragus. To save seed. Transplant cabbages, if you have neglected it until so untit a season. Routine culture. Attend to this only in the best weather, and chiefly in the middle of the day. Earth up peas and beans, or cover their stems with ashes, sawdust, or oldtan. Earth up celery when dry. Tie up any endive, cardoons, and white beet which has been neglected. Weed, but do not depend on the hoe, and only attempt to stir dry grounds; as stirring clayey lands at this season will do much more harm than good.; Take up edible roots and full-grown vegetables with esculent leaves, as the borecoles, and plant the latter in sand in an open shed for daily use. Destroy(2276.) slugs, snails, mice, and other ver- min. 4 et Root-cellur, seed, and store-room.(1 702. to 1705.) See that these, and what they contain, be kept in perfect order.:_ Tce-house.(1730.) Fill this, if not done last month, 4. Hardy fruit-department. Plant(2077.) the hardier trees, as the apple, pear, cooseberry, currant,&c. in mild weather.(4361.) ©" Prune as directed for last month;_but remit the operation in severe weather.(2110.) Partially unnail or untie trained trees, and wash their boughs and shoots, as well as the walls and trellises, with any elutinous bitter fluid. Routine culture. Trench, dig, and ridge up the ithe t Aeaee y a pitt I OO I AOA aes elisa 1164 KALENDARIAL INDEX. soil, but only in dry weather. Turn over composts, dung, and earth heaps. Prepare borders and or- chards,&c. for planting in spring. Recruit ex- hausted soils by the application or partial substi- tution of such as is fresh and rich. Destroy the larve of moths and every description of garden enemies, by usual or unusual means. Fruit-room. Look over the loose fruit every ten or twelve days. Fruit-cellar. Keep this close to retain an even low temperature, never under 32 nor over 40 deg. till May, the earliest period when it should be opened.(2299.) 5. Culinary hot-house department. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686.) Sow small salads, radishes, and lettuce; if the weather proves mild they may do some good. Weed, take off de- cayed leaves, and give abundance of air in dry weather. Protect, in severe frosts, by mats or litter. Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Begin to force asparagus, sow small salads, and transplant lettuce to be forced forward. Use the transplanter, in order that no check may be given, or any occasion for watering produced. Prepare cucumber-beds; or if you have begun see to them. Light is the grand thing to be attended to, for heat, air, water, and earth you can command at pleasure. Force mint, attend to mush- rooms, and compost-making; procuring earth, ma- nures&c. Cover up at nights with all care; but avoid damps, by always giving a little air on fine days, and all night, when there is danger of steam of dung. Pinery.(2697.) Keep a steady heat; but little air or water will be wanting, excepting to the kid- neybeans and strawberries which you set in last month. Forcing-houses.(2940.) Goon with the routine culture, for houses which you have begun to force; and dig and prepare the borders of the others, but it is too late for pruning or repairs. 6. Flower-garden.— Open ground de- partment. Protect as directed for last month, and be liberal in the use of ashes, rotten tan, litter,&c. to the roots of the more tender plants; as to beds of florists’ bulbs, tender and half-hardy shrubs, as China roses, hydrangeas,&c. where such plants can be ventured in the borders. Routine culture. Prepare composts, manures, and simple soils, and turn them over frequently. Much of the value of all composts and soils, at least for the florist, depends on their being sweet and mellow, which is only to be attained by time and frequent turnings. Attend to neatness in the application of litter, ashes, and other protecting materials. Store-room. See that the frost is completely ex- cluded.(1704, 1705.) 7. Flower-garden.— Hot-house depart- ment. Glass case without artificial heat.(2686.) Attend to alpines, and florists’ flowers in frames; also to annuals, as directed for last month. Hot-beds and pits.(2678.) Go on forcing shrubs and flowers, and blowing bulbs in water; renovate by linings, where necessary. If you have begun in October to force roses, you will have them as well as bulbs in blow by the middle of the month. See to bulbs in water-glasses, and take care to keep up a succession of roses, bulbs, and most popular forcing- flowers and shrubs.(6217. to 62i9.) Green-house.(6211.) Minimum temperature 42 degrees, maximum 44 degrees, with fire-heat. Water sparingly; give air freely in good weather and remove decayed leaves as they appear.; Dry-stove.(6176.) Minimum temperature for this month 45 degrees, maximum, with fire-heat, 50 degrees. The more severe the weather out of doors give less water within; but give air freely in fine weather. Bark, or moist stove.(6214.) Keepa medium heat of 55 degrees, or 58 degrees, and lessen water and air. Attend to routine culture; but the grand thing at this season is, to keep the fire-heat as re- gular as possible; for the ratio of increase of heat from flues, after they are heated to a certain extent, is such as often to overheat the house, and scorch or desiccate the plants: hence, in our opinion, one of the many advantages of adopting steam, by which the pipes can never be heated much above 200 degrees. 8, Pleasure-ground and shrubbery. Plant as in last month.(2077.) Prune(2110.) in fine weather. Protect as before.(2206.) Routine culture. Rake up leaves, and sweep them from the lawns and gravel. Repair walks, and roll them; see that water stand on no part of their sur- face. Lay down turf, if you cannot help it; but this is not a good season; September and March are the best.(2101.) Prepare for planting by trenching, digging,&c. (1870.) Rods and poles for tying up plants and for twiners, spray or sticks for sticking climbers, as the sweet-pea,&c.(1516.) 9. Trees.— Nursery department. Fruit-trees.(4361.) Complete neglected work as far as weather will permit; but if the season is severe, defer it till February. Prepare tallies,&c. Ornamental trees and shrubs.(6539. and 6542.) Finish delayed work, and attend to protecting tender sorts. See to the seeds in store, and prune only in very fine weather. Prepare tallies, labels, sticks, stakes, poles, rods, spray, fronds, and other materials of culture-and management. Collect composts, earths, and manures, and turn over those you have got, so as the frost may thoroughly penetrate them. Forest trees.(6983.) Attend tothe rot-heap, seed- loft, and compost-ground; and plant, or take up, or prune only in fine weather: much depends on the season, and other circumstances.(6884.) 10.‘Trees.— Permanent plantations and park-scenery,. Plant(2077.) only in fine weather, unless thorn- hedges; or large trees of common sorts, with balls of earth. Fell and prune(6941. and 6884.) where the trees are not for transplanting, nor of the barking sorts. Thin out coppice-wood for poles, stakes,&c. (6912.) Prepare for planting by the usual processes, and by fencing and draining.(6817. and 6820.); Operate on ground and rocks, but not on build- ings. y.B, The Number where they refer| and letter’ A; {gpRBVIATIONS«, Perennia aren, Pere Perel fae Island,"+ §, Amer. 9 mode of OEP ying Ascus-8, P| Abercrombie, John page 1100. A, Aberdeen nursely, Aberdeenshité Abermarla Ablactation ti grow in simila manner, or by Acena, dian.| C. B.S. and J and peat, and freely under a grow in comme y cuttings, Acalypha, mona and Han, E should be sow an, in the open and rotten dun Acanthus, bear’ thacee, a§ Both grow in at the root, Acarna, syngen a H. peren, well in comm Theans, Acarus tellarius, destroy in the Ig,= see tho: Accelerating veo Acer, maple, pol lr and N, A Propagate by la Cuttings ia 1 sat bpp, Ot oy: tai Mula forcing, ini t I) Reps mia i) and lessen y 4 culture; but t keep the ire ratio of incre tea, by hich el uch above on) d and stribben, reathet, i Up leaves and weep thea anc on bo part ofthe sw. cannot help its but this tember and March are th hing, di 10(0 Atten iS, mstances.( renanent pana ul fine weathel, Ue of como sont 12, nor of theY od for pos py the ual (it and ks bw ARE GENERAL INDEX. N.B. The Numbers refer to the Paragraphs, where they refer to the page and the year in w and letters A. D. are prefixed. ABBREVIATIONS: H. Hardy, F. Frame, G. Green-house, Annual. C. B.S. Native of the Cape of Good Hope, Austral. South Wales, N. Holl. New Holland, V. Diem. Van Diemen’s , E. Ind. East Indies, S Eur. South of Europe, N. Eur. North of Europe, North America, Mex. Meaico,&c.(See as an example of the Peren, Perennial, Bien. Biennial, An. Native of Australasia, N. S. W. New Island, W. Ind. West Indies S. Amer. South America, N. Amer. not to the Pages, excepting in the case of the List of Authors, hich the Author published: in such cases the word page, D. S. Dry-stove, S. Stove, i.e. Bark-stove, mode of applying these Abbreviations, article Abroma.) A beue-1re, populus alba, 7135. Abercrombie, John, a British writer on gardening, page 1106. A. D. 1766. Aberdeen nursery, 7639. Aberdeenshire, gardens of, 7639. Abermarlais, a seat in Caermarthenshire, 7614. Ablactation(ablactatio, to wean), grafting in such a way as to wean the scion by degrees trom the stock; that is, inarching, 2007. Ablaqueation(ablaqueo, as, to lay bare), the lay- ing bare the bottom of the stem, and the princi- pal roots of fruit-trees, in order to render them more fruitful, 2162. Abroma, polyadel. decan. and malvacee, S. tr. E. Ind. and N. S. W.,(that is, Bark-stove trees natives of the East Indies and New South Wales.) which grow freely in common garden- soil, and are propagated readily by seeds and cut- tings.— For the general culture of bark-stove plants, see Bark-stove. Abrus, wild licorice, diadel. decand. and legu- minosee, a S. tr. Jamaica, which grows in joam and peat, and is raised by cuttings, planted in sand, and plunged in the tan-bed, under a hand-glass. Acacia, polyg. moneec. and leguminosee, S. tr. and G. tr. Austral. E. Ind. and C. B.S., which grow in loam peat and sand, and are prepagated by cuttings taken off in the young wood, and planted in sand under a bell-glass, and in bottom heat. Most Kinds may also be propagated by large cut- tings of the roots similarly treated. The H. tr. grow in similar soil, and propagate in the same manner, or by seeds. Aczna, dian. monog. and rosacee, G. peren. C. B.S. and Austral., which grow well in loam and peat, and cuttings taken off at a joint, root freely under a hand-glass. The H. peren. will grow in common garden-soil, and are continued y cuttings. Acalypha, moneec. monad. and euphorbiacee, S. and H. an. E. Ind. and N. Amer., the S. an. should be sown in pots in a hot-bed, and the H. an, in the open garden. The soil for both, loam and rotten dung, or leaf-mould. Acanthus, bear’s breech, didyn. angios. and acan- thacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. and H. peren. Eur. Both grow in common soil, and divide readily at the root. Acarna, syngen. polyg.«equal. and cynarocephalee, a H. peren. and H. an. S. Eur. Both thrive well in common soil, and propagate by the usual means Acarus tellarius, or rea spider, described, 2271: to destroy in the different departments of garden- ing,— see those departments. Accelerating vegetation, operations for, 2181. Acer, maple, polygam. moneec. and acerex, H. tr. Eur. and N, Amer., which grow in any soil, and propagate by layers or seeds, and some species by cuttings Acer pseudo-platanus and platanoides, the com- mon and other maples, 7097. and 7099. Aceras, gynan. monan, and orchidew, a H. peren. Eng. which thrives best in light loam and chalk, and is only to be raised by seeds. Acetarious plants, 3963, Achania, monad. polyan. and malvacee, S. tr. Ja- maica, which grow in common soil, or in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Achard, Professor Francis, page 1126.; his works on gardening, A. D. 1798. Achillea, milfoil, syngen. polyg. equal. and corym- biferee, H. peren. Eur., which grow in com- mon soil, and are readily increased by dividing at the root. Achras sapota, pentan. monog. and sapotee, S. tr. Amer. requiring a rich, loamy soil, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Achyranthes, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee. The§S. and G. tr. India, thrive in any rich soil, and cuttings root freely. The an. species should be sown in a hot-bed. Acidoton, moneec. polyan. and euphorbiacex, a S. tr. Jamaica, which will grow in loam and peat, and may be increased by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass. Acisanthera, decan. monog. and salicarer, a S. tr. Jamaica, which may be treated like acidoton. Acmella, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corymbi- feree, the S. and S, Amer. an. should be sown on a hot-bed, and the H. an. in the open garden. Acnida,. Virginian hemp. dicec. pentan, and cheno- podew, a H. an. N. Amer., to be treated as such. Aconitum, wolf’s bane, polyan. trig. and ranuncu- lacee, H: peren. S. Eur. of common culture. Acorus, hexan. monog. and aroidez, H. peren. Brit. and China, marsh plants of easy culture. Acosta, a Spanish naturalist, 32. Acrostichum, cryptog. filices, and filicew, ferns; S. and G. peren. E. and W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by seed or divid- ing the root. Acrostichum calomelanos, 6739. Acta, polyand. monog. and ranunculacee, H. pe- ren. Brit. and N. Amer. of common culture. Actinocarpus, hexan, polyg. and alismacee, G and H. peren. N.S. W. and Eng. aquatics, which will only thrive in water, and propagate by seeds. Acynos, didyn. gymnos. and labiatex, H. bien. and an. Eur. of easy culture, Adam’s Lodge, of London, a fraternity of gar- deners, some account of, 7704. Adam’s Lodge, of Aberdeen, 7702. Adams’s needle,— see Yucca. ‘Adanson, Michael, a celebrated French botanist, author of Familles des Plantes, and other works, who died in the beginning of the present century, 722. Adansonia, sour-gourd, monadel. polyan. and mal- vacee, aS. tr. Senegal, which grows best in rich a a ar AI II Sean ita _—— ‘ ae EO See VS SNES SO om ani a :——= wits loam, and cuttings strike in sand, plunged in heat under a hand-glass. Addington Place, Surrey, 7527. Adelia, dicec. monad. and euphorbiacex, a S. tr. Jamaica, which may be treated like adansonia. Adenandra, pentan. monog. and diosmex, G. tr. C. B. S. which grow in sandy peat, and the young tender tops made into cuttings, and planted in coud will root under a bell-glass without bottom leat, Adenanthera, decan. monog. and leguminosee, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and large cuttings with the leaves not shortened, will root in a pot of sand plunged in heat under a hand-glass. Adiantum, maidenhair, cryptog. filices, and filicex, G. and H. peren. Madeira and Brit. ferns, which grow well in loam and peat, and propagate by di- viding the root or by seed. Adina, tetran. monog. and globularia, a S. tr. China, of easy culture in joam and peat. Adonis, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee, a H. peren. and H. an. Eur. of easy culture in common soil. Adoxa, octan. tetrag. and saxifragex, a H. peren. Brit. a diminutive plant, which does well in pots in common soil. Adrianople, gardens of, 307. ZEgilops, hard-grass, polygam. moneec. and grami- nee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of common cul- ture. /€giphila, tetran. monog. and verbenacex, S. tr. W. Ind. which thrive well in light loam, and cut- tings root freely under a hand-glass in heat. fEgle, Bengal quince, polyan. monog. and auran- tiez, a S. tr.&. Ind. which requires a rich loam, . and_ is propagated by ripened cuttings planted in sand, without shortening the leaves, and plunged under a hand-glass in heat. Egopodium, goutweed. pentan. dig. and umbelli- ferex, H. peren. Brit. of the easiest culture. #Erua, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee, a S. tr. and S$. bien. W. Ind. which grow well in rich, light earth, and cuttings strike freely. ‘Eschynomena, diadel decan. and leguminosex, a S. tr. W. Ind. which requires rich loam, a good deal of heat, and is propagated by cuttings under a bell-glass in bottom heat. The S. an. and H.an. India and Amer. may be treated as tender annuals. sculus, horse-chestnut, heptan. monog. and acerex, H. tr. Asia and N. Amer. which prefer light, deep soil, and sheltered situations, and are propagated by seeds or layers. ZEsculus hippo-castanum, the common horse-chest- nut, 7126. ZEthionema, tetrad. silic. and cruciferez, a H. bien. and H. an. S. Eur. of common culture. ZEthusa, fool’s parsley, pentan. dig. and umbelli- ferer, a H. peren. and H. an. Brit.; poisonous weeds.§: Affaiti, Casimiro, his works on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1787. African almond, brabejum stellulifolium. African flea-bane, tarchonanthus camphorates. African fruits deserving cultivation, 6018. African lily,— see Agapanthus. African marigold, tagetes erecta. Agapanthus, African lily, hexan. monog. and heme- rocallidee, G. peren. C. B. S. which thrive in loam, and a little rotten dung, and are propagated by dividing the root, or by seed.; Agaricus campestris, garden-mushroom. See this and various other species of agaricus described, 339. Culture of the garden-mushroom, 3404; what spawn is, 5406; where indigenous spawn may be collected, 3410; preserving spawn, 0412; procuring spawn artificially, 3413; propagating, 3415; methods of raising mushrooms, 3423; ridges in the open air, 3424; preparing the dung, 3425; forming the bed, 5426; moulding, planting, covering the bed, 3427; culture on shelves, in the German manner, as introduced by Oldacre, 3434; compost, 3435; making, spawning, earth- ing, subsequent treatment, 5436; renovating old beds, 5440; growing mushrooms in pots, boxes, 1166 GENERAL INDEX. in pits, 3448; in dark frames, 3449; in a cellar, 3450; general details, 3459. Agathosma, pentan. monog. and diosmex, G. tr. C. B. S. soil, a sandy peat: propagated by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass, but not plunged in heat. Agave, hexan. monog, and bromelee, D. S. and G. tr. and peren. S. and N. Amer. soil, a rich loam; propagated by suckers. d Agen, General Lomet’s villa at, 176. Ageratum, syngen, polyg. equal. and corymbiferee, G. tr. requiring a light, rich soil; propagated by cuttings under a hand-glass. The H. an. is of common culture. Aghinuas, a seat in Tyrone, 7679. Agr. Chem., Davy’s Agricultural Chemistry. Agricola, Dr. George Andrew, his works on garden- ing, page 1123. A. D. 170-, Agrimonia, agrimony, dodecan. dig. and rosacez, H. peren. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy culture. Agrimony,— see Agrimonia, Agrostemma, rose-carapion, decan. pentag. and caryophyllee, H. peren. and an. of common culture. Agrostis, bent-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, a S. peren, Ek. Ind. and H. peren. and an. Eur, of the easiest culture. Agrumi, the italian term for bitter fruits, especially the orange tribe. Ailanthus, polyg. moneec. and terebintacez, a S. tr. and H. tr, E. Ind. which grow in common soil, and are propagated by cuttings of the roots. Ainmsfield, a seat in East Lothian, 7619. Air, its nature and properties, 1216. Air-plant,— see Aerides. Aira, hair-grass, trian. dig. and graminez, H. peren. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Airthrie Castle, near Stirling, 364. Aitonia, monad. octan. and meliacee, G. tr. an. C. B.S. soil, sandy loam and peat; propagated by cuttings of young wood, in sand, under a bell-glass, and plunged in heat. Avoid planting too close, and wipe the glass frequently, as they are apt to damp off: Aizoon, icos. di-pentag. and ficoidex, a G. tr. an. and bien. C.B.S. and S. Eur, succulents, which grow in lime-rubbish, and propagate readily. Ajuga, bugle, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee. H. peren. Eur. of common culture. Akee-tree, blighia sapida. Alamanni, Luigi, his works on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1546. Alangium, polyan. monog. and myrtiacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. soil, loam, and peat; propagated by cut- tings, in sand, under a hand-glass in heat. Alaternus, rhamnus alaternus. Albonico, J. H. his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1795. Albuca, hexan. monog. and asphodelee, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs; soil, light, sandy loam, and veget- able mould; propagation by offsets; or by leaves taken off with a scale of the bulb, and carefully planted. Alcazar, a palace and gardens in Spain, 291. Alchemilla, ladies’ mantle, tetran. monog. and rosacee, H. peren. and an an. Eur. of common culture. Alcina, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbiferex, a G. an. Mexico, of easy culture. Alcoves, 1810. Aldbury Place, Surrey, 7527. Aldea, pentan. monog. and boraginez, a H. pereia. Magellan, of common culture. Alder—see Alnus. Alderley Park, Cheshire, 7590. Aldworth Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Aletris, hexan. monog. and hemerocallidee, H. peren. N. Amer. requiring a peat soil and shady situation, and propagated by offsets from the roots. Aleurites, moncec. monad. and euphorbiacea, a S. tr. Society Isles; soil, a rich loam; ripe cuttings, with their leaves on, strike in sand, under a hand- glass. Alexanders—see Smyrnium. Alexandrian laurel, ruscus racemosus.; Alisma, water-plantain, hexan. polyg. and_alis- macez, H. peren. marsh plants, and aquatics of easy culture, sane Alison, the Rev. A., his Analysis of the Principles of Design, 7160— 7162. i Allamanda, pentan. monog. and apocynez, a S. tr. Guiana; soil, a rich loam; cuttings strike freely &c. with dung, 3442; without dung, 3143 Bi cul- ture in raelon-beds, 3445; in old hot-beds, 3447; in moist peat 4 70= SE Aiea my Alispites Almo BoE ety. n al er X. tree, nd,— Se* bys sa‘ are propagated b and planted shal ; pot of mould. Alons02, didyn. 4 “Amer, which gre creased by Seeds| Alopecurus, foxtal HL peren. and a the easiest cultur Aloysia, didyn. af chili, which gr¢ creases by cuttin Alpinia, monn. 1 and E Ind, reed common culture. A|stroemeria, hexa G, peren.». Al and peat or Vet or dividin flower, wales t rest, by withho Altenbu page 1 AD, vianthera, per eren, S, bi §, Amer, soil,| freely in th Althea, mai vacee, 5, perel an. all of comm Althea frutex, h Althorpe, a seat Alyssum, mad.w F. tr. and Ht ture in comm cuttings, Amaranthus, am ranthacee, a of common cul Amaryllis, hexai and H. peren common cultur —see 6517, Amateurs of gal Maagement, 7 Amber-tree, ant! Ambrosia, mong an, of commor Amellus, syngel aG, tr OB, Toot freely un which grow| treely under a American book: American cows! American garde to atrange, 61: American shrub: ation, 6569, Auerimnum, dis Ind. requi Tas Wig, MALE hoe.» Noe. and dintaee Ge i yo TT, by cattingg cella, ltt uoged 3 id bone, Mand G, 14. and Teh loamy; AME, ii a e, 1619, ultua Chemistry, ey, his Works on ark decay, Aner, ma a dy. and Tosacee, Ol ey culture 00, devan, Webley, and ML atd at of common i. an ait, 9§ 1 pete, and an, Da of orbiter us, ei aud tereintoe, af ich stow in common si cuttings chen, Lothian, iy, erties,[21h ig, and granine pera siest culture, , and melatee, G, tap, im and peat; din sand, undera bel- gas, - and finidee, a 6, tt an . ie tl ih dS. Bur and propagate gynmno, an l ot culture f a. wrorks on gatd op, and myrtane, 2 t nd peat pga ; handplas in ha. temus, ks on gardening ant asphdele, 2 ght, sandy loa 2 on by ols » of the bul, an dens in Spa tle, tetral nd atta. Bur 0 og sy culture, Ape (a and boragint culture. re, 100 and heme! in 0 siing 2 peel‘ ited by fie fr fn ys racemo pul sh pals Leg gu all haf sgaits 0! gull in ciples aly ibe Pte AN ye yt 2 ag A ttt?” any Allantodia, cryptogam. filices, and filicee, a G. peren. Madeira; a fern; soil, loam and peat; and propagation by dividing the root or seed. Allerton Manleverer, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582. Alliaceous plants, 3810. Alligator-pear, laurus persea, 5977. Allionia, tetran. monog. and nyctaginex, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow in common soil; and cut- tings root readily under a hand-glass. Allium, garlic. hexan. monog. and asphodelee, H. peren. and bien. Eur. bulbs of easy culture. Allium ascalonicum, the shallot, 3845. Allium cepa, the common onion, 5830. Allium porrum, the leek, 3811. Allium sativum, the garlic, 3841. Allium scheenoprasum, the chive, 3838. Allium scorodoprasum, the rocambole, 3852. Allspice— see Calycanthus. Allspice-tree, myrtus pimenta. Almond,— see Amygdalus. Alnus, alder, moncec. tetran. and amentacee, H. tr. Eur. and N. Amer. of common culture, pro- pagated by seeds. Alnus glutinosa, the common alder, 7132. Aloe, hexan. monog. and hemerocallidex, D. S. and G. tr. and peren. C. B.S. which grow best in sandy loam, with lime-rubbish or gravel, and are propagated by suckers, or leaves stripped off, and planted shallow in, or laid on the surface of a pot of mould. Alonsoa, didyn. angios. and solanew, G. tr. S. Amer. which grow in rich, light soil, and are in- creased by seeds or cuttings. Alopecurus, foxtail-grass, trian. dig. and graminex, H. peren. and an. Jamaica and Eur. grasses of the easiest culture. Aloysia, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, a Gaatr. Chili, which grows in light, rich soil, and in- creases by cuttings. Alpinia, monan. monog. and scitamines, S. per. W. and E Ind. reedy or marsh hot-house plants of common culture. Alstreemeria, hexan. monog. and asphodelex, S. and G. peren. S. Amer. which thrive in sandy loam, and peat or vegetable earth, and increase by seeds or dividing the root. A. ligtu is difficult to flower, unless the roots are put into a state of rest, by withholding water till the shoots are quite dried up; then give a good watering, and put it in a moist heat, and it will flower abun- dantly.(Sweet.) Alstroemeria salsilla, the edible alstroemeria, 6030. Alston Grove, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Altenburg, Pomological Society of, their annals, page 1197. A. D, 1810. Alternanthera, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee, a S.peren. S. bien. and G. peren. E. Ind. and S. Amer. soil, light and rich, and cuttings root freely in the shade. Althaa, marsh-mallow, monad. polyan. and mal- vacee, S. peren. and bien. and H. peren. tr. and an, all of common culture. Altheea frutex, hibiscus syriacus. Althorpe, a seat in Northamptonshire, 7580. Alyssum, mad-wort, tetrad. silic. and cruciferex, a F. tr. and H. tr. peren. and an. Eur. of easy cul- ture in common soil, and readily increased by cuttings. Amaranthus, amaranth, moneec. pentan. and ama- ranthacee, a S. an. and H. an. As. Amer. Eur. of common culture. Amaryllis, hexan. monag. and amaryllidez, S. G. and H. peren. Eur. Amer. and Afr. bulbs of common culture: some may be treated as aquatics, — see 6517. Amateurs of gardening, 7407; their gardens and management, 7428. Amber-tree, anthospermum zthiopicum. Ambrosia, moneec. pentan. and corymbiferee, H. an. of common culture. Amellus, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferez, a G. tr. C. B.S. soil, loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a glass; and H. peren. Amer. which grow in common soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. American books on gardening, 7699. American cowslip, dodecatheon meadia. American garden, how to compose the soil, 6568; to arrange, 6122. American shrubs, 6562; culture, 6568; final situ- ation, 6569. Amcrimnum, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, S. tr. W. Ind. requiring a light loam; and cuttings, GENERAL INDEX. 1167 not deprived of their leaves, root freely under a hand-glass in a warm situation. Amethystea, dian. monog. and labiatew, a H. an. Siberia, of common culture. Ammannia tetran. monog. and salicarez, aS. an. and H. an. W. and E. Ind. of easy culture. Ammi, bishop’s weed, pentan. dig. and umbelliferex, H. peren. and an an. Eur. foetid. weeds. Amomum, moaan. monog. and scitamine ren. Sierre Leone, reedy marsh plants. Amorpha, bastard indigo, diadel. decan. and legu- minosex, F. and H. tr. Amer. which grow in common soil, and increase by cuttings planted in ‘autumn, in a sheltered situation. Ampthill Park, Bedfordshire, 7549. Ampton Hall, Suffolk, 7552. Amsonia, pentan. monog. and apocynee, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow in common soil, and are in- creased by cuttings or dividing at the root. Amygdalus, almond, icos. monog. and rosacex, a G. tr. and H. tr. Persia and Eur. requiring rich loam, and which may be propagated by seeds, lay- ers, grafting,&c. Amygdalus communis and amara, the sweet and bit- ter almond, 4542. Amygdalus persica, the peach-tree, 4481; flat peach of China, 4485. Amygdalus, var. nectarina, the nectarine-tree, 4517; to force the peach and nectarine, 3063. Amyris, octan. monog. and terebintacee, S. tr. S. Amer. soil, loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Anabasis, pentan. digy. and chenopodee, a G.&. Spain, which grows well in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass without bottom heat. Anacampseros, dodecan. monog. and portulacez, G. tr. and peren. C. B.S. succulents which grow in sandy-loam and lime-rubbish, and cuttings root readily in similar soil. Anacardium, cashew-nut, ennean. monog. and tere- bintacer, a S. tr. India, soil a light loam, and cuttings from ripened wood, not deprived of their leaves, will root in sand under a hand-glass. Anacyclus, syngen. poly. super. and corymbiferez, H. an. S. Eur. of common culture. Anagallis, pimpernell, pentan. monog. and primula- cee, a G. an. and bien. and H. peren. andan Eur. all of easy culture, increased either by seeds or cuttings. Anagyris, bean-trefoil, decan. monog. and legumi- nose, a G. and F. tr. Spain and Teneriffe, soi] loam and peat, and cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass. Anarrhinum, didyn. angios. and scrophularineez, a H. bien. of common culture. Anastatica, rose of Jericho, tetrad. silicu. and cru- ciferee, a H. peren. Levant, which will grow in common soil, and cuttings under a hana-glass root freely.. Anchovy-pear, grias cauliflora, 5979.: Anchusa, bugloss, pentan. monog. and boraginee, G and H. bien. and peren. Eur. and C. B.S. which grow freely in common soil, and are in- creased by cuttings or seeds. i Anderson, James, LL. D. 130. 140. a British writer on gardening. page 1108. A. D. 1777.. i Andersonia, pentag. monog. and epacridez, a G. tr. N. Holl. which grows freely in peat soil with the pots well drained, and not overwatercd; young tops made into cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Andrachne, bastard orpine, moneec. gynan. and euphorbiacee, a H. an. Italy, of common culture. Andrews, Mr. Isaac, an eminent grower of the pine- apple at Lambeth, 2712. i’ Andrews, Henry, a British writer on gardening, page 1112. A. D. 1798. 4: Andromeda, decan. monog. and ericee, S. G. and H. tr. N. Amer. E. Ind. and Eur. which prefer peat soil, and cuttings strike in sand under bells or hand-glasses; but the hardy sorts make plants more rapidly by layers, 6562.: tt Andropogon, polygam. monec. and graminez, S. G. and H. peren. E. Ind. and Eur. grasses of easy culture. f Androsace, pentag. monog. and primulacee, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. which thrive best in small pots in turfy loam and peat, the pots being well drained; they are increased by seeds, or dividing at the root., 4 Andry, a French author on gardening, page 1116. . 1707 A.D 2, S. pe: Ste tals ds! a a Andryala, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracex, G peren. and bien. and H. peren. andan. As. Afr. and Eur.; the green-house sorts grow well in light loam, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass; the hardy sorts are of common cul- ture. Anemia, cryptog. schismatopterides, and filicex, S. peren. W. Ind. ferns of the usual culture. Anemone, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee, H. peren. Eur. and N. Amer. which grow in loam rather light and rich than heavy, and increase by dividing the root or by seeds. Anemone coronaria, and hortensis, the common gar- den anemone, 6275. Anethum, dill, pentan. dig. and umbelliferex, a H. peren, and an. Eur. of common culture, and pro- pagated by seed. Anethum fceeniculum, the common fennel, 4097. Anethum graveolers, the common dill, 4103. Angelica, pentan. dig. and umbellifere, H. peren. and bien. Eur. and Amer. which grow in loamy deep soil, and are increased by seeds. Angelica archangelica, the garden angelica, 4216. Angelica-tree, aralia spinosa. Anglesea, gardens and residences of, 7603. Angran de Rueneuve, a French writer on garden- ing, page 1117. A. D. 1712. Anguria, moneec. dian. and cucurbitacez a S. peren. Carthagena, soil light and rich; propagation by cuttings or seeds. Angus, or Forfarshire, gardens and residences of, 7637. Anigozanthos, hexan. monog. and hemodoracee, a Gr. tr. N. Holl. which grows in loam and peat, re- quires a good deal of water, and is increased by di- viding at the root. Anise, pimpinella anisum. Aniseed-tree,— see Illycium. Anisomeles, didyn. gymnos. and labiatex, a S. an. E. Ind. of the usual culture,: Ann. Bot. Annals of Botany, by C. Kénmg and J. Sims Annona, custard-apple, polyan. polyg. and annona- cee, S. tr. W. Ind. and S. Amer. requiring a rich loam; and ripened cuttings with the leaves un- shortened, will root in sand, under a glass in a moist heat. Annual plants, such as are of one year’s duration, and are therefore raised annually from seeds ripened the preceding year. There are some ex- ceptions in the cases of rare plants which do not seed freely; or where particular varicties are to be preserved. In these cases propagating by cut- tings or layers is adopted. Annuals, bark-stove or hot-house, their culture, 6724, 6725. Annuals, dry-stove, 6668. Annuals, frame, their culture, 6596. Annuals, green-house, their culture, 6660. Annuals, half hardy, their enumeration, 6512; cul- ture, 6513. Annuals, hardy, adapted for border-flowers, 6506; their culture, 6507. Anomatheca, trian. monog. and iridex, a G. peren. C. B.S. a bulb of the iridez family. Ansley Hall, Warwickshire, 7571. Ant,— see Formica. Anthemis, chamomile, syngen. polyg. super. and co- rymbiferez, a G. peren. and H. peren. and an. Eur. and China, of easy culture, and propagated by seeds, cuttings, or dividing at the root. Anthemis artemisiefolia, the Chinese chrysanthe- mum, 6470. Anthemis nobilis, the common chamomile, 4235. Anthericum, hexan. monog. and asphodelea, G. tr. peren. bien. and an. C. B. S. which grow in light sandy loam, with the pots well drained; the bulbous kinds should have no water when not in a growing state; the shrubby sorts root from cuttings, and most of the species produce seeds. Anthocercis, didyn. angios. and solanex, a G. tr. N. Holl. which grows in loam and_ peat, and cuttings root readily under a bell-glass in sand. Antholyza, triand, monog. and iridew, G. and H. peren. C. B. S. bulbs of the iridez family,: Anthospermum, amber-tree, dicec. tetran. and ru- biaceez, a G. tr. C. B. S. which grows well in loam and peat, and strikes readily from cuttings. Anthoxanthum, spring grass, dian. dig. and gra- minee, H. peren. Brit. and Morocco, of the easiest cuiture, 1168 GENERAL INDEX. Anthoxanthum odoratum, scented vernal eTAsS 4318, nian Anthriscus, rough chervil, pentan, dig. and umbel- liferee, a H. peren. and an. common weeds. Anthyllis, kidney-vetch, diadel. decan. and legumi- nosee, G. and F. tr. and bien. Eur. which grow in loam and peat, and are propagated by seeds or cuttings under bell-glasses in sand. The glasses must be kept wiped, otherwise the cuttings are apt to damp off. 2 Antidesma, dicec. pentan. and terebintacezx, S. tr. E. Ind. which require a rich loam, and cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass in moist heat. Antiquities, uses of, in gardening, 1840, Antiquity, gardening authors of, 7685. Antirrhinum, snap-dragon, didyn. angios. and scro- phularinew, F. and H. peren. and an. Eur, of easy culture, and propagated by cuttings or seeds. Antrim, gardens of, 7684. Antwerp, villas of, 126; botanic garden, 135, Anychia, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee, a H. bien. N. Amer. of common culture, 1660. Aotus, decan. monog. and leguminosex, a G. tr. N. Holl. which grows well in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily under a bell-glass in sand. Apargia, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, H. peren. Eur. of the easiest culture, and propagated by seed or division at the root. Aphelandra, didynam. angios. and acanthacee, a S. tr. W. Ind.; requiring rich loam, and cuttings strike freely in a moist heat under a hand-glas Aphyllanthes, lily-pink, hexan. monog. and aspho- delew, a H. peren. France, which grows well in peat earth, and is increased by seeds, or dividing at the root. Aphis, or plant-louse, described, 2242. Aphis, how to destroy, 2282. Aphis lanigera, or American blight, 4431. Apiary, a place for an assemblage of beehives, 173 Polish beehives, 1738; common, 1739; of glass, 1740; storying, 1741; of Palteau, 1742; of Huish, 1743; Howison, 1744. Management of hives, 1745; choice of bees, 1746; materials and size of hives, 1747; feeding the bee, 1748; covering the hive, 1750; swarming, 1752; taking the honey, 1755; taking by deprivation, 1756; by suffocation, 1758. Apios, diadelph. decan. and leguminosez, a H. tr. and peren. N. Amer. both climbers, which grow in common soil; the first is propagated by layers, and the other by tubers from the roots. Apios tuberosa, 4332. Apis mellifera, the honey-bee, 2262. 1733,— see Apiary. Apium, parsley, pentan. digy. and umbelliferer, H. bien. Eur. Apium petroselinum, or garden parsley, 4282. Apium graveolens, or celery, 3997. Apium Americanum, or arracacha, 6036. Apocynum, dog’s bane, pentan. dig. and apocynee, a H. peren. N. Amer. which prefers a little peat added to common soil, and increases rapidly by suckers. Aponogeton, hexan, trig. and naiadez, A. S. peren. and G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs, which are to be treated as aquatics, and are increased by offsets or seeds. Apple,— see Pyrus. Appleberry,— see Billardiera. Apprentices in gardening, 7379. Approach-road to a mansion, principles of forming, 1242. Appropriation of scenery by planting, 6769; princi- ples and use of appropriation in landscape-garden- ing, 7175. Appuldurcombe, a seat in the Isle of Wight, 7594. Apricot, 4522,—see Armeniaca. Aquarium for exotics, 6180; for hardy plants, 6519. Aquatic herbaceous plants, hardy, 6521; exotic, 6726, Aquilegia, columbine, polyan. pentag. and ranun- culacee, H. peren. Brit. of the easiest culture. Arabis, wall-cress, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferee, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur, roek-work plants, of easy culture, and increased by seeds or cuttings. Arachis, earth-nut, diadel. decan. and legumino- sez, a S. an. S. Amer. of common culture. i Arachis hypogiea, South American earth-nut, 6037. Aralia, pentan. pentag. and aralee, S. tr. W. Ind. and N, Amer. which thrive in rich loam, and cut- tings strike readily under a hand-glass, in het: 5‘oh or0 q git mG Py chitectUle, origin stici, 12 | rustic: “fare, a, pe nd neat, and cuttit Lrototis Arctous, adies ntay Ardisia, penta ee it| Arethu NA peat and on moist as a marsh Aretia, pentar Eur, rockw¢ and peat, and 2 root, an, Eur, ¢ Argenteuil, Argyleshire Aristea, trian, mol bulbs, which cree iners, which ings strike fi STOW In ¢ Chili, which Will grow in an tings, planted 1 Armagh, gardens Ameniaca, the g cee, H. tr, Eur, the Me siberian, an budding on plun Nang apricot, Armeria, thri ft, pe attr and HL nd H,] land Wiled etal etn, 8 OF Tete yy aeapt nd, Wise the cy id lerebintates\tr |! 5 Nt, ‘ HAD, 2 eutinas eg nm + 1900, id, angio, and fet. TED, and an, Bur of hy cutis op see Ne garden, 155, thatee, aH ire Li) PUMIOONR, 2 G, tr RNY Hoan eat, TEAL Under abel sass Wal and cichoranee cure and propa e Tot t ngios, and acantbaoee, uiring rich loam, and 1& Moist heat under 4 esa, ono and anh, ee, Which erows well in th 0 ased Dy sees or dviding eribed,£2, m0 can blight,#51, assemblage of Leehies, sn, lik. i anemnedt of bees, Ii X feed the be, 5 Samm ng by deprivae, and Jeguminosee oth climbers, wlth gr st is propagated by Hye from the roots ey-bee, 202. Ih, _ digy, and umeli varden pares, | arracath, tan. dig, and ajay shich peter I , and increases ni and naiade, bulbs, i dare increase ier, Tl ath ion, princi py planting he ation in nee the Isle of igh epiaca, (): for har ts, hari, yan, pens of the ¢2 witty| ne W, Jnd. and cule in heat: all ve inten. ri jolts H. tr. which grow in common soil, and ripened cuttings strike in a sheltered situation; and H. peren. of common culture, and increased by seeds. E Aranjuez, a palace and gardens in Spain, 294, Araucaria, dicee. monad. and coniferee, G. tr. Chili and Norfoik Island, which grow in sandy loam and peat,‘‘ and cuttings may be rooted, though with difficulty, taken off at a joint in ripened wood, and planted in a pot of sand under a hand-glass, but not in heat.’’(Sweet.) Arboretum of the Hackney nursery, 7356. Arbor vite,—see Thuja. Arboricultural catalogue, 7053, Arboriculture, 6742. Arbors, 1811. Arbutus, strawberry-tree, decan. monog. and eri- cee, G. and H. tr. Eur. which grow best in two thirds of peat and one third of loam; they are increased by layers and seeds, and A. unedo com- monly by budding or inarching. Archangel,—see Angelica. Architect, horticultural, 7402. Architecture, origin of the different styles of, 7254 Architette rustici, 110. Arctium, burdock, syngen. polyg. equal. and cyna- rocephalee, H. bien. Brit. common road-side weeds. Arctopus, polyg. dicec. and umbelliferex, a G. peren. C. B.S. which grows in loam and peat, and is in- creased by seeds. Arctotheca, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corymbi- feree, a G. peren. C. B.S. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand- glass in the open air. Arctotis, syngen. polyg neces. and corymbiferex, G. peren. tr. and an. C. B. 8. which grow in loam and peat, and are readily increased by cuttings, or dividing at the root. Ardbraccan Palace, in Eastmeath, 7661. Ardenné, Jean Paul de, his works on gardening, page 1117. A.D. 1746. Ardisia, pentan. monog. and myrsinee, S. tr. and G. tr. I. and W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass, in moist heat. Arduina, pentan. monog. and apocynee, a G. tr. C. B. S. which thrives well in peat and loam, and cuttings root freely under a bell-glass in sand. Areca, cabbage-tree, moncec. monad. and palmee, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. paims which grow in light sandy loam, and like other palms, can only be raised from seeds. Arenaria, sand-wort, decan. trig. and caryophyllex, a G. peren. and H. peren. and an. Eur. all the species grow best in sandy loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings or by seeds. Arethusa, gynan. monan, and orchidex, a G. peren. N. Amer. a bulb which grows best in two thirds peat and one third loam, and requires to be kept moist as a marsh plant. Aretia, pentan. monog. and primulacex, Beste Eur. rockwork plants, which grow in loam, sand, and peat, and are increased by dividing at the root. Argemone, polyan. monog. and papaveracer, H. an. Eur. and Amer. of common culture. Argenteuil, fig-gardens of, 193. Argyleshire, gardens of, 7649., Aristea, trian. monog. and iridex, G. peren. CrB:S: bulbs, which grow in loam and peat, and are in- creased by dividing at the root. Aristolochia, birth-wort, gynan. hexan. and aristolo- chi,§. and G. tr. Ind. and Amer. climbers and twiners, which grow well in light loam, and cut- tings strike freely under a hand-glass: the H. tr. grow in common soil, and are increased by di- viding at the root. Aristote, a French author on Gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1677. Aristotelia, dodecan. monog. and rhamnez, a H. tr. Chili, which requires a sheltered situation; but will grow in any common soil, and ripened cut- tings, planted under a glass, will root freely. Armagh, gardens and residences of, 7682. Armeniaca, the apricot, icos. di-pentag. and rosa- cee, H. tr. Eur. of which there are two species, the Siberian, an ornamental shrub, propagated by budding on plum-stocks, and the common fruit- bearing apricot, prunus armeniaca, 4522. Armeria, thrift, pentan. pentag. and plumbaginea, a H.tr. and H-peren. Eur. which grow well in GENERAL common soil, and are increased by dividing at the 4 INDEX. 1169 root. Armeria vulgaris, the common thrift, is a good edging plant. Arnica, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, H. peren. Eur, which grow best in light loam, and are increased by dividing at the root. Arnopogon, sheep’s beard, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracez, a peren. and an. Eur. of common culture. Arno’s Vale, a seat in Middlesex, 7520. Arnolde, Richard, a British writer on gardening, page 1099. A. D. 1502. Arracacha,— see Apium, Arran, gardens of, 7650. Arrigoni, Stephano, his works on gardening, page 128. A. D. 1763. Arrow-grass,— see Triglochin. Arrow-head,— sce Sagittaria. Arrow-root,—see Maranta. Artedia, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, a H. an, Levant, of the usual culture. Artemisia absinthium, wormwood, 4247. Artemisia dracunculus, tarragon, 4093. Artemisia, wormwood, syn. polyg. super. and co- rymbiferez, G. F. and H. tr. peren. bien. and an. Eur. and Amer. all of easy culture and propaga- tion. Arthropodium, hexan. monog. and asphodelex, a G. peren. N.S. W. soil a sandy loam; and pro- pagation by dividing at the root. Arthur's Seat, a hil! at Edinburgh, how to improve by a promenade, 7517. Artichoke,— see Cynara. Artiste jardinier, 196. Artisti giardinieri, 110. Artocarpus, the bread-fruit tree, monec. monan. and urticeez, S. tr. S. Sea Isl. and Ind. which thrive well in light loam, and propagate readily by cuttings, with their leaves entire. Artocarpus incisa, the common bread-fruit tree, 6014, Arum, moneec. polyan. and aroidee, S. tr. and peren. and F. and H. peren. Eur. Ind. Amer. all of which thrive well in common soil, and are pro- pagated by dividing the roots; or the woody sorts by cuttings. Arundel Castle, Sussex, Arundo, reed, trian. digyn. and graminee, H. peren, Eur. grasses of the easiest culture. Asarabacca,—see Asarum. Asarum, asarabacca, dodec. monog. and aristolo- ch H. peren. Eng. and Amer. of common cul- ture, Asclepias, swallow-wort, pentan. dig. and asclepia- dee, G. peren. which thrive best in peat and loam, and cuttings root readily under a hand- glass.‘The H. peren. are of easy culture. Ascyrum, polyad. polyan. and hypericine, G. tr. and peren. N. Amer. which thrive well im loam and peat, and are readily increased by cuttings taken off in the young wood and planted under a hand-glass. Ash-tree,—see Fraxinus. Ashbrooke, a seat in Kilkenny, 7656. Ashburnham Abbey, Sussex, 7531. Ashcombe, a seat in Wiltshire, 7596. Ashes, proportion in which they are afforded by the combustion of different species of trees, 708. Ashridge Park, Buckinghamshire, 7548; flower- garden, 6099. Ashtead Park, Surrey, 7528. Ashton Hall, Lancashire, 7589. Asiatic fruits deserving cultivation, 6021. Asimina, polyan. polyg. anonacex, H. tr. N. Amer. which thrive in common soil, and are increased by layers. Aspalathus, diadel. decan, and leguminosea, a S. tr. and G. tr. peren. C. B.S. which grow freely in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root in sand under bell-glasses, care being taken to wipe the glasses frequently to prevent their damping off. Asparaginous plants, 3855. Asparagus, hexan. monog. and asphodelee, S. G. and F. tr. Eur. and C. B. S. climbers, which grow freely in light loam, or loam and peat, and are nereased by dividing at the root, or by cuttings under a hand-glass without bottom heat. 3 Asparagus officinalis, the garden asparagus, 5556 5 to force asparagus, 5349; plants, planting, time ot beginning to force, temperature, air, water, gathering, successional supplies, 3350. 58; to force in hot-heds, 3359; forcing the roots as they stand in the open ground, 3564, > Ze KH a! il Ht 1170 Asperugo, German mad-w ort, pentan. monog. and boraginee, a H. an. Brit. of common culture. Asperula, woodruff, tetran. monog. and rubiacex, H. peren. and a H. an. Eur. of easy culture. Asphodel,— see Asphodelus. Asphodelus, asphodel, hexan. monog. and aspho- delez, H. peren. Eur. of common culture. Aspidium, shield.fern, cryptog. filices, and filiceae, G. and H. peren. Eur. and N. A. ferns of the usual culture. Asplenium, spleen-wort, cryptog. filices, and filicex, S. G. and H. peren. Eur. and S. Amer. ferns which may be cultivated as aspicium. Association of ideas, its infigen e on the pind as to the expression of scener slide fo 7174 Astankina, a seat near Mocom 262. Aster, ee syngen. poly. Bibs r. and corymbi- ferex, G. tr. and bien. Eur. C. B. S, and N. Amer. of easy sales in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily, in the same kind of soil, under a hand-glass, without bottom heat. H. peren. and an. of any culture in any soil. Astley, Francis Duc kenfield, Esa. 9.2 yep ten author on gardening, page 1112. A. Aston Park, Shropshire, 7569. Astragalus,‘milk-vetch, diadel. decan. and legumi- nosez, G. and H. peren. and Hs an. Eur. As. Af. all of which thrive well in common soil, and are increased by seeds. Astrantia, master-wort, pentan. dit. and umbelli- feree, H. peren. Eur. of the easiest culture. Astroloma, pentan. monog. and epacridex, a G. tr N. S. W. which thrives best in loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily under a bell-glass in sand, Athamanta, spignel, pentan. dig. and umbelliferez, peren. and an an. Eur.“of easy culture and propagated by seeds. Athanasia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferee, G. tr. C. B.S. soil, a light loam, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass:: the H. an. species re- os the usual culture. Atractylis, syngen. polyg. equal. and cynaroce- phalez, a H. peren. Spain, of common culture. Atragene, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee. a S, tr. G. tr. and H. tr. Hur, Afr. and Amer. climb- ers of easy culture, and propagated’ by cuttings, layers, or seeds. Atraphaxis, hexan. dig. polygonex, a G. tr. and peren. Eur. and C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root rapidly under a hand- glass. Atriplex, orache, polyg. moncec. and chenopodee, Eur. of easy culture, and increased by cuttings; and H. an. to be treated as such. Atriplex hortensis, the garden orache, 3787. Atropa, pentan. monog. and solanea, a G. tr. Eur. which grows in light loam, and is readily increased by cuttings; and a H. peren. of easy culture in- creased by seeds. Atropa mandragora, the mandrake, 29,—see Man- dragora. Aubletia, polyan. monog. and tiliacee; S. tr. S. Amer. which grow freely in light loam, and well ripened cuttings strike under a bell-glass, if not allowed to damp off; it flowers best when the stem is ringed. Aubrey Hall, Warwickshire, 1571. Aucuba, mone. tetran. and rhamnee, a H. tr. Japan, which grows in common soil, and is rea- dily increased by cuttings. Audiley-end, a seat in Essex, 7542. Augarten, a public promenade at Vienna, 205. Aulax, dioec. tetran. and proteacee, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive best in sandy loam with a great many sherds at the bottom of the pot. Cuttings taken off at a joint will root in sand under a hand- glass, care being taken to avoid damps. Auricula, see Primula. Austen, Francis, a British author on gardening, page 1099. A. D. 16: Austen, Ralph, a British author on gardening, page 1100. A. D. 1653. Avena, oat-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, H. pe- ren, andan. Eur, and Amer. of the easiest ais Avens, geum avens. Av errhoa, decan. pentag. terebintacew, S. tr. E. Ind. which thrive well in light sandy loam; and ripe cuttings root freely in sand under a hand- glass. Aviary, 1760; for singing birds, 1761; parrots, 1762. Avington, a seat in Hamps shire, 7594.‘ Avicennia, didyn. angios. and myoperinez, India, GENERAL INDEX . tr. soil, loam and peat, and cuttings root in a under a glass, in moist heat. Awl-wort,— see Subularia. Axyris, moneec, tetran. and chenopodee, H. an. Siberia, of common culture. Ayenia,‘pent un. Monog. and malvacee, Jamaica, aS. tr. and S. bien. which grow in ric h loam and cuttings root freely in sz md| in a moist heat. f Ayrshire, gardens of, 7027. Azalea, pentan monog. and rhodoracez, N. Amer. and India, the G. tr. thrive best in sand and peat, and young cuttings taken off close to the ripened wood, and planted i in pots of said. will root rea- dily in moist heat under a beil-glass; the H. tr. Eur. and Amer, require peat or sandy loam, and vegetable earth, and are increased from layers or seeds, 6562. Axar, Gerib, of Ispahan, an encourager of garden- ing, 459. Azarole, mespilus azarolus, B. B. P., Brown’s Prodromus Flore Nove Hollandie, &e, Babiana, trian. monog. and iridew, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are propagated by offsets or seeds. Babworth, a seat in Northumberland, 7586. 3accharis, ploughman’s spikenard, syngen. polyg. superfl. and corymbiferez, N. Amer. G. tr. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Bacoche, the common name of the apricot in Tuscany, corns d from the original Arabic word, Bercoch, 2: Bacoi, A; ae works on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1596. Bactris, moncec. hexand. and palmee, S. tr. S. Amer. palms, which thrive in sandy loam, and like other palms, are only to be propagated by seed. 3admington House, Gloucestershire, 7565. Backia, octan. monog. and myrtiacee, G. tr. N.S. W. which grow in loam and peat, are very heeds, and cuttings of the young wood root rea- dily in sand under a bell-glass. Bahama red wood, ceanothus colubrinus,— see Ceanothus. Bailey, W.and D. list of curvilinear hot-houses erected by them, 1587. Balbisia, syngen. polyg. super. corymbifereze, a H. an. Mexico, of common culture. Baldwin(of bald, Sax. bold, and winnean, Sax. to overcome; a bold man, a conqueror), Tho- mas, late gardener to the M: urquis of Hertford, at Ragley near Alcester, Worcestershire, one oe the first pine growers in England; his work ¢ gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1818. Balgonie Castle, a seat in Fifeshire, 6 5. Ballinamoan, a seat in Waterford,: Ballinlough, a seat in Westmeath, Ballochmoyle, a seat in Ayrshire, Ballota, stinking horehound, didyn. gymnos. and labiatez, H. peren. Eur. for the most part hedge- weeds. Ball’s Pond nursery, 7518. Ballydonnellan, a seat in Galway, 7672. Ballygriffin, a seat in Tipperary, 7667. Ballymont, a seat in Limerick, 7668. Ballymoney, a seat in Down, 7683. Ballyraget House, in Kilkenny, 7656. Ballyroam, a seat in Queen’s County, 7659. Bala,—see Melissa. Balm of Gilead,—see Dracocephalum and Amyris. Balnagow an, a seat in Ross-shire, 7647. Balsam,— see Impatiens. B am-apple, momordica balsamina. Dalse am-herb, Justicia comata, B alsam of Capevi, copaifera officinalis. Balsam-tree,— see Amyris. Balsamita, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, H. peren. Ital. of the easiest culture. Balsamita vulgaris, the costmary, 4192. Baltimora, sy nge n. polyg. necess. and corymbife- rem, a H. an. Vera Cruz, of common culture. Bamboo-cane,— see Bambusa. Bambusa, bamboo- cane, hexan. dig. and graminez, S. tr. India reeds, which thrive well in a loamy soil, and are readily increased by suckers. Banana,—see Musa. ge tetra Holl. soil ov third sad, jJants nevel seldom re 00 ae id i ae prop a viding tl os baste may be prop Rarbarea yulgal parberty barb berls. Barelle,. Giuse| i AUS, Burg Park, Bark for the u usually or m2 Bark, tann et, purposes, 19 Lf park stove, or the mass of D in which th plunged, oF heated trom the bed of m2 of the house. Bark-stove, Us and manage! Bark-stove, us crowing or fi Bark-stove, us agement, 62] Bark.stove, ust culture, 102. Barking-irous, 1343, Barleria, didyr India and A peat, with a freely UW Barley, Barmeath, a Barnbarrow Barnbougle} Barnes, Tho as an autl A.D, 175 Barnsley Pai Barton, a s Barometer, ¢ 1979, Baroh Hill,; Baron’s Cour Barosma, pt CBS wh see tings of rip tell-glass, Barrenwort, Barringtonia Str Bly posed diff ar onet ripe wood sand unde leaves, wi Barrington Barrow, dif Barrow Wat Jarruel-Beg I9 A.J Barth, a war Bartholina, peren, C, I and peat, y ME state» root, 1 thodorepes Y, 7} alter, © best in sy urge of gi us colubinls,= hol-douss of curmlneet| super, cory mn culture bole AD 1 n Fiteshire,(0% Waterford,[0 restmneatll,(02 kenny,'™ elN'S Cou 4 aot ym ah i racocephl ygseshle,| 5 balsemit’ nate org oficial sient CH u r bi. Bane-berry(bana, Sax. a murderer, and berry), actea spicata, Banfshire, gardens of, 7640. 3anisteria, decan. trig. and malpighiacex, S. tr. Amer. and W. Ind. which grow well in sandy loam, and cuttings of ripe wood root freely under a hand-glass in sand. 3anksia, tetran. monog. and proteacee, G. tr. New Holl. soil one third peat, one third loam, and one third sand, with the pots well drained, and the plants never let flag for want of water, as they will seldom recover. Cuttings must be well ripened before they are taken off, cut at a joint, and planted in pots of sand without shortening the leaves; cover with hand-glasses, but do not plunge in heat. Banyan-tree(priest’s tree, Znd.), ficus religiosus. Baptisia, decan. monog. and leguminosea, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow well in good garden soil, and are propagated by seeds, or(though slowly) by dividing the roots. Barbadoes bastard-cedar, bubroma guazuma, Barbadoes cherry,—see Malpighia. Barbarea, winter-cress, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferex, H. peren. Brit. which will grow in any soil, and may be propagated by seeds, or dividing the plant. Barbarea vulgaris, the common winter-cress, 4050. Barberry(barb, a beard, and berry),—see Ber- beris. Barelle, Giuseppe, his work on fungi, page 1128. A. D. 1808. Barganny Park, Ayrshire, ih Bark for the use of tanners, trees from which it is usually or may be obtained, 659. and 4754. Bark, tanners’, how to manage for horticultural purposes, 1972. Bark-stove, or moist-stove; a hot-house in which the mass of bark, earth, sand, or other materials in which the pots containing the plants are lunged, or the plants themselves planted, is Reread from below; or by the fermentation of the bed of materials, as well as by the atmosphere of the house. Bark-stove, used in horticulture, its construction and management,— see Pine-stove. Bark-stove, used in floriculture, its construction for growing or flowering plants, 6177. Bark-stove, used in floriculture, its general man- agement, 6214. Bark-stove, used in floriculture for propagation, its culture, 1629. Barking-irons, for the garden, 1541; for the forest, 1343. Barleria, didyn. angios, S. tr. bien. and G. peren. India and Amer. all which grow in loam and peat, with a little rotten dung, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass.* Barley,—see Hordeum. Barmeath, a seat in Lowth, 7664. Barnbarrow House, Wigtonshire, 7626. Barnbougle Park, Linlithgowshire, 7632. Barnes, Thomas, a name assumed by Sir John Hill, as an author on British gardening, page 1105. Az D: 1759. Barnsley Park, Gloucestershire, 7565 Barnton, a seat in Midlothian, 360. Barometer, as a means of foreknowing the weather, 1279. Baron Hill, a seat in Anglesea, 7603. Baron’s Court, a seat in Tyrone, 7679. Barosma, pentan. monog. and diosmex, G. tr. C. B. S. which grow well in sandy peat, and cut- tings of ripened wood root readily in sand under a bell-glass. Barrenwort,— see Epimedcium. Barringtonia, monad. polyand. and myrtiacex, a S. tr. FE. Ind. a very fine plant, scarce, and sup- posed difficult to manage; soil two thirds loam, and one third peat kept moist, and cuttings of ripe wood taken off at a joint, and put in a pot of sand under a hand-glass, without shortening the leaves, will root readily.(Sweet. Barrington Hail, Gloucestershire, 7 Barrow, different sorts of, 1441. Barrow watering-engine, 1450. Barruel-Beauvert, his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1782. GENERAL INDEX. Bathorne House, Durham, 7584. Bartonia, icos, monog. and rosacez, G. bien. Mis- souri, of easy culture, and propagated by seeds. Bartsia, tetrad. siliq. and scrophularinee, H. peren. N. Amer. which are rather difficult to preserve, and require a shady border of peat earth; or to be planted in pots of the same soil, and kept moist: and H. an. Brit. which grow freely in a sandy soil.‘ Base-rocket, reseda lutea. Basella, pentan. trig. and chenopodee, S. bien. and an. of common culture. Basella alba and rubra, as spinage plants, 4528, Basil(Basil, a town in Switzerland),—see Ocy- mum, 3ass inats,(from the Russian bast-bark), cloth of liber, or inner bark, used in gardening, 1506. Bassia, dodec. monog. and sapotee, S. tr. E. Indies, which grow freely in hght loam, or loam and peat; and ripened cuttings strike under a hand- glass in sand, Bassingbourne Hall, Durham, 7584. Bastard balm,— sce Melittis. Bastard cabbage-tree, see Geoffroya. Bastard cedar,— see Cedrela. Bastard hare’s ear, phyllis nobla. 3astard indigo,—see Amorpha. Bastard lupine,—see Lupinaster. Bastard mangeneel,— see Cameraria, Bastard orpine,— see Andrachie. Bastard pimpernell, centunculus minimus. Bastard toad-flax,—see‘Thesium. Bastard vervain,—see Stachytarpheta. Bastard vetch,— see Phaca. Bastard, William, Esq. a British writer on garden- ing, page 1108. A. D. 1777. Bastien, Jean Francois, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1805. Batschia, pentan. monog. and boraginez, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow well in common soil, and are increased by seeds, or dividing the roots. Bauera, polyan. dig. and cistinez, G. tr. N.S. W. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in the same soil under a bell-glass. Bauhinia, mountain ebony, decan. monog. and le- guininosex, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. mostly climbers which thrive well in light loam, and cuttings between old and young, do well under a bell-glass in sand, in a moist heat. Bauman, ¥. G., his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1788. Baven, faggots of branches and spray, with their ends untrimmed. 3avis Mount, a seat in Hampshire, 7592. Bawd-money, meum athamanticum. Bay,— see Laurus. Bayham Abbey, a seat in Sussex, 7531. Baxin, Giles Augustin, his works on gardening, page 1117. A. D. 1741. Beale, Dr. John, a British author on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1666. Beale, John, a British author on gardening, page 1100. A. D. 1657. Bean,— see Vicia. Bean-tree,— see Zygophyllum. Bean-trefoil, menyanthes trifoliata,—see Meny- anthes. Bearbind,— see Convolvulus. Bear’s breach,—see Acanthus. Bear’s ear, sanicle,— see Sanicula. Bearberry, arbutus uva-ursi. Bearde, de Y Abbaye, his Essay on Agriculture, page 1118. A. D. 1769. A Beaudesart, a seat in Staffordshire, 7570. Zeaufortia, polyadelph. icosan. and myrtiacee, G. tr. N. Hol. soil, two thirds peat and one third sandy loam, and cuttings from nearly ripened wood, strike root freely in sand under a bell- glass. Beaumanor, a seat in Leicestershire, 7575. Beaumont, Sir Harry, a name assumed by Mr, Spence, and affixed to letters from China, trans- lated trom those of the Jesuits, and descriptive of the emperor’s gardens, 470, Beaumont, Simon de, a distinguished citizen of Holland in the 17th century, a great encourager Barton(Saa.), a backside or backlying field, Barth, a warm place, or pasture. Bartholina, gynan. monan. and orchider, a G. peren. C. B.S. which thrives best in sandy loam and peat, with a little water when not in a grow- ing state; it is propagated by dividing the root. 4F 2 of botany and gardening, who had a fine garden at Beverning, 152. | Beaumont Lodge, Berkshire, 7561. | Beaunier,———, his work on gardening, page | 1192. A. D. 1820. i Beauty, that property in objects by which they are 1172 GENERAL INDEX. recommended to the power or faculty of taste; the reverse of ugliness; the primary, or most general object of love or admiration.(Jeffrey, in See Encyc. Brit.) That which gives pleasure to the mind in objects of sense.(M.A. Schimmelt- penninck, chap. i.) Though, in the common colloquial acceptation of the term beauty, it is applied only to such ob- jects as delight the senses of vision and hearing; yet, in the strict and literal sense of the word, a fine view, a harmonious concert, the perfume of a rose, or the taste of an anana, are each possess- ed of beauty. The authors quoted, and also Alison, Stewart, and Knight, have discussed the subject of beauty in a clear and satisfactory manner, by which it appears that the great error of preceding writers on the subject, consisted in supposing that there was only one kind of beauty; whereas, there are many kinds, though some are much more general and universal than others. Nothing but mind can either please or disgust mind; and therefore the beauty that we see in objects depends, as D’ Alembert has observed, on what is within our- selves. Man is possessed of the origin of every taste and refined enjoyment naturally; but every one of these, from the lowest sense to the highest, requires cultivation before it become capable of conferring much intellectual gratification. Though in the nature of things, therefore, there may be an absolute or universal beauty; yet, practically, all beauty may be said to be relative to the state of man in different countries and ages, and in different degrees of civilisation and refinement. Fashion, therefore, or the prevailing modes of the day, will by the great number of persons, always be esteemed the true criterion of beauty. Beauty of kitchen-garden scenery, 2355; of the flower-garden, 6201; of landscape scenery, 7157. Bechstein, D. J. M. his works on gardening, page 1127. A.D. 1818 Becker, William, Glo, his work on gardening, page LISS ACS 795: Beckett, the seat of the Rev. Lord Barrington, near Farringdon, in Gloucestershire, 326. Beckmannia, trian. dig. and graminez, a H. an. Eur. a grass of the easiest culture. Beckmann, John, 75, his writings relative to gar- dening, page 1124. A. D. 1781 Beckstedt, J. Kp. his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D, 1795. Beddington, a seat in Surrey, 7528. Bedfordshire, gardens and residences of, 7549. Bed-straw,—see Galium. Bee,—see Apis. Bee-house,— see Apiary. 3eech,— see Fagus. Beechwood Park, Hertfordshire, 7544. Beet, 3731.— see Beta. Beet(Sav.), to boot or help, a term used by gar- deners in Scotland for filling up blanks in plant- ations. To beet up, is with them synonymous with to plant up, or fill up with plants, 6881. Begonia, moneec. polyan. and hydrocharidea, S. tr. peren. and bien. S. Amer. succulent plants which grow readily in sandy loam, and cuttings root freely in the same soil. Bejaria, dodec. monog. and rhodoracez, a G. tr. Florida, which thrives best in sandy peat, and may be increased by layers and cuttings; the latter planted in sand under a bell-glass in a little peat. Belan, a seat in Kildare, 7657. Belchamp Hill, a seat in the county of Durham, 7584. Belgrave, William, his works on gardening, page 1131. A. D: 1755: Belle-vue, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Bell-flower,— see Campanula. Bell-glass, a curvilinear utensil, of glass, in one piece; called a receiver among chemists. It is used for covering cuttings of plants, and differs from a hand-glass, in the latter being larger and composed of several pieces glazed in a frame, 1431. Bellew, a seat in Galway, 7672. Bellis, daisy, syngen. polyg super. and corymbi- ferexe, H. tr. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Bellisie, a seat in Fermanagh, 7677 Bellium, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, H. peren. and an. Italy, rock-work plants of common culture. t Bellows for fumigation, used in gardening, 1482. Belmont, a seat in Herefordshire, 7568. Belmont, a seat in Staffordshire, 7570. Beleil, a fine villa near Paris, which before the revolution, belonged to the celebrated Prince de Ligne, 169. Belon, Peter, a French writer on gardening, page 1115, A. D. 1553, if Belvidere, a seat in Kent, 7537. Belvoir Castle, Lincolnshire, 7578. Belvoir, a seat in Down, 7683. Belvue(pretty view, F%.), a very common name of country-seats in most parts of the world. Bénard, Mons. de, author of some papers on gar- dening, published in Mémoires de la Société du Seine et Oise, during the present century, 185, Bengal, its circumstances as to gardening, 500. Bengalore, a royal residence with celebrated gar- dens in the East Indies, 461.; Benbam House, Berkshire, 7561. Benigni, Fortunato, his work on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1815. Benjamin-tree, Jaurus benzoin. Benningsen, General Von, a native of Germany, and general of cavalry in the Russian service; a warm patron of arts and sciences, who had a fine seat and botanic garden near Wilna, which was burnt to the ground and destroyed in the retreat of 1812, 283. Bent-grass,— see Agrostis. Bentley Priory, Middlesex, 7521. Bents, bulrushes,— see Juncus. Berardia, syngen. polyg. equal. and cynarocepha- lee, H. peren. Italy, of common culture Berberis, barberry, hexan. monog. and berberidee, H. tr. Eur. and Amer, of robust growth and easy culture, propagated by suckers and seeds. Berberis vulgaris, the common barberry, 4620. Berceau(cradle, arch, /’r.), an arbor or bower, formed in horticulture and arboriculture as a place of repose,— see Arbor. Berckheya, syng. polyg. frust. G. tr. and bien. C. B.S. which grow freely in loam and peat, and root readily in common earth under a hand- glass. Berger, Ch. Glo., his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1802. Bergius, Peter Jonas, his work on gardening, pag> 1130, A, D. 1780. Berkshire, gardens and residences of, 7560. Bernstein, J. Glo., his work on gardening, pa ze 1125, Ae 1793: 3eroot, a seat of the Emir Facardine, near Jeru- salem, in the 17th century, 457. Berries, grown in horticulture, as edible fruits, 4595. Berrington, a seat in Herefordshire, 7568. Berry-bearing alder, rhamnus frangula, Berry-gatherer, 1356. Berthoion,, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1800. Bertrand, Franci 118. AS DE1757. Bértrand, Mons. of Bruges, his villa, 122. Bertuch, M. his work on gardening, page 1197. A. D. 1821. Berwickshire, gardens of, 7620. Besca(old Latin), a spade or shovel. Besl. eyst., Besleri hortus eystettensis. Besleria, didyn. angios, and scrophularinee, S. tr. W. Ind. handsome plants, of easy culture in rich light soil. Cuttings strike freely in rotten tan, without any protection. Besnier,——— a French writer on gardening, page PLT Gn eAL EDS 1/05; Besom, different kinds of, used in gardening, 321, Beta, beet, pent. dig. and chenopodee, a G. bien. Mad. H. peren. Hung. and H. bien. Eur. and Brit. of easy culture in sandy loam, and propa- gated by seeds. Beta cicla, the white beet, a spinaceous plant, 3779. It is from the roots of this Jast species that the French and Germans obtained sugar with so much success during the late war.‘The follow- ing was the ordinary process:— Reduce the roots toa pulp, by pressing them between two rough cylinders; put the pulp in bags and press out the liquor it contains; boil this liquor, precipitate his works on gardening, page the saccharine matter by quick-lime; pour off the liquor; add to the residuum a solution of sulphuric acid, and boil again; the lime uniting with the acid, is got rid of by straining; and the may{hel late slow! ng the‘ jiqulor Ul Sil Bs,; ta maritiMay a ie an esculents rs a cule feta yulgat'ss votonica, Veto” petoniees 4 poren. LU:© ‘epinica officill Reto be see Be py car } t for the the annual spe! ardy annie appeat, many 0 prof still longe! are annuals alt re perent s, hardy,| als, frame, roots Bilham House, Y Bill, an edge-tool if short, its ¢ ill pore. in loam and sand under 2 Billet(billot, F fuel; billet. Biscutella, bu ciferer, a I common cul Biserrula, hate nosea, H, al Bishop's Cour Bishop’s weed, Bilston House shire, 7571. Bindweed,—s Binnarium(L and feeding« Birch, see B Bird-pepper,— Birds, or feath to destroy, 2 Bird’s eye, pri Bird’s foot,— Birdsfoot-tret Birdsal, a sea Birth-wort,~ Bitter-sweet, Bitter vetch,. Bixa, anotta, W. Ind. wh flowers, and flowering pI soon: they sind, and” Peat, fate 0 ite, ihe, i elre the celebrated ele Bites te et pan sitet, ie , TetY common nang ofthe nord, SOME papers on oa. cites de a Sit iy resent century, 18 Ogundening, 5 With celebrated fat. Hoh padi pige D 4 native of Germany nthe Rusian sexy i MA sciences who hid a den near Wika, ich and destroyed in the Tel, nus, mua, ald cynaroceph pommon culture monog, and berberids, ny orowth an on barter,£9 y.), a0 arbor or bower, {tam and(eA, mon earth under a hand. pet orks on gardening work on gardening, py Welt, ir Facandine, nest Jt wry, 401, rd vulture, 28 eile Im ondshite, 10 anus frangula corks on garden, orks on gt 5, his villa, Je si yn) gardening, 1 a) 702. or shore, oystettensis nnd scrophuli its, of€25) ike freely inh ten lal, gs ee writer of, used gle ) (e 46, bie | chenopoce®s i a and H, bide 4 prop gaudy 1020 nd per 7s in; Ue 4 y fs eri and of by GENERAL liquor may then be gently evaporated, or left to granulate slowly, atter which it is ready for un- dergoing the common process of refining raw sugars. Beta maritima, a native plant which may be used as an esculent, 4294, Beta vulgaris, the common red beet, 3731.; Betonica, betony, didyn. gymmos. and labiatex, HT. peren. Kur. of common culture. 3etonica officinalis, a tea-plant, 4319. Betony,— see Betonica. Betula, birch, moneec. polyan. and amentacex, H. ir. of easy culture; the American sorts prefer bog-earth and moisture, and are propagated by sceds or layers, and some curious sorts by gratting or budding. Setula alba, and other species cultivated as timber- trees, 7108. to 7111. Bevel, or bevel-square, an instrument made use of by carpenters and masons, and also in gardening tor the adjusting of angles. Bib. Bank., bibliotheca banksiana. Bickham, George, a British writer on gardening, page 1104, A. D. 1750. Bicton, a seat in Devonshire, 7600 Bidens, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferez, a5. an. H. peren. and H. an. E. Ind, and 8. Amer, the annual species may be treated as tender and half-bardy annuals; they preter a moist situation and light soil.‘The perennials may be kept in pots in similar soil, and propagated by dividing the plant. Bidet, M——, his writings on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1759. Biennial plants, such as are of two years’ duration in their natural circumstances; but by culture, and especially by pinching off the flowers as they appear, many of these may be rendered triennial or of still longer duration. Many exotics, which are annuals and biennials in their native coun- tries, are perennials in our stoves. Biennials, hardy, 6504. Biennials, frame, 6595. Biemnials, green-house, 6660. Biennials, stove, 6663. Bignonia, trumpet-flower, didyn. angios. and big- noniacew, S. and G. tr. 8. Amer. and China, some are climbers, and all grow well in loam and peat, and young shoots root readily, either in mouid or sand, under a hand-glass in heat. The H. tr. are climbers, and grow well in common soil, and are increased by cuttings from the young wood or roots. 3ilham House, Yorkshire, 7582. Bill, an edge-tool, at the end of a stale or handle; if short, it is called a hand-bill, and when long, a hedging or hedgebill,—see Hedgebill. Billardiera, apple-berry, pentan. monog. and pittos- poree, G. tr. Austral. climbers, which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a bell-glass. Billet(bédlot, Fr.), a tree or log of wood, cut up for fuel; billet-wood. INDEX. ae Blackberry; in England, the berries of the bramble are so named, and in Scotland, those of the black currant. Black bryony,— see Tamus. Black saltwort, glaux maritima. Black snake-root, cimicifuga serpentaria. Blackmore Park, Worcestershire, 7566. Blackwell, Elizabeth, widow ot Dr. Blackwell, who died in Sweden; author of a Curious herbal, containing 500 cuts of the usetul plants, adder-nut,— see Staphylea. adder-senna,— see Colutea. ade(blad, Sax.), a leat. «ria, tetran. monog. and ericexw, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive only in sandy peat, and young cut- tings will root in sand under a bell-glass, or in a close frame in a shady situation. Blair Adam, a seat in Kinross-shire, 7634. stair Drummond, the seat of the late Lord Kaimes, and now of Mr. Home Drummond, in Perth- shire, 7636. Blair House, or Blair Athol, a seat of the Duke of Athol, in Perthshire, 7636. e Castle, Gloucestershire, 7554. Biake, Stephen, a British writer on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1664. Blakea, dodec. monog. and melastomeex, a Sot: Jamaica, which thrives weil in peat and loam, and requires a good deal of water; cuttings re- quire to be quite ripe, otherwise they rot; plant- ed in sand in moist heat under a hand-glass, they root freely. lakie,‘Vhomas, Esq. of Beechwood, near Hdin- burgh, C.M. H.S., 170. Blanching(whitening), a process for depriving plants of part of their bitter qualities, 2156, Blanching-pots, 1427. Blandiordia, hexan. monog. and hemerocallides, G. peren. N.S. W. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are propagated by suckers or seeds. Blarney Castle, in Ireland, 568, Blast, plants, and especially the cereal grasses, are said to be blasted when the seeds or ears are lank and thin,—see Vegetable Pathology. Blatta, the black beetle, or cock-roach, 2239, Blechum, didyn. angios. and acanthacew, a8. peren. W. Ind. which grows well in a rich light soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in heat. Blechnum, cryptog. filiges, and filicee, G. and H. peren. C. B.S. Eur, and N. Amer. ferns, which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by di- viding at the root or seeds. Biendon Hall, Kent, 7537. Blenheim, a seat in Oxfordshire, 7559. Blessington gardens, situated in the county of Dubhn, formerly of some note, 367. Bletia, gynan. monan. and orchidex, S peren. China and W, Ind. which grow well in sandy joam and peat, and are readily propagated by dividing at the root. Blickling Hall, Norfolk, 7554. Blighia, akee-tree, octan. Monog. and sapindex, a S. tr. 5975. Bl Dl Bl ib) Biscutella, buckler-mustard, tetrad. siliq. and cru- ciferex, a F. tr. and H. peren. and an. Eur. of common culture. Biserrula, hatchet-vetch, diadel, decan. and legumi- nosex, H. an. S. Eur, of common culture. Bishop’s Court, a seat in Kildare, 7657. Bishop’s weed,— see Ammi. Bilston House, the seaf of Addison, in Warwick- shire, 7571. Bindweed,— sce Convolvulus. Binnarium(Lat.), a pond or stew for the keeping and feeding of fish. Birch,— see Betula. Bird-pepper,— see Capsicum. Birds, or feathered enemics of gardens, 2223; how to destroy, 2280. Bird’s eye, primula farinosa, Bird’s foot,— see Ornithopus. Birdsfoot-trefoil,—see Lotus, Birdsal, a seat in Yorkshire, 582, Birth-wort,— see Aristolochia. Bitter-sweet, solanum dulcamara. Bitter vetch,— see Orobus. Bixa, anotta, polyan. monog. and tiliacez, aS. tr. W? Ind. which grows to a large plant before it flowers, and therefore cuttings should be taken from flowering plants, in order that they may flower soon: they root freely under a hand-glass in sand, and the plants grow well in loam and peat. 4 Blight, a common term for injuries received by the vegetable kingdom when in a state of growth, which cannot be referred to any obvious or cer- tain cause, and coming suddenly is said to give them the appearance ot being blighted or blasted, —see Vegetable Pathology. Blith or Blythe, Walter, 142. a British writer on gardening, page 1100. A. D. 1649. Bhthfield Park, Staffordshire, 7570. Blit, an ancient synonym for the beet, beta. Blitum, strawberry-blite, monan. dig. and chenopo- dex, H. an. S. Eur. of the easiest culture. Bobait, Jacob, a British author on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1684. Boboli gardens, at Florence, 83. Boc, mus., Museo di Piante rare di Don Paulo 3occone. Bocconia, tree-celandine, dodec. monog. and papa- veracee, aS. tr. Ind. which grows well in sandy loam, and ripens seeds plentifully; and a H. peren. China, which grows in rich soil, and is pro- | pagated by dividing the roots. | Bockmann, 2——, bis work on gardening, page | I >A 1127. A. D. 1815. Bodfach, a seat in Montgomeryshire, 7611. Bodorgan, a seat in Anglesea, 7603. 3ceehmeria, moncec. tetrand. and urticea, a G. tr. Canar, which thrives well in loam and peat, and ! cuttings root freely in the same kind of soil i793 i : i | w Ss: Se a , | f ee pe eee VS eit under a hand-glass. The H. peren. Virginia, grows in peat soil, and is propagated by dividing the root.‘ Boerhaavia, hog-weed, dian. monog. and nyctagi- nex, 8. tr. and peren. Indies, which thrive well in rich loam, and cuttings root readily. Bettiger, C. A., his works, page 1127. A. D. 1817. Bog-rush,— see Schcenus. Boissier, a beautiful villa near Geneva, 240. Bolesworth Castle, Cheshire, 7590. Boltonia, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferez, H. peren. N. Amer, of common culture, 7594. Bombax, silk-cotton tree, monad. polyan. and mal- vacee, S. tr. E. Ind. and S. Amer. which grow treely in loamy soil, and cuttings, not too ripe, taken off at a joint, will root freely under a hand- glass in heat. Bonchurch Cottage, Isle of Wight, 7594. Bonfeil, John, a British author on gardening, page 1099. A. D, 1622. Bonnelle, Charles, his work on gardening, page 1118, A. D. 1763. Bontia, didyn. angios, and myoporinee, a S. tr. W. Ind. which thrives in peat and loam, and cut- tings root readily in heat, under a hand-glass. Books on gardening, 7685, Books of accounts and others required to be kept by gardeners, 2337. Booth’s Hall, Cheshire, 7590. Borage,— see Borago, Borago, borage, pentan. monog. and boraginex, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of the easiest cul- ture. Borago officinalis, the common borage, 4127. Borassus, dicec. hexan. and palmee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which thrives well in sandy loam, and is propa- gated by seed. Borbonia, diadel. decan. and Ieguminosee, G. tr. C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and young cuttings strike readily under a bell-glass in sand. Borch, Michael Jean, Comte de, his works on gar- dening, page 1128. A. D. 1780. Border(bordure, Fr.), the edge, fringe, or margin of any thing, especially when distinguished bya line of demarcation, by ornament, or otherwise, from the main piece or plot Border-flowers, herbaceous plants of hardy consti- tution and easy culture, well adapted for orna- menting borders. In floriculture they are classed under distinct heads, viz. as perennials, OF bulbs, 6500; biennials, 6504; hardy annuals, 6506; half- hardy annuals, 6512; for particular purposes, 6915; for concealing upright deformities, 6516; horizontal detormities, 6517; which will grow under the shade and drip of trees, 6518; for orna- menting pieces of water, 6519; rocks, 6524; with evergreen leaves for winter display, 6527; for 3; highly odorifer- ferns and mosses, 6534; alpines, 6537; common showy sorts for a small garden, 6538. Borders tor fruit-trees, 2484. Borders tor gardening are of general use in horti- culture and floriculture, as accompaniments to walks, and walls or other fences. The former are chiefly as ornamental compartments; and the latter partly ornamental, but chiefly for the cul- ture of fruit-trees, and the more delicate herba- ceous esculen The width of borders that accompany walks, is generally guided by that of the walk; but they are esteemed handsomer when broader ratner than narrower; wall or fence borders should, according to the most approved ideas, never be less than the height of the wall or fence; since the roots of a tree require as much room to extend themselves as the shoots. For the formation of fruit-tree borders in kitchen- gardens, see 2484; and in flower-gardens, 6111. to 6118. 30recole(boreal cole, northern cole or cale),—see Brassica.; Borghese, villa of, at Rome, 8+.; Bornefond,, a French writer on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1653.: Bornet, Charles Henry, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1800. Borning-piece, 1367. SOLONIa,“OCLATi@ MONOR. ANC) ccecceececessoseses| Ge Le N.S. W. which thrive well in loam and peat, and young cuttings strike readily under a bell-glass in sand. Borrington, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. 3orya, dic. dian. and cuphorbiacex, H. ay th) IN. GENERAL INDEX. Amer. which thrive in any common soil, and are increased by layers. Ripened cuttings planted in autumn will also take root. Bosc, Monsieur Louis Auguste Guillaume, F.L.S. Hi.S., inspector of the government garden of the Luxembourg, Paris; his works on gardening, page 1122. a. D. 1819. Boscage(boscagium, Lat. or bocage, Fr.), a grove or thicket of trees, Boscus(old Lat.), all manner of wood, Bose, Gaspard, proprietor of a fine garden near Leipsic, at the end of the 17th century, 217, 3osea, golden rod, pentan. dig. and chenopodee, a G. tr. Canar. which grows freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand, under a hand- glass, without heat. Bossixa, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, G. tr. <.ustral. which grow in Joam and peat, with a little sand, the pots being well drained; and cut- tings, not too ripe, will root in sand, under a bell- glass, guarding against damp. Boston House, Middlesex, 7521. Bot. Cult., Sweet’s Botanical Cultivator, 8yo. 1820, Bot. Mag., Curtis’ Botanical Magazine. Bot. Reg., Kerr’s Botanical Register, Bot. Rep., the Botanist’s Repository for new and rare plants, by H. Andrews. Botanic garden, a garden for the culture of plants with a view to botanical science, 7323. Botanic gardener or curator, 7386; his duties, 7498. Botanic gardens for the sale of plants, at Monk- wood, 7627; at Forfar, 7637. Botanic gardens of Chelsea, 7517; Kew, 7529; Ox- ford, 7557; Cambridge, 7551; Hull, 7581; Liver- Bury, 7502; Edinburgh, 7618; Glas- gow, 7629; Dublin, 7653; Cork, 7666, Botanic gardens, public, their formation, management, 7497. Bothwell House, Lanarkshire, 7¢ Botley, a seat in Staffordshire, 7570. Botley, a seat in Surrey, 7527. 3otrychium, moonwort, cryptog. stachyopterides, and filicer, H. peren. N. Amer. and Brit. ferns, which grow in peat earth in shady situations, and are propagated by dividing the root or by seeds. Bouché, Vierre, his works on gardening, page 1127. A. D, 1809, Boulevard, a promenade, 7315, Boullay,——, a French writer on gardening, page LUE ASD S712 Boultibrooke, a seat in Radnorshire, 7610, 3ourbon palm, latania rubra. Bourreria, pentan. monog. and boraginee, S. tr. i. and W. Ind. of easy culture in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Boursoait, Monsieur, possessor of a fine garden in Paris, 173. Bousmard,——, his writings on gardening, page LON ASD 783: Boutcher, William, a British author on gardening, page 1108. A. D. 1772. Bouvardia, tetran. monog. and rubiaceew, G. tr. N. and S. Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings of the roots, or young cuttings under a hand-glass in heat. Bowden, a seat in Wiltshire, 330, Bower(bur, or bure, Sax. a parlor), an arbor formed with trees,—see Arbor. Bowood, a seat in Wiltshire, 7597. Boxthorn,— see Lycium, Box-tree,—see Buxus. Br., Brown, Robert, Esq. F. R.S., possessor of the Banksian Library, one of the first botanists of Europe, distinguished for his knowledge, and im- provement of the Jussieuean system. Brabejum, African almond, polyg. meneec. and pro- teacee, a Gr. tr. C. B. S. which grows in sand and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Brachysema, decan. monog. and leguminosez, a G. tr. N. Holl. a climber which thrives well in sandy loara and peat, and is increased by layers or cut- tings under a bell-glass in sand. Bradford, a town in Yorkshire, gardens of, 7582. Bradley, Richard, ¥.R.S., a British author on gar- dening, page 1102. A.D. 1716. Bradwell Lodge, Durham, 7584. Bradwell Lodge, Hampshire, 7594. Braham Castle, Ross-shire, 7647. Braid House, Midlothian, 7618. Brake, the tern pteris. Bramble,—see Rubus. » Hous pes Yo yh on Gl | aD, i p 5{198. f Pel Hall 2. rai 4 sea Br astill, 8 pb t0,—> nass ola, Bye. W, Ind. ¢ k a up in ng*o the fl an. 2 as a hu or Mos Brassldy Jam.# as the bias as af ti nleracea a olel yg sprouts Jeracea ¥¢ Ol, w* s ‘ea oleracea ¥: Sica Oe 0 ing, page 11 Brodizea, hexal peren. Geor peat, Kept m the root like Brodie House, Bromborough hard and con rather moist fruiting sort very hardy production ¢ fruit, by wi propagated Bromelia anar tory and yz “0Y/; prefer ficial heat, 2 partment, 2 Mruiting der common to t “MM; compe UIUOy spi} SOL, and» tin 9 nae © Pantad jy Of Wood 18 fhe ga ith Century Sand, Under 4 Heguminosee, AM aid peat, vith Nell drained; and eu. Vitsand, under abel ie AepOsitOrY for new ani m8, i the culture of plas cienee, 732, ator, 158: dutie, f plants, at Moat. Edinburgh, 7; s Cork, 766i, their formation, 18; eryptog, stachopen N, Amer, ald Dri tings 00§ author on gruel and rub y grow in Joa a i) he ro0s, o ot the n lieat + ope 2 GENERAL INDEX. DL75 Bramborough House, Cheshire, 7590.| Bramham Park, Yorkshire, 7552.| Bramieri, Don Giulio, his works on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 167.) Bramwell Hall, a seat in Cheshire, 7590.| Bramshill, a seat in Hampshire, 7594.| 3rasiletto,—see Cesdipinia. Brassavola, gyhan monan. and orchidew, aS. peren. W. Ind. a parasite, or air-plant, which may be hung up in baskets of moss or tan, Or tied in a belt of moss to the trunk of a palm or other tree. Brassia, gynan. monan. and orchidez, a 8. peren. Jam. an air-plant, requiring the same treatment as the brassavola Brassica, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferee, H. peren. picn. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture, 3485. Brassica oleracea var.&. capitata, the white cabbage, 3487. Brassica oleracea var. 6. rubra, the red cabbage, 3509. y. sabauda, the Savoy cabbage, Brassica oleracea var. $513 Brassica oleracea var. y. sabauda subvar. y., the Brussels sprouts, 3522. Brassica oleracea var sabellica, the borecole, 3527. Brassica oleracea var.«. botrytis, the cauliflower, 3538. 3rassica oleracea var. ¢. botrytis subvar. ¢., the broc- coli, 3555. Brassica oleracea vat cabbage, 3529 Brassica napa, rape, used as a salad plant in gardens, and grown in agriculture for food for sheep, and for the seed to be pressed for its oil, 4028. Brassica rapa, turnip, 3693. Brassica eruca, a salad plant, 4063. Bread-nut,—see Brosimum. 3read-fruit,—see Artocarpus. Brechin Castle, a seat in Forfarshire. Brecket Hall, Hertfordshire, 7544. zy. napobrassica, turnip-rooted Breconshire, gardens of, 7613. Breitenbach, Ph. Fr. his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1805. Breitschneider, K.B. his work on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1798. Brentford nursery, Middlesex, 7518. Bretby Park, a seat in Derbyshire, 7574. Bretonniere, M——, de la, his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1783. Brickenden Bury, a seat in Hertfordshire, 7544. Bridel, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1798. Bridgeman, a landscape-g rdener of eminence in the early part of the 18th century, 342. Bridges, different kinds of, used in gardening, 1782. 3ritish authors on gardening, 7686 Briza, quaking-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. peren. and an. Brit. grasses of the easiest culture. Bro. Jam., the Civiland Natural History of Jamaica, by Patr. Browne. Broadlands, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Brochieri, Francesco, his work on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 1777. Brockelesby Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Brockley Park, in Queen’s County, 7659. Brocq, Philip, le, M.A. a British writer on garden- ing, page 1109. A. D. 1786. Brodizea, hexan. monog. and hemerocallider, G. peren. Georgia, which grow well in sand and peat, kept moist, and are propagated by dividing the root like agapanthus. Brodie House, in Kincardineshire, 7638. Bromborough House, 7990 Brome-grass,— see Bromus. Bromelia, hexan. monog. and bromeliacee, S. tr. natives of South America and the West Indies, all of which grow well in two thirds good fresh loam, one third leaf mould or rotten dung, and as much sand as will prevent the mixture from getting hard and compact, with watering. A warm, and rather moist atmosphere is required to grow the fruiting sorts to any size; but they are otherwise very hardy. Most of the species bear that peculiar production called a crown on the summit of their fruit, by which, or by suckers, they are usually propagated. Bromelia ananas, the common pine-apple; its his- tory and varieties, 4784; its general culture, 2697; preferable varieties, 2698; soil, 2700; arti- ficial heat, 2706; propagation, 2712; nursing de- partment, 2715; succession department, 2753; fruiting department, 2792; general directions common to the three departments, 2842; insects, 906: compendium of a course of culture, 2917; I —— a recent improvements by Knight, Marsland,&c¢ 2994. 3rompton agricultural nursery, Middl< 3rompton Park nursery, Middlesex, 75 3romus, brome-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, H. peren. tr. and an. Eur, of the easiest cul- ture. Brooklime, veronica beccabuns brookshaw, George, a British gardening author, page 1114 A. D. 1817. Brook-weed,—see Samolus. Broom,— see Spartium. Broom-rape,—see Orobanche. Brosimum, bread-nut, polygam. Aicec. and ww..., S. tr. Jam. soil, a light loam; propagation by large old cuttings not divested of their leaves, in a pot of sand under a hand-glass in a moist d, Davy, or David, a French writer on gar- dening, page 1115. A. D 1552. Brossea, pentag. monog. and ericer, a S. tr. 5 Amer. which grows in peat and sand, and young cuttings will root in the same mixture under a bell-giass on gentle heat. Brotera, syngen. poly. segr. and cynarocephalez, a H. peren S. Amer. which will grow in common loam, and is propagated by diviaing the root. Broughton Hail, Staffordshire, 7570. Broughton House, Kircudbrightshire, 7625. 3roughton, or Ade Iphi nursery, Edinburgh, 7618. Broughtonia, yan. monan. and orchidex, a»s. peren. Jam. an air-plant, requiring the same t reatment as brassav ola. Brousse, M—— de la, his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1772. Broussonetia, paper-muiberry, dicee. tetran. and urticer, a H. tr. Japan, which grows in common garc 1-soil, and is readily increased by laye 3rowallia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, G. an. Ss. Amer. of the usual treatment. Brown, Launcelot, Isq. a celebrated landscape-gar- dener, born at Cambol, or Camphill, a few houses near the village of Hartburn, in Northumberland. He died in 1782, without issue, holding at the time the situation of head-gardener at Hampton- court, and possessed of considerable wealth, which he left toa nephew, 342. Pp Browne, Robe v4 itish writer on gardening, page 1109. A. D. 1/ob. Browne, Sir‘Thomas, M. D., a British author on 21110. A.D. 1658 gardening, pé Brownea, monad. decan. and leguminosez, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows best in loamy soil, and cut- tings of ripened yood will rcot in sand under a hand-glass in moist heat. 3rownsholme, a seat in Lancashire, 7588. Broxburn Bury, a seat in Hertfordshire, 7544. Broxmore, a seat in Wiltshire, 7596. Broxted Lodge, Durham, 7584. Brucea, dicec. tetran, ana terebintacee, a S. tr. Abyssinia, which thrives in loamy soil, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat, Bruchus pisi, 3642. Brugmansia, pentan. monog. and solanew, a S. tr. Peru, which thrives in rich loam, and strikes frorn cuttings in moist heat Bruley, C— his works on gardening, page 112 A. D. 1804. Brulles,——> 4 1110. A. D. 179 Brunia, pentan. monog. and rhamnea, G. tr. C. B.S with heath-like leaves, which grow in sandy peat with a moderate supply cf water; and young cut- tings in sand, under a pell-glass, will strike root British writer on gardening, page {) free a Bryansford, a seat in Down, 7689. Bryant, Charles, a British author on garaenig, 5 109.} page 1 7 A. D. 1784. Bryony,—see Bryonia. 3ubon, pentag. dig. and umbelliferee, G. tr. and G. bien. Eur. and C.B.S. grow freely well in loam | and peat, and ripened cuttings taken off at a joint, | and planted under a hand-glass in sand, will | root readily; the H. bien. species is of easy cul- ture. Bubroma, bastard cedar, polyadel. dodec. and mal- vacex, a S. tr. Jamaica, W hich thrives well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Buch. ic., Buch’s icones} lantarum. z Buchnera, didyn. angios and scrophularinee, a H. peren. N. Amer. which grows best in pots in loam and peat, and 1s increased chiefly by seeas i 4 a ene 1176 GENERAL INDEX, Buchox, Pierre Joseph, page 1118. A. D. 1760, Bucida, olive-bark tree, decan. monog, and santala- cee, aS. tr. Jamaica, which grows best in loam and peat, and well ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass plunged in heat. Buckbean, menyanthes trifoliata. Buckhurst Park, Sussex, 7531. Buckinghamshire, gardens and residences of, 7546. 3utea, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, S, tr E. Buckler-mustard,— see Biscutella. Ind. splendid plants which grow in loam yeat, Bucknal, Thomas Skip Dyot, Esq. a British author and cuttings take on gardening, page 1112. A. D. 1797. sand, and not deprived of their leaves, will root Buckthorn,— see Khamnus. in moist heat, covered with a hand-glass. Buckwheat, polygonum fagopyrum, Buteshire, gardens of, 7650, Buckwheat-tree, mylocarpum ligustrinum, Butler, gardener to the Earl of Derby, at Know- Budding, different modes of, 2050, to 2062. lesley, and afterwards a nurseryman at Prescot, his works on gardening,| Burwell Park, a seat in Linc Burwood Park, Surrey, f Bury St. Edmunds, botanic garden Bushey Park, at Hampton Court, Bushnell’s Wells, Oxfordshire, 1662. Bussato, Marco, his work on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1794. Butcher’s broom,— see Ruscus. -olnshire, 7578 ~! at, 7552, 523. ! 0) and peat, n off at a joint, and planted in Buddlea, tetran. monog. and scrophularine, G. tr. 1589. anda H. tr. Chili, and C.B.S, which thrive in any Butomus, flowering-rush, ennean, hexag. and hy- loamy soil, and cuttings root freely under a com- drocharidew, a H. peren. Brit an aquatic. mon hand-glass. 3utter-bur, tussilago petasites. Butter-wort,— see Sanicula, Buenos Ayres, a seat in Gloucestershire. Buffon, George Louis le Clerc, Count de, his works Buttneria, pentan. monog. and malvacee, S. tr. on gardening, page 1117. A. D. 1739. Amer. which grow in loam and peat or rich loam, Buffonia, tetran. dig. and caryophyllea, a H. an. of and ripened cuttings root under cominon culture. Bugle,—see Ajuga. Bugloss,—see Anchusa. Bug-wort,— sce Cimicifuga. Buildings, how to a hand-glass in sand. Button-flower,— see Gomphia Button-tree,— see Conocarpus, Button-weed,— see Spermacoce. Button-wood, cepnalanthus occidentalis. Butret,—-, his works on gardening, page 1120, A. D. 1795. Buxus, moncec, tetran. and euphorbiacee, H. tr. of easy culture, and propagated by cuttings or layers. Buxus sempervirens, the common box-tree, the best of all edging shrubs, 6582; asa timber--tree, 7118. sysshe Court, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Bystropogon, didyn. gymnos. and labiateew, G. tr. Canaries, which thrive in loam and peat, and cut- | lungs root readily in the same soil under a hand- | glass. | | Bulbocodium, hexan. monog. and melanthacew, a £1. peren. Spain, a bulb of common culture. 3ulbs, their management as articles of trade in the nursery business, 7487. Bulbs, what, 778;_ to propagate by, 835; to cultivate hardy bulbous flowers, 6501; exotic bulbs,—see Frame, Green-house,&c. Bull. herb., Herbier de la France, par M. Bulliard. Bulstrode, a seat in Buckinghamshire, 7547. Bumalda, pentan. dig. and rhamnez, a G. tr. Japan, which thrives well in an equal portion of loam and peat; and ripened cuttings root readily under a hand-glass in sand. Bumelia, pentan. monog. and sapotez, S. tr. N.| Amer, preferring ioamy soil, and propagated by| Cabanis de Salagnac, his works on gardening, page well ripened cuttings in sand under a hand-glass;| 1119. a. D. 1786 and H. tr. which grow in common soil, and root| Cabbage, 3483— see Brassica in sand under a hand-glass.| Cabbage, Chinese, 4330. Bunias, tetrad. silic. and cruciferew, a H. peren.| Cabbage-moth, phalena oleracea, 2253. Eur. of common culture.| Cabbage-tree,— see Areca, Bunium, earth-nut, pentag. dig. and umbelliferez,| Cabinets de verdure, 6813. H. peren. Brit. of common culture. Cacalia, syngen. polyg. qual. and corymbiferex,# Bunium bulbocastanum, common earth-nut, 4303 S. tr. and S. an. C.B.S. and Ampr. succulents, Buonapartea, hexan. monog. and bromelee, a S which grow in sandy loam and brick-rubbish, and tr. which thrives best in loam and decayed are propagated by cuttings; the H. peren. are leaves. of the easiest culture. Buphthalmum, syngen, poly super. and corymbite- Cachyris, pentan. dig. and umbellifereze, H. peren. Byzantium, gardens of, 306. C. ree, G. tr. and F. peren. Eur. and Aimer. which Eur. of common culture, and propagated by seeds. grow treely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in| Cactus, icosan. monog. and cacter, S. D S. Indies the same soil under a hand-glass: and H. peren. and Amer. and G. tr. succulents of easy cul- and an. of common culture. ture, Bupleurum, hare’s-ear, pentan. dig and umbelli-| Cactus opuntia, the Indian fig, 5966, feree, G. tr. and peren. Eur. and C. B.S, which Cacucia, decan. monog. and onagrareez, a S. tr. grow treely in loam and peat, and cuttings root Guiana, which grows well in loam and peat, readily in the same soil, under a hand-glass; and and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand. H. peren. and an. of common culture. glass. Lurchardt, Th. A. O., his work on gardening, page| Cadet, Charles Louis, his works on gardening, page 1127. A.D. 1805. 1120. A. D, 1801. Burdock,—see Arctium. Cadet-de-Vaua, Antoine Alexis, his works on gar- Burleigh, a seat in Lincolnshire, 7578. dening, page 1121. A. D. 1807. Burley-on-the-hill, a seat in Rutlandshire, 7579. Cadia, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a S. tr. Burnet,— see Poterium. Arabia, which preters a light soil, and cuttings Burnet-saxifrage,— see Pimpinella. root in sand under a hand-glass and plunged in Burnhall, a seat in Durham, 7584. heat. Bur-parsley,— see Caucalis. Cadland, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Bur-reed,—see Sparganium. Caenwood, a seat in Middlesex, 7521. Pursaria, pentan. monog. and pittosporea, a G. tr. Caernarvonshire, gardens and residences of, 7604. Ind and Amer. a showy plant which grows best in Cesalpinia, decan. monog. and leguminosez, S. tr. sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in BK. and W. Ind. prick!y branched, which thrive sand under a bell-glass. well in loam and peat, and cuttings sometimes Bursera, polyg. dicec. and terebintacez, aS tr. W. succeed, taken off in a growing state, but not too Ind. which grows in loamy sail, and large cuttings young, and plunged in a pot of sand under a hand. root in sand under a hand-glass in moist beat. glass in moist heat.: Burtin, Francis Xavier, his works on gardening,| Casia, hexan. monog. and asphodelew, a G. peren. page 1129. A. D. 1784. N.S. W. which grows in loam and peat, and is in- Burton Constable, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582. creased by dividing at the root or by seeds. Burtonia, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a G. tr.| Czesulia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferex, a N. Holl. requiring attentive treatment; lt grows S. peren. EK. Ind. requiring a rich, loamy soil, and in sandy loam and peat, with the pots well drain- cuttings root treely. ed, and young cuttings will root in sand under a| Caithness, gardens of, 7644. | beli-glass, Cakile, tetrad. silic. and cruciferce, a H. peren. and Burs the oe a of common othe! oes.; gee ash colamints me laminthas Calamint HL. pete ire Fw ane culture, 4! palms, wi arm, mols’ tr, AS and andy loam, but 1 wer. a, slip ee, G. per sy cult ds, of ea , New S dor House, 120 Calder tla, Marigold piferee,(. tr, ala bifer+ wibich thrive In 10ar freely int H, an, ofthe e the other am gro opla will also 5 and peat, a under a hand peat, and prope Callisa, trian, m W, Ind. a creeper (allistachys, decan, N, Holl, which loam and peat, ar glass, a Callittiche, water-: naidee, a H, ar face of shallow ¥ fibres to the soil b Calluna, ¢ seeds, layers, or planted in sand Calodendru peren, Ind. and; M Water, or in yi Mopagated by ty LONG, een WY, A.D, 1 ih & EN Ning, » Page Russ Surrey,(2) NOs, e IN loat he same sl wader bh 6 re, and propa and cactee,° pS i r, succulents ol ca) an fig r06h, and onagraree, 4 wwell in loam ant fe yin. sand unde 4 3 «orks om gone maga Alexis, hist! D iit nd a light sh elle + olasad pune hand. glasald he Joi Jeune 2 tt )" orowilg Sa uit 04 1 asphodee Joann ance » hy seo ng atic jel aud wcilerce? | ;. Eur; the first best grown in pots, and the other of common culture, and both increased by seeds.: Calabash-tree,—see Crescentia. Caladenia, gynan. monan. and orchidee, a G. peren. N.S. W. which may be grown in loam and peat, and increased by division at the root. Calamagrostis, trian. dig. and gramineew, H. peren. Eur. grasses of the easiest culture. Calamint,—see Calamintha. Calamintha, calamint, didyn. gymnos. and labiatex, F. tr. and H. peren. Eur. and Amer. of common culture, and increased by seeds or dividing at the roots. Calamus, hexan. monog. and palmez, S. tr. E. Ind. palms, which thrive best in sandy loam, and a warm, moist atmosphere, and are propagated by seed. Calanchoe, octan. tetrag. and semperviver, D.S. tr. As. and Afr. succulents which thrive well in sandy loam, but require bottom heat to make them flower.‘‘ The leaves placed on a pot of mould, or on the tan, will shoot out young plants from the notches of the margin.”(Sweet.) Calathian violet, gentiana pneumonanthe. Calceolaria, slipper-wort, dian. monog. and scro- phularinee, G. peren. and an. Peru and Falkland islands, of easy culture, and propagated by seeds. Calcutta, gardening of, 500. Caldasia, pentan. monog. and scrophularinee, a S. an. New Spain, of common culture. Calder House, Midlothian, 7618. Calea, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferee, S. tr. and aS. bien. W. Ind, which grow in rich soil, and cuttings strike readily either in sand or mould. Caled. Depic., Chalmer’s Caledonia Depicta, an en- tiquarian work. Caled. Hort. Soc., Caledonian Horticultural Society, some account of, 410. and page 1113. A. D. 1810. Caled. Mem., Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticul- tural Society, page 1113. A. D. 1810. Caledon Hill, a seat in Tyrone, 7679. Calendula, marigold, syngen. polyg. necess. corym- biferee, G. tr. and a G. peren. Eur. and C. B.S. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in the same soil under a hand-glass; and H. an. of the easiest culture. Calendula officinalis, the common pot-marigold, 4122, Calla, heptan. monog. and aroider, a G. and H. peren. Eur. and C.B.S. the first an aquatic, and the other a marsh plant of easy culture. C. xthi- opia will also grow well on the green-house stage. Callander, a seat in Stirlingshire, 7631. Callicarpa, tetran. monog. and verbenacee, S. and G. tr. E. Ind. and Amer. which grow best in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings strike root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Callicema, dodec. dig. and cunoniacez, a G, fr. N.S. W. which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings of ripe wood root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Calligonum, dodce. tetrag. and polygonez, a H. tr. Caspian Sea, which may be grown in loam and peat, and propagated by layers. Callisa, trian. monog. and commelinee, a S. peren. W, Ind. a creeper of easy culture.: Callistachys, decan, monog and Jeguminosee, G. tr. N. Holl., which grow fast and flower freely in loam and peat, and cuttings planted in sand under a bell-glass. Callitriche, water-starwort, monandr. digyn. and naidex, a an, Brit. which grows on the sur- face of shallow water, and sends down delicate fibres to the soil below. Calluna, octan, monag. and ericee, a H. tr. Brit. (formerly erica) the common heath; it requires to be grown in peat soil, and may be increased by seeds, layers, or cuttings of the young shoots planted in sand under a hand-glass. Calodendrum, pentan, monog. and pittosporee, a G.tr. C. B.S., which, as the name imports, is of great beauty. it grows in loam and peat, and cuttings of ripe wood root readily in sand under a hand-g Calodium, moneec. polyan. and aroidex, S, tr. and ass. GENERAL INDEX. 1177 Calophyllum, polyan. monog. and guttiferes, S. tr. Ind. which grow well in light loam, and cuttings of ripened wood strike freely in sand, under a hand-glass in mo’ t heat. Calopogon, gynan. monan, and orchidee, a F. peren. N. Amer. which grows in peat, and is increased by dividing at the rvot. Calothamnus polyadelph. icosan. and myrteacea, G. tr. N. Holl. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Calotropis, pentan. dig. and asclepiadex, Amer. which grow in light loam, young cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in a pot of sand, care being taken that they do not get mouldy. Caltha, polyan. polyg. ana ranunculacee, H. peren. Brit. marsh plants of the easiest culture. Caltrops,— see Tribulus. Calvel, Etienne, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1802. Calvert and Co., their work on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1821. Calycanthus, icosan. polyg. and rosacezw, H. tr. N. Amer. which thrive in loam and peat, and root by layers in the same soil. Calypso, gynan. monan. and orchidez, a H. peren. N. Amer. a bulb, which grows best in peat, or in sandy loam and peat, and is increased by offsets from the bulbs or by seeds. Calyptrantes, icosan, Monog. and myrteacex, S. peren. W. arid 3. Ind. which thrive in sandy Joam, and peat; and though cuttings do not strike freely, ripened once sometimes root under a hand- glass. Layers answer best. Calystegia, bearbind, pentan. monog. and convol- vulacee, H. peren, Eur, and Amer. of common culture.. Camb. Brit., Cambden’s Britannia, an antiquarian work. Cambridge botanic-garden, pols Camden Park, in Wexford, 7659. Camelina, tetrad. silic. and cruciferee, H. an, Eur. of common culture. Camellia, monadel. polyan. and auranteer, G. tr. China, of great beauty,— see 6612. Cameraria, bastard mangeneel, pentan, monog. and apocynee, Ind. which grows well in loam and peat, and cuttings root in a pot of sand under a hand-glass. Campanula, bell-flower, pentan. monog. and cam- panulee, G. tr. peren. bien. and an. and H. peren, and an. Eur, As. Afr.and Am. of common cul- ture, and increased by seeds, dividing at the root, or by cuttings. Campanula rapunculus, the rampion, 3941; cam- panula pyramidalis, 946. Camphire-tree, laurus camphora. Camphorosma, tetran. monog and chenopodee, a G. under-shrub,$. Eur. of easy culture in light soil, not over-watered. Campion, cucubalus baccifer. 4 Cams Hill, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Canada rice, zizania aquatica. Canarina, hexan, monog and campanulacee, aG. peren, Canaries, requires a light soil, no water where the leaves have died down, and to be put in the stove to flower well. It is propagated from cuttings of the roots or shoots. Canary-grass,— see Phalaris. Candleberry-myrtle, myrica gale. Candy-carrot, athamanta cretensis. Candytutt,— see Iberis. Canella, dodec. monog. and meliacex, a S. tr. W. Ind. soil loamy; and cuttings of large old wood, with all the leaves taken off at a joint, in in 2 moist heat, strike, though with diffi- sand, culty.; Canna, Indian shot, monan. monog, and cannee, S. peren. Ind. and S. Amer. reedy or marsh plants of easy culture, and propagated by seeds or di- viding the root. Cannabis, bemp, an. India, of easy culture. Canon House, Sussex, 7551. Canons, a seat in Middlesex, 7520. Cantaleupe melon,— see Cucumis. Canterbury bell, camp< yula medium. Canton, Fatee gardens at, 7318. Cantray, a seat in Inverness-shire, 7648. Cape of Good Hope, gardening of, 502. dice. pentan. and urticer, a EAs peren. Ind. and Amer. most of which grow freely in water, or in rich soil in a moist heat; they are propagated by tubers of the root. his works on gardening, page Calonne,——— 1119, A. DV Cape jasmine, gardenia florida. Caper-bush,—see Capparis. Capparis, caper-trec, polyan. monog. and cappa- } ridex, S. and G. tr. Eur. and W. Ind. chiefly seas en ND ' See ee en ee 1178 GENERAL I climbers and trailers, which grow freely in light loam, and strike readily by cuttings. Capparis spinosa, the caper-bush, 6038. Capsicum, pentan, monog. and solanea, S. tr. G. tr. and H. an. Indies, of easy culture, and propa- gated by cuttings or seeds. Capsicum annuum, cerasiforme, and grossum, 4272. to 4277. Caralluma, pentan. dig. and asclepiadex, D. S. tr, E. Ind. succulents which grow in brick rubbish and loam, and increase by cuttings left till their wounds dry up before planting. Caraway,— see Carum. Carclere, a seat in Cornwall, 7601. Cardamine, lady’s smock, tetrad. siliq. and eruci- ferez, a G. peren. and H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Cardamine pratensis, common lady’s smock, 4311. Cardamom, elettari cardamomum. Carden, a sext in Cheshire, 7590. Cardiganshire, gardens and residences of, 7607. Cardinal-flower, lobelia cardinalis, 6460, Cardiospermum, heart-seed, octan. trig. and sa- pindee, S. an. India and Brasil, of common culture. Cardoon, cynara cardunculus, 3929, Carduus, thistle, syngen. poly. equal. and cynaro- cephalew, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of com- mon culture. Carduus marianus, 3956, Carex, moneec. trian. and cyperacee, a G. peren. and H. peren. Eur. and Amer. grasses of com- mon culture. Careya, monad. polyan. and...............00000, 2 S. peren. E. Ind. which grows in light soil. Carica, papaw-tree, dicec. decand. and cucurbitacez, S. tr. India which grow vigorously in a loamy soil, and large cuttings, not deprived of their leaves, root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Carissa, pentan. monog. and apocynea, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, well drained, and without being much watered; cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass in heat. Carlina, carline-thistle, syngen. po equal. and cynarocephaler, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of common culture, aid raised from seeds. Carline-thistle,— see Carlina. Carlow, the county of, as to gardening, 7660. Carlsruhe(Charles’s peace or retreat), public gar- dens of, 7314. Carlton Palace gardens, London, 7523. Carnation,— see Dianthus. Carob-tree, ceratonia siliqua. Carolinea, monad. polyan. and malvacee, S. tr. W. Ind. splendid plants which thrive well in loamy soil, and cuttings taken off at a joint, and not deprived of their leaves, root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Caronelli, Conte Pietro de, his works on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 167. Carpesium, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, H. peren. Eur. and China, which grow in light soil, and are increased by seeds. Carpinus, hornbeam, moneec. polyan. and armen- tacee, H. tr. Eur. and Amer. of common culture. Carpinus betulus, the common hornbeam, 7091. Carpopogon, diadelph. decan. and leguminosee, S. tr. I. Ind. climbers which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a bell-glass in sand. Car ete his works on gardening, page 1128, A. D. 307. Carrot, 3712.—see Daucus. Carthamus, syngen. polyg. equal. and cyneroce- phalew, G. tr. Eur. and Afr. which grow well ina loamy soil, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. The H. peren. and an. are of common culture. Carton, a seat in Kildare, 7657. Carum, caraway, pentan. dig, and umbelliferee, H bien. Eur. of common culture. Carum carvi, the common caraway, 4225, Caryophyllus, clove-tree, icos. monog. and myr- teacee, a H. tr. Moluccas, which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings, not deprived of their leaves, root in sand under a hand-glass in a moist heat. Caryota, moneec. polyan. and palmee, a S. tr. E. Ind. a palm which grows in sandy loam, and is propagated by seeds, Cascades, 1827. Caserta, a royal Neapolitan palace and gardens, 87. Cashe! Palace, in Tipperary, 7667. DEX. Cashew-nut, anacardium orientale, Cashier, a seat in‘Tipperary, 7667. Cashiobury, a seat in Hertfordshire, described, 7545. Cassava, jatropha manihot. Cassia, decan. monog and leguminosez, S. and G. tr. bien. and an. E. and W. Ind. which thr ve in loam and peat, and cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass in moist heat: many kinds ripen seeds. Cassine, pentan. trig. and rhamnee, a S. tr. and x. tr. C. B.S. which grow freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Cassinia, syngen. polyg. segr. and corymbiferex, G. peren. N. Holl. of common culture, 1769. Cassino(ital.), a little house, a villa, or cottage ornée. Castanea, chestnut, moneec. polyan. and amentacee, I. tr. Eng. and Amer. of common culture. Castanea vesca, the sweet chestnut; as a fruit-tree, 75; as a forest tree, 7094. Castel, René Richard, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1802, Castel, Robert, a British writer on gardening, page 1103. A. D. 1728. Castelleja, didy. angios. and scrophularinee, a H, peren. Louisiana. of common culture. Castle Ashby, Northamptonshire, 7580. Castle Blaney, a seat in Monaghan, 7678. Castle Dillon, in Armagh, 7682. Castle Eden, Durham, 7584. Castle Glammis, in Angus-shire, 7637. Castle Gostord, in Armagh, 7682. Castle Grant, in Inverness-shire, 7648, Castle Gray, in Perthshire, 7636. Castle Hill, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Castle Howard, Yorkshire, 7583. Castle Malwood Cottage, Hampshire, 7594. Castle Upton, a seat in Antrim, 7684. Castle Wig, a seat in Wigtonshire, 7626. Castle Martyn, a seat in the county of Cork, 7666. Castlebar House, a seat in the county of Mayo, 7673. Castletown Delvin, a seat in Westmeath, 7662. Castletown, a seat in Kildare, 7657 Castletown, a seat in‘lipperary, 7667. Castor-oil plant, ricinus palma christi. Casuarina, monoec. monan. and coniferee, G. tr. Austral. which grow freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Cat-mint,—see Nepeta. Cat’s ear,— see Hypocheris. Cat’s tail,—see Typha. Catstail-grass,— see Phleum. Cat-thyme, teucrium marum. Catalpa, dian. monog. and bignoniacee, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grow well in light loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat; the H. species thrives in common soil, and is increased from seeds or cuttings of the roots. Catananche, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracex, a H. peren. and an. Eur. and Afr. of common culture, Catchfly, lychnis vescaria. Caterpillar, the second or larva stage in the pro- gress of insects generated from eggs, after which they become pup@e, or chrysalida, and lastly, image or perfect insects, 73; general prin- ciples of palliating their effects and destroying, 2277; mode of destroying caterpillars on the cab- bage tribe, 9593; gooseberries, 4656; roses and other flowers, 6194, Catesbea, lity-thorn, tetran. monog, and rubiaceex, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand plunged in heat, and covered with a beil-glass. Cathartocarpus, decan. monog. and leguminosee. S. tr. E. Ind. which may be treated as cassia. Cattaneo, Giacomo, his works on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1767. Caucalis, bur-parsley, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, H. bien. and an. Eur. of common culture. Cauliflower, 5038.—See Brassica. Caulopbyllum, hexan. monog. and berberidez, H. peren. N. Amer. of common culture. Caus, Salomon, his works on gardening, page 1123. A. D. 1620. Cause, D. H., his works on gardening, page 1129, A. D. 1676.: Cav. ic., Ant. Jos. Cavanilles, Tcones et Descrip- tiones Plantarum que aut sporte in Hispania crescunt, aut in Hortis hospitantur. 090 — > Jtal.)s ame le Yorkshit seat nee crea a vos and Ca¥ (aye, gardens yenlie, 84 ie, b al! (ede ell, Baroll. a ‘cqrilening, Pas® I]| cairela, pehtan mon W, Ind. which grow cuttings 100% under 4 ( sandine,— See ¢ fe s, staff-tree, Pt ii itr C. ment 0 ct Ap (elast g and lar of common culture. ' 1, the co sia cr tl Lelia ls, al nat Mont- Celia, didyn. angles nd H. an. Bur. and rf rle-trce, pol Celtis, nettle-trce, por H. tr. Bu only comin by seeds or layers, Cenchrus,{rial; and H. an. India; ture an Eur, of commor aurea benedic sand, Cephalanthus, buttor rubiacee, a H, tr. in loam and peat, a Tipened cutting Cephalophora, biferex, a F. perer and peat, and youn hand-glass, Cerastium, mo and caryophyllew,| easiest culture Arpus, Mond Nosee, a loam and y lt Cerbera,) Amer, and India, ripened cuttings hand-giass in mois Cercis, Judas.tree, Hot, Eur. and; mon soil, and are y Cerinthe, honey-wo gine®, aH. tr. and i, doseph Ant,. page 1120, A D177 tt, di, Noe alG Dd wish J ey eve 3 ml Nay ani heat: ay lids MN, a§ fy a freely in lyin sa ude and conn neulture,| ail, or cot age a and amentacee, mov culture ut; Wa ftut-te Staten, ape M gardening, pape and confeee, 6, yi loam ad pe ota hanc.plas rives in C0 eis OF( ayual andcid » and Alt, 0: 02 nog, a ne treated Cavalleriza(Ital.), a manége, cr place for practising| horsemanship.\ Cavan, county of, as to gardening, 7676. Cavanilles, Antonio Joseph, his works on garden- ing, page 1131. A. D. 178-. Cave Castle, Yorkshire, 7582. Caversham, a seat near Reading, 7561. Caves and caverns, as garden-decorations, 1814. Cayenne, gardening of, 505. Caylus, N—— de, his works on gardening, page| 1121. A. D. 1806.| Ceanothus, pentan. monog and rhamnee, S. tr.| and G. tr. Amer. and W. Ind. which grow in| loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand| under a hand-glass. The H. tr. grow in common soil, and are readily raised from seeds or| layers. Cecropia, snake-wood, dicec. dian. and urticee, a S. tr. Jam. which prefers a loamy soil, and large cuttings planted in saud under a hand-glass will strike root. Cedar of Goa, cupressus lusitanica. Cedar of Lebanon,— see Pinus. Cederhelm, Baron Carl Wilhelm, his works on gardening, page 1130. A. D. 1740. Cedrela, pehtan. monog. and meliacee, a Si) tr. W. Ind. which grows well in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Celandine,— see Chelidonium. Celastrus, staff-tree, pentan. monog. and rhamnee, G and H.tr. C. B.S. and Amer. requiring si- milar treatment to ceanothus. Celery, 3997.—see Apium. Celosia, cock’s comb, pentan. monog. and amaran- thacea, a S. bien. and an. E. Ind. and China; of common culture. Celosia cristata, the common cock’s comb, 6483. Cels, M. Francois, C. M. H. S. an eminent nursery- man at Mont-Rouge, Paris, 194. Celsia, didyn. angios and solanee, S. an. F. bien. and H. an. Eur. and E. Ind. of common culture. Celtis, nettle-trce, polyg. moncec. and amentacex, S. tr. and H. tr. Eur. and Amer. which require only common soil and culture, and are increased by seeds or layers, or by cuttings. Cenchrus, trian. monog. and graminexz, a Siete. and H. an. India; grasses of the easiest cul- ture. Cenia, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, H. an. C. B. S. of common culture. Centaurea, centaury, syngen. polyg. frustran. and cynarocephalee, G. F. and H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of common culture. Centaurea benedicta, the blessed thistle, 4250. Centaury—see Centaurea Centunculus, bastard pimpernel, tetran. monog. and primulacee, a H. an. Brit. of common culture. Cephaelis, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, Site Jam. and Afric. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings roots freely under a hand-glass in sand. Cephalanthus, button-wood, tetran. monog. and rubiacew, a H. tr. N. Amer. which grows best in loam and peat, and is propagated by layers or ripened cuttings. Cephalophora, syngen. polyg. equal. and corym- biferez, a F. peren. Chili, which grows in sand and peat, and young cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Cerastium. mouse-ear, chick-weed, decan. pentag. and caryophyllee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Ceratocarpus, moneec. monan. and chenopodee, a H. an.‘fartary, of common culture. Ceratonia, carob-tree, polyg. dicec. and Jegumi- nosex, a G. tr. Levant, which thrives well in joam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Ceratophyllum, horn-wort, monoec. polyan. and naiadee, H. peren. Brit. aquatics, of easy cul- ture, and increased by seeds. Cervera, pentan. monog. and apocynee, Sc trees. Amer. and India, which grow in loam and peat, ripened cuttil root readily in sand under a hand-giass in moist heat. Cercis, Judas-tree, decan. monog. and leguminosez, H. uw. Eur. and America, which grow in com- mon soil, and are raised from seeds or layers. Cerinthe, honey-wort. pentan. monog. and bora- ginee, a H. tr. and an. Eur. of common culture. Ceruti, Joseph Ant. Joach. his works on gardening, 799 page 1120, A D.17 | | | | GENERAL INDEX. 1179 Cestrum, pentan. monog. and S. and_ solanex G. tr. E. and W. Ind. which grow well in nena and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Ceylon, gardening of, 50i. Chaddesdon, a seat in Derbyshire, 7574. Cherophyllum, chervil, pentan. dig. and umbel- liferee, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. and N, Amer. of the easiest culture. Chalfont House, Buckinghamshire, 7546. Chamedorea, dicec. hexan. and palmee, a S. tr. Caracas, which grows in sandy loam, and a strong moist heat, and is propagated by seeds. Chamerops, polyg. dicec. and palmee, S. tr. S. Eur. and N. Amer. palms requiring the same treat- ment as chamedorea, Chambers, Sir William, as an author on gardening, page 1105. A. D. 1757. Chambray, Louis, Marquis de, his works on gar- dening, page 1118. AD. 1765. Chamomile,—see Anthemis. Champier, Symphorien, a French writer on garden- ing, page 1115. A. D. 1533. Champs Elysées, a public garden at Paris, 163. Chapel Allerton, formerly the seat of R. A. Salis- bury, Esq. situated near Leeds, 7581. Chaptal, the Count of, a distinguished French chemist and philosopher, as a gardening author, page 1120. A. D, 1801. Chaptalia, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbiferex, a H. peren. N. Amer. best cultivated in loam and peat in pots. Chara, monec. monan. and naiadew, H. an. Brit. aquatics of easy culture. Charcoal, proportion in which it is afforded by different trees, 698. Charleville Forest, a seat in the King’s County, 3 7658. Charleville, a seat in Wicklow, 7654. Charlottenburg, a royal residence near Berlin, 209. Charlton House, Kent, 7534. Charlton Park, Wiltshire, 7597. Charpentier de Caussigny, his works on gardening, page 1120, A. D. 18—. Charring wood, method of, 6962. Chartreuse, les Rév. Peres de, their work on gar- dening, page 1118. A. D. 1767. Chartreuse nursery at Paris, 194, Chartularies, deeds of tenure of the ancient reli- | gious houses. Chassel,————, his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1790. Chaste-tree,— see Vitex. Chataigneraye,\e Sieur de, a French writer on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1692. Chatelherault, a palace of the Duke of Hamilton, in France, and the namie of an ornamental build- ing in Hamilton Park, near Glasgow, 358. Chatsworth, aseat in Derbyshire, 7575. Chawstick, gouania domingensis. Cheese-rennet, galium verum, | Cheilanthes, cryptog. filices, and filicew, G and H. peren. As. and Amer, ferns which grow in loam and peat, and require to be kept in a moist shaded situation. Cheiranthus, wall-flower, tetrad. silig. and cruci- feree, G. and H. tr. and peren. Eur. and Ags, under-shrubs and evergreen herbs, of easy cul- ture in light soil, and propagated by seeds cv cuttings. Chelidonium, celandine, polyan. raonog. and papa- veracee, H. peren. Eur. of the easiest culture. Chelone, didyn. angios. and bignoniacee, H. peren. N. Amer. elegant plants which grow in loam and peat, and are propagated by cuttings or by dividing the root. Chelsey Farm, Berkshire, 7561. Cheltenham, a garden at, 7564. | Chemincreux(hollow way), a suburban villa at Paris, 165. | Chenar-tree, platanus orientalis. | Chenolea, pentan. monog. and chenopodex, a Gr. tr. |©. B.S. which grows in rich light soil, and cut- | tings root freely under a hand-glass. | | Chenopodium, goose-foot, pentan. dig. and cheno- podew, G. peren. and H. peren. and an. Eur. | and Amer. of the easiest culture. Chenopodium bonus-henricus, 3791. Chenopodium urbicum and album, 4290. Cherleria, decan. trig. and caryophyllex, a H. peren. Scot. a rock-work plant which grows in loam and peat, and is increased by dividing at the root | Le re Sere i180 GENERAL INDEX. nes, a genus of plant-louse, nearly allied to aphis, and generally confounded with the aphi- de, 2245. Cherricr, J—— B—., his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1808. Cherry—see Prunus. Cherry-house, 2674; its culture, 3117. Cherry-pepper,— sce Capsicum. Chervil,— see Charophyllum. Cheshire, gardens and residences of, 7590. Chesnée Monstercuil, Charles de la, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A.D 1654. Chesnel, Marquis de, his works on gardening, page 1122. A,.D. 1820. Chestnut,—- see Castanea. Chevening, a tin Kent, 7538. Chick-pea, cicer arietinum. Chickweed,— see Stellaria. Chillingham Castle, Northumberland, 7586. Chimaphila, deqan. monog. and ericee, H. tr. N. Amer. rather difficult to preserve; they grow best in a bed of peat, and seldom transplanted. Chinampas, or floating gardens of Mexico, 491. Chiococca, snow-berry, pentan. monog. and ru- biacee, a S. tr. Jam. which thrives well in loam and peat, aad cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glas Chionanthus, fringe-tree, dian. monog. and oleinez, H. tr. N. Amer. of great beauty, which grow in good loamy soil, and are increased by seeds or grafting on the common ash *hipchase Castle, Northumberland, 7586. Chippenham Park, Cambridgeshire, 7551. Chironia, pentan. monog. and gentianex, G. tr. C. B.S. which grow in peat with a little loam, and young cuttings root under hand-glasses in the saine soil. Chiswick House, Middlesex, 7521. Chlora, yellow wort, octan. monog. and gentianex, a H. an. of common culture. Chloranthus, chulan, tetran. monog. and loran- thacee a G. tr. China, which may be treated as chenolea. Chlorophytum, hexan, monog. and asphodelea, aS. and G. peren. Afr. grow in loamand peat, and are increased by dividing at the root, or by seeds. Chocolate-nut,—see‘Theobroma. Cholmondeley Hall, Cheshire, 7590. Chomel, Noel, a French author on gardening, page LG VAR Di— Chomelia, tetran. monog. and rubiacew, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root readily in sand under a hand-glass in heat, Chondrilla, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, a H. peren. France, which grows best in peat soil, and is increased by seeds or dividing at the root. Chorizema, decan. monog. and leguminosez, G. tr. N. Hol. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and produces seed in abundance. Chorospermum, tetrad. silig. and cruciferee, a H. an. of common culture. Christ, I. L., his works on gardening, page 1127. A.D. 1809. Christ’s thorn, zizyphus paliurus. Christmas rose,— see Helleborus. Chron. Scot., Chronicles of Scotland, by Pittscottie. Chrysanthellum, syngen. polyg. frustran, and corym- biferex, a S. an. W. Ind. of common culture. Chrysanthemum, syngen. polyg. super. and corym- biferez, a G.tr. and H. an. and peren. which grow in common garden-soil, and are increased by dividing the root, or by cuttings, or seeds. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, 4316. Chrysanthemum indicum,— see Anthemis. Chrysobalanus, cocoa-plum, icos. monog. and rosa- cee, aS. and G. tr. W. Ind. and Georgia, which grow in sandy loam, and large cuttings taken off at a joint, with their leaves uninjured, and planted thinly in a pot of sand, under a hand- glass, will strike root. Chrysocoma, goldy-locks, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferez, G. tr. C.B.S. and Eur. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Chrysophyllum, star-apple, pentan. monog. and sapotee,©. tr. W. Ind. which thrive in sandy loam, and cuttings of ripened shoots root in grow in shady moist marsh plants. Chrysurus, trian. dig. and gr, | places, and may be treated as | | common culture. ! | | | aminee, a H. an. of Chulan,— see Chloranthus. Cicely,— see Scandix. Cicer, chick-pea, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, a H. an. of the easiest culture. Cichorium, succory, syngen. polyg. equal. and ci- choraceew, a F. bien. H. peren. and H. an. Eur. Afr. and India, of the easiest culture. the garden endive, 3976. C 3988. I C. endivia, + intybus, succory, Cicuta, cow-bane, pentag. dig. and umbelliferea, . peren. Eur. and Amer. which grow best in marshy places, and are increased by seeds. Cimicifuga, bugwort, polyan. pentag. and ranun- culacee, H. peren. Eur. and Amer. of common culture, Cinchona, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, S. tr. which grow in loam and peat, but not very freely, and ripe cuttings in sand under a hand-glass, in moist heat, will strike root. Cineraria, syngen. polyg. Super. and corymbiferez, S.G. and H. tr. and peren. Eur. and C.B.S. plants of easy culture, and propagated by cuttings, division, or seeds, Cion,— see Cyon. Circza, enchanter’s nightshade, dian. monog. and onagrarie, H. peren. Brit. creepers, which prefer moist shady situations, and grow in any soil. Cissampelos, dicec. monad. and menispermee, a G. tr. and S. peren. S. Amer. climbers which grow freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a hand-glass. Cissus, tetran. monog. and vitiacee, S.G. and H. tr. Amer. and Ind. of easy culture in peat and loam, or in garden-earth, and readily propagated by cuttings; the S. and G. sorts in a moist heat, and the others in the shade under a hand- glass. Cistus, rock-rose, polyan. monog. and cistinez, G. F. and H.tr. Eur. and Amer. under-shrubs, which grow in common soil, or Joam and peat, and may be increased by layers, or young cut- tings taken off at a joint, and planted under a hand-glass; seeds are frequently produced. Citharexylum, fiddle-wood, didyn. angios. and ver- benacee, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow treely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Citizens’ villas, 7285; management of, 7430. Citrus, orange-tree, polyad. polyan. and aurantee, G. tr. India and China,— see 4879. Citrus acida, the lime, 4899. Citrus aurantium, the orange, 4884. Citrus decumana, the shaddock, 5902. Citrus medica, the lemon and citron, 4896, 4897. Citrus tribe, their propagation and culture, 5905. to 5954. Clackmannanshire, gardens of, 7633. Cladium, trian. monog. and cyperacez, a H. peren. engl. a grass of the easiest culture. Clairs voyées(Fr.), open railings or barriers, 335, Clarici, Paolo Bartolomeo, his work on gardening, page 1128, A.D 1726. Clandon Place, a seat in Surrey, 7528. Clare, county of, as to gardening, 7669. Clare Hall, a seat in the county of Dublin, 7653, Claremont, a seat in Surrey, 7528. Clary,— see Salvia. Clayberry Hall, Essex, 7542. Claytonia, pentan. monog. and portulacer, H. peren. and an. N. Amer. and Silesia, of the easiest culture. Claytonia perfoliata, as a spinage plant, 4327. Clear Well, a seat in Gloucestershire, 7565. Clearing-nut, strychnos potatorum. Cleavers, galium aparine. Clematis, virgin’s bower, polyan. polyg. and ranun- culacee, S. and G tr. climbers, which grow in light, rich soil, and young cuttings strike readily under a hand-glass in heat. The H. species grow in any soil, and are increased by layers, dividing at the root or seeds.‘ Clemento y Rubio, Don Simon de Roxas, his work on gardening, page 1131. A.D. 1807. Clermont, a seat in Lowth, 7664. Clerodendrum, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, S. sand under a hand-giass, with a strong moist heat. Chrysoplenium, golden saxifrage, decan. dig. and saxifragee, H. peren. Eur. and Amer. which j and G. tr. Ind. and China, soil half loam, a quar- ter rotten dung, anda quarter peat; they require a large pot to flower freely, and young cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. fre tings‘cat| and sandy nohal Jayerss sit clietden, Bucking ors, VERO ( i other upg hooks as the eee 4 by the conv herbaceous ise plants, hoe tyiners Mi td climbing oreen-tOl ‘ove plants,& stove pla yb nopadiU wild ba ry, peren. BN clin tee, any 80 the roots.- ring, or shearing vie, di], decal (lituna, diadel. ae; an, Ind. and Amer andl peat, and ripe! vel-glass in heat Clonbrook,& seat 1D| ams Clothing, the stems© Cloud-berry, TuvY. Clouds, their termin' Clove-tree,&¢ ryopny" [rif il, and are 1n¢ Clover, ent Clover Hill, as Clowance,& seat it |-heal, sta Ly Clown’s all-n Club-moss,— Set Club-rush,—see cl Chugny, a seat neat Clumber Park, Nott Clusia, balsam-tree, S tr, which requ tings root freely 1 natural state they barked trees, (lusius, Carolus, 118 9 A.D, 1630. Cluyt, Outger Aug on gardening,| Cluytia, dicee Gtr. C.B young cuttings f glass.. Clydesdale orchard Clypeola, treacle.m ree, a H. an. S. J Cneorum, widow- bintacer, a( light soil, and n seeds. Chicus, hor: cynart ot common culture Cobbett, William, 114, A.D, 1891 Cobham Park, a s Cobham Hall, Ker Cobcea, pentan. 4 Mex. a climber o! seeds, or st inal Cocci coleopter Corcoloba, nee, S, tr. lund soil, and cutting saild under a he shortened. Coceosypsilum, te peren. W. Ind, loam and peat, _hand-glass, Coceulus, dicee,| E Ind. climber: Hower, and gror easily under a h Coceus, or cochine subdue,&e 9075 Ui may be Meatod as ka au, of AN, aNd een tie, 3 Dol. a and Te, and ap 2 at cue, ing Cis’ ly, aud ui ich eroy bg eae by cade Peat and ran id Amer, of comm, ad Tublavee,§ fp ab al freely, LWNder a hi We. anton Hin a3 ley uns finn vision rs) i M.S, o Ioan and peat, Dy ayer, ot ange, 4 addock, 5 and cto, jon and ns of(0). nd cyperacee, 2 it ost culture railings or Dame" 9, his ork 00 jure} I eden, 1 inty of D yg, and pur 4 and ies as spinage pla cestershi, tatorum. HI‘th(ii case yg cutis GENERAL Cleome, tetrad. siliq. and capparidex, S. tr. bien. and an, Ind. and Amer. which grow in rich, light soil, and are readily increased by cuttings or seeds. Clethra, decan. monog. and ericee, a G. tr. and _ tr. N. Amer. the first thrives well in peat, with a little loam, and is propagated by cut- tings or seeds; the hardy sorts grow in peat and sandy loam, and are generally increased by layers. Cliefden, Buckinghamshire, 7547. Cliffortia, dicec. polyan. and rosacex, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive well in loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. Clifton Hall, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Climate, as it affects gardening, 518. Climate of Great Britain, study of, 1290. Climbers, vegetables which attach themselves to trees or other upright objects by their tendrils, or hooks, as the creepers do by their roots, and twiners by the convolving of their stems. Climbing herbaceous plants, 6516; shrubs, 657: green-house plants, 665; dry-stove plants, 6660; stove plants,&c. 6717. Clinopodium, wild basil, didyn. gymnos. and labia- tee, H. peren. Brit. and Egypt, which grow in any soil, and are increased by seeds or by dividing the roots. Clipping, or shearing plants, 1888. Clitoria, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, S. tr. and an. Ind. and Amer. which thrive well in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings will root under a bell-glass in heat. Clonbrook, a seat in Galway, 7672. Clothing, the stems of trees, 2540. Cloud-berry, rubus chamemorus. Clouds, their terminology, Xc. 1235. Clove-tree, caryophyllus aromaticus. Clover,— see‘Trifolium. Clover Hill, a seat in Roscommon, 7671. Clowance, a seat in Cornwall, 7601. Clown’s all-heal, stachys palustris. Club-moss,— see Lycopodium. Club-rush,— see Scirpus. Clugny, a seat near Paris, 162. Clumber Park, Nottinghamshire, d. Clusia, balsam-tree, polyg- Moncec. and guttiferez, INDEX. 118] Cochlearia, scurvy-grass, tetrad. silic. and crucife- rex, H. peren. tr. an. and Eur. of common culture. Cochlearia officinalis, the common scurvy-grass, 4067; armoracia, the horse-radish, 4111.© Cochlearium, or snailery, 1767. Cockenhatch, a seat in Hertfordshire, 7544. Cock’s comb,— see Celosia. Cocksfoot-grass,— see Dactylis. Cocoa-nut,— see Coccus. Cocoa-plum,— see Chrysobalanus. Cocos, cocoa-nut tree, monec. hexan. and palmer, S tr. E.and W, Ind. palms of the usual culture. Cocos nucifera, the cocoa-nut, 6009. Codarium, dian. monog. and scrophularinee, a§. tr. Guinea, which grows in loam and peat, and ripen- ed cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Codon, decan. monog. and solanex, a G. bien. C. B.S. of easy culture. Coffea, coffée-tree, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, a§. tr. Arabia and W. Ind. which thrives well in Joam and peat, and ripened cuttings root easily in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Coffee-tree,— see Coftea. Cognatus, a name assumed by Gilbert Cousin, a French author on gardening, page 1 bS ASD: 1546, Cogwood-tree, laurus chloroxylon. Cointereaux, Francois, his works on gardening, page 1120. A.D. 1800. Coix, Job’s tears, monec. triand. and graminea, 8. peren. E. Ind. grasses which grow readily in light rich soil, and seed plentifully. Colbertia, polyan. pentag. and dilleniacea, aS. tr. E. Ind. which thrives in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings, not deprived of their leaves, root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Colchicum, meadow saffron,’ hexan. trig. and me- lanthacee, H. peren. Eur. bulbs flowering in autumn,— see 6501. Cold-houses, for plants, 1696. and 6185. Coldenia, tetran. tetrag. and boraginee, a S. and E. Ind. of common culture. Cole, coleworts, cale, kale,(keale, Sax. or caulis, a stem, Lat.) cabbage-plants of the brassica tribe, whose leaves are used before they form a head, — see Brassica oleracea. Coleby Hall, Lincolnshire, T lod: de Sj S. tr. which require a light sandy loam and cut- tings root freely in sand under a gla in their natural state they grow on decaying or rotten barked trees. Clusius, Carolus, his works on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1630. Cluyt, Outger Augerius,(or Dirck, Dut.) his works on gardening, page 1129. A.D. 1631. Cluytia, dicec. gynan. and euphorbiacew, a S. tr. and G. tr. C. B, S. which grow in loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily in sand under a bell- lass. Clydesdale orchards, Lanarkshire, 765 Clypeola, treacle-mustard, tetrad. silic. and crucife- ree, a H. an. S. Eur. of the easiest culture. Cneorum, widow-wail, trian. monog. and tere- pintacez, a G. tr. S. Eur. which grows light soil, and may be inereased by cuttings or seeds. Cnicus, horse-thistle, syngen. polyg. cynarocephalee, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. 0 common culture. ‘. Coleshill House, Berkshire, 7561. Colewort,— see Brassica and Crambe. Colgarth, a seat in Westmoreland, 7592. Colla, Luigi, his works on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 1813. Collectors for gardens, 7394. Collington House, Midlothian, 7618., Collins, Samuel, Esq. a British writer on gardening, page 1102. A.D. 1717. Collinsonia, dian. monog. and labiatez, a G. peren. and H. peren. N. Amer. of common culture; they preter rather a moist situation. Collipriest House, Devonshire, 7600. Colne Park, Essex, 7542.. Colney House, Hertfordshire, 7544. in| Colon, a seat in Lowth, 7664. Colpoon-tree, cassine colpoon. Coltsfoot,— see Tussilago. equal. and Columbarium, or pigeonry, 1767. ¢| Columbine,— sce Aquilegia.‘ Columnea, didyn. ang1os. and scrophularinez, S. tr. W. Ind. of easy culture, and easily lost; it grows Cobbett, William, as a writer on gardening, page: iter 11 vell in loam and peat, and strikes readily from 14. A.D. 1821. Cobham Park, a seat in Surrey, 7528. Cobham Hall, Kent, 7538. Cobeea, pentan. monog. cuttings, but will soon rot or damp off if it have too much water, or stand in a damp part of the and bignoniacee, a G. tr. house. Colutea, bladder-senna, diadel, decan. and legumi- Mex. a climber of easy culture, and propagated by S:‘ seeds, or struck from cuttings under a hand-glass nose, H. tr. Bur. of easy culture, increased by in a little moist heat. Coccinella, lady-cow, or lady-bird, an insect of th coleopterous order, 6561. Coccoloba, seaside grape, octan. trig. and polyg¢ nea, S. tr. Ind. which grow freely in light loam soil, and cuttings taken off at a joint will root i sand under a hand-glass; the leaves must not be shortened. Coccosypsilum, tetran. monog. and rubiacez, a S.) peren. W. Ind. a creeper which grows freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under hand-glass. seeds. e| Colwick Hall, Nottinghamshire, 7576. | Com. Got., Commentarii societatis reg = arum Gottingensis.: y| Comarum, icos. polyg. and rosacez, H. peren. Brit. n marsh plants. Comely Bank nursery, Midlothian, 7618. Comfrey,—see Symphytum. Commelin, John, his works on gardening, page 11 ig scienti- 29 A.D. 1676. a| Commelina, trl G. peren. and an. monog. and commelinee, S. and an. and H. peren, and an. Amer. all of which grow freely in sandy loam and peat, Cocculus, dic. dodec. and menispermee, S. tr. i 1y 0 and are increased by dividing the root or by seed. E. Ind. climbers which require plenty of room to flower, and grow in loam and peat; cuttings root easily under a hand-glass. Coccus, or cochineal insect, described, 22 subdue,&c. 2278 a te== 2 Pe nee 45; how to a Commersonia, pentan. pentag. and meliacee, a S. and G. tr. N. Hol which grow well in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass in san¢ Le \ Seale ere Common acacia,—see Robinia, Common dragon, arum dracunculus. Comocladia, maiden-plum, trian, monog. and tere- bintacee, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings in sand under a bell- glass in moist heat will strike root, Comparetti, Andrea, lis works on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 1798. Compost, composed soil, or composed dung; a mixture of earths, or of earths and manures, or of manures alone, and hence the terms compost- soil, and compost-manure; to coliect and form, 1977. Compost-ground, a place for laying and preparing composts, 1984. Comptonia, mone. trian. and amentacee, a H. tr. N. Amer. which thrives best in peat soil, and is increased by layers. Coniferous trees, their culture and management, 6983. Conium, hemlock, pentan. dig. and umbelliferea, a G. tr. and H. bien. and an. Eur. C. B.S. and Barbary, which grow in any soil, and are in- creased by seeds. Connoisseurs of gardening, 7408; their garden arrangements, 7429, Conocarpus, button-tree, pentan. monog. and com- bretacee, S. tr. W. Ind. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Conservatory, a habitation for ornamental plants of moderate temperature, in which the greater part are planted in beds or borders of soil, and allowed to attain a considerable size, 6174. Constantinople, gardens of, 308. Consumption in plants, 900. Contortion in plants, 898. Contracting gardeners, or new-ground workmen, 7389. Contrajerva root, dorstenia contrajerva. Convallaria, lily of the valley, hexan, monog. and smilacez, a H. peren. Brit. of easy culture. Convolvulus, bind-weed, pentan. monog. and con- voivulacez, tr. peren. and an. Eur. and Amer. of all the departments of culture, mostly twiners, which grow readily in any soil, and are increased by the roots or seeds, and some by cuttings in sand. Convolvulus batatas, the Spanish or sweet potatoe, 6026. a a, Convolvulus reptans, a spinage plant in Chin 6037. Convolvulus soldanella, 4313. Conyza, fleabane, syngen. polyg. super. and corym- biterez, tr. peren. and an. Eur. As. Amer. of all the departments which grow freely in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings or seeds. Cook, Moses, a gardening author, page 1101. A. D. 1676. Cookia, wampee-tree, decan. monog. and auran- tia, a S. tr. China, which thrives well in sandy loam, and ripened cuttings not deprived of any of their leaves, root in sand under a hand-giass in moist heat. Coombe Abbey, Warwickshire, 7572. Coombe Lodge, a seat in Oxfordshire, 7558. Coopersale, a seat in Essex, 754. Copaifera, balsam of capevi, decan. monog. and le- guminosez, a S. tr. S. Amer. which prefers a sandy loam, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Copford Hall, Essex, 7542. Copgrove, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582. Copped Hall, Essex, 7542. Coppice-wood, or copse-wood(from couper, to cut, Fr.); woods which may be cut periodically, 6897. Copse,—see Coppice. Coptis, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacex, a H. peren. N. Amer. which grows best in pots and in peat soil, and is increased by dividing at the root. Coral-tree,— see Erythrina. Corallorhiza, gynan. monan. and orchidex, a H. peren. Scot. which grows best in peat soil, and is increased by seeds. Corby Castle, Cumberland, 7593. Corchorus, polyan. monog. and tiliacez, S, tr. and an. Ind, Amer. which thrive in rich soil, and root readily from young cuttings; and a H. tr. of easy culture, and which roots from cuttings as readily as the common willow. Cordia, pentan. monog. and boraginea, S. tr. anda peren, E. and W. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a 1182 GENERAL INDEX. Coreopsis, syngen. polyg. frustr, S. peren. bien. and an. W. In grow freely in rich light e under a hand-glass; and easy culture. | Coriander,—see Coriandrum. | Coriandrum, coriander, pentan. dig. and umbellife- |_ rex, H. an. Eur. of easy culture. Coriandrum sativum, the common coriander, 4.222. | Coriaria, dicec, decan. and......... seoey a H. tr. S. Eur. of easy culture, increased by iayers or suckers, Coris, pentan. monog. and primulacee, a G. bien. S. Eur. of common culture. Corispermum, tickseed, monan. di dex, H. an. of common culture, Cork botanic garden, 7666. Cork-tree, quercus suber, Corn-flag,— see Gladiolus, Cornelian-cherry, cornus mascula. Cornucopia, trian. monog. and graminee, a H. an. Levant, a grass of easy culture, Cornus, Georges, a French author on page 1115. A.D. 1560 Cornus, dog-wood, tetran. monog. and caprifolez, H. tr. and peren. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy cul- ture, excepting the two perennial species, which grow best in pots, or in a bed of peat. Cornutia, didyn. angios. and verbenacea, a§, tr. V. Ind. which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass, Cornwall, gardens and residences of, 7601. Coronilla, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, G. tr, Eur, which thrive well in loam and peat, and increase by cuttings or seeds; and H. tr. and peren. of common culture. Coronopus, wart-cress, tetrad. silic, and cruciferex, H. an. Brit. of easy culture. Correa, octan. monog. and diosmacez, G. tr. which thrive wellin sandy loam and peat; and ripened cuttings root freely in sand under a bell or hand- glass. Corrigiola, strap-wort, pentan. trig. and portulacee, a H. an. Eng. of common culture. Corsfield House, Wiltshire, 7597. Corthum, I. E. her works on gardening, page 1197. A. D. 1814. Cortusa, bear’s ear, sanicle, pentan. monog. and primulacee, a H. peren. Austria, which grows best in pots in loam and peat, and is increased by seeds or dividing at the root. Corydalis. diadel. hexan. and papaveracee, H. peren. Eur. and Amer. which thrive in light, rich soil, and are increased by dividing the roots, or by seeds. Corylus, nut-tree, mone, polyan and amentacee, tr. sur, and N. Amer. Corylus avellana, the common nut-tree, and gar- den-filbert, 4752. Corypha, fan-palm, hexan monog. and palmee, a S. tr. which grows in light soil and strong moist heat. Cosmea, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corymbiferex, a G. peren. and an. Mexico, of common culture. Costmary,— see Balsamita. Costula, syngen. polyg! super. and corymbiferez, S. G. and H. an. C. B.S. of easy culture. Costus, monan. monog. and scitaminez, S. peren. India and S. Amer. reedy or marsh plants, in- creased by dividing at the root. Cotchell House, Cornwall, 7601. Cotta, his works on gardening, page 1127. Joly 10), IESE Cottage, different kinds of, 749. Cottage en verger, 7283; cottage and garden of laborers, 7294; of artificers, 7422. Cottage gardens, their management, 7418. Cottage ornée, 7282. Cotton, Charles, Esq., a British writer on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1675. Cotton-grass,— see Eriophorum. Cotton-rose, filago pigmza. Cotton-thistle,— see Onopordum. Cotton-tree,—see Gossypium Cotyledon, navel-wort, decan. pentag. and sem- pervivee, G. tr. and a peren. C. B.S. suc- culents of easy culture; and H. peren. rock- work plants, prepagated by seeds or dividing the root. Couch-grass, triticum repens. Counsellors, or garden-artists, 7400. Country-Residences of England, 7512; of Wales, and corymbiferea, d.and Amer, which arth, and cuttings root g. and chenopo- gardening, hand-glass in heat 7602; of Scotland, 7615; of Ireland, 7651. F. and H. peren, of (outs Comp. d a, ail(USES wll‘ Convent ive Hall. a seat e Hall, R= + House, awwort, Le y the root. mbe marituina, th John Anar 1124. ADD y» OX! berry,— Se a ry House, 14 |,—see Ger j oe ranesbil ( \ ( and Eur. bulbs ¢ Cromartyshire, it Crome, G, his work 1811, Crome Court, Wor Crossandia, didyn E. Ind. which thr Cuttings root m sa Cross-wort,—see( Crotalaria, diadel. d G, tr, bien. and grow in loam young cuttin species ripen se Croton, monee, 1 and an, Ind, 4 loam and peat, On root in sand Crowberry,—sce| Crowea, decan, 1 grows in sandy ation, and not. freely in sand wn towfoot,—see Ry Croxdale Hall, Duy Croeianella, cross. I TY and ) COP mbifer tidand 4) mere A Alen y th, aj ale Whici LD 88 root PereD, of Vai : P Imulacee, Han, dip. and chen ture,‘4 Tool. jt sll and ss» ustran, and corms xing, of common , Hl. on gatdenl cot cers I nagenell 3 itish rerouget pga of seh GENERAL Cours Comp. d’Ag., Nouveau Cours Complet d’ Ag- riculture,&c. 13 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1810. Covent, or Convent Garden market, its gardening productions with their average prices, 7514. Coventry, Francis, his works on English gardening, page 1104, A. D. 1753. Cow-bane,—see Cicuta. Cow-itch,— see Stizolobium. Cow-parsnep,—see Heracleum. Cow-wheat,—see Mclampyrum. Cowel, John, a British author on gardening, page 1103. A. D. 1729. Cowesfield House, Wiltshire, 7596. Cowley, Abraham, the poet, as a British author on gardening, page 1100. A. D. 1662. Cowslip,—see Primula. Coxe, William, Esq., his work on fruit-trees, page 11315 AL Di A8l7 Cracow, garden of Marshal Loudon at, 282, Craggan, a seat in Westmeath, 7662. Craiggie Hall, a seat near Edinburgh, 360. Crailing House, Roxburghshire, 7621. Crambe, colewort, tetrad. silic. and cruciferee, G. tr. and peren. and an.!ur and Amer. which thrive in rich, light soil, and are increased by seed or dividing the root. Crambe maritima, the seakale, 589 Cramer, John Andrew, his works on gardening, page 1124. A. D. 1766. Cranberry,—see Oxycoccus Cranbury House, Hampshire, 7594. Cranesbill,—see Geranium. Cranford bridge, Northamptonshire, 7580. Cranford Lodge, Middlesex, 7520. Crassula, pentan. pentag. and sempervivez, G. tr. peren. and an. and H. an. C. B.S. succulents of easy culture. Crateva, garlic-pear. dodec. monog. and capparidez, S. tr. W. Ind. and Afr. which grow in loam, peat, and rotten dung, and are increased by cut- tings in sand, under a hand-glas Cree House, Kircudbrightshire, 762 Crepis, syngen. polyg- zqual. and cichoracee, H. tr. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of easy culture. Crescentia, calabash-tree, didyn. angios. and sola- nex, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat; and well ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in moist heat. Cress,—see Lepidium. Cress-rocket,—see Vella. Crewe Hall, Cheshire, 7590. Crichton, formerly a distinguished seat near Edin- burgh, 385. Crinum, hexan. monog. and amaryllidee, S. G. peren. Amer. and Ind. which grow in rich joam with dung, in large pots, and are increased py suckers, or by seeds. Cristaria, monad. polyan. and malvacee, a H. peren. Missouri, which grows only in peat m a ded border, and increases slowly by seeds, oy dividing at the root. Crithmum, samphire, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, a G. bien. and H. peren. which grow in light, sandy soil, and are increased by seeds, or dividing at the roots. Crithmum maritimum, the common samphire, 4278. Crocus, trian. monog. and iridex, H. peren. Asia and Eur. bulbs of the easist culture, 6285. Cromartyshire, in respect to gardening, 7648. Crome, G. his work on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 1811. Crome Court, Worcestershire, 7556. Crossandra, didyn. angios. and acanthacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which thrives well in rich, light soil, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Cross-wort,—see Crucianella. Crotalaria, diadel. decan. and leguminoseez, S. and G. tr. bien. and an. E. Ind. and Afr. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by young cuttings in sand under a bell-glass; some species ripen seeds. Croton, moneec. monad. and euphorbiacee, S. tr. cee, G. and H. tr. and an. Eur. of common culture. Crux Easton, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Crypsis, trian. dig. and graminex, a H. an. Eur. a grass of easy culture. Cryptarrhena, gynan. monan. and orchidee, a S. parasite, which may be treated as aérides. Cryptospermum, tetran. mono. and nyctaginee, a G. peren. N.S. W. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in sand. Cryptostemma, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corym- biteree, H, an. C. B.S. of common culture.~ Cubieres,——, Ainé, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1803. Cuckoo-flower, lychnis floscuculi. Cucubalus, campion, decan. trig. and carophyllee, a H. peren. Eng. of common culture, Cucumber, 4873.— see Cucumis. Cucumis, cucumber, moncec. monad. and cueur- bitacee, F. and H. an. India and C. B.S. of common culture in rich soil. Cucumis melo, the melon, under hand-glasses, 3262; culture of, 3271; soil, 3272; time of beginning to force, 3279; forming the seed-bed, choice of seed, sowing, 3281; treatment till removed to the fruiting-bed, 3287; forming the fruiting-bed, moulding, planting, 5288; temperature, 3291 5 air, 3295; water, 3298; earthing, 3302; training, 33U3; setting, 3307; cutting the fruit, and saving seed, 3312; second crop from the same plants, 3315; late crops on old hot-beds, 3318; culture of melons in a dung-pit, 3319; ina flued-pit, 3320; in M‘Phail’s pit,< 3322; 321; under hand-glasses, 3422; on a sloping bank, 3329; insects and diseases, 3330. Cucumis sativus, the common cucumber, sorts of described, 4873; culture of in hot-beds, 3164 5 treatment till removed to the fruiting-bed, 3192; forming the fruiting-bed, 3199; air, 3217; water, 3221; training, 3257; culture ina flued-pit, 3236; in M‘Phail’s pit, 3238; in stoves, 3251; in Weeks’s patent frame, 3261; sorts described, 4869. Cucurbita, gourd, monec. monad. and cucurbi- tacee, F. and H. an._ Ind. and S. Eur. of com- mon culture in rich soil. Cucurbita pepo, the pompion; C. citrullus, the water-melon; C. melo pepo, the squash-gourd; C. verrucosa, the warted gourd; C. lagenaria, the bottle-gourd; C. aurantia, the orange-fruited gourd; and C. succado, the vegetable-marrow rourd, Cuffnels, Hampshire, 7594. Culex, the gnat, a dipterous insect, 2267. Culland’s Grove, Middlesex, 75: Cullen House, in Banfshire, 7640. Cullumia, syngen. polyg. frustr. and corymbiferee, G. tr. C.B.S. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root in the same soil under a hand- 7520. glass. Culzean Castle, in Ayrshire, 7627. Cumberland, gardens and residences of, 7593. Cumin, cuminum cyminum. Cuminum, cumin, pentan. dig. and umbelliferea, a H. an. of coramon culture. Cunila, dian. monog and labiatee, H. peren. N. Amer. and Eur, of common culture. Cunonia, decan. dig. and cunoniacez, a G., tr. C. B.S. which grows in loam and peat, ripened cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass. Cuphea, dodec. monog. and salicaree, a S. tr. and bien. and G. bien. and an. Amer. of common culture. Cupressus, cypress, monec. monad. and coniferex, G. tr. Amer. and C. B. 8. which grow well in loam, and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a pell-glass; and H. tr. which grow in common soil, and are raised from seeds. Curatella, polyan. dig. and magnolia, aS. tr. S. Amer. which thrives in sandy loam, and cuttings root in a pot of sand under a hand-glass. Curculigo, hexan. monog. and asphodelee, S. and G. peren. E, Ind. bulbs of the usual culture. and an. Ind. Amer. and Eur. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings with their leaves on root in sand under a hand-glass. Crowberry,—sce Empetrum. Crowea, decan. monog. 4 G. tr. N. S. W. which grows in sandy loam and peat, in an airy situ- ation, and not over-watered, and cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. Crowfoot,— see Ranunculus. Croxdale Hall, Durham, 7584. Crucianella, cross-wort, tetran, monog. and rubia- Fe ee neces Curculio, inhabits gr Curculio nucum, the filbert-weevil, 4761. Curcuma, turmeric, dian. monog. and scitaminee, S. peren. E. Ind. reedy marsh plants, increased by division at the root. Curraghmore, a seat in Waterford, 7665. | Currant,— see Ribes Curt. Spreng.,Curti Curtains for shelter,— see Structures. i Sprengel HistoriaRei Herbariz. —— Cnn —s ere 1184 Curten,——, his writings on gz i 2 1190. A. D. 1798, gs on gardening, page Curtis, William, F. L. 8. a British author on gar- dening, page 1109. A. D. 1783. Curtisia, hassagay-tree, tetran. MONOY. and......0006, a G. tr. C. B.S. which thrives in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Curtius, Benedictus, his works on gardening, page 1129. A. D. 1560. Curvilinear hot-houses, list of, erected by Messrs. Bailey, 1587. Cuscuta, dodder, pentan. dig. and convolvulacex, a G. an. and H. peren. and an. Eng. and China; parasites which may be sown at the root of any branchy plant, and they will spring up, and at- tach themselves to it,— see 942. Cushing, a British writer on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1812. Cussonia, pentan. dig. and araliw, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive in sandy loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Custard-apple,—see Annona. Cusworth Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Cutting, as an operation on plants, 1884. Cuttings, to propagate by, 2063. Cyanella, hexan. monog. and asphodelez, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs of common culture. Cyathea, cryptog. filices, and filicew, a S. peren. NV. Ind. a fern of the usual culture. Cycas, dicec. polyan. and palmee, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow in light soil and moist heat, and are increased by seeds. Cyclamen, pentan. monog. and primulacew, a G. peren. and H. peren. Eur. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by seeds; when not in a growing state, the tubers should have no water. Cyclopia, decan. monog. and leguminosea, a G. tr. C. B. S. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and very young cuttings will root readily in sand under a bell-glass, care being taken to wipe the glass frequently, to prevent their damping off. Cydonia, quince, icos. di-pentag. and rosacee, F. and H. tr. Eur. and Amer. of easy culture, and increased by cuttings, layers, or grafting on thorn stocks. Cydonia vulgaris, the common quince, pyrus cy- donia, L. 4459. Cyfartha, a seat in Brecknockshire, 7613. Cylista, diadelph, decan, and leguminosee, S. tr Ind. climbers which succeed well in loam and peat, and cuttings will root in sand under a hand- lass. Cymbaria, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, a H. peren. Dauria, a rock-work plant, which prefers light, sandy soil, and may be increased by seeds. Cymbidium, gynan. dian. and orchidee, S. peren. BK. Ind. which thrives in sandy loam mixed with potsherds and bits of woods, and well drained; the species are increased by dividing at the root. Cynanchum, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, S, and G. tr. Eur. and C. B.S. climbers which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass; the H. peren. thrive in light soil, and increase freely by seeds or the root Cynara, artichoke, syngen. polyg. equal. cynaro- cephalex, G. and H. peren. Eur. and C, B. S. of common culture. Cynara scolymus, the garden artichoke, 3917. Cynara cardunculus, the cardoon, 3929. Cynips, the gall-fly, a hymenopterous insect, 2259. Cynips quercus folii, the oak gall-fly, 7075. Cynocon, trian. dig. and graminee, a S. peren. and H. peren. Eng. and E. Ind. grasses of the easiest culture. Cynoglossum, hound’s tongue, pentan. monog. and boraginez, a G. bien. an. H. peren. and an. Eur. and Amer. of easy culture. Cynometra, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which grows in sandy loam, and large cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Cynosurus, dogstail-grass, trian. dig. and grami- nee, a H. peren. and an. Eur. grasses of easy culture. Cyon(cion, sion, or scion, a twig of a tree), in grafting, that part which is attached to the stock, in order to become the future tree; the shoot en- grafted on a stock,— see Grafting, 7075. Cyperus, trian, monog. and cyperaceex, S. G. and H. peren. and an. Eur. Ind. Amer. grasses of easy culture. GENERAL INDEX. | Cyphia, pentan. monog. and campanulacew, G. peren. C. B.S. which thrive in loam and peat and cuttings root readily under a bell-glass in sand. Cypress,—see Cupressus. 3 Cyprinus auratus, the gold carp fish, 6086, Cypripedium, lady’s slipper, gynan. dian, and or- chidex, H, peren. Eng. and N, Amer, which will thrive only in peat soil and in the shade and are the better of protection during winter;‘they are difficult to increase, but sometimes they per- fect seeds.‘ Cyrenaica, gardens of, 6. Cyrilla, pentag. monog. and ericee, a G. tr. Caro- lina, which grows in sandy loam, and young cut. tings root in sand undera bell-glass, but not freely. Cyrtanthus, hexan. Mmonog. and amaryllidex, G, peren. C. B.S. bulbs which grow in sandy loam and peat, require plenty of water when in a grow- Ing state, but scarcely any when dormant. Cyrtopodium, gynan. monan. and orchidex, S, peren. Amer. requiring the same treatment as cymbidium. Cysticapnos, diadel. hexan. and papaveracee, a H. an. C. B.S. of common culture, i Cytisus, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, G. F. and H. tr. Eur. As. and Amer. chiefly shrubs which prefer a light soil, and are propagated readily by seeds or layers. Cytisus alpinus, the tree or Scotch laburnum, 711 Cytisus laburnum, the shrubby laburnum, 7020. Cxartoryska, Princess Isabella, her work on gar- dening, page 1131. A. D, 1808. 2 % D. Dactylis, cocksfoot-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, H. peren. Eur, of the easiest culture. Demia, pentan. dig. and asclepiadew, a S.tr. E, Ind. which grows ip loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Daffodil,— see Narcissus. Dahiman, G.7T., his works on gardening, page 1130. A. D. 1728. Dahuron, René, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1696. Dailsford, a seat in Worcestershire, 7566. Dais, decan. monog. and thymelex, a G. tr. C. B.S. which grows freely in loam and peat, and may be increased by cuttings of the roots placed in a Warm situation. Daisy,— see Bellis. Dalbergia, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, S. tr. E. Ind. which do well in sandy loam, and ripened cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Dalea, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, S. and G. an. and H. peren. Ind. and Amer. of common culture. Dalechampia, moneec. monad. and cuphorbiacez, a S. tr. W. Ind. aclimber, which grows in sandy loam, and roots freely in sand under a hand-glass. Dalhousie Castle, Midlothian, 7618. Dalibarda, icos. polyg. and rosacew, a H, peren. N. Amer. a creeper, which prefers peat soil, and a shaded situation. Dalkeith Park, Midlothian, 7618. Dailinger, Prosper, his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1798. Dalmahoy, a seat in Midlothian, 7618. Daimar, Basse N, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1800. Dalmeny Park, kitchen-garden at, 2455; hot-houses there, 2661. Dalystown, a seat in Galway, 7672. Damascena, the damson, or Damascus plum,—see -yunus. Damasonium, hexan. polyg. and hydrocharidex, a S. peren. E Ind. an aquatic. Dampiera, pentan. monog. and goodenovia, a G. peren. N.S. W. which grows well in loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Dan y Park, a seat in Brecknockshire, 7613. Dancer’s Court, a seat in Tipperary, 7667. Dandelion,— see Leontodon. Danson Hill, a seat in Kent, 7537. Daphne, octan. dig. and thymelex, a S. tr. which thrives in loam and peat, and roots by cuttings under a hand-glass; and H. tr. beautiful under. shrubs, which prefer peat soil, and are increased by seeds or gratting on the D. laureola, 6562. D Argenville, Dezallier Ant Joseph, a French Cyperus esculentus, the rush-nut, 6034. author on gardening, page 1117. A. D. 1715, we ot{0 lings OO oul ne of sad det 1115, A. Dem Dawsonscoutt H 09. Day:lily, De Caumels, BS A.D, J8l6. De Combes, 4, D, 178. De Distt plat tarull. his t try, by Huis nC Jssieuean 3 4, D, 1823, Deciduous trees W Decumaria, dod Carolina, whit tings root freel Deene Thorpe P Deepden, a seat Deeringia, pental bien, B Ind. of Delaford Park, M Delaunay, Mordat 11%, A.D. 181] Delewe, J.P.F., A.D, 1808, Delhi, gardens of Delille, Jacques, page 1118, A] Delphinium, la culacee, H Amer. of com Delve(Saz.), to Delville, a seat Demesnes, gard Den of Rubisla Denbighshire, ¢ Dendrobium, Bh) as aérides; a loam and pea the root, Dentella, penta N. Holl. of co Derbyshire, gar Dermestes, leatt insect, 2959, Derry, county 0 Desbois, B.A. 5 dening, page Design,—princ 7163, Desmanthus, p bien, and ay and peat, anc treated as aq or young cut glass, Dewso, Johann: 1183, A. D, 1 Devil’ bit, scab Devonshire, car ew, theory of Dianella, hexan thea ing fn mnt, Orhidee,§ Weatent 95 Darnel,— see Lolium. Darton Park, Yorkshire, 7582. Darwin, Erasmus, M.D. F.R.S., a British writer on gardening, page 1109. A. D. 1781. Date-palm,—see Pheenix. Date-plum,— see Diospyros. Datisca, dicec. dodec. and resediacez, a H. peren. Candia, of common culture. Datura, thorn-apple, pentan. monog. and solaner, H. an, Asia, Afr. of the easiest culture. Daucus, carrot, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, H. bien. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Daucus carota, the garden-carrot, 3712. Davallia, cryptog. filices and filicee, a G. tr. and peren. N.S. W. and Canaries, ferns of common culture as such. Daviesia, decan. monog. and leguminosez, Grtr N.S. W. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings, not too ripe, will root readily in pots 2 sand under a hand-glass, without bottom eat. Davy, Pere, a French author on gardening, page 1115. A. D. 1560. Dawsonscourt Hall, a seat in Queen’s County, 7659. Day-lily,—see Hemerocallis. De’ Caumels, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1816. De Combies, his works on gardening, page 1117. A. D. 1745. De Distrib. plant., Humboldt de distributione plan- tarum. Deadly carrot, atropa belladonna. Deadly nightshade,— see Thapsia. Decandolle, L. A. one of the most eminent French botanists, distinguished like Brown in this coun- try, by his knowledge and improvement of the Jussieuean system of classification, page 1122. A. D. 1823. Deciduous trees with showy flowers, table of, 6540. Decorative buildings used in gardening, 1768. Decortication, 2165. Decorum in garden operations, 2358. Decumaria, dodec. monog. and myrtiacew, a isitr: Carolina, which grows in common soil, and cut- tings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Deene Thorpe Park, Northamptonshire, 7580. Deepden, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Deeringia, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee, a S. bien. E. Ind. of common culture. Delaford Park, Middlesex, 7520. Delaunay, Mordaunt, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1811. Deleuxe, J. P. F., his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1809. Delhi, gardens of, 462. Deiille, Jacques, the poet, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1765. Delphinium, larkspur, polyan. trig. and ranun- culacee, H. peren. bien. and an. Europe and Amer. of common culture. Delve(Saz.), to dig,— see Dig. Delville, a seat near Dublin, 368. Demesnes, gardens of, 7271; management, 7443. Den of Rubislaw, a seat in Aberdeenshire, 7639, Denbighshire, gardens and residences of, 7605. Dendrobium, gynan. monan. and orchidee, S. peren. N.S. W. parasite, which may be treated as aérides; and G. peren. which thrive in sandy loam and peat, and are increased by dividing at the root. Dentella, pentag. monog. and rubiacee, a H. an. N. Holl. of common culture, 1662. Derbyshire, gardens and residences of, 7574. Dermestes, leather-beetle, or chaffer, a coleopterous insect, 2232. Derry, county of, as to gardening, 7681. Desbois, F. A. A. de la Chesnaye, his works on gar- dening, page 1117. A. D. 1751. Design, principles of, in Jandscape-gardening, 7163. Desmanthus, polyg. moneec. and leguminosee, S. tr. bien, and an. E. and Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and some of them, as D. natans, may be treated as aquatics; they are increased by seeds, or young cuttings planted in sand under a bell- glass. Deuso, Johann Daniel, his works on gardening, page 1123. A. D. 1735. Devil’s bit, scabiosa succisa. Devonshire, gardens and residences of, 7600. Dew, theory of, 1245. Dianella, hexan. monog. and asphodelez, a S. peren. 1 a ee GENERAL INDEX. 1185 and G. peren. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are increased by division at the root. Dianthus, pink, decan. dig. and caryophyllex, a G. tr. and peren. and H. peren. bien, and an. Eur. and As. which thrive in light rich soil, and thrive by cuttings or pipings and layers, in sandy loam under a hand-glass. Dianthus caryophyllus, the carnation, 6406. Dianthus hortensis, the pink, 6440. Diapensia, pentan. monog. and ericez, a H. peren. Lapland, an alpine, which must be grown in small pots in peat soil, and protected during winter. Diaspyros kaki, the kaki-tree, 6016. Dichondra, pentan. dig. and conyolvulacee, a S. peren. and G. peren. N.S. W. and Jam. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely. Dicks, John, of Knightsbridge, a British author on gardening, page 1107. A. D. 1769. Dicksonia, cryptog. filices and filicer, a S. tr. and peren. G. peren. and H. peren. ferns of common culture as such. Dictamnus, fraxinella, decan. monog. and rutacee, a H. peren. Germ. of easy culture, and may be propagated by seeds, cuttings, or divisions at the root. Didelta, syngen. poly. frustran. and corymbiferez, G. tr. C. B. S. which thrive well in any rich light soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand- glass. Diel, Aug. Fred. Adrian, M. D., his works, page 1126, A. D. 1799. Diervilla, pentan. monog. and caprifoliz, a H. tr. N. Amer. a low shrub of easy culture, and in- creased by suckers. Dietrich, Fr. Gli., his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1802. Dig(dician, Sax. to make a trench about), to break or open up the ground with a spade; in garden- ing, to raise, reverse, and pulverise the surface- soil for eight or ten inches deep,— see Digging. Digging, 1864. Digitalis, foxglove, didyn.angios, and scrophula- rinex, G. tr. and H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture. Digitaria, finget-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, H. an. of common culture, 1662. Digitaria sanguinales, Polish millet, 4335. Dilatris, trian. monog. and hemodoracee, G. peren. rasses of common culture, Dill. elt., Joh. Jac. Dillenii Hortus Elthamensis. Dill,—see Anethum. Dillenia, polyan. polyg. and dilleniacez, S. itr..E. Ind. which grow in light loam, and ripened cut- tings, not deprived of their leaves, root freely in cand under a hand-glass in heat. Dillwynia, decan. monog. and leguminosee, G. tr. N.S. W. which grow in sandy loam and peat, with pots well drained, and young cuttings root treely in sand under a bell-glass. Dimocarpus, octan. monog. and sapindee, S. tr. the litchi ana longan of the Chinese, China, which grow in rich loam, and have been cultivated for their fruit, 5991. Dionza, Venus’s flytrap, decan. monog. and drose- racee, a G. peren. Carolina, which thrives best when planted in a pot of sphagnum, or consmon moss, with a little peat mould at the bottom of the pot, and the pot placed in a pan of water. Dioscorea, dicec. hexan. and dioscoree, S. peren. E. and W. Ind. climbers of easy culture. Dioscorea sativa and alata, the yam, 6023. and 6024. Diosma, pentan. monog. and diosmee, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive best in peat soil, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. Diospyros, date-plum, polyg. dicec. and ebenacee, S. an. G. tr. Italy, Amer. and India, which thrive well in light loamy soil, and ripened cuttings suc- ceed best in sand under a hand-glass in heat. kaki, the Japan date-plum is increased by inarch- ing or budding on the common kinds. Diospyros lotus(Ziziphus lotus, W.), the Eur, date- plum, 6016. Diotis, mone. tetran. and chenopodee, a H. tr. Siberia, which grows in any light soil, and is readily propagated by layers, and cuttings may be rooted under a hand-glass. Diphylleia, bexan. monog. and berberidex, a H. peren. N. Amer. which grows freely in a light rich soil, and is increased by dividing at the root, \ a a eens——— tee 1186 GENERAL INDEX. Diplazium, cryptog. filices and filieew, a S. peren. amaica, a fern which grows in loam and peat in the shade, and is increased by seed or dividing at the root.: Dipsacus, teasel, tetran. monog. and dipsacex, H. bien. Eur. of common culture. Dipterix, tonquin-bean, diadel. decan. and legumi- nosex, a S. tr. Guiana, which grows in light loam, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass in a moist heat. Dirca, leather-wood, octan. dig. and thymeleex, a H. tr. Virginia, which grows best in peat earth, and is increased by layers: snails are particularly fond of this plant. Disa, gynan. monan. and orchider, G. peren. C. B.S. which thrive in sand and peat, and re- quire very little water when not in a growing state. Disandra, heptan. monog. and pedicularex, a G. peren. Madeira, a trailing plant of common cul- ture. Disperis, gynan. monan, and orchidex, a G. peren. C. B. S. which may be treated as disa. Diss. orient. gard., Chambers’s Dissertation on Ori- ental Gardening. Ditchley, a seat in Oxfordshire, 7559. Dittany, origanum dictamnus. Diurus, gynan. monan. and orchidex, a G. peren. S. W. requiring the same culture as disa. Dock,— see Rumex. Dodartia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, a H. peren. Levant, which thrives in rich light soil, and is increased by seeds or dividing at the root. Dodder,— see Cuscuta. Dodecatheon, the African cowslip, pentan. monog. and primulacee, a H. peren. Virginia, which thrives in light loam, and is increased by dividing at the root. Dodonza, octan. monog. and terebintacez, S. and G. tr. Austral. Amer. and Africa, which thrive well in loam and peat, and are increased by cut- tings under a bell-glass in sand. Dodsley, Robert, as a British author on gardening, page 1106. A. D. 1764. Dogmersfield Park, Hampshire, 7594. Dogsbane,— see Apocynum Dog’s cabbage, thelygonum cynocrambe. Dogtail-grass,— see Cynosurus. Dogtooth-violet,— see Erythronum. Dog-wood,— see Cornus. Dolichos, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, S. and G. tr. bien. and an. which grow freely in light rich soil, and are increased by cuttings under a hand-glass or by seeds, which many produce freely. Dolichos soya, or soy plant, 6037. Dol-y-Myllynilyn, a seat in Merionethshire, 7612. Dombeya, monad. dodec. and malvacee, a S. tr. Mauritius, which grows in sandy loam, and ripen- ed cuttings root in a pot of sand in moist heat under a hand-glass. Don, David, Esq. F.L.S., librarian to the Linnzan Society, 7045. Don, George, of Forfar, a celebrated British bo- tanist, 386. Donegal, county of, as to gardening, 2278. Donn, James, F.L.S., curator of the Cambridge botanic garden, page 1112. A. D. 1796. Donnington Grove, Berkshire, 7561. Donnington Park, Leicestershire, 7573. Doodia, cryptog. filices and filicee, a G. peren. N.S. W. a fern of the usual culture. Dornbach, a seat, and also a mountain near Vienna, 04. Doronicum, leopard’s bane, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferez, H. peren. Eur. of common culture. Dorsetshire, gardens and residences of, 7598. Dorstenia, tetran. monog. and urticee, Eur. and S. Amer. which grow freely in light rich soil, and increase at the roots or by seed. Doryanthes, hexan. monog. and amaryllidex, a G. tr. N.S. W. which grows in loam and peat, and is increased by suckers. Dorycnium, diadel, decan. and leguminosee, G. tr. and peren. S. Eur. which thrive in loam and peat, and young cuttings planted under a bell- glass in sand, root freely, or they may be raised from seeds. Doucin-stocks, 4387. Douette-Richardot, his works on gardening, page Down, county of, its gardens and residences, 7683, Downing, a seat in Flintshire, 7606, zs Draba, whitlow-grass, tetrad. silic. and cruci- feree, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of easy cul- ture. Dracena, dragon-tree, hexan. monog. and aspho- delez, S. tr. E, Ind. which thrive well in light loam, and large cuttings stuck in the bark-bed when in a brisk heat root freely. Dracocephalum, dragon’s head, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, a G. tr. and H. peren. and an. Eur. and Amer. of common culture. Dracontium, dragon, heptan. monog. and aroidex, S. peren. India, which grow in light rich soil, and are increased by dividing at the roots. Dragon,— see Dracontium. Dragon’s head,—see Dracocephalum. Dragon-tree,—see Dracena. Draining, 1095. Dreghorn Castle, near Edinburgh, 7618. Dreyssig, his works on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 1809. Drill(drillen, Dutc. to bore holes with a drill), a lengthened excavation formed in gardening by the hoe, for the purpose of inserting seeds. Some- times drills are formed across beds by a large wide-toothed rake, and the same rake serves, when the plants are sprung up, to stir the soil between the rows, 1873. Drill-rake, 1315. Drimia, hexan. monog. and asphodelexz, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs which grow in sandy loam and de- cayed leaves. Dronningaard, a seat in Denmark, 61. Drope, Francis, B. D., a British author on garden- ing, page 1101. A. D. 1672. Dropsy in plants, 883. Dropwort, spirea filipendula.,* Drosera, sundew, pentan. pentag. and droseracee, H. peren. Brit. which grow in watery bogs in peat earth, but which will thrive and flower well when kept in small pots in the green-house. “ a olnskiolalas a India 5‘ cuttings ¥! heat.: Holt holtz,> Holyroo 2 7618. » Henry flome, Hen{1 ing, pase Honesty,—* Honewort,= Honey-dews Honey-ber"ys Honey-flowers Honeysuckle Honey-Wolt, Hooded milfol ooker, Ys“ aes pr Glasgow, a Hooker, Will tural artist, A.D. 1811. op,= See H Hop-hornbeat Hope, Thoma Hope-end, a se Hopea, polyad Jina, which g root easily u Hopeton Hous Hordeum, bar peren and al culture. Horn-poppys~ Hornbeam,—§ Hornemannia, San. E. Ind. Hornwort,— se Horse-chestnut, Horse-radish,— Horse-radish tr Horse-shoe vet Horse-tail,—se Horse-thistle,— Hort. Kew,, Ait Hort, Trans,, Tr tural society Horticultural arc Horticultural art Horticultural cat Horticultural pr is calculated te Horticu burgh, 7107; of Glasgow, 7 Horticultural§ page 1114. A Hortus pinguis garden, Hosack, David on gardening, Hot-bed frames for placing oy Hosta, didyn.; Amer, which Hot-beds, beds active fermen earth placed o Hot-beds, their Cucumis,* Hot-house, a 2 principally of 16835, prineipl obtain heat 13 1593, to 1601, Hothouse furnac size of hot-hous brasure-flue, ca power of flues, 1tH8, to 1664, Hot-house roofs, COMMON sash.p improved lead| Momboidal-gla; eiitire shield-g| curvilinear lap, pe 1628, ee athe? Rte ig] Under g ea Ny tt, wR Teh, t TOOt reat ch, ag var ting 1 ole ul 1 Eur, niin re,(000, vegetable phyin AED page 195 Kon patting, Tage DISH 00 gen. bate,§ te W,In, ad pea nd cutg " 2, n Down, K ON gardening, pee ovet, MM, the fruit ofthe roe 8. and coryitiee§ dB lod. which eon Lcutings plated under ily, p and aera, a§, ms wel it loam and under& band-gas in ch, diadel decan, and morea, which thrives in root ready under a aod a, Eurpe of mee, mdnadel and eu nd, 2 porertl poison , and cuttings rook in eer, ad ag x, whieh grow iD aly ease by ayers Ot Ce moog and nae, us L, hiss 4,017, nd rset and peat, a culty las, rr gardening page? og, and purine 4 Pun ale ’ 4s ot wera i "l gant plshmeal peat Beme a sigan amet jase of tay 1 ido ml yrds” a Wa ano aH GENERAL INDEX. 1197 Hogg, Mr. Thomas, his works on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1812 Hollymount, a seat in Mayo, 7673. Holmskioldia, didyn. angios. and verbenace®, a S. tr. India; which grows in loam and peat, and cutengs will root in sand under a hand-glass in eat. Holt(holtz, Sax.), a small wood or grove. Holyrood Palace and Park, Edinburgh, 7317. and 7618. Home, Henry, Lord Kaimes, his works on garden- ing, page 1106, A. D. 1762. Honesty,— see Lunaria. Honewort,— see Sison. Honey-dew, 881. Honey-berry, melicocca bijuga. Honey-flower,— see Melianthus. Honey-suckle,— see Lonicera. Honey-wort,—see Cerinthe. Hooded milfoil,—see Utricularia. Hooker, W. J., UL.D. F.R.S.,&c. a distinguished botanist, professor of botany in the college of Glasgow, and author of several works, 587. Hooker, William, Esq., F.L.S.,an eminent horticul- tural artist, his works on gardening, page 1113. A. D. 1811. Hop,— see Humulus. Hop-hornbeam,— see Ostrya. Hope, Thomas, Esq., his writings on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1820. Hope-end, a seat in Herefordshire, 7568. Hopea, polyad. polyan. and ebenacee, a G. tr. Caro- lina, which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root easily under a hand-glass. Hopeton House, Linlithgowshire, 7632. Hordeum, barley, trian. digyn. and graminer, H. peren. and an. Eur. As. and Amer. grasses of easy culture. Horn-poppy,— see Chelidonium. Hornbeam,— see Carpinus. Hornemannia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, a S. an. E. Ind. of common culture. Hornwort,— see Ceratophyllum. Horse-chestnut,— see Atsculus. Horse-radish,— see Cochlearia Armoracia. Horse-radish tree, hyperanthera moringa. Horse-shoe vetch,—see Hippocrepis. Horse-tail,— see Equisetum. Horse-thistle,— see Cnicus. Hort. Kew., Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis. Hort. Trans., Transactions of the London horticul- tural society. Horticultural architect, 7402.; Horticultural artist, 7403. Horticultural catalogue, 3468. Horticultural productions which a first-rate garden is calculated to afford monthly, 6038. Horticultural Society of London, 7707 5 of Edin- burgh, 7707; of Winchester, 7594; of Leeds, 7581; of Glasgow, 7629; of Perth, 7636; of Dublin, 392. Horticultural Society of London, its transactions, page 1114, A. D. 1815; garden, 7508. Hortus pinguis, or the fat, the cook’s or kitchen- garden. Hosack, David, M.D. F. R.S. L.S.&c. his works on gardening, page 1131. A. D. 1811. Hot-bed frames, bottomless boxes with glass covers, for placing over hot-beds, 1532. Hosta, didyn. angios. and verbenacew, a Sh498; Sb Amer. which may be treated as holmskioldia. Hot-beds, beds of vegetable matter in a state of active fermentation sufficient to heat a layer of earth placed over them; their formation, 1975. Hot-beds, their culture and management,— see Cucumis.* Hot-house, a garden structure, with the roof principally of glass for the habitation of plants, 1583; principles of design in, 1591; how to obtain heat 1592; light, air, soil, and water, 1593. to 1601. Hot-house furnace and flues, iron doors, lime-kilns, size of hot-house fire-places, flues, can-flue, em- prasure-flue, cast-iron flue, size of flues, erection, power of flues, dampers or valves, chimney-tops, 1648. to 1664. Hot-house roofs, different methods of glazing, 1626; common sash-glazing, 1627; with a leaden lap, improved lead lap, copper lap, fragment-glazing, rhomboidal-glazing, perforated shield-glazing, entire shield-glazing, curvilinear lap, reversed curvilinear lap, ridge and furrow, and anomalous surfaces, 1628. to 1637; putty and paint, 1638. and 1639, .- we ee= a PR eas et Hot-houses, contrivances for procuring water, wind, and air, 1688. Hot-houses, details of the construction of their roofs, 1602; fixed roofs, moveable roofs, roofs partaking of both characters, materials of fixed roofs, of moveable roofs, upr.ghts, and objections to metallic roofs, 1603. to 1625. Hot-houses, their pits, stages, shelves, doors, paths, &c. 1681; materials of the path, pits for tan or earth, beds and borders, shelves, stages, 1682. to 1687. Hot-houses, their steam boilers and tubes, 1665; steam-boilers, of cast-iron, of wrought-iron, of cop- per, steam-pipes, hot water pipes, 1666. to 1670. Hot-houses, their trellises, 1671; back wall trellis, middle trellis, front or roof trellis, fixed rafter trellis, moveable ratter trellis, secondary trellis, cross trellis, 1672. to 1679; Hot-house entrance, 1680. Hot-houses, their walls and sheds, 1640; front wall, holes for vine-stems, back wall, back shed, 1641. to 1647. Hot-houses of the Chinese, specimen of, 480. Hot-houses used in floriculture, 6161. Hot-houses used in floriculture, their culture and management, 6202. Hot-houses used in horticulture, 2644. Hot-houses used in horticulture, their culture and management, 2696. Hottentot cherry, cassine maurocenia. Hottonia, water-violet, pentan. monog. and primu- lacew, a H. peren. an aquatic. Houghton Hall, Norfolk, 7555 Hound’s tongue,— see Cynoglossum, House, or mansion, situations best adapted for, 7249; aspect, 7253. House, with carriage entrance, as a residence, 2029; with covered entrance, 2030; house and conser- vatory, 2031; house and flower-garden, 2032; house and French parterre, 2033; house and front garden, 2034. Houseleek,— see Sempervivum. Houstonia, tetran. monog. and rubiacee, H. peren. N. Amer. rock-work plants, which do well in peat soil in pots. Hovea, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, G. tr. Aus- tral. which thrive in loam and peat, and young cuttings may be struck under a bell-glass in sand. Hovenia, pentan. monog. and rhamnee, a G. tr. Japan; which grow in Toam and peat, and ripened cuttings root readily under a hand-glass in sand, Howick, a seat in Northumberland, 7587. Howsham, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582,‘ Hoya, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, a S. tr. Asia; a climber of easy culture.: Huber, Cand. his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1792.: Huber, Francis, a natural philosopher of Geneva, who wrote on bees, 1738.: q Hiibner, K. Jos., his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1801. bre‘ Huernia, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, D.S. tr. C.B.S. succulents, which grow in brick and lime- rubbish, little watered; cuttings root easily. Hughes, William, his works on gardening, page 1101, A. D. 1669.‘ Huish, Robert, author and translator of some plays and novels, and of a work on bees, of which in- sect he is an enthusiastic admirer and cultivator, 1788. Hull botanic garden, 7581. 5 Humble plant, mimosa pudica.§ Humea, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferee, 2 G. bien. N. S. W. of easy culture.' Humulus lupulus, hop, dicec. pentan. and urtice, a H._ peren. Brit.— see 1549.: Hundeshagen, C—, his work on gardening, page 1197. A. D. 1819.‘ Hunter, Alexander, M. D. F.R.S.; his works on gardening, page 1108. A. D. 1770. ads Huntingdonshire, gardens and residences of, 7550. Hura, sandbox-tree, monec. monad. and euphor- piace, S. tr. S. Amer. which grow freely in light loam, and large ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass inheat.—_ Hurstbourne Park, Hampshire, 7594. Hutchinsia, tetrad. silic. and cruciferez, H. peren. and a bien. Eur. rock-work plants which grow in loam and peat, and root freely.; Huthem,——, his works on gardening, page 1129. A. D. 1817. ae A Huts, as garden buildings, 1781. Hyacinth,— see Hyacinthus. Ue, t Ne OTe Se 7 1198 Hyacinthus, hyacinth, hexan, monog. and aspho- delex, H. peren. Eur. bulbs of easy culture. Hyacinthus orientalis, 6222. Hyena poison, hyananche globosa. Hyeznanche, dicec. dodec. and hydrocharidex, a G. tr. C.B.S. which grows in loam and peat, and may be increased by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass. Hyde Hall, Cheshire, 7590. Hyde Park, London, 7517. Hydrangea, decan. dig. and saxifragee, F. and H., tr. Amer, and China, which grow in common soil, and ripened cuttings root readily. Hydrangea hortensis, 6476. Hydrastis, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee, a H,. peren. Canada, which grows best in light soil in rather a moist situation, and is increased by tubers of the roots. Hydrocharis, frog-bit, dicec. enneandr. and hydro- charidez, a H. peren. Brit. an aquatic, Hydrocotyle, pennywort, pentan. dig. and umbelli- feree, G. and H. peren. Eur. Amer. and C. B. S. which grow best in peat soil kept moist, and are increased by division at the root. Hydrolea, pentand. digyn. and convolvulacex, a 3. tr. S. Amer. which thrives best in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- lass. Hydropeltis, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee, N. Amer, a peren. will grow in loamy soil, or may be treated as an aquatic. Hydrophyllum, water-leaf, pentan. monog. and bo- raginee, H. peren. Amer. which grow freely in any light, rich soil, and are increased by suckers from the roots. Hydrophyllum virginicum, or Shawanese salad, 4381, Hydrostatic press, its use in gardening, 1470. Hygrometer, its use in gardening, 1985. Hymenza, decan. monog. and leguminosee, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Hymenopappus, syngen. polyg. equal. and corym- biferez, a F. bien. Louisiana, of common culture. Hymenophyllum, filmy leaf, cryptog. filices and filiceze, a H. peren. Eng. a fern, which grows best in small pots in loam and peat. Hyoscyamus, henbane, pentan. monog. and sola- ne, G. tr. peren. and bien. Eur. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root without being covered by a glass; the H. peren. and an. are of common culture. Hyoseris, swine’s succory, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of common culture.; Hypecoum, tetran. dig. and papaveracez, a H. bien. and an. Eur. of easy culture. Hyperanthera, horseradish-tree, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a S, tr. E. Ind. which thrives in light loam, and cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Hypericum, St. John’s wort, polyad. polyan. and hypericinee, G. tr. Eur. and Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely under a bell-glass in sand; the H. tr. and peren. are of easy culture; some are increased by cut- tings under a hand-glass, and others by division at the root. Hypocheris, cat’s ear, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoraceez, H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy cul- ture. Hypocharis masculata, 4295. Hypoxis, hexan. monog. and asphodelex, G. and Ht peren. Amer. and C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by offsets from the roots. Hyptis, didyn. gymnos. and labiatex, S. and G. tr. bien. and peren. Ind. and America, which grow freely in rich, light soil, and the hot-house sorts are increased by cuttings under a hand-glass in heat. Hyssop,— see Hyssopus. s Hyssopus, didyn. gymnos. and Jabiatex, H. tr. and peren. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy culture. Hyssopus officinalis, the common hyssop, 4321. I. Iberis, candy-tuft, tetrad. silic. and cruciferex, G. and F. tr. Eur. which grow in common soil, and GENERAL INDEX. fee hones its construction, 1728; management, 730, Ice-plant, mesembryanthemum crystallinum, Ichneumon manifestator, 2261. and 3593, Ichnocarpus, pentan. monog. and apocynee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which thrives well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass Ickworth Park, Suffolk, 7552, é Icolmkill,| in the Hebrides, early improvements there, 352. Ildephonso, near Madrid, gardens of, 294. llex, holly, tetran. tetrag. and rhamnee, G. and F. tr. Eur. and Amer. which thrive well in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in sand; the commoner H. tr. are in- creased by seed, and the finer sorts by grafting and budding. Ilex aquifolium, the common holly, 7115, Illecebrum, knot-grass, pentan. monog. and amaran- thaceew, a H. peren. Eng. a rock plant which grows best in pots in light soil, and seeds ripen abundantly. Illicium, aniseed-tree, polyan. polyg. and magno- liacew, a F. tr. Florida, which grows best in light loam, and is increased by layers, or ripened cut- tings in sand under a hand-glass, Impatiens, balsam, pentan. monog. and geraniacee, H. bien. S. an. Ind. Amer. Eng. of easy culture in rich soil. Impatiens balsamina, the garden balsam, 6479. Imperatoria, masterwort, pentan. dig. and umbelli- ferew, a H. peren. Scot. of easy culture. Implements, origin of, 31. Implements of gardening, 1294; tools, 1295; the pick, lever, spade, fork, shovel, dibber, forester’s dibber, planter’s hack, planter’s trowel, planter’s pick-axe, garden trowel, transplanter, draw-hoe, prong-hoe, thrust-hoe, rake, drill-rake, hoe-rake, turfing-iron, turf-raser, turf-beetle, turf-scraper, wire-broom, dock-weeder, besom, wire-besom, implement cleaner, 1296. to 1323. Implements used in gardening, their further im- provement, 1847. Improvement, forming a plan of, 7364. Improvement, rural,—sce Landscape-gardening. Improver, rural,—see Landscape-gardener. Inarching, 2007. Indian corn,— see Zea. Indian cress,— see Tropeolum. Indian cucumber, medeola virginica. Indian fig, cactus opuntia. Indian millet, sorghum vulgare. Indian shot, canna indica. Indigo,— see Indigofera. Indigofera, indigo, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, S. tr. bien. and an. Ind. and C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in young wood under a bell-glass in sand; the H. an. are of easy culture. Inga, polyg. moneec. and leguminosee, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand in bottom heat under a bell- glass. Ingatestone Hall, Essex, 7542. Ingestree Hall, Staffordshire, 7570. Inocarpus, Otaheite chestnut, decan. monog. and sapotee, a S. tr. South Sea Islands, which thrives well in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass, Jnoculating, 2050. Inscriptions, their use and abuse in gardening, 1845, Insects, the common injurious sorts described, 2220; subduing them, 2276. The insects which infest particular plants, and the mode of extirpation,&c. are treated of in giving the culture and manage- ment of the plant, or the department in the gar- den to which it belongs. Instruments of action, 1361; garden-line, ground- measurer, timber-measurer, ground-compasses, borning-piece, levels, adjusting horizontal level, spirit-level, staff, straight-edge, stake, 1362. to 1374,— see Machines and Utensils. Instruments of designation, 1375; designators or naming instruments, common tally(tadler, Fr. to cut) or number-stick, botanic tally, written name-stick, permanent label, temporary label, 1376. to 1388. Instruments of operation, 1325; common garden- knife, common pruning-knife, folding pruning- knife, grafting-knife, budding-knife, asparagus- ; are readily propagated by cuttings; and H. peren. and an, of easy culture. ca knife, grafting-chisel, forest-chisel, pruning-bill, forest-axe, pruning-saw, averruncator(averrunco, Inverness” Jonidium, ee s, Amer. ¥ and young glass Jpomea, pen perel, bien which grow root freely perell and| Fpomopsis, p G, bien. an Ireland, gard Jresine,“leet jeren, Ame is increased Iris, trian. m! Bur, As. an yeat, and 10 of them ma) {ris persica, tl Iron-tree, side {rou-wort,— 8 Irrigation, 10% Jaatis, woad, ¢ peren. bien. 2 Ischamum, po peren, and al Isle of Anglese Isle of Man, as Isles of Jersey: Isnardia, tetral Eur, of comm Isochilus, gynal W, Ind. epidendrum,& [soetis, quillwort aH. peren. Br Tsola bella, gard Isolepis, trian. t and an. Brit Tsopogon, tetra Holl. which drained, and glass, care be ally to avoid Isopyrum, pol peren, and ai Italian books 0 Itea, pentan, 1 Amer, which increased by Iva, syngen. pe an, and H, tr, Ivy,—see Hed Ixta, trian, mo bulbs which gi leaves or peat have done Aow the open garde ranunculus, gi Tails,— see 63] Ixodia, syn G. tr. N, Holl, and peat, and: same kind of so Itora, tetran, me and China, of loam and peat Under a hand-g Jordus, A. L, ¢ he, ast, NJ, Je R; !*atagenen : it tha Na ag au at i: under aba tatly Ttprenale eS of Sa, | thane Guang} thrre wel ig 8 T00t fey toda Monet Ht, nein, er sorts by raling lly, 7105 "e-ali anaran. LINK at hic Nl, aN seedy tied i Tan. Seat in ght Ot peed cut, a geaniaee Fog of ay ate den balm, 6409, Man, dig, and ume easy culture 1S; ttol hove, dibher, unter’s trone, , rleke, brea, if-beetl, turer, , bea, rieleom, 0 1333, ping, thei futher im. lscape-gatdene, um igi and leyuminose, (,B,4 which gtow es rook really 10 saul; the HL uinosee,$B Fi vam and pat, ade tom heat under@ Ue [sh nds, ths aad eattiney il ripened pings “plas + use in gs 1 004): ve inst wal nodeot ext” ft, ecu aad manage dey 19 the gal- A mg - oar, i prvel- mp el, temp” le var. ent 055 OF de rile, args GENERAL to cut or prune), French pruning-shears, hedge- shears, verge-shears, turf-shears, scythe, garden- scarifiers or bark-scalers, moss-scraper, blunt knife, forest barking-irons, garden-hammer, garden-pincers, weeding-pincers, grape-gatherer, peach-gatherer, pear-gatherer, berry-gatherer, apple-gatherer, seed_and cherry gatherer, climb- ing-spur, 1326. to 1359. Inula, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, S. an, and H. peren. Eur. and Asia, of the easiest culture. Inula crithmifolia, samphire, 4281. Inula helenium, elecampane, 4240. Inverary Castle, Argyleshire, 7649. Invercauld House, Aberdeenshire, 7639. Invergordon Castle, Ross-shire, 7647. Inverness nursery, 7648. Inverness-shire, gardens of, 7648. Jonidium, pentan. monog. and violacez, a G. peren. S. Amer. which grows freely in loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily under a hand- glass. Ipomoea, pentan. monog. and convolvulacee, S. peren, bien, and an. Ind. Amer. Eur. twiners which grow in rich light soil, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a hand glass; the H. peren. and an. are of the easiest culture. Fpomopsis, pentan. mcnog. and polemoniacez, a G. bien. and H. an. N. Amer. of common culture. Ireland, gardens and residences of, 7651. Iresine, dicec. pentan. and amaranthacee, a F. peren. Amer. which grows in loam and peat, and is increased by dividing at the root. Iris, trian. monog. and iridee, G. and H. peren. Eur. As. and Amer. of easy culture in loam and peat, and increased by dividing at the root; some of them may be treated as marsh plants. Tris persica, tuberosa, susiana, xiphium,&c. 6304. Iron-tree, siderodendrum triflorum., Trou-wort,— see Sideritis. Irrigation, 1098. Isatis, woad, tetrad. silic. and cruciferee, a H. peren. bien. andan Eur. of easy culture. Ischamum, polyg. monoec. and graminew, a S. peren. and an. E. Ind. grasses of common culture. Isle of Anglesea, gardens and residences of, 7603. Isle of Man, as to gardening, 7588. Isles of Jersey and Guernsey, as to gardening, 7598. Isnardia, tetran. monog. and onagrarew, a HI. an. Eur. of common culture. Isochilus, gynan. monan. and orchidexz, S. peren. W. Ind. parasites which may be treated as aerides, epidendrum,&c. Isoetis, quillwort, cryptog. hydrop. end marsiliacex, a H. peren. Brit. a marsh plant. Isola bella, gardens of, 82. Isolepis, trian. monog. and cyperacez, a H. peren. and an. Brit. grasses of common culture. Isopogon, tetran. monog. and proteacez, GStraNe Holl. which grow in loam, peat, and sand well drained, and ripened cuttings root under a hand- glass, care being had to take off the glass occasion- ally to avoid damps. Isopyrum, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee, a H. peren. and an, Eur. of easy culture. Italian books on gardening, 7694. Itea, pentan, monog. and saxifragee, a H. tr. N. Amer. which thrives well in sandy loam, and is increased by layers. Iva, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbiferee, a S. an. and H. tr. Amer. both of common culture. Ivy,—see Hedera. Ixia, trian. monog. and iridew, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs which grow best in sandy loam and decayed leaves or peat, and require no water after they have done flowering: they will do well in beds in the open garden treated in the same manner as ranunculus, guarding against frost and heavy rains,—see 6319. Ixodia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferex, a G. tr. N. Holl. which thrives best in sandy loam INDEX. 1199 Jac. ic., Icones plantarum rariorum. Edita aN. J. Jacquin. Jac. vind., N. J, Jacquin hortus botanicus vindobon- ensis. Jaca-tree, artocarpus integrifolia. Jack-in-a-box, hernandia sonora. Jacksonia, decan. monog. and leguminosex, G. tr. N. Holl. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings may be rooted in sand under a bell-glass, or ripened ones under a hand-glass. laos R., his works on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1797. Jacobsdahl, a seat in Sweden, 248. Jacques, of Rastadt, a German gardener, employed by the Grand Seignior at Constantinople, 308. Jacquinia, pentan. monog. and sapotez, S. tr. W. Ind. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cut- tings(with care) will root in sand under a hand- glass in heat. Jalap, ipomeea jalapa. Jamaica, botanic garden of, 499. Jambolifera, octan. monog. and onagraree, a S. tr. which grows in light loam, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Japan, gardens of, 464. Jardin électoral de Saxe, at Warsaw, 281. Jardin des Plantes, at Paris, described, 7331. Jasione, sheep’s scabious, pentan. monog. and cam- panulacee, a H. peren. and an. Eur. which do well in common soil, or in pots(being rather ten- der of frost), and are increased by cuttings or seeds. Jasmine,— see Jasminum. Jasminum, dian, monog. and jasminee, S. and G. tr. K. Ind. and C.B.S. chiefly climbers, which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass in heat; the H. tr Eur. grow in common soil, and are increased by layers or cuttings. Jatropha, physic-nut, moneec. monad. and euphor- biacee, S. tr. peren. and an. W. Ind. which thrive well in loamy soil, and cuttings root best stuck in the tan in a good heat. Jaume, St. Hillaire, bis works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1805. Jaunexz, 1—— P—-, page 1122. A.D. 1816. Jeffersonia, octan. monog. and papaveracee, a BEG peren. N. Amer. which grows best in peat, and is increased by seeds or dividing at the root. Jet d’eau, spout or fountain of water, 1829. Jock’s lodge nursery, Midlothian, 7618. Johnson, Jobn B., his work on the vine, page 1131. A.D. 179-. Johnston,‘Thomas, M.D., his work on gardening, page 1099. A.D. 1629, Jones, Henry, his poem on gardening, page 1107. A.D. 1766. Jonesia, heptan. monog. ANIL commences Gh Sb Ue E. Ind. which grows freely in light loam, and large cuttings root well in sand under a hand~ glass. Jordens, J. H., his works on gardening, page 1126. A.D. 1798. Jour. R. Inst., Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Journeymen gardeners, 7380. Juglans, walnut, monec. polyan. and terebintacex, iL tr. N. Amer. increased by layers or seeds, and some kindly budding and inarching. Juglans regia, the common walnut; as a fruit-tree, 4733; as a forest-tree, 7096. Julien, A——, his work on gardening, page 1 A.D. 1816. Juncus, rush, hexan. monog. and juncee, H. peren. Brit. grasses, generally marsh plants. Juniperus, dicec. monad. and coniferex, F. and H. tr. Eur. and Amer. the more delicate species pre- fer peat and soil; but the cedars and savin grow in common garden earth: they are best managed by seeds, but cuttings may be rooted under a his works on gardening, 99 Ade and peat, and young cuttings root freely in the hand-glass. same kind of soil under a hand-glass. Ixora, tetran. monog. and rubiacee, S. tr. E. Ind. and China, of great beauty, which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. J. J. or Jus., A. L. de Jussieu’s Genera Plantarum. Jussieu, Bernard de, his works on gardening, page 1117. A.D. 1735. Jussieuia, decan. monog. and onagraree, S. and G. eren, and bien. Ind. and Amer. chiefly aquatics of common culture. Justice, James, Esq. ¥. R.S., his works on garden- ing, page 1104. A.D. 1754. Justicia, dian. monog. and acanthacez, S. and iG: tr. and an. Ind. and Amer. of easy culture in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in heat under a hand-glass. Jac. aust., N. J. Jacquin Flora Austriaca. K. Kempferia, galangale, dian. monog. and scitami- nex, S. peren. E. Ind. which grow freely in rich light soil, requiring little water when not in a growing state, and are increased by dividing at the root. Kalb, Bhd. H., his works on gardening, page 1127. A.D. 1810. Kaleidoscope of Dr. Bradley, 6109. Kalimar, gardens of, in the East Indies, 462. Kaim, Peter, his works on gardening, page 1130. A.D. 1754. aH Kalmia, decan. monog. and rhodoracex, H. tr. N. Amer. under shrubs which require peat soil, or very sandy loam, and are increased by layers or seeds, Kanguru vine, cissus antarctica. Kannegiesser, F.A., his works on gardening, page 1126. A.D. 1805. Kecht, J. C., his works on gardening, page 1197. A.D. 1813. Keddleston, a seat in Derbyshire, 7575. Kelham House, in Nottinghamshire, 2838, Kellermann,» his works on gardening, page 1127. A.D. 1813, Kelmarsh, a seat in Northamptonshire, 7580. Kempton Park, Middlesex, 7520. Kenmore House, in Kerry, 7670. Kenmore Lodge, in Kerry, 7670. Kennedia, diadel. decan. and leguminosea, G. tr. Austral. climbers which grow in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass in a little bottom heat. Kent, gardens and residences of, 7534. Kent, William, a painter and architect, and the father of landscape-gardening, 342, Kensington gardens, Middlesex, 7523, Kensington nursery, 7518. Kentchurch, a seat in Herefordshire, 7568, Kerim Khan, gardens of, 460, Kernel fruits, 4368. Kerry, gardens and residences of, 7670. Kew gardens, Surrey, 7529. Kewley’s alarum thermometer, 1489, Kewley’s automaton gardener, 1490. Keyser, G. Ad., his work on gardening, page 1126. A.D. 1800, Kidneybean,— see Phaseolus. Kiggelaria, dicec. decan. and euphorbiacex, a G. tr. C. B.S. which grows freely in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Kiladoon, a seat in Kildare, 7657. Kildare, gardens and residences of, 7657. Kilkenny, gardens of, 7656. Killarney, lakes of, in Kerry, 7670. Killcowly, a seat in Tipperary, 7677. Kilmarnock nursery, Ayrshire, 7627. Kilmore, a seat in Tipperary, 7677. Kilravock, a seat in Inverness-shire, 7648. Kimberley Hall, Norfolk, 7554. Kincardineshire, as to gardening, 7638. King’s County, gardens of, 7658. King’s Weston, a seat in Gloucestershire, 7563. Kingsland nursery, 7518. Kingston Hall, Dorsetshire, 7598, Kingswood Lodge, Surrey, 7527. Kinrosshire, gardens of, 7634, Kiosque, as an ornamental building, 1807. Kircaldy nursery, Fifeshire, 7635. Kirchner, J. F., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1796. Kirkleatham Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Kirklington Hall, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Kitaibelia, monad. polyan. and malvacee, a H. pe- ren, Hungary, of easy culture, and very prolific in seeds. Kitchen-garden, formation of, 2381. Kitchen-garden, its culture and management, 2545; culture of the soil, manure, recent dung, crop- ping, rotation of crops, thinning, thinning stone- fruits, pruning and training, summer pruning, winter pruning, pruning edgings and hedges, weeding, stirring the soil, protecting, supporting, shading, earthing, watering, vermin, incidents, accidents, gathering and preserving vegetables, and sending them to a distance, proportioning the quantity of vegetables to be grown, miscella- neous operations of culture and management, 2546. to 2612. Kitchen-garden, situation, exposure and aspect, GENERAL INDEX: extent, shelter and shade, soil, water, form, walls aspect of walls, height of walls, construction of walls, materials of walls, open railings instead of walls, hot or flued walls, cross-walls, of coloring walls, ring-fence, placing the culinary hot-houses and melonry, situation of the melonry, laying out the area, laying out the compartments, making the borders, laying out the walks, laying out the slips, laying out a nursery, or reserve department season for forming a garden, distribution of fruit. trees, selection and arrangement of wall trees sorts, selection, and arrangement of espaliers and dwarf standards, of dwarf standards, distances, of tall standard fruit-trees, fruit-shrubs, choice of _plants, record of sorts, 2382. to 2526, Kleinhofia, dodec. monog. and malvacee, a S, tr. E. Ind. which grows in light loamy soil, and cut- tings are not difficult to root under a hand-glass in sand. Kleinia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferezx, a _S. an. N. Amer. of easy culture. Kliipful, J—— Alb., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1783. Kn. Pom., Knoop’s Pomologie. Knappia, trian. dig. and graminew, a H. an. Wales, a grass of common culture. Knapweed, centaurea scabiosa. Knautia, tetran. monog. and dipsacee, a H. bien. and an, Levant, of common culture. Knawel,— see Scleranthus. Knife, garden, different sorts of, 1326. Knight, Joseph. F. H.S., his works on gardening, page 1113. A. D. 1809. Knight, T. A. Esq. F.R.S., Pres. Hort. Soc., his essays on pine-apple culture, 2924; result, 2935; his works on gardening, page 1111. A. D. 1795. Knocklofty, a seat in Tipperary, 7667. Knoop, Jean Herman, his works on gardening, page 1129; A.D; 1771. Knorr. thes., Thesaurus Rei herbarie, hortensisque universalis. Apud Ge. Wolfg. Knorrii Heredes. Knot-grass, illecebrum verticillatum. Knowle, a seat in Kent, 7538. Knowlsley, a seat in Lancashire, 7589. Knowltonia, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacex, G. peren. C. B. S. which grow freely in loam peat, and are increased by dividing at the root or by seeds, Kob, J. And., his work on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1786. Kochia, pentan. dig. and chenopoder, H. an. Amer. and Siberia, of common culture. Keeleria, trian. dig. and graminez, H. peren. and bien. Eur. grasses of easy culture. Koelreuteria, octan. monog. and sapindee, a H. tr. China, which grows well in common soil, and is propagated by layers or cuttings of the roots. Keenigia, tetran. trig. and polygonee, a H. an. Ireland, of easy culture. Koérmond, a seat in Hungary, 206. Kraft, John, his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1792. Kraft, John Charles, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1810. Krause, Ch. L., his work on gardening, page 1124. A. D. 1773. Krause, L. Ph., his work on gardening, page 1123, A. D. 1738. Krigia, syng. polyg. equalis, and cichoracee, a H. an. N. Amer. of common culture. Kulzean, or Culzean Castle, Ayrshire, 7627. Kyle, Thomas, his work on gardening, page 1109. A. D. 1785. Kyllinga, trian. monog. and cyperacee, S, peren. India, grasses of common culture. Kyre Wyre, a seat in Worcestershire, 7566. L. Labels for naming plants, different kinds of, 1385, Laborde, Alexander, Count de, his works on gar- dening, page 1121. A. D. 181-. Laborer’s cottage and garden, what they ought to be, 7294. Laburnum,— see Cytisus.: Labyrinth, a convoluted, plicated, or otherwise rendered intricate, disposition of walks, separated by hedges or shrubbery, sometimes called a wil- derness, 7264. Lachenalia, hexan. monog. and asphodelex, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs, which thrive wel! in loam and peat, or loam and leaf-mould, and are in- creased by offsets or seeds. oct? ai hil young cuttin glass, Jacken, 4 seat Jactucay lettu racee, bs Jactuca sattvé Ladder, differ Jady-fern, ne Lady's mantle Lady’s slippet Lady's smock no7sca, Sy ahs Lagerstremia E, Ind. whie a splendid pl heat and litt inorease by Cl Lagetta, octan.| Jagunea, mond Bourbon, of ¢ Lagurus, hares a Hau. Guel Lair, PA. b AD.[Bl Lakes, how to i Lalos, I— A.D, 1818. Lam. ill, Tab) Tamb’s lettuce,— Lambton Hall, D Lamium, archans H, peren,$, Eu amotgnon- Malsh ing, page 1119. A Janaria, hexan. peren, C. B.S. W and is incre Lanarkshire, gar Lancashire, ¢ Landridge, a sea Landscay Landscay le materials of, 7] Lang, or L. Pom Langford,— A. D, 1681. Langford Hall, J Langham Cottag Langley, Batty,| A.D, 1798, Langport, Some at, 2654, Lantana, didyn, a an, Ind. and Ar peat, and cuttin, MN sand or moul Lapeyrousia, triar C.B.S. bulbs wk Lappago, trian, ¢ UF, a grass of Lappula, pentan, and an, Amer. psaia, nippley Cee, H. peren, Larch,— see Pin rkspur,—see| tochea, Pentan, ae 5, succuley Lorvctefacaute. 7; Page 1120, 4 py Serpitium, laser Te, A. Deren, an pement of exales al , distancy Eruit-shrubs, choo in on Chive of and Malvacee, a§ fr, bt loamy w0il, and cut. bot under a Dandolas and conymbiferee, ture, HS mtg, page gle, aminee, 4 Han, Vales, re, 1084, and dipsacee, a H, bien, 100 culture, ts of, 1305, nis works on gardening, 5 Pres, Hort Soc, bis ture, 2024; raul, 20; page TILL A.D. 1, erary, 76d], works on gardening, pipe ei herbarie, borteasique Wolfe, Knorti Heredes, ticillatum ashire, 75%, g, and ranunulanee 6, yw freely in oam peat, and gat the roto by set, on. gardening, page I, nd. chenopodee, HZ an ommon culture graminee, HL per and cuting of the roots nd polgune@,& HL a nc a aig, page 1 srorks on gardening, po! on gardening, AEE 1, 103 on gardening, Pg? 1, is, and cehornt, 2 culture. Ayrsbire,(2! A radi PP(0 nis of, 3 ent kinds a, “fh pis works© pit ia; ast teu ae Lachnea, octan, monog. and thymelez, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive only in sandy peat, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell- glass. Lacken, a seat in Westmeath, 7662. Lactuca, lettuce, syngen. polyg. equal. and cicho- racew, EH. bien. an. Kur, and Amer. of easy culture. Lactuca sativa, the garden lettuce, 3964. Ladder, different sorts of, used in gardening, 1456, Lady-fern, nephrodium thelypteris. Lady’s mantle,— see Alchemilla. Lady’s slipper,— see Cypripedium. Lady’s smock,—see Cardamine. Lagasca, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferee, a Ss. an. S. Amer. of common culture. Lagerstreemia, polyan. monog. and salicariz, S. tr. E. Ind. which thrive in peat loam; L. regine is a splendid plant, which requires a great deal of heat and little water in winter; all the species increase by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass. Lagetta, octan. dig. and thymelea, a S. tr. Jamaica, which grows in loam and peat, and ripened cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Lageecia, cumin, pentan. monog. and umbelliferee, a H. an. Levant, of common culture. Lagunea, monad. polyan. and malvacex, a S. an. Bourbon, of common culture. Lagurus, harestail-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. an. Guernsey, a grass of the easiest culture. Lair, P. A., his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 181-. Lakes, how to form or improve in garden scenery, 7217. Lalos, J——, his work on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1818. Lam. ill., Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des trois Régnes de la Nature. Botanique; Llus- trations des Genres. Par M. de Lamarck. Lambertia, tetran. monog. and proteacezx, a G. tr. N.S. W. which thrives well in loam and peat, but is easily injured by over watering; ripened cuttings taken off at a joint, just before they begin to grow afresh, will root in sand under a hand- glass avoiding damp. Lambray, M——, his works on gardening, page WOE ING ID), tsi lyf Tamb’s lettuce,—see Fedia. Lambton Hall, Durham, 7585. Lamium, archangel, didyn. gymnos. and Jabiatez, H. peren. S. Eur. of easy culture. Lamoignon-Malsherbes, C. G., his works on garden- ing, page 1119, A. D. 1780._ Lanaria, hexan. monog. and hemodoracee, a G. peren. C. B.S. which thrives in loam and peat, and is increased by dividing at the root. Lanarkshire, gardens and residences of, 7629. Lancashire, gardens and residences of, 7588. Lancashire asphodel,— see Narthecium. Landbaumeister, 256. Landridge, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Landscape-gardener, or layer out of grounds, 7404. Landscape-gardening, 7156; principles of, 7159; materials of, 7195; practitioners of, 7362. Lang. or L. Pom., Langley’s Pomona,—see Langley. Langford, 1——, his work on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1681. Langford Hall, Essex, 7542. Langham Cottage, Dumfrieshire, 7624. Langley, Batty, his works on gardening, page 1103. AND 1728: Langport, Somersetshire, pine and grape stove, at, 2654. Lantana, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, S. tr. and an. Ind. and Amer. of easy culture in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass in sand or mould, Lapeyrousia, trian. monog. and iridew, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs which may be treated as ixia. Lappago, trian. dig. and graminez, a H. an. S. Eur. a grass of common culture._ j Lappula, pentan, monog. and boraginez, H. bien. and an. Amer. of common culture. Lapsana, nipplewort, syngen. polyg. and cichora- cee, H. peren. and an. Eur, of easy culture. Larch,—see Pinus. Larkspur,— see Delphinium.‘ Larochea, pentan. pentag. and sempervivee, G. tr. C. B. S. succulents which may be treated as cras- sula. Larochefocauld-Liancourt, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 18—. i= Laserpitium, laserwort, pentan. dig. and umbellife- ree, H. peren. and bien. Eur. of common culture. a eee 4 if GENERAL INDEX. 120! Laserwort,— see Lasérpitium. Lasio ampa, or egger-moth, Phalena quercus, L, 7075. Lasiopetalum, pentan, monog. and sterculiacexr, G, tr. N. Holl. which grow freely in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand- rl¢ cc S. Lasteyrie, Comte de, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 181-. Lataillé-des-Essarts, his writings on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1766. Latania, Bourbon palm, polyg. moneec. and palmex, aS. tr. Mauritius, which grows in light soil, and requires a strong moist heat. Latapie,, his work on gardening, page 1118. AD. L771. Lathrea, toothwort, didyn. angios. and oroban- chee, a H. peren, Brit. ef common culture in loam and peat. Lathyrus, diadel. decan. and leguminosew, H. pe- ren. andan Eur, of easy culture,— see 4310. Latimers, a seat in Buckinghamshire, 7547. Laurel,— see Laurus. Laurenburg, Peter, his works on gardening, page 1123. A. D. 1631. Laurentinum, a villa of Pliny, 39. Laurestine,— see Viburnum. Laurop, P.—, his works on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 1810. Laurophyllus, polyg. diaec, and......eeeeereee, a G. tr. C. B.S. which grows in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Laurus, laurel, ennean. monog. and laurince, S. and G. tr. E. Ind. and Amer. which thrive in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass, taking care to avoid damps. Laurus persea, the alligator-pear, 1521. Lavandula, lavender, didyn. gymnos. and lJabiatee, G. F. and H. tr. peren. and an. Eur. and Ind. which succeed well in light rich soil, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Lavandula spica, the common lavender, 4183. Lavatera, monadel. polyan. and malvacee, G. tr. Eur, and Atr. which thrive well in loam and peat, or any light rich soil, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass; most of the species ripen seeds: the H. bien. and an. are of easy cul- ture. Lavender,— see Lavandula. Lavender cotton,— see Santolina. Lavenia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferex, a H. an. E. Ind. of common culture. Lariviére, de, et M—— Dumoulin, their work on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1769. Lawn in gardening, a surface of turf or grasses, kept short by frequent mowing, and generally situated near the house. Lawranny Hall, in Pembrokeshire, 7609. Lawrence, Anthony, his work on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1677. Lawrence, John, M. A., his works on gardening, page 1102. A. D. 1714. 5 Lawson, William, his work on gardening, page 1199. A. D. 1597. Lawsonia, octan. monog. and silicarie, S. tr. Ind. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass Layer out of grounds,— see Landscape-gardener. Layers, to propagate by, 1993, 1994.__: Laying in by the heels, or earthing in(sheuching, Scotch), a temporary earthing or planting, to pre- vent plants taken up for removal or replanting, from suffering between the operations,; Laying out grounds,—see Landscape-gardening. La Zenki(or the bath, Polzsh), a royal residence at Warsaw, 281. Leadwort,— see Plumbago. Leasowes, Shropshire, 7569. Leatherwood, dirca palustris. ae Leaves, their importance in vegetation, 739. to joes et seq.; more especially to bulbs, 6501; to cut- tings, 2065. Bs Leaves, to ferment for hot-beds, 2860. Lebeckia, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive well in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. A é Lebret, M Isidore, his works on gardening, page 1122. A.D, 1821. Lechea, trian. trig. and caryophyllee, H. peren. Canada, which grow best in smatl pots of loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings under 4 hand glace! 1202 GENERAL INDEX. Ledstone Lodge, Yorkshire, 7582, Ledum, decan. monog. and rhodoracex, H. tr, Eur. and Amer. dwarf shrubs, which grow in peat or sandy loam, and are increased by layers or seeds. Lee, a seat in Kent, 7537. Lee Castle, Worcestershire, 7566. Lee-Chee, dimocarpus litchi. Lee, James, filius, of the Vineyard, 7518. Lee, James, his works on gardening, page 1109. A.D. 1760. Leea, pentan. monog. and meleacee, S. tr. and peren. E. Ind. which grow freely in light loam, and cuttings soon strike root under a hand-glass in heat Leek,— see Allium. Leersia, trian. dig. and graminex, a H. peren. and an. Amer. grasses of common culture. Leeswold, a seat in euDGH ES, 7606. Lefebre, E A——, his writings on gardenin aoe 1120, A.D. 1801. oy ua e Leguminous culinary plants, 3596. Leguminous wild plants, which are edible, 4309. Lehmann, John Christian, his works on gardening, page 1123. A.D. 1750. Leibitzxer, J——, his work on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1794. Leibnitz, his principle of a sufficient reason applic- able to gardening as an art of design, 7164 Leicestershire, gardens and residences of, 7573. Leith walk nursery, 7618, Leitrim, county of, as to gardening, 7674. Leland, John, an English antiquary, who died about 1552. Lemaistre, M——, curate of Joinville, a French author on gardening, page 1117. A.D. 1719. Lemarie, Fr——, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A.D. 17—. Lemna, duck-weed, moneec. dian. and naiadex, H. an. Brit. aquatics which may be treated as calli- triche. Lemoine, Leonor, his work on gardening, page 1120. A.D. 1801. Lemon,— see Citrus. Lemon-grass, andropogon scheenanthus. Lentil, ervum lens. Leonharde, F. G. and J. H. Seidel, their work on gardening, page 1126. A.D. 1803. Leonotis, lion’s tail, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, G. tr. and a S. an. E. Ind. and C. B.S. which thrive in light rich soil, and young cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Leontice, hexan. monog. and berberidex, a G. and H. peren. Levant; which grow freely in loam and peat, and may be increased by dividing at the root or by seeds. Leontodon, dandelion, syngen. polyg. zqual. and cichoracez, H. peren. Eur. of easy culture. Leontodon taraxacum, the common dandelion, 3994, Leonurus, motherwort, didyn. gymnos. and labia- tee, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of common culture. Leopard’s bane,— see Doronicum. Lepechinia, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, a H. peren. Mexico; of common culture. Lepidium, pepperwort, tetrad. silic. and cruciferex, G. and F. tr. and H. an. Eur. and Amer. of com- mon culture. Leptanthus, trian. monog. and«s.r ny kee& peren. N. Amer. which thrives in peat soil, and is increased by offsets from the roots. Leptospermum, icosan. monog. and myrteaceez, G. tr. Austral. which grow well in an equal mixture of sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily in sand under a bell-glass. Leschevin, C, his works on gardening, page 1121. A.D. 1805. Lessertia, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a G. peren. and an. C. B. S. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are readily increased by cuttings or seeds. Lestibudesia, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee, a S.tr. and bien. W. Ind. which grows freely in light, rich soil, and is readily increased by cuttings or seeds. Lettsom, John Coakley, M.D. F.R.S. his work on gardening, page 1109. A.D. 1781. Lettuce, 3964.— see Lactuca. Leucadendron, dicec. tetran. and proteacez, G. fr. C. B.S. which grow best in light loam mixed with more than one third sand, the pots well cuttings, taken off early in spring 4 joi in sand under a neglees SEE Pe ale Leucas, didyn. gymnos, and labiatee, S. an, Ind. of common culture. Leucojum, snow-flake, hexan. monog. and amaryl: lidez, H. peren. Eur. bulbs of easy culture. Leucopogon, pentan. monog, and epacridex, G. tr. N.S. W. which thrive in sandy loam and peat and the tops of the very young shoots taken off for cuttings, will root in sand under a bell-glass. Leucospermum, tetran. monog. and proteacea, G. tr. which may be treated as leucadendron. Level, different kinds of, 1368. Levelling, 1931. Lever, its form and uses in gardening, 1297. Lewisham nursery, 7536. Leysera, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, G. tr. C. B.S. which grow freely in peat soil with a little loam, and cuttings planted under a hand- glass in the same kind of soil will root freely. Lexay de Marnesia, his works on gardening, page 1119, A.D. 1787. Liancourt, Count de, his palace and gardens, 161. Liatris, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferex, a G. and H. peren. N. Amer. which grow freely in rich, light soil, and may be increased by seed or dividing at the root. Licorice,— see Glycyrrhiza. Licuala, hexan. monog. and palmez, a S. tr. E. Ind. a palm which may be treated like latonia. Lidbeckia, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, a G.tr. C. B.S. which grows freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in the same soil under a hand-glass. Liebault, Stephen, his works on gardening, page 115, A.D. 1570. Liger, Louis, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A.D. 1703. Light, the importance of, to vegetables, 1594. Lightfootia, bell-flower, pentan. monog. and cam- panulacez, a G. tr. and peren. Eur. and C. B.S. which grow freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in the same soil under a hand-glass. Lightoler, J—, his works on gardening, page 1107. A.D. 1766. Ligne, Prince de, a German soldier and statesman of great personal acquirements, and a favorite at most of the courts of Europe. He published fourteen volumes on miscellaneous subjects, among which are various remarks on gardens, and especially on those of England. He flourished during the reigns of Frederick the Great of Prussia and Catharine II. of Russia, and died at an advanced age at Vienna, in 1814. Lignum vite tree, guaiacum officinale. guste lovage, pentan. dig. and umbelliferex, . peren. Eur. and a bien. of common culture. Ligustrum, privet, dian. monog. and oleinez, H. tr. Brit. and China, of the easiest culture, and in- creased by cuttings or seeds. Lilac,— see Syringa. Lilium, lily, hexan. monog. and liliacew, H. peren. Eur. Amer. and India, bulbs, highly esteemed as border-flowers, 6311. Lily,—see Lilium.’ Lily of the valley,—see Convallaria. Lily-pink, aphyllanthes monospeliensis. Lily-thorn,— see Catesbea. Limax, the slug, and helix, the snail, to destroy, 2275. Lime-tree,— see Tilia. Limerick, gardens of, 7668. Limeum, heptan. dig. and portulacex, a G. peren. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings under a hand-glass root readily. Limnetis, trian. monog. and graminez, H. peren. Eur. and Amer. grasses of easy culture. Limodorum, gynan. monan. and orchidew, a G. peren. Japan, which thrives best in loam and peat and some bits of sticks and stones mixed with it, and is increased by dividing at the root. Limonia, decan. monog. and aurantee, S. tr. India and China, which grow in loam and peat with some rotten dung; ripened cuttings root in sa..d under a hand-glass in a moist heat. Limosella, mudwort, didyn. angios. and scrophu- larinee, a H. an. Brit. a marsh plant of easy culture. Linaria, toad-flax, didyn. angios. and scrophula- rinez, F. and H. peren. and an. Eur. and Amer. which grow freely in common. soil, and the more delicate kinds root readily by cuttings drained, and over watering avoided. Ripened under a hand-glass. gjneolnsi§ integoa rapes, page finder, CN gn, 5 Ut( yulitgows! Linneall gardenines Linnaeus, ing, page! Linociera which gro root under Linum, 2%| tr, But. and and cuttings under a hal easy culture Lion’s tail,= Jiparia, iad (B.S. Whi little watel under a bel Liquid manul Liquidamber, tr, Amer. ¥ are increast Liriodendron liacee, a 1 soil, and§ from Amer Lisianthus, f and a pete peat, cuthin glass, Lismore, 4 i Lissander, Al 113), A. D.! Lissige, a seat Listera, gynal Brit. which situation,& dividing at Lists and othe lier trees, J Literature of. Lithospermun ginee, H. p ture, Little Aston,§ Jittorella, sho gine, aH, Livermere, a Liverpool bot Lizard’s tail, Llanarth Ho Llanerth Ho Llangard Ca Liantryddyd Lianwern H Loader, an a wich, who in Evelyn’ Loaving,— Tab, ic., Pla Lobelia card Lobelia, pen and F. pere in any ligh the H, pere plants; L. Locke, John, A.D. 1166 Locke Park, Lockington Locust-tree Locust-tree Loddiges, C ing, page Lotiges, tr CBS, loam and sand under efingia, tr Spain, of ¢ Agana, pel Austral, y peat, and under a ha yin tng at ane Join, roy , any lita g at, Ind, of hexan, my Sac : in‘i Ge: tue! ida eden f, 1588, ’ in gardening, 199, } - Super, and cormmbite, srOW freely in peat sol lings planted under a han. of sil will root freely, § Works on gardening, Be is palace and pardens, 161,; , and corpubiferee, 2 Amer, which grow free i may be increased by sel rhiza, and palmer, a§ tr. B Id e treated like latonia yg, super, and corymbife ch grows freely in loam root readily in the same xa 3 works on gardening, n author on gardening pe of, to vegetables, Ld, r, pentan, monog, ad and peren. Bur at Bi oan and peat, aud it me soil under a hanya orks on gardening yerman soldier and suet rquiremenss, and a frome s of Burope. He pl on miscellaneous SUF various remarks on gut ose of Boland Hefoutst of Frederick the Great 0 Jot Russi, and died a! sy reat di i f pien, of common culture, | j deine, Ut ap, ong, a OIE| f the easiat culture, aol or sees mmonog, and ate, i. ie ia, bulbs pigty ete H t i> see Convallant. j es onospelienss| ce ines 0 d! la, 7608, G, pete i le port i Ae aa root ral He all uttif! GENERAL iNDEX. 1203 Lincolnshire, gardens and residences of, 7577. Lindegaard, Peter, C,M. H.S., his tract on forcing grapes, page 1115. A.D, 1811. Lindernia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinez, a H. an. S. Eur. of common culture. Linlithgowshire, gardens of, 7632. Linnea, didyn, angios. and caprifolex, a H. peren. Scot. a trailing plant, which answers well for pots or rockwork; it grows in loam and peat, and strikes freely by cuttings. Linnean Society, their published transactions as to gardening, page 1110. A. D. 1791. Linneus, Sir Charles Von,&c. his works on garden- ing, page 1130, A. D. 1739. Linociera, dian. monog. and oleine, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Linum, flax, pentan. pentag. and caryophyllex, G. tr. Eur. and India, which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in the same kind of soil under a hand-glass; the H. peren. and an. are of easy culture. Lion’s tail,— see Leonotis. Liparia, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, G, tr. C. B.S. which thrive well in loam and peat with little water; and very young tops root in sand under a bell-glass. Liquid manures, 1162. Liquidamber, moneec. polyan, and amentacee, H. tr. Amer, which grow in any common soil, and are increased by layers. Liriodendron, tulip-tree, polyan. polyg. and magno- liacez, a H. tr. N. Amer. which grows in loamy soil, and generally increased by seeds brought from America, which are two years of coming up. Lisianthus, pentan. monog. and gentianew, S. tr. and a peren. W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, cuttings root readily in sand under a bell- glass. Lismore, a seat in the county of Waterford, 7665. Lissander, Andrew, his works on gardening, page 1130, A. D. 1768. Lissige, a seat in Down, 7683. Listera, gynan. monan. and orchidex, H. peren. Brit. which grow best in a light soil and shady situation, even under trees, and is increased by dividing at the roots. Lists and other ties used for fastening wall and espa- lier trees, 1515 and 1519. Literature of gardening, 7685. Lithospermum, gromwell, pentan. monog. and bora- ginex, H. peren. and an. Eur. of common cul- ture. Little Aston, Staffordshire, 7570. Littorella, shore weed, moneec. tetran. and planta- gine, a H. peren, Brit. an. aquatic. Livermere, a seat in Suffolk, 7552. Liverpool botanic garden, 7588. Lizard’s tail, saururus cernuus. Llanarth House, Monmouthshire, 7567. Llanerth House, Denbighshire, 7609. Lliangard Castle, Merionethshire, 7612, Llantryddyd, a seat in Glamorganshire, 7608, Lianwern House, Monmouthshire, 7567. Loader, av anchorsmith and anabaptist, at Green- wich, who had a fine garden and conservatory in Evelyn’s time, 227. Loaving,— see Heading.:; Lob. ic., Plantarum seu Stirpium icones.: Lobelia cardinalis, fulgens, and splendens, 6459. Lobelia, pentan. monog. and campanulacea, G. tr. and F. peren. Amer. C.B.S. and Eur. which thrive in any light rich soil, and cuttings root freely; the H. peren. are of easy culture, chiefly as marsh plants; L. dortmanna 1s an aquatic._ Locke, John, his writings on gardening, page 1107. A. D. 1766. Locke Park, Derbyshire, 7574. a Lockington Hall, Leicestershire, 7579.; Locust-tree of America, robinia pseudacacia, 7105. Locust-tree of the bible, ceratonia siliqua. Loddiges, Conrad, and Sons, their works on garden- ing, page 1108. A. D. 1777.: Loddigesia, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a G. tr. C.B.S. which grows best in equal parts of sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. Leeflingia, trian. monog. and caryophyllex, a H. an. Spain, of common culture.: Logania, pentan. monog. and gentianex, G. tr. Austral. which‘thrive best in sandy loam and peat, and ripened cuttings may be struck in sand under a hand-glass. 4 Logwood, hamatoxylon campechianum, Loisleur de Longchamps, M. D. 56; his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D, 181-. Looking-glass plant, heritiera littoralis, Lolium, darnel, trian. dig. and graminex, H. peren. and au Eur. grasses of easy culture. Lomatia, tetran. monog. and proteacer, G. tr. N.S. W. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and ripened cuttings, taken off at a joint, root in sand under a hand-glass. Lombardy, gardening of, 82, Lomonosow, his poem on gardening, page 1131. A Dds: Lonchitis, cryptog. filices and filicea, a S. peren. W. Ind. a fern of the usual culture. London and Wise, their works on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1699, London Horticultural Society, their transactions, page 1114. A. D. 1815. Longford, county of, as to gardening, 7663. Longleat, a seat in Wiltshire, 7597. Longworth, Herefordshire, 7568. Lonicera, honeysuckle, pentan. monog. and caprifo- lew, F. and H. tr. Eur. and Amer. climbers and twiners, which grow in any common soil, and cuttings taken off in autumn, and planted in a sheltered situation, root readily. Loose-strife,— see Lysimachia. Lop(from loop, Dut. or daub, Teut. a leaf), the leaf or tops of trees. To lop, z. e. to cut off the tops of trees, Lopezia, dian. monog. and onagraree, S. bien. and a H. an. Mex. of common culture. Lophiola, hexan. monog. and hemodoraceex, a H. peren. N. Amer. which thrives best in a peat soil in moist situations, and is increased by dividing at the root. Loquat-apple,—see Mespilus Lorentz,, his works on gardening page 1121. A. D. 1803. Lotus, birdsfoot-trefoil, diadel. decan. and legu- minosee, G. tr. Eur. and Asia, which grow freely in any light rich soil, and young cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Loudon Castle, Ayrshire, 7627. Loudon, John Claudius, his works on gardening, page 1112. A. D. 1803. Loureira, dicec. monad. and....ecccccccceseeey 2 9. EF. Mex. which grows in loam and peat, and may be increased by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass in heat. Lousewort,— see Pedicularis. Lovage, ligusticum levisticum. Love-apple,— see Solanum. Love-grass, poa megastachya. Lowth, county of, as to gardening, 7664. Luder, Fr. Hm. H.,,shis works on gardening, page 124, A. D. 1768. Ludwigia. tetran. monog. and onagrarer, a H. peren. and an. N. Amer. marsh plants. Luffa, monec. pentan. and cucurbitacew, a F. an Indian, of common culture, 1664. Lullworth Castle, Dorsetshire, 7598. Lunaria, honesty, tetradynamia siliculosa, and cruciferez, a H. peren. and bien, Germ. of com- mon culture. Lundie House, a seat in Perthshire, 7636. Lundric,, a French author on gardening, page 1115. A. D. 1580. Lungwort,— see Pulmonaria. Lupin,, his works on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 1820. Lupinaster, bastard-lupine, diadel. decan. and legu- minosez, a H. peren. Siber. which thrives in light loam, and is increased by seeds. Lupine,— see Lupinus. Lupinus, lupine, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, H. and F. peren. and an. Eur. which thrive in light rich soil, and are increased by seeds, or the peren. sorts by pieces of theroots, Lurgan, a seat in the county of Leitrim, 7674. Lurgan House, a seat in Armagh, 7682. Luscombe House, Devonshire, 7600. Luton Hoo, Bedfordshire, 7549. Luxembourg, gardens of, at Paris, 161. Luzula, hexan. monog. and juncee, H. peren. Eur, grasses of easy culture. Lychnidea,— see Phlox. Lychnis, decan. pentag. and caryophyllex, G. and ‘H. peren. and an. Kur. and China, of common culture in peat and loam. Lycium, box-thorn, pentan. monog. and solanea, S. ‘and G. tr. Eur. Afr. and Asia, which thrive in jak I ce-” osges»= : ee Frenette 7 OPERAS OCU Se SE SI VON Se OGD ie 1204 GENERAL INDEX. loam and peat, and ripened cuttings in sand under a hand-glass, root freely. Lycopodium, club-moss, cryptog. stachyopterides, and lycopodinee, H. peren. Eur. and Amer. bog- plants, which grow in peat soil in pots placed in pans of water, and are increased by suckers or cuttings. Lycopsis, wild bugloss, pentan. monog. and bora- ginee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of common culture. Lycopus, water-horehound, dian. monog. and labia- tex, H. peren. Brit. of common culture. Lydney Park, Gloucestershire, 7565. Lygeum, trian. monog. and graminee, a H. peren. Spain, a grass of easy culture. Lygodium, snake’s tongue, cryptog. schismatop- terides and filicee, H. peren. E. Ind. a climbing fern, which grows freely in loam and peat, and may be increased by dividing at the root or by seed. Lyme Hall, Cheshire, 7590. Lyon, Peter, his writings on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1813. Lysimachia, loose-strife, pentan. monog. and pri- mulacee, H. peren. bien. and an,“ur. and Amer. most of them marsh plants, some trailers or creepers, and all of easy culture. Lysinema, pentan. monog. and epacridee, a G. tr. N. S. W. which grows best in rough sandy peat, and cuttings not too young, planted in sand under a bell-glass, root freely. Lythrum, dodec. monog. and salicaree, a G. peren. and an. Brit. and H. peren. and an, Brit. and Amer. which grows freely in any rich, light soil, and are increased by cuttings under a hand-glass, hy division at the root, or by seeds. M. Maba, dicec. hexan. and dioscoree, a S. tr. E. Ind. wnich thrives well in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass Mabil,—, his tract on gardening, page 1129. A. D. 1817. Macaw-tree, cocos fusiformis. Macdonald, Alexander, a fictitious name adopted by Dr. Dickson as the compiler of a gardener’s dictionary, page 1113. A. D. 1805. Machines, meteorological, Sikes’s registering ther- mometer, Kewley’s alarum thermometer, auto- maton gardener, 1488. to 1490. Machines of defence, 1473; scare, bird-trap, bird- net, mouse-trap, garden rat-trap, mole-trap, ear- wig and beetle-trap, wasp and fly-trap, man-trap, humane man-trap, spring-gun, concealed alarum, common gun or musket(from mangon, a warlike machine, used before the invention of fire-arms, or musquet, from mousquet, Fr.), fumigating bel- lows, various means, 1474. to 1486. Machines of labor, 1440; common wheelbarrow, separating barrow, new ground-work barrow, water-barrow, hand-barrow, barrow watering- engine, curved barrel-engine, self-acting green- house engine, roller, carriage water-barrel, water- ing-roller, hand-spokes, common garden-ladder, rule-jointed ladder, step-ladder, wheel-platform, boat-scythe, grindstone, tree-transplanter, German devil, hydrostatic press, seed-separater, 1441. to 1471. Machines used in gardening, 1439. M‘Leish, Alexander, a landscape-gardener, resid- ent in Dublin, 7652. M‘Mahon, B., his work on gardening, page 1131, A. D. 1806. M‘Phail, James, his works on gardening, page 1110. A. D. 1794. Macrocnemum, pentag. monog. and rubiacee, a S. tr. Jamaica, which grows in loam and peat, and strikes by cuttings freely. Macropodium, tetrad. silig. and cruciferee, a H. peren. Siber. which grows in light, rich loam, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Madder,— see Rubia. Maddock, James, his work on gardening, page 1110. ASD e192: Madia, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, a H. an. Chili, of common culture. Madingley, a seat in Cambridgeshire, oaks Maadresfield, a seat in Worcestershire, 7566. Madwort,— see Alyssum. Macslough, a seat in Radnorshire, 7610. Magnolia, polyan. and magnoliacee, G.and H. tr. ation, and are generally increased by layers or seeds; the leaves are large, and must not be cut off when the layers are removed from the stools; — see 6562. 4 Mahernia, pentan. pentag. and tiliacee, G. tr. C.B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and young cuttings taken off at a joint, and planted under a hand-glass, in the same soil, readily strike root. Mahogany,— see Swietenia. Maiden-hair,— see Ceterach. Maiden-nut, justicia malabarica. Maiden-plum,— see Comocladia. Malabar night-shade,— see Basella. Malachra, monadel. polyan. and malvacee, a S. an. W. Ind. of common culture. Malaxis, gynan. monan. and orchidew, H. peren. Eng. and N. Amer. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are increased by offsets from the root or seeds. Malay apple, eugenia malaccensis, 5986. Malcomia, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferee, H. an. Eur. and Afr. of common culture. Mallet, Robert Xavier, his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1775. Mallow,— see Malva. Malo, Charles, his work on gardening, page 1122. A. D, 1815. Malope, monad. polyan. and malvacee, a G. bien. and an. Barb. of easy culture. Malpighia, Barbadoes cherry, decan. trig. and mal- pighiacee, S. tr. W. Ind. and Amer. which grow in light loam, and ripened cuttings are not diffi- cult to root under a hand-glass in sand. Malta, gardening of, 506. Malva, mallow, monad. polyan. and malvacee, G. tr. Eur. As. Afr. and H. an. and bien. Eur. which succeed in any light, rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a bell-glass in sand, or under a hand- glass in any light soil; seeds are also frequently produced. Mammea, mammee-tree, polyan. monog. and gut- tiferee. a S. tr. S. Amer. the mammee-tree, 5198. Mammee-tree,— see Mammea. Management of gardens, science of, 2334, Manchineel, hippomane manchinella. Mandirola,, his works on gardening, page 1118. A, D.1763 Mandragora, mandrake, pentand. monog. and sola- new, a H. peren. Levant, which succeeds well in light, sandy soil, and is increased by seeds. Mandrake,— see Mandragora. Manettia, tetran. monog. and rubiacex, a S. tr. Guiana, which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a bell-glass. Mangifera, mango-tree, pentan. monog. and tere- bintacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. 5996. Mango-tree, mangifera indica, 5996. Mangosteen,—see Garcinia. Manisuris, polyg. moncec. and graminez, S. an. E. Ind. of common culture. Mansion and offices, their situation, 7249. Mansion-residences, 7271; their management, 7443. Manulea, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, G. tr. bien. and an. C.B S. which grow in light, rich soil, and are readily increased by young cuttings planted under a hand-glass. Manures, 1111; of animal and vegetable origin, 1112; theory of their operations, from land plants, sea weeds, dry straw, inert peaty matter, wood- ashes, animal substances, bones, blood, urine, night-soil, dung of fowls, of cattle, preservation of manures of animal and vegetable origin, 1113. to 1162. Manures of mineral origin, 1163; theory of their operation, different species, lime, chalk, marl, magnesia, gypsum, ,application of mineral ma- nures, 1164. to 1194. Maple-tree,—see Acer. Maranta, arrow-root, monan. monog. and cannee, S. peren. S. Amer. which thrive in light, rich soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Marattia, cryptog. poropterides and filicew, a s. peren. Jamaica, a fern of common culture. Marble Hill, a seat in Middlesex,7520. Marble Hill Cottage, Middlesex, 7520. Marcgravia, polyan. monog. and capparidee, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and roots by cuttings. Marchant,——, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1701. Marechal, Pierre Sylvain, his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1780. Amer. which require a peat soil and a moist situ- ; Mare’s tail,— see Hippuris. i nd. mos qyjoralll, nn i Market for ¥ 0, Tal Market-gart Market-garte ment, Markham G ~ 1999. A D. Marrubium, I G. tr. sya and peat, 4 a hand-glas Marsh-mallo Marsh-manig Marsh plants Marshal, Hu 1131. A. Marshal, the age L112. Marshal, W page 1109. Marshallia, s Ff, peren.| and are 10 root, Marsam, Re dening, pe Martagon,— Martagon,= Martyn, Th dening, pa Martynia, d G,an, Al Marvel of Pe Mary-le-bon! Mason, Geor i107, A.D. Mason, the| gardening, Masse, Jeat A.D), S18 Masson de] ing, page Massonia,| CBS little wa seeds, Masterwor Mastick-tr Mat-grass, Materials forming ence, 72! Mathiola, tr. and b increase Matricaria a G, bie culture, Mattisfont Maupin, DY Maurand tr. Me rich sc cuttin es gardeni Mawe, T 1107, A May appl Mayer, 1196, A | ee i Layers ot vst not be Ove tm the sil ’ Band tle % Gtr, aM ate, a young in, and pat under a oH Y Sibert, 2 Basel, , add malrager, a§, ture, and orchides, Hera ich grow in sandy lin sed by offets from th laoenss, 548, nd cruceree, H, an, Bur, uture, bis works on garden, rk on gardening, page 1, and malracee, a te, culture, sherry, decan, tig, and me Ind. and Amer, whi ipened cuttings are no di. pand-olas in sad, ii d polyan, and marae, 6 1H, an, and bien, Bur whi , rich sol, and cuttings ot ass in sand, or under had il; seals ate alo frequeaty ree, poljal. mong and gl mer, the mammette, 0% Mamma ns, sciene oh, ne manctnel,: orks on gardening, pep, ke, pentand mom, anal ant, which suocees Wel dis ineensel Dy seeds dra70 weg an aie,& loam an pe, and cll ser abel ga pea, an ler Ind. oh, if rica, ti=. ty on an grain sak ure, ue re aust, mh| a; thet os, ad sop hich grow lth la easel UY young es i opel iis) | iy ho, plod, a in opie Po" gland 1: vin ffi; theo of et ca chal, is Fic of minet!» i, ff, 7 4 oat Tree an N peas a a GENERAL Marginal banks of water, how to improve,(ee Margram, a seat in Glamorganshire, 7608. Marica, trian. monog. and iridex, S. tr. and peren. S. Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by offsets from the roots or seeds. Marigold,— see Calendula. Marino, a seat near Dublin, 76593. Mariscus, trian. monog. and cyperacee, S. peren. E. Ind. mosses of easy culture. Marjoram,—see Origanum. Market for seeds in Mark Lane, 7515. Market for vegetables and fruits in Covent-garden, &ce. 7514. Market-gardeners, 7396. Market-gardens, their formation, 7358; manage- ment, 7457; market-gardens of Middlesex, 7517. Markham, Gervase, his work on gardening, page 1099. A. D. 1623. Marrubium, horehound, didyn. gymnos. and labia- tee, G. tr. and H. peren. Eur. and C, B.S. of easy culture. Marsden Park, Essex, 7541. Marsden Park, Surrey, 7528. Marsdenia, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, a S. and G. tr. Syria and N. 8. W. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Marsh-mallow,—see Althea. Marsh-marigold,—see Caltha. Marsh plants, table of, 6522. Marshal, Humphrey, his work on gardening, page 1131. A. D. 1785. Marshal, the Rev. Charles, his work on gardening, page 1112. A. D. 1796. Marshal, William, Esq., his works on gardening, page 1109. A. D. 1785. Marshallia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferez, F. peren. Carol. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings or dividing at the root. Marsham, Robert, Esq. F.R.S., his writings on gar- dening, page 1105. A. D. 1758. Martagon,— see Fritillaria. Martagon,— see Lilium. Martyn, Thomas, B.D. F.R.S. his works on gar- dening, page 1110. A. D. 1792. Martynia, didyn. angios. and bignoniacee, S. and G. an. Amer. of easy culture. Marvel of Peru,— see Mirabilis. Mary-le-bonne nursery, 7518. Mason, George, Esq., his work on gardening, page 1107. A. D. 1768. Mason, the Rev. William, the poet, his works on gardening, page 1108. A. D. 1772. Masse, Jean, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1766. Masson de Blamont, C. F. P., his work on garden- ing, page 1119. A. D. 1790. Massonia, hexan. monog. and asphodelez, G. peren. C. B. S. bulbs which grow in loam and peat with little water, and are increased by offsets or by seeds. Masterwort,— see Imperatoria. Mastick-tree, pistacia lentiscus. Mat-grass,— see Nardus. f Materials of landscape-gardening, their union in forming the constituent scenes of a country-resid- ence, 7248.: Mathiola, stock, tetrand. silig. and cruciferee, G. tr. and bien. and H. an. Eur. of easy culture, and increased by cuttings and seeds. 4 Matricaria, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferez, a G. bien. and H. an. Eur. and C. B.S. of easy culture. Mattisfont House, Hampshire, 7594. Maupin,—, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1763. Maurandia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, G. tr. Mex. climbers which thrive in any light, rich soil, and are increased by seeds or young cuttings under a hand-glass. Maurice, the Rev. Thomas, M.A. his works on gardening, page 1108. A.D. 1777., Mawe, Thomas, as an author on gardening, page 1107. A. D. 1767. May apple,— see Podophyllum. INDEX. 1205 Mayer, or Meyer, John, his work on gardening. page 1124, A. D,.1776. Mayo, county of, as to gardening, 7673. Maze,— see Labyrinth. Mazus, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, F. an. China, of common culture, 1664. Meader, James, his works on gardening, page 1108 Jel opayizal Meadow-grass,—see Poa. Meadow Promenade, Edinburgh, 7313. Meadow-rue— see Thalictrum. Meadow-saxifrage,— see Seseli. Meager, Leonard, his works on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1682. Medeola. hexan. trig. and smilacee, a H. peren. Virginia, which succeeds best in light soil, and is increased by dividing the root. Medhurst, his weighing-machine, preferable for the gardener’s seed and fruit room, 1702. Medicago, medick, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, F. and H. tr. and H. peren. Eur. all of easy cul- ture, in light soil. Medick,—see Medicago. Medikus, Frederick Casimir, his work on gardening, page 1124. A. D. 1782. Medlar,— see Mespilus. Meend Park, Herefordshire, 7568. Melaleuca, polyad. icos. and myrteaceex, S. and G. tr. Austral, which grow in sandy loam and peat, and ripened cuttings not too old will root in sandy loam under a bell-glass. Melampodium, syngen. polyg. necess. and corym- biferee, H. an. W. Ind. of common culture., Melampyrum, cow-wheat, didyn. angios. and scro- phularinez, H. an. Eng. of common culture. Melananthera, syngen. polyg.. equal. and corym- piferex, a S. bien. and. G. peren. Amer. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Melanthium, hexan. trig. and melanthacee, G. peren. C. B.S. bulbs which may be treated like ixia. Melaspherula, triand. monogyn. and irider, a G. peren. C.B.S. a bulb which may be treated as ixia. Melastoma, decan. monog. and melastomee, S. tr. which thrive in loam and peat, require little water in winter, and young cuttings root readily under a hand-glass in moist heat. Melburn, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582, Melchett Park, Wiltshire, 7596. Melhania, monadel. pentand. and malvacez, S. tr. St. Helena, which grow freely in sandy loam and cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Melia, bead-tree, decan. monog. and meliacez, a S. tr. and G. tr. E. and W. Ind. and Syria, which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Melianthus, honey-flower, didyn. angios. and ruta- cee, G. tr. which thrive in rich, light soil, and cuttings planted under a hand-glass will root freely. Melic-grass,— see Melica. Melica, melic grass, trian. dig. and graminee, H. peren. Eur, and Amer. grasses of easy culture. Melicocca, honey-berry, octan. monog. and sa- pindez, a S. tr. Jam. which thrives best in light loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass in heat. Melilot, trifolium melilot. Melilotus, melilot, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, H. bien. and an. Eur. of easy culture, and in- creased by seed. Melimala(from mel, honey, and malum, an apple), sweet apples, 52. Melissa, balm, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, a H. peren. S. Eur. 4253.‘ Melittis, bastard-balm, didyn. gymnos. and labiatex, a H. peren. Eur. of easy culture, 4149. Melochia, monad. pentan. and malvacee, S. tr. and an. W. and E. Ind. which grow in light loam, and cuttings root under a hand-glass in heat. Melodinus, pentan. dig. and apocynee, a S. tr. N. Caledonia, a climber which grows freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a bell-glass. Melon,—see Cucumis. Melon-pit, at Edmonstone, 2685. Melon-pit, Knight’s, 2684. Melonry, 2479. Melothria, trian. monog. and cucurbitacez, a H. Mayer, Frederick, his Gardener’s Kalendar, page 1126, A. D. 1805.; Mayer, J. F., his works on gardening, page 1124. A. D. 1778.‘: Mayer, J. Jac., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1793. an. Amer. of common culture. Melton on the Hill, Yorkshire, 7582, Melville Castle, Midlothian, 7618. Mem. Caled. Hort. Scc., Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, page 1113, A. D. 1810. lel yA t nie Rl hla ial ea i 1206 GENERAL INDEX. Memecylon, octan. monog. and santalacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings in sand under a hand-glass root freely. Menabilly, a seat in Cornwall, 7601. Menageries of the Paris garden, 7333. Meniscium, cryptog. filices and filicew, a S. peren. Martinico, a fern of common culture. Menispermum, moon-seed, moncec. dodec. and menispermex, a H. tr. N. Amer. which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass.: Mentha, mint, didyn. gymnos, and labiatexz, a S. peren. and H. peren. Sur. and Asia, of the easiest culture.: rales Mentha piperita, the peppermint, M. viridis, the spearmint, and M. pulegium, the penny-royal, 4149. Mentzelia, polyan. monog. and loasez, a S. an. and G, peren. Amer. which grow readily in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- xlass. Menyanthes, buckbean, pentan. monog. and gen- tianex, a H. peren. Brit. a marsh plant. Menziesia, octandr. digyn. and rhodoracez, H. tr. Eur. and Amer. which thrive in peat soil, and are propagated by layers. Mercurialis, dicec. ennean. and ecuphorbiacee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Mercury,— see Mercurialis. Merevale, a seat in Warwickshire, 7571. Merionethshire, gardens and residences of, 7612. Merlet, Jean, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1675. Merulius destruens, a fungus commonly called the dry rot,—to guard against in timber, 6956. Merville, a seat near Dublin, 7653. Mesembryanthemum, fig-marigold, icos. di-pentag. and ficoidee, G. tr. peren. and an, C.B. S. and Austral, succulents of easy culture in loam and lime-rubbish, and the annual species in rather richer soil, 5657, Mespilus, icos. di-pentag. and rosacee, G. and H. tr. Amer. and kur, which grow in any common soil, and are increased by seeds or by budding on the common thorn, M. oxyacantha. Mespilus oxyacantha, the hawthorn, 7120. Mespilus germanica, the medlar, 4465. Mespilus japonica, the loquat-apple, 5994. Metrosideros, icos, monog. and myrteacee, G. tr. which grow in loam and peat, and ripened cut- tings may be rooted, but not without difficulty, in sand under a bell-glass. Meum, bawd-money, pentan. dig. and umbelliferez, H. peren. and bien, Eur. of common culture. Meursius, John, his work on gardening, page 4129. IN 3 . D. 1613, Mich. Amer., Andr. Michaux, Flora Boreali- Ame- ricana. Mich. Querc., Histoire des Chénes de 1’ Amérique Septentrionale, par André Michaux. Michaux, F. A., his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1805. Michauxia, octan, monog. and ecampanulacee, a G bien. Levant, of common culture. Michel Grove, Sussex, 7531. Michelia, tetran. monog. and rubiacee, a S. tr. N. Amer. which succeeds well in light, loamy soil, and ripened cuttings do best under a hand-glass in sand in heat. Microchloa, trian. dig. and graminexw, a H. an. E. Ind. a grass of common culture. Microloma, pentan. dig. and asclepiadem, a G. tr. C. B. S. which thrives in loam and peat, and cut- tings root readily in sand under a bell-glass. Micropus, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbiferex, H. an. S. Eur. of common culture. Middlesex, gardens and country-residences of, 7513. Middleton Hall, Caermarthenshire, 7614, Middleton Stoney, a seat in Oxfordshire, 7538. Midlothian, gardens and residences of, 7618. Mignonette,— see Reseda. Mikania, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferea, S. tr. and a G. peren. W. Ind. which grow freely in rich, light soil, and cuttings root readily. Milburn Tower, a seat near Edinburgh, 7618, Mildew, 880. Mile-end nursery, 7518. Milfoil,— see Achillea, Milium, millet-grass, trian. dig. and graminez, H. peren. and an. Eur. grasses of common culture. Milk-parsley,— see Selinum. Milk.vetch,— see Astragalus, Milk-wood, brosimum spurium. Milk-wort,— see Polygala. Mill. Dict., Professor Martyn’s edition of Phil. Miller’s Gardener’s Dictionary, 4 vols. fol. 1807. Mill. ic., Figures of plants, described in the Gar- dener’s Dictionary, by Phil. Miller. Miller, Philip, F. R.S., his works on gardening, page 1103. A. D. 1724. Milleria, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbiferez, S. an. S. Amer. of common culture. Millet-grass,— see Milium. Milton Abbey, Dorsetshire, 7598. Mimetes, tetran. monog. and proteacex, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive in two thirds loam and one third sand, with the pots well drained; ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass, care being taken to prevent damping off. Mimosa, polyg. moneec, and leguminosezx, S. tr. bien. and an. E. and W. Ind. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings of such sorts as do not ripen seed will root, if planted young, in sand under a bell-glass. Mimulus, monkey-flower, didyn. angios. and scro- phularinee, a G. tr. G. and F. and H. peren. Amer. which thrive in common soil; the woody species is increased by cuttings, and the others by dividing at the root, or by seeds. Mimusops, octan. monog. and sapotee, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Mint,— see Mentha. Minto House, Roxburghshire, 7621. Minuartia, trian. trig. and caryophyllez, H. an. Spain, of common culture. Mirabilis, marvel of Peru, pentan. monog. and nyc- taginee, G. peren. India, which grow in light rich soil, and will flower well in the open air in summer; but their roots, which are fusiform, must be taken up and replanted next year: they are readily increased by seeds, and are generally treated as half-hardy annuals.; Mirbel, C. F. Briseau, a celebrated French author on vegetable physiology, 549. Mirbelia, decan. monog. and leguminosez, G. tr. Austral. which grow in loam and peat, and young cuttings root without difficulty in sand under a a bell-glass. Miscellaneous articles, flower-stand, basket flower- border, parterre-edgings, earthenware border, bass-mats, prepared coverings, straw-coverings, reed-coverings, protecting bags, feet or shoe- scraper, props for plants, spray or branches, wall- tree nails, lists, mat-ties, oster-twigs, boards and planks, tressels,— see Instruments, Implements, and Utensils, and Structures of gardening. Miscellaneous articles used in gardening, 1491. Mistletoe,— see Viscura. Mistey Hall, Essex, 7542. Mitchelia, polyan. polyg. and magnoliacez, a H. tr. E. Ind. a diminutive creeper which grows in peat soil, and is readily increased by layers. Mitella, decan. dig. and saxifragee, H. peren. N. Amer. rockwork plants, which prefer light rich soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Mizauld,——, a French writer on gardening, page 1115. A. D. 1564, Moat, a seat in the county of Mayo, 7673. Moccas Court, Herefordshire, 7568. Meehringia, octan. dig. and caryophyllez, a H. pe- ren. 8. Eur. a rockwork plant, or one well adapt- ed for small pots; it grows in loam and peat, and is increased by dividing at the root. Meenchia, tetran. tetrag. and caryophyllez, a H. an. Brit. of easy culture. Moer, M, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1754. Moist-stove,— see Bark-stove. Mollet, André, a French author on gardening, page 1115. A, D. 1651. Mollet, Claude, a French author on gardening, page 1116.. 1652. Mollia, pentan. monog. and amaranthaceex, a G, tr and an. Canaries, which grow in light soil, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Mollugo, trian. trig. and caryophyllex, a H. an. Virginia, of common culture. Molucca balm,— see Moluccella.; Moluccella, a H. peren. and an. Eur. and Asia, of easy culture. Momordica, moncec. monad. and cucurbitacez, a H. peren. and F. an. E. and W. Indies, of easy culture in rich soil, and increased by seeds. Monaghan, county of, as to gardening, 7678. 7621 ss Monmouth ie Monnieria, an, Guia Monotora; Pr Austral. Win drained, and y pell-glass. Monottop4, yell ericine®, 4 gs cuscula. Monsonla, os tr, perel ant ed as pelargo Monteith,—— p, 1819. Monteith’s timb Montgomerysh Monthly Catal 6741. Monthly Catal 6038. Montia, water- cee, aH, an. Montinia, dice ¢.B.S. whicl cuttings root| Montreuil, a s¢ Paris, 169. Montpelier, A- 11%. A.D. 1 Montreuil, gar Monuments, as Monza, a royal Moon, suppose’ Moon.trefoil, 0 Moonseed,—s Moonwort,—s Moor Park, He Moor Park, Sut Moorfield, a sea Moreea, trian. 1 C.B.S. chiel decayed lea\ growing sta a-year; the Morayshire, 2 Morden Park Mordun(mot More, Sir Th 1104. A.D. More Critche Morea, gard Morel, N— A, D, 1787. Moriarty, Mi dening, pa; Morier, Jam in 1812 and Morin, Pierr 116, A. D. Morina, diar Persia, wh increased| Morinda,» which gr readily in Moris, His, Moris, S. Morli, gard Morter, Fr. A.D. 178 Mortimer, ¢ A.D, 170 Morton Hal Morus, mul tr. and H, Nich soil, Cuttings, Morus gra L al hey af TAN, 187 emt f Miler,“te Gu. FOrKS on pen' J 8. and cory ulhure rue, 38, hd. probes 6, thirds loam and op ell rae rhened a& handglas ning of a leguminsea,§, ty, i, Which thrive wel gs of such sorts as do Hated young, in sand dyn, angi, nd ero. and F, and, yee mmo sl; the Woaty tings, and the thers by seeds, ud sapotee,§ tr, Ind hd peat, and ripened and under@ hand.glas, ire, il. id caryophylee, Ha, , pentan, ono, and nye ia, bic grow in light r well in the open ain ots, which are fasfom, planted met yar they sed and are genealy iy ated Freneh author ‘id lguminae, 6. tt Joam and peta YUN fil in sud under verstand, baste forer- x, carthenare bone, eng, strane ng bap, fe or soe say or ranches, Wal ogi, bu and struments, Implements re of aren in geting and opines cer With grows i i ‘ dining at thea wero pale PE «of Maya 10? hire, Oe tr, a pay ihe atthe 100.( ot ale*: 4 Fe i RE{ii8 bt on gare pt guthot 00 gai pe sa; yuccel gd AS) ‘a Monarda, dian. monog. and labiatex, H. peren. of the easiest culture. Mambhead, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Monetia, tetran. MOnog. aNd«rereeseeeseeerrery a S. tr. E. Ind. which grows in sand and peat, and roots in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Money Musk, a seat in Aberdeenshire, 7639. Moneywort, lysimachia nummularia. Mongewell, a seat in Oxfordshire, 7558. Monkey-flower,—see Mimulus. Monk’s Grove, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Monkshood,— see Aconitum. gg botanic garden and nursery, Ayrshire, 7627, Monmouthshire, gardens and residences of, 7567. Monnieria, diadel. pentan. and«+++ A als an. Guiana, of common culture. Monotoca, pentan. monog. and epacridee, G. tr. Austral. which grow in loam and peat, well drained, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Monotropa, yellow bird’s nest, decan. monog. and ericiner, a H. peren. Brit. which may be treated as cuscuta. Monsonia, monad. dodecan. and geraniacea, a G. tr. peren. and a bien. C. B. S. which may be treat- ed as pelargonium. Monteith,, his work on planting, page 1114. A. D. 1815 Monteith’s timber-measurer, 6970. Montgomeryshire, gardens and residences of, 7611. Monthly Catalogue of Floricultural Productions, 6741.~ Monthly Catalogue of Horticultural Productions, 6038 Montia, water-chickweed, trian. dig. and portula- cee, a H. an. Brit. of common culture. Montinia, dicec. tetran. and onagraree, a G. tr. C. B.S. which grows well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Montreuil, a seat of the Princess Gremené, near Paris, 169. Montpelier, A——, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1815. Montreuil, gardens of, 193. Monuments, as garden buildings, 1842, Monza, a royal seat near Milan, 83. Moon, supposed influence of in gardening, 448. Moon-trefoil, medicago arborea. Moonseed,— see Menispermum. Moonwort,— see Botrychium. Moor Park, Hertfordshire, 7545. Moor Park, Surrey, 7528. Moorfield, a seat in the county of Cork, 7666. Morzea, trian. monog. and iridex, G. and H. peren. GENERAL INDEX. Moschatel,—see Adoxa, Moss-houses, as garden structures, 1816. Motherwort,— see Matricaria. Mould, finely comminuted soil. Mould-scuttle, mould-basket, 1596. and 1401. Mount Edgecumbe, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Sie Meredith, a seat in the county of Kerry, 70. Mount Merrion, a seat near Dublin, 7653. Mount Stewart, a seat in Buteshire, 7650. Mountain, Didymus, his works on gardening, page 1099. A. D. 1571. Mountain ebony,— see Bauhinia. Mouse-ear chickweed,— Cerastium, Mouse-tail, myosurus minimus. Mousetrap of the planter, 7027. Moving plant, hedysarum gyrans. Mowing, 1891. Moyle’s Court, Hampshire, 7594. Moyra, or Moira Castle, in Downshire, 7685. Moxard,——, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D, 1815. Mudwort, limosella aquatica. Muegwort, artemisia vulgaris. Mulberry,—see Morus. Mulching, 2098. Mule’s fern, asplenium hemionitis. Mulgrave Castle, Yorkshire, 7582. Mullein,—see Verbascum. Miiller, J. C. F., bis works on gardening, page 1125. Ax DPLISE Miiller, J. G., his works on gardening, page 1125. AS D797. Mullera, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a S. tr. Guiana, which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a bell-glass in heat. Muncaster House, Cumberland, 7593. Miinchausen(Monk-house), O. F. Von, his work on gardening, page 1124. A. Ds Adil. Munich, royal gardens of, 213; public gardens at, 7318. Munliguis, Abraham, his work on gardening, page 1129, A. D. 1672. Muntingia, polyan. monog. and tiliacee, a S. tr. which grows well in light loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Murr. com, goett., Commentarii Societatis Regie Scientiarium Gottingensis. Murray, Sir Alexander, his works on gardening, page 1104, A. D. 1732. Murraya, decan. monog. and aurantez, a G. tr. India, which grows best in turfy loam with a little peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Musa, plantain-tree, hexan. monog. and musacee, S. tr. Ind. and China,which grow in rich loam, kept C.B.S. chiefly bulbs which grow in loam and a moist, and require a great deal of room; they are decayed leaves, require no water when not ina fresh potted once increased by suckers. growing state, and should be a-year; they are increased by offsets and seeds. Morayshire, as to gardening, 7641. Morden Park, Surrey, 7527. Mordun(more done), a seat near Edinburgh, 414. More, Sir Thomas, his works on gardening, page 1104. A.D. 1732. More Critchet, a seat in Dorsetshire, 7598. Morea, gardening and botany of, 511. Morel, N—, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1757 Moriarty, M dening, page 1115. A. D. 1803.:; Morier, James, author of two journeys 1n Persia in 1812 and 1818, 466. Morin, Pierre, a French 1116. A. D. 1658. Morina, dian. monog. ab; Persia, which grows in rich:light soil, and may b increased by dividing at the root or by seed. Morinda, pentan. monog. which grow in loam an readily in sand under a hand-glass. Moris. His.? Rob. Morison, Historia Plantarum Mylocaryum, buckwheat-tree, decan. monog. and Moris. S. Universalis Oxoniensis. J:: a Morli, gardens of, in Derbyshire, 320. eriacee, a H. tr. which thrives well in loam and Morter, Fr. Jos., his works on gardening, page 1124. peat, requires. protection in winter, and ripened AD: List cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in sand. Mortimer, John, his work on husbandry, page 1101. Mynadoc Castle, Stirlingshire, 7631.; iy, Myoporum, didyn. angios- and myoporinee, G. tr. A. D. 1707. pine Morton Hall, Midlothian, 7618. Morus, mulberry, moneec. tetran. and urticee, a S. rs. Henrietta Maria, her works on gar- d dipsacee, a G. peren. and rubiacee, S. tr. Ind. of the eas d peat, and cuttings root Musa paradisiaca, the common plantain-tree. 6011. Musa sapientum, the banana-tree, 6012. Musca, the fly, a dipterous insect, 2266. Muscari, grape-hyacinth, hexan. monog. and aspho- dele, H. peren. S. Eur. bulbs of easy culture. Musche,———> his works on gardening, page 1129. A. D, 1817. Museum Rusticum, a periodical work on gardening, page 1106. A. D. 1764. Mushroom,—see Agaricus. Mushroom-house, 1693. Musseenda, pentan. monog. and rubiacez, a G, tr. China, a climber which grows well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a > author on gardening, page bell-glass. Mustard,— see Sinapis. Mustel,—— his work on gardening, page 1119. e A. D. 1784. Myagrum, tetrad silic. and cruciferee, H. an Eur. jest culture. under a hand-glass. creased by cuttings in sand under a hand-glass. tr. and H. tr. Ind. Italy, and Amer. which prefer| Myosotis, I rine, H. peren. and an. of the easiest culture. rich soil, cuttings. Sage Morus nigra, the garden mulberry, 4596. oman lee scence ieee. Se and are increased by seeds, layers, or lacee, a H. an. Brit. of common culture. 4H 4 — . cere tao ar eS AG sume a eS an POT ee =; a Myginda, tetran. tetrag. and rhamnez, S. tr. which grow in loamy soil, and cuttings will root in sand which grow in loam and peat, and are readily in- scorpion-grass, pentan. monog. and bora- Myosurus, mouse-tail, pentan. polyg. and ranuncu- eg nt inst nh Nt i 1208 Myrica, candleberry-myrtle, dice. tetran. and amentacee, G. tr. C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a bell- glass; the Hi tr. Brit. and Amer. prefer a moist peat soil, and are annually increased by seeds or layers. Myriophyllum, water-milfoil, monec. polyandr. and naiadee, H. peren. Brit. aquatics increased by seeds. Myristica, the nutmeg, dicec. monad. and myristi- cee, S. tr. Ind. which grow in light loam, and have as yet been little propagated. Myrodia, monadel. polyan. and malvacee, a S. tr. W. Ind, which grows readily in light, rich soil, and cuttings root readily in sand under a bell- glass. Myrrh,— see Myrrhis. Myrrhis, myrrh, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, a H. peren. Brit. of easy culture. Myrsine, polyg. dicec. and myrsinacee, G. tr. C. B.S. evergreens which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Myrsiphyllum, hexan. trig. and smilacez, G. peren. C. B.S. climbers which thrive in loam and peat, and are increased by division at the root. Myrtus, myrtle, icos. monog. and myrteacez, G. tr. Eur. and W. Ind. which grow freely in rich loam, and are increased by cuttings; M. tomen- tosa requires the heat of a dry stove, and the cuttings, which must not be too old, will root under bell-glasses, N. N. Cours,&c., Nouveau Cours complet d’ Agricul- ture,&c. page 1120. A.D. 1790.. Nails and other fastenings for wall-trees used in gardening, 1514. Nairnshire, as to gardening, 7642. Nama, pentan. dig. and convolyulacee, a S. an. Ja- maica, of common culture. Nandina, hexan. monog. and berberidex, a G. tr. China, which thrives well in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings, with their leaves not shortened! will root in sand under a hand-glass. Nannaw, a seat in Merionethshire, 7612. Napzea, monad. polyan. and malvacee, H. peren. Virginia, which grow freely in common soil, and are increased by seeds or dividing the roots. Naravelia, polyan. polyg. and ranunculacee, a S. tr. Ceylon, a climber which grows in loam and peat, and young cuttings planted thinly in a pot of sand, will root under a hand-glass. Narcissus, hexan. monog. and amaryllidee, H. peren. Eur. bulbs of common culture:— the daffodil narcissus, the white narcissus, the jonquil, and polyanthus narcissus, 6294. Nardus, mat-grass, trian. monog. and graminez, H. peren. Eur. grasses of easy culture. Narthecium, hexan. monog,. and asphodelee, H. peren. Brit. and Amer. of easy culture in peat soil. Naseberry-tree, achras sapota, var.@. zapotilla. Nasturtium, tetrad. siliq. and crucifereze, H. peren. and an. Eur. two of which are aquatics, and the whole of easy culture. Nasturtium officinale, the common water-cress, 52. Native or neglected fruits which might be cultivated and improved, 4764. Nauclea, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, a S. tr. Ind. which grows well in loam and peat. Nauenburgia, syngen. polyg. segr. and corymbi- feree, a H. an. S. Amer. of common culture. Navelwort,— see Cotyledon. Navestock Hall, Essex, 7542. Neal, aseat in the county of Mayo, 7673. Neale, Adam, his Orford catalogue, 7588. Neatness, its importance in gardening, 2531. Yectoux,———, his work on gardening, page 1120, A.D. 1791. Veil, Patrick, Esq., secretary to the Caledonian Horticultural Society, his writings on gardening, page 1114. A.D, 1821. Nelumbium, sacred bean, polyan. polyg. and hydro- charidez, S. peren. India and Carolina, aquatics increased by seeds, and dividing at the root, 6729. Nemesia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, G. peren. and an. C. B.S. which grow in any light GENERAL INDEX. rich soil; and young cuttings planted under a Ruane eee, will soon strike root. eottia, gynan. monan. and orchid W. Ind. which thrive best in loam and See little water, and the plants are increased by divid- ing at the root. Nepenthes, pitcher-plant, a S. peren. China, an aquatic, as yet scarce in British gardens, Nepeta, catmint, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, H. peren. Eur. of the easiest culture, Nephelium, moneec. pentan. and corymbiferez, a S, tr. E. Ind. which grows in light loam, and cut. tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Nephrodium, kidney-fern, cryptog. filices and fili- cex, S. and H. peren. ferns of common culture, Nerium, oleander, pentan, dig. and apocynee, G, and 8. tr. Eur. and Ind. which thrive in light, rich soil, and cuttings root readily in sand plunged under a hand-glass in a moist heat, Netting, for shelter, 1512. Nettle,— see Urtica. Nettle-tree,— see Celtis. Nettleworth, a seat in Nottinghamshire, 7576. Neuenhahn, K. Ch. Adf., his work on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1796. New Cross nursery, Deptford, 7536. New-ground workmen,— see Contracting Gar- deners. New Jersey tea,—see Ceanothus. New Tarbat, a seat in Ross-shire, 7647. New Zealand tea, leptospermum scoparium. Newbattle Abbey, Midlothian, 7618, Newbrook House, a seat in the county of Mayo, 7673. Newby Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Newliston, a seat in Linlithgowshire, 7632. Newpark House, a seat in the county of Mayo, 10/3, Newstead Abbey, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Newton, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Newton, a seat in the county of Tipperary, 7667. Newton Hall, Durham, 7584. Newton House, a seat in Caermarthenshire, 7614. Newen Mount Kennedy, a seat in Wicklow, 654, Newows Park, a seat in the county of Dublin, 7653. Nicandra, pentan. monog. and solanez, a H. an. Peru, of common culture. Niches, in arboriculture, 1813. Nicker-tree, guilandina bonduc. Nicol, Walter, his works on gardening, page 1112. A.D. 1798. Nicotiana, tobacco, pentan. monog. and solanacee, a G, tr. and peren. and H. an. America and China, which thrive in any light soil, and are readily increased by seeds. Nigella, fennel-flower, polyan. pentag. and ranuncu- lace, H. an. Eur. and Syria, of common culture. Nigella sativa and arvensis, as culinary plants, 4335. Nightshade,—see Solanum. Nipplewort,— see Lapsana. Nissolia, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, a S. tr. S. Amer. which thrives in sandy loam, and cuttings may be rooted in sand under a hand- zlass. Niraria, dodec. monog. and ficoidez, a H. tr. Si- beria, which thrives best in sandy loam, with some salt occasionally put round it, being a salt marsh plant; it may be increased by layers or cuttings under a hand-glass in sand, Nivenia, tetran. monog. and proteacez, G. tr. and a peren, C. B.S. which grow in soft loam, peat, and sand, the pots well drained and placed in any situation; ripened cuttings taken off at a joint without shortening their leaves, will root in sand under a hand-glass, in a cool shady situation. Noisette, Mons. Louis Claude, his works on gar- dening, page 1121. A.D. 181-. Nolana, pentan. monog. and boraginez, a H. an. Peru, of common culture. Nolina, hexan. trig. and melanthacez, a H. peren. Georgia, which thrives in peat soil, and is in- creased by seeds or dividing at the root. Nonsuch Park, Surrey, 7528. Norbury Park, Surrey, 7527. Norfolk, gardens and residences of, 7553. Normanton House, Rutlandshire, 7579. Norris, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. North, his tracts on gardening, page 1105, A. D. 1759. North Berwick House, East Lothian, 7619. Northamptonshire, gardens and residences of, 7580 and Icre seeds. Nurseries, 7505: of Nursery, P! 7468. Nursery£0 ; and mana Nursery for Nursery 84! Nut-bearing Nut-tree,= Nutmeg—! Nuttwell, a Nyctanthes, E Ind. ¥ cuttings, a hand-g Nymphaea, charidee, aquatics Nyssa, tupe XN, Amer. prefer a ¢ layers OF| Oak,—see Oakley Gr Oakley Park (aks, a seat Oat,—see 4 Oatlands, 5 hs. Mod.| dem Gar Ochna, pol tr. EB. In and peal glass, Ochroma, Amer. cutting Ochrus, Eur. of Ochterty Ockenden 1103, 4 Octomer: ’. In treatm Ocymum and an ture In Ocymum {74 Oil-nut, Oily gra Oily pall Okeham Olafsyn, A.D, Old man Oldentan in ima ve Meine ae 8 ate, i patiay” al MS, and Lai ule lbiee H And ormaifee 3 ht an, a big” atl of common cals ay i lure, mich thrive in 6, ead) in sand a ist heat, a ili Ns Fo Mk 0 pang, nt, 156, se Contetiog Cun nothus, site, TUM Spari, lan, 7, in the county cf May, theowehie, 7 in the county of May, Caerarthentie il, ay, a get in Wik, nthe uty of Dut, g, and sone,& Ha 1813, end,; wa aden, page 1 moog, and Sane, of Han, Amer and n any ght ila ar li, yan. penta and rat Syria, of umn cu. aj culinary plats 2 um. ma ii an gun,> vx in sndy Lou oj in san unter pat and jie, 4 +in§ dy loa, wD tin et) if man ff at 2 J Y i root in sa i gy situatio: hady§ aa sola 14 ts yporks 00& ast,’" ta ‘t oe gage I (Ou af vg[oi as eens of, a GENERAL Northcourt House, Hampshire, 7594. Northumberland, gardens and residences of, 7586. Northwick, Worcestershire, 7566. Norwich, celebrated for its florists, 7553. Notelza, decan. monog. and oleinee, G. tr. Aus- tral. which grow in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in sand. Notoceras, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferee, a G. an. Canaries, of common culture. Notre, Mons. Le, a celebrated French landscape- gardener and architect, 163. Nottinghamshire, gardens and residences of, 7576. Nouv, El. de Bot., Reichard’s Nouveau Elémens de la Botanique. Novar, a seat in Ross-shire, 7647. Nuneham Courtenay, Oxfordshire, 7558. Nunnery, a seat in Cumberland, 7593. Nuphar, polyan. monog. and hydrocharidee, H. peren. Eur. and Amer. aquatics of easy culture, and increased by dividing at the root, or by seeds. Nurseries, publics of Middlesex, 7518; of Surrey, 7525; of Kent, 7536. Nursery, public, its formation, 7335; management, 5 7468. Nursery for trees, its formation, 6973; culture and management, 6982. Nursery foreman, 7381. Nursery gardeners or nurserymen, 7399. Nut-bearing fruit-trees, 4732. Nut-tree,—see Corylus. Nutmeg— see Myristica. Nuttwell, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Nyctanthes, dian. monog. and jasminee, a S. tr. E. tnd, which grows freely in loam and peat, and cuttings, not too ripe, root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Nymphea, water-lily, polyan. monog. and hydro- charidee, S. and H. peren. Eur, and E. Ind. aquatics. Nyssa, tupelo, polyg. dicec. and santalacee, H. tr. N. Amer. which thrive in common soil, but prefer a damp situation; they are increased by layers or seeds. 0. Oak,—see Quercus. Oakley Grove, Gloucestershire, 7565. Oakley Park, Shropshire, 7569. Oaks, a seat in Surrey, 7528. Oat,— see Avena. Oatiands, Surrey, 7528. Mo- Obs. Mod. Gard., Wheatley’s Observations on dern Gardening. Ochna, polyan. monog. and peat, and cuttings glass. Ochroma, monad. Amer. which grow freely cuttings root in sand unde Ochrus, diadel. dec Eur, of common culture. Ochtertyre, 2 seat in Perthshire, 7636. Ockenden,——; 1103. A. D. 1770. Octomeria, gynan. monan. W. Ind. a parasite, W treatment as aérides. Ocymum, didyn. gymnos. and an. ture in light, Ocymum basil 4174. QGédera, syngen. polyg. segr.@ tr. C. B.S. which grows in any cuttings root readily under a hand- glass. GEnanthe, water-dropwort, p liferee, a G. peren. and C. B.S. of easy culture, and increased by seeds. CEnothera, octan. Mmonog. ¢ bien. and an. Amer. of common culture. Offsets, to propagate by, 1988. Oil-nut, hamiltonia oleifera. Oily grain,— see Sesamum. Oily palm, elais guinecnsis. Okeham Park, Surrey, 7528. r a hand-glass. rich soil, as tender annuals. and guttiferez, a S. and G. tr. E. Ind. and C. B.S. which grow freely in loam root in sand under a hand- pre pentan. and malvacee, S. tr. in loam and peat, and Operations, an. and leguminose®, a H. an. Esq., his work on gardening, page and orchidez, a S. peren. hich requires the same and labiatee, S. tr. bien. trial and H. an. Ind. and China, of easy cul- icum and minimum, the sweet basil, remoy and corymbiferee, a G. light soil, and entan. dig and umbel- peren. Eur. and and onagraree, H. peren. ks on gardening, page 1130. INDEX. peren. and an, ture.: Olea, olive and phi G. and H. tr. Eur. and and peat, and ripened cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. 1209 E. and W. Ind. of common cul- llyrea, dian. monog. and oleine, C. B.S. which grow in loam Olea europea, the common olive, 5958. Oleander,— see Nerium. Oleaster,—see Eleagnus. Olive,— see Olea. Olive bark-tree, bucida buceras. Olive-wood,— see Oliveria, pentan. V. Ind. a grass Ombersley Court, Omphalea, mon S. tr. Jamaica, cuttings root in care being taker Oncidium, gynan. en. Ind. which aérides. Eleodendrum. dig. and umbelliferee, a H. an. Bagdad, of common culture. Olyra, moneec. trian. and graminez, a S. peren. of easy culture. Worcestershire, 7566. cec. monadel. and euphorbiacee, a which grows in light loam, and sand under a hand-glass in heat, 1 not to injure the leaves. monan. and orchidee, S. per- require the same treatment as Onion,— see Allium. and Amer. feri seeds or youn Onosma, pentan. and H. peren best in rich, li tings under ha Onosmodium, Pp H. peren. N. onosma. Operations of ga Operations, lab« ing with the Operations, lab watering,&c. elevations, P paper or me gardens, fanc designs to irr continuous li 1926, to 1933. Operations for faces, drawi surface-drail tom, head, sl Operations of offsets, slip Olafsyn, Olaf, bis wor A. D.1770. Old man’s beare Oldenlandia, tetran. 1,— see Geropogon. monog. and rubiacex, 4 wire-layers, S.| stools, Chi Ononis, rest-harrow, nose, G. tr. and peren. thrive in loam and pe digging, shovelling, hoeing, raking, scraping, beating, rolling, sifting,&e. cutting, clipping, Operations in W‘ strength, 1894; transferring designs to paper or memory, forms of surface, irregul ssed surfaces, delineating by g views, general views, transferril pendiculars, angl line, centre of three points, polyg Operations of gardening; and correction, solid measure, 1935. to 1959. Operations for carry ing surface encumbrances, smoothing sur- water, removal of earth, forming ficial surfaces; walks, form 0 bark, leaves, preparation, ashes, composts, composts for particular plants, compe 1970. to 1984. suckers, layers, twisting, Oniscus asellus, the wood-louse, 2273. Onoclea, cryptog. filices and filice e, H. peren. Eur. 1s of common culture. diadel. decan. and leguimi- Eur, and C. B. 8. which at, and are increased by g cuttings under a bell-glass in sand. Onopordum, cotton-thistle, syngen. polyg. zequal. cynarocephalee, i common culture. Onopordum acanthium, 3960. H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of monog. and boraginee, a G. peren. _ Br. and S. Eur. which succeed ght soil, and are increased by cut- nd-glasses in sand. entan. monogyn. and boraginee, 2 Amer. which may be treated as rdening, 1853.; mechanical, lifting, carrying, drawing, pushing,&c. 1856. to 1861. yrious, on the soil, 1862; picking, excavating, levelling, mark- line, trenching, ridging, forking, sweeping, wheeling, 1863. to 1881. orious, with plants, 1882; sawing, splitting, mowing, weeding, 1883. to 1893. hich skill is more required than from ground dimensions of simple objects, ar figures, raised and de- round-lines only, circular profiles, bird’s-eye &c. 1895. to 1912. vg figures or designs from mory to plain surfaces, 1914; per- es, ovals, gardener’s oval, a spiral ons, polygonal iful figures, 1915. to 1924. transferring figures and egular surfaces, 1925; straight lines, nes, curved lines, level lines,&c. rotiles, the arrangement of quantities, by by measure superficial, by ing designs into execution, 1940; ng off water by under-drains, by is; forming excavations for retaining the bed or bot- ; surfaces to imitate nature, arti- f their surface, weeds, resistance of walks to animals, to weather, 1941. to 1968. Operations, s for fermenti uice cientific processes, 1969; preparations ng substances, stable-dung, tanner’s formation of beds, liquid manures, mould-composts, yst-ground, propagation, 1985; by seed, by bulbs, s, division of the plant, runners, ringing, piercing, and layering trees in the open garden, nese layering, inarching, grafting, / t a Sa— i sda ae‘ theories of whip-grafting, cleft-grafting, crown- grafting, side-gratting, saddle-grafting, shoulder- grafting, Toot-grafting, terebration(terebratio, at. a boring with a wimble), stocks, free-growing stocks, dwarfing-stocks, scions, grafting-clay, bud- ding, shield-budding, HA desea 3 reversed, scollop-budding, budding with double ligatures, stocks for budding, instruments and materials for, 1986. to 2062. Operating for propagating by cuttings, 2063; choice, preparation, insertion, and management, 2064. to 069. Operations of rearing and culture, 2070. Operations in sowing and planting, sowing, patches, ~ broad-cast, planting, and watering, 2071. to 2078. Operations in transplanting, 2079; preparation of the soil, removal of the plant, inserting, spade- planting, hole-planting, trench-planting, trench- ing-in planting, slit-planting, holeing-in planting, drill-planting, bedding-in planting, furrow- planting, dibble-planting, trowel-planting, plant- ing with balls, planting by mudding-in, panning, mulching, edgings, verges, turfing, transplanting in pots, shifting, 2080. to 2109, Operations in pruning, 2110; for promoting the growth and bulk of a tree, for lessening the bulk of a tree, for modifying the form of a tree, to form dwarf standards, concave dwarfs, convex or coni- cal dwarfs, horizontal dwarfs, spiral dwarfs, fan dwarfs, distaffs, natural dwarfs, pruning half and entire standards, pruning trees on walls or espa- liers, pruning for blossom-buds, pruning for the enlargement of the fruit, for adjusting the stem and branches to the roots, for renewal of the head, for curing diseases, pruning roots, pruning herbaceous plants, seasons for pruning, summer pruning, 2111. to 2139. Operations in training, 2140; object of training, modes of training trees with flexible stems, fan- training, horizontal training, horizontal training with screw stem, oblique training, perpendicular training, stellate training, open fan, wavy or cur- vilinear training, performing the operation on walls, shreds and nails, herbaceous training, 2141. to 2155. ft Operations in blanching, 2156; by earthing, by tying together the leaves, by overlaying, by covering with utensils, 2157. to 2160, Operations for inducing a state of fruitfulness, 2161; laying bare the roots, cutting the roots, notching the stem, partial decortication, stripping off pieces of the bark, ringing, renewal of the soil, bending down the branches, application to herbaceous plants, 2162. to 2175. Operations for retarding vegetation, 2177; by the form of surface, by shade, by the ice-cold room, 2178. to 2180. Operations for accelerating vegetation, 2181; by the form of surface, by shelter, by soil, by pre- vious preparation of the plant, by inducing a state of rest, by housing, by artificial heat, by flued walls, by glass cases, by hot-beds, by walled pits, by hot-houses, temporary emplacement in hot- houses, permanent, 2182. to 2200. Operations to imitate warm climates, 2201; general management, green-house, dry-stove, bark-stove, watering, insects, 2202. to 2205. Operations of protection from atmospherical in- juries, protecting by fronds and_ frond-like branches, by straw-ropes, nets, canvass or bunting screens, mats, straw, and litter, oiled paper-frames, protecting ropes, transparent covers, transparent screens,&c. 2206. to 2218. Operations relative to vermin diseases, and other casualties of plants, 2219; kinds of vermin, hu- man enemies, brute vermin, quadrupeds, feather- ed enemies, insects, coleoptera, hemiptera, le- pidoptera, neuroptera, hymenoptera, diptera, aptera, worms, slugs, 2220. to 2275. Operations relative to subduing vermin, 2276; in- sect vermin, preventive operations, palliative operations, destructive operations, 2277. to 2285. Operations relative to diseases and other casualties, 2286. to 2288. Operations of gathering, packing, preserving, and Keeping, 2289; gathering fruits and seeds, pre- serving heads or leaves, roots, fruits, ripe fruit, pears, and apples, sweating fruit, preserving seeds, roots, cuttings, grafts, roots,&c. 2290. to 2321. Operations relating to the final products derived of gardens and garden-scenery, vegetable products, fruits, seeds, roots, stems and stalks, leaves, 1210 GENERAL INDEX. Operations of superintendence and man, 2334; head gardener’s duties, keeping seen time-book, cash-book, forest-book, produce-book. weather-book, register of temperature of hot. houses, of the open air, record of the growth of plants, reading-library, 2335. to 2354. Operations for the beauty and order of garden- scenery, 2355; order, propriety, decorum, neatness importance of the profession of a gardener,&c. 2356. to 2373, Aaee Opercularia, tetran. monog. and nyctaginee, a G. tr. N.S. W. which thrives in loam and peat, una cuttings root freely in sand undera hand. glass. Ophioglossum, adder’s tongue, cryptog. stachyop- terides and filicee, a S, and H! peren. Brit. W. Ind. ferns of common culture. Ophiopogon, snake’s beard, hexandria monogyn. and smilacee, a F. peren. Japan, which grows In sandy loam and peat, and is increased by di- viding at the root. Ophioxylon, polyg. monec. and apocynee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Ophrys, gynan. monan. and orchidex, a G, peren. and H. peren. Eur. and Barbary, which succeed best in a mixture of loam, peat, and chalk broken small; the best time to transplant them, as well as most other orchideous plants, is when they are growing: they are increased by seeds, which should be sown as soon as they are ripe. Oramore Castle, a seat in Galway, 7672. Orange,— see Citrus. Orangery, ornamental, its construction, 2171; for producing fruit, 5928. Orchard, formation and planting of one subsidiary to the kitchen-garden, 2527; site, manure, screens, selections of kinds, age of plants from the nursery, temporary and final distances, cul- ture of the soil, of standard fruit-trees, only situation and soil, sorts, age of the plants, de- ’ sign for one to surround a kitchen-garden, 2568. to 2544. Orchard, general culture and Management of, 2613; manuring, cropping, watering, staking and protecting, mulching and clothing the stems, pruning aged trees, season of pruning, insects and diseases, gathering and storing orchard fruits, pears, packing orchard and other fruits for carriage, general culture and management, 2614. to 2643, Orchardists, 7395. Orchards, commercial, their formation, 7455. and 7463; management, 7463. Orchis, gynan. monan. and orchidee, G. and H. peren, Eur, and Amer. which may be treated like ophrys, only they donot require chalk mixed with the loam and peat. Order, its importance in gardening, 2356. Orford Hall, a seat in Lancashire, 7588. Origanum, marjoram, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, G. and F. tr. and H. peren. Eur. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Origanum onites, marjorana,&c., the garden mar- jorams, 4162. Orkney and Shetland Islands, as to gardening, 7645. Ormiston, a seat in East Lothian, 7619. Ormosia, decan. monog. and leguminosez, a§, tr. W. Ind. which thrives well in loam and peat, and is increased by cuttings in sand under a hand- glass; or seeds from the West Indies will vege- tate freely. Ornithidium, gynan. monan. and orchidee, a S. peren. W. Ind, a parasite which may be treated as aérides. Ornithogalum, star of Bethlehem, hexan. monog. and asphodelez, G. T. and H. peren. Eur. C. B.S. bulbs of easy culture.£ Ornithopus, bird’s foot, diadel. decan. and legumi- nosez, a H. peren. and an, Eur. of common cul- ture. Ornitrophe, octan. monog. and sapindee, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. which prefer a light loam, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass., Ornus, flowering-ash, dian. monog. and oleinee, H. tr. Italy, which grow in common soil, and are increased by seeds or budding, or grafting on the common ash, fraxinus excelsior. Orobanche, didyn. angios. and orobanchee, H. peren. Brit. parasites which root in the soil, and flowers, barks, woods, entire plants, 2323. to 2333. afterwards attach themselves to, and root into nose®y Hs PY Qrobus tuberos y Orontivm, bp Amer. and and are nC ine,— Se Ortegias triad. fur. W ich t root freels a rthopogo”s Od of comm rice, he ia, ol& ysbeck, E+ voyage to Ch Osbeckia, octal Ceylon, of& Osier,— 82° hy Osmites, SYDEe a G, tr UB: soil, and ct glass. Osmunda, cry Hoperen. All a lore senfelder, oh A.D.J Ossington Hall Osten, Van, his 1703. Osteospermum, piferee, 6. f osmides. Osterton House Ostrya, hop-hor tacee, H. tr. any soll, al ers, Oswego tea,— Osyris, poet's( G, tr, S, Eur. ripened cut) glass, Otaheite chestn Otaheite myrtle Othonna, ragwo biferer, G. a grow I ally freely under Otto, Frederich garden, Ber Owston, a seal Ox-eye,—see Ox-eye daisy, Ox.lip, Ox-tongue,— Oxalis, wood. acee, G, a culture, Oxalis acetos Oxford botan Oxfordshire, Oxyanthus,| Sierra Leot and peat, al glass, Oxybaphus, v nyctagines, grow in loan cuttings un Oxycoccus, ¢ S. tr. and} peat soil, a Ox ycoccus Oxylobium, Austral,| and young glass, Oxystelma, S, peren. I peat, and hand-glass Oxytropis, peten, and soil, and ar — itt Onder of ai a. ON hag fa katlng, My Mt ytagnee D Noam mt hd undeta hing, Typtg.stathy L peten, Brit i. andia monogyn, a, Which roms S Weteased by di. Capo a fy, aNd peit, and ext. Megas, Uiidee, 6, pte, bary, Which sucreed it, and chalk broken plan ther, as yell s,s When they are al by sats, hich ey ate Te nay, 1 mstruction, 21; ioe ing of one subsidiary 7 site, manure , age of pant fom d_ final distances, eu and managenett ing a a i n of pruning, ines and storing orchard rand other rut for ni managecent, lt formation,"A, and onchidee, Ga. ch maybe reales ihe giethdb elit Osh, lenin, shire, et and labial, Bur, which gre ps 10h rediy under? iy ty the ge a is,#1 gant octet 8 5 hay treated nd ch ple nu snap, besa mH0e; ened, pur BS i pee mg 1 decal and leu 1 By of com as api snl” a a light joa,# panies sie ynon0g: a i a | 0 5 ie“i oiftlt othe 1] 6 sosiot.#. ye oro ie jp soot he e#4 yes 1 al GENERAL other plants. The common broom-rape, an. major, may be sown or planted at the root of the common broom, spartium, and the others at the roots of such plants as they are seen to affect in their wild state. Orobus, bitter vetch, diadel. decan. and legumi- nosez, H. peren. Eur. of easy culture. Orobus tuberosus, the tuberous-rooted bitter vetch, Orontium, hexan. monog. and aroide, H. peren. Amer. and Japan, which grow in light sandy soil, and are increased by division at the root. Orpine,— see Telephium. Ortegia, trian. monog. and caryophyllee, H. peren. fur. which thrive in light rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Orthopogon, trian. dig. and graminez, a S. tr. W. Ind. of common culture. Oryza, rice, hexan. dig. and graminez, a S. an. Ethiopia, of easy culture as a marsh plant. Osbaston, a seat in Derbyshire, 7574. Osbeck, P. A. Toreen, and Captain Eckeberg, their voyage to China, page 1130. A. 10} yAle Osbeckia, octan. monog. and melastomee, a S. bien. Ceylon, of common culture. Osier,— see Salix. Osmites, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corymbiferea, a G. tr. C. B. S. which grows well in light rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand- glass. Osmunda, cryptog. schismatopterides and filicee, H.peren. Amer. Brit. and C. B. S. ferns of common culture, 1678. Ossenfelder, H. A., his works on gardening, page 1124. A. D. 1771. Ossington Hall, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Osten, Van, his works on gardening, page 1129, A.D. 1703. Osteospermum, syngen. polyg. necess. and corym- biferee, G. tr. C. B. S. which may be treated as osmides. Osterton House, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Ostrya, hop-hornbeam, monec, polyan. and amen- tacee, H. tr. Italy and N. Amer. which grow in any soil, and are increased by seeds or lay- ers. Oswego tea,— see Monarda. Osyris, poet’s cassia, dicec. trian. and santalacex, a G. tr. 8. Eur. which thrives in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings will root in sand under a hand- glass. Otaheite chestnut, inocarpus edulis. Otaheite myrtle, securinega nitida. Othonna, ragwort, syngen. polyg. necess. and corym- biferee, G. and F-. tr. and peren. C. B.S. which grow in any light, rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Otto, Frederick, C. M. H.&., inspector of the botanic garden, Berlin, 219. Owston, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582. Ox-eye,—see Buphthalmum. Ox-eye daisy, chrysanthemum leucanthemum, Ox-lip,— see Primula. Ox-tongue,— see Picris. Oxalis, wood-sorrel, decandr. pentagyn. and gerani- acee, G. and H. peren. Cc. B. S. bulbs of easy culture. x Oxalis acetosella, the common wood-sorrel, 4075. Oxford botanic garden, 7557.|: Oxfordshire, gardens and residences of, 7558. INDEX. de Pachysandra, moneec. tetran. and euphorbiacee, a H. peren. N. Amer, which succeeds well in any common light soil, and increases freely by suckers from the roots. Packbush,§. T., his works on gardening, page 1123 A. D. 1695. Packenham Hall, a seat in Westmeath, 7662. Paddock, puddock, or purrock, a country term, originally applied to a small space enclosed by pales from a park, for hounds to run matches in, now generally applied to the small grass enclosures commonly attached to a park, or kept in the hands of the resident on the demesne. Pederia, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, a D. S. tr. China, a climber which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily. Peonia, peony, polyan. dig. and ranunculacee, the Chinese tree-pxony, a F. tr. China, with numer- ous varieties, thrives in any rich, light soil; and ripened cuttings slipped off, and planted in the ground in a shady place, without cover, will root freely. The H. peren. Eur. requires a deep, rich, loamy soil,— see 1639. Peony,— see Pxonia. Pain’s Hill, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Paisley manufacturers, their gardens and florists’ meetings,&c., 7628. Palavia, monad. polyan. and malvacee, a H. an. Peru, of common culture. Palisade(padissade, Fr.), any fence of pales, a paling; the term is generally used when an ornamental paling is intended. Palissy, Bernard de, a French author on gardening, page 1115. A. D. 1563. Pallasia, syngen. poly. frustran. and corymbiferex, a G. tr. Peru, which thrives in any rich, light soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Palma Christi,— see Ricinus. Panax, polyg. dicec. and aralee, S. tr. Amer. and China, which thrive well in light loam, and cut- tings root readily in sand under a hand.glass; the H. peren. grow in similar soil, and are increased by seeds, or dividing at the root. Pancratium, hexan. monog. and amaryllidee, S. and G. peren. and H. peren. Eur. Amer. and India, which grow in light loam and vegetable mould, with little water when not in a growing state. They are increased by seeds and suckers. Pandanus, screw-pine, dicec. monan. and pandana- cee, S. tr. Ind. and N.S. W. which thrive in loamy soil; but rarely produce growths which admit of removal for propagation. Panic-grass,— see Panicum. Panicum, panic-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, S. tr. and bien. and H. peren. and an, Ind. Amer. and Eur. grasses of common culture. Pannage, a law term signifying the feed which swine or cattle may derive from the mast, acorns, or herbage of woods. Panning, forming a pan or saucer-like hollow round newly planted trees, to receive and retain water, 2098. Panshanger, a seat in Hertfordshire, 7544. Panton House, Lincolnshire, ESTE Papaver, poppy, polyan. monog. and papaveracee, . peren. Eur. of easy culture. Papaw-tree,— see Carica. Oxyanthus, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, a S. tr. Sierra Leone,[which thrives well in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root 10 sand under a hand- glass. Oxybaphus, umbrella-wort, triand. monogyn. and and an.§. Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by young nyctaginee, S. peren. cuttings under a bell-glass in sand. Oxycoccus, cranberry, octan. monog peat soil, and moist situation.: Oxycoccus macrocarpus and palustris, 4708. Oxylobium, decan. monog. and leguminosez, G. tr. Austral. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root 1n sand under a hand- glass. Oxystelma, pentandria digynia and asclepiadex, a S. peren. E. Ind. which thrives well in loam and . and ericee, a S tr. and H. tr. Eur. and Amer. which require a Paper mulberry, morus papyrifera. Papilio, the butterfly, a lepidopterous insect, 2251. Papilio machaon, 6194. Parasitic hardy shrubs, 6588. Parasitic exotics, their culture and management, 6736. Parasitic plants, such as root into other living plants, and derive their nourishment from them; some root into the stem or branches, as viscus, the mistletoe; others attach themselves to the root, as hypocistus; some of the epidendre and aéride will grow either on living or dead trees. Pardanthus, trian. monog. and iridez, a G. peren. China, a bulb which may be treated as ixia. Parham, a seat in Sussex, 7531. Pariana, moncec. polyan. and graminee, a S. tr. Cayenne, which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a bell-glass. peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a I j‘; t Parietaria, pellitory, poly. moneec. and urticee, a S. hand-glass. Oxytropis, diadel. peren. and an. soil, and are readily increased by seeds. eZ orton a Titer neciestO decan. and leguminosee, H. Eur. which prefer a light sandy peren. and an. and H. peren. Eur, and India, of easy culture in light soil. | Paris, octan. tetrag. and smilacex, a H. peren. Brit. ‘which prefers a shady situation in a light sandy loam, and is increased by seed. Park, in gardening, a portion of forest-like scenery attached to a country-house, and devoted to the growth of timber, the harbor of game, deer, or the pasturage of cattle,&c. Park. par, J. Parkinson Paradisi in Sole, Paradisus terrestris. Park Place, Berkshire, 7561. Parkinson, John, his works on gardening, page 1099. A. D, 1629.: Parkinsonia, decan. monog. and leguminosezx, a S. tr, W. Ind. which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass, Parkyns, G. J., his works on gardening, page 1113. A. D. 1805. Parnassia, grass of Parnassus, pentan. tetrag. and capparidea, H. peren. Brit. and Amer. marsh plants which thrive best in moist peat soil. Paronychia, pentan. monog, and amaranthacee, G. peren. Eur. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass; the H. peren. and an. prefer the same soil, and are increased by cuttings or seeds. Parsley,— see Apium. Parsley piert, alchemilla aphanes, Parsnep,— see Pastinaca. Parterre(F7.), an even or level piece of ground; a flower-garden,— see Flower-garden. Parterre edgings, 1500. Parthenium, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbife- ree, a H. peren. and an. W. Ind. and Amer. of common culture. Pascalia, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corymbiferez, Chili, which grows best in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a hand-glass, Paspalum, trian. dig. and graminee, S. and H. W. Ind. and S. Amer. grasses of easy culture. Pasque flower,— see Pulsatilla. Passerina, sparrow-wort, octan. monog. and thy- melee, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive best in sandy peat, and cuttings root freely under a bell-glass in sand. Passiflora, passion-flower, monadelph. pentand. and passifloreee, S. and G. tr. climbers, free growers, and easily managed; they thrive best in loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily in heat under a bell-glass. Passiflora quadrangularis, and other fruit-bearing species, 6003. Passion-fiower,— see Passiflora. Pastinaca, parsnep, pentan. dig. and umbelliferez, H. bien. and a peren. of common culture, Pastinaca sativa, the garden parsnep, 3723, Patée d’oye, or cross patée Woye,(heraldry,) a cross with the crosslets spreading like duck feet, as in the Maltese cross,—a form of planting avenues, &c., 6813. Patersonia, monadel. trian. and iridex, G. peren, N. S. W. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by dividing at the root. Paulet,» his works on gardening, page 1120. F\510), 1A} Paullinia, octan. trig. and sapindee, S. tr. W. Ind. which succeed in light loam, and cuttings root best in sand in bottom-heat under a hand-glass. Paultons, seat in Hampshire, 7594. Pavetta, tetrandria monogynia and rubiacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which thrives best in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Pavilion, a regal residence in Brighton, 7533. Pavonia, monadel. polyan. and malvacee, S. and G. tr. and S. an. E. and W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and root readily in sand under a hand-glass: most of the species produce abund- ance of seeds. Pawlosky, an imperial seat near Petersburgh, 258. Pea,— see Pisum. Peach-house, its construction, 2664; general cul- ture and management of, 3063. Peach-gatherer, 1354. Peach-tree,— see Amygdalus. Pear-gatherer, 1355. Pear-tree,—see Pyrus. Pearlwort,— see Sagina. Peat-earth shrubs, their culture, final situation, 6569. Pectis, syngen. polygam. super. and corymbiferee, S. an. W. Ind. of common culture. Pedalium, didynam. angios. and pedalinee, S. an. E. Ind. of common culture. Pedicularis, lousewort, didyn. angios. and scro- 1212 GENERAL INDEX. Amer. which succeed best moist situation, and are Peel Hall, Cheshire, 1590. Peganum, dodec. monog. and rutacez, Eur. which thrive in rich, light soil root freely under hand-glasses, Pekra, a seat near Moskwa, 262. Pelargonium, stork’s hill, monadelph. heptan. and geraniace, G. tr. peren. and an C. B.S. and some S. tr. and peren. all of easy culture in any rich, light soil, the succulent sorts well drained and not overwatered, 6601. Pelée, M. de St. Maurice, a French author on gardening, page 1116. A. D, 17~. Peliosanthes, hexan. monog. and.......+..... S. peren. E. Ind. which grow best. in rich loam, and are increased by dividing at the root. Pelleport-Saune, M——, his work on gardening, page 1122. A.D. 1813, Pellitory,—see Peltaria. Peltaria, tetrad. silic. and cruciferez, Austral. of common culture. Pembrokeshire, gardens and residences of, 7609. Pena, tetran. monog. and Jasmine, G, tr. C. B.S. which thrive in loam and peat, with the pots well drained, and young cuttings root without diffi- culty under bell-glasses in sand. Pendarves, a seat in Cornwall, 7601. Penguern, a seat in Flintshire, 7606. Penicillaria, poly. moncee. and graminee, aS. and H. an. E. and W. Ind. of common culture. Pennisetum, trian. dig. and graminee, H. an. Eur. and Ind. grasses of the easiest culture. Pennycuick House, Midlothian, 7618. Pennyroyal, mentha pulegium. Pennywort,—see Hydrocotyle. Penpont, a seat in Breconshire, 7613. Penrhyn Castle, Caernarvonshire, 7604. Penrice Castle, Glamorganshire, 7608. Penshurst, a seat in Kent, 7538. Pentapetes, monadel. dodec. and malvacee, a S. tr. and a bien. Ind. and N. Spain, which grow freely in light, rich soil, and cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Penthorum, decan. pentag. and sempervivee, a - peren. Virginia, which grows freely in light, sandy soil, and is readily increased by dividing at the root, or by young cuttings under a hand- glass. Pentre, a seat in Pembrokeshire, 7609. Pentstemon, didyn. angios. and bignoniacee, a F. tr. and H. peren. N. Amer. which grow in light, rich soil, and succeed well in pots. Cuttings root freely under hand-glasses, Pentzia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferez, a G. tr. C. B.S. which thrives well in any rich, light soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand- glass, Peplis, water-purslane, hexan. monog. and sali- caree, a H. an. Brit. a marsh plant of easy culture. Pepper,— see Piper. Pepper Harrow, a seat in Surrey, 7528. Pepper-vine, cissus stans. Pepperwort,— see Lepidium. Perdicium, syngen. poly. super, and corymbiferez, a H. peren. Siberia, which grows in rich, light soil, and is increased by dividing at the root: Perfect, Thomas, his works on gardening, page 1105. A. D. 1759. Perforated piers, piers for fruit-tree walls, the pro- jecting parts of which are perforated to admit of training the shoots through the pier, instead of stopping them there, or bending them over it. It is_an ingenious mode, but the rounded pier (1572. fig. 246. a), where practicable, is to be preferred, as more readily admitting the taking down and replacing of the branches at the prun- ing season. Pergularia, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, S, tr. E. Ind. fragrant climbers which succeed well in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass, Perilla, didyn. gymnos. and labiatez, a H. an. India, of common culture. Periploea, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, a G. and H, tr. Syria and the Canaries, which grow freely in common soil, and are increased by layers or cuttings. Periwinkle,— see Vinca. Perotis, trian. dig. and graminee, aS, an. E. Ind, of common culture. ) in peat soil and a mcreased by seeds, H. peren. » and cuttings a H. peren. phularinee, F. and H. peren. and an. Eur, and Pers.,Christian HenryPersoon’s Synopsis Plantarum. perth nurs Perths Fie 5, Pestle, 157 tom taloste Pe_ perell: soil, and root. peter,# peter, J AD ih ye, UCD Peery 1810 petershall; Petiver!s ne W(nd. W cuttings; , i petrea,° Vera(rut and peats glass in bi Petre, Robi and great Miller,— Petrocallis, Pyrenees; in peat, ¢ glass. Detraphili : N W, Petrow ka, Petworth I Peucedanl pellifereé mon cultt Phaca, bast minosee, mon gar Some of rock wor! Phalena q Phalangiu peren.§ and are Phalaris, ¢ H. peren of easy ¢ Phallus ¢ Pharnaceu and G.| thrive 1 in the s Pharus, Jam. Phaseolt nosee and A may| Phaseol to for Thlates y Me te tings 2Y Cuture Mt sorts yl tang Fe author(y toy 8 fey ere, Mth loam, and ay Oat, So NOK 0 gardening Uifere lett, 2H. peren reaienes oT ea, ith the ots yl i Took Without diff. i n, nd praminer,@§ and oman culture , Han, Bu, sist culture, ian, 7618, sed by dicing at cuttings under 2 han. of realy wner& Mal ara, nny, a sil. , mat plant of€8) ey, yf ald enrymbiet orows i rth bgt iy ings the rot rks. gues pa al, the. pl dit of justead of fi them oret| andad pet i not : ile, 18 to be C20) hich suceeee 00k readily a aries, » pres” \ Persian gardening, 459, Persicaria, polygonum persicaria. Persoonia, tetran. monog. and proteacex, Gitr. N.S. W. which thrive in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Perth nursery, 7635. Perthshire, gardens anc Peschelius,——, his works on gardening, ASS 1597. Petalostemum, diadel. pentan. and leguminosee, H. peren. N. Amer. which thrive in light, rich soil, and are increased by seeds or dividing at the root Peterl 254. Peterkin, Joshua, his works on planting, page L131. A. D. 1790. Peters, Richard, his work on gardening, page 1131. A. D. 1810. Petersham Lodge, Surrey, 7527. Petiveria, heptan. monog. and chenopodee, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow well in light, rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Petrea, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, a S. tr. Vera Cruz, a climber, which thrives well in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass in heat. Petre, Robert, Lord, an accomplished nobleman and great encourager of gardening in the time of Miller,—see Ingatestone. Petrocallis, tetrad. silic. and cruciferez, a H. peren. Pyrenees, a rockwork plant, which grows well in peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand- glass. Petrophila, tetran. monog. and proteacee, Gatr. N. W. S. which may be treated as protee. Petrowka, a seat near Moskwa, 261. Petworth House, Sussex, 7532. Peucedanum, sulphur-wort, pentan. dig. and um- bellifereee, a G. bien. and H. peren. Eur. of com- mon culture. Phaca, bastard vetch, diadelph. decan. and legu- minosee, H. peren. Eur. which succeed in com- mon garden soil, and are increased by seeds. Some of the dwarfer kinds are well adapted for rockwork or growing in pots. Phalena quercus, the egger-moth, 7075. Phalangium, hexan. monog. and asphodelee, 1e6 peren. S. Eur. which thrive in rich, light soil, and are readily increased by dividing the root. Phalaris, canary-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. peren. and an. Eur. Egypt, and C. B. S. grasses of easy culture. Phallus esculentus, the morel, 4343. Pharnaceum, pentan. trig. and caryophyllee, a s. and G. tr. and H. an. Eur, and C. B.S. which thrive in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root in the same soil under a hand-glass. Pharus, moneec. hexan. and graminee, a S. peren. Jam. a grass of easy culture. Phaseolus, kidneybean, diadel. decan. and legumi- nose, S. peren. and an. and H. an. Asia, Amer. and Africa, which thrive in light, rich soil, and may be propagated from cuttings or seeds. Phaseolus vulgaris, the common kidneybean, 3629 5 to force kidneybeans, 3367; soil, sorts, sowing, culture, time of beginning to force, tempera- ture, successional supplies, forcing in a hot-house, insects, forcing in a peach or cherry house, ina common hot-bed, crop raised under glass to fruit in the open garden, crop raised on slight heat, 3368. to 3380. Pheasantry, 7247. Phellandrium, water-hemlock, pentan. digyn. and umbelliferee, a H. bien, Brit. an aquatic which may be sown in pots and placed in the aquarium, or the seeds scattered in any pond. Philadelphus, syringa, icos. monog. and myrteacex, H tr. Eur. and Carolina, shrubs of easy culture. Phillips, Henry, his works on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1820. Q 1 residences of, 7635. page 1128. ioff, an imperial residence near Petersburgh, Phillips, Leonard, jun., nurseryman, his works on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1814. Philoxerus, pentan. Monog. and amaranthacee, 4 S. tr. and peren. Amer. which thrive well in rich soil, and are readily increased by cuttings. Philydrum, dian. monog. and juncee, aS. tr. China, of common culture. Phillyrea, olea alaternus. Phieum, catstail-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of common culture. Phlomis, didyn. gymnos. and labiateze, H. tr. and peren. Eur. which. prefer a light, dry soil, and a ag h ee ar aL ce MM nena GENERAL INDEX. are increased by cuttings under a hand-glass or se Phlox, lychnidea, pent. monog. and polemoniacee, H. peren. Amer. mostly border-flowers, whic prefer a ric or dividing at the roots. Phenix, date-palm, dicec. trian. and palmee, a Ss. tr. and G. tr. Levant, C. B.S. and E. Ind. which require Phoenix Park, Dublin, 7653. Phormium lee, a G. peren. ING light, rich soil, and isi roots. Phryma, didyn. gymn and cuttings root freely glasses. Phrynium, monan. E. Ind. which thrive in rich, light soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Phylica, pentandr tr. young cuttings root rea sand. Phyllanthus, moneec. mon tr. and an. chiefly W. Ind. which succeed well in loam and peat, an under a hand-glass. Phyllis, pentan. dig. Phylloma, hexan. Physic-gardeners,} Physic-nut,— see Jatropha. Physic or herb gardens, their forma Phyteuma, ramp Phytolacca, dodec. Piaranthus, pentan. monog. S. tr. C eds. h loam, and are increased by cuttings a light soil, and are increased by seeds. , flax-lily, hexan. monog. and asphode- Zeal. which thrives in any nereased by offsets from the os. and labiatez, a H. peren. Amer. which thrives well in rich, light soil, in sand under hand- monog. and cannee, S. peren. ia monogynia and rhamnee, G. r. C. B.S. which grow best in sandy peat, and dily under a bell-glass in ad. and euphorbiacee, S. d cuttings root freely in soil and rubiacee, a G. tr. Canar. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. monog. and asphodelee, a S. tr. Bourb. which thrives well in sandy loam, requires very little water, and is increased by suckers. Phys. des Arb., Duhamel sur le Physique des Ar- bres. Physalis, winter cherry, pentan. monog. and sola- nee, S. and G. tr. and H. peren. and an. chiefly N. Amer. which thrive well in rich, light soil, and are increased by young cuttings under a hand- glass or by seeds. herbalists, or simplicists, 7464. tion, 7360. ion, pentan. monog. and campa- nulacee, a G. peren. and H. peren. and a bien. chiefly Europe, which thrive in rich, light soil, do well in pots, and are increased by dividing at the root: the garden rampion Is a campanula. decag. and chenopodee, S. tr. As. Afr. and Amer. which thrive well in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings or seeds. x, and asclepiadew, a C. B. S. a succulent which grows in 1 old lime rubbish, and sand well adily increased by cuttings. his work on gardening, page loamy soil witl drained, and re Picciuoli, Giuseppe, 1198. A. D. 1783. Pick and pick-axe, 1296. Picking, 1863. Picramnia, dicec. pentan. Anti pepe Da ee Jam. which thrives in loamy soil, and large cut- tings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Picridium, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, a H. peren. and an. France and Barb. of common culture.. Picris, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracex, H. peren. and an. chiefly Europ. of common cul- cioides, hawkweed-like, ox-tongue, ture. Picris hiera' 4291. Picton, a seat in Pembrokeshire, 7609. Pierard, Charles Francis, his work on gardening, 1122. A. D. 1820. Piercefield, a seat in Monmouthshire, 7567. Pierre, Louis de, his works on gardening, page 1108. A. D. 1772. Pigeon-house,— see Columbarium. Pigeon-houses of Persia, 466 Pigott, Richard, his work 01 _D. 1820. Pilewell House, Hampshire, Pilewort, ficaria verna. >|Jwort, pilularia globulifera. Pilularia, pillwort, cryptog. hydropter. and marsi- leacez, a H. peren. Brit. an aquatic of common culture. Pimelea, dian. monog- and thymelex, G. tr. Aus- tral. which thrive best in sandy peat, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Pimpernell,— see Anagallis. Pimpinella, purnet-saxifrage, page n gardening, page 1114. 7594. pentan. dig. and um- an ee- belliferee, H. peren, and an an. cIfiefy Europ. which grow in rich, light soil, and are increased by seeds. Pimpinella anisum, the anise, 4219, Pinckneya, pentan. monog. and rublacee, a F. tr. Georgia, which grows in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Pindemonte, Ippolito, his works on gardening, page 1129. A. D, 1817. Pine-apple, 514.— see Bromelia. Pine-tree,— see Pinus. Pinery, its construction, 2645; general culture and Management, 2697. k Pinguicula, butterwort, dian. monogyn. and lenti- bularew, a G. an. Carolin. and H. peren, Europ. which grow naturally in swamps, and succeed in pots of any species of sphagnum, with a little peat at the bottom, like drosera; they are increased by offsets from the heart of the plant, and from seed. Pinguicula vulgaris, the common butterwort, 4320. Pink,— see Dianthus, Pinkie House, East Lothian, 7619. Pinus, the pine-fir and larch, moneec. monad. and coniferez, aS. tr. Amboyna, G. tr. E. Ind. and H. tr. Eur. and Amer.; the S. species succeed in light, loamy soil, and ripened cuttings taken off at a joint will root, though not readily, in sand under a hand-glass; the G. species require the same soil, and roots more freely; the H. species grow in light soil, and are commonly increased by seeds. Pinus abies, the spruce-fir, and other firs in com- mon cultivation, 7058. to 7067. Pinus cedrus, and P. larix, the cedar-larch, and common larch, 7051. and 7053. Pinus sylvestris, the Scotch or wild pine, and the other pines in common cultivation, 7040. Piper, pepper, dian. trig. and urticez, S. tr. chiefly climbers, peren. and an. W. Ind. mostly succu- lents which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are readily increased by cuttings and suckers, Pipewort, eriocaulon septangulare, Piqueria, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferez, a G. peren. Mex. which grows freely in any light, rich soil, and cuttings root readily under a hand. lass. Piscidia, Jamaica dogwood, diadel. decan. and legu- Minosez, a S. tr. W. Ind. a strong fast-growing plant in sandy loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand. glass, Piscinary, 1767. Pisé, or en pisé,(en pire or en pis, in the worst man- ner, that is, as a last resource,) a mode of building mud walls, 1564, Pisonia, heptan. monog. and nyctaginee, S. tr. W. Ind. and a G. tr. Austral. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Pistachia-tree,— see Pistacia. Pistacia, dicec. pentag. and terebintacee, G. tr. Barb. and H. tr. S. Eur. the G. species grow in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass; the H. tr. are rather tender, but grow in common soil, and are increased by layers or cuttings under a hand-glass in sandy soil. Pisum, pea, diadelph. decan. and leguminosex, a H. peren. Eng. and-H. an. S. Eur. of common culture. Pisum maritimum, the sea-pea, 4309. Pisum sativum, the garden-pea, 3597; to force the pea, 3393. Pit, a structure with a glass cover or roof, used as a habitation for plants. Earth-pit, bark-pit, flued pit, M‘Phail’s pit, Alderstone pit, pit with rising frame, West’s pit,&c. 1540. to 1544. Pit, in the conservatory, the bed of earth in which the trees are planted, occupying the principal part of the area of the house. Pit of a stove or hot-house, an excavation in the moist or bark-stove for containing fermentable materials in order to supply bottom heat. Pitcairnia, hexan. monog. and bromelez, S. tr. W. Ind. and S. Amer. which flower freely in light, rich soil, and are increased by suckers from the 1214 GENERAL INDEX. Plane-tree,— see Platanus. Plank-plant, bossiaa scolopendrium. Planner(Scotch), a maker of plans,— see Horticul- tural Architect. Plans for improving country-residences, 7364; how to form, 7364; important uses of, 7569; how to carry into execution, 7370, Plans of gardens and garden objects, how to form 1895; to transfer them to ground, 1913; to exe. cute them, 1940, Plant. grass., Histoire des Plantes Grasses. Par A. P. Decandolle. Plant packing-case, different sorts of, 1404, Plantago, plantain, tetran, monog. and plantaginee, a G. tr. and bien. C. B.S. and H. peren. and an. clieay Eur, all of very easy culture in common soil. Plantago Coronopus, star of the earth, 4315, Plantain,— see Plantago. Plantain-tree,—see Musa. Plantations, neglected, to improve, neglected hedge. rows, hedge-row timber, neglected ornamental plantations, 6914. to 6924. Plantations, ornamental, their formation, 6852; form, extent, disposition, general form, situa. tion, arrangement of species, size of plants, 6853. to 6876. Plantations of trees, their uses, as to shelter and climate, improving soils, shade, separation, seclu- sion, distinction, appropriation, concealment, to heighten agreeable objects, direct the eye to ob- jects, render indifferent objects agreeable, en- hance the value of landed property, afford profit, 6762. to 6775. Plantations, their different kinds, group, clump, woods, copsewoods, 6810. to 6814. Plantations, their disposition in the ancient style, 7205; in the modern style, 7214. Plantations, useful, their formation, 6815. 5 prepar- ing the soil, form, enclosing, fences, species of tree, mixture, whether to be sown or planted, disposition of the plants, number of plants and distance, size of the plants, seasons for planting, operations of, 6816. to 6851. Plantations, useful and ornamental, their culture and management, 6877; culture of the soil, fill- mg up blanks, pruning, for utility, for ornament, seasons for, implements for, resinous trees, non- resinous trees, heading-down trees, pruning for bends, coppices, osier holts, strips and screens, trees for shade, trees in parks, in pleasure-grounds and lawns, thinning, 6878. to 6913, Plantations, valuation of, 6966, Planting,— see Arboriculture. Planting, different modes of performing the oper- ation, 2077. to 2109, Planting in arboriculture, operation of, by pitting, by the diamond dibber, by the planter’s mattock, by the planter, by slitting, 6841. to 6851. Plants,— see Vegetables. Plants, as indicative of soils, list of, 1036, Plants used as preserves and pickles, 4258, Plants used in tarts, confectionary, and domestic medicine, 4195, Plas Newydd, a seat in Anglesea, 7603. Plat(plat, Fr. flat), a piece of ground of determinate form, small compared with a field, but larger than a border, bed, or stripe,— see Plot. pat rend(plat bande, Fr.), a border round a at. Platanus, plane-tree, moneec. polyan. and amenta- cex, H. tr. Levant, and N. Amer. handsome tim- ber trees which grow in common soil, and are propagated by layers and cuttings. Platt, Sir Hugh, his works on gardening, page 1099. D. 1594. Plattes, Gabriel, his works on gardening, page 1100. A.D. 1633. Platylobium, flat pea, diadel. decan. and legumino- see, G. tr. Austral. which grow in sandy loam aud peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Plax, Anthony William, his works on gardening, page 1123. A.D. 1764. Pleacher(from plecto, to plait or weave), an arbor- root. Pitcher-plant, nepenthes distillatoria, 593. Pitmaston, a seat near Worcester, 3329, Pittosporum, pentan. monog. and pittosporez, a S,! tr. Guinea, and G. tr. Austral. C.B.S. and E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. maker,— see Topiarius, Pleasure-ground, garden-scenery devoted to show and recreation, generally placed near the house, and consisting of lawn, shrubbery, flower-gardens, walks, water, seats,&c. Plectranthus, didyn. gymnos. and labiatea, a S. tr. and an. and G. tr. and a bien, Africa and E. Ind. of easy culture in light soil. plenck Pleurot P ch’ 4 D. 1734. Dar anene At Plenck 1s plant ity{ jot(from plot laid orre, plough gil 10, Ploughman* Pluk. alm,,- nicum. Pluk. phyts enetla a W, Ind soil, and glass, Plum-tree,- Plumbago, gincé, 5. a H. pere freely in| under 4 culture. Plumeria,| W, Ind. and requ ina grow a conside root freel} Plumpton, s Pluviometer Poa, meado peren. a Bur, and Podalyria, C.B.8.| peat, anc sand, unc Podocarpus China an and ripen Lass iN 82 Podolepis, s G, peren at, and Podolotiut tr N.S. Joam an in sand Podophy! Pogonia, and E peat, a Poincini and le strong in loan Poliant lidew Polivie, Polish ¢ Polish x Pollichi: bien,( ny ‘elatig, Hi iy Oa i Rt ho i tnd, 1g); ty. We, Ites Crage, ty Wot 1, g and Detainee i ete, and al, ture io comm, ath 435 edit be betel omamental T formation, 09: neta form, sts, UE of pants, 3, 3 8{0 shelter and separation, sel. 0, coocelment, tp diet the ee ob yeels agresable, ep, oper, ad prt, erorming the oet- aio ol by pin, he plate’ male, HL to fb yckles, 0%, onary, and domes 4,1, mo of delermina iu net 0 Plt; - border und 2 yan, ad amet Ame, handel mon, a0! ting. eae 10 gan pagel jal. and eguane- pron id sant loa nt under bande works ol ais or mente 2 abit ; ne need neat ber), gone sien ait! mit gil i Plectronia, pentan. monog, and rhamnee, a G C. B.S. which thrives in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Pleea, ennean. trig. and juncee, a G. peren. Carol. of common culture. Plenck, J. J., his work on gardening, page dD. A.D. 1784. Plenck ic., Icones Plantarum,&c., or figures of plants,&c. by Dr. J. J. Plenck. Pleurothallis, gynan. monan. and orchider, a S. peren. W. Ind. a parasite which requires to be treated as aérides,&c. Plocama, pentan. monog- and rubiacee, a G. tr. Canar. which grows in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Plot(from comploter, to contrive or design), a plot laid out in figures or contrivances, as a par- terre. 5 Ploughed gardens and their management, 7453. to 7456. Ploughman’s spikenard,— see Baccharis. Pluk. alm., Leon. Plukennett Almagestum Bota- nicum. Pluk. phyt., L. Plukennett Phytographia. Plukenetia, moneec. monad. and euphorbiacee, a S. tr. W. Ind. a climber which grows best in loamy soil, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Plum-tree,—see Prunus. Plumbago, leadwort, pentan. monog. and plumba- ginee, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. a G. tr. C. B.S. and a H. peren. S. Eur. The S. and G. species flower freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass: the H. species is of easy culture. Plumeria, pentan. dig. and apocynee, S. tr. I. and W. Ind. which flower freely in light, loamy soil, and require but little water, especially when not in a growing state. Large cuttings laid to dry for a considerable time, and stuck in the tan, will root freely. Plumpton, scenery of, in Yorkshire, 7582, Pluviometer, or rain-gauge, 1286. Poa, meadow-grass, trian. dig. and graminee, S. peren. and an. E. Ind. and H. peren. and an. Eur. and N. Amer. all of the easiest culture. Podalyria, decan. monog. and leguminosee, G. tr. C. B.S. pretty plants which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by ripened cuttings in sand, under a hand-glass, or by seeds. Podocarpus, mMonec. monadel. and coniferez, G. tr. China and C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root readily under a hand- glass in sand. Podolepis, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, G. peren. Austral. which thrive well in loam and eat, and are increased by dividing at the root. Podolobium, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a G. tr. N.S. W. a handsome plant which grows in loam and peat, and young cuttings may be rooted in sand under a bell-glass. Podophyllum, duck’s toot, polyan. monog. and pa- paveracee, a H. peren. N. Amer. which thrives in rich, light soil, and is increased by dividing at the root. Poederle,——_Vaine, his works on gardening, page 1129. A.D. 1772. Poet’s cassia, osyris alba. Pogonia, gynan. monan. and orchidez, a G. peren. and H. peren. N. Amer. which grows best in peat, and is increased by offsets from the bulbs. Poincinia, Barbadoes flower-fence, decan. monog. and leguminosex, S. tr. E. Ind. which require a strong heat to make them flower well; they grow in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings in sand, under a hand-glass, or by seeds. Poinsot,——, his work on gardening, page 1121. A.D. 1804. GENERAL INDEX. _ tr.| Polycarpon, all-seed, tetran. trig. and caryopl y lee, a H. an. Engl. of common treatment. Polycnemum, trian. monog. and chenopodex, a H. an. S. Eur. of common culture. Polygala, milkwort, diadelph. octan. and pedicula- rez, G. tr. C. B.S. and H. tr. peren. and an. Eur. and N. Amer.; the G. sp. grow in peat soil, and young cuttings root freely in sand, under a bell- glass; the hardy sorts prefer a similar soil, and are increased by dividing at the root, or by seeds, Polygonatum, Solomon’s seal, hexan. monog. and smilacex, H. peren. Brit. and Amer, of easy cul- ture, Polygonatum vulgare, 4308. Polygonum persicaria, octan. trig. and polygonee, a S: peren. and G, bien. E. Ind. and H. tr. peren. and an. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy culture. Polymnia, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbifere, aS. bien. Afr. and H. peren. Amer. of common culture. Polypodium, polypody, cryptog. filices and filice, S peren. W. Ind. and H. peren. Brit. of easy cul- ture. Polypody,— see Polypodium. Polypogon, trian. dig. and graminez, a H. peren. Brit. a grass of the usual culture. Pom. Brit., Pomona Britannica, by Henry Phillips. Pomaderris, pentan. monog. and rhamnez, G. tr. N. Holl. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely im sand under a_hand- glass. Pomegranate,— see Punica. Pon-qua-qua, his villa, near Canton, 480. Ponds, their formation, 1719, larger excavations, 1945. Pondweed,— see Potamogeton. Pongamia, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which thrives in loam and peat, and cut- tings roct in sand under a hand-glass. Poniemenia, a seat at Grodno, 283 Ponsonby Hall, Cumberland, 7593. Pontederia, hexan. monog. and asphodelez, a S. peren. E. Ind. and H. peren. N. Amer. aquatics of common culture. Pontey, Mr. William, his works on gardening, page 1112. A. D. 1800. Ponthieva, gynan. monan. and orchidez, a S. peren. W. Ind. which grows in sandy loam and peat well drained, and little water given when it is not ina growing state. Pontilly Castle, Cornwall, 7601. Ponty Pool, a seat in Monmouthshire, 7567. Poplar,— see Populus. Poppy,—see Papaver. Populus, poplar, dicec. octan. and amentacee, H. tr. N. Amer. and Eur. of easy culture in moist deep soil, and increased readily, some by cut- tings, others by layers, and all by cuttings of the root. Populus alba, and other species grown as timber- trees, 7134. to 7142. Porcelia, polyan. polyg. and annoneacee, H. tr. N. Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and are in- creased by layers. Porches, 1809. Port Elliot, a seat in Cornwall, 7601. Portable threshing machine, in use in gardening, 1705. Porticoes, 1809. Portlandia, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, S. tr. W. Ind. beautiful plants which thrive in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings, with their leaves not shortened, root readily under a hand-glass. Portswood House, Hampshire, 7594. Portulaca, purslane, dodec. monog. and portulacee, a S. bien. and an. E. and W. Ind. and H. an. 5. Amer. and Eur. of common culture. Portulaca oleracea, the garden purslane, 4088. Portulacaria, purslane-tree, pentan. pentag. and Poison-nut, strychnos nux vomica. Poison-oak, rhus toxicodendron. Poisonous plants, of common occurrence, 05 234. Polemonium, Greek valerian, polemoniacez, H. peren. N the easiest culture. Polesdon, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Polianthes, tuberose, hexan. monog. and hemorocal- lidew, a G. peren. E. Ind., 6332. Policie, the Scotch term for pleasure-ground. Polish and Russian works on gardening, 7697. Polish millet, digitaria sanguinalis, 4335. Pollichia, monan. monog. and chenopodee, a G. bien. C. B. S. of easy culture pentan. monog. and Poscharskey, Ch. F., his w . Amer. and Brit. of 1127. A.D. 1808. portulacez, a G. tr. Afr. a succulent which thrives in Britain, in sandy loam and brick rubbish, and is easily in- creased by cuttings. orks on gardening, page Pot-herbs and garnishings, 4081; to force pot-herbs, 22¢ 3399. Potamogeton, pond-weed, tetrandr. tetragyn. and alismacee, H. peren. Brit. aquatics of easy cul- ture. Potatoe,—see Solanum. rosacee, H. tr. peren. and a bien. chiefly Eur. of ; easy culture. Potentilla, cinquefoil(five leaves), icos. polyg. and Fotentille anserina, the wild tansy or goose-grass, 4307.; Poterium, burnet, monee. polyan. and rosacee, G. tr. S. Eur. and H. peren. Eur. of common cul- ture. Poterium sanguisorba, the common burnet, 4072. Pothos, tetran. monog. and aroidee, S. peren. W. Ind. and a H. peren, N. Amer. all of which thrive well in loamy soil, and are increased by dividing the roots, or by seed. Potsdam, gardens of, 208. Powdersham Castle, Devonshire, 7600. Powel, Anthony, Esq. his work on gardening, page 1107. A.D. 1769. c Powerscourt, a seat in Wicklow, 7654. Powys Castle, a seat in Montgomeryshire, 7567. Poynton, a seat in Cheshire, 7590. Poxzi, George, his works on the vine, page 1128, A.D. 1810. Prasium, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, F. tr. S. Eur. which thrives in light rich soil, and young cut- tings root under a hand-glass, Praslin, formerly Vaux le Vicompte and V. le Vil- lars, now Vause Praslin, a seat near Paris, the first attempt of Le Notre’s to lay out grounds. Preaudeau-Chemilly, E., his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1794. Prenanthes, syngen. polyg. zqual. and cichoracez, a F. tr. Barb. and H. peren. and a bien. N. Amer, and Eur. of common culture. Preserving vegetables, 2289. Preserving vegetables, operation for, 2289, Preston Hall, in East Lothian, 7619. Prestwood, a seat in Staffordshire, 7570, Prestwould Hall, Leicestershire, 7573, Price, Uvedale, Esq., his writings on gardening, page 1110. A. D. 1794. Prick, or pricker, a small dibber,—see Dibber. Pricking, or pricking out, transplanting very young plants or seedlings, with a prick or small dibber. Primrose, primula vulgaris,—see Primula. Primula, primrose, pentan. monog, and primulacee, H. peren. Eur. beautiful little plants: the hardier sorts grow in loamy soils in shaded situations, and the alpines thrive best in peat and loam in pots; all require to be frequently parted and re- planted. Primula auricula, the auricula, 6339. Primula elatior, the oxlip, 6403. Primula veris, the cowslip, 6401. Primula vulgaris, the primrose, 6399. Primula vulgaris, var. polyanthus, the polyanthus, 6389. Prince’s feather, amaranthus hypochondriacus. Prinos, winter berry, hexan. monog. and rhamnea, F. and H. tr. N. Amer. which grow well in light soil, but prefer peat, and are increased by layers or seeds. Priory, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Priory, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Priva, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, S. peren. Mex. and E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand- glass. Privet,—see Ligustrum. Professional police of gardening, 7700. Promenades, public, equestrian, pedestrian, and mountain, 7313. to 7322. Pronville, Augustus de, his work on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1818. Propagation, different operations for, 1985. Propriety, as a requisite beauty in gardening, 927) Props for plants, different kinds of, used in garden- ing, 1517. Prosopis, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a S. tr. E. Ind. a prickly plant of which the pods are eaten as a spice in India; it grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Prospect towers, their use in gardening, 1806. Prostanthera, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, a G. tr. N.S. W. a beautiful plant which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root in the same soil under a hand-glass. Protea, tetran. monog. and proteacee, G. tr. C.B.S. magnificent plants which grow best in light turfy loam, with one third fine sand; the pots well drained, and furnished with a stratum of sherds or gravel; care must be taken not to let the plants droop for want of water, as they will sel- dom recover. Ripened cuttings taken off at a joint, and pared quite smooth, and thinly planted 1216 GENERAL INDEX. in pots of sand, will root under a hand-glass, but not plunged; damp must be avoided by wiping the glasses frequently. Protecting vegetables, 2206, Prunella, self-heal, didyn. gymnos. and labiatez. H. peren. and an. N. Amer. and Eur. which thrive in light rich soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Pruning, origin of, 32. Pruning, science of, 2110. Prunus, the plum and cherry, icos. di-pentag. and rosacee, S. G. and F. tr. W. and E. Ind. and H, tr. Eur. and N. Amer. The G., and F. Sp. grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass: the H. sorts grow in any loamy soil, aud are increased by all the modes of propagating rees. Prunus avium, the gean, 4577. Prunus cerasus, the cherry, 4574; cherry-house, 2674; and to force the cherry, 3117. Prunus domestica, the common plum, 4550; to force the plum, 4570. j Prunus spinosa, the sloe, 4765; P. padus, the bird- cherry, 4766. Psiadia, syngen. polyg. necess. and corymbiferez, a S. tr. Maurit. which grows freely in rich light a and cuttings will root readily under a hand- glass. Psidium, guava, icos. monog. and myrteacee, S. tr. W. Ind. grown there for their fruit: here they thrive in loam and peat, and ripen fruit readily; they are increased by cuttings in sand under a hand-glass, or by layers. Psidium, pyriferum, pomiferum,&c. 5982. Psilotum, cryptog. stachyopt. and lycopodinez, a S. peren. W. Ind. a fern which grows in loam and Beats and cuttings will root under a hand-glass in sand. Psoralea diadelph. decan. and leguminosee, a S. bien. and G. tr. and peren. chiefly C. B. S. which grow freely in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass, or by seeds, which they ripen abundantly. Psoralea esculenta, the bread-root, 4333. 6031. Psychotria, pentan. monog. and rubiacez, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Pteris, brake, cryptog. filices and_filiceze, a S. tr. and peren. W. Ind. G. peren. Mad. N.S. W. and H. peren. Brit. and N. Amer. all of easy cul- ture. Pterocarpus, diadelph. decan. and leguminosez, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. which thrive in light loamy soil, and cuttings not deprived of their leaves, root in sand under a hand-glass. Pteronia, syngen. polyg. equal. and cynarocephalee, G. tr. C. B. S. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Pterospermum, monad. dodec. and malvacee, G. tr. E. Ind. which thrive well in light loam, and cut- tings, not deprived of their leaves, root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Pterostylis, gynan. monan. and orchidew, a G. peren. N. S. W. which thrives in sandy loam and peat, without much water after it has done flower- ing. Pterygodium, gynan. monan. and orchidea, a G. peren. C. B.S. which may be treated as ptero- Stylis. a Public squares, their formation, 7319; manage- ment, 7491. Puccoon, sanguinaria canadensis. Puddling or mudding the roots of plants, 6849. Puddling to hold water, 1719. Pulhawa, a seat near Lublin, in Poland, 283. Pullein, Samuel, M. A., his work on gardening, page 1105. A. D. 1760. Pulmonaria, lungwort, pentan. monog. and bora. gine, H. peren. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy cul- ture in light soil. Pulsatilla, pasque flower, polyan. polyg. and ranun- culacez, ft peren. Eur. which grow best in light sandy soil, and may be increased by division at the root. Pultenza, decan. monog. and leguminosee, S. tr. Austral. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a bell.glass in sand. wy, Ric mney WA works potany 12 ture in 3" Punica oe Punnet, 2§ Basket. Pupalia, pent and peren. rich soil, 4! lass in hea Pursh, FL AY or, a system the Plants ¢ Puslane,=* Purslane-tree Puttenlam P Pyenanthem peren. S./ and are 1n¢ Pye, Bos$4. Pyrethrum, ‘corymbitere H, peren. J Pyrola, winte ‘peren. Brit best in san are increase hand.glass. Pyrus, the ap ‘and rosacee, and increase Pyrus aria, the Pyrus aucupat Pyrus commu Pyrus domest Pyrus malus, Pyrus tormin: Pyxidanthera, peren, Carol be increased Pyt House, W Quaking grass Quassia, decal Ind. which ripened cut ated, root r Queenby Hal Queensborou Querber, J— A. D, 1800, Quercitron, t Quercus, oak tr. N. Ame and are in layers and| Quercus cerr Turkey oak Quercus robu 7070, Queria, trian, Spain, of co Quillwort, iso Quince.tree, Quincunx, a) 2076. Quintinie, J page 1116, Quisqualis, Ind, clin and root fre Raby Castle, D diol, all-seg aH, an, Brit had sl las by aly Wii 0 al is = nat ad Dy, stich ate{Otten ty aK dioentae al Od E Ind and H and in iad Many amy i iso ppapatg Ppa thet. id Corymtifere, ¢ ely in rich ht ally under a hand. id myteare,§ ei fruit here they Tipe fut readily; 10 sand under& 1, bt, 8, nd Ijeopodinee,§ | grows in loam and der a handglasin fd leguminsee, a§ chiefiy(. B§ which a, and are increased lasso by sels, ! root,$33, OL, adit, St, W, nd peat, at cutings 5 and flee,§ re, Mad, N.8. 0, Amer alo exo and lguminoee, ire in Dght loamy a oftheir aes, root anfoynatoeptalee, Joan ad peta hand-gas and marae, Gt ght Iam, and cl- l lara, rot freely and orchidee,& 6 resin sandy Jom a ferithasdone fone and orhidee,#¥: pe treated a8 le” ton, 674 ion TM (03; pune, tiod, 7319} anage- et sof pas 6eHt, in poland, i rk 00 aren a, org 2 x amet of ay yal, pol wl } fest Po ich fe gon 2h Pulteney, Richard, F. R. S., author of various bota- nical works, and of Sketches of the Progress of Botany in England, 2 vols. 8vo. 1790. He died in 1801. Pumpkin, cucurbita pepo, 4208. Pumps used in gardening, 1716. Punica, pomegranate, icos. monog. and myrteacex, a G. peren. W. Ind. H. tr. S. Europ. of easy cul- ture in light soil, and increased by cuttings. Punica granatum, the common pomegranate, 5952. Punnet, a small flat basket of from four to twelve inches in diameter, and one to three inches deep, formed of split wood or shavings of timber,— see 3asket. Pupalia, pentan. monog. and amaranthacee, a S. tr. and peren. E. Ind. which grows readily in light rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand- glass in heat. Pursh, Fl. Amer., Flora Americe Septentrionalis; or, a Systematic Description and Arrangement of the Plants of North America, by Frederick Pursh. Purslane,—see Portulaca. Purslane-tree, portulacaria afra. Puttenham Priory, Surrey, 7527. to 1217. Pycnanthemum, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, H. peren. S. Amer. which thrive in light rich soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Pye, H., Esq., his ideas on laying out public squares, 7321. Pye, Mrs. Hampden, her works on gardening, page 1108. A. D. 1775. Pyrethrum, feverfew, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, G. tr. Teneriffe and Canaries, and H. peren. Europe, of easy culture. Pyrola, winter green, decan. monog. and ericez, H. peren. Brit. rather difficult to cultivate; they do best in sand or gravel, in a shady situation, and are increased by seeds or young cuttings under a hand-glass. Pyrus, the apple, pear, service,&c. icos. di-pentag. and rosacee, H. peren. chiefly Eur. of easy culture, and increased by seeds, layers, cuttings,&c. Pyrus aria, the whitebeam-tree, 4768. Pyrus aucuparia, the mountain ash, 4767. Pyrus communis, the pear, 4433. Pyrus domestica, the true service, 4473. Pyrus malus, the apple-tree, 4339. Pyrus torminalis, the wild service, 4768. Pyxidanthera, pentan. monog. and ericer, a H. peren. Carolin. which thrives in peat soil, and may be increased by cuttings under a hand-glass. Pyt House, Wiltshire, 7596. Q. Quaking grass,— see Briza. Quassia, decan. monog. and magnoliacee, S. tr. W. Ind. which flower freely in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings, taken off at a joint, not defoli- ated, root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Queenby Hall, Leicestershire, 7573. Queensborough, a seat in Galway, 7672. Querber, J——, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1800. Quercitron, the dyer’s oak, 7072. Quercus, oak, moneec, polyan. and amentacee, H. tr. N. Amer. and Eur. which grow in loamy soil, and are increased by seeds, and some sorts by layers and grafting. Quercus cerris, the luccombe oak a variety of the Turkey oak, 7071. Quercus robur and pedunculata, the common oak, 7070. Queria, trian. monog. and caryophyllee, a H. an. Spain, of common culture. Quillwort, isoetes lacustris. Quince-tree,—see Cydonia. f Quincunx, a mode of planting or disposing of objects, 2076. Quintinie, Jean de la, his writings on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1696. Quisqualis, decan. monog. and combretacee, S. tr. E. Ind. climbers, which grow in loam and peat, and root freely in sand under a hand-glass. R. Raby Castle, Durham, 7585, Radiola, all-seed, tetran. tetrag. and sempervivez, GENERAL INDEX. Radish,— see Raphanus. Radnorshire, gardens of, 7610. Rafflesia arnoldii, and R. horsfieldii, 6737. Rafnia, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a G. bien. C. B. S. of common culture. Ragged Robin, lychnis floscuculi. Ragwort,— see Othonna. Rails, or railings, used in gardening, 1803. and 6092.» Rain-gauge, or pluviometer, 1286. Rainham, a seat in Norfolk, 7554. Raith, a seat in Fifeshire, described, 7635. Rajania, dicec. hexan. and dioscorex, a S. peren. W. Ind. which thrives well in rich loam, and is increased by dividing at the roots. Rake(vateau, Fr.), different kinds of, 1314. Raking, 1874. Ramonda, pentan. monog. and solanacea, a H peren. Pyrenees, which thrives in dry rockwork or in pots, in loam and peat, and is increased by dividing at the root, or by seeds. Ramoon-tree,— see‘Trophis. Rampion,—see Campanula and Phytcuma. Ramsay, James, a Scotch landscape-gardener, 3635. Ramson, allium ursinum. Rana arborea, or tree-frog, 6086. Randia, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, S. tr. Afr. and W. Ind. which grow best in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass, in moist heat. Ranft, 1. F., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1788. Le his essay on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 81 Ranunculus, crowfoot, polyan. polyg. and ranuncu- lace, H. peren. bien. and an. of easy culture in common garden-soil, some requiring a moist situation, and others, as R. aquatilis, to be planted in shallow water. Ranunculus asiaticus, the garden ranunculus, 6256. Rape, brassica napus. Raphanus, radish, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferez, a H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. of easy culture. Raphanus sativus, the garden radish, 3574; to force the radish, 3403 Rapin, René, a French writer on gardening, page 1116. A. D. 1665. Rapistrum, tetrad. silic. and cruciferee, H. an. Egypt and Eur. of common culture. Rarities, as garden decorations, 1841. Raspberry, rubus idzus, 4696.— see Rubus. Rastillion, a seat in the county of Cork, 7666. Rathfarnham Castle, a seat in the county of Dub- lin, 7653.: ae B. A., his works on gardening, page 1120. ). 180 Rauwolfia, pentan. monog. and apocynez, St. tr. S. Amer. and Jamaica, which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings may be rooted in sand under a hand-glass. Ravensworth Castle, Durham, 7584. Re, Filippo, his works on gardening, page 1128, A. D 1809 Rea, John, gent., his works on gardening, page 1101. AS 1665. Read’s garden syringe, 1419. Reaumuria, polyan, pentag. and ficoidex, a F. tr. Syria, a handsome flowering plant in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root under a hand lass. Red Castle, a seat in Ross-shire, 7647. Red cedar, juniperus virginiana. Red Rise, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Red spider,— see Acarus. Redgrave Hall, Suffolk, 7552. Redouté, J. P. and©. A. Thory, their works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1819. Reeds,—see Arundo. f i Reeds, coverings of, used in gardening, 1520. Regent’s Park, London, 7313._: Regina Claudia(Reine Claude, Fr.), Queen Claudine, a plum, the green gage of this country,—see Plums, 4553. Reid, John, his works on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1683. Relhania, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, a G. tr. C. B.S. which grows in rich, light soil, and cuttings root under a hand-glass. Religion, its influence on gardening, 512. Rem. on Hot., Remarks on Hot-houses, page A112. A. D. 1803. a H. an. Brit. of easy culture. a Be.=2 2. Panne nepeais I Rendcome, a seat in Gloucestershire, 7565. s ‘ Mea eee eR eS ree Ne 1218 GENERAL INDEX. Rendella, Prospera, his work page 1198, A. D. 1698.” nos! eam ae Rendlesham Hall, Suffolk, 7552. Renfrewshire, gardening of, 7628. Repton, Humphrey, Esq. his writings on gardening, page 1111. A. D. 1795. Reseda, dodec. trig. and capparidez, G. tr. Spain, C. B.S. and H. peren. bien. and Eur. all of easy culture., Reseda odorata, the mignonette, 6484; tree-mig- nonette, 6487. Residences, the formation and laying out of, 7270; mansion and demesne, villa, villa farm, ferme ornée, temporary residences, cottage ornée, citizen’s villa, suburban house, house with car- riage-entrance, house with covered entrance, house and conservatory, house and_ flower- garden-entrance, house and French parterre, common front or street garden, farmer’s garden, laborer’s cottage and garden, 7271. to 7311. Resinous timber-trees, the most useful sorts de- scribed, 7039. Resson, Jean Baptiste Deschines de, a author on gardening, page 1117. A. D. 17 Rest-harrow,—see Ononis. Restio, rope-grass, dicec. trian. and restiacex, a G. peren. C, B. S. which thrives in peat soil, and is increased by dividing at the root. Retarding vegetation, operations for, 2177. Retreat, Devonshire, 7600. Retzia, pentan. monog. and convolvulacee, a G. tr.¢C. B.S. which thrives in any rich soil, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand- glass. Rhagadiolus, syngen. polyg. sequal. and cichoracez, H. an. Eur. of common culture, Rhagodia, polyg. moneec. and chenopodee, a G. tr. N.S. W. which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Rhamnus, buckthorn, pentan. monog. and rham- ne, G. tr. China, C. B.S. and H. tr. Eur. and N. Amer.; the G. sorts thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass; the H. species grow in the common soil, and are increased by layers or seeds; some of these are evergreens, others decumbent. Rhapis, polyg. moneec. and palmez, a S. tr. and G. bien. China and Carolina, which thrive in sandy loam, and are increased by suckers. Rheed. mal., Hortus Indicus Malabaricus, Ador- natus per Henr. van Rheede van Drakenstein. Rheum, rhubarb, ennean. trig. and polygonee, H. peren. Eur. and Asia, of easy culture. Rheum rhaponticum, common culinary or tart- rhubarb, 4196; to force rhubarb, 4203. Rhexia, octan. monog. and melastomee, a S. tr. S. Amer. and F. and H. peren. N. Amer, beautiful plants which grow best in peat soil, and are readily increased. Rhinanthus, yellow rattle, didyn. angios. and scro- phularinee, a H. an. which prefers a peat soil, and a moist situatioon. Rhipsalip, icosan. monog. and cactew, D. S. tr. W. Ind. and S. Amer. succulents of easy culture. Rhodiola, rose-root, dicec. octan. and sempervivez, a H. peren..(Brit. of easy culture in dry soil. Rhododendron, decan. monog, and rhodoracee, G. F. and H, tr. chiefly N. Amer. which prefer eae soil, and are increased by layers or seeds, 6: rench 6 Rhodora, decan. monog. and rhodoracee, a Histr: N. Amer. which may be treated like rhodo- dendron. Rhopala, tetrandr. monogyn. and proteacee, S. tr. which grow in sandy loam, with a little peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Rhubarb,— see Rheum. Rhus, sumach, pentan. trig. and_terebintacex, Ss. and G. tr. chiefly C.B.S. and H. tr. N. Amer. The G. sorts thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in sand; the H. kinds grow in common soil, and are in- creased by cuttings of the roots, or layers. Rhynchospora, trian. monog. and cyperacee, H. peren. Brit. grasses of easy culture. Rib-grass, plantago lanceolata. Ribes, the currant and gooseberry, pentan. monog. and cacter, H. tr. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy culture. Ribes grossularia, the gooseberry, 4634. Ribes nigrum, the black currant, 4678. Ribes rubrum, the red currant, 4680. Ribes spicatum, the acid or tree currant, 4769. Ribstone Hall, Yorkshire, 7582, Rice,— see Oryza. Richard,» his works on gardeni 9 4. D. 1802. g ing, page 1121. Richardia, hexan. monog. and rubiacee, a S. tr. Vera Cruz, which grows in loam and peat‘and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass, 4 Richmond Hill, Surrey, 7527. Richmond Park, Surrey, 7529. Ricinus, palma Christi, moncec. monad, and euphor- biacee, S. bien. and an. and G. tr. E. Ind. and Africa, of easy culture: the tr. species root from cuttings taken off at a joint, and planted under a hand-glass. Ricotia, tetrad. silic. and cruciferez, a H. an. Egypt, of common culture.“ Ridging, 1871.—see Operations. Riding, a carriage-road or indicated path fit for horses and carriages, made for the display of the scenery of a residence, 7265. Riedel, J. C., his works on gardening, page 1125. AS DE 1751. Rieffelson, Pt., his works on gardening, page 1127. Jel Dh lk Rills, how to form or improve in garden-scenery, 7223. 5 Ring-fence,— see Kitchen-garden. Ringing for maturation of fruits, 2168. Ringing to induce a state of fruitfulness, different modes of performing the operation, 2167. Risso, A. and A. Poiteau, their works on gardening, page 1122, A.D. 1818. Ritter, Charles, his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1804. Rivenhall Place, a seat in Essex, 7194. Rivers, to improve in garden-scenery, G223i tO) imitate their effects on plants in an aquarium, 6180. Riviere, dela, and Du Moulin, their work on garden- ing, page 1117. A. D. 1739. Rivinia, tetran. monog. and chenopodee, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow freely in light, rich soil, and are readily increased by cuttings or seeds. Roads, to form, 1935. Roard, J. L., his tract on gardening, page 1121; A. D. 1805. Robin, C—, his works on gardening, page 1121. A. D. 1801. Robinia, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, S. tr. E. and W. Ind. and H. tr. Siberia; the S. species grow in sandy loam, and are increased by seeds from India, or young cuttings planted in sand under a bell-glass; the H. sorts grow freely in common soil, and are increased by layers, or gratt- ing on R. pseudacacia, or from seeds. Robinia pseudacacia, the common acacia, or Ame- rican locust-tree, 7105. Robinson,——, his works on gardening, page 1112. 1798: Rocambole, allium scorodoprasum, Roche Great Court, Wiltshire, 7596. Rocholl, A, his works on gardening, page 1126, A. D. 1803. Rock-rose,— see Cistus. Rocket,— see Hespetis. Rocks, as decorations of gardening, 1837; natural rocks, how to operate on, in garden-scenery, 7228. Rockwork, how to form and plant, 6525. Rocque, Bartholomew, his work on gardening, page 1104, A. D. 1753. Rode,——, his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1788. Rodenhurst, T—, his work on gardening, page 1109. A. D. 1784. Roehampton Grove, Surrey, 7527. Roella, pentan. monog. and campanulacee, a G. tr. peren. and an. C. B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by seeds or young cuttings under a hand-glass. Rolandra, syngen. polyg. segr. and cynarocephalee, aS. tr. W. Ind. which thrives in light, rich soil, and is readily increased by cuttings. Roller, 1455. Rolling, 1880. Rémer, J. Jacques, his works on gardening, page 1125, AS D9 Rondeletia, pentan. monog. and rubiacee, Gar W. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Rookery, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Rook’s Nest, a villa in Surrey, 7527. Root-cellar, 1704. ots first Roots of W Rope-gtas Rosa, 1086 tr, Chit in light ahand soil, a0 graltin Rose,— Rose, ginate pagatt insects Rose-aca Rose-cal Rose of Rose-100 Rosemar Rose, JO 4D. Rosenbur' A.D. Rossignol 1120./ H. an. Rotterdat Rotting-g Rottlera, which§ in sand Rough ct Roulet, J 11971. 4 Rous, Au A.D, 1 Roxb. cor Will. R Roxburgh Roxburgh peren.| peat, al dividin Roxburg Royal ge Royal g Royal Ham at Ke Rubia, 1 and H Rubus, and G. the ter tings chief and; sorts Rubus thee berry Cesil Rudbec A.D, Rudbec 1130, Rudbee! Tee,} cultur Rudolph 1196, Rue,~ alt ape i Mie, Mtr ia aa ahandabs ) t Monad, and exh Ng ud Gt Ind Net eis rot fy ba planted ud fren, aH. a, Bey Us Indicated path ft fir forthe display ofthe gardening, page 1195, M gardening, ype 119, rove in garden senery, of fruitfulnes, diferent operation, 2167, their works on gardenin, gardening, pare I, sai arden.seenery,(2;| p plans in an aquanu, thei work on garde. j Baie.| yang, page UL 3 00 gai pe and legume, fh E fy Sientthe 5. seis od are een seal antl in sand sow fel| yan ogra| ot ro Se veh sqata is ny cig PR ih arr lth, IN rkgon garden pet : ing, 185) pate f pardenit| 185 e HA a rden-Xe4{ 1 4 unt, 6 rd i gael page : 00 garttis ei yee? oe rat 5 ok OF re vee, 16 fi can jp Jon i ¢, ich ae vt eel OI ant uy) i 0 ad zs = zw SE See LS ee| GENERAL INDEX. 1219 Roots first used by man as food, 28. Roots of wild plants, edible, 4300. Rope-grass,— see Restio. Rosa, rose, icos. polyg. and rosacew, G. Fr. and H. tr. China and Europe; the tender species grow in light rich soil, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass; the H. sorts grow best in good rich soil, and are increased by layers or by budding or grafting. Rose,— see Rosa. Rose, table of the species whence have been ori- ginated most of the ornamental sorts, 6546; pro- pagation, final situation, general culture, forcing, insects, 6547. to 6561. Rose-acacia, robinia hispida. Rose-campion,—see Agrostemma. Rose of Jericho, anastatica hierochuntica. Rose-root,—see Rhodiola. Rosemary,— see Rosmarinus. Rose, John, his works on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1666. Rosenburg, O—— F——, his works on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 1808. Rosmarinus, rosemary, dian. monog. and labiatex, a G. tr. Chili and H. tr. Eur. of easy culture in dry light soil, and increased by cuttings. Rosmarinus officinalis, the common rosemary, 4179. Réssig, K. Glo., his works on gardening, page 1127, D. 1807. Rossignol, Y Abbé de, his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1797. Rosslyn House, Middlesex, 7520. Ross-shire, gardens of, 7647. Rotation of crops, rationale of, 1107; new opinions on, 1110; in kitchen-gardens, 2556. and 2557. Rotboellia, hard-grass, trian. digyn. and graminee, H. an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Rotheras, a seat in Herefordshire, 7568. Rothia, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, a H. bien. and an. S. Eur. of common culture. Rotterdam, gardens of, 128. Rotting-ground in nurseries, 6979. Rottlera, dicec. icos. and............, a G. tr. E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Rough chervil,— see Anthriscus. Roulet, Jean Antoine, his work on gardening, page 1127. A D. 1817. Roux, Augustin, his works on gardening, page 1117. A.D. 1750. Roxb. cor., Plants of the coast of Coromandel. By Will. Roxburgh. Roxburgh House, a seat in Ross-shire, 7647. Roxburghia, octand. monogyn. and salicarex, a S. peren. E. Ind. a climber which grows in loam and peat, and may be increased, but not readily, by dividing at the root. Roxburghshire, gardens of, 7621. Royal gardener, 7387. Royal gardens, and their management, 7451. Royal gardens of Britain; at Carlton House, Hampton Court, Kensington, and Pimlico, 7523; at Kew and Richmond, 7529; at Windsor and Frogmore, 7562; at Brighton, 7553. Royena, decan. dig. and ebenacee, G. tr. C. B.S. which thrive in loam and peat, and ripencd cuttings root readily in sand under a hand- glass. Royer, Johann, his work on gardening, page 1123. A.D 164- Rubia, madder, tetran. monog. and rubiacee, G. tr. and H. per. Eur. of easy culture in light rich soil. Rubus, bramble, icos. polyg. and rosacex, a S. tr. and G. tr. E. Ind. and H. tr, Eur. and N. Amer.; the tender kinds thrive in rich light soil, and cut- tings root under a hand-glass; the H. sp. are chiefly prickly trailers, which grow in any soil, and are increased by suckers or seeds, and some sorts by cuttings. Rubus idzeus, the raspberry, 4696; R. fruticosus, the common bramble; R. chamamorus, the cloud- berry; R. arcticus, the crimson bramble; and R. cesius, the dewberry, 4770. to 4773. Rudbeck, Olaus, his work on gardening, page 1129. A.D. i664. Rudbeck, Olaus, filius, his works on gardening, page 1130. A.D. 1686. Rudbeckia, syngen. polyg. frustran. and corymbife- rex, F. and H. peren. and an. N. Amer. of easy culture.‘ Rudolphi, J. C——, his works on gardening, page 1126, A.D. 1802. Rue,—see Ruta. 4] Ruellia, didyn. angios. and acanthacea,§ tr. and G. peren. Ind. and Amer. pretty plants of easy culture in light rich soil.‘ i Ruins as objects in garden-scenery, 1839. and 7257. Ruizia, monad. polyan. and malvacea, a S. tr. Bourb. which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Rum. Amb., Ge. Everh. Rumphii Herbarium Am- boinense. Rumex, dock, hexan. trig. and polygonee, S. and G. tr. and peren. Afr. and H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture.» Rumex patientia, patience-dock, or spinage-dock, 3807 Rumex scutatus and acetosa, the garden-sorrels, 3799. Runners, to propagate by, 1991. Ruppia, tetran. tetrag. and naiadexw, a H. peren. Brit. a submarine aquatic, which should be grown in sand, kept moist, and occasionally strewed with salt. Rupture-wort,—see Herniaria. Rusborough, a seat in Wicklow, 7654. Ruscus, butcher’s broom, dicec. monad. and smi- lacee, a G. and H. tr. Eur. under-shrubs, ever- greens, which will grow in shady situations, and are increased by dividing at the root. Rush,—see Juncus. Rush-broom, viminaria denudata. Rush-nut, cyperus esculentus,—see Cyperus. Rushbrook Hall, Suffolk, 7552. Rushton Hall, Northamptonshire, 7580, Russel Square, London, 7320. Russelia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, a S. tr. S. Amer. a pretty plant which thrives in light rich soil, and cuttings root readily under a hand- glass in heat. Ruta, rue, decan. monog. and rutacee, G. and H. tr. and peren. Eur. and Afr. under-shrubs, ever- greens which prefer light soil, and are readily in- creased by cuttings or seeds. Rutlandshire, gardens and residences of, 7579. Rutter, James, and Daniel Carter, their works on gardening, page 1107. A.D. 1767. Rye,—see Secale. Rye-grass, lolium perenne. S. Sabal, hexan. trig. and palmee, a S. peren. Florida, which grows in light sandy loam, and may be oc- casionally increased by suckers. Sabb. hort., Sabbati(liberatus) Hortus romanus. Sabbatia, pentan. monog. and gentianex, H. bien, N. Amer. of easy culture. Saccharum, sugar-cane, trian. digy. and graminez, a S. peren. Ind. which grows in rich loam, and is increased by suckers or cuttings of the stem. Sacconi, Agostino, his work on gardening, page 1128, A.D. 1697. Sacred bean,— see Nelumbium. Sage,— see Salvia. Sagina, pearlwort, tetran. tetrag. and caryophyllee, Hi, an. Brit. of easy culture. Sagittaria, arrow-head, moneec. polyan. and alisma- cee, S. and G. peren. China and Amer. and H. peren. Brit. and Amer. aquatics of easy culture. Sagittaria sagittifolia, common arrow-head, 4300, Sago-palm, sagus rumphii. Sagus, sago-palm, moneec. hexan. and palmee, a S. tr. which requires a sandy loam and a strong moist heat. st. Andrew’s cross, ascyrum crux Andrex, St. Anne’s Hill, a seat in Surrey, 7527, Saint Etienne, Claude de, a French author on gar- dening, page 1116. A.D. 1660. St. John’s wort,— see Hypericum. St. Laurence’s Cottage, Hampshire, 7594. St. Mary’s Isle, a seat in Kircudbrightshire, 7625. St. Peter’s wort, symphoria glomerata. Saint Peravi, Guermeau de, his works on garden- ing, page 1118. A. D. 1765. Saint Simon, Marquis de, his works on gardening, page 1118. A.D. 1768. Saintfoin,— see Hedysarum. Salad, to grow in cellars, 3992. Salad-plants,— see Acetarious Plants. Salads from wild plants, 4311. Salicornia, glasswort, monan. monog. and chenopo- dee, a G. tr. Arabia, and a H. tr. peren. and an. Brit. succulent salt-marsh plants, which grow in rich light soil not overwatercd, 9 — x Se 1220 GENERAL INDEX. Salicornia herbacea, samphire, 4282, Salisburia, moneec. polyan. and podocarpee, a H. tr. Japan, which grows in sheltered situations, in common garden soil, and is increased by layers. Salisbury Craig, a hill at Edinburgh, how to im- prove, 7317. Salisbury, Richard Anthony, Esq. F. R.S.,&c. his writings on gardening, page 1110. A.D. 1791. Salisbury, William, his writings on gardening, page LZ AGD 1797. Salix, willow, dicec. monan. and amentacez, a S. tr. E. Ind. and H. tr. Eur. and N. Amer. which grow mostly in moist soil, and are readily in- creased by cuttings. Salix alba, the Huntington and other tree willows grown for timber, 7144. Salix viminalis, the common osier, and other basket and hoop willows, 7149. Sallows,— see Salix. Salsify,— see Tragopogon. Salsola, saltwort, pentan. dig. and chenopodee, a G. tr. S. Eur. and a H. peren. and an, Eur. and Afr. which may be treated like salicornia., Salt, as a manure, 1189. Salt-tree, robinia halodendron. Salt-wort,— see Salsola. Salter, J——, his work on gardening, page 1114. A.D. 1816. Salton Hall, a seat in East Lothian, 7619. Sa.tram, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Salvia, sage, dian. monog. and labiatex, S. and G. tr. and peren. and H. tr. peren. and an. all of easy culture in light sandy soil. Salvia officinalis, the common sage, 4140, Salvia sclaree, clary, 4145. Salxmann, F. Z., gardener to the King of Prussia, 208; his works on gardening, page 1124, A. D. 1781. Sam., Samouelle’s Entomologist’s Useful Com- panion. Samboursky,, his poem on gardens, page 1131. A.D. 1788 Sambucus, elder, pentan. trig. and caprifolex, H. tr. and a peren. Eur. and Amer. of easy culture, and increased by cuttings or seeds. Sambucus nigra, the common elder, as a fruit-tree, 4627; asa forest tree, 7119. Samphire,—see Crithmum and Inula. Samroff, Cp. L., his works on gardening, page 11255 A.D. 1788. Samyda, decan. monog. and homalinex, Sate. Ind. which grow, though shyly, in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Sandal-wood, santalum album. Sandbeck(sand-brook), a seat in Yorkshire, 7582. Sandbox-tree,— see Hura. Sandon, a seat in Staffordshire, 7570. Sandwell Park, Staffordshire, 7570. Sandwort,— see Arenaria. Sang, Edward, his edition of Nicol’s Planter’s Kalendar, page 1112. A.D. 1798, Sanguinaria, puccoon, polyan. monog. and papa- veracee, a H.peren. which grows best in light sandy soil, and increases by seeds, or offsets from the root. Sanguisorba, great burnet, tetran. monog. and ro- sacee, H. peren. Brit. and Amer. of common culture. Sanicle,— see Sanicula,; Sanicula, sanicle, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, H. peren. Brit. and Amer. of easy culture. Sans Souci, a royal palace at Potsdam, 208. Sanseviera, hexan. monog. and hemerocallidez, S. peren. and a H. peren. E. Ind. and China, succu- lents increased by suckers. Santalum, sandal-wood, tetran, monog. and santa- lacee, aS. tr. E. Ind. which grows in light loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Santolina, lavender-cotton, syngen. polyg. qual. and corymbiferee, H. tr. and per. Eur. which grow in common garden soil, and are readily in- creased by cuttings.- Sanvitalia, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, a H. an. Mexico, of easy culture.; Sapindus, soapberry, octan. trig. and sapindiacee, a S. tr. and G. tr. Amer. which thrive well in loam and peat, and large cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass.: be moncec. monad. and euphorbiacez, a S. tr. . Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Saponaria, soapwort, decan. dig. and 7 y FL peren. and an. Eur, of pee area vouhyher Sarcophyllum, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, a G tr. C. B.S. a succulent which grows in loam and peat, not overwatered, and cuttings root readily in sand under a bell-glass.: Sarcostemma, pentan., dig. and asclepiadew, a S. tr. E. Ind. a climber which grows in loam and peat and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. i Sarracenia, side-saddle flower, polyan. monog. and ssaseesssees, F. peren. N. Amer. which grow in pots with turfy peat at the bottom, and the upper part filled with sphagnum, in which the plants must be set, and then placed in pans of water in a shady situation. Sartorelli, G. B., his works on gardening. QC A.D. 1816.” Deca ee Sassafras-tree, laurus sassafras. Satureja, savory, didyn. gymnos. and labiatea, a S. tr. G. tr. and H. peren, and an. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy culture. Satureja montana and hortensis, winter and summer garden savory, 4170. Satyrium, gynan. monan. and orchidex, G. peren. S. Eur. which grow in sandy loam and peat, with little water, when not in a growing state, and are increased by seeds. Saururus, lizard’s tail, heptan. tetrag. and naiadee, a H. peren. an aquatic increased by parting at the root. Saussai, le Sieur de, a French writer on gardening, page 1117. A.D. 1722. Saussure, Nicolas de, his works on gardening, page 1124. A.D.1775. Savanna-flower, echites suberecta. Savi, Getano, his work on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 1811 Savin, juniperus sabina. Savory,— see Satureja. Saw, 1331. Saw-wort,— see Serratula. Sawing, 1883. Saxifraga, saxifrage, decan. dig. and saxifrager, F. and H. peren. and an. Eur. and N. Amer. chiefly alpines, and well adapted for rockwork; but some, as S. nivalis, hirculus,&c. are marsh plants; all are of easy culture. Saxifraga crassifolia, as a tea-plant, 4319. Saxifrage,— see Saxifraga. Scabiosa, scabious, tetran. monog. and dipsacezx, G. tr. C. B.S. and H. peren. and an. Eur. all of easy culture in common light soil. Scabious,— see Scabiosa. Sczevola, pentan. monog. and goodenovee, a S. tr. and G. tr. and peren. W. Ind. and Austral. which grow freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Scammony,—see Convolvulus scammonia. Scandix, cicely, pentan. dig. and umbelliferez, H. an. Eur. and Persia, of easy culture Scandix cerefolium, chervil, 4107. Scandix odorata, sweet cicely, 4314. Scare: for birds and vermin, used in gardening, 1D. Schabol, Jean-Roger, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1767. Schefferia, dicec. tetran, and«ss, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and may be increased by layers or cuttings in sand under a bell-glass. Scheuchzeria, hexan. trig. and alismacer, a H. peren. Engl. a marsh plant increased by seeds. Schiller, 1. K., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1795. Schinus, dicec. decan. and terebintacee, G. tr. and H. tr. S. Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings, with their leaves not short- ened, will root freely in sand under a hand- glass. Schisandra, moneec. pentan. and menispermee, a G. tr. N. Amer. a climber which grows in sandy peat and loam, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Schk. Hand., Botanisches Handbuch. Von Christ. Schkuhr. Schkuhria, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, a H. an. Mex. of common culture.? Schmahling, L. C., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1786. Schmersail, 1. F., his works on gardening, page 1123. 170-. page 1130. A. D. 178-. Schmidt, Christian Francis, his work on gardeninge sil 4. Dl! cheeflels, J 4, D. perell yn loall under 4 rele wh git, ichrotter’s i p. I SchweitZ! Schwenki bien. G Schwobbe Scilla, sqU perell‘ easy cl Scilla esc Scions for Scirpus,| cee, a§ grasses Scirpus tl Scleranth H, pere sandy st Sclerocarp feree, a Solerothat G, tr, of peat, al bell-gla: Scleroxyl G, tr and np ]ass, Scolopenc filicee, earth in Scolymus, cichorac As, and Scone Pal Scoparia, an. Jat Scopolia Ind. ¥ root il Scorpio1 Scorpio Scorpiul minos Scorzon cichor cultu Scorzon Scotlan Scottia, N. Hi young under Screen] Screens Screens Screw- Bad cary iy abe eg i Kraitaee aG, ~ BOW oa and Citing Teatlly i Acleiake 19 M8 lam any yea et a hand pa + Poljau, mone.» ts wbich eo oe , ad the upper pt ch the plants mt 8 of Water in a shay | patdening, rae 10 aid Lbiatew, a§ an, Bur, and N, Amer 88, iter and summer nd otthidee, Geren, dy loam and pea, a growing state, and are an, tetrag, and naiade, creased by parting atthe ich iter on gardening york on gardening, page berecta.‘ on gatdening page 118 \. nig and waite, F, Bur, and NY Ame, hie pte for rockon; but use. aremanh pas teapot,$18 i Bly in’ moog, and disse, G, and at. Bur, lof) sal and ponenovee,@ Str ; le Austra. which peal, ad ets My {us seo ig and unbeliferee, i Pou nil, ah ice ah wal tl pe works O0 gai Be a mon Fi Ls if a jam dt es or tig’ js ‘ i gd ams Te et pay, pope $01 gar f c ty, ald tt Oe 0 aa ran ad ia) rs 4 out wr | i Schmidt, 1. C. E., his works on gardening, page 1124. A. D. 1776. Scheeffer, J. C., his works on gardening, page 1123. A. D, 1761. Schoenbrunn(fine brook, or well), gardens of, at Vienna, 205. and 218. Scheenus, bog-rush, trian. monog. and cyperacee, H, peren. Brit. of the easiest culture in marshy round. otia, decandria monogynia and leguminoseee, S. tr. C.B.S. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings in pots of sand, plunged in mould (not in tan) under a hand-glass, will soon strike root. Sohrankia, polyg. monec. and leguminosee, a S. peren, and G, peren. N. and S. Amer. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings will root in sand under a bell-glass. Schreiber, I. C., bis work on gardening, page 1197. A. D. 1820. Schrotter, J. Sm., his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1802. Schweitzingen, Duke of Baden’s gardens at, 214. Schwenkia, dian. monog. and scrofularinee, a S. bien. Guinea, of easy culture. Schwobber, gardens of, in Hanover, 204. Scilla, squill, hexan. monog. and asphodelee, a G. peren. and H. peren. Eur. and C. B.S. bulbs of easy culture. Scilla esculenta, the quamash, 4534. Scions for grafting(scéon, Fr.), 2043. Scirpus, club-rush, triand. monogynia and cypera- cee, a S. peren. E. Ind. and H. peren. Brit. marsh grasses of easy culture. Scirpus tuberosus, the water-chestnut, 6032. Scleranthus, knawel, decan. dig. and portulacez, a H. peren. and an. Brit. which grow best in light, sandy soil, and are easily propagated. Sclerocarpus, syngen. polygam. frust. and corymbi- feree, a G. an. Guinea, of common culture. Sclerothamnus, decan. monog. and leguminosez, a G. tr. of N. Holl. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Scleroxylon, pentandria monogynia and sapotee, a G. tr. C.B.S. which grows in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Scolopendrium, hart’s tongue, cryptog. filices and filicee, H. peren. Brit. of easy culture in peat earth in the shade, or in pots. Scolymus, golden thistle, sygen. polyg. equal. and cichoracez, a F. bien. and H. peren, and an. Eur. As. and Afr. of easy culture. Scone Palace, Perthshire, 7636. Scoparia, tetran. monog. and scrophularinee, a S. an. Jamaica, of common culture. Scopolia, pentan. monog. and thymelee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Scorpion-grass,— see Myosotis. Scorpion-senna, coronilla emerus. Scorpiurus, caterpillar, diadelph. decan, and legu- minosez, H. an. S. Eur. of common culture, Scorzonera, viper’s grass, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, H. peren. and bien. Eur. of common culture.‘ Scorzonera hispanica, the garden viper’s grass, 3746. Scotland, gardens and residences of, 7615. Scottia, diadel. decand. and leguminosee, a G, tr. N. Holl. which thrives in loam and peat, and young cuttings, taken off at a joint, root in sand under a bell-glass. Sereen-plantations, 6794. and 6819. Screens for sheltering wall-trees, 1495. Screens for sifting earth, 1392. GENERAL INDEX. Sea-kale, crambe maritima,— see Crambe. Sea-lavender,— see Statice. Sea-parsnep,— see Echinophora. Sea-rocket, cakile maritima. Sea-side grape,— see Coccoloba. Sea-side laurel, phillanthus latifolius. Sea-side oat,—see Uniola. Seats, as garden decorations, 1816. to 1820. Sebexa, tetran. monog. and gentianee, a H. an, C. B. S. of common culture. Secale, rye, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. bien. and an. of easy culture. Secamone, pentan. dig. and asclepiadee, a S. and G. tr. Egypt and Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Securidaca, diadelphia octandria and legminosee, a S. tr. W. Ind. a climber which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a bell- glass. Securinega, Otaheite myrtle,,dicec. pentan. and eu- phorbiacee, a S. tr. which flowers freely in loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand-glass. Sedi, le Sieur de, a nurseryman at Lyons, 194. Sedmere, a seat in Yorkshire, 7582. Sedum, stoue-coa decan. penteg ae semperviveze, G. and F. tr. Madeira, and H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. and N. Amer. mostly succulents, which answer well in pots or in rockwork, and are readily increased by cuttings or dividing the plant. Sedum telephium, the true orpine, 4312, Seed-gardens, their formation, 7361; management, 7454, Seed-market, in Mark Lane, London, 7515. Seed-merchants or seedsmen, 7391. Seed-room, 1705. Seeds, physiology of, 716; duration of the vegetative principle in common garden-seeds, management ot the seed department in the nursery business, 7484, Segelsteiner, George, his works on gardening, page 1123, A. D. 1702 Seidel, C. F., his works on gardening, page 1125. A. D. 1786. Selago, didynam. gymnos. and verbenacee, Gy, tx ’. B. S. which grow in loam and peat, and cut- tings root freely in the same soil under a hand- ass. Self-heal,— see Prunella. Seligmann, J. M., his works on gardening, page 1123. A. D. 1750. Selinum, milk-parsley, pentan. dig. and umbelli- feree, H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture, and increased by dividing at the root or seeds. Selkirkshire, as to gardening, 7622. Selwood Park, Berkshire, 7561. Sempervivum, houseleek, dodec. dodecag. and sem- pervivee, G, tr. H. peren. and an. Asia, C. B.S. and Eur. succulents, which answer well treated as sedum. Senacia, pentandria monogynia and rhamnee, a Ss. tr. Bomb. which requires the same treatment as celastrus. Senecio, groundsel, syngen. polyg. super. and corym- bifereze, a S. peren. G. tr. and bien. C. B.S and H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. which grow in light soil, and are easily increased by the ordinary means. Sensitive plant, mimosa sensitiva. Septas, heptandria heptagynia and sempervivee, G. peren. C. B. S. succulents which grow in loam and peat, require little water when not in a growing state, and are increased by dividing at the roots. Septfoil,— see Tormentilla. Sepulchral structures, as garden buildings, 1792. Screw-pine—see Pandanus. Screw-tree,— see Helicteres. Scrophularia, fig-wort, didyn. angios. and scrophu- larinee, G. bien. and an. and F. and H, peren. Eur, and Amer. of easy culture. Sculptures, 1843. Sculptures, vegetable, 1844. Scunk-weed, pothos foetida. Scurvy-grass,— see Cochlearia. Scutellaria, skull-cap, didyn. gymnos. and labiateze, a S. peren. and G, tr. W. Ind. and Crete, and H. peren. Eur. of common culture. Serapias, gynandria monandria and orchidee, G. peren. S. Eur. which thrive in loam and peat, and are increased by dividing at the root or by seeds. Seriana, octan. trig. and sapindee, S. tr. S. Amer. which thrive in sandy loam, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Seriola, syngen. polyg. zequal. and cichoracee, H. peren. S. Eur, of easy culture. Serissa, pentan. monogynia and rubiacee, a G. tr. Japan, which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root freely under a hand-glass in sand. Serpicula, moneec, tetrandria and onagraree, a G, Scythe, different sorts used in gardening, 1435, and 1473. Sea-buckthorn,— see Hippophae. Sea-heath,— see Frankenia. Sea-holly, eryngium maritimum. peren, C. B.S. a creeper which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in sand. Serratula, saw-wort, syngen, polygam. zqualis and 413 19292 cynarocephalez, H. peren. Eur. of common cul- ture. Serruria, tetran, monog, and proteacee, G. tr. and a H. tr. C. B.S. tree flowerers which require the same treatment as protea. Sersalisia, pentan. monog. and sapotee, a G. tr. N. Holl. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings root readily in sand under a hand- glass. Service-tree,—see Pyrus. Sesamum, oily grain, didyn. angios. and bignonia- cee, S. an. of easy culture. Sesbana, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a S. tr. bien. and an. E, Ind. of common culture. The S. species is a beautiful plant. Seseli, meadow-saxifrage, pentan. dig. and umbelli- ferez, H. peren. bien, and an. Eur. and N, Amer, of easy culture. Sesleria, trian. monoy. and graminez, H. peren. Eur. of easy culture. Sesuvium, icos. di-pentag. and ficoidez, S. peren. and an. W. Ind. and S. Amer. succulents which grow in loam and peat, and are easily propa- gated. Shade, in arboriculture, 6765. Shallot, allium ascalonicum,— see Allium. Shanbally, a seat in Tipperary, 7657. Shane’s Castle, a seat in Antrim, 7684, Shardeloes, a seat in Buckinghamshire, 7547. Sharrock, Robert, LL.D., his works on gardening, page 1100. A. D. 1660, Shaw, Janes: his work on gardening, page 1111. 794. Shaw, William, his work on gardening, page 1113. A. D. 1807. Shaw Park, a seat in Clackmannanshire, 7633, Shears, garden, different sorts of, 1333. Sheep’s beard,—see Arnopogon. Sheep's scabious— see Jasione. Sheffield Place, Sussex, 7531. Shelter, in arborieulture, 6762. Shenstone, William, his writings on gardening, page 1106. A. D. 1764. Shepherd’s club, verbascum thapsus. Shepherd’s purse, thlaspi bursa pastoris. Sherardia, field-madder, tetran. monog. and rubia- cee, H. an. Brit. weeds. Sherborne Castle, Dorsetshire, 7598. Sherborne House, Gloucestershire, 7565. Sherbourne Castle, Oxfordshire, 7558. Sherwood Lodge, Surrey, 7527. Shewhing, or shoughing, a Scotch term for the operation of earthing in, or laying in plants by the heels, for temporary purposes. Shield- fern,—see Aspidium. Shifting, the transplanting of plants in pots, dif- ferent methods of performing, 2104, Shincliffe Hall, Durham, 7584. Shipley, a seat in Derbyshire, 7574. Shobden Court, Herefordshire, 7568. Shore-weed, littorella lacustris. Short-grove, Essex, 7542. Shovel, 1301. Shovelling, 1866. Shrub Hill, Surrey, 7527.: Shrubbery, forming the, 6130; situation, soil, walks, fence, resérve-ground, 6131. to 6137. Shrubbery, planting of, 6158; in the mingled man- ner, select manner, systematic manner, general practice, fruit-trees in shrubberies, decorations, 6139. to 6160.§ Shrubbery, its culture and management, 6187; times of planting and sowing, pruning, training, thinning, and dressing, grass plots, protecting, water, insects, 6188. to 6201. Shrubbery, considered in respect to landscape-gar- dening, 6802. Shrubby trefoil, ptelea trifoliata. Shrubs, ornamental, select, deciduous, evergreen, climbing, selection for particular purposes, for concealing vertical and horizontal defects, of rapid and bulky growth, which thrive under the shade and drip of trees, for margins of water, rocks, edgings and hedges, highly odoriferous, orna- mental by their fruit as well as flowers, for bota- nical or economical purposes, for shrubberies of limited extent, 6542. to 6587. Shugborough House, Staffordshire, 7570. Sibbaldia, pentan. pentag. and rosacee, H. peren. Eur. Alpines which grow in loam and peat, and may be increased by cuttings, under a hand- glass.; Sibthorpia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinez, a H. GENERAL INDEX. peren. Eng. which grows well in peat and loam in rockwork or in pots, and is increased by divid- Soe auie side“4 tckler, Francis Karl Ludwig, his wo «jing Page 1126. A. D. iad es ee Sickler, T. Volkman, hi c i een panneon n, his works on gardening, page Sicyos, single-seeded cucumber, moncec. monad. and cucurbitacee, a H. an. Amer. of common culture, Sida, monad. polyan. and malvacee, S. and G. tr. bien. and an. E. and W. Ind. C. B.S. and S. Amer, which flower freely in rich light soil, and are readily increased by seeds, or cuttings will root in sand under a hand-glass. Side-saddle flower,— see Sarracenia. Sideritis, ironwort, didyn. gymnos. and labiatez, G. and F. tr. peren. and an. S, Eur. and E. Ind. which grow freely in rich light soil, and are readily in- creased by cuttings. Siderodendrum, iron-tree, tetran. monog. and rubia- cew, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows in loam and peal and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Sideroxylon, iron-wood, pentan. monog. and sa- pote, a G. tr. C. B. S. which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings, a little ripened, root in sand under a hand-glass. Siegel, his works on gardening, page 1196. x D. 1802. aie see Siegesbeckia, syngen. polyg. superf. and corymbi- ferez, H. an. India and Peru, of common culture. Sec A.C., his work on gardening, page 1125, . L797. Sieve, the garden, 1394. Silene, catchfly, decan. trig. and caryophyllee, G. bien. and H. peren. bien. and an. a numerous genus, which thrive in light soil, suit well for rockwork or pots, and are readily increased by division, seeds, or cuttings. Silene inflata, the bladder-catchfly, 3952. Silk cotton tree,—see Bombax. Silphium, syngen. polygam. necess. and corymbife- ree, H. peren. N. Amer. robust, unsightly plants, easily increased. Silva, Sigismondo, his work on gardening, page 1128. A. D. 1803. Silver-tree, leucadendron argenteum. Simplicists,—see Physic Gardeners. Sinapis, mustard, tetrad. siliq. and crucifereze, a G. tr. and a H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. and E. Ind. of easy culture. Sinapis alba and nigra, white and black mustard, 4020. Sinapis arvensis, field-mustard, 4287. Sinapis Pekinensis, 4335, Sinclair, Sir John, his writings on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1813. Single-seeded cucumber, sicyos angulata. Sion,— see Scion. Sion Hill, a seat in Middlesex, 7521. Sion House, Middlesex, 7522. Sison, honewort, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, H. peren. and an. Brit, and Siber. of easy culture. Sisymbrium, tetrad. siliq. and cruciferee, a G. tr. Canaries, and H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. which grow in any soil, but most of them prefer a moist situation: S. tenuifolium, however, grows on old walls. Sisymbrium officinale, common water-cress, 4052. Site(sétus, Lat.), the situation or ground on which a building, garden, or other object stands. Sium, water-parsnep, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, H. peren. Eur. and China, chiefly aquatics, Sium sisarum, the skirret, 3740. Skelton Castle, Yorkshire, 7582. Skibo, a seat in Sutherlandshire, 7646, Skirret,— see Sisum. Skull-cap,— see Scutellaria. Slaine Castle, a seat in Eastmeath, 7661. Slaines Castle, a seat in Aberdeenshire, 7639. Sligo, county of, as to gardening, 7675. Slip, a stripe of ground. Slipper-wort,— see Calceolaria. Slips, to propagate by, 1989. Slo. hist.? A voyage to the islands of Madeira, Bar- Slo. jam.§ badoes, Nevis, St. Christopher’s, and Jamaica; with the natural history of the last of those islands. By Hans Sloane. Sloane Square, London, 7321. Sloanea, polyan. monog. and tiliacew, a S. tr. S. Amer. which thrives in loam and peat, and cut- tings may be rooted in sand under a hand-glass., pered jight sant yoo. mila, fl and perel rich lig at thet tings. Smith, Si on garde Smithiay B. Ind. ¢ Smut,— 5° Smyrniull ree, H+ P easy cult Smyrnium alisandet Snail,—S Snake's be Snake's t0) Snakewooe Snap-drag’ Snap-tree, 1715. Snow-bert Snow-droy Snow-flak Soap-bert) Soap-wort, Society of| 1103, A. Society of dening, f Sod, a tur Tasses, ae Soderini,| gardenil Soderni,§. 1811, Soft.grass, Soft-woode Soil, 927; earthy s¢ Soils, as in ing on t more c0 Soils, inn ation,| grediel lands 2 neous condit fluenc Sir H thwait Soils, tal 1034; soil to Solandré maica tended of rest Cuttin Solanum Sand all of Solanut Solanw Solanu the| Soldan flua 2 Lape ites 4d loam Uitte by dina hiv arden, 1 Batt wre Mote, Amer, of tom, Irae, Sand Gy CBS and me light sl, and tt OF Cuttings wll ry ena, 105, and labiatee, 6, nd Tod, which ald ate readily in. aH, Mone and rubia. 1§UOWS 10 lta and Sand under a hand, Man, mone, and. ch thrives in Jam and Tipeled, root tn send , pae Is atcha bak. _ neces an coi. robust ugh plans, rk on gardening, pope rpenteut arene lig and erucferee,& n and at, Bur, ad te and Hack mustard, a, AT, ings 0 gardening, PP ons angulat et,[il ani unbelifre, i ofall apf eruere®, 2 bien, ad a, Bur, wed i) “senna non ert ci or ground wich pbelliferee ‘a i, TH eget 8 fea OT na perder ist ening,(0 $ gl, 4§, the i BO al A a meet Slopes, a shrubbery at Windsor, 6159. Slug,— see Limax. Sluices, their form and situation, 1951, Small salads, 4078; to force, 3402. Smilacina, hexan. monog. and smilacee, H. peren North Amerca, which succeed best in light sandy soil, and are increased by dividing the root. Smilax, dicec. hexan. and smilacex, G. and F. tr. and peren. which grow freely in loam and peat on rich light soil, and are increased by dividing at the root, and the woody kinds also by cut- tings. Smith, Sir James Edward, M.D. F.R.S., his writings on gardening, page 1110. A.D. 1792. Smithia, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, aS. an. E. Ind. of easy culture, Smut,—see Ustilago. Smyrnium, alexanders, pentan dig. and umbellife- ree, H. peren. and a bien. Eur. and N. Amer. of easy culture. Smyrnium olusatrum, the garden alexanders or alisanders, 3948. Snail,— see Helix. Snake’s beard, ophiopogon japonicus. Snake’s tongue, lygodium scandens. Snakewood, cecropia peltata. Snap-dragon, antirrhinum majus, Snap-tree, justicia hyssopifolia. Sneeze-wort, achillea ptarmica. Snow, its formation, 1254; heat from,&c. 1207. Snow, T., his works on gardening, page 1102. A. D. 1715. Snow-berry, chiococca racemosa. Snow-drop, galanthus nivalis. Snow-flake,—see Leucojum. Soap-berry,— see Sapindus. Soap-wort,— see Saponaria. Society of Gardeners, their work on gardening, page 1103. A.D. 1730. Society of Practical Gardeners, their work on gar- dening, page 1112. A.D. 1802. Sod, a turf, or thin layer of earth, covered with grasses, taken from a lawn or pasture with a spade. Soderini, G. and Bernardo Davazati, their work on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 1622. Soderni, S., his works on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 1811 Soft-grass,— see Holcus. Soft-wooded timber-trees, 7125.: Soil, 927; mixed soils, 928; aquatic soils, 929; earthy soils, 930; vegetable soils, 938. Soils, as indicated by spontaneous vegetables grow- ing on them, 1036; list of plants indicating the more common soils, 1037. Soils, improvement of, 1068; by pulverisation, aer- ation, alteration, removal of superabundant in- gredients, incineration, changing the lands as to water, draining, embanking, subterra- neous irrigation, surface irrigation, changing the condition of lands in respect to atmospherical in- fluence, solar influence, shelter, rotation of crops, Sir H. Davy’s opinion on rotations, Grisen- thwaite’s opinion, 1069. to 1110.: F Soils, table of, their nomenclature and classification, 1034; discovering their qualities, 1035; uses of soil to vegetables, 1051. Solandra, pentan. monog. maica, free-growing plants, W tended they should flow of rest by withholding wate Cuttings root easily. Solanum, nightshade, p S. and G. tr. peren, an: 1 all of easy culture in light rich soil. Solanum lycopersicum, the love-apple, 4259. Solanum melongena, the egg-plant, 4266. Solanum tuberosum, the potatoe, the potatoe, 5381. Soldanella, pentan. monog. and primulacee, H. plants, which| Spermacoce, button-weed, in two thirds peat and one third sandy loam; they are increased peren. Germ. alpines, pretty little grow well in rockwork or in pots, by parting the root. Soldier-wood, inga purpurea. Solidago, golden rod, syngenesia polygamia super- flua and corymbiferee, H. peren. N. Amer. and Eur. large cumbersome plants of the easiest cul ture. Solomon’s seal,—see Polygonatum.: Somerfeldt, Christian, his work on gardening, pag 13$ 178-. GENERAL INDEX. condition of| Sparganium, entan. monog. and solanez, I dan. and H. peren. andan. tings root readily unde 3644; to force Spergula, spurrey, decan. pentag 1223 Somersetshire, gardens and residences of, 7599. Somolus, brook-weed, pentan. monog. and primula- cee, a G. peren. N.S. W. and 2 peren. Brit. The first grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a hand-glass; the other prefers a moist situation, and is increased by dividing at the root. Sonchus, sow-thistle, syngen. polyg. equal. and ci- choracee, G. tr. and H. peren. Madeira, N. Amer. and Eur. of easy culture. Sonchus oleraceus, the common sow-thistle, 4299. Sonnini, C. S., his works on gardening, page 1121. A.D. 1804. Sophiowski, a fine seat in Podolia, now much ne- glected, 264. Sophora, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a S. tr. India, H. tr. Japan, and H. peren. Eur.; the tender species thrive well in light loam, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass; the hardy herbs require a rich loam, and are increased by seeds or dividing at the root. Sorghum, polyg. moncec. and graminee, a S. bien. and H, peren. and an. As. and Eur. of easy cul- ture. Sorocephalus, tetran. monog. and proteacee, G. tr. C. B. S. which require to be treated as protea. Sorrel,— see Rumex. Sour gourd, adansonia digitata. South American fruits deserving cultivation, 6020. South Lodge, Middlesex, 7520. South Sea tea, ilex vomitoria. Southam House, Gloucestershire, 7565. Southern-wood, artemisia abrotanum. Southgate Grove, Middlesex, 7520. Sow-thistle,— see Sonchus. Sowerbea, hexan. monog. and asphodelex, a G. peren. N.S. W. which thrives in peat soil with plenty of water, and is increased by dividing at the root. Sowerby, James, F.L.S., his works on gardening, page 1110. A.D. 1789. Sowing, different modes of performing the oper- ation, 2071. Spade, Roman(go), Italian(zappa), French(beche), and Chinese, 31. Spade, spit or spitter(spada, Lat. and Sax. spade, Dan.), an implement for penetrating and breaking up the soil, different kinds of, 1300. Spananthe, pentan. dig. and umbelliferee, a S. bien, Caraccas, of easy culture. Spanish elm, cordia geraschanthus. Spanish nut, morea sisyrinchium. Sparaxis, triandr. monogyn. and iridee, G. peren. C. B.§. bulbs which require the same treatment as ixia. Spardoni, Paulo, his work on gardening, page 1128. A.D. 181€ bur-reed, moneec. trian. and aroidex, H. peren. Brit. marsh plants, of easy culture. Sparrmannia, polyan. monog. and tiliacee, a G. tr. C. B. S. which grows in loam and peat, and cut- tings root readily under a hand-glass. Sparrow-wort,— see Passerina. Spartium, broom, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, G. and H. tr. Europe and Africa, which thrive in ¢ loam and peat, and are readily increased by seeds, or by young cuttings in sand under a bell- and solaneacee, S. tr. Ja- glass hich, when it is in- er, must be put in a state C, Bas Ew. r till their leaves drop. protea. Spatalla, tetran. monog. and proteacee, G. tr. 5. which require the same treatment as Spathelia, pentan. trig. and terebintacez, a S. tr. Jamaica, which thrives in light loam, and cut- ra hand-glass. Speechly, William, his works on gardening, page 1108. A.D. 1779. Speedwell,— see Veronica. . and caryophyllee, H. peren. and an. of easy culture in soft moist soil. tetran. monog. and ru- biacee, a S. tr. peren. and bien. As. and Afr. which grow freely in loam and peat, and are in- creased by cuttings under a hand-glass, or by seeds. Spheranthus, syngen. polyg. segreg. and cynaroce- easy culture. Spherolobium, decan. monog. and leguminosez, G. tr. N. Holl. pretty plants, which grow in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily in sand under 2 bell-glass. ce AN phalez, a S. peren. E. Ind. and G. an. C. B.S. of ya SE ees Sa eS I ee Sphenogyne, syngén. polyg. frustran, and corymbi- feree, G. tr. anda H. an. C. B. S. which thrives well in light rich soil, and cuttings, in the shade, under a hand-glass, root freely. Sphinx elpenor, the elephant hawk-moth, 6193. Spiderwort,—see Tradescantia. Spielmannia, didyn. angios. and verbenacez, a G. tr. C. B.S. which may be treated as sphenogyne. Spigelia, worm-grass, pentan. monog. and gentianez, aS. an. W. Ind. and H. peren. Amer. which are best grown in loam and peat, and are readily in- creased by cuttings. Spignell,— see Athamanta. Spike-rush,—see Eleocharis._: Spikenard, valeriana satamansi. V. celtica and officinalis may be used as substitutes by those who prefer this sort of perfume. Spilanthes, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferez, aS. peren. bien. and an. E. Ind. and S. Amer. which grow in rich light soil, and are readily in- creased either by seeds or cuttings. Spinaceous plants, 3766.; Spinacia oleracea, the common spinage, 3767. Spinage, spinacia oleracea, 3766. Spindle-tree,— see Euonymus. Spirea, icos. di-pentag. and rosacer, H. tr. and peren. Eur, and N. Amer. all of easy culture. Spirea filipendula, dropwort, 4304. Spitz, A.C., his work on gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1798. Spleenwort,—see Asplenium, Spofforth, a residence near Wetherby, Yorkshire, 7582. Spondias, hog-plum, decan. pentag. and terebin- tacee, S. tr. W. Ind. which grow freely in loam and peat, and large cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Sponge-tree, mimosa farnesiana. Sporobolus, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. an. India, of the easiest culture. Spratsborough Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Sprengel, Kurt, his Gazette of Gardening, page 1126. A. D. 1804. Sprengelia, pentan. monog. and epacridez, a G. tr. N.S. W. which thrives in sandy peat, with the pots well drained, and kept rather in a shady aspect; young cuttings root in sand under a bell- glass. Spring Garden, a seat in Galway, 7672. Spring-grass,— see Anthoxanthum. Spring Grove, Middlesex, 7520. Spurge,—see Euphorbia. Spurrey,— see Spergula. Squares, public, laid out as gardens, 7319; Russel Square, Sloane Square, Edward’s Square.&c. 7320. to 7322. Squash, cucurbita melopepo. Squill,— see Scilla. Staavia, pentan. monog. and rhamnee, G. tr. C. B. S. which thrive in sandy peat, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Stable-dung, 1971. Stachys, hedge-nettle, didyn. gymnos. and labiatez, a G. tr. and peren. S. Amer. and C. B.S. and H. peren. and an. Eur. of the easiest culture. Stachytarpheta, bastard vervain, dian. monog. and verbenacee, S. tr. bien. and a G, bien. W. Ind. and S. Amer. pretty plants, which thrive in rich light soil, and cuttings root readily under a hand- glass in heat. pete Stackpoo] Court, a seat in Pembrokeshire, 7609. Stehelina, syngen. polyg.«qual. and cynaroce- phalez, G. tr. and a H. tr. S. Eur. which grow in rich light soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Staff-tree,— see Celastrus. Staffordshire, gardens and residences of, 7570. Stamford Court, Worcestershire, 7566. Standish, Arthur, a writer on gardening, page 1099. A. D. 1613. Stanmore House, Middlesex, 7521.° Stanstead House, Sussex, 7531. Stanton Harold, Leicestershire, 7573. Stapelia, pentan. dig. and asclepiadexw, D. S. tr. C. B.S. succulents which grow in sandy loam and old lime, with brick rubbish, with little water. In light rich soil they grow more luxuriantly, but are very apt to damp off if they happen to get too much water; they are readily increased by cut- tings, and some by suckers. Staphylea, bladder-nut, pentan. trig. and rhamnea, H. tr. which grow in any soil, and are readily 1224 GENERAL INDEX. Star-apple,— see Chrysophyllum. Star of Bethlehem,— see Ornithogalum Star of the earth, plantago coronopus,; Star-thistle, centaurea calcitrapa, Star-wort,— see Aster. Starkea, syngen. polyg. super. and cor bi a S. peren. Jamaica, which thrives SEN ERE soil, and cuttings root readily under a hand-glass, Statice, sea-lavender, pentan. pentag. and plum. baginee, G. tr. and peren. C. B.S. and S, Eur. F. and H. peren. Afr. and Eur. The tender kinds srow in sandy loam and peat, the others in light soil, and all are increased by dividing the root or by seeds,; Statistics of British gardening, 7375; different con- ditions of men engaged in the practice and pursuit of gardening, 7377; operators or serving gardeners, iors Seren ets 7388; garden-coun- sellors or artists, 7; patrons of gardeni 737 eves' 5p of gardening, 7378, Statistics of British gardening, different kinds of gardens, 7412; private British gardens, 7413; commercial gardens, 7453; public gardens, 7490; leading gardens of the different counties parti- cularised, 7510. Staunton, Nottinghamshire, 7580. Stauracanthus, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, a F. tr. Portugal, which grows in loam and peat, and is increased by seeds or young cuttings in sand under a bell-giass. Steele, feherd; his work on gardening, page 1110. . 1793. Stelis, gynan. monan. and orchidez, S. peren. W. Ind, a parasite which may be treated as aérides, and increased by dividing at the root, Stellaria, stitchwort, decan. trig. and caryophyl- lee, H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture in sandy soil.:; Stellera, octan. dig. and thymelex, a H. tr. S. Eur. which grows in light soil, and may be increased by cuttings under a hand-glass or by layers. Stemodia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinex, a S. peren. S. Amer. which thrives in light, rich soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in heat. Stenanthera, pentan. monog. and epacridex, a G. tr, N. S. W. a beautiful plant which grows in loam and peat well drained, and young cuttings root m sand under a bell-glass. Stenochilus, didyn. angios. and myoporiner, a G. tr. N. Holl. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. Stephanus, Morinus, a French author on garden- ing, page 1116. A. D. 1658. Stephenson, David, M. A., his work on gardening, page 1104. A. D. 1746. Sterculia, moneec. monad. and sterculiacee, S. tr. and a G, tr. E, and W. Ind. which thrive in loam and peat, and ripened cuttings, not deprived of their leaves, root readily in sand under a hand- glass in moist heat. Sternberg, Baron Von, his works on gardening, page 1127. A. D. 181.-. Stevia, syngen. polygam. equal. and corymbiferez, a F. peren. H. peren. and an. Mexico. which answer best in loam and peat, in pots, and cut- tings root readily under a hand-glass, Stewart Hall, a:seat in Tyrone, 7679. Stilago, dicec. trian. and terebintacezx, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow in loamy soil, and cuttings may be rooted in sand under a hand-glass. Stillingfleet, Benjamin, his writings on gardening, page 1105, A. D. 1759. Stillingia, moneec. monad. and euphorbiaceex, a G. tr. G. peren. and H. tr. China and N. Amer. which grow in loam and peat and cuttings root under a hand-glass; the tender kinds in sand. Stinking horehound,— see Ballota. Stipa, feather-grass, trian. dig. and graminex, a H. an. S. Amer. and H. peren. Eur. of easy cul- ture. Stirlingshire, gardens of, 7631. Stirring the soil, use of, 2591;—and see Soils, their improvement.' Stisser, J. A., his works on gardening, page 1123 A. D. 1697. Stitchwort,— see Stellaria. Stizolobium, cow-itch, diadelph. decand. and legu- minosee, S. tr. W. and E. Ind. which thrive well in light, rich soil, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Stobzea, syngen, polyg. equal. and cynarocephalez, a increased by seeds or layers. G, tr. C.B.S. which may be treated as stizolobium. a G, perel in rich, be glass. stokestoW”s /0/}- Stole(from® when cut| Stone-CkOPs Stone-iruits stonehata E Stones, ho# Storax,—§ stork’s bill, Stornbergs I Stourhead, Stout Hall, Stout’s Stove, dry,: Stove, mols Stove-plant Stowe, 2 8¢ Stowels, 2§ Stradballey Stradmore Stramoniull Strapwort, C Stratiotes, V charidez, only requ rium, Stratton Pa Straw covel Strawberry, Strawberry: Strawberry Strawberry- Streams of W 7983. Streathamn,| Street-gard Strelitzia,| C.B.S.1 creased s on the§ perfect Streptopu Hung, sandy s¢ root. Structure structw paper f glass tel Structure: pit, flue with ris Structures mud wal mud or gular y Mats or roof framed horizo 1556, t Structur Structure Strumaria ren, C, decayed 0 “ a, ANd cory hist 136; diffrent j Uterent on, ate ap TSerig arene, 0; gatden.coup, Mea, 7 et kinds of I fatten, 74]3. publi naa et Cs ya, nd gunna, 2 Mi loam and pat arene orchidee,§ pee, W, De treated ay aetites, at the root, ti, and ca dur, of easy cut in ant with d young cuttings rot m is work on gate, and serciaoee, Sth a. which thrive in ha iting, not dep in sad under d hat sn gardening pi ol conylet, sic, wih at, nota one, 1078 sinatee,$1 ii and cll wy nd. pas. A nti ores nf ephorie® ab, 5 a Amer. wiih igs roak ynderé sin ola. 4 ant graine’s: ete Furs of oo ipa a0 631, Gil theit ale n gates pe b op] wl est th ee wl Int er root i 14 ae) hte? : i a mb oid” you! GENERAL Stock,— see Mathiola. id Stocks for grafting, science of, 2020. to 2024. Steeke, syngen. polygam. segreg. and corymbiferex, G. tr. C. B.S. which may be treated as stizolo- bium. Stoke, a seat in Herefordshire, 7568. Stoke-hole, the excavation in one side of which hot-house furnaces are often built, and the hole contains fuel for its supply. Stoke House, Giouceatcmtaney 7565. Stoke Park, Buckinghamshire, 7547. Stoke Park, Wiltshire, 7597. Stokeld, Yorkshire, 7582. Stokesia, syngen. polyg. equal. and cynarocephalee, a G. peren. Carolin. a pretty plant which grows in rich, light soil, and roots freely under a hand- lass. Stokestown, a seat in the county of Roscommon, 7671. Stole(from sfolo, Lat. a shoot or twig), trees which, when cut over by the surface, shoot up again. Stone-crop,— see Sedum Stone-fruits, catalogue of, 4480. Stoneham Park, Hampshire, 7594. Stones, how to operate with in gardening-scenery, 7230. Storax,— see Styrax. Stork’s bill,— see Pelargonium. Stornberg, his plan of a Chinese garden, 478, Stourhead, a seat in Wiltshire, 7597. Stout Hall, Glamorganshire, 7608. Stout’s Hill, Gloucestershire, 7565. Stove, dry,— see Dry-stove. Stove, moist, or bark-stove,— see Bark-stove. Stove-plants,— see Bark-stove and Dry-stove. Stowe, a seat in Buckinghamshire, 7548. Stowels, a seat in Gloucestershire, 7565. Stradballey Hall, in Queen’s County, 7659. Stradmore Vale, a seat in Cardiganshire, 7607. Stramonium, datura stramonium. Strapwort, corrigiola littoralis. Stratiotes, water-soldier, dicec. dodec. and hydro- charidee, a H. peren. Eng. an aquatic which only requires to be thrown into a pond or aqua- rium. Stratton Park, Hampshire, 7594. Straw coverings used in gardening, 1508. Strawberry,— see Fragaria. Strawberry-blite,— see Blitum. Strawberry Hill, Middlesex, 7520. Strawberry-tree,—see Arbutus. Streams of water, how to improve in garden-scenery, 7223. Streatham, Surrey, 7527. Street-gardens, 7292; their management, 7426. Strelitzia, pentand. monogyn. and musacee, S. tr. C. B.S. which grow in sandy loam, and are in- creased slowly by suckers. By rubbing the pollen on the stigmas, when the plants are in bloom, perfect seeds are readily obtained.(Sweet.) Streptopus, hexan. monog. and smilacex, H, peren. Hung. and N. Amer. which succeed best in light sandy soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Structures, in gardening, 1523; portable or moveable structures, canvass screen, Canvass curtain, oiled paper frame netting screen, common glass case, glass tent, common hot-bed frame, separating frame, moveable bottomed frame, Mallet’s frame, &e. 1524. to 1538. Structures, partly moveable, 1539; earth-pit, bark- pit, flued pit, M‘Phail’s pit, Alderstone pit; pit with rising frame, West’s pit,&c., 1540. to 1544. Structures, fixed, 1555; garden walls, brick, stone, or mud walls, solid brick wall, flued wall, cellular wall, mud or earth wall, boarded wall, wavy wall, an- gular wall, zigzag wall, square pier wall, nursery- man’s wall, piered wall, sheltering piers, arched or roofed walls, espalier rails, wooden espaliers, framed wooden espalier rail, cast-iron espalier rail, horizontal espalier rail, oblique espalier rail, 1556. to 1582. Structures, permanent, 1583; hot-house, acumi- nated semi-globe, acuminated semi-dome, semi- ellipse, parallelogram wit: with ridge and furrow roof, polyprosopic hot- house, mushroom-houses, flued mushroom-houses, German mushroom-house, cold-houses, 1584. to 1627. Structures, their further improvement, 1850. nonog. and amaryllidex, G. pe- h curved roof and ends, INDEX. a growing state, and are imcreased by offsets or seeds. Struthiola, tetrandria monogynia and thyme- Jee, G. tr.C. B.S. which grow in sandy peat, and young cuttings root freely in sand under a bell-glass. Strychnos, pentan, monog. and apocynea,§. tr. E. Ind. which grow in sand and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Stuartia, monad. polyan. and tiliacex, rity. NN Amer. handsome plants which thrive in peat soil or very sandy loam; they flower after attain- ing a good size, and are increased by layers in peat. Stub House, Durham, 7584. Studley Royal, Yorkshire, 7582, Stutthorpe, Yorkshire, 7582. Stylidium, gynan. dian. and stylidex, a G. tr and peren. Austral. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and are increased by seeds or parting at the root: the shrubby species by cuttings under a hand-glass. Styphelia, pentand. monogyn. and epacidex, G. tr. _S. W. beautiful plants which grow in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Styrax, storax, decan. monogyn. and ebenacex, H. tr. Italy and N. Amer. which thrive and flower freely in light sandy loam, and are increased by layers or seeds. Subularia, awlwort, tetrad. silic, and cruciferee, a H. an. Brit. an aquatic of easy culture. Suburban villa, 7285; suburban house, 7286; their management, 7430. Succise repullulant(from swccido, Lat. to cut down, and repuilulo, Lat. to bud or sprout), trees which stole, or which being cut over spring again. Succory,— see Cichorium. Succowia, tetrad. silic. and cruciferex, a H, an. Mi- norca, of common culture. Suckers to propagate by, 1992. Sudborne Hall, Suffolk, 7552. Suffocation, a disease of plants, 893. Suffolk, gardens and residences of, Hi Sufton Court, Herefordshire, 7568. Sugar-cane,— see Saccharum. Suir Castle, a seat in Tipperary, 7667. Sulphur-wort,—see Peucedanum. Sultan’s garden at Constantinople, 308, Sumach,—see Rhus. Summer Hill, a seat in Kent, 7538. Sun-dew,—see Drosera. Sun-dials, as garden-decorations, 1854, Sun-fern, polypodium phegopteris. Sun-flower,— see Helianthus. Sun-rose,— see Helianthemum. Supple-jack, paullinia polyphylla. Surrey, gardens and residences of, 7524. Surveyor of trees and timber, 7401. Sussex, gardens and residences of, 7530. Sutherlandia, diadel. decan, and leguminosee, C.B.S. which thrives in loam and peat, and is readily in- creased by seeds. Sutherlandshire, gardens of, 7646. Swallow-wort,— see Asclepias. Sweet, Robert, F. L.S., his writings on gardening, page 1114. A. D. 1818. Sweet flag, acorus calamus. Sweet gale, myrica gale. Sweet gum tree, liquidambar styraciflua. Sweet herbs, 4131. Sweet pea, lathyrus odoratus. Sweeping, 1877. Swertia, felwort, pentan. dig. and gentianee, a H. peren. Eng. a marsh plant which prefers a peat soil. Swietenia, mahogany-tree, decan. monog. and me- leacee, S. tr. W. and E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat, and ripe cuttings, with their leaves not shortened, root freely in sand under a hand-glass in moist heat. Swinden, N., his work on gardening, page 1108, A.D. 1778. Swine’s succory,— see Hyoseris. Swings as garden decorations, 1821. Switzer, Stephen, his works on gardenin age 1102.’A. D. 1715.? Sade Symphoria, St. Peter’s wort, pentan. monog. and ca- prifolee, a H. tr. N. Amer. a dwarf shrub which grows in the shade of other trees in any soil, and is increased by cuttings in the open ground. 552, Strumaria, hexan. I ig. ren. C, B. S. bulbs which thrive in sandy loam and ire little water when not in decayed leaves, requ Re a I Igy Symphytum, comfrey, pentan. monog. and boragi- nex, H. peren. Eur. of easy culture. Synedrella, syngenesia polygamia superflua and corymbiferew, a S. an. W. Ind. of common cul- ture, 1749. Syrian rue, peganum harmala. Syringa, lilac, dian. monog. and oleinex, H. tr. Persia and China, of easy culture. Syringa, common,— see Philadelphus. Syringe, garden, different sorts of, 1418. . Tabern. ic., Icones plantarum(eadem ac in taber- nzmontani Krauterbuch). Tabernemontana, pentan. dig. and apocynea, S. tr. W. and E. Ind. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- lass. Tanba, hexan. monog. and aroidex, S. peren. E. Ind. which grow in loam and peat with little water, and are increased by suckers. Tacamahac, populus balsamifera. Tagetes, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferex, a G. peren. and H. an. S. Amer. of common cul- ture. Taille d’éte, summer pruning, 2138. Taking vegetables or crops,—see Gathering. Taliaris, a seat in Caermarthenshire, 7614. Talinum, dodec. monogyn. and portulacez, S. tr. and bien. W. Ind. and S. Amer. of a succulent nature, which grow in light sandy loam, and cut- tings root freely. Tallies, or numbering instruments, different kinds of, 1377. Tallow-tree, stillingia sebifera. Tamarind,— see Tamarindus. Tamarindus, tamarind-tree, monadelph. trian. and leguminosee, a S. tr. W. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root under a bell- glass in sand. Tamarisk,—see Tamarix. Tamarix, tamarisk, pentan. trig. and portulacez, a S. tr. E. Ind. and H. tr. Eur. of easy culture, and increased by cuttings. Tamus, black briony, dicec. hexan. and smilacez, a G. tr. C. B.S. and H. peren. Eur. The G, species T. elephantipes, or elephant’s foot, is a curious plant which thrives in light, rich soil, not overwatered when the plant is in a dormant state. Sweet recommends‘‘ young cuttings to be taken off at a joint, and planted in pots of sand in bottom heat under a hand-glass.”’(Bot, Cult. 262.) The H. sorts are of easy culture. Tamus communis, the common black briony, 4285. Tan,—see Bark for the use of tanners. Tan-y-Bwlch Hall, a seat in Merionethshire, 7612. Tanacetum, tansy, syngen. polyg. super. and corym- biferezw, G. tr. C. B.S. and H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture in common soil. Tanacetum vulgare, the common tansy, 4187. Tansy,— see Tanacetum. Tarchonanthus, African fleabane, syngen. polygam. zqual. and corymbiferee, a G. tr. C. B. S. of easy culture. Tare,—see Ervum. Tatin, A., his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 18—. Tatton Park, Cheshire, 7591. Taurida, gardens of, 259. Tavistock, a seat in Devonshire, 7600. Taxus, yew-tree, dicec. monad. and coniferex, a G. tr. China, and H. tr. Brit. the exotic species grow in loam and peat, and roots, not without difficulty, by cuttings, in sand, under a bell-glass; the com- mon yew is increased only by seeds, 7122. Taylor, Adam, his works on gardening, page 1107. A. D. 1769. i Taymouth, a seat in Perthshire, 7636, Tea-tree, camellia bohea and C. viridis. Teak-wood,— see Tectona. Teasel,— see Dipsacus. Tectona, teak-wood, pentan. monogyn. and verbe- nacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. which grows in loam and peat; ripened cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass.: Teedia, didyn. angios. and scrophularinee, G. bien. C. B. S. of easy culture. Teesdalia, tetrad. silic. and cruciferee, a H. an. Brit. of common culture, Telephium, orpine, pentan. trigyn. and portulacea, a it peren. S. Eur. well adapted for rockwork, and easily increased. Telopea, waratah, tetran. monog. and proteacee, 1226 GENERAL INDEX. a G. tr. N.S. W. one of the most beautiful of green-house plants, which grows in equal parts of loam, peat, and sand, well drained, not over- watered, and placed in an airy situation; ripened cuttings, taken off at a joint, just before growth commences, root in sand under a hand-glass, but not plunged in heat. Temple, Sir William, his works on gardening, page 1101. A. D. 1685. Temple Grove, formerly Sheen Grove, near East Sheen, Surrey, the seat of Sir William Temple’s horticultural operations referred to by Evelyn and himself. The house is now a boarding- school, 1666. Templemore, a seat in Tipperary, 7667. Temples, 1808. Templetonia, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a G. tr. N. Holl. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and young cuttings root freely under a bell-glass in sand. Temporary country-residence, 7281. Tenthredinidee, a natural order of insects, compre- pending chiefly the Linnzan genus tenthredo, or saw-fly. Tephrosia, diadel. decan. and leguminosez, S. and G. tr. peren. and bien. C. B.S. Ind. and Amer. which thrive in loam and peat, and are increased by cuttings in sand under a bell-glass. Terebinthinate trees, such as have a resinous, or turpentine odor. Terebration, a mode of grafting, 2038. Teredo pinorum, the noctua pinastri, L. a moth whose caterpillar feeds on the leading shoot of the common pine, and often leaves that tree without a leader, 7044. and 900. Terminalia, polyg. monec. and combretacee, S. tr. E. Ind. which grow in sandy loam, and ri- pened cuttings, not defoliated, root in sand under a bell-glass. Terraces, 7256. Tessier, A. H., his works on gardening, page 1120. A. D. 1791. Tetragonia, icos. di-pentag. and ficoidee, G. tr. peren. bien. and an. C. B, S. and Austral. some- what succulent, which prefer sandy soil, and root readily by cuttings. Tetragonia expansa, New Zealand spinage, 3794. Tetragonotheca, syngen. polyg. super. and corym- bifereze, a H. peren. Virgin. which grows in light, rich soil, and is increased by dividing at the root, or by seed. Tetratheca, octan. monogyn., and tremandree, a G. tr. N.S. W. a pretty plant, which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a bell- glass. Tetseady Park, Cornwall, 7601. Teucrium germander, didyn. gymnos. and labiatez, G.F. and H. tr. and H. peren. and an. Eur. and Amer. of easy culture in almost any soil. Thalia, monan. monog. and cannex, a G. peren. S. Carolin. an aquatic, rather hardy, and in- creased by dividing at the root. Thalictrum, meadow-rue, polyan. polyg. and ra- nunculacee, H. peren. Eur. and R Amer. some of which are adapted for rockwork, or growing in pots, and all are of easy culture. Thame Park, Oxfordshire, 7558. Thapsia, deadly carrot, pentan. dig. and umbel- lifereee, H. peren. Eur. of easy culture. Thelygonum, moncec. polyan. and urticee, a H. an, S. Eur. of easy culture. Thelymitra, gynand. monandr. and orchidezx, a G. peren. N.S. W. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and requires little water when not in a growing state. Theobalds, a seat in Hertfordshire, 7544. Theobroma, chocolate-nut, polyad. decan. and mal- vacee, S. tr. S. Amer. which grows in light, rich soil, and cuttings root in sand under a hand- lass. fnecmometer: different sorts of, for gardens, 1488, 1489, and 1490. Thermopsis, decan. monog. and leguminosee, a H. peren. Siberia, a pretty plant, rather difficult of culture; it grows best in light loam, and is in- creased by seed. Thesium, bastard toad-flax, pentan. monog. and santalacee, a G. tr. and H. peren. Eur. Amer. and C. B.S. of which the H. species grow best in chalky soil, and are increased by seeds, and the G. tr. is of common culture in light loam. Theuss, Theodore, his works on gardening, page 1126. A. D, 1805. t_) {160 se qhierta's vate ) ne Thistle:= ghlasp gory,(a0 age 112. 1122. A. phrickelby F Thrift,— hrinax, he Ind, whic ercased by Thrincia,$) H. peren. culture. Thrips, 4 ge! Throatwort, Thuja, arb0 a G, and tender kit creased b the hardy creased by Thumb-pot, Thunberg,» gardening, Thunbergia, E. Ind. a greater 3 peat, and hand-gl Thurso C Thymbra, ¢ tr. S. Eur root freel| Thyme,— Thymus, t G, Frand culture In seeds. Thymus vl Thysanotu peren.| and isi Tiarella, Tilburst Tile-root Tilia, lin Eur. 2 are in Tilia et Tilland 8. A para: othe caim Tillibo Timbel Timbel Tipper: ‘ipula Tipu 500 arti ap 1 Grove, near Fas i Vii Tana Emel to by Biel DOW boa, Ny, 160), leuminosee, a6 endy ham and peat Wet 2 bel las ia, det ois, tae. Ge enn, §, ant B,§ Ind, and Amer eal ad are increased bell pas as have@ resinous or ing, 2%, la pina, L. 2 moth the leading soot fhe eaves that re without and combretarea,§, in sandy loam, andr. ated, root in sand under mn arening, page 112, p, ant fnidee, G, tr, 38, and Austral, same. pref sandy sl, and eal spinage i yg, supe, and oor. mich ons ih, by divi at hee, and tremandee, 4.6, spbich thrives in oar rin sand unde abl i gyno and bale, and an, But, a ost any sl, mee, 2 G, pete ralher handy, and e TOOL pola elt aul By, end N, Ae. st r ockoth, of IONS y culture q sof, it panes 18 ig! wn ant at Oot i fy Amel 1 ere ee ie ye ae q tr oh qd He St op ei ain is 00 oh Thier-garten(wild beast garden), a public park at Berlin, 208. Thierrat,——, his works on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1760. Thistle,— see Carduus. Thlaspi, shepherd’s purse, tetrad, silic. and cruci- ferex, H. peren. bien. and an. of easy culture. Thompson, John, his work on gardening, page 1105, A. D. 1757. Thoresby Park, Nottinghamshire, 7576. Thorn-apple,— see Datura. Thornbury Castle, in Gloucestershire, 399, Thorndon Hall, Essex, 7542. Thorngrove, a seat in Worcestershire, 7566. Thory, Claude Antoine, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1819. Thouin, André le Chevalier de, his works on gar- dening, page 1147. A. D. 1737. Thouin, ions Gabriel, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1819. Thouin, Mons. Jean, his works on gardening, page 1122. A. D. 1816. Thrickelby Hall, Yorkshire, 7582. Thrift,— see Statice. Thrinax, hexan. monog. and paimew, a Shitrodes Ind. which thrives in sandy loam, and is in- creased by(imported) seeds. Thrincia, syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, a H. peren. and an. Eur. and Africa, of common culture. Thrips, a genus of hemipterous insects, 2244. Throatwort,— see Trachelium. Thuja, arbor vite, moneec. monad. and coniferee, a G. and F.tr. H. tr. As. Af. and Amer. The tender kinds grow in loam and peat, and are in- creased by cuttings under a bell-glass in sand; the hardy species grow in any soil, and are in- creased by seeds. Thumb-pot, a garden-pot of the least size. Thunberg, Sir Charles Peter, M. D. his works on gardening, page 1130. A. D. 1799. Thunbergia, didyn. angios. and acanthacee, a S. tr. E. Ind. a pretty climbing plant, in flower the greater part of the year, which grows in loam and peat, and young cuttings root readily under a hand-glass. Thurso Castle, a seat in Caithness, 7644. Thymbra, didyn. gymnos. and labiatee, S. and G. tr. S. Eur, which grow in light soil, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Thyme,— see Thymus. Thymus, thyme, didyn. gymmnosperm. and labiatex, G. F.and H. tr. Eur. very low shrubs, all of easy cuttings or Tragopogon, goat’s beard, syngen. polyg. equal. culture in dry soil, and increased by seeds. Thymus vulgaris, the common thyme, 4152. Thysanotus, hexan. monog. and asphodelex, a G. GENERAL INDEX. Toddington House, Gloucestershire, 7565. Tofieldia, hexan. trig. and melanthacee, H. peren. Brit. and N. Amer. which do best in a peat soil in a moist situation, and are increased by dividing the root. Tollagh Palace, in the county of Dublin, 7653. Tolpis, syngen. polyg. zqual. and cichoracee, a H. an. France, of easy culture. Tonquin bean, dipterix odorata. Toolhouse, 1706. Tools of gardening, 1295. Toothach-tree,— see Zanthoxylum. Toothpick, visnaga daucoides. Toothwort, lathraa squamaria. Topography of British gardening, 7510. Tordylium, hartwort, pentan. dig. and umbellife- ree, H. an. Eur. and Persia, of common culture. Termentilla, septfoil, icos. polyg. and rosaceex, Ee peren. Brit. of common culture, in light or peat soil Tottenham Park, Wiltshire, 7596. Touch me not, impatiens nolitangere. Toulon, botanic garden of, 183. Tourettia, didyn. angios. and bignoniacee, a S. an. Peru, of common culture. Tourn. it., Relation d’un Voyage du Levant. Par. M. Pitton Tournefort. Tournefortia, pentan. monog. and boraginee, S. and G. tr. and a H. peren. which grow in rich, light soil, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Toustain de Limesey, Charles Francois, his work on plantations, page 1118. A. D. 1769. Tower-mustard,— see Turritis. Towers, 1806. Townley Hall, Lancashire, 7588. Toxxetti, Octavius Targioni, M.D., his work on gardening, page 1128, A. D. 1777. Tozzettia, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. an. of common culture. Trachelium, throatwort, pentan. monog. and cam- panulacez, a G. tr. and H. bien. France and Brit. of common culture. Tradescant, John, his writings on gardening, page 1109. A. D. 1656. Tradescantia, spider-wort, hexan. monog. and com- melinee, a S. tr. and H. peren. and an. E. and W. Ind. and N. and S. Amer. all of easy culture in light, rich soil. Tradesman-gardener, 7388. Tradesmen’s villas, 7285; their management, 7424. Tragia, moneec. tetran. and euphorbiacee, a S. tr. peren. and an. and a H. an. W. and E. Ind. which grow in light soil, and cuttings root freely. and cichoracee, H. bien. Eur. of easy culture. Tragopogon porrifolius, the salsify, 3750. Training trees and plants, different methods of, 2140. peren. N.S. W. which grows in loam and peat, Transplanter, for herbaceous plants, 1309. and is increased by dividing at the roots. Tiarella, decan. dig. and saxifragee, a F. peren and H. peren. N. Amer. which grow in light soil rockwork or small pots, and ar dividing at the root. Tickseed,— see Corispermum. Tiger-flower,— see Tigridia. Tigridia, tiger-flower, H. peren. Mex. a splendid plant which thrives ir common soil, but the bulbs must be taken up as I in wering, kept dry and Travelling gardener, 7385. soon as they have done flo e increased by| Trapa, water-caltrops, monad. trian. and iridee, a| Traps Transplanting, different methods of performing, 2079. tetran. monog. and hydro- charidex, a G. peren. and H. an. aquatics of easy culture, 6037. Trapa natans and bicornis, 6037. for vermin, different sorts of, used in garden- a ing, 1435. and 1473. Trasternaugh, a seat in Westmeath, 7662. Treacle-mustard, clypeola ionthlaspi. free from frost during winter, and planted again thlasp! Tredegar Park, Monmouthshire, 7567. in the following spring. Tiken Hill, a seat in Worcestershire, 7566. Tilburster Hill, a seat in Surrey, 7527. Tile-root,— see Geissorhiza. Tree-celandine, bocconia frutescens. Tree-mallow, lavatera arborea. Tree-surveyor, 7401. Tree-transplanter, 1468. Tilia, lime-tree, polyan. monog. and tiliacez, H. tr.), 1460, ae i d| Trees, their uses individually, 6744; in civil archi- Eur. and N. Amer. which grow in any soil, an are increased by layers. Tilia europea, and othe r species of lime-tree, 7128. Tillandsia, hexan. monog. and bromelee, S. peren. S, Amer. and W, Ind. of which some species are tecture, military architecture, naval architecture, construction of machines, implements, utensils, fuel, tanning, dyeing, various uses, food, medi- cine, poison, 6745, to 6760. re| Trees, classification of, according to their uses, parasitical, and may be treated as aérides, th ec 4( éthers may be treated like the pine-apple or pit- 6769; for timber, bark, charcoal, ashes, pales cairnia. and fencing, hoops,&c. shelter, shade, improy- ing bad soil, separation and defence, seclusion, Tillibodie, a seat in Clackmannanshire, 7633. Timber, different kinds and qualities of, 6779. Timber-measurer, 1364; Monteith’s 6970. Tipperary, gardens of, 7667. Tipula, the crane-fly, a genus of dipterous insects, i).; Trees, their wounds, bruises, casualties, and de- 9965; T. oleracea, 6193. Toad-flax, see Linaria. ‘Tobacco,— see Nicotiana. Tod, George, his work on gardening, page 1114 J eles. nes Trees, their products, 6935; prunings, thinnings, A. D. 1812. 6780. to 6794. Trees, their uses In ornamental scenery, 6795; expression, 6796. to 6801. fects, 6925. Trees, insects and vermin by which they are in- fested, 6934. magnitude, form, mode of growth, duration, and } ee pares Osier-grounds, coppice-woods, 6936. to Ie."J Trees, season for cutting, 6941; mode of cutting, barking, pollards, period of felling, operation of felling, season of felling, 6942. to 6957. Trees, uses of their roots, 6961; method of char- ring, 6962. Trees, valuation of, 6966; as plantations, as timber, measurement of, 6967. to 6972. Trees, nursery for,— see Nursery. Trees, their nursery culture, 6982; coniferous, nut- bearing, berried stoves, berries and capsule bear- ing trees, with small seeds, with leguminous seeds, small soft-seeds, general culture of, 6983. to 7026. Trefoil,— see Trifolium. Trelawney House, Cornwall, 7601. Tremadoc House, a seat in Merionethshire, 7612. Trenching, 1870. Trent Place, Middlesex, 7521. Trentham, a seat in Staffordshire, 7570, Trevirana, didynam. angios. and scrophularinee, a S. peren. Jamaica, which flowers freely in sandy loam and peat, the pots being kept dry as soon as the flowering season is over till the roots begin to vegetate. Trew ehret., Plante selecte, quarum Imagines, pinxit Ge. Dion. Ehret. Collegit et illustravit Christ. Jac. Trew. Trewia, dic. polyan. and..... ceboodt sooner, aS. tr. E. Ind. which grows in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass. Trianon grand, a royal garden near Paris, 172. Trianon petit, a royal garden near Paris, 169. Trianthema, decan. dig. and portulacez, S, an. E. and W. Ind. of common culture. Tribulus, caltrops, decan. monog. and rutacee, a S. peren. and an. and H. an. Eur. and Amer. which grow in light soil, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Trichilia, decan. monog. and meleacez, S. tr. W. Ind. which thrive in loam and peat, and cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Trichodesma, pentan. monog. and boraginez, a S, an. and H. an. E. Ind. and C. B.S. of common culture. Trichodium, trian. dig. and graminex, H. peren. N. Amer. and Brit. of easy culture. Trichomanes, cryptog. filices and filicee, a H. pe- ren. Brit. of easy culture in loam and peat in the shade. Trichonema, trian. monog. and iridezw, G. peren. and a H. peren. bulbs which may be treated as ixia. Trichophorum, trian. monog. and cyperacee, H. peren. Brit. and N. Amer. grasses of easy culture in moist soil. Trichosanthes, snake-gourd, moncec. monad. and cucurbitacee, a S. peren. and F. an.; the S. spe- cies thrive best in rich sandy loam, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass in a moist heat; the others may be treated as cucumis. Trichostema, didyn. gymnos. and labiatew, a H. bien. and an. N. Amer. of common culture. Trientalis, winter green, heptan. monog. and primu- _lacee, a H. peren. Brit. and N. Amer. which grow best in light soil, and are increased by divid- ing at the root or by seeds.; Triewald, Martin, his writings on gardening, page 1103. A. D. 1729., and page 1130, A. D. 1740. Trifolium, trefoil, diadelph. decan. and legumi- nose, H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. Afr. and N. Amer. of easy culture, and increased by dividing the roots or by seeds. i. Triglochin, arrowgrass, hexan. trig. and alismacee, a G. peren, and H. peren. C. B. S. and Brit. marsh plants of easy treatment.; Trigonella, fenugreek, diadel. and leguminosee, S. an. and H. peren. bien. and an. E. Ind. and Eur. of easy culture.‘ i Trillium, hexandria trigynia and smilacee, a G. peren. and H. peren. N. Amer. which do best in a bed of peat in a moist shady situation, and are increased, though slowly, by dividing at the root. Tring Park, Hertfordshire, 7544. y Triodia, trian. dig. and graminee, a H. peren. Brit. of easy culture. i Triosteum, feverwort, pentan. monog. and capri- folee, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow freely in rich, light soil, and are increased by cuttings under a hand-glass, or by dividing the root.| Tripsacum, moneec. trian. and graminee, a H. 1228 GENERAL INDEX, Trisetum, trian. dig and grami 2 and an. Eur. of coniiion enlaee i Tristania, polyad. icos. and myrteacer, G. tr. .S. W. which grow in sandy loam and peat, and cuttings, not too much ripened, root readily in sand under hand or bell glasses, Triticum, wheat-grass, trian, dig. and: graminew - peren. and an. Eur. and Asia, of common culture, Tritoma, hexan. monog. and hemerocallidex, a F. peren. C. B. S. which thrive best in peat soil, and = ae papetes by dividing at the root. ritonia, trian. monog. and iridex, Br, G.> C. B. S. bulbs which Say be treated as beer aes Triumfetta, dodec. monog. and tiliacee, S. tr. and an. E. and W. Ind. which grow in loam and pea and cuttings root in sand under a hand- glass. Trollius, globe-flower, polyan. polyg. and ranuncu- lacee, Eur. and N. Amer, of easy treatment. Tropzolum, Indian cress, octan. monog. and gera- niacee, G. tr. bien, and an. Peru, which grow in light, rich soil, and are of easy increase by cuttings or seeds,; Tropezolum majus, common Indian cress, 4116, Trophis, ramoon-tree, dicec. tetran. and ssecscccccececey S. tr. E. and W. Ind. which grow freely in loam ates and cuttings root under a hand-glass in sand. Trowel, Samuel, his work on gardening, pa e 1104. _ DA1739,14 2 sii Tacs Trowel, the garden, 1308. Troximon syngen. polyg. equal. and cichoracee, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow freely in rich, light soil, and are increased by seeds. Troy House, Monmouthshire, 7567. Troxelius, Charles Blechort, his work on gardening, page 1150. A. D. 1780. Trumpet-flower,— see Bignonia. Trumpton Hall, Cornwall, 7601. Truncheon(trongon, Fr. from truncus, Lat.), a pole or rod cut to the length of a staff or longer, ieetsat adopted in making willow planta- ions. Tschoudi, 1. B. L. Baron de, his work on gardening, page 1118. A. D. 1768. Tuber cibarium, the truffle, 4346. Tuberose, polyanthes tuberosa— see Polyanthes. Tuilleries(tile-grounds, or tile-kilns), gardens of the, at Paris, 161. Tulbagia, hexan. monog. and hemerocallidex, H. peren. C. B. S. which grow in sandy loam, and are increased by offsets from the bulbs. Tulip,— see Tulipa. Tulip-tree,—see Liriodendron. Tulipa, tulip, hexan. monog. and liliaceze, H. peren. bulbs, Eur. which grow best in sandy soil, and are increased by offsets. Tulipa gesneriana, the common tulip, 6242. Tupelo,—see Nyssa. Tupistra, hexan. monog. and aroidex, a peren. Amboyna, which may be grown in loam and peat. Turf, the superiority of British, 5399. Turf-raser,&c., 1317. to 1319. Turfing, the transplanting or laying down turf, ) Turmeric,— see Curcuma. Turnip,—see Brassica. Turnera, pentan. trig. and portulacez, S. tr. an. and A. an. which grow in rich, light soil, and are increased by cuttings under a hand-glass or by seeds. Turnsole,— see Heliotropium. Turritis, tower-mustard, tetrad. silig. and crucife- ree, H. peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture. Tussilago, colt’s foot, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbifereez, a S. bien. and H. peren. W. Ind. and Eur. of easy culture. T. fragrans is a desi- rable plant for a green-house during winter, on account of the odor its flowers diffuse at that season. Tway-blade, listera ovata. Tweedale, county of, as to gardening, 7623. Twickenham, village of, in Middlesex, 7520. Twickenham Park, Middlesex, 7520. Twinstead Hall, Essex, 7541. Tyford House, Middlesex, 7520. Tynningham, a seat in Haddingtonshire, 7619. Typha, cat’s tail, moncec. trian. and aroidex, H. peren. Brit. marsh plants of easy treatment. Tzaritzina, or Zaritzina, an imperial residence near peren. N. Amer. of easy culture., Moscow, 262. seeds. Urena, mona q Gt E. Joam. and| tings. Uropetalon, Ff, peren. ixia,&C. Urtica, nett! and peren. Bur, all of and are Te Urtica dioica herb, and Ustilago, 4 casivn the Utensils, 13 scuttle, 1 for bulbo alazed pol carnation. plant-box, \ pot, water pump, po shade, stt plant-um glass, ot wrought bell or 1391, to Utility, a ing, TI Utricular tibular preter sphagr in pad Uvaria, W, In ripene in hee Uvulari peren. and al ates tute,” vf Peten, Vetey a), My 7 Rat ed, toot Telly i NG, Yh ;% a Ptatnes 4 oo neti a} bet in yet nd 2 th ie sal ang Idee, by,(e vere, cian eres, ies AL BO fel it tundra hig gd, ae equal, and cichoree a grow fey in sis work on gurdein, Bul tek gardens of nd emervalldee,H, in sandy loam and are he bulls, m2, and ase, H, pete. stn andy wl, ana mod tui and aroidee,@ pee e ftom in loam a é or yidg down tt gad of ate ch ght so, et 1 andi tf ult, 8 se CUNNg fowets dif 2 tht ye es 18 ( amy~ GENERAL INDEX. 1229 Valeriana, valerian, trian, mono;. and dipsacez, U. wet or moist, and i salictum, i, a willow-ground), a proper situation| y, ‘an Kampen, et fils, their works on gardening, Udum salictum(udus, a, wn, y for growing willows. Ulex, furze, diadel. decan. and leguminosex, EL tr: peren. and an. Eur. of easy culture; the smaller sorts grow best in light soil, and answer well for pots or rockwork. aleriana Jocusta, or lamb-lettuce,—see Fedia. alleyfield, a seat in Fifeshire, 7635. an Dieman’s Land, gardening of, 504, page 1129. A. D. 1760. Brit. which grow best in dry soil, and are increased A- 8= ga oe Van Sterbeck, Francis, his works on gardening, page by seeds. 1129, A. D. 1682. Ulmus, elm-tree, pentan. dig. and amentacee 336‘: °| Si‘1 Vander Groen, J., his work on gardening, page 1129. tr. Brit. and N. Amer. and a G. tr. China, all of A. D. 1699. which thrive in loamy soil, and the G. species is 4= J 2} Vanes as decorations, 1835. increased by cuttings under a hand-glass. Ulmus campestris, and other species grown as timber- trees, 7081.\ Ulva lactuca, 4358. Umbrella-wort,— see Oxybaphus. Underley Park, near Kirby Lonsdale, 6182. Ungehauer, J. A., his works on gardening, page 1123. A. D. 1741. Uniola, sea-side peren. N. Amer. of easy culture. Unona, polyan. polyg. and anonace®, aS. tr. Java, which grows best in light loam, and ripened cut- tings root in sand under a hand-g!ass. Up Park, Sussex, 7531. Upsal, botanic garden of, 248. Urania, hexan. monog. and musacee, aS. tr. E. Ind. which thrives in loamy soil with plenty of water anda strong heat, and is increased by imported seeds. Urena, monad. polyan. and malvacee, S. tr and a G.tr. E. Ind. and Surinam, which grow in loam and peat, and are increased by seeds or cut- tings. Uropetalon, hexan, monog. and asphodelee, G. and F. peren. C. B. S. bulbs which may be treated as ixia,&c. Urtica, nettle, monec. tetran. and urticea, S.‘tr. and peren. W. Ind. and F. and H. peren. and an. Eur, all of which grow well in rich, light soil, and are readily increased by the usual means. Urtica dioica, the common stinging nettle as a pot- herb, and to force, 4296. Ustilago, a small fungus, which is thought to oc- casion the blight and smut, 878. Utensils, 1390; mould-screen, mould-sieve, mould- scuttle, mould-basket, flower-pot, store-pot, pot for bulbous roots, classic pot, stone-ware pot, glazed pot, flowerpot-gauge, square pot, saucer, carnation-saucer, propagation-pot, blanching-pot, plant-box, plant-basket, planter’s basket, watering- pot, watering-tube, garden-syringe, hand-forcing- pump, portable canvass or gauze case, oiled paper shade, straw-net, garden-net, horizontal shelter, plant-umbrella, earthenware shelter, leaden hand- glass, copper hand-glass, cast-iron hand-glass, wrought-iron hand-glass, green bell-glass, crystal bell or receiver, utensils for entrapping vermin, 1391. to 1438. Utility, as expressiv ing, 7169. Utricularia, hooded milfoil, dian. monog. and len- tibularee, H. peren. Brit. marsh plants, which yrefer peat soil, oF they will grow in pots of sphagnum with a little peat earth at bottom, set in pans of water. Uvaria, polyan. polyg- and annonacee, S. E. and W. Ind. which thrive best in sandy loam, and ripened cuttings root in sand under a hand-glass in heat. Uvularia, hexan, monog. and melanthacee, H. peren. N. Amer. which grow in light sandy soil, ‘and are increased by dividing at the root. eof design in landscape-garden- Whe Vaccinium, whortleberry, cee, G. a Vanilla, gynan. Vegetable glossology, or the decan. monog. and eri- nd H. tr. Brit. and N. Amer. which t in peat soil, or sand and peat, and are C j 7i5. Germination of the seed, physical pheno- Vanguiera, pent. Monog. and rubiacez, a S. tr. Ind. which grows in sandy Joam and peat, and cuttings root freely in sand in heat under a hand-glass. monan. and orchidea, S. tr. trailers and parasites, which root at every joint into the bark of the trees, on which they grow. They may be treated as aérides, and are readily in- creased by cuttings. oat, trian. dig. and syaminee, H. A JM Ponce site§ 5 2 Various British autbors, who have touched inci- dentally on gardening, page 1105, A. D. 1760. Vegetable kingdom, origin and progress of the study of, 547; among the ancients, in modern times, in the present day, 548. to 554. names of the parts of plants, 595. Vegetable phytography, or the nomenclature and’ description of plants, 557; vulgar mode of naming plants, scientific rules for names, names of classes and orders, names of genera, of species, of va- rieties and subvarieties, description of plants, herbariums, methods of study,&c. 558. to 582. Vegetable taxonomy, OF the classification of plants, 583; methods in use, table of the Linnaan me- thod, of the method of Jussieu, detail of the Linnean system, and arrangement of the genera under the different classes and orders, arrange- ment of the genera under the classes and orders of Jussieu, 584. to 589. Vegetable organology, Or the external structure of plants, 590. Perfect plants: their conservative organs— root, trunk, branches, leaf, frond; con- servative appendages— germs, glands, tendrils, stipula, ramenta, armature, pubescence, ano- malies; reprodu stive organs— flower, flower- stalk, receptacle, juflorescence, fruit; reproduc- tive appendages; appendages proper to the flower of the fruit. Imperfect plants: filices, equisita~ cee, and lycopodinese— conservative organs, re- productive organs; musci— conservative organs, reproductive organs 5 hepatica2— conservative organs, reproductive organs; alge and lichens— conservative organs, reproductive organs, utility of the alge 5 fimgi— conservative organs, repro- ductive organs, uses of the fungi, 591. to 604. Vegetable anatomy, oF the internal structure of plants, 605. Decomposite organs— seed, nucleus, pericarp, flower-stalk, leaf-stalk, gems, buds, bulbs, propago, gongylus, caudex, appendages; compo- site organs— epidermis, pulp, pith, cortical layers, ligneous_ layers, concentric layers, divergent layers; elementary OF vascular organs— utricles, tubes, large tubes, small tubes, apertures, pores, gaps, appendages, 606. to 634. Vegetable chemistry, or primary principles of plants, 635. Mechanical processes 5 chemical processes; compound products— gum, sugar, starch, gluten, albumen, fibrina, extract of catechu, of senna, of quinquina, of saffron, coloring matter, tan- nin, bitter principle, narcotic principle, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, gallic acid, tartaric acid, benzoic acid, prussic acid, fixed oils, vola- tile oils, wax, butter of cacao, of coco, of nut- meg, tallow of croton, wax of myrtle, resins, rosin, mastich, bloom, gum-resins, balsams, cam- phor, caoutchouc, cork, woody fibre, charcoal, sap, proper juice, ashes, alkalies, earths, silica, magnesia, metallic oxides; simple products, 636. to 714. Vegetable physiology, or the functions of plants, thrive bes a increased by layers, young cuttings under a bell-' glass, or by seeds. mena, chem cal phenomena; food of the veget- Vaccinium hispidilum, and other fruit-bearing ating plant— water, gasses, carbonic acid gas, 77 oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, extracts, salts, species, 4774. Valantia, polyg. 1 dan. Brit. of easy culture. moncec. and rubiacee, a H. peren. bé de, a French writer on garden- earths, manures; process of nutrition— introsus- ception, ascent of the sap, causes of the sap’s ascent, elaboration of the sap, of carbonic acid, of oxygen, decomposition of water, descent of the Valemont, Ab 2 ing, page 1116. A. D. 1705._ Valentines, a seat in Essex, 7542. Valerian,— see Valeriana. proper juice, causes of descent: process of veget- able developement; elementary organs— compo- sa ia ih amend Oa Birt ace a, site organs, annuals and annual shoots, perennials and their annual layers, circulation of vegetable juices; decomposite organs, the root, the stem, the branches, the bud, the leaf, the flower, and fruit: anomalies of vegetable developement— the root, the stem, the branch, the bud, the leaves, the flower, the fruit, the habit, physical virtues, duration: sexuality of vegetables, discoveries of the moderns, impregnation of the seed, access of the pollen, theory of the animalculist, hybrids; changes consequent upon impregnation, external changes, internal changes; propagation of the species; equivocal generation, seeds, gems, run- ners, slips, layers, suckers, grafting; causes limiting the propagation of the species: evi- dence and character of vegetable vitality— ex. Citability, heat, frondescence, efflorescence, ma- turation of the fruit; calendarium flor; irritabi- lity, stimuli, instinct, definition of the plant, 716. to 858. Vegetable pathology, or the diseases and casualties of the lives of plants, 859; wounds and bruises, incisions, boring, girdling, fracture, pruning, grafting, felling, buds destroyed, leaves destroyed, decortication; diseases— blight, sraut, mildew, honey-dew, dropsy, flux of juices, gangrene, etio- lation, suffocation, contortion, consumption; na- tural decay, of the temporary organs, flower, fruit, of the permanent organs, 860. to 907. Vegetable geography, or the territorial distribution of plants, 908. Geographical distribution; phy- sical distribution— temperature, clevation, mois- ture, soil, mixed soils, aquatic soils, earthy soils, vegetable soils, light; civil causes affecting dis- tribution; characteristic, or picturesque distri- bution, systematic distribution, arithmetical distribution, economical distribution, distribution of the British flora, application of the native flora of Britain, artificial flora, native countries of the exotics of British gardens, periods of their intro- duction, obvious character of the plants cultivated in British gardens, their botanical and horticul- tural distribution, according to the Linnean system, according to that of Jussieu, British flora procurable at the nurseries, hardy plants, green- house and dry-stove plants, hot-house plants, annuals, native and exotic, artificial application of the British flora, fruit-trees and plants, herba- ceous plants used for culinary purposes, florists’ flowers, hardy barren trees and shrubs, herba- ceous plants used in agriculture for food, and in the arts, miscellaneous application of hardy her- baceous plants, application of various ornamental exotics which require the protection of glass, native habitations of plants, 909. to 1032. Vegetable culture as derived from the study of plants,1004: to increase the number and retain the native qualities of plants; to increase the number and improve the qualities of plants; increasing the magnitude; to increase the number, improve the quality, and increase the magnitude; to form new varieties; to preserve plants for future use, 1004. to 1016. Vegetable sculptures, their formation, 1844, Vegetables, to form new varieties of, 1013. Vegetables, to preserve for future use, 2289, Vegetables composing the Hortus Britannicus, ar- ranged according to the Linnean system, 588; the Jussieuan system, 589; to the departments of horticulture, 986.: Vegetables which first attracted man’s attention as food, 26. Vegetation to accelerate or force, operations for, 2181. Vegetation to retard, operations for, 2177. Velezia, pentan. dig. and caryophyllee, a H. an. Spain, of common culture. i: Veltheimia, hexan. monog. and hemerocallidez, G. peren. C. B. S. bulbs, which grow in light loam, and are readily increased by offsets; or the leaves pulled off close to the bulb, and planted, will de- posit bulbs at their base, as will many other scaly and coated bulbs. Venerie, a royal residence at Turin, 77. Vent. mal., Jardin de la Malmaison. Par E. P. Ven- tenat. Venus’s comb, scandix pecten. Venus’s flytrap, dionza muscipula. Veratrum, polygam. moneec. and melanthacee, H. peren. Eur. and N. Amer. which grow best in rich sandy soil, and are increased by dividing at the root, or by seeds, which should be sown as 1230 GENERAL INDEX. Verbascum, mullein, pentan. mono G. peren. and bien. and H, pere all of easy culture on light soil, Verbena, vervain, didyn. angios. and verbenacex H. peren. bien. and an. Eur. and N. Amer. which thrive in any common soil, and are increased by dividing at the root. Verbesina, syngen. polyg. super. and corymbiferee, S. an. and a tr. E. Ind. and W. Ind. and G. peren. and H. peren. Amer. which grow in common soil, and are readily increased by cuttings, seeds, or dividing at the root. Vermin, traps and snares used for, in gardening, 1435. and 1473. Vernonia, syngen. polyg. equal. and corymbiferew, aS. bien. E. Ind. and H. peren, N. Amer. which grow well in rich loam, and make a fine show in autumn. Veronica, speedwell, dian. monog. and scrophulari- nez, G. tr. and peren. N. Hol. and H. peren. and an. Eur. all of easy culture in any soil: the G. species are propagated by cuttings under a hand- glass, and all the rest by seeds, or dividing the root, Veronica beccabunga, brooklime, 600. Veronica spicata, British tea, 4317, Vervain,— see Verbena. Vesicaria, tetrad. silic. and cruciferee, H. peren. and a bien. S. Eur.fof common culture. Vespa vulgaris, the common wasp, 4837, Vestia, pentan. monog. and polemoniacez, a G. tr. Chili, which thrives in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Vetch,— see Vicia. Viart,——, his works on gardening, page 1122. : A.D. 1819. ‘ibert, J. P., his work on gardenin age 1122, A.D. 1820, Ye Viburnum, pentan. trig. and caprifolez, a G. tr. Canaries, and H. tr. Eur. and N. Amer. which thrives well in common soil, and are increased by Jayers or cuttings under a hand-glass in a shady situation; both the G. and H. kinds are early flowerers, which render them very desirable. Vicia, vetch, diadel. decan. and leguminosee, a S, an. E. Ind. G. peren. C. B.S. and H. peren, Eur. of easy culture in light soil. Vicia faba, the common bean, 3612. Vigne de la Reine, a seat near Turin, 77. Vilain, Madame, her villa near Ghent, 125. Villa-farm, 7279; management of, 7430. and 7435.' Villa-residence, 7278; management of, 7435, Villaneuve, a seat near Warsaw, 282. Villarsia, pentan. monog. and gentianez, a G. peren. and H. peren. aquatics which flower freely. Viminaria, rush-broom, decan. monog. and legu- minosee, a G. tr. which grows in sandy loam and peat, and is readily increased by seeds or cuttings under a bell-glass in sand. Vinca, periwinkle, pentan. monog. and apocynee, a S. tr. and an. E. Ind. and H. peren. and an, shrub, Eur. The S. species grows in light, rich earth, and flowers the greater part of the year, and cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. The H. sorts are trailers, and are increased by cuttings, layers, or dividing at the root, Vine,— see Vitis. Vine, a seat in Hampshire, 7594. Vinery, its construction, 2656. Vineyard-nursery, at Hammersmith, 7518. Viola, violet, pentan. monog. and violacee, a G. tr. and H. peren. and an. N. Amer. and Eur. which grow in light soil, are well adapted for rockwork or pots, and are readily increased by seeds or parting the root. Violet,— see Viola. Viper’s bugloss,— see Echium. Viper’s grass,— see Scorzonera. Virgilia, decan. monog. and leguminosex, G. tr. Afr, and a H. tr. N. Amer. which thrive in loam and peat, and young cuttings root in sand under a bell-glass. Virginian poke, phytolacca decandra. Virgin’s bower,—see Clematis. Viscum, mistletoe, dicec. tetran. and caprifolex, a H. tr. Eng. parasite, 6588. Visnaga, toothpick, pentan. dig. and umbelliferex, a H. an. S. Eur. of common culture.: Visnea, dodec. trig. and ebenacee, a G. tr. Canaries, which grows in'oam and peat, and ripened cut- tings root in sand under a hand-glass. Vispre, Francis Xavier, his dissertation on the g. and solanee, n. bien. and an, soon as ripe. growth of wine in England, page 1109. A. D. 786. serene Nn yolkamers Mente BE } kamen, Mis Ind. WH outing a , rocky Lid AD. on Burgsd0 vee 4124. Yon Der cu Pop i6 Yon Dieskat 1194. As fon Hagels rs a D Fon Hass, J AD. Ii Von Sierston 1195, A.' Ton Sponec' pe 181( Von Vothin 115 Ad on Welss, op. 16 Yon Wilke, 1194. AD Vredmannt 1193. A W, Willd W.en, W Bot. Ber Wachendo ren, U. i peat growing Wade, We Tid. A Wakefiel Waldsch 1193,£ Waldste peren. pots; by pal Wales, Walfors Walks, 9490 denit Wall-c Wall-f Wall-t Wall-t Waller ed fo, in pi, ] wht ated fe shop iy Nat scophul OL and H peren, ad wal; the G. Ds i oti hand. OT Cv they ime, fi), et Crue, H, per mon cur,= vas, 85, leu 6b D and peat and cutinn yA ete cutting lay,: arin, gardening, nape fo) 0 caprilee, a Gb , and ¥, n sandy ham and dso cutings nd acy, and an. sh ch ext, ss The i erased by curing i ramith, IS ‘and vilaee, 86.0 Aner, and Bu f adapt oat pene by#8 i i 08e G, rive in Ju —< GENERAL INDEX. Waratah, camellia,— see Camellia. Waratah, telopea speciosissima. Wardour Castle, Wiltshire, 7597. Warsaw, gardens of, 282. Wart-cress,— see Coronopus. Wart-wort, euphorbia helioscopia. Vitex, chaste tree, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, S. and G. tr. E. Ind. which grow in loam amd peat, and cuttings root freely in sand under a hand-glass. Vitis, vine, pentan. monog. and viteacex, a S. tr. Ind. and H. tr. N. Amer. of easy culture, and readily increased by cuttings or layers. Warton, a seat in Westmoreland, 7592. Vitis vinifera, the common grape-vine, 4790; cul-| Warwick Castle, Warwickshire, 7572. Warwickshire, gardens and residences of, 7571. ture in the open air in various ways, 4816; inthe vinery and other hot-houses, 2940. Vittaria, cryptog. filices and filicee, a S. peren. Amer. of easy culture in loam and peat, and in- creased by dividing the root or by seeds. Voerhelm, George, his work on gardening, page 1129. A.D. 1752. Volkamer, Johann Christoph., his works on gar- dening, page 1123. A. D. 1700. Volkameria, didyn. angios. and verbenacee, S. tr. W. Ind. which thrive well in loam and peat, and cuttings root freely under a hand-glass. Von Brocke, H. C., his works on gardening, page 1124. A.D. 1768. Von Burgsdorf, ¥. A. L., his works on gardening, page 1124. A.D. 1783. Von Dercxen, J., his work on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1796. Von Dieskau, C. J. F., his works on gardening, page 1124. A.D. 1776. Von Hagen, F. W., his works on gardening, page 1126. A.D. 1805. Von Hass, J. A., his works on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1793. Von Sierstornff, K. H., his work on gardening, page 1125. A.D. 1790. Von Sponeck, his works on gardening, page L127: A.D. 1810. Von Vothman, J. G., his works on gardening, page 1125 A.D. 1784. Von Weiss, K., his work on gardening, page 1126. A.D. 1800. Von Wilke, G. W. C., his works on gardening, page 1124. A.D. 1783. Vredmannus, J. ¥., his works on gardening, page 1123. A.D. 1647. VV Watelet, C. H., his works on gardening, page 1119. A. D. 1774 Water, 1213; its constituent parts, how obtained in hot-houses, 1601. and 1685; different modes of procuring and preserving in the open garden, 1713. and 1822; forming excavations for, 1719; operat- ing on in landscape, 7216. Water-caltrops,— see Trapa. Water-chickweed, montia fontana, Water-cress,— see Nasturtium. > Water-dropwort,— see Q&nanthe. Water-hemlock, phellandrium aquaticum. Water-horehound,— see Lycopus. Water-leaf,— see Hydrophyllum. Water-lily,—see Nympheza, and Nuphar. Water-milfoil,—see Myriophyllum. Water-parsnep,— see Sium. Water-plantain,— see Alisma. Water.soldier, stratiotes alcides. Water-starwort, callitriche aquatica. Water-violet, hottonia palustris. Water-wort, elatine hydropiper. Waterbourne Harrington, a seat in Dorsetshire, 7598. Waterfalls, their kinds and construction, 1826. and (ED Waterford, county of, as to ardening, 7665. Watering-engines, different = os oO — = oo In January, 1825, will be published, BY MESSRS. LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, THE GARDENER’S ANNUAL REGISTER; OR, Annals of Improvements VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS OF GARDENING, AGRICULTURE, ARCHITECTURE, AND DOMESTIC ECONOMY, AS CONNECTED WITH COUNTRY RESIDENCE AND TERRITORIAL PROPERTY. CONDUCTED BY J. C. LOUDON, F.L.S. H.S.,&c. Author of the Encyclopedias of Gardening and of Agriculture, and Editor of the Encyclopedias of Plants and of Domestic Economy. THE object of this work is to collect together some account of the various improvements which are constantly making in gardening, on landed estates, and in domestic economy; and to render them readily accessible to the practical gardener, land-steward, bailiff, and others concerned in country matters. In the present state of horticultural literature, information of this kind is generally published in voluminous and expensive works, which can be purchased only by a few; or in foreign works not suited to general readers. In the case of agriculture they are commonly mixed up with commercial matters, political economy, or statistics; and often valuable discoveries in gardening, and the other arts to be registered, are lost to the public from the locality of their origin, and the want of a proper opportunity or channel of making them known.‘The proposed work will aim at remedying all these defects; first, by exhibiting the essence of all that is contained in new publications on gardening, and other branches of territorial economy; and, secondly, by original communications from gardeners, stewards, bailiffs, housekeepers, and proprietor-improvers in every part of the British isles, and in various parts of the continent, America, and the colonies. In the selection of subjects for the Gardener’s Register, gardening will be considered the main object, next those branches of agriculture which chiefly concern the improve- ment of a gentleman’s landed estate and demesne farm— such as road-making, draining, watering, and searching for water, enclosing, planting,&c.&e.; then such architectural improvements as are made on farm-buildings, cottages, walls, bridges, villages,&c.; and, lastly, such improvements in housewifery, fuynishing, cloathing, cookery, education, and rural labor, as tend to the amelioration of cottagers and the laborious classes. ees= 7 a i at ke lo a te i 2 The arrangement of the Gardener's Register will be. similar to that of our Encyclopedia of Gardening, adopting its outline, and for Books, substituting Chapters, as follows: Cuap. 1. will contain historical notices selected from foreign Crt ap. 6. Improvements m all the various departments of works, books of travels, curious British works; or from horticulture, or culinary and fruit gardening. communications furnished to us by correspondents. Cnar. 7. The same as to floriculture. Crap. 2. The botanical and physiological improvements of the past year; new species, hybrids, or varieties added to the f Jortus Britannicus; their prices at the nurseries; new seeds, CHAP. bulbs, tubers,&c. imported or for sale. Crap. 8. The same as to arboriculture. 9. The same as to landscape gardening. Cuap. 10. Statistical improvements—in the condition an o: x° ment of rYative gardeners— j 2rcial Cuapr. 3. Improvements as to soils, manures, and operating in hereoe Cet_ be pees ea senate eee> sJation to the weather and climate. pe i Sercens— in) private relation to parks, and pleasure-grounds— in farmers’ and cotta Cap. 4. Improvements on implements, machines, garden- dens,&c.&c. structures, and buildings. Crap. 11. Review of new books, transactions of z. ms societies at home and abroad. Obituary. 5. Improvements on gardening operations, grafting, S’ cuttings, pruning, training, destroying insects, neral management,&c. gardening Cua. 12. Kalendar of operations, and weather, retrospective and prospective. all The agricultural division of the Register will be in Five Chapters, corresponding to the Four Pars and the Karenpar of the Encyclopedia of Agriculture; thus: Cuap. 1. Historical notices, foreign and domestic. villages, mills, harbors, canals,&c., in drain 1g, embanking Cuap. 2. New plants or animals taken into field cultivation orca a pees panting, tore% management, dairyi new manures— new or improved implements, machines and renarcing, Corn culture, grazing,&c. buildings— improvements in operations, sowing, reaping, ploughing, threshing,&c., and in general management. n particular estates—condition of operative agriculturists Obituary. Cup. 4. Review of books—accounts of improvements ¢ Crap. 3. Improvements in appropriating and enclosing landed estates, in their distribution, in road making, establishing CuHapr. 5. Kalendar prospective and retrospective. The architecture and domestic economy will each occupy one chapter, and the outline of arrangement will correspond to the forthcoming Encyclopedias of these arts now in hand. A complete general index will be added to each volume. The advantage of the above arrangement is, that whoever is in possession of the Encyclopedias, and wishes to know what is new since their publication, will be able at once and with ease, to refer to the corresponding part of the Fiegister. Engravings will be introduced where useful; a moderate sized type employed, and each year’s volume regulated as to bulk and price, not by the number of pages necessary to make a volume of regular size, but by the quantity of information afforded by the past year. The price may vary from 7s. to 19s. per volume. The use of the Gardener's Register, if properly supported and conducted, must| obvious. Gardeners, stewards, and others of fixed locality, and at a distance from the metropolis, must in the present state of things, long remain ignorant of improvements made in the horticultural world, and especially of late, since the establish- ment of horticultural societies, the general taste for gardening, and the great stimulus thus given to nurserymen, commercial gardeners, botanical cultivators, private amateurs, and others round the metropolis, and indeed throughout Europe. se the rapid By this Register they will have an opportunity of increasing their knowledge so as to keep pace with the? progress of improvement; and if they have already made themselves masters of what is in our Encyclopedias of Gardening, Agriculture, Plants, and Domestic Economy, it will not be too much to say, that by regularly perusing the Gardener’s Resister as it is published, they will‘now all that is already known, and be made acquainted with all that is annually added to the stock of knowledge in their art, as well as in the general improvement of landed property, and the amelioration of rural and domestic life. Those who are disposed to contribute to this work, will, from the above outline of its object and arrangement, be at no loss fora subject. Accounts of new gardens, new country seats, improvements on demesne grounds, or extensive territory, and on cottages and cottage gardens, are particularly wanted. Our foreign friends may address us in French, Italian, or German: if in the latter tongue, the use of the French ckaracter in their letters will be esteemed a favor. All communications to be sent to the care aft Messrs Loneman, Hurst, and Co., Paternoster Row, London. Bayswater, March 31. 1824. VALI A Gl ; Lat tp 4 O thy nthe st SUNS ui tue Li by| In the Press, and will soon be ready for Publication, BY MESSRS. LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF AGRICULTURE; Che Cheorp and Wractice VALUATION, TRANSFER, IMPROVEMENT, AND MANAGEMENT OF LANDED PROPERTY; AND THE CULTIVATION AND ECONOMY OF THE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE PRODUCTIONS OF AGRICULTURE, INCLUDING * ALL THE LATEST IMPROVEMENTS; A GENERAL HISTORY OF AGRICULTURE IN ALL COUNTRIES; AND A Statistical Cie of its present State, WITH SUGGESTIONS FOR ITS FUTURE PROGRESS IN THE BRITISH ISLES. By J. C. LOUDON, F.L.S. H.S.,&c. AUTHOR OF THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF GARDENING. Illustrated with upwards of 600 Engravings on Wood, by Branston. a IS TT "Twovan the term Encyclopedia applied to any single art may be sufficiently indicative of the comprehensive manner in which it is intended to treat of that art; yet it may not be improper to state the grounds on which this work lays claim to being the most complete body of Agriculture hitherto submitted to the public. The subject of Agriculture admits of two grand divisions; the improvement and general management of landed property, which may be termed territorial economy; and the cultivation and treatment of its more useful animal and vegetable productions, which is properly husbandry or agriculture in a more limited sense. Numerous as have been the publications on rural matters during the last twenty years, there are but few of them whose titles might lead to a supposition that they embraced both departments. Of these few, the two principal may be cited: the“ Complete Farmer,” as the most volu- minous, and the“ Code of Agriculture,” as the most recent. The‘“ Complete Farmer, or Dictionary of Husbandry,” in two thick quarto volumes, with numerous plates, was published in 1807; it is copious to excess; was the best dictionary of husbandry at the time it was published, but is now obsolete, both as to its letter-press and engravings. 7 ert ES OE a lt ere Mt 9 a The‘‘ Code of Agriculture,” in one vol. 8yo., published in 1817, professes to be Ce ray ne i=) 7.©©‘ 200 se: e a general view of the principles of the art, and an account of its most approved prac- tices.’’(Pref. p. 11.) By inspecting the contents of the work, however, it will be found that the term Agriculture, when applied tothe Code, must be taken in its more limited sense, and that the book extends only to the husbandry department. The Encyclopedia of Agriculture combines territorial economy and husbandry: it is arranged on the model of the Encyclopedia of Gardening, and some idea of its com- prehensiveness may be formed from the following outline of its contents, Parti. Hisrory. Boox J. Among ancient and modern nations. Chap. 1. Ages of antiquity. Sections and subsections. Egypt, Greece, Jews,&c. II. Romans.—Roman authors, proprietors, occupants, natural circumstances, culture, produce science of Roman farming, extent and decline of Roman agriculture, é III. Middle ages.—Italy, France, Germany, Britain, Saxon Britons, Norman Britons,&c.&c. Ultra European countries, IV. Modern times.—Italy, Switzerland, France, Holland, Germany, Poland, Russia, Sweden, Norway, Spain, Portugal, European Turkey, Britain. V. Ultra European countries.—Asia, Asiatic Turkey, Persia, Tartary, Arabia, Hindostan, Cochin China, China, Australasia,&c.—Africa, Abyssinia, Egypt, Coast, Cape of Good Hope, Islands.—Nori America, United States, British Possessions, Mexico, West Indies. South America. Boox II. Agriculture, as influenced by geographical, civil, and political circumstances Chap. 1. Geographical.: II. Civil and political. III. Character of the agriculture of Britain. Part If. Scrence or AGRICULTURE. Boox I. Vegetable kingdom. Chap. I. Systematic botany. II. Vegetable anatomy.—External structure, internal structure. Ill. Vegetable chemistry.— Compounds, simples, IV. Vegetable physiology.—Germination, food, nutrition, developement, sexuality, propagation, vitality. V. Vegetable pathology.— Wounds, diseases, decay. ‘ VI. Vegetable distribution.—Geographical, physical, civil, characteristic, economical, systematic, arithmetical distribution in Britain. VII. Vegetable culture.—Its origin and principles. Boox II. Animal kingdom. Chap. 1. Systematic zoology. Ii. Animal anatomy.—External, internal. III. Animal chemistry.—Simples, compounds. IV. Animal physiology.—Digestion, circulation, reproduction.” V. Animal pathology.—Diseases, accidents, decay. VI. Animal distribution. VII. Principles of animal culture. Breeding, rearing, fattening Boox III. Mineral kingdom and the atmosphere in reference to Agriculture. Chap. 1. Geological structure of the globe. Il. Earths and soils.— Classification, nomenclature, analysis, use, improvement,&c.‘ 111. Manures.—Animal, vegetable, theory of action, species, preservation, application.— Mineral manures, operation, species, application,&c. IV. Meteorology.—Heat, light, electricity, water, air, climate of Britain. Boox IV. Mechanical agents employed in agriculture. Chap. 1. Implements.—Tools, instruments, utensils, hand-machines. Son II. Machines and implements for beasts of labor.—Ploughs, cultivators, hoes, drills, harrows, rollers, rakes, reaping machines, threshing machines, hay machines, carts, waggons, steamers, boilers, cutters,&c. III. Edifices—Farm house, houses for live stock, dead stock, crop, labor, sheds, shelters,&c. IV. Fences, gates,&c. Boox V. Operations of agriculture. Chap. 1. Manual.— Common, simple, on the soil, with plants, with animals, mixed," Ii. Operations with laboring cattle.— On the soil, on the road, in machinery, mixed. Ill. Scientific operations.— Of measurement, quantities, value, accounts, order, neatness, and propriety. Part II]. AGRICULTURE AS PRACTISED IN BRITAIN. Book I. Valuation, transfer, purchase,&c. of landed property. Chap. 1. Tenures. If. Estimation. III. Sale. IV. Purchase. 300k II. Improvement of landed property.: Chap. 1. Formation of roads. Kinds, direction, form, materials, paved roads, rail roads, preservation, repairs,&c.,: “TI. Canals.—Kinds, direction, powers by act of parliament, execution, preservation I1I. Draining.—Theory, bogs, hills, vallies, mixed, retentive,&c. IV, Embanking.—Theory, banks, sluices,&c. V, Trrigation.—Theory, flooding, flowing, warping,& Yoo ” DU Mt anno Wel aac ; Nis td prac. eultn. UU, produce 9} a1 Brtone “Sl UNO, fe, fe, SS Chap. V1. Appropriating commonable lands.— Origin, general principles, practice of commissioners of enclosure. VII. Consolidating detached property.—By exchange, purchase,&c. Vili. Arranging landed estates.-— Quantities, connection,&c. _ IX. Laying out farms and cottages.—Roads, buildings,&c. X. Improving farms.— Climate, soil, roads, water, rivers, wastes, bogs, mountains,’ rocks, woods,&c.&c. XI. Mills, manufactories, villages, markets, cottages,&c. XII. Mines, quarries, pits, and metalliferous bodies,&c. XIII. Fisheries and marine productions.—Marine fisheries, river, lake, and stream fisheries, vegetable marine productions. XIV. Plantations and woodlands.— Soils, trees, formation, culture, management, sale,&c.&c. XV. Orchards.—Soil, situation, climate, sorts of trees, culture, gathering, storing, cyder making,&c. XVI. Execution of improvements.—By the landlord, by the tenant; general cautions,&c. Boox III. Management of landed property. Chap. 1. Executive establishment.—Duties, qualifications, stewards, substewards, bailiffs, ground- offices,&c. Il. Administrator or manager.—Principles of conduct, tenants, letting, selling, rents, reductions, covenants, cottagers, accounts, maps, Xc. Boox IV. Selection, hiring, and stocking of farms. Chap. 1. Considerations as to the farm before hiring.— Climate, soil, subsoil, elevation, surface, aspect, markets, extent, tenure, rent, taxes, vicinage,&c. II. Considerations as to the farmer ore hiring.—Personal character, professional knowledge, experience, capital,&c. III. Choice of stock.—Live stock”for labor, breeding, feeding, implements, servants,&c. IV. Management.—Accounts,;arrangement of labor, servants, markets, domestic and personal matters. fore Boox V. Culture of farm lands. Chap. 1. General processes.—Rotations, fallows, manures. Il. Culture of cereal grasses.— Wheat, rye, barley, oats, other species. Ill. Leguminous agricultural plants.—Pea, bean, tare, others. IV. Roots or leaves.—Potatoe, turnip, carrot, parsnip, beet or marigold, cabbage tribe, others. V. Herbage plants.— Clovers, lucerne, saintfoin, others. VI. Cultivated grasses.—Hay grasses, temporary, permanent, pasture grasses, Woburn experiments. ‘VII. Management of permanent grass lands.—Mowing or meadow, pastures for feeding, rearing, improvement of grass lands by temporary conversion to tillage, draining, paring, lragging,&c. dragging, VIII. Plants s grown for various arts and manufactures.—Cloathing arts, brewery, distillery, oil plants, domestic economy, medicine. IX. Weeds.— Annuals, biennials, perennials. managing, VIII. Vermin or animals noxious in agriculture. Part IV. Sratistics oF British AGRICULTURE. Boox I. Present state of agriculture in the British Isles. I. Practitioners.— Operators, commercial cultivators, professors, artists, patrons. I. Kinds of farm. Ill. Topographical survey.—England, county by county.—Wales, ditto.— Scotland, ditto.—Ireland, ditto. Iv. Literature of agriculture.—British, French, German, Italian, Dutch, Spanish, Russian, Swedish, American. V. Police and laws. Chap. I Boox II. Future progress of agriculture in Britain. Chap. 1. Improvement by increase of profits. II. By increased taste for agricultural knowledge. Ill. By better education of practitioners. KaenpARIAL InpEx.—GENERAL INDEX. Whoev... will compare the above rude outline with the contents of any agricultural work extant, vill be convinced of the superior comprehensiveness of the Encyclopedia; and when the 1Ma~onse number of engravings are considered, illustrative of the history of agriculture, of its Mmplements, machines, buildings, operations, farms, estates, roads, waters, plants, weeds, animals, vermin,&c., it may be safely affirmed that no preceding work(unless the Encyclopedia of Gardening) ever contained such a body of instruc- tion within the same limits. ze: Bayswater, 8th April, 1824. s t ‘ er hw ANE Somes Yes. we A ON In the Press, and will soon be ready for Publication, BY MESSRS. LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PLANTS; COMPRISING AME(ITS DERIVATION AND ACCENTUATION), SYNONYM, DESCRIPTION. PECIFIC CHARACTER, HISTORY, USE, PROPAGATION, CULTURE, AND APPLICATION IN THE ARTS, THE N Ss ; OF ALL THE PLANTS INDIGENOUS OR IN CULTIVATION IN BRITAIN; COMBINING A LINNZAN AND JUSSIEUEAN SPECIES PLANTARUM, ALL THE ADVANTAGES OF AN.HISTORIA PLANTARUM, AND @ Dictionary of Meaetable Culture. THE WHOLE IN ENGLISH, Ss ON A NEW PRINCIPLE, AND WITH AND ILLUSTRATED WITH PICTORIAL TYPE NTERESTING SPECIES. _ MANY THOUSAND ENGRAVINGS OF THE MOST I Edited by J.C. LOUDON, FS HSs icc. AUTHOR OF THE ENCYC LOPEDIA OF GARDENING. rs by an eminent Botanist, the Drawings for the Figures by Sowerby, 4 The specific Characte the Printing by Messrs. Spottiswoode. the Engravings on Wood by Branston, and h is meant to be combined in this work, which, it information in the same bulk than has This advantage has been attained jointly dine above title indicates how muc may be confidently stated, will contain more hitherto been given in any work of the kind. by the ingenuity of the plan, the small-sized letter, and the pictorial signs. The latter have been alluded to in the Encyclopedia of Gardening(p. 126. 2d edit.), and will form an original feature in this work, and one of the utmost importance in point of utility. T’o illustrate their use, let us take the woody plants:— these, of whatever kind, are all designated in common works by one particular sign(h) 3 whether the ligneous ve- fir, deciduous or evergreen, a shrub getable be six inches or sixty feet high, a palm, a or an undershrub, a twiner, 4 climber, or a trailer, this sign is alike applied. In our than a dozen signs for woody plants, indicative of the above and and work we have more other peculiarities of habit; and we have annuals, distinguishing bulbs, tuberous roots, twiners, bog plants, aquatics, succulents, parasites,&c.&c. and not arbitrary or conventional, understood at the first glance. invention of memory. Independently of the usual characteristics of time of flowering. introduction, reference to figures, we also give the color of the habitations of British species, the soil, and mode of propagation, in general works. We have also numbered the great use in gardens and nurserie names, and ensuring accuracy 2d edit.) As all the plants of intere popular reader, the cultivator, anc an equal number for perennials, pbiennials. ramose or fibrous roots, creepers, climbers, ‘These signs be pictorial, are>, and require no 4 native country, year of flower, the height, the which are new features a manner which will be found of jor of writing out catalogues ane 9. genera and species in of Gard. page 105¢ s, In abridging the lak in these respects.(See Encyc. >° ere E: a“av the st for their beauty, curiosity, OF use, Will be eng? ved, 1 the botanist, will be alike instructed and entertamed. , K 9 r WH ure, W PRINCRMNN TTEHETNME uas fr tie E g b Ileusys. ined in this in the Gmne e lus heenl 3le iet rial SigIs. 1.Mi. Aeit.) st importance mon, — tse, df whatee h Jvhetder te 3 decidous Or efelge n is Alke I jicatise d nisS 9 — — 8 — 7 0N. E.0ND EDII 9 0 Olour& Grey Control Chart Cyan Green Vellow Hed Magenta Grey Grey 2— Grey 3 Groy 4 Black oanes△ Fi